LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART L—1899.

ites January 17, 1899.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Societys Menagerie in December 1898 ....

“Dr. FP. Moreno. Exhibition of, and nemarks upon, a ati of the skin.of Neomylodon

VST IS. nw! seks to een ATS wih o OA Slo ROS Je ate Ba Bett oS Shak he a weet he Fee plot alana

Mr. J. S. Budgett, F.Z.S. Extracts from letters from, on -his expedition to the Gambia...

Mr. A. H. Cocks, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of anispacee hybrids

between. the Stoat (Mustela erminea) and the: Ferret (IM. furo)

Mr, R. HE. Holding, | Exhibition of, and remarks 1 upon, some specimens of malformed antlers

of the Axis and Fallow Deer

Ce ee ee ee i ee eer a a orci ek ac

Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens

of European Squirrels (Sciwrus vulgaris) showing loeal oar mneaiarte

er a i

1. General Account of a Zoologicai Expedition to the South Seas during the years 1894-1897,

By Artuur Wiey, D.Sc.Lond., Hon. M.A.Cantab

i a ae ee eee i ee ar ey

2. On Characteristic Points in the Cranial _Osteology of the Parrots. a D'Arcy Ww.

Titompson, ©.B., F.Z.S.

8. Report on the Gorgonacean Corals gollected by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner at Funafuti.”

By Isa L, Hurxs, B.Sc. (Vict.), Owens College, Manchester. \ (Plates I.-Y.)

ween teen

by Mr. C. W. Andrews. By Arruur E. Surerey, Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s College,

Cambridge, and University Lecturer in Advanced Morphology of the Invertebrata

Yatu Jounson, C.M.Z.S. (Plates V—VII. )

ee ee ee ae nr

February 7, 1899.

The Secretary.

(Plate VIIL)

ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee a i ee ee er ie i

Page

ee i en i ee ae ee ere a eek: or i ial

. Notes on a Collection of Gephyrean Wea formed at ‘Chrtetinas Island (Indian Ocean) ..

Notes on the Corailiide of Madeira, with Descriptions of two new pecies. By James”

Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in January 1899.

54S

Mr. E. N. Buxton, F.Z.S. Remarks on the Bisons (Bison nati observed pia ila: a visit, i

to the Forest of Bielovege in Lithuania .

Contents continued on page 3 of Were ‘

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE.

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,

PATERNOSTER ROW,

OF THE

COUNCIL AN

D OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL,

SOCIETY OF LONDON,

1899.

COUNCIL.

(Elected April 28, 1899.)

Tue Dukes or Beprorp, President.

Dr. Joun AnpeERson, F.R.S.,

Vice-President. |

Witttam T. Branrorp, Esq., |

LL.D., F.B.S., Vice-President. |

Groree A. Boureneer, Esq.,

F.RS.

Epwarp Norrx Buxton, Esq.

Witriam E. pe Winton, Esq.

Herzert Drvce, Esq., F.L.S.

Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., 7'rea- |

surer.

Grey. Tue Hon.

Ferpine, K.C.B.

Dr. Cuartes H. Garry, LL.D.

F. DuCane Gopman, Esq., D.C.L.,

F.RS., Vice-President.

Sir Percy

PRINCIPAL

P. L. Sctarer, Esq., M.A.,

Frank E. Bepparp, Esq.,

Prosector.

| THE

| De. Atspert Gunter, F.RS.,

Vice-President.

Proressor GrorcE B. Howes,

LL.D., F.R:S.

Sir Huew Low, G.C.M.G.

RicHarp Lypexker, Esq., F.R.S.

Sir Toomas Parne.

Hon. Lioner

Roruscuitp, M.P.

Howarp Sacnorrs, Esq., F.L.S.,

Vice-President.

Pare Lurizy Scrarer, Esq.,

M.A.,Ph.D., F.RS., Secretary.

Cuartes §. Tomes, Esq., F.R.S.

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

WALter

OFFICERS.

Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

M.A., FLR.S., Vice-Secretary and

Mr. Crarencr Barruerr, Superintendent of the Gardens.

Mr. Arruur Tuomson, Head-Keeper and Assistant Super-

intendent.

Mr. F. H. Warernouse, Librarian.

Mr. Jonun Barrow, Accountant.

Mr. W. H. Core, Chief Clerk.

Mr. Groner ArrHur Dousrepay; Clerk of Publications.

LIsSt

OF TILE

CONTR LD U'T OWS:

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

AMEGHINO, I’ LORENTINO, C.M.Z.S.

, On the Primitive Type of the Plexodont Molars of

JLT ET SS) Sk See a en ee ee

ANDREWS, CHarLes WiLirAM, B.Sc., B.A., F.Z.S.

Notice of a Memoir on the Osteology of one of the

great Extinct Birds of Patagonia, Phororhucos inflatus

On the Remains of a new Bird from the London Clay

Gr AMeM a MeetiC MIS) ect ates ns asc sh Maks 3 apd ae waterd

Barrerr-Hamitron, G. BE. H., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of

European Squirrels (Seturus vulgaris) showing local colour-

Nem IADIOUIB He orey a Shertcs Ie itary «a= @: =r ae avi Mahe ea are: 5 «

On the Species of the Genus Mus inhabiting St. Kilda.

Gia XE.) ries SRA a aA 2.2 EE: Ub Pulahe ts.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of the Varying

Hare (Lepus variabilis) in the Spring moulting-stage ....

(4)

Bassert-SM1ru, Staff-Surgeon P. W., R.N., F.R.MAS., F.Z.S.

On the Formation of the Coral-reefs on the N.W.

MoasbioL Australia, << cess. os Since Oe ee ose

A Systematic Description of Parasitic Copepoda found

on Fishes, with an Enumeration of the known Species.

PEI EWES) Coes vise s xt RE RS Ree Daler aa

Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and

Prosector to the Society.

A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Cerebral

Convolutions.of the:Gorilla «..c...65 6. 1 ok coe we em ogee

Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and

Prosector to the Society, and Frpars, Soputn M.

Notes upon two Earthworms, Pericheta biserialis and

dirienocneta hespertdum * 2 2. agents «3 aie n's » = segs © ee

Benuam, W. Braxuann, D.Sc., M.A., Professor of Biology,

University of Otago, Dunedin, New Zealand.

On the Internal Anatomy of Notornis ..............

Braavw, F. E., C.M.Z.S.

On the Breeding of the Weka Rail and Snow-Goose in

CETL BACs pe Beare pate cp AAI peal Sas Fuge

Buanrorp, W. T., LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &e.

On some Species of Shells of the Genera Streptaais and

Ennea from India, Ceylon, and Burma. (Plate L.)

Borrapainz, L. A., M.A., F.Z.S., Lecturer in Natural

Sciences of Selwyn College, Cambridge.

A Note on the Hatching-stage of the Pagurine Land-

GRADS * 500g niet vc. « «> «Se ike ee ee es a et

764

Page

BouLEeNGer, GrorGE ALBERT, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Descriptions of two new Lizards from the Interior of

WeiencHasty Aires late XN) ets. a) PB er 96

A Revision of the African and Syrian Fishes of the

Family Cichlide.—Part II. (Plates XI. & XII.) ...... 98

On a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made by

Mr. J. D. La Touche in N.W. Fokien, China. (Plates

Ee AMS Na irae eet ola nn cpold he ot eaters eae AES t 159

Description of a new Lizard of the Genus Ameiva from

Rousdar.suGblare Me VENI) eos As 8S ost oes vaalalg ee 517

Exhibition of a specimen of a fish (Polypterus congicus)

from the River Congo with abnormal opercular gills .... 554

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the

Bornean Lizard Lanthanotus borneensis...........++++ 596

Notice of a Memoir on the Fishes obtained by the

Congo Free State Expedition in Lake Tanganyika ...... 600

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some living specimens

of a Siluroid Fish (Clarias lazera) from Damietta ...... 715

On the Amercan Spade-foot (Scaphiopus solitarius

Hiolgcoalay + Ce latenl oly is cae «oe aud etairid abo) pte Oe 790

On the Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes collected by

the late Mr. John Whitehead in the Interior of Hainan.

LS 9.4 Fl 9. BOE ee eee eae ee 956

Brapy, G. Strwarpson, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S.

Notice of a Memoir on the Marine Copepoda of New

TEAL A. ti tate aA oy oie, « 00:0. «agate Jo Breve Sin aye 381

Bunpeett, J.8., F.Z.8.

Extracts from letters from, on his expedition to the

EAST] Th end in A Se a ae RS Sopa eee 1

General Account of an Expedition to the Gambia

Colony and Protectorate in 1898-99 ..........----5: 931

Burier, ARTHUR GARDINER, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior

Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, Natural

History Museum.

On two small Collections of Butterflies made by

Mr. Richard Crawshay during 1898 in British East Africa.

GP ate NN taal shee ian « © cineca 5 tt ean

On a small Collection of Butterflies sent by Lieut.-Col.

‘A. 8. G. dayakar, AGMGS., from Muscat .: 2... seisa,.)-

On a Collection of Butterflies made by Mr. Richard

Crawshay in British East Africa. (Plate LXX.) ......

On a small Collection of Butterflies from the Nandi

District, Uganda Protectorate, Eastern side of Lake

Victoria, made by Captain Hobart of the Grenadier

GIA CLS tae Ss er ccoae oe Eaten ee iarel rater a retttie

Buxton, Epwarp Norra, F.Z.S.

Remarks on the Bisons (Bison europeus) observed during

a visit to the Forest of Bielovege in Lithuania ........

Carman, W. T., B.Sc., University College, Dundee.

On two Species of Maecrurous Crustaceans from Lake

Tanganyika. (Plates XXXIX.& XL.) ..............

Camepriper, Rev. Ocravius Proxarp, M.A., F.RS.,

C.M.Z.8., &e.

On some new Species of Exotic Araneidea. (Plates

AX PRYDE oe, | ERE etek eerie ee jes dave tents

Carew, C. E. Potn-. Sce Potn-Carew.

Cooxs, A. H., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of supposed

hybrids between the Stoat (Mustela ermine) and the

Ferret (iG furd)iics vec. RE, Ble eer eae

Page

704

518

Vil

Corner, E. M., of St. Thomas’s Hospital.

Note on the variations of the Patella in the Divers,

Grehes arid. Cormorants) ciseycesseiercc.- 2 deity Sod esc u cals

CunnineHaM, Rosert O., M.D., D.Sc., F.LS., F.G.S.,

C.M.Z.8., Professor of Natural History, Queen’s

College, Belfast.

Note on the Presence of Supernumerary Bones occupying

the Place of Prefrontals in the Skulls of certain Mammals.

On a few Points in the Structure of Laborde’s Shark

(Bugrotomvenus tabonditt)\\ancita wide + 8a 62 Ye. eagles

Cunnineton, WiuutaM A., A.R.C.S.

On a new Brachyurous Crustacean from Lake Tan-

sroumiyiiisen a (blithe MENON WEED) sire 0 os ntal a! wy Mea lem dialer are

pE Winton, WitirAM E., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the tail of a Fox

(Canis vulpes) showing the gland on the upper surface ..

On two Hares from British Hast Africa, obtained by

Mr. Richard Crawshay. (Plate XXIV.)...........-..

On the Species of Canide found on the Continent of

Ainslie suena ee: Bere yayeer SEA ALS Felis ick fay ) a LPM eetyteege old ale ee

List of, and remarks upon, specimens of Mammals

contained in a Collection from British Central Africa

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two mounted heads

and a skull of the Red-flanked Duiker (Cephalophus rufi-

HITE ies Na LEE ARE NN Prine HA hee eee CS 0 ee

Further Notes on the Moult of the King Penguin

(Aptenodytes pennant) living in the Society’s Gardens

Exhibition of a specimen of a new Mouse from Southern

Abyssinia, proposed to be named Dendromys lovati

599

697

986

Vill

pE Winton, WiLiaM E., F.Z.S., and Sryan, F. W., F.ZS.

On Chinese Mammals, principally from Western

Sechuen. By W. E. pe Wryron, F.Z.S. With Notes

on Chinese Squirrels. By F. W. Sryan, F.Z.S. (Plates

DOOD WR RURAL). als ds os LTE. wakfee deeiae > Hea Beate

Duckwortnu, W. L. H., M.A., Fellow of Jesus College,

Cambridge.

Further Note on Specific Differences in the Anthropoid

Fepars, SopHiz M., and Bepparp, Frank E., M.A.,

F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and Prosector to the Society.

Notes upon two Earthworms, Pericheta hiserialis and

PICK OCHEG JUCRD ETA ow crgie ol Os gebq cic ein, She ayo ye x oa «ge

FLower, Stantey Smyru, F.Z.S., 5th Fusiliers, Director of

the Ghizeh Zoological Gardens, Cairo, Egypt.

Notes on a Second Collection of Reptiles made in the

Malay Peninsula and Siam, from November 1896 to

September 1898, with a List of the Species recorded from

those Countries. (Plates XXXVI.&XAXXVIL) ......

Note on the Proboscis Monkey, Nasalis larvatus

CMU TIEID) <5 oye e dic: aided ede ee nea ir en Fates

Notes on a Second Collection of Batrachians made in

the Malay Peninsula and Siam, from November 1896 to

September 1898, with a List of the Species recorded from

those Countries. (Plates LIX. & LX.) ..............

ForsytH Masor, Dr. C. I. See Mason, Dr. C. I. Forsytu.

Ganrpiner, J. Stantey, M.A., F.Z.S., Fellow of Gonville

and Caius College, Cambridge.

On the Astrid Corals collected by the Author in the

South Pacific. (Plates XLVI.-XLIX.)

ee Ce cy

Page

312

803

600

Gipson, Ernest, F.Z.S.

Field-notes on the Wood-Cat of Argentina (Felis

EGO TOYt), 42s lvaetis ems" Dey MR fe he tedt vevdh, oho hneee

Gontuer, Abert C. L. G., M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

V.B-ZB.

An Account of a Collection of Fiskes made by Mr. R.

B. N. Walker, C.M.Z.S., on the Gold Coast. (Plates XLI.-

8 OO ihre 7 soca Re Oe a eA ee RE

Hampson, Sir Grorce F., Bart., F.Z.S., &e.

A Revision of the Moths of the Subfamily Pyraustine

and Family Pyralide.— Part II.

©) DSi She lwo is jel e dis =e eR oes 2

Harmer, Sipnny F., D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Notice of a Memoir on the remains of a Deer from the

Forest- Bed series at Pakefield, near Lowestoft

6 Sate Le /a) @

Hixzs, Isa L., B.Sc. (Vict.), of Owens College, Manchester.

Report on the Gorgonacean Corals collected by Mr. J.

Stanley Gardiner at Funafuti. (Plates I.-IV.)........

Hoping, R. E.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of

malformed antlers of the Axis and Fallow Deer........

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the Horns of a

Munhiae Lom) SinPAPOLS, Pex 7 seis e,, dd ukie Dende we dive leche

Exhibition of horns of the Siberian Roebuck (Capreolus

pygargus) and the Altai Deer (Cervus eustephanus)......

Inerine, Dr. H. von, C.M.ZS,

On the Ornis of the State of Sao Paulo, Brazil. (Plate

ROMO MEN L) cee SoBe n ctarnany Sia eyes ee 8 «6, sha. al Snel Meena dae oes’

Ivrea, Marquis.

Note on the Wild Goats of the Agean Islands ......

Page

928

716

172

715

Jacozy, Martin, F.E.S.

Additions to the Knowledge of the Phytophagous

Coleoptera of Africa.—Part Il. (Plate KOK) Sr eee

Jounson, JAMES Yate, C.M.Z.S.

Notes on the Coralliide of Madeira, with Descriptions

of two new Species. (Plates V.-VII.)................

Notes on the Antipatharian Corals of Madeira, with

Descriptions of a new Species and a new Variety, and

Remarks on a Specimen from the West Indies in the

British Museu tesacgh ciaptsnene ls hays ovation tiie ie. Ma deaeere

Note on the Habit and Mode of Growth of the Corals

belonging to the Genus Pleurocorallium ............-.

Keirn, Artuur, M.D., F.Z.S.

On the Chimpanzees and their Relationship to the

Gorilla: «(Plate Rake). 2 sacle ais ee apse efi Dyn + weed aad

Kenz, W. Saviexye, F.Z.S.

Remarks on Trichromatic Photography as applied to

Zoological and Botanical subjects .........-.....0000,

Krrsy, F. VauGuan, F.Z.S.

Field-notes on the Blue Duiker of the Cape Colony

(Cephalophus monticola) 03.0016 0 COIS OE ales

LypEekker, Ricuarp, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a pale-coloured speci-

men of the Reed-buck (Cervicapra arundinum) ........

On a West-African Kob Antelope. (Plate LIII.)....

On the Leopard of the Caucasus. (Plate LIV.)......

On the supposed former Existence of a Sirenian in

St. Elelena: oinant: tice te he cra sete ocak

Page

339

813

978

296

929

830

Lypexkrr, Ricwarp, B.A.; F.R.S., F.Z.8. (Continwed.)

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted head of a

Swamp-Deer (Cervus duvauceli)

Specific Characters of the Chilian Guemal. (Plate LXI.)

On the Skull of a Shark-toothed Dolphin from Patagonia.

The Dental Formula of the Marsupial and Placental

(Caamannin (UWS IUD) ae ono dia dione Stake idee cigar

Description of the Skin of an apparently new Kob

Antelope from the Neighbourhood of Lake Mweru, with

Note on a Skull and Horns of an Antelope of the same

Genus. (Plate LX XT.)

Ritewa(s) e\rm) (@) viele ‘ates o)s ele) skal 6. ot RUO) simone:

Macxenzin, G. 8., C.B., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a photograph of a large pair of tusks of

miaive) \@, wi.e nie! 8 (8 is eh aie ee: 16 '@) 8) ey imije, 6 @ seh whe

the African Elephant

Magsor, Dr. C. I. Forsytu, F.ZS.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the carpus of the

Fossorial Rodent Ctenomys

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of a

Lemur (Prosimia rufipes Gray) from Madagascar

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some skulls of foetal

Malagasy Lemurs

Beet elisjels, Sneha. .e vie iwen vel Sane wie 8) 9s) \e0 60 « erie

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of two

subfossil Mammals from Madagascar

Moors, J. E. S., of the Royal College of Science, South

Kensington.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of the

Jellyfish (Limnocnida tanganjice) of Lake Tanganyika

Moreno, Dr. Francisco P., C.M.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a portion of the skin

Rite) eal se: e! al oh Sm ppiailie enim tel aces ya sl igivile ae alin! fan ie

_ of Neomylodon listai

Pago

829

917

919

922

981

985

428

953

987

988

291

—

xii

Moreno, Dr. Francisco P., C.M.Z.S., and Woopwarp,

Artuun Situ, F.Z.S.

On a Portion of Mammalian Skin, named Neomylodon

listai, from a Cavern near Consuelo Cove, Last Hope

Inlet, Patagonia. By Dr. F. P. Moreno, C.M.Z.S. With

a Description of the Specimen by A. SmrrH Woopwarp,

fr 7S,..\(Plates’ RLU) 3) 2i Foie geieesis te ale ese cs oreiots

Newron, Epwin T., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some fossil remains of

a Mouse (Mus abbotti, now to be MM, lewisi) from Ightham,

Ment. undone eel daw eine wieh ee pinto ieiaa adm ane eh alee

Parsons, F. G., F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., F.L.8., Lecturer on Com-

parative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital, and

Hunterian Professor at the Royal College of Surgeons,

and Winptz, B.C. A., M.A., M.D., D.Sc., Professor of

Anatomy at Mason University College, Birmingham.

On the Myology of the Edentata.—Part I...........

On the Myology of the Edentata.—Part II..........

Pease, Aurrep E., M.P., F.Z.S.

Supplemental Note on the Distribution of Loder’s

Gazelle and the Dorcas Gazelle in Algeria ............

Percival, A. Buayney, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of Bird-skins

from Chiromo, British Central Africa .............-.

Pocock, R. L., of the British Museum (Natural History).

On the Scorpions, Pedipalps, and Spiders from Tropical "

West Africa represented in the Collection of the British

Museum. (Plates LV.-GVIUL.) >. ise eek

Page

144

381

314

990

593

Potz-Carew, C. E., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of some malformed horns of the Sambur

LD ey CaaS CTR NICAL ON Sele) PR ee On A a

Pycrarr, W. P., A.L.S., of the British Museum (Natural

History).

Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part III.

Pubimares.. (Plates: MMI. & XT). cess ieee ss

Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part IV.

rigupOdesed ( ENAbe PALE deciles «ais ¢.e.0 nim bh aeidiae se

Rivewoop, W. G., D.Se., F.LS., F.Z.S., Lecturer on

Biology at St. Mary’s Hospital Medical School,

London.

On the Relations of the Efferent Branchial Blood-vessels

to the “ Circulus Cephalicus”in Teleostean Fishes. (Plates

eNO EWA Nae eae wisi em spoieie Csi wee Sand ook

Roruscuitp, Hon. Wattsr, M.P., LL.D., F.Z.S.

Abstract of a Memoir on the Cassowaries ..........

Scnarer, Purnie Luriey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Wevember L Sonn ees .tc ae ieemagele itt. teks Sialdets inter

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

amaryl. (Winbe nen May cic 5 cgel. «2 oi Wa lneie's @ ee

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Webnuacy euaun nan rrpamaeet eater boats. 6's hed ered So RReG

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

March MOOD yee ioe eee st eee oo. «5 afatere Ships a7 tang

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of

Mammals from the Nyasa-Tanganyika Plateau ........

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

PRPELILOU OD Me ed Fa ax Sos w aoe eves he Meee duacaishain

330

381

1018

939

iN)

XIV

Page

Scuarwr, Puitre Lurvey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S, ( Continued.)

Extracts from. letters from Mr. J. 8. Budgett on his

expedition to the Gambia in search of Polypterus ...... 596

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

MV ALAOD Faire 5s eicoie 3 0 eo aos Sta ota RRIey One) 9 oe 712

Exhibition of a drawing of the head of the Carunculated

Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus niveus). 0.00000 se cee eer eees 712

Exhibition of a photograph of the female specimen of

Grévy’s Zebra living in the Jardin Zoologique d’Acclima-

PAOD AE ATIS®., diss Wei oatabt «wean e Se Siete in a) Sea eee 713

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

in June, July, August, September, and October 1899.... 824

Remarks on the principal Animals observed during

recent Visits to certain Continental Zoological Gardens

and Museums, and Description of Cercocebus congicus,

BP. HOV. ess. cic viele a Oe, Coca sid nieea eiRTe's o, = ln/eierras = aris 826

Remarks on his Visit to the Cape and List of Animals

obtained there for the Society’s Gardens .............. 828

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Movember LSOO. sari cesta yoo ane «iw ieteye pees = = ae retne 985

Exhibition of a portion of the skin of a Girafte from the

east bank of the Great Loangwa River, Northern

PGT ESI os (sic 2 +140 auc asks secehie in alse Peay point aie 2 epee 985

Exhibition of photographs of, and remarks on, two

young Musk-oxen living in the Duke of Bedford’s park

Bh WORE oie <2 Hes '« oe oe a ee ee ictie ee = Oe

Scrarer, Winuiam Luruey, M.A., F.Z.8., Director of the

South-African Museum, Capetown.

Remarks on the Mammal-fauna of South Africa...... 989

Suprporn, C. Davies, F.Z.S., and Woopwarp, B. B.

On the Dates of the ‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique’:

Additional Notey.5. 2. Rass «las e505 0 nea 3s scl ion 595

Surprey, Arruur H., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Fellow and Tutor

of Christ’s College, Cambridge,and University Lecturer

in Advanced Morphology of the Invertebrata.

Notes on a Collection of Gephyrean Worms formed at

Christmas Island (Indian Ocean) by Mr. C. W. Andrews.

SmirH, Epear A., F.Z.S.

On a Collection of Land-Shells from British Central

Avion: (Pinves MCA LEL RMR V 2s een eee res

Sryan, F. W., F.Z.S., and pr Winron, Wittiam E., F.Z.S.

On Chinese Mammals, principally from Western

Sechuen. By W. EH. pE Winton, F.Z.S. With Notes on

Chinese Squirrels. By F. W. Sryay, F.Z.S. (Plates

SurHpRLAND, Atpxanpur, M.A.

On the Temperature of the Ratite Birds ............

Tuomas, OLDFIELD, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of the Skull of an apparently new Species of

Baboon from Aden, proposed to be named Papio arabicus.

Tuompson, Prof. D’Ancy W., C.B.,F.B.S., F.Z.8., University

College, Dundee.

On Characteristic Points in the Cranial Osteology of

the Parrots

Tomson, ArrHuR, Assistant Superintendent and Head-

Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie.

Report on the Insect-house for 1898 .......-......

Wiiry, Artuur, D.Sc. Lond., Hon. M.A. Cantab.

General Account of a Zoological Expedition to the South

Seas during the years 1894-1897 ...............6....

Page

572

929

293

hoe |

XVi

Wevptr, B. C. A., M.A., M.D., D.Sc., Professor of Anatomy

at Mason University College, Birmingham, and

Parsons, F. G., F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., F.L.8S., Lecturer

on Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital,

and Hunterian Professor at the Royal College of

Surgeons.

On the Myology of the Edentata.—Part I...........

On the Myology of the Edentata.—Part II. ........

Woopwarp, ArTHUR Situ, F.Z.S.

Exhibition, on behalf of Dr. Moreno, of the skull and

other specimens of Neomylodon listat ................

Woopwarp, ArtHuR Smiru, F.Z.S., and Moreno, Dr.

Francisco P., C.M.ZS.

On a Portion of Mammalian Skin, named Neomylodon

listai, from a Cavern near Consuelo Cove, Last Hope

Inlet, Patagonia. By Dr. F. P. Morzno, C.M.Z.S. With

a Description of the Specimen by A. SmrrH Woopwarp,

BAS. (Plates SEMPSR Vs) 3. SS Ge cea eee a ee

Woopwarp, B. B., and SHersorn, (. Davins, F.Z.S.

On the Dates of the ‘Encyclopédie Méthodique’ :

Additional Note

ORNS 6 6 Rem SP «ae ie ie) si ae 8 0 ula) wile) spq)e 1s) bobiat ae

Page

314

990

830

XI.

XIV.

XVI.

XVII.

——

XVIUOL.

XIX.

XX.

Proc. Zoou.

Lik OFOPLAT ES.

1899.

Page

Figs. 1,2. Verrucella granifera. Figs. 3-5. Acampto- |

gorgia spinosa. Figs. 6, 7. A. muricata

[DENSELY ones Qe ee Oe CO Cece eS ot

Figs.1,2. Muricella flexilis. Figs. 3,4. M. tenera. . |

Euplexaura antipathes

Pleurocoralliwm maderense

IRICUTOCON BMIUAYE JONTIBONU -orare mo) 0) syeze bo, = ahessieie Ais siecle" s

Figs. 1 & 4. Pleurocorallium maderense. Figs. 2 & 5.

iP gohnsong. ) Bit, 3. P. 12COl0M «cite siete @ 2 sii

OVEROT ACU CaS Td a Oe EET ET an eae

Fig. 1. Mus hirtensis.

LETTING ORO EDO LEC De OEE ao

Fig. 1. Tilapia marie. Fig.2. T. livingstoni. Fig. 3.

UES LOST ONEAINESD: yx farce, <ssialateinin eo ole aati s eae eyes"

Fig. 1. Tilapia rostrata. Fig. 2. T. zebra. Fig. 3.

UES OUR OED eA SoA CPS a4 5 cso oes) ¥ ncegtbe | Slap oo7*Ce opal

IMO EY ITT UTIOD eis 8 8 ae OG AD OOOO OCD OO Ore: e

Ophisaurus hartt a

Fig. 1. Tropidonotus craspedogaster. Fig. 2. T. per-

COPINOIUE. ies icc STD eee Ss eae po sigaye

Fig. 1. Tapinophis latouchit. Fig. 2. Trirhinopholis r159

SHULLOR Gate O18 SH OBO Od OREMOUO ae 6 oO aes ee

Fig. 1. Rana latouchit. Fig. 2. R. ricketti. Fig. 3.

epLobrnchinma OOCLEGEIY, \\-po, ole ciate ia W /e) «1a! ie =

Anthropopithecus troglodytes __kooloo-kamba,

CMe ary de iss 2s antuoeslh sic aes oa 458 os

Soo.—1899. b

XViil

Plate Page

XXI, New Species of African Phytophagous Coleoptera .. 339

ae Osteology of the Tubinagres’....24 0. s'cc ccc ses eee nk 38]

XM. De puscracshay2 an eee a te ieee ote sisal Lok 415

XXV. Butterflies from British East Africa ......... Meee

MX VIS SParasitie\Copepodaewrm pace emacs ek eee 438

XXVII. Ornis of the State of Sao Paulo, Bail Pete eaattes 508

ROMVIIL Amemaileucastimdrmnmen nn canta + slee aoe oe, 517

ame New Species of Exotic Spiders...............05. 518

XXXI. Rhinopithecus roxellane 572

MAX, Fepisacktienen oe ae ee

XXXUIL.

XXXIV. >} Central African Land-Shells.................5.- 579

XXXV.

OD .ONN tee DY eR CIGMITLOIEY 6 Sh 5 Sac Oe nee ODUOd ome cw Or |

XXXVI. Fig.1. Zyphlops albiceps. Fig. 2. T. flowert. Fig. 3. 600

CYUIM AOD NAS TUTUS yoke) cxcie) side ose ainy*' e's eels = =e J

XXXVIII. Sas ee PUREE? es SAR BOAO aoe ABO Hale 697

XXXIX. Figs. 1, 2, 4-9. Limnocaridina tanganyike. Fig. 3.

Ca PMAG ORTHO so Gano ah EAD Rede bUabOUdI Doe 704

XL. Figs. 10-19. Limnocaridinatanganyike. Figs. 20-24.

POLIO MOGTEL «sot te MNe el so he) + Cele ss se

XLI. Chrysichthys biittikofert, ad. «1... 0.60. e seen eee }

XLII. A. Chrysichthys biittikoferi, juv. B. Hemuchromis

COMSOUUIUCILIS EL Vat ovelieloaeis) oicte teats) oletsie\ «(elem \-i=e\> eels) ous L 716

RTL, | sOhrystchthye er anges cee ace tin slorais.c oie. 2 te area ce

XLIV. Chrysichthys camaronensis ..........0eeecceeeees

XLV. A. Chrysichthys kingsleye. B, Petersius occidentalis.

XLVI.

pear Corals from the South Pacific ................0. 734

XLIX

Mime Ser eplanrsian Ce BNE: wee cts «1 ieote cote iehe eae |ol siege 764

TICS EP Ophaet hon Shrisusolen © cs ellen rere nice enel e eeiiets 776

TH Scaphiopussolsta2us, 2... « eieinio jee oe ieeilepnaetels 790

LIII. Brown female Kob from Sierra Leone............ 794

LIV. The Leopard of the Caucasus .................. 795

LY.

eee West-AtricaniAmachnid Anemos... sstsmetoinclsie« oie s oie _ 833

LVIII.

LIX. Tadpoles—1l. Rana macrodon. 2. R. tigrina. 3.

LRGCOMROTUBUEUCOMUSEOD s)in 1). ss a ale st te vets 885

LX. Tadpoles.—1. Microhyla ornata, 2. Microhyla (?) sp.?

Os 2BUIO PENUTGERS Ase «ors e oete «Ais aitiolreetets

LXJ. Male Chilian Guemal (Mazama bisulea) .......... 917

Plate

LXII.

LXIII.

.» Efferent Branchial Vessels of Teleostean Fishes .... 939

LXV.

LXVI.

LXVII.

LXIV

LXVIII.

LXIX.

LXX.

LXXI.

LXXII.

XIX

VPage

Lower teeth of Placental and Marsupial Carnivora. 922

1. Draco whiteheadi. 2. Acanthusaura hainanensis. \

: ; : : |

1, Rana graminea. 2. Staurois hainanensis. 3. Rha- |

COMNONUSIOLY CEP CIS Ms) Niele Aalels) clei s)s/o1e)eelele sais & 956

Cureapnernitt: WIMHACHEN he Vo poe cops oo peeognnnoDSon |

1. Gymnostomus lepturus. 2. Barilius hainanensis.. }

Butterflies from British East Africa.............. 962

Skin of Smitheman’s Kob (Cobus smithemant) .... 981

Osteology of the Pygopodes .............0.e005- 1018

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT.

1899.

Page

Amiseecr, Malformed antlers (of 2.2 s)4 pees ocs)s 2 0 Saya el ees ae 4

allow Deer, Malformedtantlers.ob sees oe ot. socal. « .ecenere 4

SESTLLACUS (CLC PACES I SEUN Olatetanccetsts eke neeiats ce oes ea ie aoe 10

Psittacus erithacus, Quadrate bone of ........002-2 00 cece ee eeees 13

PV ESL OI OLULDILIS TOKIO O teen yen pa ee ieee eiieicreors as ih otis aioe 14

Corvus coraz, to show diagrammatically the muscular fosee and

peerverace MIG POS Braerearts wawera sere nitatatehe: vi sereiscs aie ster ere 15

Psittacus erithacus, for comparison with fig. 4 ............0 0000s 16

Nestor meridionalis, for comparison with figs. 4 and5............ 17

Nestor meridionalis, Quadrate bone of ............ecceecececeees 17

NIFUNGODS NATOPLULUs, SKU COL eres cata. cos secs oe se ae ele ae ee 18

Stringops habroptilus : part of skull of young individual for comparison

pth figs 45 Galig ce cee eho Mew cients Siete sats cted onetonete 19

Stringops habroptilus, Quadrate bone of ..........0.0eeee ee ceeee ike)

Hornusdomiceligwearh ot sullotin. seed fers aati cian eset 20

Microglossus: aterrimus Mok ulliOtens,. s0 5 os sice es +e 6 sie brslsi «1 ve) Sete is ee

Microglossus aterrimus, Quadrate bone of ..........02...0000 ee 22

Cacatum ditcorpisy ats kill so fometepsteiate ici pa en. niches sett ohn el cs hove tone sie 23

Tne etis NAStCHAS CUNO Lime ere eee tee ied ies. = aioe eee t 24

Callocephalon' galeatum; SkulliGh (ON n e Sacitae w-ieee vse e ssc se « 24

Calopsittacus nove-hollundie, Part of skull of...........-2000008- 25

Anadorhynchus hyacinthinus, Skull of .............-.. we rhea errs 27

Ara chiloropterd, SEM GE teeta, 2 ses) abe dies oes + Weneel erent 28

Ara chloroptera, Quadrate bone of ..........-+. ee eeeeeeeececes 28

Contuius enugiosus, Skulltothmens stem eris- «11s see «coe oe 29

Chrysous esting, Sloulliet (emer fe es ves sisivie vs Swe sea 30

Chrysotis estiva, Quadrate bone Of. 2... 2... ee cece eens 30

Catca melanocephata; Sleull Olen 2, 0. env cols vn aces ve viele Valle oles 31

XX1

Page

Caica melanocephala, Quadrate bone of .............cece cece eee 31

BEM OCH UES UBCECH PUES ASML OL eey. te leuescieieiel-v4e actos idles ioe 31

BORA CODSIS VASO UL OLS seemeassy Voxcrsqsteia teas fs aisha Se seun cio) we Meats 32

Dasyptilus pecquetr, Imperfect skull of.............cseeceececees 33

BEE CUS CON OINZUES SMILGOfy acteesate: ote ceisler « «ok one ieee ate 3

Tanygnathus megalorhynchus, Skull of. .... 0.0.00. 0 cece eee eee 34

Tanygnathus megalorhynchus, Quadyvate bone of ......,......... 35

BOLLE LaaU Gy QUANG PS KUM Ola teaiatot Mailed, aytio Sent eee eee he ee 35

PATO MULCHUS CH MOPUG TES ATLL, | ya)sha wie 1 ela ici ciel = eee eh dole ote oe 35

BET. AULL OPISLS PET SOMUAL a UAL Otc aye eyeve ose) ehevavairs wax Gee ashe 36

aT RULO7IS1a, © NUNN OR VALE OI OIU Oligo eyeisde level elancis a esate tees oe 36

PAGO UTR TOSCO PILUSS SUG OL, «ays ayn ernaic's is eee be eseheteete 387

MALY CEN CUS CLEG MNS arb OLS kUUlOf ss. eyaueie.s ye ese acca ss stains thee 37

MN PMACUS UUCENTS, SKULL OL F5..:a\e\ei0 cor eine os cles owiehe sees 38

Nymphicus wreensis, Auditory region of .........-.02.0ccee ee eee 38

MVUCLODSTEEG CIS MTEL GLUE SHUG Ofte -eyercsavsveie- das Sree ae Aen 39

BESTE ts} OCON LLCUNU LNECOI OI. Uetcreie cheb ereraynusisnse iio hav auctatolete ater aete ts eee aa eke 58

Gorilla, Brain of, belonging to R. College of Surgeons. Dorsal view. 66

3 + a Lateral view. 67

yy i : Uniy SG of Oxford. Dorsal view.. 69

Fa s R. College of Surgeons. Vertical view. 70

3 Fh) eb cea tio ET A SOOO Sete Ie OE nD otha acts 71

% Tnetebk ccotia ark tes meets oe aE ee APE Ir RT se oR 5 72

Gs ENA NSW; Metals terse dcoceucdcvaiskchosslet. coy. ROTM Ue Lge Mh aE 73

Nola nis, A semidiagrammatic plan of the intestinal coils of ...... 80

Notornis: A. The tongue and neighbowiing parts of the floor of the

mouth of; B. Enlarged view of the postglottidean longitudinal

IMERAFEROLE Oy E20 a Grae Re aGR Oe CE ROIEO ME tics Sao nr 91

WNotorns, he'skeletin of the larynx of 5.0... 5..0 nem enn us aes 92

Notornis, The syrinx of, dorsal view .....-....eseeseeseseceese 94

Rotors. Liersyrilixot, Velital: WIGW: © .,4.-.5,<14 -\s,c0 eestycePieisieee tie 95

Notornis, The syrinx of, from the left side...............+00.00e 96

TEV ROE ATO Woo GOR HUGE CEO BOG DECI Oe nok cad saU ee 139

Cavern near Consuelo Cove, Last Hope Inlet, Patagonia.......... 147

Reef on Troughton Island, N.W. Australia ................00.. 158

Mpisaurus hart, Wower jaw Of 1 aeys.c0 2 32.2. 0 «ales ivaie aaah BBs 161

Tachydromus septentrionalis, Chin of, showing unusual number of

SINS Reo GEE COCO DDB CD: Oe ae eaer Miles Se error pae 162

SALEM DPR TRU (Eh ews CDROOBRB ODOC GHO On Doce udeuce - 175

TENGE ORS GI MERLE AN CN PRD eo Oi SEO ORO AOU: 0. ate coe 173

WS ETEGD CS: CONCELIBUS RG), tel a<\ cis\ciales siciee nie. ci>, os > sn, + 26h ieee: eae: 174

INICTOCLEN LUALQUDS si cSinsci ape, isis} resi) s]ss2¥ 8 2) 6), 2\2y a Lovee, ash elegant eleta alah 177

TUS PEOVET CS: CASCELLOSN SO otataynial:)+,2)e\aisie/= -'<f= ciate «yale. ol sepaemepars oe hiayst old 178

BA CHET IUUSICOULOLUS hot wie aha epeneyol ys, 5110) +. +: oc 5.cuee eps) Ve RAM GRY -bzica Shel oh 180

TRUSTEE OT ULES oh cap EO OITA COCO Oo O30 OOD DOF 182

CH SECSIGRANG QUES Mee). a petaieie Tess ot, 2 ce SCV IMERENG ie > abs crave 183

Page

Omphisa anastomosales, 1S Giese ott eee fet slelele « + ceive crn were 183

CO ete TUL Ee a OO ERO On POO DELO AO Aces if ise cs « 184

Dy TLDS LP AGS CTRL CONTE MEE fe ORES iC 185

Per GEREAS SF TRMENLGUB, Gs pcsscie< Giteeta ee cual dla esl + bela s ee

AC RUE OES O) GEORGES hu) aie Sevag ais std Sian Sie ee Shel oe onal le) ot aan ee 187

LASS LOU QUT CAILCLE Ry Con Ye. foam (2 5 sicie oth What ctade hate ax shaketelr aS. Saeed 189

EOP LENO PIRATES . solo cise tets tele wile Satedel a aso ohalicietviale:\ creVeleltie SNe 190

POOL GD RON EYUDONG,, i. cese ei einieie @ ase 6 divoiebalotal ole oteaehe Meera tele 191

VET ULD LOCRTULQUES: Ce De ckace lo: Salo bide one nisin shake eve ROU ETT. So IE 194

PAI CLOLEREICLILENECUILS), Gass toisieidie se entiejoieieas arte Od ae ee TaN 195

TE TIUAUECALELOT QUEM) «te Pishels ea vin ote ve ee hele hana ele ET Oke ae Te 195

EOS AINIMODES CHOCBADIS: Bry alain « wlsrsis sss )dhue sole touelteeie Rhee eevee st 196

PCE UULUG, VULIEB VS aa. vis Che Rhcgetue cM ale Tala Tiled Roe Oe ORE 199

EBD PSCO LAY TIS JET UUGUIALE, (Leics ioientes cicie nis «Llp eet ae ET 200

VOOR NOCLUEUE, B. vescldens2 seus Meatde apne PAs ole altar re 201

Pachieanche WCarsisalass Gua . ss ateteyeccscniaievetols ke elas «1c sts) ele etotehck ney a eae

RRECHOSONNIG ANGENTIPUNCEAIS, BS i..vos eis ys vsni0 oe 2 See leet 206

LONE PLEN A CAYNLALIS FSi ators. £ 15 okspsihs sieve: cle Hel tae Sate tates te eee ee 206

LEGA EEL DEES LED N(Ehe IO ERE ERED EER EME ee ED OMT CIE Duc: oe 207

IAL CLEROMES SRASBOLES MA AA tata eleva lo mielede raid ve ele sisye sun onde Shs eee 208

RIEU PRETO GOELLER Cel CSC RIAL EEE At RTE RAIA Tn cas oh 213

LST MAD REIT LG TAG D toh AGRE EN SOD E EOS & 7 SoA ECE TOE ais: 214

25 VOMIETARIM A TLU UT OED ao EEG PO Seite 2 ALT OOS ee oe 215

ON ORULIOCHN ACERS aiGy) Pyricicuias, yee eee Sat: Sastre eae 216

ISDOTAGTRUE GLO ANEALES SP sedeh state oti occlelor Nevado eithe ee ata rials) sce 217

VAR APNLODIAISOUGILE Ais tense RAT AA Aaa AA NE Cee es 217

Condi Lory hizaevestty tales; a Gia aiciia «co Skiers ahits anals eN 218

BAG ASU it DLC Od e8 1 Symane renee vais tsp eet ene 2) rd a paed Aeoe vale Sa 219

EF OMI GONE Bie ANtGltay: Bit we %ta rare < dee ee ee a eld Sale doe Ebi 219

Miner ocaustangnifmbinals, iacie. oaaae eee Le ee 220

INOONACNDINGCAUER, NS iss arse charred ro As en Pee ee 220

Mausaracalusalis,. Goo «.ccemione nee cate Mee eR 222

SET EMASCONIIS SULT USTALEG, «vans la rsbasdiete hate a ernis Bite care a eran See RE 228

We Cy Ma Giluata,IGo tees. Ard bee tte OR ee eae 224

IBeolarch Gan aruUnales, Seki, ste elses 8 eR ee ee eee 225

BA CCLOCENENGCINONASPEB), Ge eh nststeaien oes es eo oe ee ee 226

Protocol letis(cOnstrictasyG wei oo Re, ee ee 226

VA DERRY UT EASA Eran nate tatid oeoes he eset ho ee tear e ate ee ee 227

Galamochronsitrangquillals na wx eitttrscii.s ook oe ee ee eee 227

Cy bolonia. pentadalts; Giapatwkerarcr voles serscierts 6s hie ee 228

Prochoristis rupicapralis, $ ..... TAU SA, SOTO USI ILO Guo Iho g%.0 230

COG LAC ERLANG, iF eee rticte Nhe RR Oates sate: cos os SM 230

VT EBICLENG Guar ales isu igemes eee Reo sent Sheket sn bro 231

LR ITH ODY DALE Ro Po eo-s 6 0 0.58 ad SOB e eM ee 5 232

Monocona rubralis, d.......... REALS cine 2a Cee ie ae 232

Endolophia rufitincialis, 6 Givcwsec css fen ian Aelia ee 238

AULOCONNIG CONCANNG, WO —<erter: cieieiaiat have ois. diel syetsve eyecare: ise 234

Page

COMPAL GIT A PEROILUD (ha5 3.08 0 GAGES EAB Oe COC OTe mE One oor 254

ZECTLLOUL ON TATELES CET AL MN a hoa ress Fel heroin eave chs-npleterteteals LOO

EERE TETDENTOIESN S50 5 Bowe, lesa PARLOR ee AERO co a ORT Re OI 236

SLATER ETTUG TIES! Kom Naker pV bey Mis ahs ate peh gaa clakes sia d iatats salle abe si ahedeter he 240

IROOM UE ECUTUAES (eh. Yo GSU GEO CAROL OC COCR IAP ENS 251

AV DIECT ADEE UAE WEY GP YS esis 6 Ue, Shop HOD HO In SR DNC Oto. io 3 OF 251

BEM Er REVERERCN COLE RCHIES MeSie te Wats seit i olahe id ateacte, she le ohn a (laiig's Riots iesasbV% ape) <iatgn AD

ESET EOD CSTCONEGALES AMAT aR U NON rete a alsa alice hate kaetlorato ns MINS shiek oeaigiscs! sheyge 275

INORG EOE, 6h Ge ho 6 ode 6 CAO CISC GEG LS SOE OD One a Br 275

COPAY ROS CORIO, Gi ADO RS 60005 we Oana Been t0 oOo Oro sere 276

MCT OSLOMLE COMP UNALIS MGS Mle shatstat nino 20s) aistorsleielele (== wistanelateieye o'aipi=tad shane 277

NCCP HTRALES GPs onc 06 ee RAO CNG GOs] Knap broad ms On orecante 278

HET CTIGUMEL GD OPREGEN CRANE Gy aval atnie\le)-'ah sone inca) 9 « 5) 0 ea a aleloke@hese Stoic 280

MEGTEEST RAO CHCTARE Bt 00.5 OAD AOE ORO IO OOO ORE OO Ona 281

ICOM TOLUSIOSUTLOLT MO Mier | Ltaoian re etalk: lems olcaais ie eintstol. stone eins 2 Oe

BSUAACCL UTC LS ETECOLOT Gh yumi ove hein) ols eye oe la. olista aie0s shelve ap eal pieheten thet sPaAaEa ofa 282

LENO PUNCH ACE IOMALCLY LA mma tele ified ele «\ele (evo ataeieya) oieiv eles -Iea eho! ose =iaieke 283

WI EOD ER ICEOG Ly PALES aie «piaita cias eters «)a1ete 2 'clis sg cs crntsions teeoner ke 284

en COGBBIA OE ChY/UTLESN SPM wAA «AY ae obec ea oc inte reesionay aie « Gas wie wiles 22

Muntjac, Horns of Indian, and of another specimen ..........---- 295

Oceanodroma leucorrhou, Inner and outer views of the lower jaw of

Ay WER T(OS Ae meet SP BORO OOM one mn aoe Cpe DEO Maso Oc 392

Tubinares, Diagram to indicate the inter-relationships of the ...... 402

TUTTE GUITAR, Siitid ODOR MONO RE BOO» OM OE AMAR O OCG. Cac - 428

CRITE Cy OG GE Ayano cdoo des Core UODO pe SO Oca onc our 429

Mais sUINENS7S! SKULL OL, (sists afspsucretenee ele siete s)cls «14's oitcel sider sheet yone: 534

GreeOS ST EUS pos MUU OL, Wes mcaieias sicye. ee ence oasis Sees nS Ele sete rs 555

CHES QUA AOE SIAONMIGE Das Ao ae onnd dele gumoos oc AvoA oonae 5388

CESK ME SOMELAS SKM Oka ist iste laieisltvel ma oo 2 +o ecakeuaKe ae ete ehysc 540:

(CHEE MET TARTS a SVM ROY We eieincre ag occ A Dero cie ADD Oe OP OLo Ook BO OUE 541

Canis vulpes egyptiacus, Skull of ....... 0.20 eect ee cece eee 544

CHES ET OEE SIAM GTS Shep anaanancowsecodnicet olen dGeace eos 545

CHES TOIRETES, tal Oe Galocacapodcdtgaac snd0 cro pom BE OOr 546

OG ISNOLSCLtS yo KUN TO fe eerel 2 ate a) aes arelea) oketsl there a -4eomtenehaials bela kaha 547

CHEETOS ELINOR Saatnaeume one cane -Hape> ABBE NeoEar oe 548

CHTDIS EER GIANS) Guy Bi AoeiG InIeD DIA CDG onto Rat reo eo DOR See C 549

Grscyon anegalviis, Skulliof 4... of. sdeje lao sls 2G dbase eis seeaoD

Iii jae ALG Yabo sa epon ones coUdodee 2a Ue Oop nom 552

Proteodidelphys precursor: yight mandibular ramus, outer aspect .. 557

Proteodidelphys precursor: sixth right lower molar, external and

SUCTION ASPCChiate cal acerayaei sls ojals/s)cleleye =~ >) lel #1 sie) =iattchefiets {ofetole haya! 558

Cyonasua argentina: fifth right lower molar, superior and external

BS POC Uy eieeatessieuet- Palep tosesele ode Meo fo, 01-122 eh Ke (ue Nea talilitote od tosaye wil 559

Halmariphus didelphoides : fifth right lower molar, superior and ex-

TOWER En ab onanane Somennod SkdemeD aor Uae co v0 oOnobaC 559

Halmariphus guaraniticus: fifth right lower molar, superior, internal,

amdvexfernalwaspaeteaeey. cine) ol aterelaj:\e)s/stekemnteds Pi dolore meses teks 560:

XXIV

Page

Cephalomys prorsus: last right lower molar, superior aspect ...... 560

Deuterotherium distichum: fifth right lower molar, superior and

exfornaliasneetnnyarciecrcreksiysr'ste sien a '«/e) erect o'tlavs «nists alee eit 561

Morphippus imbricatus: fifth right lower molar, superior aspect .. 562

Morphippus imbricatus : fifth right lower molar of adult, superior

EUSP 3 a oC RG ENG RONG DR REET SIP ON ee SF Ouse Pe, 5°90 563

Notohippus toxodontoides : fifth right lower molar, superior aspect .. 563

Equus caballus, Crown of homologous tooth of existing............ 663

Archeophilus patrius: fifth right lower molar, unworn and worn,

BITPOROMIAS PECL seis ate t cic v6 k'sas vuay's cuetelals ove 8h eVONU re ete ReeneTs 663

Notopithecus fossulatus: fifth right lower molar, slightly worn,

external andisupetioraspect:.........0. 0... sme. ye Meee eee 564

Pitheculus australis: fifth right lower molar, superior and external

BIS POCO aie. Suaietenchancyeibiheoue lor ticlsis vab'e icckicror oi5tR a MORS RRS ed MaDe EE 564

Homunculus patagonicus: fifth right lower molar, superior and

External aspecticn wise sicis.es sca visicic. vee austovans = Ae epeetee ome ee 565

Pyoteodidelphys precursor: third right lower molar, external and

Inbern al Aspe. = isc rieves «4525/5160 6eysi's.s sins Mie seem UeM wT GA 566

Homunculus patagonicus: second to sixth lower molars, superior

PSPC y c.zyatisoke sey Melee atoms aeel eevee MS SE Pa een ae See 567

Lanthanotus borneensis, Open mouth of ........... Re em nots 597

Dev=bird i Oarunculateds, eadsOk .(2).tjc 2 cvqnieics sre, s4/c aio) eet eee 713

Lebra, Grovy's(Bguus’ grevty) 204. ak ae oe eek. eR 714

Chrysichthys auratus (Teeth on palate of) ............... cee soe. (ie)

Chrysichthys macrops FP sfie | rain cahtts MNNE he ty ase 719

Chrysichthys walkert 5 Agta |. Wage. vineall RRTAs Se, ko 720

Chrysichthys biittikofert As Fadl) 21 metab eee a eRe NAL Me os PRR, 722

Chrysichthys ogowensis 5 Te OS Boies a 724

Chrysichthys lagoensis i RR CAC Ae SERIA rinicinte A 726

Chrysichthys persimilis: wpper and lower teeth ...........-...0+- 727

Chrysichthys kingsleye : wpper and lower teeth .................. 729

Cephalophus rufilatus, g , Skull of, 2... 20.60... 20.s koe eee se cee We

Prophuethon shrubsolet, Skull of, from above ..........2+..00eeee 777

Prophaethon shrubsolet, Pelvis of ........cse0ccccevevscvensvces 782

Wasahsvanvatusn ©) ads, ead Ofes sa: «one ss +acie eee eee 5086

Nasals larvatus,. 6° jr., Head Of 5.6.5.4 oh. s0s0n0h ovthowe stake 786

Hydrocherus, Brain of, dorsal view. .........00c0cc eee eceeeeees 799

Hydrocherus, Brain of, ventral view ............ccecceceeccces 800

Hydrocherus, Cerebral hemispheres of, dorsal view .............. 801

Hydrocherus, Brain of, inner view of hemispheres .............. 802

ly dr ochmrusp Brainy of maerEyie wis said. Joes + Fa PRC ee eee 802

Pericheta biserialis, Spermathecal segments of ..........00.e0005 806

Trichocheta hesperidum: ventral view of anterior segment........ 807

Trichocheta hesperidum: sperm-saC ..........0ecccceccceuecenes 808

DevOp A hes C2 ON8O. ce: ia’ Wael GP aiiee hota os 645 bs pad Sees 818

Antipathella gracs: 5. anna. ae. ee nen 820

Spines (of Corals], Arrangement of .............c0ceeeececceees 823

xxv

Page

Peories BOTs CxMOy iis aie ingests) sanlon opayehed» Lek leisiec ale atdogantis . 825

CET COLLDUS CONGLOUS) «<.e\cl-\0 <iele)/s +) «ie «1% 0\+ OBC Pia ere iac pet Kinser ape heen 827

Swamp-Deer (Cervus duvaucelt) from Central Provinces, Head of .. 829

Chilian Guemal (Mazama bisulea), Head of an adult male ......., 918

Prosqualodon australis, Upper surface of skull of .............. _. 920

Prosqualodon australis, Lateral aspect of skull of ....... Onebudcxts 921

Antenodytes pennanti, Feathers of 2.0.0.0... cece eee eevee eceses 980

Loder’s Puku (Cobus vardoni lodert), Skull and horns of .......... 983

Musk-ox, Young male, living at Woburn ...................... 986

Colymbus septentrionalis and Podicipes ecristatus: outer aspect of

PeLvicwlmebrot se duley eae ke latralacetee vieiicisieisteaietoe is Ler Seo ee 1038

Podicipes cristatus : outer aspect of pelvic limb of nestling........ 1039

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1899. c

LIST OF NEW

XXVi

GENERIC TERMS.

1899.

Page

A&throdes (Arachn.) ........+.-- 861 Monocida (Coleopt.) .......-...-

Endolophia (Lepid.) ...... schece 233 Notomela (Coleopt.) ............

Halticella (Coleopt.) ............ 357 Oralien (Copepoda)......... ope

Hemixantha (Coleopt.) ......... 367 Orneates (Coleopt.) ..............-

Heteroscodra (Arachn.) ......... 839 .

Palystodes (Arachn.)

Laniifera (Lepid.) ............-+ 184 Prophaethon (Aves) ............

Limnocaridina (Crust.) ......... 704

Limnothelphusa (Crust.) ...... 698 Richiardia (Copepoda) .........

Malvernia (Coleopt.) .........-.. 346 Tapinophis (Rept.) . .............

Metaprotus (Lepid.) ............ 282

ERRATA.

P. 715, bottom line, for “ Parkfield ” read ‘* Pakefield.”

P. 716, 22nd line from top, for “was probably identical with ” read “ was

probably not identical with.”

30 APA. WwUU

PROCEEDINGS

OF TILE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

January 17, 1899,

Dr. AtBert Ginruer, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1898 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of December was 80, of which 20 were by

presentation, 1 by exchange, 19 by purchase, 35 were received on

deposit, and 5 were born in the Menagerie. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and remoyals, was 97.

Dr. F. P. Moreno exhibited and made remarks upon the

original specimen of the recently described mammal Neomylodon

listar, which he believed to be a portion of the skin of one of the

old Pampean Mylodons now quite extinct.

Mr. Sclater read some extracts from letters recently received

from Mr. J. S. Budgett, F.Z.S., who had been sent by the Council

on a scientific mission to the Gambia (see P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 852).

Mr. Budgett had arrived at M‘Carthy’s Island, 127 miles up

the river, on Noy. 11, and up to the date of his last letter

(Dec. 8) had been principally occupied in collecting Fishes. He

had obtained a large number of Polypteri of different sizes, the

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1899, No. I. 1

2 MR. A, H. COCKS ON HYBRID STOATS AND FERRETS, [Jan.17,

largest being about 19 inches in length. The ovaries of the

females did not appear to be nearly ripe, and, according to native

reports, these fishes did not spawn until the wet season. Only

two of the whole number possessed external gills. Altogether,

examples of about twelve species had been procured, amongst

which were two of Mormyrus, a Malapterurus, several Siluroids,

and a Sword-fish, 8 feet 6 inches in length. ;

Mud-fish (Protopterus) were stated by the natives to be abundant

in the adjoining swamp, but Mr. Budgett had not yet succeeded

in obtaining specimens.

Mr. Budgett was also collecting Birds and Insects (principally

Orthoptera and Hemiptera).

Mr. A. H. Cocks, F.Z.S., exhibited some living specimens of

supposed hybrids between the Stoat (Mustela erminea) and the

Ferret (J/. furo), and remarked that it was only on seeing the

first of his specimens that his scepticism as to the possibility of

such hybridity had been removed. arly in 1898 he had seen an

advertisement respecting some half-bred Stoats and Ferrets, and

had purchased three of them; and was so satisfied as to. their

genuineness, that he subsequently purchased the remainder of

the breeder’s stock, making six specimens in all. One female

died from foot-rot; the second became pregnant to a Polecat,

but miscarried almost at the last moment; the third (exhibited)

was at the date of purchase said to be a week gone in young

to a male hybrid purchased at the same time, and in due course

produced a fine litter of 4 males and 1 female (one of the males

was also exhibited). The breeder (a railway signalman) had made

most positive and straightforward statements as to the animals

being the undoubted offspring of a male Stoat and female Ferret

(both white and dark), and Mr. Cocks had taken an opportunity

to interview him personally ; he stated that he had bred altogether

some six litters between Stoats and Ferrets, and considered such

cross, if anything, easier to breed than pure Ferrets. At the time

of Mr. Cocks’s visit, a young Weasel was sharing a hutch with a

pair of Ferrets.

The specimens, including the second generation, were exactly

alike, except the father of the second generation, which was some-

what paler but with identical markings, and was probably born

from a white Ferret. Ferrets of course varied very greatly in

the body-colour, but Mr. Cocks had never seen any Ferrets with

exactly the body-colour or texture of pelage as these, and this

improvement on the ordinary quality of a Ferret’s pelt was seen

in Polecat and Ferret crosses. The following points also showed

a resemblance to Stoats :—bright yellow throats ; a small spot of

yellow on the (true) knee; the distal portions of the feet were

white, the colour terminating abruptly ; the ears were broader than

a Ferret’s, and much more so than a Polecat’s; the moustachial

bristles were finer and more numerous than in a Polecat, but

1899.] ON EUROPEAN SQUIRRELS. 3

possiby this last point might not hold good in a large series of

Ferrets. Of the British Mustelide, the Stoat had by far the

higgest feet in proportion to its size; the Polecat had relatively

very small feet, those of Ferrets being decidedly larger; while the

feet of these hybrids were markedly larger than the normal size of

those of Ferrets.

Mr. Cocks also exhibited the skull of the reputed hybrid which

had died ; together with, for comparison, a skull of a Stoat, of a

Polecat, and of a Polecat-Ferret cross («f. ‘ Zoologist,’ 1880, p. 396).

Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited some specimens of malformed

antlers of the Axis and Fallow Deer, and made the following

remarks upon them :—

“The Axis Deer (Cervus axis) (fig. A, p. 4) lived over three years

in the Manchester Zoological Gardens, and on its death the body

was kindly sent to me by the proprietors, Messrs. Jennison. For

a considerable portion of this time it had seemed to be in ill-health.

The horns were never shed during that time. About two years ago

the soft tumour-like excrescences began to form at the base of the

horns. I saw it early last year, and it was then apparently suffering

from some wasting disease, probably tuberculosis. It died early in

December. There was unfortunately no post-mortem; but judging

from numerous notes and specimens collected, and from records

in veterinary pathology, 1 think the specimen is interesting as

showing the intimate association between continued ill-health and

defective horn-growth.

“The Fallow Buck (Cervus dama) (fig. B, p. 4) was five years old

when shot in August last and was in good condition. Throughout

last year it had grown a perfectly normal pair of horns. The abnor-

mality of the left horn is apparently due to a purely local cause,

viz., imperfect formation of the “ burr” directly after shedding the

horns, causing the temporal artery, which supplies the blood to

the horn when at the velvety stage, to course through a hole in

the centre of the burr, and so dividing the beam up into points.

Some indication of disease at the pedicle is also apparent.”

Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.S., exhibited some

specimens of European Squirrels, Sciwrus vulgaris Linneus, to

illustrate the local colour-variations. He pointed out that the

British Squirrel was as different from those found on the Continent

as any animal could well be, being distinguishable at all seasons of

the year and not intergrading with Continental specimens. Yet

naturalists had been slow to recognize this fact; and the extra-

ordinary seasonal changes in the coat of the animal (unparalleled, he

believed, among mammals) had never been systematically studied

until taken in hand by Mr. Oldfield Thomas (see ‘ Zoologist,’ 1896,

p- 401). The correct name for the British Squirrel (as had been

pointed out by Mr. Thomas) appeared to be Sewurus leucurus* Kerr.

1 Spelt leucourus by Kerr (ef. ‘ Animal Kingdom,’ p. 256, Soap

é il

4 MALFORMED ANTLERS OF AXIS AND FALLOW DEER. [Jan. 17,

A. Malformed antlers of Axis Deer. B. Ditto of Fallow Deer.

~ 1899.] ON EUROPEAN SQUIRRELS. 5

It differed from the Continental Squirrel of all localities in the

fact that the tail was never red (except occasionally in a few quite

young specimens, and then never so bright as in Continental

specimens), but brown, and that it bleached regularly each season

to a dirty cream or straw-colour.

On the Continent of Europe the Squirrels of all localities were

greatly affected with total or partial melanism, which made them

rather a difficult subject for study. Excluding the melanisms,

which had from time to time received names,—such as S. niger

Kerr 1792, from Lake Baikal, S. alpinus F. Cuvier 1821, from

the Pyrenees, and S. italicus Bp. 1838, from Italy,—Mr. Barrett-

Hamilton stated that he knew of three subspecies of Squirrel

in Northern and Central Europe, of which the first was

found. in Germanyy Northern France, Belgium, Holland, and

Switzerland, and was distinguishable all the year round by its

bright red colour. In the North and East, the Central European

Squirrel met and intergraded with a hghter red form, which in

winter became almost grey, while the typical S. vulgaris of

Linnzus would appear to be restricted to a comparatively small

area in South Scandinavia. The latter approached nearest to

S. leucurus, but was at once distinguishable by the redness of the

tail, which, moreover, did not bleach. To all these forms, except

the typical S. vulgaris, the names given to them by Robert Kerr

in 1792 appeared to be applicable. ‘heir distribution was in

accordance with what might be expected from a knowledge of the

existing climatic conditions of Europe; and it was interesting to

find the milder portions of Scandinavia inhabited by a Squirrel

which approached more nearly to the British than to any other

form. The occurrence of this form might be parallel to that of a

Wren, Troglodytes bergensis, which had been described by Stejneger

from South Scandinavia. It was aiso interesting to find that the

light red Squirrel of Northern Scandinavia, Lapland, and Russia

occurred farther south in propertion to the extension of its range

eastward and inland, and was thus found in Poland, Eastern

Prussia, and Hungary.

Of the Squirrels of South Europe he had nothing to say for

the present. For the proper appreciation of the local colour-

variations of the common European mammals a large series of

skins collected in different localities was essential, and the little

already accomplished towards the accumulation of such a series

had been largely due to the energy of Mr. Oldfield Thomas.

The following was a brief diagnosis of the colour-distinctions of

the European subspecies of Sciwrus vulgaris, together with that of

one subspecies from Siberia :—

ScIURUS VULGARIS RUFUS Kerr, Animal Kingdon, p. 255 (1792).

Hab. Central Europe: North of France, Belgium, Holland, -

Germany (except the east), Switzerland, and parts of Northern

Austria. |

Colour—of ear-tufts, body, and tail red all the year round, the

6 ON EUROPEAN SQUIRRELS. [Jan. 17,

winter coat in perfectly typical specimens only differing from that

of summer in its much greater thickness. I have seen specimens

from a number of German localities, in the more northern of

which the winter coat contains a more or less amount of white or

grey hairs on the flanks, thus intergrading with the next subspecies.

ScIURUS VULGARIS VARIUS Kerr, op. cit. p. 256 (nec Pallas, Zoogr.

Ross.-As. 1831, i. p. 183).

Hab. Northern Scandinavia, Lapland, Northern and Central

European Russia, Poland, East Prussia, parts of Hungary, and

Western Siberia.

Colour—in summer red, but lighter than S. rufus; in winter

the body is more or less completely shining grey, nearly white,

with the tail and ear-tufts red. In some specimens there is also

a trace of the red colour on the dorsal line, head, and legs.

ScIURUS VULGARIS TYPICUS.

Hab. South Norway and Sweden.

Colour—in sammer the body resembles in its brownish-red

tints that of S. Jewcurus, but the tail is red, and does not bleach

* when the hairs are old and worn; in winter, the body-coat is

composed of soft greyish-brown hairs, the summer tints remaining

visible to a variable extent on the dorsal line and legs.

ScruRUS VULGARIS CaLoTUS Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. xx. p. 272

(1867).

Hab. Eastern Siberia, the exact limits uncertain; but specimens

in the British Museum labelled as from Wilni (Siberia), Seoul

(Corea), Southern Manchuria, Saehalin Island, Pekin, and Nepal

all appear to belong to a single form.

Colour—in winter darker than S. varius. I have seen no

summer skins which are not melanisms, but a winter skin which

I purchased at Hakodate, Yezo Island, shows a trace of rufous

colour on the central dorsal line.

This subspecies might possibly prove to be identical with that

from the River Obi, to which the name of S. vulgaris argenteus

had been given by Kerr (op. cit.).

In conclusion Mr. Barrett-Hamilton said that he ventured to

suggest that when a further knowledge of the local variations of

European mammals should have been gained, it might be found

that the European Continent might be divided, for the purposes

of study of the geographical distribution of mammals, into some

such areas as those represented by the different subspecies of

Squirrels to which he had now drawn attention.

The following papers were read :—

1899.] ON A ZOOLOGICAL EXPEDITION TO THE SOUTH SEAS. 7

1. General Account of a Zoological Expedition to the South

Seas during the years 1894-1897. By Arruur WILLEy,

D.Se. Lond.; Hon. M.A. Cantab.

[Received January 16, 1899.]

The main object of my recent journey to the South-west

Pacific was the investigation of the life-history of the Pearly

Nautilus. My first destination was the Island of New Britain

(Neu-Pommern) in the Bismarck Archipelago, as this had already

become knownas a locality where living Nautiluses could be obtained

in abundance. ‘The principal difficulties which had to be coped

with were owing to the comparatively deep water—50 to 70

fathoms—in which Nautilus pompilius lives. It is only to be

caught at night—both in Blanche Bay and in Talili Bay, on

opposite sides of the Gazelle Peninsula—in native fish-traps baited

with small fish. After finding the tracts where Nautiluses congre-

gated in shoals at night, I would, on the following morning, go

over the same ground with the dredge. Almost always the dredge

would come up full of pumiceous fragments. In fact I came to

the conclusion in New Britain, which I afterwards confirmed in the

Loyalty Islands, that the feeding-ground is not the breeding-ground

of the Nautilus—or, in other words, that the Nautilus migrates in

shoals nocturnally from deeper into shallower water in quest of

food. The Nautilus will eat any animal-food which is offered to

it, from a fowl to a sea-urchin, and from a langouste to a shrimp,

but its natural food consists chiefly of small Decapod Crustacea.

When attacking a shrimp, for example, the Nautilus dart:

forward with great rapidity, and enclosing the victim within its

tentacular complex seizes it between its powerful beak-like jaws.

It can protrude its body by action of protractor muscles far beyond

the mouth of the shell, but it only does this when occasion demands.

When normally swimming, the body is slightly raised as to com-

pletely expose the eyes above the level of the margin of the shell,

and to allow free entrance for the water into the mantle-cavity

and exit through the cleft siphon. Like all the other Cephalopods,

Nautilus swims backwards with considerable speed. It holds the

shell, when swimming, in one position only, namely with the spire

and with the mouth of the shell directed upwards, as shown in the

photograph here exhibited. Nautilus is incapable of capsizing its

boat as described by Rumphius.

After spending the best part of a year in New Britain, during

which I made new observations upon the vascular system and

branchial sense-organs, I determined to change my base, and

accordingly proceeded to the Eastern Archipelago of British New

Guinea. Meanwhile, however, I had made a prospecting journey

to New Hanover, where I found the natives baling out their canoes

with Nautilus-shells. I made no further progress during the five

months I spent in New Guinea so far as Nautilus is concerned,

8 ON A ZOOLOGICAL EXPEDITION TO THE SOUTH SEAS. [Jan.17,

but I captured four specimens of Ctenoplana’, which yielded a

number of results of some interest. This remarkable form, half

Ctenophore and half Plathelminth, had previously only been

obtained as a unique specimen by the Russian naturalist Korotneff,

off the west coast of Sumatra in 1886.. Korotneff’s account was

inaccurate in many details, and his discovery of the type was

regarded with some scepticism. My re-discovery of this creature

is therefore matter of satisfaction. All four specimens were

taken from a drifting cuttle-bone off the Conflict Lagoon in the

Louisiades, British New Guinea.

From the Deboyne Lagoon, in the same Archipelago, I obtaine

a species of Amphiovus belonging to the subgenus Asymmetron,

previously known only from the West Indies. This is a remark-

able fact of distribution, since in the Torres Straits, which are

comparatively close by, there are two species of Amphioxus

belonging to other subgenera.

When I revisited New Guinea on my return for the second time

to New Britain, I was fortunate in securing the only specimen ever

seen of the animal of Nautilus wmbilicatus, which had been taken

from the surface off the East Cape of British New Guinea.

Nautilus does not come to the surface normally according to my

observations, and all specimens which are taken from the surface

are probably in a moribund condition. This was the case with the

specimen obtained by Dr. Bennett, upon which Sir Richard Owen

based his classical work on Nautilus.

My object in changing my locality from time to time was for

the purpose of finding a place where Nautilus could be more

easily got at. After much misgiving and disappointment, I at last

found such a place—namely, Sandal Bay, Lifu, in the Loyalty

Group. In this place Nautilus migrates at night from deep water

into as little as three fathoms. It comes quite close to the shore.

The species occurring here is V. macromphalus. So far as I have

ascertained at present, this species only differs from WV. pompilius

in the character of the umbilicus of the shell. The animals are

almost identical. WV. wmbilicatus differs strikingly in external

appearance from both of the preceding. After an absence from

England exceeding two years, I.induced Nautilus to deposit its

eggs in my cages. The eggs are firmly fixed to a suitable surface :

the best artificial surface which can be offered to the Nautilus is

sacking, the fibres of which are entangled in the hardened milk-

white capsule of the egg. I have described these eggs in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings of the Royal Society’ (1897). Neither in Lifu nor

subsequently in New Britain, where I got the eggs of NV. pompilius,

was I able to rear embryos from the deposited eggs—such was the

effect of captivity.

The geographical distribution of VV. macromphalus is interesting.

It is confined rigidly to the New Caledonian Archipelago. In the

neighbouring New Hebrides and in Fiji, V. pompilius is again met

with.

1 See Q. J. M.S. vol. xxxix. 1896, p. 323.

1899. ] ON THE CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 9

During my various changes of venue I accumulated a rich

material of Enteropneusta, au account of which I shall shortly

publish in Part IIL. of my Zoological Results which are being

issued by the Cambridge University Press.

Lastly, it was my happiness to discover a new type of Pertpatus

in New Britain which differs from the South African, Australasian,

and Neotropical subgenera in the same respects—anatomy and

development—in which they differ from one another. It con-

stitutes therefore a fourth subgenus, which I have called Paraperi-

patus. With regard to Peripatus, the next point of interest centres

upon the new species—P. tholloni, which has recently been described

by Mons. E. L. Bouvier from the Gaboon district (West Africa).

2. On Characteristic Points in the Cranial Osteology of the

Parrots. By D’Arcy W. Tuomeson, C.B., F.Z.8.

[Received November 16, 1898.]

To discover anatomical characters such as might yield or help to

yield a natural classification of the Parrots has been the desire of

many ornithologists, but the search has availed little. Garrod’s

abundant work has told us many facts in regard to the presence

or absence of an ambiens, of an oil-gland, of one carotid or two,

and other varying characters in a multitude of species; but when

we come to put these data together the result is unsatisfactory,

and one is left with the impression that the several series of facts

are incoordinate and cannot be linked together in a single system.

When we find, for instance, that the collation of these facts places

in a single group Ara, Psittacus, Pococephalus, and Nestor, and in

another Stringops, Melopsittacus, and Agapornis, one is tempted

to think that the only thing proved is that the data are invalid or

antagonistic—in other words, that the several structures had really

followed diverse or parallel or convergent lines of modification

and evolution. While such internal structures seem to me to lead

to confusion by indiscriminate variability, the characters of the

skeleton are generally deemed too monotonously alike to present

features of significance. Even in Stringops, the osteological peculi-

arities of which are greater than those of any other form (except

perhaps Nestor), they are yet not conspicuous enough to have pre-

vented certain recent writers from remarking that the divergence

of Stringops from the other Parrots is not so great as it had been

supposed to be.

There is indeed in most parts of the skeleton a very great

uniformity throughout the order, but in certain parts, for instance

the orbital ring (where the differences are well known, though im-

perfectly investigated)’, the hyoid bone (as Dr. St. G. Mivart has

1 Of. Em. Blanchard, ‘‘ Caractéres ostéol. chez les Ois. de la famille des

Psittacides,” C. R. xliii. pp. 1097-1100 (1856), xliy. pp. 518-521 (1857) ; C. L.

Bonaparte, ibid. xliv. pp. 5384-539 (1857).

10 PROF, D'ARCY W. 'THOMPSON ON THE (Jan. 17,

shown), the auditory region, and the quadrate bone, there are very

numerous conditions to be distinguished, which appear likely to

help in the search for natural affinities.

The following pages contain an account of the skull in different

genera, with particular reference to three of the above-mentioned

characters. The descriptions and figures are taken partly from

specimens in my own collection, which is considerable, and partly

from skulls belonging to the Royal College of Surgeons and

to this Society, for the opportunity of studying which in Dundee

I am very greatly obliged to Mr. C. Stewart and to Mr. Beddard.

The genera are described for the most part in the order of Count

Salvadori’s British Museum Catalogue, and I attempt to show in

the sequel certain cases where osteology suggests a different

arrangement.

The accompanying diagrams of the skull and quadrate of Psit-

tacus erithacus (figs. 1 & 2) show the characters to which attention

will be chiefly drawn in the descriptions.

Fig. 1.

Psittacus erithacus.

pr.o., preorbital or prefrontal process ; p.f., postfrontal process; sq., squamosal

s.m., Suprameatal tubercle.

From the hinder border of the orbit a process projects down-

wards and forwards which we may call the postorbital, or, as I prefer

to call it, the postfrontal process: it is also called by Dr. Mivart *

the sphenotic process. I may remark that this is only one of

many cases where we remain in doubt as to what nomenclature to

use, for want of knowledge of the facts of embryology. Parker,

in his account of the Fowl’s skull*, where this process is not unlike

that of many Parrots, deseribes its deveiopment from a separate

element, the postfrontal. and it certainly seems to me, from a

study of such material as I possess, to be developed both in the

Fowl and in Ratites from a frontal or postfrontal element, with

which a process of the alisphenoid may be associated. It is

sometimes ascribed, as by Gadow *, to the squamosal bone, which

! Mivart, Skeletons of Lorius and Psittacus, pt. ii., P. Z. 8, 1895, p. 363.

* Parker, Phil. Trans. 1869, pt. ii. p. 790.

° Gadow, Newton’s Dict. of Birds, p. 873.

1899. | CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 11

is then said to be continued into two lateral processes, and it arises,

at any rate, very near the meeting-place of the frontal and squa-

mosal, which may very possibly both be found to contribute to its

formation.

Separated from this postfrontal process by the temporal groove

or fossa is the zygomatic process of the squamosal, which it is

more convenient to call the squamosal process ; this, in the Grey

Parrot, is the larger and longer of the two. It is seen to be

slightly indented below near its apparent origin from the skull,

and to jut downwards behind the slight indentation (much more

conspicuous in certain other forms) which marks the place where

the glenoid cavity for the outer head of the quadrate is excavated

below. A slight tubercle projects outwards from, or rather behind,

the base of the zygoma, behind the glenoid indentation, and is the

suprameatal process of Mivart (J. c.); between it and the glenoid

notch is a small grooved area which in some genera becomes con-

spicuous. I shall speak of it as the suprameatal area. From the

anterior lower margin of the orbit there runs, curving backwards,

and crossed near its origin by a well-marked horizontal groove, the

preorbital or suborbital process, which represents the posterior

process of the so-called lachrymal bone. We shall find that the

relative size of these processes, their fusion or want of fusion to

complete or leave incomplete the orbital ring, and the completion of

the orbital ring by union of the lachrymal in some cases with the

postfrontal, in some also with the squamosal process, furnish us

with several important distinctive characters.

While it is not the object of this paper to deal with the higher

morphological questions, I may point out that the so-called lachrymal

bone is (at least in my opinion), obviously no lachrymal, but a

prefrontal (with which in some cases an inconspicuous Jachrymal

may be conjoined), as nearly as possible identical in its characters

and relations with the prefrontal of the Lizards. The bone in a

lizard (e. g. Iguana) comes into relation with the frontal, nasal,

lachrymal, superior maxillary, jugal, and palatine bones. Its dorsal

portion, precisely comparable in most birds to its dorsal ramus in

the Lizards, is in relation with the nasal and frontal. Though it

does not in any one bird exhibit all the other relations of the

lacertilian bone, yet we may discover them severally in one bird or

another : in the Snowy Owl, in Baleniceps, and in Podargus it meets

or unites with the maxilla ; it comes into relation with the palatine

in Struthio and Apteryx ; it meets more or less intimately with the

jugal in the Penguins, Petrels, Cormorants, Gypogeranus, and

others; while in the Raven and many other Passerines, the

Penguins, the Guillemots, the Curlew, the Toucan, the Parrots,

and many more, it comes into relation with, or fuses with, the

ethmoid region, a relation that we cannot seek in the bony skull of

the Lacertilia. Im Ducks, Geese, and Swans its inferior ramus

inclines backwards in the direction of the postfrontal process (the

squamosal or zygomatic process being here absent or rudimentary),

as it does in the Parrots, and it is said (though I have not actually

12 PROF, D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17,

seen a case) that in certain of these Anserine birds the two unite

in a suborbital ring.

In some birds, but not in very many, this bone presents, in its

anterior wall, a conspicuous foramen, which is especially well seen,

for instance, in Rhea, Struthio, and Apteryx ; but it must not at all

be confused, as in certain birds it might possibly be apt to be, with

the chink formed between prefrontal, frontal, and ethmoid in

those birds where the first meets with the last of these three bones :

in Parrots this chink is represented by the inner and outer pre-

cranial foramina of Mivart, a subdivision already incipient even

in the Raven. Where we find the foramen in the Ratite, we in

most other cases find only a groove on the outer side of the pre-

frontal, shallow in the Raven and the Parrot, deep in many

Passerines, e. g. Acridotheres, in Dacelo, in the Herons, very deep

in the Penguins, the Eagles, Vultures, &e.

It seems to me more than probable that where we have this

foramen developed its outer wall is contributed by a true lachrymal,

precisely as the similar foramen is bounded by the prefrontal and

lachrymal in Zgwana; but that in the other cases we have good

grounds for abandoning the term lachrymal, and accepting the bone

in question as a true prefrontal’.

The lacertilian skull gives us no very close parallel to the very

remarkable suborbital arcade of the ‘Psittacide, but we may trace

in it an indication of the latter’s constituent parts and probable

method of formation. The postfrontal runs in the Lizards,

perhaps still more in Hatteria, a long way down the inner and

anterior side of the superior or ascending ramus of the jugal, that

ramus which in birds is aborted, as is the posterior one in the Lacertilia.

It is but crossing a very little gap for the prefrontal and postfrontal

to join below, and, separating from contact with maxillary and jugal,

to form such a suborbital bar as we find in Stringops, Ara, or

Chrysotis. And the junction between the two postorbital processes,

that is to say the postfrontal and squamosal processes, that we find

in the Cockatoos, will be seen simply to enclose a supratemporal

arcade, bounded by the same bones and occupied by the same

(temporal) muscle as it is in its vastly greater development in the

Lacertilia.

The auditory meatus or tympanic orifice is surrounded by an

imperfect ring of bone, irregular in outline, of whose real consti-

tution we are again left somewhat in doubt. It seems plain that

its upper border is contributed by the squamosal, possibly in part

by the opisthotic, its outer or posterior border by the thin, shell-

like extension of the evoccipital, while in regard to its anterior

and inferior portions we may assume that they are formed by

the basitemporal of Parker.- Within, this tympanic chamber is

produced above into the superior, below and behind into the

1 In Huxley’s ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ where this bone is described, as usual,

as a lachrymal, what is spoken of as the prefrontal is expressly defined as the

equivalent of the lateral mass of the ethmoid in Mammals, and the term is thus

used in a sense now entirely obsolete.

1899. | CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 13

posterior, below and in front into the long compressed or pointed

anterior tympanic recess. A bar of bone, part of the prodtic, runs

forwards near the middle of the cavity, bounding the lower border

of the superior recess, and bearing anteriorly the articular surface

for the inner head of the quadrate bone, immediately below which

is the tiny orifice of the canal for the external ophthalmic artery.

Into the posterior recess, below the fenestre ovalis and rotunda,

opens from behind the large aperture which transmits the so-

called tensor tympani muscle, and the recess itself runs backwards

and downwards externally to the orifice, within the so-called

paroccipital process.

In the Grey Parrot the tympanic orifice is moderately wide:

looked at from a little to the front it is very nearly semicircular ;

from a little way behind it appears crescentic, from the manner

in which the slightly curving border of the posterior or exoccipital

wall encroaches on the front of the cavity. The nearly straight

‘but slightly curving posterior border, the somewhat angular notch

above, and the more pointed notch below, that are visible in the

figure, are the chief points that catch the eye. We shall find that

the shape of the tympanic orifice and the extent to which the cavity

is walled in differ much in the different genera, and chiefly in

relation to the extent of development of the posterior wall; and

that we have great concurrent variation in the area between the

auditory meatus and the descending occipital ridge. In some cases,

in correspondence with the shape of the quadrate bone, the glenoid

cavity.for its inner head will be found widely separate, in others

scarcely separate or not at all, from the squamosal facet for its

outer one. And again the relative dimensions ‘of the recess will

be found to vary, the posterior one in particular being sometimes

very greatly reduced.

Fig. 2.

: Quadrate bone of Psittacus erithacus.

ih., o.h., inner and outer heads; sh., shaft ; a.p., anterior process; 7.c., jugal

cup; pt.c., pterygoid condyle, distinct from and in front of the long

mandibular condyle.

The quadrate bone (fig. 2) shows us a long, straight, slender

shaft, and a flattened body, whose lower margin, almost circular

in contour, forms the elongated simple articular surface, playing in

14 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE (Jan. 17,

the antero-posterior groove that constitutes the unusually simple

glenoid cavity of the mandible. In front of this lower articular

margin of the quadrate is a small but distinct rounded head or

condyle for the pterygoid. An anterior process, small, short, and

sharply pointed, runs forwards, at an obtuse angle to the shaft of

the bone. ‘he shaft has two heads, the external or squamosal one

being large, the inner or prodtic one much smaller and separated

from the outer by a very shallow groove: a pneumatic foramen

enters the shaft on its inner side, below the prootic capitulum. A

cup for the quadrato-jugal articulation is directed outwards and

forwards, and stands elevated on a tubercular mass of bone, whose

posterior surface forms a conspicuous ridge; on the sloping ridge

below the cup is a small accessory articular surface, which plays

against the edge of the mandible (cf. Mivart, pp. 374, 391), and

whose comparative anatomy is more fully discussed below. We shall

find that the quadrate is markedly different from this in Stringops;

and that in the other gerera considerable but less important differ-

ences exist in the greater or less separation of the two capitula,

the size of the anterior process, the distinctness of the pterygoid

condyle, and the conformation of the parts adjacent to the quadrato-

jugal cup.

Family Nestorm#.

In all the characters with which this paper is mainly concerned

the skull of Nestor (figs. 3, 6) is extremely interesting.

The orbit is incomplete. The postfrontal process is rudimen-

tary ; the prefrontal process is long, evenly curved, and reaches

nearly to the squamosal. The squamosal region is entirely dif-

ferent to that of any other Parrot. The squamosal or zygomatic

Nestor notabilis,

pf., postfrontal process; sqg., squamosal.

process, instead of being slender and free on its lower or posterior

margin, is continuous with 4 flattened buttress of bone which

connects it with the main body of the squamosal, and which descends

1899.] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 15s

in a broad, somewhat excavated shelf to overlap (as well as to

project in front of) the head and upper portion of the shaft of the

quadrate bone. This squamoso-zygomatic plate is deeply hollowed

on its outer face, suggesting perhaps the presence of a highly

specialized muscle (probably the second portion of the digastric)

originating there. The lower border of the overhanging shelf is

slightly bilobed, especially in another specimen in my collection from

that figured. The posterior portion or posterior lobe, and perhaps

the whole hollow on the outer face of the bone, may be considered

to be an extension of the region internal or anterior to the ‘‘ supra-

meatal” process of Mivart, a region which in most Parrots forms

only a small facet; its aspect here, together with the general

conformation of the bone, reminds us how in a Lizard the squa-

mosal tends to overlap the outside of the quadrate in a way which

culminates in the great descending limb or process of the bone

that bounds the infratemporal arcade in Hatteria.

I know no other bird in which a very similar condition of things

is to be seen; but we may discover in some Passerines, e. g. the

Raven, a certain correspondence of parts.

If we trace in the Raven (fig. 4) the ridges and muscular im-

pressions on the postero-lateral surfaces of the skull, we see (1) on

the upper margin of the supra-occipital region two curved trans-

Fig. 4.

Mes ia , F)

, g a Ge

3 Y e BN |

Corvus corax, to show diagrammatically the muscular fosse and

intervening ridges.

s.m., suprameatal tubercle; sq., squamosal; ¢. temporal, d. digastric fossa ;

d.', fossa for second head of the digastric, in front of s.m., the suprameatal

tubercle. The ridges or outlines of the muscular impressions are described

in the text.

verse ridges which run outwards from the middle line to a tubercle

(a) posterior to and nearly on a level with the upper border of the

auditory meatus; (2) an undivided ridge curves downwards from

16 PROF, DARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17,

this point to the outer margin of the paroccipital ; (3) springing

from the upper of the two supra-occipital ridges, a little way before

they reach the tubercle and merge together, a ridge curves down-

wards to another tubercle (s.m.) at the upper and hinder corner of

the meatus ; and (4) from this latter tubercle a ridge is continued

towards the inferior border of the squamosal or zygomatic process ;

the temporal fossa is bounded above by (5) the great curved line

which runs from near the base of the line called 3 to the apex of

the postorbital process. These lines separate the following areas

or fosse: I, a narrow triangular area, posterior to the auditory

region, which gives origin to the main body of the digastric ; IT, the

temporal fossa, and III, the small space below the line marked 4,

which gives origin to the second portion of the digastric muscle.

In the Grey Parrot (fig. 5) we can distinguish all these lines and

intervening areas; but the digastric area is much broader than in

the Raven, owing to the greater extension forwards of the thin

Fig. 5.

Psittacus erithacus, for comparison with fig, 4.

(Letters as in previous figures.)

posterior wall of the meatus, and the temporal fossa is much

longer and narrower. The line 3, between the digastric and tem-

poral fossz, guides us to its termination in the suprameatal process

of Mivart, which is thus seen to correspond to the tubercle we

have marked s.m. in the Raven, in which bird it is some distance

behind the glenoid cavity, the intermediate space constituting our

fossa IJI. This last and smallest fossa is excessively small in the

Grey Parrot (fig. 6, p. 17), being only represented by a groove

between the suprameatal tubercle and the little process of the

squamosal internal to it, which descends for a very short distance

external and posterior to the head of the quadrate—in other words,

which bounds the inconspicuous notch over the head of that bone.

To return to Nestor (fig. 6),a comparison of the same clearly marked

impressions shows us a still larger digastric and smaller temporal

fossa, and leads us to recognize the suprameatal process in that

one which is now separated widely from the glenoid cavity by the

1899;]] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 7

deep excavation behind the squamosal or zygomatic process which

is so marked and exceptional a feature in this bird, but which we

now discover to be a huge development of the tiny groove in

Psittacus, and of our [IIrd fossa in Corvus ; and we further see that

the opposite or inner wall of this last fossa, which so deeply over-

laps and overhangs the head and shaft of the quadrate, is precisely

comparable to that little process which did likewise, but to a

slight degree, in the Grey Parrot and the Crow.

Fig. 6.

Jestor meridionalis, for comparison with figs. 4 & 5.

(Letters as in previous figures.)

The tympanic cavity is of moderate size, widely open when we

look at it from in front, but in its lateral aspect almost concealed

by the forward growth of the scroll-like posterior wall; the cavity

has a deep posterior recess, descending to near the apex of the

paroccipital process, where is a large oval foramen for the so-called

tensor tympani. The lower and anterior border of the meatus,

as it bends upwards, quite distinctly shuts out the region of the

quadrate articulation from the boundaries of the tympanic cavity.

The quadrate bone (fig. 7) has two widely separate capitula, the

Quadrate bone of Nestor meridionalis.

(Letters as in previous figures.)

inner one being in a considerable degree the smaller; but the

double socket for these heads, though constricted in the middle,

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1899, No, I. 2

18 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17,

is continuous and not divided into two. The pterygoid condyle is

well-marked, and more distinctly separate than usual from the

long mandibular condyle. The chief peculiarity in the bone is in

the region of the quadrato-jugal cup, which is more than usually

elevated from the flat surface of the bone, the tubercular mass on

which it stands being produced above into a sharp ridge, and being

directed outwards or even a little backwards instead of forwards,

as is commonly the case. The whole under surface of this pro-

tuberance, together with the outer face of the body of the bone

down to the condyle, plays on a corresponding articular surface on

the inner wall and edge of the mandible. In one of my specimens

of Nestor the jugal sends up a short but distinct rudiment of an

“ ascending ramus.”

There are many other points of more or less importance, but

many of which I must pass over, to be noted in the skull of

Nestor. The nasal apertures are oval and very large, and are

hollowed out in front into a broad shallow depression. On the base

of the cranium the ridges which run their divergent course from

below the median Eustachian orifice to the paroccipital process

are very high. whereas in Psittacus they are feeble, and the well-

marked surface or area external to them is much more flat and

approximately horizontal in the latter bird. The angle of the

mandible is pointed and very elongate, and the foramen, or rather

fontanelle, in the middle of the mandibular ramus is oval and very

large.

Family StRINGOPID#.

The skull of Stringops (figs. 8,.9) is very remarkable, only less so

on the whole, and more so in some respects, than that of Nestor.

Stringops habroptilus.

(Letters as in previous figures.)

The orbit is complete (in the adult) by union of the prefrontal

with the postfrontal; in other words, the orbit of Stringops is

unlike that of any other Old-World Parrot, and resembles that of

1899. ] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 19

Chrysotis and the Macaws. The orbit is of remarkably small size,

its antero-posterior diameter being about equal to that of Psittacus

erithacus, and a little less than that of Eelectus cardinalis. The

squamosal process is large and flattened; it runs parallel to the

posterior portion of the suborbital ring, and the temporal fossa

between is unusually deep and wide. The suprameatal process is

large, and overhangs a deep groove or hollowed plate of hone that

Stringops habroptilus: part of the skull of a young individual, for

comparison with figs. 4, 5, 6.

lies posterior to the quadrate articulation and above the auditory

meatus, roofing over the superior auditory recess ; it is comparable

to, though far smaller than, the remarkable area connecting the audi-

tery cavity with the hollowed surface of the squamosal in Nestor.

The anterior border of this bony plate forms a well-defined margin

to the quadrate articulation, which is thus very distinctly sepa-

rated from the auditory cayity. The auditory meatus is rounded

and wide open ; its posterior wall scarcely diminishes its aperture.

The basitemporal plate is on a level with the occipital condyle; its

edges are formed by elevated ridges that run back to the nearly ver-

tical paroccipitals, and the lateral areas continued forwards from

these latter are sharply inclined. The intraorbital vacuities are very

large. The quadrate bone (fig. 10) is especially remarkable, and

Quadrate bone of Stringops.

in it the Psittacine type of quadrate is imperfectly attained. The

shaft of the bone is shorter and less vertical than usual, the

O#*

20 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17,

anterior process much larger and blunter, the whole body of the

bone more expanded, and the glenoid surface more elongate and

less curved. The pterygoid condyle is independent, and set about

halfway between the main condyle and the base of the anterior

process. The quadrato-jugal cup looks nearly forwards, and is

set on a powerful ridge of bone that forms a sharp free edge as

we look at it from the hinder or outer sides. Immediately below

the quadrato-jugal cup, on the underside of the prominent ridge,

is an articular facet which plays on a corresponding surface on the

edge of the mandible. The inner head of the quadrate bone is

comparatively large and imperfectly separated from the outer one.

The descending processes on the hinder border of the manille are

large. The usual mandibular fenestra is obsolete, but a small one

is present (represented in a good many other forms by a small

foramen) apparently between the articular and splenial elements.

I have not seen a complete hyoid, and can only say that the para-

hyals are uncommonly large and point upwards.

The skull of Stringops represented in fig. 9 is that of a young

or half-grown individual, in which the orbit is still imeomplete.

The circumstance is natural enough, but it may serve to remind

us that the completeness or incompleteness of the orbit is not,

after all, a very deep-seated morphological difference ; it is merely

a case of greater or less extension of ossification in a ligamentous

connection that is already there.

Family Lorip2.

Dr. Mivart has lately given us a copious description of the

skeleton of Lorius flavopalliatus. My account shall deal only with

the points that seem to me of chief importance. I have studied

four forms, Eos riciniata, Lorius demicella (fig. 11), Trichoglossus

ornatus, and Glossopsittacus, sp.; these are all so similar in their

main features that their descriptions may be incorporated

together.

Lorius domicella (slightly enlarged).

The postfrontal process is in all of them small, largest in Eos,

and least in Lorius. It is in the form of a nearly vertical ridge

1899.] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 21

with a very short free extremity, and the fossa for the temporalis

muscle is seen to extend upwards behind it, instead of being

merely overhung by it as in Psittacus. The squamosal process is

well developed, rather long and pointed at the end; it is somewhat

shorter and broader in Zorivs than in the others. The posterior

ramus of the prefrontal is well developed and extends behind the

middle of the orbit; but it does not create a suborbital ring,

though, especially in Trichoglossus and Hos, it may come very near

to the squamosal.

‘The posterior wall of the tympanic cavity is formed after the

fashion of Psittaeus, but leaves an aperture of an apparently

different shape, by reason of the greater forward growth of its

middle portion, so that the crescentic form ot the aperture, or

rather the development of a conspicuous notch below and another

above and posteriorly, is better marked. The latter or upper

notch is just below and behind the suprameatal tubercle. The

anterior wall of the tympanum shows (in all four genera) an

ascending bar or splinter of bone that walls off from the tympanic

cavity the articulation of the quadrate. This is a little point of

resemblance to Nestor, but it is the only one I can detect, and

unsupported it goes for nothing. The groove or area in front of

the suprameatal process is well-marked; it is very much more

extensive than in Psittacus, for it extends into an excavated sur-

face on the squamosal process, reaching well in front of the

glenoid notch. ‘The jugular foramen is exceedingly small, and the

posterior recess of the tympanum not large.

The quadrate has two deeply separated heads; the inner one

is very small and bent inwards almost perpendicularly to the shaft.

The two sockets on the squamosal and prodtic elements are dis-

tinctly and rather widely separate, and the latter is a small deep

hollow. “

The mandibular fontanelle is a minute orifice placed much

further back than in Psittaeus. The basitemporal ridges are better

marked than in Psittacus, but they distinctly terminate below the

foramen for the vagus, and are separated by a notch from the

succeeding ridge which marks the under border of the parocci-

pital. It is true that both in Nestor and Psittacvs there is at the

same point a slight change of direction and appearance of discon-

tinuity, but, especially in the former skull, the ridges are nearly

continuous.

Family CacaruIp2.

The Cockatoos possess certain cranial characters in common

and their skulls are easily to be recognized, but there are many

variations within the family and even within the restricted genus

Cacatua.

The orbital ring is complete by union of the prefrontal and

postfrontal bones, and from the hinder part of the suborbital bar

thus formed a strong process runs backwards to fuse, in most cases

though not in all, with the squamosal process, and thus (as has been

22 PROF. D'ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17,

mentioned above) to bound a supratemporal fossa. We do not

know whether this process is actually developed as a mere con-

tinuation of the prefrontal or as a posterior offshoot of the post-

frontal, because postfrontal and prefrontal are in all Cacatuide

intimately fused; but I am inclined to anticipate that examination

of young individuals would show it to be an outgrowth of the

postfrontal, and to correspond precisely to the posterior or squa-

mosal ramus of that bone in the Lacertilia.

Microglossus aterrimus (reduced).

Quadrate bone of Microglossus aterrimus.

art., the accessory articular surface beneath the jugal cup for articulation

with the edge of the mandible.

The only Cockatoos in which I have observed this supratemporal

fossa to remain incomplete are C. ducorpsi (fig. 14) and Microglossus

aterrimus (fig. 12), and here we appear to have the posterior out-

growth or ramus of the postfrontal developed, though not to such

an extent as to fuse with the squamosal process. Blanchard

(C. R. 1856, p. 1098) says the same of Calyptorhynchus xantho-

notus, but in C. banksi (fig. 10), which I have examined, the fossa

is complete and the whole region much as in other Cockatoos.

1899.] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS, 23

In Cacatua the auditory meatus is somewhat narrowed, much as

in Psittacus, but to a varying degree in different species. In

C. roseicapilla the ingrowth of the posterior wall is particularly

well marked, and leaves a large circular notch above, where in

Ps. erithacus we had a more pointed indentation ; in C. gymnopus,

on the other hand, the posterior margin is convex rather than

coneave: but though less marked in C. roseccapella than in the

rest, it is very characteristic of the Cockatoos that the region

between the descending occipital ridge and the posterior wall of

the auditory meatus is extremely narrow. We shall see that this,

which perhaps deserves to be spoken of as the digastric area,

differs greatly in extent in the ditferent groups of Parrots. The

suprameatal tubercle is distinct, and the triangular area below and

in front of it is larger than in Psittacus. ‘The region of the squa-

mosal process overlapped by the fused posterior ramus of the

prefrontal forms in C. roseicapilla a prominent projection extend-

ine backwards and downwards to overlap the shaft of the quadrate

bone; but in C.leadbeatert and C. ducorpst this is not the case, the

Cacatua ducorpsi.

posterior or inferior margin of the squamosal process running

evenly forward and downward as in Psittucus. The paroccipital

processes are large and point somewhat backwards; the bast-

temporal ridges are prominent, but not continued directly on to

the under surface of the paroccipital. The occipital condyle is

considerably above the level of the base of the skull. The man-

dibular fontanelle is very small or obsolete. The paroccipital is

but slightly excavated within ; the jugular foramen is small, except

in C. ducorpsi, where it is considerably bigger. The two facets

for the heads of the quadrate bone are distinctly separated by a

ridge. The two heads of the quadrate are wide apart, and the

inner is rather large, more than half as large as the outer. The

pterygoid condyle is distinct, and in C. roseicapilla is more distinct

than in the others from the main condyle or mandibular articu-

lation. The shaft of the quadrate is distinctly stouter than in

Psittacus, and the upper posterior portion of the body above the

quadrato-jugal cup is not rounded off as in that genus, but con-

spicuously prominent.

24 PROF. DARCY W, THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17,

The skull of Zicmetis (fig. 15) has certain peculiarities. The

postfrontal process is exceedingly broad, both in its descending

and its posterior ramus, and the supratemporal fossa is accordingly

restricted in size. The tympanic cavity is wider open than in the

others, the posterior wall encroaching little; in this respect it

resembles the skull of C. roseicapilla. The inner head of the

quadrate is exceptionally large. The paroccipital processes are

Fig. 15.

Licmetis nasica.

rather short but very large, and looked at from behind form a

transverse ridge ; the area below them and between the meatus

and the basitemporal ridges is very well defined, constricted in the

middle into a peculiar shape by the lower notch of the meatus and

the interruption between basioccipital and paroccipital ridges, and

nearly horizontal. The angle of the mandible is more elongate and

pointed than in the other Cockatoos.

In Calyptorhynchus banksi and Oallocephalon galeatum (fig. 16)

the orbital ring is formed in the manner characteristic of the

Cockatoos, and the region of the squamosal process sends off no

Fig. 16.

Callocephalon galeatum.

projecting lobe such as I have described in C. rosetcapiila. In

C. galeatum the supratemporal fenestra is wide, and the surface

for the origin of the temporal muscle exceptionally large, extend-

jng far back on to the posterior surface of the skull. The

1899.1 CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 25

auditory meatus in both is wide, and its posterior border cencave.

The paroccipitals are prominent, pointed, and directed backwards,

without forming the transverse projection and ridge of Licmetis.

The basitemporal ridges run nearly continuously on to the par-

occipital, and the surface external to them is inclined outwards.

The shaft of the quadrate is very stout. In Callocephalon the two

heads of the bone are only separated by a very narrow and shallow

groove. In both genera the angle of the mandible is rounded and

truncate.

In Microglossa the squamosal process fails to join, though it pro-

jects a little way under, the suborbital ring ; it is exceedingly small

and pointed. The posterior or postorbital region of the suborbital

bar is very large and broad, and sends back a posterior lobe from

its lower angle. The temporal fossa is very small, scarcely larger

than in @. roseicapilla and much less than in C, leadbeateri. The

auditory meatus is wide open, its aperture approximately oval. The

paroccipital process is large; looked at from behind its posterior

border is nearly vertical, but its angle projects somewhat poste-

riorly ; it is very little hollowed within, and the jugular foramen is

very small; the basitemporal ridges run almost uninterruptedly

into the deeply compressed lower border of the paroccipital. The

articular facets for the quadrate are separated by a _ well-

marked groove, and are walled off from the tympanic cavity by a

splinter of bone. The quadrate has two deeply separate heads,

the inner one scarcely half the size of the outer; its otber cha-

racters are those of the family ; the extra facet below the quadrato-

jugal cup is small and deeply marked. The angle of the shaft is

short and bluntly pointed ; the mandibular fenestra is obsolete.

In the skull the inuer wall of the orbit is scarcely perforate in

front of the orbital foramen; the jugal bone is notably expanded

at its anterior end.

The skull of Calopsittacus (de 17) is similar to that of the

Fig. 17.

Calopsittacus nove-hollandie (enlarged).

Cockatoos in having the orbital bar completed by junction both

with postorbital and with squamosal, which leave between a rather

elongated supratemporal vacuity. ‘he auditory meatus is narrower

than in the Cockatoos, and its posterior and inferior notches are

26 PROF, D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON TILE (Jan. 17,

well-marked. The quadrate articulation is scarcely separated in

the dry skull from the tympanic cavity. The “ suprameatal area ”

is rather large and faces outwards; it is in fact unusually con-

spicuous, though vastly less developed than in Nestor. The inner

head of the quadrate is small, widely separate from the outer, and

bent sharply inwards; the pterygoid condyle is imperfectly separate

from the mandibular. In the mandible the marginal surface of

articulation with the body of the quadrate is very conspicuous,

and the edge of the mandible is here bent outwards. A small

mandibular fontanelle is present; the angle of the jaw is short

but pointed. As in Cockatoos generally, the interorbital vacuity

is small and rounded. In one point, not among those chiefly con-

sidered in this paper, the skull of Calopsittacus differs from its

congeners: between the anterior rami of the palatines there are

visible (as in Psittacus) two long processes descending from the

posterior portion of the maxillary bones; these are the “ median

processes of the inferior margin of the postaxial surface of the

prosopium,” in Dr. Mivart’s description of Psittacus. They are,

as a rule, small or obsolete in the other Cacatuide. It is clear

that the skull of Calopsittacus, though at first sight very similar

to, is different in several respects from, the true Cacatuine type.

It is possible that these differences involve resemblances to the

Platycercini, and this question will be further discussed below.

Family NasirerNin 2.

I have examined the tiny skull of NV. pygmea in an example

unfortunately not full-grown, belonging to the Museum of the

R. College of Surgeons. It is impossible to rest much weight on

this beautiful but imperfect little skull. The orbit is exceedingly

incomplete, the prefrontal process being very short (the prefrontal

bone is not yet quite co-ossified with the frontal, and is in close

connection for an almost equal extent of contact with the nasal).

The postfrontal process is also small and scarcely prominent; the

squamosal process, on the other hand, is long and slender and

directed obliquely downwards. The posterior border of the

auditory meatus is nearly straight. The suprameatal tubercle

and its subjacent groove are both well marked.

Tur Macaws.

The great Blue Macaws differ, as is well known, from the rest

in certain of their cranial characters. In Anadorhynchus hyacin-

thinus (fig. 18, p. 27) the orbit is incomplete, the prefrontal process

terminating in a sharp point below the middle of the orbit. The

postfrontal process is of moderate size, short but massive; the

squamosal process is rather small, and united nearly to its tip on

the inner side by a bridge of bone to the edge of the temporal fossa.

The auditory meatus is wideand approximately square in outline; the

posterior and superior recesses of the tympanic cavity are scarcely

1899. ] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 27

excavated, and the partition between the cavity and the quadrate

articulation is scarcely visible in the dry skull. The squamosal

and proétic articular surfaces are both wide, and are separated by

a deep groove, though in the quadrate bone itself there is but a

shallow groove between the two heads. The shaft ofthe quadrate

is longer and less massive than in the Cockatoos ; the quadrato-

jugal cup and the pterygoid condyle are both large; the anterior

or orbital process is long and attenuated. The paroccipital wings

are largely developed, and run almost uninterruptedly below into

the basitemporal ridges. The posterior view of the skull is very

similar to that of Microglossa. On the dorsal border of the

foramen magnum can be detected two small articular facets: these

are produced by contact with the unusually developed spine of the

axis vertebra; in Microglossa, on the other hand, two small sub-

ordinate facets are present on either side of the occipital condyle.

Anadorhynchus hyacinthinus (reduced).

In the Hyacinthine Macaw the anterior margin of the interorbital

septum is deeply notched, the lower portion running forward like

a curved and pointed blade. The anterior region of the cranium,

on eitlier side of the upper portion of the septum, is hollowed out

imto two immense and deep cavities, which are scarcely represented

in the other Macaws ; indeed, in this region, and on the corre-

sponding opposite face of the “ prosopium,” there are many in-

teresting characters to be recognized that lie beyond the scope of

this paper. The jugal bone is compressed from above downwards

at its anterior extremity, instead of from side to side as in

Microglossa. The angle of the mandible is obtusely truncated ;

the ramus presents no mandibular fontanelle ; the accessory

marginal articulation for the quadrate is large, elongate, and

connected by a smooth surface with the main articulation.

Of the other Macaws, I have examined A. arurauna, chloroptera

(fig. 19, p. 28), macao, and maracana. That of A. ararauna is

remarkable in having the orbital ring incomplete, though the long

28 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17,

curved prefrontal processes approach very close to the postfrontal ;

it is complete in the others, and its posterior portion is somewhat

broad and flattened, especially so in A. macao, where the broadened

hinder region forms an obtuse postero-inferior angle.

Ara chloroptera (reduced).

The squamosal process is least developed in A. ararauna, most

so in A. maracana, The paroccipital wings are largest in A. chloro-

ptera and macao. The auditory meatus is widest in A. chloroptera

and maracana ; it is considerably narrowed, and shows a slightly

projecting lower lip and a well-marked postero-superior notch in

A, ararauna; and in A. macao it is very remarkably narrowed,

partly by the growth forwards of the posterior wall, and still

more by the growth backwards of the anterior, which overlaps the

lower part of the orifice as a broad tongue of bone. The two heads

of the quadrate (fig. 20) are in all more widely separate than in

Fig. 20.

Quadrate bone of Ara chloroptera.

A. hyacinthinus. The anterior margin of the infraorbital septum

is squarely truncate in A. ararauna; it tends in the others, and

especially in A. macao, to curve forward in the same manner as,

though in a less degree than, in A. hyacinthinus.

The mandible is narrowest from side to side in -A. ararauna, and

in this respect least like that of A. hyacinthinus. In the same

species the articular groove for the quadrate is nearly straight

1899. | CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 29

antero-posteriorly, while in the others, as in A. hyacinthinus, that

of each side converges inwards: in the same species the angle is

somewhat less truncated than in the others, and the facet for the

insertion of the depressor muscle smaller, more rounded, and not

ascending, as in the rest, on the posterior margin of the bone.

THE CONURES.

Excluding the Macaws, I have examined of the other Conurida,

Conurus, Pyrrhur a, Myopsittacus, and Brotogerys. The skulls of the

first, differ from those of the last two materially. In Conurus I

have found the orbital ring complete in C. leucotis, but incomplete _

in C. eruginosus (fig. 21) and C. hemorrvhous: in both of the latter,

however, the imperfection is but slight, the prefrontal process

running backwards nearly to contact with the posttrontal. The

squamosal process is somewhat stout, and curves forward in the

direction of the orbital ring; its lower border forms a marked

notch over the region of the quadrate articulation. The auditory

meatus is considerably wider in C. hemorrhous than in the other

Conurus eruginosus.

two species, and the upper and lower notches are accordingly

better marked in the latter. The inner head of the quadrate is of

considerable size ; the anterior process is very slender ; the posterior

angle of the bone is reduced, and the articular surface runs up

abruptly to end in a prominence on a level with the base of the

shaft, making the outer surface of the bone appear narrower than

usual ; but this last character is much less marked in C. heemorrhous

than in the others. The paroccipital wings and basitemporal

ridges are well developed. The supra-occipital is markedly tumid

in the region of the middle lobe of the cerebellum. The mandible

is extremely short and broad, and its fontanelles are obsolete. The

descending processes from the hinder border of the maxilla are

very well developed in C. haemorrhous, but not so in the other two

species.

In Pyrrhura hematotis the orbital ring is complete, as in C. leu-

cots, and the whole skull differs little from the latter species, except _

that a mandibular fontanelle is present and the interorbital vacuity

is unusually large and rounded or less produced posteriorly.

In Brotoyerys and Myopsittacus the orbit is incomplete, and the

30 PROF. D’ARCY W, THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17,

postfrontal process is in both cases very small, while the squamosal

one is of large size. The auditory meatus is narrow, especially in

Myopsittacus. A mandibular foramen is present and large in Broto-

gerys, absent in the others; the ramus ct the mandible is in both

longer and its angle less truncated than in the Conures. The

nares in Brotogerys are even larger than in the Conures, and

separated by a very narrow bridge of bone; in Myopsittacus, on

the other hand, they are unusually small and wide apart.

Family Pronin2.

Of this group I have studied Chrysotis wstiva (fig. 22), Pachynus

brachyurus, Pionus menstruus and P. maximiliani, Caica melano-

cephala (fig. 24, p. 31), and Peocephalus fuscicapillus (fig. 26, p. 31).

Of these, Chrysotis and Pionus are markedly different from the rest.

In Chrysotis the orbital ring is complete, by the fusion of the pre-

Fig. 22.

Quadrate bone of Chrysotis estiva.

orbital and postorbital processes, and the bar thus formed is strong

and broad, and forms with its lower border an abrupt descending

angle opposite to the extremity of the squamosal processes, which

closely approaches it. The latter is broad and massive, and similar

in shape to that of Conurus; the temporal fossa between the post-

frontal and squamosal processes is deep, but unusually narrow.

The auditory meatus is wider, its superior and inferior notches are

broad and rounded, and the ridge separating it from the quadrate

articulation is low and indistinct. The prodtic articular surface is

1899. ] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 31

deep, the squamosal large but shallow. The paroccipital wings

are continuous with the basitemporal ridges. ‘he ridge’ running

frem the supra-occipital region to the outer and posterior margin of

the paroccipital process, and separating the posterior from the

lateral aspect of the skull, takes a somewhat sinuous course

forwards behind the ear, so as to leave between it and the border

of the meatus a much narrower interspace than in Psittacus and

Eclectus ; the same is true also of Conwrus. The quadrate is very

similar to that of Conurus. Descending processes are not present

on the hinder border of the maxillz. ‘here is a small mandibular

fenestra.

Fig. 26.

Peocephalus fuscicapillus.

The skull of Pionus is very similar. The interspace between

the auditory meatus and the occipital ridge is still narrower. A

deeper notch separates the paroccipitals from the basitemporal

ridges. The shaft of the quadrate is shorter and stouter, and the

anterior process more reduced.

In Pachynus, Caica, and Pceeocephalus the orbital ring is incom=

32 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE Jan. 17

plete, and in all these the postfrontal process is extremely reduced,

forming only a short protuberant edge as in Eclectus. In all the

squamosal process is well developed: it is especially long and

straight in Pachynus, in which it nearly meets the prefrontal ; the

latter process is much shorter in Paocephalus than in the other

two. In Pachynus the basitemporal ridges are faint, and the

surfaces external to them and extending back to the paroccipitals

are much flattened, the paroccipitals being directed backwards ;

there is no trace of descending maxillary processes. In Caica the

basitemporal ridges are much stronger; in all the basitemporal

plate is nearly on a level with the occipital condyle. The auditory

meatus is somewhat narrower and more notched above and below

than in Chrysotis, and the interspace between it and the occipital

ridge is somewhat greater. The quadrate in Caica and Pachynus

has a high posterior prominence above and behind the socket for

the jugal, as in Conwrus. The mandibular fenestra is large in

Caica, small or obsolete in the other two.

Family Psrrracin 2.

The skull of Ps. ertthacus has been considered already. I have

also studied the skulls of Coracopsis vasa (fig. 27) and C. nigra,

and an imperfect specimen of Dasyptilus pecqueti (fig. 28).

Coracopsis vasa,

The skulls of these Parrots bring us face to face with the

problem of whether Coracopsis and Dasyptilus are rightly placed

in so close a relation to Psittacus ; in other words, with one of the

dubious and crucial questions that osteology might suttice to solve.

1 cannot boast of being able to give a very clear answer to the

question, but it seems to me that the skull of Dusyptilus, and in

a minor degree that also of Covacopsis, differs in so many points

from that of Psittacus, that they go far to show that the httle group

ot Psittacine is very dubiously or improperly defined.

In Coracopsis vasa the postfrontal process is almost obsolete,

forming a slight yertical ridge behind which rises the impression of

1899.1] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS, 33

the temporalis muscle. The squamosal process is broad, deeply

notched at its base above the quadrate articulation, and the supra-

meatal process and the flattened or excavated surface in front of it

are considerably developed. The auditory meatus is narrow and

crescentic, its upper end forming a deep notch. While this notch

approximates to the occipital ridge, lower down a broad surface lies

between the latter and the meatus. The paroccipital process is

extremely short and blunt. The nostrils are large, the mandibular

fenestra very large, and the interorbital fenestra small.

The skull of C. nigra agrees in most points with that of C. vasa-

But the paroccipitals are shorter, rounder, and more expanded ;

the triangle of the basitemporal plate is more obtuse, and it is less

elevated from the level of the occipital condyle.

The mandible has in both species a very large fontanelle.

In Psittacus the posttrontal process is stout and prominent though

short, the impression of the temporalis muscle elongated, but

narrow from above downwards. The squamosal process straight

and narrow, devoid of a notch; the suprameatal process ill

developed ; the auditory meatus moderately wide, its posterior

border nearly straight and widely separate from the occipital

ridge ; the paroccipital process is prominent; the nostril and the

interorbital fenestra are both of moderate size; the mandibular

fenestra is small.

Of Dasyptilus pecqueti (fig. 28) IL have only an imperfect skull,

removed from a skin; but, as it is, it exhibits characters of con-

Fig. 28.

Imperfect skull of Dasyptilus pecquett.

siderable interest. The orbit is incomplete, and the prefrontal

process even less than in Psittacus. The postfrontal is small, and

much as in the latter genus. The squamosal is extremely stout

and broad, and bears an accessory process and notch on its lower

border. The suprameatal tubercle is minute. The auditory

meatus is nearly circular, and is surrounded by a strong ring of

bone, produced below into a small notch or lip; there is no

posterior or superior notch, and in front the ring of bone separates,

in an unusually complete way, the auditory cavity from the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. III. 3

3o4 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE Jan. 17

Ut ’

quadrate articulation. The outlines of the temporal and digastric

fossz are, as shown in the diagram, extremely different from those

of both Psittacus and Coracopsis. The shaft of the quadrate is

extremely stout, its inner border running down evenly into the

mass of bone above the quadrato-jugal cup; the anterior process

is short but stout; the inner head of the bone is of exceptional

size. Alone among all the forms I have examined, the interorbital

vacuity is completely absent. I feel convinced that further

examination of better material will show Dasyptilus to be a very

peculiar and isolated form. Coracopsis is very similar to Eclectus,

and this resemblance will be discussed in dealing with the latter

form.

Family PALZORNITHINE.

Of the forms grouped as Paleornithine, I have studied Eelectus

(fig. 29), Geoffroyus, Tanygnathus (figs. 30, 31), Polytelis (fig. 32,

p- 39), Aprosmictus (tig. 33, p. 35), Pyrrhulopsis (figs. 34, 35,

Fig. 30.

)

OA)

‘b/)

SSS

Tanygnathus megalorhynchus.

Pp: 36), Agapornis (fig. 36, p. 37), and Palwornis; I regret in

particular the want of Loriculus. Of these, it is clear that

Polytelis, Aprosmictus, and Pyrrhulopsis stand apart from the first

1899.] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 35

three ; while Agapornis and Palcornis also have peculiar characters.

The skulls of Geoffroyus and Helectus are extremely alike, in all

their leading features: they are, moreover, so similar to that of

Coracopsis, that their descriptions may be abbreviated. They

both have, as in Coracopsis, a prefrontal which reaches to, but

does not join, the squamosal ; a small postfrontal, somewhat larger,

however, than in Ooracopsis and directed more forwards; a raised.

triangular basitemporal shield, with broad smooth lateral areas

Fig. 31.

Aprosmictus cyanopygius.

reaching back toa sharp and nearly horizontal paramastoid: in

both, the lower margin of the auditory meatus is deeply and

narrowly notched, the upper and posterior angle somewhat square,

especially in Eelectus; the temporal fossa narrow and deep. The

mandibular fontanelle is distinct but not large.

Tanygnathus, while appertaining to the same type, exhibits

numerous points of difference. The orbital ring is more widely

36 PROF. D’'ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Jan. 17,

nterrupted ; the postfrontal process is larger and arches down-

wards; the squamosal process is very stout, and its outer surface

is practically continuous with that of the low, broad, suprameatal

process. The auditory meatus is wide open and nearly square;

the basitemporal plate is much smaller relatively, and scarcely

larger actually than in Geoffroyus: and the surtaces lateral to

it are correspondingly broad. The two heads of the quadrate are

confluent; the anterior or pterygoid process of the same bone is

unusually large. The mandibular fontanelle is obsolete. The

intraorbital fissures are unusually small.

Fig. 35.

Auditory region of Pyrrhulopsis.

Pyrrhulopsis, Aprosmictus,and Polytelis differ from Tanygnathus in

several points, and particularly in the region of the postorbital and

squamosal processes. The postorbital is very indistinctly defined,

and exists only as the thickened edge of the descending posterior

rim of the orbit, where it meets the temporal fossa. It descends

lower in Aprosmictus than in Pyrrhulopsis,and lower still in Polytelis,

where it leaves only a slight and narrow groove between it and the

squamosal to represent the outlet of the fossa. The configuration

ot the base of the squamosal process is totally different from that

of Tanygnathus ; for the suprameatal process is now separated by

a wide and deep groove from the squamosal, and the latter does

1899.] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS, 37)

not overhang the quadrate, but is excavated to form a deep notch,

which exposes the head of the quadrate bone. In all these forms

the intraorbital fissure is large, the descending processes from the

hinder border of the maxillez are large also, the inner head of the

quadrate is quite distinct, and the mandibular fenestra is obsolete.

Agapornis roseicapillus.

In all, the auditory aperture is much narrowed, by the forward

growth of the posterior wall of the meatus; this takes place to

the greatest extent in Polytelis.and Aprosmictus, in which last the

aperture is reduced to a curved slit. ‘he basitempora]l triangle is

very small in Pyrrhulopsis, and well defined from the areas at its

sides; the paroccipital processes, looked at from behind, are neariy

vertical; in Aprosmictus they are more horizontal, and the lateral

areas are accordingly more on a level with and less defined from

the basitemporal ; in Polytelis the same tendency is still more

displayed.

In Agapornis the orbital ring is incomplete and the postfrontal

extremely small, as in the forms last described. There is a notch

at the base of the squamosal process, but the latter is not separated

by a groove from the suprameatal ; the conformation here is more as

in Eelectus. The auditory meatus is narrow, and the intraorbital

vacuity very large. The mandibular fenestra is large also. The

quadrate is very delicate in form; its two heads are fused, its

shaft is very slender, and its anterior process small.

Family PuarycEercin 2.

Of this group I have examined skulls of Platycercus (fig. 37),

Nanodes (Lathanvus) discolor, Neophema pulchella, Psephotus, Nynpht,

Fig. 37.

Platycercus elegans,

38 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON 'THB (Jan. 17,

cus (figs. 38, 39), and Melopsitiacus (fig. 40, p. 39). Of these, the

last alone differs markedly from the others. The characters com-

mon tothe rest are precisely the characters to which I have called

attention in Aprosmictus, Polytelis, and Pyrrhulopsis; that is to

say, to the Australasian forms described under the group Pale-

ornithine. In all, we find an incomplete orbital ring, a postfrontal

process scarcely represented by more than the raised border of the

orbit ; a squamosal process crossed at its base by a deep groove

above the meatus and in front of the suprameatal process. In

all, the auditory meatus is narrow and curved; the intraorbital

vacuity is large (especially in Nymphicus) ; the mandibular fenestra

is obsolete. In all, the base of the skull is flattened, the small tri-

Fig. 38.

Nymphicus uveensis.

Fig. 39.

Auditory region of Nymphicus uveensis (enlarged).

angular basitemporal plate being nearly on a level with the areas

at its sides. The squamosal region presents certain peculiarities

in the several forms. In Platycercus, at least in Pennant’s

Parrakeet, the groove above described at the base of the squamosal

is bridged by a well-developed ring of bone, extending from the

suprameatal process to a slight descending process or tubercle at

the base of the squamosal. In Nymphicus the groove is extremely

deep, and though the bridge of bone is not present, the two pro-

cesses are very well marked, that at the base of the squamosal

being extremely conspicuous. In Neophema the postfrontal process

is at a minimum, the posterior border of the orbit running with

1899. } CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 39

scarce a perceptible interruption on to the upper border of the

squamosal. In Nymphicus, the inner head of the quadrate is ill-

defined ; in Platycercus it is separate but very small: in both the

shaft is slender, the anterior process very small, and the pterygoid

condyle scarcely separate from the mandibular.

Fig. 40.

Melopsittacus undulatus.

In Melopsittacus we have a complete orbit, and furthermore a

bridge of bone crosses the temporal fossa, uniting the postfrontal pro-

cess to the squamosal, precisely as in the Cockatoos, though leaving

a proportionately small fenestra. The characters of the base of

the squamosal region, of the base of the skull, of the intraorbital

vacuity, and of the mandible resemble those of the other Platycer-

cine. The quadrate is very like that of Nymphicus. In the hyoid of

Melopsittacus, by the way, the parahyal processes form an arch,

meeting together above the basihyal, precisely as Dr. Mivart has

shown in the case of the Lories.

RECAPITULATION.

From the foregoing facts it seems to me easy to draw certain

interesting conclusions, though many questions are still left

imperfectly answered. In the first place, the isolation of Nestor is

very evident. The whole character of the squamosal and auditory

region of the skull is unique, and unapproached in any other Parrot.

The great size of the intraorbital vacuity and of the mandibular

fenestra, the shape of the quadrate, as well as the more obvious

peculiarities in the shape of the beak and mandible, all distinguish

the skull at a glance. There is no osteological ground for allying

Nestor with the Lories as in Dr. Gadow’s scheme, any more than

with Psittacus and Ara as in Garrod’s. Its right to constitute a

separate family as instituted by Salvadori seems perfectly clear, and

indeed Prof. Newton (Dict. of Birds, p. 629) has already remarked

that Salvadori’s view “is fully justified by a cursory examination

of its osteology.”

Though less striking at a glance, the cranial peculiarities of

Stringops are certainly no less important. I am inclined to attach

high importance to the characters of the quadrate bone, in which,

as I have shown above, the short thick shaft, the large broad

anterior process, the great ridge bearing the jugal cup, and the

position of the pterygoid condyle, widely separate from the mandi-

bular articular surface, are all unique among the Parrots, in all the

40 PROF. D’ARCY W. ''HOMPSON ON THE Jan. 17

rest of which the quadrate, varying within narrow limits, has a form

very characteristic of and peculiar to the family. I have no doubt

that, in respect to the other Psittaci, this quadrate of Stringops is

a primitive one—that is to say, it is not to be conceived as formed

by a further modification of the typical Parrot’s quadrate, but has

less of modification than theirs ; but at the same time it possesses,

though in an ill-formed way, the Psittacine characters, and I can-

not draw from it any clue to relationship outside the group. Of

all the characters of the Psittacine quadrate, the chief is found in

the character of the articulation with the mandible, and the region

of this articulation deserves a little further consideration.

It is a characteristic of all Birds that this articulation is a double

one. In Reptiles the transversely expanded lower end of the

quadrate is crossed by a saddle-shaped groove, and so forms an outer

and inner tuberosity, which, however, form one articular surface,

playing on an uneven but continuous socket in the articular and

sometimes extending outwards on tothe angular bone. But in Birds

the corresponding groove is deepened, until the condyle, origixally

single, is divided into two: the inner one lies below and behind the

articulation of the quadrate with the pterygoid, the outer one below

and internal to the articulation with the jugal (the main difference

in the Reptile lying in the extension of that portion of the quadrate

intervening between theinner part of the condyleand the pterygoid).

The former plays into the deep glenoid cavity, more or less elongated

in an antero-posterior direction, on the inner side of the jaw ; the

latter plays on a no less well-marked surface on the outer

margin of the jaw. In <Apteryx we see these two very clearly,

and they are both remarkable for their transverse form and position,

with a minimum of antero-posterior elongation. In Struthio we

find the outer, or (for convenience) the sub-jugal condyle, produced

backwards into a well-marked and somewhat hollowed articular

surface immediately below the shaft of the bone, and these two

portions play into an enlarged area along the outer border of the

mandible, quite distinct from the inner or true glenoid cavity.

In the Rayen the state of matters is not dissimilar, but the outer

articulation, as it were increasing in importance, now, in its pos-

terior extension, runs backward very nearly to the posterior angle

of the jaw. In Dacelo this posterior portion of the outer condyle

is developed into a separate tubercle little less than the anterior

one, and the facet on the mandible is divided into two portions

accordingly. With various slight modifications, a similar condition

is found in very many other birds, and in the Herons we reach an

extreme development of the posterior (and outer) condyle, now

separated by a deep hollow (to which, in the mandible, a high ridge

corresponds) from the anterior portion. The more this posterior

area becomes enlarged and separated from the anterior, the more

in certain cases it becomes approximated to the inner (or sub-

pterygoid) condyle, though, so far as I can see, the corresponding

surfaces in the mandible remain distinct. Thus both in the Herons,

in some Raptores (¢. g. the Condor), in the Gulls, and also in Dacelo,

1899.] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 41

in a greater or less degree, the two areas become connected, with

less or more interruption, by a definite ridge.

Now in the Parrots the inner or sub-pterygoid condyle becomes

so extremely enlarged and so elongated from before backwards,

that at first sight it appears to form the entire articulation. With

its antero-posterior extension it has also undergone a downward

expansion, while the region of the bone below the jugal cup is not

only thereby raised far above the level of the inner (or true) condyle,

but at the same time becomes much less prominent in the outward

or lateral direction. This is one of the respects in which Stringops

seems to have undergone less modification than the others, for the

region bearing the jugal cup is very prominent laterally and less

raised than in the others above the level of the main condyle.

We have seen that more or less in all Parrots the edge of the

mandible plays upon the side of the quadrate below the jugal cup,

and we now recognize that this is not a new and fortuitous contact,

bat a more or less obsolete survival of what in Birds in general is

one-half of the primitive articulation.

In the Cockatoos, especially in Microglossa, and in the Macaws,

this articular facet below the jugal cup is quite distinct, and in

Stringops it is also well-marked and points downwards ;_ in Micro-

glossa, where the jugal region of the quadrate is also prominent,

though less so, it likewise looks more or less downwards, while in

the Macaws and others it lies on a more nearly vertical slope.

It is more difficult to determine how or to what extent the

posterior extension of this outer condyle, that we have seen to be so

well-marked in many birds, isrepresented in the Parrots. We might

be inclined to imagine, from the manner in which it sometimes

comes, as I have described above, to approximate with the inner

condyle, that the large size of the latter in the Parrots was due to

a fusion of the two; but the absence of any change in the relations

of the corresponding cavity in the mandible forbids me to think so.

I take it that this portion of the quadrate is still represented by

that region of the bone immediately behind the pterygoid cup

which, reduced or trancated in most Parrots, is comparatively

prominent in Stringops. And although tls area no longer serves

an articular purpose, I think we may recognize it (both in its more

highly developed form in Stringops, and in the shape of a smaller

tubercle in Ara and Microglossa and of an elevated protuberance in

Oonurus &c.) byitsrelations to the quadrato-jugal cup, behind which

it lies, and to the region bearing the main condyle which curves

evenly backwards towards it.

I have already shown that in its complete orbit, formed by a

junction of the prefrontal and postfrontal elements, Stringops is

unique among the Old-World Parrots ; its temporal fossa is dispro-

portionately large compared with all the rest ; the grooved surface

posterior to the sguamoso-temporal articulation and overhung by the

suprameatal process is by far more developed than in any other

Parrot except Nestor, though in this respect Stringops itself is far

from approaching that peculiar type, and such resemblance as this

42 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE (Jan. 17,

region shows does not amount to an indication of affinity between

the two outlying forms. On the whole, the facts in our possession

seem to confirm the right of both genera to represent separate

families very distinct from the other Psittaci, and there is more

evidence in the skull of Stringops than in that of Nestor of low or

primitive characters. In spite of its complete orbit I am inclined

to think it the lowest or least modified of a highly modified group,

and to look upon Nestor as an aberrant but less primitive form, to

which, however, I cannot assign a direct connection with, or deri-

vation from, any other known genus.

The Cockatoos are for the most part distinguished by a complete

orbit, and by the fusion of the suborbital bar both with the post-

frontal and with the squamosal process, so that a bridge is formed

across the temporal fossa (cf. Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 594); where

the temporal fossa is incompletely bridged, as in Microglossa and in

Cacatua ducorpsii, a posterior ramus extends backwards, apparently

from the postfrontal part of the suborbital bar, to bridge it in-

completely. The shaft of the quadrate is stout, the region bearing

the jugal cup is elevated, and the external or subjugal articular

surface comparatively well-marked. The interorbital septum is

deep and truncated or indented anteriorly. The auditory meatus

is on the whole wide, and its posterior border is always very near

to the occipital ridge. The external nares are round, and com-

paratively small, sometimes, as in Microglossa, very small indeed.

Calopsittacus is, in the character of its orbital ring, thoroughly

Cacatuine; but it differs in its larger and more oval nostrils, and

in a greater narrowing of the auditory meatus by reason of the

ingrowth of its posterior wall, which leads to an extension of the

interspace between the meatus and the occipital ridge. Cacatua

roseicapilla forms in both respects an intermediate stage.

The only other Parrot in which the temporal fossa is bridged by

bone, so far as I know, is Melopsittacus, though here the squamosal

process is much broader and flatter, and the temporal fossa much

smaller than in Calopsittacus. The two skulls, however, show a

strong resemblance one to another.

With the exception of Melopsitiacus, the whole group of Austra-

lian Parrots united under the name Platycercine agree, so far as I

have examined them (and I particularly regret the want of Pezo-

porus and Geopsittacus), in several distinctive characters. The

Australian genera Polytelis, Aprosmictus, and Pyrrhulopsis (and I

expect Ptistes also) agree so perfectly in cranial characters with the

Platycercine, that I do not doubt for a moment the necessity of

removing them from the Paleornithine and uniting them with the

other Australian genera. The leading character in all these forms

is the presence of a deep groove or excavation at the base of the

squamosal process, the area overhung by the suprameatal process

being confluent with the temporal fossa. The auditory cavity is

clearly bounded in front and separated from the region of the

quadrate articulation by a bar of bone confluent above with this

region in front of the suprameatal process. There is further a

1899.] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. 43

well-marked notch on the lower margin of the squamosal process

at the place of the quadrate articulation, much as in Stringops.

The auditory meatus is very narrow and crescentic in form ; the

space between it and the descending occipital ridge is very wide ;

the basitemporal region is nearly on a level with the occipital

condyle; the paroccipital process is blunt (except in Pyrrhulopsis) ;

the orbital ring is incomplete and the postfrontal process almost

obsolete or represented only by a vertical ridge; the nostril is

large, the interorbital fenestra is moderately so, the mandibular

fenestra is extremely small or obsolete. While Melopsittacus

appears to differ most markedly from the above in its complete

orbital ring, with its bridge, as in the Cockatoos, across the temporal

fossa, yet at the same time it possesses an extremely well-marked

notch at the base of the squamosal and a deeply-excavated surface

between this and the suprameatal tubercle; it agrees in all the

other characters mentioned above with the Platycercine, of which

I have no doubt it is a real, though a somewhat aberrant, member.

The case of Calopsittacus is a little more difficult. While in the

Cockatoos the auditory meatus reaches backward to the descending

occipital ridge, in Calopsittacus as in Melopsittacus there is a wide

interspace between. The auditory meatus is proportionately nar-

rower than in the Cockatoos. The temporal fossa, though bridged

by bone as in the Cockatoos, is much smaller and narrower than in

them. There is a very distinct notch at the base of the squamosal

and a well-marked surface between it and the suprameatal process,

though this is not nearly so conspicuous a feature as in the Platy-

cercine. The nostrils are very large and near together as in

Melopsittacus, and are very different trom the small, round, and

distant nostrils of the Cockatoos. On the whole I should say that,

so far as cranial osteology goes, the position of Calopsittacus is an

open question, and that it is by no means impossible that it may

really deserve to be grouped somewhere near Nymphicus and

Melopsittacus. While the facts suggest at least the possibility

of a closer affinity than that usually recognized between the

two Australian groups of Cacatuine and Platycercine, this larger

question must also remain for the meantime in uncertainty.

The true Lories form a natural group, and their place is, I

believe, not far from the Platycercine. The auditory meatus is

constricted, its posterior border is crescentic and widely separated

from the occipital ridge. The orbit is incomplete and the post-

frontal process almost obsolete or (as in Hos) narrow and vertical,

The squamosal process is more or less distinctly notched at its

base, more in Zorius, much less in T'richoglossus, and the well-marked

suprameatal process overhangs a surface of bone, to which ascends,

as in Aprosmictus &c., the bar which separates the auditory cavity

from the region of the quadrate articulation. The excavated region

of the base of the squamosal is not nearly so complete as in the

Platycercine, but yet it is more like to them than to any other

family of Parrots.

The three genera grouped by Salvadori as Psittacinw, namely

44 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE (Jan. 17,

Psittacus, Coracopsis, and Dasyptilus, are very different from one

another in regard to their skulls. Coracopsis appears to show a

marked resemblance to Eclectus and Greoffroyus. As to Dasyptilus,

it is certainly very different from both Coracopsis and Psittacus :

the characters of our imperfect specimen suggest no close alliance

with other forms, but go some way to indicate a very isolated

position for the genus.

The skull of Agapornis differs very materially from that of the

typical Palwornithine. The difference is, in the first place, con-

spicuous in the extremely narrow auditory meatus and extremely

wide, almost square, surface between its straight posterior border

and the descending occipital ridge. The suprameatal tubercle is

moderately developed, the squamosal process long and curved, the

postfrontal process extremely small, the nostrils and the interorbital

and mandibular fenestre all large. It is for one thing plain, from

the breadth of its post-auditory region, that Agapornis differs

greatly from the ordinary South-American Parrots. I regret

that 1 have not been able to examine the skull of Psittacula, for it

would be extremely interesting to see whether this osteological

feature confirms (like the characters of the carotids) the separa-

tion of these two superficially similar but geographically distinet

genera.

Extremely different from all the Parrots of the Old World

and very similar to one another are the two genera Chiysotis and

Pionus. The orbit is complete by junction of the prefrontal and

postfrontal processes, and the bridge of bone so formed descends

to form an angular prominence opposite the extremity of the

squamosal. The temporal fossa is extremely narrow. The inferior

border of the squamosal is curved but not notched. The supra-

meatal tubercle is low, the auditory aperture wide, and its posterior

border is very near to the occipital ridge which bends forward in

a sinuous curve to approach it. The paroccipital processes are

prominent but flattened or excavated below externally to the basi-

temporal ridges. The nostrils are of moderate size, the interorbital

fenestre small, and the mandibular fenestra nearly obsolete. Of

the genera grouped with these by Salvadori under the name Pionine,

I find Pachynus, Caica, and the African Paocephalus to be very

different. Caica, in the extremely small size, circular form, and

wide distance apart of its nostrils, resembles Myopsittacus, which

latter is usually grouped with the Conures. In their other

characters Caica and Myopsittacus are very similar to one another.

The postfrontal process is short and nearly vertical, especially in

Catca. The squamosal process is curved in its lower border and

more or less distinctly notched at its base. The suprameatal

tubercle is distinct, the auditory meatus rather wide and its

posterior border somewhat further from the occipital ridge than in

Chrysotis and much farther than in Conurus. The paroccipital

process is very much as in Chrysotis; the long prefrontal process

much asin Conurus, The interorbital fenestra is of moderate size ;

1899.] CRANIAL OSTEOLOGY OF THE PARROTS. ~ 45

the mandibular fenestra differs in the two genera, being obsolete in

Myopsittacus, but large in Carca.

In Conurusand Pyrrhura the orbit is sometimes complete, though

the suborbital bar when complete is slender; when it is incom-

plete the postfrontal process is long, as long or nearly so as the

squamosal and very much longer than in any of the Old-World

Parrots. The squamosal process is curved below but indistinctly

notched, the suprameatal process is extremely small, the auditory

meatus is uncommonly wide and its posterior border is very near

to the occipital ridge. The paroccipital processes are prominent

and more vertical than in Chrysotis. The nostrils are of moderate

size, rounded, and somewhat distant, being intermediate in all

three respects between Chrysotis and Myopsittacus. The inter-

orbital vacuity is considerably larger than in Chrysotis or Pionus.

The mandibular fenestra is variable, sometimes large and sometimes

obsolete.

There remain to be considered a small number of genera be-

tween which I find it harder to draw osteological distinctions or

to trace definite resemblances to those already considered. These

forms include Palwornis, Tanygnathus, Eclectus, and Geoffroyus—in

other words, the remaining genera of the so-called Paleornithine

after removing from that family Agapornis and the Australian

genera allied to Aprosmictus; and also Pachynus and Brotogerys, at

present grouped respectively with the Pionine and the Conurine,

Peeocephalus, the African genus grouped with the otherwise exclu-

sively South-American Pionine, and Coracopsis, associated by

Salvadori with Psittacus. The above genera have all an incomplete

orbit and an extremely small postfrontal process in the shape of a

more or less vertical ridge. The prefrontal process is long, and it

extends close to, though it is not united with, the tip of the long

straight squamosal process. The auditory meatus is comparatively

wide ; the area between it and the occipital ridge is broader than in

Conurus or Chrysotis, but narrower than in Psittacus or the Lories,

and a@ fortiori much narrower than in Agapornis. There is no

notch below (except in Coracopsis) nor groove across the base of

the squamosal process.

The skulls of Paleornis and Tanygnathus are extremely alike,

the only conspicuous difference being in the nostrils, which in

Tanygnathus are smaller and wider apart. In both genera the

interorbital vacuity is extremely small and similar in character.

In Eelectus the interorbital vacuity is moderately large, the squamosal

process is expanded towards its tip, the nostrils are small and oval

with the long axis of the oval vertical, and the descending occipital

ridge is faintly marked (whereas in the others it was extremely

strong) and curves forwards, giving a distinctly different outline

to the post-auditory area in front of it. In Geoffroyus, with no

very important differences perhaps from Eelectus, there is less

identity of characters than we should expect to find from the very

close association in which it is customary to place the two genera.

46 MISS ISA L. HILES ON GORGONACEAN (Jan. 17,

The nostrils are much larger even than in Paleornis and as near

together, the interorbital vacuity is large, the squamosal is not

expanded distally, the temporal fossa is small, the auditory meatus

is narrower, and the post-auditory area broader than in any of

these other three genera of Paleornithine.

The skull of Pachynus differs from that of Chrysotis and Pionus

(between which it is placed by Salvadori) in its incomplete orbit

and its extremely rudimentary postorbital process. The squamosal

process is straighter and narrower, and the post-auditory area some-

what broader.

Brotogerys likewise differs from Conurus in its larger and more

approximate nostrils, its very small postorbital process, and its

more expanded post-auditory area.

The skull of Poocephalus has large nostrils, a small postorbital

process, a straight, rather short, squamosal. It certainly differs

in these respects from its supposed ally Caica. The post-auditory

region is extremely tumid, and the crescentic border of the

meatus forms a deep notch above. I am unable to draw from

the cranial characters of this genus any clear inference as to its

closer relationships.

3. Report on the Gorgonacean Corals collected by Mr. J.

Stanley Gardiner at Funafuti. By Isa L. Hiuus,

B.Sc. (Vict.), Owens College, Manchester."

[Received November 2, 1898.]

(Plates I.-IV.)

Of the forms of Gorgonacean Corals sent to me by Mr. Gardiner

for identification and examination the majority belong to the

family Muriceide.

There is one Gorgonellid—Verrucella granifera Kolliker ; two

Sclerogorgic forms of Gorgonide—Suberogorgia verriculata Esper,

and Kerwides koreni Wright & Studer; and one Plexaurid,

Euplexaura antipathes Klunzinger.

Among the representatives of the Muriceide there are three

new forms—Villogorgia rubra, Acamptegorgia spinosa, and

Muricella flexilis.

The specimens have been very carefully preserved in spirit, but

unfortunately in some cases the endoderm is not complete, and

therefore they are not so useful for anatomical examination as

they would otherwise be.

I am much indebted to Professor Hickson for the great help

he has given me, especially with regard to the literature. The

classification adopted is that used by Wright and Studer in the

‘Challenger’ Report on Alcyonaria.

1 Communicated by Prof. Sypnsy J. Hickson, F.R.S., F.ZS.

1899.] : CORALS FROM FUNAFUTI. 47

Section ScLERAXONTIA.

Family ScLERoGoRGID &.

KeEreipes KORENI Wright & Studer.

There are numerous fragments of this species, but no complete

colony.

The spicules are ‘92 mm.—203 mm. in length, by °27 mm.—

13 mm.

The colony is light red in colour, with yellow polyps.

Hab. Outer slope of the reef. Depth 40-90 fathoms.

Previously recorded from the neighbourhood of Japan (7).

Section HOLAXONTIA.,

Family Muricnip2.

ACAMPTOGORGIA SPINOSA, n. sp. (Plate I. figs. 3, 4, 5.)

There are several fragments of this form, but they are all rather

small.

The branches are ‘5 mm. in diameter. The ccenenchyma is

fairly thick and very rough. The small branches arise at angles

of from 60°-90°._ The polyps are borne chiefly on the sides of

the branches. They stand out fairly perpendicularly at intervals

of about 2 mm.

Each branch bears, close to the apex, two opposite polyps which

are usually somewhat larger than the others. They are 1-05 mm.

in height, by 1-1 mm. across the crown and ‘64 mm. across the

base.

The other polyps are ‘73 mm. X *62 mm., and ‘55 mm. across

the base. Thus the terminal polyps are decidedly larger than the

lateral ones. They are cylindrical in shape, somewhat wider

across the crown.

The operculum forms a low cone; it consists of the basal

epicules of the tentacles, each tentacle having 2 or 3 long pointed

spicules which divide into two at the basal end. ‘They are

-36 mm. x°09 mm. (length by breadth), and rest on a sunken

collaret of spindles.

The polyp spicules are of the three-rayed type with foliaceous

expansions from two of the three rays, the third standing

perpendicular to the others like a long sharp spike. They are

-37 mm. in height by “36 mm. across the foliaceous basal portion.

The coenenchyma spicules are bent spindles with short branched

expansions on the convex side, and also smaller forms of the

polyp spicules. The spindles are -21 mm.x°1l1 mm. (length by

breadth).

The axis is horny, brown, with the central core divided into

chambers.

The colour of the colony in spirit is light brown.

Depth 40-90 fathoms, gud -b. 24

48 MISS ISA L. HILES ON GORGONACEAN. (Jan. 17,

This form differs form A. arbuscula, A. alternans Wright &

Studer, A. acanthostoma and A. fruticost Germanos, in the

structure of the polyps, their proportionate size to the width of

the branch, and the shapes of the spicules. The spicules resemble

most closely those of A. acanthostoma, but the polyps of the new

species are much more spiny.

ACANTHOGORGIA MURICATA Verrill. (Plate I. figs. 6, 7.)

Verrill (4) gives no figures, but the specimen agrees fairly with

his description of the species.

The branching is in one plane.

Height of the specimen 75 mm.; breadth 8 mm.; diameter at

the base 1 mm.

Length of the calyces 2°0—2'5 mm. ; diameter at the base -6 mm. ;

diameter of the head 1:2 mm.°

The spicules round the edge of the calyx are 1:01 x:06 mm. ;

the spicules of the calyx-wall are °75x'03 mm.; the spicules of

the ccenenchyma are *3x‘03 mm. Most of the spicules are

crooked, and some have the smaller end slightly branched.

Depth 40-90 fathoms.

Previously recorded from Barbados ; depth 76 fathoms.

This is a good example of wide distribution, the same species

being found at Barbados and at Funafuti, two widely separated

localities.

VILLOGORGIA INTRICATA Gray.

There is one example of this species attached to the axis of a

dead Gorgonid. Wright and Studer (7) describe the species among

the ‘ Challenger’ Gorgonide. :

Depth 40-71 fathoms.

Previously recorded from a locality between the Fiji Islands

and the New Hebrides. Depth 145 fathoms.

This is a considerable difference in depth, but the specimen is

undoubtedly V. intricata.

VILLOGORGIA RUBRA, n. sp. (Plate II. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.)

There are two small colonies with much of the coenenchyma

rubbed off.

The basal attachment is present in both as a small, flat,

calcareous expansion.

One colony gives off a broken branch at an angle of 90°, 10 mm.

above the base; the main stem reaches a height of 40 mm., and

13 mm. from the apex gives off another branch at the same side,

8 mm. long.

The other colony is 34 mm. high and gives off three branches

fairly perpendicularly. These are all on the same side; the

lowest arises 11 mm. from the base and is broken off short;

the second is 9 mm. long, and arises 3 mm. above the first; the

third is 45 mm. above the second, and is 13 mm. long.

There are very few polyps, most of the ccenenchyma having

1899.]- CORALS FROM FUNAFUTI. 49

been rubbed off ; but what remains of the coenenchyma is thin.

The polyps arise almost perpendicularly, and mostly on the two

sides. The end of a branch bears two polyps, one slightly in

advance of the other, but neither truly terminal. The polyps

are ‘92 mm. in height by 1°3 mm. in breadth at the base.

The spicules of the ccenenchyma are chiefly four-rayed stars

and flattened curved spindles, giving off spines from the convex

side. They are “12 mm. long by *2 mm. broad.

The polyps are covered with broad flat spicules, somewhat

triangular in shape, with branched lateral outgrowths. They are

22 mm. x ‘49 mm. (length by breadth),

The operculum is eight-rayed ; each ray consists of two broadish

spicules, converging at the apex. Their bases rest on a horizontally

placed spicule, curved in shape and somewhat spiny. The

opercular spicules are ‘31 mm. x07 mm.

The axis is horny, flexible, with the centre divided into chambers.

The colour of the colony in spirit is reddish brown. ‘The

spicules of the cconenchyma and polyps are bright red, those of the

operculum white.

Hab. Outer slope of Ellice Island. Depth 40-71 fathoms.

This form differs from V. intricata Gray in the size of the polyps

and of the spicules, the arrangement of the polyps, and the colour

of the spicules.

It differs from V. mauritiensis Ridley (5) in the size of the

polyps, the shape of the spicules of the verruce, and the colour

of the colony.

It differs from V. flabellata Whitelegge (9) in the colour and

form of the spicules.

It differs from V. nigrescens Duchassaing & Michelotti (1) in

the form and size of the verrucz and in the colour of the colony.

MURICELLA FLEXILIS, n. sp. (Plate III. figs. 1, 2.)

There is one small specimen of this form. It is 180 mm, in

height and 70 mm. across the widest part. The main stem is

1:5 mm. in diameter near the base.

Branching takes place in one plane, the branching arising from

two sides of the stem. Lateral branches are borne in the same

plane. The branches are slightly flattened in the plane of branch-

ing; they all end in a small flat expansion with two lateral polyps

borne close to the apex, making it somewhat hammer-shaped.

The calyces are ‘9 mm. by 8 mm. in diameter at the base. The

polyps are only partially retracted, the heads, measuring *6 mm.

x5 mm. in diameter, being visible above the verruce.

The spicules are spindle-shaped, with warts not very thickly

placed. They are 1:105 mm. x ‘09 mm., ‘83 mm. x ‘073 mm.,

18 mm. x 027 mm.

The colour in spirit is dirty white, the brown axis showing

through the thin white coenenchyma.

Hab. Outer slope of the reef of Funafuti. Depth 40-71 fathoms. 19°”. 6.24.6

This specimen differs from M. tenera Ridley (5) in the greater j9)2.7. 20:18

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1899, No. LV. 4

50 MISS ISA L. HILES ON GORGONACEAN [Jan. 17,

slenderness of stem and branches, the smaller size of the spicules,

and the fact that they are much less warted.

It differs from M. wmbraticoides Studer’ in the absence of the

“ halbseitig warzig ” character of the spicules.

It differs from M. complanata Wright & Studer (7) in its much

more slender appearance, the thinness of the coenenchyma, and the

comparatively smooth character of the spindles, and also in colour

being white, not rose-colour.

It differs from M. perramosa Ridley (5) in colour and in the

absence of a divergent bend of the stem at the origin of the

branches.

It differs from M. nitida Verrill (4) in colour, in the size of the

spicules, and the lateral position of the polyps.

Tt differs from M. gracilis Wright & Studer (7) in the lateral

arrangement of the polyps at the ends of the branches, in the

much less warted spindles, and in the colour of the coenenchyma,

which is not red but white.

It differs from M. crassa Wright & Studer (7) in the thinness of

the coenenchyma, the lateral arrangement of the polyps, the slender

character of the stem and branches, and in the much smoother

character of the spicules.

MuriceLia TeneRA Ridley. (Plate III. figs. 3, 4.)

There is one colony; it is 115 mm. high by 55 mm. across the

widest part. The main stem is 2mm. in diameter at the base.

It is ramified in one plane, giving off branches on two sides at

angles of about 45°; these again bear branches at angles of

45°-60°.

The calyces are small and inconspicuous, *5 mm. high and 1 mm.

in diameter at the base. They are borne on the two sides of the

stem and branches about 2 mm. apart.

The branches end in two laterally placed polyps, making the

termination triangular in shape.

The coenenchyma is thin and whitish in colour; the brown axis

shows through, making the whole appear fawn-colour. The polyps

are brown.

The spicules are long, wavy spindles, covered with warts, which

are more prominent on one side than the other. They are

4:34 mm. x°29 mm., 2°34 mm. x*22 mm., °29 mm. x ‘036 mm.

Hab. Outer slope of the reef. Depth 40-71 fathoms. This

specimen differs slightly from Muricella tenera as described by

Ridley (5), but the differences are not very important. The calyces

are smaller, and the spicules are from two to four times the size

of those of Ridley’s form.

The spicules of the calyx also are not arranged in such a regular

row as Ridley figures; Wright and Studer (7. p. 124) say the

same about these spicules in the forms examined by them.

Otherwise the colony decidedly approaches V/, tenera: I have

1 Studer, Th., Monatsber. d. k. Akad. d, Wiss. Berlin, 1878,

_ 1899.) CORALS FROM FUNAFUTI. 51

seen the ‘Challenger’ specimen, and consider this to be the

saine form.

Previously recorded from south of Papua, off the Ki Islands,

depth 140 fathoms ; and Port Molle, Queensland.

Family PLExAURID#.

Evrrexaura anripatnes Klunzinger. (Plate IV. figs. 1, 2.

Plewaura antipathes Klunzinger.

This specimen, which is in a dried state, is pale fawn in colour.

The colony is much branched, the branches arising approxi-

mately in one plane. The branches are given off irregularly ;

they, in their turn, branch repeatedly, and these branches bear

further branches. There are no traces of anastomoses. The

basal portions are slightly flattened, but the terminal twigs are

round and thicken slightly towards the ends. The branches run

close together and fairly parallel.

The polyp-pores are scattered irregularly over the whole surface,

and are not raised above the general level except on the terminal

twigs, where they are at the summit of slight conical elevations.

They are about 1 mm. apart.

The cortex is friable, and somewhat thicker on the twigs than

the older parts. It is comparatively smooth; on the older

branches there are slight longitudinal furrows which run somewhat

spirally round the stem. The axis is of horn, with scattered

particles of calcareous matter; it is of a dense black colour in the

thicker branches.

The “root” portion of the colony shows a great development

of a peculiar skeletal substance, hard, and looking like stone.

It is dull grey in colour, and shows the same furrowings as

the cortex of the stem which extended over it. On treating with

acid the stony part is dissolved away, leaving a fine network of

horny matter in which the CaCO, was contained.

The grey substance which strengthens the base of attachment

is clearly formed independently of the black axis, although it may

rightly be regarded as being of the same uature. Judging from.

the dried specimen it is composed of spicules of lime embedded in

a horny matrix, no processes of the ccenosarcal canals extending

into it, even superficially. It is extremely hard, and breaks with

a clean fracture when struck with a hammer. The horny axis,

on the other hand, can be cut with a penknife. The nature of

the horny substance is not determined, but from its insolubility

seems similar to the keratin of the axis. It is only rarely seen in

specimens of Gorgonacea in Museums, although it is possible that

it may be formed at the base of all large Gorgonids when exposed

to strong tides.

In the centre the calcareoi.s -natter is: white and friable, not

having assumed the stony, solid appearance of the outer part.

The basal enlargement is seen also in Plewaura princypalis and

P. suffruticosa, in the National Collection at South Kensington ;

Vv f

27:20" 166

52 MISS ISA L. HILES ON GORGONACHAN {Jan. 17,

and Klunzinger, in his ‘ Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres,’ mentions

it for Plexaura antipathes.

The spicules of the cortex are small warty spindles and clubs,

the spindles preponderating. They are colourless, and are ‘17 mm.

in length by ‘07 mm. in breadth. There are also a few small

irregular crosses.

Hab. Funafuti Lagoon. Depth 6-7 fathoms.

Family GORGONELLID#.

VERRUCELLA GRANIFERA Kolliker. (Plate I. figs. 1, 2.)

Syn. Verrucella flabellata Whitelegge.

There are several fragments of this species. The largest is

170 mm. long; the stem is 1 mm. in diameter at the base, and

remains about the same throughout. At a height of 70 mm. it

gives off a branch, and 50 mm. farther another branch arises.

The branches are about the same thickness as the stem. The

whole is whip-like and very flexible.

The verruce are numerous, alternate, nearly at right angles to

the axis, and about 2 mm. apart. They are ‘5 mm. high by 1 mm.

wide at the base, and bluntly conical in shape.

The axis is very hard and brittle; it shows a number of longi-

tudinal grooves.

The branches end in a small knob, with a laterally-placed polyp

close to the apex. The spicules‘are double stars and spindles of

the Gorgonellid type. The warts are compound, and arranged in

rings, leaving a median zone free and smooth The spindles are

flat, and many of them have rounded ends. The double spindles

are ‘073 mm. Xx ‘036 mm., ‘082 mm. x 018 mm.; the double

stars are ‘036 mm. x ‘018 mm.

The colour, in spirit, is pale fawn.

These specimens seem to approach most closely to Verrucella

granifera Kolliker (2), except that the spicules are only faintly

tinged with yellow.

V. flabellata Whitelegge (9) seems to resemble Kélliker’s form,

V. granifera, very closely, the only difference, apparently, being

that some of the spicules have rounded ends; but others, as he

figures (pl. xvii. fig. 33), have pointed ends, and resemble those

ot V. granifera. This seems a small difference on which to found

a new species, especially when the character is not constant and

found in all the spicules. In one of the pieces from Funafuti

which I examined the spicules are decidedly longer and more

pointed than in the other fragments, although in other respects

they are similar. This may be due simply to a difference in

locality. A slight variety of form and size in the spicules is of

frequent occurrence in Gorgonacea, and must not be considered

of specific value.

Hab. Funafuti. Depth 40-71 fathoms. Previously recorded

from the coast of Africa.

This is another instance of the same species from two widely

8 Ft

1899.] CORALS FROM FUNAFUTI. 53

separated localities, and may be compared with the distribution of

Acanthogorgia muricata Verrill, which occurs at Funafuti and has

been recorded from Barbados.

SUBEROGORGIA VERRIOULATA Esper.

There are two fragments of this species, drab in colour.

The double-star spindles are somewhat rougher than those

figured in Kélliker’s paper (2), otherwise the form seems to belong

to Esper’s species.

Hab. Outer slope of the coral-reef at Funafuti.

LITERATURE REFERRED TO.

1. Ducnassarne, P., et Micuetiori, G.—Mémoire sur les Coral-

liaires des Antilles. Turin, 1860.

2. Korurker, A.—Icones Histiologice. Leipzig, 1860.

3. Ripuey, 8. O.—“ Contributions to the Knowledge of the

Aleyonaria, with Descriptions of new Species from the

Indian Ocean and the Bay of Bengal.” Annals & Magazine

of Natural History, ix., 1882.

4. Verriit, A.—* Report on the Anthozoa, and on some additional

Species dredged by the ‘ Blake,’ 1877-79, and the USS. Fish-

Commission Steamer ‘Fish Hawk,’ 1880-82.” Bulletin of

the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, vol. xi. no. 1,

1883.

5. Rivsey, 8. O.— Zoological Collection of H.M.S. ‘ Alert.’

“ Aleyonaria,” Melanesian Collections. Part I., 1884.

6. Von Kocu, G.—‘ Die Gorgoniden des Golfes von Neapel.”

Fauna u. Flora des Golfes von Neapel, xv., 1887.

”. Wricut, E. P.,; & Srupur, Ta.—‘ Challenger’ Report on Aleyo-

naria, xxxi., 1889.

8. Grermanos, N. K.—“Gorgonaceen von Ternate.” Die Ab-

handlungen der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesell-

schaft, Band xxiii. Heft 1, 1896.

9. Wurretecen, Ta.— Alcyonaria of Funafuti.” Memoirs of

the Australian Museum, iii. pt. 5, 1897.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats I,

—

Fig. 1. Verrucella granifera, p. 52. A branch, natural size.

. Verrucella granifera, Some spicules.

. Acamptogorgia spinosa, n. sp.,p.47. A small portion of a branch,

magnified, to show the arrangement of the spicules.

. Acamptogorgia spinosa. The crown of a polyp, magnified, to show

the arrangement of the opercular spicules.

. Acamptogorgia spinosa. Some spicules, () of the operculum, (5) of

the coonenchyma.

6. Acanthogorgia muricata, p. 48. A polyp, magnified.

7. Acanthogorgia muricata. Some spicules, (4) of the operculum, (0) of

the conenchyma, (¢) of the polyp.

o Be wh

54 MR, A. B, SHIPLEY ON GEPHYRBAN [Jan. 17,

Prats II.

Fig. 1. Villogorgia rubra, n. sp., p. 48. The colony, natural size.

2. Villogorgia rubra, Some spicules, (a) of the operculum, (4) of the

olyp, (¢) of the ceenenchyma.

3. Villogorgia rubra. Three polyps, magnified, to show the operculum

closed.

4. Villogorgia rubra. Two rays of the operculum,

Puate III.

Fig. 1. Muricella flevilis, n. sp., p. 49. The colony, natural size.

2. Muricella flexilis, Some spicules.

8. Muricella tenera, p. 50. The colony, natural size.

4. Muricella tenera. Some spicules.

Prate IV.

Fig. 1. Euplexaura antipathes, p.51. The lower part of the colony, x 1, to

show the stony basal enlargement.

2. Eupleaaura antipathes. A small portion of a microscopical section

of the basal part, decalcified, showing the horny matrix.

4, Notes on a Collection of Gephyrean Worms formed at

Christmas Island (Indian Ocean) by Mr. C. W. Andrews.

By Arraur E. Surrzey, Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s

College, Cambridge, and University Lecturer in the

Adyanced Morphology of the Invertebrata.

[Received December 3, 1898.]

The small collection of Gephyrea gathered by Mr. C. W. Andrews

at Christmas Island (Indian Ocean), which, owing to the kindness of

Professor F. Jeffrey Bell, I have been able to examine, contains one

species of Echiurid and five of Sipunculid worms. No species is

new, but, as I have pointed out in another place’, the part of the

world whence this collection comes has been carefully searched for

Gephyrea, and the two chief authorities on the Sipunculoidea treat

of specimens from this region of the earth; so that an absence of

undescribed species is what might have been expected.

Together with this collection came a small bottle labelled

“ Queen Charlotte’s Island, B.C., Rev. J. N. Keen.” This contained

four specimens of a Sipunculid that I recognize as Physcosoma

japonicum Grube*. This species has hitherto been known from

Northern Japan, Hakodate, Enosima, and from the coast of

Australia. It has not hitherto, so far as I know, been found on

the east side of the Pacific, and Mr. Keen’s discovery of it on the

American coast materially increases its range.

1 Zoological Results etc. Willey, Cambridge, pt. ii. 1898, p. 151.

2 Selenka, Die Sipunculiden, Wiesbaden, 1883, p. 76.

Ie S) AUS cle Ml

T Smit hth . . ; Mintern Bros. imp.

Fires. 1,2 VERRUCELLA GRANIFERA Fies.3-5.ACAMPTO GORGIA SPINOSA.

Fres.6,7. ACANTHOGORGIA MURICATA.

Pi SelB Joe ei aie

Mintern Bros imp.

JSmit hth.

VILLOGORGIA RUBRA.

Pe oe lSooe eae

JSniee cleleeitate , Uieieeiras tase

Brecol 2 NUR Bal AS PML hyexXeieli se Fics.3,4. MM. TENERA.

a - t

=" i ai baa 9 i oY

Sa te er sa

diy Lars) AS \ a) 2) =A IN.

E.Dust del. J.Smat hth Mintern Bros.imp.

EUPLEXAURA ANTIPATHES

1899.] WORMS FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 55

ECHIUROIDEA.

THALASSEMA Gaertner.

1. Tu. Baroni Greef.

Greef, SB. Ges. Naturw. Marburg, 4 July, 1872, p. 106;

4 May, 1877, p. 68; and Acta Ac. German. vol. xl. pt. ii.

pele

Selenka, Gephyrea, ‘ Challenger’ Report, vol. xiii. pt. xxxvi.

mile

Fischer, Abh. Ver. Hamburg, vol. xiii. 1895, p. 1.

A single specimen of this species represented the Echiurids in

Mr. Andrews’s collection. At first sight I took the animal to be

an example of Fischer’s species Th. pellucidum, which he remarks

has certain resemblances with Th. baronii. It was about the same

size a3 Fischer’s examples, and the colour, which may have been

altered by spirit, was similar to that of the young spirit examples

of Th. pellucidum. Fischer states that in the older specimens the

colour is bluish, and it is possible that the green tinge with its

violet stripes which Greef describes in Th. baronii are only acquired

with age. On the other hand, the specimen described by Selenka

in the ‘ Challenger’ Report from Bahia had lost its colour.

There can be no doubt that this specimen was a young form;

including the proboscis it was about 3 cm. long, whilst the adults

of Greef attain four times this length.

The structures on which I chiefly based my identification were :

(i) the two pairs of nephridia, found also in Th. formosulum and

Th. extli, where, however, there are eight bands of longitudinal

muscles, and in 7h. pellucidum, where there are thirteen; (ii) the

form and shape of the “‘ respiratory trees,” which closely resemble

those figured in Greef’s monograph; (iii) the breaking up of the

circular muscle-sheath into very fine and very numerous bands,

clearly indicated by Greef in his fig. 64, plate vi.; and (iv) the

number of longitudinal muscles, which is eighteen. This last point

deserves some notice. In his systematic account of Th. baronii,

Greef does not mention the number of strands of longitudinal

muscle ; indeed it was not until 1883 that Lampert drew attention

to the importance of these structures in the determination of

species. Greef, in his figure of the species in question, indicates

sixteen bundles, but as the cut edges of the skin are inflected it

is reasonable to suppose that a further bundle has been hidden on

each side. By some unexplained error, Lampert’ gives the

number of longitudinal muscles as twenty-three ; and this number

has been copied by Rietsch into his ‘Etude sur les Géphyriens

armés ou Echiuriens’*. Fischer has recently re-investigated the

original specimens of Greef and has found in them 18-19 muscles.

Locality. Greef found his examples amongst the lava blocks

and stones at low tide at Arrecife on Lanzarote, one of the Canary

1 Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. vol. xxxix. 1883, p. 334.

2 Geneva, 1886, or Recueil Zoologique Suisse, vol. iii. p. 505.

56 ON GEPHYREAN WORMS FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. [Jan. 17,

Islands. Selenka’s specimen was taken at Bahia, 7-20 fathoms ;

Mr. Andrews’s at Christmas Island.

SIPUNCULOIDEA.

ASPIDOSIPHON Grube.

2. ASPIDOSIPHON RAVUS Sluiter.

Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijdschr. Neder]. Ind., Bd. xli. 1881,

p- 495.

Shipley, Zool. Results ete. Willey, Cambridge, pt. ii. 1898.

A single specimen from Christmas Island extends the range of

this species. Dr. Willey collected it at Sandal Bay, Lifu, and

Sluiter, who described the species, records it amongst the Malay

Gephyrea, but unfortunately gives no more precise locality.

CiaostpHoN Grube.

3. CLEHOSIPHON ASPERGILLUM Quatrefages.

Quatrefages, Histoire Naturelle des Annélés, vol. ii. 1865,

p. 605.

Re Jahresber. Schlesisch. Ges. 1867, p. 48.

Selenka, Die Sipunculiden, Wiesbaden, 1883, p. 126.

Fischer, Zoolog. Forschungsreisen in Australien, Semon,

vol. v. 1896, p. 338.

Shipley, Zoological Results etc. Willey, Cambridge, pt. ii.

1898.

A single small specimen measuring some 2 cm. in length. Dr.

W. Fischer has recently recorded it from Thursday Island, Samoa,

whence it extends throughout the south-west Pacific and Indian

Oceans.

Puyscosoma * Selenka,

4. PHYSCOSOMA MICRODONTOTON Sluiter.

Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Ind., Bd. xlv. p. 506.

Shipley, P. Z.S. 1898, p. 471.

One specimen, which, like those collected by Mr. Stanley

Gardiner at Funafuti and Rotuma, was very much longer than

the examples described by Sluiter. He, however, found no repro-

ductive organs, so that it is possible his form was immature and

not fully grown. The characteristic long nephridia reaching to the

posterior end of the body—also found in Ph. pacificwm—are well

marked.

5. Puyscosoma scotors Selenka & de Man.

Selenka, Die Sipunculiden, Wiesbaden, 1883, p. 126.

Shipley, P. Z. S. 1898, p. 468.

Shipley, Zoological Results etc. Willey, Cambridge, pt. ii,

1898.

1 Zool, Anz. vol. xx. 1897, p. 460.

1899.) ON THE CORALLIIDA) OF MADEIRA. 57

This species ranges from the Red Sea to the Loyalty Islands

and Funafuti, and has also been found at Singapore, Amboyna,

and the Philippines. Mr. Andrews’s collection comprises three

specimens. They all showed the reddish flesh-tint which Semper

says characterizes the female when alive, the male being a dark

brown.

Srpuncunus Linn.

6. SIPUNCULUS EDULIS Lamarck.

Lamarck, Animaux sans Vertcbres, Ist ed. vol. iii. p. 79.

Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijdschr. Neder]. Ind., Bd. xli. p. 148, Bd.

xlv. p. 484.

Shipley, Zoological Results etc. Willey, Cambridge, pt. ii.

1898.

This species, which is eaten by the Chinese, is very variable in

character and approaches S. cwmanensis in many features. The

two specimens collected at Christmas Island were of a decidedly

pinkish hue, which faded at places into a greyish yellow.

5. Notes on the Coralliide of Madeira, with Descriptions of

two new Species. By James Yate Jounson, C.M.ZS.

[Received December 3, 1898. ]

(Plates V.-VIL.)

Fam. CORALLIIDS.

Gen. PLEUROCORALLIUM Gray

(including Hemicorallium Gray).

The genus Plewrocorallium is distinguished from the genus

Corallium by the following characteristics :—All the species branch

in one plane; the prominent polype-cells are seated on one face of

the branches; and a spicule shaped like a binocular opera-glass or

like two carafes united at the sides is present in the cortical

coenenchyma.

Madeira appears to be the headquarters of this genus, three of

the four known species being found there. The fourth species

(Pl. secundum Dana) is doubtfully attributed to the Sandwich

Islands, and its variety, elatior Ridley, to Japan.

There can be no doubt that the hard axis of these corals is

capable of taking a polish, and might be worked up into ornamental

articles having a commercial value if the corals occurred more

abundantly. As it is, specimens are met with so rarely that the

demands of museums of natural history cannot be supplied.

It may be remarked here that although the Corallium rubrum

or C. nobile of authors is found in the Mediterranean, which is to

the north of Madeira, and at the Cape Verd Islands, 900 miles to

58 MR. J, Y. JOHNSON ON THE [Jan.17,

the south, it has never yet been discovered at Madeira. But it is

not impossible that the dredges of the Prince of Monaco may

alight upon its lurking-place when his well-equipped exploring

yacht comes to work over this part of the bed of the Atlantic.

1, PLEUROCORALLIUM TRICOLOR, sp. noy. (Plate VII. fig. 3.)

Branching subalternately in one plane to the fourth degree of

subdivision ; branches flexuose, not coalescing. elliptical in section,

attenuating upwards, the ultimate branches slender and ending

in points. Axis hard, white, its surface smooth. Cortex pale

yellow, granulated. Polype-cells pale vermilion-red, very promi-

nent, subpedicellate, ovoid or subconical, 25-3 millim. long, less

Pleurocorallium tricolor.

than 2 millim. in diameter. The upper part is divided into eight

upright lobes standing round the orifice in a close circle. The

cells are numerous and are irregularly scattered on the anterior

face of the branches; the ultimate branchlets have usually two,

sometimes three cells at their tips. (The cells are shown about

23 times the natural size in the accompanying figure to the left.)

1899.] CORALLUID®H OF MADEIRA. 59

The spicula of the cortex comprise three forms :—(1) Spicules

shaped like an opera-glass or like two carafes joined at the sides

and having two necks; the bodies are coarsely tuberculated and

the ends of the necks are set with a cycle of conical tubercles.

(2) Small, cylindrical, stout with two whorls, each of four thick

rays, on the shaft at right angles thereto; the projecting ends of

the shaft with the two whorls of rays make up a ten-rayed spicule ;

the ends of all the rays are tuberculated. (3) Numerous irregularly

formed spicules which may be compared to balls with several

thick rays: they seem allied to the last form, but neither axial

shaft nor whorls of rays can be made out. In addition to these

forms the polype-cells yield (4) numerous monaxile spicules about

one and a half times the length of the spicule (2); some are

cylindrical, others fusiform or clavate, and all are more or less tuber-

culated ; (5) a few cruciform spicula varied in form and usually

imperfect, but consisting essentially of four tapering arms at

right angles to each other, their bases meeting at the centre with

equal acute angles. (The spicula are figured on Plate VII. fig. 3.)

This species is less robust than the other two here described, so

far as can be judged from the few known specimens. Three

examples have been obtained at Madeira at different times, but for

many years no others have occurred. ‘The largest specimen was

presented to the British Museum, and a second, smaller, but with

perfect cells, was given to the Liverpool Museum. With these

two specimens before him, Dr. Gray (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 126) assigned

the latter to his Hemicorallium johnsoni, saying it was evidently

the same species and showed the coral in its young state. His

paper is illustrated by a good woodcut (here reproduced, see p. 58),

which displays the entire specimen and the polype-cells. The cells

are unfortunately very fragile, and drop off from the dry coral at

the slightest touch or jar.

The specimen in the British Museum is without its base; it has

a height of 170 millim. (6? in.) and the branches have a spread of

about the same. The stem below the branches has a diameter of

6 millim. There are four principal branches, which in their lower

parts vary in thickness from 4 to 7 millim.; above, they taper

gradually and throw off tertiary and quaternary branchlets, which

are seen to end in sharp points where stripped of the cortex.

Two of the branches were quite dead long before the coral came

from the sea, as was shown by the number of the plant-like

polypiaries of hydroid zoophytes attached to them. The branches

are often curiously perforated and tunnelled longitudinally on

their anterior faces, and at these places are thicker than elsewhere.

Boring animals appear to have attacked them, and it would seem

as if fresh stony matter had been secreted so as to cover over the

passages which are open at both ends, and the longer ones have

usually a series of large openings at the sides. Sometimes a

portion of the branch itself has been removed ; at other places the

stony axis does not appear to have suffered. One tunnel measured

35 millim. in length and had eleven openings at one side.

60 MR, J. Y. JOHNSON ON THE (Jan. 17,

2, PLEUROCORALLIUM MADERENSE, sp. nov. (Plates V. & VII.

figs. 1 & 4.)

Branching luxuriantly in one plane to the seventh or eighth

degree of subdivision. Ramification close, dense. Branches

irregularly flexuose, not anastomosing. The ultimate branches,

when stripped of their cortex and cells, are seen to taper to a fine

oint.

, The white axis is hard, compact, elliptical in transverse section,

and its surface is smooth. The thin cortex is coloured a pale

ochraceous yellow when the coral is fresh from the sea. Its

surface is minutely papillate or granular. The polype-cells or

calycles are very numerous and are all seated on the anterior

aspect of the branches, mostly at their sides or at the tips of the

ultimate branchlets. They are prominent, cylindrical, about 2

millim. long and 1 millim.in diameter. Their sides are marked with

eight vertical ribs, and the mouths are surrounded by eight upright

bundles of spicula forming an oval termination of the cell. The

polypes have an orange colour.

Five forms of spicula are found in this species, viz. :—(1) numerous

double carafes with two necks; (2) a few of the short two-whorled

cylindrical rods or staves ; (3) irregular rayed balls; (4) elongate,

cylindrical, fusiform or clavate, tuberculated ; (5) cruciform. All

these agree more or less closely with the correspondingly numbered

spicula of the preceding species. (See Plate VII. figs. 1 & 4.)

If the spicula alone were regarded, this species is more closely

allied to the first than to the third species here described, but it is

widely separated from the former by habit and coloration. From

the following species, which agrees with it in coloration, it is dis-

tinguished by its much greater degree of ramification and the

consequent greater density and delicacy of the branches ; by the

smooth, not striated surface of the hard axis under the cortex ; by

the form of the polype-cells, which are cylindrical, not hemi-

spherical and wart-like; by the presence in the cortex of

irregularly formed ball-like spicula and of a few cruciform

spicula ; and finally by the absence of the smooth form of double

carafe spicule.

Only a single specimen of this very beautiful coral is known, and

that was obtained so lately as the summer of this year (1898) by

the Rey. Padre Ernesto Schmitz, late Director of the Episcopal

Seminario, Funchal, from a fisherman who told him it had been

brought up a few days previously by a fishing-line from deep

water off Camara de Lobos, a village six miles to the west of

Funchal. The specimen has been placed in the Museum of the

Seminario, and a short description of it will now be given’.

The base is wanting, the stem having been broken away from

it. The height of what remains is 30 centim., or about 12 inches,

1 For copies of the photographs of the entire corals from which the illus-

trations on Plates V. & VI. have been taken, I am greatly indebted to the

kindness of the Rev. Padre Ernesto Schmitz, the founder of the Seminario

Museum, Funchal, and for many years its indefatigable curator.

1899.) CORALLIIDH OF MADEIRA, 61

and the spread of the branches is nearly the same. The ramifi-

cation is so dense that the coral resembles the thickly-leafed

branch of a tree. In several places one layer of branches stands

in front of another layer, but in both cases the polype-cells are. on

the anterior faces of the branches. The longer axis of the broken

end of the stem measures 17 millim. There are three main

branches, one of which has been broken off short, and this gives

the coral a lopsided appearance. Here and there the main

branches widen out in an irregular manner. This may probably

be owing to the fact that boring animals have excavated the axis

at these places, for in the lower part of the stem such excavations

are seen where the spiculiferous coenenchyma has been removed.

Upon the specimen were seated some interesting zoophytes that

rarely occur at Madeira—(1) a branched Alcyonarian (probably

Suberia sp.), 100 millim. high with a spread of 80; (2) four fine

specimens of a Desmophyllum ; (3) an example of the rare Stenella

imbricata (J. Y.J.), 50 millim. high, with three or four branches.

3. PLEUROCORALLIUM JOHNSONI (Gray). (Plates VI. & VII.

figs. 2 & 5.)

Since this species was shortly described by Dr. Gray as a member

of the genus Corallium (P. ZS. 1860, p. 127) from a specimen

sent by me to the British Museum, larger and more perfect

examples have occurred which supply materials for a completer

account of it. In an Additional Note on this coral (P. Z. 8.

1867, p. 125) Dr. Gray proposed two new genera, Plewrocoralliwm

and Hemicorallium, assigning the present species to the latter.

Later naturalists, not being able to find grounds for two genera,

have abandoned one of them and placed the then single species of

Hemicorallium under Pleurocorallium, as the definition of this

genus in the Note cited preceded that of the other one. (See

Stuart O. Ridley’s valuable paper on the arrangement of the

Coralliide, P. Z. 8S. 1882, p. 222.)

When fully grown, the coral is much and very irregularly

branched with an open system of ramification, the flexuous

branches extending essentially in one plane, rarely meeting and

uniting. Base spreading widely and thinly over the object to

which it is attached. Axis compact, stony, white, the surface

striated longitudinally ; its transverse section elliptical. Cortex

(ceenenchyma) cream-coloured, frequently pitted ; at the inner

surface a ring of ducts (ccenosarcal canals) surrounds the axis.

Polype-cells prominent, sessile, wart-like, subhemispherical, about

2 millim. high and 2°5 in diameter; irregularly scattered on the

anterior face of the branches from 1 to 5 millim. apart, some-

times in contact, especially at the tips of the branches, which are

knobbed with them. The summits have a cycle of eight short

lobes, which in the dry state curve over the orifice. The polype

has an orange or yellow colour.

Only three forms of spicula have been detected in the cortex

and polype-cells :—(1) the double carafe-shaped spicule with two

62 MR. J. Y. JOHNSON ON THE (Jan. 17,

necks, already described as being found in both the preceding

species ; (2) the short, stout, cylindrical spicule with two whorls of

four rays, the ‘‘ octoradiate spiculi” of Ridley, also present in the

cortex of the two foregoing species, but here the latter is more

regular and symmetrical ; (3) a form bearing a general resemblance

to (1), but with the united bodies more elongate, and each member

pear-shaped or poke-like and smooth. This form is peculiar to

the present species. (See Plate VII. figs. 2 & 5.)

This species occurs very rarely, but it is met with rather more

frequently than any of the others. Only five specimens are known

to me, the largest of which, as well as the one first discovered,

were presented to the British Museum. The former of these has

a height of 210 millim. (8 in.) and a spread of 315 millim. (12 in.).

The stem, before it begins to throw off branches, has a thickness of

27 millim. Fortunately the base came up with the rest; it isa

thin plate measuring 83 by 70 millim. There are four principal

branches, which are again divided and subdivided in an irregular

manner. At one part there are three overlapping layers of

branches and in another two overlapping layers, but no instance

of two branches meeting and uniting.

Another fine specimen in an excellent state of preservation was

secured by the Rev. Padre Schmitz for the Seminario Museum,

Funchal. It has the same height as the preceding but is not so

wide by 50mm. The coral is curved from side to side, so that the

polype-bearing face is convex and the other face concave. The

base has been left behind, the stem having given way at a place

where it had been much perforated by boring animals. The

section here measures 22 millim. by 18. There are five main

branches, the longer axes of which measure from 10 to 15 millim.

On the posterior side three secondary branches strike off from

main branches at angles which are more than right angles above

and consequently less below. The specimen is figured on Plate VI.

A third, much smaller specimen is in my possession. The under-

side of the spreading base, 55 millim. by 40, the longer axis being

nearly parallel with the plane of the branches, is flat with a smooth

surface, and bears impressions of three species of creeping bryozoa

that had settled upon the supporting body before the coral grew over

them. I have also one valve of the great sessile cirripede, Pachy-

lasma giganteum (Phil.), measuring 36 millim. by 22, the exterior

of which is completely coated with the ccenenchyma of the coral,

and this has thrown up several polype-cells, but has not secreted a

stony basis. ‘This shows that the polypes secrete the hard compact

axis simply as a support for the increasing colony.

In M. H. Filhol’s work on the submarine explorations of the

‘Talisman ’ (1884), he says that at the Cape Verd Islands, “ entre

500 et 600 métres nous avons rencontré une forme d’alcyonaire

extrémement intéressante au point de vue zoologique, appelée par

M. Marion Coralliopsis perieri. Elle rappelle beaucoup le Corallium

secundum de Dana vivant aux iles Fidji.” This may have been an

example of Plewrocorallium johnsoni,

P Z.S.1899.PL.VI.

Py law dal ok kit

B Michiey del et ith .

J é

Hanhart imp.

Figs 1&4. PLEUROCORALLIUM MADERENSE

Figs 2&5.P. JOANSONI. Fig3. P. TRICOLOR .

1899.] CORALLIIDE OF MADEIRA. 63

Key to the four known species of Pleurocorallium.

I. Axis partly red, partly white, cortex scarlet.

secundum (Dana). ‘Sandwich Isl.” ?

Var. elatior Ridley. “ Japan”?

II. Axis wholly white, cortex yellow or cream-colour.

(1) Polype-cells yellow or cream-colour,

(a) Polype-cells subhemispherical ; only 3 forms of spicula.

johnsoni (Gray). Madeira.

(6) Polype-cells cylindrical; more than 3 forms of spicula.

maderense J. Y. J. Madeira.

(2) Polype-cells vermilion ................-. tricolor J. Y. J. Madeira.

. REFERENCES.

Pleurocorallium tricolor.

1867. Gray, J. E. (Hemicorallium johnsoni). ‘‘ Additional Note

on Corallium johnsom.” P.Z.S. 1867, p. 126, with a

woodcut.

1882, Riviey, Sruarr O. ‘On the Arrangement of the Coral-

liide.” P. Z.S. 1882, p. 226.

Pleurocorallium johnsoni.

1860. Gray, J. E. (Corallium). ‘Notices of some new Corals

from Madeira.” P.Z.S. 1860, p. 394, Radiata, pl. xviii.

Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 311.

1867. Gray, J. E. (Hemicorallium). ‘ Additional Note on Coral-

lium johnsoni.” P.Z.S8. 1867, p. 126.

1870. Gray, J. E. (Hemicorallium). Catalogue of Lithophytes or

Stony Corals in the British Museum, p. 24.

1882. Riptey, Srvarr O. (Pleurocorallium). ‘‘On the Arrange-

ment of the Coralliide, with Descriptions of new or rare

Species.” P.Z.S. 1882, p. 221, pl. ix.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats VY.

Pleurocorallium maderense, p. 60, about 2 nat. size.—The object projecting at

the top of the fig. is the parasitic Aleyonarian, “ probably a Suberia”

mentioned on p.61. From a photograph.

Puate VI.

Pleurocorallium johnsoni, p. 61, about # nat. size. From a photograph.

Puate VII.

Fig. 1. ee maderense, p. 60, terminal branchlets with polype-cells.

2. Pleurocorallium johnsoni, p. 61, a terminal branch with polype-cells. x 2.

3. Pleurocorallium tricolor, p. 58: a, 6, ¢, spicula of the cortex; d, d', d",

spicula from the polype-cells. x 400.

4. Pleurocorallium maderense, p. 60: a, b,c, spicula of the cortex; ¢@, da’, a’,

é, spicula from the polype-cells. x 400.

5. Pleurocorallium johnsoni, p. 61, spicula of cortex and polype-cells: a,

pone no. 3; 6b, spicule no. 1; ¢, spicule no. 2, deseribed on p. 62.

x a

64 MR. E, N. BUXTON ON THE EUROPBAN BISON, [Feb. 7,

February 7th, 1899.

Prof. G. B. Howxzs, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1899 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of January were 71 in number. Of these 22 were acquired

by presentation, 26 by purchase, 2 in exchange, 6 were born in

the Gardens, and 15 were received on deposit. The total number

of departures during the same period, by death and removals,

was 96.

Amongst the additions attention may be called to the fine

young male of the Argali Sheep (Ovis ammon) (Plate VIII.), re-

ceived on deposit on January 18th, believed to be the first example

of this species that has reached England. The Council hope to

be able to acquire this animal, if it continues to do well, for the

Society’s collection. The animal at the present time stands about

29 inches high at the shoulders.

A communication was read from Mr. E. N. Buxton, F.Z.S.,

giving an account of a recent visit which he had made to the

Forest of Bielovege in Lithuania, in order to see the Bisons

(Bison europeus) in the Emperor of Russia’s forest, where he was

successful in approaching near enough to a part of the herd to

obtain some photographs of these animals, which were exhibited to

the Meeting.

Mr. Buxton was hospitably received by Col. Kolokalzoff, who

is responsible for the-forest, and by General Popoff, the Guardian

of the Emperor’s palace by whom he was housed in the building

in which the Imperial guests are entertained. He described his

journey through the forest as follows :—

“In the company of Mr. Neverli, the chief forester, I drove

through many miles of the forest on the following day. It

occupies a country which is almost dead flat, but is intersected by a

few sluggish streams. With the exception of the meadows which

border the latter, and a few clearances for cultivation round small

villages, there are no open spaces: consequently, although the

timber, which consists mainly of oak, elm, birch, spruce, and fir,

is very fine, the forest is tame and wanting in variety. This

monotony is enhanced by the unfortunate practice of removing all

windfalls, a most short-sighted policy, as I think, because nothing

so assists the warmth, shelter, and sense of security of a forest,

for wild animals, as fallen timber, through the branches of which

a tangle of wild growth quickly penetrates and forms a natural

screen. The artificial effect is further increased by an immense

extent of grass rides, which are cut in perfectly straight lines, at

right angles to one another, dividing the forest into squares of

PZ Bo) ele Niue

J. Smit del et hth Mintern Bros.imp.

OVIS AMMON,¢jr.

1899. ] ON THE BRAIN OF THE GORILLA. 65

four kilometres for the convenience of driving the game. There

are nearly four hundred lineal kilometres of these rides.

‘“‘ Mr. Neverli estimates the herd of Bisons at the present time

at about seven hundred, and he puts the Elk, which trequent the

- wettest parts, at the same number. The wild Boars, judging by

their frequent rootings, must be very numerous. Red deer were not

formerly found in the forest, but have been introduced. I could

not find out that there was any satisfactory basis for Mr. Neverli’s

calculation of the numbers of the herd of Bisons. Judging by

the number of tracks which I saw, I am inclined to be sceptical of

it. Every naturalist will be anxious to know whether the herd

is diminishing or not. Mr. Neverli is of opinion that the herd

was formerly more numerous, but such estimates may be based on

some calculation even less authoritative than those of the present

time.’ The privilege of hunting in this forest was confined for

centuries to the Kings of Poland exclusively.”

The following papers were read :—

1. A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Cerebral Con-

volutions of the Gorilla. By Frank E. Bepparp,

M.A., F.R.S.

[Received February 7, 1899.]

From a valuable summary of the literature relating to the

Gorilla, contributed to ‘ Natural Science’ by Dr. Keith, it appears

that no more than twelve brains of this Anthropoid Ape have been

submitted to examination. Of these at least that of which some

account has been given in the ‘ Transactions’ of this Society by

Sir R. Owen was in so poor a state of preservation that not much

of value can be deduced from the data.

The most elaborate descriptions of the cerebral convolutions of

this anthropoid are those of v. Bischoff, Broca, and Chapman, all

based, however, on single examples. The specimen studied by

v. Bischoff had been previously described and figured (but not

explained) by Pansch, a reproduction of which figures, with some

comment thereon by Prof. Thane, appeared in vol. xv. of ‘ Nature.’

Other references to Gorilla brains that have been studied will be

found in the list of literature with which I conclude the present

communication. Some doubt was thrown by v. Bischoff upon the

genuineness (as a Gorilla’s brain) of the specimen described by

Broca; Chapman, however, held that it was certainly a Gorilla’s

brain, and [ associate myself with him in this expression of

opinion. All (?) the Gorillas’ brains existing in Germany at the

time—most, if not all, of which had been previously studied by

himself and by Pansch—were brought together and subjected to a

' Herr H. Biichner (Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb. (8) iii. no. 2) states

that the herd in 1856 numbered nearly 1900, and expresses his opinion that the

diminution is caused by “ breeding-in.”

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. V. 5

66 MR. F. BE. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 7,

renewed study by v. Bischoff in 1882. There were five brains, but

the paper dealing with them was by no means exhaustive, only

touching upon certain regions.

This being the state of our existing knowledge of the brain

of the Gorilla, I have thought that it would not be a work of

supererogation to bring before the Society some notes upon five

Gorillas’ brains which I have in my possession at the present

time. None of these brains have formed the basis of any

previous description, so that my contribution to the subject is so

far absolutely new. Furthermore, the extent to which the

Gorilla’s brain has been adequately illustrated is very small: in

Brain of Gorilla belonging to Royal College of Surgeons. Dorsal view.

As, Simian fissure. CM. Calloso-marginal. Sifs, Frontalis superior. S.f.m.

Frontalis medius. /.p.z. Part of frontalis superior. P.o. Parieto-occipital.

H.R. Fissure of Rolando. S.p.i. Precentralis inferior. Jp. Interparietal.

P.c.s. Precentralis superior. §.f.. Frontalis inferior.

consequence of this deficiency I have thought it advisable to have a

number of simple drawings prepared, which are, in my opinion,

much more useful than elaborately shaded, but imperfectly lettered,

lithographs. My object in this contribution is a very modest one

A little too much, perhaps, of elaborate description, comparison

and generalization is sometimes based upon inadequate material

1899.) ~ BRAIN OF THE GORILLA. 67

this is partly responsible for the enormous brain literature that

exists. I propose in the following pages to make my descriptions

as short as possible and to forbear from much comment and

comparison.

As regards the general shape of the brain, I have no remarks to

offer except as to the keel upon the ventral or orbital surface of

the frontal lobes. I am disposed to think the existence of this

keel is a normal feature of the Gorilla’s brain as it is of that of

the Chimpanzee. In the two best-preserved brains at my disposal

it was very clearly marked. I laid some stress upon the difference

in this particular which the brain of “ Sally ” showed from that of

other Chimpanzees. I am now not at all convinced that a larger

series would bear out such a distinguishing character. Linfer from

a remark of Dr. Benham’s that the Orang’s brain is also believed to

be without this keel. The keel was well marked in one of three

Orang brains in my possession.

The Sylwian fissure and island of Reil_—The most noteworthy

point that [ observed in relation to these portions of the brain is

Fig. 2.

Brain of Gorilla belonging to Royal College of Surgeons. Lateral view.

LR. Island of Reil. Sf.0. Fronto-orbitalis.

Other letters as in fig. 1.

the occasional exposure of a portion of the island of Reil. This

is seen in fig. 2, which represents one side of the brain belonging to

the Royal College of Surgeons. It was visible also on the other side

68 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 7,

of this brain. It was visible also in the Oxford brain to about the

same extent; and equally clearly in one of the three other brains

at my disposal. The appearance of the island of Reil upon the

surface of the brain completely shut off by sulci from surrounding

regions would thus appear to be a fairly common feature of the

Gorilla brain’.

As to the Chimpanzee, the same exposure of the island at a

lower level than the rest of the surface occurred in one of the two

brains which I examined. I simply record, as to the Chimpanzee,

my own observations without attempting any statistics.

In the brain which I have selected for figuring the exposed

island of Reil was exceedingly conspicuous on account of the fact

that it is depressed below the surface of the brain and completely

surrounded by furrows. It is thus cut off from other gyri in

all of the three brains to which reference has just been made.

In two of the remaining brains which I have examined the

island of Reil appeared at first sight to be not exposed upon the

surface of the brain. This appearance I believe to be delusive

and to be due to the fact that there is no anterior sulcus dividing

off the island from the gyri of the frontal lobe; the level of the

island gradually rises and it becomes continuous with a gyrus of

the frontal lobe.

Parieto-occipital fissure—The Gorilla’s brain shows precisely

the same variability in the continuity of the fissure separating the

parietal and the occipital lobes that is exhibited by the Chimpanzee

and the Orang. The operculum, in fact, is not always equally deve-

loped. In only one of the five brains at my disposal—that belonging

to the University Museum at Oxford (fig. 3)—was the occipital

lobe cut off from the parietal by a complete fissure reaching the

mesial surface of the brain. The result is, of course, an appearance

which is very like that which is so characteristic of the common

Chimpanzee. The brain of “ Sally,” therefore, is so far more like

that of the Gorilla. In the four remaining Gorillas’ brains there

is thus no apparent continuity between the parieto-occipital fissure

and the “ Affenspalte ” or Simian fissure. Between the two is a

“pli de passage.”

We will commence with some account of the parieto-occipital

fissure itself in the four brains where the operculum is absent.

The simplest arrangement of this fissure agrees precisely with

what Benham has described and figured (15. fig. 21) as the simplest

arrangement observable in the Chimpanzee. It is a long fissure

showing for about half an inch on the dorsal aspect of the brain ;

on the mesial surface it runs forwards and is ultimately parallel

to the calearine. I only discovered this simplest state of affairs

in two separate half-brains. In the corresponding half to one of

these the fissure was the same, excepting for the addition of a

forward branch. In the half corresponding to the other of the

two brains just mentioned there was an apparent difference of

1 Dr. vy. Bischoff found it in al/Z the brains that he examined.

1899. ]- BRAIN OF THE GORILLA. 69

some importance. The Y-shaped fissure was visible on the mesial

surface, and between the forks of the Y¥ eatended down for a short

distance from the upper surface of the brain a fissure. The

arrangement, in fact, is closely like that figured by Benham in

figs. 24 and 29 of his paper. I shall follow him in terming the

short middle fissure the lateral parieto-occipital and the Y-shaped

Fig. 3.

Brain of Gorilla belonging to the University of Oxford. Dorsal view.

Op. Operculum, Other letters as in fig. 1.

fissure the mesial parieto-occipital. I have used the expression

“apparent difference” to distinguish this hemisphere from that

in which the sum total of the parieto-occipital fissures was

represented by one Y for a good reason. When the furrow of

that hemisphere is explored by pushing aside its margin a median

70 MR, F. EB, BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 7,

lateral parieto-occipital comes into view lying between the two

forks of the Y.

In the third brain, as will be seen from the drawings exhibited,

the arrangement is practically the same; and one side of the brain

belonging to the College of Surgeons (fig. 4) offered no differences.

The other side of that brain is not so easy of explanation. It

seems, however, to be, like the simplest case, complicated by an

additional branch running towards the calcarine.

Brain of Gorilla belonging to Royal College of Surgeons. Vertical section.

Ca. Calcarine fissure. J/.p.o. Mesial parieto-occipital.

C.M. Calloso-marginal.

The Simian fissure—The Simian fissure, or ‘‘ Affenspalte” as it

is so constantly termed even by English writers, is only hidden by

an operculum in one of the five brains at my disposal—that

belonging to the Oxford University Museum. In the other brains

it is traceable throughout its whole course upon the surface of the

brain. This course is roughly obliquely transverse, the fissure

bending backwards towards the middle line. It is joined by the

intra- parietal fissure at about the middle of its extent. An excep-

tional state of affairs is seen in the brain represented in fig. 5.

Here the fissure on both sides takes a bend forward and reaches

the mesial surface, becoming continuous with a portion of the

parieto-occipital.

Fissure of Rolando.—Some stress has been laid upon the position

of this fissure as marking the posterior boundary of the frontal

lobes and as thus determining their relative size. Cunningham

1899.] BRAIN OF THE GORILLA. Talk

shows from his tables that the position of this fissure in the

Chimpanzee and the Orang is a little further behind the middle of

the cerebrum than is the case with Man, but that the human

foetus roughly corresponds in these measurements with the adult

anthropoid. On the other hand, Benbam finds that the fissure of

Rolando in the Chimpanzee “ Sally ” is in front of the middle line.

It cannot be said, therefore, that the greater length of the frontal

lobe is a character of the Anthropoid Apes as contrasted with

Man.

Brain of Gorilla.

Letters as in fig. 1.

One cannot be convinced in spirit-preserved brains that the shrink-

age has been uniform. It is doubtful, therefore, how far accurate

measurements are of use. But I may observe that in the best-

preserved brain at my disposal (fig. 6, p. 72), and in another not

quite so good, this fissure was at its posterior end (on the right side ;

on the left the fissure was a little longer) exactly in the middle of

72 MR. F, HB, BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 7,

the antero-posterior diameter of the hemisphere. In the Oxford

brain it was most patent, without any measurements at all, that the

fissure was much in front of the middle line. Tape measurement

gave the total length of a hemisphere as 53 inches and 22 the length

of the pre-Rolandiec portion. This seems too great a difference

to be accounted for by defective preservation resulting in unequal

contraction. After two such divergent observations it seems to be

difficult to deduce any conclusions which bear upon the relative

sizes of the two lobes in question. There is evidently much

variation.

Fig. 6.

Brain of Gorilla.

Letters as in fig. 1.

This fissure varies too in its length, sometimes cutting the

mesial surface of the brain superiorly and reaching the Sylvian

fissure below ; it is not always so long.

In only one of the five brains at my disposal (fig. 7) did the

Rolandic sulcus actually cut the margin of the brain and disappear

from view when the brain was examined from above; this, more-

over, was only on the right side. In the other brains were exhibited

1899.] BRAIN OF THE GORILLA. 73

various degrees of nearness to this extreme. In two brains, though

this fissure was visible in its entirety from above, it did just turn

over the border so as to be visible from the mesial side.

It is equally rare for the fissure to reach the Sylvian fissure. In

only two half-brains (the right in one case and the left in the

other) did this occur.

Fig. 7.

Brain of Gorilla. Dorsal view.

Letters as in fig. 1.

Calcarine fissure—The extreme difficulty of laying down any

laws as to the course of particular fissures from the examination of

only a small number of examples is well illustrated by the condition

of this fissure in the Anthropoid Apes.

Prof. Cunningham arrived at the conclusion that the junction

of this fissure with the parieto-occipital to form a Y-shaped

ficure was distinctive of Man as opposed to the Anthropoid Apes.

74 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THB [Feb. 7,

But later Dr. Benham found this precise arrangement in the brain of

Anthropopithecus calvus and in another Chimpanzee. Whether the

Gorilla’s brain shows the same variability or not I am unable to

state; but at any rate there was no such junction in three of the

brains which I examined. On the other hand, in the brain of a

common Chimpanzee this junction was obvious on both sides.

Calloso-marginal fissure.—This is long and deeply engraved upon

the brain-surface. It follows the margin of the corpus callosum

and bends down anteriorly with it. Posteriorly it ends with the

corpus callosum. So far there is no difference from the Chimpanzee.

A number of branches arise from the upper margin of the

fissure and run at right angles to it towards the upper margin of

the brain. ‘Two or three of these actually bend over and appear

right and left upon the upper surface of the hemispheres. So far

as concerns the parietal lobe, only one of these fissures is absolutely

constant ; it is to be found in all my five brains. ‘The fissure in

question cuts the surface of the brain just behind the fissure of

Rolando. Exactly the same statement may be made with regard

to the Chimpanzee brain. But there is this difference between

the two Anthropoid Apes, that whereas in the Gorilla the calloso-

marginal sulcus is continued back behind the point of origin of the

transverse fissure just referred to, this is at least not always the

case with the Chimpanzee. In two brains of the latter animal

which I have before me the calloso-marginal fissure ends in this

superficial fissure.

Intra-parietal fissure—In the Gorilla, as in the Chimpanzee,

this is sometimes a continuous and T-shaped fissure. The hori-

zontal part of the T runs roughly—in some cases, indeed, more

accurately—parallel to the fissure of Rolando. The stem of the T

joins the Simian fissure behind.

Dr. Cunningham divides this complex fissure in the human

brain into four separate ones, since in the feetal brain they are not

confluent. In the Gorilla that portion of the system which

Cunningham terms “ sulcus postcentralis superior,” and which lies

most mesially of the various component parts, is sometimes

separate from the rest. This was the case with the right half of

the brain belonging to the College of Surgeons (fig. 1), in which,

moreover, the furrow in question was prolonged anteriorly to reach

the fissure of Rolando. The same arrangement was observed in

the same hemisphere of a second brain (fig. 5) and in the left

hemisphere of a third (fig. 7), save that in neither of these was

there a junction with the fissure of Rolando. In two other brains

these various sections were confluent.

There is thus in the Gorilla precisely the same variability in

respect of these fissures that occurs in the Chimpanzee. It is no

more the “usual condition” in the Gorilla than it is in the

Chimpanzee for the suleus postcentralis superior to be confluent

with the rest of this system of fissures.

Sulci of the frontal lobe.—It may be convenient to describe these

furrows in some elaboration in a given brain and then to describe

1899.] © BRAIN OF THE GORILLA. 75

the divergences from this artificially created normal. For this

purpose I shall select the brain belonging to the Royal College of

Surgeons.

On the left side of this brain (fig. 1) there is a short pre-

centralis superior roughly parallel to the fissure of Rolando. From

it extends forwards the sulcus frontalis superior, divided into two

by a break and apparently ending anteriorly in a fork ; but a short

furrow belonging to this system arises between the extremities of

the fork and extends forward for a short distance. Again, parallel

with the fissure of Rolando, but below the sulcus precentrulis

superior, is the sulcus precentralis inferior, Of this furrow the

ramus ho:izontalis is very oblique and communicates with the

fissure of Rolando. From the mesial extremity of the ramus

horizontalis arises the very short sulcus frontulis medius.

From about the middle of the precentralis inferior arises the

sulcus frontalis inferior, which is quite as extensive a furrow as the

frontalis inferior. It is roughly parallel to it. The first portion

of the furrow forks exactly as does the frontalis superior, and again

in the same way the distal part of the furrow arises between the

fork. The sulcus fronto-orbitalis is continuous with the Sylvian

fissure below, and bounds the anterior side of the (here exposed)

island of Reil. In front of this is the Y-shaped sulcus fronto-

marginalis; the stem is perpendicular to the long axis of the

hemisphere ; finally the pre-Sylvian fissure completes the triangular

boundary of the island of Reii.

The right half of this brain shows the following principal

differences :—The frontalis medius is much longer; the ramus

horizontalis does not communicate with the fissure of Rolando.

The frontalis inferior does not communicate with the precentralis

inferior.

The precentralis superior nowhere differs greatly from the

arrangement which obtains in the brain that has just been

described. It never is continuous with the precentralis inferior as

is the case with a Chimpanzee’s brain in my possession.

The frontalis superior in other brains shows variations in the

degree and manner in which it is broken up intosegments. Some-

times it is a continuous fissure; this was the case with both sides

of one brain and with one side of another. In the right hemi-

sphere of a third brain the first part of this fissure became deflected

to the right and joined the precentralis inferior (fig. 6).

Precentralisinferior.—In three hemispheres (belonging to different

brains), in addition: to the College of Surgeons’ brain already

referred to, the ramus horizontalis cut the Rolandic fissure.

The sulcus frontalis medius is not a prominent feature of any of

the brains at my disposal. The smallness of its size in the

College of Surgeons’ brain has been commented upon already ; it

is present and also small in only one hemisphere out of the four

remaining brains examined by me. In the rest I can find no

vestige of it. It might possibly be held that the furrow marked

F.p., in fig. 6, is really a portion of the medius. But I think that

76 ON SUPERNUMERARY BONES IN THE SKULLS OF MAMMALS. [Feb.7,

the brain illustrated in fig. 1 (p. 66) does away with this supposition,

since the fissure which evidently corresponds to F.p.i. of fig. 6 is

clearly continuous with and a part of the sulcus frontalis superior.

Literature.

(1) Denixer, J.—‘“ Recherches anatomiques et embryologiques

sur les Singes anthropoides.” Arch. de Zool. Exp.(2)iii. bis,

1885.

(2) v. Biscuorr.—* Ueber das Gehirn eines Gorilla, &c.” SB.

Akad. Miinchen, vii. (1877) p. 96.

(3) Broca.—* Etude surle Cerveau du Gorille.” Rev. d’Anthrop.

(2) i. 1878, p. 108.

(4) Owny.—Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 267.

(5) Grarroter.—Comptes Rendus, 1860, p. 801.

(6) v. Biscnorr, in Morph. JB. 1878, p. 59.

(7) v. Brscuorr.—‘ Die Mitte oder untere Hirnwindung . . . des

Gorilla.” Morph. JB. 1882, p. 312.

(8) Cuapman.—* Observations upon the Brain of the Gorilla.”

Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1892, p. 2038.

(9) Payscu.—* Ueber die Furchen und Windungen am Gehirn

eines Gorilla.” Abhandl. Geb. Nat. Hamb. 1876.

(10) Panscu.—< Einige Bemerkungen iiber den Gorilla und sein

Hirn.” Schr. nat. Ver. Schlesw.-Holstein, 1878, p. 127.

(11) Tans, in ‘ Nature,’ xv. p. 142.

(12) Morrrer.—‘ Beitriige zur Kenntniss des Anthropoid-Gehirns.’

Berlin, 1891.

(13) Kaurrs, in ‘ Natural Science,’ ix. p. 26.

(14) Cunyineuam.— Contribution to the surface Anatomy of the

Cerebral Hemispheres.” Cunningham Memoirs, Roy. Irish

Acad. 1892.

(15) Bunnam.— A Description of the Cerebral Convolations, &e.”

Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxxvu. p. 47.

(16) Bepparp.— Contributions to the Anatomy of the Anthro-

poid Apes.” Trans. Zool. Soc, xii. p. 177.

2. Note on the Presence of Supernumerary Bones occupying

the Place of Prefrontals in the Skulls of certain

Mammals. By Roserr O. Cunninenam, M.D., D.Sc.,

F.L.S., F.G.S., C.M.Z.S., Professor of Natural History,

Queen’s College, Belfast.

[Received November 21, 1898.]

About two years ago‘ I addressed a brief communication to the

Zoological Society on the occurrence of a pair of small bones in

the skull of a Lemur, occupying a corresponding position to the

prefrontals of a Reptile. In that paper 1 referred to similar bones

having been previously recorded in the skull of a Hippopotamus.

1 Of P.Z.8. 1896, p. 996.

1899.] ON THE MICE OF ST. KILDA. v7

Since then I have met with two instances of the same kind in the

skulls of Marsupials. The first of these I detected in the skull of

an apparently adult Macropus giganteus in the Museum of the

Royal University of Ireland. In this case the bone was only

recognizable on the right side as a distinct ossification, while on

the left the suture between it and the lachrymal had disappeared.

The second instance I found in the skull of an adult Wombat

(Phascolomys platyrhinus) in the Natural History Museum of

Queen’s College, Belfast. Here the bone was well-developed on

both sides of the skull, and distinctly separated by suture from

the frontal, nasal, maxilla, and lachrymal. It is worthy of note

that, in his memoir on the ‘ Modifications of the Skeleton in the

Species of Phascolomys, the late Sir Richard Owen does not seem

to have recognized this pair of bones, notwithstanding that they

are clearly displayed in more than one beautiful figure of the skull

by his artist, Mr. Smit.

The occurrence of such bones in Mammals so far removed from

one another as a Lemur, a Hippopotamus, and two Marsupials

suggests the probability of their being less uncommon in the

mammalian skull than would at first appear, and I have little

doubt that any naturalist who possesses the requisite time and

opportunities for conducting the research in a large osteological

museum would add to the list of such instances.

3. On the Species of the Genus Mus inhabiting St. Kilda.

By G. H. H. Barrert-Hamitron, F.Z.S.

[Received December 5, 1898.]

(Plate IX.)

The existence of any wild species of Mouse on the isolated rock

of St. Kilda is an occurrence so apparently unlikely, that when

in 1895 a specimen of a Mus sylvaticus-like species was found

amongst some examples of Mus musculus sent thence to the British

Museum in spirit, it was received with an amount of surprise

certainly equal to the importance of the discovery. The specimen,

a young male, had been obtained and was presented to the Museum

by Mr.J. Steele Elliott *. It was a very remarkable one, and bore

unmistakable evidence of having come from an out of the way part

of the world. Its characteristics were a larger foot and a smaller

ear than the corresponding organs of typical Mus sylvaticus, while,

what was no less noticeable, the very characteristic snow-white

colour of the belly of our common Field-Mouse was in this indi-

vidual replaced by a uniform rufous hue shading imperceptibly

1 Mr. Steele Elliott appears to have been the first person to collect specimens

of the Mice of St. Kilda. The occurrence there of mice of some sort was, however,

known previously to the outer world, and Seton states that “A cat is to be seen

in almost every cottage, the mouse being the only wild animal on the island,

and rats are still unknown” (‘ St. Kilda, Past and Present,’ 1878, p. 132).

78 MR. G. BE. H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Feb. 7,

through the flanks to the peppery reddish-brown of the upper

surface.

All these peculiarities seemed to clearly point to a new species

or subspecies of Mouse ; but the animal having been in spirit, its

colour was regarded as unsatisfactory, aud the unusual proportions

of its ears and tail were ascribed to individual variation. And so

the specimen was put on one side in the hope that in due time

further examples might be procured.

Early in the spring of the present year I happened to come

across the specimen, and, being greatly struck by its remarkable

appearance, I at once endeavoured to procure some more of these

St. Kilda Mice, with the result that my friend Mr. Henry Evans,

during the course of a yachting cruise among the Scotch Islands,

put in at St, Kilda and landed some traps for me on the island.

Thanks to Mr. Evans, I have now before me, in addition to

Mr. Steele Elliott’s specimen, a fine adult pair, male and female,

as well as a young female, of the St. Kilda Mouse, all sent down

in spirit.

The dimensions, in millimetres, of these St. Kilda Mice are as

follows :—

Head Hind

and body. ‘Tail. foot. Kar.

3 (skin: J. Steele Elliott. 1894 ; ee

Brit. Mus, Coll. no. 94.7.16.1) 81 85 25

3 (skin: H. Evans, 1898; Coll. Bude

G. E. H, B.-H, no. 556) ......... \ 107 91 245 0 17

2 (spirit: ditto; ditto) ......... 110 94 24 15

Q( 4, juy.: ditto; ditto) ... 82 77 24°5 155

They are thus remarkably large mice for typical Mus sylvaticus,

and the adults equal in size the largest measurements of the form

known as Mus flavicollis Melch. The skull of the adult male is as

large an example as 1 have ever seen, reaching a total length of

29 mm.

The following list of total lengths of the skulls of various

sylvaticus-like forms will illustrate this point :—

mm.

M. flavicollis,” 3 ........ 29 Suffolk.

B By eee ans = 28 (W. 264) Hereford.

A" ie we eae 27 (W. 137) A

af UME: 28 (A. 28) ih

a. Le tae 28 (W. 75)

M. hebridensis, 3 (type) .. 27

M. sylvaticus (old) ........ 26 (W. 10)

~ (in general) .. 26 to 27.

In form and proportions these mice resemble Mus hebridensis,

1 The majority of these specimens have been placed at my disposal by my

friend Mr. de Winton, and the numbers appended are those affixed to them in

his collection.

1899.] - THE MICH OF Si. KILDA. 79

the form of M. sylvaticus described by my friend Mr. W. E. de

Winton! from the Isle of Lewis, Outer Hebrides. The adult

female from St. Kilda (which is in spirit) may possibly not be so

stout in foot nor so small in ear as the Hebridean Mice, but the

two forms are very close to each other, and there can be no doubt

that the St. Kilda Mice belong to the Hebridean type, although

their rufous belly has carried them a little further along the same

line of development in which Mus hebridensis deviates from

typical sylvaticus. In this respect I find that the most rufous

skin of all is the first one collected by Mr. J. Steele Elliott. In

it there is no perceptible line of demarcation between the colours

of the upper and under surfaces, the transition from the one to

the other being, as stated above, quite gradual. As regards

the specimens obtained for me by Mr. Evans, the colour of the

belly of the adult female, which is in spirit, agrees with that of

Mr. Steele Elliott’s specimen ; but in the male, which has been made

into a skin, the belly is slightly lighter, the median broad buff

belly-line of Mus hebridensis is more evident, and there is a just

perceptible line of demarcation between the colours of the two

surfaces. The colour of the upper surface of the body of all the

specimens is also, as in Mus hebridensis, more evenly distributed

than in typical sylvaticus, there being less tendency to the develop-

ment of a dark dorsal line.

It is exceedingly interesting to find this graduating series, and

to have the gap between Mus sylvaticus and the St. Kilda Mouse

partially bridged over by the occurrence of Mus hebridensis on the

intervening islands. j

This slight variation of the St. Kilda specimens in regard to the

colour of the belly, the white colour of which is so extremely

constant in and characteristic of Mus sylvaticus, is worthy of note,

being exactly what we should expect to find in a comparatively new

species which has not yet finally settled down into its new groove

of development. We thus find that while in the colour of the

belly some of the St. Kilda Mice may vary in the direction of

Mus hebridensis, it is in this very respect that the latter form may

vary in the direction of Mus sylvaticus. Indeed, in this regard

Mus hebridensis is very variable, and I have examined some Isle of

Lewis specimens, especially those from the eastern coast, which

come very close to Mus sylvaticus in the colour of the underside.

Tn addition to the above mice, Mr. Evans also procured for me

five specimens of the House-Mouse of St. Kilda, of which the

Museum already possessed five specimens collected on previous

occasions and now preserved in spirit. These mice are, if possible,

of even greater interest than the Mus sylvaticus-like species, since

they are characterized by the possession of a_buff-coloured

underside clearly marked off from the colour of the upperside by

a distinct line of demarcation, and are thus very different from

the ordinary almost uniformly smoky-brown-coloured House-Mice

1 Zool. 1895, p. 369.

80 MR. G. EB, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Feb. 7,

with which everyone is familiar. The upper surface is not of

the typical smoky musculus tint, but of a sepia-brown with a

grizzled appearance, due to many of the hairs being tipped with

rufous. The lower parts of the hairs are exactly of the same shade

as in Mus sylvaticus, for a dark specimen of which, at a casual

glance from above, the animal might almost be mistaken. All

these mice—even the very young ones—agree in presenting

similar characters, and altogether are quite the most distinct local

form of Mus musculus which I have ever examined.

In form and proportions these mice are well-developed large

House-Mice, only differing in this respect from ordinary mice in

being above the average size. The dimensions of the series which

I have been able to examine are as follows (in millimetres) :—

Head Hind

9 and body. Tail. foot. Ear.

skin (suckling: Coll. rz =

G. EB. H. B.-H. no. 534) | Th ie le |

Q (spirit) 4, 88 81 15 12 + 1898.

Se) Paty - meee foe OOM 15 125 |

LS ae eagle ote 87 84 165 13 )

’ Brit. Mus. Coll. nos. 94.7. 16.

5 5 75 J. Steele Elliott through

2 55 SV) Festees 85 8d Lid 13 Mr. d. E. Hating.

PESe Mus. Coll. no. 96.8.6.1,

6 (juv.) (spirit) ...... 75 65 16 10 presented by the Kelvin-

| grove Museum,

ie Brit. Mus, Coll. nos, 94. 7. 16.

fa ” ” see 65 67 15 10 2 &38 (duplicate), presented

— 53 60 16 10°5 by Mr. J. Steele Elliott

through Mr. J. E. Harting

The arrangement of the mamme is as in Mus musculus, there

being 10 pairs in all, of which three are pectoral and two inguinal.

The skulls and dentition of these mice are in general appear-

ance and size very musculus-like in character, but the triangular

narrowing of the internal opening for the nostrils is even more

strongly marked than in ordinary specimens of Mus musculus.

All the St. Kilda skulls possess this peculiar narrowed palate, a

character which I can only find in one out of over fifty specimens

of Mus musculus-like Mice in the British Museum collection, and

that one is a specimen of the subspecies Mus musculus jalape

Allen and Chapman, from Mexico. The greatest lengths of four

skulls from St. Kilda are 22, 22:5, 23, and 23 millimetres.

It is obvious that, according to the custom of modern naturalists,

these two forms of Mice need new names, which I therefore propose

to give, leaving the question as to the exact status of the two new

forms to be decided when we are in possession of a fuller know-

ledge of the other species or subspecies of Mice of the musculus- or

sylvaticus-like groups. As to the desirability of bestowing names

Piawleooye ly LS

J.Smit del.et hth Mintern Bros imp.

BIGLMUS HIRTANSIS: FIG.2.MUS MURALIS

1899.] THE MICE OF ST. KILDA. 81

on the two Mice from St. Kilda I can have no doubt whatever ;

but as to whether they are fit subjects for a binomial or for a

trinomial treatment I am less certain, until I have had time to

study the musculus- or sylvaticus-like Mice of the whole Pale-

arctic Region. For many reasons it would seem convenient to

apply the trinomial system to all forms which can be clearly shown

to be local developments of any other form. By such a method a

clue is given to the relationships of the various local forms—a

matter of no small importance to the student of a large and

difficult genus like that of Mus.

On the other hand, we have in the present instance two forms

which, although obviously coming within the above definition, are

perfectly isolated, and do net, so far as we know, intergrade with

the parent form. Regarded from this point of view, they have as

much claim to be accorded full specific rank as any other island

species, and the latter is, perhaps, the most satisfactory method

whereby to deal with them.

The following are the names which I propose :—

Movs HIRTENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate IX. fig. 1.)

Closely allied to Mus hebridensis, from which, however, it differs

in its slightly larger size, as stated above, and also in the greater

amount of buff or yellowish-brown coloration on the underside.

Like Mus hebridensis, it differs from typical sylvaticus in the more

uniform coloration of the upper surface of the body, in the

absence of the clearly defined white underside, and in the longer

feet and smaller cars.

The skull is similar to that of Mus hebridensis, but appears to

be larger, equalling in size that of the largest specimen of Mus

flavicollis.

The type is No. 94.7.16.1 (British Museum coll.), the young

male first collected by Mr. J. Steele Elliott.

Mus MuRALIS, sp. nov. (Plate IX. fig. 2.)

In shape and proportions allied to Mus musculus, but more

robust and larger in size. In general colour of the upper surtace

resembles a dark specimen of Mus sylvaticus typicus, the base of

the hairs being of the same colour as in that species, but having

the extremities of the majority of a sepia-brown colour; mixed

among these are a certain proportion of rufous-tipped hairs,

which give the animal a grizzled appearance. The colour of the

under surface is very remarkable, being buff, clearly separated by

a well-marked line of demarcation from the colour of the upper

surface of the body.

The skull, as compared with that of typical Mus musculus, is

remarkable for the greatly exaggerated narrowness of the posterior

opening of the nostrils.

The type is No. 534 of my own collection: it is an adult female

procured for me in 1898 by Mr. Henry Evans.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. VI. 6

82 MR. G. H, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Feb. 7,

The interest pertaining to these two Mice, which undoubtedly

represent local developments of Mus sylvaticus and Mus musculus,

will be better appreciated if I briefly discuss the variations to which

these two species are subject in other localities.

I assume, however, from the outset that in neither case am I

dealing with an animal which may have been recently introduced

to the island. The great amount of variation from the type of a

species which varies so little as Mus sylvaticus, as shown in the

one case, and the evolution of a perfectly uniform and distinct

type of coloration in one so variable as Mus musculus in the

other, are both characters which would seem to have taken no

inconsiderable time for their development. So that even if, as is

probable, the presence of a Mus musculus-like species of Mouse on

St. Kilda be due originally to a case of introduction, such an

introduction could not have taken place at a very recent period

in the history of the island, which is known to have been in-

habited for at least several centuries.

The distribution of Mus sylvaticus is almost coterminous with

the limits of the Palearctic Region, the species only just reaching

the confines of the Oriental Region “in Gilgit, where it is common

from 5000 to 10,000 feet elevation ” (Blanford, Faun. Brit. Ind.,

Mamm. p. 416). In the former region it is probably as: widely

spread as any other mammal, as it seems to be very regardless of

the influence of temperature, and is found far up the slopes of the

mountains. It is equally at home in all the countries (except

probably the Arctic tundras and the great sandy deserts) from the

eastern coast-line of China to the Atlantic. It has reached

Morocco, Algeria, and Palestine, and has found its way to most

of the Islands, such as those of the Mediterranean, the Channel

Islands, Great Britain, Ireland, the Scotch Islands, the Shetlands’,

and even Iceland, where the local form (Mus islandicus Thien.)

is said to be the only indigenous species of mammal.

Its presence in such isolated, yet widely-separated, islands as

Iceland and Corsica seems to mark it as a species which has for

long maintained a wide area of distribution, and which had already

occupied the greater part of its present range before these and the

other islands where it is now found were finally separated from

the continent as such, but still formed a part of the continuous

Palearctic land-area. And of its antiquity we have sufficient

proof, for its bones have been found in numerous caves on the

Continent and in the English Forest-bed (see E. T. Newton,

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. 1. pt. 2, no. 198 (May Ist, 1894),

p- 195), and we have no trace of its ancestry, the Pleistocene

species, Mus orthodon Hensel and abbott? E. T. Newton, being at

least as specialized as itself.

Not only is Mus sylvaticus of exceedingly wide distribution, but

1 A set of four from Dunrossness, for which I am indebted to Mr. Henderson,

has recently reached me; Iam unable to separate them from Mus sylvaticus

of Western Europe and Great Britain, and the same remark applies to some

specimens collected for me by Mr. W. Eagle Clarke on Alderney.

1899.] © THE MICE OF ST. KILDA. 83

throughout the immense area where it is found it remains remark-

ably constant to a single well-marked type. Throughout the

Palearctic Region it is distinguishable at a glance from every

other Mouse with which it might possibly be confounded by the

pattern of its teeth, its long foot, Jarge ears, and pure white belly,

separated from the rufous colour of the upperside by a strong and

clearly-marked line of demarcation. It is true that these peculi-

arities show a slight tendency to local variation, so that two or

three local forms of Mus sylvaticus may be recognized ; but the

variation is so slight that it takes a specialist to distinguish Mus

chevriert M.-Edw., of Tibet and China, from Mus arianus Blanf.,

of Persia and Afghanistan, or Mus sylvaticus Linn., of Europe.

Within the confines of Europe the animal seems to hold quite

firmly to one particular type, so that Iam unable to distinguish

specimens obtained in Corsica from those of Ireland or France.

Mus sylvaticus is, then, obviously a species which in its long-

standing and successful struggle for existence has attained to a

height of specialization from which it has either very little power

of variation, or else which is such as to fulfil all the needs of the

species in almost any conditions with which it may be brought

into contact. It is a species which further and even minute study

may find unprofitable, or even impossible, to split into local sub-

species. Not that I wish to imply that local variations are absent

or even rare in Mus sylvaticus: they are by no means so, but their

presence is infinitely less abundant or conspicuous than is the case

with other and perhaps equally wide-spread mammals.

It is also extremely interesting to find that the representatives

of Mus sylvaticus in the Hebrides and St. Kilda show as much

divergence from the type as examples from any other locality with

which we are acquainted, and it is an evident sign of the antiquity

of the animal at St. Kilda, and a seemingly irrefutable argument

against any theory of its introduction into the island—apart from

the fact that its presence in the Channel Islands, in Iceland,

Norway and Sweden, the Shetlands, Ireland, and the Inner and

Outer Hebrides marks it out as the species por eacellence of all

others in the Palearctic Region which we should most expect to

find in such an out-of-the-way island. And to judge by its large size

and robust form, it has had no difficulty in maintaining its existence

on St. Kilda.

I therefore think that we have a good deal of evidence to support us

in supposing that Mus hirtensis is indigenous to St. Kilda, and indeed

the very position of this rock, facing as it does the Western Hebrides

and with a channel of no very great depth between it and them,

throws no difficulty in the way of the hypothesis that the con-

tinuous land-area which enabled Mus sylvaticus to reach the Shet-

lands, Scotland, the Hebrides, and Ireland, should have included

also St. Kilda in its surface, a state of things which might be pro-

duced by an elevation of about 60 fathoms only.

That such a land-connection must have been of geologically

quite recent date is a matter of no difficulty for a zoologist,

84 MR. G. E. H. BARRETU-HAMILTON ON (Feb. 7,

since the whole of our British Mammalian fauna is so similar to

that of the Continent that it is inconceivable (unless all the

species are introductions) that it can have existed in our islands

for any, geologically speaking, long period of time. Even the

most plastic of British Mammals, such as the Squirrel', have only

advanced a comparatively short distance on the road of differen-

tiation ; and as regards Birds there is a precisely similar story to

be told, there being only one really well-differentiated peculiar

British species, the Red Grouse, Lagopus scoticus (Lath.). In

fact, one of the strongest arguments against my friend? Dr. R. F.

Scharff’s brilliant theories as to the antiquity of the Irish fauna

(which is presumably older than that of Great Britain) is that,

were it so old as he would make it, we should expect to find not

only peculiar species but even peculiar genera among the mammals

of Ireland, whereas a most careful study has hitherto only sufficed to

distinguish one certainly peculiar species, the Irish Stoat, Putorius

hibernicus Thom. & H.-B., and that bears in itself very clear

evidence of its recent origin. Another species or subspecies, the

Irish Hare, Lepus hibernicus Bell, seems also to be distinguishable,

but it is not nearly so distinct as the Stoat. Among Birds,

Reptiles, and Amphibians naturalists have hitherto failed to find

any peculiar local forms, although it is evideut that the Grouse of

Western Great Britain and of Ireland is following the same route

as the Irish Stoat and Hare.

Can there, then, be any great difficulty in supposing that Mus

hirtensis is indigenous to St. Kilda, and that it reached the island

at a comparatively recent geological period, when a land-surface

existed connecting the Shetlands, Orkneys, Scotland, the Hebrides,

St. Kilda, and Ireland, and that this connection must have been

so recent geologically that few of our native mammals have had

time to develop into species or even subspecies distinct from

those of the Continent of Europe? That the Mouse of St. Kilda

should be the one in which variation has proceeded farther

than in other localities is quite in accordance with the isolated

situation of and confined space on the rock, together with 1ts

full exposure to the Atlantic winds; and we have an apparently

parallel instance in the case of the Wren of the island, Z’roglodytes

hirtensis Seebohm, and perhaps also in the possible existence of a

race of small dark-coloured Field-Mice * in the West of Ireland.

To assert that the Mouse of Iceland has reached that island

along a formerly continuous land-area would be a very different

matter, since not only is there a deep channel between the Faroes

and Iceland, and even between the former islands and the Shetlands,

but if we consider that Mus islandicus is native to Iceland, then

we should expect to find a similar or representative species in the

Faroes, and of that we have as yet no record.

Yet that there has never been such a land-connection will not,

1 Sciurus lewcourus Kerr.

2 See Proc. R. I. Acad., July 1897, p. 427.

5 See Jenyns, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 268 (1841).

1899.] THE MICE OF ST, KILDA. 85

I suppose, be contended by anybody, so that the question in reality

resolves itself into one dealing with the time at which such a

connection existed, and whether it has been sufficiently recent to

allow of a passage along it of such a presumably recent mammal as

a Mouse. Although we cannot expect to decide such questions

from a mammalian point of view alone, it is profitable to rememb:-r

that such “an old land extension connecting Greenland, Spitz-

bergen, and Scandinavia with Scotland and Ireland” is relied upon

by the Editors of the recently published second edition of the

* Cybele Hibernica’ (Introduction, pp. li & lii) as the only reasonable

explanation of the presence in Ireland, and undoubtedly native

there, of three plants of North-American habitat, two of which

are unknown in Continental Europe; nor would there seem to be

any better explanation forthcoming to account for our share in

Ireland of certain Invertebrates which are indistinguishable from

North-American forms }.

Similarly Mr. A. H. Keane’, although writing on a widely

different subject, regards the “submarine bank which stretches

from Scotland through the Faroes and Iceland to Greenland ” as

representing ‘“‘a vanished Continent of great age, which would

appear to have still formed dry land in late Tertiary times.”

But the present paper deals not with the question of a submerged

Euro-American Continent, but with the Mice of St. Kilda, and I

must content myself with pointing out in conclusion that the recent

exploring expedition to Rockall *, the most westerly rock-islet off

the European Continent, found that when trawling at a distance

of about 15 miles south of that rock, “the water shoaled to

80 fathoms, and there was brought up in the bag a most unexpected

assortment of shallow-water shells, evidently long since dead.

Amongst these were several kinds of Pecten, Venus casina, V. fusci-

ata, Mytilus modiolus, &c.” In the words of the Rev. W.S8. Green,

“ How, under present conditions, such shells could be found living

anywhere on the bank was difficult to understand. It would seem

to afford the strongest confirmation to the theory that the time is

not so very long distant when there was more land, with a shallow

coast-line, and possibly extensive sand-banks, where now the

pinnacle of Rockall is the only speck acting as a memorial stone

to what tradition has called the ‘Sunken Land of Buss.’ After

the shallow sand-banks had vanished, these mollusks may have

accommodated themselves to a deeper sea than is usual for such

organisms to live in, and it may be that it is only now that the

conditions are becoming too severe for their further existence.

There is, of course, the possibility that these shells may have come

from the bottom of icebergs which had grounded in Greenland or

Spitzbergen bays, but I doubt if in times sufficiently recent such

bergs have visited the position occupied by Rockall, and therefore

the former theory seems the more probable.

l See ‘Trish Naturalist,’ iv. pp. 25, 122; vi. pp. 225, 257.

2 « Ethnology,’ 1896, p. 251.

3 See Trans. R. I. Acad. vol. xxxi. pt. 3, pp. 45-46 (1897).

86 MR. G. B, H, BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Feb. 7,

“The possibility of the shells having been brought as bait for

the lines of the fishing-boats visiting the bank is, I think, disposed

of by the mixed character of the deposit, some of the shells being

unsuitable for such a purpose. It would be interesting to trace

out. the area occupied by these dead shells, and, possibly, to search

in a similar manner for the lost land of Hy Brassil on the Porcupine

Bank, but the time at our disposal only gave us the chance for one

dip into this deposit.”

Turning to Mus musculus we have to deal with a very different

species, and I do not in this case attempt to prove that this animal

has reached St. Kilda without the help of man. That it must have

existed there for a considerable time, perhaps for hundreds of years,

is, however, as I hope to show, very probable. Well known and

widely spread in almost all regions where the habitations of man

afford it a refuge, it is impossible to state what is the native home

of the species. Not only is the domestic form of Mus musculus

widely spread and readily susceptible of introduction into the

houses of its unwilling protector, man, but its variability is as

remarkable as is the constancy to type of Mus sylvaticus. Still it

has never, I believe, been asserted that the species is anything but

an introduction into Western Hurope and the British Islands.

Light or yellowish varieties of Mus musculus have from time to

time received names, such as WW. hortulanus Nordmann, M. nord-

manni Keys. & Blasius, M. flavescens Fisher, and M. flaviventris

Lataste; the last two names preoccupied by other species of the

genus. In addition, however, to these almost domestic members

of the Mus-musculus group of Mice, we have in many parts of

the world wild forms of Mice which, though differing to a

greater or less extent in their size, length of tail and colour, cannot

be distinguished from Mus musculus in their skull and teeth.

Such Mice are MW. bactrianus Blyth and M. gentilis Brants, which

are widely distributed in the deserts respectively of Asia and

N. Africa, and WM. wagnert Eversm. (= VM. pachycereos Blanford)

of Central Asia, the latter a true House-Mouse, often found

inhabiting houses, and differing in no cranial characters from Mus

musculus proper.

Lastly we have a set of Mice also of varied colours, size of body,

and proportion of tail, but mostly characterized by the posses-

sion of a white belly, which are found in many of the regions

where typical Mus musculus occurs. Such are M. spretus Lataste,

of the Barbary States, and M. spicilegus Petenyi, of Hungary,

France, Portugal, and Western Europe. These mice may occur in

close proximity to the typical Mus musculus, as was found by

Mr. Oldfield Thomas in Portugal and by myself in Morocco.

Among all these perplexing forms it is indeed difficult to assign

a proper place to M. muralis, and more so to hazard even a guess

as to the possible origin of the domestic races of Mus musculus.

We know, however, that almost wherever there are deserts

there a bactrianus-like Mouse is found, so that M. bactrianus is

perhaps as widely distributed in deserts as is Mus musculus

1899.] . THE MICE OF ST. KILDA. 87

typicvs in houses. It seems to me, therefore, probable that

both Mus bactrianus and Mus musculus are developments of some

original parent form to suit particular conditions, and we may

perhaps look for the latter to some Central Asian species like

M. wagner.

Some of the white-bellied forms which are found in a wild state

in Western Europe and in other countries where Mus musculus

typicus occurs in houses may be cases of reversion from the latter,

which is no doubt almost certainly the origin of such races as are

found on islands, such as the Salvage Islands, where the Mice

must have been accidentally introduced. But it by no means

follows that this is the case with Mus spicilegus, the size and pro-

portions of which are so much finer than in true Mus musculus and

the tail shorter. Mus spicilegus, indeed, might even be regarded as

a wild parent form of Mus musculus; hence it is not with it, but the

forms which are certainly reversions from true Mus musculus, that

we must associate Mus muralis of St. Kilda, and it is interesting

to note that the similarly derived Mice of the Salvage Islands

resemble those of St. Kilda very closely in their robust form.

That a wild race of Mus musculus can be rapidly evolved from

Common House-Mice when living in a wild state has been recently

shown by my friend! Mr. H. Lyster Jameson, who has clearly

made out his case for the formation of an incipient species of

Mouse on the North Bull, Dublin Bay, Ireland, a tract of sand-

hills about three miles in length and almost completely isolated

from the mainland.

It is known that this sand-bank has not been in existence for

more than about 100 years, so that the coloration described by

Mr. Jameson must have been evolved in at most a period of that

length.

Mr. Jameson lays great stress on the value of the change to

these mice as a protective feature, and so he has not, I think,

given sufficient emphasis to the fact that we have here a clear

instance of the development of an incipient subspecies of Mouse

with an exact period laid down in which the change occurred,

and we may fairly, I think, use Mr. Jameson’s results in dealing

with other species or subspecies of Mice.

If we are to judge from the analogy of Mr. Jameson’s mice,

we must conclude that the Mice of St. Kilda have inhabited that

island for a considerable time. Not only are they more distinct in

colour than any other local form of Mus musculus with which I am

acquainted (and I have been through the whole of the specimens

in the British Museum Collection), but their line of development

seems to have become fixed, and is no longer, as in the case of

Mr. Jameson’s mice, in a state of uncertain evolution. On the

North Bull sand-hills, indeed, Mr. Jameson found not only mice

which had progressed for a considerable distance along the path

of their new development, but also mice which showed every kind

1 Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvi. pp. 465-473: “On a probable Case of

Protective Coloration in the House-Mouse (Mus musculus, Linn.).”

88 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [Feb. 7,

of gradation from those which had white bellies to those which

exhibited the characters of perfectly typical Mus musculus.

I think, then, that we may safely conclude that Mus musculus is

of at least several hundred years’ standing at St. Kilda.

There is one extremely interesting point which should not be

forgotten in connection with these two St. Kilda Mice, namely the

fact that we have here a clear opportunity of studying the effect

on two distinct species of the same genus of isolation side by side

on the same island. Here we have on a circumscribed area two

species in the course of evolution, the progress of which may be

easily studied from time to time. The species having now been

described, we may be able in 20 or 30 years’ time, by comparing

specimens taken then and now, to estimate the amount of change

which they will in that time have undergone. It is interesting to

note, however, that so far the effect of isolation on the island is not

similar in the case of the two species, since apparently the Mouse

which must be supposed to have been the longer time at St. Kilda

is the very one which has varied in a lesser degree than that which

we must regard as an introduction. For Mus hirtensis, which

appears to have been on St. Kilda since that island was in con-

nection with the mainland, is certainly not much more different

from Mus sylvaticus than is Mus muralis from Mus musculus, yet

Mus muralis can only be an introduced species of at most a few

hundred years’ standing. Nothing can give stronger emphasis to

the fact that different species possess different powers of variability

and follow a different course of evolution, so that it seems that we

cannot predict what will happen under certain circumstances to

one species from our experience of what has happened to another.

Every species, it would appear, has its own modes of evolution and

development, which are peculiar to it and to it alone.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Mus hirtensis, p. 81.

Fig. 2. Mus muralis, p. 81.

4. Notes on the Internal Anatomy of Noftornis. By W.

Buaxianp Brennan, D.Sc., M.A., Professor of Biology,

University of Otago, Dunedin, New Zealand.

[Received December 7, 1898.]

Early in August of the present year, 1898, I had the opportunity

of examining the anatomy of that rare flightless Rail, WVotornis

mantelli, of which only three previous specimens had been obtained

during the last 50 years, so that it has been regarded by European

zoologists as probably extinct. Thus Gadow says, in Bronn’s

‘ Thierreich’; “ kirzlich ausgestorben” (Systematic part, p. 182).

The previous specimens did not reach the hands of naturalists in

a condition fit for examination, but this fourth one arrived in a

1899.] - INTERNAL ANATOMY OF NOTORNIS, 89

perfectly fresh condition, and I at once proceeded to examine those

parts of the viscera which might have interest to the systematist.

As Lam not an “ ornithologist,” and have but little experience in

the subject of avian anatomy, it may be that I have omitted to

note some special points of importance : for such omissions I must

apologize; and as the viscera have been preserved, it may be

possible to rectify the omissions at some future time.

The bird was a young female, in which the ovary was very small,

none of the eggs being more than one-eighth of an inch in diameter.

This fact is of itself of some interest to naturalists, for the sex of

the previous specimens had not been determined ; and the colora-

tion of this specimen is so similar to that of the skin in the Dresden

Museum that there can be no doubt but that it, too, was a female,

as also is one of the skins in the British Museum ; the other skin

appears from Buller’s account to be of brighter plumage, and is

presumed by him to be a male.

A full account of the colour of Notornis, as well as of the history

of the previous specimens, will be found in Sir Walter Buller’s

‘ History of the Birds of New Zealand’; and an account of the

history of this fourth specimen and the external appearance of this

fourth skin was read by me at the meeting of the Otago Institute

in September, and will be published in the ‘ Transactions of the

New Zealand Institute’ for the current year. In the present

paper I confine myself to facts of internal anatomy. The viscera

to which I directed my attention were: (a) the alimentary tract,

(6) the tongue, (c) the larynx, (d) the syrinx. Of all these struc-

tures I have made careful measurements and drawings, some of

which accompany this paper.

(a) The Alimentary Tract.—The cesophagus and glandular stomach

present no feature of special interest ; the gizzard, of the type usual

in graminivorous birds, is of large size, measuring 33 inches by 2}

inches (the length of the entire bird from the tip of the beak to

the tip of the rectrices is 23 inches). The intestine is 48 inches

in length from the pylorus up to the cloaca.

The duodenum is ? inch across, and this loop measures 53 inches.

The intestine is thrown into a few major folds, which are shown

in fig. 1 (p. 90). Unfortunately the mesentery had been slightly

injured by the taxidermist in removing the viscera, but I believe that

the figure is a true representation of the convolutions. I need not

describe them in detail, as the figure is sufficiently explicit, and

I leave ornithologists to determine the systematic value of the

arrangement of these coils, which appear to agree closely with

the scheme given by Mitchell for the Rails’.

The remains of the vitelline duct (v) is 4 an inch in length, and

arises just 24 inches from the pylorus, that is halfway along the

length of the intestine.

The paired czeca are of large size: they arise (c) about 6 inches

from the posterior end of the gut, and each measures 9 inches in

length. It is at first much narrower than the intestine, and this

1 Mitchell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p, 49.

90 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE

proximal portion is slightly convoluted, but soon dilates to form a

wide thin-walled terminal sac.

Fig. 1.

A semidiagrammatic plan of the intestinal coils of Notormis.

The loops are numbered : 1, the proximal limb, and 2, the distal limb of the

duodenum ; 7, the rectum ; c, origin of cecum ; g, entrance of duct from

gall-bladder; 7, duct from liver; p, pancreatic ducts; v, remains of

vitelline stalk,

1899. ] INTERNAL ANATOMY OF NOTORNIS. 91

The gizzard and duodenum were filled with short pieces of sedge

(Carex) and Uncina.

The liver-lobes present the usual inequality. The gall-bladder

is an oval sac, completely outside and free from the liver; there

are the two usual ducts, one the ‘ cystico-enteric,” the other the

*“‘ hepato-enteric.” The pancreas is provided with two ducts, one

from the dorsal lobe and the other from the ventral lobe, as we

may term those parts which lie on each side of the mesentery, as

the duodenum lies spread out in the normal way, though no doubt

right or left would be more appropriate.

The ventral lobe of the pancreas terminates anteriorly in a freely

projecting finger-like process.

Both the ducts arise at the hinder end of the pancreas, pass

directly across the mesentery, to open close to the two liver-ducts

into the distal limb of the intestine (fig. 1, 7, g, p).

(b) The Tongue (fig. 2).—The acute tip of the tongue is beset

with a series of short brown cylindrical horny spines (s), which

A. The tongue and neighbouring parts of the floor of the mouth of Notornis

(nat. size).

B, enlarged view of the postglottidean longitudinal rows of papille.

a, epiglottis ; 6, oblique postglottidean papille ; c, transverse preglottidean

papille ; g/., glottis ; s, brown apical spines.

are largest at the tip, and decrease in length along the sides,

where they soon cease.

At the base of the tongue is a transverse, slightly curved ridge,

beset with a series of fourteen hard, conical, white papille (c) or

92 PROF, W. B. BENHAM ON THE [ Feb. 7,

blunt spines, of irregular size, small and large, more or less

alternately arranged.

At each end of this transverse row of preglottidean spines the

ridge bends sharply downwards vertically, and then curves inwards

towards the middle line; it here carries a series of seven similar,

but larger, conical papille, arranged one above the other, decreasing

in size ventrally and ultimately dying out.

The glottis (g/.) appears to be provided with a rudimentary

“ epiglottis ” (a) in the form of a small rounded nodule of cartilage.

Behind the glottis there is on each side a very obliquely placed

ridge, carrying a row of about a dozen small postglottidean papille

(0), of which the mediad is the largest. Behind this large papilla is

a longitudinal series of postglottidean spines or papille of the same

character but longer and softer (see fig. 2, B), which are directed

backwards, each spine lying above the succeeding one. These are

in three rows, a median and two lateral rows. The median row

consists of five papille; the lateral rows are unsymmetrical, there

being on the right two couples and two single papille, on the lett

five couples.

Fig. 3.

The skeleton of the larynx of Notornis (enlarged).

A, ventral view ; B, side view ; C, dorsal view : a, the so-called “thyroid”; d, its

posterior incurved portion ; ¢, arytenoid; c’, its mediad limb supporting

the margin of the glottis; d, “cricoid.” In C the details of the right side

are put in for the sake of symmetry ; as a matter of fact, I dissected only

the left side: the right arytenoid is represented as being cut short so as to

show more of the cricoid. Tbe tracheal rings are only diagrammatically

indicated, their overlap being omitted. Cartilage is dotted.

1899.] INTERNAL ANATOMY OF NOTORNIS. 93

as does the ovary, the immaturity of the bird. The so-called

* thyroid” (which, according to Gadow, is the “ cricoid” of recent

authorities) is a nearly flat, somewhat spoon-shaped, plate (qa),

slightly convex ventrally, especially posteriorly ; it isfeebly pointed

in front and truncated behind. The posterior half of its lateral

margin is slightly upcurved and forms a cartilaginous ridge,

with which is articulated a second bony plate (6), which is

separated from (a) by a narrow cartilaginous area. The posterior

piece (6) belongs apparently to the “thyroid,” with which it

becomes continuous, according to Tiedemann and Duméril,

in very old birds. The piece 6 curves sharply inwards dorsally,

and articulates with the side of a small median bone (d), the “ cri-

coid” (or “ pro-cricoid ” of Fiirbringer); it is hexagonal in shape,

with the anterior side largest and a groove along the middle; its

lateral edge articulates with the incurved margin of the plate 4,

while its antero-lateral angle of each side supports the hinder end

of the “ arytenoid ” (c).

The arytenoid is again imperfectly ossified, as is indicated in the

figure ; it is a Y-shaped bone, with the middle limb directed forwards,

and it appears to be here connected with the epiglottis, but of this

Tam uncertain. I only cleaned the left side of the larynx, as of the

syrinx, as I did not wish to do more injury than was necessary.

The main part, and stronger half, of the bone articulates with the

“ ericoid,” while the feebler, and at present cartilaginous, limb (c’)

of the Y supports the margin of the glottis and ends freely behind.

As to the musculature of the larynx, 1am unable to say any-

thing, as I did not think any important point would be presented

by its arrangement.

The rings of the trachea are only partially ossified ; they overlap

one another alternately right and left (fig. 4), and are, of course,

narrower in the middle line dorsally and ventrally. Overlying this

region, on the dorsal line, is a small nodule of cartilage (#).

(d) The Syrinew (figs. 4—6, pp. 94, 95, 96) consists of seven closely-

apposed rings (@-q), of which the fourth (@) carries the pessulus, so

that I presume, from Gadow’s account of the structure in general,

this ring should be regarded as the last tracheal. If this be the

case, then four of the syringeal rings are tracheal and three are

bronchial.

The “ membrana tympaniformis externa” is supported by the

last syringeal ring (g) and by the three following bronchial rings

(i, I, 111).

The rings of the svrinx (a-g) are in the present specimen

separate, owing no doubt to the growth of the bird.

As the arrangement of these rings is unlike anything figured by

Gadow in “ Bronn,” I will describe the syrinx in some detail.

The ring a differs little from the preceding normal tracheal

ring (1), which, indeed, overlaps it on the right side. The next

ring (6) is, however, incomplete dorsally, where its end is enlarged

and abuts upon a cartilaginous plate, in the centre of which is a

small nodule of bone (y).

94 PROF. W. B, BENHAM ON THE [Feb. 7,

The ring ¢ is somewhat larger, and its dorsal ends curve round

on to the inner surface of the bronchus and here cease. (Is it

therefore a bronchial ring?) On the ventral middle line it is slightly

dilated.

The syrinx of Notornis, dorsal view (x 8).

a-g. The modified rings of the syrinx; 1-5, normal tracheal rings; I to V,

normal bronchial rings; 7.¢., membrana tympaniformis interna ; ™, tracheo-

bronchial muscle; 0, portion of cesophagus; p, origin of pessulus; s, 2,

accessory interannular cartilaginous nodules; y, ossicle; 2, muscle from

cesophagus to bronchus.

The fourth syringeal ring (d), when seen from the side, passes

straight across, and lies almost horizontally. It has a greater

diameter than the preceding, and projects as a knob ventrally.

Here it is produced backwards (p) and is continued dorsally

between the two bronchi to form the pessulus. But the dorsal end

of this same ring (7) curves round the bronchus on each side as

¢ does, and, like it, ceases against the “membrana tympaniformis

interna.”

The pessulus, which is directly connected with the ring d

at its ventral end, terminates dorsally against a couple of bones

situated at the angle formed by the two bronchi, which appear

1899.] - INTERNAL ANATOMY OF NOTORNIS. 95

to be independent of any ring, and present a concavity on their

outer faces. It is, however, possible that when ossification is

complete these two bones will ankylose with the ends of the

ring 6.

MTT

The syrinx of Notornis, ventral view (slightly more enlarged than fig. 4).

Letters as in fig. 4.

The remaining syringeal rings (e, f, g) call for little remark.

They are all closely apposed, and ventrally curve very sharply

round the broncbus to reach the membrana tympaniformis interna,

while dorsally the incurved region is very slight.

The ring g, owing to its curvature, is much arched forwards

at the side, so that between it and the first unmodified bronchial

(1) there is a considerable space, across which is stretched the

membrana tympaniformis externa. This ring (I) is almost straight,

while II is concave upwards; between them is also the thin

membrane: another part of it lies between II and III, but this

space is much narrower than either of the preceding. On the

dorsal side between the ends of each of the rings II/III and

III/IV is a small ossicle (s).

Passing from the syrinx itself, I would refer to a slip of muscle

96 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON NEW [Feb. 7,

which does not appear to be mentioned by Gadow; that is, a bundle

(z) which passes from the hinder part of the membrana tympani-

formis interna to the esophagus. I cannot distinguish a “ bron-

chiodesmus,” unless this is some modification of it. The only

muscle on the outer surface of the syrinx is the “ tracheo-

bronchialis,” which is attached to the ring d.

The syrinx of Nofornis, from the left side (x 8).

e.t., membrana tympaniformis externa. Other letters as in fig. 4.

A comparison of the syrinx with the figures given by Gadow in

Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich,’ as well as with those described from time

to time by Beddard, shows that in this particular Notornis is very

peculiar.

5. Descriptions of two new Lizards from the Interior of

British East Africa. By G. A. Boutnneer, F.R.S.

[Received January 6, 1899.]

(Plate X.)

Lacerta JAcKsonI. (Plate X.)

Head rather long, much depressed. Rostral not entering the

nostril; a single postnasal; four upper labials anterior to the

subocular ; a series of granules between the supraoculars and the

supraciliaries ; occipital moderate, a little shorter than the inter-

1899.] LIZARDS FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 97

parietal; temple granular, with a feebly enlarged tympanic plate.

A distinct gular fold; 25 gular scales on a line between the collar

and the third pair of chin-shields; collar even-edged, composed of

10 plates. Dorsal scales rhomboidal, keeled, juxtaposed or sub-

imbricate ; laterals a little smaller; 40 scales across the middle of

the body; 2 or 3 lateral scales correspond to the length of a ventral

plate. Ventrals tetragonal, broader than long, in 8 longitudinal

and 24 transverse series ; the plates of the series next to the median

nearly twice as broad as the one on the inner side and once and a

half the one on the outer side; the outermost plates very small.

Preanal with a large plate in front of it. The hind limb reaches

the collar-fold. Scales on upper surface of tibia smaller than

dorsals. Femoral pores 16-17. Upper caudal scales strongly

keeled, with truncate or obtusely pointed posterior border. Brown

above, darker on the sides, which are stellate with small white,

black-edged ocelli; upper surface of head and back with small

black spots; a large black spot on each upper labial ; uniform

whitish beneath.

millim. millim.

Total length ...... 175 From end of snout to

TE eta ee, Jee ee 19 TOTb siete oes kee a 70

Width of head .... 12 Hore limbD-sseneeee 26

From end of snout to Ebind iimib ee. ee 37

fore limb........ 29 ~=Tail (reproduced) .. 105

A single male specimen from ‘ Ravine Station,’ Mau Mountains,

on the main route from Mombasa to Lake Victoria, at an

altitude of 7500 feet, was presented to the British Museum by

Mr. F. J. Jackson, C.B.

The discovery of a Lacerta allied to L. muralis in tropical Africa

is one of very great interest. So far, this essentially Palearctic

genus was represented south of the Atlas by a single somewhat

aberrant species, L. echinata Cope, from the coast of Guinea.

The same collection has yielded three specimens of a Lizard for

which I propose the name of

CHAMZSAURA ANNECTENS.

It connects C. didactyla Blgr., with which it agrees in the shape

and proportions of the head and body and the didactyle hind limb,

with C. tenwior Gthr., by having only 24 scales round the body

and a single femoral pore. 37 to 39 transverse rows of scales

between the occiput and the base of the tail. Yellowish or pale

brownish, with four pale brown stripes, the median pair edged

with black on the outer side; lower surface of head and body

white.

millim. millim.

Totallength ...... 45 Fore limb .......- 45

WLCAGE Fo ics + v0. dems 17 Hjnd Wm aiec..,> a

Width of head .... 8 Tail (reproduced) .. 300

The extreme forms of. this genus are shown to be more and

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1899, No. VII. 7

98 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

more connected as our knowledge progresses, a state of things that

is best expressed by a synopsis of the 7 species which are now

distinguished :—

A. Both pairs of limbs very distinct.

Hind limb pentadactyle ; 28 scales round the body ...... 1. @nea Wem.

Bf didactyle ; 26 a ak Rate 2. didactyla Blgr.

” ” 24. ” a3, «5 SO¥ane 3. annectens Blgr.

¥ monodactyle ; 26 i pe Stee 4, anguina L.

3 » 24 5 He SUL AKL 5. tenuior Gthr.

B. Fore limb very minute or absent ; hind limb monodactyle.

Fore limb distinct ; 26 scales round the body ............ 6. miopropus Bler.

3 absent ; 22 5 sje bk eke BOS 7. macrolepis Cope.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Lacerta jacksoni, p. 96. Upper and lower views and side view of head.

6. A Revision of the African and Syrian Fishes of the

Family Cichlide.—Part II.! By G. A. Bounencer,

F.RB.S., F.Z.S.

[Received January 6, 1899.]

(Plates XI. & XII.)

When I had the honour of reading the first part of this

paper before this Society, nearly a year ago, I could not have

foreseen the enormous additions to our knowledge of the genera

and species of African Cichlide which were so soon to follow

through the examination of the collections made in Lake Tanga-

nyika by Mr. Moore, and in the Congo by the Officers in the service

ot the Congo Free State. The Tanganyika forms have been

described in the ‘ Transactions’ of this Society (vol. xv. pt. 1, 1898),

the Congo forms are being published in the ‘ Annales du Musée du

Congo.’

ae the first part I distinguished 9 genera and diagnosed 33

species of the first 6 genera, reserving for the second part the

definitions of the species of the genera Tilapia, Docimodus, and

Paretroplus. The additions to which I have alluded necessitate

an alteration in this plan, and in order to bring my account up to

date I have decided to prepare a new synopsis of the genera,

amounting now to 19 instead ot 9, and to enumerate all the species

of the genera previously dealt with by me, with a mere reference

to the first part or to the ‘ Transactions’ paper in which the Tanga-

nyika forms have ‘been described and figured.

1 Of. P.Z.8. 1898, p. 132.

P.J.Smit dith West, Newman imp

LACEHERTA JACKSONI.

1899. | SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA.

Synopsis of the Genera.

I, No sheath to the vertical fins.

A. Anal spines V to X; teeth conical, at

least in the outer row.

Jaws with a band of very small conical teeth, with

moderately enlarged canines in front ...............

Jaws with a band of very small conical teeth, with a

tew curved canines in front, the outer of which are

very large and tusk-like........ RCL cena tes «

Jaws with a series of conical teeth followed by a broad

band of minute tricuspid teeth ...............66... eee

B. Anal spines III ; teeth not notched, uni-

cuspid, numerous.

1, Teeth conical or fang-like ; alveolar

surface of jaws narrow or moderately

broad.

a. No pad-like papillose prominence close

to the upper part of the branchial

arches.

Teeth in one or two series, with more or less en-

larged or canine-like ones at the symphysis.........

Teeth in two or more series, outer longest and more

or less curyed inward; anal with 6 to 12 soft

TENE) ecospnodtecden pouseucneeeaoser: O34 epee seer eon nee

Several rows of fang-like teeth ; scaies small and ir-

regular ; anal with 16 soft rays.................0000008

Teeth in two series ; outer mandibular teeth pointing

outwards, perpendicular to the others...............

6. A pad-like prominence close to the

upper part of the branchial arches.

Teeth in two or more series, outer largest and more

or less distinctly curved inward ................0006

Teeth in one or two series, some of the larger ones

with the crown bent at an angle to the shaft and

directed forward or backward ................0000000

2. Teeth not conical.

Alveolar surface of jaws extremely broad, with in-

numerable minute teeth with compressed, oblique

GCEONMMSteaeesaet ise sacedce stoic cesccaee mbes seuenaede seen

Jaws with rather large spatulate teeth with truncated

crowns disposed in oblique transverse rows of two

ORMHTCO We ce eean etic. setnsckiucaencea ence sesanereenderate

C. Anal spines VI ; jaws with bands of

minute tricuspid teeth, an outer row of

bicuspid teeth, and enlarged conical teeth

at the sides of the premaxillary .........

D. Anal spines III or IV ; teeth all or part

notched or bi- or tricuspid, in two or

more rows.

Jaws with broad bands of minute bicuspid teeth, with’

an outer series of larger bicuspid teeth, and a

single series of sharply differentiated conical teeth

at the sides of the premaxillary .................0665

Alveolar surface of jaws narrow or moderately broad,

1, Lamprologus Schilth.

2. Julidochromis Bley.

3. Telmatochromis Blgr.

Hemichromis Ptrs.

. Paratilapia Blky.

. Bathybates Blgr.

. Pelmatachromis Stdr.

. Chromidotilapia Blegr.

. Corematodus Blgr.

. Eretmodus Blgr.

Tropheus Bler,

Simochromis Bley.

all or most of the outer teeth bi- or tricuspid ...... 14.

Tilapia Smith,

100 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7;

Alveolar surface of jaws narrow, with two series of

notched teeth; a pair of enlarged, incisor-like

teeth at the symphysis; an adipose crest on the

OUD Mb iesnees seins aa vssnonan cant shatinaneas aaeteteneee aoc 15. Steatocranus Blgr.

Alveolar surface of jaws very broad; outer teeth

large, with nail-shaped entire crowns, those of the

INNEL TOWS tTiCUSPIA ......2ecccceeseossccnocccnvccoseoes 16. Docimodus Blgr.

E. Anal spines III; teeth large, few, in a

single series.

Teeth with swollen bases and low, compressed,

slightly notched CrowM .............secssseresccssecees 17. Perissodus Blgr.

Teeth compressed and truncate, curved and directed

backwards ...... Baer chdoaaandes ona tae ec eaalics ts wees 18, Plecodus Blgyr.

II. Vertical fins folding in a scaly sheath; anal

spines VIII to X; teeth obtuse, in a single

TOW ieee cssageseseeee nent ee ee Sioa 19. Paretroplus Blk.

1. Lampronoets Schilth.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 184.

1, LaAMPROLOGUS Fascratus Bler.

Tr. Z. 8. xv. p. 7.

Lake Tanganyika.

2, LAMPROLOGUS COMPRESSICEPS Blegr.

de. 2: Bow. pt.

Lake Tanganyika.

3, LAMPROLOGUS MooRTI Bier.

Tr, 4.8.xv. p. $2

Lake Tanganyika.

4, LAMPROLOGUS CONGOENSIS Schilth.

P.Z. 8. 1898, p. 134.

Congo.

5. LAMPROLOGUS MODESTUS Bler.

Tr. A, 8. KV. p> Ss

Lake Tanganyika.

6, LAMPROLOGUS ELONGATUS Blgr.

Dr Ziptts Va Ps Os

Lake Tanganyika.

7. LAMPROLOGUS FURCIFER Bler.

Le. 2. 8, a¥~ p..9.

Lake Tanganyika.

2. JuLIDOCHROMIS Bigr.

Pr, Aas. 5¥-.P.41 1,

1. JULIDOCHROMIS ORNATUS Blegr.

Tr. ZS. xv. p. 12.

Lake Tanganyika,

1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDZ, 101

3. TELMATOCHROMIS Bler.

TreAsS. xv. p20:

1, TELMATOCHROMIS VITTATUS Blegr.

Tr. Z. 8. xv. p. 10.

Lake Tanganyika.

2. TELMATOCHROMIS THMPORALIS Bler,

Pre Aase evap. Lk

Lake Tanganyika.

4, Hemicuromis Peters.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 134.

1. HemicHromis FAScrIATUS Peters.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 135.

West Africa.

2. HEMICHROMIS BIMACULATUS Gill.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 135.

North and West Africa.

3. HEMICHROMIS ? ANGOLENSIS Stdr.

P.Z. 8. 1898, p. 136.

Angola.

5. PaRaTILAPra Blkr.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 187.

1. PARATILAPIA POLLENI Blkr.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 138.

Madagascar.

2, PARATILAPIA BLEEKERI Sauv.

P. Z. S. 1898, p. 139.

Madagascar.

3. PARATILAPIA TYPUS Blkr.

P. Z. 8S. 1898, p. 139.

Madagascar.

4, PARATIUAPIA SACRA Gthr.

P. ZS. 1898, p. 139.

Lake of Galilee.

5. PARATILAPIA LONGIROSTRIS Hilgend.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 140.

Lake Victoria Nyanza.

6. PARATIDAPIA MOFFATI Casteln.

P. Z. 8S. 1898, p. 140.

S.E. Africa.

102 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

ve PARATILAPIA ROBUSTA Gthr.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 141.

Lake Nyassa ; Zambesi.

8, PARATILAPIA CAVIFRONS Hilgend.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 141.

Lake Victoria Nyanza.

9. PARATILAPIA RETRODENS Hilgend.

P. Z, 8. 1898, p. 142.

Lake Victoria Nyanza.

10. ParatmaPia AFRA Gthr.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 142.

Lake Nyassa.

11, PARATILAPIA BLOYETI Sauv.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 143.

East Africa.

12. PARATILAPIA SERRANUS Pfeff.

P. Z.S. 1898, p. 143.

Lake Victoria Nyanza; German Hast Africa.

13. PARATILAPIA SCHWEBISCHII Sauv.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 144.

Upper Ogowe.

14, Paravimnapra Mopesta Gthr.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 144.

Lake Nyassa and Shiré River.

15. PARATILAPIA Liviyestonit Gthr,

P. ZS. 1898, p. 145.

Lake Nyassa and Shiré River.

16. PARATIDAPIA INTERMEDIA Gthr.

P.Z.S. 1898, p. 145.

Lake Nyassa and Shiré River.

17. PARATILAPIA PFEFFERI Bler.

tr. 2. 8. e¥ep. Le.

Lake Tanganyika.

18. PARATILAPIA MACROPS Blgr.

Tr. 2.5. xv. ps £3.

Lake Tanganyika.

19. PaRATIAPIA pImMip1aTA Gthr.

P. Z. §. 1898, p. 146.

Lake Nyassa and Shiré River.

1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDZ. 103

20. PARATILAPIA LONGICEPRS Gthr.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 146.

Lake Nyassa and Shiré River.

21. PaRaTILAPIA VENTRALIS Bler.

Tr. Z.8. xv. p. 13.

Lake Tanganyika.

22. PARATILAPIA FURCIFER Bler.

Tr. Z. 8. xv. p. 14,

Lake Tanganyika.

23. PARATILAPIA LEPTOSOMA Bler.

Tr. ZS. xv. p. 14.

Lake Tanganyika.

6. Baruysates Bler.

Tr, A S.pxveip. 15,

1. BarHYBATES FEROX Bler.

Tred Seavaps Ls.

Lake Tanganyika.

7. Eoropus Bler.

Le. A: By. 2Ve, pe ele

1. Horopus pescaMpsii Blegr.

LEAs. ave p. at.

Lake Tanganyika.

2. Ecropus MELANOGENYS Bler.

Tr. Z. 8S. xv. p. 21.

Lake Tanganyika.

8. PriumMaTocHROMIs Stdr.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 147.

1, PELMATOCHROMIS BUETTIKOFERI Stdr.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 147.

Liberia.

2, PELMATOCHROMIS JENTINEI Stdr.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 148.

Liberia.

3. PELMATOCHROMIS LATERALIS Blgr.

P.Z.S. 1898, p. 148.

Congo.

4, PELMATOCHROMIS Coneicus Blgr.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 149.

Congo.

104 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

5. PELMATOCHROMIS OCELLIFER, Sp. Nn.

3 series of teeth in both jaws. Depth of body 23 in total length,

length of head 23. Snout as long as eye, which is 3} times in

length of head and equals interorbital width ; maxillary extending

to below anterior border of eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek ;

opercule naked. Giill-rakers very short, 7 on lower part of anterior

arch. Dorsal XV 10; spines subequal from the fifth, alittle more

than 3 length of head; middle soft rays produced into filaments.

Pectoral # length of head. Ventral with produced outer rays,

reaching anal spines. Anal III 8; third spine slightly shorter

than longest dorsals. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle deeper

than long. Scales cycloid, 2933 ; lat. 1. oo Olive above, yellowish

beneath ; five dark olive bars, much broader than the spaces

between them ; a blackish opercular spot; dorsal with blackish

spots and a large blackish, light-edged ocellus on the last spines

and the anterior soft rays; ventrals, anal, and caudal blackish.

Total length 85 millim.

A single specimen from Monsembé, Upper Congo. Presented

to the British Museum by the Rev. J. H. Weeks.

6. PELMATOCHROMIS WELWITSCHI Bler.

P. ZS. 1898, p. 149.

Angola.

7. PELMATOCHROMIS GUENTHERI Sauy.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 150.

Gold Coast.

8, PELMATOCHROMIS SUBOCELLATUS Gthr.

P. ZS. 1898, p. 150.

Gaboon.

9. CHROMIDOTILAPIA Blgr.

P. Z.S. 1898, p. 151.

1. CHROMIDOTILAPIA KINGSLEY Bler.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 151.

Gaboon, Ogowe.

2. CHROMIDOTILAPIA (?) FREDERICI Casteln.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 151.

Lake Ngami.

10. Cornmatopus Bler.

P. Z.8. 1898, p. 152.

1. CoREMATODUS SHIRANUS Bier.

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 152.

Upper Shiré River.

1899.) SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA.

11. Erermopvs Blgr.

Tr. Z. 8. xv. p. 16.

1. Erprmopvs cyanostictus Bler.

Tr, ZS. xv. p. U6:

Lake Tanganyika.

12. Tropunus Bler.

eA A aecve Tall.

1. TRopHEUS MooRII Bier.

Pri AsSuXi. pi 18.

Lake Tanganyika.

13. StmocHRoMIs Bler.

Tr. Z. 8S. xv. p. 19.

1. SIMOCHROMIS DIAGRAMMA Gthr.

Tr, 4. 5. xv. ps 19.

Lake Tanganyika.

14, Trapt.

Tilapia, Smith, Ill. Zool. 8. Afr., Fish. (1840).

105

Sarotherodon, Riipp. Verz. Mus. Senck. iv. p. 21 (1852) ; Giinth.

Cat. iv. p. 273 (1862).

Coptodon, Gervais, Bull. Soc. Agric. Hérault, 1853, p. 81.

Haligenes, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 471.

Chromis, Ginth. Cat. iv. p. 267.

Ptychochromis, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixxxii. i. 1880, p. 248.

Haplochromis, Hilgend. Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1888,

p- 76.

Oreochromis, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 70.

Ctenochromis, Pfeff. Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. x. 1893, p. 149.

Body short or moderately elongate; scales cycloid or ctenoid.

Two or more series of small teeth in the jaws, all or greater part

notched or bi-or tricuspid. Maxillary entirely concealed under the

preorbital when the mouth is closed, or a small portion of its

distal extremity exposed. Dorsal with 13 to 19 spines, anal with

3or4. Vertebre 28-32 (14-17+13-16)".

Numerous species, from Syria, Africa, and Madagascar.

1 174+-15=32 in T. nilotica.

17+-15=82 in T. galilea,

15+138=28 in T. lata.

15+16=81 in T. desfontainesi.

14+14=28 in T. oligacanthus.

In four of these species the third vertebra bears a very strong hemal process.

The process is very feeble in T. desfontainest.

106 MR. G. A. BOULENGHR ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Scales cycloid, without marginal denticulation ;

third anal spine not longer than longest dorsal

spine.

A. Gill-rakers 15 to 25 on lower part of anterior

arch ; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek.

1. Anal spines 4; pectoral not longer than

head, not extending to origin of anal ;

dorsal XV-XVII 10-12.

Teeth in 7 or 8 series; caudal peduncle a little

longer than deep ; maxillary extending to between

nostril and eye; diameter of eye 5 times in length of

head ; Sq. 35> ARRAS eRSod veeeechecaetenectacipes tener cees

Teeth in 4 or 5 Bie ies ; caudal peduncle slightly deeper

than long; maxillary extending nearly to below

anterior border of eye; diameter of eye 5 to 54

times in length of head; Sq. By a BA cabnC ap poCapeoan

Teeth in 5 to 7 series; caudal peduncle not longer

than deep; maxillary extending to between nostril

and eye ; diameter of eye 4 to 44 times in length of

head ; Sq. 31- 323 TE

B. Anal spines 3 (exceptionally 4 in ZT. mossam-

bica).

1. Dorsal XV-XVIII 10-14; pectoral extend-

ing to origin of anal or beyond.

a. Caudal rounded, the membrane between

the rays scaleless, except at the base.

Pectoral not longer than head; mouth large, nearly

as broad as head ; Sq. 30-33 tt Bo aadooy Boon eee ce

Pectoral at least as lope as head ; mouth 3 to 3 width

of head ; Sq. Sab e Lik _

6, Caudal truneate or slightly emarginate ;

pectoral at least as long as head.

a. Caudal peduncle at least as long as

deep.

14-18

Sq. 82-83 5 —— lat. 1. [553 dorsal spines equal in

length from the sixth ..........0.cs0.csesevesseeseesesees

Sq. 31-34 5e—# « tat. 1, 222; last dorsal spine longest.

14-15’ 12-17’

B. Caudal peduncle deeper than long.

* Maxillary not extending to below

anterior bt of eye.

Beene ewww ee en ewer neeeeeel seeeee

t Sq. 31-34 —=, re izjs; Mouth not more

than half as broad as head ......

23-3

tt Sq. 28-30 555.

Depth of body much greater than length of head ;

last dorsal spine longest ..........scccgeeeseveeesenseenes

Depth of body not much greater than length of head ;

last dorsal BPC LONPERE-rt ssccstus cvaversadsadedeser.usst

Depth of body much greater than length of head ;

geo

—

orsal spines nearly equal in length from the sixth. 11.

. huntert Gthr.

nigra Gthr.

shirana Blgr.

. mossambica Ptrs.

. nilotica L.

. tanganice Gthr.

. natalensis M. Web.

. galilea Hasselq.

9. microcephala Blkr.

10. macrocephala Blgr.

nigripinnis A. Dum,

1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THH FAMILY CICHLIDA. 107

** Maxillary extending to below anterior

border of eye; depth of body equal

to length of head; Sq. 30-31". 12. dumerili Star.

c. Oaudal rounded, densely scaled ; dorsal

with 9 or 10 soft rays; Sq. 29-307", 18, lepidura Bler.

d. Oaudal emarginate, upper corner pointed,

lower roundedand shorter ; dorsal spines

subequal from the middle ones; caudal

peduncle a little longer than deep; Sq.

32-35 = Gcreeteseeeeteseeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeees 14. squamipinnis Gthr.

2. Dorsal XIV 10-14.

Anal III 10; 3 series of scales on cheek ............... 15. macrocentra A. Dum.

Anal III 10; 2 series of scales on cheek ..............: 16. plewromelas A. Dum.

Anal III 7; 3 series of scales on cheek .............+. 17. heudeloti A. Dum.

B. Gill-rakers 8 to 14 on lower part of anterior

arch.

1. Dorsal with not more than 16 spines.

a. Pectoral not extending to vertical of

origin of anal.

a, Caudal rounded or truncate; not pro-

duced at the angles; pectoral not

longer than head.

* 2 series of scales on cheek ; D, XIII-

XV 9-11; A. III 9; Sq. 27-29

— Jac hadi stnccsees aga Meeeeeaeeenies aera 18. sparrmani Smith.

** 3 or 4 series of scales on cheek; Sq.

3-82

29-32 7

+ Dorsal XIII-XV 9-13; A. III 7-9.

Maxillary extending a little beyond vertical of anterior

border Of CY© ......cceeessecenecnseececeneeceetsseseeesseces 19. ovalis Stdr.

Maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye;

width of mouth ? to 4 width of head .................. 20. menzalensis Mitch.

Maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye ;

width of mouth ? to 3 width of head .................. 21. zillii Gerv.

Maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; width

of mouth 2 to 2 width of head .......ssccseeceeeeee ees 22. magdalene Lort.

tt D. XVI 8-13.

{ Depth of body greater than length

of head.

Dorsal with 8 soft rays, anal with 9; caudal rounded. 23. tholloni Sauy.

Dorsal. with 12 or 18 soft rays, anal with 10 or 11;

caudal rounded ...........cesesseecesecsceaneereccneenerees 24. cabre Bler.

Dorsal with 12 soft rays, anal with 10; caudal trun-

Cabos cccsccacecsenccetucs-deeaeeretecdsinen ssdeunecane -u stieaste 25. marie Bley.

tt Length of head greater than

depth of body ; dorsal with 8

or 9 soft rays, anal with 6 or

7; caudal rounded, subtrun-

CHLOE Renee ed -aceandcansciecan 26. hort Gthr.

*** 5 series of scales on the cheek ;

D. XIV 11; A. IIT 10.

Last dorsal spine longest ; Sq. 25-26 = Asda A EENaa esas 27. melanopleura A. Dum.

Dorsal spines subequal from the 5th; Sq. 29 4 ... 28, ceruleomaculata

[Roch.

108 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THD AFRICAN AND _—[F eb. 7,

**** 6 or 7 series of scales on the cheek;

D. XV 10; A. IIT 8.

8q. 33 = ; dorsal spines subequal from the 5th......... 29. jalle Blgr.

Sq. 30 3; last dorsal spine longest .....s.ssssseseeseees 30. humilis Stdr.

8. Candal produced at the angles; pec-

toral a little longer than head;

2 series of scales on the cheek;

D. XV-XVI 11-12; A. III 9; Sq.

NERS ple ode mn bh aac orae 31. guincensis Blkr.

b. Pectoral extending to vertical of origin of

anal, or beyond.

a, 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek;

dorsal with no more than 14 soft

rays.

* Pectoral at least as long as head;

D. XV-XVI 9-14; A. IIT 8-10.

t Depth of body nearly equal to

length of head.

Soft dorsal much prolonged, with 12 or 13 rays;

Bese a ttehas Alastor 2 oat 2. vorax Pfeff.

Soft dorsal not prolonged, with 9 or 10 soft rays;

-T EE Se ah ne, NCL eA 33. simonis Gthr.

tt Depth of body much greater than

length of head.

Caudal truncate or slightly emarginate; Sq. 29-31

2232

Teg ceeeeeteeeteneeeereves ictal ocak in 34. lata Gthr.

Caudal truncate ; Sq. 26 e Ne ss cesavocae eed wetee oat 35. rangtt A. Dum.

Caudal rounded ; 8q. 30-32 CES 4 series of scales on

the cheek; maxillary not extending quite to below

anterior HOrden’OL OY Glace ssoscceecastoccseesereecures cece 36. rendalli Blgr.

Caudal rounded ; Sq. 32 %

the cheek; maxillary extending to below anterior

border: Of Cy entire. heer connec sena<0ce rerteeteek ney <deween: 37. affinis A. Dum.

** Pectoral shorter than head ; D. X1V

Myre SEY 935 $8qheg st tee 38. burtoni thr.

8. 5 or 6 series of scales on the cheek;

D. XIV-XV 15-16; A. III 10-11;

Sq BOBO oe escoesasesusensececenses 39. buettikoferi Hubr.

2. D. XVIII 8; A. III 7; caudal rounded ... 40. polycentra A. Dum.

II. Scales mostly with marginal denticulation.

A. Third anal spine not longer than longest

dorsal spine.

1. Dorsal with 13 to 17 spines.

a. Pectoral extending as far as vertical of

origin of anal ; 3 or 4 series of scales on

the cheek. ;

a, Sq. 32-34 = 8

* Maxillary extending to between nostril

and eye; caudal peduncle longer

than deep.

Caudal truncate or feebly emarginate ; 11 or 12 gill-

rakers on lower part of anterior arch..............006 41. kirki Gthr.

; 3 series of scales on

1899.) SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID#. 109

Caudal with crescentic emargination; 8 or 9 gill-

rakers on lower part of anterior arch..............-++ 42. lethrinus Gthr.

Caudal slightly notched, pointed above, rounded

below ; 11 or 12 gill-rakers on lower part of an-

HONIOM ATOM acs «os sascseaedsen-Weassenesadeasncwecediades sine 43, gohnstoni Gthr.

** Maxillary extending nearly to below

anterior border of eye; caudal

peduncle as long as deep ............ 44, pectoralis Pfeff.

B. Sq. 28-31 pan maxillary extending

to below anterior border of eye or a [Hilg.

little bey Ons. -..-.<-.2s--ceasceascadzasee 45. nuchisquamulata

d. Pectoral not extending to origin of anal.

a. Sq. 35 =; 21 gill-rakers on lower

part of anterior arch; caudal rather

deeply emarginate ; caudal peduncle

IPasilong as\deep:....+.-.-cscs.csoens0e- 46. rostrata Blgr.

B. Sq. 31 al 10 gill-rakers on lower

part of anterior arch ; caudal round-

ed; caudal peduncle slightly longer

than Ceepip. ies ccerecst ches eqsewencacdee ole 47. williamsit Gthr.

7. Sq. 29-83 =, ; 8-10 gill-rakers on

lower part of anterior arch; caudal

peduncle as long as deep or a little

deeper than long.

* Maxillary extending to below anterior

border of eye; Sq. 30-33 ae

3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek ; last dorsal spine

TSEC TEES near cenopoace cHEBOnD Joc ace cer eee on HEC Hesaniaepeet 48. calliptera Gthr.

4 or 5 series of scales on the cheek; dorsal spines

subequal from the Obl .<..c..<.205..cr-o0<ssencecescos cons 49. monteiri Blgr.

** Maxillary extending to between nos-

tril and eye; Sq. 29-30 —*

3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek; dorsal spines

equal in length from the 4th or 5th .................. 50. fasciata Perugia.

4 or 5 series of scales on the cheek ; last dorsal spine

NOWP Calieacaapesesssecsenadatecasecrecsssescecscedce-assec et 51. acuticeps Stdr.

*** Maxillary extending to below an-

terior border of eye; Sq. 30-33

4-6

12-16"

Teeth in 6 series; upper profile of snout curved ...... 52. livingstonii Blgr.

Teeth in 3 series; upper profile of snout straight...... 538. desfontainest Lacép.

6. Sq. 26-28 ae ; 8 gill-rakers on lower

part of anterior arch; caudal rounded ;

caudal peduncle as long as deep.

Last dorsal spine longest ; anal with 7 soft rays ...... 54, flavii-josephi Lort.

Dorsal spines subequal from the 3rd; anal with 8 to

WOWSOti ray Sercredsacrocsastnretesescssesscavessosscsre ceases 55, philander M. Web.

2. Dorsal with 18 or 19 spines.

D. XVIII 10; A. III 6-7; Sq. 38-35 ;5-*, ; lips pro-

duced into long pointed lobes............ Soc ogSsosneSSCS 56. labiata Bler.

D. XVIIL8; A. TIL 8; Sq. 31 ase esesees sesssseee 57. zebra Bier.

DAS 6p Aa BENG 5 Sq, 94 eens. cendecr sun ezseagnses 58, aurata Bler.

110 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

B. Third anal spine longer than longest dorsal

spine.

1. Head 2? to 3 timesin total length ; D, XITI-

XIV 10-13; A. III 7-9.

a. Soft dorsal rays much shorter than head ;

SLY) Nee ee Rh th ah ach 59. oligacanthus Blkr.

b, Middle soft dorsal rays produced, at least

as long as head. [Sauv

SEE 2 Ae ae MERE REG AEE. 60. madagascariensis

Sq. 35 < eee See ee emeties asia stead dan guaterit ade "ec ser sate 61. grandidiert Sauy.

2. Head 33 times in total length ; D. XIV-XV

12-18; A. III 10; middle soft dorsal and

anal rays produced ; Sq. 31-33 Fo PE Soc: 62. betsileana Blev.

1. TIDAPIA HUNTERI.

Oreochromis hunteri, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 70.

Teeth very small, in 7 or 8 closely-set series in both jaws.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 31 times in total length.

Snout with concave upper profile, nearly twice diameter of eye,

which is 5 times in length of head and twice in interorbital width ;

mouth rather large, nearly ? width of head; maxillary extending

to between nostril and eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek.

Dorsal XVII 11; last spine longest, 3 length of head, 4 longest

soft rays. Pectoral pointed, a little shorter than the head, not

extending to origin of anal, Ventral reaching vent. Anal IV 10;

fourth spine longest, a little shorter than last dorsal. Caudal

truncate. Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. Scales

eycloid, 35 = lat. 1. > Dark brown, tinged with rusty ; vertical

fins and ventrals blackish,

Total length 300 millim.

Crater Lake, Kilimandjaro.

2. TILAPIA NIGRA.

Oreochromis niger, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 89, pl. ix.

Teeth very small, in 4 or 5 closely-set series in both jaws.

Depth of body 2} to 23 in total length, length of head 3 to 33

times. Snout with straight upper profile, nearly twice diameter

of eye, which is 5 to 53 times in length of head and 2 to 2} in

interorbital width ; mouth rather large, # to ? width of head;

maxillary extending nearly to below anterior border of eye; 2 or

3 series of scales on the cheek. Gill-rakers short, 17 on lower

part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVII 11-12; last spine longest,

not quite 4 length of head ; middle soft rays much produced, more

than twice as long as longest dorsal spine. Pectoral pointed, as

long as the head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral

reaching anal. Anal IV 9; fourth spine longest, nearly as long

as last dorsal; soft rays produced. Caudal truncate or slightly

1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA. ATE

emarginate. ees peduncle slightly deeper than long. Scales

cycloid, 32°. Jat. 1. 122°. Greenish black; a black opercular

= } 7"

spot; fins blackish, soft dorsal and caudal with more or less

distinct round light spots between the rays.

Total length 250 millim.

Pools on the Kibwesi River, British East Africa.

3, TILAPIA SHIRANA.

Oreochromis shiranus Bouleng. Proc. Zoo}. Soc. 1896, p. 916,

fig.

Tilapia shirana Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, P- 4,

Teeth very small, in 5 to 7 very closely-set series in both jaws.

Depth of body 23 to 22 in total length, length of head 3 times,

Snout with straight upper profile, 13 to 12 diameter of eye, which

is 4 to 44 times in length of head and. 12 to 2 in interorbital

width ; mouth moderate, 2 to # width of head; maxillary extending

to between nostril and eye; 2 series of scales on the cheek. Gill-

rakers short, 15 to 18 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal

XVI-XVII 10-12; last spine longest, 3 length of head or a little

less. Ventral reaching vent. Anal IV 9-10; fourth spine

longest, as long as and stronger than middle dorsals. Caudal

peduncle not longer than deep. Scales cycloid, 31-32 a3 lat. 1.

20-21

15-16"

Total length 210 millim.

Upper Shiré River, Nyassaland.

4, TILAPIA MOSSAMBICA.

Chromis (Tilapia) mossambicus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852,

. 681.

y Chromis niloticus, part., Peters, Arch.’ f. Nat. 1855, p. 267;

Ginther, Cat. iv. p. 510 (1862); Peters, Reise n. Mossamb. iv.

p- 23, pl. iv. fig. 4 (1868).

Chromis mossambicus, part., Giinth, 1. c. p. 268.

Tilapia mossambica, Bouleng. Tr. Zocl. Soc. xv. 1888, p. 4.

Teeth very small, in 4 to 7 series in both jaws. Depth of body

23 to 22 times in total length, length of head 22 to 3 times.

Snout with concave upper profile, 2 to 23 times diameter of eye,

which is 5 to 6 times in length of head and 2 to 23 times in

interorbital width; mouth large, nearly as broad as the head ;

maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye or not quite

so far; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek, forming a nearly

straight or slightly oblique horizontal band, which, under the eye,

is at least nearly as broad as the diameter of the eye ; large scales

on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 17 to 20 on lower part of

anterior arch. Dorsal XV-X VI 10-11; last spine longest, 3 to 2

length of head, 4 to longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed; as

long as or a little shorter than the head, extending at least as far

as origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. Anal

112 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

III (rarely IV) 9-10; third spine a little shorter but stronger

than last dorsal spine. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long

as deep. Scales cycloid, 30-33 =, lat. 1. —_ Brownish or

olive, vertical fins and ventrals darker.

Total length 270 millim.

East Africa, from the Coast of Zanzibar to the Zambesi.

5, TAPIA NILOTICA,

Labrus niloticus, Linn. in Hasselq. Iter Palest. p. 346 (1757),

and 8. N. i. p. 477 (1766); Sonnini, Voy. Faypia, iil. p. 395,

pl. xxvii. fig. 1 (1799).

Chromis nilotica, Cuv., Guérin, Icon. R. An. i. Poiss. pl. xliv.

fig. 1 (1844); Sauv. Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iv. 1880, p. 211;

Lortet, Ann. Mus. Lyon, iii. 1883, p. 137, pl. vii.; Mitchell, Rep.

Fish. L. Menzaleh, p. 12, pl. ii. (1895); Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soe.

1896, p. 218.

Chromis niloticus, part., Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 267 (1862), and

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 490; Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

xiv. 1864, p. 226; Peters, Reise Mossamb. iv. p. 23 (1868);

Giinth. in Petherick, Tray. C. Afr. ii. p. 216 (1869); Steind. Sitzb.

Ak. Wien, lx. 1870, p. 96; Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. x.

1893, p. 149; Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xv. 1895, p. 28 ;

Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 10 (1896).

Chromis guentheri, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xiv. 1864,

p- 228, pl. vii. figs. 3 & 4.

Chromis spilurus, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 89, pl. x.

fig. A, and 1896, p. 219.

Tilapia nilotica, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 6.

Teeth very small, in 4 to 6 series in both jaws. Depth of body

21 to 23 times in total length, length of head 23 to 33 times.

Snout with nearly straight upper profile, 13 to 12 diameter of eye

(shorter in the young), ‘which is 43 to 6 times in length of head

(33 to 33 in the young), and 13 to 27 times in interorbital width ;

mouth moderate, 4 to 3 width of head, extending to below

anterior border of eye or between the nostril and the eye; 2or3

series of scales on the cheek, forming, under the eye, a nearly

straight horizontal band which equals or exceeds the width of

the naked preopercle; large scales on the opercle. Gull-rakers

short, 17 to 23 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV-XVIIT

11-13; last spine longest, 2 to 3 length of head, 2 to } length of

longest soft rays. Pectoral falciform, 1 to 13 length of head,

extending as far as origin of anal or a little beyond. Ventral

reaching vent or anal. Anal III 9-11; third spine as long as or

a little shorter than longest dorsal spine. Caudal rounded.

Caudal peduncle slightly deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 31-35

4-5 19-25 :

3; lat. 1. G45. Olive, some or most of the scales darker at the

base, or lighter and golden in the centre ; vertical fins with blackish

and whitish spots forming transverse or oblique streaks; a blackish

opercular spot ; young with 8 or 9 more or less distinct dark bars

1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID#. 113

on the body and a dark spot just below the upper profile of the

caudal peduncle.

Total length 350 millim.

Lake of Galilee and Jordan; Nile; Lakes Abaya, Rudolf, Albert

Edward, and Victoria; Gallaland; Senegal; Niger.

6. TILAPIA TANGANICA.

Chromis tanganice, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 630, fig.

Tilapia tanganice, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 5.

Teeth very small, in 5 or 6 series in both jaws. Depth of body

23 in total length, length of head 24. Snout with straight upper

profile, shghtly longer than diameter of eye, which is 32 times in

length of head and 12 in interorbital width; mouth rather small,

3 width of head, extending to below nostril; 3 series of scales on

the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, slender,

20 or 21 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI-XVII

11-13 ; spines equal in length from the sixth, measuring 2 length

of head and ? longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, a little longer

than head, extending beyond origin of anal. Ventral reaching

vent. Anal III 9-10; third spine a little shorter than longest

dorsals. Caudal truncate, slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle

as long as deep. Scales cycloid, 32-33 a lat. 1. —s Olive

above, silvery beneath ; soft dorsal with rather indistinct oblique

dark streaks.

Total length 95 millim.

Lake Tanganyika.

7. TIDAPIA NATALENSIS.

Chromis niloticus, part., Peters, Arch. f. Nat. 1855, p. 267, and

Reise n. Mossamb. iv. p. 23 (1868); Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss.

Anst. x. 1893, p. 149, pl. ii. figs. 1-4, and Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische,

p- 10, fig. (1896).

Chromis mossambicus, part., Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 268 (1862).

Chromis natalensis, M. Weber, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. x. 1897, p. 147.

Teeth very small, in 4 or 5 series in both jaws. Depth of body

23 to 23 times in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout with

straight or slightly convex upper profile, 1} to 1? diameter of eye,

which is 4 to 45 times in length of head and 14 to 2 in interorbital

width ; mouth moderate, 2 to 3 width of head; maxillary extending

to between nostril and eye; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek ;

large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 17 to 20 on lower

part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI-XVIII 10-12; last spine

longest, 2 to 3 length of head, 4 to 3 longest soft rays. Pectoral

pointed, as long as or a little longer (11) than the head, extending

to origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. Anal

III 9-11; third spine a little shorter but stronger than last

dorsal spine. Caudal truncate or very slightly notched. Candal

peduncle as long as deep or a little longer than deep. Scales

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. VIII. 8

114 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

eycloid, 31-34 = » Jat. 1: ad Brownish or olive, uniform or

with darker spots at the bases of the scales: young with more or

less distinct dark bars on the body, oblique streaks on the soft

dorsal and anal, and two or three bars across the caudal ; opercular

spot usually very indistinct.

Total length 180 millim.

East and South-east Africa, from the coast of Zanzibar to

Natal.

8. TILAPIA GALIL#A.

Sparus galileus, Artedi, in Hasselq. Reise Palest. p. 389 (1762).

Chromis ? galileus, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 273 (1859).

Chromis niloticus part., Giinth. ]. c. p. 267, and Proc. Zool. Soc.

1864, p. 490, and in Petherick, Tray. C. Afr. ii. p. 216 (1869);

Steind. Sitz. Ak. Wien, lx. 1870, p. 964, pl. iv. fig. 1

Chromis niloticus, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xiv. 1864,

p. 226; Tristram, Faun. Palest. pl. xviii. fig. 1 (1884).

Chromis tiber iadis, Lortet, Ann. Mus. Ly on, lil. 1883, p. 135,

1. vi.

Chromis microstomus, Lortet, 1]. c. p. 139, pl. viii. fig. 1

Teeth very small, in 4 to 6 series in both jaws. Depth of body

2 to 23 times in total length, length of head 23 to 3 times. Snout

with straight or convex upper proiile, 17 to 14 diameter of eye,

which is 4 to 5 times in length of head and 13 to 2 in inter-

orbital width; mouth narrow, not more than 3 width of head,

extending to below the nostril; 2 or 3 series of scales on the

cheek, forming a narrow oblique band which in its widest part

does not exceed the width of the naked preopercle; large scales

on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 20 to 25 on lower pars of

puterior arch. Dorsal XVI-XVII 12-14; last spine longest, 3 to

= length of head, 2 to $ longest soft rays. Pectoral faleiform, 1j

to 12 length Hi ‘head, extending to origin of anal or beyond.

Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. “Anal IIL 10- 11; third

spine as long as or a little shorter and stronger than last’ dorsal

spine. Caudal truncate or slightly Boreas Caudal peduncle

deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 31-34 5; Pe ee ate a Brown-

ish or olive, without spots or bars; a more or less distinct dark

opercular spot ; vertical fins greyish or brown, without markings,

Total length 300 millim.

Lake of Galilee and Jordan, Nile, Senegal, Niger.

9. TILAPIA MICROCEPHALA.

Chromis microcephalus (Bleek.), Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 272 (1862).

Melanogenes microcephalus, Bleek. Nat. Verh. Vet. Haarlem,

xviii. 1863, no. 2, p. 37, pl. vi. fig. 1.

Teeth very small, closely set, in 4 or 5 series in both jaws.

Depth of body 2 to ‘21 times in total length, length of head 24 to

3 times. Snout with’ straight or convex upper profile, 1} to 14

diameter of eye, which is 35 to 4 times in length of head “and 13

1899. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA. 115

to 14 in interorbital width ; mouth narrow, 3 to 2 width of head,

extending to between nostril and eye; 2 series of scales on the

cheek, forming a narrow oblique band; large scales on the

operele. Gill-rakers short, 15 to 19 on lower part of anterior

arch. Dorsal XV-XVI 11-13; last spine longest, J or a little

less than 4 length of head, 3 to 3 longest soft rays. Pectoral

falciform, 1} to 13 length of head, extending to origin of anal or

beyond. Ventral reaching vent or anal. Anal III 9-11; third

spine shorter than last dorsal. Caudal truncate, slightly emar-

ginate. Caudal peduncle deeper than long. Scales cycloid,

28-30 ASS sities IE se Olive above, golden beneath, uniform or

with 5 or 6 very indistinct, narrow, dark bars; soft dorsal with

dark and light spots forming oblique streaks; a dark opercular

spot.

Total length 175 millim.

Gold Coast.

10. TILAPIA MACROCEPHALA.

Sarotherodon melanotheron (nom. nud.), Rupp. Verz. Mus. Senck.

iv. p. 21 (1852); Gimth. Cat. iv. p. 273 (1862).

Chromis macrocephalus (Bleek.), Giinth. 1...

Melanogenes macrocephalus, Bleek. Nat. Verh. Vet. Haarlem,

xviii. 1863, no. 2, p. 36, pl. vi. fig. 2.

Teeth very small, closely set, in 4 to 6 series in both jaws.

Depth of body 23 to 22 times in total length, length of head 22

to 22 times. Snout with straight or convex upper profile, 13 to

12 diameter of eye, which is 4 to 44 times in length of head and

14 to 13 in interorbital width; mouth moderate, about 2 width of

head, extending to between nostril and eye: 2 series of scales on

the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 15 to

17 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV-—XVI 10-12; last

spine longest, 2? length of head, 4 longest soft rays, which are

somewhat produced. Pectoral falciform, 14 to 17 length of head,

extending to origin of anal or beyond. Ventral reaching origin of

anal. Anal III 7-9; third spine a little shorter than last dorsal.

Caudal truncate, slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle deeper

than long. Scales cycloid, 28-30 — lat. 1.=25,. Olive-brown

above, golden beneath ; indistinct light spots on the soft dorsal and

caudal fins, forming oblique streaks on the former; a black oper-

cular spot; chin and gular region black, or marbled with black.

Total length 145 millim.

Gold Coast.

11, TILAPIA NIGRIPINNIS.

Tilapia nigripinnis (Guichen.), A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1899,

p- 254, pl. xxii. fig. 2.

Chromis nigripinnis, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 270 (1862).

Teeth very small, in 4 or 5 closely-set series in both jaws.

116 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

Depth of body 23 in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout

with slightly concave upper profile, 1; diameter of eye, which is

34 in length of head and 13 in interorbital width ; mouth small,

3 width of head, maxillary extending little beyond vertical of

nostril; 2 series of scales on the cheek, forming a narrow oblique

band ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 16 on lower

part of anterior arch, Dorsal XVI 105, spines nearly equal in

length from the 6th, which measures ? length of head and #

longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, a little longer than the head,

extending to origin of anal. Ventralreaching vent. Anal III 8-9,

Caudal truncate, slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle a little

deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 29 a ; lat. 1. = Brown ;

indistinct darker oblique streaks on the soft dorsal.

Total length 115 millim.

Gaboon.

12. TILAPIA DUMERILI.

Chromis dumeriliz, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xiv. 1864,

p- 225, pl. vii. fig. 1.

Teeth small, in 4 series in both jaws. Depth of body equal to

length of head, 23 to 22 in total length. Snout with straight

upper profile, nearly 13 diameter of eye, ‘which is about 43 in length

of head; mouth rather “large ; maxillary extending to below anterior

border of eye; 2 series of scales on the cheek. Dorsal XV 10;

last spine longest, nearly 2 length of head, 2 longest soft rays.

Pectoral pointed, a little longer than the head, extending beyond

origin of anal. Ventral reaching origin of anal. Anal III 9.

Caudal truncate, scaly in the basal half. Caudal peduncle a little

deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 30-31 = lat. 1. a Brown,

each scale darker at the base; a very narrow blackish opercular

spot.

Total length 133 millim.

West Africa.

Apparently nearly allied to 7. macrocephala, but distinguished

by a larger mouth.

13, TILAPIA LEPIDURA, sp. Nn.

Teeth very minute, in 4 closely-set series in both jaws. Depth

of body 22 to 23 times in total length, length of head 2? to 3.

Snout with convex upper profile, 13 to 13 diameter of eye, * which

is 33 to 4 times in length of head and 14 fo 2 in interorbital width ;

mouth moder ate, 2 width of head, extending to between nostril and

eye ; Zor3 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle.

Gill-rakers short, slender, 17 to 20 ‘on lower part of anterior

arch. Dorsal XVI 10; last spine longest, 2 length of head.

Pectoral pointed, as long : as head, extending as far as origin of anal,

Ventral reaching vent. Anal TIL 8-9 ; third spine a little shorter

than last dorsal. Caudal rounded, densely scaled. Caudal peduncle

1899. | SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA. 117

deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 29-30 ce Seles We a

Brownish above, golden beneath ; a blackish opercular spot ; dorsal

and anal with blackish spots forming oblique streaks on the soft

part of the dorsal; caudal with a wide-meshed dark network.

Total length 160 millim.

Lower Congo and Angola.

14. TinaPra SQUAMIPINNIS.

Chromis squamipinnis, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 311, and

1893, p. 621, pl. li.

Tilapia squamipinnis, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4.

Teeth small, in 4 or 5 closely-set series in both j jaws. Depth of

body 23 to 22 in total length, length of head 2? to 3 times. Snout

with straight or slightly convex upper profile, 13 to 1} diameter of

eye (as long as eye in the young), which is 4 Aen in length of

head (3 to. 34 times in the young), and twice in interorbital

width (13 to 14 in the young); mouth narrow, 3 to 3 width of

head ; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; 2 series of

scales on the cheek ; large 2 scales on the opercle. Gull-rakers short,

17 to 19 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI 10-11;

spines subequal from the middle ones, 4 to 4 length of head,

about ? longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, as long as or a little

longer than the head, reaching origin of anal or a little beyond.

Ventral reaching vent. Anal III 8-9; third spine nearly as long

as longest dorsals. Caudal slightly notched, upper angle pointed,

lower rounded and shorter. coma peduncle a little longer than

deep. Scales cycloid, 82-35 ==,; lat. 1. ae Pale greyish olive,

with 8 more or less regular blackish cross-bars; oblique dark

streaks on the soft dorsal and a large dark spot between the

anterior rays.

Total length 250 millim.

Lake Nyassa and Upper Shiré River.

15. TILAPIA MACROCENTRA.

Tilapia macrocentra, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 256.

Chromis macrocentra, Rochebr. Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. (4) vi.

1883, p. 133.

Depth of body 24 in total length. 3 series of scales on the

cheek. 22 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV

13, the spines remarkably strong and triangular. Anal III 10.

Caudal rounded. Scales very large, cycloid, 26 in the lateral series.

Uniform brown.

Total length 260 millim.

Senegal.

I am indebted to the kindness of Prof. Vaillant for some notes

on the gill-rakers, scales, and shape of the caudal in this and the

other species so imperfectly described by Aug. Dumeéril.

118 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

16. TILAPIA PLEUROMELAS.

Tilapia pleuromelas, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 253.

Tilapia lateralis, A. Dum. |. ¢.

Chromis pleuromelas, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 271 (1862).

Chromis lateralis, Giinth., t. c. p. 272.

Depth of body about twice in total length. 2 series of scales on

the cheek. 15-17 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch.

Dorsal X1V 12-14. Anal III 10. Caudal rounded. Scales

cycloid, 26-29 are, Brown ; a large black blotch on each side of

the body.

Total length 200 millim.

Senegal.

17. TILAPIA HEUDELOTI.

Tilapia heudelotii, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 254.

Chromis heudelotii, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 270 (1862).

Depth of body a little more than twice in total length. 3 series

of scales on the cheek. 16 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior

arch. Dorsal XIV 10. Anal III 7. Caudal rounded (?).

Scales cycloid, 27 = Brownish ; soft dorsal with irregular light

and dark streaks.

Total length 120 millim.

Senegal.

18. TILAPIA SPARRMANI.

Tilapia sparrmanii, Smith, Il. Zool. 8. Afr., Fish. pl. v. (1840).

Chromis sparmanni, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 269 (1862),

Chromis niloticus, part., Peters, Reise n. Mossamb. iv. p. 23 (1868).

Teeth very small, in 3 to 5 series in both jaws. Depth of body

27 to 22 times in total length, length of head 3 to 33. Snout

with straight or slightly convex upper profile, as long as the eye,

which is 33 to 4 times in length of head and 1j to 12 in inter-

orbital width; mouth moderate, 2 width of head; maxillary

extending to below anterior border of eye; 2 series of scales on

the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers very short,

10 to 12 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIII-XV 9-11;

last spine longest, 2 to 3 length of head, 3 to 2 longest soft rays.

Pectoral pointed, a little shorter than the head, not extending to

origin of anal. Ventral reaching origin of anal. Anal III 9;

third spine a little shorter but stronger than last dorsal spine.

Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as longas deep. Scales eycloid,

27-29 — lat. 1. . Pinkish to brownish, with 7 or 8 rather

indistinct dark brown or olive bars; vertical fins with some small

dark spots ; a large blackish spot on the dorsal, between the anterior

soft rays; a dark opercular spot.

Total length 145 millim.

South-west Africa, from Angola and the Victoria Falls to

Namaqualand.

1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDX. 119

19. TImAPIA OVALIS.

Chromis ovalis, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. 1866,

p: 761.

Allied to 7. zillt. Depth of body equal to length of head, 3

times in total length. Snout with straight upper profile ; diameter

of eye 4 times in length of head, a little less than interorbital

width ; maxillary extending a little beyond vertical of anterior

border of eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek. Dorsal XIV 11;

last spine longest ; middle soft rays produced, Pectoral shorter

than the head. Ventral extending a little beyond origin of anal.

Anal III 8. Caudal rounded. Scales 292; lat. 1. 22. Olive-

10? 12°

brown, with indistinct darker bars ; a black opercalar spot ; dorsal

and anal with black streaks ; a black spot on the anterior soft rays

of the dorsal.

Total length 100 millim.

Angola.

20. TILAPIA MENZALENSIS.

Chromis menzalensis, Mitchell, Rep. Fish. L. Menzaleh, p. 13,

pl. iii. (1895).

Teeth in 4 or 5 series in both jaws, outer rather large. Depth

of body 22 in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout with

straight or slightly concave upper profile, 14 to 2 diameter of eye,

which is 4 to 5 times in length of head and 14 to 2 in interorbital

width ; mouth large, 3 to 4 width of head; maxillary extending to

below anterior border of eye ; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek ;

large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 9 or 10 on lower

part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 12-13; last spine longest,

2 to 3 length of head; middle soft rays produced in adult speci-

mens, about twice as long as last spine. Pectoral pointed, as long

as the head or a little shorter, not extending to origin of anal.

Ventral produced in the adult, reaching anal. Anal III 8-9;

third spine shorter than longest dorsal, soft rays produced like

the dorsals. Caudal truncate, rounded in old specimens. Caudal

peduncle as long as deep. Seales cycloid, 30-312 ; lat. 1. a

Olive, with 7 or 8 dark bars, sometimes with a dark stripe along

the middle of the side; ventrals and vertical fins dark, the latter

sometimes with ill-defined lighter spots; a more or less distinct

round black spot between the anterior soft rays of the dorsal; a

black opercular spot.

Total length 235 millim.

Lake Menzaleh, Lower Egypt.

21. TIDAPIA ZILLII,

Acerina zillii, Gervais, Ann. Sc. Nat. (3) x. 1848, p. 208.

Coptodon zillii, Gervais, Bull. Soc. Agric. Hérault, 18538, p. 80,

pl. iv. figs. 5-7; A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 252.

Glyphisodon zillu, Valence. C.R. Ac. Se. xlvi. 1858, p. 713.

120 “MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

Haligenes tristrami, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 471, pl. ix.

Chromis tristrami, part., Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 269 (1862).

Sarotherodon (?) zillii, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 274.

Chromis andrew, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 492; Lortet,

Ann. Mus. Lyon, iii. 1883, p. 142, pl. viii. fig. 3; Tristram, Faun.

Palest. pl. xvii. fig. 1 (1884).

Chromis niloticus, part., Gervais, Zool. Pal. Gén. p. 205, pl. xly.

fig. 3 (1869), and Journ. Zool. iii. 1874, p. 455.

Chromis mossambicus, part., Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lx. i. 1870,

p- 23.

Chromis zillii, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) i. 1877, p. 163;

Rolland, Rev. Scientif. (4) ii. 1894, p. 418. fig.

Chromis tristrami, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 218.

Tilapia tristrami, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 6.

Teeth in 3 or 4 series in both jaws, outer rather large. Depth

of body 23 to 23 in total length, length of head 23 to 3} times.

Snout with straight upper profile, 14 to 12 diameter of eye,

which is 33 to 43 in length of head and 1 to 12 in interorbital

width ; mouth moderate, 2 to 2 width of head; maxillary extending

to below anterior border of eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the

cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 8 to 10 on

lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal] X[V—XV 10-13; last spine

longest, 2 to 4 length of head ; middle soft rays produced in adult

specimens, about twice as long as last spine. Pectoral pointed, as

long as the head or a little shorter, not extending to origin of anal.

Ventral produced in the adult, reaching vent or anal. Anal IIT

7-9; third spine as long as or a little shorter than longest dorsal,

soft rays produced like the dorsals. Caudal truncate. Caudal

meeasie as longasdeep. Scales mostly cycloid, 30-32 a lat. 1.

iaqz- Olive, with 6 to 8 more or less distinct darker bars, some-

times with a dark stripe along the middle of the side; vertical

fins usually with more or less distinct lighter round spots ; a large

round blackish spot usually present between the anterior soft rays

of the dorsal; a dark opercular spot.

Total length 210 millim.

Algerian Sahara to Lake Rudolf and the Lake of Galilee’.

Chromis faidherbi, Rochebr. Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iv. 1880, p. 167,

and Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. (4) vi. 1883, p. 134, pl. v. fig. 5, from

the Senegal, appears to be allied to C. zillii, but the description is

insufficient and contradicted by the accompanying figure.

D. XIV 11; A. IIL 7; Sq. 273. 3 dark bars on the body.

22. TrAPIA MAGDALEN®.

Chromis magdalene, Lortet, Arch. Mus. Lyon, iii. 1883, p. 146,

pl. ix. fig. 2.

? Ihave not seen Egyptian specimens ; but, according to Panceri (Rend. Ace.

Se., Soc. R. Nap. xii. 1873, p. 113), the species has been found in the artesian

wells of the oases of the Libyan Desert by Figari Bey (Stud. sc. sull’ Egitto,

1864, i. p. 287).

1899. | SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID2. 121

Teeth very small, in 3 or 4 rows in both jaws. Depth of body

22 to 23 in total length, length of head 22 to 3times. Snout with

straight or humped upper profile, 1} to 2 as long as the diameter

of the eye, which is 4} to 6 times in length of head and 14 to 12

in interorbital width ; mouth moderate, 3 to 2 width of head; max-

illary extending to between nostril and eye; 3 or 4 series of scales

on the cheek. Gill-rakers short, 10 on lower part of anterior

arch. Dorsal XIV-XV 9-10; last spine longest, + to 2 length of

head, 2 to # longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, a little shorter

than the head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral not reach-

ing vent. Anal III 7-8; third spine as long as or a little shorter

than last dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as

deep or slightly longer than deep. Scales cycloid, 30-32 a ; lat. 1.

— Brownish green above, bluish silvery below ; 8 oblique dark

bars on the body, sometimes very indistinct ; fins uniform bluish

white ; a dark bar below the eye; a black opercular spot.

Total length 160 millim.

Syria.

23, TILAPIA THOLLONI.

Chromis tholloni, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1884, p. 196,

pl. v. fig. 1.

Teeth very small. Depth of body 2? in total length, length of

head 3 times. Snout with slightly concave upper profile, 1} dia-

meter of eye, which is 4 times in length of head; interorbital space

a little wider than diameter of eye; maxillary not quite reaching

to below anterior border of eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek.

Dorsal XVI 8; last spine longest, about 4 length of longest soft

rays. Pectoral obtuse, nearly as long as the head, not extending to

origin of anal. Ventral extending beyond origin of anal. Anal

III 9. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle nearly as long as deep.

Scales eycloid, 32 =. Olive; a black opercular spot and a blackish

lateral stripe ; soft dorsal and caudal with purplish spots.

Total length 180 millim.

Upper Ogowe.

24, TILAPIA CABR A.

Tilapia cabre, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1899, p. 51,

pl. xxvii.

Teeth in outer row moderate, separated by an interspace from

a band of 4 transverse series of smaller closely-set teeth. Depth

of body 2 to 21 in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout

with straight upper profile, 14 to 13 diameter of eye, which is

4 to 4} times in length of head and 14 to 2 in interorbital width ;

mouth 2 width of head, extending to between nostril and eye; 4

series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gull-

rakers short, 10 to 12 on lower part of anterior arch, Dorsal

XVI 12-138; last spine longest, 2 to } length of head, 2 to 2

122 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

middle soft rays, which are much produced. Pectoral pointed, as

long as head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching

vent or origin of anal. Anal III 10-11; third spine shorter than

last dorsal ; soft rays produced like the dorsals. Caudal rounded.

Soe peduncle deeper than long. Scales cycloid, S2eoe lat. 1.

ia © Olive-brown; a black opercular spot ; soft dorsal and caudal

with numerous small round blackish spots.

Total length 340 millim.

Loango.

25. TILAPIA MARIA, sp. n. (Plate XI. fig. 1.)

Teeth small, in 3 series in both jaws. Depth of body 2 to 22

in total length, length of head 2} to 3 times. Snout with straight

upper profile, as long as diameter of eye, which is 3 times in

length of head and 13 to 14 in interorbital width; mouth rather

small, 2 width of head; maxillary extending to between nostril

and eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the

opercle. Gill-rakers short, 13 on lower part of anterior arch.

Dorsal XVI 12; spines equal in length from the 5th, 3 length of

head. Pectoral pointed, as long as head, not extending to origin

of anal. Ventral produced into a filament, reaching origin of

anal. Anal III 10; third spine nearly as long as longest dorsals.

Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle a little deeper than long.

Seales cycloid, 30-31 — lat. 1. ae Pale brown, with 7 or 8

dark bars, five of which extend on the dorsal.

Total length 80 millim.

Azuminé Creek, Opobo River, Niger Delta. Two specimens,

collected by Miss Mary Kingsley.

26. TILAPIA HORII.

Chromis horii, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 630, pl. lviii.

fig. A.

"Tilapia horwi, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 5.

Teeth very small, in 4 or 5 series in both jaws. Depth of body

3 to 33 times in total length, length of head 2? to 24. Snout

with straight upper profile, 13 to 13 diameter of eye, which is

contained 4 times in length of head and a little exceeds interorbital

width ; mouth moderate, } width of head, extending to between

nostril and eye ; 3 series of scales on the cheek. Gill-rakers short,

18 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI 8-9; spines equal

from the 5th or 6th, 3 to 2 length of head, 2 to 3 longest soft

rays. Pectoral pointed, } length of head, not extending to origin

of anal. Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. Anal III 6-7;

third spine slightly shorter than longest dorsals. Caudal rounded,

subtruncate. Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. Scales

eycloid, 30-31 a labenl: ae Pale olive above, with 7 or 8

very indistinct darker bars ; large irregular brown spots may be

1899.) SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID&, 123

present on the snout and cheeks; a round white spot may be

present between the last two anal rays.

Total length 125 millim.

Lake Tanganyika.

97. TILAPIA MELANOPLEURA.

Tilapia melanopleura, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 252,

pl. xxii. fig. 1.

Chromis melanopleura, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 272 (1862).

Depth of body 2 in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout

with slightly concave upper profile, 13 diameter of eye, which

is 4 times in length of head; maxillary extending to below

anterior border of eye; 5 series of scales on the cheek ; large

scales on the opercle. 10 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior

arch. Dorsal XV 12; last spine longest, 4 length of head, not

quite 4 longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, as long as the head,

not extending to origin of anal. Anal IIT 9; third spine nearly

as long as last dorsal. Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle a little

deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 25-26 Brown; a large

black blotch on each side of the body.

Total length 150 millim,

Senegal.

28. TAPIA CHRULEOMACULATA.

Chromis ceruleomaculatus, Rochebr. Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iv.

1880, p. 166, and Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. (4) vi. 1883, p. 132, pl. iv.

fig. 3.

Depth of body 24 in total length, length of head 3 times.

Snout longer than eye, which is 37 times in length of head ;

5 series of scales on the cheek. Dorsal XIV 11; spines subequal

from the fifth. Pectoral rather short, not extending so far as

origin of anal. Anal III 10. Caudal truncate, slightly emar-

ginate. Scales 29 =. Dark green above, pink beneath ; a series

of 5 large, round, deep blue spots along each side, the first on the

opercle.

Total length 137 millim.

Senegal.

29, TILAPIA JALLE.

Chromis jalle, Bouleng. Boll. Mus. Torin. xi. 1896, no. 260,

Teeth small. Depth of body 32 in total length, length of head

3} times. Snout a little longer than diameter of eye, which is

34 times in length of head and equals 13 interorbital width ;

maxillary not extending to below anterior border of eye; 6 or 7

series of scales on the cheek ; Jarge scales on the opercle. Gill-

rakers very short, 9 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV

10; spines subequal from the 5th, which measures 3 length of

head ; last soft rays prolonged into filaments. Pectoral 3 length

of head. Anal III 8; third spine as long as longest dorsal ; soft

124 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

rays produced like the dorsals. Caudal truncate. Caudal pe-

duncle 13 as long as deep. Scales cycloid, 33 2 ; lat. 1. > Olive-

brown, with traces of 5 darker bars.

Total length 75 millim.

Upper Zambesi (district of the Victoria Falls).

30. TimaPrIaA HUMILIS.

Chromis humilis, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. 1866,

p- 763.

Depth of body 33 in total length, length of head 3} times.

Snout with straight upper profile; diameter of eye 42 times in

length of head, equal to interorbital width ; maxillary not reaching

to below anterior border of eye; 6 or 7 series of scales on the

cheek. Dorsal XV 10; last spine longest, about 3 length of

head; longest soft rays not quite 4 length of head. Pectoral

3 length of head. Anal IIIT 8. Caudal rounded. Seales 30 33

lat. 1. a Yellowish brown; a black opercular spot; dorsal and

caudal with round blackish spots.

Total length 115 millim.

Angola.

31. TILAPIA GUINEENSIS.

Ohromis guineensis (Bleek.), Giinth. Cat. iv. pp. 271 & 510

(1862).

Chromis tristrami, part., Giinth. t. ¢. p. 269.

Haligenes guineensis, Bleek. Nat. Verh. Vet. Haarlem, xviii. 1863,

no. 2, p. 41, pl. vii.

Teeth small, in 4 series in both jaws. Depth of body 23 to 22

in total length, length of head 3} to 33 times. Snout deep, with

very steep upper profile, measuring about 13 diameter of eye,

which is 4 times in length of head and 13 in interorbital width ;

mouth large, ? width of head; maxillary extending to below

anterior border of eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek, forming an

oblique band the width of which at least equals the diameter of

the eye; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 12 on

lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV—XVI 11-12; last spine

longest, 2 to $ length of head; middle soft rays much produced,

nearly 3 times as long as last dorsal spine. Pectoral pointed,

a little longer than the head, not extending to origin of anal.

Ventral produced, reaching beyond origin of anal. Anal III 9;

third spine shorter than longest dorsal, soft rays produced like the

dorsals. Caudal feebly emarginate, the outer rays somewhat pro-

duced. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales cycloid, 31 3;

lat. 1. ma Dark olive ; vertical fins with some light spots, con-

fluent into two or three streaks on the dorsal; a black opercular

spot.

Total length 190 millim.

Ashantee.

1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA, 125

32. TILAPIA VORAX.

Chromis voraxv, Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. x. 1893,

p- 151, pl. ii. figs. 9-11, and Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 12, fig.

(1896).

Teeth very small, in 3 or 4 series in both jaws. Depth of body

nearly equal to length of head, 27 to 2? times in total length.

Snout with convex upper profile, 14 to 13 diameter of eye, which

is 5 times in length of head and nearly twice in interorbital width ;

mouth large; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye

or a little beyond ; 3 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on

the opercle. Dorsal XV 12-13; middle soft rays much produced,

as long as head. Pectoral pointed, nearly as long as head,

extending a little beyond origin of anal. Ventral extending

beyond origin of anal. Anal III 10; soft rays prolonged like

the dorsals. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales cycloid,

28-31 S33 lat. ee Dark-olive brown; a rather indistinct dark

opercular spot ; vertical fins blackish.

Total length 149 millim.

German Hast Africa and Mozambique.

83. TILAPIA SIMONIS.

Chromis simonis, Ginth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 492; Lortet,

Arch. Mus. Lyon, iii. 1883, p. 143, pl. ix. fig. 1; Tristram, Faun.

Palest. p. 165, pl. xvi. fig. 2 (1884).

Chromis paterfamilias, Lortet, C.R. Ac. Sc. lxxxi. 1875, p. 1197,

and La Nature, 1876, p. 81, figs.

Teeth very small, in 4 or 5 series in both jaws. Depth of body

equal to length of head, 22 to 25 times in total length. Snout

with straight upper profile, 13 to 13 diameter of eye, which is

43 to 5 times in length of head and 13 in interorbital width ;

mouth moderate, } width of head; maxillary extending to between

nostril and eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales

on the opercle. Gill-rakers short and thick, 10 to 12 on lower

part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 9-10; last spine longest, 3 to 2

length of head, 2 to 3 longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, as long

as the head, extending as far as origin of anal. Ventral not

reaching vent. Anal III 8-9; third spine a little shorter than

last dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep.

Seales cycloid, 30-32 eu lat. 1. ane Olive, with 6 or 7 rather

indistinct darker bars; opercular spot feebly marked; a rather

indistinct dark spot between the anterior soft rays of the dorsal.

Total length 180 millim.

Syria (Lakes of Galilee and Huleh),

34. TILAPIA LATA.

Chromis latus, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 271 (1862); Steind. Verh. zool.-

bot. Ges. Wien, xiv. 1864, p. 227, pl. vill. figs. 1 & 2.

Chromis niloticus, part., Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lx. 1870, p. 96.

126 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

Chromis microcephalus (non Bleek.), Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Zool.

France, 1884, p. 196, fig.

Chromis ogowensis, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896,

poeid

Teeth small, in 3 to 5 well separated series in both jaws.

Depth of body 2 to 23 in total length, length of head 3 to 33

times. Snout with straight or convex upper profile, 1; to 14

diameter of eye, which is 83 to 4 times in length of head and 14

to 14 in interorbital width ; mouth 2 to $ width of head ; maxillary

extending to between nostril and eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on

the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gull-rakers very short,

10 to 12 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV—X VI 10-14;

last: spine longest, nearly 3 length of head, § to } middle soft rays,

which are produced in the adult. Pectoral as long as or a little

longer than the head, extending as far or nearly as far as origin of

anal. Outer ventral ray produced, reaching origin of anal or

beyond. Anal III 9-10; third’ spine shorter than last dorsal.

Caudal truncate or slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle a little

deeper than long. Scales cycloid, 29-31 a5 lat. 1. a Olive-

brown, with or without 4 or 5 very indistinct darker bars; a black

temporal spot ; dorsal fin with blackish streaks and a large black

spot between the anterior soft rays, the streaks behind the spot

very oblique.

Total length 175 millim.

West Africa, from the Gambia to the Loango.

35, TILAPIA RANGITI.

Tilapia rangii, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 255.

Chromis ranyit, Rochebr. Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. (4) vi. 1883,

p- 133.

Depth of body 23 in total length. 3 series of scales on the

cheek. 14 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal

XV 10. Anal JII 8. Pectoral extending beyond origin of anal.

Caudal truncate. Scales cycloid, 26 A black opercular spot ;

small blackish spots on the soft dorsal.

Total length 100 millim.

Gorea.

36. TILAPIA RENDALLI.

Chromis rendalli, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 915, fig.

Tilapia rendail, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4.

Teeth rather small, forming + transverse series well separated

from each other. Depth of body 2} to 2? in total length, length

of head 3 to 34 times. Snout with steep, slightly convex upper

profile, a little longer than the eye, the diameter of which is

4 times in length of head and 1} in interorbital width ; mouth

about } width of head; maxillary not extending quite to below

anterior border of eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek; large

1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA, 127

scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers very short, 8 on lower ies of

anterior arch. Dorsal XVI 12-13; last spine longest, 1 length

of head. Pectoral pointed, a little longer than the head, extending

as far as origin of anal. Ventral not reaching vent. Anal Il

9-10; third ‘spine as long as middle dorsals.. Caudal rounded.

une peduncle not longer than deep. Scales cycloid, 30-32

= See SUE t a =. Body without distinct markings; snout and a

spot on the opercle blackish ; dorsal fin with blackish spots and

oblique bars.

Total length 220 millim.

Upper Shiré River.

37. Tapia AFFINIS.

Tilapia affinis, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 255.

Chromis affinis, Rochebr. Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. vi. 1883, p. 131.

Chromis aureus, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xiv. 1864,

p. 229, pl. vii. fig. 5.

Teeth small, in 3 or 4 regular series in both jaws. Depth of

body 22 to 2 22 in total length, length of head 3. Snout with

straight upper roti 1} to sie diameter of eye, which is contained

4 times in length of head, and 11 to 11 in interorbital width ;

mouth nearly 3 width of head, extending to below anterior border

of eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek ; ; large scales on the opercle.

Gill-rakers short, 8 or 9 on ee part of anterior arch. Dorsal

XV 11-12; last spine longest, + length of head, nearly + longest

soft rays. Pectoral pointed, 12 length of head, extending to

origin of anal. Ventral reaching origin of anal. Anal III 3 10;

third spine a littie shorter than last dorsal. Caudal rounded.

se peduncle slightly deeper than long. Scales cycloid,

32 rae latanle o Olive, a black opercular spot ; soft dorsal with

blackish spots mete or less confluent into oblique streaks.

Total length 170 millim.

Senegal and Niger.

38. TILAPIA BURTONI.

Chromis burtoni, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 631, pl. viii.

fig. C.

*Tilupia burtoni, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 5.

Teeth in 5 closely-set series, outer moderately large, inner ier

minute. Depth of body 22 in total length, length of head 2

Snout with slightly concave upper profile, 13 diameter of eye,

which is contained 4 times in length of head and equals inter-

orbital width; mouth rather large, nearly ? width of head,

extending to below anterior border of eye; Ae series of scales on

the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 10 on

lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV 11; spines equal from

the 10th, 3 length of head, 3 longest soft rays. Pectoral 4 length

of head, extending as far as origin of anal. Ventral prolonged in

128 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

a filament, extending beyond origin of anal. Anal III 9; third

spine a little shorter than longest dorsals. Caudal rounded.

Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. Scales cycloid,

29 at lat. 1. a Olive, a dark opercular spot; two dark bars

across the upper surface of the snout; a dark streak behind the

eye.

"Total length 95 millim.

Lake Tanganyika.

39. TILAPIA BUETTIKOFERI.

Chromis biittikoferi, Hubrecht, Notes Leyd. Mus. iii. 1881, p. 66;

Steind. op. cit. xvi. 1894, p. 39."

Teeth rather large (10 on each side in the outer row of the

upper jaw). Depth of body 2 to 27 in total length, length of

head 3 to 32. Snout as long as the eye, which is contained 3

times in length of head; 5 or 6 series of scales on the cheek.

Gill-rakers short, 11 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal X1V—

XV 15-16. Pectoral as long as or a little shorter than the head,

not extending so far as origin of anal. Ventral prolonged into a

filament, extending beyond origin of anal. Anal IIT 10-11.

Caudal rounded (?). Scales cycloid, 29-30 Pa lat. 1. lad 8 dark

bars, the first two across the head, the last two on the caudal

peduncle; these bars a little broader than the spaces between

them.

Total length 105 millim.

St. Paul’s River, Liberia.

40. TAPIA POLYCENTRA.

Tilapia polycentra, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 254.

Chromis polycentra, Giinth. Cat. iv. p. 270 (1862).

Depth of body 2 in total length. 3 series of scales on the

cheek. 9 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal

XVIII 8. Anal III 7. Caudal rounded. Scales cycloid,

24 =f Scales finely dotted with blackish ; soft dorsal with

alternating series of dark and light spots and a large black spot in

front.

Total length 100 millim.

Gorea.

41, TILAPIA KIRKI.

? Ctenochromis strigigena, Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. x.

1893, p. 155, pl. ii. figs. 5-8.

Chromis kirkii, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 624, pl. lvi.

fig. A (1894).

? Chromis strigigena, Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 18, fig.

(1896).

1 Tam indebted to Dr. van Lidth de Jeude for notes supplementing the

descriptions quoted.

1899. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID. 129

Ctenochromis kirkii, Pfeffer, 1. c. p. 19.

Tilapia kirk, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4.

Teeth small, in 3 or 4 series in both jaws. Depth of body 22

to 22 in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout with straight

upper profile, 17 to 13 diameter of eye, which is 3} to 4 times in

length of head and equal to or a little less than interorbital width ;

mouth 2 to 3 width of head ; maxillary extending to below nostril

or between nostril and eye ; 3 series of scales on the cheek ; large

scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 1] or 12 on lower part

of anterior arch. Dorsal XV-XVII 9-11; last spine longest,

about 4 length of head, not or but little shorter than the soft rays.

Pectoral pointed, as long as or a little shorter than the head.

Ventral reaching vent or a little beyond. Anal III 8-10;

third spine a little shorter than longest dorsal. Caudal truncate

or feebly emarginate, the rays covered with small scales. Caudal

peduncle 1} to 13 as long as deep. Scales finely denticulate on

the foptises 33-34 — lat. 1. oa Brownish above, silvery

beneath, with a blackish stripe from the opercular spot to the root

of the caudal; a second stripe may be present between the upper

lateral line and the dorsal fin; both these stripes may be broken

up into spots; soft dorsal and caudal with small dark and light

spots forming more or less regular series.

Total length 150 millim.

Upper Shiré River and Lake Nyassa. C. strigigena is founded

on young specimens from Mbuzini, German East Africa.

AQ, TILAPIA LETHRINUS.

Chromis lethrinus, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 622, pl. ly.

Tilapia lethrinus, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4.

Teeth very small, in 3 or 4 series in both jaws. Depth of body

nearly equal to length of head, 22 to 2? in total length. Snout

long, with straight upper profile, 12 to 2 diameter of eye, which is

4 to 43 times in length of head and equals interorbital width ;

mouth small, 3 width of head ; maxillary extending to between

nostril and eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on

the opercle. Gill-rakers large, falciform, 8 or 9 on lower part of

anterior arch. Dorsal XV-XVI 10-11; last spine longest, not

3 length of head, about 2 length of soft rays. Pectoral pointed, a

little shorter than the head. Ventral reaching vent or origin of

anal. Anal III 8-9; third spine shorter and stronger than

longest dorsal. Caudal with crescentic emargination, the rays

covered wilh small scales. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as Hor

Scales finely denticulate on the border, 33-34 3 ; lat. 1. ies

Silvery, brownish on the back; some blackish spots or a black

stripe above the upper lateral line; a blackish stripe may be

present along the side of the body and above the lower lateral

line; dorsal and caudal chequered with blackish between the rays,

Proc. Zoot. Soo.—1899, No. IX. 9

130 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

the spots having a tendency to form oblique stripes on the soft

dorsal.

Total length 180 millim.

Lake Nyassa.

43. TILAPIA JOHNSTONI.

Chromis subocularis, part., Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 621,

pl. liv. fig. B.

Chromis johnstoni, Giinth. |. c. p. 622, fig. A.

Chromis tetrastigma, Giuth. 1. ¢. p. 623, fig. C.

Tilapia subocularis, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4.

Tilapia johnstoni, Bouleng. 1. c.

Tilapia tetrastigma, Bouleng. |. ¢.

Teeth in 4 or 5 series, the outer moderately large and separated

by a considerable interspace from the others, which are very minute

and conical. Depth of body nearly equal to length of head, 22 to

3 times in total length. Snout with straight upper profile, 13 to

13 diameter of eye, which is 33 to 4 times in length of head and

equal to or somewhat greater than interorbital width ; mouth 2

width of head; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye ;

3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle.

Gill-rakers short, mostly notched, 11 or 12 on lower part of

anterior arch, Dorsal XIV-XVI 10- 11; last spine longest, 2 to

3 length of head, 2? longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed, as long

as or a little shorter than the head, extending to origin of anal.

Ventral reaching vent or anal. Anal ILI 8-9; third spine a little

shorter than longest dorsal. Caudal slightly notched, pointed

above, rounded below. Caudal peduncle 13 to 13 a long as deep.

Seales finely denticulate on the border, 32-33 bt 733 lat. 1. as

Pale olive, with 6 to 8 more or less regular dark bars, which may

be accompanied or replaced by a few blackish spots ; a dark

opercular spot; dorsal with oblique dark streaks and rows of

small pale spots ; caudal with small pale spots.

Total length 115 millim.

Lake Nyassa and Upper Shiré River.

44, TIDAPIA PECTORALIS.

Ctenochromis pectoralis, Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. x.

1893, p. 153, pl. ii. figs. 3, 4, 7, and Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 16,

fig. (1896).

Teeth in 5 rows in both jaws, inner very minute. Depth of

body nearly equal to length of head, 24 times in total length.

Snout with straight upper profile, as long as the eye, the diameter

of which is contained somewhat more than 3 times in length of

head and a little exceeds interorbital width; mouth extending

nearly to below anterior border of eye; 3 series of scales on the

cheek ; larger scales on the opercle. Gzll-rakers very short, 10 on

lower "part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV-XVI 8-9; soft rays

somewhat produced. Pectoral pointed, nearly as long as head,

1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID, 131

extending as far as origin of anal. Ventral reaching origin of

anal. Anal TIT 8. Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle as long

as deep. Scales with denticulate edge, 30 a3 lat. 1. oo . Brownish

with 10 to 12 dark bars ; a dark opercular spot ; dark streaks and

a ig white, dark-edged ocellus on the soft dorsal and on the

anal.

Total length 63 millim.

Korogwe, German East Africa.

45, TILAPIA NUCHISQUAMULATA.

Chromis nuchisquamulatus, Hilgend. Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr.

1888, p. 76.

Chromis (Haplochromis) obliquidens, Hilgend. 1. e.'

Ctenochromis nuchisquamulatus, Pfeff. Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische,

p. 14.

Ctenochromis sauvaget, Pfeff. 1. ¢. p. 15.

Ctenochromis obliquidens, Pfeft. Arch. f. Nat. xiii. 1897, p. 60.

Tilapia nuchisquamulata, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 0.

Tilapia sauvagii, Bouleng. 1. e.

Tilapia obliquidens, Bouleng. 1. ¢.

Teeth small, in 5 to 8 rows. Depth of body 22 to 2 times in

total length, length of head about 3 times. Snout with straight

upper profile, a little longer than the eye, which is 32 to 33 times

in length of head, and equals or a little exceeds interorbital width ;

mouth with thick and broad lips, extending to below anterior

border of eye or slightly beyond; 3 or 4 series of scales on the

cheek ; large scales on the opercle. 10 gill-rakers on lower part

of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI 8-10; last spine longest, about 2

length of head. Pectoral pointed, extending to origin of anal or

alittle beyond. Ventral reaching vent or anal. Anal III 8-9.

Scales etenoid, 28-31 wt; scales on occiput and nape very small.

Olive or brownish, with more or less distinct dark cross-bars, with

or without a dark lateral stripe; a dark opercular spot; soft

dorsal with dark and light spots; three or four round white spots

on the posterior half of the anal; ventrals black.

Total length 125 millim.

Victoria Nyanza.

46. TrnAPIa RosrRava, sp.n. (Plate XII. fig. 1.)

Teeth very small, in 4 series in both jaws. Depth of body 31

times in total length, length of head 23. Snout very long and

pointed, with slightly concave upper profile, twice as long as

diameter of eye, which is 42 in length of head and equals inter-

orbital width ; mouth 2 width of head; maxillary extending to

between nostril and eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek; large

scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers rather long and slender, 21 on

? Tam indebted to the kindness of Prof. Hilgendorf for notes on the type

specimen,

132 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI 11; last spine longest,

g length of head, a little shorter than soft rays. Pectoral pointed,

= length of head, not extending as far as origin of anal. Ventral

reaching vent. Anal III 9; third spine a little shorter than last

dorsal. Caudal rather deeply emarginate. Caudal peduncle 13

as long as deep. Scales with finely denticulate edge, 35 a :

lat. 1. = a Pale brown above, silvery white beneath; five dark

brown cross-bars, broken up into large spots ; a small dark brown

opercular spot ; a large brown spot at base of caudal ; fins white.

Total length 105 millim.

A single specimen from Lake Nyassa. Collected by Miss M.

Woodward ; presented by Miss 8. C. McLaughlin.

47, TILAPIA WILLIAMSI.

a Chromis williamsi, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 624, pl. lvi.

eg. CO:

Tilapia williamsi, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4.

Teeth moderate, in 5 or 6 closely-set series in both jaws.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 times in total length.

Snout with slightly convex upper profile, 13 diameter of eye,

which is 4 times in length of head and 13 in interorbital width ;

mouth 2 width of head; maxillary extending to below anterior

border of eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the

opercle. Gill-rakers short, 10 on lower part of anterior arch.

Dorsal XVII 8; last spine longest, nearly } length of head, 2

longest soft rays. Pectoral obtusely pointed, # length of head,

not extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent. Anal

Ill 7 ; third spine a little shorter than last dorsal. Caudal

rounded, basal half densely scaled. Caudal peduncle slightly

longer than deep. Scales finely denticulate on the border, 31% ;

lat. 1. = Dark brown, with scattered blackish spots; a blackish

opercular spot; a round blackish spot at the root of the caudal;

fins grey, dorsal broadly edged with black ; two small round white

spots on the posterior part of the anal.

Total length 105 millim.

Lake Nyassa.

48, TILAPIA CALLIPTERA.

Chromis callipterus, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 623, pl. lv.

fig. B (1894); Bouleng. op. cit. 1896, p. 916.

Chromis subocularis, part., Giinth. 1. ¢. p. 621.

Ctenochromis callipterus, Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 19.

Tilapia calliptera, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4.

Teeth small, in 3 to 5 series in both jaws. Depth of body 23

to 24 in total length, length of head 2? to3 times. Snout with

straight upper profile, 14 to 13 diameter of eye, which is 33 to 4

times in length of head and equal to or a little less than inter-

orbital width ; mouth $ to 2? width of head; maxillary extending

1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA. 133

to below anterior border of eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the

cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 8 to 10 on

lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV-XVI 8-10; last spine

longest, 2 to 3 length of head, 3 to 4 longest soft rays. Pectoral

pointed, # to 4 length of head, not extending quite so far as origin

of anal. Ventral reaching origin of anal or a little beyond. Anal

III 7-8; third spine as long as ora little shorter than longest

dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep.

Scales finely denticulate on the border, 30-33 — 5, lat.,1 =

Brown or olive, with more or less distinct dark and light spots on

the soft dorsal and caudal; anal often with a few large round

white spots ; a dark band from below the eye to the angle of the

mouth ; a dark opercular spot.

Total length 140 millim.

Shiré River and Lake Nyassa.

49, TILAPIA MONTEIRI, sp. 0.

Teeth in outer row moderate, separated by an interspace from a

band of 5 transverse series of minute closely-set teeth. Depth of

body equal to length of head, 3 times or not quite 3 times in total

length. Snout with straight upper profile, 1j diameter of eye,

which is 3 in length of head and slightly exceeds interorbital

width ; mouth rather large, ? width of head; maxillary extending

to below anterior border of eye or slightly beyond ; 4 or 5 series

of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers

short, 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV-XV

10-11; spines equal in length from the 5th, 3 length of head, a

little more than 3 length of longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed,

? length of head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching

origin of anal. Anal II] 6-7. Caudal rounded, densely scaled

at the base. Caudal peduncle a little deeper than long. Scales

mostly with finely denticulate edge, 30 3 lat. 1. =. Brownish ;

soft dorsal with oblique dark streaks.

Total length 95 millim.

Congo. A single specimen collected by the late J. J. Monteiro.

A second specimen of the same size, from Matadi, forms part of

the collections made by order of the Congo Free State.

50. TrmaPra FASCIATA.

Chromis fasciatus, Perugia, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) x. 1892,

p- 970.

Three series of teeth in the jaws, outer moderately large, inner

very minute. Depth of body equal to length of head, 23 to 23 in

total length. Snout with straight upper profile, as long as the eye,

the diameter of which is 3 times in length of head and exceeds

interorbital width; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek; mouth

small, maxillary reaching to between nostril and eye. Gill-rakers

short, slender, 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 10-11;

134 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

spines equal in length from the fourth or fifth; soft rays produced,

the longest twice as long as the longest spines. Pectoral obtusely

pointed, 3 to 3 length of head, not extending to origin of anal. Ven-

tral reaching origin of anal. Anal III 6-7; third spine as long as

longest dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep.

Scales ctenoid, 29-30 = ; lat. 1. nas Yellowish, uniform or with

8 or 9 dark bars.

Total length 45 millim,

Lower Congo.

51. TILAPIA ACUTICEPS.

Chromis acuticeps, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. 1866,

p- 764.

Teeth very small, in 2 series. Depth of body a little less than

length of head, about 3 times in totallength. Snout with straight

upper profile, 14 diameter of eye, which is 4 times in length of

head and equals interorbital width; mouth moderate, $ width of

head ; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; 4 or 5

series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill-

rakers short, 9 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV-XV

10-11; last spine longest, about 2 length of head and ? longest

soft rays. Pectoral obtusely pointed, about 2 length of head, not

extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent. Anal III

8-9; third spine nearly as long as last dorsal. Caudal rounded.

Caudal peduncle as long asdeep. Scales ctenoid, 30 A; lat.1. i.

Yellowish brown, with several dark bars ; a black opercular spot ;

a dark streak from below the eye to the angle of the mouth;

vertical fins with small blackish spots, forming oblique streaks on

the soft anal.

Total length 85 millim.

Angola and district of the Victoria Falls.

52. TILAPIA LIVINGSTONII, sp. n. (Plate XI. fig. 2.)

Teeth in 6 series in both jaws, outer moderately large and bi-

cuspid, inner very small, closely-set, and tricuspid. Depth of body

scarcely greater than length of head, 3 times in total length; snout

descending in a strong curve, as long as the eye, the diameter of

which is 33 times in length of head and slightly exceeds inter-

orbital width ; mouth moderately large, ? width of head, extending

to below anterior border of eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the

cheek; larger scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 8 on lower

part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVII 9; last spine longest, not

quite 4 length of head, 2 longest soft rays. Pectoral pointed,

3 length of head, not extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching

origin of anal. Anal III 8; third spine a little shorter than last

dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep.

Scales with strongly denticulate edge, 33 a ; latl. =. Brownish

above, with 7 dark bars, the first on the nape, the penultimate on

1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDA, 135

the caudal peduncle, the last on the root of the caudal fin; two

round white spots on the anal fin.

Total length 73 millim.

A single specimen, collected by Dr. Livingstone on the Zambesi

Expedition.

53. TILAPIA DESFONTAINESI. (Piate XI. fig. 3.)

Labrus desfontainvi, Lacép. Hist. Poiss. iv. pp. 54 & 160 (1802).

Sparus (?) desfontainii, Gervais, Zool. Pal. Gén. p. 208, pl. xlv.

fig. 4 (1869).

Chromis desfontainii, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) i. 1877,

p- 160; Vincig. Ann. Mus. Genova, xx. 1884, p. 429; Rolland,

Rev. Scientif. (4) ii. 1894, p. 418, fig.

Teeth in 3 series in both jaws, outer moderately large, uni- or

bicuspid, inner very minute. Depth of body 21 to 22 in total

length, length of head 22 to 24. Snout with straight upper profile,

13 to 14 diameter of eye, which is 4 to 44 times in length of head

and equal to or slightly less than the interorbital width; mouth

moderate, 2 to 2 width of head; maxillary extending to below

anterior border of eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek; large

scales on the opercle. Giull-rakers short, tubercle-like, 7 or 8

on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV-XVI 10-11;

last spine longest, 2 to 4 length of head, 2 to 2 longest soft rays.

Pectoral obtusely pointed, 2 to ? length of head, not extending to

origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. Anal

III-IV 8-10; third spine shorter and stronger than last dorsal.

Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales ctenoid,

30-33 te ; lat. 1. a Brownish or olive ; a more or less distinct

dark streak from below the eye to the angle of the mouth; a dark

opercular spot; vertical fins with small dark and light spots;

ventrals black.

Total length 90 millim.

Algerian and Tunisian Sahara.

This species links Tilapia with Paratilapia. In some specimens,

as observed by Sauvage, nearly all the outer teeth are conical and

unicuspid, whilst in others all or most of the outer teeth are

provided with a lateral cusp situated on the outer side at a consider-

able distance from the apex.

54, TILAPIA FLAVII-JOSHPHI.

Chromis flavi-yosephi, Lortet, Arch. Mus. Lyon, iii. 1883, p. 141,

pl. viii. fig. 2.

Teeth as in 7. desfontarnesi. Depth of body equal to length of

head, 27 in total length. Snout with straight upper profile, 14

to 13 diameter of eye, which is 4 to 44 times in length of head and

equals interorbital width; mouth large, 2 to ? width of head;

maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 3 or 4 series

of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers

short, 3 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV-XV 8-9;

136 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

last spine longest, 2 length of head, 2 longest soft rays. Pectoral

obtusely pointed, 2 length of head, not extending to origin of anal.

Ventral reaching origin of anal. Anal III 7; third spine shorter

and stronger than last dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle

as long as deep. Scales ctenoid, 26-27 3 lat. 1. 7. Pale

greenish above, silvery beneath; a blackish bar below the eye;

brown stripes on the snout and between the eyes, two continuous

or interrupted brown stripes along the body, two brown spots on

the tail, and a few round, yellow, brown-edged spots on the

anal fin.

Total length 120 millim.

Syria, around Lake of Galilee.

55, TAPIA PHILANDER.

Chromis (Ctenochromis) philander, M. Weber, Zool. Jahrb., Syst.

x. 1897, p. 148.

Teeth in 3 series in both jaws, outer moderately large, with

strong lateral cusp, inner very minute. Depth of body equal to

or a little less than length of head, which is contained 22 to 23

in total length. Snout with slightly convex upper profile, a little

longer than the eye, which is contained nearly 4 times in length of

head and equals interorbital width ; mouth moderate, # width of

head; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 3

series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Gill-

rakers short, tubercle-like, 8 on lower part of anterior arch.

Dorsal XITI-XTV 9-10; spines subequal from the third, a little

more than 3 length of head, 2 to ? longest soft rays. Pectoral

obtusely pointed, 2 length of head, not extending to origin of anal.

Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. Anal III 8-10: third

spine nearly as long as longest dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal

peduncle as long as deep. Scales ctenoid, 27-28 43, lat. 1. aa

Olive-brown, with an indistinct darker Jateral stripe; a blackish

opercular spot; soft dorsal and anal with small dark and light

spots.

Total length 55 millim.—Grows to 65 millim.

Natal, Transvaal.

56. TIDAPIA LABIATA.

, Tilapia labiata, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 17, pl. v.

(a I

Outer teeth rather large, feebly notched ; inner teeth very small,

tricuspid, in 3 or 4 series. Depth of body equal to length of head,

22 to 2? times in total length. Snout with straight upper profile,

1; to 1? diameter of eye, which is 33 to 43 times in length of

head and equals interorbital width; maxillary not extending

to below anterior border of eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the

cheek; large scales on the opercle; lips very strongly developed,

both produced into a large triangular lobe in front. Gill-rakers

moderate, 15 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVIII 10;

1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDZ. 137

middle dorsal spines longest, about 2 length of head and a little

shorter than longest soft rays. Pectoral ? to + length of head,

extending to origin of anal. Ventral reaching origin of anal.

Anal III 6-7; third spine longest, as long as longest dorsals,

slightly shorter than longest soft rays. Caudal truncate. Caudal

peduncle slightly longer than deep. Scales finely denticulate on

the border, 33-35 a Late. —- Pale olive, with 10 more or

less distinct darker cross-bars; fins greyish brown; dorsal some-

times with oblique dark and light streaks; caudal with numerous

round dark spots between the rays.

Total length 170 millim.

Lake Tanganyika.

57. TILAPIA ZEBRA, sp.n. (Plate XII. fig. 2.)

Teeth very small, in 4 or 5 series in both jaws. Depth of body

22 times in total length, length of head 31. Snout with straight

upper profile, 13 diameter of eye, which is 4 times in length of

head and 13 in interorbital width; mouth rather large, ? width of

head ; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; 5 or

6 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-

rakers short, 12 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVIII 8;

last spine longest, 3 length of head, 2 middle soft rays, which are

produced. Pectoral pointed, as long as head, not extending as

far as origin of anal. Outer ray of ventral produced, filiform,

extending beyond origin of anal. Anal III 8; third spine nearly

as long as last dorsal. Caudal rounded (?), densely sealed at the

base. Caudal peduncle a little deeper than long. Scales with finely

denticulate edge, 319; lat. 1. at scales on occiput and nape

very small. Grey, with six dark brown bars; a crescentic dark

brown band on the forehead, from eye to eye, followed by a second

further back, and a third in front of the dorsal ; vertical fins grey ;

three round white spots on the posterior part of the anal; ventrals

blackish.

Total length 105 millim.

A single specimen from Lake Nyassa. Collected by Miss M.

Woodward ; presented by Miss S. C. McLaughlin.

58. Truapia auraTA. (Plate XII. fig. 3.)

Chromis auratus, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xix. 1897,

. 155.

4 Tilapia aurata, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 4.

Teeth small, in 5 or 6 closely-set series in both jaws. Depth of

body 33 in total length, length of head 33. Snout short, profile

curved ; diameter of eye 4 times in length of head, slightly greater

than interorbital width ; mouth small, 2 width of head, extending

to between nostril and eye; 3 series of scales on the cheek; large

scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers very short, 8 on lower part

of anterior arch. Dorsal XIX 6; spines subequal in length

from the 4th, 3 length of head, 4 longest soft rays. Pectoral

138 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

pointed, ? length of head, not extending to origin of anal.

Ventral reaching vent. Anal III 6; third spine as long as

longest dorsals. “Candal truncate, densely sealed. Caudal peduncle

a little longer than deep. Scales with finely denticulate border,

3425; lat.1.3. Bright golden yellow, with three black stripes,

D> 12

one along the side of the body from the eye to the base of the

caudal, a second above the upper lateral line from the occiput to

the caudal pedunele, and a third along the dorsal fin ; two curved

black bands across the snout from eye to eye; a few black spots

on the upper part of the caudal fin.

Total length 75 millim.

Lake Nyassa.

59. TILAPIA OLIGACANTHUS.

Tilapia oligacanthus, Bleek. Versl. Ak. Amsterd. 11. 1868, p. 309 ;

Bleek. & Pollen, Poiss. Madag. p. 11, pl. iv. fig. 1 (1874).

Ptychachromis oligacanthus, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixxxii. i.

1880, p. 249, pl. i.; Sauvage, Hist. Madag., Poiss. p. 439,

pls. xliv. fig. 4, xliv B. fig. 1, & xlv. fig. 1 (1891).

Teeth in 3 series in both jaws, of outer row moderate, of inner

rows very small. Depth of body 2! to 23 in total length, length

of head 23 to 3. Snout with straight or slightly convex upper

profile, 14 " diameter of eye, which is 33 to 4 times in length of

head and “equals interorbital width ; mouth moderate, 2 3 diameter of

eye, extending to between nostril and eye; 4 or 5 series of scales

on the cheek: larger scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 12

or 13 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIU-XIV 11- 12;

last spine longest, 2 to 4 length of head, $ to 2? longest soft rays.

Pectoral pointed, as long as the head or a Aittle shorter, not

extending so far as origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent or a

little beyond. Anal III 8-9; third spine longer than last dorsal.

Caudal with rather deep crescentic emargination. Caudal peduncle

as long as deep. Scales with finely denticulate border, 32-34

a4 ; lat. 1. — Olive or brownish above, with five dark bars or

two or three large dark spots on each side.

Total length 135 millim.

Madagascar.

60. TILAPIA MADAGASOCARIENSIS.

Ptychochromis madagascariensis, Sauvage, Hist. Madag., Poiss.

p. 442 , pls. xliii. fig. 4 & xliv a. fig. 6 (1891).

Teeth in 4 or 5 closely-set series, of outer row moderate, of

inner rows very small. Depth of body 2 to 21 in total length,

leneth of head 3. Snout with straight or slightly convex upper

profile, 11 to 13 diameter of eye, which is 4 times in length of

head and 1Z > 13 in interorbital width; mouth moderate,

= diameter of eye, extending to between nostril and eye; 4or5

series of scales on the cheek ; larger scales on the opercle. Gill-

rakers short, falciform, 12 on "lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal

XIII 10-13; last spine longest, 4 to 2 length of head; middle

1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID®. 139

soft rays much produced, as long as the head or a little longer.

Pectoral pointed, as long as the head, not extending so far as

origin of anal. Ventral reaching vent or origin of anal. Anal

III 7-8 ; third spine a little longer than last dorsal; middle soft

rays produced. Caudal feebly emarginate. Caudal peduncle as

long as deep or slightly deeper than long. Scales with finely

denticulate border, 32-34 ie ; lat. 1. ae Uniform brown.

Total length 220 millim.

Madagascar.

61. TILAPIA GRANDIDIERI.

Ptychochromis grandidiert, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) vi.

1882, p. 174, and Hist. Madag., Poiss. p. 441, pls. xliv. fig. 3 &

xliv a. fig. 5 (1891).

Closely allied to 7. madagascariensis, but distinguished by smaller

scales, 35 i D. XILI-XIV 11. A. III 7. Brown, each scale

bearing a blue spot.

Total length 160 millim.

Madagascar.

62. TILAPIA BETSILEANA, sp. 0.

Tilapia betsileana.

Teeth in 4 or 5 closely-set series, of outer row moderate, of

140 MR, G. A, BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND ~—s[ Feb. 7,

inner rows very small. Depth of body 2 to 24 in total length,

length of head 32. Occiput strongly humped, forming an angle

with the upper profile of the snout, which is straight and somewhat

convex ; snout 14 diameter of eye, which is 33 to 4 times in length

of head and 1 in interorbital width ; mouth moderate, about 3

width of head, extending to below anterior border of eye ; 5 series

of scales on the cheek ; larger scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers

short, 11 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV—XV 12-138;

last spine longest, 2 length of head; middle soft rays much

produced, longer than the head. Pectoral pointed, as long as the

head, not extending so far as origin of anal. Ventral reaching

vent. Anal III 10; third spine a little longer than last dorsal ;

soft rays produced like the dorsals. Caudal emarginate. Caudal

peduncle slightly deeper than long. Scales with finely denticulate

border, 31-83 =

Total length 200 millim.

Two badly preserved specimens from the collections of the

Rey. W. D. Cowan in Betsileo, Madagascar.

The following species from Lake Ngami are insufficiently

described by Castlenau, Mém. Poiss. Afr. Austr. (1861) :—

Chromys sparmanni, p. 12.

D. XVI 12; A. IIL 10. Body short and deep. Dark green ;

anterior half of caudal dark red, posterior half greenish white.

Chromys ancdersoni, p. 14.

D. XVI 15; A. III 12. Teeth in 4 series. Body short and

deep ; pectoral very long; dorsal and anal prolonged. Blackish

grey; caudal dark red; dorsal grey, edged with red; dorsal and

anal with round blue spots.

Chromys chapmani, p. 15.

D. XVI 11; A. TIT 10. Lat. 1. %. Body short and deep;

pectoral very long. Greyish white ; caudal blackish, yellow in the

middle; dorsal grey, variegated with yellow and tipped with

reddish.

Chromys smithi, p. 16.

Lat. 1. a Teeth in two rows. Pectoral not prolonged. Black

above, yellow beneath ; head dark red beneath ; dorsal and caudal

greenish ; ventrals and anal purple.

Chromys levaillanti, p. 16.

D. XV 14; A. IIIT 11. Body elongate. Pectoral rather short.

Grey ; head covered with red dots ; dorsal grey, dotted with black ;

caudal dirty green ; anal yellowish green, dotted with red.

1899.] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLIDZ. 141

15. SrEatocranvs Bler.

Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 52 (1899).

Body moderately elongate ; scales cycloid. Two series of small

notched teeth in both jaws, the outer larger, with a pair of larger,

truncate, incisor-like teeth at the symphysis, Maxillary exposed.

An adipose crest or swelling along the vertex and occiput.

Dorsal with 19 or 20 spines, anal with 3. Vertebre 30 (16414),

1, STHATOCRANUS GIBBICEPS Bler.

Lc. pl. xxviii. fig. 1.

Depth of body 33 to 3% times in total length, length of head 3.

Snout with slightly convex upper profile, nearly twice as long as

the eye, the diameter of which is 5 times in length of head and

equals interorbital width ; maxillary extending to below nostril ;

no scales on the head. Dorsal XIX—XX 8; last spine longest, 2

length of head, a little shorter than soft rays. Pectoral rounded,

= or ? length of head. Ventral not reaching vent. Anal III 6.

Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Seales 32-35

a3 lat. 1. iar

Total length 75 millim.

Lower Congo.

16. Docrmopus Bler.

P.Z.8. 1896, p. 917.

Body moderately elongate; scales eycloid. Both jaws with a

very broad band of teeth with compressed sharp-edged crowns ;

the outer teeth large, with nail-shaped entire crowns or with a

very small lateral cusp, the others small and tricuspid. Maxillary

exposed. Dorsal with 16 or 17 spines, anal with 3. Vertebree 32

(14+18).

1. Doctmopus souystoni Bler.

L.c. fig.

4 or 5 rows of teeth in each jaw; 10 or 11 teeth on each side

of the outer series of the upper jaw; crowns brown-edged. Depth

of body 2? to 3 times in total length, length of head 3 times. Eye

a little nearer gill-opening than tip of snout, its. diameter 43 in

length of head, 14 in interorbital width ; maxillary extending to

between nostril and eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek;

opercle scaleless. Gull-rakers short, 11 or 12 on lower part of

anterior arch. Dorsal XVI-XVII 8-9; spines increasing in

length to the 5th, which is 2 length of head. Anal III 9-10;

third spine longest, as long as last or penultimate dorsal, but

much thicker. Caudal peduncle 14 as long as deep. Scales 83-34.

=; lat. 1.2. A black stripe along the posterior half of the body,

between the lateral lines ; soft dorsal with round dark spots,

Total length 200 millim.

Upper Shiré River,

142 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE AFRICAN AND [Feb. 7,

17. Prrissopvs Bler.

Tr. Z. 8. xv. p. 20.

1. PERISSODUS MICROLEPIS Blgr.

Trae 8. xveps 2s

Lake Tanganyika.

18. Piecopus Blegr.

Tr. Z. 8. xv. p. 22

1. Prucopus PARADOXUS Bler.

Teh 8. xv p. 22.

Lake Tanganyika.

19, PARETROPLUS.

Paretroplus, Bleek. Versl. Ak. Amsterd. ii. 1868, p. 311 ; Sauvage,

Hist. Madag., Poiss. p. 445 (1891).

Body short; scales cycloid. Teeth rather large, with blunt

crowns, forming a single series ; one or two more or less enlarged

teeth on each side at the symphysis of either jaw. Maxillary exposed.

Dorsal with 16 to 20 spines, anal with 8 to 10; the spines folding

in a scaly basal sheath. Vertebre 34 (17+ 17).

Madagascar. ‘Two species.

1. PARETROPLUS DAMI.

Paretroplus damii, Bleek. 1.c. p. 313; Bleek. & Pollen, Poiss.

Madag. p. 13, pl. iv. fig. 3 (1874) ; Sauvage, Hist. Madag., Poiss.

p- 446, pl. xlvi. fig. 1 (1891).

Depth of body twice in total length, length of head 3 times.

Snout strongly compressed, twice as long as the eye in the adult ;

diameter of eye 43 times in length of head, 13 in interorbital

width ; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; 4 series

of scales on the cheek; larger scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers

short, 12 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVIJTI-XX 11-

14; last spine longest, 2 length of head, shorter than soft rays.

Pectoral obtusely pointed, not quite ? length of head. Anal

IX-X 9-11; last spine slightly longer than longest dorsal.

Caudal feebly emarginate. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep.

Scales 35 a lat. 1. 2 lower lateral line reduced to a few tubules,

not extending to the root of the caudal. Uniform dark brown; a

round blackish spot above the axil; pectoral yellowish.

Total length 170 millim.

Madagascar.

2, PARETROPLUS POLYACTIS.

Paretroplus polyactis, Bleek. Versl. Ak. Amsterd. xii. 1878,

p. 195, pl. iii. fig. 1; Sauv. Hist. Madag., Poiss. p. 446, pls. xliv a,

fig. 7.& xliv B, fig. 2 (1891).

Paretroplus damit (non Bleek.), Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxxii.

i. 1880, p. 247.

Closely allied to the preceding. Depth of body 1 to 2 in total

"Y Vans

Wethe Abe Se

) 3P. ean

_—~ >

= f

‘ >

J.Green del.et hth. é : MinternBrosi

LTILAPIA MARIA: 2) Sh IEA WAUN ESS MeO Mitte 3.T. DESFONTAINESI

P.Z.S 1899s

a WER s...|

SSS < 1 atlttariail | o

~ 3 :

J.Green delet hth / Mintern Bros if

IAT LEAP TAL EuO Sei benaie. 2, bb LEB EA., 3.1. AURATAS

1899. ] SYRIAN FISHES OF THE FAMILY CICHLID#. 143

length, length of head 3 times. Snout 1} diameter of eye, which

is 4 times in length of head and 1} to 1} in interorbital width ; 3

or 4 series of scales on the cheek. Dorsal XVI-XVIII 17-18.

Anal VIII-IX 13-14. Caudal peduncle about 13 as deep as long.

Scales 32-34 is: lat. 1. a . Olive or brown, uniform or with

very indistinct darker bars ; pectoral yellowish.

Total length 165 millim.

Madagascar,

In concluding this revision, I append a table of the number of

vertebre in the 24 different forms 1 have been able to examine.

Total number. Preecaudal. Caudal.

Lamprologus congoensis ........ 31 15 16

Julidochromis ornatus ........ 34 Te, U7,

Telmatochromis temporalis ...... 33 16 aly

Hemichromis fasciatus ........ 28 15 13

x bimaculatus ...... 26 14 12

Paratilapia polleni............ 27 13 14

pe SOLON mslesausy aieeers pe oe 28 15 13

IL ee nS 36 ive 19

fe longuceps .....6.+0s 38 19 19

BGGVYOOLR FELOE oo on win =m ss 36 Nfs 19

Pelmatochromis subecellatus .... 25 13 12

Chromidotilapia kingsleye...... 27 14 13

Corematodus shiranus.......... 32 15 ah

Eretmodus cyanostictus ........ 30 15 15

DOCU TDOLE ate alas aah ainie ica ¥e 33 ZG 16

Pilagna nilotied .....0+2--.00- 32 17 15

SC EL OR Pee ree Tee 32 17 15

ot MW BUSS Re Bee e Ce eEY 28 15 13

gs GESFONLAUNEST acs vw a a 31 15 16

», Oligacanthus ........++. 28 14 14

Steatocranus gibbiceps .......- 30 16 14

Docimodus johnstoni .........- 32 14 18

Perissodus microlepis .......... 30 Lz, 18

Paretroplus polyactis .........+ 34 17 17

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XT,

Fig. 1. Tilapia marie Blgr., p. 122.

2. 4, livingstonii Blgr., p. 134.

3. » desfontainesi Lacép., p. 135.

Puate XII.

Fig. 1. Tilapia rostrata Blgr., p. 131.

2. » zebra Bler., p. 137.

3. 4 aurata Bier, p. 137.

144 DR. F. P. MORENO AND MR, A. 8. WOODWARD ON [Feb. 21,

February 21, 1899.

Prof. G. B. Hows, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. On a Portion of Mammalian Skin, named Neomylodon

listai, from a Cavern near Consuelo Cove, Last Hope

Inlet, Patagonia. By Dr. F. P. Moregno, C.M.ZS.

With a Description of the Specimen by A. Smite

Woopwarp, F.Z.S.

[Received February 21, 1899. |

(Plates XIII.-XV.)

1. Account oF THE Discovery. By Dr. Mormno.

In November 1897 I paid a visit to that part of the Patagonian

territory which adjoins the Cordillera of the Andes, between the

51st and 52nd degrees of South latitude, where certain surveyors,

under my direction, were carrying out the preliminary studies

connected with the boundary-line between Chile and Argentina ;

and in the course of this expedition I reached Consuelo Cove,

which lies in Last Hope Inlet. In that spot, hung up on a tree,

I found a piece of a dried skin, which attracted my attention most

strangely, as I could not determine to what class of Mammalia it

couid belong, more especially because of the resemblance of the

small incrusted bones it contained to those of the Pampean Mylodon,

On inquiring whence it came, I was informed that it was only a

fragment of a large piece of skin which had been discovered two

years before, by some Argentine officers, in a cavern which existed

in the neighbouring heights. Immediately on receiving this news,

I hastened to the spot, guided by a sailor who had been present

when the original discovery had been made. As, at that moment, I

had no means of making more than a few hurried excavations,

which gave no further traces of the discovery, I left orders that

the search should be continued after my departure ; but this once

more also failed to give any ultimate results. Nothing could be

found but modern remains of small rodents, and these chiefly on

or near the surface of the ground. From the most careful

inquiries which I set on foot, it appeared that, when the first

discovery was made, no bones were found, the skin being half

buried in the dust which had accumulated from the gradual falling

away of the roof of the cavern, composed of Tertiary Conglomerate.

It was only in the broad entrance to the cavern that were found

a few human bones, borne thence to the shore of the Coye and

afterwards broken up. ,

As already stated, the skin here presented to you formed but a

small part of a larger one. One small piece had been carried off

1899. ] NEOMYLODON LISTAI FROM PATAGONIA. 145

by Dr. Otto Nordenskjold, and others by officers of the Chilian

navy, who later on had visited the spot. The inhabitants of the

locality looked upon it as an interesting curiosity, some of them

believing that it was the hide of a cow incrusted with pebbles,

and others asserting that it was the skin of a large Seal belonging

to a hitherto unknown species.

In Consuelo Cove, I embarked on board a small Argentine

transport, which had been placed at my disposal to carry out the

study of the western coast as far as Port Montt, in latitude 42°, At

this latter place I left the steamer, which then proceeded to make

a series of surveys. These lasted until her return to La Plata, at

the latter end of July 1898, when she brought back to me the

fragment of skin in question.

This is an accurate and true version of the discovery of this

skin, which gave rise to the publication of Sefior Ameghino’s

small pamphlet‘, in which he gave an account of the discovery

of a living representative of the ‘“ Gravigrades” of Argentina,

distinguishing it by the name of “ Neomylodon lista.”

IT have an idea that Senor Ameghino never saw the skin itself,

but only some of the small incrusted bones, of which he had

obtained possession. The vague form in which he draws up his

account compels me to believe this suspicion to be true.

My opinion is that this skin belongs to a genuine Pampean

Mylodon, preserved under peculiar circumstances resembling those

to which we owe the skin and feathers of the Moa. I have always

maintained that the Pampean Edentates, now extinct, disappeared

only in the epoch which is called the historical epoch of our

America. In the prevince of Buenos Aires, buried chiefly in the

humus, I have found remains of Panochthus, and others of the

same Mylodon from the sea-shore, all of which present the same

characteristic marks of preservation as the remains of human

beings discovered in the same spot. In this identical layer of the

sea-shore, close to the bones I have also found stones polished by

the hand of man, and flints cut like those found in the Pampean

formation. In 1884, in a cavern near to the Rio de los Patos, in

the Cordillera, I discovered some paintings in red ockre, one of

which, in my opinion, resembles the Glyptodon on account of the

shape of the carapace.

Ancient chroniclers inform us that the indigenous imhabitants

recorded the existence of a strange, ugly, huge hairy animal which

had its abode in the Cordillera to the south of latitude 37°. The

Tehuelches and the Gennakens have mentioned similar animals to

me, of whose existence their ancestors had transmitted the remem-

brance; and in the neighbourhood of the Rio Negro, the aged

cacique Sinchel, in 1875, pointed out to me a cave, the supposed lair

of one of these monsters, called “ Ellengassen ” ; but I must add

1 B Ameghino, “‘Premiére Notice sur le Neomylodon listat, un Représentant

vivant des anciens Hdentés Gravigrades fossiles de l'Argentina” (La Plata,

August 1898) ; translated under the title “‘ An Existing Ground-Sloth in Pata-

gonia,” in ‘ Natural Science,’ vol. xiii, (1898), pp. 324-826.

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1899, No. X. 10

146 DR. F, P. MORENO AND MR, A. 8. WOODWARD ON’ [Feb. 21,

that none of the many Indians with whom I have conversed in

Patagonia have ever referred to the actual existence of animals

to which we can attribute the skin in question, nor even of any

which answer to the suppositions of Senor Ameghino according to

Senor Lista. It is but rarely that a few Otters (Zutra) are found

in the lakes and rivers of the Andes, as in the neighbourhood of

Lake Argentino, in the ‘ Sierra de las Viscachas,’ and in the regions

which I believe Senor Iasta visited, there are only a few scarce

Chinchillas (Lagidium), which have a colouring more dark greyish

than those found to the north, and are in every case separated

from these by a large extent of country.

The Pampean Edentata have in former days certainly existed as

far south as the extreme limit of Patagonia. In 1874, in the bay

of Santa Cruz, I met with the remains of a pelvis of one of these

animals in Pleistocene deposits, and also remains of the mammals

which are found in the same formation, such as the Macrauchenia

and Auchenia. It would not be astonishing that the skin of one

of these should have been preserved so long, because of the fayour-

able conditions of the spot in which it was found.

The state of preservation of this piece of skin, at first sight, makes

it difficult for one to believe it to be of great antiquity ; but this is

by no means an impossibility, if we consider the conditions of the

cave in which it was found, the atmosphere of which is not so damp

as one might at first imagine it to be, although it is situated in the

woody regions near to the glaciers and lakes. It is well to men-

tion that in 1877, under similar conditions, and in a much smaller

cave, scarcely five metres from the waters of Lake Argentino,

situated 60 miles more to the north, I discovered a mummitied

human body painted red, with the head still covered in part with

its short hair wonderfully preserved, and wrapped up in a covering

made of the skin of a Rhea, and holding in its arms a large feather

of the Condor, also painted red; this was all covered up with a

layer of grass and dust fallen from the roof of the cave. In

another cave in the neighbourhood I discovered a large trunk of

a tree, painted with figures in red, black, and yellow. The sides

of the rock close to the entrance of the cave were covered with

figures, some representing the human hand, others combinations of

curved, straight, and circular lines, painted white, red, yellow, and

green, Now, this mummy, which is preserved in the Museum of

Tia Plata, does not belong to any of the actual tribes of Patagonia.

Its skull resembles rather one of those more ancient races found in

the cemeteries in the valley of the Rio Negro—a most interesting

fact, since they belong to types which have completely disappeared

from the Patagonian regions, and it is well known that the actual

Tehuelches may be considered to have been the last indigenous

races which reached the territory of Patagonia. Many a time the

Tehuelches have spoken to me of these caves as abodes of the

evil “spirits,” and of the enigmatical painted figures they contained :

some attributed the latter to these same “spirits,” others to men of

other races, of whom they have no recollection. In another cave,

147

NEOMYLODON LISTAT FROM PATAGONTA.

1899.]

PHOTOGRAPH FROM INSIDE OF THE CAVERN NEAR CONSUELO COVE, LAST HOPE INLET, PATAGONIA, LOOKING OUTWARDS.

+ marks the spot where the piece of skin of Neomylodon listai was found buried in earth.

10*

148 DR. F, P, MORENO AND MR. A. 8. WOODWARD ON’ [Feb. 21,

_four hundred miles further to the north, in 1880, I discovered

other human bodies, more or less mummified and in good preser-

' vation, but of a different type, and beside them some painted poles

which served to hold up their small tents, the use of which had

already disappeared more than three centuries ago; together with

the upper part of the skull of a child perfectly scooped out like a

cup. And yet the historical Tebuelches, the same as all the

indigenous races in the sonthern extremity of South America,

hold their dead in great respect, and never use such drinking-

vessels.

These proofs of the favourable conditions of the climate and of

the lands near to the Cordillera, which are revealed to us by the

preservation of objects undoubtedly dating from very remote

epochs, strengthen my opinion that this skin of a huge mammal,

which has long since disappeared, may well have been preserved till

the present time.

I exhibit a photograph of the cave in which the specimen was

found (reproduced on the preceding page). I may add that a

further careful search is now being made in the earth forming the

floor of the cave, and I hope in due time to have the honour ot

communicating the results to this Society.

2. DESCRIPTION AND COMPARISON OF THE SPECIMEN.

By A. Smira Woopwarp.

(a) Description.

The problematical piece of skin discovered by Dr. Moreno

measures approximately 0-48 m. in the direction of the main lie

of the hair, while its maximum extent at right angles to this

direction is about 9°55m. The fragment, however, is very irregular

in shape; and it has become much distorted in the process of

drying, so that the anterior portion, which is directed upwards in

the drawing, Pl. XIII., is bent outwards at a. considerable angle to

the main part of the specimen which will be claimed to represent

the back. The skin, as observed in transverse section, presents a

dried, felt-like aspect ; but there is a frequent ruddiness, suggestive

of blood-stains, while the margin above the point marked B

(Pl. XIII.) and to the right of E (Pl. XIII.) exhibits distinct indica-

tions of freshly dried once-fluid matter, which Dr. Vaughan Harley

has kindly examined and pronounced to be serum. Its outer face is

completely covered with hair, except in the region marked C and

above B, where this covering seems to have been comparatively fine

and may have been accidentally removed. The inner face of the skin

(Pl. XLV.) is only intact in a few places (e. g. where marked G), the

specimen having contracted and perhaps been somewhat abraded,

so that a remarkable armour of small bony tubercles, irregularly

arranged and of variable size, is exposed over the greater part of

it, and especially well in the regions marked F. At one point,

marked B in PI. XIII., there is an irregular rounded hole about

1899.] NEOMYLODON LISTAI FROM PATAGONIA. 149

0-02 m. in diameter, which might possibly have been caused by a

bullet or a dagger, but in any case was probably pierced when the

skin was still fresh. Owing to its direction, this hole is partly

obscured by the overhanging hair in Pl. XIII.

The skin in its dried state varies in thickness in different parts.

The average thickness of the flattened portion, which must be

referred to the back, is shown by the cleanly-cut right margin

of the specimen to be 0:01 m. This is slightly increased towards

the posterior (lower) end of the border; while above it, at H, the

thickness becomes 0°015 m. The latter thickness also seems to

be attained in the much-shrivelled corner marked C—a circumstance

suggesting bilateral symmetry between at least part of the two

anterior outer angles of the specimen. The thinnest portion

preserved is the border above B; and the skin must also have been

comparatively thin in the region of the accidental notch to the

left, considerably below C.

The portion of skin above B is interesting not only from its

relative thinness, but also from the occurrence of an apparently

natural rounded concavity in the margin. This excavation, which

measures 0°05 m. along the curve, is marked by the remains of a

thin flexible flap, which is sharply bent outwards, and is covered

with short hairs on its outer face. It is especially suggestive of

the base of an ear-conch ; and if this appearance be not deceptive,

it is worthy of note that the dried skin hereabouts and in the region

which would have to be interpreted as cheek (C) is much more

wrinkled than elsewhere.

As already mentioned, the outer aspect of the skin is completely

covered with hair, which is very dense everywhere except on the

left anterior corner. Here it seems to have been removed by

abrasion. A small patch of hair has also clearly been pulled out

near the gap in the left border of the specimen ; and close to the

middle (where marked D) there is a small hairless depression

which may perhaps be interpreted as a wound inflicted and healed

during life. The hair is only of one kind, without any trace of

under-fur, and it is still very firmly implanted in the skin, without

signs of decay. Itsarrangementseems to bequite regular, there being

no tendency towards its segregation into small groups or bundles.

It is of a uniform dirty yellowish or light yellowish-brown colour,

and, making due allowance for slight ruffling and distortion of

the specimen, it may be described as all lying in one direction,

vertically in the drawing (Pl. XIII.), except at the two upturned

anterior corners of the specimen, where there is an inclination from

the right and left respectively towards the centre. The longest

hairs, which usually measure from 0-05 m. to 0-065 m. in length, are

observed in the half of the specimen in front of (above) the letter

D. Those in the middle of the extreme anterior (upper) border

measure from 0:03 m. to 0:05 m. in length, those at the hinder

(lower) border about the same; while some of the comparatively

small and delicate hairs on the supposed cheek are not longer than

0:01 m. The hairs are stiff, straight, or only very slightly wavy,

150 DR. F. P,. MORENO AND MR. A.S. WOODWARD ON’ [Feb. 21,

and all are remarkably tough. Examined under the microscope,

their cuticle is observed to be quite smooth, while the much-

elongated cells of the cortex are readily distinguishable. Mr. R.

H. Burne has kindly made some transverse sections, which prove

the hairs to be almost or quite cylindrical, and none of the speci-

mens examined present any trace of a medulla.

The dermal ossicles are very irregular in arrangement, but are

to be observed in every part of the specimen, even in the compara-

tively thin region near the supposed ear. They form everywhere

a very compact armour, and some of them are quite closely pressed

together ; rarely, indeed, there is a shallow groove crossing a speci-

men, possibly indicating two components which were originally

separate. As shown by every part of the cut margin, and especially

well in a small section prepared by Prof. Charles Stewart (Pl. XV.

fig. 1), they are all confined to the lower half of the dermis, never

encroaching upon the upper portion in which the hair is implanted.

It is also to be observed that where the inner surface of the skin

is intact (e. g. around G in Pl. XIV.), the ossicles are completely

embedded and only faintly visible through the dry tissue. The

exposure of a considerable number of them, as already mentioned,

is due to the rupture and partial abrasion of this surface. No

tendency to arrangement,n parallel lines or bands can be detected ;

and large and small ossicles seem to be indiscriminately mingled,

although of course allowance must be made, in examining sections

and the abraded inner view of the skin, for differences in the plane

of adjoining sections and varying degrees of exposure by the

removal of the soft tissue. The largest ossicles are oblong in shape

when viewed from within, and measure approximately 0-015 m. by

0-010 m.; but the majority are much smaller than these. They

are very variable and irregular in form; but their inner face is

generally convex, sometimes almost pyramidal, while the outer

face ot the few which have been examined is slightly convex, more

or less flattened, without any trace of regular markings (Pl. XV.

figs. 2, 3).

In microscopical structure the dermal ossicles are of much

interest, and I have examined both horizontal and vertical sections,

one of the former kindly prepared by Prof. Charles Stewart. A

portion of a horizontal section is shown enlarged about 40 times

in Pl. XV. fig. 7; and one of the Haversian systems from its

middle area is represented, much more highly magnified, in fig. 7 a.

The tissue is traversed in all directions by a dense mass of inter-

lacing bundles of connective-tissue fibres, which exhibit an entirely

irregular disposition, except quite at the periphery of the ossicle.

Here they are less dense and are arranged in such a manner as to

form at least oue darkened zone concentric with the margin in the

comparatively translucent border. Occasionally, but not at all

points, the fibres in this peripheral area may be observed to radiate

regularly outwards. Numerous small vascular canals, frequently

branching, are cut in various directions; and the bony tissue,

which is developed in every part of the ossicle, exhibits abundant

1899.] © NEOMYLODON LISTAI FROM PATAGONIA, 151

lacune. Nearly everywhere, except in the narrow peripheral area

just mentioned, it is easy to recognize the bony lamine arranged

in Haversian systems round the canals; and most of the lacune

between these lamine are excessively elongated, with very numerous

branching canaliculi, which extend at right angles to their longer

axis. Near the margin of the ossicle, especially in its more trans-

lucent parts, the bone-lacunz are less elongated, more irregular in

shape, and apparently not arranged in any definite order (Pl. XV.

fig.76). There is no clear evidence of bony lamine concentric

with the outer margin, though appearances are Sometimes sugges-

tive of this arrangement. A vertical section of an ossicle presents

exactly the same features as the horizontal section now described.

It is thus evident that the vascular canals with their Haversian

systems of bone have no definite direction, but are disposed in an

entirely irregular manner.

Taking into consideration all characters, and making comparisons

with the aid of my friend Mr. W. E. de Winton, I am iuclined to

regard the fragmentary specimen as the skin of the neck and

shoulder-region with part of the left cheek. The apparent bilateral

symmetry between at least part of the thickened anterior outer

angles of the specimen has already been noted; and if this obser-

vation be well-founded, the middle line of the back extends verti-

cally down the middle of the figure, Pl. XIII. If the rounded

notch above B be the base of the external ear, as seems probable,

the thick wrinkled skin (C) with fine short hair still further to

the left must be the cheek. The ear and cheek on the right side

have been removed; but at the base of the outwardly-turned angle

on this side of the specimen there are the very long hairs which

occupy a similar position on the left. It thus seems possible to

estimate the transverse measurement between the ears as from

0:25 m. to 0-30 m., which corresponds with a tentative estimate of

the same distance in Mylodon robustus based on a skull in the

British Museum.

(b) Comparisons and General Conclusions.

The skin now described differs from that of all known terrestrial

Mammalia, except certain Edentata, in the presence of a bony

dermal armour. ‘There can therefore be little doubt that the

specimen has been rightly referred to a member of this typically

South-American order. Even among the Edentates, however, the

fragment now under consideration is unique in one respect; for

all the ossicles are buried deeply in the lower half of the thickened

dermis and the hairs are implanted in every part of its upper half,

whereas all the forms of bony armour hitherto described in this

order reach the outer surface of the dermis and are merely

invested with horny epidermis. This is the case, as is well known,

in the common existing Armadillos, in which the hair is only

implanted in the dermis between the separate parts of the armour.

Even in the unique and remarkable skin of an Armadillo from

Northern Brazil, described by Milne-Edwards under the name of

152 DR. F; P, MORENO AND MR. A. 8, WOODWARD ON [ Feb. 21,

Scleropleura bruneti’, the bony plates and tubercles are still covered

only by epidermis, although most of them are reduced to small

nodules and might well have sunk more deeply into the abnormally

hairy skin. There is also reason to believe that in the gigantic

extinct Armadillos of the family Glyptodontide the same arrange-

ment of dermal structures prevailed; for one specimen of

Panochthus tuberculatus obtained by Dr. Moreno for the La Plata

Museum actually shows the dried horny epidermis in direct

contact with the underlying bone, and seems to prove that the

numerous perforations in the Glyptodont dermal armour were

not for the implantation of hairs (as once supposed), but for the

passage of blood-vessels to the base of the epidermal layer.

Similarly, among the extinct Ground-Sloths of the family Mylo-

dontide dermal ossicles have been found with the remains of

Celodon* and various forms (perhaps different subgenera) of

Mylodon; but the only examples of this armour yet definitely

described * exhibit a conspicuously sculptured outer flattened face,

and it thus seems clear that Burmeister was correct in describing

them as originally reaching the upper surface of the dermis and

only covered externally by a thickened epidermis. Three such

dermal tubercles, now in the British Museum, are shown of the

natural size in Pl. XV. figs. 4-6. It is, however, to be noted that

Burmeister himself actually observed armour of this kind covering

only the lumbar region of the trunk. He believed that the other

parts of the animal were similarly armoured, because he had found

‘the same ossicles” on the digits of the manus, where they were

“generally smaller and more spherical”; but he unfortunately

omits to make any explicit statement as to the presence or absence

of the characteristic external ornamentation on the latter.

The omission just mentioned is especially unfortunate because

on careful comparison it is evident that the irregular dis-

position of the small ossicles in the piece of skin now under

consideration is most closely paralleled in the dermal armour of

the extinct Mylodon, as already observed by Drs. Moreno and

Ameghino. ‘There is obviously no approach in this specimen to

the definite and symmetrical arrangement of the armour such as

is exhibited both by the existing Armadillos and the extinet

Glyptodonts. There are, then, two possibilities. Hither the

dermal armour of MMylodon varied in different parts of the body,

being sculptured and covered only by epidermis in the lumbar

region, while less developed, not sculptured but completely buried

in the dermis in the comparatively flexible neck and shoulder

region—in which case Dr. Moreno may be correct in referring

the problematical specimen to Mylodon; or the dermal ossicles of

1 A. Milne-Edwards, ‘‘Note sur une nouvelle Espéce de Tatou A cuirasse

incomplete (Scleropleura bruneti),” Nouy. Arch. Mus. yol. vii. (1871), pp. 177-

9, pl. xii.

i p. W. Lund, K. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Afhandl. vol. viii. (1841), p. 85

(footnote).

’ H. Burmeister, Anales Mus. Publico Buenos Aires, vol. i. (1864-69), p. 173,

pl. v. fig. 8.

1899. } NEOMYLODON LISTAI FROM PATAGONIA. 153

this extinct genus may have been uniform throughout, only

differing in size and sparseness or compactness—in which case

Dr. Ameghino is justified in proposing to recognize a distinct

genus, Veomylodon.

To decide between these two possibilities, it is necessary to wait

for additional information concerning the anterior dorsal armour

of Mylodon as precise as that published by Burmeister in reference

to the lumbar shield. Meanwhile it must suffice to compare the

microscopical structure of the ossicles from the new skin with

that of the small sculptured tubercles of undoubted Mylodon

represented in Pl. XV. figs. 4-6. Part of a horizontal section of

one of these fossil ossicles is shown enlarged about 40 times in

Pl. XV. fig. 8. It must be remembered that the specimen has

been buried in the Pampa Formation for a long period, and that

the oxides of iron and manganese have infiltrated the margin

of the bone, rendering the structure of its outer border more

conspicuous than that of its central portion. It must also be

noted that some of the manganese has assumed its familiar

“dendritic” aspect, in this respect presenting appearances not

due to original structure. The calcified interlacing fibres of

connective tissue are as abundant here as in the ossicle of the

so-called Neomylodon ; but in a very wide peripheral area they

exhibit a marked radial disposition, nearly everywhere extending

in bundles at right angles to the border. Rather large vascular

canals, infiltrated with the oxides of iron and manganese, are ob-

served in places, often bifurcated and usually bordered by a trans-

parent zone free from the connective-tissue fibres. Well-developed

bone-lacunw are very abundant, many exhibiting short branching

eanaliculi (PI. XV. tig. 8 a), and most of the others very irregular

in shape, evidently furnished with canaliculi which cannot be seen

from lack of infiltration. The lacune are never much elongated,

and are not arranged in distinctly differentiated Haversian systems

in any part of the section; while the only regular disposition of

the bony laminz is traceable near the circumference, where the

lacune are frequently arranged or clustered in parallel zones

concentric with the border. A vertical section of one of the

same specimens shows the connective-tissue fibres radiating out-

wards towards the lateral margins, but not directly towards the

upper sculptured face. There are no bony laminz clearly parallel

with the latter face, and at least one vascular canal in transverse

section seems to be the centre of a Haversian system.

The histological structure of the ossicles in the skin now under

consideration thus resembles that of the sculptured tubercles of

Mylodon in all essential features, but differs in two noteworthy

respects. In the ossicles of the so-called Neomylodon, as already

described, the fibres of connective tissue do not exhibit much

definite radiation towards the lateral margin; while the bony

tissue at most points is disposed in definite Haversian systems.

There is thus enough discrepancy to justify the suspicion that

the new and the old specimens do not belong to the same animal.

154 DR. F, P. MORENO AND MR, A. 8. WOODWARD ON [Feb. 21,

In fact, so far as the differentiation of the dermal bone is con-

cerned the so-called Neomylodon is precisely intermediate between

Mylodon and the existing Armadillo (Dasypus); sections of the

scutes of the latter animal, both in the Royal College of Surgeons

and in the British Museum, showing that in this genus nearly the

whole of the osseous tissue is arranged in Haversian systems,

although abundant interlacing connective-tissue fibres are still

entangled in it, at least near the border.

If the characteristic dermal armature does not suffice for the

definite expression of an opinion as to the precise affinities of the

specimen, a still less satisfactory result can be expected from a

comparison of the hair. For, in the first place, no hair has hitherto

been discovered in association with the skeleton of any extinet

Ground-Sloth; while, secondly, the hairy covering of a mammal is

perhaps that part of its organization most readily adapted to the

immediate circumstances of its life. So far as their endoskeleton

is concerned, the extinct Mylodonts and their allies are precisely

intermediate between the existing Sloths and Anteaters; they

combine ‘“ the head and dentition of the former with the structure

of the vertebral column, limbs, and tail of the Jatter”’. It might

therefore be supposed that the hair of this extinct group would

exhibit some of the peculiarities of that in one or other of its

nearest surviving relatives. The epidermal covering of the piece

of skin now described, however, entirely lacks the under-fur which

is so thick in the Sloths; while the structure of each individual

hair, with its smooth cuticle and lack of a medulla, is strikingly

different from that observed both in the Sloths and Anteaters, and

identical with that of the hair in the surviving Armadillos. The

large hair in the Sloths and Tamandua exhibits a conspicuously

scaly cuticle; while that of Myrmecophaga is remarkable for its

very large medulla. All these animals now live in the tropics,

either in forests or swamps, whereas the Patagonian animal must

have existed under circumstances much like those under which the

Armadillos still survive. Hence the characters of the hair of the

so-called Neomylodon may be of no great importance in determining

the affinities of the animal, but may represent a special adaptation

to its immediate environment.

Finally, there is the question of the antiquity of the pro-

blematical skin. On two occasions I have examined the mummified

remains of the extinct Mammoth and Rhinoceros from Siberia in

the Imperial Academy of Sciences at St. Petersburg; I have also

carefully studied the remains of the neck and legs of the Moa

from a cavern in New Zealand, now in the British Museum.

Compared with these shrivelled and dried specimens, the piece of

skin from Patagonia has a remarkably fresh and modern aspect ;

and I should unhesitatingly express the opinion that it belonged ~

to an animal killed shortly before Dr. Moreno recognized its

interest, had he not been able to give so circumstantial an account

of its discovery and strengthened his point of view by recording the

1 Blower and Lydekker, ‘ Introduction to the Study of Mammals,’ p. 183.

1899. ] NEOMYLODON LISTAI FROM PATAGONIA. 155

occurrence of a human mummy of an extinct race in another

cavern in the samme district. The presence of an abundant

covering of dried serum on one cut border of the skin is alone

suggestive of grave doubts as to the antiquity of the specimen;

but Dr. Vaughan Harley tells me that similar dried serum has

been observed several times among the remains of the Egyptian

mummies, and there seems thus to be no limit to the length of

time for which it can be preserved, provided it is removed from

all contact with moisture. I may add that I have searched in

vain in the writings of Ramon Lista (so far as they are represented

in the Library of the Royal Geographical Society )for some reference

to the statement which the late traveller made verbally to

Dr. Ameghino; and as the piece of skin now described certainly

represents an animal almost gigantic in size compared with the

Old-World Pangolin, I fear it cannot be claimed to belong to

Lista’s problematical quadruped, whatever that may prove to be.

The final result of these brief considerations is therefore rather

disappointing. There are difficulties in either of the two possible

hypotheses. We have a piece of skin quite large enough to have

belonged to the extinct Mylodon ; but unfortunately it cannot be

directly compared with the dermal armour of that genus, because

it seems to belong to the neck-region, while the only dermal

tubercles of a Mylodont hitherto definitely made known are

referable to the lumbar region. If it does belong to Mylodon, as

Dr. Moreno maintains, it implies either that this genus survived

in Patagonia to a comparatively recent date, or that the circum-

stances of preservation were unique in the cavern where the

specimen was discovered. On the other hand, if it belongs to a

distinct and existing genus, as Dr. Ameghino maintains—and as

most of the characters of the specimen itself would at first sight

suggest—it is indeed strange that so large and remarkable a

quadruped should have hitherto escaped detection in a country

which has been so frequently visited by scientific explorers.

[P.S.—At the reading of this paper Prof. Ray Lankester re-

marked that he should regard the characters of the hair as specially

important, and would not be surprised if the problematical piece

of skin proved to belong to an unknown type of Armadillo. This

possibility had occurred to me, but I had hesitated to mention it

on account of the considerable discrepancy observable between the

arrangement of the bony-armour in Neomylodon and that in the

known Glyptodonts and the unique Brazilian Armadillo (Sclero-

pleura), which happen to exhibit an incompletely developed

(incipient or vestigial) shield. In each of the latter cases, the

armour is not subdivided into a compact mass of irregular ossicles,

but consists of well-separated elements which could only become

continuous by the addition of a considerable extent of bone

round their margins, or by the special development of smaller

intervening ossicles.

Since the paper was read, I have had the privilege of studying

Dr. Einar Lonnberg’s valuable description of the pieces of the

156 ON NEOMYLODON LISTAI FROM PATAGONIA. [Feb. 21,

problematical skin mentioned by Dr. Moreno as having been taken

to Upsala by Dr. Otto Nordenskjéld ‘. It appears that with the

skin was found the epidermal sheath of a large unknown claw. which

may have belonged to the same animal. This specimen proves to

be different from that of any existing Sloth, Anteater, or Armadillo,

and is considered by Dr. Lonnberg to belong probably to the hind

foot of a Mylodont, which did not walk on the exterior, lateral

surfaces of the toes to the same extent as Mylodon. Ina section

of the skin provisionally ascriked to the leg, he observes that the

small ossicles are very irregular, and shows two instances in which

two are placed one above the other. In microscopical sections

of the ossicles, however, he does not find the distinct Haversian

systems of bone so conspicuous in my slides; and hence he fails

to remark the differences between the structure of the armour in

Neomylodon and Mylodon, which seem to me to be particularly

noteworthy. His so-called “ pigment cellules” in Mylodon are

the dendritic infiltrations of oxide of manganese and stains of

oxide of iron, to which I have made special reference. His

observations as to the absence of a medulla in the hair confirm my

own; but I have not seen any evidence of the suspected loss or

disintegration of the hair-cuticle. Finally, Dr. Lonnberg has

boiled a piece of the skin, thereby extracting glue, “‘ which proves

that the collagen and gelatinous substances are perfectly preserved.”

The latter observation confirms the evidence of the serum recorded

above, and indicates that if the specimen is “of any considerable

age, it must have been very well protected against moisture and

bacteria.”— A. 8. W.]

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XIII.

Neomylodon listai, Ameghino ; outer aspect of piece of skin, one half nat. size.

Prate XIV.

Ditto; inner aspect of same specimen, one half nat. size.

Puate XV.

Fig. 1. Neomylodon listai, Ameghino; transverse section of skin, nat. size,

showing hair above and ossicles in lower layer.

. Ditto; outer face of two ossicles, nat. size,

. Mylodon, sp.; outer face of three ossicles, nat. size, one composed of

two parts fused together. 4a, 44. Inner and lateral aspect

respectively of the specimen shown in fig. 4.

7. Neomylodon listai, Ameghino ; portion of horizontal section of ossicle,

about x40. 7a, 76. Haversian system and two marginal bone-

lacunze from the same, respectively «85 and xX 200.

8. Mylodon, sp.; portion of horizontal section of ossicle, about 40.

8a. Three bone-lacunz from the same, x 200.

1 B. Lonnberg, “On some Remains of ‘ Neomylodon listai, Ameghino,

brought home by the Swedish Expedition to Tierra del Fuego, 1895-1897,”

Wissensch. Ergebn. schwedisch. Exped. Magellansland. unter Leitung v. Otto

Nordenskjéld, vol. ii. pp. 149-170, pls. xii.—xiv. (1899).

lith

n. del. et hit

UPeer

NEOMYI1

Ieee S), Aishoko) te IL Oni

Mintern Bros.irmp.

DOIN EAS WAL.

J.Green del.et lith.

169952 ex ve

Mintern Bros imp.

DN LISTAI.

anhart imp.

Highley del.et ith

1899.] ON THE FORMATION OF CORAL-RDEFS. 157

9. On the Formation of the Coral-reefs on the N.W. Coast

of Australia. By P. W. Bassert-Smirn, R.N., F.Z.S.

[Received December 15, 1898.]

Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner has, in his most interesting paper read

before the International Zoological Congress at Cambridge last

August, again brought the question of the formation of Coral-reefs

prominently before the scientific world. The character of the reefs

at depths at which corals do not asa rule grow luxuriantly is of

prime importance, and as every information of this nature, at first

hand from a practical collector and naturalist, is of value if placed

on record, I have been induced to bring to light some rather old

work done in H.M.S. ‘Penguin’ on the North-west coast of

Australia. All the specimens were at the time sent to the British

Museum, being presented by the Admiralty; and, as I have not

seen them since, I am not able to give specific or definite names

to the specimens, which at the time of collecting it was impossible

to do.

The part worked over consisted of the Holothuria Bank off

the Admiralty Gulf, and the Baleine Bank off Roebuck Bay,

together with some examinations of the fringing-reefs of the

various islands along the coast. The former is in lat. 13°-13° 30’ S.,

long. 125° 40’-126° 20' E., and extends a distance of 60 miles,

being at nearest 14 miles from the coast and 100 from the

100-fathom line. The Baleine Bank is in lat. 15° 40'S., long.

121° 50’ E., and is about 10 miles long.

The whole area was particularly noticeable for the remarkable

abundance of (1) Aleyonarians; (2) Echinoderms, particularly the

most beautiful Asterophytons; (3) the great quantity of calca-

reous Polyzoa of comparatively massive branching character. This

region is a great centre of the pearl-shell fishery.

Mr. Stanley Gardiner, in his paper, states that the building-up

is more rapid on the tops of the submarine undulations than in

the hollows, from the deposit on them of the downward falling rain

of foraminiferal tests, &c. Here I would point out that

these strong branching calcareous forms of Polyzoa

(including Retiporas) must, in depths of 30 to 60

fathoms at least, haveavery great building-up power,

for time after time the large swabs attached to the dredge-bag

would come up perfectly entangled with broken-off branches, as

if they had pulled over a little forest of these Polyzoa on a sandy

surface, as was shown in my daily dredging report, where they

were often described as very abundant and quite “‘ massive.”

In the more eleyated portions of the Holothuria Bank, as on the

Penguin reef, where there was only 15 fathoms, and on the Bassett-

Smith shoal in 9-10 fathoms, the ordinary reef-corals were found

_(Stylopora, Seriatopora, Astrea, Goniastrea, Plesiastrea, Phym-

astrea, Turbinaria, Montipora, and Porites), though in shallow

_dredgings, 12-20 fathoms, on the Baleine Bank no corals at

158 ON THE FORMATION OF CORAL-REEFS. [Feb. 21,

all were obtained, either alive or dead, only great quantities

of these low-branching Polyzoa. When we left the Australian

coast for the Arafura Sea these general characters were absent.

Another peculiarity of this region was the great turbidity of the

water near the coast and the large amount of slimy mud deposited

on the flats, which as fringing-reefs were everywhere present,

their seaward edge being marked by isolated, blackened, and

elevated masses of coral-rock.

With such a considerable rise and fall of tide, 20 feet at springs,

when walking on the reefs one was struck by seeing the large

number of corals which were apparently able to stand

a prolonged exposure to the blazing sun of this nearly

equatorial latitude. Along with these tides there were strong

and powerful currents, the average temperature of the water being

80°.

Reef on Troughton Island, N.W. Australia.

[< direction of current ; soundings in fathoms. Tide-rise 20 feet. |

On the north end of Troughton Island, Jat. 13° 40'S., long.

126° 10' E., the condition was as follows at nearly low-water

springs :—The beach at high-water level was sand and shell, then

1899. ] ON REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM FOKIEN. 159

coral conglomerate rocks running out to form the shore-platform,

covered with mud and weed, about half a mile in extent, on it a

few stunted Goniastreas, Mussas, Porites, and Madrepores, in pools.

Here, too, were found numbers of black Holothurians, many Tri-

dacnas, cones, volutes, large Aplysias, with small black Nemertines,

Squillas, &e. This reef was much lower at the south side in a

little bay where the water poured down in a series of rapids into

the deep water, which here came close up to the reef; near to these

rapids, and at the time exposed to the air and sun, I saw alive

(1) great beds of Goniastrzas of two kinds, one in small lobular

masses, the other in large domes, tke polyps of both being emerald-

green; (2) very large branches of Mussa recta ?, one specimen being

5 feet by 4 across ; (3) Celoria sp. ; (4) Prionastrea sp., polyps also

bright green; (5) Symphyllia sp., in domes; (6) Porites spp.; (7)

Meandrina sp.; (8) Tubipora very plentiful; and (9) a few Fungias.

On the margin and not exposed were great quantities of Madrepora

cytherea, M. speciosa, aud other pedunculate and dendroidal forms,

Millepora aleicornis, M. verrucosa, Heliopora cerulea, Galaxea spp. in

large hemispherical masses, Seriatopora in very delicate but big

bunches, Merulina sp., showing both delicate fan-like expansions

and thick ramose prolongations, Echinopora rosularia, Porites spp.,

and Pocillopora spp.

3. On a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made by

Mr. J. D. La Touche in N.W. Fokien, China. By G. A.

Bovtencer, F.R.S.

[Received February 1st, 1899.]

(Plates XVI.-XIX.)

An important collection of Reptiles and Batrachians was formed

by Mr. J. D. La Touche during his stay, in the spring of 1896 and

again in 1898, at Kuatun, a village about 270 miles from Foo-

chow, in the mountains at the North-west of the Province of

Fokien, at an altitude of 3000 to 4000 feet or more, and I have

been entrusted by him with its description. Accounts of the

Birds have been published by the collector and Mr. Ogilvie Grant

aud by the Rev. H. H. Slater in the ‘Ibis’!; of the Mammals by

Mr. Oldfield Thomas in these ‘ Proceedings’ ”.

The interest of this collection resides not only in the number

(8) of new species it reveals, and in the discovery of a Snake

entitled to be made the type of a new genus, but also in the

further demonstration of the close affinity which the fauna of the

hills of the interior of China bears to that of the Himalayan-

Burmese mountains—a fact which I have already had frequent

opportunities of emphasizing by uniting forms described from

' This, 1896; p. 489, and 1897, p. 169,

2 P. ZS. 1898, p. 769.

160 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES [ Feb. 21,

either region as distinct. On this point I cannot do better than

recall the prefatory remarks of Mr. H. H. Slater in dealing with

the Birds, viz.: ‘that many of the Himalayan birds, hitherto known

only from the Indian side, would on further investigation be

found, either in identical forms or as closely-allied represeutative

species, in China..... many of the birds [from Kuatun] are of

genera well known in the Indian hill-country. Now, if N.W.

Fobkien were anywhere near the Indian boundary the circumstance

would be of interest ; far more so when, in the present case, these

birds come from a region much nearer to the Pacific coast.” This

is aconfirmation of the view propounded by Mr. H. J. Elwes in his

paper “On the Geographical Distribution of Asiatic Birds”,

wherein the Himalo-Burmese and Chinese Avifaunas are shown

to be one, and the limits of a *‘ Himalo-Chinese” subregion are

defined.

REPTILIA.

LACERTILIA.

1. Gucxo suppaLMatus Gthr.

A single female specimen.

2, ACANTHOSAURA LAMNIDENTATA Bler.

Two male specimens.

The diameter of the orbit being 8 millim. in both specimens,

the supraciliary spine measures 2, the supratemporal 3 and 23,

the longest nuchal 3 (see measurements in Ann. Mus. Genov.

[2] xiii. 1893, p. 317).

The discovery of this species in China is highly interesting ; it

was known only from Pegu, Tenasserim, and the Karin hills.

3. OPHISAURUS HARTI, sp.n. (Plate XVI.)

Lateral teeth conical, curved, pointing backwards, finely striated,

with a very feeble groove on the anterior side; a series of minute

teeth on the pterygoids. Azygos prefrontal narrower than the

greatest width of the frontal, in contact with or narrowly separated

from the latter shield by one pair of priefrontals; interparietal

broader than the parietals, much broader than the occipital, which

is small; two azygos shields between the rostral and the azygos

prefrontal ; five supraoculars. Ear-opening minute, smaller than

the nostril. Dorsal scales in 16 longitudinal and 103 to 106

transverse series; 8 or 10 dorsal series obtusely keeled; lateral

and ventral scales smooth, the latter in 10 longitudinal series.

No rudiments of limbs externally. Adult pale olive above, with

irregular transverse series of blue spots; head dotted with blackish;

lower parts white. Young white above, with an interrupted

black vertebral line, deep black on the sides and below.

2 P.Z.8. 1873 p. 615,

1899. ] AND BATRACHIANS FROM FOKIEN, 161

From snout to vent 270 millim.; tail (reproduced) 240.

Four specimens.

I have been requested by Mr. La Touche to dedicate this species

as a compliment to his chief, Sir Robert Hart, Inspector of Chinese

Customs.

Fig. 1.

Lower jaw of Ophisaurus harti, much enlarged.

In its dentition this species may be regarded as intermediate

between Anguis fragilis and Ophisaurus gracilis. It differs from

the latter in the presence of two scales between the rostral and

the anterior prefrontal, instead of three, the still smaller ear-

opening, and the greater number of longitudinal series of dorsal

scales. The coloration is highly suggestive of affinity to our

European Slow-worm, the teeth of which have been shown by

Leydig to be slightly furrowed. There is absolute identity, in

shape and number, between the head-shields of this species and

those of Anguis fragilis.

4, TACHYDROMUS SEPTENTRIONALIS Gthr.

16 specimens.

I now agree with Dr. Giinther as to the advisability of separating

T. septentrionalis from T. tachydromoides, Schleg. (cf. Ginther,

Ann. & Mag. N. H. [6] i. 1888, p. 166).

All the specimens have a single inguinal pore, the number of

these pores being variable in 7’. sexlineatus, 4 specimens out of 7

from Great Natuna Id. having a single pore instead of two (cf.

Giinther, Nov. Zool. 11. 1895, p.499). The number of chin-shields

is three, although there are occasional exceptions, not due to fusion

or accidental division, as shown by the figure (p. 162) taken from

one of the Kuatun specimens. The dorsal scales sometimes form

5 series instead of 6, and in one specimen they are even in 4 series

on the posterior part of the back. Two of the specimens have

the additional series of small scales between the outer pair of

Proo. Zoon. Soc.—1899, No. XI. 11

162 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON REPTILES [Feb. 21,

large ones, as observed by Dr. Giinther in two from Shanghai, the

scales being practically in 8 series.

Fig. 2.

Chin of Tachydromus septentrionalis, showing unusual number of shields.

5. Lyaosoma rmnpicuM Gray.

11 specimens.

34 or 36 scales round the middle of the body.

6. LyGosoMA LATERALE Say (REEVESII Gray).

A single specimen, with 26 scales round the middle of the

body.

7. EUMECES ELEGANS Blgr.

Numerous specimens.

The characters on which this species has been founded appear

to be perfectly constant. Adult males have the sides of the head

and neck of a bright vermilion, which colour is continued on the

side of the body as more or less distinctly defined stripes above

and below the light streak extending from the ear. The largest

specimen measures 93 millim. from snout to vent.

OPHIDIA.

8. PoLYODONTOPHIS COLLARIS Gray.

Two specimens.

These specimens agree with the one from Ichang described by

Giinther as Ablabes chinensis (Ann. & Mag. N. H. [6] iv. 1889,

p- 220) in having the eighth upper labial excluded from the labial

margin, thus constituting a lower anterior temporal—a character

which I have found to be inconstant in Polyodontophis subpunc-

tatus and P. bistrigatus, and which I expect would likewise break

down if a larger number of Chinese specimens could be examined.

The larger specimen has 184 ventrals and the tail is imperfect;

the other has 178 ventrals and 110 subcaudals,

1899.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM FOKIEN, 163

9. TROPIDONOTUS CRASPEDOGASTER, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 1.)

Eye rather large. Rostral once and two thirds as broad as

deep, scarcely visible from above; nasal completely divided ; inter-

nasals shorter than the prefrontals ; frontal once and two thirds

as long as broad, longer than its distance from the end of the

snout, shorter than the parietals; loreal as long as deep; one

preocular; three postoculars; temporals 1+1, 241, or 242;

eight upper labials, third, fourth, and fifth entering the eye; five

lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are

shorter than the posterior. Scales in 19 rows, dorsals rather

strongly keeled, outer row faintly keeled. Ventrals 145-157;

anal divided ; subcaudals 87-97. Dark brown above, with a rusty-

red streak along each side of the back, accompanied by more or

less distinct yellowish spots ; ill-defined black spots on the sides ;

labials yellowish, with black bars on the sutures; a short oblique

yellow streak on each side of the nape, beginning on the last

upper labial and directed backwards towards its fellow ; yellowish

beneath, with an elongate black spot near the outer extremity of

each shield, forming a well-defined line on each side of the belly

and tail.

Total length 635 millim. ; tail 185.

Six specimens.

Closely allied to 7. khasiensis Blgr. Differing in the larger

eye, the keeled outer row of scales, and the coloration.

10. TROoPIDONOTUS PIScATOR Schn.

A single specimen.

11, TROPIDONOTUS PERCARINATUS, sp. n. (Plate XVII. fig. 2.)

Eye moderate. Rostral twice as broad as deep, just visible

from above; nasal completely divided; internasals much longer

than broad, much narrowed anteriorly, longer than the prefrontals ;

frontal once and three fifths as long as broad, as long as its

distance from the end of the snout, a little shorter than the

parietals ; loreal as long as deep; one preocular; three post-

oculars+ one very small subocular; temporals 243; eight upper

labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye; five lower labials in

contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are shorter than the

posterior. Scales in 19 rows, all keeled, dorsals very strongly.

Ventrals 141 ; anal divided; subcaudals 71. Greyish olive above,

sides with light-edged black vertical bars ; the four anterior upper

labials greyish olive like the upper surface of the head, the rest

uniform yellowish white like the lower surface; belly uniform

yellowish white anteriorly, spotted and speckled with blackish

posteriorly ; lower surface of tail dark grey, with some black

spots.

Total length 500 millim.; tail 130.

A single male specimen.

Very closely allied to 7. annularis Hallow. Distinguished by

ain

164 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON REPTILES [Feb. 21,

the larger eye, the broader rostral, the shorter parietals, the

presence of three postoculars instead of two, and the coloration of

the upper labials.

12, TROPIDONOTUS TIGRINUS Boie.

A single specimen.

TAPINOPHIS, g. n.

Teeth small, equal, 17 or 18 in the maxillary. Head small,

much depressed, not distinct from neck; eye very small, with

round pupil; nostril in the upper part of an undivided nasal;

prefrontal single; no preocular; loreal entering the eye. Body

cylindrical ; scales feebly keeled, without apical pits, in 17 rows ;

ventrals rounded. Tail rather short; subcaudals in two rows.

Hypapophyses developed throughout the vertebral column.

This genus is nearest allied to Opisthotropis Gthr.

13. TAPINOPHIS LATOUCHII, sp.n. (Plate XVIII. figs. 1-1 ¢.)

Rostral broader than deep, with straight transverse upper

border, just visible from above; nasals rather large, separated by

a pair of narrow internasals; prefrontal twice and a half as broad

as long ; frontal as long as broad, as long as its distance from the

end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ; supraocular narrow ;

loreal twice as long as deep; two postoculars, lower smaller ;

temporals 1+1 or 2; nine upper labials, the first three in contact

with the nasal, fifth and sixth entering the eye; four lower labials

in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are longer than

the posterior; the latter separated from each other by one scale.

Seales in 17 rows, the feeble keel not extending to the extremity

of the scale. Ventrals 149; anal divided ; subcaudals 53. Olive

above, with interrupted black longitudinal lines, yellow on the

sides and below; a black streak along the side of the body, along

the adjacent halves of the second and third rows of scales ; labials

edged with blackish ; lower parts uniform, except the base of the

tail, which bears a black median streak.

Total length 455 millim.; tail 85.

A single female specimen.

14, TRIRHINOPHOLIS STYANI, sp.n. (Plate XVIII. figs. 2& 2a.)

Snout short, slightly prominent. Rostral rather large, once

and two thirds as broad as deep, the portion visible from above

about half as long as its distance from the frontal; internasals

twice as broad as long, much shorter than the prefrontals ; frontal

haxagonal, once and one third or once and a half as long as broad,

longer than its distance from the end of the snout, a little shorter

than the parietals; no loreal, posterior nasal forming a suture

with the single preocular; two postoculars; temporals 2+2; six

or seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye ; anterior

chin-shields longer than the posterior, in contact with the sym-

physial and three lower labials. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals

1899. ] AND BATRACHIANS FROM FOKIEN,. 165

112-121; anal entire; subcaudals 22-28. Brown above, with

very small black spots ; a black nuchal blotch or cross-band edged

with yellowish; labials yellowish, with blackish edges; rostral

yellowish, with a large blackish spot; ventrals and subcaudals

yellowish, dotted and speckled with blackish on the sides.

Total length 350 millim. ; tail 45.

Two specimens, male (V. 112; C. 28) and young (V. 121; C. 22).

Named after Mr. F. W. Styan, whose collections have so much

advanced our knowledge of the fauna of China.

The discovery of this species lessens the gap between the genera

Plagiopholis and Trirhinopholis, both established on single species

from the Shan States.

15. DINODON SEPTENTRIONALIS Gthr.

Three specimens.

Intermediate in the pattern of coloration between the typical

form from Assam and Burma and the var. rvhstrati Fischer from

Formosa. The pale interspaces between the dark brown dorsal

spots are very narrow throughout and nowhere form complete

annuli.

16. CoLuBER PORPHYRACEUS Cantor.

Four specimens.

Two black lines extend from the eyes to the end of the tail,

intersecting the dark cross-bars, which have a tendency to dis-

appear in adult specimens.

This species had not been recorded from farther north-east

than Yunnan.

17. CoLUBER MANDARINUS Cantor.

Two specimens.

Temporals 2+2 or 3; one of the specimens has a single post-

ocular, the lower having fused with the fourth labial.

This most beautifully-marked Snake was known only from

Chusan.

18, CoLUBER PHYLLOPHIS Bler.

Two specimens.

19. ABLABES MAJoR Gthr.

Three specimens.

A young specimen has irregular black transverse spots on the

nape and anterior part of the back, and traces of an interrupted

black lateral streak.

20. CALAMARIA SEPTENTRIONALIS Blgr.

A single specimen (2. V.174; C.8).

21. BungaRus canpibus L.

A single specimen, pertaining to the var. multicinctus Blyth.

166 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES (Feb. 21,

22. CALLOPHIS MACCLELLANDIT Reinh.

A single specimen, measuring 660 millim., of the typical form

(3. V.193; C.36).

93. AncIstROoDON acutus Gthr.

Two male specimens (V. 164, 161; C. 56, 59).

This large pit-viper, discovered by Mr. A. E. Pratt in the

mountains north of Kiukiang and since obtained at Ichang by

the same traveller, is, I am informed by Mr. Styan, of gentle

disposition and is freely handled by the Chinese.

24, LLACHESIS GRAMINEUS Shaw.

A single specimen.

BATRACHIA.

“4. Rawa xunut D. & B.

Numerous specimens of a smal] form—the largest male measuring

60 millim. from vent to snout, the largest female full of ripe eggs

51—distinguished by a rather shorter web between the toes, the

membrane reaching only the penultimate phalanx of the fourth

toe. The first finger does not extend, or extends but very slightly,

beyond the second. Males have a very large head and are devoid

of a vocal sac and of nuptial horny excrescences. A Chinese

specimen, from the Lofau hills, Province of Canton, has been

described by Peters in 1882 under the name of Nyctibatrachus

sinensis.

Specimens obtained by Dr. J. Anderson in Yunnan, and now

preserved in the British Museum, are intermediate between the

Kuatun specimens and the typical form from Java in the extent

of the web on the sides of the fourth toe. 7 out of the 19

Kuatun specimens have a yellow vertebral stripe.

2. Rana BOULENGERI Gthr.

This species is very closely allied to R. kuhlii, with which I

have confounded it in the British Museum ‘Catalogue.’ The

female, from Ningpo, has been described and figured by Giinther

in the ‘ Reptiles of British India,’ p. 404, pl. xxvi. fig. A, as

R. kuhlit, and the breeding male has been since described from

two specimens from Ichang and kindly named after me (Ann. &

Mag. N. H. [6] iv. 1889, p. 222). Young specimens from near

Ningpo have been presented to the British Museum by Messrs.

Bassett-Smith and J. J. Walker.

Two specimens, male and female, are in Mr. La Touche’s

collection.

The following description is based on 7 specimens.

Vomerine teeth in two small oblique groups commencing on a

level with, and extending back beyond, the choane. No tooth-

like processes in the lower jaw. Head broader than long ; snout

short, broadly rounded, a little shorter than the diameter of the

1899.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM FOKIEN, 167

orbit ; canthus rostralis very obtuse ; loreal region very oblique,

slightly concave; nostril nearer the eye than the end of the snout ;

interorbital space a little narrower than the upper eyelid; tym-

panum hidden. Fingers rather short, feebly swollen at the tips,

first extending considerably beyond second ; subarticular tubercles

moderately developed. Toes rather short, broadly webbed to the

tips, which are dilated into small but very distinct disks; sub-

articular tubercles moderate, oval ; inner metatarsal tubercle feebly

prominent, elongate, measuring two thirds its distance from the

tip of the inner toe; no outer metatarsal tubercle; a feeble

dermal fold along the inner edge of the tarsus. The tibio-tarsal

articulation reaches the eye; tibia about half length of head and

body. Skin of upper parts granular or shagreened, with numerous

warts, which may be small and subconical or large and elongate on

the back; these warts may bear black horny spinules; a strong

fold across the head, connecting the posterior borders of

the upper eyelids; a very strong ridge from the eye to the

shoulder; no glandular dorso-lateral fold; lower parts smooth.

Dark olive or blackish brown above; lips with darker vertical

bars ; limbs with more or less distinct black cross-bars; hinder

side of thighs black, with more or less distinct lighter marblings ;

lower parts whitish, throat and lower surface of limbs spotted or

marbled with blackish. Male with small internal vocal sacs ;

during the breeding-season the fore limbs are more or less strongly

thickened, and the breast and inner side of the three inner fingers

armed with small black horny spines.

From snout to vent, ¢ 105 millim., 9 103.

This species is exactly intermediate between A. kuhliit and

R., liebigit.

3. Rana saponica Bler.

A single young specimen.

4, RANA LATOUCHII, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 1.)

Vomerine teeth in two oblique oval groups in the middle

between the choane. Head as long as broad ; snout as long as the

diameter of the orbit, obtusely pointed, projecting beyond the

mouth, with distinct canthus and feebly oblique, slightly concave

lores ; nostril nearer the end of the snout than the eye; inter-

orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum very distinct,

three fifths or two thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers

slender, feebly swollen at the end, first extending beyond second ;

subarticular tubercles very stroug. Toes slender, two-thirds

webbed, with swollen tips and strong subarticular tubercles ; inner

metatarsal tubercle small, oval; a very prominent, round, outer

metatarsal tubercle. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the anterior

border of the eye; tibia half as long as head and body. Upper

parts finely granular ; a very prominent, very broad dorso-lateral

glandular fold, almost deserving to be termed a parotoid, its width

above the shoulder at least as great as that of ‘the upper eyelid ;

168 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES [Feb. 21,

two strong glands behind the angle of the mouth. Greyish above,

uniform or with small blackish spots; a black stripe below the

canthus rostralis, over the tympanum, and along the outer edge

of the dorso-lateral fold ; upper lip white ; flanks and hinder side

of thighs pale, with black spots; limbs with regular dark cross-

bars ; lower parts white, uniform or with some greyish spots on

the throat and breast. Male with small internal vocal sacs, with-

out humeral glands, with a strong pad on the inner side of the

first finger.

From snout to’vent, ¢ 37 millim., 9 45.

Three specimens.

Nearly allied to R. guenthert Blgr., but distinguished by the

broader dorso-lateral folds, the shorter hind limbs, and the much

smaller size.

5. Rana ANDERSONI Bler.

A large female specimen, measuring 87 millim. from snout to

vent, agrees well with a similarly large example obtained by

Signor Fea in the Kakhyen hills, Upper Burma. The types are

from the Hotha valley, Yunnan (5000 feet).

Rana schmackeri Boettger (Kat. Batr. Senck. Ges. 1892, p, 11),

from Ichang, appears to agree in every respect with R. andersonii

except in the larger tympanum, measuring three fourths the size

of the eye, whereas in the latter species its diameter does not

exceed three fifths that of the eye.

6, RANA RICKETTI, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 2.)

Vomerine teeth in two small groups close together behind the

level of the choane. Head much depressed, as long as broad ;

snout shorter than the diameter of the orbit, rounded, projecting

beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region

nearly vertical, concave ; nostril equidistant from the end of the

snout and from the eye ; interorbital space nearly as broad as the

upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, sunall, one third or two fifths

the diameter of the eye. Fingers short, depressed, terminating

in large disks, which are quite as large as the tympanum ; first

finger much shorter than the second, third as long as the distance

between the anterior border of the eye and the tympanum. Toes

rather short, very broadly webbed to the disks, which are a little

smaller than those of the fingers; subarticular tubercles rather

small; a small, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle; no outer meta-

tarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of

the snout; tibia a little more than half the length of head and

body. Skin finely shagreened above, with scattered small flat

warts; a fold above the tympanum; no dorso-lateral fold ; belly

granular. Olive above, marbled with darker; a dark streak on

each side of the head, passing through the eye ; limbs with regular

dark cross bands ; whitish beneath.

From snout to vent 37 millim.

Two specimens.

1899.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM FOKIEN. 169

This species, named after Mr. C. B. Rickett, is closely related to

R. latopalmata Blgr. (afghana Gthr.), from which it is easily

distinguished by the shorter fingers and the shorter hind limbs.

7, RHACOPHORUS LEUCOMYSTAX Gravh.

Although the largest specimen measures 50 millim. from snout

to vent, the head is, as I have noticed before in Chinese specimens,

devoid of dermal ossification. The back of the thighs is whitish,

with a dark brown network.

I seize this opportunity to observe that the Moupin Rhacophorus

davidi Sauv. is not closely allied to this species. 1 examined the

types in the Paris Museum some years ago, and noted that the

fingers are one-third or one-fourth webbed and the inner meta-

tarsal tubercle is large, oval, somewhat more than half as long as its

distance from the tip of the inner toe. J. davidi is intermediate

between R. microtympanum and LR. schlegelir.

8. RHACOPHORUS DENNYSII Blanf.

This fine Frog was described in 1881 from a specimen of

doubtful origin, obtained alive from a Chinese merchant at

Singapore and said to have originally come from China. The

type specimen, presented by Dr. Dennys to the Raffles Museum,

was found, in bad condition, among the unnamed specimens of

that establishment a few years ago by Mr. 8. 8S. Flower, who

brought the specimen over to London. Ihave been able to compare

it with a second specimen, from Foochow, presented to the British

Museum by Mr. C. B. Rickett in 1894. Mr. La Touche’s Kuatun

collection contains three specimens. The following description is

taken from the five specimens now before me, varying in size

from 86 to 115 millim., measured from snout to vent, the species

being one of the largest of the genus :—

Vomerine teeth on two strong, straight or slightly oblique

transverse ridges touching the inner front edge of the choane

and separated by an interspace less than the width of one of the

ridges. Head much depressed, broader than long, though some-

times very slightly; snout rounded, truncate at the end and

slanting from the nostrils to the edge of the mouth, its length

equal to the diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis strong ;

loreal region concave; nostril nearer the end of the snout than

the eye; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid;

tympanum very distinct, measuring two thirds to three fourths

the diameter of the eye. Fingers with very large disks, broadly

webbed, the web reaching or nearly reaching the disks between the

two outer, also reaching the disk on the outer side of the second

finger, but only the penultimate phalanx on the inner side of the

second and third; a large, compressed, crescentic tubercle

(rudimentary pollex) at the base of the inner finger, which is

much shorter, and has a much smaller distal expansion, than the

second; the largest digital disks nearly equalling the tympanum in

size. Toes moderately elongate, webbed to the disks, which are

170 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES [Feb. 21,

smaller than those of the fingers; subarticular and inner meta-

tarsal tubercles moderate, flat. The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches the eye; tibia not half length of head and body.

Skin of upper parts more or less granular, the granules very

feeble, though distinct, in the type specimen, most developed in

one of the males from Kuatun; belly and lower surface of thighs

coarsely granular; throat smooth or feebly granular; a dermal

ridge above the tympanum ; no folds along the limbs.

Mr. Blanford was informed by Dr. Dennys that the type

specimen, a female, was of a beautiful emerald-green colour when

alive. It was, in spirit, dark violet, almost slaty above, with a

brown spot behind the occiput, dirty white below, mottled with

dusky. It is now nearly completely bleached, traces of the violet

colour being only discernible on the parts protected from the

light by the folding of the limbs. The Foochow specimen, a

female, is dark violet above, with four irregularly disposed rusty

spots edged with whitish on the head and scapular region ; a few

similar spots on the fore limbs; a pale golden lumbar spot, and

streaks of the same tint and edged with brown across the anal

region and along the outer edges of the forearm and the hand

and of the tarsus and foot ; white beneath, the lower jaw broadly

edged with violet. The three specimens from Kuatun, all males,

with internal vocal sac, have retained a dark green coloration ; one

of them has the red spots on the head of the Foochow specimen ;

all three have a lateral series of irregular, white, black-edged spots,

extending from the shoulder to the groin.

9. Buro vuteaRis Laur.

The examination of the 32 specimens brought home by

Mr. La Touche (males up to 110 millim. from snout to vent,

females up to 122) confirms the opinion I have previously

expressed as to the impossibility of defining with anything like

precision the Eastern form of our Common Toad even as a variety

or subspecies. In some of the specimens the tympanum is almost

hidden, in others it is very distinct and its diameter, as compared

with that of the eye, varies between one half and three fourths.

The toes are only half or barely two-thirds webbed, even in males

with the nuptial excrescences, and the fourth toe is generally a

little longer in proportion than in European specimens. A black

lateral band is usually well marked, as in Japanese specimens, and

the ventral marbling is usually very striking, although varying

in extent and intensity. Some of the specimens have a yellow

vertebral line, as well marked as in Bufo calamita.

In describing Chinese specimens under the name of Bufo

vulgaris japonicus, in 1880, M. Lataste has pointed out a difference

in the shape of the testis in the breeding male. This is described

as being shaped like a long cylinder attenuate in front, its width 7

or 8 times in its length, and occupying the whole length of the

abdominal cavity, whilst in the European specimens the organ is

oval, elongate, depressed, its width usually twice and a half in its

1899.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM FOKIEN. iva

length. The character is not borne out by the Kuatun males,

two of which, measuring 110 and 83 millim. from snout to vent

respectively, I have examined in this respect: the testes have a

length of 12 and 11 millim., and a width of 4 and 3, the kidneys

measuring 21 and 19 millim. The organ in question is therefore

but slightly longer than usual in European specimens.

10. LEPTOBRACHIUM BOETTGERI, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 3,)

Tongue entire. Vomerine teeth none. Head moderate,

broader than long; snout very short, obliquely truncate,

projecting beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis angular; loreal

region concave ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ;

tympanum very distinct, two thirds the diameter of the eye.

Fingers slender, slightly swollen at the end, first and second

equal. Toes slender, slightly swollen at the end, with a slight

rudiment of web; a small, oval, flat inner metatarsal tubercle ; no

subarticular tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the

eye. Skin smooth, with small scattered warts on the head and

back ; two small white warts close together ou the chin and one

on each side of the breast near the insertion of the fore limb.

Dark grey or brown above, with symmetrical blackish markings ;

upper surface of snout and scapular regions light; a whitish

blotch on the upper lip below the anterior half of the eye; limbs

with dark cross bands ; a small round white spot on the back of

the thigh; throat and breast brown or brownish; three longi-

tudinal, blackish, light-edged markings on the throat; large

blackish spots on the sides of the belly; posterior part of belly

and lower surface of thighs dirty white. Male with internal vocal

sacs.

_ From snout to vent, ¢ 35 millim., 9 46.

Six specimens.

Closely allied to Z. monticola Gthr.; differing in the entire

tongue and the absence of vomerine teeth. Had I examined

but a single specimen, I should not have ventured to separate it

from LZ. monticola. That is my excuse, but I must, however,

apologize to Prof. Boettger for having, a few years ago, identified

a specimen from Kiukiang, which he submitted to me, as a young

individual of that species (cf. Ber. Senckenb. Ges. 1894, p.141). I

wish to atone for my mistake by connecting with this new species the

name of my distinguished colleague. valus lateralis And., which

I have placedin the synonymy of Leptobrachium monticola, regarding

it as based on a young specimen, agrees with ZL. sinensis in the

absence of vomerine teeth, but the tongue is described as slightly

notched behind. That the presence or absence of vomerine teeth

is a dangerous character to use, unaccompanied by others, in the

distinction of species in this genus has been shown in the case of

L. carinense Bler. (cf. W. L. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1892, p. 347). The

length of the hind limbs varies much in L. monticola. In Giinther’s

type specimen from Sikkim they bear the same proportions as in

L. sinense, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the eye.

172 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION oF MoTHS _—[Feb. 21,

EXPLANATON OF THE PLATES.

PuatEe XVI.

Ophisaurus harti, p. 160, Adult and young, and upper view of head.

Prats XVII.

Fig. 1. Tropidonotus craspedogaster, p. 163. Upper, lower, and side views of

head and anterior part of body.

2. Tropidonotus percarinatus, p. 163. Upper and side views of head and

anterior part of body.

Puate XVIII.

Fig. 1. Tapinophis latouchii, p. 164. Upper and side views of head and

anterior part of body.

la. Ditto. Upper view of head, enlarged.

1%. Ditto. Side view of head, enlarged.

le. Ditto. Lower view of head, enlarged.

2. Trirhinopholis styani, p. 164. Upper and side views of head and

anterior part of body.

2a. Ditto. Chin-shields.

Puatn XIX,

Fig. 1. Rana latouchii, p. 167.

2. ,, ricketti, p. 168.

3. Leptobrachium boettgeri, p. 171.

4, A Revision of the Moths of the Subfamily Pyraustine

and Family Pyralide. By Sir G. F. Hampson, Bart.,

E.Z.S. &c.

Part II.'

[Received January 10, 1899.]

In the first part of this paper, the classification of the subfamily

Pyraustine of the Pyralide was completed as far as the end of

the 1st group of genera with upturned palpi; in the present part

the second group of genera with porrect palpi is dealt with. The

key to all the genera of the subfamily, the phylogenetic table, and

the plates illustrating some of the new species were given in the

first part of the paper.

We should be greatly obliged for the loan of specimens of any

of the species mentioned in the series of papers on the Pyralide

that I have been unable to identify; they would be carefully

packed and returned after examination.

Genus 88. MnaapHysa.

Megaphysa Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 213 (1854).

Palpi porrect, short, the 2nd joint very broadly fringed with

scales below, the 8rd short, naked and downturned; maxillary

palpi filiform; frons rounded; antenne of male ciliated ; tibieze

fringed with thick hair on inner side, hind tarsi with the 1st joint

fringed with hair on outer side. Fore wing with the costa very

1 Continued from P. Z. S. 1898, pp. 590-760.

ILGVH snunvsipdo

Sites sorg usa pay

“WIT 39 TEP quug- pg

IAX Id 66819 Za

PA Swiss eval

PISmat del. et ith. MinternBros imp.

1. TROPIDONOTUS CRASPEDOGASTER. 2T PERCARINATUS.

intern Bros .imp

2 .TRIRHINOPHOLIS STYANI.

1.TAPINOPHIS LATOUCHII.

mut delet hth.

‘

2 <i

ees

* 2 <

PE SMES) IEA NO

PJ.Smit del.ethth Mintern Bros.imp.

TEVA AR es Aa Oe TTT PAREN, RCC Ee OE aS

3. LEPTOBRACHIUM BOETTGERI.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 173

much arched towards apex, which is produced and extremely

faleate; the outer margin excurved below middle; veins 3, 4, 5

from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9, to which

10 also is approximated. Hind wing with the cell rather short ;

veins 3, 4,5 from angle; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Fig. 88.

Megaphysa herbiferalis, 3. +.

Type. MHGAPHYSA HERBIFERALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 213, pl. 5.f.9.

Colombia ; Ecuador.

Genus 89. FURCIVENA.

Fureivena Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 374 (1896).

Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint fringed with scales below, the 3rd

naked ; maxillary palpi filiform, frons flat and oblique ; tibize with

the outer spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing with vein 3

from angle of cell; 4,5 stalked ; 7 and 10 well separated from 8, 9.

Hind wing with the cell about half the length of wing; vein 3

from angle; 4, 5 stalked; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Furcivena strigiferalis, $. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Szor. I. Antenne of male thickened and flattened.

Type. (1)tFURCIVENA STRIGIFERALIS Hampsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 374.

Sikhim,

Srcr. II. Antenne of male annulate.

(2)*FURCIVENA RHODONEURIALIS, 0. sp.

3. White tinged with yellowish. Fore wing with slight pink

suffusion on disk; the cilia brown at middle and tornus. Hind

wing whiter, with discoidal brown point; some pink suffusion in

174 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

and below cell and near the medial and postmedial brown lines,

the former from below costa, excurved at median nervules and

recurved at vein 1, the latter straight from costa to vein 5, then

excurved to termen ; an apical brown patch and line through the

cilia. Underside of fore wing pale chestnut, with whitish patch

below cell; irregular streaks and patches of black scales in and

below cell and patches of opalescent scales on median nervure and

in and beyond end of cell; some pink suffusion below end of cell ;

two irregular brown-edged postmedial patches of opalescent scales;

a similar curved line across apical area ending on termen at vein

2; awhite patch on termen below apex; hind wing strongly

irrorated and suffused with pink.

Hab. Niger, Warri (Roth). Exp. 18 mm. Type in Coll.

Rothschild.

Genus 90. SAMEODEs.

Sameodes Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 217.

Pessocosma Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 301.

Mimorista Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 476 (1890).

Palpi rostriform, extending about the length of head, the 3rd

joint prominent and downcurved ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons

rounded. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, &

from angle; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing

with the costa slightly excised beyond middle ; veins 4, 5 approxi-

mated for a short distance ; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8,

Fig. 90.

Sameodes cancellalis, ¢. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iy.)

Szor I. Antenne of male with long cilia and sinuous at middle ;

both wings with the apex somewhat produced.

A. (Sameodes). Male with a swelling on outer side of mid

tibia before the medial spurs, of which the outer is

minute, the terminal spurs replaced by a small tuft of

scales ; the tibia bent beyond middle. Fore wing with

a large medial costal lobe on upperside ; hind wing with

the costa excised before the middle as well as after.

Type. (1) SAMEODES CANCELLALIS Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 34. Africa ;

; India, Ceylon, & Burma; Java; Australia.

+Stenia pipleisalis Wlk. xvii. 420; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii.

pl. 181. f. 14.

+Lepyrodes lepidalis W1k. xvii. 465.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 175

tSamea sidealis W1k. xix. 937.

THymenia meridionalis W1k. xxxiv. 1314.

Sameodes trithyralis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 218, & 1883,

pl. 8. f. 4.

Samea vespertinalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1880, p. 301.

B. (Pessocosma). Male with the hind tibie not distorted, the

outer spurs half the length of inner; fore wing with no

costal lobe.

(2)fSaMEopES PERITALIS Wlk. xvii. 466; Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix.

pl. 174. f. 21. India ; Ceylon,

(3)7SAMEODES BISTIGMALIS Pryer, Cist. Ent. ii. p, 234, pl. 4.

£, 10,48 ). N. China,

(4)TSaMEODES IOLEALIS W1k. xvii. 466. Australia.

Szor. II. (Mimorista). Antenne of male normal and minutely

ciliated.

A. Hind wing of male with the cell very short, its upper

part filled by a large hyaline fovea.

(5) SAMEODES MILTOCHRISTALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind, iv. p. 375.

N.E. India; Burma.

B. Hind wing of male normal.

a. Fore wing with tooth of scales on inner margin before

middle.

(6)tSAMEODES NOTODONTALIS, n. sp.

Q. Head and thorax yellow and fiery orange ; abdomen

ochreous. Fore wing suffused with fiery orange, leaving subbasal,

antemedial, and medial series of ill-defined yellow spots ; an oblique

medial pinkish band expanding towards costa; the terminal area

pinkish, its inner edge with darker points and obtusely angled at

vein 5. Hind wing semihyaline yellow, tmged with fuscous

towards termen.

Hab. Sandakan, Borneo (Pryer). Exp. 20 mm.

6. Fore wing without scale-tooth on inner margin.

(7) TSAMEODES OLESIALIS WIk. xviii. 748 (9 ). W. Africa.

(8) SamEopEs BoTYDALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 197. W. States,

C. & S. Amer.

Botys acutalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 200, pl. 11. f. 10.

(9)fSAMEODES SANGUIMARGINALIS,n.sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 27.)

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen pink. Fore wing hyaline

yellow ; the base and costal area pink, the latter emitting a small

tooth in cell and a triangular patch on discocellulars ; a large

quadrate pink apical patch extending down to yein 5, with traces

176 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

of an oblique dentate postmedial fuscous line from its lower edge

and yellowish terminal patches on it in the interspaces; a fine

terminal pink line running a short way inwards on inner margin.

Hind wing hyaline yellow, with fuscous discal point and very

indistinct dentate postmedial line bent outwards between veins 5

and 2; a terminal pink line expanding slightly at apex and at

vein 2.

Hab. Colombia, Bogota. wp. 40 mm.

(10)7SAMEODES SUFFUSALIS, n. sp.

3. Pale red-brown. Fore wing with dark-edged hyaline specks

at and below middle of cell and larger spots in and below end of

cell; a hyaline postmedial band from subcostals to vein 2, then

‘eurving round to lower angle of cell, edged on inner side by a

black line and traversed by a minutely crenulate black line. Hind

wing semihyaline white, with black-edged fulvous spots in and

below middle of cell and larger spot in end of cell; a postmedial

waved black line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2; a fulvous

marginal band, wide at apex, narrowing to anal angle.

Hab, Pernambuco; Argentina. LHvp. 22 mm.

(11)*SAMEODES ENDERYTHRALIS, n. sp.

3. Dull brown; abdomen reddish on dorsum; palpi at base,

pectus, and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing with the

basal area below the cell orange, with patches of red scales ; traces of

antemedial and medial lines on inner area; a hyaline discal point;

a postmedial orange wedge-shaped patch from costa to vein 5,

traversed by the postmedial line, which is obtusely angled at vein

6. Hind wing with the basal half orange, with diffused sinuous

subbasal and antemedial bands ; the terminal half brown with

some red on its inner edge.

Hab. Sikhim (Pilcher). Exp. 15 mm.

(12) Samuopzs proranis Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 3038.

Assam.

(13) SAMBODES MONOSIICTALIS, n. sp.

Orange; legs white. Fore wing with indistinct sinuous fulvous

antemedial line ; a large fulvous patch in and beyond end of cell,

with traces of a hyaline point at middle of cell and a prominent

discoidal hyaline spot; an indistinct fulvous postmedial line

slightly bent outwards between veins 6 and 2, then retracted to

lower angle of cell and slightly bent outwards again ; an indistinct

curved submarginal line. Hind wing with irregularly waved ante-

and postmedial and submarginal lines, the two latter anastomosing

towards tornus.

Hab. Amboina; Humboldt Bay, N. Guinea (Doherty). Exp.

20 mm. ‘Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

(14)tSaMEopEs HILARODES Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 465.

Borneo ; Pulo Laut,

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 177

(15)tSAMEODES DISTICTALIS, n. sp.

Differs from hilarodes in the antemedial line of fore wing being

almost obsolete ; no hyaline spot below the cell and the retracted

portion of the postmedial line straight ; the postmedial line bent

imwards below costa, with a hyaline spot on its inner side instead

of the hyaline band on its outer side. Hind wing with large

hyaline spot in end of cell.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). Exp.18 mm. Type in B.M.

(16)7SAMEODES FLAVIDISSIMALIS Grote, Can. Ent. ix. p. 105.

U.S.A.

(17) Samropus camBoeraLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 331.

tBotys lucilla Butl. P. Z. 8S. 1878, p. 494. W. Indies ; Brazil.

(18)TSAMEODES CITRINALIS, n. sp.

3. Pale lemon-yellow. Fore wing with oblique antemedial

fuscous line ; a large fuscous patch filling the end of cell, the area

just beyond it, and extending up to costa, with a hyaline spot in

end of cell and an oblique series of five spots beyond the cell

between the veins ; a submarginal fuscous line obtusely angled at

vein 5. Hind wing yellowish white.

Hab. Dominica (W. H. Elliot), Exp. 18 mm.

(19)*SAMEODES POLYTHLIPTALIS, n. sp.

d. Fuscous suffused with grey; palpi white at base; abdomen

ringed with white and with the ventral surface white. Fore wing

with dark-edged hyaline spot in and below middle of cell, with

traces of a line from it to inner margin; a rounded spot in end of

cell; a diamond-shaped spot below vein 2 near its origin, and a

dentate postmedial band formed of four conjoined spots between

costa and vein 5. Hind wing semihyaline yellow with the base

fuscous ; triangular fuscous marks from costa at and beyond end

of cell ; the terminal area fuscous suffused with grey, with irregular

dark line on its inner edge and dark terminal line ; cilia white.

Hab. Humboldt Bay, N. Guinea (Doherty). Exp. 26 mm.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

Genus 91. Mrrocrena.

Meroctena Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 392.

Palpi porrect, straight, the 2nd joint fringed above and below

Meroctena tullalis, §. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XII. 12

Type.

178 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—-REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

with hair, the 3rd naked; maxillary palpi filiform ; tibie of male

with the outer spurs minute; abdomen with the anal tuft very

large. Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5 from close to angle of cell;

7 curved and approximated to 8,9 for some distance; 10 also

approximated to 8, 9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle

of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Sxcr. I. Antenne of male unipunctate for one-third length, the

basal joint emitting four teeth enclosing a hollow in front like

the calyx of a flower.

(1)tMerocrena tunnaLis Wlk. xviii. 649; Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix.

plebmatt al Indian & Malayan subregions.

(2) Murocrena starntont Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 392,

pl. 13. £. 4. Pulo Laut; Java; Fiji.

tLygropis siriowantha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 262.

Sxcr. IJ. Antenne of male with the basal half serrate and fasci-

culate, a large tuft of scales on upperside at one-fifth from

base ; palpi with the 3rd joint short, flattened, rounded, the

outer side hollowed out and curled over at tip.

(3)tMxEROCTENA DICHOCHROSIALIS, n. sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 22.)

3. Orange ; fore tibie with black band; abdomen with two

conjoined dorsal black spots on subbasal segment and dorsal band

on subterminal segment with silvery-white posterior edge. Fore

wing with black spot at base of costa; an antemedial black line

expanding into a spot on costa; a discoidal lunule; the postmedial

line represented by an oblique straight line from costa to vein 5,

a subterminal spot on vein + and small spot below vein 2, and a

large spot near base of vein 2. Hind wing with large lunule

beyond to cell; a subterminal spot between veins 2 and 4 and an

oblique line from near lower angle of cell becoming obsolete before

tornus ; both wings with fine terminal line.

Hab. Bali, 2500 feet (Doherty). Exp. 30 mm.

Genus 92. THILIPTOCERAS.

Thliptoceras Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 274.

Prophantis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 113 (1896).

Palpi porrect, straight, about twice the length of head, the 2nd

Fig. 92.

Thliptoceras cascale, §. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Type.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN F. 179

joint fringed above and below with hair, the 3rd prominent ;

maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded ; hind tibie with the outer

medial spur minute. Fore wing produced at apex, the outer

margin oblique ; veins 3, 5 from close to angle of cell; 7 straight

and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with the cell short ;

the discocellulars produced along vein 4, which is approximated to

5; 6,7 stalked, 7 anastomosing strongly with 8.

Sect. I. (Thliptoceras). Antenne of male with two curved teeth

on basal joint forming an upturned cavity, the basal part of

shaft curved, then expanded into a cavity formed of short

appressed pectinations.

(1)rTuuirrocrras cascaLe Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 271,

pl:.8.; £18. Japan; India, Ceylon, & Burma.

Thliptoceras variabilis Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 274 ;

Humpsn. Ill. Het. viii. pl. 156. ff. 2, 10.

Circobotys phycidalis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 599.

Scr. I]. Antenne of male with the basal joint excised and with a

slight tuft of hair from inner side ; fore wing less produced at

apex, the costa highly arched before middle. Hind wing

with the inner area clothed with long hair; patagia extending

beyond metathorax.

(2)*T'HurroceRAs styGiALE Hmpsn. Moths of India, iv. p. 378.

Assam.

Srcr. III. (Prophantis). Antenne of male ciliated.

(8) THriproceras ocrocurraLE Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 135. f. 88.

Natal ; Indian & Malayan subregions to Australia.

TPyralis smaragdina Butl. A. M.N. H. (4) xvi. p. 411 (1875).

(4)*THLIPTOCERAS DISTICTALIS, N. sp.

Q@. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale reddish brown; palpi

blackish at sides, whitish below; wings purplish brown. Fore

wing with two obliquely placed orange subbasal points and some

diffused orange on inner margin; a white bar across end of cell

and spot below end; the costa orange, with 6 or 7 black points

from above end of cell to the wedge-shaped subterminal band which

ends on vein 5; termen and cilia orange with purplish points.

Hind wing with some diffused orange on basal area, and two spots

in cell conjoined to the whitish costal area; a medial yellow

band narrowing to inner margin; the termen and cilia orange.

Hab. Katha, Burma. Zvp. 28mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(5)TTHLIPTOCERAS C@NOSTOLALIS, 1. sp.

3. Head and tegule ochreous ; palpi black at sides, white below ;

12*

180 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

thorax and abdomen fuscous, the latter ochreous towards extremity.

Fore wing fuscous grey, with diffused blackish antemedial patch ;

the costa from it to apex orange; atriangular yellow medial patch

before the postmedial line extending down to vein 2 and containing

a dark-edged orange discoidal spot; the postmedial line oblique,

slightly exeurved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below

end of cell. Hind wing fuscous, with obscure medial line; both

wings with the cilia yellow, except at middle. Underside of fore

wing with two dark-edged orange spots in cell.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Clements). Hxep. 22 mm.

(6)TTHLIPTOCERAS POLYGRAMMODES, N. sp.

Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous; vertex of head yellowish ;

abdomen with two white spots on Ist segment. Fore wing rufous ;

a very ill-defined yellowish antemedial band not reaching the costa ;

a quadrate spot in end of cell; a large postmedial yellow area not

reaching the costa and traversed by the postmedial sinuous line,

which has a series of yellow spots beyond it from costa to vein 2,

where it is retracted to lower angle of cell. Hind wing yellow

with the base rufous; a rounded rufous discoidal spot ; a sinuous

postmedial line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted

to below angle of cell; the terminal area rufous with waved inner

edge.

Hab. Natal, Mooi River. Eup. 40 mm.

Genus 93. ARCHERNIS.

Archernis Meyr. P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. ii. 1, p. 254 (1886).

Protonoceras Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 457 (1890).

Metaporthra Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. +63.

Chrysommatodes Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 105 (1896).

Palpi porrect, long and straight, the 2nd joint fringed with hair

below, the 3rd prominent; maxillary palpi long and slightly dilated

Fig. 93.

Archernis capitalis, §. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

with scales; frons rounded. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 separate

at origin; 7 nearly straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind

wing with the cel] short; the discocellulars erect ; veins 3, 4, 5

from angle ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#. 181

Sxcr I. (Protonoceras). Male with a tuft of forwardly directed

Type

hair between the antenne ; antenne with basal joint dilated,

the shaft given off from its outer side, much bent near base,

then with some small serrations on inner side and with

long cilia.

A. Antenne of male with long curved tuft of hair from inner

side of basal joint, the tuft between antenne long.

(1)TARCHERNIS CAPITALIS Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 468 (1798).

Formosa; India, Ceylon, & Burma.

Botys tropicalis W1k. xviii. 670 ; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. pl. 181.

sia

B. Antenne of male without the curved tuft from basal joint,

the frontal tuft less developed.

(2) ARcHERNIS DoLorsaLis WIk. xviii. 692. 8. India, Ceylon,

Burma; Borneo; Mysol.

Botys fimbripunctalis Wk. xxxiv. 1425.

tProtonoceras fuscilunalis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 134, pl. 155.

tae.

Secr. II. Antenne of male serrate at base and with a tuft of hair

on inner side at one-third.

(3)TARCHERNIS FULVALIS Hmpsn. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist.

Soc. ined. Sikhim ; Ceylon.

Secr. II]. Antenne of male normal.

(4)TARCHERNIS HUMILIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 146.

Assam.

(5)TARCHERNIS NictiTaws Swiuh. A. M. N. H., (6) xiv. p. 146.

Assam.

(6)*ARCHERNIS LUGENS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 110.

Assam.

(7)*ARCHERNIS SCOPULALIS W1k. xxxiv. 1438. Flores.

(8) ARCHERNIS CaALLIxANTHA Meyr. P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. ii. 1, .

p. 254. Pulo Laut; New Guinea; Australia.

Chrysommatodes cwreoflavais Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii.

p. 105.

(9)TARCHERNIS OBLIQUIALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iy. p. 380.

Sikhim.

(10) ARCHERNIS I@NEALIS W1k. xxxiv. 1423. Mysol; N. Guinea;

Queensland.

Genus 94. TERASTIA.

Terastia Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 211 (1854),

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

Type.

182 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

maxillary palpi filiform; frons flat and oblique; antenne of male

ciliated ; fore tibie fringed with long hair; mid and hind tibize

with the outer spurs about half the length of inner; abdomen of

male with lateral tufts on tbe last three segments, the anal

tuft long. Fore wing long and narrow, the costa arched towards

apex, which is produced, the outer margin excurved at middle; the

inner margin excised before the outer angle, which is lobed; vein 3

from close to angle of cell; 4, 5 somewhat approximated for a

short distance; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9. Hind wing

ample ; the costa highly excised before and after middle ; lobed at

middle and towards apex; veins 4+, 5 somewhat approximated for

a short distance ; the discocellulars erect; veins 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 touching but not anastomosing with 8,

Fig. 94.

Terastia meticulosalis, ¢. 3%. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

(1) Terasrta netALEALIs WIk. xvii. 383. Himalayas ; Java.

» procelalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 416.

+Agathodes diversalis Wik. xxxiv. 1307.

+Megaphysa quadriferalis Wik, xxxiv. 1628.

(2) Tprastia METICULOSALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 212.

W. Indies; Ceylon; Java;

i. subjectalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. Philippines.

1863, p. 480.

+Megaphysa quadratalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1527.

Megastes celigenalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 156.

(3) Terastia MarGariris Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 40. Natal.

Genus 95. MuGASTEs.

Megastes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 375 (1854).

Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head, the 2nd joint

fringed with hair below, the 3rd prominent and thickly scaled ;

maxillary palpi triangularly dilated with scales; frons rounded ;

antenne of male bipectinate; build stout; tibie with the outer

spurs about half the length of inner. Fore wing with the costa

highly arched towards apex, which is somewhat produced ; the

inner margin excised before outer angle, which is hooked ; veins 3,

4. 5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8,9. Hind

wing with the cell half the length of wing; vein 3 from angle; 4,

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#. 183

5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7

anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 95.

Megastes grandalis, S. }

Type. (1) Mucastis GRANDALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 376. Venezuela,

(2)*MezcastEs sprtosoMa Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 48. Brazil.

Auctorum.

Megastes pusialis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. xviii. p. 241, pl. 13. f. 15.

Brazil.

Genus 96, OmMPHISA.

Omphisa Moore, Lep. Ceyl. i. p. 317 (1886).

Palpi porrect and straight, the 2nd joint fringed with hair below,

the 3rd prominent; maxillary palpi well-developed and filiform ;

frons rounded; antenne of male ciliated; patagia clothed with

large scales ; tibize with the outer spurs about half the length of

inner, mid tibiz clothed on outer side with spinous hair ; abdomen

with large lateral tufts on last five segments. Fore wing with veins

3, 4, 5 well separated at origin; 7 nearly straight and well

separated from 8, 9 ; the costa arched towards apex, which is acute ;

the outer margin excurved at middle. Hind wing with the costa

slightly excised at middle ; the apex somewhat produced ; the outer

margin excurved at middle; the inner margin short; veins 4 and

5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7

free or anastomosing with 8.

Omphisa anastomosalis, G. +. (From Moths Ind, vol. iv.)

Type. (1) OMpHisa anastomosaLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 373.

China; India, Ceylon, & Burma; Andamans ;

TBotys illisalis W1k. xviii. 653; Moore, Java; Duke of York I.

Lep. Ceyl. iii. pl. 183. f. 4.

Type.

184 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(2) Ompuisa REPETITALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 621,

pL xix. £.'6: Sikhim.

(3)*Ompuisa PRAXITELES Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 215,

pl. 61. ff. 3, 4. Mexico; Centr. Amer.

(4) Ompuisa INGENS, n. sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 17.)

Yellowish rufous ; wings with numerous fine dark strie. Fore

wing with traces of curved antemedial line; two dark spots

towards apex above veins 6 and 7; both wings with very ill-defined

darker medial and postmedial bands; underside with blackish

discoidal marks on each wing.

Hab. Fergusson 1., N. Guinea (Meek). Eup. 66 mm. Types

in Coll, Rothschild and B.M.

Genus 97. LANIIFERA, nov.

Palpi porrect, straight, and extending about the length of head,

the 2nd joint clothed below with very long hair extending to end

of the well-developed naked 3rd joint; maxillary palpi filiform ;

frons rounded; antenne ciliated; vertex of head and thorax

clothed with rough hair and scales; build stout; femora and tibize

clothed withrough hair. Fore wing clothed with rather woolly hair ;

the costa arched towards apex; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7

curved and approximated to 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4,5

from angle of cell; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8.

Warayuf yi

Lantirera cycLabrs Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 220,

pi. ote t 12, Mexico.

Genus 98. ORENATA.

Orenaia Dup. Cat. Méth. p. 196 (1831).

Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint fringed with long hair below, the

8rd prominent; maxillary palpi slightly dilated with scales ; frons

rounded ; antenne ciliated; tibie slightly scaled; wings short

and broad. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin ;

7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with yeins 3,

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &, 185

Lond

4, 5 from end of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Fig. 98.

;

Sam vA

IWS

Orenaia alpestralis, S. 3.

(1) Orenata HELVETICALIS H.-S. vi. p. 141, f. 127. Europe.

Hercyna lugubralis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1857, p. 82 (var.).

» conspurcalis Lah. Suppl. p. 32.

(2) ORENAIA RUPESTRALIS Hiibn. Pyr. ff. 201-203. C. Europe.

Hereyna andereggialis H.-S. vi. p. 140, ff. 124-126.

Type. (3) ORENAIA ALPESTRALIS Fabr. Ent. Syst. 350. Europe.

Crambus alpestris Fabr. Suppl. 466.

» alpina Hiibn. Vog. & Schm. 21.

Auctorum.

Hercyna expansalis Eversm. Bull. Mosc. 1852, i. p. 168.

Ural Mts.

Genus 99. EvEerGestis,

Evergestis Hiibn. Verz. p. 354 (1827).

Homochroa Hiibn. Verz. p. 358.

Scopolia Hiibn. Verz. p. 368.

Orobena Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 376 (1856).

Paredis Grote, Check-List, i. p. 51 (1882).

Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint fringed with hair below, the 3rd

naked ; maxillary palpi long and filiform; frons oblique; antenne

ciliated ; tibie with the outer spurs two-thirds length of inner.

Fig. 99.

Evergestis frumentalis, 3. +.

Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle ;

7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with veins

3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

186 SIR G. F. HAMPSON— REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(1)tEverexstis FUNALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. iv. 670.

U.S.A.

(2) Evercesris BrunEocRisea Edw. Am. Ent. ii. p. 171. U.S.A.

(3) Evureestis NAPHALIS Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 145..

U.S.A.

(4) Everczsris optieuatis Grote, Pr. Kans. Ac. viii. p. 56.

UBsa.

(5) Evercustis RIMOsALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 371. U.S.A.

(6) Evercestis sopHianis Fabr, Mant. ii. p. 217. Europe.

Phalena variegalis Fabr. Mant. ii. p. 218.

(7) Evrrcestis sucreranis H.-S. vi. p. 142, f. 1382. 8. Europe;

Orobena blandalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 377. W. Asia.

(8) EvnrGEstis FRUMENTALIS Linn. Syst. Nat. no. 337.

Europe; W. Asia; Siberia.

Pyralis triquetralis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 120.

» repandalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 64.

» wnplicalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 379.

» var. asiaticalis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p. 168.

(9) Everexstis umprosaLis F, R. p. 274, pl. 92. f. 2.

Orobena orientalis Eversm. Bull. Mose. 1842. W.& C, Asia.

(10) Evercustis nomapatis Led. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1871, p. 22,

Die ayeel Os Persia ; Amur.

(11) Everezstis ExTIMALis Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 614. U.BA-;

Pyralis margaritalis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 123. Europe.

» erucalis Hiibn. Pyr, f. 55.

Evergestis consimilis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 433.

(12) Evprexsris srraMrnauis Hiibn.Vog. & Schmett. 82.

Pyralis elutalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 62. U.S.A. ; Europe.

+Pionea cunusalis Wik. xvii. 756.

(13) Evurenstis porirais Schiff. Wien, Verz. p. 121. S. Europe.

Orobena dispersalis Mann. Wien, Ent. Mon. 1859, p. 162 (var.).

» bicoloralis Lah. Contr. p. 21.

Type. (14) Evercestis timpata Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. 873. 8. Europe ;

Mesographe pretextalis Hiibn. Verz. p. 354. W. Asia.

Pyralis politalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 61.

(15) Evrrerstis suncratis Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) ix. p. 484.

Japan.

(16) Everczsris subruscaLis Staud. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1870, p. 192,

pl. 2.0, 9. S. Europe ; W. Asia.

(17) Evererstis @ynatis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 123. Europe.

Pyralis furvalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 53.

» rufimitralis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 120.

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 187

Auctorum.

Orobena lemniscalis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 425.

Surinam.

» grummi Chr. Rom. Mém. ii. p. 147, pl. vil. f. 14.

©. Asia.

» subcitrinalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xii. p. 157. U.S.A.

» seminivealis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xii. p.157. U.S.A.

» manglisalis Ersch, Hor. Ent. Ross. xu. p. 339, & Rom.

Mém. iii. pl. ii. f. 8. Transcaucasus.

Hercyna anartalis Stgr. Deutsche EH. Zeit., Lep. v. pl. iii. £. 17,

& vi. p. 72. C. Asia.

Scopolia helenahs Stgr. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1870, p. 195, pl. ii. f. 12.

E. Europe ; W. Asia.

Orobena allardalis Oberth. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr, (6) vii. p. xcix, &

Kt. Ent. xii. pl. vi. f. 54. Algeria.

Eurycreon pechi Baker, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxi. p. 268. Algeria.

Orobena renatalis Oberth. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vi. p. xcix, &

Et. Ent. xi. pl. vi. £. 36. Algeria.

Botys seriazatis Stgr. Deutsche EH. Zeit., Lep. v. pl. ii. f. 15, &

vi. p. 79. Algeria.

» cesialis H.-S. iv. p. 115, f. 116. Europe.

Orobena vagabundalis Christ. 8. H. Z. xlviii. p. 166, & Rom. Mém.

ie plasmids! /: Persia.

a infirmalis Stgr. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1870, p. 190, pl. 1.

fet Ve S.E. Europe.

Pionea bifascialis Guen. Alg. ii. p. 403, & Oberth. Et. Ent. xii.

pl. vi. f. 40. Algeria.

Orobena submundalis Mill. Ann. Soc. L. Lyon. xxix. p. 160, pl. i.

£2. S. France.

Scopula mundalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 389. S. Europe.

Orobena implicitalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 292.

Porto Rico.

» plumbo-fascialis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p. 168.

Spain.

Genus 100. IscunurcEs.

Ischnurges Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 418.

Nesolocha Meyr. Trans, Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 239.

Rhectothyris Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 474 (1890).

Stenochora Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 298 (1892).

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

Fig. 100.

Ischnurges gratiosalis, §. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Type.

188 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

maxillary palpi filiform ; frons fiat and oblique ; antenne annulate ;

tibie with the outer spurs about half the length of inner. Fore

wing with veins 3, 4,5 from near angle of cell; 7 straight and

well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4,5 from

angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

(1)tIscHNURGES GRaTIOsALIS Wlk. xvii. 357; Hmpsn. Ill. Het.

ix. pl. 173. f. 12. China; India; Ceylon; Borneo.

tAsopia roridalis Wik. xvii. 371.

(2) IscunuRGES RosEA Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 142.

Assam.

(3) IscHNURGES LANCINALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 169.

S. Africa.

Botys expeditalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 372, pl. 9.

fae

(4)tIScHNURGES PERPULCHRALIS, n. sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 24.)

2. Head bright pink, the vertex yellow; thorax bright yellow,

shoulders with pink stripes; pectus white; abdomen yellow, the

last four segments pink. Fore wing bright yellow, the costa and

terminal third bright pink ; an antemedial pink line angled below

the cell and a spot at middle of cell, both sometimes almost entirely

obsolete ; the inner edge of terminal pink area sinuous; a large

yellow patch beyond the cell between veins 7 and 2, its inner edge

encroached on by pink scales above and below middle. Hind

wing white; the terminal area yellowish suffused with pink scales,

most widely at vein 2.

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Schaus), Exp. 22 mm.

(5)tIiscunurGEs RUFALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 163, pl. 172.

£. 28. Ceylon.

(6)tIscHNURGES aRGENTALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 163, pl. 173.

F516. Ceylon.

(7)tIscHNURGES LUTEOMARGINALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 184,

pl. 155. f. 18. S. India.

(8)tIscunurGES ancusTaLis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 173, pl. 172.

f. 20. Ceylon ; Burma.

(9) IscuyuRGES InLUsTRALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 418,

pl. 15. £. 12. New Guinea; Australia.

Nesolocha autolitha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 240.

(10)TIscHNURGES DISCOPHORALIS, n. sp.

Black-brown with a slight yellowish gloss; pectus and ventral

surface of abdomen white. Fore wing with the costal area

purplish ; a semihyaline yellow spot below origin of vein 2; a

dark discoidal spot with yellow point before it and large yellow

lunulate patch beyond it between veins 7 and 2 running inwards

below end of cell; cilia whitish towards tornus. Hind wing pale

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN ®. 189

semihyaline yellow, with black discoidal spot: the terminal area

fuscous, with its inner edge slightly indented between veins 5

and 2; cilia whitish at tips.

Hab. Orizaba, Mexico (Schaus), Exp. 20 mm.

Genus 101. Hyanoparura,.

Hyalobathra Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 445,

Isocentris Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 232.

Leucocraspeda Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 475 (1890).

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

maxillary palpi filiform ; frons flat and oblique; antenne ciliated ;

tibie with the spurs long and nearly equal. Fore wing with

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated

from 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell;

6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 101.

Hyalobathra fiialis, 3. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iy.)

Sor. I. (Hyalobathra). Hind wing of male with a hyaline fovea

in base of cell.

Type. (1) HYALOBATHRA aRcHELEUCA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885,

p- 445. Burma; Perak; Borneo ;

Queensland ; New South Wales.

Isocentris unicolor Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 472.

Scr. II. (Jsocentris). Hind wing of male without fovea in cell.

(2)THyaLoBparHRA PHa@NICOzONA Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 385.

Assam.

(3) Hyanoparara FILALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 204; Snell.

Tid: v. Bt: 1883} pl. te Mauritius ; Oriental

region to Australia.

TtEndotricha rhodophilalis Wik. xxxiv. 1311 ; Moore, Lep. Ceyl.

ii. pl. 178. f. 13.

tBotys amenalis Wik. xxxiv. 1445.

» aurals Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1872, p. 90, pl. 7. ff. 9, 10.

TtSamea dives Butl. P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 682.

(4) HyatosparHra #Quanis Led. Wien. Ent Mon. 1863, p. 468,

pl. 10. f. 3. India, Ceylon, & Burma ;

tlsocentris undulilinea Hmpsn. Ill. Het. Celebes.

viii. p. 132, pl. 154. f. 21.

190 SIR G, F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(5) HyaLoparHra Ca@NnostonaLis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880,

p. 582. N.E. & S. India; Burma.

+ Leucocraspeda udeoides Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 134, pl. 155. £.17.

(6)tHYALOBATHRA tiLECTALIS WIk. xviii. 658; Hmpsn. Ill. Het.

ix, pl, 173. £9, N.E. India; Ceylon ; Burma;

Borneo; Celebes.

Botys albofimbrialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1883, p. 128.

5, niveicilialis Snell. Midd.-Sum., iv. Lep. p. 64.

(7)THYALOBATHRA OPHELTISALIS WI]k. xix. 1010. India; Burma.

+Hedylepta contubernalis Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 208.

(8) Hyatoparura mrntosatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 362.

+Ebulea europsalis Wik. xvii. 749. — India, Ceylon, & Burma.

+ ,, orseisalis Wik. xviii. 749.

(9) Hyatoparara mintanis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 477.

Queensland.

(10)*Hyaropatura Lararis Stgr. List, xxxiil. Europe.

Genus 102, Azocuis.

zochis Wlk. xviii. 542 (1859).

Palpi porrect, triangularly sealed, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

maxillary palpi filiform ; frons oblique; antennz of male ciliated ;

tibia with the outer spurs about one-third length of inner; male

with tufts of hair on extremity of hind tibie and 1st joint of

tarsus; abdomen long, with large anal tuft. Fore wing rather

long and narrow; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and

closely approximated to 8,9 for nearly half its length. Hind

wing of male with the membrane above tornus contorted and

clothed with coarse black hair above and below; the cell short;

vein 8 from angle; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7

shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 102.

Azochis gripusalis, 3. }-

(1)*Azocuts mactauts Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 185. f. 50. Fiji.

Type. (2)tAzocHis GripusaLis, Wk. xvii. 542. Brazil.

Botys saniosalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 371, pl. 9. f. 11.

(3)+AZOCHIS RUEIFRONTALIS Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 339.

W. Indies.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &, 191

Genus 103. CrocipoPHORA.

Crocidophora Led. Wien. Eut. Mon. 1863, p. 386.

Stenophyes Led. Wien. Bnt. Mon. 1863, p. 388.

Circobotys Butl. Ll. Het. iii. p. 77 (1879).

Chobera Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 219 (1888).

Tanaophysa Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 389 (1892).

Mimocomma Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 473 (1895).

Monocrocis, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 475.

Polychorista Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 109 (1896).

Palpi porrect and triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by

hair; maxillary palpi filiform; frons flat and oblique; antenne

of male nearly as long as the fore wing and minutely ciliated ;

hind tibiz with the outer spurs minute; abdomen of male long,

the claspers and anal tuft large. Fore wing more or less produced

at apex, the outer margin oblique; veins 3 and 5 trom near angle

of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with

the cell short ; veins 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7

stalked, 7 anastomosing strongly with 8.

Crocidophora ptyophora, §. +. (#rom Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Szor. I. (Polychorista). Antennz of male with a curved tooth of

scales from basal joint, the basal part of shaft slightly

thickened and contorted; hind wing with the base of costa

expanded into a large folded lobe.

(1)tCrocipoPHoRA CALVATALIS Swinh, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890,

p- 275. Burma.

Sror. II. Antenne of male slightly knotted and contorted at

one-fifth from base.

(2)7CrocipoPHoRA EPIcROcALIS Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890,

p. 275. 8. India; Burwa.

TOtircobotys marginalis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. vill. p. 133, pl. 155.

nals ie):

Secr. III. (Mimocomma). Antenne of male with the base of

shaft excised and a tuft of hair beyond the excision.

(3) CroctpopHora FULYIMARGO Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi.

p. 473. N.E. India; Burma.

Type.

192 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS (Feb. 21,

Sror. IV. Antenne of male normal.

A. Retinaculum of male formed by a very large fan of

leaden-coloured scales from below median nervure, the

. median nervyure bent upwards.

a. (Crocidophora). Fore wing of male with a fan of

leaden-coloured scales beyond upper angle of cell and

vein 7 bent downwards.

(4)?CroorboPpHorA pryopHora Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 389.

N.E. India; Burma.

(5) CrocipoPHoRA AM@NALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890,

p- 598. Sikhim.

(6)tCrocrpoPHORA LIMBOLALIS Moore, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 615.

N.E. India; Burma; Andamans.

(7)*CROcIDOPHORA CURVILINEALIS, n. sp.

3. Pale yellow; sides of head and shoulders rufous ; abdomen

fulvous above and with white dorsal segmental lines. Fore wing

with the costal area fulvous; a curved antemedial line; a discoidal

patch and lunule; the postmedial line excurved and punctiform

from below costa to vein 3, angled inwards above veins 2 and 1,

and joined by a streak on inner margin to the antemedial line; a

purplish-fusconus band just before termen ; termen and cilia yellow

with a series of dark points. Hind wing suffused with fuscous to

beyond middle, its outer edge angled at vein 2; an oblique

purplish-fuscous band from costa before apex to termen at middle ;

a terminal series of points.

Hab. Khasis. Hep. 24mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(8) CrocipopHora FULVIDALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi.

p- 478. Assam.

Lepidoplaga uniformis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 476.

(9)+CROCIDOPHORA SERRATISSIMALIS Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1872,

p- 521. U.S.A.

t Botis subdentalis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. i. p. 173.

(10) CrocrpopHoRA PUSTULIFERALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863,

p- 386, pl. 12. f. 11. U.S.A.

(11) CrocrporHora tTUBERCULALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863,

p- 386, pl. 12. f. 9. U.S.A.

(12) CrocipoPpHORA MULTIDENTALIS Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) xvi.

p- 476. Assam.

b. (Monoerocis). Fore wing of male with a small post-

medial glandular swelling on costa and an elongate

groove of almost unscaled ribbed membrane above

vein 7.

(13) CroctpopHora LuTusALIs Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890,

p. 596. N.E. & W. India.

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN ®. 193

(14) CrocipopHora FLAvorasctata Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 223,

ply. f. 19. N.E. India.

c. Fore wing of male without sexual characters beyond the

cell.

(15) CrocipopHora FasciaTa Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 223, pl. 7.

f. 20. N.E. India.

(16)fCrocipoPHoRA DistrNcTALIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv.

p. 144. Assam.

(17)tCRocripoPHORA BYENORALIS WIk. Cat. xix. 1012, 1015.

Japan; China; Burma.

Botis mandarinalis Leech, Entom. 1889, p. 68, pl. 3. f. 14.

(18)tCrocrpoPHORA HABISALIS WIk. xviii. 702. Borneo.

tRhodaria mevialis W1k. xix. 925.

(19)fCrocipoPHoRA pDiscoLoRATA Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv.

p- 144. Assam.

(20)TCRocIDOPHORA PALLIDULALIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv.

p- 141. Assam.

B. (Circobotys). Retinaculum of male normal.

a. Fore wing of male with a large fovea below base of cell,

but without fan of scales.

(21) CrocIDOPHORA HETEROGENALIS Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 70,

plo. fit. Amur ; Japan.

b. (Tanaophysa). Fore wing of male with a streak of

ribbed hyaline membrane above vein 7, no fovea

below the cell.

(22)TCRocIDOPHORA ADORNATALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix.

p. 389. Brazil.

c. (Stenophyes). Fore wing of male without secondary

sexual characters.

a’, Fore wing produced and subfalcate.

(23)tCrocrpoPHoRA NycrERINA Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 77, pl. 59.

f, 14. Japan.

(24) CroctbopHora LimMBaTa Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 220, pl. 7.

f. 24, N.E. India.

(25) CroctboPHoRA avRIMARGO Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii.

p- 109. Assam.

(26) CrocrpoPHoRA GLapialis Leech, Entom. xxii. p. 67, pl. 3.

ff. 5, 15. China.

(27) CroctboPHoRA PALLIDA Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 220.

N.E. India.

Proc. Zoor. Soo.—1899, No. XIII. 13

194 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

b', Fore wing less produced and not subfalcate.

(28)tCrocipoPHora sinisaLis Wk. xviti. 635. W. Africa ;

Punjab.

(29)tCrocipopHora Fuscaris Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 133,

pl. 154. f. 14. S. India.

(30) CrocipoPHORA STENOPHIDLALIS W1k. xxxiv. 1407.

S. India ; Cambodia.

+Circobotys marginalis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 133, pl. 155.

£.9(9).

(31)TCrocrpoPHoRA AcUTANGULALIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv.

p- 148. N.E. India.

(32) CrocrpopHora HURONALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 198.

U.S.A.; W. Indies ; 8. Amer.

tSamea zinghalis Wik. xvii. 355.

tPhalangiodes serinalis W1k. xvii. 468.

Genus 104, Marvca.

Crochiphora Geyer, Hiibn. Samml. Exot. Schmett. iv. 4, p. 12

(1832), non descr.

Maruca Wik. xviii. 540 (1859).

Striocauta Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 424.

Palpi porrect and triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by

hair ; maxillary palpi very slightly dilated with scales ; frons flat

and oblique; antenne slightly longer than fore wing and an~

nulated ; legs long, tibia with the outer spurs about half the

length of inner; abdomen long. Fore wing with vein 3 from

angle of cell; 4,5 closely approximated for a short distance ;

7 curved and approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approxi-

mated. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell, which is about

half the length of wing; 4,5 closely approximated for a short

distance ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Maruca testulalis, §. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Type. (1) Maruca rusruLaLis Geyer, Hiibn. Samml. Exot. Schmett. iy.

4, p. 12, ff. 629, 630. Tropical zone.

Hydrocampa aquatilis Boisd., Guér.-Mén. Icon. Régne Anim.

pl. 90. £. 9.

(2) Maruca aMBornaLls Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 24.

India; Burma; Borneo; Amboina.

Striocauta similialis Snell. Midd.-Sum., iv. Lep. p. 72.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN A. 195

Genus 105. ADELOTDES.

Adeloides Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 299 (1892).

Palpi porrect, rather long and triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint

hidden by hair; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons

rounded; antennz minutely ciliated, at least one and a half times

length of fore wing, the basal joint dilated in both sexes; the

vertex of head clothed with rough hair; abdomen of male ex-

tending far beyond the anal angle of hind wing, the claspers large

and covered by the large anal tuft; tibie with the outer spurs

minute. Fore wing of male narrow and produced at apex;

vein 3 from well before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 nearly

straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing of male very

ample ; the cell short; vein 3 from angle; 4, 5 approximated for

a short distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 105.

Adeloides cinerealis, 8. }. (From Moths Ind, vol. iy.)

Type. (1)tADELOIDES CINEREALIS Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 94. Sikhim.

(2)TADELOIDES GLAUCcoPrHRA Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iy. p. 395.

Bhutan.

Genus 106. Turript,

Tetridia Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 477 (1890).

Palpi porrect and triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by

Fig, 106,

Tetridia caletoralis, . 3. (From Moths Ind. yol. iv.)

hair; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons flat and oblique.

13* :

Type.

196 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

antenne of male minutely ciliated and considerably longer than

fore wing, of female about the length of fore wing; fore and mid

tibie of male fringed with hair on outer side, the thorax with tufts

of hair below near mid legs ; abdomen of male with the anal tuft

long. Fore wing with the apex produced, the outer margin oblique ;

vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 straight and

well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approximated. Hind wing

with the cell short, especially in male; vein 3 from angle; 4,5

approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 ana-

stomosing with 8; 6 in male curved downwards.

+TEYRIDIA CALETORALIS WIk. xviii. 651. | N.E. India: Ceylon;

Burma ; Malayan subregion.

Botys phennisalis Wk. xviii. 684.

+ ,, vinacealis Moore, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 619.

Polythlipta albicaudalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 221, & ,

1883, pl. 8. f. 7.

Genus 107. Potya@RaAMMODES.

Polygrammodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 318 (1854).

Pachynoa Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 391.

Aphytoceros Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 320.

Pitacanda Moore, Lep. Cey]. iii. p. 334 (1887).

Palpi porrect, dilated with scales above and enclosing a hollow

in male, the 3rd joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi minute and

filiform ; proboscis somewhat aborted ; frons rounded ; build stout ;

fore tibiz and tarsi usually fringed with hair; mid tibie fringed

with hair ; hind tibie with a tuft of hair on outer side near base ;

the spurs rather short. Fore wing produced at apex, the outer

margin oblique, the inner margin lobed at middle ; vein 1 a forming

a fork with 16; 3 from angle of cell; 4,5 approximated for a

short distance ; 7 curved and closely approximated to 8, 9, to which

10 also is approximated. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of

cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6,7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing strongly with 8.

Fig. 107.

Shh?

Polygrammodes thoosalis, S$. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Szor. I. Antenne of male bipectinate, with long branches.

(1)*PoryeraMMopss M@RULALIS W1k. xix. 1000. Borneo.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN®. 197

Szor. II. (Pachynoa). Antenne of male minutely serrate on upper

side, pectinate on lower side.

A. Antenne of male with the branches on lower side long.

(2)TPOLYGRAMMODES PURPURALIS Wk. xxxiv. 1482. Java.

Pachynoa ledereri Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxv. p. 164, pl. x. f. 8.

(3)*PoLYGRAMMODES HYALOSTICTA, n. sp.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen purplish red-brown, the last

ochreous towards extremity; palpi at base, pectus, and ventral

surface of abdomen white. Fore wing bright yellow; the basal

third purplish red, conjoined on costal area to a triangular patch

extending to apex and down to vein 1 and edged with red; a

quadrate hyaline spot in end of cell; a subterminal series of red

points. Hind wing bright yellow, the basal third purplish red

with oblique outer edge ; an irregularly waved postmedial red line

between veins 7 and 2, with red point above vein 5; a waved

sinuous subtermiaal red line.

Hab. Bunguram, Natuna Is. (Hose). Exp. 26 mm. Type in

Coll. Rothschild.

(4) PoLYG¢RAMMODES PECTINICORNALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 326.

N. & W. India.

(5)tPoLYGRAMMODES FusorraLis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 133,

pl. 155. £. 2. S. India.

(6) PotyeramMMopES HyPsALis Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 398.

Sikhim.

B. Antenne of male with the branches on lower side short.

a, Hind tibie of male strongly dilated before middle and

at extremity, the terminal spurs absent; fore wing

with a large shallow fovea on vein 1 above the lobe of

inner margin; hind wing with a vesicular Icbe clothed

with hair on inner margin.

(7)tPoLYGRAMMODES THOOSALIS W1k. xviii. p. 737; Moore, P.Z.S.

1877, pl. 60. f. 16. N.E. India; Malayan subregion.

Pachynoa walkeri Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 391, pl. 13,

Ligh

b. Hind tibie of male and wings normal.

(8) PoLy¢RAMMODES SABELIALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 326.

TBotys elycealis W1k. xix. 995. K. Africa ; India; Burma.

Pachynoa obstructalis Wk. xxxiv. 148. Andamans ; Amoy.

(9)PoLYGRAMMODES LIMITALIS, n. sp.

3. Differs from purpuralis in its small size; the basal red area

of both wings small; the discal expansion of the costal red fascia

on fore wing small.

Hab. Sarawak, Borneo (Wallace). Hap. 30 mm.

198 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS (Feb.

(10) Poryerammopzs sPrLosomorpEs Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 324,

pl. 183. f. 10. India; Ceylon.

(11)tPotyeraMMopEs MINEUSALIS WIk. xvii. 481(Q). Burma.

(12)+PotyGRAMMODES EFFUSALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1440. Java.

Szor, III. Antenne of male serrate and fasciculate.

(18) fPoLYGRAMMODES NONAGHIALIS, n. sp.

3. Pale ochreous grey-brown; palpi fuscous at sides. Fore

wing with fuscous discoidal lunule; traces of curved postmedial

series of fuscous points in the interspaces, and of fuscous subter-

minal streaks towards apex. Hind wing whitish, tinged with

brownish towards termen.

Hab. Callao, Peru (J. J. Walker). Exp. 40 mm.

Scr. IV. (Aphytoceros). Antenne of male ciliated.

A. Tibie fringed with hair.

(14)tPotyeRaAMMODES SPISSALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 327.

Assam; Java.

(15)tPoLtycRAMMODES GROSSsALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 327.

Java.

B. Tibie smoothly scaled.

(16)+PoryeRamMopEs PHYLLOPHILA Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) i.

p. 296 (1878). Madagascar.

(17) PotyeramMMopus rapsusaLis W1k. xviii. 697. Borneo ;

Pulo Laut.

(18) PotyeramMopzEs PoNDERALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 328, pl. 8.

f. 10. Brazil.

Botys humeralis Wik. xxxiy. 1397.

(19) PotyeramMopgEs HuRcULES Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 49.

Centr. Amer.

(20)*PoLYGRAMMODES RUFINALIS, 0. sp.

3g. Brown with a pinkish tinge; palpi below, pectus, and ven-

tral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing with indistinct dark

antemedial line, oblique from costa to below median nervure, where

it is angled; a small quadrate hyaline spot in end of cell and

wedge-shaped spot beyond it; a dentate postmedial line bent out-

wards between veins 5 and 2, the area in its sinus and between

it and the dentate subterminal line brick-red. Hind wing with

quadrate hyaline spot in cell and wedge-shaped spot beyond it;

the area from middle to terminal band brick-red ; the postmedial

line bent outwards and strongly dentate between veins 5 and 2.

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINS. 199

Underside largely suffused with white; prominent black spots in

cell and on discocellulars.

Hab. Venezuela, Palma Sol. Exp. 46 mm. Type in Coll.

Rothschild.

(21)tPotyeRamMMopEs LucusALIS WI]k. xviii. 722. Australia.

Botys histrionalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 371, pl. 9. £.18.

(22)*PoLyGRAMMODES SANGUINALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het.

ii. p. 218, pl. 61. f. 7. Mexico; Centr. Amer.

(23) PotyéRaMMODES OsTREALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 327.

W. Indies ; S. Amer.

(24) PotyeramMopss HirraLis Guen. Delt & Pyr. p. 344.

t Botys lybialis W1k. xviii. 624. Florida; C. & S. Amer.

tT ,, amatalis Wlk. xviii. 625.

+Botis capitalis Grote, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv. vi. p. 272.

Type. (25)*PoLyGRAMMODES RUNIOALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 318, pl. 5.

iar e Brazil.

(26)*PoLYGRAMMODES SENAHUENSIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het.

li. p. 214, pl. 61. f. 1. Guatemala.

(27)tPoLyGRAMMODES FARINALIS, 0. sp.

White slightly suffused with pale fuscous brown. Fore wing

with brown costal fascia ; an obliquely sinuous antemedial line;

a spot in cell; minutely waved and slightly curved medial and post-

medial lines, the latter slightly bent outwards at vein 5; a crenu-

late submarginal line. Hind wing pure white, with traces of

curved postmedial line and marginal series of specks; underside

with prominent postmedial line and marginal band on costal half.

Hab. Brazil (Jones). Exp. 38 mm.

Auctoruin.

Pachynoa cresus Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 219, pl. 61.

£'S: Guatemala.

Genus 108. ParBarrta.

Parbattia Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 225 (1887).

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair;

Parbattia vialis, 8. %. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded ; antenne of male minutely

Type.

200 SIR G, F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

ciliated ; tibie with the outer spurs about two-thirds length of

inner. Fore wing with the apex produced, the outer margin

oblique; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7

straight and well separated from 8,9; male with a fovea below

the cell at origin of vein 2. Hind wing with the costa lobed and

fringed with hair near base; the cell extremely short and the

discocellulars produced for a long way along median nervure so

that veins 3, 4,5 appear to be stalked; 6,7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing strongly with 8.

PARBATTIA VIALIS Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 225, pl. 7. £. 30.

N.E. India.

Genus 109. DiscotHyRis.

Discothyris Warr. A.M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 473 (1895).

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded ; antenne of male ciliated ;

tibie with the outer spurs about half the length of inner. Fore

wing with the costa arched towards apex, which is acute; the outer

margin angled at vein 4; vein 3 from close to angle of cell; 4, 5

from angle ; 7 curved and approximated for a short distance to 8,

9, to which 10 also is approximated. Hind wing with the outer

margin produced to a point at vein 6 and excurved at middle;

vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance ;

6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8; a large tuft of

hair on median nervure at lower angle of cell.

Discothyris ferruginata, 3. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

(1)tDiscoruyris FERRUGINATA Moore, Lep. Atk.p.209. Sikhim.

(2)*DiscoTHyRIS VESTIGIALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 628.

Sikhim.

(3) DiscorHYRIS MEGALOPHALIS, n. sp.

dé. Dull ferruginous brown; palpi white below at base. Fore

wing with discocellular black lunule; a postmedial series of black

specks, most prominent towards costa and forming a larger spot on

costa, excurved from below costa to vein 4, then inwardly oblique.

Hind wing with the tuft very large, extending along vein 2 and

blackish, a postmedial sinuous black line somewhat maculate

between veins 5 and 2; both wings with black line at base of

cilia.

Hab. Khasis. Exp. 18 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA. 201

Genus 110. NomMoruina.

Nomophila Hiibn. Verz. p. 368 (1827).

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded; antenne of male with

long cilia ; tibie with the outer spurs about half the length of

inner; abdomen of male with lateral tufts on the terminal

segments. Fore wing long and narrow; the apex rounded ; vein

3 trom well before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 curved and

approximated to 8,9. Hind wing ample ; veins 4, 5 closely approxi-

mated for a short distance ; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Nomophila noctuella, 3. +4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Type. (1) Nomopuita nocrustta Schiff. Wien. Verz.p.136. Universally

Pyralis hybridalis Hiibn. Pyr. ff. 114, 184. distributed.

TNephopterya indistinctalis Wik. xxvii. 59.

Botys helvolalis Maasen, Stiibel’s Reise, p. 170, f. 26.

(2)fNoMOPHILA ASTIGMALIS, n. sp.

Grey-brown; palpi white at base. Fore wing with the costal

area suffused with fuscous; the antemedial line represented by

obscure points ; a dark point in cell and slight discoidal lunule;

dark points on vein 2 near origin and middle of vein 1; the

postmedial line represented by dark points on the veins excurved

below costa. Hind wing pale yellowish.

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Schaus). Exp. 26 mm.

Auctorum.

Nomophila iriticalts Berg, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. 1875, p. 155.

Argentina.

s moluccana Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxvil. p. 269.

Amboina.

Genus 111. PacHyzancra.

Pachyzancla Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 315.

Acharana Moore, Lep. Cey]l. iii. p. 285 (1885).

Rhectocraspeda Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) ix. p. 439 (1892).

Ptiloptila Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 142 (1894).

Panteocome Warr. A.M. N.H. (6) xviii. p. 173 (1896).

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded ; antennz of male ciliated ;

202 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS (Feb. 21,

tibie with the outer spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing

with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated

to 8, 9, to which 10 also is “approximated. Hind wing with vein 3

from angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7

from upper angle, .7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 111.

Pachyzancla licarsisalis, §. }- (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Sxcr. I, Mid femora of male immensely dilated and clothed with

large smooth scales on inner side.

A. Fore wing of male with the basal half of costa below

fringed with long thick black hair; fore legs clothed

with rough hair near the femoro-tibial joint.

(1)TPACHYZANCLA LICARSISALIS W1k. xviii. 686. Syria; Oriental

TBotys pharavalis Wik. xviii. 725. and Australian regions.

T 4, ummundalis W1k. xxxiy. 1448.

Entephria fumidalis Wik. xxxiv. 1486.

Botys serotinalis Joannis, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vii. p. 272,

pk bat. 2.

B. (Acharana). Fore wing of male with no fringe of hair on

underside of costa ; tore legs normal.

(2) PacHYZANCLA PHHOPTERALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 349.

The Tropical zone.

Botys vecordalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 348.

» vestalis W1k. xviii. 579.

T 4, otreusalis Wk. xviii. 637 ; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. pl. 180.

aoe BIG

» triarialis Wik. xviii. 639.

néloalis Wik. xviii. 643.

» abstrusalis Wik. xviii. 663.

» additalis W1k. Trans. Ent. Soe. (3) i. 126.

» cellatalis Wik. xxxiv. 1400.

» tmhonestalis Wik. xxxiv. 1433.

plebejalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1873, p. 373.

tAcharana descripta Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 436.

bbe

Suor, IT. Mid tibiw of male dilated, widest at middle and deeply

grooved in front.

(3)TPacHYzANCLA OLIvEscENS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 436.

Ecuador.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 203

Sror. III. (Panteocome). Hind femora of male fringed with long

thick hair, the tibie immensely dilated and thickly fringed

with large flattened scales.

(4) PacHyzANoLA DILATATIPES WIk. xxxiy. 1419. Sumbawa ;

Mysol ; Tenimber.

Panteocome deformis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 173.

Szor. IV. Legs of male normal.

A. Both wings of male with the basal half clothed above

with thick woolly hair ; fore wing with thick flocculent

whitish hair on basal half of costa; patagia fringed with

long curved hair and extending beyond metathorax.

(5)TPACHYZANCLA SEMILANIATA Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi.

p. 342, W. Indies.

B. Fore wing of male with the costa fringed below with long

black hair at base.

(6)TPACHYZANCLA NIGRICORNALIS Swinh. A.M.N.H. (6) xiv.

p. 142. Assam.

C. Fore wing of male with a fovea in base of cell, covered on

underside by a fan of large scales from subcostal nervure,

and the nervures distorted.

(7)TPACHYZANCLA DESMIOIDES, 0. sp.

Purplish black ; palpi below, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen white ; male with the genital tufts white. Fore wing with

irregular white foveal spot in cell, a small round or bar-shaped

spot in end of cell ; a band beyond the cell between veins 3 and 7,

expanding and dentate between veins 3 and 5; cilia white above

tornus. Hind wing with transverse white spot below middle of

cell ; a band beyond the cell between veins 3 and 7, expanding and

dentate between veins 3 and 5.

One female has the white markings considerably reduced.

Hab. Fergusson I., N. Guinea (Meek). Exp. 30 mm.

D. (Rheetocraspeda). Hind wing of male with the inner area

clothed with long hair, the anal angle lobed and the

membrane contorted.

(8)TPACHYZANCLA PERIUSALIS WI1k. xvili. 664. U.S.A.; Brazil.

E. Hind wing of male with the inner margin fringed with

long hair ; a tuft of very long hair near base.

(9)tPacHyzaNCLA MALEDIcra Warr. A. M. N.H. (6) ix. p. 435.

Sumbawa; Pitcairn Island.

204 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

F. Wings of male normal.

a. Patagia of male fringed with long hair extending far

beyond metathorax.

a’. Antenne of male with small scale-teeth on base of

shaft above.

(10)tPAcHYZANCLA PACHYCERA, 0. sp.

Fuscous brown; palpi at base, pectus, and ventral surface of

abdomen white, the second segment of abdomen with subdorsal

black points. Fore wing with the costa purplish fuscous; an

antemedial black line incurved to costa; a point in cell and

discoidal lunule ; si postmedial line oblique from costa to vein 5,

dentate to vein 2, then retracted to below angle of cell. Hind

wing with discoidal point ; the postmedial line bent outwards and

dentate between veins 5 and 2; both wings with dark terminal

line ; cilia pale, with a fuscous ae through them.

Hab. Orizaba, Mexico (Schaus). Eap, 32 mm.

b. Antenne of male with a curved tuft of hair on basal

joint, the base of shaft excised.

(11)tPacHyzancLa coproBasaLis Hmpsn. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist.

Soe. ined. Sikhim.

c’. Antenne of male normal.

Type. (12)PACHYZANCLA STULTALIS W]k. xviii. 669. Oriental region

Botys jasiusalis W1k. xviii. 708. to Celebes & Australia.

T ,, basistrigalis Wik. xxxiv. 1433.

b. Patagia of male not extending beyond metathorax.

(13)tPacHYZANCLA BIPUNCTALIS Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 2, p. 227.

Neotropical, Nearetic, Ethiopian, &

+ Pachyzancla egrotalis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 39. Oriental regions.

tBotys mutualis Zell. Lep. Caftr. p. 40.

» veminalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 348.

», detritalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 347, pl. 4. f. 10.

tT ,, lycialis Wk. xviii. 572.

Tt 4, philealis W1k. xviii. 596.

Tt ,, admensalis Wik. xviii. 652; Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix.

pi Ayers, 10.

+ ,, basalis W1k. xxxiv. 1404.

+ ,, apertalis WIk. xxxiv. 1450.

+ repetitalis Grote, New Check-List, p. 53.

+Acharana rudis Warr. A.M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 435.

+ 4, elongalis Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) ix. p. 437.

+t 4 fuscescens Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 437.

+t 4, simplex Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) ix. p. 486.

t 4, subalbescens Swinh. A. M,N. H. (6) xiv. p. 147.

» honestalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 97.

Hedylepta ochrifuscalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 98.

Acharana subenescens Warr. A. M. N. H, (6) xviii. p. 113.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 205

(14)fPacHyzANCLA ACYPTERA, 0. sp.

d. Grey with a slight olive tinge; head and tegule tinged with

fuscous ; palpi white below. Fore wing with the apex produced

and acute, the outer margin excised ; the base of costa blackish ;

an indistinct obliquely curved antemedial line ; traces of a point in

cell and a black discoidal spot ; the postmedial line slightly curved

from costa to vein 2, then retracted to below end of cell. Hind

wing with discoidal spot; a dark postmedial line excurved between

veins 5 and 2, then slightly retracted ; both wings with fine dark

terminal line.

Hab. Orizaba, Mexico (Schaus), Exp. 24 mm.

(15)PacHYZANCLA INNOTALIS, 0. sp.

Cupreous fuscous; palpi white at base; pectus and ventral

surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing with very faint traces of

the ante-and postmedial lines; indistinct dark points at middle of

cell and on discocellulars. Hind wing with indistinct dark

discoidal point and faint traces of the postmedial line.

Hab. Venezuela, Aroa. Exp., ¢ 22, 2 24mm.

(16) Pacuyzancna cynaraLis WIk. xviii. 672. India ; Ceylon.

tHapaha marginalis Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 538, pl. 182. £. 13.

(17)tPacHYZANCLA LATIFUSCALIS Hmpsn. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist.

Soc. ined. Sikhim.

(18)7PacHyzaNncLa HIPPONALIS WIk. xvii. 374, Formosa ;

tBotys pigresalis Wlk. xviii. 724. Australia.

(19) Pacuyzancta MarGinaLis Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) xviii. p. 115.

Sikhim ; Khasis.

Goniorhynchus obliquistriga Warr. A. M. N.H. (6) xviii. p. 115.

(20)fPacHYZANCLA SUBDENTALIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv.

p- 147. Assam.

(21)TPacHyzancLa MINORALIS Warr. A. M. N.H. (6) ix. p. 435.

W. Africa.

(22)TPACHYZANCLA USTULALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 403.

Ceylon.

(23)*PacHYZANCLA RUFESCENTALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 403.

Burma.

(24)7PacHyzancLa INTENSALIS Swinh. A. M.N. H. (6) xiv. p. 143.

Assam.

Ebulea ochripunctalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 111.

(25)*Pachyzancua caListatis Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 404.

Assam.

Genus 112. RuxEcrosomr1a.

Rhectosomia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 414,

Palpi porrect, short, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint concealed

206 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

maxillary palpi filiform; frons with a rounded prominence;

antenne of female almost simple; legs long and slender. Fore

wing with the costa arched towards apex, which is produced and

acute ; the outer margin excised below apex, then excurved ; veins

3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8.

9, to which 10 is closely approximated. Hind wing with the cell

half the length of wing ; vein 3 from angle ; 4, 5 approximated for

some distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 112.

Rhectosomia argentipunctalis, 8. }.

Type. (1)*RHECTOSOMIA MULTIFARIALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863,

p. 414, pl. 15. f. 7. Mexico; Costa Rica; Venezuela.

(2)*ReECTOSOMIA ARGENTPUNCTALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am.,

Het. ii. p. 264, pl. 62. ff. 28, 29. Mexico; Guatemala.

Genus 113. LoxonEprEera.

Lowoneptera Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 405 (1896).

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

maxillary palpi filiform; frons produced to a flattened plate with

rounded edge; antenne of male minutely ciliated; tibize with the

outer spurs minute; mid tibie of male dilated with a fold

containing a tuft of long hair; abdomen of male with very large

Loxoneptera carnealis, 8. }. (From Moths Ind. yol. iy.)

paired lateral tufts from just beyond middle. Fore wing of male

with fringe of long hair on base of inner margin, which is excised

towards outer angle and bears a curved tuft of hair; vein 3 before

angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 curved and approximated to 8,

9, to which 10 also is approximated. Hind wing of male with

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN 2. 207

fringe of hair on median nervure towards angle of cell; a small

tuft below vein 2 and a fringe on vein 1c; vein 3 from before

angle of cell; 4,5 somewhat approximated for a short distance ;

6, 7 from upper angle.

Type. LOXONEPTERA CARNEALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 406.

N.E. India.

Genus 114. PRo@pEMa.

Proceedema Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 406 (1896).

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

maxillary palpi filiform; frons with a rounded prominence,

antenne thickened and flattened ; tibize with the outer spurs half

the length of inner; male with the claspers long and exserted.

Fore wing rather narrow, the apex rounded; vein 3 from before

angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 curved and approximated to 8,

9. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 approximated for a short distance ;

6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 114.

Prowdema inscisalis, §. +4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Type. (1)tPRO@DEMA INSCISALIS Wlk. xxxiv. 1410; Moore, Lep. Ceyl.

i, phasink 1: India ; Ceylon; Malayan subregion to

Australia.

(2)tPRo@DEMA NIGROLINEALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 390.

Argentina.

Genus 115. Puiyor£NnoDEs.

Emmelia Hiibn. Samml. Exot. Schmett. v. 8, p. 409 (1824),

non. descr.

Lowostege Hiibn. Verz. p. 352 (1827), non. descr.

Phlycteenodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 173 (1856).

Spilodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 379.

Dosara Wik. xix. 828 (1859).

Ephelis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 356.

Eurycreon Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 376.

Metallarcha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 331.

Proternia Meyr. Trans. Ent, Soc. 1884, p. 317.

Protereca Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 335,

Tritea Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 341.

Blepharucha Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 177 (1892).

Euctenospila Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 177.

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair,

208 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—RBEVISION OF MOTHS (Feb. 21,

maxillary palpi filiform; frons with a pointed conical prominence ;

antenne of male almost simple; tibie smooth. Fore wing with

vein 3 from near angle of cell ; 7 straight and well separated from

8,9. Hind wing with vein 3 from close to angle of cell; 4,5

from angle and more or less approximated for a short distance ;

6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 115.

Phiyctenodes massalis, 8. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol, iv.)

Sect. I. Hind tibize of male with the outer medial spur about

one-sixth length of inner.

(1) Patycrenopes PALEALIs Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 128.

Europe ; Madeira; N. Africa; Japan ;

Phalena flaveolata Rott. Naturf. xi. p. 80. China; N. India.

Pyralis selenalis Hiibn. Samml. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 177.

t+ Botys anaxisalis Wk. xviii. 658.

Spilodes algiralis Allard, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, p. 321, pl. 6.

f. 11 (var.).

(2)tPHLYCTEZNODES DAScoNALIS WIk. xviii. 778. US.A.

(3) PHLYCTHZNODES COLORADENSIS Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent.

Soc. i. p. 25, pl. 2. f. 18. U.S.A.

Botys pergilvalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 151.

(4)TPHLYCTHNODES OBLITERALIS W1]k. xxxiv. 1892. U.S.A.

Botys marculenta Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. i. p. 23,

pl. 2. f. 21.

(5) PuiyoraNopEs MANCALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 371,

pl. 9. f. 4. U.S.A.

(6)*PuiycrHNnopES CyRALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p. 204, pl. 60. f. 15. U.S.A.; Mexico.

(7) PHLYcCTHNODES VERTIOALIS Linn. Syst. Nat. x. no. 335.

Europe ; Japan; Afghanistan; N.W. Himalayas.

Pyralis limbalis Schrank, Faun. Boica, ii. 2. 64.

Botys cinctalis Tr. Schmett. Eur. vii. p. 97.

» lavalis H.-S. Eur. Schmett. p. 37.

Var. nigricilialis Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. xeviii.

(8) PuiycranopEs cHorTaLIs Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. i. p. 89,

pl. 2. £. 18. USA,

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN®”. 209

(9)tPuuyerxNopes crocatis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 131, pl. 154.

fos 8. India; Ceylon.

(10)TPHLtycr£NODES PPRBONALIS Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1890,

Pp. 2f2y ple ort, 17. Burma.

(11)TPHiyore£NopES BREVIVITTALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv.

p- 409. Assam.

(12) Puiycor#NopEs DECOLORALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii.

pe tAd. Assam.

(13)?PHLYCTANODES FLAVIFIMBRIALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix.

p- 174. U.S.A.

Suor. II. Hind tibiz of male with the outer spurs about half the

length of inner.

A. (Euctenospila), Antenne of male bipectinate.

(14)tPHiycranopes casranis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 177.

Abyssinia.

B. (Proternia), Antenne of male sinuate and bent at two-thirds,

with a row of projecting scales in the bend below.

(15) PutycrmNopEs PHILOCAPNA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884,

p. 317. N. Zealand.

C. Antenne of male ciliated.

(16) PuuycreNopEs stirPpHuRALIS Hiibn. Samml. Eur. Schmett.,

Pyro i. 1662 N67. S. & HE. Europe.

(17)*PHiycr#NopES INoRNATALIS Leech, Entom. 1889, p. 68,

pl. 3.f. 13. Japan.

(18) PHiycr£NODES TURBIDALIS Tr. Schmett. Eur. vii. p. 119.

S. Europe ; Armenia.

Scopula flagellalis Dup. Lep. Fr. vii. p. 370, pl. 236. ff. 1, 2.

Pyralis giuwalis Hibn. Samml. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 154.

(19) PuiycreNoDEs VIRESCALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 383.

C. Europe.

Scopula clathralis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. pl. 236. ff. 8, 9.

(20) PHLYCTANODES CLATHRALIS Hiibn. Samml. Eur. Schmett.,

Pyr. £. 168. S. Europe: Armenia.

Eurycreon comptalis Led. Verh. z.-b. Ver. 1855, p. 552,

Spilodes tesselalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 383 (var.).

granatalis Staud. 8. E. Z. 1859, p. 222.

”

(21) PHLYcr“nopEs #RUGINALIS Hibn. Samml. Eur. Schmett.,

Pyr. f. 133. S. Europe

Pyralis olivalis Hiibn., Sammi, Eur. Schmett., Pyr. £. 162.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XIV. 14

210 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(22) PHLYCL NODES compraLis Frr. vi. p- 68, pl. 521. f. 4.

Mediterranean subregion.

(23) PHiycr#®NopEs MucosALts H.-S. iv. p. 23. ff. 14, 15.

S.E. Europe ; W. Asia.

(24)+PuLycrenopEs smmpLaLis Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 421.

N.W. India.

(25)TPHLYCTAZNODES HELVIALIS WIk. xviii. 772. U.S.A.

TBotys thycesalis Wik. xix. 981.

t 4, apertalis Wik. xxxiv. 1393,

» eitrina Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. i. p. 23, pl. 2.

#20.

(26) Patycr#nopEs NupALIs Hiibn. Samml. Eur. Schmett., Pyr.

f. 90. 8. Europe; W. Africa; Syria; Aden;

Pyralis interpunctalis Hiibn. Sammi. India; Ceylon.

Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 128.

Botys unipunctalis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 166, pl. 221. f. 5.

»» bipunctalis, Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 167, pl. 221. £. 6.

T 4, pauciferalis Wilk. xxxiv. 1415.

(27)TPHLYCTHENODES BIFIDALIS Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 2, p. 232.

W. Indies ; 8S. America.

Phlyctenodes inornatalis Wik. xxxiv. 1456.

Eurycreon evanidalis Berg, Bol. Ac. Cordova, i. p- 163.

# obsoletulis Berg, Bol. Ac. Cordova, i. p. 165 (var.).

Botys orbitalis Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 184. f. 32.

(28)?PHLYCT£NODES FERRUGINEA Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 179

(1892). Argentina; Peru.

(29)TPHLYCT£NODES FULVALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) i ix, p- 301.

S.Africa.

(80)TPHLYCT£NODES UMBROSALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p.301.

China.

(31) Puiycrenopes stmiLatis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 405.

N.&S. America; W. Indies.

Nymphula rantalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 405.

THbulea murcialis W1k. xviii. 746.

tScopula crinisalis W\k. xviii. 798.

tBotys siriusalis Wk. xviii. 563.

t ,, Ucealis W1Ik. xviii. 563.

TScopula nestusalis W\k. xviii. 784.

t 4, thoonalis WIk. xviii. 785.

+t 4, diotimeals Wk. xviii. 785.

tNephopterys« intractella Wik, xxvii. 55.

Botys posticata Grote & Rob. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. i. p. 22,

pl. 2. f. 25.

TtEurycreon communis Grote Can. Ent. ix. p. 105.

. occidentalis Pack. Ann. N. Y. Lye. x. p. 260.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSDIN-E. 211

(32)TPHLYCTHNODES PROTEALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 178

(1892). PEE.

(33)TPHLYCTENODES NUBILALIS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. vii. p. 132,

pl. 154. f. 12. S. India.

(34)*PHLYCTENODES VESPERTILIO Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii.

pola Assam,

(35) Puiyoranopes arriniranis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863,

p.. 475, pl. 12. £. 4. Australia.

tScopula ustalis W\k. xxxiv. 1477.

t 4, turbidalis W1k. xxxiv. 1477.

tNymphula sordida Butl. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1886, p- 432.

(36) PHiycr£novEs sticricaLis Linn. Faun. Suec. 1354. U.S.A.;

Pyralis fuscalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 45. Europe; Beloochistan.

» tetragonalis Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 385.

» lupulina Cl. Icon. pl. ix. f. 4.

(37) Patycrznopes rrusTALis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 48. 8. Africa.

TtHurycreon leucostictalis Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ver. 1872, p. 518.

(38)TPHLYCTEZNODES MASSALIS WIk, xviii. 792. W. Africa ;

TDosara celatalis Wik. xix. 829 ; Hmpsn. India ; Ceylon;

Jil. Het. ix. pl. 172. £. 22. Australia.

(39)TPHLYcreNODES PALMALIS Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 525,

pl48. #1 Aden ; N. W. India.

(40) PHtycrznopzs ustRINauis Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. 1876,

p- 271, pl. 7. f. 45. S. Europe ; Tunis; W. Asia;

Metasia excavatalis Rag. Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., Persia,

Lep. v. p. 294, pl. ii. f. 14.

os emiratis Oberth. Et. Ent. xii. p- 36, pl. vi. f. 33.

(41)7tPHiycT£NODES ALBIFAscraLis Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 276,

plex. £29. Aden.

(42) Puiycranopes venustaLis Cram. Exot. Schmett. iv. pl. 371.

jagle S. Africa.

Emmelia testula Hiibn. Exot. Schmett. v. 8. 409. ff. 817, 818.

TBotys divulsalis Zell. Lep. Caftr. p. 47.

+Scopula jucundalis Wik. xxxiv. 1469.

(43) Puuyeranopes priratis Ey. Bull. Mose. 1842, p. 560, pl. 6.

pee bl I Ural & Altai Mts.

(44) TPHLYCr-ENODES ANNAPHILALIS Grote, Can. Ent. xiii. p. 34.

W.S.A.

(45)7PHLYcTANODES ANARTALIS Grote, Can. Ent.x.p.27. U.S.A.

Botys lulualis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p- 150.

Type. (46) PHiycreNopEs pustuLatis Hiibn. Pyr. ff. 191, 192.

8. Europe; Armenia.

14*

212 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(47) Punyer£znopes crventanis Hiibn. Zutr. 29. 361. ff. 721,

722. S. Europe; Armenia; Egypt.

Botys badi+lis Tr. Schmett. Eur. x. 3. p. 9.

bourjotalis Dup. Lép. Fr. vill. p. 318, pl. 231. f. 4.

(48)*Punycr£NODES ASOPIALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 209,

pl. 12. f. 3. Trinidad ; Amazon.

”

(49) Putycrmnopes ZAIbE Stoll, pl. 36. f. 6. S. Africa.

Botys cruoralis Zell. Lep. Ciffr. p. 51.

tScopula dilaceratalis Wik. xxxiy. 1469.

(50) Punycrmnopus pLuMBaraLis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p.51. 8. Africa.

Botys plumbofascialis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. vii. p. 368, pl. 8.

tScopula ferriscriptalis Wk. xxxiv. 1467.

(51)*PHLycr£NODES OBLINALIS Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 134. f. 38.

S. Africa.

(52) Putycresopus Eurycurysa Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884,

p. 334, Australia.

(53) PutycreNopes piptocurysa Meyr. Trans. Ent..Soc, 1884,

p- 332, Australia.

(54) Purycr#nopes cariiaspis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc, 1884,

p. 332. Australia.

(55) Putycrzyopes EprcHrysaA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884,

p. 333. Australia.

(56)*Putycrenopus TerraPLAca Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887,

p- 236. Australia.

(57)*PuLycrzNopES PSELIOTA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887,

p- 237, Australia.

(58)fPutycreNnopEs opwionaLis Wk. xvii. 316. U.S.A.

(59) PHLYCTENODES SESQUIALTERALIS Zell, Verli. zool.-bot. Ver.

Wien, 1878, p. 209, pl. 3. f. 5. U.S.A.

(60)?PHLYCTENODES NASONIALIS Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ver. Wien,

1873, p. 201, pl. 3. f. 6. U.S.A.

(61) Putycranopns vietcarts Zell. Verh, zool.-bot. Ver. Wien,

1873, p. 208, pl. 3.1. 4. U.S.A.

Auctorum.

Lowostege baccatalis Hulst, Can. Ent. xxiv. p. 63. U.S.A.

- maclure Riley, Insect Life, v. pp. 155,f. 11 & 158, U.S.A.

5, oberthuralis Fern. Insect Life, vi. p. 255. U.S.A.

» fravalis Fern. Insect Life, vi. p. 255. U.S.A.

, linealis Fern. Insect Life, yi. p. 259. U.S.A.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#. 213

Genus 116. Drasputa.

Diasemia Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 233 (1854).

Myriostephes Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 327.

Choristostigma Warr. A. M. N. H.(6) ix. p. 440 (1892).

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden ; maxil-

lary palpi dilated with scales ; frons rounded ; antenne annulated

and ciliated, in male minutely serrate ; tibia with the spurs long

and even. Fore wing long and narrow ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle ;

7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approxi-

mated. Hind wing with the outer margin excised below apex ;

the cell short; veins 3, 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing strongly with 8.

Fig. 116.

Diasemia ramburialis, 8. %. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Type. (1) Drasem1a Livrerata Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 229.

Europe ; Japan; India; Ceylon.

Phalena argentalis Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 419.

tIsopteryx impulsalis Wik. xvii. 404.

(2) DiasrMra RAMBURIALIS Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 348, pl. 233.

Hage Universally distributed.

tIsopterya melaleucalis Wik. xvii. 402.

tLincodes leodocusalis Wik. xix. 947.

TDiasemia reconditalis Wik. xxxiy. 1325.

T » leucophealis Wik. xxxiv. 1326.

(3)tDiasemi1a accatis Wlk, xix. 1015. China; N.W. Himalayas;

Burma; Malayan subregion.

* sptlonotalis Snell. Midd.-Sum., iv. Lep. p. 73.

(4)+Drasemra GRAMMALIS Doubl. Dieff. N. Zealand, ii. 287.

N. Zealand.

(5)TDIAsEMIA JANASsTALIS WIK. xvii. 337. U.S.A.

Botys hariolalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii, p. 149.

(6)7DIASEMIA DISJECTALIS Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 16. S. Africa.

(7) Drasem1a MatuRA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 328.

Australia,

(8) DiasEMIA PLUMBOsIGNALIS Fern. Ent. Am. iv. p. 37. U.S.A.

(9)tDiasemia ELEGANTALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 440.

U.S.A.

214 SIR G, F. HAMPSON—-REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(10)?D1aAsSEMIA ERUBESCENS, Nn. sp.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown. Fore wing yellow,

irrorated with rufous scales, most thickly on costal and outer

areas; an indistinct dark sinuous antemedial line; a leaden-

coloured annulus in cell; a postmedial slightly curved leaden

band with black edges, not reaching costa; a dark point on costa

towards apex; a minutely waved subterminal leaden and black

line, almost obsolete except between veins 7 and 3. Hind wing

whitish, with dark discoidal point; traces of a medial line on inner

area ; an obscure postmedial line excurved between veins 5 and 2,

the area beyond it suffused with rufous; both wings with some

terminal dark points.

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba, Jalapa (Schaus). Exp. 18 mm

Auctorum.

Diasemia inabsconsalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 305.

Porto Rico.

Genus 117. LeprponnuRa.

Palpi porrect, downcurved, and about twice the length of head ;

the 3rd joint long; maxillary palpi dilated with scales ; frons flat

and oblique; antenne nearly as long as fore wing, and almost

simple; legs long and slender; tibie slightly fringed with hair,

the outer spurs about half the length of inner; male with a large

downwardly directed tuft of flattened hair from near origin of

fore wing; abdomen long and slender. Fore wing with the costa

highly arched towards apex, which is somewhat acute; vein 3 from

angle of cell; 4, 5 somewhat approximated for a short distance ;

7 curved and approximated to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approximated.

Hind wing with the cell about half the length of wing; vein 3

from angle; 4, 5 approximated fora short distance; 6, 7 from

upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Lepidoneura longipalpis, $. . (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Type. (1)+LepiponEuRa LonerparPis Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 208,

Assam,

(2)*LEPIDONEURA AFRICALIS, N. sp.

2. Ochreous: abdomen with traces of fuscous dorsal bands.

Fore wing whitish, with diffused ochreous-brown suffusion on mar-

ginal areas; a diffused oblique patch of long dark scales beyond the

Type.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 215

cell between veins 8 and 4; an oblique sinuous line of similar scales

from vein 5 near termen to middle of inner margin, expanding

into a diffused patch below the cell; cilia dark at base. Hind

wing yellowish white ; termen more ochreous.

Hab. Bathurst, Gambia (Carter). Exp. 24 mm.

Genus 118. ANTIGASTRA.

Antigastra Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 419.

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons flat and oblique; antenne

nearly as long as the fore wing and minutely ciliated ; legs long;

fore femora and tibie of male fringed with long hair, the outer

spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing with the costa arched

towards apex, which is acute and produced; veins 3, 4,5 from

angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing

with the cell half the length of wing; vein 3 from angle; 4,5

approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7

anastomosing with 8.

Antigastra catalaunalis, . }. (From Moths Ind. yol. iv.)

(1) AnwicasTRA CaTALAUNALIS Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 330, pl. 232.

fe iGe Europe; Syria; Aden; E. & W. Africa; India.

Botys venosalis Wik. xxxiv. 140, Ceylon ; Burma; Mexico.

(2)TANTIGASTRA MORYSALIS WIk. xviii. 641. Natal.

TZebronia cranealis Wlk. xix. 970.

Auctorum.

Antigastra cinnamomalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80,

p: 297: Madagascar.

Genus 119. Liopasta.

Liopasia Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 426 (1881).

Terastiodes Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 298 (1892).

Dichotis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 392.

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair :

maxillary palpi strongly dilated with scales; frons oblique ;

antennze of male slightly ciliated; build stout; tibiz smoothly

scaled, the outer spurs less than half the length of immer. Fore

wing long and narrow, the apex rectangular; the outer margin

Type.

216 SIR G, F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

excurved below middle; the inner margin excised before outer

angle, where there is a scale-tooth ; vein 3 from angle of cell; 4,5

approximated for a short distance; 7 curved and approximated to

8,9. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated

for some distance ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 119.

Liopasia ochracealis, 3. }.

(1)FLiopasta OCHRACEALIS W1k. xxxiv. 1308. Ecuador; Brazil.

Botys rhodophilalis Maasen, Stiibel’s Reise, p. 169, pl. ix. f. 20.

(2)TLIoPASIA DORSALIS, 0. sp.

2. Yellowish brown, irrorated with black scales; palpi white

below at base ; underside of thorax and abdomen white ; fore legs

banded with brown ; abdomen with dorsal yellow patches on first

two segments, and a pair of white spots on 3rd. Fore wing with

oblique sinuous antemedial dark line; a discocellular speck; a

diffused black patch between lower angle of cell and inner margin ;

a dentate postmedial line angled at vein 5 and with two yellow

teeth on it above inner margin; cilia yellow above outer angle.

Hind wing semihyaline yellow ; the apical area fuscous, narrowing

to vein 2.

Hab. Trinidad. Exp. 40 mm.

(3) Liopasta tTEeNERALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 370,

pl. 8. f. 10. N. Amer., Colombia.

(4) Lropasta rEviquALIs Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 426,

pl. 18. £. 35. Surinam.

Genus 120. SPARAGMIA.

Sparagmia Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 216 (1854).

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled and extending about the length

of head, the 3rd joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi strongly

dilated with scales; frons flat and oblique; antennz ciliated ;

mid tibie fringed with hair on outer side; hind tibiz with tufts

of hair on outer side at middle and extremity, the outer spurs about

half the length of inner. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex

produced and faleate; the outer margin produced to an angle at

yein 3; yeins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approxi-

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN®. 217

mated to 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ;

6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Sparagmia gigantalis, d. 3}.

Type. SPARAGMIA GIGANTALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 216, pl. 6. f. 10.

W. Indies ; Tropical America.

Genus 121. ANARMODIA.

Anarmodia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 412.

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, extending about the length of

head, the 8rd joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi strongly dilated

with scales; frons flat and oblique; antennz of male ciliated; mid

and hind tibiz strongly fringed with hair, the outer spurs about

half the length of inner. Fore wing long and narrow; the apex

produced and acute; the outer margin strongly excurved at middle;

veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to

8, 9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from

upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 121.

Anarmodia sibilalis, 3. +}.

(1)*ANARMODIA PONTEALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 218,

pl. 61. f. 6. Mexico; Centr. Amer.

(2) ANARMODIA SIBILALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 215. Brazil.

(3) ANARMODIA INSCRIPTALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 213. Ecuador.

(4) ANARMODIA BISTRALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 214. Colombia.

218 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(5)fANARMODIA PUNCTILINEALIS, n. Sp.

$. Fulvous yellow; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen pale

yellow. Fore wing with slightly waved antemedial fuscous line

oblique from costa to below median nervure, where it is obtusely

angled; a point in cell and discoidal lunule ; a curved series of

postmedial black points on the veins, with diffused fuscous patch

beyond them between veins 3 and 6; ‘cilia dark at base, pure white

at tips. Hind wing with the basal and inner areas paler ; a black

discoidal point; a crenulate postmedial line ; cilia brown at base

with fuscous points, the tips white mixed with brown and

fuscous.

Hab. Ecuador, Loja, Exp. 50 mm.

(6) ANARMopDIA CLAMALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 215. Brazil.

(7)*ANARMODIA MAJORALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 215. Brazil.

(8) ANARMODIA coRYLALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 214. Colombia.

Type. (9) ANARMODIA INFERTORALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 214.

C. & S. America.

longinqualis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 413.

Acrospila phellinoidalis Maasen, Stubel’s Reise, p. 170, pl. ix.

£96.

Auctorum.

Atheropoda flaccidalis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. xxxv. p. 169. Peru.

» twmflewalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxv. p. 169 = majo-

ralis Led. pl. ii. £.9 (nec Guen.). Brazil.

Genus 122. ConDYLORRHIZA.

Condylorrhiza Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 393.

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint concealed ;

maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons flat and oblique;

antenne of male with the basal jomt dilated and bearing a tuft

Condylorrhiza vestigialis, 3. }.

of scales on inner side, the shaft almost simple; mid and hind

tibie with the outer spurs short. Fore wing with vein 3 from

angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance ; 7 a

eurved and approximated to 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5

Type.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA, 219

from angle of cell; 6,7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8; male

with a hairy fold on inner area above.

CoNDYLORRHIZA VESTIGIALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 321. S. Amer.

TBotys tritealis W\k. xviii. 597.

t ,, mestoralis W1k. xviii. 729.

Genus 123. AGastya.

Agastya Moore, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 378.

Palpi porrect, projecting about the length of head and down-

curved ; maxillary palpi with a sharp tuft of hair from extremity ;

frons rounded; antenne ciliated; tibie with the outer spurs

about two-thirds length of inner; mid tibie fringed with coarse

hair on outer side. Fore wing broad, the costa very much arched

at base; veins 3,4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well

separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is approximated. Hind wing

broad ; the cell short; vein 2 from near angle; 3, 4, 5 approxi-

mated for some distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Fig. 123.

Agastya hybleoides, §. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iy.)

TAGASTYA HYBLEHOIDES Moore, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 379. Sikhim.

= flavomaculata Moore, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 379.

Genus 124. Prorrigontra.

Protrigonia Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 414 (1896).

Palpi porrect, projecting about the length of head, down-

curved, and the 38rd joint hidden; maxillary palpi with a pointed

Fig. 124.

Protrigonia zizanialis, §. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

tuft at extremity; frons rounded; antenne of male somewhat

thickened and flattened ; tibiz with the spurs nearly equal. Fore

wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle;

220 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [T’eb. 21,

7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with the cell

about half the length of wing; vein 3 from before angle; 4, 5

trom angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Type. t{PROTRIGONIA ZIZANIALIS Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 845, pl. 57. f. 2.

W. India & Ceylon.

Genus 125. Microcausta.

Microcausta Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 340 (1895).

Palpi porrect, extending about twice the length of head, down-

curved at extremity, the 3rd joint hidden in hair; maxillary palpi

triangularly scaled ; frons rounded ; antenne annulate; hind tibia

of male fringed with extremely long hair on outer side and with

tufts of hair towards extremity, the spurs absent, the first joint of

tarsus fringed with hair. Fore wing broad, the apex produced

and acute; veins 3, 4,5 from close to angle of cell: 7 straight

and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3 and 5

from angle of cell; 4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anasto-

mosing with 8.

Fig. 125.

Microcausta ignifimbrialis, $. }.

Type. +MICROCAUSTA IGNIFIMBRIALIS Hmpsn. A. M.N. H. (6) xvi. p. 840.

W. Indies.

Genus 126. Noorpa.

Noorvda Wik. xix. 978 (1857).

Palpi porrect, the 3rd joint long and downcurved ; maxillary

palpi with a long pointed tuft in front; frons rounded ; tibiae

with the outer spurs about half the length of inner. Fore wing

Noorda blitealis, . 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

narrow; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle;

7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with veins

4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6,7 from upper angle ;

7 anastomosing with 8.

- Type.

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 221

Szor. I. Antenne of male almost simple.

(1) Noorpa IGNEALIS, n. sp.

Bright yellow ; head, thorax, and abdomen suffused with fiery

red in parts; palpi at base and rings on abdomen towards ex-

tremity, pectus, and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore

wing with the costal area fiery red, the costa itself dark; dentate

subbasal, medial, and postmedial lines, the last two oblique, the

2nd expanding into a discoidal spot, the last slightly excurved

between veins 7 and 3; terminal area red, leaving a yellow edge

to postmedial line: a diffused purplish-fuscous terminal band ;

cilia white, black at apex and below middle. Hind wing with the

terminal avea purplish, narrowing to tornus; cilia white, blackish

at apex and middle.

Hab. Fergusson I., N. Guinea; Cooktown, Queensland (Meek).

Exp.16mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

(2)pNoorDA ESMERALDA, n. sp.

Emerald-green ; head whitish ; palpi brown at sides ; antenne

fulvous ; hind wing greenish white, the termen green.

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (Schaus); Venezuela, Aroa. Hzxp.36 mm.

Sxor. II. Antenne of male with long cilia.

(3)tNoorpa FESSALIS Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 459, pl. 41. f. 13.

W. Africa; Aden; India; Burma; Andamans.

tAutocharis amethystina Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 149.

(4)*NoorDA SINUALIS, n. sp.

©. Head and thorax fuscous; abdomen banded fuscous and

white. Fore wing with the basal half of costal area suffused with

fuscous ; some black scales at base of inner margin; the ante-

medial line represented by some black scales in and below cell and

on inner margin; the postmedial line sinuous, angled inwards

below costa and outwards on vein 4, some diffused fuscous scales

before it, and the area beyond it greyish fuscous with a sinuous

subterminal line with diffused black on its inner side; cilia pale

reddish brown. Hind wing hyaline, with fuscous terminal band

narrowing from costa to vein 1.

Hab. Natal, Weenen. Lxp.16 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(5)tNoorpa Biirnaris W1k. xix. 979. Aden ; India; Ceylon.

TScopula subjectalis Wik. xxxiv. 1472.

(6) NooRDA MARGARITALIS, n. sp.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen white; palpi black; anal tuft

blackish. Fore wing pearly white; a bright red fascia on costa,

terminating at middle in a triangular patch with its apex con-

joined to outer area; the outer area brown, defined by a sinuous

black line on inner side, with a broad silvery purple band on it

222 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

and becoming bright red at costa; a marginal white line emitting

a curved mark below the apical red patch. Hind wing pearly

white; the outer area brown and fuscous, almost wholly suffused

with silvery purple, and with its medial part defined by a black

line on inner side; a marginal white line; cilia of both wings

pale brown, with silvery reflections.

Hab. Kikuya, German E. Africa (Ansorge); Sierra Leone

(Clements). Exp.24mm. Type in B.M.

(7) NoorDA NIGROPUNCTALIS, n. sp.

3. Yellowish white ; palpi, sides of head, and shoulders brown ;

anal tuft fuscous. Fore wing with the costa reddish brown; two

black points in cell, one at each angle and one on middle of inner

margin; terminal area purplish fuscous, with minutely waved

black line on its inner edge, bent outwards at vein 3. Hind wing

with the apical area purple-fuscous, with minutely waved black

line on its inner edge.

Hab. Perak; Gunong Ijan, Malay States. Herp. 18 mm.

Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

Genus 127. Datsara.

Dausara Wk. xvii. 507 (1859).

Palpi porrect. rather long, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint

hidden ; maxillary palpi with a long sharp tuft from extremity ;

frons flattened and oblique ; antenne of male much thickened and

flattened ; tibize with the outer spurs about two-thirds length of

inner. Fore wing with the inner margin lobed at middle; veins

3, 4,5 well separated at origin; 7 curved and closely approximated

to 8, 9, to which 10 also is approximated. Hind wing with the

cell short; veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at orig; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8.

Dausara talliusalis, §. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

Sect. I. Fore wing of male with the median nervure bent

upwards; a large tuft of scales on underside below its basal

half, and a smaller tuft in middle of cell.

Type. (1) Davsara Tatuiusatis WIk. xvii. 507. Assam; Burma;

Andamans; Borneo.

TGlyphodes marginalis Moore, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 618, pl. 60. f. 15.

Type.

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 223

Sscr. II. Fore wing of male normal.

(2)+Davsara ontonatiIs WIE. xvii. 501. Borneo.

(3)+Dausara ametuysta Butl. Tr. Linn. Soe. (2) Zool. i. p. 563.

Malacca ; Borneo.

Genus 128. Hpmiscoris.

Hemiscopis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 475 (1890).

Micromania Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 141 (1894).

Palpi porrect, rather long and triangularly scaled, the 3rd

joint hidden: maxillary palpi with a long pointed tuft in front;

frons rounded ; antennz almost simple and minutely annulated ;

tibize with the outer spurs about half the length of imner. Fore

wing with the apex somewhat acute, the outer margin rounded ;

veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell; 7 straight and well

separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 approximated for

a short distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing shortly

with 8.

Hemiscopis suffusalis, §. 4. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

(1)tHemiscopis surFUsALIS Wlk. xxxiv. 1471; Hnrpsn. Ill. Het.

bel. Vib. LS: S. India; Ceylon;

Burma; Sumatra; Borneo.

Botys snellemannt Snell. Midd.-Sum., iv. Lep. p. 61.

(2)rHEMISCOPIS CINEREA Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) ix. p.396. Japan.

(3)7Hemiscopis Expansa Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 396.

N.W. Himalayas.

(4)+Hemiscopis stiematitis Swinh, A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 141.

Assam.

Genus 129. Mecyna.

Mecyna Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 406 (1854).

Tholeria Hiibn. Verz. p. 354 (1827), non deser.

Palpi porrect, long, rostriform, and downcurved, the 3rd joint

partially hidden; maxillary palpi dilated with scales at extremity ;

frons oblique ; antennz of male minutely ciliated ; mid tibie with

a groove containing a tuft of hair; hind tibie with the outer

spurs about half the length of inner. Fore wing rather narrow,

the costa arched towards apex ; veins 3 and 5 from close to angle

of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10 is

Type.

224 SIR G. F. HAMPSON

REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

approximated. Hind wing with the cell short ; veins 4, 5 closely

approximated for a short distance; 6,7 stalked, 7 anastomosing

strongly with 8.

Fig. 129.

Meeyna gilvata, 8. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iy.)

(1) Mecyna trupatis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 122. Europe.

Pyralis rusticalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 121.

(2) Mucyna e1tvata Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 290. 8. & E. Europe ;

Pyralis orientatis Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 2, Madeira; Syria ;

p- 234. Abyssinia; Aden ;

Pyralis polygonalis Hiibn. Schmett, Eur., Pyr. India; Ceylon.

ff, 617, 204, 205.

Pyralis diversalis Hiibn. Schmett. Ear., Pyr. f. 102.

Mecyna aversalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 409, pl. 4. f. 12.

5, teriadalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 409.

+ ,, deprivalis Wk. xix. 806; Moore, Lep. Ceyl. in.

pl Laat 19 1 2.

(3) Mucyna Reversaris Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 409.

U.S.A. ; W. Indies.

(4)tMzcyna prunipennis Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) iv. p. 454 (1879).

Japan.

(5) Mroyna ornirHopreratis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 411, pl. 8.

fr 12, Australia.

(6) Mecyna maortauis Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. 134. f. 34.

N. Zealand,

(7)tMzcyna virescens Butl. A. M.N.H. (5) vil. p. 329 (1881).

Hawaii.

(8)tMucyna APicatis, n. sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 28.)

¢. Head and thorax ferruginous brown; abdomen pale brown.

Fore wing yellow-brown, suffused with ferruginous red and more or

less irrorated and suffused with fuscous ; traces of a pale, highly

waved antemedial line, especially on inner area ; some black marks on

veins at end of cell and slight patches of hyaline membrane in the

discal interspaces, with a pale waved line beyond them, dentate

beyond the cell and below vein 2; an indistinct minutely waved

ochreous postmedial line; a silvery white bidentate mark below

apex, with a fuscous streak below it; a marginal series of black

specks ; cilia fuscous, with a white line at base. Hind wing hyaline

yellow, with all the veins streaked with fuscous, and a fuscous

marginal band.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 225

~@ redder; the hind wing without the streaks on veins, the

marginal band red tapering to anal angle.

Hab. Lower Amazons (Austen). Exp. 28 mm.

Auctorum.

Tholeria illiberalis Hibn. Zutr. ff. 349, 350. Surifiam.

Genus 130. BaorarcHa.

Beotarcha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 305.

Palpi porrect, long, rostriform, and downcurved; maxillary

palpi large and dilated with scales; frons with a conical promi-

nence ; antenne thickened and flattened ; tibize with the outer spurs

half the length of inner. Fore wing typically long and narrow ;

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 well separated at origin ;

7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with veins

4, 5 somewhat approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8.

Beotarcha martinalis, $. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

(1)*BeorarcHa DEMANTRIALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 270, pl. 63. £. 6. Mexico; Centr. Amer.

(2)fBaorarcHa MartTINALIS WIk. xviii. 791. Burma.

tBotys crassicornis Wik. xxxiv. 1455.

Type. (3) BeorarcHa TENIALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 209, and

1883, pl. 7. f. 3. N. Australia.

(4)¢BeorarcHa HYALINALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 419.

E. Himalayas ; Andamans.

(5)tBaorarcua stigMosaLis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6), ix. p. 249.

Brazil.

(6) BworarcHa camaroaris Wk. xix. 1011. Brazil.

(7)tBaorarcHa MARGARITA Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 430.

Brazil.

(8)TBeorarcHa LIMBATA Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 430.

Australia.

Genus 131. ATELOCENTRA.

Atelocentra Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 3238.

Palpi porrect, downcurved, extending about three times length

of head, the 3rd joint hidden in hair; maxillary palpi dilated with

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XV. 15

Type.

226 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS (Feb. 21,

scales: antenne laminate and with rings at the joints; hind tibiw

with the inner medial spur about 1th outer. Fore wing with vein

3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 separate at origin. Hind wing

with vein 3 from angle of cell; 4,5 somewhat approximated for

some distance; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Atelocentra chloraspis, 3. 1.

*ATELOCENTRA CHLORASPIS Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 323.

Australia.

Genus 132. PRorocoLLETis.

Protocolletis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 223.

Palpi porrect, downcurved, extending more than twice the length

of head, fringed wita rough hair above and below, the 3rd joint

concealed; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled; frons rounded ;

antenne of male ciliated; hind tibie with the outer medial spur

one half length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from

angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9; 10 anasto-

mosing with 8, 9, or free. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle of

cell ; 4,5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7 shortly stalked,

7 anastomosing with 8 to two-thirds of wing.

Fig. 132.

Protocolletis constricta, . 1

(1)tProrocoLLetis consrricta Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 40.

Hawaii.

(2)tProrocotieris Lirorea Butl. E. M. M. xix. p. 178. Hawaii.

Genus 133. ADENA.

Adena Wk. xxvii. 197 (1863).

Deana Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) iv. p. 451 (1879).

Nesarcha Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 330.

Palpi porrect, rostriform, downcurved, extending about twice the

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 227

length of head, the 3rd joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi

strongly dilated with scales ; frons flat and oblique; antenne of male

laminate ; mid tibie dilated; hind tibize of male with the inner

spurs minute. Fore wing with the apex produced and acute; the

termen produced to an angle at middle; vein 3 from before angle

of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 7 curved and somewhat approximated to

8, 9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7

stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 133.

y Z

Adena hybreasalis, . }.

Type. +ADBENA HYBREASALIS WIk. xviii. 797. New Zealand.

tScopula paronalis Wk. xviii. 797.

+ Adena xanthialis Wik. xxvii. 198.

’ Auctorum.

Nesarcha bilunalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxvili. p. 153. Java.

Genus 134. CaLaAmMocHROUs.

Calamochrous Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 386.

Sclerocona Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 445.

Notaspis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 297 (1891).

Dicepolia Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxv. p. 158 (1898).

Palpi porrect, long and downcurved, the 3rd joint hidden; frons

oblique; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; antenne of male

minutely ciliated ; tibizw with the spurs long. Fore wing with the

Fig. 134.

Calamochrous tranquillalis, §. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

apex somewhat produced; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5

from angle; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing

with the cell short; veins 3, 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

15*

228 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—RBEVISION OF MOTHS [¥eb. 21,

Secr. I. (Sclerocona). Fore wing of male with the retinaculum

formed by a large valve of scales below the cell, the median

nervure bent upwards ; a hyaline streak above base of vein 7,

which is bent downwards; vein 10 anastomosing with 8, 9

(abnormally absent and 11 anastomosing with 8, 9).

(1) CatamMocnrovs acuretius Hy. Bull. Mose. 1842, p. 563.

S.E. Europe; Japan ; China.

Duponchelia cilialis H.-S. iv. p. 8, f. 60.

t+Crambus sinensellus Wik. xxvii. 167.

ae eee tincticostellus Wik. xxvii. 167.

Sxor JI. Fore wing of male normal.

A. (Notaspis). Maxillary palpi strongly dilated with scales.

(2) CALAMOCHROUS TRANQUILLALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863,

p- 371, pl. 9. £. 16. N.E. India; Ternate.

(3) CALAMOCHROUS FERRUGINALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 420.

Sikbim.

(4)+CanamocrRovs CARNEALIS Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 302.

Assam.

(5)tCaLAMOCHROUS RUFICOSTALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 420.

Sikhim.

(6)}CaLAMOCHROUS ROSEOBRUNNEA Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889,

p- 260. Brazil.

B. (Calamochrous). Maxillary palpi slightly dilated with scales.

(7)}CaLaMocHRovus DIcHROMA Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 223. Sikhim.

ne brevipalpis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 599.

Type. @) CaLAMocHROUSs CHILONALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863,

p- 387, pl. 12. f. 10. Venezuela.

(9)+CataMocurovs straminnA Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 393.

California,

Genus 135. CrpoLomtia.

Cybolomia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 420.

Hypolais Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 239 (1854), preoce.

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint concealed

Fig. 135.

Cybolomia pentadalis, 3. }.

Type.

1899. | OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 229

maxillary palpi with a long pointed tuft in front; frons flat and

oblique; antenne of male thickened and laminate; hind tibize

with the outer medial spur about one-third length of inner. Fore

wing with veins 3, 4, 5 separate at origin; 7 straight and well

separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of

cell; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing shortly with 8.

Szor. I. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 somewhat approximated for a

short distance.

(1)+CYBOLOMIA OSSHALIS, n. sp.

Pale ochreous ; palpi brown at sides; frons with lateral white

lines; abdomen whitish. Fore wing irrorated with a few brown

scales ; the costal and terminal areas purplish brown; brown

points near base and middle of cell and a diffused discoidal lunule ;

a postmedial series of points excurved between veins 7 and 5 and at

vein 3, then retracted to below angle of cell. Hind wing white,

with indistinct postmedial series of brown points on the veins,

retracted at vein 2 to below angle of cell; the termen brown from

apex to vein 2.

Hab. Ecuador, Loja. Eup. 24 mm.

Subsp. 1. Abdomen and hind wing pale ochreous.

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Schaus). Hap. 20 mm.

Secr. II. Hind wing with veins 4, 5 not approximated.

(2) Cysonromi1a NEMAUSALIS Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 377, pl. 236.

Ave S. Europe.

Scopula argillacealis Zell. Isis, 1847, p. 579.

(3) CyBoLomia puLcINALIS Tr. Schmett. Eur. x. 3, p. 35.

S.E. Europe ; W. Asia.

(4) Cysotomia penTADALIS Led. Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1855,

Pesky, plod. 13: W. Asia.

(5) Cysoromia Lurosatis Mann. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1862, p. 387,

pl. 3. S. Europe; W. Asia.

(6)fCYBOLOMIA INGLORIALIS Zell. ? MS. Scharud.

(7) Cyzotomza stccaris Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 240, pl. 7. £. 10.

Botys glyceralis Stgr. 8. H. Z. 1859, p. 220. S. Europe.

» seapunctalis Chrét. Le Nat. 1891, p. 67.

(8) CyBoLOMIA FRACTILINEALIS Chr. Hor. Ent. Ross. x. p. 42.

Persia ; Turkestan.

(9)fCYBOLOMIA ALBILINEALIS Hmpsn. P, Z. 8. 1896, p. 274, pl. 10.

f. 4. Aden.

(10)rCyzotomra Exrorris Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 395.

U.S.A

Auctorum.

Oybolomia gratiosalis Rom. Mém. iii. p. 40, pl. ii. f. 9.

Turkestan.

230 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

Genus 136. ProcHoristis.

Prochoristis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1890, p. 458.

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint concealed ;

maxillary palpi triangularly dilated with scales; frons rounded ;

antenne of male thickened and laminate ; mid tibiz of male dilated

with a groove and tuft; hind tibiwe with the outer medial spur

one-half length of inner. Fore wing with the apex somewhat

produced; veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin; 7 straight and

well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from

angle of cell; 6 from below upper angle; 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 136.

8EC)

Prochoristis rupicapralis, 3. }.

Type. (1) ProcHorIstTis RUPICAPRALIS Led. Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1855,

p- 218, pl. 3. f. 12. W. Asia.

(2) ProcHoristis capparipis Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. 1876,

p- 272, pl. 7. £. 43. Turkestan.

Botys daghestanica Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 273, f. 44

(var.).

Auctorum.

Ebulea simplicialis Brem. Ost-Sib. p. 71, pl. 6. f. 18. Amur.

Genus 137. Cyn mba. ‘

Cyneda Hiibn. Verz. p. 346 (1827).

Odontia Dup. viii. p. 83 (1831).

Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head, triangularly

Fig. 137.

Cyneda dentalis, $. i.

scaled, the 3rd joint hidden in hair; maxillary palpi strongly

dilated with scales; frons rounded; antenne of male strongly

Type.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 231

ciliated ; tibia with the outer spurs two-thirds length of inner.

Fore wing with a large tuft of rough hair on inner margin before

middle ; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 separate at origin ;

7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with veins 3,

4, 5 well separated at origin: 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

(1) Cyw pa penratis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 120; & Dup. Lép. Fr.

vii. pl. 215. f. 1. Europe; W. Asia.

Noctua fulminans Fabr. Ent. Syst. no. 311.

Phalena ramalis Fabr. Ent. Syst. no. 378. .

Noctua radiata Esp. iv. p. 374.

(2) Cynampa Frurtosa Ster. List, xxxii. Syria.

Auctorum.

Odontia exoticalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 191, pl. xi. f. 3.

W. Indies.

Genus 138. Mwnzsicrena.

Mnesictena Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 328.

Palpi porrect, extending about one and a half times length of

head, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair; maxillary

palpi strongly dilated with scales; frons rounded; antenne of

male minutely ciliated; tibie with the outer spurs two-thirds

length of inner. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell ;

4, 5 separate at origin; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9.

Hind wing with the median nervure loosely pectinated ; vein 3

from near angle of cell; 4, 5 separate at origin; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 138.

Mnesictena quadralis, 3. }-

(1) Myzsicrena quapraLis Doubl. Dieff. N. Zeal. i. p. 288.

New Zealand.

Pe marmorina Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 329.

(2)tMyesicrpna notata Butl. Cist. Ent. ii.p.493. New Zealand.

(8) Myesicrpna FLAVIDALIS Doubl. Dieff. N. Zeal. i. p. 287.

TScopula dipsasalis Wk. xviii. 796. New Zealand.

Botys otagalis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 184. f. 35. a

232 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

Genus 139, Exerisris.

Exeristis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 266.

Palpi porrect, triangularly and roughly scaled, the 3rd joint

hidden ; maxillary palpi dilated with scales ; frons with rounded

prominence ; antennz ciliated and annulated ; hind tibie with the

outer medial spur minute in both sexes. Fore wing with vein 3

from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 straight and well

separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of

cell.

Fig. 139.

Exeristis asyphela, S$. 3-

Srcr. J. Hind wing with veins 6, 7 stalked ; 7 anastomosing with 8

to near apex.

Type. (1)TEXERISTIs asypHELA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 266.

Tonga.

Szcr. II. Hind wing with veins 6, 7 from angle of cell; 7 anasto-

mosing with 8 to two-thirds of wing.

(2)tExmristis xantHota Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 267.

Fiji.

Genus 140. Monocona.

Monocona Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 173 (1892).

Palpi porrect, clothed with very long hair below, the 3rd joint

hidden; maxillary palpi dilated with hair; frons with long corneous

Monocona rubralis, g. 3

prominence with vertical edge excised in front ; antenne cilliated

tibie roughly scaled, the spurs moderate. Fore wing with veins

Type.

1899.) OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN®. 233

3, 4, 5 separate ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9; (10 on

right-hand side of one specimen forking and giving rise to an extra

vein). Hind wing with veins 2 and 3 from near angle of cell;

4, 5 from angle; discocellulars very oblique; 6, 7 from upper

angle, anastomosing with 8.

tMonocona RuBRALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 174 (1892).

California.

Genus 141. ENDOLOPHTA, nov.

Palpi downcurved, extending about twice the length of head,

the 3rd joint hidden in hair; maxillary palpi dilated with scales ;

frons with pointed conical prominence; antenne ciliated; mid

and hind tibiz with the outer spur about two-thirds length of

inner. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5

from angle; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9; 10, 11 from

cell; a large scale-tooth on middle of inner margin. Hind wing

with the cell short; vein 3 from angle; 4, 5 stalked; 6, 7 from

upper angle.

Fig. 141.

[=A

. au

S a

Endolophia rufitinctalis, $. }.

TENDOLOPHIA RUFITINCTALIS, N. sp.

3. Ferruginous red ; palpi tinged with fuscous ; sides of frons

and antennz greyish; front of pectus, fore tarsi, and mid and

hind legs almost pure white; abdomen pale rufous, with whitish

segmental rings. Fore wing with the costa darker; a curved

antemedial line ; a discoidal spot ; the postmedial line excurved to

vein 3, then incurved; scale-tooth black; a terminal black line;

cilia white at tips, except at apex and tornus. Hind wing yellowish

white, the veins and termen tinged with brown.

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico (Schaus). Exp. 16mm. Types in B.M.

and Coll. Schaus.

Genus 142. Aurocosmtia.

Autocosmia Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 482 (1892).

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, extending about the length of

head, and the 3rd joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi filiform :

frons with a conical prominence ; antennz of female nearly simple ;

hind tibiz with the outer spurs half the length of inner. Fore

wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle;

7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with vein 3

234 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

from angle of cell ; 4, 5 stalked ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anasto-

mosing with 8.

Fig. 142.

Autocosmia concinna, Q. 3.

Type. (1)tAurocosmra ConcINNA Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 433.

U.S.A.

(2) Avrocosm1a ortosatis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 18638, p. 373,

pl. 10. f. 10. Brazil.

Genus 143. CRIOPHTHONA.

Criophthona Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 339.

Palpi porrect, straight, rather long, roughly scaled, the 3rd joint

hidden; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons with long

truncate conical prominence; antenne ciliated ; hind tibie with

the outer spurs about half the length of inner. Fore wing with

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated

from 8,9. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell;

6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 143.

Criophthona finitima, 3. 3.

Sror. J. Antenne with the shaft roughly scaled above; hind wing

with veins 4, 5 from angle of cell.

(1)*CRrIoPHTHONA HALIAPHRA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 340.

Australia.

Sxor. IJ. Antenne with the shaft smoothly scaled; hind wing

with vein 5 from above angle of cell.

Type. (2)*CRIOPHTHONA FINITIMA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 340.

Australia.

(3)*CriopHTHONA HARMODIA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 2438.

Australia,

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 235

Genus 144. Trranto.

Titanio Hiibn. Verz. p. 350 (1827).

Eurrhypis Hiibn. Verz. p. 351.

Metaxmeste Hiibn. Verz. p. 351.

Catharia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 353.

Palpi porrect, fringed with extremely long hair below, the 3rd

joint hidden; maxillary palpi with long hair at extremity; frons

with rounded prominence, clothed with rough hair; antenne

ciliated; legs moderately hairy, the spurs nearly equal; wings

short and broad. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell ;

4, 5 from angle; 7 straight. Hind wing with the cell short ;

3, 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8,

Fig. 144.

Ss lex ASS

Ha ade ‘

Titanto normalis, $. 3.

(1) Trranio pontinatis Schiff. W. V. p.124. U.S.A.; S. Europe;

Noctua biguttu Schaeff. Icon. pl. 275. ff. 5, 6. Australia.

t+Ennychia melissalis W1k. xvii. 331.

tBotis flavinotalis Grote, Can. Ent. xiii. p. 34.

«,, guittulalis H.-S. iv. p. 16, ff. 96, 97.

(2) Trranto sartaLis Hiibn. Pyr. ff. 173, 174. W. Asia.

Hercyna caucalis H.-S. N. Schmett. p. 11, ff. 76, 77.

(3) Trranto MAGNiFicais Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 266, pl. 7.

f. 3D. Turkestan.

(4) Trranio venvusratis Led. Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1855, p. 250;

Rom. Mém. ii. pl. 1. f. 10. Greece; W. Asia.

» echinea Meyr. Ent. Mo. Mag. (2) 11. p. 50.

Type. (5) Trranto normatis Hiibn. Pyr. ff. 41, 110. S. Europe.

Pyralis comitalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 180.

(6) Trranto oriernaLis H.-S. N. Schmett. p. 11, f. 78. W. Asia.

(7) Trranio EPHIPPIALIS Zett. Ins. Lap. 971. Labrador ;

Boreophila frigidalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 157. N. Europe.

) scandinavalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 156.

(8) Trranto pyrunzAuis Dup. Lép. Fr. iv. p. 400, pl. 82. f. 6.

Hercyna simplonialis H.-S. Eur. Schmett. iv. C. Europe.

ff. 31-34.

236 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(9) Trranto scHRANKIANA Hockenw. Beitr, vi. p. 336, pl. vii. f. 6.

Noctua lugubrina Esp. iv. p. 189. C. Europe.

Pyralis holesericealis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 112.

(10) Trranto puryeranis Hiibn. Pyr, f. 42. Europe.

Pyralis rupicolalis Hiibn. Pyr. ff. 189 & 198-200.

Noctua monedula Esp. iv. pl. 197. ff. 5, 6.

Pyralis sericealis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 43 (var.).

nevadalis Stgr. 8S. H. Z. 1859, p. 220 (var.).

”

(11)tTrranto papHaLis Grote, Can. Ent. xiii. p. 17. U.S.A.

Auctorum,

Botys bububattalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 149. U.S.A.

Titanio zachlora Meyr. E. M. M. (2) ii. p. 11. Algeria.

» proximalis Fern. Insect Life, vi. p. 256. California.

Hercyna cacuminalis Ey. F. V. U. p. 476. 8S. Russia; W. Asia.

Noctuomorpha modestalis Christ. Hor, Ent. Ross. xii. p. 267, pl. 7.

f. 38. Turkestan.

Noctuomorpha pulchellalis Stgr. Deutsche E. Zeit., Lep. v. pl. iii.

f, 20, & vi. p. 71. C. Asia.

Titanio eponyma Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 454.

Transcaucasus.

=Threnodes meschleri Rom. Mém. iii. p. 22, pl. 1. f. 11 (nec

_ Christ.).

Hercina heliothalis Stgr. Deutsche E. Zeit., Lep. v. pl. iii. £. 18

& vi. p. 74. C. Asia.

paschalis Stgr.? ined.

sultanalis Stgr. Deutsche HE. Zeit., Lep. v. pl. iii. f. 19

& vi. p. 7d. C. Asia.

ss sericatalis H.-S. iv. p. 17, ff. 28-36. S.E. Europe.

‘ Genus 145. Merasta.

Metasia Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 251 (1854).

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden; maxillary

palpi dilated with scales ; proboscis small; frons with a rounded

Metasia monialis, @. +}. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

prominence ; antenne nearly simple ; tibiae with the spurs equal.

Fore wing rather long and narrow ; vein 3 from well before angle

Type.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#. 237

of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9; 10 also well

separated from 8,9. Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle of

cell; 5 from above angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8; median nervure somewhat pectinated above.

(1) Mprasta ALBULA, n. sp.

Yellowish white; sides of palpi and head and prothorax tinged

with brown; abdomen with dorsal black bands on Ist and sub-

terminal segments. Fore wing with the costal area tinged with

brown ; the antemedial line represented by black points in and

below ceil; a prominent black spot below middle of vein 2; the

postmedial line obscure, arising from a black point on costa, bent

outwards between veins 5 and 2, then obsolete. Hind wing with

indistinct postmedial line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2.

Hab, Amboina (Doherty). Exp. 14 mm. Types in Coll. Roth-

schild and B.M.

(2) Murasta suppanDALIS Hiibn. Pyr.f. 187. S. Europe; W. Asia.

(3)*Merasta HomMoGAMA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 239.

W. Australia.

(4) Murasta carnuAuis Tr. Schmett. Eur. vii. p. 91.

S. Europe; W. Asia.

it gigantalis Stgr. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1870, p. 185, pl. 2.

f. 8 (var.).

(5) Merasta corstcatis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 306, pl. 230. ff. 6, 7.

S. Europe.

Stenia infidalis H.-S. ff. 39, 40.

(6) Merasta opuiauis Tr. Schmett. Eur. vii. p. 90, x. 3. p. 20.

S.E. Europe.

(7) Merasta sapuLosatis Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) xviii. p. 217.

W. India.

(8)tMerasta HopiusaLis WIk. xviii. 706. Amur; China;

Botys medialis Wik. xxxiv. 1432. Borneo ; Sumbawa.

(9) Merasra tiopH#A Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 241.

Australia.

(10);7Murasta PROFANALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1403. S. Africa.

(11)?MzrastA CRIOPHORA, 0. sp.

3S. Frontal process large ; dark fuscous; palpi white at base.

Fore wing strongly irrorated with dark brown; a dark spot in

middle of cell and line from median nervure to inner margin ;

a dark mark on discocellulars ; the postmedial line exeurved

between veins 5 and 2, then bent inwards to below angle of cell,

both wings with series of dark points on termen and cilia.

Hab, Teita, E. Africa (Jackson). Exp. 16 mm.

238 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(12)*Marasia strancatora Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 240.

Australia.

(13)*Mazrasia AFRARCHA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 239.

W. Australia.

(14)*Merasia aretoxantua Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 242.

Australia.

(15)*Merasra HEemIctIrcA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 271.

Tasmania.

(16) Merasta capnocuroa Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 241.

Australia; Tasmania.

(17) Merrasta HomopH@a Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 449.

Australia; Tasmania.

(18)rMerasra sEGEstUsALIS WIk. xvili. 793. Australia.

(19) Merasta ramiuiaris Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 336.

Australia.

(20)fMurasia PRIONOGRAMMA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 265.

N. Guinea.

(21) Merasta ocurocuroa Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 238.

Australia.

(22)*Merrasia xENOGAMA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 337.

Australia.

(23)*METASIA ZINCKENIALIS, 0. sp.

$. Black; palpi white below; frons with white points; abdo-

men with white band on 1st segment, white lateral and ventral

lines and patch on anal tuft. Fore wing with white basal points ;

a point at middle of cell with spot below it connected with inner

margin by a line; a small quadrate spot in end of cell, with larger

spot below end and bifid spot beyond discocellulars; an inter-

rupted postmedial white line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2;

cilia with pairs of white spots below apex and above tornus. Hind

wing with white subbasal band; a quadrate spot in end of cell

connected with inner margin by a band; the postmedial line repre-

sented by two points below costa and three between veins 5 and 2;

cilia with white spots above and below middle.

@. Abdomen with the white lateral and ventral lines slight.

Fore wing without basal points or point in cell; the spots below

cell small and without lines to inner margin; the postmedial line

represented by points on costa and between median nervules.

Hind wing with spot in cell and point on inner margin only.

Hab. Queensland, Dawson district (Barnard), Exp. 20 mm.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(24)*Merasta HAPLopES Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 197.

Australia,

(25) Murasra mMontanis Ersch, Hor. Ent. Ross. viii. p. 317, and

Lep. Ture. pl. 5. f. 83. C. Asia; N. India.

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 239

(26)fMETASIA HOLOXANTHIA, n. sp.

@. Bright orange-yellow ; palpi and frons fuscous, the former

white below. Fore wing with the costa rufous; dark points near

base and in middle of cell, and a larger discoidal spot. Hind wing

with discoidal dark point; both wings with postmedial series of

dark points excurved between veins 5 and 4; a terminal series

of dark points on rufous marks ; cilia fuscous.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal (Hutchinson). Exp. 22 mm.

Auctorum,

Metasia octogenalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon, 1863, p. 421, pl. 15.

f. 10. W. Asia.

» ochrifascials Christ. Hor. Ross. xvii. p. 121. Turkestan.

» ossealis Stgr. Hor. Ross. xv. p. 182. W. Asia.

» mendicalis Stgr. Hor. Ross. xv. p. 183. W. Asia.

Stenia viperalis Guen. Réunion, p. 62. Mauritius,

», adelalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 245. S. France.

Metasia olbienalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 251. 8. France.

» cuencalis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p.171. Spain.

» argalis Fern. Insect Life, vi. p. 256. California.

quadristriyalis Fern. Insect Life, vi. p. 257. California.

rosealts Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. xeviii. Syria.

deltordalis Snell. Tid. v. Ent. xviii. p. 243, pl. xiii. £.16.

Bogota.

» lilliputalis Snell. Tijd. vy. Hut. xxiii. p. 229, and xxvii.

pl wie. 8. Celebes.

acharis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 518.

New Guinea.

» tmustahs Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p.169. Persia.

» virginalis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p.170. Persia.

» ebericalis Rag. Amn. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p.170. Spain.

Genus 146. Pionnra.

Hapalha Hiibn. Verz. p. 355 (1827), non descr.

Oébia Hiibn. Verz. p. 362 (1827), non descr.

Pionea Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 367 (1854).

Udea Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 398.

Stantira W1k. Cat. xxvil. p. 76 (1863).

Nomis Motsch. Et. 1860, p. 38.

~ Cindaphia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 438.

Osiriaca Wk. xxxiv. 1493 (1865).

Perispasta Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1875, p. 331.

Pseudebulea Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 587.

Melanomecyna Butl. E. M. M. xix. p. 179 (1883).

Microstega Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 450.

Idioblasta Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) viii. p. 62 (1891).

Aglaops Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 298 (1892).

Sericoplaga Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 296.

Prodasycnemis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 301.

240 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—-REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

Mimudea Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 440.

Lepidoplaga Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 475 (1896).

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint concealed ;

maxillary palpi strongly dilated with scales at extremity; frons

rounded ; antenne of male usually minutely ciliated. Fore wing

with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 straight

and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with the cell short;

vein 3 from angle; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance; 6, 7

stalked ; 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 146.

WS <

Pionea ferrugalis, 8. 34. (FromaMoths Ind. vol. iv.)

Sxcr. I. (Lepidoplaga). Fore wing of male with the retinaculum

consisting of a fan of large scales.

A. Fore wing of male with a fan of large scales beyond upper

angle of cell at bases of veins 6, 7.

a. Fore wing of male with the fans of scales showing above

as small dark foveas.

(1)tPrionna FLAVOFIMBRIATA Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 208.

N.E. India; Ceylon.

Crocidophora flavicinctalis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 595.

Lepidoplaga longicorpus Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 108.

Ks elongalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 108.

(2)*PronEA FUSCIZONALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 428. Sikhim.

b. Fore wing of male with no foveas on upperside.

(3) Pronra pH@yicistis Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 428.

N.E. India; Burma.

B. Fore wing of male with large hyaline fovea beyond upper

angle of cell, vein 7 curved down round it.

(4)?PronnA THYRTPHORA, n. sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 26.)

Bright orange ; palpi white at base ; pectus and ventral surface

of abdomen whitish. Fore wing with the costal area suffused with

purplish brown; the terminal area purplish. Hind wing with the

costal and inner areas whitish; a purplish band on terminal area

from costa to vein 2.

Hab, Castro Parana, Brazil (Jones). Lap. 26 mm.

899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 241

(5)TPIoNEA ECTOXANTHIA, n. sp.

¢g. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale brown; palpi white at

base; sides of frons with white lines. Fore wing purplish, with

flesh-coloured patches on inner area at base and beyond middle ;

the terminal area orange except on costa, widening from tornus

to below costa. Hind wing whitish; the termen yellowish, with

faint fuscous band before it.

Hab. Castro Parafa, Brazil (Jones). Hup. 22 mm.

ce. Fore wing of male with no fan of scales or fovea beyond

upper angle of cell.

(6)*PIoNEA FLAVICILIALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 596,

pl xx. f. a; 5oiTe. Sikhim.

(7)TPIONEA CLAVIFERA, n. sp.

3. Head and thorax fuscous brown; abdomen paler. Fore

wing with the fovea below base of cell, forming a large pouch on

upperside with fan of scales above it; colour fuscous brown mixed

with ochreous ; the antemedial line represented by an oblique series

of black points; black points at angles of cell and one above them

on costa; the postmedial line arising from black point on costa,

minutely waved and highly excurved trom costa to vein 2, its outer

edge defined by ochreous; a terminal series of points. Hind wing

paler brown, with terminal series of minute dark points.

@ with black claviform mark below cell of fore wing on outer

edge of antemedial line; one specimen has the antemedial line

defined by diffused white on inner side and the postmedial line

placed on a diffused white area.

Hab. Australia, Peak Downs, Cooktown. wp. 22 mm.

Scr. IT. Fore wing of male with a large tuft of hair beyond upper

angle of cell below.

(8) PronuA NYPSIUSALIS WIk. xix. 924. Borneo,

Szor. III. (Pertspasta). Fore wing of male with a very large

elongate hyaline fovea beyond upper angle above.

(9) Pronna cacuLaLis Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1875, p. 331,

pl. 10. £. 46a. U.S.A,

tPerispasta immivtalis Grote, Can. Ent. xiii. p. 232.

3 immaculalis Grote, Smith’s List Lep. Bor.-Am. p. 80.

Sucr. IV. Fore wing of male with foveas below middle and in end

of cell; hind tibiz with the outer medial spur minute.

(10)*Pronua pRAXxITALIS Druce, Biol.-Centr. Am., Het. ii. p. 205,

pl. 60. f. 17. Mexico; Centr. Amer.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1899, No. XVI. 16

242 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

Sror. V. Fore wing of male with a fovea covered with hair below

base of median nervure above; the costa of hind wing highly

arched at base.

A. (Nomis). Hind tibie of male with the outer medial spur

minute.

(11) Pionza ALBoPEDALIS Motschl. Etudes, 1860, p. 38. Japan.

B. (Microstega). Hind tibiee of male with the outer medial spur

half the length of inner.

(12) PronEa PANDALIS Hiibn. Verz. p. 355. Europe; Japan.

Pyralis verbascalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 59.

», angustalis Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 379.

» terminalis Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 379.

TBotys jessica Butl. Il. Het. ii. p. 58, pl. 39. f. 6.

+ ,, protensa Buti. Ill. Het. ii. p. 58, pl. 39. f. 7.

(13)tPronna LuTEatis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 439. Brazil.

(14)tPronza cervinatis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p.439. Brazil.

(15)tPronga arENACEA Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 431. Brazil.

Sucr. VI. Fore wing of male without foveas.

A. (Prodasyenemis). Mid tibie of male with large tuft of recurved

hair from extremity.

(16)+Pronza mornara Butl. Il. Het. iii, p. 76, pl. 59. £.12. Japan.

B. (Udea). Hind tibie with the outer medial spur minute.

a. Mid tibie dilated with a fold and tuft.

(17) Prowna rnsrirazis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 182. S. Europe.

Botys ferraralis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 317, pl. 231. f. 6.

(18) Pronza conFinauis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1858, p. 149, pl. 4.

f. 4. E. Europe; W. Asia.

Botys grecalis Stgr. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1870, p. 199, pl. 11. f. 15.

(19) Pronna Laneurpatis Ey. Bull. Mose. 1842, iii. p. 559,

S.E. Europe; W. Asia,

Botys arabescalis, H.-S. N. Schmett. p. 12, f. 79.

(20) Pronna PROFUNDALIS Pack. Ann. Lyc. N. Y.x. p. 261. U.S.A.

(21) Pronna FuLVALIs Hiibn. Pyr. f. 147. Europe; C. Asia.

(22) Pronra RUBIGALIS Guen, Delt. & Pyr. p. 398. U.S.A.

Botys oblunalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 372.

t 4, harveyana Grote, Can. Ent. ix. p. 104.

(23)*PrionHA DEIDAMIALIS Druce, Biol.-Centr. Am., Het. ii. p. 210,

pl. 60. f. 27, Mexico; Centr. Amer,

1899. ] _ OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 243

(24) PionnA FERRUGALIS Hiibn. Schmett. Eur., Pyr. ff. 54, 150.

Europe; W. Asia; Madeira; W. & S. Africa;

Scopula martialis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. Japan; Afghanistan ;

p- 398. India ; Ceylon ;

» Aypatialis Wk. xix. 1014. Burma.

T 4, testacea Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 77, pl. 59. £. 15.

(25)*PrionEA OCTONALIS Snel]. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1890, p. 581.

N.E. India.

(26)TPIoNEA RENALIS Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 224. Sikhim.

(27)TPIonHA DELINEATALIS WIk., Melliss’s St. Helena, p. 189.

St. Helena.

(28) Pronza eLurauis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 121. Europe.

Pyralis albidalis Hibn. Pyr. f. 118,

(29) Pronua sttvais Joannis, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. lxxxii ;

Mab. & Vuill. pl. xviii. f. 9. Syria.

(30)TPIONEA SCOPARIALIS, n. sp.

gd. Head and thorax dark olive-brown and grey; abdomen

grey-white. Fore wing grey-white, thickly irrorated and suffused

with grey-brown to beyond middle and on terminal area, leaving

a slightly irrorated broad postmedial whitish band; an obscure

antemedial waved white line curled outwards and forming a hook

above inner margin ; the orbicular and reniform very large, defined

by black, and with black centres; a postmedial dark speck on costa,

followed by an obliquely curved minutely-waved line; a terminal

series of black points. Hind wing white, with black points at the

two angles of cell; an indistinct curved postmedial line; an apical

fuscous patch extending more or less to vein 2; a terminal series

of black points; underside suffused with fuscous, with the post-

medial line prominent and maculate.

Hab, Tibet, Yatong, 10,500 feet (Hobson). Exp, 24 mm.

(31) Pronna PRUNALIS Schiff. Wien. Verz. p, 121. Europe.

Pyralis leucophealis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 77.

» nebulalis Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 386.

(32) Pronza scorraris Zell. Isis, 1847, p. 566. Sicily.

(33) PronnA sopRInaLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 360. Brazil.

Ebulea ialis Wik. xix. 1009.

(34)7PIONHA FUSCULALIS, n. sp.

Head and thorax brown; abdomen fuscous, with whitish seg-

mental lines; palpi at base, pectus, and ventral surface of abdomen

whitish. Fore wing brown; an antemedial waved black line

-obtusely angled below cell; a discoidal black lunule; a postmedial

minutely-dentate black line excurved to vein 2, below which it is

angled inwards almost to the cell, then bent outwards again. Hind

16*

244 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

wing fuscous, with two black points on discocellulars ; the post-

medial line excurved between veins 5 and 2; both wings with

terminal series of black points.

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Schaus); Peru, Callao. Hwp, 24 mm.

(35)fPronpa oLtvanis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 441. Brazil.

(36)fPronna FLAVINovATA Warr. A. M. N, H. (6) ix. p. 441.

Brazil.

(37)fPionBA SUBROSEA Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 441 (92).

razil.

(38)}+PIoNBA PHHALIS, n. sp.

6. Head and thorax dark brown and black; abdomen black,

with pale segmental lines and anal tuft, the ventral surface pale

with black points. Fore wing dark brown, irrorated and suffused

with black; an indistinct sinuous antemedial line angled outwards

below cell; obscure black annuli at middle of cell and on disco-

cellulars ; the postmedial line defined by ochreous on outer side,

excurved between veins 6 and 2, then retracted to below angle of

cell; some black points on costa towards apex and a terminal

series of ochreous points. Hind wing fuscous, with two dark

points on discocellulars ; traces of a postmedial line excurved

between veins 5 and 2; a terminal series of black points.

@. Fore wing with the markings rather more distinct, with

pale patches on inner area at postmedial line and on costa towards

apex.

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Schaus). Hap. 20 mm.

(39)TPronHA STELLATA Butl. E. M. M. xix. p. 179. Hawaii.

(40)+Pionza Nieruscens Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) vii. p. 328 (1881).

Hawaii.

(41)tPionnA ENNYCHIOIDES Butl. A. M. N. H.(5) vii. p. 328 (1881).

Hawaii.

(42)fPronBA MONTICOLANS (-ENS) Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 34.

Hawaii.

(43)+Pronea mricacna Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) vii. p. 326 (1881).

Hawaii.

b. Mid tibie not dilated.

(44)TPIONEA ANTIGASTRIDIA, N. sp.

@. Ochreous; head and thorax tinged with brownish ; palpi

white at base. Fore wing with fiery-red streaks on the veins and

in interspaces; the costal area brownish; black points at middle

of cell and on discocellulars ; a postmedial fuscous line with black

points on the veins running out to an obtuse angle on vein 5,

then incurved to middle of inner margin, and with an obscure

fuscous spot beyond it on costa; cilia blackish, white at tips.

Hind wing yellowish white, with a rufous mark on termen at

vei’. 2; dark lines on termen and cilia from apex to vein 2.

Hab. Orizaba, Mexico (Schaus). Hep, 24 mm.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#. 245

(45)+PIoNnBA LEUCOCRASPIA, n. sp.

3. Bright reddish fulvous; palpi white at base. Fore wing

with obscure fuscous point in cell and discoidal lunule ; the post-

medial line indistinct, oblique from costa to vein 5, dentate to

vein 2, then bent inwards to middle of inner margin; cilia fuscous

at base, white at tips. Hind wing yellowish white, with a rufous

patch on termen near vein 2; dark lines on termen and through

cilia from apex to vein 2.

Hab. Brazil, Sio Paulo (Jones). Exp. 20 mm.

(46) Pronua Tusraceatis Zell. Isis, 1847, p. 571. S. Europe.

Botys ochrealis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 140, pl. 219. f. 1.

Ebulea rubrebralis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 359.

(47) Pronna crocnais Hiibn. Pyr. f. 71. Enrope; W. Asia.

Pyralis ochrealis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 146.

(48) Pronea turwaris Hiibn. Pyr. f. 145. Europe.

Margaritia institialis Steph. Il. iv. p. 56.

Scopula pascualis Zell. Isis, 1846, p. 206.

» etialis Steph. Cat. B. M. p. 244.

(49)+Pronna GRacitis Warr. P. Z.S. 1888, p. 334. N.W. India.

(50) Pronza NicRostigMALIs Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvu. p. 96.

N.E. India.

(51) Pronna rnqurinaratis Zell. Isis, 1846, p. 205. Labrador ;

Botys glacialis Pack. Labr. xi. p. 52. Europe.

(52) Pronza stacuypaLis Zinck. Germ. Fn. iv. no, 18. Europe,

(53) Prony BicoLoraLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 205. U.S.A.;

+Endotricha julialis W1k. xvii. 389. W. Indies ; S. Amer.

Cindaphia incensalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 489,

11) Baliga

. Botys facitalis Berg, Bull. Mose. xlix. pt. 2, p. 224.

Botys amiculatalis Berg, S. EH. Z. xxxvii. p. 343.

+Pionea pulchripictalis Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 341.

(54)*Pronua ancustatis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 26, Mexico.

C. (Pionea). Hind tibize of male with the outer medial spur

well developed.

a. Mid tibie of male dilated with a fold and tuft.

(55) Pronna verBascaris Schiff. Wien. Verz. p.121. Europe;

W. Asia; Japan: India; Ceylon.

Pyralis arcualis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 80.

Botys plumbocilialis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 576.

(56)+Pronna Poniosticra Hmpsn. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.

ined. Ceylon.

(57)tPionnA MANDRONALIS W1k. xix. 1014. India; Ceylon,

246 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(58)TPionnA LEUCANALIS Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 276,

pls. £16: Assam; Burma.

(59)*Pronza GENTALIS Leech, Entom. 1889, p. 69, pl. 3. £.10( 2).

Japan.

(60)+Pronna aLBrcosTaLis Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 271.

India; Burma.

(61)*PIonEA PRHPANDALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 573.

Sikhim.

(62) Pronna AuREOLALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 375.

India ; Ceylon; Burma; Andamans.

+Pyralis ochrealis Moore, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 614.

Paliga contractalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 113 (1896).

(63) Ptonna pLAceNS W1k. xxxiv. 1416. Borneo.

(64)+PIONEA ALBIFIMBRIALIS W1lk. xxxiv. 1446. China ;

Formosa; Sumatra; Java.

Botys niveicilialis Snell. Midd.-Sum., iv. Lep. p. 64.

(65)+Pronna MINNEHAHA Pryer, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 234, pl. 4. f. 9.

Japan ; China.

(66) Pronza tuRIUSALIS WIk. xviii. 690. Borneo.

+Botys bresialis W1k. xviii. 699.

» eriggusalis Wik. xix. 1005.

(67) Pronna LucuBRALIS Leech, Entom. 1889, p. 67, pl. 3. £.6 (9 ).

Japan.

(68)*Pronna MINNITHALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 242,

pl. 62. £. 15. Centr. Amer.

(69)+Pronfa aurora Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) vii. p. 327 (1881).

Hawaii.

(70)+PIonnA DAICLESALIS W1k. xix. 1017. N. Zealand.

(71)¢Pronna ruRNACcALIS Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 254.

Fiji.

(72) PionnA ORBICENTRALIS Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 22.

Amur; Japan; N. China.

b. Mid tibiz of male not dilated.

(73)+Pionna RHODOcHRYSA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 447.

Australia.

(74) Pronna RosinaLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 342, pl. 9. f. 10.

Brazil.

(75)+Pronza AvRorina Butl. Ill. Het. ii. p. 58, pl. xxxix. f. 9.

Japan.

(76)+PIoNBA PROLAUSALIS WIk. xix. 990. S. Africa.

(77)+Pronna RHEXIALIS Wk. xviii. 624. Venezuela.

(78)}Pronwa FENTONI Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 587.

Japan; India,

Type.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE, 247

(79)+PIoNHA PHIALUSALIS WIk. xix. 991. W. Africa,

(80) Pronza Nopit1s Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 224, pl. 7. f. 29.

Sikhim.

(81) Pronna avraranis Warr. A. M.N. H. (6) xvi. p. 472 (1895).

Japan.

(82)+Pionra BREVIALIS WIk. xvili. 759. India ; Ceylon ;

+Scopula eximialis W1k. xxxiy. 1471. N. Australia.

Botys divisalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 372, pl. 10. f. 4.

Mnesictena pactolina Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 234.

(83)tPrionEA HXTERNALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. 1891, ii. p. 296.

US.A.

(84) Pronna casToRALIS W1k. xviii. 693. 8. India; Andamans ;

+Samea purpurescens Moore, P. ZS. 1877, p. 615. Borneo.

(85)tPronea aBLAcTALIS WIk. xviii. 660. India ; Ceylon ;

Burma; Sumbawa; Amboina.

(86)+PIONEA TRIPARTALIS, n. sp.

6. Head and thorax bright red-brown mixed with dark brown ;

abdomen brown mixed with grey. Fore wing bright red-brown,

thickly irrorated with grey and black scales, and divided into three

equal parts by oblique straight ante- and postmedial grey lines.

Hind wing pale yellowish, with some darker irroration on termen

and a series of dark points.

Hab. Peru. Exp. 26 mm.

(87) PronEa FoRFICALIS Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 533. Europe ;

C. Asia; Japan; Himalayas,

+ ,, sodas Butl. Ill. Het. ii. p. 59, pl. 39. f. 4.

(88) Pronza arricanis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 370, and Oberth.

Et. Ent. xii. pl. vii. £. 43. Sicily ; Algeria; 8. Africa.

Pronea zonalis Lah. Contr. p. 20.

tRivula vicurialis Wik. xxxiv. 1155.

tScopula concisalis Wk. xxxiv. 1470.

(89)+PronEa rnFuscaLis Zell. Caffr. p. 41. S. Africa.

(90)+PionHA INCLUSALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1464. W. Indies ;

Honduras ; Venezuela,

Eurycreon fuscocilialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1875, p. 210, pl. 13.

jie le

(91)fPionna imirans Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 299 (1891).

Brazil.

(92) PIonEA OPALISALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 172. Brazil,

(93) PronzA THNIOLALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 172. Brazil.

(94)tPronna EXUVIALIS Guen, Delt. & Pyr. p. 172. |W. Indies ;

Honduras ; Brazil.

Botys syphaxalis Wik. xviii. 604.

248 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(95)tPioNHA PHEZOCHYSIS, n. sp.

3. Head and thorax dark brown; palpi white below ; abdomen

fuscous, with whitish segmental lines and large genital tufts.

Fore wing dull brown; a waved black antemedial line with red

patch on its inner side below the cell; a dark point in cell and

discoidal lunule; the area below and beyond the cell yellowish

white irrorated with red, brown, and black scales ; the postmedial

line nearly straight, with diffused dark band on its outer side; a

reddish subapical patch ; a terminal series of black points. Hind

wing hyaline white ; a terminal fuscous band from apex to vein 2

and fine terminal line.

Hab. Eeuador, Loja. Exp. 24 mm.

(96) Pronna syiviatis WIk. xviii. 615. Brazil.

Botys myopicalis Led, Wien. Ent. Mon, 1863, p. 370, pl. 8.

soy BE

(97)tPronza nuPaLusaLis WIk. xviii. 605. Venezuela.

(98)tPronna vinorincTanis Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 340.

W. Indies.

(99)tPionEA speRIopUNCTALIS Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 341.

W. Indies.

(100)+Pronga rernuGiIneAtis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 481.

Brazil.

(101)*Pronnua pecertaiis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. 11. p. 205,

pl. 60. f. 16. Centr. Amer.

(102) Pronza Nerissatis WIk. xviii. 505. Brazil.

Botys graviusalis W1k. xix. 986.

5, nocmonalis Wik. xix. 987.

Scopula permiatalis Wk. xxxiv. 1466.

+Phlyctenia paolinalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 431.

(108)+Provna taratis Grote, Can. Ent. ix. p. 106. U.S.A. °

(104)*Pronxa pusisvaLis Wlk. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) 1. p. 126.

Brazil.

(105) Pronna ruBiGINALIS Hiibn. Pyr. f. 79. Europe ;

W. Asia; Japan.

°(106) Pronpa srarusanis WIk. xix. 945. Colombia ; Brazil.

Botys scitalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 373, pl. 10. f. 11.

(107)+Pronua pEesprcra Butl. E. M. M. xiv. p. 49. Hawaii.

+Scopula caigua Butl. E. M. M. xvii. p. 9.

(108)?PIoNEA HELVIUSALIS WIk. xviii. 786. S. America.

tScopula itylusalis WIk. xviii. 787.

+Pionea fuscipalpalis Wk. xxxiv. 1457.

+Scopula bogotalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1463.

+Crambus bogotanellus Wik. xxxv. 1754.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN. 249

(109)}Pronza amitina Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p.54. Chili.

tScopula indistincta Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 54.

» melanosticta Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 55.

(110)+PionEa saBuLosaLis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 393.

Chili.

(111)tPionza FuMIPENNIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 392.

Juan Fernandez.

(112)tPrionza picEatis WIk. xviii. 792. Australia.

(118) Pronza NuMERALIS Hiibn. Pyr.f.89. 8S. Europe; Armenia.

Scopula simplicella Lah. Contr. Faun. Sic. 51.

(114) PronEa neBuLALIS Hiibn. Pyr. f. 51. Europe.

Pyralis squalidalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 144.

Scopula pinetalis Zett. Ins. Lapp. 970.

» arcticalis Zett. Ins. Lapp. 972.

Botys pratalis Zell. 8. BE. Z. 1841, p. 176.

(115) Pronna DEcREPIDALIS H.-S. iv. p. 40, ff. 67,61. | Hurope.

(116)?Pronza rrysaLis Wlk. xix. 828. US.A.

tStantira variegata W1k. xxvii. 76.

TBotis turmalis Grote, Can. Ent. xiii. p. 33.

» hyperborealis Moschl. 8. E. Z. xxxv. p. 163.

(117)tPionEA WASHINGTONIALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv.

vi. p. 577. USA.

Botys mvinctalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 152.

(118)*PIoNEA NOLALIS, n. sp.

3. White; antenne blackish; thorax irrorated with black.

Fore wing with the basal half irrorated with black, especially

below costa; a black point below base of costa; an antemedial

black line interrupted in cell and at vein 1; a discoidal spot ;

the postmedial line excurved round cell, then retracted to below it ;

the subterminal line slightly curved, with short lines beyond it

from costa and at tornus ; a prominent series of terminal points

from apex to vein 2. Hind wing semihyaline, the terminal area

slightly suffused with fuscous.

Hab. 8. Celebes (Doherty). Exp. 20 mm. Type in Coll.

Rothschild.

(119)tPronza LactrEata Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) viii. p. 62 (1891).

Marquesas.

(120)fPronza stRaminata Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) viii. p. 62.

Marquesas.

(121) Pronra o1tvatis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 123. Europe ;

Pyralis nivealis Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 385. Armenia.

» umbralis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 52.

(122)fPionna InpistincTaLis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 394

U.S.A

250 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(123) Pionna cyanauis Lah. Pyr. p. 30. Europe.

(124)?Pronna perpRsaLis Wlk. xxxiv. 1465. Venezuela; Peru.

(125)TPionzA itis Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 53. Chili.

(126)*Pronza aurocrEsaLis WIk. xix. 985 (9). Brazil.

(127)+Pronea tyHospirais Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 394.

U.S.A,

(128)}Pionna THYALIS WIk. xviii. 667. China.

(129) PionHA LEUCOSTICTALIS, n. sp.

Q. Fuscous; palpi blackish, white at base; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen white, fore tibiz and tarsi banded with

black. Fore wing with traces of antemedial line ; a dark discoidal

point; an indistinct postmedial line excurved from costa tu vein 2,

where it is retracted to below angle of cell; the outer half of costa

with five very prominent pure white spots. Hind wing with in-

distinct postmedial line, obsolete towards costa and slightly re-

tracted at vein 2; both wings with fine dark terminal line; cilia

of hind wing white at tips.

Hab, Cooktown, Queensland (Meck). Exp. 20 mm. Types in

Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

Auctorum.

Nomis tessellalis Motschl. Etudes, 1860, p. 38. Japan.

Scopula argyroscelis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 222. Hawaii.

» eucrena Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 218. Hawaii.

Pionea conqusitalis Guen. Alg. iii. p. 403, pl. 4. f. 9. Algeria.

Botys assutalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 370, pl. 8. f. 14.

Venezuela.

» subochracealis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. 1884, p. 268. Amboina.

» tmtegralis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 373, pl. 10. f. 12.

Venezuela.

», tritalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 20. Amur; N. China.

Scopula alutahs Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 400 = dilutalis Guen.

Algeria, p. 401, pl. 4. £.6; Oberth. Et. Ent. xii. pl. vii.

f. 45.

: Algeria.

» dispunctalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p.396 = bipunctalis H.-S.

ff. 140, 141. 8. Europe ; Armenia.

Botys costalis Ev. Bull. Mose. 1852, p. 166 = hilaralis Christ.

Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 23. Siberia.

» perochrealis Christ. Rom. Mém. iii. p. 35, pl. ii. f. 6.

Armenia,

» varialis Brem. Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. viii. p. 69, pl. 6. £. 9.

Siberia.

Scopula concoloralis Oberth. Et. Ent. i. p. 68, pl. 2. f. 6. Algeria.

Cindaphia impuralis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 264, pl. xiv. f.10.

W. Indies,

Pionea terminalis Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) ix. p. 338.

Madagascar,

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 251

Genus 147. PARATALANTA.

Paratalanita Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 440.

Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head, tri-

angularly scaled; the 3rd joint hidden with hair; maxillary

palpi almost filiform ; frons rounded; antenne of male ciliated ;

mid tibie dilated with a fold containing a tuft of long hair and a

fringe of scales ; hind tibie with the outer spurs half the length

of inner. Fore wing of male very long and narrow, the outer

margin oblique, a strong costal fold on basal half; vein 3 from

before angle of cell; 4, 5 separate; 7 curved and approximated

to 8,9. Hind wing of male with the outer margin somewhat

excised from vein 3 to near anal angle, which is lobed; the cell

short; veins 3, 4, 5 from close to angle; 6,7 shortly stalked,

7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 147.

Paratalanta ussurialis, 8. 3.

Type. PARATALANTA USSURIALIS Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 68, pl. 6.

ales Siberia ; China; Japan.

Botys cultralis Staud. 8. E. Z. 1867, p. 108.

» labutonalis Led. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1871, pl. ii. f. 9.

» amurensis Rom. Mém. iii. p. 32.

Genus 148. APLECTROPUS.

Aplectropus Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 275.

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded; antenne ciliated; tibiz

without spurs. Fore wing with veins 3, 4,5 well separated at

origin; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with

veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing

with 8 to near apex.

Fig. 148.

~, ZS Yi

Aplectropus leucopis, . s

Type. tAPLECTROPUS LEUCOPIS Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 275, pl. 10.

£. 10. den.

252 SIR G, F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

Genus 149. Pyravsra.

Pyrausta Schrank, Faun. Boica, ii. 2, p. 163 (1802).

Syllythria Hiibn. Verz. p. 349 (1827).

Hematia Hiibn. Verz. p. 349.

Epicorsia Hiibn. Verz. p. 355.

Hapalia Hiibn. Verz. p. 355.

Anania Hibn. Verz. p. 360.

Ostrinia Hiibn. Verz. p. 360.

Hercyna Tr. Schwett. Eur. vii. p. 179 (1829).

Boreophila Guen. Dup. Cat. Méth. p. 195 (1831).

Nascia Curt. Brit. Ent. vi. p. 599 (1840).

Herbula Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 175 (1854).

Synchromia Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 288.

Enulea Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 357.

Sebunta, Wk. xxvii. p. 77 (1863).

Ennychia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, p. 255.

Algedonia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, p. 363.

Gyptitia Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1883, p. 138.

Eclipsiodes Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 343.

Paliga Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 350 (1885).

Opsibotys Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 474 (1890).

Sciorista Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 475 (1890).

Micractis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 294 (1892).

Glawconoé Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 296.

Anthocrypta Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 296.

Aplographe Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 301.

Diacme Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 389.

Niphograpta Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 390.

Cosmocreon Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 433.

Ebuleodes Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 112 (1896).

Placosaris Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 89.

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

maxillary palpi almost filiform; frons rounded; antenne about

three-fourths length of fore wing and ciliated; tibie with the

outer spurs short, the outer medial spur not more than two-thirds

Pyrausta coclesalis, $. }. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

length of inner. Fore wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of

cell; 7 nearly straight ; 10 sometimes anastomosing shortly with

8,9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from

upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 253

Szor. I. (Gyptitia). Antenne of male with a small tooth on inner

side of 3rd joint; hind wing with the bases of vein 1 ¢ and

median nervure fringed with long hair below.

(1)fPyravusta ocHRacnALIs WIk. xxxiv. 1446. Assam; Ceylon;

Burma; Java; Celebes.

Gyptitia gonialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1883, p. 138, pl. 8.

f. 9a, b.

TtHapalia denticulosa Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 337, pl. 183.

Srct. IT. Antennz of male with a tuft of hair on inner side

of basal joint; the base of shaft excised, flattened and

contorted.

(2)*PyRavusra TORRIDALIs Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 443. Assam.

Secor. III. Antennz of male normal.

A. Fore legs of male with thick tufts of fawn-coloured hair

from base of coxe and white hair from their extremities ;

mid legs with large tufts of black and white spatulate

hair from cox, the tibize clothed with rough hair.

(3)tPyRavsTa BAMBUCIVORA Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 224.

India ; Ceylon.

TNascia arenalis Hmpsn. Il]. Het. ix. p. 163, pl. 173. f. 29.

(4)7PyRaUsTA CITRINALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 302( 9).

N.W. Himalayas,

B. Hind tibiz of male with the outer medial spur minute.

a. Fore wing of male with large fovea below the cell.

(5) PYRAUSTA XANTHOTHYSANA, 0. sp.

Reddish brown with a cupreous tinge; palpi below, front of

pectus, and mid tibie and tarsi white, fore tibiee with white bands.

Fore wing with oblique sinuous dark antemedial line ; a speck in

eell and discocellular lunule; a highly dentate postmedial line

slightly bent outwards between veins 7 and 2, then retracted ;

a terminal series of black points; the cilia yellow. Hind wing

with minutely dentate postmedial line; a terminal series of points,

becoming a line towards tornus ; cilia yellow.

Hab. Sikhim. Exp. 36 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and

B.M.

b. (Placosaris). Fore wing of male with scale-fans below

median nervure on upper and under sides.

(6)tPrRausta LEUCULA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 89

Sangir,

254 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS (Feb. 21,

c. (Nascia). Fore wing of male without scale-fans.

(7) Pyrausta crutatis Hiibn. Schmett. Eur., Pyr. f. 119.

Europe ; Amur.

Botys venosalis Nolck. Nat. Ver. Riga, 1848, i. p. 283.

, virgata Reulti, Lep. Fri. 139.

Antigastra virgatalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 38.

(8)tPyRausra acuTELLa WIk. xxxy. 1753. U.S.A.

+Botys venalis Grote, Can. Ent. x. p. 24.

(9) Prrausta ruMALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 358. USA.

TScopula orasusalis W1k. xviii. 784.

+Botis badipennis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. i. p. 88, pl. 2. £. 12,

(10) Prravusra RUBELLALIS Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 577.

N.E. India; Burma.

Botys coactalis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 577.

(11)tPyravsta BistenaTa Butl. Ill. Het. vii. p. 98, pl. 135, f. 11.

N.W. Himalaya.

(12) Prravsta pauPELLALIs Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 469,

pl. 10. f. 6. India ; Ceylon.

(13) Pyravsra optiquata Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 224. India ;

Ceylon ; Burma.

- . nissoralis Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 145.

(14)*Pyravusta cynoatis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 221,

pL.et tit Mexico; Centr. Am.

(15)*Pyrausra smupiex Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 112.

Assam.

(16)*Pyrausra impunorata Warr. Noy. Zool. iv. p. 129. Natal.

(17)fPyRausTa COCLESALIS WI1k. xvi. 701. Japan ;

+Botys itemasalis Wk. xix. 996. Oriental region.

+ ,, strenualis Wik. xxxiv. 1409.

+ ,, interfusalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1443.

lentalis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 44.

lacrimalis Leech, Ent. xxii. p. 69, pl. iii. f. 12.

”

(18)tPyrausta acuTIDENTALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind.1v. p. 441 ( @ ).

Sikhim.

(19) Pyrausra FRAUDULENTALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi.

p- 474. Assam.

(20)tPyrausta BamBusaLis Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 222. N.E. India.

(21) Pyrausta pinrasaLis WIk. xviii. 649. China ;

N.W. Himalayas.

(22) Prravsra Fuscaris Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 121. Europe.

Puralis cineralis Fabr. Ent. Syst. no, 379.

Margaritia pulveralis Steph. Il. iv. p. 56.

i Jimbrialis Steph. Ill. iv. p. 56.

Pyralis julialis Schrank, Faun. Boica, p. 1712.

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN2, 255

(23) PyravsTa TERREALIS Tr. Schmett. Eur. vii. p. 110.

U.S.A.; Europe; Afghanistan.

Scopula borealis Curt. Brit. Ent. 175.

tBotys mysippusalis Wik. xviii. 564.

», Aumilalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 371, pl. 9.

(24)7Pyrausta AccoLALis Zell. S. E. Z. 1867, p. 190.

S.E. Europe.

(25) Pyrausra saAmBucaLis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 121. Europe.

(26) Pyravsra TERTIALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 364. U.S.A.

Botys plectilis Grote & Rob. Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. i. p. 20,

ple 2. £14:

» syringicola Pack. Rep. Mass. Board Agric. 1870.

(27)*PyRavsTA TRIUMPHALIS Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 47.

Bogota.

(28) Prrausra Luctuatis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 88. Europe; Amur;

Noctua unigutta Esp. iv. p. 104, pl. 183. ff. 1, 2. Japan.

tEnnychia diversa Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p- 585.

(29)tPyravsra surrusalis Warr. A. M.N.H. (6) ix. p. 438 (9).

apan.

C. Mid tibie of male immensely dilated with a fold and tuft

of hair ; hind tibiz with the outer medial spur one-third

length of inner.

(30) PyRaUsTA MELLINALIS Hiibn. Zutr. i. 24, 69. ff. 137, 138.

U.S.A.; W. Indies ; S. America

Botys cedipodalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 336.

+ ,, butyrosa Butl. P. Z.8. 1878, p. 493.

Eudioptis oratalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 158.

(31)TPyYRAaUSTA FLAVIDENSALIS Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889,

p- 287 (palpi broken). Brazil.

D. Mid tibie of male immensely dilated with a thick fringe

of large curved scales on inner side.

(82) PyravsTa vAaRIALIS Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 69, pl. vi. f. 9.

Siberia ; Japan.

TOpsibotys latipennis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 295 (1892).

E. Legs of male normal; the outer medial spur about one-half

length of inner.

a. (Crypsiptya). Thorax of male with a large fan of scales

at base of fore wing below.

(33)fPYRAUSTA CHADESALIS WIk. xviii. 639. W. & E. Africa.

256 SIR G. F, HAMPSUN—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(34)+Prratsta DEDUCTALIS WIk. xviii. 659 ; Hmpsn. India ;

Il. Het. ix. pl. 183. f. 8. Ceylon ; Malayan

Botys neridalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, subregion

p- 371, pl. 9. f. 7. to New Guinea.

, dusonialis Snell. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 578.

+Glauconoé fuscescens Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 297 (1892).

db. Thorax of male normal.

a’. Fore wing of male with a glandular swelling on costa

at two-thirds from base ; a hyaline fovea in end of

cell; vein 7 from well below upper angle, 6 from

below middle of discocellulars, the base of each

curved downwards and with elongate foveas above

them.

(35)fPYRaUSTA FOVIFERALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 439.

Burma.

b'. (Anthocrypta). Hind wing of male with a large patch

of androconia from below middle of cell to near

outer margin.

(36) PYRAUSTA SUBINQUINALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 362. Brazil.

c’. Wings of male normal.

(37)TPYRAUSTA PERELEGANS, n. sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 29.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen above purplish, the last tinged

with black; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen white ; wings

very pale hyaline yellow. Fore wing with the costa bright purple,

expanding to inner margin at base, slightly at middle, into a

truncate triangular discoidal patch with a yellow point on it, and

into an apical patch extending to vein 5 and bearing two yellow spots

and a fine terminal line ; a very indistinct dentate line from lower

edge of apical patch to vein 2 near cell and angled outwards above

vein 1; some purple points on termen. Hind wing with discoidal

point and irregularly waved postmedial indistinct fuscous line bent

outwards between veins 5 and 3; some purple points on termen.

Hab. Colombia; Peru. Hap. 28 mm.

(88) Pyrausta CINIFERALIS WI]k, xxxix. 1417. Ceylon ;

Burma; Borneo.

+Hapalia concolor Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 339, pl. 181. f. 3.

(39)tPyrausta sunriavaris Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 297

(1892). Madagascar.

(40)?PyRausTA ALBICERALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. iv.

p. 678. U.S.A.

(41)TPYRAUSTA ALLECTALIS Grote, Can. Ent. ix. p. 107. U.S.A.

Eurycreon perplewalis Fern. Can. Ent. xvii. p. 57.

(42)tPyRausta VacunaLis Grote, Can. Ent. xiii. p. 33. U.S.A.

(43) PyraUsTA RHIPHEUSALIS Wik. xviii. 710. Borneo; Solomons.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &.

257

(44) Pyravsta INCoLORALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. Syria ;

p. 333. W. &S. Africa ;

tBotys melonalis W1k. xviii. 702. Aden ; India ;

tSpilodes nitetesalis Wk. xviii. 773. Malayan subregion

TBotys albidalis Wk. xxxiv. 1411. to Australia.

», ruficostalis Led. Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1855, p. 217,

pl. 3. f. 4.

(45) Pyrausta REPANDALIS Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 120. Europe.

Pyralis pallidalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 115.

(46) PyravustTa PERLUCIDALIS Hiibn. Pyr. f. 143. Europe.

Botys commellalis Chrét. Le Nat. 1891, p. 99.

(47) Pyrausta perTextais Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p.

pl. g. f. 10: U.

Botis gentilis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soe. i. p. 173.

» thesealis Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1872, p. 514.

371,

S.A.

(48)tPyravsta Fissatis Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. vi.

p. 273. U.S.A.

(49) Pyravsra MopERaATALIs Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 25.

Japan.

(50)TPyRausTa ZGLEALIS WIk. xviii. 565. U.S.A.

TBotis quinquelinealis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. ii. p. 231,

(51)TPYRAUSTA THESTEALIS WIk. xviii. 733. U.S.A.

TBotis magistralis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. i. p. 178.

» gulosalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xii. p. 155.

(52)TPYRAUSTA THESEUSALIS WIk. xviii. 562. WR S28

TBotis feudalis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. ii. p. 21.

(53)+PYRAUSTA LANGDONALIS Grote, Can. Ent. ix.p.10. U.S.A.

(54) Pyrausta oxypauis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 328.

U.S.A.; Brazil.

(55) PyRavsta FLAVIDALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 329. U.S.A.

tBotys lacoalis Wk. xviii. 733.

t 4, cinctipedalis W1k. xxxiv. 1391.

(56) PYRAUSTA PUNCTIMARGINALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 438.

Sikhim.

(57) Pyravsta FLAVALIS Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 121. Europe.

Botys lutealis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 381, pl. 233. f. 1 (var.).

» citralis H.-S. iv. p. 28.

(58)fPYRAUSTA PROCILLUSALIS WIk. xviii. 641. S. Africa,

tBotys flavissimalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1402.

Proc, Zoon, Soc.—1899, No, XVII. 17

258 SIR G, F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [ Feb. 21

(59) Pyravsta TRINALIS Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 317. Europe ;

b flavalis v. tripunctalis Oberth. Bull. C. Asia.

Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vii. p. xcix.

(60)?PyRavusTA SIGNATALIS WIk, xxxiy. 1444, India ; Ceylon ;

Java.

(61)fPyRravsra GRACILIS Butl. Il. Het. ui. p. 74, pl. 59. f. 4.

Botys explicatalis Christ. Bull. Mosc. 1881, i. p. 16. Japan.

(62)PPYRAUSTA PHYLLISALIS W1]k. xix. 936. U.S.A.

(63) PYRAUSTA LIPARALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 195. Brazil.

Botys catonalis Wik. xix. 936.

(64)+Prrausta ELEALIS WIk. xvii. 351. U.S.A.

tBotys tedialis W1k. xviii. 732.

(65) PyravsTa ADIPALOIDES Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. i.

p- 27, pl. 2..f..19. U.S.A.

(66) Pyravusta mopsaLis WI1k. xviii. 594. Venezuela.

Botys mettiusalis W1k. xvii. 731.

(67)fPyRatsta ALBIGUTTALIS Warr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 289.

Brazil.

(68) Pyrausra ortoLaLis Guen. Delt: & Pyr. p. 196. Brazil.

Botys finitalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 335.

(69) Pyravsta BITERNALIS Mann. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1862, p. 185,

pl. 3. f..7. Armenia.

(70) TPyRAUSTA FUSCIMACULALIs Grote, Can. Ent. x. p. 25. U.S.A.

TBotys confovealis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 151.

(71)fPyRavsta SUBMEDIALIS Grote, Can. Ent. viii. p. 111. Canada;

TBotis dissectalis Grote, Can. Ent. xii. p. 36. U.S.A.

5 plats Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe, xiii. p. 151.

(72)TPYRAUSTA TRIMACULALIS Grote, Can. Ent, x. p. 24. U.S.A.

(73) Pyrausta PrapeTaLis Led. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1869, p. 90,

ji se ol Armenia; Centr. Asia,

(74) PyrausTA LUTULENTALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1858, p. 149.

f, 4, Syria.

(75)tPyravsta AuREA But]. A. M. N. H. (4) xvi. p. 414 (1875).

Natal.

(76)TPyRAUSTA FLAVICOLORALIS Grote, Can. Ent. x. p. 25. U.S.A.

(77)TPYRAUSTA THALESALIS W1k. xviii, 599. Honduras.

(78)*Pyravsra ILLUTALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 333. Brazil.

1899. | OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 259

(79) Pyrausta EXTRICALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 338. Canada;

+Pionea dionalis W\k. xviii. 758. U.S.A.

tSpilodes nisewecalis W1k. xviii. 771.

Botys intricatahs Led. Wien. Ent. Mon, 1863, p. 378, pl. 10.

£9.

T ., oppilalis Grote, Can. Ent. xii. p. 36.

(80)+Pyrrausta HELVALIS WIk. xviii. 757. U.S.A.

TBotis oscitalis Grote, Can. Ent. xii. p. 36.

» gyralis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 152.

(81)7Pyrausra sancuineaLis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 294

(1892). Japan.

(82) PyrausTa SALENTIALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 207, &

L883) plo 7ete1. Java; Celebes; Flores; Australia.

(83) Pyrausta FURNACALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 332. Australia,

(84)}Pyravusra DAMOALIS WI1k. xviii. 656. Japan; China ;

+ Botis scapulalis W1k. xviii. 657. Himalayas; Burma.

Hapalia dorswvittata Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 228, pl. 7. f. 18.

(85) Pyrausta nuBitatis Hiibn. Samml. Hur. Schmett., Pyr.

f. 94. Europe; W. Asia; Himalayas; Assam.

Pyralis silacealis Hiibn. Samm]. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 116.

» glabrals Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 380.

Botys zealis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 332.

Hapalia kasmirica Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 222, pl. 7. f. 28.

(86)+PyRavsra INDISTANS Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 223. Himalayas.

Botys callidoralis Oberth. Et. Ent. xv. p. 25, pl. iii. f. 30.

(87)¢PyRavsra GRISEIFUSA Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 153.

S. India.

(88)TPYRAUSTA OCCULTILINEA WIk. xxvii. 168. N.E. India;

Borneo.

(89) Pyravsra opumBRaATALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 372,

Bie oad. ie U.S.A.

(90) Pyrausra ropusta Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 222, pl. 7. £.27( 9).

Sikhim.

(91) Pyrausta MUSTELINALIs Pack. Ann. Lye. N.Y. x. p. 262.

+Botis catenulalis Grote, Can. Ent. ix. p. 105. WES AS

», monulaks Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 154.

(92) Pyrausta cLauDIUSALIS WIk. xviii. 629. U.S.A,

(93) Pyrausra sineuLaRnIs Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 376,

plei2ot 1. U.S.A.; Brazil.

(94);Pyravsta RUBIDALIS Dognin, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, xi.

p. 249 (1897). (1898, Plate L. fig. 30+.) Ecuador.

1 Named egcarsialis in the Explanation of the Plate.

1 fg

260 STR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(95)TPYRAUSTA GLAUCESCENS, N. sp.

3. Head and thorax reddish brown suffused with grey; abdomen

ochreous tinged with fuscous. Fore wing rufous suffused with

grey, especially on inner and apical areas ; the antemedial black

line very indistinct, strongly angled below the cell and with a

prominent spot on inner margin; a prominent white, discoidal

spot ; an obliquely curved postmedial series of black points on a

broad band of grey suffusion. Hind wing white, with subterminal

black points on veins 2 to 6, some brown suffusion on termen from

apex to vein 2.

Hab, Keuador. Exp. 34 mm.

(96) Pyravsra 1nLrBaLis Hiibn. Zutr. i. 19, 48. ff. 95, 96.

+Botys arsaltealis W1k. xvii. 564. Canada; U.S.A.

T 4, euphesalis Wik. xix. 1008.

+Sebunta guttulosa W1k. xxvii. 78.

Scoparia fascialis Wik. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) i. p. 127.

Botys subjectalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 374, pl. 10.

f. 13.

+ magniferalis Wik. Can. Nat. & Geol. vi. p. 41.

(97) Pyrausta 1nconcrinnaxis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 372,

pl.,10: f..2. U.S.A.

TBotis crocatalis Grote, Papilio, i. p. 167.

5 festalis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 153.

(98) Pyrausta FurmaLis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 372,

p10: 5.1. U.S.A.

tBotis erectalis Grote, Can. Ent. viii. p. 99.

(99) PyrausTaA FUMOFERALIS Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii.

p- 154. U.S.A.

(100) Pyravusta supsequaLis H.-S. Schmett. Eur. vi. p. 141,

f. 133. Armenia.

(101) Pyravsra asrnatis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 185. . Europe.

Botys characteralis Frr. vi. p. 67, f. 521.

(102) Pyrausra ER1opsaLis WIk. xix. 1006. Assam ; Borneo.

Glauconoé atrigenalis Warr. A. M. N. H.(6)xvii. p. 95 (1896),

(103)*Pyrausra curvaLis Leech, Ent. xxii. p. 68, pl. iii. f. 3.

Japan.

(104) Pyrausta virettinais Koll. Hiig. Kash. iv. p. 492.

Himalayas ; Burma.

Botys eatinctalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 467, pl. ix.

TAS:

(105)7Pyravusta usraLis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 138, Rs 155.

sf S. India,

(106) Pyrausra ProrusaLis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 95.

N.E, India ; Ceylon ; "Rarie

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINA, 261

(107) Pyrausta DIrrusaLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 340.

S. Europe ; Syria; N.W. India.

Botys affusalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 340.

» carnealis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 322, pl. 232. f. 4 (nec

», tenuialis Mann. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1862, p. 387, pl. 3.

£5:

(108)7Prravsta PHARISALIS W1k. xviii. p. 726. Australia,

(109)*PyrausTa MALEDICTALIS, n. n.

Pyrausta fuscalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 217

(preoce.). W. India.

(110)+Pyravsra cooruMBA Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 132, pl. 154.

eyibs, Assam ; S. India.

Ebulea anomalalis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 110.

111)+Pyravsta rincratis Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 132, pl. 154.

ce P Pp P

S. India.

(112)7Pyrausta PuRPURASCENS Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 162,

pl 172. £14. Ceylon.

(113)tPyravusra BenENorata Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 142.

N.E. India.

(114)*PyRausTa TRIPLAGALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii.

p- 114 (2). Assam.

(115)tPyRavusta NicRESCENS Moore, Lep. Atk, p. 221. Sikhim,

‘(116)*Pyrausta NicRITALIS Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. se

um a.

(117) Prravsra timpopuncraxis H.-S. iv. p. 115, f. 117.

S. Europe; W. &C. Asia.

Herbula sardinialis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 178, pl. 4. f. 5.

» congeneralis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 179.

Botys frustalis H.-S. N. Schmett. f. 144.

,, dissolutalis Staud. Hor. Ent. Ross. xv. p. 171 (var.).

(118) Pyravusra aEREALIS Hiibn. Pyr. f. 44.

Europe; W. & C. Asia.

Pyralis opacalis Hiibn. Pyr. ff. 169, 170.

Pyrausta suffusalis Tr. Schmett. Eur. vii. p. 68.

Scopula ablutalis Ey. F. V. & U. 461 (var.).

(119) Pyrausta suBonivanis Pack. Ann. Lyc. N. York, x.

p. 261. U.S.A.

Botys unifascialis Pack. Aun. Lyc. N. York, x. p. 261.

Botis hercynalis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. ii. p. 232.

obnigralis Hulst, Tr. Am, Ent. Soc. xi. p. 153.

2”

(120)7Pyravsta canorincraLis Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 431.

N.W. Himalayas.

262 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(121) Pyravsta torvatis Méschl. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1864, p. 198,

pl. 5. f. 16. Labrador.

+Scoparia gelida McLachl. Journ. Linn. Soc. xiv. p. 115.

(122) Pyrausta murinauis F. R. p. 276, pl. 92. f. 3. Europe.

(123) Pyrausra ausrriacazis H.-S. vi. p. 141, f. 142. Europe.

Scopula donzelalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 392, pl. 6. f. 12.

Botys sororialis Heyd. Jahrb. Graub. 1860, & S. E. Z. 1862

(var.).

,, mitidalis, Heinem, Schmett. Deutschl. p. 83 (var.).

(124) PyRausta ULIGINOSALIS Steph. Cat. 166. Europe.

Botys monticolalis Lah. Pyr. 26.

(125) Pyravsra auprnatis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 123. Europe.

(126)*Pyrausra DEviALIS Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 135. f. 21. Bogota.

(127) PrrausTa RHODODENDRALIS Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 363,

pl. 235. f. 5. Europe.

Tortriv sulphurana Hiibn. 162.

(128) Pyrausra ropinatis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 369,

pl. 8. £. 9. U.S.A.

+Botis socialis Grote, Can. Ent. ix. 107.

(129) Pyrausra sumiruBRaLis Pack. Ann. N. Yo Lyerx. (187s)

p- 263. USA.

(130) Pyrausra PERRUBRALIS Pack. Ann. N. Y. Lye. x. p. 266.

U.S.A.

(181)?PyRAUSTA POSTRUBRALIS, n- sp.

Head and thorax bright yellow ; palpi brownish, white at base ;

frons and shoulders pink ; abdomen yellowish white. Fore wing

bright yellow; a pink fascia below basal half of costa; a pink

antemedial line angled below cell, then obsolescent ; a large pink

discoidal spot extending to costa and connected at lower end with

the broad oblique piak postmedial band, which is angled inwards

to costa on inner side and extends to apex on outer. Hind wing

yellowish white ; a subterminal fuscous band from costa to vein 2,

towards which it becomes pinkish.

Hab. Mexico, Arizona (Schaus). Hep. 24 mm.

(132)*PYRAUSTA PERFULVALIS, 0. sp.

9. Bright fulvous; palpi white below; abdomen with slight

fuscous segmental lines. Fore wing slightly irrorated with fuscous;

an antemedial black line angled on median nervure, then incurved ;

a discocellular lunule ; the postmedial line excurved between veins

5 and 2, then retracted to angle of cell and strongly excurved

again. Hind wing with discoidal spot; the postmedial line bent

outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to angle of cell

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN A. 263

and oblique to tornus ; both wings with terminal series of black

strie ; the cilia fuscous at base, whitish at tips.

Hab. Queensland, Dawson district (Barnard). Hap. 20 mm.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(133)PPYRAUSTA ACHAUSALIS WIk, xix. 1007. Australia.

(134) Pyrausra paLustRALis Hibn. Pyr. ff. 129, 130.

Noctua carneola Esper, pl. 69. f. 8. S.E. Europe.

(135)7PYRAUSTA MEMNIALIS WIk. xix. 1010. Japan ; China.

(136)TPyRaUsTA MACH@RALIS W1k. xix. 1013. Formosa; India;

Ceylon; Burma; Java; Australia.

TScopula damastesalis W1k. xix. 1018; Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix.

pl iva.d. 18:

Botys egenalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 18638, p. 372, pl. 10.

T 4 suavalis W1k. xxxiv. 1448.

tAsopia rufipicta Butl. P. Z. 8S. 1880, p. 682.

tHbulea fimbriata Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iu. p. 346.

Paliga rubicundalis, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 96.

» Juscicostalis Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 146.

(187)7Prravsta cebaTatis Wk. xvi. 657. Formosa; Ceylon;

Burma; Malayan subregion.

Botys rheccusalis W1k. xix. 1000.

», subcrocealis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 208.

(188) Pyrausta FERRIFUsSALIS Hmpsn. Il]. Het. ix. p. 164, pl. 172.

f. 13. Ceylon; Burma.

(189) Pyrausra mxrincraLis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 20.

Siberia; Burma.

(139 a) Prrausra HyaLopiscaLis Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 471.

Assaie

(140)+PyRAUSTA LITHOSIALIS, n. sp.

Q. Palpi orange, black at tips; frons and antenne black,

vertex of head orange; thorax grey, tegule with black band,

shoulders and metathorax behind orange ; legs orange and fuscous ;

abdomen orange, with fuscous ventral spots. Fore wing grey ; an

orange fascia on costal area; the basal half of costa black; the

inner margin and termen orange. Hind wing orange; a large

apical patch, a wedge-shaped terminal patch on vein 2, and the

inner area blackish.

Hab. Natal, Northdene. Zap, 24 mm.

(141) Pyrausra ruBRITINcTALIs Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi.

eels Assam.

Syllythria metallica Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 107.

(142) Pyravusta CrvoRALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 471.

Assan:,

264 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(143) PrravsTa CARDINALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 188, pl. 7. f. 6.

W. Indies; Brazil.

Synchromia coccinealis W1k. xxxiv. 1292.

Botys carnifex Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 36.

(144)*Pyravsra MUSTELALIS WIk. xix. 924. Borneo.

(145) Pygausra PH@NICEALIS Hiibn. Verz. p. 348. Nearctic,

Neotropical, Ethiopian, Oriental, & Australian regions.

tRhodaria flegialis W1k. xvii. 316.

he hie panopealis Wik. xvii. 318.

tBotys cecilialis W1k. xviii. 581.

Rhodaria probalis W1k. xix. 923.

at iss ocellusalis W1k. xix. 923.

17 ORE noravalis Wik. xix, 926.

capa es catenalis W1k. xxxiv. 1282.

+t 4 juncturalis Wik. xxxiv. 1283.

s concatenalis W\k. xxxiv. 1284.

Myriostephes heiamma Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 448.

(146) Pyravsra insienrratis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 173.

U.S.A.; W. Indies; S. Amer.

TBotys eratalis W1k. xviii. 578.

Tt 4, onythesalis W1k. xviii. 734.

yAsopia largalis W1k. xix. 938.

TScopula ordinaialis Wik. xxxiv. 1465.

(147) Pyrausra trycratis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon, 1863, p. 371,

pl. 9. £. 5. Brazil.

(148)rPrravsta acRIoNALIS WIk. xix. 925. U.S.A.

tRhodaria acuphisalis Wik. xix. 926.

Botys proceralis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 367.

» haruspica Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. i. p. 19,

pl. 2. f. 14.

+ Pyrausta sumptuosalis Wik. xxxiv. 1281.

tBotys rufifimbrialis Grote, Can. Ent. xiii. p. 34.

(149)tPyRavsTA PYROCAUSTA, n. sp.

Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous brown; palpi white at base.

Fore wing yellow, suffused with fulvous brown; an antemedial

sinuous black line bent outwards below the cell; a point in cell

and pair of discoidal points; the postmedial line excurved and

minutely dentate between veins 5 and 2, below which it is angled

inwards; a subterminal oblique diffused line and terminal series

of points. Hind wing orange-yellow, with postmedial black line

oblique from costa to vein 2, where it is angled; a terminal fuscous

band narrowing from costa to a point near tornus; a terminal

series of black points.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the oblique subterminal band much more

prominent, defined on inner side by clear yellow and on outer side

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE, 265

diffused nearly to termen ; hind wing with the costal and inner

areas fuscous.

Hab. Brazil: Sio Paulo, Parana (Jones). Eup, 20 mm.

(150) Pyravusra ruBRICcALIS Hiibn. Pyr. f. 106. US.

Botys similalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. vii. p. 367.

tRhodaria nescalis Wik. xvii. p. 315.

Botis californicalis Pack. Ann. N. Y. Lye. 1873, p. 260.

(151)?Pyravsra IniTHucIALIS WIk. xvii. 324. S. America.

(152)*Pyrausta PRocHYTALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 208, pl. 60. f. 24. Guatemala.

(153) Pyrausta CHILIALIS Feld.‘Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 30. Chili.

(154)7Pyrausra PURPURARIA Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 52.

Chili.

(155) Pyrausra BornaALIS Pack. Labr. xi. p. 50. Canada; U.S.A.

TBotys matronalis Grote, Bull. Butt. Soc. N. Sci. ii. p. 231.

(156)7PyRavUsra SUBMARGINALIS W1k. xxxiv. 1288.

Hab. Unknown.

(157) Pyrausra suBsEquaLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 177, pl. 8. f. 3.

Herbula insequalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 447. U.S.A.

tIsopteryx madetisalis Wik. xix. 946,

tHerbula repletas Wik. xxxiv. 1285.

ail cae efficitalis Wk. xxxiv. 1287.

(158) Pyrausta orFuMALIS Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 150.

U.S.A.

(159)?Pyrausta ComMIxTaLIs W1k. xxxiv. 1459.

+Crambus indotatellus Wik. xxxv. 1752. U.S.A. ; Finland.

' Botys septentrionalis Tengstr. Cat. p. 358.

Eurycreon cereralis Zell. Verh, z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1872, p.517.

(160) Pyrausta mManvauis Hiibn. Pyr. ff. 195-197. 8. Europe;

W. Asia; Siberia.

var. furvalis Ey. Bull. Mose. 1842, p. 561.

(161) Pyravusta cesprranis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 123.

Palearctic region; N. India; Burma.

Tortrix zonana Schiff. Icones, pl. 262. ff. 4, 5.

Tinea vestianella Clerck, Icones, pl. i. f. 11.

Pyralis sordidalis Hiibn. Pyr. pl. 7. f. 40.

Pyrausta intermediahs Dup. Lep. Fr. p. 350, pl. 234. ff. 1, 2.

Botys despicata Scop. Ent. Carn. no. 579.

tHerbula picarialis Wik. xxxiv. 1287.

Botys tendinosalis Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 99, pl. 8. £. 10.

(162) Pyrausta @ENnEROSA Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. i.

p- 20; plic2..£. 10, U.S.A,

” 29

266 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(163)+PyRavsTa FLAVOFASCIALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. vi.

p. 577. U.S.A.

(164) Pyravsra mEssa Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 206,

pl. 60. f. 20. Guatemala.

(165)+PyravsTa RUBRIVENA Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 176

(1892.), Madagascar.

(166) Pyravsra sancurnaris Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. no. 339,

Europe; W. Asia; Siberia; N.W. Himalayas.

Rhodaria hematalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 178 (var.).

auroralis Zell. Isis, 1847, p. 645 (var.).

¥ virginalis Dup. Lép. Fr. vii. p. 216, pl. 224. £.3.

Ebulea simplicealis Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 71, pl. 6. f. 13.

(167) Pyrausra TITHONIALIS Zell, Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1872,

p- 504, pl. 3.f. 15. Siberia.

Botys dotatalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 12.

”

(168) Pyrausra PELLIcALIs Stgr. Hor. Ent. Ross. vii. p. 189.

Spain.

(169) Pyravsta casraris Tr. Schm. Eur. vii. p. 164. 8. Europe.

(170) Prravsra LaricLaAviaA Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. i.

p- 17, pl. 2. f. 12. U.S.A.

Botis cinerosa Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. i. p. 17, pl. 2.

f. 13 (var.).

(171) Pyrravsta tyratis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 169. U.S.A.

- 3 erosnealis W\k. xvii. 311.

Botis diffissa Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. i. p. 19.

» bellulalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 149.

(172)*Pyravsta satvia Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 207,

pl. 60. f. 22. Mexico.

(173)7PyRAUSTA SIGNATALIS Wik. xxxiv. 1282. U.S.A.

Botis virulenta Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. 1. p. 17.

(174) Pyratsra roeanis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 371,

pl. 8. f. 18. Cuba; Ecuador.

(175)TPyravsra acaTHatis W]k. xvii. 318. Venezuela,

(176)TPYRAUSTA VOLUPIALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. iii.

p- 799. U.S.A.

(177)TPYRAUSTA ANGUSTALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. vi.

p- 273. U.S.A.

(178)*PyRaUsTA ROSA Druce, Biol. Centr-Am., Het. ii. p. 206,

pl. 60. f. 19. Mexico.

(179)TPYRAUSTA SUBNICALIS Warr. A. M. N: H, (6) ix. pode

(1892). U.S.A.

(180)tPyRavsTA ATROPURPURALIS Grote, Can. Ent. x. U.S.A,

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 267

(181)+Pyrausta LuraaLis Grote, Can. Ent. xiii. p. 33. U.S.A.

(182)?Pyravsra NICALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv.iv. U.S.A.

p- 671.

Botis uxorculalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 153.

(183)7PyRausta coccinea Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 176

(1892). U.S. AL

(184) Pyrausra porPHyratis Schiff. S. U. p. 317. S. Europe.

Pyralis coccinalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 37.

Pyrausta chionealis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 164, pl. 3. f. 4.

(185)TPrRausta oRPHISALIS WIK. xvii. 310. U.S.A.

(186)*Pyrausta Rananis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. £. 6. Bogota.

(187) Pyrausta FALCATALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 167.

S. Europe.

is pheniceals F. R. p. 278, pl. 93. £. 2 (preoce.).

(188)*PykaustTa RHEALIS Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p- 207,

pl. 60. f£. 23. Guatemala.

(189) Pyrausta purPuRALIs Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. i. p. 883.

Botys inflammata Scop. Ent. Carn. 564. Europe.

Pyralis punicealis Hiibn. Pyr, £. 34.

», ostrinalis Hubn. Pyr. f. 113,

» mestalis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 226, pl. 224.

» chermesinalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 167 (var.).

(190) Pyrausta auravA Scop. Ent. Carn. no. 565. Europe ;

Syria; Persia; Afghanistan.

Pyralis puncealis Schiff. W. V. p. 317.

», porphyralis Hiibu. Pyr. tf. 36.

(191)TPYRAUSTA TRIZONALIS, n. sp.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen black, mixed with ochreous

scales ; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous. Fore

wing blackish tinged with red; a diffused orange antemedial band ;

a spot in end of cell; a broad diffused orange postmedial band

crossed below costa by the dark postmedial line, which is excurved

between veins 6and 2; an ill-defined subterminal orange band and

spot above tornus. Hind wing black, with orange subbasal patch

below the cell; orange medial and subterminal bands not reaching

costa, the former angled at middle, the latter expanding into a

patch below costa and obsolescent towards tornus. Underside of

fore wing black, with the orange markings much more sharply

defined.

Q. Fore wing suffused with rufous, the orange and_ black

markings all blurred and ill-defined.

Hab. Mexico: Cordoba, Orizaba (Schaus). Hap.16mm. Type

3 in Coll. Schaus.

268 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(192)+PyRAUSTA PH HOPH@NICA, 0. sp.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen black, mixed with ochreous and

dark purple-red scales; abdomen suffused with red on dorsum and

with pale segmental lines. Fore wing dark purple-red, irrorated

with yellow and greyish scales; indistinct waved subbasal and

antemedial yellow lines; a yellow spot in end of cell; a sinuous

postmedial line strongly excurved between veins 5 and 2; a

subterminal line represented by marks below apex and above tornus.

Hind wing black-brown, with yellow spot below middle of cell; a

postmedial band between veins 5 and 2; subterminal spots below

veins 6 and 2, and a spot on inner margin above tornus. Under-

side with much more developed greyish-yellow markings.

Hab, Brazil, Castro Parana (Jones). Hep. 14 mm.

193)*PYRAUSTA LATINIGRALIS, n. sp.

@. Head and thorax black ; palpi orange below; vertex of head

with some orange scales; legs orange, fore legs with black on

femora and tibie ; abdomen orange, with slight lateral segmental

black marks and some black on terminal segment. Fore wing

black, with orange antemedial band expanding at middle; a spot

in end of cell; the postmedial line excurved between veins 5 and 2,

then retracted to angie of cell, defined by an orange band from

costa to vein 5, a line from vein 5 to 3, and an orange patch below

cell; cilia orange at apex and tornus. Hind wing orange; an

oblique antemedial black line; the postmedial line bent outwards

between veins 5 and 2, then oblique to tornus; the terminal area

black with sinuous inner edge, wide at costa and narrowing to

tornus.

Hab, Niger, Warri (Roth). Hap. 20 mm. Type in Coll.

Rothschild.

(194) Pyravsta nrEPoLDALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 18638, p. 46,

pl6.4..6. Silesia.

(195) PyRavsra TRIMACULALIS Ster. S. E. Z. 1867, p. 109.

Greece; Armenia.

(195a)}PYRAUSTA TETRAPLAGALIS, n. sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 25.)

3d. Head orange, antennex and tufts above eyes blackish ; thorax

orange, with two black stripes; abdomen orange, with dorsal series

of blackish marks. Fore wing black, with orange subbasal band ;

a medial triangular spot on costa; a round patch on inner area just

beyond middle; an elliptical subterminal patch extending from

costa to vein 2. Hind wing black, the basal area orange ; a broad

postmedial band narrowing somewhat on inner area.

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall). Ewp. 16 mm.

(196) Pyravsra stkkiMa Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 207.

Himalayas; Andamans.

+ i maculata Butl. Il. Het. vii. p. 93, pl. 134. f. 16.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 269

(197)*PYRAUSTA AURANTIFASCIALIS Himpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 429.

Burma.

(198)?Pyravsra cHrysiTIs Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 584.

Japan.

(199)tPyravsra unipuncTaTa But]. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 584.

Japan.

(200)tPrravsta LimBata Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 73, pl. 58. f. 13.

Japan.

(201) PyravsTa SILHETALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 166. C. Asia;

Himalayas ; Assam,

Botys pangialis Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 134. f. 25.

Pyrausta cuprealis Moore, A. M. N. H. (5) i. p. 285 (1878) ;

and 2nd Yarkand Mission, pl. i. f. 26.

(202) Pyravsta oBFUSCATA Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 232. 8S. Europe.

a pygmealis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 225, pl. 224.

Panis

6 fucatalis Tr. Schmett. Eur. x. 3, p. 36.

a atrosanguinalis Ev. F. & U. p. 471.

(203) Pyrausra aconTraxis Ster. 8. E. Z. 1859, p. 221.

S. Europe ; Armenia.

ss 5 var. senicalis Ster. 8S. E. Z. 1859,

p. 221.

(204)tPYRAUSTA NIVEICILIALIS Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. ii. p. 232.

U.S.A.

(205) PYRAUSTA PEREGRINALIS Ey. Bull. Mose. 1852, p, 164.

Botys linuitalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 14. Siberia.

(206)tPyrausta MARGINALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1459. USlAs

TBotis stenopteralis Grote, Can. Ent. x. p. 26.

(207) Pyrausra FASCIALIS Hiibn. Pyr.f.31. 8. Europe; W. Asia.

(208) Pyrausra NIgRATA Scop. Ent. Carn. 580. Europe.

Pyralis anguinalis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 32.

» fascialis Schr. Faun. Boic. p. 65,

Type. (209) Pyravusra cineunata Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 259. Europe.

Botys ethiopata Scop. Ent. Carn. 581.

Ennychia fascialis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 247, pl. 226. f. 3.

(210) Pyratsra aLBorascranis Tr. Schmett. Eur. vii. p. 196.

S. Europe.

Ennychia minutalis Speyer, 8. E. Z. 1868, p. 111.

(211)7Pyravsta aRaBica Butl. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 500. Arabia.

(212)Pyrausta ComMoRTALIS Grote, Can. Ent. xiii. p. 233.

UrSeA.

(213)tPyrausta versicolor Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 175

(1892). U.S.A.

(214) Pyravsta nieratis Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 421. Europe.

270

SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [{Feb. 21,

(215) Pyrausta NycTEMpRALIS Hibn. Pyr. f. 148. Europe.

Hercyna intricalis Ev. Bull. Mose. 1854, ii. p. 193,

(216) Pyrausra unrmacuLa Grote & Rob. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. i.

p- 14, pl. 2. f. 8. US.A.

(217)+PYRAUSTA ASTRIFERA Butl. Ill. Het. i. p. 73, pl. 58. f. 14.

Japan

(218)+Pyravsra asstMILis Butl. Ill. Het. iii. p. 73, pl. 58. f. 12.

Japan.

(219)*Pyravsta GLOMERALIS Wk. xvii. 330. U.S.A.

(220) Pyrausta ocromacunata Linn. Mant. 540. Europe ;

Phalena atralis Fabr. Ent. Syst. 422. W. Asia.

Pyralis guttulalis Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 124.

Noctua triguita Esp. iv. p. 84, pl. 163. f. 4.

Auctorum.

Botys perpendiculalis Dup. Lép. Fr. vii. p. 324, pl. 232. f. 5.

ch)

S. France.

appositalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1858, p. 148, pl. 7.

Syria.

crudalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 372, pl. 10. 5.

Syria.

sawatilis Staud., Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 450.

Europe.

fimbriatalis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 352, pl. 234. f. 3.

S.E. Europe ; Armenia.

designatalis Chr., Rom. Mém. iii. p. 28, pl. u. f. 3.

W. Asia.

amasialis Staud. W. Asia.

=trinalis yar. pontica Rom. Mém. i. p. 146, pl. 7. f. 12.

vastalis Chr., Rom. Mém. iii. p. 33, pl. 11. f.5. W. Asia.

concoloralis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1857, p. 100. — Syria.

Buryereon scalaralis Chr. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 275, pl. 7. £. 46.

W. Asia.

Botys consortalis H.-S. vi. p. 142, ff. 180, 181. Spain.

Pyralis scutalis Hiibn. Pyr. £. 156. S. Europe.

Botys vittalis Lah. Nouv. Mém. Soe. Helv. Sci. Nat. p. 33.

Switzerland.

,, deceptalis Lah. Nouv. Mém. Soc. Helv. Sci. Nat. p. 37.

Switzerland.

auralis Peyerimh. Pet. Nouv. 1872, p. 252. ? Alsace,

pauperalis Staud. Hor. Ent. Ross. xv. p. 173. | Armenia.

retowskyi Moschl. 8. EB. Z. xlix. p. 128. Crimea.

gutiuralis Staud. Hor. Ent. Ross. xv. p.175. | Magnesia.

dorcalis Rom. Mém. v. p. 230, pl. xi. £. 7. Teneriffe.

Pyrausta dorsipunctalis Rebel, Ann. Hofmus. Wien, vii. p. 245,

Canaries.

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN &. 271

Botys maderensis Beth. Baker, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 584.

Madeira.

», atlanticum Beth. Baker, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 584.

Madeira.

» murcials Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. xxiii. Spain.

Pyrausta cuprinalis Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. ae

yria.

Botys sedakovialis Ey. Bull. Mose. 1852, p. 165. E. Siberia.

Eurycreon eversmannt Stgr. Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., Lep. v. pl. iii.

f. 21, & vi. p. 80. Central Asia.

Botys tesserulalis Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. x. p. 44. -N. Persia.

» jfibulalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 9. Amur.

», solemnalis Christ. Bull. Mosc. lvi. (1) p. 10. Amur.

» pullatalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 12. Amur.

», ¢lausalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 18. Amur.

» durithoracalis Chr., Rom. Mém. ii. p. 145, pl. vii. f. 11.

Achal Tekke.

Hercyna nanalis Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xxii. p. 310. ©. Asia.

Botys greseri Staud. Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., Lep. v. p. 384, pl. iii.

. 24,

f Siberia.

Herpetogramma expictalis Christ. Bull. Mose. lvi. (1) p. 36.

Amur.

Botys ochreocapitalis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p. 165. Amur.

» caliginosalis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p.166. Amur.

Samea geographicalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 197. E. Indies.

» continentalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 197. E. Indies.

Botys lincolalis Motsch. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. xxxix. i. p. 198.

Japan.

Pyrausta thibetalis Oberth. Et. Ent. xi. p. 35, pl. ii. £. 6. Tibet.

» brett Oberth. Et. Ent. xi. p. 35, pl. ii. £. 10. Tibet.

Ennychia menialis Oberth. Et. Ent. xix. p. 37, pl. vi. £. 55.

Tibet.

Botys velatahs Snell. Midd.-Sum. iy. (1) 8, p. 63. Sumatra.

» omicronalis Snell. Midd.-Sum. iv. (1) 8, p. 63. Sumatra.

» amboinalis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxvii. p. 268, pl. vi. f. 2.

Amboina.

» gquinquemaculalis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxviii. p. 54. Nias.

» murinalis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxviii. p. 55, Nias.

» jlavoviolalis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxviii. p. 56. Nias.

» catasemalis Rober, Tijd. Ent. xxxiv. p. 333, & xxxv. pl. 6.

‘ingot Ké I,

» tctericalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 119. Java.

»» fuscocialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 122. Java.

» juscinervalis Snell. Tijd. y. Ent. xxxviii. p. 123. Java.

» epitrota Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 231. Australia.

Pyrausta straminea Lucas, P. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. (2) vii. p. 263.

Queensland.

» violacea Lucas, P. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. (2) vii. p. 263.

Queensland.

», nerialis Boisd. Faun. Mad. p. 119. Mauritius.

SIR G. F. HAMPSON— REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

Pyrausta minutalis Mab. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. (5) ix. p. 339.

Madagascar.

», monotretalis Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) ix. p. 339.

Madagascar.

», acosmialis Mab. Bull. Soe. Philom. (7) iii. p. 144.

Madagascar.

Botys bifenestralis Mab. C.R. Ent. Belge, xxiii. p. xxv.

Madagascar.

stenopalis Mab. C.R. Ent. Belge, xxiii. p. xxv.

Madagascar.

vinilialis Mab. C.R. Ent. Belge, xxiii. p. xxv. Madagascar.

chrysotalis Mab. C.R. Ent. Belge, xxiil. p. eviii.

Madagascar.

prasinalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 301.

Madagascar.

distinctalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 302.

Madagascar.

ferruginalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 302.

Madagascar.

carnosalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 302.

Madagascar.

gravitalis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 303.

Madagascar.

ochracealis Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 303.

Madagascar.

posticalis Saalm. Ber. Senck, Ges. 1879-80, p. 304.

Madagascar.

holowanthalis Mab. C.R. Ent. Belge, xxv. p. ]xii.

Madagascar.

adsocialis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 41. S. Africa.

Rhodaria cinnamomealis W Igrn. W. E. M. 1860, p. 175.

S. Africa.

Botys lacunalis Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 42. S. Africa.

» approximalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 360. W. Africa.

» interficalis Wik. Tr. N. H. Soc. Glasg. i. p. 370. Congo.

» aburalis Plitz, 8. E. Z. xl. p. 304. W. Africa.

» mungalis Plétz, 8. E. Z. xli. p. 304. W. Africa.

» 5utleri Dewitz, Verh. L.-C. Ac. xlu. p. 87, pl. i. f. 13.

Guinea.

» sordidalis Dewitz, Verh, L.-C. Ac. xii. p. 88, pl. ii. f. 11.

Lagos.

» fumarialis Dewitz, Verh. L.-C. Ac. xlii. p. 88, pl. iii. f. 19.

Guinea.

trigonalis Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) x. p. 51. W. Africa.

Prorasea lepidalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 146. U.S.A.

Eurycreon aureolalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 156.

U.S.A.

Botys venalalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p.151.° U.S.A.

”

labeculalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii, p. 152. U.S.A.

succandidalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p, 153, U.S.A,

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN £, 273

Botys thallophilalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 154.

U.S.A.

»» oblectalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 154. U.S.A.

», abdominalis Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxii. p.515. U.S.A.

», penitals Grote, Can. Ent. viii. p. 98. U.S.A.

» toralis Grote, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. vi. pp. 167, 178.

U.S.A.

» radiosalis Moachl. 8. E. Z. xliv. p. 123. Labrador.

» tmornatalis Fern. Can. Ent. xvii. p. 57. Florida.

Orobena castanealis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 157.

U.S.A.

Botys roseipennalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p- 148.

», nexalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 150. U.S.A.

gracilalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Fnt. Soc. xiii. p. 151. —- U.S.A.

hedulalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 152. U.S.A.

octosignahs Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 153. U.S.A.

seurralis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 155, U.S.A.

”

», nelumbialis Smith, Ent. Am. vi. p. 88. U.S.A.

», magdalena Fern. Can. Ent. xxiv. p. 122. Florida.

» nigralis Fern. Can. Ent. xxiv. p. 178. Florida.

» polygamalis Snell. Tijd. vy. Ent. 1875, p. 195, pl. ii. ff. 5, 6.

Jamaica.

Eurycreon collucidalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 290.

Porto Rico.

Botys insularis Grote & Rob. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. i. p. 24,

pl. 2. f. 24. Cuba.

» acutangulalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 200, pl. xi. f. 11.

W. Indies.

claudialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 204, pl. xi. f. 14.

W. Indies.

samealis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 205, pl. xi. f. 15.

W. Indies.

variegals Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 207, pl. xii. ff. 1, 2.

W. Indies.

aulicalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 75. Jamaica.

villicalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p.76. Jamaica.

matronulalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 76.

Jamaica.

meropialis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 77. Jamaica.

», janiralis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 78. Jamaica.

» occidentalis Saell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxx. p. 57, pl. 5. ff. 2, 2a.

Curacoa.

ettrinalis, Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 282. P. Rico.

oculatalis, Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 282. P. Rico.

pertentalis, Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 284, f. 7.

P. Rico.

albifrontalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 284. P. Riec

prineipaloides Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 285.

P. Rico.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XVIII. 18

274 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS (Feb. 21,

Botys placendalis Mésch]. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 285. P. Rico.

visendalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 285. P. Rico.

intricatalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 286. P. Rico.

evincalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 287. —P. Rico.

concinnalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 287. P. Rico.

fortificalis Misch]. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 288. P. Rico.

secernalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 288. P. Rico.

flammeolalis Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 289.

P. Rico.

pantoppidani Hedemann, Stettin. Ent. Zeit. lv. p. 284.

St. Croix.

flavaginalis Hedemann, Stettin, Ent. Zeit. lv. p. 285.

St. Croix.

Syllythria conradti Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ti. p. 207,

pl. 60. f. 21. Guatemala,

Botys lautalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 370, pl. 8. f. 13.

Colombia.

, eoidalis Feld. Reis. Nov. p]. 135. f. 14. Bogota,

5 vicarialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 194, pi. xi. f. 4.

Bogota.

, communalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 196, pl. xi. f. 7.

Bogota.

Eurycreon ornamentalis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 418,

pl. xviii. f. 28. Surinam.

Botys glutalis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 420, pl. xviii.

f. 31. Surinam.

55 patronalis Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 421, pl. xviii.

f. 31. Surinam.

»» luciferalis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 422, pl. xviii.

f. 32. Surinam,

5, delavalis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 422, pl. xviii.

f. 33. Surinam.

5, percludalis Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 422.

Surinam.

5, dolosalis Méschl, Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 423.

Surinam.

5, metricalis Mésehl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 423.

Surinam.

flexalis Méschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 424. Surinam.

terricolalis Méschl. Verh, z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 424.

Surinam.

», tenuialis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 425, pl. xviii.

f. 34. Surinam.

Phalena surinamensis Sepp, Surinam, ii. 137, pl. 65. Surinam.

stigmatalis Sepp, Surinam, i. 257, pl. 107. Surinam.

5» jatrophalis Sepp, Surinam, ii, 131, pl. 62. Surinam.

Botys suavidalis Berg, 8S. EH. Z. xxxvii. p. 346, Brazil.

perlulis Maasen, Stubel’s Reise, p. 169, f. 23. Ecuador.

be)

ied

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN Z. 275

Genus 150. ScrLiopEs.

Sceliodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 400 (1856).

Daraba Wik. xvii. 385 (1859).

Gretria Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 206.

Palpi porrect, straight, about two and a half times length of head,

the 2nd joint fringed with long hair below, the 3rd naked ;

maxillary palpi filiform; frons with large conical prominence ;

antenne ciliated. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex some-

what produced and acute; veins 3, 4, 5 separate; 7 straight and

well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with the apex produced ;

veins 3, 4,5 separate; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Sceliodes cordalis, G. }.

Type. (1) ScrtriopEs corpaLIs Doubl. in Dieff. Celebes; Australia ;

N. Zeal. i. 288. N. Zealand.

i mucidalis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 400.

+Daraba extensalis Wik. xxxiv. 1311.

Eretria obsistalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. 1880, p. 206, & 1883, pl. 6.

feb:

(2)tScELIODES LaIsaLIs WIk. xvii. 382. Arabia; S, Africa,

tDaraba tdmonealis W1k. xvii. 385.

Genus 151. THELCTERIA.

Thelcterta Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 350.

Eustixia Hiibn. Zutr. i. 24. 164 (1824), non deser,

Palpi porrect and straight, the 2nd joint moderately scaled, the

Theleteria pupula, 3. 3.

3rd naked; maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons with a

18*

‘276 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

conical prominence; antenne of male ciliated; tibie with the

outer spurs half the length of inner. Fore wing with vein 3 from

near angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 straight and well separated

from 8, 9; 10 well separated. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 well

separated at origin; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Type. (1) THrioteria pupuLA Hiibn. Zutr. i. 24. 164, ff. 327, 328.

U.S.A.; Brazil.

(2)}THELCTERIA ocronaLis Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ver. Wien, 1873,

po elt pl. Bat. i U.S.A.

tBotys seemaculalis Grote, Can. Ent. viii. p. 98.

(3)fTHELCTERIA DICHOCROSIALIS, N. Sp.

Q. Orange; fore tibiz with black band; abdomen with paired

dorsal black spots on 1st and 4th segments, the terminal segment

black. Fore wing with black spot at base of inner margin ;

an oblique black antemedial line ; a postmedial straight line from

costa to vein 5 ; a spot below middle of vein 2, a speck below it above

inner margin and one beyond it above vein 1; subterminal spots

above veins 4 and 7. Hind wing with large spot beyond the cell ;

a curved bar between vein 2 and tornus, and subterminal spots

above veins 2 and 6.

' Hab. Arjuno, Java (Doherty). Exp. 24 mm.

Genus 152. CorNIFRONS.

Cornifrons, Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 384.

Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint moderately scaled, the 3rd promi-

nent; maxillary palpi long and slightly dilated at extremity ; frons

with long corneous process with oblique vertical edge; antenne

ciliated ; tibie with the outer spurs two-thirds length of inner.

Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle ;

7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hind wing with vein 3

from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6,7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing with 8.

Cornifrons ulceratalis, 3. +.

Type. (1) Cornirrons ULceRATALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon, 1858, p. 147,

A BLE 1s Algeria ; Syria; Persia.

Type.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE. 277

(2)?CoRNIFRONS sIMALIS Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. iv. p. 670.

U.S.A.

(3)TCORNIFRONS PULVERALIS Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 435.

U.S.A.

Auctorum.

Prorasea indentalis Grote, A. M. N. H. (5) xi. p. 57 (1883).

U.S.A

Genus 153. Treostoma.

Tegostoma Zell. Isis, 1847, p. 581.

Anthophilodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 181 (1854).

Emprepes Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 360.

Aischremon Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 362.

Cataonia Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 450.

Anthophilopsis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) x. p. 449.

Turama Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) x. p. 449.

Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint slightly fringed with hair below, the

3rd naked ; maxillary palpi filiform; frons with a large flat cor-

neous process excisedjin front; antenne of male ciliated; legs

smoothly scaled. Fore wing long and narrow; male with a slight

fovea on underside above the base of vein 4; which is bent down-

wards ; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle. Hind

wing with vein 3 from before angle of celll ; 4, 5 from angle; 6,7

from upper angle, 7 7 anastomosing with 8.

Fig. 153.

Tegostoma comparalis, §. +. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

(1) Trcosroma comparatis Hiibn. Verz. p. 347.

Mediterranean ee India.

Pyrals glaucinalis Hiibn. Samml. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 127.

Tt 4, tenebrosalis W1k. xxxiv. 1235.

tScopula fotulis Swinh. P. Z.S8. 1885, p. 875, pl. 57. £. 9.

(2) TrGostoMa DIsPaRALIS H.-S. vi. p. 140, ff. 134, 135.

Armenia; Afghanistan.

(3) TEGostoMa sUBDITALIS Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 25. S. Africa.

(4) TEGostoma Ma@scHLERI Christ. S. E. Z. 1862, p. 220.

Armenia; Egypt.

(5) TncostoMa BAPHIALIS Stgr. Hor. Ent, Ross. 1870, p. 183,

pl. 2. £..7. S.E. Europe ; N.W. India.

Anthophilodes plumbiferalis Chr. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 270,

pl. 7. £. 40.

278 SIR G, F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(6) Tucosroma MOoNOCERIALIS Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891,

p- 450. Syria.

(7)tTncostoma FLAVIDA Moore, P. ZS. 1881, p. 371. Punjab.

(8)tTzcosroMa BIPARTALIS Hmpsn. P. Z.8. 1896, p. 274. Aden.

(9) Tncostoma PENTODONTALIS Ersch, Lep. Turk. p. 75, pl. 6.

f. 97. Turkestan.

(10) Tucostoma Lepipa H.-S. ii. p. 387, f. 534. Armenia.

(11) TxGostoMA FLORILEGARIA Guen. Phal. p. 175. S. Africa.

(12) Tucosroma PuDIcALIs Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 212, pl. 224. f. 1.

S. Europe.

(13) Tucosroma pinicHEALIs Wk. xix. 986. W. Indies; Brazil.

Auctorum,

Anthophilodes erubescens Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 271,

plow tal. Turkestan.

ss concinnalis Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvii. p. 120.

Turkestan.

b. turcomanica Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 271,

pl. 7. f. 42. Turkestan.

Bs conchylialis Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. ix. p. 7, pl. 1.

f. 4. Sarepta.

Hypotia russulalis Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. 1877, p. 263, pl. vii.

f. 35. Turkestan.

Genus 154, Nocrvurnta.

Noctuelia Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 113 (1854).

Aporodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p, 159.

Aporocosmus Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 396.

Semniomima Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 172 (1892).

Mimoschinia Warr. A. M. N. H.(6) ix. p. 174.

Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint fringed with hair below, the 3rd

naked; maxillary palpi filiform; frons with a rounded promi-

nence; antenne of male ciliated; mid tibie fringed with spinous

Fig. 154.

Noctuelia floralis, $. 4%. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

hair. Fore wing long and narrow ; vein 3 from before angle of

cell; 4,5 from angle; 6 from below upper angle. Hind wing

with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6,7 from

upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Type.

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN 4. 279

Szor. I. Palpi with the 2nd joint fringed with long hair below.

A. (Aporodes). Fore wing of male with a slight fovea on

underside above base of vein 7.

(1) Nocrveria riroraLis Hiibn. Samml. Eur. Europe ; Syria 5

Schmett., Pyr. f. 142. Afghanistan 5

Pyralis stygialis Treit. Eur. Schmett. C. Asia; N.W. India-

vil. p. 176 (var.).

tHerbula meleagrisalis W1k. xvii. p. 324 (subsp.).

Eudorea transversalis Moore, 2nd Yarkand Mission, p. 14.

B. (Noctuelia). Fore wing of male with no fovea on underside.

(2) Nocrvrria suPerBa Frr. 441, p. 101. Armenia; Persia.

Anarta melaxantha Koll. Ins. Pets: p. 12.

(3) Nocorvrtia vesPeRTALis H.-S. vi. p. 140, ff. 121, 1238.

S. Europe; Armenia.

(4) Nocrvntia atricouaLis Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 268,

pl. vii. £. 39. Armenia.

(5) Nocrunnra sraupixeeRt Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. ix. p. 6, pl. i.

t,o Persia ; Turkestan.

(6)tNocrvetia opscura Warr. A.M.N. H. (6) ix. p. 175 (1892).

Armenia.

Szor. II. (Aporocosmus). Palpi moderately scaled below; fore

wivg of male with no fovea beyond the cell.

(7) Nocrvria FLAVIcEPS Burm. Rep. Arg. v. p. 425. Argentina.

Type of Semniomima, Warren, A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 172 (1892).

(8) NocrvEnia puELLA WIk. vii. p. 1647. Brazil.

(9)fNocruUELIA POLYSTRIGALIS, n. sp. (1898, Plate L. fig. 24.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen black. Fore wing orange, with

black streaks on costa, through the cell, in submedian interspace,

and just above inner margin ; the apical area purplish black from

two-thirds of costa to tornus. Hind wing purplish black, with

the costa orange to near apex.

Hab. Peru. Lap. 32 mm.

(10)*Nocruntia LieaTaLis Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii.

p- 189, pl. 29. £..11. Mexico.

(11) Nocrventa comastis Meyr. Trans. Ent. Sce. 1884, p. 33.

N. Zealand.

tNoctuelia intrudens Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 175 (1892).

(12)tNocrvgeria THALIALIs WI. xviii. 582. U.S.A.; Haiti.

tAnthophila peruviana Wk. xxxili. 804.

TPyralis gelidalis W1k. xxxiv. 1229.

Emprepes novalis Grote, Can. Ent. 1876, p. 156,

Hiheheres costemaculalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxx. 1887, p. 54,

pl. 4. £. 6.

280 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

(13)tNocrunr1a NucHALIS Grete, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. iv. p. 675.

U.S.A.

(14)tNocrvptia FUscINERVISs Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 445.

N.W. Himalayas.

(15)tNocrvni1a LAMPROpDETA Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 265,

New Guinea; Australia.

tAporocosmus bracteatus Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 399.

(16)tNocrvni1a ELAUTALIS, Grote, Papilio, i. p. 168. U.S.A.

Emprepes magnalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xii. p. 147.

(17) Nocrvgria srmpLex Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 474.

U.S.A.

(18) Nocrverta isatipauis Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 336, pl. 233. f. 3.

Europe.

(19) Nocrverra pesertTanis Hiibn. Pyr. f. 17. S. Europe.

Botys vandalusialis H.-S. vi. p. 142, f. 148.

(20)tNocruELIA UNDULOSELLA Moore, A. M. N. H. (5) i. p. 236

(1878), & 2nd Yarkand Mission, p. 16, pl.i. f. 27. Kashgar.

(21)tNocrvurnta stmitaLis Grote, N. Am. Ent.i. p. 94. U.S.A.

Auctorum,

Aporodes dentifascialis Chr. Rom. Mém. iii. p. 20, pl. i. f. 9.

W. Asia.

Noetuelia plebeialis Chr. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvii. p. 118, & Rom.

Mém. ii. pl. i. f. 12. Armenia.

Aporodes arbutalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxiii. p. 190, pl. xi. f. 2.-

S. America.

xs yaminalis Oberth. Et. Ent. xii. p. 35, pl. vi. f. 35.

Algeria.

Noctuelia mardinalis Staud. Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., Lep. v. pl. iti.

fe 16S val POTE Kurdistan.

Genus 155. HmLioTHEsa.

Heliothela Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 152 (1854).

Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint fringed below with hair towards

extremity, the 3rd prominent; maxillary palpi dilated with scales ;

Fig. 155.

&S is

Heliothela ophideresana, G. 4%. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

frons rounded ; antenne of male somewhat thickened and minutely

ciliated ; legs short, the tibie sinoothly scaled; with the spurs

Type.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSLINA. 281

moderate; wings short and broad. Fore wing with vein 3 from

close to angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing with 8.

(1)fH=ELIoTHELA PrRSUMPTANA WIk. xxviii. 459.

Australia ; Tasmania.

(2) HutrorHena opHipprEsaNa W1k. xxviii. Madagascar; India;

459. Ceylon ; Australia.

Heliothela pusilla Butl. Ll. Het. vii. p. 93, pl. 134. f. 15.

(3)THELIOTHELA OCHREIPENNIS Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886,

p- 429, pl. x. f. 9. Australia

(4)THuLIOTHELA NIGRALBATA, N. sp.

3. Black-brown; fore wing with a pale mark beyond disco-

cellulars’; hind wing with a large pure white quadrate spot beyond

the cell; underside with the spots on both wings pure white.

__ Hab. Chekiang, China. Zap. 14 mm.

(5) HeELIoTHELA aTRALIS Hibn. Pyr. f. 27. 8. Europe; W. Asia.

Pyralis undulalis Schr. Faun. Boic. 1792.

» obfuscata Scop. Ent. Carn. 582.

(6)fHELIOTHELA aTRA Butl. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 404. N. Zealand.

(7)THELIOTHELA PRHGALLIENSIS Frey, Lep. Schw. p. 253.

Switzerland.

Auctorum.

Nyctarchu paracentra Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 245.

W. Australia.

Genus 156. Mrimasarra.

Mimasarta Rag. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1894, p. 164.

- Palpi porrect, extending about twice the length of head, clothed

with long hair hiding the 3rd joint; maxillary palpi with tuft of

long hair at extremity; frons rounded and hardly prominent ;

Fig. 156,

Mimasarta niveifascialis, S. §.

antenne of male ciliated; legs smoothly scaled, hind tibie with

the spurs nearly equal. Fore wing short and broad; vein 3 from

near angle of cell; 5 from above angle; 7 well separated from 8, 9.

Hind wing with the cell half the length of wing; vein 3 from

282 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTIS (Feb. 21,

before angle of cell; 5 from above angle and almost obsolete ; 6, 7

from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 almost to apex.

Type. *MIMASARTA NIVEIFASCIALIS Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894,

p. 164, & Mon. Phye. ii. pl. xxiv. f. 6. Marghilan, C. Asia.

Genus 157. Meraprorus, nov.

Palpi porrect and short, the 2nd joint fringed with long hair,

the 3rd naked; maxillary palpi minute and filiform; proboscis

minute ; frons with a poimted corneous prominence ; antenne of

female minutely ciliated; tibiz moderately hairy, the spurs

moderate. Fore wing with the costa slightly excised beyond

middle; the apex somewhat produced and acute, and the outer

margin somewhat excised below apex ; veins 3, 4, 5 well-separated

at origin; 6 from below upper angle; 7, 8, 9, 10 from cell near

upper angle. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell ;

5 trom above the angle; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with &.

Metaprotus asuridia, Q. }.

Type. (1)tMerarrorus asurip1a Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 430,

ik. T. a0): Queensland.

(2)*MeraProrus MaGNirica Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 200,

Australia.

Genus 158. SIM#THISTIS.

Simethistis Hinpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 446 (1896).

Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint fringed with long hair below, the

3rd prominent; maxillary palpi minute; frons with a rounded

Fig. 158.

Simethistis tricolor, §. 3. (From Moths Ind. vol. iv.)

prominence ; antenne annulate. Fore wing with veins 3, 4 from

angle of cell; 5 from well above angle; 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 at regular

Type.

1899. ] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINZ. 283

intervals. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell; 5 from

middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 8 approximated to 7

for a short distance beyond end of cell, but not anastomosing with it.

+SIMZTHISTIS TRICOLOR Butl. Ill. Het. vii. p. 95, pl. 134. f. 18.

N.W. Himalayas.

Genus 159. SrenoprycHa.

Stenoptycha Zell. 8. E. Z. 1863, p. 154.

Palpi porrect, extending hardly the length of head, the 1st joint

very broadly scaled below, the 2nd with shorter scales extending

as far as the short naked 3rd joint; maxillary palpi small and

dilated with scales ; frons with a rounded prominence ; antennze

longer than fore wing, annulate and ciliated; legs very long and

slender, tibiz with the spurs minute; abdomen long and slender,

with lateral tufts. Fore wing very long and narrow, veins 3, 4,5

from angle of cell; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked.

Hind wing somewhat ample; veins 3, 4 from angle of cell; 5

absent ; cell long; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 becoming coincident

with 7.

Fig. 159.

Stenoptycha celodactyla, 3. }.

(1) Srenoprycua cxtopacryta Zell. 8. E. Z. 1863, p. 154, pl. ii.

fi L2, Ecuador; Bogota; Chili.

£ lindigi Feld. Reise Nov. pl. 140. f. 61.

a 2 zellert Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 57.

Agathodes dubitalis Maasen, Stiibel’s Reise, p. 170, pl. ix. f. 21.

(2)TSTENOPTYCHA PTEROPHORALIS W]k. xxxiv. 1340. St. Domingo.

(3)*STENOPTYCHA ERSCHOFFIANA Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 457,

pl. vi. f. 159. Bogota.

Genus 160. Linzopzs.

Lineodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 234 (1854).

Scoptonoma Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxiii. p. 328 (1873).

Palpi porrect, hardly the length of head, the 1st joint very

broadly fringed with scales below, the 2nd with shorter scales pro-

jecting as far as the short naked 23rd joint ; maxillary palpi filiform ;

Type.

284 SIR G. F. HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

frons oblique; antenne somewhat longer than fore wing and

annulate ; legs very long and slender ; tibize with the spurs short;

abdomen long and slender, with paired lateral tufts. Fore wing

very long and narrow; veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 6 from

below upper angle; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9.

Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 to three-fourths of wing.

Fig. 160,

Lineodes hieroglyphalis, 3. 4.

(1) Liygoprs HImRoGLYPHALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 235, pl. 3.

f. 6. Brazil.

(2) Liyzoprs conrortTaLis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 236.

U.S.A.; Brazil.

(3) Livzoprs ivrEGRA Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxiii. p. 328, pl. iv.

f. 44, U.S.A.; Brazil.

(4) Lingoprs rvrerrupra Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxiii. p. 329.

Texas.

(5) LinropEs sErPULALIS Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1868, p. 417,

pl. 15. f. 8. Brazil.

Auctorum.

Lineodes pulchralis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 235. Brazil. -

» triangulalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 305.

Porto Rico.

» metagrammalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 305.

Porto Rico.

Genus 161. TrINEHODES.

Tineodes Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 236 (1854).

Carcantia W1k. xvii. 424 (1858).

Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint three times length of head, thickly

scaled, and with hair projecting from extremity extending as far

as the short naked 3rd joint; maxillary palpi triangularly dilated

with scales; frons roughly scaled ; antenne longer than the fore

wing and annulate; legs very long and slender, the outer spurs

half the length of inner. Fore wing very long and narrow ; veins

3, 4, 5 well separated at origin; 6 from well below upper angle ;

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTINE, 285

8, 9 stalked. Hind wing long and narrow; veins 3, 4 well

separated at origin; 5 from middle of discocellulars; 6, 7 on a

long stalk, 8 becoming coincident with 7.

Fig. 161.

Tineodes adactylalis, $. }.

Type. TINEODES ADACTYLALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 237, pl. 9. f. 7.

tCarcantia pterophoralis Wlk. xvii. 425. Australia.

GENERA AUCTORUM.

Acellalis iridalis Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxvii. p. 270, pl. vil. f. 7.

Amboina.

Alyta calligrammalis Mab. Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) ii. p. 143.

Madagascar.

Ancyloptila lactoides Pag. J.B. Nass. Ver. xxxix. p. 170, & Meyr.

Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 509. Aru.

Barisoa intentalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 83. Jamaica.

Berdura pupillalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. p. 78.

Jamaica.

Catacteniza euvewalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 314, f. 13.

Porto Rico.

Cataonia monocerialis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) x. p. 450.

Armenia.

Clepsicosma iridia Meyr. Tr. N. Z. Inst. xx. p. 64. N. Zealand.

Crossophora miscellalis Moschl. Ab. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 308.

Porto Rico.

Decelia terrosalis Snell. Tidj. v. Ent. xxii. p. 231, & xxvii. pl. iv.

f. La,b. Celebes.

Diaphantania conspicualis Moéschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 314.

Porto Rico.

Enyocera latilimbalis Snell. Midd.-Sum. iv. (1) 8, p. 67.

Sumatra.

Epimetasia vestalis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, pp. 178, 226.

Persia.

m3 rhodobaphialis Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, pp. 173,

226. C. Asia.

Gonocausta zephyralis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 436.

Amboina.

Hercynella staudingeri Beth. Baker, Ent. Mag. xxix. p. 204.

N. Persia.

286 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

Hercynella margelana Beth. Baker, Ent. Mag. xxix. p. 205.

N. Persia.

Mialopsis compositalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 358, pl. 8.

as)

es Brazil.

Lampridia fuliginalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxiii. p. 234, & xxvii.

pl. 4. ff. 4,4. Celebes.

Motya abseusalis W1k. xix. 1022. Brazil.

Pelea ramalis Hiibn. Sammi. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 92. — Italy.

Pilemia deformalis Moschl. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxi. p. 427,

pl. xviii. f. 36. Surinam.

Psara pallicaudalis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p. 239, pl. xiii.

ff. 13, 14. W. Indies.

», selenialis Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxxviii. p. 146, pl. vi. f. 5.

Java.

Rapoona tristis Hedemann, Stett. Ent. Zeit. lv. p. 293.

St. Thomas.

Somatania pellucidalis Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 301,

f. 22. Porto Rico.

Syndicastis heteromima Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 507.

N. Guinea.

APPENDIX.

List oF SPECIES OMITTED.

Abdiodes bacisalis W\k. xix. 935. Type lost.

Asopia niobesalis Wk. xix. 939. Type lost.

Acripia subolivacea Wik. xxvii. 9, belongs to the Noctuidae.

Audia mivtalis Wik. xxvii. 18. Type lost.

Acrobasis latiorella Wik. xxvii. 29, belongs to the Noctuide.

Arrade erebusalis W\k. xxvii. 82, belongs to the Deltoidine.

Adricara albodiscata W\k. xxvii. 115, belongs to the Tineide.

Adra argentilinea Wk. xxvii. 138, belongs to the Noctuidae.

Arsacia saturalis Wik. xxxiv. 1260, belongs to the Noctuidae.

Arsisaca bolinalis W1k. xxxiv. 1262, belongs to the Noctuide.

Abacena discalis Wik. xxxiv. 1270, belongs to the Acontune.

Asopia depressalis W\k. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) i. 122. Type lost.

Acrobasis cryptoleucella Wik. xxxv. 1709, belongs to the Tineide.

x atratella W\k. xxxv. 1712, belongs to the Tineide.

Archanara nonogrisella Wik. xxxv. 1737, belongs to the Noctuide,

Andrapha basalis Wik. xxxv. 1742, belongs to the Sarrothripine.

Banassa rutilans Wik. xxvii. 20, belongs to the Sarrothripine.

Beara dichromella Wik. xxxv. 1703, belongs to the Noctuide.

,, nubiferella Wik. xxxv. 1704, belongs to the Noctuidae.

Botys pyrrhusalis Wik. xviii. 600. Type lost.

niavialis Wk. xviii. 611. Type lost.

lysanderalis W\k. xviii. 603. Type lost.

dryopealis Wik. xviii. 672. Type lost.

nephealis Wk. xviii. 673. Type lost.

myrinalis W1k. xviii. 673. Type lost.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN#, 287

Botys brevilinealis Wik. xviii. 674. Type lost.

» thaisalis Wk. xviii. 674. Type lost.

» dialis Wik. xviii. 675. Type lost.

annulalis W\k. xviii. 675. Type lost.

phycidalis Wik. xviii. 675. Type lost.

», theialis Wk. xviii. 689. Type lost.

acilialis Wik. xix. 988. Type lost.

polyclealis W\k. xix. 998, belongs to the Geometridee—Gym-

noscelis.

nesusalis Wlk. xix. 991. Type lost.

» agquilalis Wik. xxxiv. 1395. Type lost.

», tortipennis W\k. xxxiv. 1395. Type lost.

bilunulalis Wik, xxxiv. 1398, belongs to the Noctuidea.

longalis Wik. xxxiv. 1403. Type lost.

interruptalis Wik. xxxiv. 1406. Type lost.

canalis Wik. xxxiv. 1429. Type lost.

columbalis Wilk. xxxiv. 1454. Type lost.

acuminatalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1454. Type lost.

imparatalis Wik. xxxiv. 1416, is a Geometer = Chlorochystis

recensitaria Wk.

disparalis Wilk. xxxiv. 1438, is a Cirrhochrista near semi-

brunnea Hmnsn., Schenobiine.

semifadalis Wik. xxxiv. 1439, beiongs to the Galleriine.

graminalis Herr.-Schaff. Ver. Regens. Corresp.-Blatt, xxv.

p. 18; geminatalis, germanalis, episcopalis, p. 19; glirialis,

gracilalis, harpalis, semifulvalis, p. 20; subviolalis, subauran-

tialis, subhyalinalis, tiliaralis, p. 27; hesperialis, idonealis,

p- 28 ; dilutalis, wllepidalis, impeditalis, impulsalis, impuralis,

mfixalis, p. 29; lualis, p. 30. Types lost ; descriptions

inadequate. From Cuba.

mmaculalis Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 154, is not a

Pyrale.

Cavifrons biundulalis Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1872,

p- 502, pl. i. f. 14, from U.S.A., is a Noctuid.

Cataclysta bisectalis Wlk. xvi. 449, belongs to the Acontiine.

Clettharra valida W1k. xxvii. 101, belongs to the Sarrothripine.

Characoma albulalis Wik. xxvii. 107, belongs to the Noctuide.

Colubatha metaspilalis W\k. xxvii. 126, belongs to the Acontiine.

Cophanta funestalis Wk. xxx. 964, belongs to the Acontiine.

Cyiza punctalis Wik. xxx. 965. Type lost.

Chlumetia guttiventris Wlk. xxxiv. 1271, belongs to the Sarrothri-

prne,

Bissalia eratenalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1277. Type lost.

Cesa viduella Wik. xxxv. 1729, belongs to the Noline.

Cutina albopunctella Wik. xxxv. 1735, belongs to the Noctuidae.

Cretonia platypheella Wik. xxxv. 1736, belongs to the Sarrothri-

We,

liistol quadrifenestralis Herr.-Schaff. Ver. Regens. Corresp.-

Blatt, xxv. p. 21; from Cuba. Type lost.

bb}

288 SIR G. F, HAMPSON—REVISION OF MOTHS [Feb. 21,

Diasemia completalis Wik. xxxiv. 1327. Type lost. of

Daraba vitellialis WIk. xvii. 386, belongs to the Deltoids. Genus

Arrade.

Dosara lapsalis W1k. xix. 829, belongs to the Phycitine—Ancylodes.

Davara azonaxsalis Wik. xix. 1020, belongs to the Phycitine—

Phycita.

Dantona busalis Wik. xix. 1021, belongs to the Noctuidae.

Davana phalantalis Wik. xix. 831. Type lost.

Desmia acriasalis Wik. xix. 934. Type lost.

Daulia indecora Wik. xxvii. 5, belongs to the Cosside.

Derchis horridalis W\k. xxvil. 7. Type lost.

Dapha valeusalis Wik. xxvii. 125, belongs to the Tineide.

Docela vetustalis Wik. xxxiv. 1258, belongs to the Acontiine.

Desmia crudalis Wik. xxxiv. 1296. Type lost.

Deuterollyta majuscula Herr.-Schiiff. Ver. Regens. Corresp.-Blatt,

xxv. p. 17; from Cuba. Type lost.

Desmia sertorialis, impuralis, quadrinotalis, p. 24; personalis, per-

vialis, p. 25: Herr.-Schaff. Ver. Regens. Corresp.-Blatt, xxv. ;

from Cuba. Types lost, descriptions inadequate.

Ebulea camillalis Wik. xviii. 749. ‘Type lost.

Egone bipunctalis Wik. xxvii. 4, belongs to the Nocturde.

Evia ferrinalis Wik. xxvii. 89, belongs to the Nocturde.

Enispa eosarialis Wik. xxxiv. 1275. Type lost.

Ennychia crassalis Wik. xxxiv. 1289. Type lost.

Ertrica purpurealis Wik. xxxiv. 1343. Type lost.

Enopa mediella Wik. xxxv. 1740. Type lost.

Epiecia externella Wik. xxxv. 1740. Type lost.

Gyrtona pardalina Wik. xxvii. 91, belongs to the Lithosiine.

» suffusa Wlk. xxvii. 99, belongs to the Deltoidine.

» provimalis, ferrisiusalis, divitulis, conglobalis, semicarbonalis,

rotundalis, hylusalis, nigrocinerea, inclusalis, costella,

dorsifascialis, strenualis, thoracia, monilalis, spilalis, and

dorsalis, W\k. xxvii. 90-98, belong to the Noctuidae.

Gargaza tristrigella Wk. xxxv. 1734, belongs to the Sarrothripine.

Gabara subnivosella Wik. xxxv. 1740, belongs to the Sarrothripine.

Gorama strenuella Wik. xxxv. 1749. Type lost.

Tlibita arcturella W1k. xxvii. 10, belongs to the Noctuide,

Hypochaleia pyralinalis Wk. xxvii. 45. Type lost.

- perlignealis Wik. xxvii. 46, belongs to the Noctuidae,

genus Gyrtona.

oe repugnalis Wik. xxvii. 47, belongs to the Deltordine.

Hamawia lignulina Wik. xxvii. 128, belongs to the Deltoidine.

Homeosoma bilituralis Wik. xxx. 955. Type lost.

Hisbanda acronyctoides Wik. xxxiv. 1268. Type lost.

Herbula submarginalis W1k. xxxiv. 1284, belongs to the Tineide.

. multiferalis Wik. xxxiv. 1286, belongs to the Tineide.

Hydrocampa dispulsalis Wk. xxxiv. 13841. Type lost.

ie inornata Wk. xxxiv. 13841. Type lost.

sf discoloralis Wlk. xxxivy. 13842. Type lost.

1899.] OF THE SUBFAMILY PYRAUSTIN&. 289

Herbula determinata Wik. Ent. v. p. 134. Type lost.

Hellula simplicalis Herr.-Schiff. Ver. Regens. Corresp.-Blatt, xxv.

p- 17; from Cuba. Type lost.

Iilice batialis W1k. xix. 1019=Scoparia stupidalis xxxiv. 1497, is a

Lithosid.

Iambia inferalis Wik. xxvii. 109, belongs to the Noctuide.

TIsopteryx canescens Wlk. xxxiv. 1318, belongs to the Deltoidine.

» favillalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1319=canescens, belongs to the

Deltoidine,

Lineodes peridialis Wk. xix. 948. Type lost.

Lacipea muscocella Wik. xxvii. 138. Type lost.

Lephana tetraphorella Wk. xxxv. 1702, belongs to the Noctwde.

Letoa patulella Wik. xxxv. 1738. Type lost.

Lineodes gracillalis, multisignalis Herr.-Schiff. Ver. Regens.

Corresp.-Blatt, xxv. p. 22; from Cuba. Types lost.

Mella dymnusalis Wik. xix. 1018= Etiella zinckenella, belongs to

the Phycitine.

Maschane erratipennis Wk. xxvii. 3, belongs to the Notodontide.

rs simplex Wk. xxvii. 3, belongs to the Notodontide.

Motina equalis Wik. xxvii. 12, belongs to the Noctuidee,

» disparalis W1k. xxvii. 13, belongs.to the Noctuide.

Masoga panagralis Wik. xxvii. 16. Type lost.

Marisha undulifera Wik. xxvii. 17. Type lost.

Midea rectalis Wik. xxvii. 21, belongs to the Noctuidae.

Myelois marsyusalis Wk. xxvii. 87. Type lost.

» basifuscalis Wik. xxvii. 38. Type lost.

Modunga palpigera Wik. xxvii. 84, belongs to the Deltoidine.

Maliattha separata Wk. xxvii. 86, belongs to the Acontiine.

Moca velutina Wik. xxvii. 102, belongs to the Tineide.

, dentilinea Wk. xxvii. 103, belongs to the Sarrothripine.

Medava diminuens Wik. xxvii. 113, belongs to the Sarrothripine.

Madoce leucocosmalis Wik. xxvii. 117, belongs to the Deltoidine.

» Uneatula Wik. xxvii. 118. Type lost.

Masthala favillalella Wik. xxx. 962. Type lost.

Madiama mgroscitalis Wik. xxx. 964. Type lost.

Molvina guttalis Wik. xxxiv. 1267, belongs to the Lithosune.

Macaduma tortricella W1k. xxxv. 1705, belongs to the Lithosiine.

Monilia semicanella Wik. xxxv. 1741, belongs to the Tinerde.

Nephopteryx spoliata W1k. xxvii. 63, belongs to the Noctucde.

a etolusalis Wk. xxvii. 64. Type lost.

harpaxalis Wik. xxvii. 65. Type lost.

a cyllusalis Wik. xxvii. 65. Type lost.

a; acisalis Wk. xxvii. 66= Gyrtona hylusalis— Noctuide.

argiadesalis Wk. xxvii. 66. Type lost.

eolusalis Wlk. xxvii. 66. Type lost.

rudisella Wlk. xxvii. 70, belongs to the Noctuide,

genus Arrade.

Nigramma quadratifera Wlk. xxvii. 77, belongs to the Noctwide.

Nanaguna breviuscula Wik. xxvii. 85, belongs to the Sarrothripine.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XIX. 19

290 REVISION OF MOTHS OF THA SUBFAMILY PyRAUSTIN ©. { Feb. 21,

Nanaguna stipata W\k. xxvii. 86, belongs to the Noctuidae.

Necla canioralis Wik. xxvii. L00, belongs to the Noline.

45 concinnula Wik. xxvii. 100. Type lost.

Nachaba transversa Wik. xxvii. 114, belongs to the Sarrothripine.

Nephopteryx phycisella Wik. xxx. 957. Type lost.

bi neglectalis W1k. xxx. 958. Type lost.

Maccaba sumptualis Wlk. xxxiv. 1272, belongs to the Deltoidine.

Nagara phryganealis Wik. xxxiv. 1378, belongs to the Noctuide.

,, steirialis Wk. xxxiv. 1379, belongs to the Noctuidae.

Nigetia formosalis Wik. xxxiv. 1506, belongs to the Noline.

Nabara limacodella Wik. xxxv. 1706, belongs to the Sarrothripine.

Nephopterya variella Wik. xxxv. 1718. Type lost.

in demptella Wlk. xxxv. 1721, belongs to the Noctuide.

Orthomecyna exigua Butl. E M. M. xv. p. 271: belongs to the

Crambine = cupripennis Butl. E. M. M. xix.

p. 178; the genus is allied to Platytes.

albicaudata Butl. E. M. M. xix. p. 178: do.; do.

* aphanopis Meyr. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 227: do.; do.

Oratha significata Wik. xxvii. 15, belongs to the Geometride.

Olulis puncticinctalis W1k. xxvii. 127, belongs to the Deltoidine.

Orthaga pyralisalis Wik. xxvii. 105. Type lost.

Pionea susialis W|k. xviii. 760, belongs to the Noctuide—Acontiine.

Phazaca erosivides Wik. xxvii. 21, belongs to the Hpiplemide.

Pena costalis Wik. xxvii. 130, belongs to the Geometridae.

Pindicitora acreonalis Wik. xxvii. 136. Type lost.

+ annusalis Wk. xxvii. 136. Type lest.

Pontana rubrana Wik. xxx. 954. Type lost.

Pardasena acronyctella Wk. xxxv. 1730, belongs to the Sarrothri-

pine.

minorella Wlk. xxxv. 1730, belongs to the Sarrothri-

pine.

Rhodaria formosalis Wik. xxxiv. 1284, belongs to the Acontiine.

Scoparia stupidalis Wik. Tr. Ent. Soc. (3) i. p. 127, belongs to the

Lithosiine = Illice batialis Wik. xix. 1019.

Scopula hastiferalis Wik. xxxiv. 1473, belongs to the Crambine=

Culladia admigratella Wik.

Salbia lenalis Wik. xvii. 362. Type lost.

Silda truncatalis Wik. xxvii. 131, belongs to the Noctuidae.

Scopula comptalis Wik. xxxiv. 1462, belongs to the Deltoidine.

limasalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1464. Type lost.

fedalis Wik. xxxiv. 1466, belongs to the Deltotdine.

newalis Wik. xxxiv. 1473. Type lost.

arcuatalis Wlk. xxxiv. 1474, belongs to the Tortricide.

Jiguralis Wlk. xxxiv. 1475, belongs to the Noctuide.

vinctalis Wk. xxxiv. 1476, belongs to the Noctuidae,

pulverosalis Wik. xxxiv. 1478, belongs to the Deltoidine.

variabilis, flexifera, serpentina, effrenata, includens, inscitu,

and submarginalis, Wik. Ent. v. pp. 151-153, from the

Red Sea. Types lost.

1899.] MR, J. HE. 8. MOORE ON FRESHWATER JELLYFISH. 291

Symitha nolalella Wik. xxxv. 1731, belongs to the Sarrothripine.

Subrita abrostolella Wik. xxxv. 1744, belongs to the Noctuwide.

bilineatella, curviferella, latifasciella, metaspilella, parvella,

circulella, and basigerella, WIk. xxxv. 1744-48, belong to

the Sarrothripine.

Torone hybleoides W1k. xxvii. 6, belongs to the Sarrothripine.

Tipasa nebulosella Wik. xxvii. 129, belongs to the Deltocdine.

Tirathaba mundella Wk. xxx. 961, belongs to the Gallertana.

Tomissu fervidella Wik. xxx. 979. Type lost.

Tribunta scabralis Wik. xxxiv. 1507, belongs to the Noline.

» biguttalis Wik. xxxiv. 1507, belongs to the Noline.

Toiana venosella Wik. xxxv. 1732, belongs to the Lithosiime.

Tamusida vittalis Wik. xxxv. 1733, belongs to the Sarrothripine.

Vinzela inaptalis Wik. xxxiv. 1261. Ty pe lost.

Zebronia celiusalis Wik. xix. 966. Type lost.

» oialis Wik. xix. 968. Type lost.

Zia tactalis Wik. xxvii. 110, belongs to the Nohne.

Ziza ostentalis Wik. xxvii. 119, belongs to the Deltoidine.

Zuncacetha bipartita W1k. xxvii. 134, belongs to the Geometridae.

Zitna albicinctalis Wik. xxxiv. 1277. Type lost.

Zebronia discerptalis Wik. xxxiv. 1348. Type lost.

teneralis W1k. xxxiv. 1345, belongs to the Deltoudine.

”

March 7, 1899.

Prof. G. B. Howxs, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1899 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of February was 112, of which 31 were by

presentation, 6 by birth, 43 by purchase, and 32 on deposit. The

total number of departures during the same period by death and

removals was 104.

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to the

fine series of Cassowaries deposited by the Hon. Walter Roth-

schild, F.Z.S., which now embraces examples of the following eight

species :—Casuarius bicarunculatus, OC. australis, C. salvadoru,

C. beccarii, O. violicollis, C. occipitalis, C. bennetti, and C. papuanus.

In exhibiting specimens of the freshwater Jellyfish (Limnocnida

tanyanjice), from Lake Tanganyika, Mr. J, B.S. Moore said that

292 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON CANIS VULPES. (Mar. 7,

the animals themselves were by no means new to science. They

had been recorded from the Lake by Boehm in 1887. They had

also been seen by Mr. Muir, and obtained by him, and their anatomy

described by Mr. R. T. Giinther’. But, notwithstanding this, the

Medusa was of perennial! interest, in that it is, with the exception

of Limnocodium, the single representative of a true freshwater

Jellyfish. All the other instances which had been recorded of

Jellyfish inhabiting freshwaters had turned out to be examples

of the fact that Jellyfish could migrate, under certain circum-

stances, considerable distances from the sea, just in the same way

that Crabs and Prawns and flat-fish were sometimes found far up

the estuaries of rivers beyond the tidal range. Nevertheless, all

these organisms were typically marine, and the very last place

where anyone would have looked for Jellyfish was Lake Tangan-

vika, on the top of the interior African plateau, and 700 miles from

the sea.

Mr. Moore himself had observed the Jellyfish early in March, and

shortly afterwards they began to increase rapidly by budding, so that

in a few weeks the bays and open waters of the Lake were filled

with immense swarms of Meduse. The buds on the manubrium

became detached in strings and shreds in such a manner as to

curiously resemble minute siphonophores.

About June or July the budding ceased, and shortly afterwards

ciliated embryos appeared in great quantities, which developed

into small Medusz exactly like the buds, and towards September

all reproductive activity appeared to have come to an end. It

thus appeared that the life-cycle of Limnochnida was complete

without the introduction of any hydroid stage, and accordingly,

although a most careful search had been made among the débris on

the bottom of the Lake, upon the shells of molluscs, and upon

the appendages of crabs and other Crustacea, no hydroid had ever

been found. Hence it was inferred that the various surmises which

have been put forward respecting the possibility of Limnochnida

being related to the Macro-Meduse were probably true.

Mr. W. E. de Winton, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks upon

the tail of a Common Fox (Canis vulpes), showing the gland on the

upper surface covered with straight coarse hair, which appeared

to be little known. This gland, which emitted an aromatic odour,

was found in all the Canidw, with possibly the exception of

Lycaon pictus. Although the bases of the hairs covering the gland

were usually almost white, the tips were always black ; this colour

generally extended to the surrounding hairs, and often formed dark

bars on the buttocks. The dark spot on the dorsum of the tail

was particularly conspicuous, notably in such widely separated

species as the Wolves, Azara’s Dog, and the Fennec.

1 See Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, xi. p. 269.

1899.] MR. A, THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 293

Mr. Arthur Thomson, the Assistant-Superintendent of the

Gardens, laid on the table a series of specimens of various Insects

reared and exhibited in the Insect-house in the Society’s Gardens

during the past year, and read the following report on the

subject :—

Report on the Insect-house for 1898.

Examples of the following species of Insects have been exhibited

in the Insect-house during the past season :—

Silk-producing Bombyces and their Allies.

Attacus atlas.

cynthia.

TCM.

pryerr.

Caligula japonica.

* Rhodia fuga.

Antherea mylitta.

Attacus hesperus.

Samia cecropia.

ceanotht.

Telea polyphemus.

promethea.

Actias mimose.

Gynanisa isis.

Asiatic.

Antherea yama-mat,

pernyt.

* Actias leto.

selene.

m0) artemis.

Cricula trifenestrata.

American.

Hypochera io.

* Automeris rubrescens,

Anisota stigma.

Eacles imperialis.

regalis.

African.

Cirina forda.

* Lebeda koellikert.

Diurnal Lepidoptera.

Papilio podalirius.

machaon.

Doritis apollinus.

Papilio zolicaon.

asterias.

ajan.

European.

Thais polyxena.

cerisyt.

Charawes jasius.

American.

Papilio trovlus.

Lnmenitis disippus.

Nocturnal Lepidoptera.

Acherontia atropos.

Sphinaw ligustre.

pinastri,

carolina.

Ceratomia undulosa.

amyntor.

Smerinthus tilie.

ocellatus.

—— myops.

Smerinthus excecatus.

Philampelus achemon.

Deilephila vespertilo.

galir.

euphorbre.

Nice.

alecto.

elpenor.

Darapsa myron.

* Exhibited for the first time.

Proc. Zoo, Soc,—1899, No. XX. 20

294 MR. A, THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [Mar.7,

Of the Lepidopterous Insects which I have the honour to place

before the meeting, Attacus pryeri, Actias artemis, Rhodia fugax,

from Japan, Actias leto (females), from the Himalayas, and Auto-

meris rubrescens, from Buenos Ayres, were exhibited for the first

time during the past season.

I have received during the past three years cocoons of the

beautiful Indian Moth Actias leto (the female of which is known

as Actias menas); but with the exception of the last consignment

(which was received on Dec. 26th) all the Moths emerged en route,

and in this case I found that al/ the males had emerged. The box

in which the cocoons were packed, being made of tin, was badly

crushed in the post, but I was pleased to find that eleven cocoons

contained living pupe. They were immediately placed in the

Insect-house, and on the 28th of December a fine and perfect

specimen of the Moth emerged, and the remainder during the

next fortnight. Three of the cocoons produced specimens of

Actias selene. I regret to say that with the exception of the two

perfect specimens which I exhibit this evening, and two others

not quite perfect, all the Moths that emerged were useless cripples.

This is, however, I believe, the first time that this species has been

exhibited in Europe alive.

The specimens of Rhodia fugax were reared from ova received

from Japan. The larve fed well upon sallow and plum, and in

due time spun their curious cocoons, some of which I exhibit,

together with a sketch of the larva. When the Moths emerge

they soften the opening of the cocoon, but, as will be seen, they

harden again afterwards, and the cocoons have the same appearance

as before the Moths emerged. The larve of this Moth make a

curious squeaking noise when disturbed.

Together with the cocoons of Actias mimose, which we received

from Delagoa Bay, was a small smooth cocoon. From this

emerged the female specimen of Lebeda koellikeri, which I exhibit

this evening. I have set the Moth in exactly the same position

as that in which it rested on the virgin cork in the case, so as to

show the curious shape of the upper margin of the under-wings.

During the past season several specimens of the Goliath Beetle

(Goliathus druryi) were received, but did not live very long. A

specimen of “ Rhinoceros” Beetle (Oryctes boas), from Port Eliza-

beth, was presented by Miss Matcham and Captain Travers on

February 24, and lived till August 5. The specimen (which [

exhibit) used to burrow in the sand very rapidly, and when doing

so laid its horn back in the manner shown in the “setting.”

When walking about above the ground it carricd the horn upright

or nearly so. Its principal food was bananas.

One of the most remarkable inmates of the Insect-house at the

present time is a very fine specimen of the Giant Centipede

(Scolopendra gigas), from Trinidad, which was presented by

Mr. R. R. Mole, July 7, 1898 (see P. Z. S. 1898, p. 587).

This Centipede, on arrival at the Gardens, was in rather poor

condition, but it fed voraciously twice a week, and entirely con-

1899.] MR. R. E. HOLDING ON THE HORNS OF A MUNTJAC., 295

sumed a white mouse each time it fed. It improved rapidly, and

after the first three weeks it fed only once a week, and it will now

go for a fortnight without feeding. When a mouse is put in the

Case the Centipede rears up upon its hinder legs and seizes the

mouse immediately, behind the head, with its strong mandibles

and the anterior five or six pair of legs. The mouse soon dies, no

doubt from the Centipede’s poisonous bite.

Mr. R. HE. Holding exhibited and made remarks upon the horns

of a Muntjac from Singapore, which greatly exceeded in size and

weight those of the Indian Muntjac (Cervulus muntjac), the only

species with which they could be compared. The horns exhibited

(B), though distinctly cervuline in their general character, indicated

considerable difference from the normal form of Muntjac horns,

being 9 inches in length, the brow-tine 4? inches long, girth of

A. Indian Muntjac. B. Specimen exhibited.

“pedicle” 33 inches,—the Indian Muntjac horns seldom exceeding

63 inches, the brow-tine not more than 12 inch. The thickness

and shortness of the pedicle, the width across the facial ridge,

with other osteological characters, seemed to indicate an animal

much larger, if not entirely distinct from the Indian species with

which it was compared.

The following papers were read :—

20*

296 DR. A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. >. [Marz

1. On the Chimpanzees and their Relationship to the Gorilla.

By Arruvr Keita, M.D., F.Z.S.

[Received March 7, 1899.]

(Plate XX.)

At the present time there is in the Menagerie of Messrs.

Barnum and Bailey an adult female anthropoid ape, known by the

name of “ Johanna,” regarded by its owners as a Gorilla, but which,

there can be no doubt, is in reality a Chimpanzee. No difficulty

has ever been experienced in distinguishing between the male

Gorilla and the male Chimpanzee, nor between the females when

an anatomical investigation has been possible; but on several

occasions, as in the case of this Ape, living female Chimpanzees

have been mistaken for Gorillas. There is the classical case of

“ Mafuka;”* of the Dresden Zoological Garden. ‘“ Johanna” shares

all the features of “ Mafuka’’; she answers to the description

given by Du Chaillu of the species he names “ Troglodytes kooloo-

kamba”?, The animal dissected and described by Gratiolet and

Alix * under the name of 7’. aubryi was also of the same variety.

“ Johanna” is of interest because she represents a variety of Chim-

panzee which approaches the Gorilla in so many points that it is

evident the characters which separate the two African anthropoids

are not so well marked as many suppose. The difficulty of distin-

guishing the one from the other, as shown by a recent communica-

tion by Mr. Duckworth * to this Society, is such that it has become

necessary to sum up, from a much wider examination of material

than has ever been at anyone’s disposal before, the structural and

physiological differences which separate the Gorilla from the

Chimpanzee, and at the same time to sum up the evidence as to the

existence of one or more species of Chimpanzee. Some five years

ago, on working minutely over all the anthropoid material in the

collections of the Natural History Museum at South Kensington

and the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, which contain

the skulls of 31 Gorillas, 44 Chimpanzees, 73 Orangs, and

56 Gibbons, I was struck by the fact that nearly all the characters

which had been used to differentiate species were points which

varied in structure and form with age, sex, and the individual,

but I have never had any difficulty in distinguishing between the

skulls, even of foetal Gorillas and Chimpanzees.

1. The Eruption of the Permanent Teeth in Chimpanzees.

Mr. Duckworth has promised the Society a full description

of “Johanna,” but I learned certain facts from her keeper,

1 Keir. ‘Introduction to the Study of Anthropoid Apes,’ pp. 8, 23,

London, 1697.

2 Du Caartiv. ‘ Explorations and Adventures,’ 1861, p. 360.

3 GrarioLer et Autx. ‘“ Recherches sur Anatomie du Troglodytes aubryi,”

Nouv. Archiv. du Mus. Hist. Nat. 1866, t. ii. pp. 1-263.

4 W.L. H. Duckwortu. P. Z.S. 1898, p. 989.

_—

1899. ] DR. A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. 297

Mr. Mackay, whom I believe to be reliable, adding so consider-

ably to our knowledge of the habits of the Chimpanzee that I

wish to give them here.

She is, so far as I know, the first Chimpanzee that has ever

lived long enough in captivity to complete its permanent dentition.

All her permanent teeth have cut, with the doubtful exception of

the third molar on one side, and it becomes important to determine

her age so as to ascertain the period of life at which these animals

attain a complete set of permanent teeth. Man attains his about

the twenty-second year, but the Chimpanzee evidently much

earlier. Johanna has been twelve years in captivity—six years in

Messrs. Barnum and Bailey’s Menagerie, six years in the Zoological

Gardens at Lisbon; and we may infer, as it is the common age,

that she was one or two years old when Portuguese traders brought

her there from the West Coast of Africa, probably Loango. When

she came into his care six years ago, Mr. Mackay is positive she

had then cut all her permanent incisors. From the appearance of

the third molars, I think the permanent dentition has been

completed very recently, so that we may accept the 12th or 13th

year as the terminal period of the Chimpanzee dentition. As is

usual in the female Chimpanzee, the canine teeth cut before the

last molars. There are only two other records of the period at

which the Chimpanzee teeth erupt. One is the case of “Sally”.

She was probably ten years of age when she died ; the permanent

premolars had cut, but the canines and the second and third molars

had not appeared. Ehlers ’* also records the case of a Chimpanzee

in which the permanent dentition was being completed about the

11th or 12th year by the eruption of the canine and last molar

when the animal died.

2, Menstruation.

Little is known concerning the menstruation of the Anthro-

poids. The only observation is that of Eblers*, of a Chimpanzee

which began to menstruate about the tenth year, and continued,

until it died two years later, to show a monthly discharge.

Mr. Mackay’s observation on “Johanna” verifies Ehler’s state-

ment; she began to show a monthly discharge when she was

believed to be ten years old. The discharge appears every 28th

day, and lasts for three days. It is sanguineous in colour,

profuse, amounting to perhaps 4 or 6 oz., staining freely her

skirt. She is then very irritable. For 6 to 8 days before the

discharge appears she is in heat, the genital labia are turgid and

swollen; the nipples are fuller and more erect. When the

discharge appears, the state of turgescence in the pudendal organs

passes away. She shows a friendly disposition to men rather than

to women. She frequently plays with her nipples, but has

1 Bepparp, F. “ Contributions to the Anatomy of the Anthropoid Apes,”

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1892, vol. xiii. pp. 177-218.

® Eurers, P. “ Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Gorilla und Chimpanse,” Abh.

phys. Cl. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen, 1881, Bd. xxviii. No. 1, 77 pp., 4 pls.

298 DR. A, KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. [ Mar. 7,

acquired no degenerate sexual habits. The sexual state, so far as

Mr. Mackay has observed, does not change with the season of the

year. Of menstruation in the Gorilla, nothing is known.

3. The Relationship of the Chimpanzee to the Gorilla.

An examination of all the structural systems of the African

Anthropoids leads to the inference that the Gorilla is the more

primitive of the two forms, and approaches the common parent

anthropoid more nearly than the Chimpanzee. The teeth of the

Gorilla, individually and collectively, form a complete dentition, a

dentition at the very highest point of development; the teeth of

thh Chimpanzee show marked signs of retrogression in development

of size and structure. The muscular development and the

consequent bony crests for muscular attachment of the Gorilla far

surpass those of the Chimpanzee. The muscular development of

the adult Chimpanzee represents the system of the adolescent

Gorilla. Some of the bodily organs of the Gorilla belong to a

simpler and earlier primate type than those of the Chimpanzee.

But in one point the Chimpanzee evidently represents more

nearly the parent form—its limbs and body are more adapted for

arboreal locomotion; of the two, the Gorilla shows the nearer

approach to the human manner of locomotion. On the whole, the

evidence at our disposal at the present time points to the fact that

the Chimpanzee is a Gorilline derivative, in which, with a

progressive brain-development, there have been retrograde changes

in most of the other parts of the body. The various forms of

Chimpanzee differ according to the degree to which these changes

have proceeded.

4, The Brain-development in the Chimpanzees and Gorilla.

The temperament of the Gorilla and Chimpanzee is absolutely

different. All the Gorillas of which we have any knowledge agree

in being sullen, untamable, and ferocious, even the youngest of

them. They do not tolerate confinement: only one has lived over

a year in captivity in Europe; one is said to have been in the

possession of an African chief for six years. The Chimpanzee,

on the other hand, at any rate in its younger stages, takes to

confinement easily, is teachable and playful. The elaborate toilet

and performance gone through daily by “ Johanna,” the skilful

way in which she decants her glass of wine, removing and replacing

the stopper, declares her to be a Chimpanzee more clearly than

any other character she could show. Her education is probably

the most elaborate ever possessed by any ape. She appears to be

colour-blind.

Du Chaillu states that the Chimpanzee to which he gives the

name of 7’. kooloo-amba had a distinctive cry; from her physical

features “‘ Johanna” appears to belong to that species. When in

a fit of passion, into which she is easily thrown, the hair of the

scalp becomes erect, she beats the floor with her feet and hands,

1899.] DR. A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. 299

and utters a cry beginning with a low hoo, hoo, gradually raising it

in volume to a loud climax. I do not think her ery differs from

that of the young Anthropopithecus niger in character; what is

peculiar in her cry may be put down to her more advanced age. The

Chimpanzee cry is very different from the howl of the Gorilla;

“ Johanna” does not beat her breast, as the Gorilla does, when in

temper. She allows her keeper, only, to bandle her ; she is vicious

towards others and takes her revenge on an offender by suddenly

throwing handfuls of litter at him from the floor of her cage. She

has never been given an opportunity of manifesting any nest-

building habit, and the experiment seems well worth trying. On

making her escape on one occasion she was found carrying away

large pieces of wood on her shoulder.

She is fed mostly on fruit. A day’s rations consists of :—

2 dozen bananas.

L459) oranges.

1 ,, raw eggs.

Pbalen hel BDIES:

Carrots.

Coffee, tea, port wine.

Toast and sandwiches.

When given an opportunity, she caught, plucked, and ate a

sparrow, but she rejects no pellets from the stomach, as was the

case with “ Sally.”

She sleeps on her side and spends the day sitting on a broad

box, with her legs spread out in front and her arms on her belly.

There is a very marked difference between the size of the brain

of the Gorilla and Chimpanzee. The average cranial capacity of

seven adult female Gorillas I found to be 450 ¢.c.; of ten similar

Chimpanzees 364 c.c.; but although the average is greater in the

Gorillas, the highest of Chimpanzees exceeded the lowest of the

Gorillas, so that the size of brain is not a feature that can be used

to discriminate the one from the other. The average cranial capacity

of six adult male Gorillas is 530 ¢.c.; of sixteen male Chimpanzees

405 ¢.c. The smallest Gorilla skull had a greater capacity than

the largest Chimpanzee. The largest Chimpanzee skull measured

460 c.c. The cranial capacity appears to be diagnostic for the

males of those animals. An important distinction appears in the

size of the brain as in the general appearance of those Anthropoids ;

the sexual difference is much more marked in the Gorilla than in

the Chimpanzee.

The cranial capacity of those animals, stated in c.c., may be

taken as representing the brain-weight, stated in grammes?!; but

in comparing the relative size of the brains of the Gorilla and

Chimpanzee a greater deduction has to be made from the brain of

the Gorilla than from that of the Chimpanzee, owing to the much

’ Kerru. Journ, Anat. & Physiol. 1895, n.s., vol. ix. pp. 282-303.

‘

300 DR. A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. [ Mar. 7,

greater body-weight of the former’. The weight of “ Johanna”

is 140 lbs. The greater cranial capacity of the Gorilla is marked

before the end of the milk-dentition.

Cranial capacity does not help us to distinguish between the

various forms of Chimpanzee. The skull of a male ‘‘ Kooloo-kamba ”

brought home by Du Chaillu measures 420 c.c., rather more than

the average capacity of the male Chimpanzee ; four skulls of males

brought by Emin Pasha from Central Africa average 422 c.c.; two

females measured 378 c.c., showing distinctly a high average, and

confirm in some degree the supposition that the Central-African

form is a distinct variety: a male of the variety known as A. calvus

measured 420 c.c. ; two females averaged 368 c.c. These figures, so

far as they go, show that the Chimpanzee, although widely spread,

has not broken up into forms separated widely by a divergence in

brain size.

5. The Palate and Dentition of Gorillas and Chimpanzees.

The size and shape of the hard palate, counting as the palate

the whole area lying with the outer margin of the dental arcade,

seem to me of great importance. The size and shape of the

palate express better than other features the brute development

of the race. The larger the relative size of the brain, the smaller

the relative development of the palate. Its size and shape depend

on the degree of development of the teeth. In an animal like the

Gorilla, in which the dentition is complete and robust, the palate is

extremely large and its length is much greater than its breadth.

In the Chimpanzee at birth the breadth of the palate, as in Man,

is greater than its length, whereas in the Gorilla the length is,

even at birth, greater than the breadth. The development of the

facial parts of the skull and of its bony crests depends on the size

and shape of the palate.

As in the case of the cranial capacity, the palatal differences of

the male Gorilla and Chimpanzee are very marked. The average

palatal area of seven adult male Gorillas was 7200 mm.; the breadth

was 63 per cent. of the length: the corresponding figures in 15

adult male Chimpanzees were, palatal area 4580 mm. and the breadth

was 77 per cent. of the length. The maximum measurements in

the Chimpanzees were less than the minimum measurements of the

Gorillas. But the difference between the females was less marked ;

the palates of some Chimpanzees exceeded those of some Gorillas.

Here, again, the palate affords no certain index as to the animal.

But, on an average, the palate of the female Gorilla is much

the larger: for 7 adult female Gorillas it was found to measure

5600 mm., the breadth being 73 per cent. of the length; in

11 female Chimpanzees the average area was 4200 mm., and the

breadth 77 per cent. of the length. The figures quite bear out my

opening statement that the brute development of the Gorilla, even

in the female, is much greater than in the Chimpanzee.

' Dusors, E. “ Ueber die Abhangigkeit des Hirngewichtes von der Korper-

grosse beim Menschen,” Archiv fiir Anthrop. 1898, Bd. xxy. p. 428.

1899. DR. A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. 301

The palate of the Central-African Chimpanzee most resembles

that of the Gorilla. The average area for 3 males amounted

to 4350 e.c., rather less than the ordinary Chimpanzee ; the breadth

is only 71 per cent. of the length—a very low amount. The skulls

of Anthropopithecus calvus and A. kooloo-kamba are too few to draw

inferences from, but in both the breadth index is over 80 per cent.

The difference in form and size of the teeth of Gorillas and

Chimpanzees is very emphatically marked. The cusps of the molars

of the Gorilla are extremely prominent, almost prismatic, with the

enamel deposited in a sharp crystalline manner, with only round

the bases of the cusps evidence of the crenated folds of enamel

which forma pronounced character in the teeth of Chimpanzees.

The cusps of the Chimpanzee are bluntly conical and not nearly

so prominent as in the Gorilla. The crenation of the enamel

is perhaps the most diagnostic feature of the great Anthropoids.

Cusps resembling those of the Gorilla occur in the teeth of the

Siamang and some South-American monkeys (Brachyteles and

Lagothrix), and represent the molar cusp at its most robust de-

velopment. The cusps of the Central-African Chimpanzee most

resemble those of the Gorilla, but never approach them in degree

of development.

The molar teeth of the Gorilla, as may be seen from the

accompanying measurements, are very much larger than those of

the Chimpanzee :—

m.! m.” m.? Miele ene era

Length of molar teeth,

stated in mm., an average | 146 (x14) 152 141 15 16 17

of both sexes of Gorilla...

Do. Chimpanzee ...... 10 (x10) 10-2 8 Talay ik 11

One may say, almost with certainty, that any upper molar tooth

over 12 mm. in length is that of a Gorilla, and under 12 is that of

a Chimpanzee. The molar teeth of the female Gorilla are almost

as large as those of the male: the molars of the female Chimpanzee

are smaller than those of the male and show more marks of retro-

gression: while the third molar of the Gorilla, especially the lower,

is as fully developed as the other two teeth, the corresponding

tooth in the Chimpanzee, as in Man, and as in the Orang, shows

distinct retrograde changes. The table on p.302, the result of the

. examination of 22 Gorilla and 26 Chimpanzee skulls, shows the

retrograde development of the cusps in the Chimpanzee, especially

in the third molar tooth.

The observations show that in point of size, in development of

cusps, and in arrangement of enamel the teeth of the Gorilla far

exceed those of the Chimpanzee, and, unlike former points of

difference, the distinction between the molars of the females is as

well drawn as between the molars of the males.

In every point the teeth of the Central-African Chimpanzee

make the nearest approach to the Gorilla; the molars of the Bald

Chimpanzee have probably undergone the most retrograde change.

302 DR. A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. [ Mar. 7,

Number of Cusps on the upper Molar Teeth of Gorillas and

Chimpanzees.

m.? m.? m.°

Gorillas ...... LOO p-c7)" Wregqe | 2c. 20 56 pc. 43 pol 1 p.c. || 20 p.c.| 55 p.c.| 25 p.c.

present. |

Chimpanzees} 100 p.c.} ...... | seee- 85 i 15 p.c.| ...... |90p.c.*) 10 p.e.

4 4th cusp was very much reduced in size in over 50 per cent.

Number of Cusps on the lower Molar Teeth of Gorillas and

Chimpanzees.

m.} | m.” | m.*

4 cusps | Oth. 6th. |4 only.) 5th. | 6th. } 4only.| 5th. | 6th.

only.

Gorillas ......, 10 pe. | 90 pe. | we |) ee |80p.c20p.e.| ...... | 70 pc 30 pe.

Chimpanzees} ...... BOT pic. Ope. |) /f-pccce 80 p.c.| 20 p.c.|| 25 p.c.) 65 p.c.| 10 p.c.

The differences between the premolar teeth of the Gorilla and

Chimpanzees are even more marked than between the molars, and

these teeth will probably afford the best clue to the indentification

of different races of Chimpanzee. The premolars of the Gorilla

are much larger than those of the Chimpanzee and show very little

individual variation.

The average Length of the Premolars in Gorillas and Chimpanzees.

pm. pm.? pm. pm.?

Gorilla: sreren0-s- 10mm. 10mm. _ 16mm. (male). 11 mm.

14 mm. (female). 11 mm.

Chimpanzee ...... 75mm. 7mm. 10mm. (male). 8:5 mm. (male).

9 mm. (female). 7-5 mm. (female).

The most characteristic feature of the Gorilla, male and female

alike, is the great development of the first lower premolar tooth.

To a certain extent this is dependent on the great development of

their canines. The upper premolars of the Gorilla are of equal

size ; in the Chimpanzee the second premolar is, with occasional

exceptions, less than the first and shows in the size of its cusps

and the union of its fangs signs of a retrograde development. A

feature of the Central-African Chimpanzee is the relative small

size of its second premolars, both upper and lower; there is not

1899.] DR, A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. 303

enough of material to make any statement as to their development

in Anthropopithecus caluus and A. kooloo-kamba. The premolars of

the Chimpanzee although differing in size, do not differ much in the

number and arrangement of their cusps.

The canine teeth have attained their greatest development

amongst the large Anthropoids in the Gorilla. Their large size

expresses the ferocity of the animal. The sexual difference between

the canines of the male and female is much greater in the Gorilla

than in the Chimpanzee: the canines of the male Chimpanzee

equal in their development those of the female Gorilla. The

upper canines of the male Gorilla project 14-18 mm. above the

other teeth; their antero-posterior diameter varies from 18-20 mm. ;

the lower project above the premolar teeth from 8-10 mm. The

development of the upper canines of the male Chimpanzee is much

less than those of the Gorilla: the upper projects 8-12 mm. with

an antero-posterior diameter of 12-15 mm.; the lower reaches

above the other teeth from 4-6 mm. In the female Gorilla the

upper canines reach above the other teeth from 8-10 mm.; the

corresponding measurement in the Chimpanzee is from 6-8 mm.:

in the lower teeth, the canines of the Gorilla project 4-6 mm. ; in

the Chimpanzee seldom more than 3mm. The size of the canine

teeth helps in the diagnosis of the Chimpanzee.

The incisor teeth of the Gorilla are a fourth larger than those

of the Chimpanzee, but the relative size of the individual incisors

is almost the same. The upper lateral incisors, owing to the great

size of the canines, are relatively small in the Gorilla. The

arrangement of the cuspules of enamel on the teeth of the one

is different from that of the other, but the small amount of

material at my disposal precludes me from making any more

definite statement.

In both the Chimpanzee and Gorilla the last permanent and

canine teeth commonly cut together; but in the Chimpanzee the

canine cuts more frequently before the last molar than in the

Gorilla.

“ Johanna” has the habit of yawning frequently, when a full

view is got of her teeth, and there cannot be a doubt for an

instant that in every point she possesses the dentition of a female

Chimpanzee.

I know of four instances of supernumerary molars in the Gorilla.

I know of only one in the Chimpanzee, and yet Chimpanzee skulls

are three times more numerous than those of the Gorilla.

6. The Myological and Osteological Differences in the Bodies and

Limbs of the Gorilla and Chimpanzee.

It is a very remarkable fact, and one that very forcibly proves

the close relationship between the Gorilla and Chimpanzee, that

there is scarcely a feature in any muscle or bone found in one

animal which is not also found in the other. What is the ex-

ception in the one, frequently proves the rule in the other, and

304 DR. A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. [ Mar. 7,

it is only by dealing with a large number of the two races that

their essential characteristics can be arrived at. The state-

ments made here, concerning the arrangement of muscles, are

founded on accounts more or less complete of the dissections of

13 Gorillas and 30 Chimpanzees. Wher the osteological and

myological differences that separate the Chimpanzee and Gorilla

are analyzed it is found that they all centre round the adaptation

of the Chimpanzee for a life almost completely arboreal, while in

the Gorilla they indicate an adaptation for spending a life in the

open as well as on trees. In short, the body of the Gorilla is more

adapted for the human manner of progressicn than that of the

Chimpanzee.

The approach to plantigrade progression is seen in the develop-

ment of the heel and calf-muscles of the Gorilla. The os calcis

projects behind the astragalus, to serve as a lever for the soleus

and gastrocnemius, twice as far in the Gorilla as in the Chimpanzee.

The projection in the Chimpanzee is always less than 1°5 cm.;

it is never less than 3°5 cm. in the adult Gorilla. The soleus, too,

shows a much greater tendency in the Gorilla than in the Chim-

panzee to assume the form found in Man. It had acquired an

origin from the tibia in 3 out of 8 Gorillas and in only 2 out of

12 Chimpanzees, while in the Gorilla the soleus resembles to

some extent the human arrangement by being more closely fused

with the tendon of the gastrocnemius.

As a grasping-organ, made up of two limbs, a hallucial limb on

the one side and a digital limb on the other, the foot of the

Gorilla does not differ materially from that of the Chimpanzee.

The proportional length of these limbs to each other and to the

lower extremity, as seen in the skeleton, are alike in both. The

muscles that act on them, except in minor details, are almost alike.

The foot of the Gorilla is the more bulky, broader, and the two

proximal phalanges of the toes lie within the plantar web.

The muscles that flex and adduct the great toe show the same

arrangement and same variations in both, and in the extensor

muscles of that digit only the tibialis anticus is different, making

an approach to the human form in the Gorilla. Of 7 Gorillas,

only the tendon was divided in 5; the division extended deeply

into the muscle in 2: in the Chimpanzee, on the other hand,

resembling the lower Primates, the muscle and tendon were divided

in 16, the tendon only in 3. This, again, is a point in which the

Gorilla shows an adaptation to plantigrade progression.

When the digital limb of the foot is examined, the Chimpanzee

shows the greater number of primitive features. The contrahentes

muscles, either as fibrous bands or as fibro-muscular slips, are always

more evident in the Chimpanzee than in the Gorilla. The inter-

osseous muscles in the foot of the Chimpanzee are arranged as in

all the lower Primates, the third digit receiving the insertion of the

2nd and 3rd dorsal interossei muscles ; but in 3 out of 7 Gorillas

the second digit, as is the case in Man, received the insertion of

the Ist and 2nd dorsal interossei muscles. In this feature also

the Gorilla shows an approach to an adaptation for plantigrade

1899. ] DR. A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. 305

progression. In both, the muscles of the fifth toe show a marked

tendency to become vestigial—a condition which occurs in Man,

and which Mr. Herbert Spencer believes to be due to the wearing

of boots; but the retrograde changes are most marked in the

Gorilla. In 4 out of 11 Chimpanzees this digit received a tendon

from the extensor brevis digitorum, a tendon found in only

1 Gorilla out of 8. The flexor brevis of this digit was absent in

3 Chimpanzees and fibrous in 11; it was absent in 3 Gorillas,

fibrous in 6, and muscular in 3. The flexor accessorius is equally

variable in both; it was found in the feet in 6 out of 10 Gorillas

and in 6 out of 11 Chimpanzees. The origin of the flexor brevis

digitorum shows much variation in both animals, but the tendency

for a complete transference of the origin of this muscle from the

tendon of the long flexor of the foot to the tuberosity of the heel

is most marked in the Chimpanzee, a character in which it more

resembles Man than its congener.

The better adaptation of the lower extremity of the Chimpanzee

for a climbing-organ is seen in the extensive insertion of the semi-

tendinosus, gracilis, sartorius, and biceps to the fascia of the leg,

in the occasional slip from the adductor magnus to the inner head

of the gastrocnemius, and in the separation of the scansorius. The

scansorius is a segmention from the anterior border of the deepest

gluteal sheet, for the more complete flexion of the hip-joint. It

existed as a separate muscle in 6 out of 11 Chimpanzees and in

only 2 out of 8 Gorillas. The lower extremity is nearly equal in

length (sometimes longer) to the upper extremity; in the Gorilla

it is always shorter; but the proportion of the anterior and pos-

terior limbs varies considerably.

Some well-marked features, related to their methods of locomo-

tion, distinguish the upper extremity of the Chimpanzee from the

Gorilla. The arm of the Chimpanzee is that of the brachiators,

anthropoids like the Orang and Gibbon, which use the arms as one

of the main organs of locomotion. The arm of the Gorilla

resembles more in its proportions that of the lower Apes. Both

the Chimpanzee and Gorilla agree in showing many retrograde

changes in the thumb. In neither is it a grasping-organ. The

flexor longus pollicis is vestigial in both; in Gorillas it was re-

presented by a tendinous thread springing from the deep flexor of

the index digit in 2; in the remaining 10 it was completely absent

or represented by a piece of tendon in the thumb only. In 25

Chimpanzees it was present as a thread in 15, and in the remaining

10 it was completely absent or merely the terminal part of the

tendon was present. The retrograde change has made furthest

progress in the Gorilla. The short muscles that flex the thumb

have the same arrangement in both, except that the opponens

pollicis is better marked in the Gorilla.

There are differences in the extensor muscles of the thumb.

The tendon of the extensor ossis metacarpi is much more com-

pletely divided into a carpal and a metacarpal part in the Chim-

panzee; and while this tendon sent a slip to the proximal phalanx

of the thumb, as it always does in Man, in 4 out of 9 Gorillas,

306 DR, A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. [ Mar. 7,

such a slip occurred in only 1 out of over 20 Chimpanzees. On

the other hand, the eawtensor longus pollicis of the Chimpanzee

frequently sends a slip to the proximal phalanx, an occurrence not

met with in Gorillas. The thumb in the Chimpanzee is on the

whole the more robust, but in the arrangement of the extensor

muscles the Gorilla approaches most nearly to Man. In proportion

to the length of the upper limb, the thumb of the Chimpanzee is

slightly the longer.

There are certain well-marked points of distinction between the

palmar and digital parts of ‘the hand ef the African Anthropoids.

The hand of the Chimpanzee is long and narrow, a hook to cling

by; the hand of the Gorilla is shorter and broader. The meta-

carpal and phalangeal parts of the Chimpanzee hand make up over

25 per cent. of the length of the upper extremity ; it seldom exceeds

22 per cent. of the Gorijla’s arm and is frequently less. The hand

of the Chimpanzee is adapted for brachiation, the hand of the

Gorilla is not. The contrahentes muscles to the 4th and 5th digits

are very seldom absent in the Chimpanzee; they are seldom present

in the hand of the Gorilla. The tendon of the flexor profundus

digitorum to the index digit commonly sends a slip to the tendon

of the third, a rare occurrence in the Chimpanzee.

The arrangement of muscles on the back of the hand, as in the

case of those of the flexor aspect and of the thumb, is most primi-

tive in the Chimpanzee. In both apes the superficial extensor

muscle to the fifth finger is small or absent ; the extensor indicis,

a muscle of the deep layer of extensors, was present in ull the

Chimpanzees examined, but only in 7 out of 8 Gorillas; the

deep extensor of the 3rd digit was present in none of the Gorillas,

but in 5 of 12 Chimpanzees; the corresponding tendon to the 4th

digit was present in 1 of 8 Gorillas and in 4 of 12 Chimpanzees. The

deep extensor of the fifth digit was present with equal frequency.

A curious transmigration in the origin of the forearm muscles,

resembling the change that has occurred to a greater extent in

Man, is seen at the elbow of the Chimpanzee. The pronator radii

teres has in the Chimpanzee an origin from the coronoid process of

the ulna in 9 animals out of 11, in only 3 out of 8 Gorillas;

an origin of the flewor corpi radialis from the radius is more

common amongst Chimpanzees ; the flexor sublimis digitorum had

a coronoid origin in 10 out of 12 Chimpanzees and in only 1 out

of 8 in the larger ape.

A consideration of muscles which have become more or less

vestigial in Anthropoids shows how closely the Chimpanzee and

Gorilla are related to each other, and at the same time how they

differ. The following list will show this at a glance :—

GorILLA. CnIMPANZEE,

Present. Absent. Present. Absent.

Palmaris longus .... 4 if 9 3

Plantariae SA ae. 0) 12 95 17

Penoneus quinti digiti. Equally small or absent in both.

Pyramidalis ........ 9 >

Psoas parvus ..... ; 3 ss », (absent 40 p.c.).

1899.] DR. A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. 307

The latissimo-condyloideus, a muscle which has been reduced to

a mere fibrous vestige in Man, is much diminished in size in both

Gorilla and Chimpanzee, but it is larger and more primitive in its

attachments in the Chimpanzee than inthe Gorilla. The humerus

is proportionally long in the Gorilla (40 per cent. or more of the

limb). The arm of the Chimpanzee, considering all its characters,

approaches the conditions found in the brachiating Apes and shows

features adapted for climbing not shown by that of the Gorilla.

A distinctive feature of the Gorilla, and one adaptative to plan-

tigrade progression, is the great development of the anterior-superior

part of the ilium. The breadth of the iliac fossa, measured from

the posterior-superior to the anterior-supericr iliac spine is never

less than 17 cm. in the adult Gorilla and never more than 13 cm.

in the Chimpanzee. The result of this development is that the

posterior part of the external oblique muscle of the abdomen is

inserted to it; the tensor vagina femoris arises from it; the iliac

crest acts as a fulcrum for these muscles to balance the body on its

lateral aspects.

The bones and muscles of the Chimpanzee thorax resemble the

arrangement found in lower Primates more closely than those of

the Gorilla.

One of my pupils, Mr. Tredgold*, has shown that the average

costal development of the Chimpanzees is 13°20 ribs, for Gorillas

12°86; there are commonly 13 pairs in both, but 12 pairs occur

in the Gorillas occasionally and 14 pairs not unfrequently in the

Chimpanzees. The lower limbs of the Gorilla show a tendency

to be fixed to a vertebra higher up than in the Chimpanzee”. The

lumbar curve is more pronounced in the Gorilla ®. Further, in the

more extensive attachment of the pectoral muscles to the chest-

wall, and in the absence of a hiatus between the clayicular and

sternal parts of the pectoralis major, the Chimpanzee recalls the

arrangement in the lower Primates more than is the case in the

Gorilla. The secondary attachment of the pectoralis minor to the

coracoid process, a constant insertion in Man, is the rule in Gorillas

and the exception in Chimpanzees ; it occurred in 8 out of 9

Gorillas and 7 out of 18 Chimpanzees. That point also indicates

adaptation in the arm of the Chimpanzee to brachiation.

There is a very well-marked difference between the Gorilla and

Chimpanzee in the attachment of the extensor muscles of the neck.

The difference is seen in the Chimpanzee’s more extensive cervical

origin or insertion of the trapezius, rhomboideus, splenius colli, levator

anguli scapule, and omo-trachelien muscles ; they have also a more

extensive attachment to the dorsal vertebrae below. The wide cer-

vical attachment, which was the rule for these muscles in the Chim-

panzee, was the exception in the Gorilla. These attachments are

adaptive to the greater mobility of the head of the Chimpanzee,

a feature in which it much more resembles Man than the Gorilla.

1 Journ. of Anat. & Physiology, vol. xxi. p. 288.

? A.M. Paterson. Trans. Roy. Society, Dublin, 1893, ser. 2, vol. v. pt. iii.

° D. T. Cunnixcuam. Cunningham Memoirs, Roy, Irish Acad. 1892,

no. vii.

308 DR, A, KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. [Mar. 7,

It will be thus seen that there is scarcely a feature in any

muscle or any bone in the body of the Chimpanzee or Gorilla that

can be said to be distinctive, and yet, when their characters are

summed up, on an average, there are very striking differences

between the body of the one and the body of the other.

7. The External Ear of the Gorilla and Chimpanzee.

The external ear of Man and the Anthropoid Apes, as well as that

of some South-American monkeys, is in a retrograde phase of de-

velopment. Retrogression has proceeded furthest in the ear of the

Orang-utan, to a less degree in the ears of Man and the Gorilla,

and least in that of the Chimpanzee. ‘ Johanna” has what may

be described as the typical Chimpanzee ear, a form not known to

occur amongst Gorillas. It measures 85 mm. from the top of the

helix to the lower border of the lobule, and 50 mm. from the base

of the tragus to the posterior border of the helix. The height of

the Gorilla ear seldom exceeds 60 mm. and its breadth is commonly

about 40 mm. ‘The ear of the Chimpanzee stands out from the

side of the head at an angle, like the wind-sail from the port-hole

of a steamer ; the ear of the Gorilla is appressed to the side of the

head. Du Chaillu describes the ear of A. kooloo-kamba as very

large; the ear of A. aubryi, supposed to be of this species, was

much smaller than that of “ Johanna” ; while the ear of “ Mafuka ”

resembled in size that of the Gorilla. The small, Gorilla type of

ear is seen occasionally in the Chimpanzee. The Chimpanzee type

of ear is quite a common human form. ‘The folding of the poste-

rior border of the ear, which must be regarded as evidence of a

retrograde development, has proceeded to a further extent in the

Gorilla than the Chimpanzee.

The degree to which the posterior border of the Helix is folded

in Gorillas and Chimpanzees.

Number. Not folded. 2mm. fold 4mm. fold Average.

or less. or less.

Gorillas ...... 19 2 15 5 1:30

Chimpanzees... 22 9 12 a 60

The lobule of the ear is more developed in the Gorilla.

«“ Johanna” possesses a very large lobule, measuring about 12mm.

in depth.

The development of a Lobule in Gorillas and Chimpanzees.

Total Lobulelessthan Lessthan Morethan Average.

number. 10mm. deep. 15mm. deep, 15mm. deep.

Gorillas .... 25 4 16 5 10'4mm.

Chimpanzees. 14 9 4 1 34mm,

The average development of the lobule of the human ear is

nearly 15 mm. Its meaning is unknown.

1899.] “DR. A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. 309

Darwin’s point appears more frequently in the Gorilla than in the

Chimpanzee. It appears in 9 per cent. Chimpanzees and 26 per cent.

Gorillas, the Jast figure corresponding to its appearance in Man—

taking an average of various races. ‘The development of the ante-

helix in the Gorilla approaches that of Man more nearly than the

Chimpanzee. The muscles of the ear are more rudimentary in

the Gorilla than in the Chimpanzee. Almost in every point the

ear of the Gorilla is the more human of the two. The external

ear is certainly an aid in distinguishing between the Chimpanzee

and the Gorilla.

8. The Circulatory and Digestive Systems of the

Gorilla and Chimpanzee.

Our knowledge of these systems in the two African anthropoids

is founded on a too limited amount of material to allow of any

definite statement being made as to the points on which they

differ. On the whole, they appear to resemble each other very

closely. The only feature that appears to demarcate them is

seen in the liver. The right lobe of the Gorilla liver shows always

a deep fissure, separating off a right lateral lobe, a fissure which

occurs vary rarely in the Chimpanzee and only occasionally in the

Orang. The liver of the Gorilla, in its division, is the most

primitive form found in the Anthropoids and most nearly resem-

bles that of the lower Catarrhini. On the other hand, especially

in its bulbous glans penis, the genital system of the Gorilla is the

more human. Laryngeal sacs occur both in the Gorilla and

Chimpanzee, and it is rather strange that “ Johanna” has never

been observed to manifest its presence.

9. Haars and Pigment as distinctive Features of the Gorilla

and Chimpanzee.

Neither the colour nor arrangement of hair, nor the degree to

which the skin is pigmented assist much in the differentiation of

the adult female Chimpanzee and Gorilla. In Anthropopithecus niger

the pigment appears much later than in the other Chimpanzees,

and cireum-oral and supra-orbital parts of the face appear never to

become deeply pigmented. The skin of the Gorilla, especially the

face, ears, palms, soles, and dorsal aspects of the trunk and limbs,

are deeply pigmented at birth. The adults of A. calvus and

A. kooloo-kamba show an equally intense deposit of pigment; so

does the Central-African variety, but it is unlikely they are

so deeply pigmented at birth. The scalp of A. kooloo-kamba,

taking Johanna as an example, seems almost as thinly supplied

with hair as A. caluus. The arrangement of hair is the same

in all.

10. Features of the Face and Skull which are characteristic

of the Chimpanzee.

Next to the teeth, the most characteristic features of the Gorilla

are to be found in the structure of its nose. The Gorilla retains

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XXI. 21

310 DR. A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. [Mar. 7,

the long nasal bones of the lower Catarrhini; in all the other

Anthropoids and in Man they have undergone marked retro-

gression, especially in the Orang. The nasal bones, as can be

seen in the living Chimpanzee, extend downwards to the level of

the lower border of the orbit and are never over 25 mm. long;

in the Gorilla they extend much lower down and are never less

than 40 mm. in length. The nasal bones of the Gorilla show a

sharp median ridge, evident in the living animal. This ridge

appears at adolescence and sometimes disappears in very old

animals. A trace of this ridge is seen on the nasal bones of the

Central-African Chimpanzee. The nasal bones unite before birth

in the Gorilla, at or after birth in the Chimpanzee. At their

upper end the nasal bones of the Gorilla always project within

the interfrontal suture, sometimes to a slight degree, frequently

to a very considerable extent, and at their lower ends unite into a

spine in over 60 per cent. of skulls. On the other hand, the nasal

bones of the Chimpanzee seldom project within the interfrontal

suture and only toa slight extent, the examples occurring mostly in

Central-African Chimpanzees, and show an inferior spine in only

15 per cent. of skulls, and these were mostly from Central Africa.

The inter-orbital breadth and the shape of the bridge of the nose have

frequently been used as characters of differentiation. They both

depend on age, and to some extent on sex. All through the life

of a Chimpanzee the bridge of the nose keeps changing in con-

formation, owing to the continual growth of the lachrymo-ethmoidal

air-sinus ; the convex bridge of the young adult becomes converted

into the flat or depressed bridge of the old adult. The inter-

orbital breadth is practically the same for Gorillas and Chimpanzees,

being greater in males than females, but the bridge of the nose

in the Gorilla never becomes flattened and depressed like that of

the Chimpanzee.

In her wide, smooth, rounded alar nasal folds, Johanna, and

all the Chimpanzees ascribed to the variety of which she is an ex-

ample, shows a marked Gorilline feature. -A. nigei never possesses

these folds so markedly, although they do increase in size with

age; but in the Gorilla they extend almost to the margin of the

lip, the middle part of which shows a widely grooved philtrum. In

Johanna a distinct transverse groove marks the upper lip from

the nose, and such a groove occurs always in Chimpanzees. The

middle and inferior turbinate bones of the Chimpanzee are more

convoluted than in the Gorilla, and the nasal duct less inflated.

In development, the palatine processes of the palate-bone of

the Gorilla frequently fail to meet, giving rise to a form of cleft

palate ; they always, when they unite, leave an open angle between

them: the corresponding processes in the Chimpanzee are always

well developed and unite so as to leave the bony palate with a

transverse posterior border. The nasal spines of the premaxilla are

commonly present in the Gorilla (17 out of 28) and seldom in the

Chimpanzee (5 out of 43). The nostrils are widest in the Gorilla.

The anterior opening of the nasal cavity in the adult Chimpanzee

1899.] DR. A. KEITH ON THE CHIMPANZEES. 311

measures on an average 25 mm. high and 25 mm. broad; in the

female Gorilla 29 mm. high and 31 mm. broad; 34 mm. high and

38 mm. broad in the adult male Gorilla. The orbits vary according

to age, sex, and the individual, but they measure, almost without

exception, most in the transverse diameter in the Chimpanzee,

in the vertical in the Gorilla, a feature dependent on teeth

development.

Certain features in the foramina for the exit of nerves in the

facial part of the skull separate the Gorilla and Chimpanzee. The

infra-orbital foramen in the Gorilla is divided into two or more

compartments by a vertical bar, that in the Chimpanzee by a hori-

zontal bar. This difference depends on the fact that the infra-

orbital nerve in the Gorilla sinks down within the maxilla from the

margin of the orbit; in the Chimpanzee it passes horizontally

inwards from the maxillary-malar suture. The foramina for the

nasal nerves are always to be seen in the nasal bones of the Gorilla,

never in those of the Chimpanzee; in the Chimpanzee these

foramina occur in, or at the side of, the upper part of the premaxilla.

Malar foramina occur only occasionally in the Gorilla; they are

always present in the Chimpanzee. The inferior palatine foramen

of the Chimpanzee is divided by a process of bone—a division not

seen in the Gorilla.

The supra-orbital ridges in Johanna project from the frontal

bone to a depth of 22 mm., and are separated by a glabellar notch.

This notch is very seldom seen in the female and never in the male

Gorilla. Itrarely occurs in the male Chimpanzee and is variable in

the female, but does not appear to be contined to any particular

race. The supra-orbital ridges keep on growing through life: in

5 young adult Chimpanzees their average depth was 14 mm., in

4 old adults 18 mm.; at corresponding periods of the same sex of

the Gorilla they measure-20 and 25 mm. In this feature Johanna

resembles the Gorilla. These ridges begin to form before the

milk-dentition is completed, and the part they play in the animal

economy is to strengthen the facial portion of the skull to give a

firm dental support.

The skull of the Chimpanzee is the more brachycephalic. The

average length of 10 skulls of Gorillas, excluding from the measure-

ments the prominence due to the frontal] air-sinuses and the

external occipital protuberance, was 118 mm., the corresponding

measurement in 10 skulls of Chimpanzees 103°6; the breadth of

skull, from one parietal eminence to another, was in the first 94 mm.,

in the second 89 mm. The breadth of the skull in Gorillas is

80 per cent. of the length, in Chimpanzees 86 per cent. But

the measurements overlap, and many of the measurements of the

female Gorilla correspond to those of the female Chimpanzee.

The temporal ridges in Johanna are about 25 mm. apart on the

crown of the head, a Chimpanzee character. In only 1 out of

5 adult female Gorillas had these ridges not fused into a median

crest, and in that particular case the cranial capacity was un-

commonly great. In it the temporal ridges were 20 mm. apart.

pie

312 MR. W. L. H. DUCKWORTH ON [ Mar. 7,

In 9 adult female Chimpanzees, on the other hand, in only one had

the temporal ridges united to form a slight crest: the average

distance between them is 22 mm. These ridges in the male

Gorilla reach the sagittal suture as the canine teeth cut and fuse

into a ridge, which continues to grow all through life. In the male

Chimpanzee they only occasionally unite to form a ridge. The

development of the temporal ridges, the height to which they reach

on the roof of the skull, depends on the dentition. The condition

in the adult female Chimpanzee corresponds to the stage of develop-

ment found in a male Gorilla cutting its second molar tooth.

The lower jaw in the female Gorilla, almost without exception,

exceeds in every dimension that of the female Chimpanzee.

11. Summary.

The Gorilla may be distinguished in life from the Chimpanzee

by its sullen, untamable, ferocious nature; its long nasal bones

descending far below the level of the infra-orbital margin; its

great alar nasal folds running to the margin of the upper lip; its

great peculiar molar, premolar, and canine teeth; its broad,

short, thick webbed hands and feet; its long heel and the great

length of its upper arm with the smaller development of the

forearm.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE Xx.

Anthropopithecus troglodytes kooloo-kamba. Taken from the specimen named

‘«‘ Johanna,” living in the collection of Messrs. Barnum and Bailey.

2. Further Note on Specific Differences in the Anthropoid

Apes. By W. L. H. Ducxwortn, M.A., Fellow of Jesus

College, Cambridge.

[Received March 4, 1899.]

1. After reading a note on this subject to this Society in

December 1898, I learned that in the Zoological Museum at

Jena is an Ape, the determination of whose species has given rise

to some discussion: the point in dispute being, whether it should

be described as a Gorilla or a Chimpanzee. Through the kindness

of Professor Haeckel I have been enabled to examine the specimen

and have arrived at the following conclusion—that, although

labelled “ Junger weiblicher Gorilla,” * neither the stuffed skin nor

the skeleton afford any evidence to justify the term Gorilla; and

the facts that hardly a suture remains unclosed in the skull, that

every epiphysis has long been fused with its diaphysis in the limb-

bones, and that the teeth are much worn down, indicate that this

was an aged, and not a young female. The average transverse

diameter of the crowns of the molar teeth is 9°7 mm. (cf. the ape

“ A” at Cambridge, where the average is 10-4; and an undoubted

female Gorilla with 14 mm.); and the mounted skeleton measures

1 The label runs :— Troglodytes gorilla (Cuy.). Junger weiblicher Gorilla,

yon einem Urunga Neger, 1885, in der Kolonie Gaboon erlegt.”

(VNNVHO/~)

é‘VENVM-OOTOOM SHLACOTOOUL SNOFTHLIGOAOUHINV

dart Sotgy wr PUITIT YPT 38 TSOP mug ¢

TXOG el GGSeSs Fel

1899.] SOME ANTHROPOID APES, 313

only 1010 mm. in height (less than 3 ft. 4 in.). On renewed

careful examination of the skeleton and of the skin, including

observations on hair-colour, ear-dimensions, characters of the

extremities and face, I could find no reason for regarding it as

other than an old female Chimpanzee, but one considerably smaller

than our Cambridge specimen “ A ” (also an aged female).

2. The foregoing instance is one in which a Chimpanzee is

incorrectly described as a Gorilla. The converse, whereby a Gorilla

is described as a Chimpanzee, may be noticed in the paper by

Professors Kiikenthal and Ziehen of Jena (in the ‘ Jenaische

Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaft,’ Band xxix. 1894), entitled:

“* Untersuchungen iiber die Grosshirnfurchen der Primaten.” On

mentioning Gorilla engena, the authors state that they themselves

_ had no opportunity of making observations on cerebral hemispheres

of this species. They draw up, however, from the works of others,

a list of twenty characteristic features of the fissures of the cerebral

hemispheres in this species. They proceed to Vroglodytes niger,

of which they describe six hemispheres, with which they combine

descriptions of two hemispheres of Zroglodytes savagii! The

latter specimens are in the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons, and are the cerebral hemispheres of a Gorilla that

died in this Society’s Gardens in 1887. More interesting than

the omission of the authors to recognize the identity of Gorilla

engena with Troglodytes savagii is the fact that out of the ten

particulars in which the hemispheres of 7’. savagii are stated to differ

from those of 7. niger, in three only does such divergence from

T. niger imply agreement with features previously described by the

authors as characteristic of Gorilla engena, while in three cases

there is divergence from these characteristic features of Gorilla

engena, and in the remaining four instances no comparisons can

be made. But further, from the examination of these hemispheres

of 7. niger and savagii, the authors proceed to draw up a list of

characters specially typical of the hemisphere of the Chimpanzee,

and seventeen of these aifect features that appeared in the list for

Gorilla engena. Of these seventeen characters, thirteen actually

present similarities in conformation between the hemispheres of

Gorilla engena and of the Chimpanzee (i. e. 7. niger and 7. savaqii of

Profs. Kiikenthal and Ziehen), while only four indicate differences

of conformation. If we may accept the data, no better proof could

be adduced of the practical identity of Gorilla and Chimpanzee in

respect of cerebral convolutions.

3. The study of cerebral hemispheres of Gorilla and Chimpanzee

respectively (in my possession) shows in strong relief the diver-

sity of conformation that may be met with in the brains of the

former. Consequently the value to be attached to the arrange-

ment of the cerebral convolutions as a criterion of species is

insignificant, and herein the conclusion arrived at in the preceding

paragraph is corroborated. I should prefer, however, to postpone

the further consideration of this part of the subject until I have been

able to consult the communication so lately made to the Zoological

Society on the brain of the Gorilla.

314 MESSRS. B. C. A, WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON’ [Mar. 7,

[P.S.—Two points respecting the geographical distribution of

the Gorilla appear to me to call for notice here. Last year (1898)

the occurrence of a Gorilla near Brazzaville on the Congo was

recorded, and, in fact, the specimen was brought to England.

Secondly, in the same year was published Captain Burrows’s book,

entitled ‘The Land of the Pigmies, which contains a photograph

of an Ape described as a Gorilla, which was shot at Stanley Falls.

If we regard this Ape as a genuine Gorilla, it follows that the

eastward range of that animal is much more extensive than it is

commonly supposed to be; but unfortunately the evidence of the

photograph alone does not support that specific title, showing as

it does that the specimen was possessed of distinct Chimpanzee

features. Without further investigation, therefore, no final con-

clusion on this point can be arrived at. |

3. On the Myology of the Edentata. By Brrrram C. A.

Winnie, D.Sc., M.D., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Ana-

tomy in Mason University College, Birmingham, and

F. G. Parsons, F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Lecturer on

Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital and

Hunterian Professor in the Royal College of Surgeons,

England.

[Received February 9, 1899.]

Part I—Mvscrzs or run Hap, Necr, anp Fore Lime.

It has been for some time our intention to gather together the

very scattered literature on the subject of Edentate myology, and

to check it by a series of dissections of such animals as we could

collect. We are greatly indebted to this Society, to Professor

Stewart of the Royal College of Surgeons, and to Professor Howes

of the Royal College of Science tor giving us opportunities of

dissecting specimens in their stores. We submit that the com-

paratively large number of records which we have been able to

bring together as the result of our own dissections and a study

of the literature has given us an opportunity of indicating which

muscles are constant and which are liable to variation. For this

reason we are glad to be able to point out that we have several

records of most of the existing genera of Edentates. There are

many points on which further information is desirable, and we feel

that the paper is far from complete; still, as the investigation has

been lengthy and arduous, it has seemed best to publish this first

part and to defer, as in the case of the Carnivora, the generali-

zations which we intend to offer, until the remainder of the

muscles are dealt with, in a second part of this paper. As in

former papers, small numerals refer to the list of animals at

the commencement of the paper and Roman figures to the

bibliography at its end. Those animals in the list against which

no author’s name is placed have been dissected by ourselves.

1899.]

£9 bo Hs

SSO OI OU

39 29

. Tamandua tetradactyla.

THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA.

List of Animals.

Family BrapyPopip2.

. Bradypus tridactylus.

< A (Humphry, IV.)

43 fs (Macalister, XIV.)

of a (Meckel, XI.)

af v" (Mackintosh, XVI.)

33 fa (Cuvier & Laurillard, XVIT.)

. Cholepus didactylus,

is a (Humphry, IV.)

Pr a (Mackintosh, XITT.)

Family MyrMEcoPHaG@ip 2.

. Myrmeccphaga jubata *.

” e (Pouchet, IT.)

(Macalister, I.)

cy = (Rapp, III.)

(Cuvier & Laurillard, XVII.)

‘ Cyclothurus didactylus. (Humphry, IV.)

33 os (Macalister, I.)

- a (Meckel, V.)

” ” (Galton, V1.)

os Bs (Cuvier & Laurillard, X VII.)

Family Dasypopip2.

. Dasypus villosus.

» sexcinctus. (Galton, X.)

(Cuvier & Laurillard, XVII.)

. Tatusia peba. (Macalister, VII.)

» Ssp.inc. (Meckel, XI.)

. Chlamydophorus truncatus. (Macalister, XI.)

” ” (Hyrtl, XII.)

Family Manip.

. Manis macrura.

“de ea 99

ae Usp ine;

» durita, (Humphry, IV.)

» tricuspis. (Macalister, I.)

», jevanica. (Macalister, VII.)

Family ORYCTEROPODID.

. Orycteropus capensis. (Galton, VIII.)

ss Fe (Humphry, IX.)

5 BS (Cuvier & Laurillard, XVII.)

1 R.C.S. Eng. Collection.

315

316 MESSRS. B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G, PARSONS ON [Mar.7,

Panniculus.—Bradypodide. The three records which we have

of this muscle in Bradypus all agree in stating that the dorsal

portion is very feebly marked. The ventral part or abdomino-

humeralis passes backwards as far as the outer surface of the

thigh, whilst anteriorly it covers in the axilla, and is attached

to the pectoral ridge deep to the pectoral muscle. We have

succeeded in satisfying ourselves that the sterno-facialis and

sphincter colli are both absent in this family.

Myrmecophagide. In Cyclothurus the abdomino-bhumeralis re-

sembles that of the Bradypodide ; it is well marked on the outer

side of the thigh and extends as far as the knee. Humpbry (17)

describes a femoral attachment between the ectogluteus and

vastus externus. In Yamandua (14) the dorso-humeralis is

better developed than the abdomino-humeralis.

Dasypodide. In this family the panniculus is remarkably

specialized, being divided into a number of slips which are inserted

into the carapace. In Tatusia peba (25), Macalister describes

seven parts, viz.: (a) abdomino-femoral, from the mid-lne of the

abdomen to the anterior edge of the femur; (+) abdomino-tergal,

from the anterior part of the mid-line of the abdomen to the deep

surface of the dorsal shield ; (¢) ischio-tergal, from the tuber ischii

to the deep surface of the pelvic shield ; (¢) pectoro-brachial, from

the mid-line of the pectoral region to the fascia on the mner

border of the arm ; (e) dorso-pectoral, from the integument over

the clavicular pectoral to the anterior angle of the dorsal shield ;

(f) from the angle of the mouth and the skin over the side of

the jaw to the lateral border of the dorsal shield as far as the

elbow; (g) a similar and longer slip connected with the posterior

trapezius. In Dasypus villosus (22) the most important bundle,

which is probably platysmal in its nature, passes from the lower

part of the zygoma to the cephalic border of the first part of the

dorsal carapace and thence backwards as far as the fourth segment.

Another band passes from the skull above the orbit to the head-

shield. In Dasypus sewcinctus (24), Cuvier and Laurillard figure

these zygomatic and occipital bundles, the former being, as in

villosus, much the larger of the two. The acromio-basilar of

Galton (23) is well-marked and passes from the skull anterior and

lateral to the occipital slip to the acromion process at its junction

with the spine. It lies wholly superficial to the trapezius, and is

clearly the same as Cuvier’s portion cervicale du trapéze.

In Chlamydophorus (27) there is no connection between the

panniculus and the spheroma; the abdomino-bumeralis is repre-

sented by a thin slip from the external aspect of the thigh to the

surface of the abdomen. Some fibres, which appear to be quite

separate from those of the trapezius, pass from over the scapula to

the cephalic shield, and these may probably be homologous with

the acromio-basilar of Dasypus. In the Manide the panniculus

more closely resembles the more common mammalian arrangement,

The abdomino-humeralis is very thick and dorsally inseparable

from the dorso-humeralis, the two covering the outer side and

1899. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 317

front of the thigh and buttocks. Some fibres also find their way

to the inner side of the thigh and there blend with the gracilis.

Anteriorly the more ventral fibres, to which alone the name of

abdomino-humeralis should be applied, pass deep to the pectoarls

and are inserted partly into the ribs and partly into the pectoral

ridge of the humerus. The more dorsal part of the pannicular

sheet, or dorso-humeralis, is partly inserted with the abdomino-

humeralis, deep to the pectorals, and partly runs to the fascia of

the dorsal surface of the arm and the posterior border of the outer

end of the spine of the scapula. In our specimens of Manis

the platysma is quite rudimentary, though it appears to be well

developed in Manis javanica (34) (Macalister). In the Oryctero-

podide (35, 36) there seems to be a remarkably well-developed

panniculus. We have not, unfortunately, had the opportunity

ourselves of dissecting the Aardvark, but the descriptions of the

platysma in this animal which are at our disposal are quite clear,

and seem to show that it there reaches a development superior to

anything which we have as yet met with in our researches into

mammalian musculature. It is described as passing from the

zygomatic region over the neck and shoulder and arm to the

radial side of the forearm. Humphry (36) and Cuvier and

Laurillard (37) both figure this extensive-platysma, and both also

figure a very well-marked sphincter colli or sterno-facialis ranning

backwards to the hinder end of the sternum, superficial to the

pectorals. Galton (35) describes a muscle running from the

orbicularis oris to the hinder end of the thorax, where it is

attached to the mid-line of the sternum: this, there can be little

doubt, is the sterno-facialis (cf. “‘ Lectures on the Muscles of

Mammals,” Journ. of Anat. & Phys. vol. xxxil. p. 430). The

same author states that part of this muscle passes under the jaw

and round the neck, a fasciculus which quite clearly corresponds

to the sphincter colli of other mammals. The abdomino-humeral

part of the panniculus in this animal is also well developed (37).

Facial Muscles.— There is little of special interest to note with

regard to the facial muscles of the Edentates, and there is so much

variety in the terminology employed by different writers that a

satisfactory generalization is most difficult. All the animals seem

to possess the orbiculares palpebrarum et oris, levator labii

superioris, zygomaticus, depressor labii inferioris, and retractor

naris, as well as anterior, superior, and posterior auricular muscles,

the last-mentioned being usually the best developed of the three.

The muscles of the face in Myrmecophaga have been described in

great detail by Owen (Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iv.).

In Bradypus the zygomaticus is well marked, whilst the most

remarkable feature in the Dasypodide and Manide is the great

deyelopment of the retractor uaris, which rises from the zygoma

and passes directly forwards to the snout and is evidently a

valuable adjunct in rooting and grubbing.

Masseter.—In Bradypus (1) the muscle is bilaminar, but the

two layers are not very easily separable. The superficial rises

318 MESSRS, B. ©. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [Mar.7,

from the anterior inferior border and from the inferior angle of

the malar, and is inserted into the lower border of the mandible

from the angle to midway between the angle and the symphysis.

The deep layer comes from the lower part of the posterior border

of the malar and is inserted into the outer surface of the mandi-

bular ramus. In his elaborate account of the muscles of the face

in Myrmecophaga, Owen does not mention any bilamination of the

masseter. In Dasypus (22) the muscle is distinctly bilaminar.

The same condition obtains also in Chlamydophorus (27, 28),

where, according to Hyrtl, it is intersected by tendons. In Manis

(29, 30) the masseter is thin and unilaminar and arises from

a fibrous zygoma. We have no records of its condition in

Orycteropus.

Temporal, Buccinator, and Pterygoidei show no points of special

interest.

Digastric—In the Bradypodide this muscle reaches from the

paramastoid process to the middle third of the body of the

mandible. In 1, 5, and 6 it is described as possessing a slight

tendinous intersection opposite the hyoid bone, from the inner side

of which intersection is given off a fibrous arcade similar to

that met with amongst the Sciuride. In 3 no tendinous inter-

section was noticed. Cholwpus (9) has a tendinous intersection,

though none was noticed by Macalister in his specimen. We

have no records of the digastric in any of the Myrmecophagide.

Among the Dasypodide the digastric is described as monogastric

by Macalister, who states that it is attached below the mandible

in Dasypus and Tatusia. In our specimen of Dasypus, and in a

second which we specially examined with reference to this point,

the muscle was absent, but it is figured by Cuvierand Laurillard (24)

as arising by tendon and inserted by fleshy fibres. In Chlamy-

dophorus, Macalister found a very small digastric passing from the

bulla tympani to the mandible, but Hyrtl found none in his

specimen of the same animal. In the Manide the digastric is

inserted into the lower jaw as far as halfway to the symphysis ;

it possesses no central tendon (29). In the Orycteropodide

(36, 37) the muscle has the same arrangement.

Mylo-hyoid.—This muscle is always well marked in the Eden-

tates, being especially large in Myrmecophaga, Tamandua, and

Manis, in all of which animals the posterior fibres curve round the

sterno-glossi and the part of the tongue into which these are

inserted, forming a narrow tunnel or sheath in which they are

enclosed.

Sterno-mawillaris, Hyoid, and Thyroid.—The first of these

muscles is absent in the Bradypodide. In Bradypus (1, 5) the

latter two are fused as far as the caudal edge of the larynx, at

which point a slip is delaminated from the mesial and ventral part

of the muscle and continued to the hyoid bone, the greater part

of the muscle passing to the thyroid cartilage. In Cholapus (10)

the two muscles have practically the human attachments. In the

Myrmecophagide the sterno-maxillaris is present as a superficial

1899.] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA, 319

delamination from the sterno-hyoid (M. jubata, Owen, XV.). In

Tamandua and Cyclothurus it rises from the manubrium and is

inserted into the mandible near the symphysis. In the Dasy-

podide the sterno-maxillaris is also present in Dasypus (22),

Tatusia (25), and Chlanydophorus (27, 28). In the Manide no

sterno-maxillaris was noticed nor is any recorded in Orycteropus.

The only animal in which a tendinous intersection was noticed

was Tamandua (14), in which the condition existed in the sterno-

maxillaris.

Sterno-glossus.—This muscle has so far only been recorded in

Myrmecophaga, Tamandua, and Manis. Whether it is present in

Cyclothurus we are unable to state. It rises from the xiphi-

sternum and the last one or two true ribs and passes forward at

first deep to the sternum and costal cartilages, and is subsequently

ensheathed, as has already been mentioned, in fibres derived from

the mylo-hyoid, to be inserted into the tongue. In Myrmecophaga

Owen points out that it is intersected in its thoracic portion by

lineee transverse.

Styloid Muscles—The stylo-hyoid, glossus, and pharygneus

seem to be generally present, and of these the stylo-glossus appears

to be always the best developed. The stylo-pharyngeus is usually

small, and the stylo-hyoid is sometimes absent.

Omo-hyoid.—In no Edentate have we ever seen this muscle,

nor is it specifically described by any author, though it is stated

in one paper that Cuvier noted it in Myrmecuphaga, a reference

which we have been unable to trace.

Sterno-cleido-mastoid.—In the Bradypodide, Bradypus (1, 3, 4)

is remarkable for having the two parts closely united, whilst in

Cholepus they are distinct. In Bradypus the single muscle rises

from the manubrium and the fascia external to it and may (3) get

a slight origin from the rudimentary clavicle. It is inserted into

the paramastoid and paroccipital region of the skull and has the

spinal accessory nerve on its deep surface. In Cholepus both

sterno- and cleido-mastoids are present, the latter coming from

the middle third of the clavicle, and the spinal accessory nerve

passes between them. The cleido-mastoid muscle when it is

present is, as in most mammals, inserted deep to the sterno-

mastoid. In the Myrmecophagide, Myrmecophaga and Tamandua

have only a sterno-mastoid, but Cyclothurus, in which the clavicle

is well developed, has both sterno- and cleido-mastoids (17, 21).

In one specimen of this animal (19) there are described distinct

sterno-mastoid, cleido-occipital, and cleido-mastoid, the latter

lying deep to the cleido-occipital. It is to be regretted that the

relation of the spinal accessory nerve to these three muscles is

not recorded. In the Dasypodide, Dasypus (22, 23, 24), Tatusia

(25, 26), and Chlamydophorus (27) have separate sterno- and

cleido-mastoids. In the last-mentioned animal, Hyrtl (28)

mentions that the sterno-mastoids of opposite sides are fused

in the neck. In Manis (29) the cleido-mastoid is absent. In

Orycteropus (35, 36, 37) both sterno- and cleido-mastoids are

320 MESSRS. B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [Mar. 7;

present, and the latter arises from the inner } or 3 of the

clavicle.

Omo-trachelian.—This muscle is not a constant feature in

Edentate myology. When present, it arises, as is usually the case

amongst mammals, from the transverse process of the atlas, and is

inserted into the acromion process. In the Bradypodide it was

present in Bradypus (1, 3), being inserted in the latter specimen

into the upper angle of the scapula. In another specimen (5) its

existence is not mentioned, nor has it been noticed in Cholepus.

In the Myrmecophagide the muscle was absent in Myrmecophaga

(13), but present and well marked in Tamandua (16) and Cyelo-

thurus (18,19). In the Dasypodide the muscle was absent in

two specimens of Dasypus (22, 24) and no mention is made of its

presence in a third (23); Macalister, however, records its existence

inaspecimen. In the Manide the muscle is well marked, but

shifts its anterior attachment from the atlas to the mastoid region

of the skull (29, 30, 31, 32).

Scaleni.—In no Edentate have we seen or met with any record

of a scalene muscle lying on the ventral aspect of the subclavian

vessels, so that it may be fairly definitely laid down that the

scalenus ventralis is a muscle totally wanting in this order. The

scalenus longus is attached toa very small number of ribs, another

characteristic feature of Edentate myology. The following table

gives a list of the attachments of longus and brevis in several

specimens :—

Bradypus (1) ....cseccee

Cholepus (10)..........+.

Tamandua (14) .........

Cyclothurus (17, 21) ...

Dasypus (22)

Tatusia (25)

Chlamydophorus (27)...

As (28)...

Mamis(20))¢...0se0eo-

nee eseeeree

Longus.

6, 7, 8, 9 C. V. & rib i.

”

,6 C.V. & ribs i., ii.

ibs ili., iv., v.

ribs i., ii., iil.

2, 3, 4, 5,6 0. V. & rib ii.

” ”

2, 3, 4, C. V. & ribs ii., iii., iv.

Brevis.

6, 7, 8,9 C.V. & ribi.

4,5,6,7C.V. & ribi.

ribs ii., iil., iv.

ribs i., ii.

2,3,4,5,6C. V. & ribi.

4,5, C.V. & ribi.

Rectus thoracis lateralis ——This muscle is, so far as we know,

characteristic of the Edentates, as we have neither met with it nor

any description of it among other mammals, in the {course of our

researches. It continues the direction of the scalenus longus

caudalwards, being attached anteriorly to the first rib or pair of

ribs and posteriorly to some of the hinder ribs. Asa rule, the

muscle is external to the rectus ventralis, but when the two

overlap, as they did in our specimen of Dasypus (22), the rectus

ventralis is the more superficial of the two, a fact which shows

that the rectus thoracis lateralis cannot be regarded as a dis-

placed supra-costalis. Indeed, the fact that it is found in Cholepus

(10) co-existing with the supra-costalis is alone sufficient to prove

this. Macalister considers that this muscle is a lateral displace-

1895. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE HDENTATA. 321

ment of a portion of the rectus ventralis. We have, however, very

carefully examined the question and have come to the conclusion,

from the facts that (i.) it so often continues the direction of the

scaleni and (ii.) is occasionally connected to them by direct fibres,

that the muscle should be looked upon as a caudad extension of

scalenus longus and that its presence is correlated with the fact,

already insisted upon, that the last-named muscle has a very

limited attachment in the costal region. In the Bradypodide the

muscle was noticed in five specimens of Bradypus (1, 3, 4, 5, 6);

it was attached in all to the first rib anteriorly, but its posterior .

connections were various. In Cholwpus (10) it passed from the

first and second ribs to the eighth and ninth. Amongst the

Myrmecophagide, we have no record of its occurrence in Myrme-

cophaga itself, but in Tamandua (14, 16) it is well marked and

passes from the first to the seventh and eighth ribs; it was also

present in four specimens of Cyclothurus (17, 19, 20, 21). In

the Dasypodide the muscle, for some reason not apparent to us,

shifts its anterior attachment nearer to the mid-ventral line. Thus

in Dasypus (22), as we have already mentioned, it is attached deep

to the rectus ventralis, whilst in Yatusta (25) its anterior attach-

ment is to the manubrium sterni. In Chlamydophorus (27) the

muscle is very slender and feeble and is attached to the first rib.

In another specimen of the same animal (28) Hyrtl does not

allude to the muscle. Amongst the Manide the muscle was

found passing from the 1st to the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, and 7th ribs in

Manis (29). Its presence is not recorded in any of the descriptions

of the Orycteropodide, nor do Cuvier and Laurillard figure it in their

plates of the myology of this animal (37).

Recti capitis dorsales.—There does not seem to be any delami-

nation, producing a r.c.d. medius, as is the case in so many

mammals. We find only records of r. ¢. d. superficialis et profundus

(r.c. posticus major and minor), as in Man.

Splenius capitis et colli.These muscles are subject to a gcod

deal of variation in the Hdentata and especially amongst the

Bradypodide. In Bradypus, a form possessing nine cervical

vertebrz, we are not surprised to find the colli very large and the

capitis either very small (1, 4, 6) or absent altogether (3). In one

specimen (3) there were two splenii colli, the anterior arising from

the spines of the 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th cervical vertebrae, while the

posterior came from five spines behind these. In Cholepus (10),

a form in which the number of cervical vertebre is liable to

reduction, the splenius capitis was large and rose from all the

cervical spines or the ligamentum nuche dorsal to them. The

splenius colli was absent. Amongst the Myrmecophagide there

was no splenius colli in Tumanduu (14) or Cyclothurus (21). In

another specimen of the first-named animal (16) it went to the

atlas only. Amongst the Dasypodide there was no splenius colli

in Dasypus (22, 24), Tatusia (25), or OChlamydophorus (27). In

Manis (29) there is also no splenius colli, nor have we any record

of the muscle in Orycteropus. We may sum up the description of

322 MESSRS, B,C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Mar. 7,

these muscles amongst the Edentates by saying that the splenius

colli is usually absent throughout the Order with the exception of

Bradypus, in which animal the splenius capitis is feeble or

wanting.

Trapezius.——In Bradypus (1, 2, 3, 5, 6) this muscle fails to reach

the occiput, a fact which seems to be correlated with the

lengthening of the neck due to the two extra cervical vertebre. The

origin is from the ligamentum nuche and the anterior 4th, 5th, and

6th spines. The anterior cervical fibres are continuous with the

clavicular deltoid to form a cephalo-humeralis ; the posterior cervical

and thoracic fibres are separated from the former by a fibrous

interval and are inserted into the spine of the scapula and acromion

process. In Cholwpus the anterior part rises from the occiput

and ligamentum nuche, and is inserted into the lower border of

the scapular spine. The posterior fibres can with difficulty be

separated from these and are inserted into the whole length of the

spine. In the Myrmecophagide the trapezius forms a continuous

sheet. In Myrmecophaga (13), Tamandua (14, 16), and two

specimens of Cyclothurus (17, 21) there was no occipital origin,

but in other specimens of the last-named animal (18, 19, 20) the

muscle rose from the occipital curved line. In Cyclothurus the

anterior fibres are inserted into the outer part of the clavicle,

which is well developed in this animal. In Myrmecophaga (11)

and Tamandua (14, 16) the anterior fibres form with the clavicular

deltoid a well-developed cephalo-humeral, and as usual there is a

fibrous intersection in the position of the clavicle. Amongst the

Dasypodide, Dusypus (22) has the anterior fibres of the trapezius

arising from the deep surface of the anterior part of the carapace,

and these fibres form the cephalo-humeral. ‘he posterior part of

the muscle rises from the fonrth cervical to the last thoracic

spines and is inserted into the scapular spine. In Chlamydophorus

the anterior part of the muscle is separated from the posterior by

a cellular interval, the anterior fibres, as in Dasypus, arising from

the head-shield. In Tatusia no mention is made of an origin

from the carapace. In the Manide the cephalo-humeral is well

marked and rises from the occiput (29, 31, 32, 33, 34). The

remainder of the muscle forms one mass and is inserted into the

spine of the scapula and its acromion process. In Orycteropus

(35, 36, 37) the origin is from the occiput, ligamentum nuche, and

anterior nine or ten thoracic spines, the insertion is into the spine

and acromion process of the scapula, but there is apparently no

clavicular bundle or cephalo-humeral muscle.

Latissimus dorsi.—This muscle has the ordinary origin from the

posterior half of the thoracic spines, the lumbar fascia, and three

or four posterior ribs, and is inserted, as usual in mammals, into

the humerus below its neck. In the Dasypodide it is remarkable

for rising from more ribs than usual, often from the third or

fourth to the last. These costal origins blend with the deep part

of the insertion of the pectorals, and form a muscular floor to the

axilla. We regard them as unusually well-developed achselbogen,

1899.] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 323

or portions of the pectoral mass. Regarding as we do this mass

and the panniculus of the region as portions of the differentiated

lateral sheet of muscle carried out by the limb-bud, we believe

achselbogen to be a rudimentary condition represented in its

fullest development by the presence of a muscular floor to the

axilla, and that in both these conditions we have to do with a

section of the sheet lying between the pectorals and the latissimus

dorsi. This arrangement has been noticed in Dasypus (22, 23, 24),

Tatusia (25, 26), and Chlamydophorus (27, 28). In the last-

named animal Macalister describes a special bundle of fibres rising

from the mammillary processes of the first two lumbar vertebrae

and gaining insertion into the posterior inferior angle of the scapula.

We can quite concur with his statement that this bundle is not

found in any other Edentate.

Latissimo-olecranalis—This muscle is always present in Eden-

tates, and is singularly well developed in many of them. In the

Bradypodide the muscle is not of great size; in Bradypus it is

inserted into the internal supra-condylar ridge (1, 2, 4, 6), while in

Cholepus it is attached to the arch of the large supra-condylar

foramen. In the Myrmecophagide the muscle is of fair size and

(in the specimen O. 11 at the R. C.S.) attached to the inner side of

the olecranon. Pouchet (II.) speaks of an “ accessoire interne ”

arising from the infraspinous fossa in his specimen (12). This

may be a displaced latissimo-olecranalis, though the condition is

clearly abnormal, since it was neither found by Macalister nor by

ourselves (11). In Tamandua (14) we found the muscle with its

usual attachments ; but Rapp (I11.) found it rising from the scapula

close to the teres major, a condition which nearly agrees with that

described by Pouchet as the “ accessoire interne.” In Cyclothurus

the muscle has a more extended insertion than in the other Ant-

eaters; it is attached to the forearm from the olecranon process to

the palmar fascia (17, 18,19, 20). Humphry (LV.) says that from

its insertion the palmaris longus takes origin, this being one of

several instances of unusual continuity between muscles generally

separate one from another in other Orders. In the Dasypodide

the muscle is very large and often has further origins than that

which it obtains from the latissimus dorsi. In Dasypus (22) we

found it rising («) from the main insertion of the latissimus dorsi,

(6) from the dorsum scapule, and (c) from that part of the

latissimus dorsi muscle which arises from the thoracic vertebre.

The muscle covered the dorsal and internal aspects of the arm and

was folded round the triceps in such a way as to render that muscle

invisible until the latissimo-olecranalis was removed. The insertion

was into the olecranon and upper half of the subcutaneous margin

of the ulna. This is the maximum development of the muscle

so far met with by us in any mammal. Galton does not mention

any independent origin from the scapula in this animal (23), but

otherwise his description agrees with our own. Cuvier and

Laurillard (24) figure the same extensive insertion. In Tatusia

the muscle is very large, and in one specimen (25) obtains an extra

324 MESSRS, B. C. A, WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Mar. 7,

origin from the teres major. In Chlamydophorus (27) it is also

large and is inserted into the internal condyle, internal lateral

ligament, olecranon, and fascia of the forearm. In the Manide

the muscle is not quite so well developed as in the Armadillos ; in

this class it is inserted into the olecranon and fascia of the forearm

(29, 30, 31, 32, 33). In Orycteropus (35) the muscle rises from

the latissimus dorsi and apparently gets additional slips from the

scapula and teres major; in part it joins the long head of the

triceps.

Rhomboidei.—We have found it convenient for the purposes of

mammalian myology to describe the rhomboid sheet in two parts,

viz. rhomboideus capitis et colli and rhomboideus thoracis. In

the Bradypodide the rule holds good which we have already found

to apply to other neck-muscles. In correlation with its additional

cervical vertebre, Brudypus (1, 3, 4, 5) has no occipital origin to

the rhomboid, whilst in Cholepus this origin is well marked. Ia

Bradypus there is no division between the rhomboidei colli et

thoracis, but in Cholepus (8) the r. thoracis, which is inserted

into the vertebral border of the scapula opposite the root of the

spine, is, at its origin, deep to the rhomboideus capitis et colli. In

the Myrmecophagide the muscle forms a single undivided sheet

without any occipital origin in Myrmecophaga (13), Tamandua (14,

16), or Cyclothurus (18, 19, 20). In the Dasypodide an occipital

origin is always present and the rhomboideus thoracis is usually

separate from the rhomboideus capitis et colli. The rhomboideus

capitis often forms a separate slip and is called by Galton (VL.) the

occipito-scapular. In the Manide the occipital origin is also always

present (29, 31, 33, 34), In the Orycteropide the occipital origin

is present but ill-developed (35, 36).

Rhomboideus profundus (Levator scapule minor).—This muscle,

which rises from the transverse process of the atlas and is inserted

into the base of the spine of the scapula, seems only to be distinct

in Orycteropus (35, 36, 37). Indications of it may be found in

other animals, but in them it is usually more or less blended with

adjacent muscles, such as the rhomboideus capitis et colli, omo-

trachelian, or serratus ventralis colli (neck portion of serratus

magnus).

Serratus ventralis colli et thoracis (Serratus magnus).—The

following origins of this muscle are given by different observers :—

Cery. Tr. Proes. Ribs

Bradjgusi(h) 2) o0 2eee e absent. 1-7

Fes DED osc 39 AMOR ED 6-9 1-2

je RCT) ee Mant. memeonens ers 6-9 1-8

Sculeh Aiea cobs hoe 9 1-7

5. Seng CapyaN 7h ee A 7-9 1-7

SEP eetate talon odeeteicre 9 1-7

Chala Aa est ere ae = 5-7 1-8

Myrmecophaga (18) .......-6. 2-7 1-8

Tamandua (84) 55 20s soso as ae 1-7 1-7

1899. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 325

(a)

Cerv. Tr. Proes.

Cyclothurus (17) «22.22 ee eee 2-7 1-8

E CUS RIES ae ele 4 sr 5-7 1-7

fc C20) ee 5-7 1-7

CAL) rors Po: eee 5-7 1-7

WIASYPUS (22) Te velsieicie be se hinder C. V 1-8 or 9

a pl Ce AAR SR ae 5-7 1-7

REGIS (IO ne oh oe saute aide = sey 0:2 1-7 1-7

Ba) PCO) stare apesarelete a wetrele 5 ety 1-7 1-7

ala () ar i ae Pe a 2-7 -

itd (33) eck an erick ge eS ae 2-7 1-6

Orycicropus (GO) Pei e. sS e« 2-7 1-8

is CSG, PS 2-7 1-8

9 COR aatite’s Nie 2-7 1-8

From the foregoing it will be seen that the neck portion of the

muscle (the levator anguli scapule of human myology) is either

absent or feebly developed in the Bradypodide. In Tamandua

(14) and two specimens of Manis (29, 30) it is described as arising

from the atlas, but past experience makes us think that in these

cases the rhomboideus profundus is incorporated with the serratus

ventralis colli. In some cases, e. g. Cyclothurus, the cervical,

anterior and posterior thoracic origins may remain distinct as far

as their insertion, and the muscle may then consist of three

portions, as it more or less does in Man. In other cases, e. g.

Dasypus (22), the cervical and thoracic portions may torm two

separate sheets, while in many instances the whole muscle forms

one continuous plane. It may be added that on the whole the

muscle is one of great strength, exceeding in this respect the

condition met with in most of the mammals examined by us,

also that the scapular insertion often takes the form of two

strong bundles attached to a triangular portion of bone at the

caudal and cephalic ends of the scapula respectively, the part

between, though continuous with these two bundles, being

comparatively thin.

Pectorales.—The pectoral mass in Edentates, as, indeed, generally

amongst the Mammalia, is exceedingly hard to classify, for the

greater the amount of available material, the more difficult does the

generalization become. We feel that the only way to do justice

to the subject would be to repeat the various descriptions in

extenso; but as this is hardly possible, we shal] content ourselves

with making what generalization we can. We believe that a

typical pectoral has superficial and deep manubrial and superficial

and deep gladiolar planes, that there may be a clavicular portion

and an abdominal sheet or pectoralis quartus arising from the

linea alba, that one or more bundles may rise from the anterior

ribs deep to the gladiolar fibres, and that these may be described as

a pectoralis minor. In Bradypus we have six descriptions, no two

of which agree. Macalister and Mackintosh failed to find any

abdominal portion or anything representing a pectoralis minor.

Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1899, No. XXII.

326 MESSRS, B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [Mar.7,

In our specimens (1, 7) we found a feeble pectoralis minor rising

from the second costal cartilage and passing to the fascia over the

shoulder ; while the abdominal pectoral (pectoralis quartus) was

present and closely blended with the abdomino-humeral part of the

panniculus. Cuvier and Laurillard (6) show in their figure an

absence of pectoralis quartus, thus agreeing with Macalister and

Mackintosh, but they represent a fairly well-marked pectoralis

minor.

In Cholapus a special bundle corresponding in origin to the

superficial gladiolar fibres was inserted into the inner border of the

flexor surface of the forearm. In Myrmecophaga (13) the super-

ficial and deep manubrial fibres were fused and the superficial and

deep gladiolar were distinct. There was no pectoralis minor. In

Tamandua (14) and Cyclothurus (17, 18) the superficial manubrial

and gladiolar fibres were fused. In Dasypus (22, 24) the same

condition obtains, but the place of the deep gladiolar fibres is taken

by the large part of the latissimus dorsi which passes across the

floor of the axilla and is inserted with the pectorals. In Tatusia

(25) clavicular, sternal, and abdominal bundles are present, and the

same description applies to Chlamydophorus (27). In Manis (29,

39, 32) the superficial manubrial bundle is well marked, and,

although narrow at its origin, spreads out to be inserted from the

lower end of the deltoid tubercle to the internal condyle. In one

specimen (30) it is noted that these manubrial fibres are twisted

upon themselves in such a way that those rising most deeply were

most superficial at their insertion. In Orycteropus, Macalister (1.),

Humphry (IX.), and Galton ( VIII.) allagree that a pectoralis minor

is present. The pectoralis quartus (37) is also well marked.

Subelavius.—This muscle in the Edentates varies a good deal and

is of considerable interest. In the Bradypodide it is present and

is inserted not only into the clavicle, but into the coracoid process

and acromion. This was the case in six specimens of this animal

(2, 3, +, 5, 6, 7) and in two of Chelwpus (10 and a specimen of

Galton’s). In the Myrmecophagide the muscle is absent not only

in Myrmecophaga (13) and Tamandua (14 and X. p. 528), which

have only rudimentary clavicles, but also in Cyclothurus (17, 18,

20, 21), in which this bone is well developed. In the Dasypodide

the muscle is always large and inserted chiefly into the acromion

process and the fascia over the supraspinatus. This is true of

Dasypus (22, 23), Tatusia (25), and Chlamydophorus (27, 28).

In the Manide the muscle is wanting (29, 31, 32,33, 34). In the

Orycteropodide the subclavius is present (35, 36), but, as in most

Edentates, is inserted more into the acromion and fascia over the

supraspinatus than into the clavicle. This arrangement is clearly

an approach to the sterno-scapularis muscle so constantly found

amongst hystricomorphine rodents.

Deltoid.—The usual three parts of the deltoid are present in

Edentates, and, as a rule, are inserted very close together into the

deltoid ridge. Speaking generally, the usual mammalian rule is

borne out, that clavicular fibres are inserted lowest and pass

1899. ] _ THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. : 327

superiicially to the others, while the spinous fibres are inserted

highest and pass deep to the other two bundles. In those animals

in which the clavicle is absent or rudimentary, the clavicular part

of the muscle is continuous with the ventral fibres of the trapezius

to form a cephalo-humeral. Among the Bradypodide, Bradypus

has the cephalo-humeral, acromial, and spinous parts closely

blended and inserted into the middle of the humerus (1, 3, 4).

In two specimens (4, 5) a slip was given to the short head of the

biceps from the cephalo-humeral. In Cholepus the insertion

varied in two specimens—in one (10) the clavicular and acromial

portions were both inserted into the radius, while in another (8)

all three parts went to the deltoid tubercle. Among the Myrmeco-

phagide, Myrmecophaga (11, 12, 13) and Tamandua (14, 16) have

each a cephalo-humeral and all three parts are inserted into the

middle of the humerus. In Cyclothurus (17, 18, 19, 21) the

clavicular, spinous, and acromial parts are all inserted into

the humerus together, the two latter being apparently closely

fused. Inthe Dasypodide the clavicular slip rises trom the clavicle

in Dasypus (22, 23), Tatusia (25, 26), and Chlamydophorus (27, 23),

and is always inserted into the deltoid tubercle on the humerus.

The acromial and spinous parts may or may not be separate. In

the Manide the cephalo-humeral is well marked, the spinous and

acromial parts are more or less fused, and in several specimens

(29, 32, 33, 34) a separate bundle was traced from the spine

of the scapula to the triceps or supinator longus. Macalister

expresses some doubt as to the nature of this slip; but we have

been able to satisfy ourselves, by tracing the circumflex nerve

into it, that it is a part of the deltoid. In the Orycteropodide

the clavicular portion is inserted into the radius with the biceps,

the other two parts passing to the deltoid ridge (35, 36, 37).

Supra- and Infraspinati.mIn all cases the supra- is consider-

ably larger than the infraspinatus. In Dasypus (22, 23) the latter

muscle rises between the two scapular spines.

Teretes major et minor.—One of the great characteristics of all

members of the Edentate Order, with the sole exception of the

Myrmecophagide, is the great development of the teres major.

In many of these animals there is a considerable ridge of bone

marking off the origin of the teretes from that of the intraspinatus.

Of this ridge, which is called the inferior scapular spine, we have

already written in connection with Dasypus. The teres minor in

most of the Order has been described as present. In some cases

it is described as being fused with the infraspinatus or subscapu-

laris, but from our own experience of the Order we can quite

easily understand how two observers, in the instances in which

the muscle is not well marked, might readily differ in their

description of the same animal, so that we shall content ourselves

by saying that this muscle is usually a distinct entity throughout

the Edentata.

Subscapularis.—In the Bradypodide the bundle of fibres rising

from the axillary border of the scapula and obtaining.an insertion

22F

328 MESSRS. B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G, PARSONS ON’ [Mar.7,

below the lesser tuberosity of the humerus is specially marked off

from the rest of the muscle. The name of subscapulo-humeral,

which sufficiently indicates its nature, has been suggested for this

slip (1, 2,5, 10). In one specimen of Bradypus (2) the sub-

scapularis was divided into three parts, the hindmost of which was

the subscapulo-humeralis. In Myrmecophaga Macalister (I.) found

the muscle intersected by ten tendinous planes, and the specimen

now in the R.C.S. Museum (11) shows the same condition.

We further found in this specimen that five separate nerves, all

from the dorsal part of the brachial plexus, entered the muscle.

Macalister states that there are two accessory slips to the muscle

in this animal: (@) the subscapulo-humeralis, and (6) “a triangular

slip from the fossa above the subscapular nerve.” Pouchet (IL.)

found that the tendon of insertion split into upper and lower

parts and between them was the short head of the biceps ; it is,

however, just possible that he may have mistaken the upper edge

of the supraspinatus, which is very prominent in this animal, for

part of the insertion of the subscapularis. In Tamandua (14) the

muscle is also considerably broken up. In no other Edentate was

any special feature of interest noted in connection with this

muscle.

Coraco-brachialis—An Edentate characteristic of considerable

interest is the great frequency of occurrence of the coraco-

brachialis longus throughout the Order. In the Bradypodide,

Bradypus and Cholepus, as is so often the case, differ in their

myology. In the former the coraco-brachialis medius alone is

present (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6), and in our own specimen (1) we were

careful to notice that the musculo-cutaneous nerve passed above

the muscle, 7. e. between it and the bone. In Cholapus (8, 10) the

brevis and longus alone were present, though Galton (X.)in another

specimen says that he found only a thin cord-like middle variety.

In the Myrmecophagide, Myrmecophaga (11, 12) and Tamandua

(14, 15, 16) have the longus only attached to the supracondylar

arch, and given off from the short head of the biceps about the

middle of the arm; whilst in the four specimens of Cyclothurus of

which we have records (17, 18, 20, 21) no coraco-brachialis at all

was present. In the Dasypodide the longus and brevis were present

in two specimens of Dasypus (22, 23), but in another specimen

described by Wood (Journ. of Anat. & Phys.i. p. 51), and in

Cuvier and Laurillard’s specimen (25), the longus only was found.

In Tatusia the longus and brevis were present in one specimen

(25), the longus only in another (26). In Chlamydophorus the

muscle was totally absent in Hyrtl’s specimen (28), whilst in

Macalister’s (27) the brevis was present. In the Manide the

muscle was totally absent in five specimens (29, 30, 31, 32, 34),

but in one (33) the longus occurred. In Orycteropus (35, 36, 37)

the longus alone is present. From the above it will be seen that this

muscle is very variable in its condition throughout the Order, not

alone varying in different genera but in different specimens of the

same animal.

1899.] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 329

Biceps.—Among the Bradypodide, Bradypus is remarkable for

possessing a humeral head. This was noticed in five specimens

(1, 2, 3, 4, 5), and is described under that name by all five

observers individually. In all these cases the head was large, and

in all the insertion of the muscle was much blended with that of

the brachialis anticus. We must confess that we find it very

difficult to give any general rule for determining when a slip

coming from the anterior aspect of the humerus and more or less

connected with both brachialis anticus and biceps should be

regarded as a brachialis anticus internus and when a humeral head

of the biceps. When the connection is only with one muscle, as

is sometimes the case, the task is comparatively simple. We are

not, in this instance, prepared to take a different line from the

above-mentioned writers, and therefore, at least conditionally, adopt

their terminology. In all the five animals above alluded to there

was also a glenoid head, and one (2) in addition possessed a

coracoid head, which went to the fascia on the inner side of the

forearm. The combined gleno-humeral muscle may be inserted

into the radius or the ulna or both. In Cholepus (8, 10) only the

glenoid head is present, and is inserted partly into the radius

partly into the ulna. In one specimen (8) part of the muscle

joined the acromial deltoid. In the Myrmecophayide, Myrmeco-

phaga (11) has glenoid and coracoid heads, the latter rising from

the position which would be occupied by the coracoid process were

it present; the glenoid or long head divides below, the more

superficial fibres being inserted into the radius with the short head,

whilst the deeper group join the brachialis anticus to be inserted

into the ulna. The description which we have of the other two

specimens (12,13) seems to agree fairly accurately with the above.

Tamandua (14, 15, 16) resembles Myrmecophaga, though Rapp

describes a humeral head in addition, which we believe, in this

case, is a part of the brachialis anticus. In Cyclothurus (17, 18,

19, 20, 21) only the glenoid origin is present and inserted into the

radius and ulna, usually with the brachialis anticus. In the

Dasypodide two heads were present in four specimens (22, 23, 24,

and an extra specimen) out of five recorded. In Tatusia (25, 26)

and Ohlamydophorus (27) only the long head is present. In the

Manide the gleno-ulnar part of the muscle alone is present (29,

30, 31, 32, 33, 34). In Orycteropus (35, 36, 37) the long head

appears to be the only part represented.

Brachialis anticus.—In the Bradypodide the outer part of the

muscle alone is usually present, and does not in all cases reach as

high as the surgical neck of the humerus. It may or may not

jom the biceps before its insertion, which is into the radius or

ulna or both. In our specimen of Bradypus (1) there was also

an inner head, which was almost continuous with the coraco-

brachialis. In the Myrmecophagide the muscle is remarkable for

its frequent fusion with the biceps. We can definitely state that

in this family the generalized mammalian brachialis anticus rising

from the back of the surgical neck of the humerus and winding round

330 MESSRS. B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON’ [Mar.7,

the outer side of that bone is not present. In Myrmecophaga the

humeral head of the biceps, already described, may with considerable

probability be looked upon as a suppressed and modified brachialis

anticus (11, 12, 13). In Tamandua (14, 15) the condition is

practically the same. In Cyeclothurus (17, 18, 19, 20) the muscle

rises below the deltoid ridge. In the Dasypodide the external

part of the muscle is present and rises from the neck of the

humerus in the usual mammalian manner. This applies to

Dasypus (22, 23), Tatusia (25), and Chlamydophorus (27). In the

Manide the outer or long head was found, as in the last-mentioned

family, in every case (29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34). In only one case

was the internal head found (29), and in that it rose from the

front of the humerus below the deltoid ridge. In two cases (30,

31) this head was carefully looked for, but without success ; it is,

however, frequently so closely fused with the external head that,

unless specially sought for, it is very easily overlooked. In

Orycteropus (35, 36) the external head was present as usual, but

the internal head was present, as a few fibres rising from below

the deltoid ridge, in one specimen only (35).

Triceps and Anconeus.—In the Bradypodide, Bradypus (1, 2, 3,

4,5) and Cholepus (8,10) have the usual three heads, and the

inner of these tends to fuse with the anconeus. In the Myrmeco-

phayide the muscle is often very specialized. Pouchet (II.)

describes six heads, three superficial and three deep. The three

superficial he calls: (a) “ La longue,” which is equivalent to our

longus, though a few of its fibres rise from the dorsum scapule

and remind us of the arrangement found in some of the

Mustelidz amongst the Carnivora (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 394).

This arrangement was also found in the R.C.S. specimen (11).

(6) ‘ L’accessoire interne,” which we have already alluded

to as a displaced latissimo-olecranalis. (c¢) ‘ Liaccessoire ex-

terne,’ which rises by tendon between the two parts of the

deltoid and becomes fleshy as it descends. It was not present in

the specimen which we examined from the R.C.S. ‘The three

deep heads of Pouchet are: (d) “ Le vaste interne,” (e) “ Le

vaste externe,” and (f) “‘ L’accessoire médian.” The two former

are simply the usual external and internal heads of the

muscle, while the third consists of some fibres from the short

head of the biceps to the triceps, which we did not find in the

R.C.S. specimen. Macalister (13) points out that the internal

head becomes tendinous and passes through a groove behind the

internal condyle, through which it plays as through a pulley,

its tendon then becoming continuous with one of the heads of

the flexor of the digits. This remarkable arrangement, also met

with in Orycteropus, must, as Macalister remarks, give great

additional power to the latter muscle and is a further example of

the unusual confluence of usually separate muscles in this Order,

In Tamandua (14, 15) the long head is very large, rising from all

that part of the dorsum scapule below the inferior spme which is

not occupied by the teres major. In one case (15) an additional

——

1899.] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 331

scapular head is noted as rising from just below the glenoid cavity

The fibres of the inner head have the same pulley-like arrangement

as in Myrmecophaga, as shown by Cuvier and Laurillard’s figure

(16), and by Rapp’s description of them as forming a humeral

head for the flexor profundus digitorum (III.). Of the five

specimens of Cyclothurus of which we have records, three had only

one scapular head (17, 18, 21), whilst in two (19, 20) this was

double. In one of the first-named group (21) a continuation of

the muscle into the forearm, as in Zamandua and Myrmecophaga,

was present. In all the WMyrmecophagide the anconeus is large,

and especially so in Cyclothurus. The Dasypodide resemble the last

family in having, as a rule, two scapular heads, which may be called

anterior and posterior. The anterior rises from the axillary border

below the glenoid cavity, and the posterior from the dorsum scapulz

in the region of the lower spine. This applies to Dasypus (22),

Tatusia (25), and Chlamydophorus (27,28). In Galton’s specimen

of Dasypus (23) the long head was apparently single, while in one

specimen of Chlamydophorus (27) there was a third scapular head

from the inferior margin of the bone. In the Manide the scapular

head is also usually double, this condition having been noticed in

three cases (29, 31, 34); in two cases (32, 33) no division was

seen. In Orycteropus multiple scapular heads seem to be the rule.

In 36 there are three, viz. (a) glenoid, (>) from the posterior costa,

olecranalis. In (35) only two were noticed, but one of them seems

as if it would be more properly described as a scapular origin of

the latissimo-olecranalis, and the same thing seems to have been

present in (31). Macalister (VIL.) notices that in a specimen which

he dissected the lower fibres of the inner head play round the

internal condyle and join the flexor profundus as in the Myrmeco-

phagide. The anconeus presents no special features of interest

in the Manide and Orycteropodide. In conclusion, we may point

out that all the Hdentata, with the exception of the Bradypodide,

are remarkable for the great development and complexity of the

extensor cubiti and for the presence of additional scapular origins.

Epitrochleo-olecranalis—We can confirm Galton and Gruber’s

observations as to the constancy and remarkable development of

this muscle throughout the Edentata.

Pronator radii teres rises from the internal condyle and seems

to be always inserted into the lower third or half of the radius.

This arrangement we find to be so constant that it may be fairly

looked upon as an Edentate characteristic.

Flexor carpi radialis.—Unlike most mammals the EHdentates

show some variability in the insertion of this muscle, though its

origin from the internal condyle is constant enough. In the

Bradypodide it never seems to obtain its normal insertion into the

second metacarpal bone. In four specimens of Bradypus (2, 3,

5,6) it was inserted into the rudimentary trapezium. Mackintosh

(5) found a small muscle, which he calls flexor carpi radialis

profundus, rising from the ulna and running down to the deep

332 MESSRS. B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [Mar.7,

fascia of the wrist. In three specimens of Cholepus (8, 9, 10) the

muscle was inserted into the scaphoid. In the Myrmecophagide

the insertion was into the second metacarpal in Myrmecophaga

(11, 13), Tamandua (14), and Cyclothurus (17, 18), but in another

specimen of Myrmecophaga it was into the third metacarpal.

Among the Dasypodide the insertion was into the trapezium in

Dasypus (22, 23), but in Tatusia (25) and Chlamydophorus (27)

into the first metacarpal bone. In the Manide the insertion

varies. In four specimens of Manis (29, 30, 31, 32) the muscle

passed to the second metacarpal only, but in two others (32, 34)

slips were given to the three radial metacarpals. In Orycteropus

(35, 36) the insertion was into the second metacarpal, but a

sesamoid bone was apparently developed in the tendon, a portion

of which was attached to the styloid process of the radius. In 37

it was also inserted into the second metacarpal.

Palmaris longus.—In six specimens of Bradypus (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6)

this muscle was present, rising from the internal condyle and

gaining an insertion into the palmar fascia by one or more of

the bony prominences about the palm. In three specimens of

Cholepus (8,9, 10) the muscle was also present. In the Myr-

mecophagide it is difficult to determine what is palmaris longus

and what flexor sublimis digitorum. A careful comparison of

the descriptions given by Macalister (13) and Pouchet (12) with the

College of Surgeons’ specimen (11) makes us inclined to believe

that in Myrmecophaga the palmaris longusis absent. In Tamandua

(14, 16) the muscle extends from the internal condyle to the fibro-

cartilaginous anterior annular ligament. In Dasypus (22, 23)

some superficial fibres of the flexor sublimis passed to the annular

ligament, representing, we think, a palmaris longus, but in another

specimen (24) the muscle is absent. In Manis the muscle may

extend from the condyle and olecranon process to the palmar

fascia (29, 31, 33) or it may be fused with the flexor sublimis (30,

32, 34). In Orycteropus the muscle is either fused with the flexor

sublimis (35, 36) or is absent (37).

Flexor sublimis digitorum.—In Bradypus this muscle is always

absent (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6). In Cholepus it is present and has two

delicate tendons (8, 9, 10), which are more or less connected above

with the palmaris longus. In Myrmecophaga (11, 12, 18) and

Tamandua (14, 15, 16) it rises from the internal condyle as well

as the olecranon process and some of the shaft of the ulna below

it. It is inserted into the middle phalanx of the medius, splitting

to enclose the flexor profundus tendon, but not showing the ring

which is so evident in Rodents, Insectivores, and Carnivores. In

Dasypus the muscle gives tendons to the index and medius (23,

24) or to the medius only (22). In the Manide the arrangement

of this muscle is very inconstant and various writers seem to have

confounded it with the palmaris longus. In the two specimens

(29, 30) which we dissected the arrangement was quite different.

In 32 there was a slip for the pollex from the fascia of the lower

part of the forearm, condylar slips for the index and medius, while

1899. | THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 333

the annularis and minimus were supplied by slips from the ole-

cranon and the surface of the flexor profundus. Weare, however,

not sure whether some of these factors should not rather be

referred to the palmaris longus. In 30 the flexor sublimis passed

from the condyle to the medius only; before being perforated by

the profundus in the theca it had the usual ring passing deep to

that tendon. In (29) and(31) no flexor sublimis was seen. Of the

other specimens, (34) had also a slip for each digit, whilst (33)

resembled (29) and (31) in having no sublimis at all. In Orycteropus

(35, 36, 37) there were in each case four tendons for the four

digits.

Sir carpi ulnaris.—As usual, this muscle rises from the

internal condyle, olecranon, and margin of the ulna. The condylar

and olecranal heads unite in the forearm to be inserted ito the

pisiform. In Bradypus (1, 3, 5) the tendon, stead of ending in

the pisiform, was inserted into the base of the most ulnar ot the

three metacarpals. In Cyclothurus (13) the muscle is very large

and important in function ; the pisiform, a fact no doubt correlated

with that just mentioned, is also very large.

Flexor profundus digitorum.—In the Bradypodide, Bradypus

(1, 2, 3, 5) has radial, ulnar, and condylo-ulnar heads and divides

into three tendons for the three digits. In our own specimen of

Cholepus (8), radial, ulnar, condylo-central, and condylo-ulnar

heads were present, and this seems also to have been the condition

in 9 and 10. The muscle ends in two strong tendons. In the

Myrmecophagide, Myrmecophaga has a head continuous with the

lower part of the triceps and already described in connection with

that muscle. In addition to this it possesses radial, ulnar, and

condylar heads. It is a very large muscle and has a variable in-

sertion. In Pouchet’s specimen (12)a slip was given to the pollex,

but in that at the R.C.S. there were only three tendons, neither

pollex nor minimus receiving one. In one specimen of Tamandua

(15) a humerai head was present, but we failed to find it in our

specimen (14). In this instance, however, the factors were much

united, and we with difficulty identified radial, ulnar, condylo-

ulnar, and condylo-central portions. In one specimen (15) the

tendons passed to all five digits, whilst in the other (14) the

pollex was not supplied with one. In Cyclothurus (17, 18, 19, 20,

21) we have no records as to which condylar heads are present,

but the muscle only possesses two tendons, which pass to the

second and third digits respectively. In Dasypus (22, 23, 24),

Tatusia (25, 26), and Chlamydophorus (27) the muscle is very

large, the ulnar portion being specially well developed. In all

these animals a strong fibro-cartilaginous sesamoid is developed in

the palmar part of the tendon before its division, beyond which

slips are given off to all the five digits. In two specimens of

Manis (30, 32) there were condylo-ulnar, radial, and ulnar heads

present. In another (29) the condylo-centralis was present in

addition. A palmar sesamoid is present as in the Armadillos, but

not to such a marked extent. There may or may not be a small

334 MESSRS. B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [Mar.7,

tendon to the rudimentary pollex. Orycteropus (35, 37) has

condylo-ulnar and central parts, also radial and ulnar. The

common tendon, which possesses no sesamoid, gives off four

tendons.

Lumbricales—Amongst the Bradypodide, Bradypus (1, 2, 3) is

devoid of any of these muscles, but Cholwpus (9) has two, one for

each digit. In the Myrmecophagide two specimens of Myrmecophaga

(11,12) had four muscles, whilst another (13) had only two.

Tamandua (14) had three, that for the index being absent, but in

another specimen (16) there were six. In Cyclothurus two speci-

mens (18, 20) had two lumbricales, whilst another (17) had none

at all. Dasypus (22, 23, 24) possessed none at all. In Chlamy-

dophorus Hyrtl (28) failed to find any ; but in another specimen

(27) seven slender fleshy bundles are described as rising from the

sesamoid cartilage in the flexor tendon, which are inserted into

each side of the middle phalanges of all the digits except the

pollex. In Manis the number is very variable ; there were three

in (30), four in (32) and (34), and twoin (33). Inall the specimens

of Orycteropus of which we have records (35, 36, 37) there were

four.

Pronator quadratus.—Amongst the Bradypodide this muscle is

very small, both in Bradypus (1, 2, 3,5) and Cholepus (8, 9, 10),

occupying in the former only one-eighth to one-sixth of the fore-

arm. The Myrmecophagide, viz. Myrmecophaga (12,13), Tamandua

(14), and Cyclothurus (17, 18, 20), have the muscle extending over

the whole length of the interosseous space. In Myrmecophaga

(12), Pouchet notices that the lower third of the muscle corre-

sponds to the human pronator quadratus in being attached to the

surfaces of the radius and ulna, whilst the upper two-thirds is

attached only to the opposed margins of the bones. In the Dasy-

podide and Manide the muscle is usually absent, this being the

case in Dasypus (22, 23), Chlamydophorus (28), and Manis (29, 30,

31, 32, 33,34). In Tatusia (25, 26) it was extremely rudimentary,

and in one specimen of Chlamydophorus (27) it was represented

by a feeble fibrous cord. In Orycteropus (35) it occupied the

whole length of the bones, as was the case in the Myrmecophayide,

though Humphry describes it as being small.

Supinator longus.—This muscle is always present in the Brady-

podidw and is often double. Of four specimens of Bradypus, three

(2, 4, 5) had the muscle delaminated into a superficial and a deep

layer, both of which arose from the supracondylar ridge, the more

superficial being inserted lower down than its deeper fellow. In

the other three specimens (1, 3, 6) the muscle was single and rose

from the lower half of the humerus. In the last of these (6)

the supinator longus and pronator radii teres joined before their

insertion. The bilaminar condition of the supinator longus was

found in all three specimens of Cholwpus of which we have records

(8, 9,10). In 9 the superficial layer was inserted into the fascia

over the wrist, the deep into the radius. In the other specimens

(8, 10) both parts were attached to the radius. In the Myrmeco-

1899. } THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 335

phagide the arrangement closely resembles that of the Sloths. Of

three specimens of Myrmecophaga the muscle was bilaminar in

two (12, 13), the superficial part going to the fascia and posterior

annular ligament and the deep to the styloid process of the radius.

In Tamandua (14,16) and Cyelothurus (17, 18, 19, 20, 21) the

same condition obtained. It is well figured by Cuvier and Lauril-

lard (plate 237). In the Dasypodide the supinator longus is absent

in Dasypus (22, 23, 24), Tatusia (25, 26), and Chlamydophorus

(27, 28). In the Manide the muscle may be present (32, 33, 34)

or absent (29, 30, 31). When it is present it is closely connected

at its origin with the deltoid, so much so that by some observers

the two muscles have been described as continuous. In Orycteropus

the muscle is present (35, 36, 37) and rises from a considerable

portion of the length of the humerus. It is inserted partly into

the radius, partly into the fascia over the tendons.

Extensores carpi radiales longior et brevior.—In the Sloths there

are usually two insertions, although the muscular belly is described

as single. In three specimens of Bradypus (2, 3,4) the muscle,

described as single, ended in two tendons, which were inserted into

the radia! pair of the three metacarpals ; but in our own specimen

(i.) the longior was absent and the brevior passed from the external

condyle to the middle of the shaft of the central (3rd) metacarpal

bone. Mackintosh’s specimen (5) appears to have presented an

identical arrangement. In three specimens of Cholwpus (8,9, 10),

in spite of the presence of only two metacarpal bones, both tendons

were present, and in our own (8) we noticed that the muscular

bellies were separable and that the longior was the smaller of the

two. The two tendons were in all three cases inserted into the

radial of the two metacarpals. The Myrmecophagide are re-

markable for the suppression of the extensor carpi radialis longior,

but the brevior is unusually strong. In Myrmecophaga (11, 12,

13), Tamandua (14, 15), and Cyclothurus (17, 18, 20) only the

brevior was present, but in another specimen of the latter animal

(19) both muscles were found. In the Dasypodide both muscles

seem to be usually present, though the two bellies are sometimes

described as being fused. The Manide are remarkable for the

absence of the longior, this condition being noticed in five speci-

mens (29, 30, 31, 32, 33). In M. javanica, however, tendons are

described as passing to the second and third metacarpals. In

Orycteropus the longior seems to have been present in (35) and

absent in (36).

Extensor communis digitorwm.—This rises as usual from the

external condyle and is inserted into a variable number of digits.

In Cholepus it always passes to the second and third, the only two

which are present. In Bradypus it may go to all three digits (1,

5, 6), the two outer (3) or the two inner (4). In Myrmecophaga

all the digits may be provided with tendons (12, 13) or only the

third and fourth (11). In Yamandua (14, 15) slips go to the

medius and annularis only. Cyclothurus (17, 18, 19, 20, 21)

possesses only a tendon for the medius. Dasypus (22, 23, 24),

336 MESSRS, B. C. A, WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [Mar.7,

Tatusia (25, 26), and Chlamydophorus (27) have tendons for the

index, medius, and annularis. In the Manide a strong tendon

passes to the medius, and the annularis and minimus are provided

with feeble slips (29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34). In the Orycteropodide

(35, 36, 37) all four digits are provided with tendons.

Extensor minimi digitii—In the Sloths this muscle is often

either replaced by or becomes an extensor brevis digitorum, which

rises from the dorsum of the carpus and metacarpus and is inserted

into one or more of the few digits. It existed under this condition

in two specimens of Bradypus (2, 3) out of five examined, and in

one specimen of Cholwpus (9) out of three. In the cases in which

an extensor brevis was not present, it was replaced by a normal

extensor minimi digiti, which obtained an insertion into the most

ulnar digit. In Myrmecophaga (11, 12) the muscle in question

only went to the fifth digit. In Tamandua (14) it was attached

to the fourth and fifth digits, and in Cyclothurus (19, 20) to the

rudiments of the same. Dasypus (22, 23) and Chlamydophorus

(27) had this muscle attached to the fourth and fifth digits, and

Tatusia to the fifth only. In the Manide (29, 30, 32, 33)

the muscle was present, but in our specimen it was inserted

into the fifth metacarpal bone instead of into the phalanges.

Asa double tendon from the extensor communis to minimus is

described in (32), it is probable that the condition was the same as

has just been mentioned. In Orycteropus the extensor minimi

digiti is inserted into the minimus and annularis (35, 37) or into

the minimus alone (36).

Extensor carpi ulnaris.—There is little variety about this

muscle ; it is always present and rises from the external condyle

and dorsal border of the ulna and is inserted into the base of the

most ulnar of the metacarpals present.

Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis——In the Bradypodide both

Bradypus (1, 2, 3) and Cholwpus (8, 9,10) have this muscle in-

serted into the trapezium, though in Mackintosh’s specimen (5)

the insertion is said to have been into the base of the inner meta-

carpal. In the Myrmecophagide the muscle appears to be always

present, but in Cyclothurus (17, 18) it is said to rise from the

external condyle. In the Dasypodide it is present and extends

from the ulna to the first metacarpal. In the Manide it soxne-

times is inserted into the first metacarpal, sometimes into the

trapezium. In Orycteropus (35, 36) it is inserted into the dorsum

of the trapezium.

Extensor profundus digitorum.—In Bradypus (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6)

an extensor indicis, which passes to the most radial of the three

digits, is always present. In Cholepus (8, 9, 10) the extensor pro-

fundus always gives a slip to the radial of the two digits and

sometimes (9, 10) to the ulnar one also. In Myrmecophaga (11,

12, 13) there are slips from the deep extensor to the pollex and

index. In Tamandua (14, 15) there is, in addition, a shp to the

medius. In Cyclothurus (17, 18, 19, 20) there is always a tendon

to the third digit (medius) and sometimes one to the rudimentary

1899. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA, 337

index as well, In Dasypus (22, 23) there are tendons for the

index and pollex, but in (24) for the index only.

In Yatusia there are tendons for the index and medius in (25)

and for index only in (26). In Chlamydophorus (27) the tendon to

the index gives a fascial slip to the pollex. In Manis (29, 32, 33)

the extensor indicis alone is present, but in one case (30) there is

a polliceal slip as well. Orycteropus has a well-developed extensor

profundus, which in two cases (35, 36) went to the index, medius,

and annularis, and in another (37) to the index and medius only.

It is interesting to notice that whilst in some of these animals

the origin is as usual from the dorsal surface of the ulna, in

others it seems to have slipped down and the muscle rises from

the dorsum of the carpus and closely corresponds to the extensor

brevis digitorum pedis. This low origin was found in the following

animals: Bradypus (1, 4, 5), Cholepus (10), Cyclothurus (17),

Manis (30, 33).

Palmaris brevis.—This muscle was well marked in Bradypus (1),

Tamandua (14), and Cyclothurus (18). In Tamandua it was a

peculiarly large muscle, filling the great boxing-glove like pad on

the ulnar side of the hand. In Myrimecophaga it was very feeble,

if, indeed, it was present at all, whilst we failed to find any trace

of it in any other Edentate.

Supinator brevis—In the Bradypodide this muscle covers the

upper third of the radius.. In two specimens of Cholepus (8, 10)

it was divided into two layers, between which lay the posterior

interosseous nerve, but in another specimen of the same animal (9)

this division was not noticed. In the Myrmecophagide the muscle

is inserted into the lower part of the radius—Myrmecophaga (11,

12), Tamandua (14), and Cyclothurus (17, 18,19, 20). Among the

Dasypodide the muscle is small in Dasypus (22, 23), small or

absent in Tatusia (25, 26) and Chlamydophorus (27, 28). In the

Manide, on the other hand, it is inserted into nearly the whole

length of the radius (29, 31, 32, 33, 34), and has a sesamoid bone

developed in its origin. In Orycteropus (35, 36) the muscle only

occupies the upper half of the radius.

Intrinsic Muscles of the Hand.—We find it extremely difficult, in

reading the literature of the subject, to understand at what depth

the various muscles were placed and to which digit precisely they

were attached. As it has been always our desire to err less on

the side of commission than of omission, we feel bound to omit

much which did not appear clear to us, and must therefore confess

that our account of these muscles in the Edentata is somewhat of

the scantiest. In Bradypus (1) there was an adductor pollicis and

also adductors of the index and annularis, which were superficial

to the deep branch of the ulnar nerve. An interosseous muscle is

present between each of the metacarpal bones. In Cholcpus (8)

there is an adductor indicis, belonging to the first layer of deep

muscles, which rose from the carpus and was inserted into the

ulnar side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the index; there

is also an interosseous muscle on eacii side of the index. In the

338 ON THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA, [Mar. 7,

specimen of Myrmecophaga which we examined (11) there was a

well-marked flexor brevis digitorum mantis, which rose from the

anterior annular ligament and was inserted into the middle pha-

langes of the annularis and minimus. The same muscle with the

same attachments was evidently present in Pouchet’s specimen (12).

An adductor pollicis was met with in this specimen, arising from the

base of the second metacarpal, and was also present in (11) and (13).

In all three specimens an abductor minimi digiti, arising from the

pisiform, was also present. The dorsal interossei were arranged

as in Man. We were unable to examine the palmar interossei in

our specimen, but in that described by Macalister (13) there were

apparently two, belonging to the index and annularis respectively.

In Yamandua (14) there were superficial adductors to the index,

medins, and annularis, and a pair of flexores breves to each

functional digit. There were also abductor and flexor brevis

pollicis. In Dasypus (22) there is an abductor and flexor brevis

pollicis, an abductor minimi digiti, and a transverse adductor indicis

arising from the heads of the metacarpals of the annularis and

minimus. Interossei are inserted into the radial side of the index

and medius, and others are represented by fibrous bands. In

Manis (30) there were superficial adductors from the bases of the

palmar side of the metacarpals to the index and minimus. There

were also four dorsal interossei arranged as in Man, but no palmar

interossei were present. In Orycteropus (35, 36) there appear to

have been superficial adductors for the index and minimus, an

abductor minimi digiti, and paired flexores breves to all four

digits.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

I. Macauister.—‘ Report on the Anatomy of the Insecti-

vorous Edeutates,” Trans, R. Irish Academy, xxv.

. 491.

I. Ranecaites Mémoire sur le Grand Fourmilier.’ 1867.

III. Rarp.—Anat. Untersuchungen iib. die Edentaten. Tii-

bingen, 1852.

IV. Humpury.— On the Myology of the Limbs of the Unan,

the Ai, the two-toed Anteater, and the Pangolin,”

Journ. Anat. & Phys. iv. p. 17.

V. Mecxst.-—“‘ Anat. des zweizehigen Ameinenfresser,”

Meckel’s Archiv, v. p. 1.

VI. Ganron.—“ The Myology of Cyclothurus didactylus,” Ann.

& Mag. of Nat. Hist. 1869, p. 244.

VII. Macatistar.—* A Monograph on the Anatomy of Chiamy-

dophorus truncatus, &e.,” Trans. R. Irish Academy, xxv.

p. 219.

VIII. Ganron.—* The Myology of the Upper and Lower Ex-

tremities of Orycteropus capensis,” Trans. Linn. Soc.

Xxvl. p. 067.

TX. Humpeury.—‘ On the Myology of Orycteropus capensis,”

Journ. of Anat. & Phys. ii. p. 290.

1899.] | ON THE PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 339

X. Gatron.—“ The Muscles of the Fore and Hind Limbs in

Dasypus sexcinctus,” Trans. Linn, Soc. xxvi. p. 523.

XI. Mecxer.—Manuel d’Anatomie Comparée, vol. vi.

XII. Hyrru.—Denkschr. d. k.-k. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Wien,

Bad. ix.

XIII. MacxryrosH.—“ On the Muscular Anatomy of Cholepus

didactylus,” Proc. R. Irish Academy, ser. ii. vol. il.

». 66.

LY. BrAOaerenae ee On the Myology of Bradypus tridac-

tylus,” Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. i. 1869, p. 51.

XV. Owrn.—Trans. Zool. Soc. 1854.

XVI. Macxinrosa.—“ On the Myology of the Genus Brady-

pus,” Proce. R. Irish Academy, new ser. vol. 1. p. 517.

XVII. Cuvier et Lauriinarp.—‘ Planches de Myologie.’

4, Additions to the Knowlédge of the Phytophagous

Coleoptera of Africa.—Part II." By Martin Jacosy,

F.E.S.

[Received February 3, 1899.]

(Plate X XI.)

This paper forms the second part of that read before the

Society last year. It deals with the species of the subfamilies

Halticine and Galerucine of different parts of Africa, so far as

I have been able to determine them at present. Most of the

material was received from Mr. Guy Marshall, the indefatigable

collector in Mashonaland, to whose labour we are indebted for so

many novelties. In a future Supplement I hope to deal with the

rest of the species received since.

HaLricins”.

PHYGASIA SULPHURIPENNIS, Sp. n.

Entirely pale flavous, the antenne robust, the thorax impunctate,

with deep transverse sulcus ; elytra extremely minutely and closely

punctured.

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate, frontal elevations and the clypeus broad, palpi

robust ; antennz not extending to the middle of the elytra, flavous,

the joints robust, the third and following ones of nearly equal

length, the second, small and round ; thorax about one-half broader

than long, the sides rounded at the middle, the anterior angles

blunt, the posterior ones distinct, the surface not perceptibly

punctured, the basal sulcus deep, bounded at the sides by a

perpendicular groove; elytra microscopically punctured, convex,

their epipleure very broad and concave ; metatarsus of the posterior

1 For Part I. see P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 212.

340 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7,

legs as long as the following two joints together; prosternum

extremely narrow.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

This species is very closely allied to P. pallida Jac. and P. gestrot

Jac., both African ; it is, however, a more robust, larger and convex

insect, the sides of the thorax are less rounded and the antenne

are shorter: from P. lactea Jac. the uniform flavous antenne

and much narrower thorax distinguish it. I received several

specimens of it from Mr. Guy Marshall.

PHYGASIA MARGINATA, sp. 1.

Flavous, the head and thorax impunctate; elytra chestnut-brown,

finely and closely punctured, the lateral margins flavous, narrowly

reflexed.

Length 4-5 millim.

Head flavous, impunctate, the frontal tubercles small and thick,

carina broad and strongly raised, mandibles and palpi fulvous ;

antenne rather robust, extending slightly beyond the middle of the

elytra, flavous, all the joints thickened, the third and following

ones of equal length, terminal joint more elongate ; thorax twice

as broad as long, the sides rounded and with a rather broad margin,

the anterior angles obtuse, the posterior ones distinct, the base

with a transverse sulcus bounded at the sides by a perpendicular

groove, the surface entirely impunctate, flavous ; scutellum flavous ;

elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, finely and closely

punctured, with a narrow reflexed margin, the latter, the epipleura,

and the apex more or less flavous, the rest of the surface dark

brown; underside and legs flavous.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad).

Three specimens, which 1 received from Dr. Kraatz, agree in

every respect: the species may be known by the system of color-

ation, which differs from that of P. marginicollis Jac. (sub Lactica)

in the flavous head, elytral margin, and similarly coloured under-

side ; it 1s also of smaller size.

PHYGASIA LACTEHA, sp. n.

Pale testaceous, the antennz (the basal three joints excepted)

black; thorax impunctate, the basal sulcus distinct; elytra

extremely closely and finely punctured.

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate, the eyes large, the frontal tubercles rather

feebly raised, interrupted at the middle, the palpi very robust ;

antenne black, the lower three joints flavous, all the joints rather

robust, the third joint very slightly longer than the fourth ; thorax

transverse, more than twice as broad as long, the sides with a

rather broad reflexed margin, rounded, the anterior angles oblique,

posterior ones produced into a short tooth, the surface entirely

impunctate, shining, the base with the usual sulcus deeply

impressed and bounded at the sides by an equally deep longitudinal

groove; elytra convex, not depressed below the base, distinctly

1899. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 341

and very closely punctured; legs robust, the posterior metatarsus

as long as the following two joints.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad).

The single specimen in my collection, which Dr. Kraatz has

kindly sent me, is of an entirely pale testaceous colour ; it differs

from its African allies of similar coloration in the black antenne,

the very transversely shaped thorax, and the distinct and close

punctation of the elytra.

PHYGASIA MELANOCEPHALA, Sp. 0.

Testaceous, the head, antenne, and the legs black; thorax

sparingly and minutely punctured, the basal suleation shallow ;

elytra very finely and closely punctured.

Length 4 millim.

Elongate and parallel; the head entirely impunctate, black,

shining, the frontal elevations very broad, distinctly raised, the

clypeus with an acute central ridge, penultimate joint of the palpi

thickened ; antenne entirely black, the second one short, moniliform,

the third and fourth joints equal, the terminal five joints slender

and elongate; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides rounded,

with a narrow margin, the disc with a few very minute punctures,

testaceous, the base with a shallow transverse sulcus, bounded

laterally by perpendicular grooves ; elytra wider at the base than

the thorax, very finely and closely punctured, their epipleure broad

and continued below the middle: the underside and the base of the

femora testaceous, the posterior femora but moderately thickened,

the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following joints

together ; claws appendiculate; prosternum very narrow; the

anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Verulam, Natal (G. Marshall).

At once to be distinguished from every other species of the

genus by the black head and legs.

PHYGASIA BRUNNEA, sp. n.

Pale fulvous, terminal joints of the antenne and the legs piceous ;

head and thorax impunctate, the latter with deep basal sulcus;

elytra finely and very closely punctured.

Length 3 millim.

Head impunctate, broad, the frontal tubercles small but distinct,

the carina broad, labrum black; antenne not extending to the

middle of the elytra, robust, fulvous, the terminal joints more or

less stained with fuscous, of subquadrate shape, the third joint the

longest ; thorax twice as broad as long. the sides strongly rounded

at the middle, constricted at the base, anterior angles slightly

thickened, the surface transversely convex, fulvous, shining, with

a few microscopic punctures, the basal sulcus deep, bounded at the

sides by a perpendicular groove ; scutellum triangular ; elytra wider

at the base than the thorax, extremely finely and closely punctured :

underside fulvous, finely clothed with white pubescence; the legs

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XXIII. 23

342 MR, M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7,

darker, posterior femora strongly incrassate, their apical portion

piceous, posterior tibie incrassate ; anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Frere, Natal (G. Marshall).

A small species, of ovate and convex shape and with dark-

coloured legs. Lactica marginicollis Jac., L. africana Jac., and

L. yabonensis Jac. ought, I think, to find their places in Phygasia on

account of the shape of the thorax; the last-named species is

identical with P. magna Weise.

PHYLLOTRETA NATALENSIS, sp. n.

Flavous, the apical three joints of the antenne, the breast and

abdomen piceous ; head and thorax finely punctured and coriaceous ;

elytra metallic dark greenish, finely geminate punctate-striate ;

posterior femora piceous.

Length 3 millim.

Elongate and subcylindrical ; the head flavous, finely granulate

and very minutely punctured, the frontal elevations entirely

obsolete, clypeus raised and thickened, palpi slender; antenne

closely approached at the base, slender, and rather long, flavous,

the apical three joints and the preceding one partly piceous or

black, basal joint long, the second less than half its size, scarcely

shorter than the third joint, the apical joints shorter and thicker;

thorax about one-half broader than long, the lateral margins straight

and distinctly narrowed in front, the anterior angles obliquely

thickened, posterior margin sinuate at each side, the surface

very closely and more strongly punctured than the head and finely

granulate, flavous ; scutellum extremely short, only just visible ;

elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, gradually widened

towards the middle, greenish neous, closely and finely punctured

in double rows, distinct to the apex, the latter broadly rounded ;

legs rather robust, flavous, the posterior femora piceous, tibiee with

a minute spine, the posterior ones sulcate, the metatarsus of the

posterior legs as long as the following joints together ; anterior

coxal cavities open; the breast and abdomen piceous.

Hab. Verulam, Natal (G. Marshall).

A nearly typical species and distinguished by the geminate

punctate-striate elytra.

(EpIONYCHIS RUGICOLLIS, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 1.)

Flavous, the antenne, part of the head, the breast and the legs

blackish ; thorax strongly rugose-punctate, with two piceous spots ;

elytra closely and strongly rugose-punctate, flavous, the suture

and a broad longitudinal band on the disc, abbreviated posteriorly,

dark green.

Length 6 millim.

Head strongly rugose, the vertex flavous, the lower portion

black, frontal elevations strongly raised, fulvous ; clypeus in shape

of an acute triangular ridge, piceous ; antenne short and stout,

only extending to the base of the thorax, the terminal seven

joints transyersely widened, black, the basal joints flavous, first

1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 343

joint piceous above ; thorax twice as broad as Jong, the sides nearly

straight, obliquely narrowed, with a narrow reflexed and thickened

margin, posterior margin oblique near the angles, rounded at the

middle, the surface very strongly and irregularly rugose and deeply

punctured, flavous, the sides with a transverse piceous spot ;

scutellum smooth, piceous; elytra convex, extremely closely and

deeply punctured throughout, flavous, the suture narrowly dark

green, a broad longitudinal band of the same colour extends from

the middle of the base nearly to the apex and is rather more

distantly placed from the suture than from the lateral margin ;

breast and legs more or less piceous, the abdomen and the posterior

femora fulvous, the latter very strongly incrassate, their upper and

basal portion piceous.

Hab. Niger-Benue Expedition.

I received a'single specimen of this very distinct species from

Herr Bang-Haas.

CEDIONYCHIS SULCICOLLIS, sp. n.

Testaceous, the labrum and the intermediate joints of the

antenne black; head and thorax impunctate, the latter with a

distinct transverse suleus; elytra obscure fuscous, strongly and

closely punctured.

Length 6 millim.

Head impunctate, the vertex ‘swollen, frontal elevations broad,

strongly raised as well as the clypeus, labrum black, palpi swollen ;

antenne slender, the lower and the apical two joints testaceous,

the third and the following joints equal, nearly twice the length of

the second joint; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the

sides strongly rounded, with a very broad flattened margin, the

angles in shape of a small tooth, the surface with a deep transverse

sulcus near the base, impunctate or with a few very fine punctures ;

elytra slightly widened towards the middle, with a rather broad

reflexed margin, darker in colour than the thorax, strongly and

closely punctured throughout, the interstices more or less wrinkled,

especially so at the sides; belowand the legs testaceous ; posterior

tibiz with a strong spur, the metatarsus short, claw-joint strongly

inflated.

Hab. Oameroons (Conrad).

This species is well distinguished by the deep thoracic sulcus and

the strong elytral punctation. Ihave received a single specimen

from Dr. Kraatz, another is contained in that gentleman’s

collection.

CEDIONYCHIS AFRICANA Jac.

Of this species, a most variable one in regard to coloration, I

have received specimens from Mashonaland and Natal, obtained by

Mr. Guy Marshall. They vary much in size and have the elytral

humeral spot sometimes connected with the black suture below

the base, so as to include a flavous round spot of the ground-

colour; the antenne and legs are either entirely black or more or

23*

344 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7,

less testaceous. In a specimen from Abyssinia contained in

my collection the elytra have a sutural and discoidal black longi-

tndinal band, the latter being interrupted anteriorly, leaving the

shoulder-spot isolated ; this specimen differs in no other way from

the type. The species seems to have a wide distribution in Africa,

which no doubt accounts for its many aberrations.

LONGITARSUS DIMIDIATICORNIS, sp. nl.

Black, shining, the head piceous, the basal and apical joints

of the antenne fulvous; thorax very minutely punctured; elytra

more strongly and closely punctate-striate, knees obscure fulvous.

Length 4 millim.

Of oblong, subcylindrical shape; the head piceous, impunctate,

the frontal elevations feebly raised, the clypeus with a strongly

raised central ridge; eyes very large; antenne filiform, black, the

lower three and the apical two joints fulvous, the third joint one-

half longer than the second, thinner, the seventh and the following

joints more elongate; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the

sides straight, with comparatively broad flattened margins, the

anterior angles obliquely thickened, the surface very minutely but

not very closely punctured; elytra slightly wider than the thorax,

subeylindrical, the apex broadly rounded, the surface distinctly

and closely punctate-striate ; below and the legs black, the knees

to a small extent fulvous, posterior femora strongly incrassate,

their tibie greatly widened near the apex, and sulcate, the first

joint of the posterior tarsi much longer than the following joints

together: prosternum very narrow.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad).

Of this species, distinguished by the colour of the antenne, the

broad thorax and its flattened margins, I received a single specimen

from Dr. Kraatz.

APHTHONA DURBANENSIS, sp. 0.

Subquadrate-ovate, black, the head fulvous; thorax flavous,

extremely minutely punctured ; elytra very finely and closely

punctured, flavous, the sutural and lateral margins narrowly

piceous ; legs flavous, the posterior femora piceous above.

Length 3 millim.

Head impunctate, fulvous, the eyes with a few punctures or

short grooves near the inner margins, frontal elevations narrowly

oblique, distinct, labrum piceous ; antennz rather long and slender,

flavous, the apical three or four joints blackish, second and third

joints equal, the following two more elongate, of equal length,

the apical joints longer ; thorax subquadrate, one-half broader than

long, the sides straight, the anterior angles oblique, posterior

angles acute, the surface flavous, shining, with a few microscopical

punctures ; scutellum black; elytra wider at the base than the

thorax, subcylindrical, very finely and closely punctured, the

punctures somewhat regularly arranged, the sutural and lateral

margins narrowly piceous, this colour not extending in either case

— a

1899. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 345

to the apex ; the underside black, the legs and the basal portion of

the posterior femora flavous ; posterior tibize strongly widened

and deeply channelled, their metatarsus as long as the following

joints together.

Hab. Durban, Natal (@. Marshall).

APETHONA BOHEMANI, sp. n.

Below piceous, the head, basal joints of the antenne, the thorax,

and the anterior legs reddish fulvous ; elytra metallic dark blue,

finely and closely punctured.

Length 3 millim.

Of subquadrate-ovate shape; the head impunctate, reddish

fulvous, the frontal elevations not developed, clypeus strongly

raised between the antenne, labrum piceous ; the antenne slender,

black, the lower four joints flavous, the second and third joints

equal in length, the following scarcely longer; thorax subquadrate,

one-half broader than long, the sides nearly straight, the anterior

angles oblique, the surface entirely impunctate, reddish fulvous,

shining ; scutellum black; elytra wider at the base than the thorax,

convex, the shoulders moderately prominent, the disc finely and

closely punctured, metallic dark blue, the interstices finely wrinkled

here and there; below and the posterior femora nearly black, the

legs fulvous, the tarsi more or less fuscous, the posterior tibize more

broadly sulcate, their metatarsus as long as the following joints

together.

Hab. Frere, Natal, under bark of Hucalyptus globulus (G.

Marshall).

A species distinguished by the metallic dark blue elytra and

the fulvous head and thorax.

ORNEATES, gen, n.

Body ovate; antenne with the third and following joints

triangularly dilated; thorax transverse, with rounded posterior

angles, the surface without sulcus; elytra irregularly punctured ;

posterior femora strongly thickened, the tibize longitudinally

channelled, all armed with a small spine, the first joint of the

posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints together, claws

feebly appendiculate ; the anterior coxal cavities open ; prosternum

extremely small.

This genus seems allied to Trymnes Weise (Jamesonia Jac.) on

account of the rounded posterior angles of the thorax and the very

narrow prosternum; but the entirely different structure of the

antenne, which differ in their dilated joints from most other

genera of Halticine, wiil at once distinguish it.

ORNEATES NIGRITUS, sp. 0.

Entirely black, shining, head nearly impunctate, thorax distinctly

and rather closely punctured; elytra similarly but more closely

punctured, the interstices finely wrinkled.

Length 2 lines.

346 MR, M, JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7,

Head broad, sparingly and finely punctured at the vertex, the

frontal tubercles and the carina broad and short; antennz extending

to the middle of the elytra, black, the basal joint thickened, the

second and third very short, equal, the following joints subquad-

rately widened, apical joint pointed ; thorax nearly twice as broad

as long, the sides rounded, the anterior angles thickened, the pos-

terior onesobsoletely rounded, the posterior margin distinctly so, the

surface not very closely but rather strongly punctured ; scutellum

broader than long; elytra very closely and evenly punctured, the

punctures of the same size as those of the thorax, the interstices

slightly wrinkled ; underside and legs black.

Hab. Natal, obtained by sweeping (G‘. Marshall).

DECARIA ABDOMINALIS, sp. 1.

Black, shining, abdomen flavous, the antenne ten-jointed ;

thorax impunctate, elytra extremely finely punctured.

Var. Underside entirely black.

Length 4 millim.

Subelongate, black, very shining, the head impunctate, the

frontal tubercles obsolete, transverse, clypeus with a strongly

raised central ridge; antenne short, ten-jointed, black, the fourth

and the following joints transversely widened, not longer than

broad, the terminal joint more elongate, second one very short ;

thorax transversely subquadrate, about one-half broader than

long, the sides deflexed, the lateral margins nearly straight, the

angles obtuse, the surface impunctate or with a few minute

punctures; scutellum small; elytra much wider at the base than

the thorax, parallel, subcylindrical, extremely minutely and not

very closely punctured, black and shining, their epipleure continued

below the middle; all the tibia mucronate, the posterior femora

much thickened, the first tarsal joint as long as the following two

joints together, claws appendiculate ; abdomen flavous ; prosternum

very narrow; the anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal, on acacia-trees (G. Marshal?).

I must refer this insect to Weise’s genus Decaria, the only one,

with the exception of Psylliodes, in which the antenne have ten

joints only. Weise speaks only of the posterior tibie having a

spine, in the species before me all the tibiw are mucronate: the

author has neither mentioned the length of the posterior meta-

tarsus nor the shape of the prosternum, but the other characters

agree with his description; in three specimens the abdomen is

flavous, in a single one the entire underside is black, but no other

‘differences can be seen.

MALveERNIA, gen. n.

Oblong; the antenne filiform, long, the 8th, 9th, and 10th

joints moniliform, the terminal joint elongate, strongly thickened,

with an additional appendage at the apex; thorax transverse,

without suleus; elytra irregularly punctured, epipleure broad at

the base, indistinct below the middle; legs rather robust, the

1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 347

posterior femora strongly dilated, the tibia with a minute spine,

simple, non-sulcate, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as

the following two joints together, claws appendiculate; prosternum

nearly invisible; the anterior coxal cavities open.

The most characteristic feature of this genus, which in general

shape resembles somewhat Aphthona, is te be found in the peculiar

structure of the antenne, which differs from every other genus of

Halticine. In these organs, which have the lower joints very

elongate and slender, the penultimate three joints are suddenly

shortened and scarcely longer than broad, while the last is again

elongate and thickened; the almost invisible prosternum is another

peculiarity rarely met with in this tribe.

MALVERNIA VARICORNIS, sp.n. (Plate XXL. fig. 2.)

Black, the head, the lower joints of the antenne, the thorax

and legs fulvous ; thorax distinctly but remotely punctured ; elytra

bluish black, shining, very strongly and closely punctured, the

interstices subrugose,

Length 4 millim.

Head impunctate, fulvous, the frontal tubercles strongly raised,

subquadrate, carina broad, flavous like the clypeus, the latter

thickened, impunctate; antenne nearly extending to the apex of

the elytra, black, the lower three joints and the base of the

fourth flavous, third joint double the length of the second, the

fourth and the following three joints very elongate, the next three

very short, terminal joint elongate, thickened, emarginate at its

inner edge, with a short additional joint; thorax twice as broad

as long, of equal width, the sides rounded, the angles acute, the

surface sparingly and finely punctured, flavous or fulvous; scu-

tellum black, triangular ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax,

black, with a slight bluish gloss, very strongly and closely punc-

tured, the punctation somewhat regularly arranged here and there,

the interstices slightly rugose; underside black, sparingly pubescent ;

legs fulvous, the posterior femora strongly thickened.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall).

HESPERA AFRICANA, sp. n.

Black, clothed with fine pubescence, the basal joints of the

antenne and the legs fulvous; the thorax and elytra minutely

granulate, without punctures.

Length 4-5 millim.

Of oblong, rather depressed shape, black, and opaque; the head

and the entire upper surface minutely granulate and clothed with

very fine grey pubescence, the clypeus raised in shape of an acute

central ridge; the antenne long and slender, extending to the

apex of the elytra, black, the lower two or three joints fulvous,

the second joint very small, the third slightly shorter than the

fourth, the latter and the following joints very elongate; thorax

about one-half broader than long, the sides feebly, the posterior

margin more distinctly rounded, the angles rather obsolete, the

348 MR, M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7,

surface depressed at the middle; elytra slightly wider at the

base than the thorax, rather flattened, the apex of each rounded :

underside black, more shining; legs fulvous, all the tibiz mucronate,

the first joint of the posterior tarsi longer than the following joimts

together ; prosternum extremely narrow, the anterior coxal cavities

open ; posterior femora thickened ; the last abdominal segment of

the male deeply depressed ; anterior coxze very prominent.

Hab. South Africa (my collection).

The type of this genus was described by Weise from China,

and the present African species almost entirely resembles it,

except in the colour of the legs and its larger size, but I cannot

find any structural differences sufficient to warrant its separation.

The genus seems to represent a transitionary form between the

Halticine and Galerucine, since the whole general shape and the

almost indistinct prosternum resemble much more a species of

the latter family; but the distinctly dilated posterior femora leave

no doubt as to the real place of the insect.

JAMESONIA Jac,

This genus, originally described by me under the name of

Gabonia, but subsequently altered to Jamesonia, seems to me to be

identical with Weise’s genus 7hrymnes (Deutsche entom. Zeitsch.

1895). A renewed examination of other specimens since received

has proved to me that I have wrongly given the anterior coxal

cavities as closed; the opposite is the case, they are open. The

name of J. wnicostata seems also applicable only to the female sex

of that species, as I have received lately a male specimen from

Dr. Kraatz, obtained at the Cameroons, in which the elytra are

without the transverse ridge near the apex: this specimen agrees,

however, in everything else with the female types, except in

having the entire head flavous. The species is evidently identical

with Zhrymnes nucleus Weise.

JAMBESONIA WEISEI, sp. 0.

Flavous, the apical joints of the antenne and the posterior legs

black ; head impunctate, thorax with a few fine punctures; elytra

scarcely more strongly punctured ; tarsi fuscous.

Length 3 millim.

Head impunctate, the eyes large, the frontal elevations and the

carina distinctly raised, labrum and mandibles piceous; antenne

black, the lower three or four joints flavous, the second and third

joints small, equal, the fourth but slightly longer, the others more

elongate ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides slightly

rounded, the angles not produced, the posterior ones slightly

oblique, the surface nearly impunctate, shining, flavous ; scutellum

flayous, broader than long; elytra wider than the thorax at the

base, slightly widened towards the middle, scarcely perceptibly

punctured, when seen under a strong lens; below flavous, the

posterior legs piceous or black, tarsi more or less dark coloured.

1899. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 349

Hab. Boma, Congo (coll. Belgian Mus. and my own).

This small species differs from Thrymnes nucleus Weise in the

flavous head and differently coloured antenne and legs and nearly

impunctate upper surface, and from 7’. custos likewise in the

flavous head and scutellum. YT. bifoveatus Weise is black below

and has two elytral fovezx.

PopaGRIca (?) GLABRATA, sp. n.

Ovate, widened posteriorly, flavous, the apical joints of the

antenne and the elytra, breast, and abdomen black; thorax with

a distinct transverse sulcus, impunctate; elytra not perceptibly

punctured.

Length 3 millim.

Head impunctate, flavous, the frontal tubercles small, clypeus

widened between the antenne, apical joint of the palpi acute;

antenne filiform, extending to the middle of the elytra, flavous,

the last four joints blackish; thorax transverse, twice as broad

as long, the lateral margins distinctly rounded, the posterior

angles produced into a small tooth, the surface strongly trans-

versely convex, flavous, shining and impunctate, the base with a

distinct transverse sulcus, which does not extend to the sides but

is bounded laterally by perpendicular grooves or rather turns

downwards to the base, another small transverse depression is

placed near the anterior angles; scutellum small, black; elytra

strongly convex and widened behind, much wider at the base than

the thorax, black, shining, with traces of a few extremely minute

punctures, -only visible with a very strong lens here and there ;

legs flavous, all the tibiz with a minute spine; the breast and

abdomen black; prosternum moderately broad, elongate; the

anterior coxal cavities closed.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall).

This small species differs from the typical form of Podagrica

in its more convex and ovate shape and in the thoracic transverse

sulcus. In the absence of other similarly structured species,

however, I have for the present included the insect in Podagrica,

to which at all events it is very closely allied. The elytra have a

very narrow lateral reflexed margin, which is accompanied by a

row of punctures, the only ones visible; the metatarsus of the

posterior legs is as long as the following two joints together.

CREPIDODERA ZAMBIENSIS, sp. 0.

Elongate, fulvous; head and thorax remotely and strongly punc-

tured, the latter transversely sulcate; elytra dark blue, strongly

punctured, the interstices longitudinally costate throughout.

Length 5 millim.

Of elongate and parallel shape, the head broad, strongly and

remotely punctured at the vertex, the latter fulvous, lower portion

of the face paler; frontal tubercles in shape of narrow transverse

ridges, clypeus with an acute central ridge ; antenne rather long

and slender, fulvous, the basal joint elongate, thickened at the

350 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7,

apex, the second, half the length of the third, the others nearly

equal in length; thorax transverse, subquadrate, twice as broad as

long, the sides very slightly rounded before the middle, the anterior

angles oblique, not produced, posterior ones distinct, the surface

with a narrow transverse sulcus, not quite extending to the lateral

margins, the disc punctured like the head, fulvous, shining; scu-

tellum fulvous; elytra dark blue, the extreme sutural margin and

the epipleure fulvous, the disc strongly and closely longitudinally

costate, each elytron with eight coste and another short subsutural

one, the interstices transversely rugose-punctate: underside and

the legs fulvous, posterior femora moderately incrassate, the first

joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following joints together ;

prosternum narrow and strongly raised, the anterior coxal cayities

closed.

Hab. Zambi, Congo (coll. Belgian Mus. and my own).

This insect differs from typical species of Crepidodera in the

very narrow and strongly convex prosternum, also in the absence

of a lateral perpendicular groove, which generaily limits the trans-

verse sulcation of the thorax; it should perhaps be placed in a

Separate genus.

CREPIDODERA NATALENSIS, sp. nl.

Piceous, the antenne and legs flavous, above obscure neous ;

thorax very finely and closely punctured, with deep basal sulcus

and lateral grooves; elytra finely punctate-striate, the interstices

sparingly and minutely punctured.

Length 3 millim.

Head greenish eneous, entirely impunctate, with a short perpen-

dicular groove immediately above the eyes, frontal elevations small ;

the clypeus with an acutely raised central ridge; the antenne

slender, flavous, the termina] joint stained with fuscous, the

second joint scarcely shorter than the third, the terminal four joints

slightly thickened; thorax about one-half broader than long, the

sides straight at the base, rounded before the middle, the angles

distinct but not acute, the surface very closely and finely punc-

tured, greenish neous, the basal sulcus very deep and bounded

laterally by an equally deep longitudinal groove, which extends

upwards some little distance, the basal portion behind the sulcus

of more distinctly fulvous colour and likewise finely punctured ;

elytra elongate and convex, the apex rather pointed, the basal portion

very feebly depressed, the disc rather strongly and very regularly

punctate-striate, of the same colour as the thorax, the interstices

very finely punctured; below and the legs flavous, the apex of the

posterior femora more or less stained with piceous.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal (G. Marshall) ; also Dunbrody, 8. Africa

(Rev. T. O'Neil).

This little species must be closely allied to C. tosta Gerst. in

regard to its obscure eneous coloration, but the impunctate head,

very closely punctured thorax, and its distinct transverse basal

sulcus prevent the insect being identified with the last-named

1899. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 351

species. Mr. Marshall states that it was found on Acacia horrida,

which seems to be frequented by a great number of other Phyto-

phaga.

CHETOONEMA MARSHALLI, sp. n.

Dark zneous; the antenne very long, more or less fulyous as

well as the four anterior tibie and tarsi; thorax finely and closely

punctured ; elytra deeply punctate-striate, the interstices slightly

convex, impunctate.

Length 33 millim.

Of elongate, posteriorly pointed shape, the vertex of the head

rather strongly punctured above the eyes, the latter with a rather

deep sulcus near their inner margins, which runs obliquely to the

clypeus, this part rugosely punctured as well as the space in front

of the eyes at the sides of the clypeus; antenne slightly extending

beyond the apex of the elytra, filiform, fulvous, the terminal joints

sometimes darker, the second joint half the length of the first, the

following ones very elongate; thorax rather more than twice as

broad as long, the sides slightly rounded, the anterior angles some-

what prominent and obliquely thickened, the posterior margin

accompanied by a finely impressed line, the surface transversely

convex, finely and closely punctured; scutellum twice as broad as

long, impunctate ; elytra pointed posteriorly, with deep rows of

transversely shaped punctures, the interstices raised and slightly

punctured here and there; underside dark «neous, the abdomen

finely punctured at the base of each segment, sparingly pubescent ;

posterior femora strongly incrassate, impunctate ; tibia fulyous

at the base, the four posterior ones armed with a stout tooth ;

tarsi fulvous; prosternum narrow, sulcate longitudinally; last

abdominal segment with a short transverse ridge at the apex

3 ?).

Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall).

The long antennz, which extend beyond the elytra, will at once

distinguish this species; in this respect it agrees with C. longi-

cornis Jac., likewise from Natal, but that species is much smaller

and has still longer antenne, the thorax is finely rugose, and the

legs are nearly black. Some specimens of C. marshalli are of a

more opaque dull bluish colour, but I cannot find sufficient differ-

ences to justify a separation ; in the female the antenne are shorter,

but still as long as the body.

CHETOCNEMA FREREENSIS, sp. n.

Below piceous, above dark xneous, basal joints of the antenne

and the tibiz and tarsi more or less flavous; thorax very closely

and finely punctured; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the inter-

stices longitudinally costate near the apex, the latter pointed.

Length 2 millim.

Head impunctate, with the exception of a single deep puncture

above the eyes, the sides with narrow oblique grooves which meet

in front ; clypeus broad, impunctate ; the antenne not extending to

352 MR. M, JACOBY ON ‘THE [Mar. 7,

the middle of the elytra, flavous, the terminal joints more or less

fuscous, basal joint elongate and slender, the second and the

following joints of equal length; thorax twice as broad as long,

slightly narrowed in front, the sides nearly straight, with a narrow

reflexed margin, the anterior angles thickened, basal margin

unaccompanied by an impressed line, the surface finely and closely

punctured; elytra ovate, pointed posteriorly, their base not

wider than the thorax, strongly and closely punctate-striate, the

interstices longitudinally costate at the sides and at the apex:

underside and legs piceous, the tibiz and tarsi more or less flavous ;

prosternum narrow, longitudinally sulcate.

Hab. Frere, Natal (G. Marshall).

CHETOCNEMA CARINATA, Sp. 0.

Greenish black below, the basal joints of the antenne and the

tibize and tarsi fulvous ; above metallic green, the head with three

transverse ridges, thorax finely punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-

striate, the interstices finely wrinkled.

Length 2-23 millim.

Head rather elongate, perpendicularly deflexed, dark greenish,

strongly and remotely punctured and minutely granulate at the

lower portion; the clypeus deeply triangularly emarginate, the

vertex with three acute transverse ridges, its base strongly rugose ;

the antenne scarcely extending to the middle of the elytra, fulyous,

the apical joints more or less fuscous, the third and fourth joints

equal, but little longer than the second joint ; thorax very short,

nearly three times broader than long, the sides scarcely rounded,

obliquely narrowed towaras the apex, the surface finely and rather

closely punctured and minutely granulate, metallic light green, the

anterior and posterior margins accompanied by a finely impressed

groove or line; scutellum much broader than long, cupreous ;

elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, strongly punctate-

striate, the punctures very closely approached, the interstices

slightly convex and very finely transversely wrinkled, the space

between the first row of punctures and the suture irregularly

punctate; below nearly black, with a slight metallic greenish gloss,

posterior femora very strongly incrassate, blackish, the tibie and

tarsi dark fulvous.

Hab. Moliro, Riv. Lulangoi, Congo (Ff. Duvivier) (coll. Belgian

Mus. and my own).

This species is doubtless very closely allied to C. cristata Har.

from the Zambesi River; but the latter insect is described as

greenish neous, and as having a single transverse ridge at the

vertex of the head, while here there are three and the space behind

these ridges is strongly rugose. The size of y. Harold’s species

is also smaller, uther details of structure are not given.

NIsoTRA OVATIPENNIS, sp. 1.

Broadly ovate, obscure fulyous ; thorax extremely closely and

—_

1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 353

finely punctured ; elytra regularly punctate-striate, the interstices

very sparingly punctured.

Length 4 millim.

Of broadly ovate shape ; the head broad, very sparingly and finely

punctured, with an oblique groove in front of the eyes, the latter

very large ; clypeus broad and thickened ; antenne not extending to

the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the second joint slightly shorter

than the third but thicker, terminal joints elongate ; thorax trans-

verse, nearly three times broader than long, the sides nearly

straight, the anterior angles obliquely truncate with a small notch

at each side, the posterior margin with a perpendicular short

groove at each side, the surface closely and finely punctured

throughout ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, widened

towards the middle, the disc rather regularly and distinctly

punctate-striate, the striz widely placed, the interstices with a

few fine punctures here and there, elytral epipleure very broad ;

legs short and robust, prosternum longer than broad ; anterior

coxal cavities closed.

Hab. Cameroons.

From other similarly coloured species the present insect is

distinguished by the broadly ovate shape and the punctate-striate

elytra. I received two specimens from Dr. Kraatz of Berlin.

NISOTRA COSTATIPENNIS, sp. 0.

Pale fulvous ; the thorax finely and closely punctured, with deep

basal perpendicular grooves ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the

interstices longitudinally costate and finely punctured.

Length 4 millim.

Nearly parallel in shape ; the head impunctate, obliquely grooved

between the eyes ; the clypeus broad, widely separating the antenne

at the base, labrum fulvous; antenne nearly extending to the

middle of the elytra, fulvous, the third and fourth joints equal ;

thorax strongly transverse, the sides slightly rounded before the

middle, the anterior angles obliquely truncate, the basal margin

with a deep and long perpendicular groove at each side, nearly ex-

tending to the middle, the surface finely and closely punctured ;

elytra strongly punctate-striate, the punctures closely placed, the

interstices convex and finely punctured; underside and legs

coloured like the upper surface.

Hab. Cameroons.

Although I have received only a single, apparently female, speci-

men from Dr. Kraatz, I think the species varies sufficiently trom

any of its allies to be of certain recognition ; the thoracic basal

grooves are more than usually large and deep, and the elytral inter-

stices differ from those of every other species in being longitu-

dinally costate, peculiar perhaps to the female only.

NISOTRA UNIFASCIATA, sp. 0.

Fulvous, the terminal joints of the antenne fuscous; thorax

354 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [ Mar. 7,

very closely and distinctly punctured; elytra strongly punctate-

striate, the interstices finely punctured, each elytron with a

longitudinal fuscous band, abbreviated behind, and the apex

fuscous.

Length 4 millim.

Of parallel shape; the head impunctate, obsoletely sulcate in

front of the eyes; clypeus separated from the face by a transverse

groove, rather deflexed, impunctate, palpi slender; antenne ex-

tending slightly beyond the base of the elytra, fulvous, the terminal

four or five joints fuscous, the third joint slender, longer than

the fourth one, terminal joints thickened; thorax twice as broad

as long, the sides slightly and evenly rounded, the anterior angles

slightly oblique but not produced, the basal margin with a short

but deep longitudinal groove, the surface extremely closely and

rather strongly punctured throughout; elytra with regular rows

of strong punctures, closely placed, the interstices very finely

punctured, fulvous, the extreme lateral margin, the apex in shape

of a triangular spot, and a narrow longitudinal stripe at the middle

of each elytron nearly black, the latter abbreviated before the apex ;

underside and legs fulvous.

Hab. Niger-Benue Expedition (Staudinger).

I have received two specimens of this very distinct species from

Dr. Staudinger.

NIsoTRA UNIFORMA, Sp. n.

Pale fulvous, the terminal joints of the antenne darker ; thorax

finely and closely punctured, the basal sulci short and deep; elytra

closely and finely punctured, the punctation partly geminate-

striate.

Length 3-4 millim.

Head very finely and somewhat closely punctured, the clypeus

with some stronger punctures ; the antenne nearly extending to the

middle of the elytra, black, the lower five or six joints fulvous, the

third joint slightly longer and more slender than the following two

joints, terminal ones thickened ; thorax more than twice as broad

as long, the sides straight at the base, rounded at the middle, the

anterior angles scarcely oblique or prominent, the perpendicular

basal grooves short and deep, the disc rather convex, finely and

rather closely punctured; elytra with closely approached double

rows of fine punctures, more or less distinct ; underside and legs

pale fulvous.

Hab. Sierra Leone, Rhobomp, Niger- Benue Expedition

(Staudinger).

Although this species seems very closely allied to NV. testacea

Chap. and NV. chapuisi Jac. from Madagascar, I think it sufficiently

different to be considered distinct. NV. testacea, of which the

description is scarcely detailed enough, is said to have a dark

breast and abdomen, as well as similarly coloured posterior

femora.

1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 395

Nisorga APICALIS, sp. n.

Obscure fulvous, the apical joints of the antennz fuscous ; thorax

transverse, finely and closely punctured; elytra strongly punctate-

striate, fuscous, the apex more or less pale fulvous.

Length 3 millim.

Ovate and convex, pointed posteriorly; the head impunctate,

fulvous, the frontal elevations indistinct, the labrum and _ palpi

fulvous ; the antennz only reaching the base of the elytra, fulvous,

the terminal joints more or less piceous, the third joint more

slender and slightly longer than the fourth joint, the apical joints

slightly thickened; thorax at least twice as broad as long, the sides

evenly and moderately rounded, the anterior margin straight, the

posterior one strongly produced at the middle and rounded, im-

pressed at each side with a short, slightly oblique perpendicular

groove, the surface very finely and closely punctured; elytra

gradually widened towards the middle, rather strongly punctured,

the punctures somewhat irregularly arranged in rows, distinct to

the apex, the latter flavous, the rest of the surface fuscous, the two

colours generally well divided; below and the legs fulvous ;

prosternum narrow ; the breast and abdomen nearly impunctate.

Hab. Rhobomp, Sierra Leone.

Smaller than NV. spadicea Dahlm., of different coloration and with

single not geminate elytral punctation.

NISOTRA CONGOENSIS, sp. 0.

Fulvous ; the thorax finely and closely punctured, the base with

two perpendicular grooves; elytra deeply punctate-striate, the

interstices finely punctured, flavous, the disc with a broad lougi-

tudinal black band, not extending to the apex.

Var. The elytral band divided into a basal and subapical spot.

Length 4 millim.

Head convex, extremely minutely punctured, the eyes bounded

within by a deep sulcus ; clypeus narrow, strongly raised ; antennze

fulvous, extending to the base of the elytra only, the second and

the following joints very nearly equal, all rather thickened, terminal

joint more elongate ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides evenly

rounded, the angles acute, the surface very closely and finely

punctured, flavous or fulvous, the basal margin with a rather deep

and long perpendicular groove at each side; scutellum flavous ;

elytra ovate, very strongly and deeply punctate-striate, the inter-

stices minutely punctured and longitudinally costate, each elytron

with a broad longitudinal black band abbreviated near the apex

and constricted at the middle; underside and the legs fulvous ;

tibiz mucronate ; prosternum narrowed between the coxe.

Hab. Chiloango, Congo. Belgian Mus. collection and my

own.

Closely allied to WV. unifasciata Jac. and of similar coloration,

but the antenue entirely fulvous, and the elytra very deeply and

regularly punctured, with the interstices costate and the lateral

306 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [ Mar. 7,

margins of the ground-colour. In the type the elytral band is

strongly narrowed near the middle and in the variety it is entirely

divided into two spots.

AMPHIMELA ORNATA Jac.

Aberration. Thorax and elytra yellowish white, the latter with

the suture, a spot on the shoulder, another at the apex, a short

transverse band at the middle, and a very small spot near the

scutellum black; antenne and legs pale testaceous, the posterior

femora black.

Hab. Isipingo, Natal (G. Marshall).

This variety or aberration I must refer to the species previously

described by me, but the elytral bands have been reduced to spots ;

the latter exactly indicate the position of the bands in the type, the

sculpturing and everything else is the same.

ATLLOMORPHA AFRICANA, sp. nl.

Below fuscous or piceous, the head and thorax pale fulvous, finely

wrinkled and pubescent ; antenne (the basal joints excepted) black ;

elytra flavous, finely granulate and punctured, the sutural and

lateral margins piceous: legs flavous, the posterior femora piceous

at the apex.

Length 23-3 millim.

Head very finely punctured and granulate, the frontal tubercles

short and broad but distinct; eyes ovate, entire, rather large ;

antenne nearly as long as the body, black, the lower three joints

fulvous, the third and following joints elongate, nearly equal ;

thorax about one half broader than long, the sides nearly straight,

very slightly widened towards the apex, the anterior angles

thickened, the posterior margin slightly rounded, the surface very

finely rugose and punctured, fulvous, clothed with very short

yellowish pubescence ; scutellum small, black ; elytra of paler colour

than the thorax, wider than the latter, extremely finely transversely

wrinkled or rugose throughout, closely covered with short yellowish

hairs, the sutural and lateral margins narrowly black ; legs flavous,

the posterior femora piceous at the apex, tarsi fuscous.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (@. Marshall).

This is the first species of the genus recorded from Africa, the

other three having been obtained in India and the Malayan region.

I cannot find, however, sufficient structural differences to separate

them from the genus, the principal characters of which are to be

found in the pubescent upper surface, the subquadrate thorax

without sulcus, the absent or indistinct elytral epipleure below the

middle, the rather long metatarsus of the posterior legs, and in

the scarcely visible prosternum and closed coxal cavities. All this

would agree better with the group Galerucine, but the distinetly

incrassate posterior femora do not allow the placing of the insect

in the latter section. I received two specimens of the present

insect from Mr. G. Marshall.

1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 307

NorTroM=La, gen. n.

Body oblong ; antennz widely separated, very short, the terminal

joints transverse, palpi subfiliform; thorax transverse, without

depressions ; elytra glabrous, geminate punctate-striate ; legs short

and robust, the posterior femora strongly incrassate, the tibize

widened at the apex, deeply sulcate, the four posterior ones

mucronate; claws appendiculate; prosternum much narrowed

between the coxe ; mesosternum short, deeply bilobed posteriorly ;

the anterior cotyloid cavities closed.

There are but few genera of Halticide which agree with the

present one in the widely separated antennz and the punctate-

striate elytra; and although I have only a single specimen before

me, the structural differences of the species are so well marked

that it will be easy to recognize the insect, which would perhaps

best be placed near Amphimela Chap., which is, however, of strongly

rounded shape.

NoroMELA CYANTPENNIS, sp. n.

Reddish fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne fuscous ;

thorax strongly and closely punctured ; elytra dark metallic blue,

strongly geminate punctate-striate, longitudinally costate near the

lateral margin.

Length 3 millim.

Head fulvous, closely and strongly punctured, the frontal

tubercles in shape of narrow transverse ridges; clypeus deeply

separated from the face by a transverse groove, broader than long ;

antenne scarcely extending beyond the base of the thorax, fulvous,

the last four or five joints fuscous, the basal joint thickened,

curved and moderately long, the second short, the third twice as

long, the others shorter and gradually transversely thickened ;

thorax more than twice as broad as long, widened at the middle,

the sides rounded before the middle, the anterior angles thickened,

the surface closely and strongly punctured, but more so at the

sides, where the punctures are large and round; scutellum tri-

angular, fulvous; elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, dark

metallic blue, each elytron with nine or ten double rows of strong

punctures, the lateral margin strongly thickened in shape of a

costa ; underside and legs fulvous, abdomen subremotely punctured ;

the first jomt of the posterior tarsi shorter than the following two

joints together.

Hab. Cameroons, West Africa (Conrad),

This species much resembles those of the genus <Australica

amongst the Chrysomelide in its general shape. I received a

specimen from Dr. Kraatz, of Berlin.

HALTICELLA, gen, n.

Rounded, convex ; the eyes surrounded by a sulcus ; the antenne

subfiliform ; thorax transverse, without depressions or sulci; elytra

semiregularly punctate-striate, their epipleure broad; posterior

Proc. Zoon. Soc. —1899, No. XXIV. 24

358 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE rae [Mar. 7,

femora very strongly incrassate, their tibie straight, distinctly

sulcate, widened posteriorly, with a strong spur placed at the

middle of the apex, their metatarsus as long as the following three

joints together, claws appendiculate ; prosternum narrowly elon-

gate, mesosternum | .arrowly transverse ; the anterior coxal cavities

closed.

Amongst the genera with closed anterior coxal cavities

there is only one which has the eyes surrounded by a similar

although broader sulcus—the genus Orthea Jac. from Burmah.

But in addition to this character the thorax in the latter genus is

also provided with perpendicular grooves at the base, which are

absent in the genus characterized here, and in which the metatarsus

of the posterior legs is also proportionately longer and the antenne

have more elongate joints.

HALTICELLA FLAVOPUSTULATA, Sp. nl.

Rounded, convex, fulvous ; antenne and the anterior legs flavous ;

horax closely and finely punctured; elytra closely punctured, with

bsolete rows of deeper punctures, obscure piceous, a transverse

spot near the middle and another near the apex flavous.

Length 24 millim.

Head finely punctured, with a narrow sulcus above the eyes,

fulvous with aslight metallic gloss ; the clypeus separated trom the

face by a narrow transverse groove, frontal tubercles absent ; palpi

slender, flavous ; antennz not extending to the middle of the elytra,

flavous, the second and third joints of equal length, the following

slightly longer and thicker ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long,

the sides nearly straight and obliquely narrowed towards the apex,

the posterior margin rounded, the anterior angles slightly thickened,

the surface closely and distinctly punctured, fulvous, the disc

rather darker; elytra ovate, convex, and pointed at the apex,

punctured in the same way as the thorax, but with obsolete rows

of stronger punctures, more strongly marked at the sides, where

the last two interstices are slightly longitudinally costate, the dise

of an obscure piceous colour, a rather large slightly oblique spot

placed close to the middle and another smaller one near the apex,

obscure flavous ; posterior femora strongly incrassate, pale piceous,

the anterior legs flavous.

Hab. Natal, Frere. I received two specimens from Mr. Perin-

guey.

GALERUCINA.

IDACANTHA WEISEI, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 4.)

Flavous, the antenne (the basal joints excepted), the breast, and

the legs black; thorax sparingly punctured at the sides ; elytra

black, nearly impunctate.

Mas. The third joint of the antennz broadly dilated and ex-

cavated ; the scutellum with the sides raised into strong ridges,

the apex reflexed; the elytra with two fulvous tubercles at the

basal margin,

1899.] PHYLOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 309

Length 5 millim.

Head and palpi flavous, the former impunctate; antenne

extending beyond the middle of the elytra, black, the lower four

joints flavous, basa] joint slender, second very short, third strongly

dilated and excavated at its apex, fourth much shorter and

widened into a tooth at the upper edge, the other joints slender ;

thorax transverse, with rounded sides, the disc with a deep trans-

verse sulcus, interrupted at the middle, remotely punctured at the

anterior portion only, flavous; scutellum subquadrate, flavous,

deeply excavated, the sides raised into high ridges; elytra rather

strongly depressed below the base, the basal portion near the

scutellum raised and furnished with a small fulvous tubercle on

each elytron, rest of the surface with a few fine punctures only,

black, very shining; abdomen flavous, trilobate at the last segment,

the middle lobe much broader than long, flat; all the tibize mucro-

nate, claws deeply bifid.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad).

The single male specimen which I received from Dr. Kraatz is

readily distinguished by the structure of the scutellum, in which it

nearly agrees with Aulacophora scutellata Baly ; but in that species

the antenne are simple, the shape of the scutellum is different, and

the abdomen is not flavous.

ASBECESTA DUVIVIERI, sp. n.

Black, the basal joints of the antenne and the legs flavous ;

thorax nearly impunctate, flavous; elytra closely and distinctly

punctured, flavous, margined with black.

Length 5 millim.

Head black, impunctate, the frontal tubercles and the clypeus

strongly raised ; antennz not extending to the middle of the elytra,

the lower five or six joints flavous, the rest black, the terminal two

joints much more elongate than the others, third and fourth joints

equal. Thorax one-half broader than long, the sides rounded,

the basal sulcus strongly marked, the surface with a few minute

punctures here and there ; scutellum black ; elytra longitudinally

depressed near the lateral margins and with another shorter

depression at the sides, rather strongly and closely punctured,

flavous, all the margins rather broadly black, the humeral callus

also with a short blackish mark within; below black, the legs

flavous.

Hab. Moliro, Congo (J. Duvivier) (Belgian Mus. collection

and my own).

Much smaller and narrower than A. marginata, the underside

black not flavous, and the elytral margins more broadly black, the

legs unicolorous.

ASBECESTA MARGINATA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 5.)

Flavous, the antennz, the apex of the tibiz, and the tarsi black,

the head and thorax with a black spot; elytra closely and finely

punctured, testaceous, narrowly margined with black.

; ele

360 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE (Mar. 7,

Length 7 millim.

Head flavous, the vertex rugose at the sides, the middle impunc-

tate, with a black spot, labrum and apex of the mandibles black,

frontal tubercles broad, transverse, carina distinct ; antenne short,

black, the basal joint pale below, intermediate joints triangularly

widened, terminal ones moniliform, apical joint ovate, pointed ;

thorax twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight, the surface

deeply transversely sulcate, with a few fine scattered punctures,

flavous, the anterior portion with a black central spot; scutellum

black ; elytra paler than the thorax, finely and closely punctured,

the sutural and lateral margins very narrowly black; below and

the legs flavous, the tibie below and at the apex and the tarsi

black.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

Closely allied to A. capense Alld., but differing in the black

elytral margins, which are constant in all the specimens that

Mr. Marshall obtained.

ASBECESTA POLITA, sp. n.

Flayous, the head and the antenne black, apical joints of the

latter flavous; thorax impunctate: elytra closely and rather

strongly punctured.

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate, black, the frontal tubercles broad and distinct ;

labrum testaceous, stained with piceous ; the antennz extending to

the middle of the elytra, robust, black, the basal joints below and

the base of each following joint fulvous, the apical three joints

flavous; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides straight, the

anterior angles slightly produced into a small tubercle, the disc

transversely sulcate at the middle, entirely impunctate, flavous ;

scutellum impunctate, flavous ; elytra slightly widened posteriorly,

rather strongly and closely punctured, the interstices slightly

wrinkled here and there; below and the legs flavous, claw-joints

piceous.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad).

Distinguished from all its allies by the colour of the head

and that of the antenne. I received a single specimen from

Dr. Kraatz.

MALACOSOMA MBLANOCEPHALUM, sp. n.

Black, head finely granulate ; thorax fulvous, transverse, minutely

punctured ; elytra fulvous, finely and closely punctured, the inter-

stices finely wrinkled ; legs partly piceous and fulvous.

Length 4 millim.

Elongate and parallel; the head black, broad, very finely granu-

late at the vertex and minutely punctured, the frontal tubercles

strongly raised but nearly joined and forming a single piece with

the clypeus, anterior edge of the latter straight, labrum and palpi

testaceous ; antenne extending beyond the middle of the elytra,

1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLHOPTERA OF AFRICA. 361

entirely black, the basal joint elongate and slender, the second and

third joints short, equal, the following ones rather robust ; thorax

more than one-half broader than long, the lateral margins evenly

rounded, posterior margin nearly straight, the angles not produced,

the surface extremely finely and rather closely punctured, fulvous,

shining ; scutellum black; elytra slightly wider at the base than

the thorax, parallel, fulvous, much more strongly and distinctly

punctured than the thorax, the interstices slightly wrinkled or

rugose ; underside and the basal portion of all the femora piceous ;

tibie and tarsi flavous, the first tarsal joint of the posterior legs

as long as the following two joints together.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (@, Marshall).

Rather larger than MW. capitatum Jac., and differing from that

species in the finely granulate head and the totally different shape

of the frontal elevations as well as in the sculpture of the elytra ;

the male has the last abdominal segment incised at each side, the

median lobe is smooth and slightly concave.

MALACOSOMA GERSTAECKERI, sp. n.

Below black or flayous, antenne (the basal joints excepted)

black ; thorax subquadrate, nearly impunetate ; elytra extremely

minutely and rather closely punctured.

Length 3—4 millim.

Narrowly elongate ; the head impunctate, rather darker than the

other parts, the frontal elevations strongly transverse, the carina

linear, very distinct, the palpi piceous; the antenne extending

beyond the middle of the elytra, slender, black, the lower three

or four joints flavous, the second and third joints of equal length,

one-half shorter than the following joint, the others of nearly the

same length ; thorax one-half broader than long, the lateral margins

rather distinctly rounded and produced at the middle, straight at the

base ; the disc with some extremely minute punctures, only visible

under a strong lens; elytra broader at the base than the thorax,

parallel, extremely finely punctured in closely approached irregular

rows, the apex of each rounded; underside and legs flavous, or

black with the last abdominal segment flavous only, the posterior

femora rather thickened ; all the tibie mucronate, the first joint of

the posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints together,

claws appendiculate, the prosternum extremely narrow and convex

the anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Frere, Estcourt, Malvern, Natal (G. Warshall).

Smaller than MM. capitatum; the head fulvous not black, the

antenne with more slender jcints and the thorax less transverse,

more elongate, the metatarsus of the posterior legs also distinctly

more elongate; the underside varies from fulvous to black, the

last two segments of the abdomen being only of the former colour

in some specimens; the male organ is very narrow and slender

and its apex only slightly pointed. The female is of more robust

and slightly larger shape, and the last abdominal segment has a

short and broad fovea at the apex.

362 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [ Mar. 7,

MALACOSOMA APICIPENNE, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 3.)

Black, the apex of the elytra and the abdomen flavous ;

thorax subquadrate, very finely punctured ; elytra more strongly

and extremely closely punctured, the interstices finely rugose.

Length 8 millim.

Of elongate and parallel shape; the head with a few minute

punctures, frontal elevations broad and transverse; clypeus very

narrow, in shape of a ridge, the middle portion broad and extending

upwards ; labrum piceous, margined with flavous; antennz rather

short and robust, black, the third joint one-half longer than the

second, the fourth as long as the preceding two joints together, the

terminal to joints more elongate; thorax subquadrate, one-half

broader than long, the sides rounded, anterior angles with a small

tubercle, the surface rather convex, black and shining, finely but

not closely punctured ; scutellum triangular, broad, impunctate ;

elytra elongate and parallel, black, extremely closely and distinetly

punctured, the punctures of different sizes, the interstices finely

wrinkled and rugose, the apex flavous ; below and the legs black,

clothed with grey rather long pubescence, all the tibia mucronate ;

the anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Moliro, Congo (Duvivier). Belg. Mus. collect. and my

own.

LUPERODES SULFURIPENNIS, sp. n.

Black, the basal joints of the antenne and the legs fulvous;

above pale flavous; the head and thorax impunctate; elytra

extremely finely and closely punctured.

Length 9 millim.

Broadly ovate; the head impunctate, fulvous at the vertex, the

lower portion flavous, frontal elevations trigonate, distinct, clypeus

triangularly convex ; antennz black, the lower three joints fulvous,

third joint twice as Jong as the second, one-half shorter than the

fourth ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides moderately,

the posterior margin more strongly rounded, the anterior angles

thickened, not produced, the surface impunctate, flavous ; scutellum

and elytra of the same colour, the elytra minutely and very closely

punctured, their epipleure very broad at the base, continued below

the middle; the breast and abdomen black, clothed with fine

flavous pubescence ; legs fulvous, all the tibiz with a distinct spine,

the metatarsus of the posterior legs longer than the following joints

together; anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Port Alfred, South Africa (Rev. O'Neil).

A broadly ovate species, of which I received a single specimen

sent by the Rev. T. O’Neil from 8. Africa.

OoTHECA LEVIPENNIS, sp. n.

Black, lower part of the face flavous; thorax subquadrate, pale

fulvous, impunctate; elytra of the same colour, shining, without

punctures.

1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 363

Length 6 millim.

Of ovate convex shape ; the head impunctate, flavous, the vertex

black and shining, the frontal tubercles strongly developed, trans-

verse; labrum black; the antenne rather stout, black, the basal

joint short and thick, the second short, the third twice as long,

the following joints slightly thickened and more elongate; thorax

about one-half broader than long, the sides rounded, the posterior

angles obliquely rounded, posterior margin truncate at the middle,

the surface entirely impunctate, shining, pale fulvous; scutellum

broad, black; elvtra widened towards the middle, convex, entirely

impunctate, their epipleure disappearing at the middle; below

and the legs black, all the tibie with a spine; the anterior coxal

cavities open.

Hab. Bedford, Pt. Elizabeth, 8. Africa (Rev. O'Neil).

The entirely impunctate upper surface of this species at once

distinguishes it from O. mutabilis.

LuPrrus FLAVICINCIUS, sp. 0.

Black; basal joints of the antenne, the thorax and the legs

flavous ; thorax impunctate; elytra bluish black, finely punctured,

the lateral margins below the middle broadly flavous, the dise with

some single hairs.

Length 4 millim.

Head entirely impunctate, black, shining, frontal elevation

strongly developed, elongate; clypeus thickened ; antenne extending

beyond the middle of the elytra, black, the lower three joints

flavous below, the second and third joints small, nearly equal,

following joints more elongate; thorax subquadrate, scarcely

broader than long, the sides slightly constricted at the base,

feebly rounded at the middle, the angles dentiform, the surface

entirely impunctate, flavous, very shining ; scutellum black; elytra

much wider at the base than the thorax, convex, slightly widened

at the apex, bluish black, the surface finely and closely punctured,

the interstices finely wrinkled, the lateral and apical margins

from the middle broadly flavous; the breast and abdomen black,

the legs flavous, the tarsi more or less fuscous, the metatarsus of

the posterior legs as long as the following joints together.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad).

LuPERUS DISCICOLLIS, sp. n.

Black, the sides of the thorax, the femora, and the abdomen

flavous ; thorax impunctate ; elytra finely punctured and minutely

granulate.

Length 5 millim.

Head rather elongate, black, impunctate, the frontal elevations

subquadrate, nearly contiguous ; clypeus broad, triangular, strongly

raised; eyes large; the antenne black (the terminal two joints

wanting), basal joint thickened, the second scarcely shorter than

the third joint, fourth as long as the preceding three joints

together; thorax about one-half broader than long, the sides

364 MR, M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7,

nearly straight, the angles slightly thickened, the disc impunctate,

the sides broadly fulvous, the middle occupied by a broad,

posteriorly narrowed black band; scutellum black; elytra much

wider at the base than the thorax, widened below the middle,

black, shining, very finely but not very closely punctured, the

interstices extremely finely granulate, their epipleure broad

anteriorly, much narrowed towards the apex; below black,

abdomen and the femora flayous, the tibie (their base excepted)

and the tarsi fuscous, all the tibie mucronate, the first joint of

the posterior tarsi as long as the following joints together.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad).

I received a specimen of this well-marked species from

Dr. Kraatz.

Po#PHILA COSTATIPENNIS, sp. n.

Elongate, piceous; the head, basal joints of the antenne, and

the thorax fulvous, the latter finely and sparingly punctured ;

elytra metallic violaceous blue, strongly punctate-striate, the inter-

stices longitudinally costate.

Length 2 millim.

Head impunctate, the eyes large, frontal elevations narrow,

carina very acute, palpi thickened ; antenne filiform, extending to

the middle of the elytra, black, the lower three joints fulvous, the

second joint thickened, the third but slightly longer, thin, the

following more elongate ; thorax transversely subquadrate, convex,

twice as broad as long, the sides straight, forming an oblique angle

anteriorly, extending to the base of the eyes, this angle slightly

thickened, posterior margin broadly produced at the middle, the

surface with a deep transverse sinuate sulcus, parallel to the basal

margin and not extending to the sides, the dise very finely and

remotely punctured; scutellum piceous; elytra with a distinct

depression below the base, the latter raised, the shoulders pro-

minent, the punctation strong, close and deep, the interstices

longitudinally costate, especially so at the sides; underside and

legs nearly black, the metatarsus of the posterior legs longer than

the following joints together; claws appendiculate, prosternum

longer than broad ; the anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Cameroons.

The only other representative of this genus, described by Weise,

agrees almost entirely with the present insect, except in colora-

tion, being rufo-testaceous with brown elytra and having no coste

on the latter parts ; but of the fine pubescence of the eyes, of which

Weise speaks, | am not able to discover a trace in my species,

neither has this author mentioned the structure of the antenne

nor their colour, which must have been an oversight.

I received a specimen from Dr. Kraatz.

PoEPHILA FULVIPES, sp. n.

Flavous, the antenne (the basal three joints excepted) black ;

a -

1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 365

thorax strongly punctured; elytra metallic dark blue, strongly

punctate-striate, the interstices longitudinally costate.

Length 23 millim.

Very closely allied to the preceding species, but apparently

distinct; the head with some strong punctures anteriorly, the

third joint of the antennz longer, the thorax much less transverse

and convex, only about one-half broader than long, the surface

very deeply but not very closely punctured; the elytra as in the

preceding species ; the entire underside and legs fulvous.

Hab. Cameroons. Received from Dr. Kraatz.

The above-mentioned differences are, I think, sufficient to

separate this species, and are probably not sexual, although I have

only a single specimen before me; the structure and sculpture of

the thorax differ too much to allow the insect to be united to

P. costatipennis, with which it otherwise agrees in generic details.

APOPHYLIA MARGINATA, Sp. n.

Fulvous, the upper portion of the head metallie greenish or

blue, thorax with three or four biuish spots; elytra dark blue,

finely transversely wrinkled, the lateral and apical margins fulvous,

breast black.

Var. Underside black.

Length 6 millim.

Upper portion of the head finely punctured, dark blue with two

fulvous spots or entirely blue, frontal elevations narrowly trans-

verse, lower portion fulvous or flavous; antenne extending to

about the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the apex of each joint

stained with fuscous, the terminal three or four joints entirely of

that colour, third joint shorter than the fourth; thorax twice as

broad as long, the sides rounded, the anterior angles slightly

thickened, the posterior ones oblique and rather indistinct, the

surface finely and closely punctured and partly rugose, with some

obsolete depressions anteriorly ; the disc fulvous, with three bluish

spots, the middle one in shape of a V or separated into three

smaller spots placed triangularly ; scutellum black; elytra finely

transversely wrinkled, the interstices finely punctured, dark blue,

the lateral margin and the apical one more broadly fulvous, their

epipleure broad anteriorly, very narrowed below the middle; the

breast and the abdomen black, finely pubescent, or the breast only

of that colour ; the legs fulvous, the third joint of the tarsi fuscous,

the first joint as long as the following joints together; anterior

coxal cavities open.

Hab. Natal, on willow (G. Marshall).

This species seems allied in coloration to A. nobilitata Gerst., but

differs in having the entire upper portion of the head green as

well as in the colour of the underside and some other details.

A. consanguinea Alld. is described as having a green longitudinal

thoracic band, also with three zeneous spots on the vertex.

366 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7,

ERGANA CHAPUISI, sp. n.

Fulvous, the breast and the legs black ; thorax very closely and

distinctly punctured; elytra dark bluish, closely and finely

punctured.

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate, fulvous, the frontal tubercles very strongly

raised ; antenne short and robust, flavous, the joints nearly monili-

form, the third and fourth joints more elongate : thorax one-half

broader than long, the sides rounded, the an; eles acute, the surface

very closely and distinctly punctured, fulvous ; scutellum fulvous ;

elytra dark blue, closely aud strongly punctured, their epipleure

broad and continued to the apex; below piceous or black, the

abdomen flavous; all the tibiz mucronate, the tarsi short, the

anterior coxal cavities closed.

Hab. Moliro, Congo (Duvivier). Belgian Mus. collect. and my

own.

This species agrees in every respect with the type of the genus,

E. protea Chap. from Abyssinia, and it is possible that it only

represents another variety of this variable species ; but as I have

two specimens before me perfectly identical, and as the elytra in

E. protea show no trace of blue, I must look upon the present

insect as distinct.

MncGaLoGNATHA IMMACULATA, sp. n.

Elongate, parallel, testaceous; head and thorax impunctate ;

elytra obscure fulvous, extremely finely and sparingly punctured.

Length 7 millim,

Head broad, impunctate; frontal tubercles strongly raised,

transverse ; clypeus equally strongly raised, in shape of a triangular

ridge; palpi robust; antenne rather stout, flavous (the last three

joints wanting), basal joint elongate, slightly curved, the third and

the following joints nearly equal in length; thorax much broader

than long, the sides slightly constricted at the base, nearly straight,

the antericr angles thickened, the surface impunctate, obsoletely

transversely sulcate ; seutellum triangular ; elytra much wider at

the base than the thorax and of darker fulvous colour, the shoulders

rather prominent and bounded within by a longitudinal depression,

the disc extremely finely and sparingly punctured ; underside and

legs testaceous, finely pubescent, the first tarsal joint as long as

the following joints together, claws appendiculate.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal (G. Marshall).

Allied in coloration to M. ventricosa Baly, but the thorax im-

punctate and differently sculptured, the general shape more

parallel, and the colour of the antenne and legs different. The two

specimens obtained are probably females ; the sulcation of the

thorax resembles more semi-separate fovew than a continued

groove, but is more distinct in one of the specimens than in the

other.

1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 367

HEMIXANTHA, gen. n.

Body elongate and parallel; antenne filiform, the third joint

slightly longer than the second, but shorter than the fourth;

thorax transverse without depressions, the sides rounded ; elytra

not narrower than the thorax, irregularly punctured and rugose,

their epipleurz broad anteriorly, indistinct below the middle ; legs

slender, the tibiz unarmed, the first tarsal joint of the posterior

legs as long as the following three joints together, claws appendi-

culate, the prosternum indistinct; the anterior coxal cavities

closed.

This genus will enter the group of Platyxanthine on account of

the unarmed tibiz and closed coxal cavities, but it must be

separated from Platywantha on account of the differently shaped

and structured thorax; the latter genus contains already far too

many species of different kind of structural characters than the

type, and wants revision. Metrioidea Fairm. has a subquadrate

thorax, narrower than the elytra, and the same is the case in

Platyxantha proper, in which the thorax is also more or less

depressed or suleate and not transverse. In Hemixantha must

also be arranged the following species formerly placed by me in

Platyxantha:—H. pallida Jac., H. scutellata Jac., which, although

not metallic in coloration, exhibit the same structural characters.

HEMIXANTHA NATALENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 8.)

Bluish or greenish black below, above metallic green or blue, the

antenne and tarsi black; thorax closely punctured and rugose ;

elytra as closely punctured and finely transversely wrinkled

throughout.

Length 4 miilim.

Head finely punctured at the vertex, the frontal tubercles very

broad, subquadrate, and strongly raised; clypeus in shape of a

transverse acute ridge ; labrum black ; antenne extending beyond

the middle of the elytra, slender, black, the lower three or four

joints more or less fulvous below, the basal joint metallic dark

green or bluish above ; thorax twice as broad as long, transversely

convex, the sides rather strongly rounded and widened at the

middle, the angles distinct, the surface very closely and distinctly

punctured, the interstices irregularly rugose or wrinkled ; scutellum

rather broader thau long, impunctate; elytra parallel, scarcely

narrower at the base than the thorax, the surface nearly similarly

sculptured to that of the thorax, but the interstices more finely

transversely wrinkled and minutely granulate; underside black,

with a slight bluish or greenish gloss, the legs more distinctly of

the latter tint, finely pubescent.

Hab. Frere, Natal (G. Marshall).

In the male insect the last abdominal segment is semicircularly

emarginate at the apex, and the protruding penis is slender and

pointed and slightly curved at the apex.

368 MR. M, JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7,

HEMIXANTHA INCONSPICUA, sp. 0.

Elongate, convex, black, above obscure testaceous or fuscous ;

head with one, thorax with several confluent greenish-black spots,

finely punctured ; elytra very finely and closely punctured.

Var. Thorax obscure fulvous, the dise darker.

Length 8 millim.

Of parallel convex shape ; the head finely and closely punctured,

obscure fulvous, the vertex with a round greenish-piceous spot,

frontal tubercles small but rather broad; eyes large; antenne

extending to the middle of the elytra, black, filiform, the third

joint one-half longer than the second, but distinctly shorter

than the fourth; thorax one-half broader than long, the sides

rounded, the anterior angles in shape of a small tubercle, the

surface somewhat depressed, covered with small and larger punc-

tures, the disc more or less distinctly marked with greenish-piceous

confluent spots; scutellum broad, black ; elytra wider at the base

than the thorax, nearly similarly punctured ; underside and legs

nearly black, finely pubescent, the tibie unarmed, the first joint of

the posterior tarsi as long as the following three joints together,

claws appendiculate, prosternum indistinct; the anterior coxal

cavities closed.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

Nearly allied to H. scutellata Jac. and H. picetpes, but larger

and with entirely black antennz, underside, and legs, the head

and thorax spotted. The specimens were obtained in sweeping

during the months of September and December in marshy places.

The head is more closely and distinctly punctured than in

H., piceipes, the eyes and the frontal elevations are larger, and the

scutellum is broad and black.

HEMIXANTHA PICEIPES, sp. 0.

Head and thorax obscure fulvous, very finely punctured; the

antenne, breast, and legs piceous or black; elytra more or less

fuscous, extremely finely punctured and transversely wrinkled.

Var. The base of the head and the margins of the thorax

flavous, disc of the latter and the elytra and underside piceous.

Length 6-7 millim.

Head finely punctured, the vertex longitudinally grooved at the

middle, frontal elevations rather broad, the clypeus narrowly tri-

angular; eyes large in the male, smaller in the female; antennz

scarcely extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the third

joint double the length of the second, the following joints more

elongate ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides rounded

at the middle, the anterior angles slightly produced, posterior

angles rounded, the dise extremely finely punctured, shining ;

scutellum triangular ; elytra slightly wider at the base than the

tnorax, extremely closely but scarcely more strongly punctured

than the latter, the interstices minutely wrinkled, the apex nearly

impunctate ; below and the legs fuscous or black, shining, finely

pubescent ; abdomen fulvous.

1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 369

Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland, Estcourt, Natal (G. Marshall).

Of the specimen which I consider a variety and which was

obtained at Natal, I have only a single example before me; struc-

turally it does not seem to differ from the type, but it diverges

entirely in coloration. The whole under surface is black, the

head has two bright fulvous spots at the vertex, the thorax is

piceous, narrowly margined with fulvous, and the elytra show the

same colour at the base and the apex. Possibly the specimen

represents another species.

HEMIXANTHA TERMINATA, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 6.)

Rufous, the antenne, tibie, and tarsi flavous ; thorax very finely

punctured; elytra black, the apex rufous, punctured like the

thorax.

Length 6 millim.

Head rufous, not perceptibly punctured, the eyes very large and

prominent, the frontal elevations broad and subquadrate, clypeus

triangularly raised, labrum and palpi flavous; antenne long and

slender, flavous, the terminal joints stained with black at the apex,

the last one entirely of this colour; third joint one half longer

than the second, the following elongate, slightly curved and finely

pubescent ; thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, the sides very

feebly rounded, very narrowly margined, the angles slightly oblique

and thickened, the surface very minutely and remotely punctured,

rufous, shining, basal margin slightly sinuate at the middle,

narrowly margined ; scutellum broad, rufous, longer than broad ;

elytra wider at the base than the thorax, distinctly depressed near

the suture, black, the extreme apex rufous, the surface punctured

like the thorax ; below and the femora reddish fulvous, the tibiz

and tarsi flavous ; the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as

the following three joints together.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal (G. Marshall).

HEMIXANTHA BIFASCIATA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 7.)

Reddish fulvous, the antenne, tibie, and tarsi flavous ; thorax

extremely finely punctured, flavous or fulvous; elytra nearly im-

punctate, flavous, a narrow transverse band at the base and

another below the middle, black.

Length 6 millim.

Head impunctate, rufous, the frontal elevations broad and sub-

quadrate ; eyes large and round ; antennex extending nearly to the

middle of the elytra, flavous, the apex of the terminal joint black,

all the joints with the exception of the second of nearly equal

length ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides rounded,

the anterior angles produced, subtuberculiform, the surface only

perceptibly punctured when seen under a very strong lens, pale

testaceous or fulvous, very shining ; scutellum triangular, flavous ;

elytra not more distinctly punctured than the thorax, flavous, the

base with a narrow transverse black band extending to the sides,

370 MR, M. JACOBY ON THD [ Mar. 7,

a similar band is placed below the middle; below and the femora

more or less rufous, tibiw and tarsi pale.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal (G. Marshall).

This well-marked species agrees in all structural characters with

the other species of the genus, but differs in the amount of rufous

of the thorax and the underside.

Mownocipa, gen. n.

Body elongate ; antenne filiform, the third joint shorter than

the fourth; thorax subquadrate, without depression ; elytra much

wider at the base than the thorax, their epipleurz indistinct below

the middle ; legs slender, all the tibize mucronate, the first joint of

the posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints together ;

claws appendiculate, prosternum very narrow and convex; the

anterior coxal cavities closed. P

Amongst the genera with closed coxal cavities, Monocida will

find its place near Monolepta and Pseudocrania; it differs from the

first in its general narrowly elongate shape and the subquadrate

thorax, which is much narrower at the base than the elytra, also

in the much less elongate metatarsus of the posterior legs ; from

Pseudocrania the totally different structure of the head and of

the antenne separates the genus.

MonocrpDa SUTURATA, Sp. n.

Elongate, black, the head anteriorly, the basal joints of the an-

tenne, and the anterior legs flavous; thorax minutely punctate,

flavous; elytra finely and closely punctured, flavous, the suture

and the sides black.

Length 4 millim.

Head black posteriorly, the vertex very finely granulate and

punctured, the frontal tubercles very strongly raised, the anterior

portion and the palpi flavous; antenne extending nearly to the

apex of the elytra, slender and filiform, the second joint short, the

third twice as long but shorter than the fourth joint, the lower

four or five joints more or less flavous, the apical ones fuscous ;

thorax subquadrate, scarcely broader than long, the sides slightly

constricted at the base, the anterior angles in shape of a small

tubercle, the surface minutely granulate and finely punctured,

flavous; scutellum broader than long, black ; elytra broader at the

base than the thorax and sculptured similarly, flavous, a sutural

rather broad band, narrowed posteriorly, and the sides more

narrowly, black or piceous ; underside and the four posterior legs

black, the others flavous.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal, on acacia trees, December (G. Marshall).

PLATYXANTHA FACIALIS, sp. 0.

Elongate, testaceous, the terminal joints of the antenne black,

the face very elongate; thorax subquadrate, foveolate and im-

1899.| — PHYLTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 371

punctate; elytra scarcely perceptibly punctured and obsoletely

longitudinally sulcate.

Length 8 millim.

Of elongate, somewhat depressed shape, entirely testaceous ; the

head very long, transversely grooved between the antenne, the

vertex impunctate, the frontal elevations trigonate; the clypeus

subquadrate, broad, depressed at each side, the middle with a

longitudinal ridge; eyes rather small, ovate ; the antenne slender,

black, the lower two joints flavous, basal joint very elongate and

slender, the second very small, the following joints nearly as

long as the first one, the last three joints broken off; thorax

scarcely broader than long, the sides rather strongly constricted

at the base, rounded before the middle, the angles acute, the

surface with a shallow depression at each side, entirely im-

punctate ; elytra wider than the thorax at the base, the surface

scarcely perceptibly punctured, somewhat uneven, with traces of

longitudinal sulci, their epipleure very broad, concave, and continued

to the apex ; legs elongate, the tibiz unarmed ; the anterior coxal

cavities closed.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad).

The elongate head of this species agrees far more with the

typical form P. apicalis Baly, from Sumatra, than any other of the

African species at present placed in Platywantha, I received a

single specimen from Dr. Kraatz.

PLATYXANTHA LUKUNGUENSIS, Sp. 0.

Narrow and elongate, metallic blue, the antennz and legs black,

head and thorax purplish, impunctate; thorax with a deep transverse

depression ; elytra finely and closely punctursd.

Length 5 millim.

Head purplish blue, impunctate, the frontal tubercles strongly

raised, transverse ; the clypeus deflexed anteriorly, strongly raised

in shape of an acute triangular ridge; labrum and palpi black ;

antenne longer than the body, very slender, black, all the joints

finely pubescent, the fifth and the following two joints curved,

each joint articulated at the extreme outer angle of the preceding

one ; thorax subquadrate, scarcely one-half broader than long, the

sides nearly straight, the disc impunctate, metallic bright purplish,

with a deep transverse sulcation at the middle ; scutellum broad,

impunctate ; elytra narrow and parallel, metallic blue, finely and

closely punctured, the interstices somewhat wrinkled ; underside

and legs blue, the latter long and slender, pubescent, the tibizee un-

armed, the first joint of the posterior tarsi longer than the following

joints together.

Hab. Lukungu, Congo (C. Haas). Belgian Museum collection

and my own.

A narrowly elongate species with all the characters of the genus,

distinguished by the long and slender antennx and the structure

of ta intermediate joints, probably peculiar to the male sex

only.

372 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7,

PLATYXANTHA LIVINGSTONT, sp. n.

Flavous, the head purplish, impunctate; thorax transversely

suleate, impunctate; elytra metallic blue, extremely minutely

punctured.

Mas. Antenne with the intermediate joints curved.

Length 7 millim.

Head impunctate, metallic purplish, frontal elevations broad,

transverse ; clypeus acutely raised; palpi swollen, flavous, as well

as the labrum; antenne long and slender, obscure flavous, the

second joint very short, moniliform, the third and the following

joints very elongate, the fifth, sixth, and seventh curved, the

terminal three joints slender and thinner; thorax twice as broad

as long, the sides straight at the base, slightly rounded anteriorly,

anterior angles slightly produced, posterior acute, the surface trans-

versely sulcate, the sulcus not extending to the sides, entirely

impunctate, fulvous; scutellum broad, fulvous; elytra with a

slight sub-basal depression, extremely minutely punctured, metallic

dark blue, their epipleur broad and continued ; below and the legs

flavous.

Hab. Niger-Benue Expedition.

This species differs in its mode of coloration from any of its

African allies. I received a single specimen from Dr. Staudinger

and Herr Bang-Haas.

MoNOLEPTA MALVERNENSIS, sp. 0.

Testaceous, the apical joint of the antenne dark; head and

thorax finely punctured; elytra punctured like the thorax, the

punctation very close; a spot on the shoulders and another near

the apex piceous.

Length 4 millim.

Head with a few fine punctures, obscure testaceous ; the eyes

very large; labrum piceous ; antenne extending below the middle

of the elytra, testaceous, the apical joint more or less piceous,

the second and third joints small, equal; thorax about one-half

broader than long, the sides nearly straight, the posterior margin

straight, the surface very finely and closely punctured, especially

so anteriorly ; scutellum piceous; elytra more strongly punctured

than the thorax, the punctation consisting of very small and

larger punctures, the interstices very finely rugose, a small humeral

and a larger subapical spot piceous ; below and the legs testaceous ;

elytral epipleure indistinct below the middle; anterior coxal

cavities closed ; metatarsus of the posterior legs elongate.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall).

The number and position of the elytral spots, the colour of the

antenne, that of the elytra and of the underside separate this

species from the unicolorous variety of M. 8-maculata Jac. and

M. citrinella Jac.

MonoLopra ESTCOURTIANA, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 11.)

Flavous, the vertex of the head and the intermediate joints of

1899. ] “PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPLERA OF AFRICA. 373

the antenne piceous; thorax very finely punctured; elytra

extremely closely and finely punctured ; flavous, a transverse band

at the base and another below the middle, as well as the sutural

angle at the apex, black ; breast black.

Length 5 millim.

Head minutely punctured, flavous, the vertex piceous, eyes very

large, frontal tubercles distinct ; antenne slender, the lower four

or five joints and the apical one flavous, the others piceous ; second

and third joints short, equal; thorax twice as broad as long, pale

flavous, the sides slightly rounded, the angles not produced, the

posterior margin evenly rounded, the surface with a very feeble

transverse depression at each side, very finely punctured; scutellum

black; elytra widened towards the middle, nearly similarly

punctured as the thorax, pale flavous, a broad transverse band

at the base, its posterior edge strongly dentate or sinuate, and a

narrower band, constricted at the middle, near the apex, black, the

extreme sutural angle at the apex likewise, to a small extent,

piceous ; below and the legs flavous, the breast and the pygidium

black ; the metatarsus of the posterior legs very long.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal (G. Marshall).

This species comes very near M. bifasciata Jac., M. melanogaster

Wied., and three or four other African species, all of which have

several elytral black bands; the present insect may, however, be

separated by the colour of the head and that of the antenne, also

by the black pygidium. I have seen two specimens sent by

Mr. Marshall.

MOoNOLEPTA KRAATZI, sp. 0.

Head, thorax, and the breast black, the abdomen and the legs

flavous; thorax finely punctured; elytra flavous, very finely

punctured, the margins narrowly black.

Length 5 millim.

Head black, very shining, entirely impunctate, the frontal

elevations consisting of a single piece, bounded behind by a shallow

transverse groove ; labrum black, palpi flavous; antenne extending

below the middle of the elytra, black, the basal five or six joints

flavous, the third joint nearly double the length of the second ;

thorax transverse, twice as broad as long, the sides feebly rounded,

narrowly marginate, the surface rather convex, finely and some-

what closely punctured, black, shining, scutellum black ; elytra very

minutely punctured, flavous, all the margins narrowly black; the

breast black; the abdomen and the legs flavous, the metatarsus

of the posterior legs very elongate; the anterior coxal cavities

closed ; pygidium black.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad).

The elytral epipleure in this species, of which I have received two

specimens from Dr. Kraatz, are extremely narrow below the middle,

almost absent; the species may be known by the black head and

thorax and the similarly coloured elytral margins.

Proc, Zoou, Soo.—1899, No. XXV. 25

374 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7,

Mowo.eEPra KIRSCHI, sp. n.

Dark violaceous blue, the antenne and the legs black; thorax

impunctate ; elytra very finely and closely punctured.

Length 5 millim.

Elongate-ovate, widened posteriorly; the head impunctate,

metallic dark blue, the frontal elevations distinct, broad, transverse,

labrum black ; antenne extending to about the middle of the elytra,

black, the third joint twice as long as the second, but distinctly

shorter than the fourth, the last-named and the remaining joints

equal; thorax more than twice as broad as long, widened at the

middle, the sides strongly deflexed, the lateral margins very slightly

rounded, the anterior angles thickened, the posterior margin broadly

rounded and produced, the surface impunctate ; scutellum trian-

gular, impunctate ; elytra convex and widened posteriorly, finely

and very closely punctured, dark violaceous, their epipleure indis-

tinct below the middle; legs black, long and slender, the metatarsus

of the posterior legs longer than half the length of the tibie.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall); also Natal.

This Monolepta may be known from every other species of the

genus by the uniform dark violaceous colour and the long meta-

tarsus of the posterior legs. I have seen four specimens from

Salisbury and one from Natal.

MOoNOLEPTA DIVISA, sp. n.

Rufous; the head anteriorly, the antenne, thorax, and legs

flavous, the base of the head black; thorax finely and closely

punctured ; elytra of similar sculpture, rufous, the base with a

transverse black band.

Length 4-5 millim.

Head impunctate, black at the vertex, the lower portion flavous,

labrum piceous ; eyes very large; antenne slender, flavous, the

apical joint black, the second and third joints short, nearly equal ;

thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides scarcely rounded,

the anterior angles thickened, the posterior ones oblique, surface

closely punctured, very finely so near the anterior portion;

scutellum fulvous; elytra ovate, widened towards the middle,

extremely finely and closely punctured, the apex of each broadly

rounded, the disc rufous, the base with a transverse black band to

the extent of one-fourth the length of the elytra and extending

downwards along the sides to near the middle, the epipleure

indistinct below the middle; the underside and the posterior

four legs reddish fulvous, anterior legs flavous.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall).

This species could easily be mistaken for Candezea pectoralis Jac.,

as the coloration is nearly identical, but in the latter species the

antenn and legs are black and the head is entirely flavous ; there

are besides this the continued elytral epipleure and a much less

transverse thorax. MW. longiuscula Chap. must be another very

closely allied species, so far as the coloration is concerned, but is

described as having a black abdomen and obscure flavous elytra

1899. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 375

(also having a basal black band); the colour of the antennz is not

given, but only the last joint is mentioned as being black; other

detailed particulars in regard to structure are absent. Of the

present insect I have seen three or four specimens kindly sent by

Mr. Marshall.

Mononepra NIGRO-ORNATA, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 12.)

Rufous; the antennz (the last two joints excepted) and the

tibiee and tarsi flavous ; thorax finely and closely punctured ; elytra

of similar sculpture, rufous, a broad transverse band at the base

and another below the middle black.

Length 5 millim.

Of similar shape and size as the preceding species, also of nearly

similar coloration ; the head with a few minute punctures, rufous ;

the antennz long and slender, flavous, the apical two jvints black,

the second and third joints small, equal, the fourth as long as the

basal one; thorax twice as broad as long, of usual shape, finely

and closely punctured, rufous, shining ; scutellum rufous ; elytra

punctured like the thorax, the base with a transverse black band,

similar to the preceding species, and another band below the middle

of the same width but of rather rounded shape near the suture ;

below and the femora fulvous, the tibie and tarsi flayous.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall).

I have received several exactly similarly coloured specimens of this

species, which differs, besides the coloration, in the less transversely

shaped and rufous, not flavous, thorax.

MOoNOLEPTA OCTOMACULATA Jac.

Of this Monolepta several specimens obtained at Frere, Natal,

have been sent by Mr. Marshall, in which the elytra are entirely

without spots ; they differ in no other way whatever from the type,

but may be known by the black vertex of the head and the similarly

coloured tarsi and breast.

MOoNoLEPTA CITRINELLA, sp. 0.

Elongate, convex, pale greenish flavous ; the head and the breast

pale fulvous; antenne long and slender; thorax and elytra ex-

tremely minutely punctured ; legs slender.

Length 443 millim.

Head broad, obscure pale fulvous, scarcely perceptibly punctured,

the frontal elevations indistinct, the clypeus rather strongly raised

between the antenne ; the eyes large and round; antenne nearly

extending to the apex of the elytra, flavous, the terminal two or

three joints fuscous at the apex, second and third joints small,

equal, the basal and the other joints very elongate and slender ;

thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the lateral margins perfectly

straight, the posterior margin rounded, anterior angles slightly

obliquely truncate, the disc microscopically punctured ; scutellum

ale fulvous; elytra very closely and slightly more distinctly

punctured than the thorax, convex, the sutural margin rather

25*

376 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7,

darker, the epipleurz indistinct below the middle; legs long and

slender, entirely flavous, the breast pale fulvous ; the last abdominal

segment of the male with a broadly rounded median lobe, incised

at each side.

Hab. Estcourt, Frere, Natal (G. Marshall).

Larger than M. 8-maculata Jac. and the variety ; the antenne

elongate and slender, the sides of the thorax straight, and the

punctuation extremely small; the general coloration and that of

the legs a greenish yellow.

Lurrrus (MoNOLEPTA) NIGROSUTURALIS Jac.

This species was erroneously placed by me in Lwperus; a more

careful examination has proved to me that the anterior coxal

cavities are closed, and that the species must find its place in Mono-

lepta; the elytral epipleure also are indistinct below the middle.

MonoLerra CONRADI, sp. n.

Chestnut-brown, the head, antenne (the last joint excepted),

and the thorax flavous, the last minutely punctured ; elytra very

minutely and closely punctured.

Length 5 millim.

Head obscure flavous, impunctate, the eyes very large, frontal

elevations and the clypeus scarcely defined; antennz flavous, the

terminal joint black, the second and third very small, equal,

the others elongate and nearly equal; thorax twice as broad as

long, the sides straight, the posterior margin rounded, the surface

minutely and rather closely punctured, flavous; scutellum fulvous ;

elytra broader than the thorax at the base and very convex, their

epipleure obsolete below the middle, of a dark chestnut-brown

colour, shining, the surface very finely and closely punctured ; the

underside of the same colour, the legs flavous.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad). Collections: that of Dr. Kraatz

and my own.

Tn the distribution of colour this species differs from all of its

African congeners with which I am acquainted.

/ENIDEA COCCINEA, sp. 0.

Flavous; thorax reddish fulvous, transversely sulcate, impunc-

tate ; elytra extremely finely punctured, coloured like tne thorax,

with a slight purplish gloss.

Mas. Head deeply excavated, the excavation with an erect

central projection ; antennz robust.

Length 9 millim.

Head robust, the vertex fulvous, impunctate, the lower portion

flavous, entirely occupied by a deep excavation, with a central long

tooth-like projection, the apex of which is truncate ; clypeus broad,

impunctate ; antenne long, obscure dark flavous, the first and third

joints of equal length, very elongate, the second moniliform, the

following joints shorter than the third, robust, slightly curved, the

terminal two joints more slender; thorax about one-half broader

1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA. 377

than long, the sides rounded anteriorly, constricted at the base,

the disc deeply transversely sulcate, impunctate, the anterior

portion with some minute punctures, the sulcation not extending

to the sides ; elytra with the basal portion feebly raised, extremely

minutely punctured near the suture only, the rest of the surface

impunctate; below and the legs flavous, the metatarsus of the

posterior legs as long as the following joints together, tibie

unarmed; anterior coxal cavities closed.

Hab. Lindi, Africa (Bang-Haas).

The single male specimen which I- received from Herr Bang-

Haas with the above locality, which is unknown to me, is of a

purplish fulvous or reddish colour above and agrees in the excavate

head with many other species of the genus, but the structure of

the excavation differs from that of the allied species; the palpi

are robust.

MacrRIMA AFRICANA, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 9.)

Flavous ; the base of the head, the antenne, and the abdomen

black ; thorax bifoveolate, impunctate ; elytra closely punctured and

rugose and sparingly pubescent, metallic blue ; legs flavous.

Length 7 millim.

Head flavous, the vertex bluish black, impunctate, the frontal

tubercles narrowly transverse, the clypeus depressed at each side ;

penultimate joint of the palpi thickened, elongate ; antenne long

and slender, black, the basal joint flavous below, second very

small, third as long as the first joint, the following slightly shorter ;

thorax subquadrate, one-half broader than long, distinctly narrowed

at the base, the angles acute but not prominent ; the dise bifoveo-

late, impunctate, flavous ; scutellum black; elytra narrowly elongate,

metallic blue, closely punctured and finely rugose, their epipleure

- broad and continued below the middle; legs elongate, flavous,

tibiz mucronate, the first joint of the posterior tarsi longer than

the following joints together ; claws appendiculate ; anterior coxal

cavities closed ; abdomen black.

Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

This ‘insect agrees almost entirely in coloration with one de-

scribed by Chapuis as Xenarthra orphana, from Abyssinia; but in

that species the antennz are entirely flavous, the tibia are unarmed,

and the general size is smaller.

CANDEZEA PUNCTATO-LINDATA, sp. 0.

Black, the basal joints of the antenne and the thorax and legs

fulvous; head and thorax impunctate; elytra black, finely punc-

tured in closely approached semiregular rows.

Length 4 millim.

Elongate, narrow and convex in shape; the head blackish,

opaque, entirely impunctate, the clypeus flavous ; antenne slender,

the basal joint long and curved, the second short, the third twice

the length of the second, the remaining joints slightly shorter,

the basal five joints flavous, the others piceous ; thorax twice as

378 MR. M, JACOBY ON THE [Mar. 7,

broad as long near the base, the sides strongly obliquely narrowed

in front, nearly straight, the surface entirely impunctate, fulvous ;

the basal margin with a finely impressed line or groove; scutellum

broad, pointed, black; elytra very convex, subcylindrical, black,

the apex broadly rounded, the surface with very closely approached

rows of fine punctures, which are distinct to the apex ; the breast

dark fulvous ; the abdomen and the pygidium black ; legs fulvous,

the posterior tibie with a very long spine, their metatarsus very

elongate.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad).

This species, of which I received specimens from Dr. Kraatz,

differs entirely from any of its allies in the character of the elytral

punctation.

CANDEZEA SALISBURIENSIS, sp. nN.

Rufous, the antenne and legs flavous; thorax very minutely

punctured; elytra more distinctly and very closely punctured,

metallic blue, the extreme apex fulvous.

Length 5 millim.

Head with a few fine punctures, rufous, deeply transversely

grooved between the antennz, the clypeus swollen; antennz rather

short, flavous, the second joint short, the third about one-half longer,

the fourth and following joints slightly widened and shorter,

terminal joint more elongate again ; thorax twice as broad as long,

the sides oblique, straight, the surface very finely and closely

punctured; scutellum fulvous; elytra more strongly punctured

than the thorax, the punctuation extremely close, the interstices

very finely wrinkled, metallic blue, the extreme apex fulvous, their

epipleure narrow but distinct below the middle; underside and

legs fulvous, tibiz and tarsi paler or flavous.

Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

Closely allied to C. nigrocarulea Jac., likewise from Salisbury,

but larger, the antenne entirely flavous, the elytra of a more

decided blue colour and with the apex fulvous. I have seen three

specimens of this species.

CANDEZEA DAHLMANI, sp. n.

Obscure testaceous ; thorax nearly impunctate, transverse; scutel-

lum black; elytra minutely punctured and finely wrinkled, very

narrowly margined with black ; breast black.

Length 4-5 millim.

Ovate, slightly widened at the middle, the head impunctate,

rather broad, the frontal elevations slightly raised and broad as

well as the clypeus; the antenne extending to about the middle of

the elytra, testaceous, the apical joint fuscous, basal joint very long

and slender, the second and third short, nearly equal ; thorax twice

as broad as long, the sides straight, obliquely narrowed, anterior

angles slightly thickened, the surface extremely minutely punctured,

opaque, obscure testaceous ; scutellum black ; elytra scarcely more

distinctly punctured than the thorax, convex, testaceous, all the

1899.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF AFRICA, 379

margins narrowly black; their epipleure likewise edged with black

and the breast entirely of that colour.

Hab. Kurazor, Africa.

Of this species I possess three specimens, of which two are

simply labelled “‘ Africa” and the other has the above-given locality,

which is unknown to me. I believe I received it from Mr. Bang-

Haas. The specimens vary much in size, but the black elytral

margins are strongly marked as well as the colour of the breast ; the

elytral epipleure are continued below the middle. Another very

closely allied species contained in my collection is the following.

CANDEZEA TENUICORNIS, sp. n.

Pale testaceous, the apical joints of the antennz fuscous; thorax

Opaque, impunctate; elytra very finely and closely punctured,

testaceous, narrowly margined with black; underside unicolorous.

Length 4 millim.

Head impunctate, testaceous, the frontal elevations narrowly

transverse, the clypeus with a distinct central ridge ; antenne long

and slender, the third joint twice as long as the second, but nearly

one-half shorter than the fourth, the lower six joints flavous, the

rest fuscous; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides

straight, strongly obliquely narrowed in front, the anterior angles

obliquely thickened, the surface impunctate, opaque, or with a few

very minute punctures, the disc with a very obsolete transverse

depression at the middle; scutellum flavous ; elytra very finely and

closely punctured, narrowly margined with black, the epipleure

entirely of that colour; abdomen and the legs testaceous, the

breast pale fulvous; all the tibie mucronate; metatarsus of the

posterior legs elongate.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

In its coloration the present insect almost entirely resembles

the preceding one, but the antenne are much more slender and

elongate, the third joint is much longer, and the breast is not

black; the general size of the insect is also rather smaller and

narrower.

CANDEZEA PECTORALIS, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 10.)

Black; the head, thorax, and abdomen flavous, impunctate ; elytra

very finely and closely puuctured, reddish fulvous, the base with a

transverse black band, widened at the suture.

Length 5 millim.

Head flavous, the vertex with a few extremely minute punctures,

the frontal elevations trigonate, clypeus tiickened, carina acutely

raised ; labrum black, as well as the palpi; antenne long and slender,

black, the ninth and tenth joints, as well as the apex of the eighth

and the base of the terminal joint, flavous, basal joint long and

slender, the second half the length of the third, the latter shorter

than the fourth joint, the following very elongate and thin; thorax

nearly twice as broad as long, the sides constricted at the base,

rather rounded at the middle, posterior angles oblique, the basal

380 ON THE PHYTOPHAGOUS COLHOPTERA OF AFRICA. [Mar. 7,

margin not produced but slightly sinuate at the middle, the disc

rather convex, flavous, impunctate and shining or with a few ex-

tremely minute punctures; scutellum black; elytra wider at the base

than the thorax, convex, very finely and closely punctured, reddish

fulvous, the base with a narrow transverse black band, which is

widened at the suture and extends to the Jateral margins; the

breast and legs black; the abdomen flavous, the last segment of

the male with a deeply sulcate median lobe, incised at each side.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

Distinct in its mode of coloration from any of its allies.

CANDEZEA NIGROTIBIALIS, Sp. 0.

Flavous, the antenne (the basal joints excepted) and the tibiz

and tarsi black ; thorax obsoletely sulcate, finely punctured ; elytra

more strongly and very closely punctured.

Length 4 millim.

Head impunctate, the eyes large, the frontal tubercles broad, as

well as the clypeus; antenne long and slender, black, the lower

three joints flavous, the second and third joints short, equal in the

male, the third joint slightly longer in the female, the other joints

very slender and elongate ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long,

of usual shape, the sides straight at the base, slightly rounded at

the middle, the anterior angles slightly thickened, the surface

obscleiely transversely sulcate, very minutely punctured; elytra

wider at the base than the thorax, distinctly widened towards the

middle and convex, extremely closely and more strongly punctured

than the thorax, the interstices slightly wrinkled; below and the

femora flavous, the breast rather darker ; tibie and tarsi black, the

metatarsus of the posterior legs very elongate, all the tibiz mucro-

nate; elytral epipleure distinctly continued below the middle.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall).

Closely allied to C. femorata Jac. and C. mashonana Jac., but

differing from the first in the colour of the antenne, the differently

sculptured thorax, and in the flavous not black scutellum : C.masho-

nana is a larger insect, the thorax is without a sulcus, and the elytra

oe more finely punctured; C. flaveola Gerst. has entirely flavous

egs.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI.

Fig. 1. Edionychis rugicollis, p. 342.

2. Malvernia varicornis, p. 347.

. Malacosoma apicipenne, p. 362.

. Idacantha weisei, p. 358.

. Asbecesta marginata, p. 359.

. Hemixantha terminata, p. 369.

is bifasciata, p. 369.

y natalensis, p. 867.

. Macrima africana, p. 377.

. Candezea pectoralis, p. 379.

11. Monolepta estcourtiana, p. 372.

12. 5 nigro-ornata, p, 375.

SOWID OP oo

1Py A }S), WES) e) sted .O-Gt,

W.Porkiss hth. West, Newman imp

NEW SPECIES OF AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLHOPTERA.

1899.] - ON THE OSTHOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES. 381

March 21, 1899.

W. T. Buanrorp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

Mr. E. T. Newton, F'.R.S., exhibited some specimens of his Mus

abbott and made the following remarks :—“Among the fossil remains

of small rodents found in the ossiferous fissure at Ightham, Kent,

and described in 1894 (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. 50. p. 188),

were a few rami of mice resembling those of Mus sylvaticus, but

wanting the characteristic front tubercle of the anterior lower

cheek-tooth. This fossilform was named J. abbotte, after Mr. Lewis

Abbott, whose zeal in working out the fissure had brought to

light these and many other interesting fossil remains. Mr. Barrett-

Hamilton has called my attention to the fact that Mr. Waterhouse

had previously used the name of Mus abéotti for a mouse from

Trebizond (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 61). I regret my oversight,

and avail myself of the opportunity, so courteously afforded me, of

rectifying the error. It is proposed to name the fossil mouse

Mus lewisi, so that it may still be associated with its energetic

discoverer.”

A communication was read from Dr. G. Stewardson Brady,

C.M.Z.S., containing an account of the Copepoda collected, chiefly

by meanssof the surface-net, by Mr. G. M. Thomson, of Dunedin,

and by Mr. H. Suter, on behalf of the Zoological Museum of

Copenhagen. It was shown that several species were identical with

well-known European forms, and others closely allied, but that many

were entirely distinct and presented very interesting peculiarities.

This paper will be published in full in the Society’s ‘ Trans-

actions.’ —

The following papers were read :—

1. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.

Part III. Tudbinares. By W. P. Pycrart, A.L.S.'

[Received February 7, 1899.]

(Plates XXII. & XXIII.)

Contunts.

i. Introductory Remarks, p. 381.

ii. The Skull of the Adult, p. 382.

iii. The Skull of the Nestling, p. 393.

iv. The Vertebral Column, p, 397.

v. The Ribs, p. 398.

vi. The Sternum and Pectoral Girdle, p. 398.

vii. The Pelvic Girdle, p. 399.

viii. The Pectoral Limb, p. 400.

ix. The Pelvic Limb, p. 401.

x. Results, p. 401.

xi, Key to the Osteology of the Tubinares, p. 403.

xii. List of Works referred to or consulted, p. 410.

Explanation of the Plates, 410.

i. INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.

Not a little has already been written on the Osteology of the

382 MR, W. P. PYORAFT ON THE [Mar. 21,

Tubinares in the very valuable memoirs of Milne-Edwards (14),

Brandt (3), Huxley (12), Forbes (5-6), Gadow (8-9), Lydekker

(13), and others. Nevertheless, in working carefully through

the collection of skeletons of this group in the British Museum,

I found that much yet remained to be done, in the way of bringing

these facts together, so that, carefully sorted, they might be brought

yet more fully to bear upon the question of the systematic position

of the group. In this I think I have had a fair measure of success.

Besides also I have been enabled to add, here and there, a few

original observations.

Following the plan of my last paper, I propose first of all to

deal with (ii.) the Adult Skull, then with that of (iii.) the Nestling,

following this with (iv., v.) the Axial Skeleton, (vi.) the Sternum

and Pectoral Girdle, (vii.) the Pelvic Girdle, (viii.) the Pectoral

Limb, and (ix.) the Pelvic Limb.

li. Tue SKULL OF THE ADULT.

The skull of the Petrels, like that of the Impennes and Colymbi,

is schizognathous, holorhinal, and marked by deep supraorbital

grooves ; but it can at once be distinguished therefrom by its large,

laterally expanded vomer fused posteriorly with the palatines, an

olfactory cavity of great size—except in Pelecanoides and Puffinus

assimilis,—and the markedly hooked upper jaw. The mandible

retains a distinct dentary suture and coronoid, the free end of

which last terminates in a more or less heart-shaped expansion.

The angulare is truncated, and the internal angular process is small.

The Occipital Region.—The dorsal border of the supra-occipital

region in the Procellariide is strongly arched ; in the Diomedeide

the curve of this border is very slight. The curve is produced

downwards on either side into the paroccipital processes, which

project, or rather depend, from the skull in the form of conical

“bosses.” The aperture of the foramen magnum varies in form

and size. The occipital condyle is sessile, save in Diomedea exulans,

in which it is produced backwards on a stout base so as to

project considerably behind the foramen. In certain genera—

e. g., Thalasseeca, Daption, @strelata, Prion, Priocella, some species of

Puffinus, Oceanites, Cymodroma, Pelagodroma, and Procellaria—the

supra-occipital presents the concavo-convex form so characteristic

of the Sphenisci. In other forms this swelling is hardly

perceptible.

The Roof of the Cranium.—The fronto-parietal region is more

or less furrowed in the median line, thus indicating the position

of the pallial cerebral fissure; similarly, in many cases—Thalas-

seca, Priofinus, CGstrelata, Puffinus—the cerebellar prominence

is transversely ridged, the ridges corresponding to the under-

lying sulci of the cerebellum. The temporal fosse vary much

in the extent of their development. In Priofinus, Fulmarus,

Majaqueus, Ossifraga, and many species of Gstrelata and Puffinus

they rise dorsally so as to be divided only by a narrow median

1899.] . OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES, 383

sagittal crest; in others this crest is very broad. In Procellaria,

Pelagodroma, Oceanites, and Cymodroma these fossz can hardly be

said to exist.

The interorbital region of the frontals is, like the region

posteriorly, gently furrowed and moderately wide. This feature,

however, does not obtain throughout the group, but varies

according to the form and depth of the supra-orbital grooves

on either side. Thus in Procellaria the interorbital region is very

broad, relatively broader than in any other Petrel. In this case

the supra-orbital grooves look outwards and not upwards as usual,

being only narrow and shallow depressions scooped out of the

free edge of the frontal. In Cymodroma these grooves are very

short antero-posteriorly, their length being less than the width

across the frontals between the lachrymals. This occurs in no

other Petrel. In Oceanites and Pelagodroma the grooves of either

side are practically confluent, reducing the interorbital region to

a faint and barely perceptible ridge. The grooves are wider

posteriorly than in any other forms, crossing the skull almost

transversely in this region. In Pelecanoides, Priocella, and

Phebetria the grooves are divided by a high, narrow ridge, which

in Priofinus becomes wide enough to permit the existence of the

median groove previously referred to, whilst in Pelecanoides it has

acquired a knife-like edge. In none of the Procellariide is there

ever any pronounced supra-orbital ledge such as obtains in the

Penguins. In some, as in Priocella, this is feebly developed, but

it is never conspicuous. In the Diomedeide the case is otherwise.

In this group, and especially in Diomedea eaxulans, it may be as

well developed as in Catarrhactes amongst the Penguins, and, as in

this genus and that of Pygoscelis, the free edge of this ledge is

greatly flattened.

The Base of the Skull—The typical Procellarian form of the

basitemporal plate of the parasphenoid is triangular, with a free

anterior border. From this it follows that the Eustachian passages

are represented by grooves intead of tubes. In Procellaria,

Oceanites, Cymodroma, Pelagodroma, Bulweria (occasionally),

Puffinus (P. kuhhi), and Pelecanoides a tube is more or less

perfectly formed, by the downgrowth of a thin plate of bone from

the alisphenoidal wings of the parasphenoid. In all the Procel-

lariide except Pelecanoides there is a more or less conspicuous

aperture, receiving numerous pneumatic foramina, opening down-

wards immediately above the pneumatic grooves, to the inner side

and a Jittle in front of the articular surface of the quadrate. This

aperture is in some cases of very considerable size, e. g. Pulmarus

glacialis: a probe passed down it, in a forward direction, leads

into the parasphenoidal rostrum. In the Diomedeidz this aperture

is smaller and opens directly backwards rather than downwards ;

furthermore, it is situated much nearer the middle line than in

the Procellariidz, inasmuch as it does not pass the level of a line

drawn through the mammillary processes, whilst in the latter,

as just stated, it opens near the quadrate articular surface. In

384 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Mar. 21,

Diomedea exulans, in addition to the aperture just described, there

is a second, opening immediately into the Eustachian groove.

This takes the form of a deep cleft lying on either side of the

rostrum. In other species of this genus and in Thalassogeron and

Phebetria the Eustachian groove is shallower and wider, and does

not receive pneumatic apertures.

The basitemporal plate of Pelecanoides differs markedly from

that of all the rest of the group, in that it extends the whole

width of the base of the skull lying between the quadrates. In

all the other Petrels the angles of the triangular base are widely

distant from the quadrate on either side. Pneumatic apertures

such as those just described are wanting.

Mammillary processes occur only in Ossifraga amongst the

Procellariide and in the Diomedeidee. In other members of the

group the place which these occupy is indicated by a slight pro-

tuberance which is continued inwards to meet its fellow of the

opposite side in the form of a low ridge. In Diomedea, Thalasso-

geron, and Ossifraga is a well-marked tubercle lymg between the

mammillary processes. This is absent in Phebetria. A deep

hollow—the paroccipital notch—divides the mammillary from the

paroccipital processes, which are moderately well developed,

pneumatic, and with a sharp free edge. In the smaller Petrels,

e. g. Oceanites, Pelagodroma, the outline of the basitemporal plate

is continued directly backwards into these processes, there is no

hollowing out at its base as in the larger species. A precondylar

fossa is present in all, but is especially well-marked in the larger

forms.

The parasphenoidal rostrum is of uniform calibre throughout

and terminates anteriorly in the form of a spine extending up to,

or beyond, the level of the mesethmoid. It may or may not

support basipterygoid processes. These are largest in Ossifraga.

In Fulmarus, Priocella, Daption, Pelecanoides, and Gstrelata they

are still very distinct. In Puffinus they vary in size, from distinct

processes to mere vestiges. In Procellaria and Cymodroma they

are represented by minute prickles. In Pelagodroma and Oceanttes

and the Diomedeide they are wanting entirely.

The Lateral Aspect of the Cranium.—The tympanic cavity is in

the dried skull represented by a small, shallow cavity bounded

in front by the pneumatic aperture opening near the quadrate

articular surface, above by the overhanging articular surface for

the otic head of the quadrate, behind by the paroccipital process,

and below by the mammillary process (when this is present). The

fenestra ovale and the fenestra rotunda pierce the wall of this cavity,

opening immediately within its mouth; behind and above these

apertures is the mouth of a large pneumatic cavity leading upwards

between the supra-occipital and the prodtic bones.

The temporalis recess is a large tubular cavity opening forwards

above the articulation of the quadrate ; it runs upwards under the

temporal fossa to terminate near the middle line, in the region of

the lambdoidal ridge. This recess is very small in Daption,

1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBLNARES. 385

Bulweria, Pelecanoides, and the small Petrels, e. g. Oceanites,

Procellaria, Cymodroma,

The squamosal prominence (see p. 394) forms the roof and ex~

ternal boundary of the mouth of the temporalis recess, and affords

an articular surface for the squamosal head of the quadrate. The

paroccipital process (p. 394) is largest in the larger forms; its

outer free border runs upwards and forwards to join the squamosal

prominence, forming therewith a sharply truncated outstanding

process of the skull. Its inner free border can be more or less

easily traced running inwards and somewhat forward to the base

of the mammillary process of the region representing this.

The temporal fosse.—In all the Procellariide the temporal

fossx, when present, take the form of conical depressions, more

or less deep, rising obliquely upwards and backwards from the

postorbital and squamosal region, which may be taken to form the

base of the cone to the sagittal crest in the mid-dorsal line. By

means of this fossa the outline of the cerebral and cerebellar

regions of the brain are plainly indicated. This is particularly

weil marked in the case of Priofinus, and scarcely less so in that

of some species of Gstrelata and Puffinus. Thus, this region of

the skull comes to bear a close resemblance to that of the

Penguins. It differs therefrom, however, in the more oblique

position of the fossa and the more backward position of the

squamoso-parietal wings.

In the Diomedeide the temporal fossz differ conspicuously from

those of the Procellariide, for, instead of taking the form of more

or less deep grooves tending to cut off the cerebral from the

cerebellar portions of the skull, they are represented only by

shallow depressions, of uniform depth, on either side of the parietal

region of the skull, and are only discernible by reason of the low

ridge representing the periphery of the attachment of the tempo

ralis muscle.

The trigeminal foramen lies in a more or less deep fossa into

which opens the mouth of the temporalis recess: it is situated

immediately above the mouth of the large pneumatic aperture

already described in the Procellariide as lying dorsad of the

Eustachian grooves. In Diomedea exulans there is a second smaller

foramen immediately below the trigeminal, but this is a pneumatic

orifice.

The orbits in the Procellariide are only very imperfectly roofed

in above. The postorbital process serves to protect the eye from

above and behind and the lachrymal in front; the outer border of

the nasal gland protects it above. The interorbital septum forming

the mesial wall, dividing the two cavities, is perforated. It is

bounded antero-internally by the antorbital plate, and postero-

internally by the orbito- and alisphenoids. The orbitosphenoid is

only very incompletely ossified ; thus in the dried skull the orbit

is placed in communication with the brain-cavity. In Cymodroma,

Oceanites, Bulweria, and Pelecanoides the interorbital septum is

practically wanting, being represented only by a slender bar of

386 MR, W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Mar. 21,

bone from the dorsal region of the rim of the optic foramen

forwards to the interorbital plate.

The orbitosphenoid in the Diomedeide is completely ossified ;

the roof of the orbit is more or less perfectly protected by a

supra-orbital ledge, such as occurs in the Penguins.

The optic foramina in Diomedeide, Ossifraga, Fulmarus,

Priocella, Prion, Daption, Thalasseeca, and some species of Puffinus

and (strelata, are divided by a median septum one from another ; in

the rest the septum is absent and the two apertures are confluent.

The ethmoidal region.—The mesethmoid is indistinguishably

fused below with the parasphenoidal rostrum, from which it rises

as a thin vertical plate of bone, in the median line. Its dorsal

border is expanded so as to underlie the nasal and frontal bones,

extending outwards on either side to the level of the free edge of

the supraorbital groove. The anterior border of the mesethmoid

is of considerable width; postero-dorsally it extends backwards to

play the part of a crista-galli dividing the olfactory fosse into right

and left lateral chambers; its postero-ventral border is merged

with the interorbital septum when present. The aliethmoid is

only the ectoethmoidal ossification and forms the antorbital plate.

This, in the Procellariide, is generally of very considerable size.

In Bulweria it takes the form of an almost vertical plate of bone,

projecting nearly at right angles from the posterior border of the

mesethmoid, and running outwards to the lachrymal. Its dorsal

border becomes continuous with the free edge of the expanded

mesethmoid. Its postero-dorsal angle is more or less hollowed

out and trends downwards to join the median horizontal bar of

bone representing the interorbital septum. This antorbital plate

serves to enclose two spacious olfactory chambers divided one from

another by the mesethmoid. Anteriorly they are in direct

communication with the lachrymo-nasal fossa, posteriorly with the

brain-cavity. Procelluria, Oceanites, and Cymodroma more or less

resemble Bulweria in this respect. In Fulmarus, Thalasseea,

@strelata, Daption, and Prion the form of the antorbital plate

resembles that just described. In these genera, however, the

outer border is fused with the lachrymal. In all the genera

so far enumerated the dorsal border of the lachymal is pierced by

two foramina, Of these, one lies immediately under the free

edge of the frontal, and the other between the lachrymal and the

aliethmoidal wall. In Priocella these two foramina are merged

into one, forming a deep emargination between the dorsal wall of

the antorbital plate and the frontal ; externally this plate and the

lachrymal are fused as in Fulmarus, &c. The outer of these two

foramina—the lachrymal—in Priofinus, Majaqueus, and Puffinus is

of great size ; in all except a few species of Puffinus the autorbital

plate remains distinct from the lachrymal.

In the Diomedeide the antorbital plates are represented by a

pair of narrow lateral wings, which never extend dorsally to meet

the frontal. In Phebetria they extend laterally so as to pass

behind, and project slightly beyond, the level of the lachrymal.

1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES. 387

The antorbital plate of Pelecanoides resembles that of the

Diomedeide, but is narrower and does not quite reach to the

level of the lachrymal.

The olfactory cavity is of great size in all the Tubinares except

Pelecanoides and Puffinus assimilis; in these it is reduced to a

chamber of comparatively insignificant size.

The lachrymal is of very considerable size and more or less

T-shaped. It extends from the fronto-nasal region downwards

to the quadrato-jugal bar. The stem, anteriorly, is provided

with a large lachrymal foramen. In G@strelata and Thalasseeca the

posterior limb is laterally expanded and rises upwards, its free edge

looking outwards and backwards. In Priofinus this peculiarity is

repeated, but in a less marked degree. Ossifraga, Procellaria,

Oceanites, Cymodroma, Pelagodroma, and Bulweria all agree

in having the anterior limb produced far forwards, so much

so that the horizontal exceeds that of the vertical axis, the

former being represented by a line traversing the arms, the

latter the stem. In Cymodroma, Oceanites, and Pelagodroma there

is a wide chink separating the dorsal border of the anterior limb

from the fronto-nasal border.

In Pelecanoides the anterior and posterior limbs are almost

obsolete, the anterior limb is pierced by a large foramen, and the

inner, nasal border is notched. The vacuity in the stem of

Puffinus assimilis is very large.

In the Diomedeide the anterior and posterior limbs, as in

Pelecanoides, are freely developed. In Diomedea melanophorus the

anterior is wanting. In Phebetria the posterior limb is produced

outwards, backwards, and upwards more than in any other member

of the order.

The lachrymal is ankylosed with the nasal in Ossifraga, Fulmarus,

Daption, Prion, Thalassceca, Estrelata, and Priocella.

The ossiculum lachrymo-palatinum, or “os ecrochu,” is best

developed in the Diomedeide. In Diomedea exulans it is a styliform

bone, the upper half of which is of a more or less triangular

spatulate form ; the lower is cylindrical. Seen in situ, from in

front, the inner border is concave, the outer triangular. It

articulates above with a process from the inner border of the

lachrymal, by means of its laterally compressed dorsal extremity,

and below by a ligament to the outer border of the palatine.

In Thalasseca, Prion, Bulweria, and Priofinus it is represented

by a small slender rod, which in the first-mentioned is almost hair-

like in thickness. In both it depends from the distal end of the

lachrymal below its junction with the antorbital plate, and extends

downwards towards the palatine, with which, doubtless, in life it

is connected by ligament. In all the other specimens under my

charge it is wanting. The late W. A. Forbes (6) gives a brief

survey of this bonelet and its relations to the various surrounding

arts. In many cases it is represented only by a vestigial nodule

imbedded in ligament. It occurs also, according to Forbes, in the

** Musophagide, many Cuculide, Chunga, and Cariama, as well as

388 MR, W. P, PYCRAFT ON THE [Mar. 21,

in some Laride and Alcide, so that its presence is obviously of

no particular taxonomic value.” Brandt (3) and Rheinhardt (17)

have made numerous and careful observations concerning this

bone.

The Cranial Cavity.—The metencephalic jossa takes the form of

a moderately deep basin with gently sloping sides. It is steepest

in front, where it rises to terminate at the dorsum selle. In the

posterior region, just behind and below the internal auditory

meatus, lies the large vagus foramen, and further back, near the

outer border of the occipital condyle, is the condyloid foramen. In

the anterior region, near what one might call the “rim” of this

basin, on a level with the floor of the pituitary fossa and to its

outer side, lies the abducent foramen.

The cerebellar fossa is bounded by the supraoccipital behind, the

parietal above, and the prodtics below. In the Procellariide the

parietal portion is deeply corrugated, the ridges running transversely.

These represent the sulci, and the corresponding depression the

positions of the gyri. This feature is less marked in the Diome-

deide ; moreover, in the latter this fossa can be more or less

distinctly divided into a median and two lateral regions, the latter

lying above and in front of the prodtics.

The mesencephalic fossa lies in the alisphenoid and is moderately

deep; its superior external boundary is formed by the tentorial

ridge ; its ventri-lateral border is pierced in the Procellariide by

the trigeminal foramen and the foramen for a branch of the vena

cephalica posterior. The former is the lower and opens externally

just inside the ventral border of the mouth of the temporalis

recess: the latter les immediately above this and opens inside

this recess. In the Diomedeide these two foramina may have a

common aperture which lies in a depression below that of, and

leading into, the temporalis recess. ;

The pituitary fossa is very deep and slopes obliquely backwards.

The dorsum selle overhangs it posteriorly, whilst the perpituitary

ridge bounds it in front; this last is more or less flattened so as

to form an optic platform—representing the inferior border of

the optic foramen. Similarly, the upper boundary of the optic

platform is formed by a pre-optic ridge, which passes on either

side into the tentorial ridge.

The optic foramen appears as a single aperture in many Procel-

lariide ; in the rest, and in the Diomedeide, it is more or less

completely divided into a right and left aperture by means of the

interorbital septum.

The cerebral fosse lie entirely in front of the cerebellar fossa, from

which they are separated by awell-defined tentorial ridge. This may

be traced from the pre-optic platform outwards, backwards, and

upwards to a point in the middle line, immediately above the

centre of the floor of the metencephalic fossa, where it joins that

of the other side. From the point of this junction there runs

forwards, in the median line, a prominent ridge, the bony falx,

which is continued forwards to the crista-galli, and marks the

1899. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINAREs. 389

division of the hemispheres dorsally. The cerebral fossa is of

much greater relative size in the Diomedeide.

The olfactory fosse are paired tubular cavities lying immediately

in front of the cerebral fossee, and leading out into the olfactory

chamber by a wide aperture.

The Premailla.

The premaxilla—and, as will be shown presently, the whole

facial skeleton—closely resembles that of the Ciconiiformes.

In the Tubinares it is in all cases more or less produced

forwards and strongly hooked at the tip. In breadth it varies.

In the Procellariide, amongst the smaller forms, e. g. Oceanites,

what is probably the more primitive form of this region of the

skull obtains, in that we can distinguish the three radiating prongs

by which the premaxilla is bound to the rest of the jaw, viz.,

the median, paired, nasal processes and the lateral maxillary pro-

cesses. In Oceanites, Cymodroma, &c. these are long and narrow

and wide apart. Thus we get a long, median palatal vacuity, and

elongated, paired, but horizontal and pervious nares. The nasal

processes fuse proximately with the nasal bones and are never

more than indistinctly to be made out in this region. The outer

border of the maxillary processes in the larger Procellariide, e. g.,

Fulmarus, Priofinus—aided by the maxilla—take the form of

vertically flattened plates, which in Prion become laterally expanded

so as to make the beak boat-shaped—as in Baleniceps and Can-

eroma amongst the Ciconiiformes. The great development of

these vertical plates causes the narial apertures to look upwards,

rather than outwards as is usual. Moreover, it gives the jaw the

appearance of great solidity, which attains its climax in the

Diomedeide.

In all belonging to this subfamily—save the genus Puffinus—

as already indicated, there is a large vacuity immediately distad

of the maxillo-palatine processes and extending forwards to the tip

of the jaw. In the genus just referred to as the exception to this

rule, the vacuity is represented by a wide chink, not extending

forwards further than the middle of the jaw, where the edges of

the crevice meet to form a bony roof to this region of the mouth.

There is an approach to this condition in Priofinus and Majaqueus.

The palatal surface of the maxillary processes attains its maximum

breadth in Prion and Pelecanoides. In the Diomedeide this

premaxillary vacuity is reduced to a long narrow chink extending

about as far as the middle of the jaw, when, as in Puffinus, the

edges meet to form a bony palatal roof.

The Mawxillo-jugal Arch.

As in the Ciconiiformes, the mawilla, in the adult, is indistinguish-

ably fused with the premaxilla. The maxillo-palatine processes,

in Oceanites, Cymodroma, and Procellaria, are represented by

delicate horizontal, more or less fenestrated, leaf-shaped expansions

approaching one another in the middle line, In the rest of the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XXVI. 26

390 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Mar. 21,

Procellariide they are unfenestrated, and somewhat resemble those

of the Laride in that they take the form of flattened lamelle.

Shey differ at once from the Gulls, however, in that they are

never markedly concavo-convex, and never extend backwards into

the lachrymo-nasal fossa. Furthermore, they differ in that they

are hollowed out to form the large antrum of Highmore, which is

provided with: both anterior and posterior apertures. On the

palatal surface they may appear, as in the Gulls, in the middle line,

between the palatines, as short, somewhat scroll-like processes ;

whilst in others, e. g. Priofinus, they are quite concealed by the

palatines.

In the Diomedeide the mawillo-palatines and the antrum attain

a considerable size. The inner wall is an unfenestrated, vertical,

concavo-convex lamella, projecting far back into the lachrymo-nasal

fossa. It extends from the level of the posterior narial aperture

downwards so as to depend in the median line, considerably below

the level of the tomium—as in the Storks ; then turns outwards

and upwards tothe tomium to contribute towards the formation of

the palatal roof. In this ventral portion is embedded the distal

end of the palatine. The antrum contains a little cancellated tissue.

It opens posteriorly by three apertures—a median and inner, and

two lateral ; the former, in Diomedea exulans, extends the whole

height of the antrum. In Phebetria the corresponding aperture is

very small. The share contributed by the maxilla to the quadrato-

jugal arch cannot be very well made out in the adult, owing to

the completeness of the fusion of the different elements.

The anterior end of the quadrato-jugal arch, in Oceanites,

Cymodroma, Procellaria, Pelagodroma, Bulweria, and Ossifraga, by

a slightly upward direction more or less reduces the size of the

lachrymo-nasal fossa, giving it the form, in Oceanites for instance,

of a wide chink. In all but Pelecanoides the lachrymal articulates

with the quadrato-jugal bar. In Ossifraga this is brought about

by means of a triangular bony process arising from the distal end

of the jugal.

The Vomer, Palatine, and Pterygoid.

The vomer, like that of the Ciconiiformes and Anseriformes, is

ankylosed with the palatines. In Oceanites, Cymodroma, Pelago-

droma, and Procellaria it resembles that of Phaeton (a Steganopode),

in that it is cleft in the middle line from behind forwards for

the greater part of its length, the two resultant lamine being

turned slightly outwards. Thus, from below, the vomer appears

as a tongue-shaped ossification, cleft for about half its length,

from behind forwards, and terminating in a more or less decurved

point. In Pelecanoides it is somewhat constricted caudad. In the

remaining genera of the subfamily Procellariide the vomer is very

broad and hastate in form, the sides are raised dorsally, and in

Majaqueus, Fulmarus, Thalasseca, Priocella, and Ossifraga there is

a more or less well-marked median dorsal ridge. The tip is more

or less pointed and deeurved. In Ossifraga the vomer, seen from

1899.° OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES. 391

below, presents an elongated tumid swelling immediately behind

the maxillo-palatine process; immediately in front of this it rises

suddenly dorsalwards, and curving forwards above the maxillo-

palatine descends to the level of the palatines, between their

extreme anterior ends, in the form of a long spine-like process. A

median keel traverses the ventral surface from the region of the

tumid swelling forwards.

The vomer of the Diomedeide is peculiar in that, though dorso-

ventrally depressed, its edges are not upturned ; in that, about the

middle of its length, it turns abruptly downwards, and then, at its

tip, forwards. Furthermore, the ventral surface bears a deep median

keel (Pl. XXIII. fig. 7). Seen from below, with the surrounding

parts in situ, the vomer is discovered as a thin blade—the ventral

keel—lying at the bottom of a deep, narrow cleft, formed by the

palatines and maxillo-palatine processes. Immediately anterior to

these last lies a short rod—the tip of the vomer (Pl. XXIII. fig. 8).

The posterior dorsal surface of the vomer underlies the anterior

end of the parasphenoidal rostrum. The junction of the vomer

with the palatines is indicated by a notch on its posterior dorsal

border.

The palatine in its general form, and in the nature of its

junction with the vomer, agrees very closely with that of the Storks

and Herons. Seen ventrally, and traced from before backwards.

the anterior end is strap-shaped and underlies the maxillo-palatine

process ; more or less distant from the posterior free border of this,

its inner border develops a strong keel, whilst the corresponding

region of the outer border produces a similar, but smaller keel.

Both terminate a short distance in front of the pterygoid articula-

tion, the palatine in this region becoming suddenly rod-shaped.

Dorsally, traced from the pterygoid forward, the palatine is more

or less laterally compressed into a blade-like ridge, which, nearing

the vomer, gives off from its outer border a thin, concavo-convex

scroll of bone which runs gracefully forwards to terminate immedi-

ately behind the posterior maxillo-palatine border: meanwhile the

main body of the palatine runs forwards to become almost, if not

quite, indistinguishably fused with the vomer. The scroll-like

plate just mentioned, seen laterally, often forms a high vertical

crest—e. g., Puffinus, Diomedea.

In Bulweria the inner ventral keel is feebly developed, and the

outer border rises upwards, scroll-wise, giving the whole palatine

a tumid inflated appearance. In Oceanites and its near allies the

ventral ridges of the palatine are but feebly developed. In

Ossifraga the inner keel of the ventral surface is triangular. The

palatine is pneumatic, the foramina opening at the foot of the

dorsal crest.

The pterygoid in Procellaria, Cymodroma, Occanites, and Pelago-

droma is rod-shaped, without basipterygoidal facets or pneumatic

apertures. Pelecanoides and Bulweria have also non-pneumatic

pterygoids. The pterygoid of the remainder of the Procellariide

is more or less rod-shaped and carved into a strong dorsal crest.

26%

392 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Mar. 21,

In Prion there is a tendency towards a distal expansion of the

pterygoid, so marked a feature in the Sphenisci. Il-defined basi-

pterygoidal facets can be traced on the inner border just behind the

point where the shaft rests upon the parasphenoidal rostrum ; just

within the inner border of the quadrate articular end is a small

pneumatic foramen.

In the Diomedeide the pterygoids are relatively longer than in

the Procellariide, they bear no trace of basipterygoidal facets, are

quite rod-shaped, and rest upon the parasphenoidal rostrum only

by the inner border of their extreme distal ends. The posterior

pneumatic foramen is very large. In Thalassogeron the extreme

distal end rises, upwards, above the pterygoidal articulation to

embrace the rostrum. In Diomedea exulans only does there seem

to be a total absence of a dorsal crest.

The quadrate differs from that of the Storks mainly in the

disposition of the mandibular articular surfaces, in the absence of

a pneumatic foramen between the posterior surfaces of the otic and

squamosal articular surfaces, and the less marked division between

the dorsal aspects of these two processes. The dorsal border is

slightly hollowed ; the orbital process large and expanded. The

mandibular articular surface is very broad, runs at right angles to

the long axis of the skull, and projects inwards considerably beyond

the base of the orbital process. There is a very distinct head for

articulation with the pterygoid. The outer mandibular condyle

is marked by a strong median transverse depression, slopes

obliquely backwards, and is separated by a wide groove from the

inner, which takes the form of two grooves divided by a median

ridge. The quadrato-jugal glenoid cavity lies in the outstanding

process at the base of the outer side of the otic process.

The Mandible.

As in the Penguins, Storks, and Herons, the dentary suture and

the spatulate free end of the coronoid (fig. 1) remain distinct through-

Fig. 1.

Inner (A) and outer (B) views of the lower jaw of a nestling

Oceanodroma leucorrhoa.

ang,, angulare ; a7., articulare ; d., dentary ; cor., coronoid ; s.a., supra-angular

sp., splenial.

1899.] _ OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES, 393

out life. There is a more or less well-marked vacuity over the

lower limb of the dentary suture which is closed by the coronoid.

In the Procellariide there is a more or less well-marked pneumatic

foramen opening into the dorsal surface of the internal angular

process. In the Diomedeide there is a more or less well-marked

posterior lateral vacuity which pierces the posterior end of the

supra-angular. In D. exulans, immediately behind this vacuity,

on the inner side of the jaw, is a large pneumatic foramen leading

backwards below the glenoid surfaces. Furthermore, in this

species there is a deep pit, receiving numerous pneumatic foramina,

lying immediately bebind the articular surface for the inner condyle

of the quadrate. The angular is sharply truncated and the

internal angular process is very small.

The Hyoid.

The hyoid most nearly resembles that of the Penguins and

Storks, particularly the former. There is no osseous basihyal. In

one skeleton of Pelagodroma marina in the Museum Collection [

found a pair of ossified ceratohyals; these were probably also

present in many other skeletons, but have been lost in maceration ;

the basibranchial, seen dorsally, is fan-shaped and more or less

conspicuously hollowed. It is produced backwards into a short

bony style, from the base of which spring the ceratobranchials.

A similar, conical, bony style runs from the anterior border of the

fan forwards and at right angles to its long axis. The cerato-

branchials are rather more than twice as long as the epibranchials,

which are tipped with cartilage.

ii. Tue SKULL OF THE NESTLING.

The sutures of the skull, unlike those of the Struthious birds

and the Penguins, close early. But in very young nestlings the

separate bones can all be traced. The skulls from which the

following descriptions are taken are those of very young nestlings

of Oceanodroma leucorrhoa.

The Cartilage-bones.

The cartilage-bones are now, for the most part, more or less

completely ossified.

The basioccipital widens gradually from behind forwards. It is

under-floored in front by the basitemporal plate, and bounded on

either side by the exoccipitals, from which it is separated by a

narrow synchondrosis ; behind, it is rounded off to form the median

portion of the occipital condyle.

The exoccipital—The upper half of the posterior border of the

exoccipital skirts the epiotic; the lower is excavated to form

the lateral region of the foramen magnum. The share which it

takes in the formation of the occipital condyle is a very small one.

Its inner border is yet separated from the basioccipital by a

394 MR. W. PB. PYCRAFT ON THE [Mar. 21,

narrow synchondrosis widening slightly forwards. Its dorsal

border is embedded in a mass of cartilage lodging the prodtic,

and dividing the exoccipital from the squamosal. Its anterior

border looks somewhat upwards and outwards, and is continued

dorsalwards into the prodtic cartilage, whose free edge forms the

posterior wall of the tympanic recess. Seen from within, the

exoccipital is more or less flabellate anteriorly, with an elongate

posterior stem. The inner segment of its convex border abuts

against the basioccipital, the outer is bounded by the opisthotic.

The stem is bounded on one side by the vagus foramen, on the

other by the foramen magnum.

The supracccipital is completely ossified inferiorly and separated

from the exoccipital by synchondrosis. Its superior border is as

yet very incomplete, deeply concave, with a crenated free edge.

Thus a large lambdoidal or parieto-occipital fontanelle is formed.

Its dorso-lateral angle joins the parietal, its ventri-lateral the

exoccipital, by means of a short, narrow bar ; between these two

areas is a wide chink, separating the supraoccipital from the

epiotic. The groove lying below this chink is scooped out of

the thin plate ot bone joining the epiotic to the supraoccipital.

The epiotic, seen from without, is represented by a subcrescentic

tract of bone, bounded along its inner border, above by a wide

chink, and below by the upper part of a deep groove from the

supraoccipital. The upper end of its outer border is embedded

in the prodtic cartilage, its lower end is separated by a thin band

of cartilage from the exoccipital. Seen from within, it takes the

form of a perfectly free semicircular coil bounding the floceular

fossa posteriorly. Its upper and lower ends are separated by

cartilage from the prodtic. It is fused with the supraoccipital

by means of a narrow plate of bone extending from the posterior

border of its inferior end. (Pl. XXIII. figs. 1, 2.)

The prodtic, from the outside, appears as a broad oblong tract

of cartilage lying between the squamosal and exoccipital. Its free

border forms the posterior wall of the tympanic recess, and is

continuous with that of the squamosal prominence. It is

bounded posteriorly by the epiotic. The floccular fossa, at this

stage, lies in this tract of cartilage, in the angle between the

squamosal and parietal above, and the exoccipital and epiotic

below.

On the inside, it is bounded by the epiotic behind, and the opisth-

otic below. Between its junction with the epiotic and the opisthotic

its border is deeply excavated to form the outer boundary of the

floccular fossa. Its supero-lateral border rests upon the lower

end of the squamosal, and cuts off this bone from participating in

the formation of the brain-case. It is bounded on either side by

the parietal (behind) and the alisphenoid (in front); its anterior

border is bounded in part by the alisphenoid, and in part by a

mass of cartilage lying between this and the basisphenoid, which

probably represents tissue into which ossification was destined to

spread from the alisphenoid, prodtic, and basisphenoid. The

1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THD TUBINARES, 395

trigeminal foramen lies above the internal and auditory meatus,

between the prootie and alisphenoid.

The opisthotic, seen from without, is largely cartilaginous.

Ossification has, however, begun in the shape of a crescentic

nodule of bone lying immediately below the fenestra ovals and

above the vagus foramen.

Inside it serves to divide the exoccipital and prodtic. Ossi-

fication has begun from two centres—caudad behind the vagus

foramen, laterad of the extreme upper end of the exoccipital and

at the base of the epiotic; and anteriorly, as a small nodule in

the region corresponding with a line continuing the exoccipital

suture outwards to the postero-ventral border of the prodtie.

Both ossifications have fused with the prodtic, but remain separate

from the exoccipital.

The basisphenoid is not visible from without, being concealed by

the basitemporal plate. Inside it is bounded, caudad by the

basioccipital, laterad by a tract of cartilage which divides it from

the alisphenoid, and in the middle line, in front, by the cartila-

ginous presphenoid. It forms, with the basioccipital, the anterior

region of the metencephalic fossa. The pituitary fossa is lodged

in its anterior border, and is yet only a shallow depression with

an aperture in its posterior border for the internal carotid canal.

A mass of diploé divides the basisphenoid from the parasphenoid

below.

The alisphenoid is more or less quadrate in form—viewed from

without. Its outer border is convex and received into the concave

border of the squamosal (Pl. XXIII. fig.1). It is bounded above

by the orbital plate of the frontal, below by the lateral wing of the

parasphenoid (p. 384) and the trigeminal foramen.

The orbitosphenoid is represented only by a sheet of membrane.

The presphenoid is still cartilaginous and continuous in front

with the mesethmoid.

The mesethmoid is a vertical linguiform plate resting upon the

distal end of the parasphenoid below and underlying the nasals

above. Its posterior border is semicircular, its anterior slopes

obliquely backwards and terminates at the free end of the nasal

process of the premaxilla.

The olfactory cavity, seen from the inside, after the removal

of the mesethmoid, contains a large posterior and an elongated

ventral accessory turbinal.

The quadrate does not differ materially from that of the adult.

The otic and squamosal processes are somewhat less distinctly

marked.

The columella has well-marked extra- and infrastapedial rays ;

the suprastapedium is very short,

The articulare can still just be distinguished as a separate

element (fig. 1, p. 392).

The Membrane-bones.

The parietal is trapezoid. Its outer, anterior, and mesial

396 MR, W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Mar. 21,

borders are straight, its posterior border is V-shaped. It does

not extend forward beyond the level of the anterior 3 of the

vertically elongated squamosal. Its outer posterior border runs

from the angle of the lower 4 of the squamosal (Pl. XXIII. fig. 1)

inwards to the upper half of the lateral border of the supra-

occipital ; its inner posterior border is in part approximated to

but not yet fused with the supraoccipital, and in part free,

bounding, with its fellow of the opposite side, the parieto-occipital

fontanelle, as the supraoccipital bounds it ventrally.

The frontal is broadest posteriorly. Its mesial and posterior

borders are straight. The latter, skirting the parietal posteriorly,

sweeps forwards to the inner side of the squamosal, to articulate

with the alisphenoid (Pl. XXIII. fig. 1). The free outer border

is grooved for the supraorbital gland. The region above the

alisphenoid constitutes the orbital plate of the frontal and is of

small extent.

The sguamosal is crescentic in form, the concave border for-

wards. ‘The tip of the upper limb is free and bounds the supra-

orbital groove posteriorly, furnishing the squamosal spines, so

conspicuous in the species from which this description is taken,

Pelecanoides and Cymodroma. The lower limb furnishes the

squamosal prominence. It is almost entirely excluded from the

inner wall of the skull.

The nasal is of great size, and conspicuously convex dorsally.

It forms the outer roof of the large olfactory cavity. Beneath it

lies the horizontal plate of the mesethmoid. Its posterior end

is embraced on either side by the frontal. It is deeply notched

forwards to form the anterior and external nasal processes.

These constitute the posterior boundary of the narial aperture,

which is holorhinal.

The lachrymal does not differ from that of the adult, p. 387.

The premazilla has fused completely with the maxilla, even in

the youngest of the two skulls. The nasal process yet, however,

remains distinct.

The jugal and quadrato-jugal can only be imperfectly distinguished

one from another and from the mazilla, which differs in no

important particular from that of the adult.

The relations between the vomer, palatines, and pterygoid recall

those between these elements in Rhea (Pl. XXIII. figs. 3, 4).

The vomer consists of a pair of elongated, flattened lamine

united in the median line anteriorly. The free posterior ends are

received by the concave anterior borders of the hemipterygoids,

and are bounded, on either side, by an inwardly turned scroll

of bone from the dorsal border of the palatine.

The palatine is stiil free, its anterior end is traceable nearly as

far forwards as the tip of the jaw. Posteriorly it develops a

strong dorsal keel which eventually turns inwards and forwards

to embrace the posterior lateral border of the vomer.

The pterygoid is rod-shaped, and continued forwards to

articulate with the vomer by means of a large hemipterygord

Wi i

1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES. 397

(Pl. XXIII. figs. 3,4). This last differs from that of the Impennes,

which I described recently (16), in that it is almost quadrate

instead of triangular. It is notched at each end. The outer limb

of the anterior notch fits into yet another notch formed between

the inturned dorsal crest of the palatine and the outer border

of the posterior end of the vomer. The posterior notch forms an

articular surface for the pterygoid. The palatine runs backward

to the pterygoid so as to completely conceal the hemipterygoid

from below.

The dentary, angular, supra-angular, splenial, and coronoid are

all still traceable, but fusion of these elements has begun.

iv. THe VERTEBRAL COLUMN.

All the presynsacral vertebre are free, the thoracic are

heteroccelous. The cervicals somewhat recall those of the Stegano-

podes. The odontoid ligament of the atlas is not ossified. The

neural arch is deeply notched anteriorly and posteriorly, and meta-

and hyperapophyses are more or less well developed. In many

the anterior cervicals have a bony bar running forward from the

hyperapophysis to the base of the anterior zygapophysis. Neural

spines are well developed from the 2nd to the 5th vertebra.

The hyperapophyses of Diomedea are less well developed than

in the Procellariide.

The thoracic vertebre in the Procellariide bear hypapophyses ;

these are absent in the Diomedeide. The anterior hypapophyses

terminate anteriorly in a flattened plate. Below the neural canal

the centra of the vertebr bear each a deep depression, which in

some—e. g., Ossifraga, Diomedea—hbecomes a large aperture into

which open numerous pneumatic foramina. Similarly, in Ossi-

frag, Diomedea, and the larger Petrels there are large pneumatic

apertures opening above the neural canal and below the transverse

processes. The vertebre of sections A and B of the Procellariide

are non-pneumatic.

The synsacrum includes some 13 vertebre. Of these, the Sth

or 9th represents the first true sacral and lies behind the acetabulum.

Only in a few genera—e. g., Majaqueus, Priofinus, Diomedea—is

there any distinct division into anterior and posterior renal fossz.

In many genera, e. g. Puffinus, all traces of the original sacral

vertebree are lost. In Puffinus the acetabulum lies immediately

behind the parapophysis of the last lumbar vertebra ; in no other

genus do these relations exist, though the one is never far removed

from the other.

There are 8 postsynsacral vertebrae (free caudals) including the

pygostyle. The intercentra of these vertebr have been described

and figured by Beddard (2). There are 15 cervicals, of which

the last 3 or 4 bear free ribs increasing in size from before

backwards. The thoracic vertebre are 7 in number: making a

total of 43 in all. In Fulmarus and Daption the thoracic vertebra

next in front of the pre-ilium is fused with the synsacrum.

398 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Mar. 21,

v. Tae Ries.

The cervical ribs are styloid, and in the middle region of the

neck are often of considerable length, e. g. Pelagodroma, Puffinus

assimilis. They become very short posteriorly, and finally—on

the 3 or 4 vertebre preceding the thoracic—free. Anteriorly

they fuse, above, with a process from below the anterior zyga-

pophysis (diapophysis), below with a ventral lamella running

outwards and forwards from the centrum (parapophysis). Thus a

canal is formed through which the carotid passes. More or less

well-marked catapophyses occur from the 6th to 10th vertebre.

There are 7 pairs of thoracic ribs, all of which, save the last,

articulate by means of sternal segments with the sternum. The

sternal ribs of the 7th pair are attached by ligament to the

posterior border of those next in front. In Pelecanoides the

thoracic and sternal ribs increase greatly in length from before

backwards so as to recall those of the Alcidee. In Pelecanoides and

Diomedea only are two pairs of thoracic ribs overlapped by the

ilium.

Uncinates are present in all but the last one or two pairs. In

Pelecanoides they are placed in the same horizontal plane and

about halfway down the shaft. In all other cases they are seated

anteriorly low down, near the distal 3 of the rib and rise backwards

to about its middle. They are moderately long and slope

obliquely upwards. In all cases they project beyond the rib next

behind, and often extend to that succeeding this.

A very useful table showing the number of the vertebre, ribs,

and uncinate processes in the different genera is given in Forbes’s

memoir (6).

vi. Tue STERNUM AND PrcTtoRAL GIRDLE.

The sternum assumes two forms—(1) that in which the posterior

border is notched, and (2) that in which it is entire. The first

includes all the genera except Pelecanoides, and the small forms

included under sections A and B of the Procellariide—e. g.,

Procellaria, Oceanites. When the posterior border is notched, the

anterior coracoid border is produced forwards far beyond the level

of the anterior lateral processes. When the posterior border is

entire, the anterior, coracoid border does not project far forwards.

Pelecanoides belongs to this last division, but can at once be

distinguished from the rest by reason of its great length in

proportion to its width, in the feeble development of the spina

externa, and in that the articular surfaces of the sternal ribs are

confined to the free edge of the anterior lateral process. In

Oceanites and Pelagodroma there is a large fenestra in the anterior

dorsal region of the carina. As will be seen by the appended Key,

the various genera which have a notched sternum can only very

imperfectly be distinguished one from another.

Pneumatic foramina opening on to the dorsal aspect of the

sternum occur in Majaqueus, Priofinus, Ossifraga, and Diomedea,

1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES, 399

The coracoid is of great width across the base. This is especially

the case in those genera which have a notched sternum; in these,

the shaft is shorter not only in proportion to the width of the

base, but also in proportion to the length of the sternum. The

width of the base is relatively least in Pelecanoides, in which it

does not exceed half the length of the shaft, and greatest in

Diomedea, in which the breadth of the base and the length of the

shaft are nearly equal. The procoracoid is large, and there is a

supracoracoid foramen. There is no articular facet on the acro-

coracoid for the furculum.

The scapula is subcylindrical and flattened at its free end,

and about as long as the furculum measured from the hypo-

cleideum across to the free end.

The furculum is U-shaped, and with, or without, a hypocleideum.

vii. THE Petvic GirpLe.

The pelvic girdle of the Petrels most nearly resembles that of

the Sphenisci. The resemblance in the case of the Diomedeide,

however, is less marked, as the pelvis, like the rest of the skeleton

in this Family, is more specialized.

In the Procellariidz, save in Ossifraga, the innominate bone

remains free throughout life, and the pre-ilia do not meet in the

mid-dorsal line above the synsacrum. The pre-and post-ilia are

of about equal length. The ischium is produced far backwards and

beyond the post-ilium, and turns sharply downwards to join the

pubis, with which its free end is firmly united by ligament. The

ilio-ischiadic foramen is large; the obturator fissure is very wide

and opens forward into the obturator foramen. The innominate

of the Penguin differs from that of the Petrel in the smaller size of

the ilio-ischiadic foramen, and the shorter and wider ischium. To

the increase in the width of the latter the narrowness of the

fissure is due.

In Ossifraga the innominate is fused with the synsacrum, and

the pre-ilia rise forwards to the level of the neural crest of the

synsacrum.

In Pelecanoides the pre-ilia are reduced to narrow bars of bone

articulating with the extreme outer edge of the transverse

synsacral ridge, whilst the pubis and ischium are produced directly

backwards with a slight downward curve precisely similar to that

of the Alcide, with which group they also agree in the great

length of the posterior thoracic and sternal ribs, thus affording

us another instance of the modification of parts by adaptation to

similar functions.

In the Diomedeide the innominate is not only fused with the

synsacrum, but the pre-ilia meet in the mid-dorsal line above its

neural crest. The pelvis as a whole, on account of this, comes to

resemble that of Sula. Other Ciconiiform resemblances have

already been pointed out in describing the skull of this family.

They suggest a parallel development of characters derived from a

common source.

400 MR. W. P. PYORAFT ON THE [Mar. 21,

viii. Top PEotorAL Lime.

The character of the wing is very uniform throughout the

group. It is perhaps most nearly comparable to that of the

Laride. It may be distinguished from that of this last group by

the absence of a groove for the deltoideus minor, and in that the

Ist phalanx of digit II. is not fenestrated.

The humerus in the Procellariide has the shaft dorso-ventrally

depressed. The free edge of the pectoral crest is triangular, the

caput humeri is low and not sharply defined; the tubercuium

inferius is large ; the sub-trochanteric fossa is of moderate size, is

single (not bipartite as in the Gulls), and does not receive

pneumatic apertures. The coraco-humeral groove is very shallow.

The crista inferius small. The ectepicondylar process is very

long. The supracondylar depression for the brachialis inferior is

moderately large and deep, but less so than in the Zari, in which it

forms a very deep pit, saved only from fenestration by a very

delicate floor of bone.

The dorso-ventral flattening of the wing is very marked in

Puffinus, and the supratrochlear depression is shallower than in

the more typical humeri, such as those of Majaqueus and Priofinus.

The shaft is almost cylindrical in the smaller Petrels belonging to

sections A, B of this paper. The ectepicondylar process is not

well developed, and the supratrochlear depression is shallow.

The relative proportions in the length of the arm, forearm, and

manus vary considerably amongst the different genera, too much

so to be of use for systematic purposes. All the segments appear

to be subequal in Puffinus, some species of @strelata, Priocella, and

Fulmarus; the manus is longest of the three in Thalasseca,

Puffinus assimilis, and Gistrelata neglecta ; it is shortest in Majaqueus

and Daption.

In Pelecanoides the pectoral crest is feebly developed, straight

and scarcely raised above the level of the shaft. The crista inferior

is deeply hollowed distad, and the ectepicondylar process and

supratrochlear depression are obsolescent.

In the Diomedeide—e. g. D. ewulans—the proximal end of the

humerus is squarely truncate. The tuberculum inferius widely

separated from the caput humert. The erista inferior has its free

edge swollen into a thick lip immediately before entering the

shaft. The subtrochanteric fossa is very small and receives

numerous pneumatic foramina. The supratrochlear depression is

shallow, inverted-pyriform, and extends some distance up the shaft.

The depression proximad of the ulnar condyle is relatively deeper.

The forearm can be distinguished from that of the Lari by the

absence of distinct tubercles for the quills, and the presence of a

more or less deep and elongated groove in the inferior aspect of

the ulna lying in front of the inferior glenoid cavity,

The manus in all cases, save apparently sections A, B of the

Procellariine, can be distinguished from the Lari by the great

length of the terminal phalanges.

1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES. 401

In Majaqueus and Diomedea eaulans, for instance, the 2nd phalanx

of digit II. exceeds that of the Ist. Phalanx i. of digit I. is equal

in length to that of phalanx i. digit II. In Diomedea again it is

rather less instead of equal. In the smaller Petrels the elongation

of these phalanges is not so marked.

ix. Tur Pretvic Lime.

The bones of the pelvic limb are non-pneumatic; the tibio-tarsus

is characterized by an enormous flabelliform ectocnemial crest

which rises high above the articular surface for the femur: is

markedly inflected at its distal end, and provided with an ossified

extensor bridge. The fibula does not extend more than 3 the way

down the leg, and is much reduced in thickness distally. ‘The tarso-

metatarsus has a well-marked intercondylar tubercle. The

hypo-tarsus is complex in the Procellariide and simple in the

Diomedeide. The outer and middle toes are of equal leugth.

In one skeleton of Diomedea exulans I find an ossified tarso-

metatarsal extensor bridge on the right foot. The hallux is repre-

sented by a metatarsal and an ungual phalanx, the latter often of

considerable size. In Pelecanoides it is absent. The femur, as a

rule, is about as long as, or less than, the tarso-metatarsus, and is

about half as long as the tibio-tarsus ; in Occanites, Pelagodroma,

Cymodroma, and Procellaria the femur shortens conspicuous] y, these

measurements being about 4 as long as the tarso-metatarsus and

3 as long as the tibio-tarsus.

x. RESULTS.

Briefly, I think, the outcome of this paper has been to confirm, in

a large measure, the conclusions of Forbes as set forth in his most

valuable Report on the Petrels collected during the ‘Challenger’

Expedition (5). The appended diagram (fig. 2, p. 402) is a modi-

fication of that published by him in that work. He divided this

suborder into two families—ProcunLartip#® and OcEANITIDa;

and two subfamilies—ProcrnLarmn® and Diomepntnm. Pele-

canoides he regarded as an aberrant genus of the first mentioned

subfamily.

I propose to make two Families—the Procennarimpm and the

DIoMEDEIDZ; the former being further divided into two sub-

families—PROCELLARIINE and PsLEcANompInz. Thus Forbes’s

DiomEpEIN#® becomes raised to the rank of a family, his genus

Pelecanoides to the rank of a subfamily, whilst his family

OcEANITIDH becomes, in my scheme, reduced to a section of the

ProceLttariine. The sections in this subfamily are three in

number, and can quite conveniently be diagnosed from the

characters of the skull alone (see Keys, pp. 403-409).

Pelecanoides forms the second subfamily. In the great width

of the basitemporal region of its skull it differs from every other

member of the suborder, The sternum and pectoral girdle are

402 MR. W. P. PYCRAFY ON THE Mar. 21,

also peculiar, as is the pelvis. If only on account of these differences

it must, 1 think, be allowed to take higher rank than that accorded

by Forbes, though they seem scarcely important enough to demand

the formation of a separate family as has been done by Salvin (18)

for instance.

Fig. 2.

May | Qpagitedus "

Diomedeu Prof Cire S

fiz S flees

Thalassogerovy AE slr eheala y

Pheebetria

DiomEDEIDA.

PROCELLARIIDA.

Diagram to indicate the inter-relationships of the Tubinares.

Ossifraga is undoubtedly the most highly specialized of the

Procellarine. With this genus Forbes has placed Fulmarus,

Priocella (Thalassceca), Thalassceca (Aeipetes), and a little further

removed Pagodroma and Daption. The study of the skeleton

seems to confirm the wisdom of this. I cannot, however, express

an opinion as to Pagodroma, this genus not being represented in

the Museum’s collection of skeletons. Salvin has associated the

genera Priscella and Thalassceca with the second of Forbes’s large

groups of genera, containing Bulweria, Majaqueus, Priofinus (Adam-

astor), Puffinus, and Gstrelata.

Halocyptena, Pagodroma, Halobena, and Garrodia are as yet

unrepresented among the skeletons under my charge. x

Prion has a skeleton closely resembling that of Daption and the

forms associated therewith, in this and Forbes’s papers. It differs

from these mainly in the great breadth of the boat-shaped upper

jaw and in the short wide palatines; in its pelvis it most nearly

resembles Bulweria and Gstrelata.

Coming to the Diomupurp4, I regret that of the genera Thalasso-

geron and Phebetria 1 have only seen skulls, but the differences

1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES. 403

between these and that of Diomedea seem sufficiently marked to

entitle them to the rank of genera. The collection contains

complete skeletons of two species of Diomedea.

The hemipterygoid of the Petrel is here described and figured

(Pl. XXIII. figs. 3, 4) for the first time.

The indications of the Ciconiiform affinities of the Petrels

pointed out by other writers have been verified and additional

points brought to hight. It would seem that the Petrels must be

regarded as a very ancient group, undoubtedly by no means

remotely allied to the Sphenisci, Colymnbi, and the Ciconiiformes.

Their Ciconiiform affinities are most clearly seen perhaps through

the palate. That of Diomedea, for instance, presents many points

in common both with Hregata and with Ciconia that can hardly

be attributed to any other source than that of derivation from a

common ancestor. The holorhinal nares, the temporal fosse, and

deep supra-orbital grooves they share in common with the Penguins

and the Divers. The pelvis of the Procellariide seems to be

traceable to a form most closely resembling that of the Penguins.

That of the Diomedeide is more specialized, and in the adult, at

least, resembles not a little that of the Ciconiiform type. Besides

the Petrels, the Grebes and Divers are the only other birds which

have the cnemial crest greatly developed so as to rise high above

the articular surface of the femur. This can hardly be regarded

as an adaptation in the case of the Petrels, for they are not great

swimmers, and do not therefore use their legs as do the Divers.

As to the arrangement of the group in the present paper, I can

only regret my inability to adopt in toto that of any of those to

whose works we are so greatly indebted ; it is to be hoped that in

the near future some sort of harmony will come of the existing

somewhat unsatisfactory state of affairs. The present secheme—as

adopted in this paper—though based largely on the osteology,

is not entirely founded thereon ; but has been framed with a due

regard to the claims of other anatomical facts.

xi. Ky To THE OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES.

A. Sxutu.: (Plates XXII., XXIII.)

The skull is holorhinal and schizognathous; with more or less deep supra-

orbital grooves ; a large, laterally expanded vomer fused posteriorly with the

palatines; an olfactory cavity of great size; a large antorbital plate; and a

hooked upper jaw.

A. Supra-orbital grooves without an external overhanging ledge; temporal

fossee, when present, in the form of deep depressions approaching one

another in the middle line, and tending to cut off the cerebral from the

cerebellar portions of the skull; external nares large, divided into right

and left apertures by a narrow bar of bone in the mid-dorsal line ; length

of the upper jaw never greatly exceeding that of the cranium ; orbito-

sphenoid imperfectly ossified ; basipterygoid processes well developed or in

the form of minute prickles; with a conspicuous tubular parasphenoidal

pneumatic aperture opening downwards above the Eustachian grooves;

palatines long, sharply defined anteriorly at their junction with the maxillo-

palatine processes, which are smal] and plate-like lamellz never projecting

404 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Mar. 21,

downwards beyond the level of the tomium, nor extending backwards

into the lachrymo-nasal fossse ; interorbital septum perforate.

PROCELLARIID.

a. Width of the basitemporal plate slightly or not at all exceeding the length

Of the pterygoid......seesecsceserseceeeeeenenseeeeeseersceeenes Procellariine.

b. Width of the basitemporal plate much exceeding the length of the

pterygoid—very slightly less than the distance between the quadrates.

Pelecanoidine.

(One genus only, Pelecanoides.)

B. Supra-orbital groove with a more or less extensive overhanging ledge, the free

edge of which is flattened; temporal fosse represented by shallow semi-

circular depressions of uniform depth, separated each from its fellow by the

broad, quadrangular, shield-shaped roof of the skull; external nares small,

opening laterally underneath a broad culmen ; orbitosphenoid completely

ossified ; length of the upper jaw greatly exceeding that of the cranium ;

basipterygoid processes absent, with the parasphenoidal pneumatic aperture

opening above the Eustachian groove in a narrow chink; palatines closely

approximated in the middle line so as nearly to conceal the vomer ; palatines

relatively short, becoming fused distally with the maxillo-palatine processes,

which project downwards far below the level of the tomium; maxillo-

palatine processes large, more or less fenestrated, extending vertically up-

wards and backwards into the lachrymo-nasal fossa...... DIoMEDEIDZ.

Key 3 the Genera of Procellariine.

Group A. Supra-orbital grooves, shallow but very wide, semilunar in shape,

almost or quite meeting in the middle line; lachrymal free, with a wide

chink between its dorsal border and the frontal; temporal fossse feebly

developed or absent.

a. Without spine-like wings behind the supra-orbital grooves.

a'. Basipterygoid processes absent; mavxillo-palatines approaching the

mid-ventral line, distinct from the palatines ; supra-orbital grooves

separated by a thin linear ridge ............seeseeeeeseesereeeees Oceanites.

b. With a conspicuous pair of ‘‘ wings” behind the supra-orbital grooves.

b'. Basipterygoid processes vestigial—in the form of prickles ; maxillo-

palatines approaching in the middle line, and partially fused with the

palatines.

a', Supra-orbital grooves separated by a shallow median groove.

Cymodroma,

d''. Supra-orbital grooves separated by a median linear ridge.

Fregetta.

e', Basipterygoid processes absent; maxillo-palatines approximating to

the middle line, and quite distinguishable from the anterior ends of

the palatine; supra-orbital grooves separated by a thin linear

PICMG Hay en wastes sd speeae eect eneets steer cssesieoeseoereesassseerere Pelagodroma.

Group B. Supra-orbital grooves very narrow, excavated out of the free edge of

the frontal and separated by a very broad interorbital median ridge.

a. Basipterygoid processes represented by minute prickles; lachrymal free,

its dorsal border closely applied to the frontal; maxillo-palatine processes

concealed from below by the palatines ...........:..:cs000e Procetlaria.

Halocyptena >,

Oceanodroma,

1 Adult skulls of Halocyptena and Oceanodroma not represented in the

Museum collections,

1899. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES. 405

Group O. Supra-orbital grooves deep and wide, sharply defined, and tending

to meet in the middle line; pterygoids rod-shaped, with articular surfaces

for the basipterygoid processes—which are often vestigial ; vomer more or

less boat-shaped, not cleft more than half its length; length of anterior

nares never more than 4 that of upper jaw.

a. Lachrymal free.

a', Supero-external angle of antorbital plate incomplete, forming with the

lachrymal’a large foramenit:t.tc.-es-csse<seeresrecssteecses Puffinus.

Priofinus.

Majaqueus.

b'. Supero-external angle of antorbital plate complete, closing the space

between itself and the lachrymal ................c.0s0e0eeee Bulweria.

6. Lachrymal anchylosed with nasal.

c', Size very large; basioccipital with well-developed mammillary pro-

cesses; a large space between the dorsal border of the antorbital

plate and the frontal; postorbital processes turning downwards and

ending in a point; lachrymal with the horizontal greatly exceeding

the vertical axis ; quadrato-jugal bar with a strongly marked triangular

process for articulation with the quadrate.................. Ossifraga.

d', Size not exceeding 4 inches; basioccipital without mammillary pro-

cesses ; postorbital processes with a squarely truncate outer border ;

lachrymal with the horizontal and vertical axes about equal ; quadrato-

jugal bar of uniform thickness throughout.

a". Interorbita] region of frontals dividing supra-orbital grooves

moderately. wide; lachrymal with its postero-dorsal free edge

produced laterally into a pair of conspicuous wings.

a®, Vomer tapering anteriorly to a point; beak stout and wide, not

conspicuously narrower at the tip ; anterior palatine vacuity very

wide, not bounded by a flattened ledge on either side ; palatines

elongated, ventral surface conspicuously keeled posteriorly.

a’. Temporal fossa deep, nearly meeting in mid-dorsal line.

Fulmarus.

6*, Temporal fossa shallow, divided by the roof of a distinct

cerebellar prominence) ee ..1.~..c0/laesesedese santos tees Daption.

6°. Anterior end of vomer more or less hidden by the maxillo-palatine

processes, which meet in the middle line; palatines short and

broad, proximal end not conspicuously keeled ; anterior palatine

vacuity narrow, bounded on either side by a flattened ledge; beak

more or less conspicuously depressed, the extreme form resembling

tat Of BOUCIICCDS ..cxcactecsesacicecuern Pa tsesnestionee sate Prion.

c’. Vomer terminating anteriorly in a long spine; palatines elongated ;

beak slender.

c*, Anterior limb of free bifid end of lachrymal longest; inter-

orbital region of frontals less than width of supra-orbital groove.

Thalasseca.

d4. Posterior limb of bifid end of lachrymal longest and directed

backwards ; interorbital region of frontals much greater than

width of supra-orbital grooves .............0e00004 (strelata.

6". Supra-orbital grooves divided by a thin bony ridge ..._ Priocella.

DIOMEDEID &.

a. Interorbital region of frontals broad ; antorbital plate not extending out-

wards to the level of the outer margin of the lachrymal; with a well-

marked tubercle lying between the mammilary processes.

a'. Interorbital region of frontals not exceeding } of the width of the frontals

between the lachrymals; pterygoid ends of the frontals becoming

abruptly wider in the region of a line drawn through the median

Palatineykeely senccs. ce qsesteteed. ae. cetees sea nevecueeesseeee oe Diomedea.

Proce. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XX VII. .

406 MR, W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Mar. 21,

b', Width of interorbital region of the frontals exceeding } that of the

frontals between the lachrymals ; pterygoid ends of the palatines gently

widening from behind forwards .............ssceseseeeeeeeees Thalassogeron.

6, Interorbital region of frontals reduced to a narrow median ridge ; antorbital

plate extending outwards to the level of or beyond the outer border of the

lachrymal ; no tubercle between the mammillary processes. Phebetria.

B. VERTEBRA.

All the presynsacral vertebree are free and heteroccelous ; the centra of the

thoracic bear more or less conspicuous lateral depressions and are often highly

pneumatic; only the 2nd—5th or 6th cervicals bear neural spines ; all the cervi-

cals from the 2nd bear ribs in the form of elongated and very slender styles,

they become free and bear a distinct capitulum and tuberculum on the last 3

vertebrae (cervico-dorsals) ; the free caudal vertebrz bear distinct intercentra,

and in the larger species the neural arch of each is provided with a pair of

processes directed forwards and embracing the neural spine of the vertebra

next in front; catapophyses of cervicals never meeting in mid-ventral line to

form a canal,

A. Many if not all the thoracic vertebre bear elongated hypapophyses, of

which the cephalad are Difid...............sscereeeeeceessenees Proceliariide.

B. Thoracic yertebre without hypapophyses..........::0s0ss08e Diomedeide.

C. SrerRNUM AND PrctoraL GIRDLE.

The posterior border of the sternum may be either notched orentire. In the

former the anterior coracoid border is produced forwards beyond the level of

the anterior lateral process, In the latter the anterior coracoid border does

not project far forwards. The base of the coracoid is always of great width,

and the furculum articulates by ligament with the antero-ventral angle of the

carina.

A, Pneumatic foramina of the dorsal surface of the sternum, when present,

never very conspicuous, and confined to the anterior region of the middle

line; carina sharply defined throughout the whole length of the sternal

plate ; spina interna absent ...........-.0e.ccseeceeeeeseeteceneeee Procellariide.

a. Coracoid grooves forming markedly oblique angles with the long axis of

the sternum ; base of coracoid more than 3 as broad as long; articular

surfaces of sternal ribs extending backwards far beyond the anterior

lateral processes.

a'. Posterior border of the sternum entire ; clavicle with a hypocleideum ;

spina externa pointed.

a'', Hypocleideum small ; width of posterior border of sternum much less

than its long axis .........ceseeceeees Raceesererensaprere rents Procellaria.

b". Hypocleideum long. *

a’, Width of posterior border of sternum=length of long axis of sternal

plate; carina unfenestrated ...........ssecc00 ovenees Cymodroma.

6°. Carina fenestrated ; posterior border of sternum wider than length

hk Lana crystals ete aeleeeeiae igcbCon- vei nee ceo ds Seb en Redes gees Fregetta.

ce, Carina fenestrated ; with posterior border of sternum less than long

axis; anterior lateral process only slightly projecting above the

base of the coracoid ; width of base of coracoid falling far short

On Lerictia Ottis @UOFAKIS e.'c0 5. ..--0.scncactsocsiernessaes Oceanites.

d3, Metasternum projecting beyond the posterior lateral processes ;

carina fenestrated ; anterior lateral processes projecting con-

siderably over the base of the coracoid ; width of coracoid at base

nearly equal to the length of the shaft; width across posterior

border of sternum less than its long axis ............ Pelagodroma,

1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES, 407

6'. Posterior border of sternum with four deep notches; spina externa

leinb Or Bifida s:2.0.2e:cessecccecseccseccessscccts cosscestocesecess Puffinus,

Majaqueus.

Bulweria.

Prion.

(strelata.

Pagodroma.

ce’. Outer pair of notches obliterated or feebly developed (sometimes forming

fenestra) sb suesen cteueBek ah aie eee oeedtee es Se dkiies seeedee ee Priocella.

Thalasseca.

Fulmarus.

Priofinus.

d'. Posterior border of sternum with 4 very slight notches; corpus sterni

with pneumatic opening on anterior region of dorsal surface.

Ossifraga.

6. Coracoid grooves forming a right angle with the sternum ; base of coracoids

not more than 4 the width of the long axis; sternal ribs almost en-

tirely confined to anterior lateral process ; furculum without a distinct

hypocleideum ; posterior border of corpus sterni entire... Pelecanoides.

B. Pneumatic foramina of dorsal surface of sternum conspicuous, extending

along the whole length of median line of the sternum; carina merging

into the sternal plate some distance in front of the metasternum ; posterior

lateral processes projecting far beyond the level of the metasternumn.

Diomedeide.

D. Petyvio Girpie.

Pre- longer than post-acetabular ilium ; ischium produced far backwards in

the form of a long narrow bar of bone, its free end deflected and firmly bound

to, or even fused with, the pubis, so that the obturator fissure is closed

behind ; obturator foramen never completely shut off from the fissure.

A. Pre-ilia not meeting in the mid-dorsal line above the neural crest of the

synsacrum ; innominate free.

a, Size small, total length of pelvis not exceeding 1-4 in.; postacetabular

ilium with its dorsal border obliquely truncated and ill-defined ; free

ends of ischium and pubis fused.

a’. Obturator fissure very narrow; pre-ilia widely separated ; obturator

foramen open posteriorly ; lumbar enlargement of synsacrum large

and lying in front of the acetabular region.

a'', Pre-ilium not expanded distally ................cc..0000 Procellaria.

§ Eroe-iliumi expanded distally 2.5:.c.-.0csse1:-1sssecsess Oceanodroma .

b’. Obturator fissure very wide ; lumbar enlargement of synsacrum slight,

lying in mid-acetabular region.

c''. Pre-ilia not rising beyond the level of the base of the synsacral

neural crest; obturator foramen separated from the fissure by a

broad. bar of bones jccsina:seee:.4¢t 2582. 2288) c.eecu ders s 0s Pelagodroma.

d". Pre-ilia rising to the level of the top of the neural crest, or

nearly so.

a?, Obturator foramen and fissure confluent.

a4, Dorsal border of pre-ilium pressed closely to the lumbar en-

largement, which is almost entirely preacetabular; greatest

width of synsacrum about 3 its length ............ Oceanites.

b*. Dorsal border of pre-ilium separated by a deep groove from the

lumbar enlargement ; greatest width of synsacrum about 2 its

LOT LM ee ea eee «te. } acts has sats se has eR Cymodroma,

6°. Obturator foramen separated from the fissure by a broad bar of

bone; pre-ilia pointed in front ...............c00e0000 Fregetta.

27*

408 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Mar. 21,

b. Size larger, not less than 24 in. (Bulweria alone excepted); postacetabular

ilium with dorsal border well-defined and terminating in a well-marked

spine.

c'. Pre-ilium moderately broad and expanded distally, resting upon the

synsacrum and parily concealing it; ischium having its free end more

or less sharply deflected.

e'. Post-ilium with flattened dorsal aspect, rapidly tapering to form a

laterally-com pressed blade-like edge, terminating in a spine; obtu-

rator foramen an elongated oval twice length of the acetabulum ;

free end of ischium bent at right angles to long axis, narrow and

CAPCLINL TO A POUNb, criceasciscccsveacccosencoccacsecesswccnes Puffinus.

Majaqueus.

f''. Post-ilium slightly or not at all compressed dorsally ; pubis projecting

distinctly beyond the ischium; ischium with broad flattened foot

closely articulating with pubis.

c3, Ischiadic foramen nearly circular; dorsal border of pre-ilium

concave.

e4, Width of dorsal aspect of post-ilium rapidly decreasing from

before backwards; post-iliac spine ill-defined ... Thalasseca,

d4, Width of dorsal aspect of post-ilium broad throughout ; post-

iliac spine well-defined................2.seseeesessecenseee Priocella.

d°, Ischiadic foramen oval; dorsal border of pre-ilium straight.

&. Thoracic vertebra immediately in front of pre-ilium fused with

synsacrum.

a>. Entire length of pelvis not less than 3 in. ...... Fulmarus.

b°. Entire length of pelvis not exceeding 23 in. ...... Daption.

e3, Lumbar enlargement forming a distinct tumid swelling in front

of acetabulum.

f+. Ischium never completely fused with pubis posteriorly.

>, Anterior border of pre-ilium obliquely truncated ; ischium

tapering to a fine point ................-seseeneeeeees (Esirelata.

d5, Anterior border of pre-ilium squarely truncated ; ischium of

equal width throughout ..........ccccsesseeseeeneeeee Bulweria.

g'. Pubis completely fused posteriorly with ischium .... Prion.

d'. Pre-ilium reduced to narrow bars, separated one from another by the

whole width of the synsacrum; ischium in the form of a long slender

spine running directly backwards .............s:seseeeeeeees Pelecanoides.

B. Pre-ilia meeting in the mid-dorsal line above the synsacral neural crest ;

suture dividing innominate bones from synsacrum almost or quite ob-

literated.

a. With a more or less well-marked pectineal process; free end of ischium

turning downwards in a strong curve; pubis of uniform thickness

throughout; cavity of pelvis not divided into anterior and posterior

venal fOS82 ...sceeceeeee Beebe ectasiaahite stor suences tedckboueeacasarte Ossifraga.

b. No pectineal process ; free end of ischium not abruptly curved ; cavity of

pelvis distinctly divisible into anterior and posterior renal fossx; ribs

of sacral vertebrae extending across renal cavity immediately behind

ACOPADUNITE . sesor tees cinae cee ee eeeeeak cad is cine sacpanesannceascassenGhs Diomedea,

FB. Preororat Limes.

Humerus with a shallow coraco-humeral groove; a triangular pectoral crest

not extending far down the shaft; crista inferior very small, formed for the

most part by thé downwardly-directed tuberculum inferius; with a large ect-

epicondylar process, and a more or less deep fossa for the brachialis internus ;

the sub-trochanteric fossa is in no case of more than medium size, and never

subdivided into two; the ulna is without an olecranon process ; the phalanx of

the pollex and the 2nd phalanx of Me, II, are of great length,

1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES. 409

A. Humerus non-pneumatic ; crista inferior never inflated along its free edge.

Procellariide.

B. Humerus pneumatic; crista inferior inflated along its preaxial border;

sub-trochanteric fossa small, receiving several pneumatic foramina.

Diomedeide,

F, Pexvio Lims.

All the bones non-pneumatic; tibio-tarsus with a greatly enlarged ecto-

cnemial crest forming a large flabelliform crest rising high above the articular

surface ; with an extensur bridge; outer and middle toes of equal length;

hallux more or less vestigial ; tibio-tarsus with a more or less well-marked

intercotylar tubercle; 1st phalanx of D, II. = to or longer than that of D. III.

PARRELYHOLALSUS(COMPLOK™ (ccnnssccee+rpsnssckeecdcnsssdaseteacestiocesnses Procellariide.

a. Tarso-metatarsus longer than the outer toe.

a’. Ungual phalanges flattened; basal phalanx of middle toe as long as or

longer than next two taken together (Forbes).

a". Tarso-metatarsus markedly longer than the outer toe, grooved an-

teriorly throughout, its length = 4 that of the tibio-tarsus; ph. 1

of D. LI. longer than ph. 1, D. TL. & IV. ............ Cymodroma,

6"", Tarso-metatarsus much longer than outer toe; trochlea all in same

plane; grooved anteriorly, much flattened distally antero-pos-

teriorly ; 3 toes nearly = ph. 1, D. I. & IIL., = longer than IV.

Fregetta,

ec". Tarso-metatarsus longer than outer toe, 2 as long as tibio-tarsus;

fibular ridge searcely longer than the width across the proximal

articular surface of the tibio-tarsus ; basal phalanges of D. II. and

iit; — and Tongerithan thabiof BV. <2..2:.06..:se0.se-0sn0 Oceanites.

d", Tarso-metatarsus much longer than the outer toe, 2 as long as tibio-

tarsus, with a shallow groove throughout its whole length; basal

phalanges D. II. and III.=and longer than IV.; outer and middle

HOCH Mall 5 tau sauiquney sae Peat seadee dancudiee UPbi Ieee Pelagodroma.

6’. Ungual phalanges pointed ; basal phalanx of middle toe shorter than

next two joints (Hordes).

e''. Tarso-metatarsus only slightly longer than the outer toe; fibular

MIG SexODSOLELS, 2a. conshemeennee casi saee tessa tes os eee ene Procellaria.

b. Tarso-metatarsus shorter than outer toe, but much longer than femur.

c'. Fibular ridge obsolesceut.

f"'. Tarso-metatarsus faintly grooved anteriorly, its outer border raised

IMtOVANEHALD TICES! cance ces edvaes -ssaes+scccceeeen ee eee Puffinus.

g'. Tarso-metatarsus deeply grooved anteriorly, outer border not con-

Bpicuouslysdoveloped! 2832. otsied..viduines cheese Bulweria,

d'. Fibular ridge distinct.

h'. Tarso-metatarsal groove nearly obsolete ............s0..e0+- . { Daption.

Prion.

z'', Tarso-metatarsus grooved anteriorly and posteriorly ... (Zs¢trelata.

ci ur ” ” ”

a. Groove deeper, length not exceeding 23 in............. Majaqueus,

63, Groove shallower, length not less than 3} in, ......... Ossifraga.

c, Tarso-metatarsus shorter than outer toe, scarcely longer than femur,

k'. Tarso-metatarsal groove obsolescent, hallux present.

¢, Hetocnemial crest stronger; shaft of tibio-tarsus not exceeding

SMD pee at reat ae eet aes ss. 4 se cosievefeqseoneedeenies Thalasseca,

d*. Ectocnemial crest weaker; shaft of tibio-tarsus not exceedin

G7 fate badosndd sac ionbacodecceBeneae Bee One aeiroe ecscds Priocella.

i", Tayrso-metatarsal groove obsolescent ; halluxabsent ... Pelecanoides,

B. Hypotarsus simple; ectocnemial large, forming an acute angle with the

entocneiial crest proximally ; fibular ridge scarcely raised above half of

EWaALUecanssesscspesswenettonsccstessnasseorevercessterseneclecneere tian: Diomedeide,

410 MR. W. P. PYORAFT ON THE (Mar. 21,

xii. List oF WoRKS REFERRED TO OR CONSULTED.

1. Bupparp, F. E.—Structure and Classification of Birds. 1898.

2. Bepparp, F. E.—‘ Note upon Intercentra in the Vertebral

Column of Birds.” P. Z. 8. 1897.

3. Branpt, J. F.—“ Beitriige zur Kennt. der Naturgesch. der

Vogel.” Mém. Acad. Imp. des Sciences St. Peétersbourg,

ser. vi. vol. ui. 1839-40.

4. Eyron, E. C.—Osteologia Avium. London, 1867, pp. 222-4,

pl. 37.

. Forsus, W. A.—‘‘ Report on the Anatomy of the Tubinares.”

‘Challenger’ Reports, vol. iv. pt. xi. pp. 1-64, pls. i-viii., 1882.

6. Forpus, W. A.—“ On the Petrel called Thalassidroma nereis...

and its Affinities.” P. Z. S. 1881, pp. 735-737.

7. Firprincrr, M.—Untersuch. zur Morphol. und Systemat. der

Vogel. II. Allegem. Theil, 8. 1588. 1888.

8. Gavow, H.—Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. vi. Végel, 1891,

Anatom. Theil.

9. Gavow, H.—Ibid., Syst. Theil. 1893.

10. Garrop, A. H.—“ On certain Muscles of the Thigh in Birds.”

P. Z. 8. 1873, pp. 626-644 ; 1874, pp. 111-128, pl. xvii.

11. Garrop, A. H.—“ Notes on the Anatomy of Pelecanoides

urinatrix.” Coll. Sci. Papers, 1881, p. 521.

12. Huxtey, T. Hi On the Classification of Birds.” P. Z. 8.

1867, p. 455.

13. Lyprxxer, R.—Cat. Foss. Birds Brit. Mus., 1891.

14. Mitnu-Epwarps, A.—Recherches pour servir 4 ]’Histoire des

Oiseaux Fossiles de la France, vol. i. p. 301 et seg., 1867-68.

15. Pycrarr, W. P.—‘ Contributions to the Osteology of Birds

(Steganopodes).” P. Z. 8S. 1898, pp. 82-101, pls. vii. & vii.

16. Pycrarr, W. P.—‘‘ Contributions to the Osteology of Birds

(Impennes).” P. Z. 8. 1898, pp. 958-89.

17. Remuarpr, J.—‘ Om en hidtil ubekjendt Knogle i Hoved-

skallen hos Turakverne (Musophagides).” Vidensk. Medd.

Naturh. For. Kjébenhayn, 1870, pp. 826-341.

18. Satviy, O.—Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., vol. xxv., 1896.

19. Sersoum, H.—Classification of Birds. 1895.

20. SHarpn, R. B.—Review of Recent Attempts to Classify

Birds. 1891.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XXIT

c.p.=cerebellar prominence, 8.¢.=sagittal crest.

e.r.=coronal ridge. sq.p.W, =squamoso-parietal wing.

7.=lachrymal. 8.0.g.=supraorbital ridge.

n.=nasal. 8.0.4,= 3 ledge.

n.pm«,=nasal process of premaxilla. ¢,/=temporal fossa.

g.=quadrate.

The Dorsal Aspect of the Skuli.

Fig. 1. The skull of Puffinus Kuhli, nat. size, to show the large temporal

® Z.S.1899. PL. XX IT.

AGT SIE

oA OSE

ee,

eet!

Pe RTT

5 neal ~

Parson

—_

lt 9.F Lig. 5.

Lig. 6.

Photeprint by Bale &Damielsson Ltd

OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES.

PZ. 5.1899 Plex ais

Fig. 8.

1} H. Gronvold. del. Photeprint by Bale Danielsson L@

OSTEOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES.

;

° .

ene

> *

Bs Ate

1899.) OSTHOLOGY OF THE TUBINARES. All

fossz, the backward position of the squamoso-parietal wings, the

sagittal crest, coronal ridge, and large supraorbital grooves and

lachrymals.

Fig. 2. The skull of Prion vittatus, nat. size (p. 889), to show the great de-

velopment of the upper jaw, the form of the supraorbital grooves,

the cerebellar prominence, temporal fosse, and fused lachrymals.

Fig. 3. Skull of Proceliaria pelagica, nat. size (p. 404), to show the feebly-

developed supraorbital grooves and the great width of the inter-

orbital region of the frontals.

Fig. 4. The skull of Cymodroma melanogaster, nat. size (p. 404), to show the

form of the supraorbital grooves, the spine-like wings of the free end

of the squamosal, and the lachrymals, which are partly separated from

the frontals by a space.

Fig. 5. The skull of an Albatross, Diomedea exulans, } nat. size (p. 404), to show

the great size of the supraorbital groove and ledge, and the shallow

femoral fossee, confined to the lateral surface of the cranium.

Fig. 6. The skull of Oceanites oceanicus, nat. size (p. 404), to show the form of

the supraorbital grooves.

Pratt XXIII,

Additional Letters.

als.=alisphenoid. m.= meatus internus.

a,.0.p.=antorbital process. mes. = mesethmoid.

ant.=antrum of Highmore. op. = opistbotic.

mMh= ae +) p.=parietal,

b.p.=basipterygoid process. pa.=palatine.

bt.p.=basitemporal platform, par., pr.=parasphenoid.

b.8.=basisphenoid. pn.ap.=pneumatic aperture.

c.b.v.=cerebral vein. pro.=prodtie.

eu.g. + pn.ap.=EHustachian groove+ pt.=pterygoid.

pneumatic aperture. s.0.=supraoccipital.

ep.0.=epiotic. 5.8. =squamosal spine.

ex. =exoccipital., sg. =squamosal.

Ff.=fMloccular fossa. t.r.=temporalis recess,

fr.=frontal. v=vomer.

h.pt.=hemipterygoid. v.f.=vagus foramen.

Fig. 1. Lateral aspect of skull of nestling Oceanodroma leucorrhoa, outer view,

X 2 (p. 393), to show the unclosed sutures.

Fig. 2. Lateral inner view, longitudinal section, of same skull (fig. 1), x2,

to show unclosed sutures.

Fig. 8. Dorsal aspect of palatines, pterygoid, and vomer, x2 (p. 396), to show

the form and relations of the hemipterygoid.

Fig. 4. Lateral aspect of a portion of fig. 5, X3, outer view, to show relations

of hemipterygoid.

Fig. 5. Ventral aspect of Pelecanoides garnoti, nat. size (p. 383), to show the

form and great size of the basitemporal platform.

Fig. 6. Dorsal aspect of the vomer and neighbouring parts of the skull of

Diomedea exulans, 2 nat. size (p. 390).

Fig. 7. Lateral aspect of same dissection as fig. 6, to show form of yomer,

% nat. size (p. 391). Note in figs. 6, 7, and 8 the antrum of

Highmore.

Fig. 8. Ventral aspect of skull of Diomedea exulans, to show the schizognathous

palate, 2 nat. size (p. 390).

412 HEBER F, E. BLAAUW ON THE [Mar. 21,

2. On the Breeding of the Weka Rail and Snow-Goose in

Captivity. By F. E. Buaauw, C.M.Z.S.

[Received February 15, 1899.]

I. Tue Wexa Ratu (Ocydromus australis).

A pair of Wekas, kept in a small enclosure in my park, began

to exhibit the first signs of breeding in the end of February of

last year (1898). The birds became very noisy and were heard

screaming in concert, as well during the day as during the night.

The male became extremely attentive to the female, and, if fed

with bread or anything else that was acceptable to him, would

take as much of the food in his bill as it could possibly hold, and

run towards the female, calling her by a peculiar drumming noise.

As soon as she came to him, he would give her the whole of his

provisions, and would only eat himself what she left. He

delighted so much in feeding her that, if she were present whilst

the tood was thrown before them, he would snatch it away from

her in great haste to present it to her afterwards.

The beginning of the nesting-operations was a rather deep

circular hole, which the male excavated with his powerful bill

under a box-tree. The female soon began to join him in this work,

and afterwards would sit in it whilst the male went about in

search of material for the nest. This consisted of loose grass and

hay, but chiefly of grass dug out with the roots adhering to it,

which he would bring in big mouthfuls to the female, who set it in

order about her. This went on for several days, the nest growing

very large considering the size of the birds. It measured ulti-

mately fully 25 inches across, the borders being raised about

11 inches, whilst the depression in the middle was so deep as

to almost entirely hide the bird which sat in it.

Both male and female took part in tle construction of the nest,

but the bringing and collection of the materials seemed to be exclu-

sively the work of the male. On the 26th of March the first ege

was laid, and the following five were laid with generally, but not

always, one day between each egg. ‘The eggs are of a buffish

white, with lighter and darker red spots, which have the appear-

ance of some being on the surface of the shell and of others being

under it. The eggs resemble closely those of Aramides ypecaha from

the Argentine Republic. After three eggs had been laid the birds

began to sit, each sitting alternately. The male sat mostly during

the night and the female during the day, but sometimes, though

seldom, the reverse would occur. This lasted during a fortnight,

and I thought everything was going on as it should, when, one

morning, I was much grieved to find that all the eggs were

gone—eaten by the parent birds, as I found out afterwards, and

the whole nest was left in disorder.

A few days after this catastrophe the Rails began to pair again

and to build a new nest. Again eggs were laid, seyen in number

1899.] BREEDING OF THE WEKA RAIL AND SNOW-GOOSE. 413

this time, and the birds commenced to sit. My hopes of a good

result ran high, as special orders had been given not to disturb

the birds on any account, because I had attributed their former

bad behaviour to some annoyance that had put them out of temper.

During ten days incubation took place quite regularly, when

again the nest was found turned upside down, with six of the eggs

broken or eaten by the birds, who were still busy at this most

unnatural proceeding. The seventh egg was saved and put under

a bantam-hen, which brought it to maturity, so that in due time a

very lively little black Weka-Rail chicken burst the shell.

Incubation had lasted, including the ten days during which the

Rails had sat, 28 days. The chick was of nearly uniform slightly

brownish black all over, with jet-black eyes, a slightly curved

black bill, and stout reddish-black legs. The down being very

long and stiff, gave the bird a very fluffy appearance, and a great

resemblance to the chick of the Common Fowl.

In the chick of Aramides ypecaha the down is much shorter

and velvety in texture, so that the form of the body remains

plainly visible. The curious resemblance between the eggs of

Aramides ypecaha aud Ocydromus australis is, therefore, not

continued in the chicks of these two very different members of

the Rail family.

The little Ocydromus-chick uttered constantly a sharp piping

note, and showed almost from the first day the intelligent boldness

of its parents. It soon found out that its foster-mother had little

patience in feeding it from its bill, as was expected by the little

Weka, and that it had to look to the keeper’s fingers for its supply

of food, which chiefly consisted of small earthworms and little

crumbs of bread. I had every reason to believe that it would

thrive, when, unfortunately, it was discovered that it preferred

mealworms to everything else. These consequently were given to

it, but seemed to have disagreed with it, for its digestion became

disordered, and after a couple of days’ illness it died when just a

week old.

The old birds went on making nests and laying a great number

of eggs. Several of these were eaten, as the first two clutches were;

a number were also saved and placed under common hens, but

they all proved to be unfertilized, so that I did not succeed in

getting any more chicks. This strange propensity of eating their

own eggs was not restricted to this individual pair of birds, as

another pair let loose in a wooded enclosure of about three acres

behaved in just the same way. The birds made a nest, sat on

the eggs during a few days, and then destroyed everything. This

last pair was of a most ferocious disposition, and the male even

destroyed some young Rheas which were running about along

with their father in the same enclosure. They also killed other

birds.

All Wekas are remarkable for their tameness and intelligent

behaviour, so that, where their destructiveness is no hindrance,

they make very amusing pets. They use their wings only when

414 ON THE WEKA RAIL AND SNOW-GOOSE. [Mar. 21,

running about, on which occasions they will keep them uplifted

at different angles to their body. ‘They can dig deep holes in the

ground with their bills, and use this power to make their escape

under a fence. My two pairs differed much in size; and in the

larger pair the ground-tone of the plumage was very rufous, whilst

in the smaller pair the ground-tone was more dusky. In both

pairs, the males were larger than the females. They seem to be

very hardy birds, as they walk about most contentedly in the

snow.

IL. Tu Snow-Goose (Chen hyperboreus).

Since the year 1887 I have possessed a pair of the white Snow-

Goose (Chen hyperboreus). These birds were kept in company with

a number of other aquatic birds on a small piece of ornamental

water in my park. LHvery spring they paired, got very much

excited, and attempted to wander away, but no eggs were laid.

Three years ago I purchased what was supposed to be a pair,

but which soon turned out to be two males of the Blue or Cassin’s

Snow-Goose (Chen caerulescens). One of these males constantly

followed the pair of White Snow-Geese, and as he seemed not to

be too intrusive, he was, after some lame attempts on the part of

the white male to drive him away, allowed to do as he liked.

This went on for two years, when, in the spring of 1898, the blue

male began to assert himself more and more, and finally got the

mastership over the white male, and entirely monopolized the

white female. In the end of May they were frequently seen to

pair, and one of the first days in June a nest was made near the

edge of the pond, on a heap of dry reeds that happened to be

there, and the first egg was laid. With one day between each

egg, two more eggs followed, and the female, after having plucked

an abundant supply of down from her own breast, began to sit.

A curious thing now occurred. The blue male kept active

watch near the nest, and attacked furiously every living thing

that came near. ‘The white male, however, who had taken the

most lively interest in the proceedings of his unfaithful spouse,

not being allowed to come near the nest, kept watch on the

other side of the water, just opposite the sitting bird, and there

kept the coast clear, in exactly the same way as did the blue male

on the side where the female actually sat.

Between the two the female was very successfully taken care

of, for no accident happened, and on the 8th of July, that is

after an incubation of 29 days, the three eggs produced three

chicks, which were of a dark olive-green colour, ranging into slaty

black on the upperside and into yellowish on the belly. The feet

and legs and also the bill were black.

As for fear of Crows and vermin the family had to be removed

into some safe place, I thought it right to give the white male

some compensation for all he had had to undergo, and to reunite

him with his rightful partner, leaving the usurper in the pond.

Both the white birds seemed to be quite happy with this arrange-

1899.] ON HARES FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 415

ment, and took the greatest care of the chicks, as if everything

was as it should have been.

The little birds grew extremely fast, so that at the age of seven

weeks they were almost of the size of the parents, fully feathered,

and able to fly. These first feathers presented a brownish slaty-

grey colour all over the bird, the wing-coverts and _ tertiaries

having lighter edges, the whole of the plumage being very glossy.

The legs and bills, which had gradually turned from black into

grey, now began to show signs of assuming the pinkish colour

proper to the adult bird of this species. On the bills the pink

became visible in stripes or lines.

At the age of eleven weeks the heads got white feathers and the

brownish body-feathers began to be replaced, especially at the

sides, by the more bluish-grey ones of the adult Cassin’s Snow-

Goose. At the present time (February 3rd, 1899) the heads are

nearly white and the rest of the bodies are nearly moulted, the

brownish-grey feathers being replaced by bluish-grey ones; so

there is little doubt but that they will assume the typical plumage

of Chen cerulescens without any undue mixture of white.

As when two good species cross, the offspring nearly always

presents the mixed appearance of the parents, I consider this

result of the interbreeding of my Blue and White Snow-Geese as

an additional proof, if such were wanted, of the non-validity of the

White and Blue Snow-Geese as separate species. The two forms

being only colour-variations, there was no reason for a mixed

coloration in the offspring. The young have simply taken the

colour which is probably most adapted to the circumstances under

which the birds live. In this case it was the plumage of Chen

ceerulescens. Judging from these facts, I also think it probable

that the intermediate forms which are found in North America in

a wild state are not so much the result of the interbreeding of the

typical White and Blue forms, as the produce of a range of

country where the circumstances which formed the White or Blue

forms are not sufficiently pronounced.

3. On two Hares from British East Africa, obtained by

Mr. Richard Crawshay. By W.E. pz Winton, F.Z.S.

[Received March 6th, 1899.]

(Plate XXIV.)

Mr. Richard Crawshay, who is so well known as a traveller and

contributor to our knowledge of the fauna of Africa, has lately

sent to the National Collection two Hares from British East Africa.

One of these belongs to an already described but little known

species, hitherto recorded only from North-eastern Somaliland ;

the other is a very distinct and apparently undescribed form, which

I propose to name, in honour of the collector, Lepus crawshayi.

416 ON HARES FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA, [ Mar. 21,

Lupus somMaLensis Heuglin, Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. 1861,

XXVill. p. 5,

This is a pale-coloured Hare, with a more or less strong wash

of black owing to the outer hairs being mostly black-tipped ; the

ears are very long, edged with black at the extreme tips only,

inner margin dull yellow; the nape is pale fawn; throat dull

sand-colour; there are no distinct lines between the colours of

the upper and under surfaces ; there is a wash of yellow on the

edge of the dark colour on the inside of the thighs ; the tail has a

clear black broadish line above.

Collector's note :—‘* Ukamba, 5000 ft., Athi Plains, July 15th,

1898. Weight about 34 lbs. ‘This Hare frequents the. bare open

plains of the Upper Athi River, where there is not a tree for

miles and miles.”—J?. C.

Measurement of the ear in the dry specimen 120 millim.

‘The upper incisors are moderate in width, with the front surfaces

level; the grooves are placed near the inner edge, they are shallow,

diverging inwardly, and entirely filled with cement.

The back of the nasal bones is gradually bowed from the out-

ward edge, forming a wide V.

This Hare is closely allied to Z. tigrensis Blanf., from Abyssinia,

and probably that species does not differ much except in being

rather larger. It would also stand very close to L. egyptius in an

arrangement of the genus.

LEPUS CRAWSHAYI, sp.n. (Plate XXIV.)

General colour very dark, all the hairs broadly tipped with

black, subterminal band golden, the hair rather straight and

shining; the nape, forelegs inside and out, tiroat, and a line

between the colours of the upper aud lower surfaces bright rust-

coloured; the face is very rich black and gold; the ears are

moderate, with a black spot on the back of the tips; the tail is

rather long, with a broad band of black above.

Incisors rather narrow, flat in front.

The only specimen is labelled—* ¢. Neugia Kitwi, 3400 ft., Oct.

1898. Shot in barren hills amongst thorny scrub where there is

no fresh vegetation. Weight 3} lbs.”—2. C.

Measurement of the ear in the dry specimen 97 millim.

Outwardly this Hare closely resembles L. whytei from Nyasaland,

but the points of the fur are black, and not dark brown as in that

species.

The skull of LZ. crawshay: is about the size of that of L. whytei ;

the nasals are shorter, and the face-line droops more thau in that

species; the fronto-nasal suture forms a deep V in the middle

line.

The rather narrow upper incisors are quite flat, the inner and

outer sides of the grooves being on the same level; whereas in

L. whytei these teeth are very broad, the part on the inner side of

the groove projects considerably, and on the outer side of the

: ‘TAVHSMVUO SNdaT

‘hur sozg wa FUL “WF Ve TSP wag

“AIXX Id 6681 SZ d

1899. ] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISIT BAST AFRICA. 417

groove there is a second shallow furrow ; the teeth of L. victorice

are also very broad, with the inner portion much raised, the outer

portion slopes off considerably, being at the same time depressed

towards the middle: thus the skulls of these three Hares are

readily recognized by a glance at their incisors. ‘I'he enamel-folds

forming the grooves in the upper incisors of this new Hare are

lance-shaped, cutting straight into the teeth antero-posteriorly,

and completely filled with cement. The folds of the enamel in the

teeth of L. whytei are almost globular, with a peak in the middle

line posteriorly. Those in the teeth of ZL. victorie are more com-

plicated, the sides diverging considerably, forming two points

postero-laterally with a concave hinder margin.

The discovery of distinctive characters in the incisor teeth of

Hares is entirely due to the researches of Dr. Forsyth Major, with

whom I have had the good fortune to be associated and who is

now engaged in writing on that subject; these characters were

pointed out to me as likely to assist in the determination of species,

and I have found them most valuable.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.

Lepus crawshayi, sp. nov., p. 416.

4, On two small Collections of Butterflies made by Mr.

Richard Crawshay during 1898 in British East Africa.

By Artuur G. Butter, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.,

Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department,

Natural History Museum.

[Received February 27, 1899.]

(Plate X XV.)

Towards the end of last year we received a box of Lepidoptera

from Mr. Crawshay containing 83 Butterflies and 218 Moths,

chiefly collected at Machako’s; and, in January of the present

year, a second consignment of 35 Butterflies, 143 Moths, and a

Dipteron’, chiefly collected en route from Machako’s to Naugia (or

Neugia). The present paper gives an account of the Butterflies

in these two series ; the Moths will eventually be worked out by

Sir George Hampson.

As usual, Mr. Crawshay has sent home nearly the whole of the

specimens in admirable condition, and has carefully labelled the

whole with exact locality, date of capture, and in some cases with

the altitude at which they were obtained ; notes on the habits are

often added, as well as the colouring of the eggs obtained from

the bodies of gravid female examples.

Three new species are described in the present paper—<Acrea

* According to Mr. Austen a Dichetometopia (possibly D, tessellata, Macq.).

418 DR. A, G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Mar. 21,

astrigera, Scolitantides crawshayi, Pyrgus machacosa, as well as

the females of Hveres kedonga (the male of which was described

last year by Mr. Grose-Smith) and of Phrissura nyasana, the male

of which I described and figured in these ‘ Proceedings ’ for 1896.

Other species of especial interest are Castalius gregorii, Scolitan-

tides stellata (which we previcusly only possessed from Nyasaland),

Chrysophanus abbotti, Stugeta bowkeri, Teracolus celimene, Synchloe

glauconome (previously only received from near Aden), Abantis

paradisea, and a curious form of Kedestes wallengrent.

Writing from Ngong (or Ngongo), Masailand, on September

6th, respecting the first of his consignments, Mr. Crawshay says :—

“Tt is almost two months since I sent my collection of Butterflies

and Moths, which by now I hope will have reached you. In the

meantime I have never had a chance of writing to you; I have

been on the move incessantly ever since.

«The very day I consigned the box of insects to the Parcel

Post I received orders to proceed hither: right glad was I, too, to

get the chance of seeing something of Masailand.

* * * *

“Having collected some 300 odd Butterflies and Moths, the

latter being by far the most numerous, I thought I had better

send you these by way of a first instalment. All these insects

were taken, as you will see from the envelopes, either at, or in the

vicinity of Machako’s Station—which is the headquarters of what

has been delineated as the Ukamba Province, though it also

includes the much more important and interesting highlands of

Kikuyu (the home of the Wakikuyu, who are strong men) and a

portion of Masailand.

“The altitude of Machako’s is about 5400 feet. It is open

plain-land, not even well watered; but there are hills in the

immediate neighbourhood, such as Makimwi and Mowa, partially

timbered, partially open down-land, nearly 1000 feet higher,

where I took practically all the most interesting Butterflies, and

many of the day-flying Moths, such as the ‘ Bee’ and ‘ Humming-

Bird Hawks.’

“Tt is not a rich Butterfly country I could see at once; it is,

however, a rich field for Moths ; those I took in my tent at night

alone gave me plenty to do to put them up: had I ‘sugared’

T should have secured a great many more.

‘“‘The rainy seasons of Ukamba are on from about the beginning

of March until the end of May, and again from about the middle

of October until the end of December ; this Jast rainy season there

was very little rain indeed.

“Since I left Machako’s I have been steadily collecting all the

time, except when on the Kegujo expedition, when I never ceased

regretting not having brought my net, as there are some lovely

and, to me, quite new Butterflies in the forests of Kikuyu; but,

of course, we had sterner work in hand there.”

In answer to a letter which I wrote (acknowledging the receipt

1899. | FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 419

of this first instalment) I received a communication dated Dec.

19th, 1898, addressed from ten miles about East of the Athi

River, Kitwi, British East Africa, in which Mr. Crawshay says :—

*T was afraid the Butterflies would disappoint you. However, as

you will have seen from my previous letter from Masailand, which

could not have reached you before you wrote, the localities where

1 have been collecting hitherto are not rich in Butterflies, though

richer in Moths. The Butterfly-country of this part of Africa, I

predict, will be the dark lofty forests of Kikuyu in the neigh-

bourhood of Mt. Kenia (visible at a respectable distance, 130 to

150 miles, I suppose, from where I am now camped: I saw it last

evening).

“Shortly you should receive another lot of Lepidoptera which I

sent off from Mombasa about a month ago, and which comprises

some insects taken in Massai and some at Neugia’, with others

taken hither and thither in my goings out and in my comings in.

I have now about 100 other insects towards another consignment :

they include a lot of very likely-looking Moths, but only about

3 Butterflies, all ‘ Blues,’ which are new to me.”

The lot referred to in the preceding letter was the second of

the two consignments treated of in the present paper.

NYMPHALIDG.

SATYRINZE.

1. SAMANTA PERSPICUA Trimen.

9, Machako’s, 26th June, 1898.

“« Only one specimen seen. Pale watery-green ova.” (2. C.)

This example belongs to the typical wet-season phase, but the

ocelli on the under surface are rather small.

2, NEOCENYRA GREGORII Butler.

3 3, Machako’s, 24th April and 3rd July, 1898.

The example obtained in April was taken at Ulu, 5400 feet.

NYMPHALINZ&.

3. JUNONIA SESAMUS Trimen.

Wet phase— 3, Machako’s, 25th June, 1898.

Dry phase— $, 1st July, 1898. “The first of this species I

have seen at Machako’s.” (2. C.)

It will be noted that the extreme wet and dry phases were

taken within a week of each other; but it should be distinctly

understood that, as phases existed before they were adapted to

the seasons, and still appear in many localities where there are

no defined seasons (as, for instance, at Aden, where a shower even

’ On some of Mr. Crawshay’s labels this is spelt Naugia, so that I am

doubtful of the correct spelling.—d. G. B,

420 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Mar. 21,

is exceptional), the terms ‘wet phase’ or ‘dry phase’ merely

indicate that a particular form is prevalent in the wet- and another

in the dry-season. Even Mr. Marshall, who discovered the

seasonal relationship of the utterly dissimilar phases of this

species, would hardly venture (in contradiction of his own dated

examples) to assert that either phase was exclusively limited to its

proper season.

4, JUNONIA CLOANTHA Cramer.

3 2, Machako’s, 2nd and 24th June; 9, 3rd July, 1898.

The female obtained on the 24th June has a lightly-marked

border above, and a pale distinctly-marked and ocellated under

surface ; it should therefore be a wet phase; the other pair (taken

earlier and later) are unquestionably dry: this is another instance

of untimely appearance in a seasonal phase.

5. JUNONIA ELGIVA Hewits.

3g, Kikuyu, 11th September, 1898.

6. JUNONIA CEBRENE Trimen.

3 6, Machako’s, 28th May, 20th and 25th June, 1898.

7. JUNONIA Boopts Trimen.

3, Kikuyu, 11th September, 1898.

8. HypaNARTIA HIPPOMENES Hiibner.

3, Machako’s, 3rd July, 1898.

9, PYRAMEIS CARDUI Linn. -

Machako’s, 3rd July, 1898.

10. ATELLA PHALANTHA Drury.

Machako’s, 26th June, 1898.

“ Fairly plentiful in the hills adjoining Machako’s, but I do not

remember having seen one specimen in the open flats.” (2. C.)

11. Bysuia 1nirHy1a Drury.

@, Machako’s, 2nd July, 1898.

ACR ZINE.

12. Acrma aticra EK. M. Sharpe.

3 6, Machako’s, 24th May and 3rd July, 1898.

13. AoRMA LYCIA var. DAIRA Godm.

g. On the road from Machako’s to Naugia, 4800 feet, 18th

September, 1898.

14, ACRHA ACRITA var. PUDORINA Staud.

3, Machako’s, 3rd July, 1898.

“« First of its species I have seen.” (2. C.)

1899. ] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 421

15. ACR#HA ASTRIGERA, sp.n. (Plate XXV. fig. 5.)

3. Allied to A. acara var. barberi, but having the size and

general aspect of the largest and brightest examples of typical

A. acara; on the primaries the spots of the postmedian series are

small and arranged in a regular line (as in A. acrita); the bar

crossing the end of the cell has a small spot below it, and exactly

resembles that in A. anemosa; the looped submarginal line of

A. acara is only represented by two dusky dots beyond the lowest

spot of the postmedian series; the secondaries have no white

patch and no black spot on the discocellulars; the black outer

border is as wide as in A. acura, but is more sharply defined and

traversed by a series of pure white dots; the fringe also is pure

white between the veins: on the under surface the differences

between this species and A. acara are of the same kind.

g- On the road from Machako’s to Naugia, 4800 feet, 18th

September. 1898.

Although this is a beautiful insect in its fresh rosy colouring, i

could wish to have seen more specimens before describing it;

because, while it is perfectly distinct and well-marked, yet the

possession of a female example would have shown whether it

should be placed nearer to A. acura or A. anemosa. It appears to

come nearer to the former.

16. Ack#A cERAsA Hewits.

Kikuyu, 6400 feet, 17th July, 1898.

LYCENID &,

17. PoLyomMaAtus BzrIcus Linn.

©, Machako’s, 10th July, 1898.

“ Hmeraid-green ova.” (2. C.)

18. CarocHrysops PpRPULCHRA Holland (= PrcuiaRis Rogenh.).

@, Machako’s, 3rd July, 1898.

19. Tarvcus pLiinius Fabr.

, Machako’s, 26th June, 1898.

“ Bright grass-green ova.” (2. C.)

20. ZizeRA GAIKA Trimen.

3 6, Machako’s, 28th May and 19th June, 1898.

“Very plentiful: has to be almost driven off the ground—fiies

sv low.” (4. C.)

21. CastaLius GRrEGoRII Butler.

33, 2 @, Machako’s, 13th and 24th June, 1898.

“ By no means common; three seen in a day’s walk.” (2. C.)

It is satisfactory to find that this species, of which we previously

possessed only the type, is quite constant.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XXVIII. 28

422 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Mar. 21,

22. CASTALIUS HINTZA Trimen.

@, Machako’s, 2nd July, 1898.

23. LYCHNESTHES LIopES Hewits.

3, Kikuyu, 19th July, 1898.

24. IYCANESTHES AMARAH Lefebvre.

3 36, Machako’s, 28th May, 1898.

“Taken on bush.” (4. C.)

25. SCOLITANTIDES STELLATA Trimen.

3 6, 2, Ngongo, 6450 feet, Masailand, 3rd and 8th August,

1889.

‘“‘ Here, at Ngongo, there is a tiny speckled grey ‘ blue,’ coloured

and marked very like the ‘ Grizzled Skipper, which I have never

seen before, and which is very common.” (R. C.)

On the labels Mr. Crawshay notes two as having been taken

from the same blue flowers with a single swoop of the net. It is

evident that he has forgotten having captured two examples of

the same species in Nyasaland ; but, considering the extent and

variety of his collections, this is by no means surprising.

26. ScOLITANTIDES CRAWSHAYI, sp.n. (Plate XXYV. figs. 2, 2a.)

3. Allied to S. methymna, but smaller, the basal area sprinkled

with silvery grey-blue scales; primaries below with the white-

edged macular bands narrower, composed of rather small confluent

spots scarcely darker than the ground-colour ; secondaries blackish

at base, followed by two subparallel series of dark brown white-

edged spots, the outer series united, by a conical spot filling the

base of the second median interspace, to a broad internally

serrated brown patch which tapers to costa near apex ; a well-defined

V-shaped white stripe partly bounding internally an uneven sub-

marginal series of more or less A-shaped dark brown markings ;

the usual black spot enclosing a metallic silver-blue crescent on the

first median interspace: head below white, terminal joint of palpi

and distal fringe black ; pectus and front legs whitish, tarsi greyish ;

remaining legs blackish above, whitish below ; venter mostly dark

grey, whitish in the centre at base. Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Machako’s, 3rd July, 1898.

About the size of S. battus, but much nearer to S. methymna.

27. EVERES KEDONGA. (Plate XXV. figs. 3, 3a.)

3. Everes kedonga, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. v. p. 357 (1898).

@. Black-brown above with purplish and bronze reflections ;

the basal area of the primaries sprinkled with ashy scales; a sub-

marginal snow-white dash at external angle continuous with an

ill-defined submarginal ashy line ; secondaries with the interno-

1899.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA 423

median area pale blue, interrupted and succeeded by a macular

bright orange discal band consisting of five spots, of which that

above the anal margin is bifid; a submarginal series of prominent

black spots with white outer edges ; marginal line of all the wings

black; the fringe with its basal half smoky-grey, its outer half

snow-white ; tail black with white tip: underside as in the male.

Expanse of wings 27 millim.

9, Machako’s, 10th July, 1898.

: Mr. Grose-Smmith has kindly identified this very pretty species

or me.

28. CACYREUS LINGEUS Cramer.

2, Machako’s, 3rd July, 1898.

29. ZERITIS HARPAX F'abr.

3 3, Machako’s, 3rd, 7th, and 20th June; Machako’s to Naugia,

13th July, 1898.

30. CHRYSOPHANUS ABBOTTI Holland. (Plate XXV. fig. 1.)

dg, hills near Machako’s, 26th June, 1898.

“T have not observed this species in the immediate neighbour-

hood of Machako’s, but in the adjoining hills.” (2. C.)

31. LacHNocNEMA BIBULUS Fabr.

2, Naugia, 3rd October, 1898.

32. ViRACHOLA ANTALUS Hopffer.

3, Machako’s, 26th June; 9, Machako’s to Naugia, 14th July,

1898.

“3, several seen playing about a clump of bush, but nowhere

else”; “9, emerald-green ova.” (2. C.)

The female has the margins of the markings below bright rust-

red. J have never before seen an example so vividly coloured.

Var.? The male is paler on both surfaces, less purple above, and

has the lines much more regular below, the subanal markings on

the secondaries silvery green (not golden green); the female is

distinctly lavender-blue above with well-defined dusky borders ;

the markings outlined in stone-grey ; no black spots towards the

base of secondaries. Altogether this is a smaller form than typical

V. antalus: it is a common West-African butterfly.

@, Machako’s, 10th July ; ¢, Machako’s to Naugia, 4300 feet,

22nd September, 1898.

33. SruGETA BOWKERI Trimen.

3 2, Machako’s, 28th May, 1898.

The female was “ taken on a bush just as she had nearly finished

depositing her ova, grass-green in colour.” (2. C.)

28*

424 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [ Mar. 21,

PAPILIONIDS.

PIERIN 2.

34. MyLoruris aGATHINA Cramer.

2, Machako’s, 1st July, 1898.

‘By no means plentiful at Machako’s; indeed I think the first

I have seen.” (R. C.)

The single specimen of this common and widely distributed

butterfly obtained is much shattered.

35. COLIAS ELECTRA, var. EDUSA Fabr.

3 3, 2, Machako’s, 26th June and 10th July; Kikuyu, 6400

feet, 17th July ; Ngongo, 14th and 30th August, 2nd September,

1898.

“ Not plentiful, but an odd specimen here and there.” “2, var.

helice, oblong pale green ova.” (Zt. C.)

36. TpRIAS SENEGALENSIS, var. BISINUATA Butler.

37. TERACOLUS CALAIS Cramer.

2, Machako’s, 10th July, 1898.

38. TERACOLUS INCRETUS Butler.

3 3, Machako’s, 3rd June; Machako’s to Naugia, 14th July.

1898.

«The first of this species which I have seen actually at Macha-

ko’s.” ‘* By no means plentiful.” (R. C.)

39. THRACOLUS ANTEVIPPE, var. SUBVENOSUS, Butler.

3, Machako’s, 28th May, 1898.

40. TERACOLUS CELIMENE Lucas.

3 3, Machako’s, 26th June; Machako’s to Naugia, 18th Sep-

tember, 1898.

41. TrracoLus auRiGinEvS Butler.

3 2, Machako’s, 26th June and 3rd July, 1898.

*“ Rarely, if ever, met with on the open flats in the neighbourhood

of Machako’s: but fairly plentiful in the adjoining hills, amidst

upland forest.” “9 dark yellow ova.” (R. C.)

42, T'pRacoLus caracHRysops Butler.

3, Mwani, Uganda road, 28th October, 1898.

“Taken in dwarf forest.” (R. C.)

43. CATOPSILIA FLORELLA Fabr.

9, Machako’s, 3rd July, 1898.

1899.] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 425

44, BELENOIS MESENTINA Cramer.

3, Machako’s, 10th July, 1898.

45, BELENOIS wEestwoopr Wallengr.

2, Machako’s to Naugia, 4800 feet, 18th September, 1898.

“ Dirty-white spike-shaped ova.” (2. C.)

The single female obtained is of the dry-season phase; on the

upper surface it is far less marked than usual.

46. SYNCHLOH GLAUCONOME Klug.

6, Machako’s, 28th May, 1898.

This is the first African example of the species that I have seen ;

it is slightly less heavily spotted than Arabian specimens, but is

otherwise identical.

47, PHRIssURA NYASANA Butler. (Plate XXYV. fig. 4.)

@, Machako’s, 3rd July, 1898.

“ Dirty-white ova.” (2. C.)

There can, I think, be no doubt that this is the female of the

Nyasa species; it is rather smaller than the male and has the

usual broad costal border and dentate-sinuate outer border to the

primaries ; the cell of these wings is almost wholly orange as in

the male; below, the chief difference consists in the much whiter

secondaries with the margina! spots reduced to black dots.

48. HmRPENIA MELANARGH, var. ITERATA, Butler.

3, Machako’s, 28th May, 1898.

49, Eronta Divatata Butler.

6, Machako’s, 20th June, 1898.

“ Occasionally met with on these open plains, but evidently more

at home and more plentiful in the bush country.” (2. C.)

This is the driest phase of the species that I have seen.

PAPILIONIN A.

50. Paprrnio DEMOLEUS Linn.

Kikuyu, 6400 feet, 17th July, 1898.

HESPERIIDA.

51. SARANGESA PHRTUSA Mabille.

Machako’s, 22nd and 24th June, 7th July, 1898.

“ Frequents dry ravines and spots of bare sheltered ground.”

(RB. C.)

52. SARANGESA ELIMINATA Holland.

Machako’s, 21st and 22nd June, 1st July, 1898.

426 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. [Mar. 21,

53. ERETIS DJ ELELH, var. LUGENS Rogenb.

Machako’s, 3rd, 15th, and 28th May, 25th June and 10th July,

1898.

“ Perhaps the commonest butterfly met with singly—here, there,

and everywhere.” (2. C.)

54. ABANTIS PARADISHA Butler.

Naugia, Kitwi, 4000 feet, 18th and 30th September, 1898.

All the specimens were “taken perching on a straw protruding

from the thatch of the house-roof (three of them) on a bright hot

day at noon.” (R. C.)

55. PYRGUS MACHACOANA, sp.n. (Plate XXYV. fig. 6.)

On the upper surface this species exactly resembles P. ferox

(Wallgr.), but is slightly larger: on the under surface it differs in

the elbowed creamy subapical transverse stripe on the primaries

(which is straight mm P. ferox) and in the less regular arched bands

on the secondaries, the central white band being broader and

abruptly drawn back at first median branch so as to impinge upon

the olive-brownish band behind it, and from that point narrowed

to half its width, the olive-brownish discal band being abruptly

widened into a sort of heel to fill the area thus left vacant; the

submarginal white stripe is broken up into unequal spots, some of

which are almost obliterated. In addition to these important

differences, the white spots on both surfaces of the primaries are

much purer than in P. ferow, Expanse of wings 31 millim.

3, 2 2, Machako’s, 6th, 7th, and 26th June, 1298.

“Fairly common; bluish emerald-green and pale grass-green ova.”

R. C.)

I hope Mr. Crawshay will send more examples of this pretty

little Skipper-butterfly.

56. GoMALIA ELMA Trimen.

Ngongo, 2znd August ; Kikuyu, 11th September, 1898.

“ ©. Bright green ova.” (R. C.)

57. KEDESTES WALLENGRENI, var., Trimen. (Plate XXV.

figs. 7, 8.)

3 2, Machako’s, 3rd and 10th July, 1898.

“©. Very large greenish-yellow ova.” (2. C.)

The specimens forwarded by Mr. Crawshay have two defined

divergent white stripes on the under surface of the secondaries ;

but a male sent by Mr. Marshall shows a second (though less well-

defined) stripe, through the interno-median area; thus forming a

transitional grade. Mr. Crawshay’s male shows very little white

on the abdominal border of the secondaries, and has the discal

yellow spots characteristic of the female well-marked. In this

species the transparent spots which cross the middle of the pri-

maries vary from four to six in number; both Mr. Crawshay’s

Fe at PY,

;

E.CKmght, ad nat lth. West, Newman, chromo.

BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA

1899.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 427

examples and a female in the collection from Estcourt having only

four spots.

58. GEGENES LETTERSTEDTI Wallengr.

3 3, Machako’s, 3rd and 10th July; 9 9, Kikuyu, 17th and

19th July, 1898.

‘©. Greenish-white ova.” (R. C.)

59. PARNARA MATHIAS Fabr.

3 3, 2, Machako’s, 23rd and 25th June; Kikuyu, 8th Septem-

ber, 1898.

60. PARNARA BORBONICA Boisd.

3, Ngongo, 6450 feet, Masailand, 3rd August, 1898.

A very fresh and brightly coloured example.

61. RHOPALOCAMPTA FORESTAN Cramer.

Machako’s, 3rd July, 1898.

62. RHOPALOCAMPTA PISISTRATUS Fabr.

Kikuyu, 6400 feet, 17th July, 1898.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV.

Fig. 1. Chrysophanus abbotti, 3, p. 423.

2, 2a. Scolitantides crawshayi, 3, p. 422.

3, 3a. Hveres kedonga, 9, p. 422.

4. Phrissura nyasana, 2, p. 425.

5. Acrea astrigera, 3, p. 421.

. 6. Pyrgus machacoana, 2, p. 426.

7, 8. Kedestes wallengreni, var. 6, 2, p. 426.

April 18, 1899.

Prof. G. B. Howss, LL.D., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society's Menagerie during the month of March 1899 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of March was 83, of which 43 were by

presentation, 31 by purchase, 3 were born in the Gardens, and

6 were received on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 98.

Amongst the additions may be specially noticed :—

1. A female of the Kiang or Wild Ass of Tibet, received on

deposit March 11th and subsequently purchased. The Kiang

makes a good addition to the Society’s series of the Horse-family

(Equide), only two examples of this scarce animal having been

previously in the Gardens. These were also females, of which one

428 DR. C. I, FORSYTH MAJOR ON [Apr. 18,

was presented by the late Major W. E. Hay, F.Z.S., in 1859, and

the other was received on deposit in 1885,

2. An example of Pel's Owl (Scotopelia peli), a fine and rare

species of Owl from the Niger Territory, presented by Lieut. E.

V. Turner, R.E., March 28th.

Pedetes caffer.

3. A Cape Jumping-Hare (Pedetes caffer), presented by Mr. W.

Champion of Durban, Natal, March 31st. This singular Rodent

seems to be a very delicate animal, which does not thrive in cap-

tivity. Though several of our correspondents have attempted te

send us specimens, this is the first that has reached us alive.

Mr. Smit’s drawing shows its attitude in life, with the fore feet

scarcely visible as it sits up. It is semi-nocturnal in habits.

Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major exhibited the carpus of the fossorial

Rodent Ctenomys (see figures, p. 429), and made the following

remarks :-—

The carpus exhibited was taken from the dry skin of a species

of the fossorial Hystricoid Ctenomys, from the Province of Salta

(Argentina), which the Natural History Museum owes to Dr.

Moreno. It presents three special peculiarities, to which I wish

to draw attention.

1899. ] THE CARPUS OF CTENOMYS. 429

Carpus of Ctenomys, ete.

Fig. 1. Ctenomys sp. (Br. Mus. No. 97. 10. 3.68). Left manus, palmar view.

R=radius ; r.m=radiale marginale. U=ulna; ppr=proximal pisiform ;

pd=distal pisiform.—Fig. 2. Ctenomys sp., Prov. Salta (Argentina). Left

carpus, palmar view.—Fig. 3. Same specimen as Fig. 2. Left carpus, dorsal

view. a=interphalangeal dorsal ossicle.—Fig. 4. Mus macleart Thos., jun.

Right carpus, palmar view. r77=proximalmarginalradiale. «v=accessory

palmar ossicle of the carpus; s¢e./=‘ scapholunar.’—Fig. 5. Arvicanthis

niloticus. Right carpus, palmar view; r.pr=proximal marginal radiale ;

r.mdad=distal marginal radiale.—Fig. 6. Lepidolemur microdon Maj. Right

carpus, palmar view. /=lunar; wln=ulnare. The bones marked x and p

(pisiform) are separated by a short meniscus of connective tissue, which

unfortunately is made to appear in the figure as a distinct bone.— Figs. 1-3

and 6 slightly over nat. size; figs. 4 and 5 about double nat. size.

On the dorsal side of the thumb (a, fig. 3), overlapping the inter-

phalangeal articulation, is a lengthened ossicle, attached by a strong

ligament to the proximal end of the ungual phalanx, and gliding

on the capitulum of the second. The anterior and posterior

extremities of this ossicle are slightly swollen, the shaft being

restricted, so that it somewhat resembles a diminutive phalanx.

So-called sesamoid bones have been here and there noticed, as

rare occurrences, on the dorsal surface of the phalangeal articu-

lations in Mammalia; they will be enumerated hereafter ; but [ have

nowhere found a mentioa of an ossicle on the interphalangeal

articulation of the thumb. On investigating the matter more

closely, I have found the same ossicle constantly in the four species

of Mus up to the present examined, including our two common

430 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON [Apr. 18

larger species; and also in the Malagasy Rodent Brachyuromys,

in Spalax, andin Lagomys. I believe it to be a frequent occurrence

amongst Mammalia, but to have escaped notice, because it is always

cut away in prepared skeletons. The individuals in which it was

found have all been dissected under my supervision. In Mus and

Lagomys the ossicle is of a more irregular shape and reduced in size.

The suggestion which at once offers itself is, that we have before

us the missing skeletal element of the thumb, which has become

reduced after having been displaced from its original position, and is

now gradually vanishing. In the following I shall consider the

greater or less probability of such a hypothesis.

It bas been maintained at one time, that the thumb and the toe

have the same number of three phalanges as the other fingers and

toes, and that the missing bone is a metacarpal (metatarsal): this

on the ground that the proximal of the three segments has a proxi-

mal epiphysis characteristic of the phalanges, but not the distal

one characteristic of metacarpals and metatarsals." Allen Thompson

pointed out, in an interesting article, that the above is by no means

the rule; his observations led him to the conclusion “of the

inconstancy of the absence of a distal epiphysis in the first meta-

carpal or metatarsal bone, and... that we must distrust the position

of the epiphysis to these bones as the ground of a homological

distinction.” * Dollo has since shown that in the young Varanus all

the metacarpals and metatarsals have a proximal as weli as a distal

epiphysis *; a fact which, held together with the cases in Mammalia

quoted and described by A. Thompson, and to which I could add

further instances, makes it probable that all the Mammalian meta-

carpals and metatarsals had originally likewise two epiphyses.

Having discarded as invalid the reasons which would assign

three phalanges to the first digit and toe, the next question to

answer is, whether the missing phalanx is the first, the second,

or the third. Pfitzner has pointed out that, in those Mammals in

which the ungua! phalanx has either totally (some Monkeys)

or almost totally (Wombat, Elephant) disappeared, the next

phalanx shows not the least tendency to assume the form of

the former’. He concludes from this’ that it is the middle

phalanx which has disappeared, and that its disappearance is due

1 Struthers: ‘‘On Variation in the number of Fingers and Toes, etc.”

Edinb. New Philos. Journ. vol. xviii. p. 111 (1868).

2 « On the Difference in the Mode of Ossification of the first and other Meta-

carpal and Metatarsal Bones.” Journ. Anat. & Phys. iii. pp. 131-146 (1869).

3 Zool. Anz. vii. p. 80 (1884).

4 W. Pfitzner, “Die kleine Zehe.” Archiv f. Anat. u. Entwicklungsgesch.

p. 34 (1890). ; s

5 L.c. pp. 84, 85: “Ich glaube somit annehmen zu miissen, dass auch die

Zweigliedrigkeit des Daumens und der grossen Zehe der Saugethiere und des

Menschen, und ebenso die Dreigliedrigkeit der ibrigen Zehen und Finger in

der Weise zu Stande gekommen ist, dass immer das jeweilige Endglied das

nachstfolgende durch Verschmelzung sich assimiliert hat.”—See also Pfitzner, in

Morph. Arb. i. p. 605 (1892): “Das Interphalangealgelenk des ersten Fingers

bin ich geneigt mit dem proximalen Interphalangealgelenk der anderen Finger

zu homologisiren, seine Endphalanx als Verschmelzungsproduct yon Mittel-

phalanx und urspriinglicher Endphalanx anzusehen.”

———

1899.] THE CARPUS OF CTENOMYS. 431

to its having been fused (“assimiliert ”) with the terminal phalange.

The condition described in Ctenomys etc., while supporting the

first part of Pfitzner’s contention, seems however to point out, that

in part at least of the Mammalia the disappearance of the second

phalange has been brought about by elimination and not by

“ assimilation.”

In the pes of the Insectivore Chrysochloris, the phalanges of all

the five toes are reduced to-two, and all the five toes show a dorsal

ossicle riding on the interphalangeal articulation. This coincidence

would seem to be significant; but I have at once to state, that

in the manus of Oryzoryctes tetradactylus, which has the normal

number of three phalanges in the four digits present, I have found

the ossicle in question on the distal interphalangeal articulation of

the second digit, and do not doubt that it was present on the

others also.

The only recorded dorsal ossicles of Man occur on the metacarpo-

phalangeal articulation of the thumb, and are noticed by Kulmus!;

one case also having been found by Pfitzner’; in the same place, on

the great toe an ossicle is recorded by Kulmus*. In the Canide,

dorsal ossicles are limited to the metacarpo- and metatarso-pha-

langeal articulations *. The dorsal ossicles of the manus of Talpa

europea have been figured repeatedly (Blainville, Owen, Flower,

&c.), but nowhere do I find a reference made to them in the de-

scription of the skeleton, which almost seems to show that they

have not been recognized as free ossicles, but considered to be

processes of the phalanges. In this Insectivore the three middle

fingers of the manus have each two dorsal ossicles, one on the

metacarpo-phalangeal articulation, and one on the proximal inter-

phalangeal. In the first and fifth digits only the latter articulation

shows an ossicle. In the pes I find them only on the proximal

interphalangeal articulations of all five toes. In a skeleton of

Condylura, the dorsal ossicles seem to have been partly cut away,

so that I cannot make a definite statement. It is noteworthy

that, on the proximal interphalangeal articulation of the fifth digit

and on the homonymous articulation of the fourth toe, two ossicles

are present. Ina mounted skeleton of Myogale moschata in the

Natural History Museum, I find dorsal ossicles on the proximal

interphalangeal articulations of the second, third, fourth, and fifth

digits (on the latter there are two ossicles). In the pes, the articu-

lator has almost thoroughly done his “duty,” for there is only

one dorsal ossicle present, viz., on the proximal interphalangeal

articulation of the third toe. In Oryzoryctes tetradactylus, dorsal

ossicles, in addition to the above-mentioned, occur also on the

second, third, and fourth proximal interphalangeal articulations of

the manus, as well as on the same articulation of the fifth toe, and

may have been cleaned away in the other proximal interphalangeal,

* Kulmus, ‘ Tabulz anatomicx,’ p. 62 (1732); id., Miscellanea Med. Phys. ii.

p- 328 (1720). Quoted from Pfitzner, Morph. Arb. i. pp. 604, 742 (1892).

2 Morph. Arb. i. pp. 604, 685 (1892).

3 L.c.; ef. Pfitzner, /. ¢. p. 742.

* See Pfitzner, Morph, Arb. i. p. 603 (1892).

432 DR. C, I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON [Apr. 18,

as well as in the metacarpo- and metatarso-phalangeal articu-

lations.

Among the Rodents, I have for the present come upon dorsal

ossicles—apart from the one on the first digit—in Lagomys, viz.,

on the metacarpo-phalangeal articulation of the second, third, and

fourth digits, and in Spalaa. In the manus of the latter, dorsal

ossicles are present on the proximal interphalangeal articulations of

the 2nd—5th fingers ; in the pes, on the.interphalangeal articulation

of the first, and on the proximal interphalangeal articulations of

the four other toes. As regards Edentates, it has been stated that

«a sesamoid bone is developed on the dorsal side of the metacarpal-

phalangeal articulations” of Orycteropus*. In the skeletons of the

Cape Anteater available to me, all traces of these had been care-

fully made to disappear.

From the above fragmentary evidence it can be argued that

careful research will show these dorsal “ sesamoids” to be a not

uncommon occurrence ; it will then be time to investigate them

more closely. They too may have been originally intercalated

between the phalanges, and would point towards a more remote

condition than does the interphalangeal dorsal ossicle of the thumb.

As to the opinion that their function is to facilitate the sliding of

the tendons over osseous protuberances, and to enlarge the angle of

insertion of the tendons, I may be allowed to refer to what Pfitzner

has said on the subject’.

It.

The pisiform of Otenomys is composed of two bones (figs. 1 & 2),

as found by von Bardeleben in Bathyeryus maritimus*, and more-

over the distal one has, in one species (fig. 2), a horny sheath,

comparable to the nail-like structure—found by O. Thomas and

described by von Bardeleben*—on the so-called prepollex of

Pedetes; and to a somewhat similar one stated by Prof. Howes

to overlie the enlarged ‘“ prehallux” of Cercolabes’. The two dis-

coveries of von Bardeleben*—by the way, the two bones of

Pedetes were described by Meckel in 1825—are among his chief

arguments in support of his assumption of a sixth and seventh

finger; accordingly, the proximal bone of the pisiform of Ba-

thyergus was considered “as in all probability the carpal, and

1 Blower: ‘ An Introduction to the Osteology of the Mammalia,’ 3rd ed.,

p. 309 (1885).

2 « Hylautern wir dies an dem Beispiel der Sesama dorsalia. Wenn irgend

Jemand, so hitten alsdann die ‘Greifhinder’ solche néthig, die Affen und der

Mensch ; warum finden wir sie aber statt dessen bei den Caniden, bei denen das

betreffende Gelenk fast immer in Ueberstreckung bleibt ? Warum nicht eher

bei den Feliden, die in diesem Gelenk schon viel energischer beugen?” (Morph.

Arb. i. p. 610, 1892).—Besides, these dorsal ossicles of Canidve are only loosely

connected with the extensor tendons (‘‘an die Strecksehnen nur locker ange-

heftet.”) (id. ib. p. 604). See also ib. pp. 567-571, 609-612.

3 P. Z. S. 1889, p. 260, pl. xxx. fig. 3.

4 Id. ib.

° [. c.; Bardeleben, U. c. p. 260, footnote.

8 K. y. Bardeleben: ‘“ Hand und Fuss. Referat erstattet auf der 8, Vers. d.

Anat. Ges. in Strassburg” (Verh. d. Anat. Ges. viii. p. 283, 1894).

1899. ] THE CARPUS OF CLYENOMYS. 433

the distal as the metacarpal segment of the postminimus.”' In

his last utterances on the subject*, neither the pisiform and cal-

caneus, nor the so-called prepollex and prehallux, are considered

as true carpal and tarsal bones, but “they have the same rank and

position as the metacarpal and metatarsal bones.”

What for paleontologists has been scarcely doubtful from the

beginning of the discussion, becomes still clearer by the recent

researches, viz., that the Tetrapoda have always been penta-

dactyle*; so that we may use ‘“ Pentadactyla” as synonymous

with Tetrapoda. The remains of supernumerary rays must be

traced to stages beyond the tetrapodous. Although a finger (toe)

is aray or part of one, the more general term “ray” (Strahl) is not

synonymous with finger (toe); to use the two terms promiscuously

is equivalent to deliberately confusing the discussion.

Where we meet among Mammals with an especial development

of those supernumerary rays, this condition can always be traced

to their secondary adaptation to special functions, as was long ago

insisted upon by Winge and others *.

As to the pisiform, a more or less ossified distal element seems

to be a common occurrence among Rodentia; apart from Bathy-

ergus and Ctenomys, I tind it in all the species of Mus up to the

present examined (pd. fig. 4), including Mus decumanus and Mus

alewandrinus ; it is present too in Brachyuromys ramirohitra and

in Arvicanthis niloticus (fig. 5, pd.). In all of these its special

development is apparently due to an adaptation to either climbing

or fossorial functions (to the latter in Bathyergqus, Ctenomys, Mus

nativitatis), or to both combined.

The so-called os Daubentonii of the Gibbon, about which more

will be said farther on, is according to an observation by Leboucq,

the most proximal part of the Mammalian pisiform; from its

position it cannot be considered as an “ ulnare antebrachii” (Thile-

nius); but seems to be the only part of the pisiform belonging to

the carpus.

1 P. ZS. 1889, p. 260.

2 P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 373.—* Hand und Fuss,’ p. 312.

8 Cf. e.g. Emery, in Semon’s ‘ Forschungsreise,’ ii. p. 899 (1897): “Die Zahl

der echten Finger und Zehen ist und war immer auf ftnf beschrankt.”’

4 In his “ Reterat” (p. 336), von Bardeleben admits that this may be the case

with the ‘* prepollex” of Pedetes, although on a preceding page the same had

been adduced as a convincing argument in favour of his case: “... drittens

suchte Ref. nach Saugetieren, die nicht nur das Rudiment eines Przpollex,

sondern einen ‘wirklichen Finger’ hatten—im Sinne Gegenbaur’s, der dafiir

ein Metacarpale und einige Phalangen verlangt.

“ Nach dem alten, so recht tur den Wahlspruch eines Naturforschers geeigneten

Worte : ‘Suchet, so werdet ihr finden,’ gelang es damals (1889) auch, nicht

uur bei Reptilien, fossilen und lebenden Schildkréten u. a. emen Preepollex und

Prezhallux nachzuweisen, sondern sogar Sdugetiere zu finden, bei denen der Prae-

pollex (Pedetes capensis), oder der Postminimus (Bathyergus maritimus) aus

zwei Knochen besteht . . . .Pedetes besitzt aber nicht nur zwei Knochen im Prz-

pollex-skelet, sondern einen wirklichen ‘Finger’ mit einem breiten, fein-

gestreitten Nagel, mit Falz etc., wie Ref. fiir die drei Londoner Exemplare

festgestellt hat...... “(. ¢. p. 283).

434 DR. C, I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON (Apr. 18,

Neither is the large cartilage supporting the patagium of Sciuro-

pterini an “ulnare antebrachii,” as supposed by Thilenius ', from

an erroneous interpretation of the figured skeleton of ‘ Pteromys

volucella.”*? In the only skeleton of a Flying-Squirrel in the Nat.

Hist. Mus. in which this part has been preserved (Pteromys magni-

ficus), it is chiefly attached to the distal end of the pisiform and,

besides, by a much smaller ramification, to the tuberosity of the

fifth metacarpal. To judge from its position, it is therefore in the

main the homologue otf the distal pisitorm of Muride and Otenomys,

and possibly of the pisiform epiphysis of many other Mammals.

A dependency of the pisiform is likewise the curious sub-

cylindrical structure which in Chrysochloris “ simulates a third

antebrachial bone,” and is by Dobson® and others taken for the

ossified tendon of the flexor digitorum profundus. In fact, the

tendons for the four digits take their origin from the distal end

of this bone; from this it does not, however, necessarily follow

that the bone is an ossified tendon. At the dorsal side of its

distal base it is provided with two facets, the larger ulnad one for

the “ulnar sesamoid,” the smaller radiad one for a volar and distal

projection of the lunar. More about this remarkable structure

will be said elsewhere.

LEY.

In the fore-limb of Ctenomys occurs further an unusually pro-

minent process of the radius, on the volar side of its distal ulnad

end (figs. 1 & 2). In order to come to a clearer understanding,

I looked for younger stages of Ctenomys. None being available,

T resorted to Mus, in younger specimens of which I find in the

same place, intercalated between the pisiform and the radius, a

distinct ossicle (v, fig. 4), which later on becomes fused with the

radius, thus forming the above-mentioued process. I have since

found the same ossicle, though much smaller, in the fore-limb of

a young individual of the Malagasy Rodent Brachyuromys rami-

rohitra, as well as in Arvicanthis (a, fig. 5). In the Rodents in

which the ossicle occurs, no distinct lunar is known ; they are

therefore said to have a scapho-lunar bone, it being supposed

that the lunar is fused with the scaphoideum.

At one time a similar statement was made with regard to

Marsupials, but eventually in several genera a distinct lunar bone,

although sometimes very minute, has been traced. In Phascolarctus

no distinct lunar is known in the adult: however, in his recent

memoir “ Beitriige zur Entwicklungsgeschichte und Morphologie

des Hand- und Fuss-skelets der Marsupialier,”* Emery has de-

scribed and figured sections of embryonic stages of Phascolarctus

cinereus, in which appears an element which “on account of its

1 Morph. Arb. v. p. 508 (1896).

> Owen, ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ ii. p. 384, fig. 247 a (1866).

3 G. E. Dobson, ‘ Monograph of the Insectivora,’ p. 121 (1882).

4 Semon’s ‘ Forschungsreisen, II.’ y. pp. 372, 373 (1897).

— a >)

1899.] THE CARPUS OF CTENOMYS, 435

position corresponds perfectly with one which in other Marsupials

(e.g. Petawrus and Trichosurus) is perfectly distinct and is interpreted

as lunatum (intermedium).”! In the stages figured on plate 33

(figs. 5 & 6) the element of Phascolarctus is not entirely independent,

“sondern bereits dem Radius angewachsen.—In weiter ausge-

bildeten Stadien finde ich keine Spur von einem solchen Element

mehr, aber der Radius besitzt an der entsprecbenden Stelle einen

mehr oder weniger deutlichen Vorsprung, den ich als dessen

Homologon betrachten méchte.” Now, not only the position of

this element of Phascolarctus, but also what Emery states about its

subsequent fusion with the radius, correspond so exactly with what

I find in the above-named Rodents, that both appear to be homo-

logous. The so-called scapho-lunar of Ctenomys, Mus, Brachyuromys,

&c. would then at first sight seem to be a greatly enlarged scaphoid,

which has overtaken the functions of the lunar, the latter having

become reduced and eventually fused with the radius.

Whenever we find in the carpus or tarsus of a species or whole

group a large bone occupying the same place as two smaller bones

in another, the conclusion nearest at hand is that the single bone

is the result of the fusion of two originally distinct ossicles. But

this inference is by no means always valid. I have elsewhere

undertaken to demonstrate that the hamatum of Mammalia is

not a compound of carpale 4 and carpale 5, but is carpale 4 only ;

for the obvious reason that there is a carpale 5, which however is

generally cut away in the skeletons, being considered as a despicable

sesamoid. In other instances it either vanishes or becomes fused

with the tuberosity of the fifth metacarpal; it fuses with carpale 4

only in the case of a few Cetacea.

I will here give another remarkable instance of a similar kind.

Tn the small Rodent group Bathyergine, the genera Bathyergus

and Georychus (capensis) exhibit in their carpus a distinct ossicle,

which from its position we call centrale; proximad it articulates

chiefly with the equally distinct lunatum, and distad with the third

and second carpale (magnum and trapezoideum). In the closely

allied Myoscalops there is, occupying the place of the centrale and

the trapezoideum of the former two genera, only one bone, which

runs obliquely from the lunatum to the carpale 1 (trapezium) and,

on its way, articulates also with carpale 3, as does the centrale

of the two fore-named genera, and with the scaphoid and meta-

carpale IT., as does the trapezoideum of Bathyergus and Georychus.

In the tarsus of the same genera occurs the following curious parallel.

In Bathyergus and Georychus the navicular is separated trom the

second metatarsal by the tarsale 2 (mesocuneiforme): in Myoscalops

the navicular encroaches ou the space occupied by the mesocunei-

forme of the former two genera and articulates with the second

metatarsale; so that the mesocuneiforme seems to be missing in

Myoscalops. The obvious inference from this condition will

of course be that the single bone in the carpus of Myoscalops is a

1 L.c. p. 373.

436 ON THE CARPUS OF CTENOMYS. [Apr. 18,

centralo-trapezoid, viz., the result of a fusion of these two ossicles,

which remain distinct in Bathyergus and Georychus ; and that like-

wise in the tarsus of Myoscalops the single bone is a scapho-meso-

cuneiforme. However, on examining closely the tarsus of

Myposcalops, I discover an almost imperceptible ossicle, comparable

to a minute pin’s head, attached to the proximo-tibial angle of the

second metatarsal ; this cannot well be anything else than the greatly

reduced mesocuneiform, whose piace and function has devolved on

the enlarged navicular. We may further conclude, per analogiam,

that the single bone in the carpus of Myoscalops is not a compound

of the centrale with the trapezoid, but that the former has usurped

the place of the latter, which bas either completely vanished, or

had become so minute that it was removed in the cleaning of the

carpus.

The same reasoning cannot however be resorted to in the case

of the supposed lunar of the above-mentioned Muride, because in

Lepidolemur I have come upon an ossicle (a, fig. 6), occupying

exactly the same position on the palmar side as in the Rodents ;

whereas in Lepidolemur an undoubted lunatum is present besides.

We must therefore look elsewhere for the homologue of the

accessory ossicle of Murid, Lepidolemur, and possibly also of the

above-named Marsupials.

Kohlbriigge describes and figures in the carpus of Hylobates

syndactylus a small bone, situated between the radius and the

ulnare ; “a fibrous ligament connected the ossicle with the radius

and the ossiculun Daubentonii, cartilaginous tissue intervening

between both.”’ Kohlbriigge calls the ossicle ‘ ossiculum Cam-

perii,” the here following description by Camper of a similar

oceurrence in the “ Mandrill” referring apparently to the same

ossicle: ‘In the manus of the Mandrill I found on Feb. 9th, 1779,

a fourth supernumerary ossicle in a ligament, which took its

origin from the outside of the triquetrum and was inserted on the

navicular, which latter was fastened to the radius by a small liga-

ment.” ‘Thilenius identifies this ossiculum Camperii with the

“intermedium antebrachii” of the human embryo’, which in one

instance was found in adult man by Pfitzner’. The last-named

author found besides an ‘‘intermedium antebrachii” in the left

fore-limb of a Phascolomys’; the specimen is figured by Thilenius® :

it presents itself in the form of “a roundish ossicle, situated

1 J. H. F. Kohlbrigge: “ Versuch einer Anatomie des Genus Hylobates.”

M. Weber, Zool. Ergebn. einer Reise in Niederlandisch Ost-Indien, i. pp, 338,

339, pl. xvii. fig 10 (1890-91).

2 «Naturkundige Verhandelingen van Petrus Camper over den Orang Outang

ete.,’ p. 87, footnote (b) (1782).

3 G. Thilenius: “ Das Os intermedium antebrachii des Menschen,” Morph. Arb.

y. p. 8 (1895); id., “ Unters. ib. d. morphol. Bedeut. accessor. Elemente am

menschl. Carpus (und Tarsus),” Morph. Arb. v. p. 501 (1896).

4 W. Pfitzner, in Verh. Anat. Ges. 7. Vers. Gottingen, p. 191 (1893)

(*‘Criquetrum secundarium”); id., Morph. Arb. iy. p. 505 (1895).

> Verh. Anat. Ges. 7. Vers. Gottingen, J. ¢.

& Morph. Arb. vy. pl. i. fig. 12 (1895).

1899.) ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF PHORORHACOS INFLATUS, 437

between the radius and the ulna, and articulating with the former,...

its position was distad from the ligament connecting the radius

and ulna, but proximad from the wrist fissure” (Handgelenkspalte).!

To judge from the figure, this ossicle of the Phascolomys is situated

slightly more proximad than in the Rodents and in Lepidolemur.

It is not for me to decide whether the ossicle of the Primates,

Rodents, and Phascolomys is really the homologue of the human

so-called intermedium antebrachii, which last in the embryo as well

as in the adult is situated more ulnad, and—when it does not

disappear by reduction—becomes fused with the proc. styloid. ulne,

or secondarily imbedded in the meniscus.” The alternative is, that

the ‘‘intermedium antebrachii” of man may be, after all, the same

element of human embryos which Thilenius has called ulnare ante-

brachii’, which corresponds to Pfitzner’s pisiforme secundarium in

the adult *, and is besides the homologue of the “ ossiculum Dau-

bentonii” of Hylobates and Inwus’. To judge from Leboucq’s * and

Kohlbriigge’s” figures and descriptions, the ossiculum Daubentonii

must be assigned to the carpus rather than to the antebrachium.

It seems to form, as a rule, the proximal portion of the pisiform

of Mammals, except in man *, and I consider it therefore as a

marginal ulnare—the first, proximal, element of the fifth ray.

Mr. C. W. Andrews read a paper on the osteology of one of the

great extinct birds of Patagenia, Phororhacos inflatus. He described

in detail the structure of the skull and skeleton, and compared

them with various recent forms of birds. The evidence as to the

affinity of this type was somewhat conflicting, but on the whole

pointed to a relationship with the Gruiformes, as had been pre-

viously suggested by the author. It seemed probable that the

aberrant Cariama was the nearest living representative of Phoro-

rhacos, being related to it somewhat in the same fashion as the

small modern Armadillos are to such great extinct forms as

Glyptodon and Panochthus.

This paper will be published in full in the Society’s ‘ Trans-

actions.’

1 Morph. Arb. y. p. 10 (1895).

2 Morph. Arb. y. p. 7 (1898).

* Met with in ten manus of five embryos, and situated palmad and ulnad

from the proc. styl. ulnz, and proximad from the pisiform. See Morph. Arb.

y. p- 470 (1896).

* In five cases a proximal process of the pisiform was found. “Dieser

Fortsatz war (in vier Fallen) proximal, und zugleich eher etwas dorsal als volar,

gerichtet. Seine plane Flache stellt eine continuierliche F ortsetzung der

Gelenkflache des Hauptstiicks dar; im Uebrigen war der Fortsatz ringsherum

durch eine tiefe Einziehung abgesetzt.” Morph. Arb. iv. p. 508 (1895).

5 Kohlbriigge, J. c. pp. 388, 339, pl. xvii. fig. 9 (1890-91).

4 g Bee de Biologie publ. par Van Beneden et van Bambeke, v. p. 83, pl. iv.

5 L. ¢.

§ Leboucg, J. ¢. p. 83.

Proc. Zoot. $oc-—1899, No. XXIX. _ 29

438 MR. P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr: 12,

The following papers were also read :—

1. A Systematic Description of Parasitic Copepoda found

on Fishes, with an Enumeration of the known Species.

By P. W. Bassert-Smitu, Staff-Surgeon R.N., F.Z.S.,

F.R.M:S.

[Received March 1, 1899.]

(Plate XX VI.)

The number of known Copepoda parasitic upon fishes has been

gradually increasing of late years: and their peculiar modes of life,

extraordinary forms, and the remarkable positions in which they

are found have caused them to be an interesting study to those

naturalists who are working in marine zoology, especially if they

have been in the habit of handling fishes when recently caught.

From a morphological point of view the lower types are the

more interesting, as exemplifying the effect of parasitism on the

females, which lose more and more their ordinary appendages,

becoming nothing better than fixed saccular animals, capable of

imbibing nourishment and producing progeny; while the male,

though often of very minute size, retains its general crustacean

appearance. These points have repeatedly been investigated by

Carl Vogt, Kurz, Claus, and others.

The literature on the subject is widely scattered, and many of

the animals have exceedingly long lists of synonyms. It has been

my object in this paper, which I trust will be of use to future

workers, to gather together this material, and to put it into a

workable form, as a basis for further investigation.

The latest attempt to systematize this group was made by

A. Gersticker in Bronn’s ‘Class. und Ordn. des Thier-reichs,’

1866-1879, Crustacea, vol. v., Copepoda, which admirable work I

have followed very closely, excepting in some groups which are

mentioned lateron. He has very largely based his classification on

the structure of the articulate organs, which appears to be the most

certain and scientific method. As the more lowly organized groups

are reached, viz., those in which the female has lost almost all its

articulate appendages, the characters and conformation of the

males become most valuable guides: these being often very minute .

or pigmy-like. In many cases they are quite unknown, and are

therefore a good field for further work, the discovery of new forms

being very pleasing. There is no doubt that continued research,

especially on the non-edible fish, in different parts of the world,

would be rewarded by the discovery of a great number of new

forms, and, what is badly wanted, further specimens to establish

genera, many of which have been recorded by a single observer

only, and not infrequently from one specimen only.

In a large number of cases the descriptions and plates found in

the older works are most indefinite, making the diagnosis of the

1899. | PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 439

species referred to at the time very doubtful. Those, however, of

Nordmann, Steenstrup & Liitken, Kréyer, and Heller, besides

those in many monographs which have appeared since, are beautiful

records of patient investigation, the latest being by Thomson in

1889, from specimens taken in waters near New Zealand. Some

of the errors that have been made are very remarkable. Gesner

in his ‘ Historia Animalium, de aquatilibus,’ 1658, states that a

parasite, which he calls Astlus marinus, “is found on the Tunny

and Swordfish, and is so small as to be easily overlooked, it being

seldom to be seen except atthe rising of the dog-star.” He gives

a figure: it is what is now known as Brachiella thynnz, and was

mentioned by Aristotle, Pliny, and Rondeletius. Strom, a long

time ago, mistook the tail for the head of a Calgus, and the

ege-tubes for antennew. De Blainville thought the eye of a Sprat

was the head of Lernewenicus spratte; and more recently M. P.

Van Beneden (as Carl Vogt has pointed out) has described the

Leposphile of Hesse as an Isopod.

The frequency with which some of these parasites are protected

from their enemies by being covered with adventitious growths,

especially those which, from their degenerate form, have become

most fixed, is noteworthy. The Lernzas often have the body

(which is soft, and generally of a reddish colour, from the hemic

fluid inside, and therefore not bad food for small fish) covered

with a growth of algw and sertularians, &c., quite masking their

character ; these, in one specimen in the British Museum, are so

long as to resemble the real processes of Lernwolophus, and not

until examined with a lens was their true nature detected. The

body-portion of Sphyzion is often entirely hidden with this secon-

dary parasitic growth, and as they themselves are furnished

with hard processes, like bunches of calcareous alge, they become

very inconspicuous when in the water.

The bodies of Lerncenicus are pale yellow, with green external

thread-like ovarian tubes. Most of the small scale-like Caligide

found on the exterior of the fish are extremely difficult to detect,

the larger members of this family being hidden under the fins or

in the branchial cavities ; but never have I seen so great a dispro-

portion in the size of the parasite to the cavity as is sometimes the

case with Isopods.

After a very considerable experience in examining fishes, several

convictions are forced upon me: (1) that almost all fishes are

infested with one or more species of parasite; (2) that as a rule

these parasites are peculiar to them, though the difficulty of knowing

when they are only varieties or distinct species always dogs one’s

steps in making a classification ; (3) also that, as C. Vogt remarks,

they may be divided into those which are blood-suckers and those

which are mucus-eaters. A few specimens have been found free,

taken in tow-nets when searching for Plankton; one species of

Caligus has been taken on a Nautilus, but the genera commonly

found in Tunicates and other invertebrates are not treated here.

The young attached condition of some of the Caligide has been

29*

440 MR. P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

well demonstrated by Hesse; and the very interesting metamor-

phosis that the Lernea branchialis goes through before becoming a

fixed inert sac has been beautifully worked out by C. Claus, who

has shown that copulation takes place when the animals are of

very small size, the maturity of the ovules keeping pace with the

increased growth of the female. The young unattached forms of

this species have been taken in the tow-net by Mr. I. C. Thompson

on more than one occasion ; the juvenile conditions of other genera

have been taken free, having been described as Baculus and

Hersellia, which are probably the young of Penella.

In the family Ergasilide (p. 441), the genus Thersites Pagenst.

does not appear to me to be distinct from Ergusilus, the only

species of the former having been described from the gills of

Gasterosteus aculeatus, from which, too, a species of the latter genus

is taken; IL have therefore united them together.

In the family Caligidee (p. 444), the number of described species

of Caligus is very large, and some of them have undoubtedly been

known by many names ; these I have endeavoured to place in their

proper places. The genus Papulina of Van Beneden has been

relegated to Lepeophihcirus, from which it has no marked differ-

ences; his genus Calina has been established, but the specimen

described by him as Caligeria belongs to the old-formed genus

Alebion of Kroyer. The Lepeophtheirus huttoni of Thomson, taken

in New Zealand, a specimen of which he has been good enough to

send me, should be placed with Glotopotes Stp. & Liitk. Examples

of the same species are present (unnamed) in the British Museum,

taken at Madras. The genus Nogagus has been entirely left out,

as it contains only male forms of other genera. The name Peris-

sopus has been retained for Dana’s Lepidopus, which is already in

use, and Van Beneden’s Chlamys is of more recent origin.

In the family Dichelestiide (p. 468), the genus Epachthes has

been kept fer a single species described by Nordmann, though the

generic differences of this from Lernanthropus are very doubtful.

Two new genera described by me in 1898 (Cybicola and Pseudo-

clavella) have been added.

The family Philichthyide (p. 477) has been formed to include

all those parasites which are found only in the mucous canals and

sinuses of various fish, and are so constructed as to be able to

move freely in these spaces, the female having neither articulate

limbs nor strong organs of attachment; the male is, however, of

a distinct and rather high crustacean type. The first form found

was the Philichthys wiphe, Stp.; it was placed in the last-mentioned

family, though the female resembled much a Chondracanthus.

Hesse was the first to discover the minute forms, which he divided

into two genera, Leposphile and Colobomatus. Since then Richiardi

has described eight species of Philichthys, but they differ so much

from the original that I have made for them a new genus, giving

to it his name. Hesse, Richiardi, and Carl Vogt were strongly

of opinion that these peculiar animals were worthy of being formed

into a family of their own, especially as the known males are

much alike and distinct,

1899. ] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 441

In the family Lerneide, I have united the two genera Lerne-

enicus and Lerneonema under the older name, following the views

set forth in the able paper by Richiardi in 1876. Five genera of

this family are represented by single species.

In the family Chondracanthide (p. 488), the older name of

Sphyrion has been retained for Kréyer’s Lesteira. Two species are

given, specimens of both being now in the British Museum—one,

the larger (by far the largest of all these Copepod parasites), is

from New Zealand, and is probably of the same species as that

obtained by Guerin off the Cape of Good Hope, having few lobed

processes on the float-like head. The second was taken off

Dungeness ; it is much smaller, with a greater number of lobe-lika

processes, and is described as S. lumpi Kr.

The position of the long known Chondracanthus trigle has

been for many years a disputed point. Linneus placed it with

the Lerneas; Blainville described it as a Lernentoma, Milne-

Edwards as a Chondracanthus, Heller thought it probably a species

of Medesicate, and J. Steenstrup placed it between Lesteira and

Medesicate. The animal differs from every other, except T'hero-

damus, in having the anterior part of the head with the hook-like

posterior antennze separated by a long neck-like process from the

mouth, which is placed at the juncture of this with the thoracic

portion—a peculiarity pointed ont by Milne-Edwards and others,

differing thus from Medesicate and Chondracanthus ; I have there-

fore placed it in a genus of its own—Oralien.

In the family Lernzopodide, as I have pointed out before,

it is impossible to differentiate the genus Brachiclla from Anchorella

by the female alone, the union, complete or otherwise, of the

second pair of maxillipeds not being characteristic, though the

males are quite distinct, and should be always looked for and

recorded. Many of the Anchorelle are very superficially described,

and are very indefinite. The genus Thysanote has been made to

embrace a number of peculiar forms which have been placed with

Brachiella.

The genus Cestopoda of Kurz has been added. While in India

I obtained on two occasions specimens of this peculiar genus

_ from different fishes ; these have not yet been described. I have

provisionally placed here the Naobranchia cygniformis of Hesse,

but it is insufficiently described.

Family I. ERGASILIDA.

Cephalothorax pyriform or flattened, first segment the largest ;

nearly or wholly provided with limbs. Anterior antenne of

moderate length, 5- or 6-jointed, alike in both sexes. Posterior

antenne with 3 or 4 joints. Second maxillipeds in the form of

hooks, generally 3-jointed. Fifth pair of thoracic limbs one-

branched or sometimes rudimentary. Eye median, with two

lenses. Sex-organs paired. Female with two egg-sacs. Young

as a free-swimming larva. Male smaller than female and less

freely locomotive.

442 MR. P. W. BASSETI-SMITH ON [ Apr. 18

G. 1. Bomozocuvs Nordm.

Cephalothorax rounded in front; segments rapidly decreasing in

size. Anterior antenne with enlarged and densely-bristled basal

joints. Mouth-organs placed close behind the antennw. Posterior

antenne 2- or 3-jointed, not unciform at the end. First four

thoracic limbs biramose, triarticulate, setiferous; fifth pair uni-

ramose, biarticulate. Abdomen 3- or 4-jointed, provided with two

caudal plates. Male small, resembling the female, but with deli-

cately plumose anterior antenne.

(1) BomMonocuuts GRACILIS. 9.

Bomolochus gracilis Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 157, pl. xiii.

fig. 3.

Host: gills of Zygena malleus, from Java.

(2) BoMoLocnus BELONES. 9.

Bomolochus belones Burmeister, Abhandl. Kais. Leopoldinischen

Akademie, 1835, vol. xvii. p. 300.

5 M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. vol, iii. 1840, p. 479.

Host: gills of Zsox belone [Belone vulgaris]’.

(3) BoMoLocHUS ARDEOLA. 9.

Bomolochus ardeole Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 220,

pl. xi. fig. 3.

Host: gills of Belone ardeola. New Orleans.

(4) BoMoLocHus CHATOE#SSI. 9.

Bomolochus chatoess: Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 214,

pl. xi. fig. 5.

Host: gills of Chatoéssus sp. East Indies.

(5) BoMoLocHUs TETRODONTIS. 9.

Bomolochus tetradonis B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. 1.

1898, p. 4, pl. i. fig. 2.

Host: gills of Tetrodon oblongus. Bombay.

(6) BoMoLOCHUS SCOMBERESOCIS. ©.

Bomolochus scomberesocis Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 217,

pl. x. fig. 5.

Host: Scomber esow. Atlantic.

(7) BomMotocnts MEGACEROS. Q ¢.

Bomolochus megaceros Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 153,

pl. xiii. fig. 3.

by * B.-8. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii.

1898, p. 51, pl. x. fig. 1.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: Stromateus niger and Caranax djeddaba. East Indies.

1 The names of the fishes printed in italics are those used by the authors in

the papers quoted. Synonyms added in square brackets are those adopted by

Giinther in the British Museum Catalogue of Fishes.

1899. ] PARASITIO COPEPODA ON FISHES. 443

(8) BoMoLocHUS TRICEROS. 9.

Bomolochus triceros B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. i.

1898, p. 2, pl. i. fig. 1.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Stromateus cinereus. Bombay.

(9) BoMoLocHUS DENTICULATUS. 2.

Bomolochus denticulatus B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii.

1898, p. 78, pl. iii. fig. 1.

Hosts: gills of Sphyrena jello and Hemirhamphus far [H. com-

mersonii}]. Ceylon.

(10) BoMoLocHUS GLYPHISODONTIS, 92.

Bomolochus glyphisodontis Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 223,

pl. xi. fig. 4.

Host: gills of Glyphisodon sawatilis. Nicaragua.

(11) Bomotocuus PARVULUS. 9°.

Bomolochus parvulus Nordm. Mikrog. Beitriige, 1832, p. 135.

Host: gills of Amphacanthus rivulatus.

. (12) BoMoLocHuUs CoRNUTUS. 9.

Bomolochus cornutus Claus.

Host: Astrodermus coryphenoides [Diana semilunata }.

(13) BoMoLOCHUS SOLER. 9°.

Bomolochus solea Claus.

Host: Pleuronectes solea [Solea vulgaris].

G. 2. Ereasttus Nordm.

Cephalothorax elongated, with five distinct segments, first large.

Anterior antenne 6-jointed, setaceous. Posterior antenne tri-

articulate, very long, arm-like ; mouth placed some distance behind

these. First four pairs of thoracic limbs biramose, triarticulate,

setiferous ; fifth pair aborted or uniramose. Abdomen consisting

of three joints, terminating in caudal plates provided with long

bristles.

(1) ErGasILus SIEBOLDI. ¢.

Ergasilus sieboldii Nordm. Mikrog. Beitrage, 1832, p. 15, pl. i1.

ele

us se Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 237, pl. xiii.

fig. 2.

: - M.-E, Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. iii. 1840, p. 478.

ES si C. Claus, Neue Beitriige, parasit. Copepoda,

1875, pl. xii. fig. 12.

Hosts: gills of Cyprinus carpio, Esoa luctus, Silurus glanis.

444 MR. P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON (Apr. 18

(2) ERGASILUS TRISETACEUS. 9.

Ergasilus trisetaceus Nordm. Mikrog. Beitriige, 1832, p. 16, pl. iii.

fig. 7.

9 » M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. iii. 1840, p. 478.

Host: gills of Silurus glanis.

(3) ERGasILUs GIBBUS. 3.

Ergasilus gibbus Nordm. Mikrog. Beitriige, 1832, p. 16, pl. in.

fig.)

* » M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. iii. 1840, p. 478.

Host: gills of Anguilla vulgaris.

(4) ErGasiILUs LONGIMANUS. ¢.

Ergasilus longimanus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 231,

pl. xiii. fig. 1.

Host: gills of Mugil sp. Brazil.

(5) ERGASILUS FUNDULI. 9.

Ergasilus funduli Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 228, pl. xi.

fig. 1.

Host: gills of Fundulus limbatus. New Orleans.

(6) ERGASILUS LABRACIS. 9°.

Ergasilus labracis Kr, Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 229, pl. xi.

fig. 2.

Host: gills of Labraa lineatus. West Indies.

(7) ERGASILUS Liz®. 6.

Ergasilus lize Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 232.

Host: gills of Mugil liza. New Orleans.

(8) ERGASILUS PEREGRINUS. 9.

Ergasilus peregrinus Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 152

pl. xiii. fig. 1.

Host: gills of Perca chuatst. Shanghai.

(9) ERGASILUS GASTEROSTEI. 9.

Ergasilus gasterostec Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 233,

pl. xii. fig. 2.

Thersites > Pagenst. Archiv f. Natur. 1860, p. 120,

pl. v. fig. 8.

Host: gills of Gasterosteus aculeatus. Norway.

Family IT. CALIGIDA.

Carapace broad, compressed. Cephalothorax incompletely pro-

vided with limbs, the free thoracic segments frequently overlapped

or hidden by paired dorsal plates. Anterior antenne short, with

two or three joints. Posterior antenne in the form of an articulate

1899.] PARASITIO COPHPODA ON FISHES. 445

hooked claw, not extending beyond the carapace. Mouth as a

more or less elongated suctorial beak, formed out of the upper and

lower lip, in which is seen the slender mandible. Maxillipeds free,

both in the form of hooks, the posterior being the most powerful ;

the first four pairs of thoracic limbs mostly biramose, but not in-

frequently the first and fourth uniramose, fifth pair rudimentary.

Eye median, simple, frequently suppressed. Generative organs

paired. External ovaries as two cord-like tubes. Male generally

smaller than female; both sexes in the young of some genera

attached by a slender frontal filament.

Division i. Caligine.—Terminal joints of most of the thoracic

limbs fringed with plumose hairs.

G. 1. Hermiivs Heller.

Carapace deeply notched in the centre, the two halves folding

togetherlike the valves of amussel. First and fourth pairs of thoracic

limbs uniramose, second and third biramose. Fourth thoracic

segment small, free, not provided with dorsal plates.

(1) HerMiILivs PYRIVENTRIS. 2.

Hermilius pyrwventris Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 186,

pl. xviii. fig. 1.

Host: gills of Arius acutus [A. argyropleuron]. Java.

(2) HERMILIUS LONGICORNIS. 2.

Hermilius longicornis B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii.

1898, p. 30, pl. ili. fig. 2.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Arius acutirostris. Trincomalee.

G. 2. Paraperatus Stp. & Liitk.

Carapace rounded, scutiform. Frontal border with lunule. First

and fourth pairs of thoracic limbs uniramose, second and third bira-

mose. Genital segment of large size, covered over by two dorsal

plates ; also with two elongated flattened processes projecting back-

wards from the posterior border and origin of abdominal portion ;

which latter is biarticulate, terminating in two small caudal

plates.

(1) PARAPETALUS ORIENTALIS. 9.

Parapetalus orientalis Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p. 365, pl. v. fig. 10.

Host : gills of Mene maculata. Indian Ocean.

G. 3. Synzsrivus Stp. & Liitk.

Carapace rounded, scutiform. Frontal border with lunule. First

and fourth thoracic limbs uniramose ; second and third biramose.

Genital segment large, not covered by dorsal plates, but prolonged

446 MR. P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

backwards on either side by two elongated blunted processes.

Abdomen long, consisting of two joints terminating in two minute

caudal plates.

(1) SYNESTIUS CALIGINUS. 9.

Synestius caliginus Stp. & Litk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p- 364, pl. vi. fig. 11.

Host: gills of Stromateus paru Bl. [S. niger]. Indian Ocean.

G. 4. Canicoprs Heller.

Carapace very small, rounded. Frontal border with minute

lunule. First and fourth thoracic limbs uniramose; second and

third biramose. Genital segment flask-shape, produced forwards

as a long neck, posteriorly elongated into two divergent leaf-like

processes. Abdomen large, broad, with two minute caudal plates.

(1) CaLIGODES LACINIATUS. Q.

Chondracanthus laciniatus Kllr.

Scicenophilus 4 Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 153,

pl. viii. fig. 3.

Caligodes - Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 180.

Host: Belone sp. Indian Ocean.

(2) CALIGODES CARANGIS. 9.

Caligodes carangis B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii. 1898,

p- 364, pl. xi. fig. 4.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Caranx ferdau. Aden.

G. 5. Catieus Miller.

Carapace large, scutiform. Frontal border provided with lunulz.

First and fourth thoracic limbs uniramose ; second and third bira-

mose. Fourth thoracic segment free, small, without dorsal plates.

Genital segment without plates or processes. Abdomen with two

terminal caudal plates.

Division 1. Abdomen with single joint.

(1) CaLigUSs ABBREVIATUS. 2 C.

Caligus abbreviatus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 61, pl. iii.

fig. 4.

Host: Labrus bergylta (L. maculatus}. Bergen.

(2) CaALIGUS PARVUS. 2 ¢.

Caligus parvus B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. i. 1898,

p- 5, pl. ii. fig. 1.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Tetrodon oblongus. Bombay.

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 447

(3) CALIGUS BREVIPEDIS. ?.

Caligus brevipedis B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, vol. xviii. 1896,

p. 11, pl. ni. fig. 1.

Host: gills of Motella iricirrata. Plymouth.

(4) CALIGUS CENTRODONTI. 9 C.

Caligus centrodonti Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 272, pl. xxxii.

figs. 6-7.

Host : Pagellus centrodontus. British seas.

(5) CaLicus curtus. 9 ¢.

Caligus curtus Mill. Entomostraca, 1785, p. 130, pl. xxi. fig. 1.

pe » Kr. Tidsskrift, 1837, vol. i. p. 623, pl. vi. fic,

= » Desmarest, Consid. sur Jes Crust. 1825, p. 340.

5 » M-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. iii. 1840, p. 451.

» mulleri Leach, Encycl. Brit. Suppl. 1816, p- 405,

pl. xx.

a »» | Desmarest, Consid. sur les Crust. 1825, p. 342,

pl. |. fig. 4.

- » M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. iii. 1840, p. 450.

Re », Baird, British Entom. 1850, p. 271, pl. xxxii.

fig. 4

me bieuspidatus Nordm. Mikrog. Beitriige, 1832, p. 28.

5, elegans? V. Bened. Annal. de Scien. Nat. 3 ser. vol. xvi.

1851, p. 91.

» daphanus Baird, British Entom. 1840, p. 269, pl. xxxiii.

fig. 1

» americanus Dana, Amer. Journ. of Sc. & Art, 1838,

vol, xxxiv. pls. 3, 4, 5.

&e.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: Gadide, Trigla spp., Rhombus maaimus, Mugil &e.

(6) CALIGUS ZGLEFINI. 9 ¢.

Caligus eglefint Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 89, pl. vii.

fig. 3.

Host: Gadus eglefinus Linn.

(7) CaLIgUS MINIMUS. 9 ¢.

Caligus minimus Otto, Nov. Act. Acad. Ces. Leop. 1828, vol. xiv.

p- 354, pl. xxii. fig. 7.

» minutus M.-H. Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. ii. 1840, p. 450.

» Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 163.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Labraa lwpus. European seas.

(8) CaLigus NaNUS. 9 C.

Caligus nanus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 86, pl. ii. fig. 4.

Host :—?

448 MR. P. W, BASSETT-SMITH ON (Apr. 18,

(9) CALIGUS GURNARDI. 9 ¢.

Caligus gurnardi Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 76, pl. ii.

fig. 3.

Host: Trigla gurnardus. British seas.

(10) CaLiguUs HEMULONIS. Q ¢.

Caligus hemulonis Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 48, pl. iv.

fig. 3.

Host: Hemulon elegans. West Indies.

(11) Calicus RapAX. @ oC.

Caligus rapaw M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. ili. 1840, p. 453,

pl. xxxviii. fig. 9.

‘A » Baird, Brit. ‘Entom. 1850, p. 270, pl. xxxii.

fig. 2.

3 » Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861, p. 359,

pl. ii. fig. 4.

KS » Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 71.

; » B.-S. Journ. M.B. Assn. Plymouth, 1896,

p- 156.

= elongatus Nordm. Mikrog. Beitriige, 1832, p. 24.

ws leptochilus Leuckart, in Frey und Leuckart, Beitrag,

p- 165.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: Gadide, Trigla, Pleuronectes, Zeus faber, Salmo.

(12) CaLicus LACUSTRIS. 92.

Caliqus lacustris Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861, p. 355,

pl. i. fig. 2

Hosts: Leuciscus rutilus, Esow luctus, Perca flwwiatilis.

(18) Canieus BALISTH. 2 ¢.

Caligus baliste Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861, p. 356,

Bi tate: J,

Host: Balistes sp. West Indies.

(14) CaLIGUS KROEYERI. 9.

Caligus kroyert M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. iii. 1840, p. 452.

» Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861, p. 357.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Diodon sp.

(15) CaLicus THNAX. 9 ¢.

Caligus tenaz Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 172, pl. xv.

fig. 3.

eo » 3B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii. 1898,

p- 393, pl. xi. fig. 3.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts : Lobotes erate, Java, and Caranx spp., Indian Ocean.

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 449

(16) CaLicus CARANGIS. 2 ¢.

Caligus carangis Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 69, pl. v.

fig. 2.

5 ss B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii. 1898,

p. 364.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Caranxv sp. East Indies.

(17) CaLigUS TRACHYNOTI. 9°.

Caligus trachynoti Heller, Reise der Fregatte Novara, 1865,

p- 169, pl. xv. fig. 1.

Host: gills of Trachynotus sp. Brazil.

(18) CaLigUs CHILODACTYLI. 2 g.

Caligus chilodactyli Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 52, p. iv.

fig. 5.

Host: Chilodactylus sp. Valparaiso.

(19) CaLicus LUMPI. ¢.

Caligus lumpi Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 73, pl. ii.

fig. 2.

Host: Cyclopterus lumpus. Europe.

(20) CaLIGUS TRACHYPTERI. 9.

Caligus trachypteri, Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 57, pl. iii.

fig. 1.

Host: Trachypterus sp. Mediterranean.

(21) CaLigUs STROMATEI 9 CG.

Caligus stromatec Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 43, pl. iv.

fig. 1.

Host: Stromateus sp. East Indies.

(22) CALIGUS ALALONGE. ¢.

Caligus alalonga Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 55, pl. iv.

fig. 6.

Host: gills of Thynnus alalonga Cuv.

(23) CALIGUS PHIPSONI. 2 d.

Caligus phipson B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. i. 1898,

p- 7, pl. ii. fig. 3.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Cybiwm guttatum. Bombay.

(24) CaLIGUS BELONES. 9.

Caligus belones Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 81, pl. vii,

fig. 1.

Host: Raja batis?

450 MR, P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON fApr. 18,

(25) CALIGUS MURRAYANUS. 6.

Caligus murrayanus T. Scott, Tr. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. vi. 1895,

p- 129, pl. xiv. fig. 20.

Host :— ? Gulf of Guinea.

(26) CaLicUS DUBIUS. 9.

Caligus dubius T. Scott, Tr. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. vi. 1895, p. 130,

pl. xiv. fig. 22.

Host :— ? Gulf of Guinea.

(27) CALIGUS PLATYTARSI. Q.

Caligus platytarsis B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. i. 1898,

p. 83, pl. iv. fig. 2.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Mugil sp. Muscat.

(28) CaLieus ISONYX. 2.

Caligus isonyx Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861, p. 358,

pl. iii. fig. 5.

Host: gills of Sphyrena baracuda [S. picuda}]. West Indies.

(29) CaLIGUS DAKERI. Q.

Caligus dakeri V. Ben. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. vol. xxii. 1892,

p- 248, pl. i. fig. 1.

Host :— ?

(30) CaLiGus SCOMBERI. 9.

Caliqus scomberi B.-S. Aun. & Mag. N. H. vol. xviii. 1896, p. 11,

pl. iii. fig. 2.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host : gills of Scomber scomber. Plymouth.

(31) CaLIGUS MONACANTHI. Q.

Caligus monacanthi Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 59, pl. iti.

fig. 2.

Host: Monacanthus sp. West Indies.

(32) CaLIGUS HIRSUTUS. 2 ¢.

Caligus hirsutus B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. i. 1898,

p- 6, pl. iii. fig. 1.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Polynemus tetradactylus. Bombay.

Division 2. Abdomen articulate, 2-jointed.

(33) CALIGUS VEXATOR. 9.

Caligus vewator Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 165, pl. xiv.

fig. 2.

Host: gills of Dentex vulgaris. Mediterranean.

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 451

(34) CaALIGUS INFESTANS. 2 ¢d.

Caligus infestans Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 167, pl. xiv.

figs. 3, 4.

'. is B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii. 1898,

p- 360.

Hosts: gills of Scomber sp., and Cybimm commersont. Indian

Ocean. .

(35) CALIGUS CHORINEMI. 9.

Caligus chorinemi Kilr. Mus. Cees. Wien. (vide Heller).

“ » Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 67, pl. v.

fig. 1.

zs » Heller, Reise der Fregatte Novara, 1865, p.174,

pl. xv. fig. 4.

Host: gills of Chorinemus saliens. Brazil.

(36) CALIGUS FALLAX. Q.

Caligus fallae Ky. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 92, pl. xvii.

fig. 3.

Host :— ?

(37) CaLIGUS CORYPHENE. 2 oC.

Caligus coryphene’ Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p- 360, pl. iv. fig. 7.

FA bengoensis Scott, Entomostr. G. of Guinea, Trans. Linn.

Soe., Zool. vi. 1895, p. 130, pl. xiv. fig. 19.

Rs thynni? Dana, Exp]. Exp. U.S., Crust. ii. 1854.

is scutatus? M.-H. Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. iii. 1840, p. 453.

Host: Ooryphena sp. East Indies.

(38) CaLigus TORPEDINIS.

Caligus torpedinis Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 176,

pl. xv. fig. 6.

Host: gills of Torpedo sp. Indian Ocean.

(39) CaLigus ROBUSTUS. 9 ¢.

Caligus robustus B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii. 1898,

p- 361, pl. xi. fig. 1.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Caranx spp. Indian Ocean.

(40) CALIGUS CossackI. 2 ¢.

Caligus cossackii B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii. 1898,

p- 89, pl. iv. fig. 3.

‘3 constrictus? §, Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 175,

pl. xv. fig. 5.

In Coll. Brit. Mus. °

Host: gills of Chrysophrys sarba and Stromateus. Indian

Ocean, :

452 MR. P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

(41) Catieus LonGIPES. 2 do.

Caligus longipedis B.-S, Ann. & Mag. N.H. ser. 7, vol. ii. 1898,

p. 359, pl. x. fig. 2.

Host: gills of Caranx melampygus. Aden.

(42) Caicus CyBII. 9°.

Caligus cybii B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. i. 1898,

p. 6, pl. ii. fig. 3.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host : Cybium lineolatum. Bombay.

(43) CALIGUS DIAPHANUS. 2.

Caligus diaphanus Nordm. Mikrog. Beitriige, ii. 1832, p. 26.

> Ee Kréyer, Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 79,

pl. vii. fig. 5.

a B.-S8. Journ. M. B. Assn. Plymouth, 1896.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Not Baird, not M.-E.

Host: gills of Trigla spp. British seas.

(44) Caticus aril. @.

Caligus arit B.-8. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii. 1898, p. 82,

pl. iv. fig. 1.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host : gills of Arius acutirostrs. Trincomalee.

(45) CaLIGUS IRRITANS. 9 o.

Caligus irritans Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 177, pl. xv.

fig. 7.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: gills of Serranus, Brazil (Heller); Caranx, East Indies

(B.-S.).

(46) CALIGUS PELAMYDIS. 9.

Caligus pelamydis Ky. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 50, pl. iv.

fig. 4.

Host: gills of Pelamys sarda.

(47) Catiagus PropuctusS. 9.

Caligus productus Dana, Expl. Exp. U.S., Crust. ii. 1854, pl. xe.

fig. 4.

At A ? Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 64, pl. iii.

fig. 4.

Me my Stp. & Litk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1868,

p- 397, pl. iii. fig. 6.

Not Miiller.

Hosts: Coryphena and Balistes. West Indies.

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 453

(48) Catieus TrIcutuRI. (¢ Kr., 9 B.-8.)

3. Caliqus trichiuri Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1868, p. 46, pl. iv.

fig. 2.

Host: Vrichiurus haumela. East Indies.

2 (2). Caligus longicaudus B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7,

vol. i. 1898, p. 8, pl. iv. fig. 1.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: Trichiwrus haumela and Chirocentrus dorab. Bombay.

Division 3. Abdomen with 3 joints.

(49) CaLiaUs ANGUSTATUS. @.

Caligus angustatus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 84, pl. vii.

fig. 2.

Sub-G. Scrmnopuitus Van Beneden. '

Cephalothorax proportionally very small, rounded. Genital

segment elongated. Abdomen having a total length equal to the

remainder. Second maxillipeds very large, massive ; other limbs as

in Caligus.

(1) Scl#NOPHILUS TENUIS. 9.

Scienophilus tenuis V. Ben. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. xix. 1852,

pt. 3, p. 464.

LS » V. Ben. Recherch. sur les Crust. Belg. 1861,

p. 148, fig. xxi.

4‘ » B.-S. Journ. M. B. Assn. Plymouth, 1896,

p- 156.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Sciena aquila. Europe.

(2) ScIHNOPHILUS BENEDENI. 9.

Scicenophilus benedeni B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N.H. ser. 7, vol. i. 1898,

p- 9, pl. iv. fig. 3.

Host: gills of Sciena diacanthus. Bombay.

G. 6. LerrorparHerrus Nordm.

Carapace large, rounded, scutiform. Frontal border without

lunule. Fourth thoracic segment small, simple. Genital segment

without plates or lobes. Abdomen projecting, terminating in two

caudal plates. Thoracic limbs as in Caligus.

Division 1. Abdomen consisting of a single joint.

(1) LEPEOPHTHEIRUS BRACHYURUS. 9°.

Lepeophtheirus brachyurus Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 185,

pl. xvi. fig. 4.

Host: gills of Tetrodon ealamaria [T. stellatus]. Java.

Proc, Zoo, Soc,—1899, No. XXX. 30

454 MR. P, W. BASSETT-SMITI ON (Apr. 18,

(2) LEPEOPHTHEIRUS COSSYPHI. 9.

Lepeophtheirus cossyphi Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 115,

- pl. vil. fig. 6.

Host: gills of Cossyphus bodjanus [C. rufus].

(3) LEPEOPHTHEIRUS ROTUNDIVENTRIS. 2 CG.

Lepeophtheirus rotundiventris B.S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7,

vol. 11, 1898, p. 86, pl. v. fig. 1.

Hosts: gills of Lutjanus sp. and Serranus sp. Indian Ocean.

(4) LEPEOPHTHEIRUS SUHMI. Q.

Lepeophtheirus suhmi Brady, Challenger, viii. p. 182, pl. lv.

fig. 2.

Host: Scarus sp. St. Vincent, Cape Verde Is.

(5) LuPEOPHTHEIRUS PECTORALIS. 2 ¢.

Lernea pectoralis Miill. Zool. Dan. 1776, p. 41, pl. xxxiii. fig. 7.

Caligus pectoralis Kr. Tidsskrift, ii. 1838, p. 8, pl. vi. fig. 4.

on » M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. i. 1840, p. 464.

mh » Thompson, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 1, vol. xx.

1847, p. 247.

Lepeophtheirus pectoralis Nordm. Mikrog. Beitrage,il. 1832, p.30.

Pe f Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 275,

pl. xxxii. fig. 10

= 53 B.-S. Jour. M. B. Assn. Plymouth, 1896,

p- 158.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: gills of Pleuronectide and Scomber scomber. Europe.

(6) LePEOPHTHEIRUS NORDMANNI. 9 g.

Lepeophtheirus nordmannii M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840,

p. 458.

“ Ss Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865,

p- 180, pl. xvi. fig. 1.

Caligus nordmannui Atlas, Regne An. de Cuv., édit. Crochart,

pl. Ixxvii. fig. 1.

: “f: Thompson, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 1,

vol. xx. 1847, p. 248.

Host : Orthagoriscus mola.

(7) LEPEOPHTHEIRUS HIPPOGLOSSI. 2 ¢.

Caligus hippoglossi Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 131,

pl. vi. fig. 5.

e - M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 456.

Lepeophtheirus hippoglossi Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 276,

pl. xxxii. fig. 12.

Binoculus piscinus ? Fabr. Fauna Greenlandica, 1780, p. 239.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Hippoglossus mawimus [H. vulgaris]. North Sea, &e.

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES, 455

(8) LePEOPHTHEIRUS ORNATUS. 2.

Calhigus ornatus M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. iti. 1840, p. 455.

Nordm. Coll. du Mus. du jard. du Roi (vide

Milne-Edwards).

Host :—? Valparaiso.

”? 29

(9) LePEOPHTHEIRUS THOMPSONI. ¢ ?.

Lepeophtheirus thompsoni Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 278,

pl. xxx. fig. 2.

C. gracilis, V. Ben. Ann. de Scien. Nat. vol. xvi.

1851, p. 90, pl. il.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Rhombus maximus. British seas.

(10) LePEoPHTHHIRUS STROMI. 9 ¢.

Lepeophtheirus stroma Baird, Trans. Berwick. Nat. Club, 1847.

e » Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 174, pl. xxxii.

fig. 8.

B.-S. Jour. M. B. Assn. 1896, p. 157.

Laxe lusis Strém, ’Kjébenh. Selsk. Skrift. x. p. 23, pl. vu. fig. 1.

Caligus vesper ? M.-E. Hist, Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 456.

- salmonis Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 137, pl. xvii.

fig. 1.

ss Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861, p. 355,

ins Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host : Salmo spp.

(11) LEPEOPHTHEIRUS POLLACHII. 2 d.

Lepeophtheirus pollachius B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6,

vol. xvili. 1896, p. 12, fig. 1.

In Coll. Brit. Mus. :

Hosts: Gadus pollachius and Molva vulgaris. Plymouth.

(12) LEPEOPHTHEIRUS STURIONIS. °.

Lepeophtheirus sturionis Kr. Tidskrift, i. 1837, pl. vi. fig. 6.

M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 457.

Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kund. 186],

p- 355.

9 Ped

9 9

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Acipenser sturio.

(13) LereoPHTHEIRUS FLORESI, 2.

Pupulina flores V. Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. vol. xxiv.

1892, p. 254, pl. iii.

Host: Ceratopterus sp. Azores.

(14) LupnopHTHEIRUS ERICHSONI, Q ¢.

Lepeophtheirus erichsoni Thomson. Trans. N, Z. Inst. vol. xxiii.

1890, p. 227, pl. xxiii.

Host: Zatris ciliaris. New Zealand.

30*

456 MR. P, W. BASSETT-SMITH ON (Apr. 18,

Division 2. Abdomen with two articulations.

(15) LePEroPHTHEIRUS INTERCURRENS. 2 CG.

Lepeophtheirus intercurrens Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863,

p- 126, pl. v. fig. 4.

Host :—?

(16) LuPEOPHTHEIRUS CRABRO. 9 cd.

Lepeophtheirus crabro Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 129,

pl. vi. fig. 3.

Host :—? North Sea.

(17) LePEOPHTHEIRUS ROBUSTUS. 2.

Lepeophtheirus robustus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 135,

pl. vi. fig. 6.

Host: gills of Raja sp. Greenland.

(18) LEPEOPHTHEIRUS QUADRATUS. 9.

Lepeophtheirus quadratus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 113,

pl. vii. fig. 7.

Host: Bagrus sp. China.

(19) LerroPHTHEIRUS MONACANTHUS. 2.

Lepeophtheirus monacanthus Heller, Reise d. Fregatte Novara,

1865, p. 183, pl. xvi. fig. 3.

Host: gills of Pimelodus sp. Brazil.

(20) LEPEOPHTHEIRUS GROHMANNI. 2.

Lepeophtheirus grohmanni Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 108,

pl. v. fig. 3.

Host : Pleuronectes [Arnoglossus] grohmanni. Mediterranean.

(21) LeProPHTHEIRUS BRANCHIALIS. 2 d.

Caligus branchialis Malm. MSS.

i: s Stp. & Litk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p- 362, pl. ii. fig. 3.

Lepeophtheirus orale Kr. "Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p- 118,

pl. v. fig. 5.

Host : gills of Rhombus maximus.

(22) LEPEOPHTHEIRUS OBSCURUS. dQ.

Lepeophtheirus obscurus Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 277, pl. xxxii.

fig. At

es » ?B.-S.Jour. M. B. Assn. Plymouth, 1896,

p- 157.

(Caligus) » B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, vol. xviii.

1896, pl. iv. fig. 2.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Rhombus levis, Plymouth.

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 457

(23) LEPEOPHTHEIRUS GIBBUS. ¢.

Lepeophtheirus gibbus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 121,

pl. xvii. fig. 2.

Host: Plewronectes rhombus [Rhombus levis].

(24) LEPEOPHTHEIRUS LONGIPALPUS. 2.

Lepeophtheirus longipalpus B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7,

vol. 1. 1898, p. 88, pl. v. fig. 2.

Host: Arius acutirostris. Trincomalee.

(25) LEPEOPHTHEIRUS GRACILESCENS. 9.

Lepeophtheirus gracilescens Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 124,

pl. v. fig. 2.

Host: Rhombus vulgaris [Rhombus leyis}.

(26) LePEOPHTHEIRUS BAGRI. 2 C.

Lepeophtheirus bagri Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts & Se. ii. 1848,

p- 57.

Host: Bagrus sp. Rio de Janeiro.

G. '7. ANuURETES Heller.

Carapace rounded as in last genus. First and fourth thoracic

limbs uniramose, second and third biramose, rudiments of fifth

pair well represented. Genital segment rounded, cut away pos-

teriorly. Abdomen hidden or with caudal plates only slightly

projecting.

(1) ANURETES HECKELI. 9.

Caligus heckelii Kir. t

Lepeophtheirus heckelii Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 110,

pl. vii. fig. 4.

Anuretes heckelii Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 186.

Host: gills of Ephippus gigas. Brazil.

(2) ANURETES PERPLEXUS. 92.

Anuretes perplecus B.-S. Aun. & Mag. N. H. 1898, ser. 7, vol. ii.

p- 89, pl. v. fig. 3.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Lutjanus sp. Ceylon.

G. 8. Catmva Van Beneden.

Carapace large, oval, scutiform. Frontal plates well marked,

no lunule. Fourth thoracic segment free, without dorsal plates.

Genital segment rounded, with two horny dentate processes

directed backwards as in Pandarus. Abdomen indistinctly bi-

articulate. First three pairs ot thoracic limbs biramose, fourth

uniramose, both branches of the first with two joints, those of the

second and third with three.

458 MR, P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON (Apr. 18,

(1) CaLINA BRACHYURA. 9.

Calina brachyura V. Ben. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. vol. xxiv. 1892,

p. 249, pl. i.

Host: skin of Ceratopterus sp. Azores.

G. 9. Guoroporss Stp. & Liitk.

Carapace large, oval, scutiform. No lunule on the frontal

border. Fourth thoracic segment with two dorsal plates partly

covering the genital segment, the latter being produced backwards

by two elongated curved processes having a styliform appendage

projecting from the outer border, serrated at the edge. Abdomen

long. Caudal plates lanciform. First and fourth thoracic limbs

single-branched, second and third double.

(1) GLOIOPOTES HYGOMIANUS. 2.

Gloiopotes hygomianus Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag' til Kundskab, 1861,

p- 363, pl. v. fig. 9.

Host :—? Atlantic.

(2) GuLoIopoTEs HUTTONI. @ d.

Lepeophtheirus huttoni Thomson, Trans. N. Z. Inst. 1889,

vol. xxii. p. 354, pl xxviii. fig. 10, a—-c; xxix.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: Histiophorus herschelii, New Zealand, and UH. sp.,

Madras.

G. 10. Luprxunia Claus. (Cecropsina Heller.)

Carapace short, obcordate. No frontal plates. Anterior antenne

biarticulate. Fourth thoracic ring covered by small dorsal plates.

Genital segment prolonged backwards as lobes. Abdomen short,

not articulate, terminating with two small caudal plates. First

pair of thoracic limbs uniramose, second and third biramose, bi-

articulate, fourth biramose, each branch with a single joint; sete

minute.

(1) LuprkENIA ASTRODERMI. 9.

Liithkenia astrodermi Claus.

Host: Astrodermus sp. [Diana sp.]. Mediterranean.

(2) LUBTKENIA GLABRA. ¢ 3.

Cecropsina glabra Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 209, pl. xix.

fig. 1.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host :—? Mediterranean.

G. 11. Nessrpus Heller.

Carapace broad. First two free rings of the thorax distinctly

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 459

articulate and lobed laterally. Frontal plates conspicuous. An-

terior antenne biarticulate. Posterior antenne unciform, with a

spur on base of the terminal joints. Rostrum elongated; palp ar-

ticulated ; second maxilliped with short toothed end-claw. Fourth

thoracic ring without dorsal plates. Genital segment elongated.

Abdomen short. Caudal plates small, with plumose sete. All

the thoracic limbs biramose, first three biarticulate, fourth uni-

articulate.

(1) Nussrpus ORIBNTALIs.

Nessipus orientalis Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 194, pl. xviti.

fig. 2.

Host: gills of Prionodon menisorrah. Java.

(2) NuEssrPus CRYPTURUS.

Nessipus crypturus Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 196, pl. xviii.

fig. 4,

Host: gills of Zygena malleus. Java.

Noeagus Leach.

Only male forms of this genus have been described, which have

been divided into two groups by Steenstrup and Liitken, and by

Gerstiicker—(1) Those in which the fourth pair of thoracic limbs

are biramose and biarticulate, like the first three pairs, and also

having the abdomen with two joints. (2) Those in which the fourth

pair are biramose, but with only a single joint, the first three being

biramose and biarticulate; abdomen of a single joint. ‘he first

are in many cases proved to be the male forms of various species

of Pandarus; the second are most probably the males of species of

Nessipus, Demoleus, Ecthrogaleus, and Dinematura. I have here

enumerated the species which have so far been described, but as a

distinct genus Nogagus should not appear.

When taking these parasites from Sharks, among specimens of

Pandarus, some of the male forms are almost invariably found. As

has been pointed out by Thomson, the amount of pigment in them

varies very considerably, from almost black to light yellow; but

no observations have been made as to whether the lighter forms

are mostly found on the white undersurface of the fish, and the

dark forms above, a point which would be interesting to elucidate.

The Nogagus angustatus represented by Van Beneden' with a

male attached would appear to be a species of Dysgamus, though

the characters of the thoracic limbs are incompletely described, and

poorly shown in the plates.

Division I.

Nogagus latreillii Leach, Dict. des Sci. Nat. vol. xiv. p. 536 (1819).

“ grands Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861, p. 338,

pl. x. fig. 1.

* Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. vol. xxiv. 1892, p. 245, pl. i.

460 MR. P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

Nogagus errans? Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 175, pl. x.

Ay braccatus ia Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 177, pl. xx.

3 pear arses Arch. f. Naturg. xx. pt..1, 1854,

PY, validus Dina, Prot Amer. Acad. Arts & Se. ii. 1852,

Division II. eae

Nogagus elongatus Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 206, pl. xx.

fig. 5.

7 celebs mallee op. cit. p. 208, pl. xx. fig. 4.

55 borealis Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p- 387, pl. xi. fig. 21.

Pe tenax Stp. & Liitk. op. cit. 1861, p. 388, pl. x. fig. 20.

"1 brevicaudatus M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. ili. 1840, p. 460.

» gracilis Burm. Acta Acad. Ces.-Leop. vol. xvii.

p- 284, pl. xxiii. fig. 1.

“7 lunatus Stp. & Liitk. op. cit. 1861, p. 389, pl. ix. fig. 7.

G. 12. Dumotzus Heller.

Carapace rounded. Frontal plates distinct. Anterior antenne

two-jointed. The first free thoracic joints lobed laterally, second

without lobes, third prolonged backwards by two dorsal plates.

Genital segment elongated. Abdomen small. Caudal plates very

distinct. All four pairs of thoracic limbs biramose and bi-

articulate.

(1) DEMoLEUS PARADOXUS. 9 oC.

Caligus paradowus Otto, Acta Acad. Ces. Leop. 1828, vol. xiv.

p- 352, pl. xxii. fig. 5.

“ - Nordm. Mikrog. Beitriige, 1832, p. 32.

os - Gerst. Arch. zur Naturg. 1853, xix. i. pl. iv.

fig. 1.

i productus ? Miiller, Entomostraca, 1785.

Nogagus grandis? 3, vide Heller, op. cit. p. 202.

Host: ‘“ Dog-fish.” Mediterranean.

G. 13. Dyseamus Stp. & Liitk.

Carapace large, rounded. Frontal lobes distinct. Anterior an-

tenn biarticulate. Rostrum long; palp articulate. Fourth thoracic

joint free, without dorsal plates. Genital segment obcordate.

Abdomen biarticulate, with smali caudal plates. All four thoracic

limbs biramose and biarticulate. This genus was made by Steen-

strup from a male only; but in the Coll. Brit. Mus. there are a

large number of specimens, some with external ovaries attached,

which I have examined and have no doubt of their identity: there-

fore the genus is allowed to stand.

1899. | PARASITIO COPEPODA ON FISHES. 461

(1) Dyseamus aTLantious, 2 d.

Dysgamus atlanticus Stp. & Litk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p. 368, pl. iv. fig. 8.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: “Shark.” Atlantic and Indian Oceans.

G. 14. Euryenorvs Nordm.

Carapace small, rounded. Frontal plates distinct. Fourth tho-

racic serment with two small dorsal plates. Genital segment large,

oval, with two minute posterior lobes. Abdomen biarticulate, very

elongated, spreading widely outwards and backwards as lamellar

appendages. Caudal plates small. First pair of thoracic limbs

biramose, biarticulate; second and third biramose, triarticulate ;

fourth biramose, the outer with three, the inner with two joints.

(1) EURYPHORUS NORDMANNI. 9.

Euryphorus nordmannit M.-K. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 462,

pl. xxxix. fig. 1.

Host:— ? Waters of Asia.

(2) EURYPHORUS NYMPHA. Q GC.

Euryphorus nympha Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p- 366, pl. vi. fig. 12.

x coryphene $ Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 161,

pl. x. fig. 4.

Host: Lampugus punctulatus [Corypheena punctulata] and Cory-

phena hippurus. Atlantic.

G. 15. Trupius Kr.

Carapace oval, large. Frontal plates distinct. Anterior antenne

biarticulate. Third and fourth thoracic segments free, without

dorsal plates. Genital segment short and broad. Abdomen long,

simple. Thoracic limbs all with two branches, those of the first

with two joints each, those of the sree: third, and fourth

triarticulate.

(1) TREBIUS CAUDATUS. 2.

Trebius caudatus Kr. Tidsskrift, ii. 1838, p. 30, pl. i. fig. 4.

M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 458.

99 99

x ji Thompson, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xx. p. 248

(1847).

$ jo Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 280, pl. xxxiii.

fig. 3.

spinifrons ? A. -E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 458,

pl. xxxviii. fig. 1.

caudatus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 149, pl. x.

fig. 1.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: Raja sp., Galeus vulgaris [G. canis], &e.

”

462 MR. P. W. BASSELT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

(2) TREBIUS TENUIFURCATUS. 2.

Trebius tenuifurcatus Rath. Proc. U.S. Nat. Hist. Mus. 1887, x.

p- 559.

Host: Trygon sp. Atlantic.

G. 16. Enyrropnora Gerst.

Carapace rounded. Frontal plates distinct. Anterior antenne

two-jointed. Fourth thoracic segment with two dorsal plates.

Genital segment large, lobed posteriorly. Caudal plates large. All

four pairs of thoracic limbs biramose, the branches of the first

biarticulate, of the second and third triarticulate, the fourth

having the outer branch with three joints, the inner with two.

(1) EtyrRoPHORA BRACHYPTERA. 2 d.

Elytrophora brachyptera Gerst. Arch. f. Naturg. 1853, xix.

p- 60, pl. iii. fig. 12.

Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 189,

pl. xvii. fig. 1.

B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, xviil.

1896, p. 12, pl. iv. fig. 3.

Dinematura thynni Kollar.

Arneus thynni Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 157, pl. viii.

fig. 5.

Caligeria bella? Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sc. 1848, p. 57.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Thynnus spp. European waters.

” 29

G. 17. Amptron Kr.

Carapace large, oval. Frontal plates well marked. Anterior

antenng two-jointed. Fourth thoracic segment with small dorsal

plates. Genital segment broad, prolonged backwards in two

elongated processes with the ends and outer margins dentate.

Abdomen biarticulate. Caudal plates with long sete. ‘The first

three pairs of thoracic limbs biramose, with lunate corneous

bodies on outer branches ; fourth pair of limbs quite rudimentary,

hidden.

(1) ALBBION CARCHARIA. 2 C.

Alebion carcharie Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 165,

pl. xu. fig. 1.

B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii. 1898,

p. 367, pl. xii. fig. 1.

Host: Shark? Atlantic and Indian Oceans.

(2) ALBBION DIFFICILB. 9.

Caligeria difficilis V. Ben. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. xxiv. 1892,

p. 258, pl. iv.

Host :—? Azores.

” 9

1899.) PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 463

G. 18. DinematurA Latreille.

Carapace rounded, deeply excavated posteriorly. Frontal plate

distinct. Anterior antenne biarticulate. Rostrum long. Second

maxillipeds massive and nodose. First free thoracic segment with

a small lateral lobe ; second of a square shape, free; third with

two large dorsal plates. Genital segment oblong, winged, pos-

teriorly produced in two short lobes and a small median process,

partially covered by two narrow plates. Abdomen elongated, with

lateral processes and two large foliaceous caudal appendages. All

the thoracic limbs are biramose, the first biarticulate, the second

and third triarticulate, all with plumose hairs on the margin; the

fourth pair are changed into lamellar processes.

(1) DinematuRA PRopUCTA. ?.

Caligus productus Miill. Entomost. 1785, p. 182, pl. xxi. fig. 3.

Pandarus lamne Johnst. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1835, viii. p. 203.

Dinemoura lamne Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 286, pl. xxxv. fig. 7.

Dinematura producta Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p- 34, pl. vii. fig. 13.

‘. lamna Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 179.

Dinematoura elongata V. Bened. Bull. Ac. Roy. Belg. 1860,

p: 149, pl. xxiv.

a » 6 V. Bened. Bull. Ac. Roy. Belg.1892, p. 231.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: Lamna cornubica ; Scymnus glacialis [Lemargus borealis].

(2) DineMATURA FEROX. 2.

Dinematura ferow Kr. Tidsskrift, ii. 1838, p. 40, pl. i. fig. 5.

Dinemoura ferow M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 465.

3 » NStp. & Litk. Bidrag til Kund. 1861, p. 379.

Dinematura carcharodonte Thomson, Trans. N. Z. Inst. 1889,

vol. xxii. p. 360, pl. xxvi. fig. 2.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Scymnus microcephalus [Lemargus borealis].

(3) DINEMATURA SERRATA. Q.

Dinemoura serrata Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 176,

pl. viii. fig. 4.

Host ;—?

(4) DINEMATURA LATIFOLIA. 9.

Dinematura latifolia Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p. 38, pl. viii. fig. 16.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Oayrhina (Lamna] glauca.

(5) DINEMATURA HAMILTONI, 9.

Dinematura hamiltont Thomson, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxii. 1889,

p- 357, pl. xxv. fig. 1.

@ Host: “Shark.” New Zealand.

464 MR. P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

G. 19. Ecurnroeateus Stp. & Liitk.

Carapace as in Dinematura. Dorsal plates of last thoracic ring

proportionally larger ; no median processes posteriorly to genital

segment; abdomen and caudal plates not projecting. Thoracic

limbs as in the preceding genus, except that the inner branch of

the second and third pairs has only two joints instead of three.

(1) EcHTHROGALEUS COLEOPTRATUS. dQ.

Dinemoura coleoptratus Guérin, Icon. d. Reg. animal, iii. 1817,

pl. xxxv. fig. 6.

Pandarus alatus Johnst. Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 1836, p. 202.

Dinemoura alata M.-H. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 464.

is » Baird, British Entom. 1850, p. 285, pl. xxxiii.

fig. 8.

Nogagus? 3.

Echthrogaleus coleoptratus Stp. & Litk. Bidrag til Kundskab,

1861, p. 380, pl. viii. fig. 15. :

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Lamna cornubica.

(2) EcHTHROGALEUS NEO-ZHALANICUS. 9.

Dinematura neozealanica Thomson, Trans. N. Z. Inst. 1839,

vol. xxii. p. 359, pl. xxv. fig. 2.

Host: “Shark.” New Zealand.

(3) EcHTHROGALEUS AFFINIS. 92 ¢.

Dinemoura affinis M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. 1840, p. 465,

pl. xxxviil. fig. 15.

Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p- 382.

Dinematura braccata Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. ii. 1848,

p. 1370, pl. 95. fig. 4.

Nogagus braccata g, Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 197,

pl. xx. fig. 3.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Leptocarcharias sp. New Zealand and Tongatabu.

” bE)

(4) EcHTHROGALEUS INDISTINCTUS. 2.

Dinematura indistincta Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 183.

Host :—? Valparaiso.

Division ii. Pandarine.—All the limbs provided with hook-like

appendages, or with the edges quite smooth,

G. 20. Crecrops Leach.

Carapace oval, robust, deeply notched in front. Anterior antenne

small, hidden. Last thoracic segment with a pair of short dorsal

plates. Genital segment as long as cephalothorax. Abdomen small.

Caudal plates minute. All the thoracic limbs biramose, increasing

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 465

in size from first to fourth ; terminal joints of all with short hook-

like setee. External ovaries long, thread-like, twisted, concealed.

(1) CECROPS LATREILLII. 2 d.

Cecrops latreillii Leach, Ency. Brit. Supp. i. 1816, pl. xx. figs. 1-5.

sf » Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. ed. i. t. 188, 1818.

fe » Latreille, Encycl. méth. pl. 335, fig. 3-9.

*. »» | Desmarest, Cons. sur les Crust. 1825, 338, pl. 1.

fig. 2.

a » Gueérin. Icon. Régne An., Crust. 1817, pl. xxv.

fig. 8.

n » M-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 474.

os » JBaird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 293, pl.'xxxiv. fig. 1.

3 » Nordm. Mikrog. Beitriige, 1832, p. 39.

3 », Kroyer, Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 190.

4 » V. Bened. Rech. sur la faun. lit. Belg. 1861,

p- 149, pl. xx.

#3 » Lhomson, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxii. 1889.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Orthagoriscus mola. Mediterranean.

G. 21. PuyttopHorus M.-E.

Carapace cordiform. Anterior antenne projecting, triarticulate.

Rostrum long. Thorax with three broad, spreading, overlapping

plates. Genital segment rounded. Abdomen with short lateral

blunt processes on either side of its base. All the limbs biramose

and lamellar, without bristles or hooks.

(1) PHYLLOPHORUS CORNUTUS. 2.

Phyllophorus cornutus M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 471,

pl. xxxvili. fig. 13.

Host :—? Tongatabu.

G. 22. Ganexiorus Gerst.

Carapace broader in front than behind, not deeply notched in

the centre. Anterior antenne free, biarticulate ; first maxillipeds

unciform. Three free thoracic segments with large dorsal plates, the

first with the inner margins widely separated, those of the 2nd

and 3rd with the inner borders approximated. All four pairs of

thoracic limbs biramose, the first having the outer branch with one,

inner with two joints, those of the second and third both two-

jointed, the fourth single-jointed.

(1) GANGLIOPUS PYRIFORMIS. 2 ¢.

Gangliopus pyriformis Gerst. Arch. fiir Naturg. xx. 1854,

p- 192, pl. i. fig. 9.

Nogagus curticaudatus 3, Dana? vide Stp. & Liitk., Bidrag til

Kund. 1861, p. 390.

Host :—? Atlantic.

466

Carapace broader behind than in front, not deeply notched.

Anterior antenne free, biarticulate ; first maxilliped with a double

end-claw ; three pairs of small dorsal plates, first placed laterally,

Genital segment terminating in two

minute points, and at the base of the abdomen are two lateral

second and third median.

MR. P. W. BASSELI-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

G. 23. Panparvs Leach.

sharp dentate appendages. Thoracic limbs as in Gangliopus.

(1) PaNDARUS BICOLOR. 9.

Pandarus bicolor

3) bed ;

$5 boset

Fi fissifrrons

Leach, Encycl. Brit. Supp. i. 1816, p. 405,

pl. xx. fig. 5.

Desmarest, Cons. sur les Crust. 1825, p. 339,

pl. v. fig. 5.

M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. 11. 1840, p. 470.

Burm. Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. 1831, xviii.

. 331.

aver, Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 187.

Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 288, pl. xxx.

fig. 10.

B.-8. Journ. M. B. Assn. 1896, p. 156.

Leach, Encycl. Brit. Supp. i. 1816, p. 406,

pl. xx. fig. 1.

Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 289.

M.-E. ? Hist. Nat. Crust. 1. 1840, p. 470.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts : Squalus [Leuciscus]| spp.; Carcharias glaucus ; Scyllium

catulus.

(2) PANDARUS DENTATUS. 9 GC.

Pandarus dentatus M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. 1840, p. 469,

pl. xxxviil. fig. 19.

es pallidus ? M.-H. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 468.

Nogagus elongatus? Heller, Reise d, Novara, 1865, p. 206,

pl. xx. fig. 5.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: ‘ Sharks.”

Indian and Pacific Oceans.

(3) PANDARUS OARCHARIZ. 9 C.

Pandarus carcharie Leach, Dict. de Scien. Nat. 1819, vol. xiv.

9 99

3? 9

39 ”

» vulgaris

» eranchir

” 99

Nogagus cranchi

. 535.

Denes Cons. sur les Crust. 1825, p. 339.

Burm. Noy. Act. Acad. Nat. 1833.

M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 469.

M.-E. op. cit. p. 469.

Leach, Dict. des Scien. Nat. vol. xiv. p. 535.

Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p. 390, pl. xi. fig. 22.

3, V. Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. xxiii.

1892, p. 221.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Carcharias

spp. Atlantic and Indian Oceans.

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES, 467

(4) PANDARUS ARMATUS. 2 ¢.

Pandarus armatus Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 202,

pl. xix. fig. 4.

iP 4 Thoms. Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxii. 1889.

Nogagus latreillii 3, M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iti. 1840, p. 459.

Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p. 384, pl. ix. fig. 18.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host : Scyllium africanum. Cape of Good Hope.

29 2)

(5) PANDARUS LUGUBRIS. 92.

Pandarus lugubris Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 205, pl. xx.

fig. 1.

Host: “Shark.” Mediterranean.

(6) PANDARUS ZYGENE. Q.

Pandarus zygena Brady, Challenger Rep. vol. viii. pl. lv. fig. 3.

Host: Zygena malleus. Cape de Verde Is.

(7) PANDARUS AFFINIS. 2 ¢.

Pandarus affnis V. Bened. Bull. Ac. Roy. Belg. xxiii, 1892,

p. 224.

Host: Squalus sp. Senegal.

Pandarus brevicaudatus Dana, Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Se. 1848,

p- 59.

» satyrus, id. ibid.

» cocinnatus, id. ibid.

From “ Sharks ”’ in the Pacific Ocean :. imperfectly described.

G. 24, Lamareus Kr.

Carapace cordiform. Anterior antenne triarticulate. Two

narrow free articulate thoracic segments, followed by two pairs of

large spreading dorsal plates, united in the middle line, covering the

genital segment and abdomen. All the thoracic limbs biramose,

lamellar, without setee or hooks.

(1) Lzmarevus murnicatus Kr. 9.

Lemargus muricatus Kr. Tidsskrift, 1837, p. 487, pl. v.

* 5 M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 475,

pl. xxxix. fig. 2.

uf 3 V. Bened. Recher. sur les Crust. Belg.

1861, p. 149, pl. xix. fig. 1.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host : Orthagoriscus mola. Pacific.

G. 25. Perissorus Stp. & Liitk. (Lepidopus D na;

Chlamys V. Ben.)

Carapace broad, produced backwards laterally. Anterior antenne

very small, biarticulate. Three pairs of dorsal plates, the first

468 MR. P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

placed laterally, the second smal!, central; third pair large,

spreading. Genital segment as large as the cephalothorax.

Abdomen small, hidden. Thoracic limbs very rudimentary.

(1) PERISSOPUS DENTATUS. 9°.

Perissopus dentatus Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p. 393, pl. xii. fig. 25.

“ communis Rath. Proc. U.S. N. H. Mus. 1887, x. p. 560.

Hosts: Carcharias sp. and C. obscurus.

(2) PERISSOPUS ARMATUS. 9.

Lepidopus armatus Dana, Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Se. 1843,

p. 60.

Perissopus armatus Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p. 394.

Host: Mustelus vulgaris. Rio Janeiro.

(3) PERISSOPUS INCISUS. 9.

Chlamys incisus V. Ben. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. 1892, p. 227,

pl. ii. fig. 1.

Host :—? Bay of Dakar, Senegal.

Family III. DICHELESTIDZ.

The body is as a rule elongated, and the head small. The free

thoracic segments are simple (only exceptionally seen with dorsal

plates). Abdomen generally rudimentary. The anterior antenne

are slender, mostly with many joints up to 15, rarely short with

only 2 or 3 joints. Posterior antenne unciform or cheliform,

generally projecting beyond the border of the cephalothorax.

Mouth-parts as in Caligide. Generally there are four pairs of

thoracic limbs, frequently short, stump-like, or suppressed, or the

posterior ones transformed into lamellar plates. Eye single,

median, or absent. Genital organs as in Caligide. Male and

female only relatively different. The majority are capable of a

certain amount of locomotion.

G. 1. AntTHosoma Leach.

Head oval, infolding, broadest posteriorly. Two distinct dorsal

thoracic plates, and three pairs of large overlapping ones which

represent the limbs. Abdominal segment small, terminating in

two long caudal appendages. Anterior antenne long, multi-

articulate. Posterior antenne unciform, very large, and projecting.

Rostrum elongated.

(1) ANTHOSOMA CRASSUM. 9.

Caligus crassus Abgd. Mém. de Copenhag. 1794.

1 imbricatus Risso, Hist. Nat. Crust. Nice, 1816, p. 162,

pl. iit. fig. 13.

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 469

Anthosoma smithiz Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 299, pl. xxxiii.

fig. 9.

sé »» Leach, Enc. Brit. Suppl. 1816, p. 406, pl. xx.

fig. 1.

3 » Kroyer, Tidsskrift, ii. 1838, p. 295, pl. ii. fig. 2.

4 » M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. 1840, p. 483,

pl. xxxix. fig. 5.

A crassus, Stp. & Litk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p- 397, pl. xxii. fig. 24.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Zamna cornubica. Pacific and Atlantic, &c.

G. 2. Tucca Nordm.

Head small, rounded, with a lamellar appendage on either side ;

neck distinct. No dorsal plates on thoracic limbs. Genital segment

large, oval. Abdomen small, biarticulate. Anterior antennz

many-jointed, setaceous. Posterior antenne small, unciform.

(1) Tucca IMPRESSA. 2.

Tucca impressa Nordm. Bull. Soc. Imp. HUES vol, XXxvii.

pl. vi. fig. 7 (1864).

“ . Kr. Tidsskrift, i. 1837, p. 182.

Ae " M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii, 1840, p. 496.

Host: Diodon hystria. Atlantic.

G. 3. Norton Nordm.

Head rounded, small; neck distinct. No dorsal thoracic plates,

limbs converted into a divided ventral plate with wing-like ex-

pansions anteriorly.

(1) Norion Expansus. 9.

Norton expansus Nordm. Bull. Soc. Imp. Moscou, vol. xxxvii.

pl. ii. (1864).

Host :-—?

G.4, Epacurues Nordm.

Cephalothorax as in Lernanthropus, the first pair of thoracic

limbs being short, single-branched with three joints, the last three

changed into lamellar plates.

(1) EPACHTHES PARADOXUS. 2.

Epachthes paradoxus Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitrige, 1832, p. 45,

pl. xii. fig. 2.

Lernanthropus paradoxus M.-H. Hist. Nat.Crust. iii. 1840, p. 499.

Host: Mugil sp. Cape of Good Hope.

G. 5. Lernanrurorvus Nordm.

Head oblong or pyriform, sides incurved ; neck distinct. Thorax

two-jointed, produced posteriorly in a lobe or a pair of lobes more

Proc. Zoo. Soc,—1899, No. XXXII. 31

470 MR, P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

or less completely covering the genital segment, abdomen, and

appendages. The abdomen articulate, ending in two small caudal

non-setiferous plates. Anterior antenne always 5- or 6-jointed.

Posterior antenne strong, unciform. Rostrum long. The first two

thoracic limbs are biramose and rudimentary, the third and fourth

converted into lamellar appendages. Male smaller than the female

and without large posterior lobes.

(1) LeERNANTHROPUS MUSCA. 2.

Lernanthropus musca Blainy. Journ. de Physique, 1823, vol. xev-

p. 404. fig. 14.

a » M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 498,

pl. xli. fig. 2.

Host: Diodon sp. Manila.

(2) LERNANTHROPUS PUPA. 9.

Lernanthropus pupa Burm. Journ. de Physique, 1823, vol. xev.

p- 303, pl. xxiv. fig. 7.

Host: gills of Plataa. Brazil.

(3) LeRNANTHROPUS TEMMINOKI. 9.

Lernanthropus temminckii Nordm. Bull. Soc. Imp. Moscou, 1864,

XXxXvii. pl. ii.

Host: gills of Saurus lacerta [Scombresox saurus]. Ostend.

(4) LERNANTHROPUS KOENIGII. 9 .

Lernanthropus kénigit Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p. 395, pl. xii. fig. 23.

Hosts: gills of Stromateus paru[S. niger], Cymothoa eremita, &.

(5) LERNANTHROPUS CARANGIS. 9.

Lernanthropus carangis Hesse, Ext. de la Rey. de Scien. Nat. ii.

1878, pl. i.

Host: Caran sp. Europe.

(6) LERNANTHROPUS BELONES. 9°.

Lernanthropus belones Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 205,

pl. ix. fig. 4.

Host: gills of Belone almeida [B. truncata]. Brazil.

(7) LERNANTHROPUS ANGULATUS. 2 ¢.

Lernanthropus angulatus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 196,

pl. ix. fig. 1.

Host: gills of Serranus sp.

(8) LeRNANTHROPUS SCRIBE. 9.

Lernanthropus scribe Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 203,

pl. ix. fig. 3.

899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 471

Lernanthropus trigonocephalus Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865,

p. 226, pl. xxii. fig. 3.

Host: gills of Serranus scriba. Mediterranean.

(9) LERNANTHROPUS LATIVENTRIS. 2 ¢.

Lernanthropus lativentris Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 223,

pl. xxi. fig. 4.

Host: gills of Mesoprion phaioteniatus [M. vitta}]. Java.

(10) LurNaNTHROPUS LARVATUS. 2 ¢.

& Lernanthropus larvatus Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 227,

pl. xxii. fig. 4.

Host: gills of Priacanthus ocellatus. Indian Ocean.

(11) Lernanrnropus PERCIS. 2.

Lernanthropus percis Thomson, Trans. N. Z. Inst. xxii. 1889,

p- 366, pl. xxvii. fig. 2.

Host: gills of Percis colias. New Zealand.

(12) LerNaNTHROPUS PAGELLI. 2 ¢.

Lernanthropus pagelli Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 200,

pl. ix. fig. 2.

Host: gills of Pagellus penna [? Chrysophrys calamus].

(13) LuRNANTHROPUS ATROX. dQ.

Lernanthropus atrow Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 221,

pl. xxi. fig. 3.

B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii.

1898, p. 91, pl. vi. fig. 3.

Hosts: gills of Pagrus guttulatus [P. unicolor!, N. Holland, and

Chrysophrys sarba, Persian Gulf.

9 ”

(14) LeRNANTHROPUS PAGODUS. 9.

Lernanthropus pagodus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 208,

pl. viii. fig. 2.

Host: gills of Hques balteatus [E. lanceolatus]. Brazil.

(15) LERNANTHROPUS TRIFOLIATUS. 2.

Lernanthropus trifoliatus B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H.ser. 7, vol. ii.

1898, p. 12, pl. vii. fig. 3.

Host: gills of Polynemus tetradactylus. Bombay.

(16) LERNANTHROPUS KROEYERI. ON SN:

Lernanthropus kréyert V. Ben. Ann. Sc. Nat. 3 ser. vol. xvi.

1851, p. 102, pl. i.

Claus, Beitrag Parasit. Crust. 1858, p. 18,

pl. ii. fig. 16.

Nordm. Bull. Soc. Imp. Moscou, 1864,

pl. xxxviil. fig. 5.

31*

2? 99

2? bb

472 MR. P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

Lernanthropus kroyeri Hesse, Ext. de la Rev. de Sc. Nat. 1878,

vol. vii.

a » .-S. Journ. M. B. Assn. Plymouth, 1896,

p. 159.

In Ooll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Labraw lupus. European seas.

(17) LERNANTHROPUS BREVOORTIZ. 9.

Lernanthropus brevoortie Rath. Proc. U.S. N. H. Soc. 1887, x.

p- 563.

Host: gills of Brevoorta |Clupea] tyrannus. Atlantic.

(18) LerNanTHROPUS POMATOMI. 2 ¢.

Lernanthropus pomatomi Rath. Proc. U.S. N. H. Soc. 1887, x.

p- 967.

Host: Pomatomus saltator? Atlantic.

(19) LERNANTHROPUS NOBILIS. 9.

Lernanthropus nobilis Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 225,

pl. xxii. fig. 2.

Host: gills of Temnodon saltator. Brazil.

(20) LERNANTHROPUS GISLERI. ¢ Q.

Lernanthropus gisleri V. Ben. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. vol. xix.

no. 9. 1861, pl. xxxviil.

be »» Hesse, Revue des Sc. Nat. vi. 1877, pl. iv.

Host: Scicena aquila. European seas.

(21) LERNANTHROPUS GIGANTEUS. 2 ¢.

Lernanthropus giganteus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 206,

pl. viii. fig. 1.

is - B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii.

1898, p. 360.

Host: gills of Caranz spp. Indian Ocean.

(22) LERNANTHROPUS NUDUS. 9 ¢.

Lernanthropus nudus B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii.

1898, p. 368, pl. xii. fig. 2.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Mugil sp. Aden.

(23) LuRNANTHROPUS PETERSI. Q d (Stalagmus).

Lernanthropus petersi Nordm. Bull. Soc. Imp. N. Moscou, 1864,

pl. vii. fig. 1.

Host: gills of Serranus goliath. Mozambique.

See also Lernanthropus holmbergi Nordm. Bull. Soc. Imp. N.

Moscou, 1864, from Honolulu. Male only described.

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 473

G. 6. Dicupiestium Herm.

Head obtuse. Body elongated, consisting of four distinctly

articulated segments, without dorsal plates. Genital segment oval,

long. Abdomen oblong, with two minute caudal plates. Anterior

antenne slender, with 8 jomts. Posterior antenneé large, cheliform

at the end. The first two pairs of thoracic limbs small, two-

branched, the third lamellar, the fourth suppressed.

(1) DicHELESTIUM SIURIONIS. 2 ¢.

Dichelestium sturionis Herm. Mém. Aptérologique, 1804, p. 125,

l. v. fig. 5.

N ls Mikrogr. Beitrage, 1832, p. 41.

M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. 1840, p. 483,

pl. xxxix. fig. 4.

H. Rathke, Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb.

iii. 1837, p. 401.

53 55 V. Ben. Ann. Se. Nat. vol. xxi. 1854,

p. 96.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Acipenser sturio.

G. 7. Loycurpium Gerst. (Kréyeria V. Ben.)

Head broad, with two long movable styliform processes pro-

jecting backwards. Three distinct free thoracic segments without

lobes on dorsal plates. Genital segment very long, oval shape.

Abdomen elongated, simple, terminating in two lanceolate setose

caudal plates. Anterior antenne 8-jointed. Posterior antenne

short, cheliform; the second maxillipeds are large and uncinate.

All four pairs of thoracic limbs are biramose, each branch having

three joints furnished with plumose sete.

1) LoncHIDIUM LINEATUM. 9°.

Kréyeria lineata V. Ben. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. 1853, t. xx,

pt. i. p. 94.

‘ » W.Ben. Rech. sur les Crust. Belg. 1861, p. 149,

pl. xxii.

+ » OC. Claus, Beitrag Parasit. Crust. 1858, p. 24,

pl. ii.

Host: gills of Galeus canis.

(2) LONCHIDIUM ACULEATUM. 9.

Lonchidium aculeatum Gerst. Archiv. f. Natur. 1854, p. 189.

Host: “Shark.” Atlantic.

G. 8. CLAvELLA Oken.

Head small, rounded ; thorax biarticulate, without dorsal plates

or lateral processes. Genital segment very long (5 or 6 times as

long as cephalothorax). Abdomen short. Caudal plates minute.

Anterior antenne 6-jointed. Posterior antennz uncinate. Second

474 MR. P, W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

maxillipeds very slender. Only two pairs of thoracic limbs, both

biramose and biarticulate.

(1) CLAVELLA HIPPOGLOSSI. 2.

Clavella hippoglossi Kr. Tidsskrift, i. 1837, p. 196, pl. il. fig. 3.

ls + Guérin, Icon. du Régne Anim. 1829-43,

plixae: 7

bs a M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 494.

i mi V. Ben. Ann. Sc. Nat. 3 ser. vol. xvi. 1851,

p- 100, pl. ili. figs. 5, 6.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Hippoglossus vulgaris.

(2) CuavELLA MULLI. 9.

Clavellu mulli V. Ben. Ann. Se. Nat. 3 ser. vol. xvi. 1851, p. 101,

pl. ili. fig. 4,

“5 » 5B.-S. Journ. M. B. Assn. Plymouth, 1896, p. 159.

Host: gills of Mullus sp.

(3) CLAVELLA TENUIS. 2.

Clavella tenuis Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 215, pl. xxiii.

fig. 1.

Host: gills of Monocentris sp. Philippines.

G. 9. Cypicoua B.-S. (Helleria B.-S.)

Head rounded. Thorax with three distinct segments bearing

lateral lobes but no dorsal plates. Genital segment very long.

Abdomen small, with two lanciform appendages. Anterior antennz

6-jointed. Posterior antenne 3-jointed, strongly hooked at the

end. Second maxilliped very large, basal joint robust. Three

pairs of thoracic limbs, all rudimentary, the first biramose, the

second uniramose, the third stump-like.

“Male” smaller. Posterior antenne strongly prehensile’; no

thoracic lateral lobes.

(1) CyBIcoLa ARMATA. ¢ 2.

Helleria armata B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. i. 1898,

p: 10, pl. v. figs. 1, 2.

Cybicola ,, B.-S. op. cit. ii, 1898, p. 371.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: QCybium spp. Indian seas.

G. 10. Pspupocnavetua B.-S.

Head small, rounded. A single free thoracic segment without

lobes or dorsal plates. Genital segment oval, 4 times as long as

cephalothorax. Abdomen very short. Caudal plates minute,

setiferous, Anterior antenn indistinctly 3-jointed. Posterior

antenne short, uncinate. Second maxillipeds slender. Four pairs

of rudimentary limbs present, the first two biramose, third and

fourth from the genital segment stump-like.

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. A475

(1) PsEUDOCLAVELLA OVALIS. 9°.

Pseudoclavella ovalis B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii.

1898, p. 95, pl. vi. fig. 1.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Serranus sp. Muscat.

G. 11. Psnupocycnvs Heller.

Head oval. Thorax with three segments, bearing small lateral

lobes. Genital segment long (3 times that of cephalothorax).

Abdomen short, broad. Caudal appendages very small, simple.

Anterior antenne 3-jointed. Posterior antenne small, uncinate.

Second maxillipeds as moderately strong biarticulate hooks. Five

pairs of rudimentary limbs; the first and third uniramose, the

second biramose; fourth and fifth minute, stump-like; the last

rising from the posterior extremity of the genital segment.

(1) PSEUDOCYCNUS APPENDICULATUS. @.

Pseudocycnus wppendiculatus Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865,

p. 218, pl. xxii. fig. 7.

is 8 B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7,

vol. 11. 1898, p. 368.

Hosts: gills of Coryphena and Thynnus macropterus. Aden,

G.12, Cronus M.-E. (Congericola V. Ben.)

Head rounded. Two distinct free thoracic segments withont lobes

or caudal plates. Genital segment oval. Abdomen short. Caudal

plates small, setiferous. Anterior antenne 6 joiuted. Posterior

antenng 2-jomted, uncinate; second maxilliped slender. Four

pairs of rudimentary thoracic limbs, all biramose.

(1) Cronus GRACILIS. 9.

Cycnus gracilis M.-H. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii, 1840, p. 496, pl. xli.

fig. 1.

By » Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 216, pl. xxii.

fig. 6.

Host: Gadus? Adriatic.

(2) Cronus PALLIDUS. 2 ¢.

Congericola pallida V. Ben. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. t. xxi. pt. 2,

1854, p. 583.

- » VW. Ben, Mém. Acad. Roy. Belg. xxxiii, 1861,

p. 148, pl. xxui.

Cycnus pallida B.-S. Journ. M. B. Assn, 1896, p. 159.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Conger vulgaris. European seas.

476 MR. P, W. BASSETT-SMFTH ON [Apr. 18,

(3) CYONUS BUDEGASS2.

Cycnus budegasse Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 270, pl. xii.

fig. 3.

Host: gills of Lophius budeyassa. Mediterranean.

G. 13. Nemesis Roux. (Zrgasitina ?, Pagodina, V. Ben.)

Head oval, distinct. Thorax divided into four well-marked

articulate segments. Genital portion short. Abdomen articulate,

with two small caudal plates. Anterior antenne multiarticulate.

Posterior uncinate. Second maxillipeds large, with single end-claw.

First pair of thoracic limbs uniramose ; second, third, and fourth

biramose.

(1) NuMESIS MEDITERRANEA. @.

Nemesis lamne Roux, Crust. de la Méd. pl. xx. figs. 1-9.

z carchariarum Roux, op. cit. pl. xx. figs. 10-11.

. mediterraneum Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 220,

pl. xxi. fig. 2.

Hosts: “ Sharks.” Mediterranean.

(2) NEMESIS ROBUSTA. Q.¢.

Ergasilina robusta V. Bened. Ann. de Sc. Nat. 3 ser. 1851,

vol. xvi. p. 97, pl. iii. fig. 1.

ie 5» V. Bened. Mém. Acad. Roy. Belg. 1861,

p- 149, pl. xxvii.

Pagodina ,, V. Bened. op. cit. 1853, vol. xx. pt. i. p. 482.

Hosts: Zrygon pastinaca, Galeus canis, Carcharias glaucus.

G. 14. Evpacrynina Van Beneden.

Head obtuse, broader behind than in front. Four distinct

thoracic segments without dorsal plates or lateral processes.

Genital portion short. Abdomen biarticulate ; caudal plates setose.

Anterior antenne with hooked basal joints. Posterior antenne

with three terminal claws. Second maxillipeds large, cheliform.

First four pairs of thoracic limbs biramose ; fifth uniramose.

(1) EupaoryLina acura. 2.

Eudactylina acuta V. Bened. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. vol. xx. pt. 1,

1853, p. 235.

a », V.Bened. Mém. Acad. Roy. Belg. 1861, p. 150,

pl. xxv.

Hosts: gills of Squatina angelus [Rhina squatina] and Spinax

acanthias | Acanthias vulgaris].

(2) EUDACTYLINA ASPERA. 9.

Eudactylina aspera Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 213,

pl. xxi. fig. 1.

Host: mouth of Carcharias pleurotena. Java.

1899.] PARASITIC COPHPODA ON FISHES. 477

G. 15. Lamproerenta Nordm.

Head distinct, quadrilateral. Thorax elongated, composed of

four rings indistinctly articulated. Genital segment short. Abdo-

men very long; caudal plates smali, lobe-like. Anterior antennz

with 10 joints. Posterior antenne not uncinate, but provided

with sete. First maxillipeds very strongly uncinate, second

terminating in3 claws. Thoracic limbs rudimentary, the first four

biramose, fifth minute, stump-like.

(1) LAMPROGLENIA PULCHELLA. 9°.

Lamproglenia pulchella Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitrige, 1832, Heft 2,

pe tpl. fo. te

h » M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 487,

pl. xxxix. fig. 6.

0 » Claus, Beitriige, 1875, p. 26, pl. xxiv.

fig. 33.

Host: gills of Cyprinus jeses [Leuciscus sp. ].

(2) LAMPROGLENIA LICHIZ. 9.

Lamproglenia lichie Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitriige, 1832, Heft 2,

p- 134.

Host: gills of Lichia aculeata.

(3) LAMPROGLENIA HEMPRICHI. 2.

Lamproglenia hemprichii Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitriige, 1832, Heft 2,

p- 134.

Host: Myletes dentea.

Family IV. PHILICHTHYID. (Lernéoapodiens Hesse.)

Females elongated, more or less segmented, without articulated

locomotive organs, but often with soft lobe-like lateral appendages.

Antenne and mouth-processes more or less rudimentary.

Males distinctly articulate, with two pairs of antenne, two

pairs of maxillipeds, the first pair of the latter being transformed

into powerful hooks, and two pairs of biramose thoracic limbs,

sometimes also one pair on the first abdominal segment. Small

cutaneous dorsal appendages to the second thoracic segment.

Abdomen generally with 8 articulations.

These parasites are all found free in the mucous canals and

sinuses of various fishes.

G. 1. Puricuruys Stp.

Female. The whole body distinctly multisegmented, and elon-

gated ; without dorsal plates or articulate limbs; carrying on the

small rounded head as well as on the sides of the body a number

of soft non-articulate appendages of very peculiar shapes and sizes.

478 MR. P. W. BASSUTT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

The egg-sacs are broad and long, placed by the side of the body,

and embraced by some of these processes, but not projecting. A

single median eye.

Male. Much smaller, with distinctly segmented body attenuated

posteriorly. Cephalothorax as a buckler, with two free thoracic

rings, the second bearing two strong spines. The tail has 8 free

rings, the last provided with two caudal appendages. Anterior

antenne 6-jointed. Posterior with two, the last carrying two

curved sete. First maxillipeds large.

PHILICHTHYS XIPHIE. 9 g. (Plate XXVI. fig. 2.)

Philichthys xiphie Stp. Oversigt Danske Videnskab. 1861, p, 295,

pl. i.

Bergsoe, Monograph Fremstellet, 1864, pl. i.

- » ©. Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. vol. vi. 1877, p.407.

Host : mucous canals in head of Xiphias gladius. Europe.

” ”

G. 2. RICHIARDIA, gen. nov.

Female. Head small, obtuse. Body elongated, segmented, the

second thoracic ring being very much enlarged, oval or rounded,

followed by five attenuated joints, the second of which has the

genital opening. Three pairs of lateral non-articulate acute pro-

cesses on each side, with a pair of caudal appendages, and a pair

also of frontal ones directed forwards. Anterior antenne triarti-

culate. Egg-sacs long, thick, placed by the side of the body as in

the preceding genus.

(1) RicHIarpia LICHIZ. 9.

Philichthys lichice Richiardi, Atti Soc. Toscana di Sc. Nat. 1876,

iii. pl. vi. fig. 1.

Host: frontal sinus of Lichia amia. Mediterranean.

(2) RicHIARDIA PAGRI. 9.

Philichthys pagri Richiardi, op. cit. 1876, pl. vi. fig. 3.

Host: frontal sinus of Pagrus vulgaris. Mediterranean.

(3) RicHIARDIA PAGELLI. 9.

Philichthys pagelli Richiardi, op. cit. 1876, pl. vi. fig. 4.

Host: frontal sinus of Pagellus mormyrus. Mediterranean.

(4) RicHIARDIA EDWARDSI. 9.

: Se edwardsi Richiardi, op. cit. vol. ii. 1875, pl. vi.

"Host frontal sinus of Serranus cabrilla. Mediterranean.

(5) RICHIARDIA STEENSTRUPI. 9.

Philichthys steenstrupw Richiardi op. cit. 1875, pl. vi. fig. 5.

Host: frontal sinus of Mullus barbatus, M. surmuletus.

3) Oe ee

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 479

(6) RICHIARDIA SCIENE. 2 o.

Philichthys sciena Richiardi, op. cit. 1875.

‘8 » ©. Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. vol. vi. 1877, p. 412.

Host: lateral line of Sciena wmbra. Mediterranean.

(7) Ricurarpra pEenvicis. 9. (Plate XXVL. fig. 3.)

Philichthys denticis Richiardi, op. cit. 1876, pl. vi. fig. 2.

Host : frontal sinus of Dentex vulgaris. Mediterranean.

(8) RicHraRpIA BARALDI.

Philichthys baraldi Richiardi, op. cit. vol. iti. 1876, pl. vi. fig. 5.

Host: frontal sinus of Chrysophrys aurata. Mediterranean.

G. 3, SpuzrRirer Richiardi. (Spherosoma Leydig.)

Female. Head small, obtuse. Body elongated, segmented ; first

thoracic segment slender, the second large and spherical, followed

by five diminishing joints, in the second of which are seen the genital

pores ; there is a single pair of acute processes projecting from the

enlarged segment, and a pair of elongated appendages from the

last. The anterior antenne are triarticulate. Egg-sacs globular.

Male not known.

(1) SPHHZRIFER CORVINA.

Spherosoma corvine Leydig, Arch. f. Natur. v. Trosch. xvii.

1851, p. 259.

Spherifer cornutus Richiardi, Soc. Toscana de Se. Nat. ii. 1876.

ve a , C. Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. vol. vi. 1877, p. 413.

Host: mucous canals of Corvina nigra and Sciena aquila.

(2) SPHARIFER LuypicI. (Plate XXVLI. fig. 4.)

Spheerifer leydigi Richiardi, op. cit. 1876, pl. vi. fig. 6.

Host: mucous sinus of Umbrina cirrhosa. Mediterranean.

G. 4. Conozomatus Hesse.

Female. Head round or conical. Body elongated, segmented ;

three narrow free thoracic joints followed by an enlarged oval

genital portion, and two or three slender abdominal joints; there

are three pairs of lateral obtuse appendages, one pair of caudal,

and one pair of spathulate processes from the head directed

forwards. Anterior antenne with four or five articulations,

Posterior antennz small, uncinate. Proboscis and maxillipeds

present ; also a small single eye. External ovarian tubes not ob-

served. Male not known.

(1) Cotopomatus LAMN”. 9°,

Colobomatus lamne Hesse, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 5, xvii. 1878,

p. 3, pl. xxiv. fig. 1.

ss » ©, Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. vol. vi. 1877, p. 387.

Host: nasal fossa of Lamna cornubica.

48) MR. P, W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

(2) CoLOBOMATUS BERGYLTH. 9. (Plate XXVI. figs. 5, 5a.)

Colobomatus bergylte Hesse, op. cit. 1873, pl. xxiv. fig. 8.

A »-_ C. Vogt, op. cit. 1877, p. 411.

Host: head of Zabrus bergylte [L. maculatus]. Brest.

G. 5. Lepospuitus Hesse.

Female. Head small, rounded. Body elongated, segmented ;

thorax of two indistinct joints followed by a large dilated genital

segment. Abdomen of six distinct articulations ; no lateral appen-

dages, but minute caudal setose plates. A single median eye,

proboscis and small maxillipeds present.

Male very similar to that of Philichthys.

LEPOSPHILUS LABRI. 9 d. (Plate XXVI. fig. 6.)

Leposphilus labrii Hesse, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 5, vol. v. 1866,

p- 265, pl. ix.

s », Hesse, op. cit. vol. xvii. art. 14, 1873.

5 » OC. Vogt, op. cit. 1877, p. 387.

Host: lateral sinus of Labrus donovani. Brest.

Family V. LERNAIDZ.

The body in the young, sexually mature form very similar to

those of the preceding families. The anterior antenne are short,

slender, and carrying small bristles ; the posterior pair are uncinate,

generally projecting beyond the front border of the cephalothorax.

The maxillipeds are very small and weak. There are four pairs of

thoracic limbs well developed, the first two or more biramose.

Genital segment of female much elongated. Abdomen rudimen-

tary. Eye median. The larve vary from a cyclops-like form to those

with a twisted frontal filament. In the older and fixed parasitic

condition, the females are long, worm-like, generally without limbs,

some with irregular excrescences from the anterior portion, others

with elongated appendages from the genital segment or abdomen.

Egg-sacs double.

G. 1. Lernzocnra Blainville.

Head not distinctly divided off, but bearing horn-like processes.

Mouth terminal. Genital segment much elongated, slightly curved ;

the limbs placed at nearly equal distances one from another, the

first four pairs biramose, triarticulate, the fifth very minute.

(1) LurNxoceRA ESOCINA. 2.

Lernea cyprinacea Linn. Fauna Suecica, ii. 1761, pl. xi. fig. 2.

$3 4 Blainv. Journ. de Physique, xev. 1822, p. 337.

Lerneocera cyprinacea Burm. Noy. Act. Nat. Cur. xvii. p. 309,

pl. xiv. fig. 1 (1835).

ts zi Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitrige, ii. 1832,

p- 123, pl. vi. fig. 1.

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 481

Lerneocera esocrna M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 527,

pl. xl. figs. 13, 15.

e cyprinacea M.-E. op. cit. 1840, p. 527, pl. xl. fig. 16.

pe esocina Herm. Naturforscher, xix. 1783, p. 44, pl. ii.

fig. 6.

Pe » OC. Claus, Zeitschr. gesammt. Naturwiss. xxxi.

1868, p. 530.

i » Richiardi, Atti Soc. Toseana di Se. Nat. iii.

1876.

Hosts: Carp, Perch, Roach, &c.

(2) LeRNMOCERA CRUCIATA. 9.

Lerneocera cruciata Lesueur, Journ. Ac. Philad. 1824, iii. p. 286,

pl. xi. fig. 4.

4 a M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. 1840, iii. p. 527.

ae Ae Richiardi, Atti Soc. Toscana di Se. Nat. iii.

1876,

Host: Cichla cenea, Les. Lake Erie.

(3) LERNHOCERA PHOXINACEA. 92.

Lerneocera phoxinacea Kilr. An. Mus. Wien.

e, a Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 325,

pl. xviii. fig. 3.

Host: Phowinus marsilic [Leuciscus phoxinus].

(4) LERNZOCERA LAGENULA. Q.

Lerneocera lagenula Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 246,

pl. xxiv. fig. 9.

Host :—? Brazil.

(5) LurNocnRA POMOTIDIS. Q.

Lerneocera pomotidis Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 323,

pl. xv. fig. 5.

Host: gills of Pomotis sp. New Orleans.

(6) LERNOCERA GASTEROSTEI. 9.

Lernceocera gusterostei, Brihl, Inst. d Univ. Pest. 200, 1860.

¥ va Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 246.

Host: Gasterosteus aculeatus.

(7) LERNZOCERA CATOSTOMI. 9.

Lerneocera catostona Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 321,

pl. xvui. fig. 4.

Host: Catostomus macrolepidotus, Les. Mississippi.

G. 2, THeropamus Kréyer.

Head rounded, without horn-like appendages ; mouth opening at

the base of the long slender neck. ‘l'horax much elongated, indis-

482 MR. P, W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

tinctly segmented. Genital ring short. Abdomen small, with two

minute caudal plates. Posterior antenne strongly uncinate. All

four pairs of thoracic limbs present, biramose and triarticulate.

(1) THERODAMUS SERRANI. 9.

Therodamus serrani Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 316,

pl. xv. fig. 4.

Host: gills of Serranus sp. West Indies.

G. 3. Pentcutus Nordm.

Head oval, without horn-like processes. Thorax distinctly seg-

mented, giving rise to four pairs of limbs, the first two pairs being

placed close behind the head, the third and fourth some distance

removed from them and from each other. Genital segment very

long. Abdomen small, with minute caudal plates.

Male smaller than female, with a short genital segment.

(1) PENIOULUS FISTULA. 2 ¢.

Peniculus fistula Nordm. Mikrog. Beitrige, 1832, p. 107, pl. vi.

fie. 8.

M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 497.

Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 248, pl. xxv.

fig. 3.

Claus, Rech. iiber Lernaocera &c. 1868, p. 12,

pls. ii, ii

Host : Zeus faber.

(2) PENICULUS FURCATUS. 2.

Peniculus furcatus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 268,

pl. xii. fig. 4.

- », Claus, op. cit. 1868, p. 12.

Host: gills of Holacanthus (Tetrodon] sp. East Indies.

2” ”

” 9

(3) PENICULUS CLAVATUS. 9.

Peniculus clavatus Ky. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 266, pl. xiv.

fig. 8.

Lernea clavata Mill.

Host: fins of Sebastes norvegicus. Greenland.

G. 4. Penerta Oken. (Lerneopinna Blainv.)

Head large, globose, tuberculate, with arm-like projections directed

backwards ; the neck is long and straight, not distinctly segmented,

united with the elongated genital segment in the same line.

Abdomen penniform. Four pairs of limbs are present, placed close

behind the head and together ; the first two are biramose, the third

and fourth uniramose, each branch with two joints.

Male minute, not elongated.

Young form of female as “ Hessella cylindrica” Brady, Chall. Rep.

yo]. xxiil. p. 190, pl. xxix. figs. 40-42, and Baculus elongatus,

1899. ] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 483

Lubbock, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 1860, vide Bidrag Anat. der Ler-

neiden, Al. Mrazek, 1895.

(1) PENELLA saGITTA. 9°.

Pennatula sagitta Linn. Ameen. Acad. iv. 1754, p. 257, pl. i.

fig. 13.

Lerneopinna sagitta Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 3865.

», Blainv. Journ. de Physique, xev. p. 479.

Penella sa gitta Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitrige, 1832, p. iol, pk x.

fig. 6.

a » M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. 1840, p. 522.

a3 » Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861, p. 409,

pl. xiv. fig. 31.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: Lophius [Antennarius] tunidus; L. marmoratus; Chiro-

nectes.

(2) PENELLA FILOSA. 2.

Pennatula filosa Linn., Syst. Nat. et Ameen. Acad. iv. 1754.

s »» Guérin, Icon. Zooph. pl. ix. fig. 3.

Bors » M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 523,

Host: Orthagoriscus mola. Atlantic.

(3) PHNELLA Exoc@TI. 9 ¢.

Lernea exoceti Holten, Naturhist. Skrifter, 136, 1802, pl. iii.

fig. 3.

Lerneopenna holtent Blainy. Journ. de Physique, 1822.

rf blainvillit, Lesueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iii.

1823, p. 291, pl xi. fig. 2

Penella exoceeti Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861, p. 415,

pl. xiv. fig. 33.

In Coll. Mus. Brit.

Host: Hwocetus volitans [E. evolans]. Indian Ocean.

(4) PENELLA VARIANS. 9 C.

Penella varians Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861, p. 413,

pl. xiv. fig. 32.

» pustulosa? Baird, Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. p. 280.

Host: fin of Coryphena sp. Atlantic.

(5) PENELLA DIODONTIS. 2.

Penella diodontis Oken, Chamisso & Esenhart, Nov. Act. Acad.

Ces. Leop. Bonn, x. 1821.

» brachiata Blainv. Journ. de Physique, 1822.

2 » Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861, p. 412.

Host: Diodon seamaculatus. Manila.

(6) PBNELLA HISTIOPHORI. 9.

Penella hastiophort Thomson, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxii. 1889,

p- 368, pl. xxviii. fig. 2.

Host: Histiophorus herscheli. New Zealand.

484 MR, P. W. BASSETI-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

G. 5, Lernzenicus Les. (Lernwonema M.-E.)

Head rounded or obliquely pointed, with short, simple, horn-like

excrescences projecting backwards; neck non-segmented, long,

passing gradually into the genital segment, which is in the same

straight line. Abdomen without penniform processes. Thoracic

limbs placed close together just behind the head, the two first

biramose, the third and fourth uniramose, all with two joints.

(1) LurNZENICUS SPRATTZ. 2.

Lernea spratta Sowerby, Brit. Miscell. ii, 1806, p. 17, pl. Ixviii.

», ¢yclophora Blainy. Journ. de Physique, xcv. 1822, p. 436.

Lerneocera surrirensis Blainy. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxvi. 1823, p. 117.

Lernea ocularis Cuy. Réegne Animal, ii. vol. 111. 1830, p. 256.

Foroculum spratti Thompson, Cat. Mus. Coll. Surg.

Lerneonema monilaris M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii, 1840, p. 525,

pl. xli fig. 5.

spratta Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 341, pl. xxxv.

fig. 10.

bairdi Salter, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (2) vi. 1850, p. 86,

pl. vii. fig.1.

monilaris Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 248,

pl. xxv. fig. 4.

Lerneenicus spratta Olsson, Prod. Faun. Copep. 1869, p. 46.

Richiardi, ‘Descr. di Lerneen., Atti Soc.

Toscana Sci. Nat. vol. iii.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Clupea spratta. Europe.

”

9 ”

(2) LERNZENICUS ENCRASICOLI. 9.

Lernea encrasicoli Turton, Brit. Fauna, i. 1807, n. 108.

Lerneonema encrasicoli Baird Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 341, pl. xxxv.

’ fig. 11.

Lerneenicus encrasicol Olsson, Prod. Faun. Copep. 1869, p. 46.

Richiardi, Atti della Soc. Toscana di Sci.

Nat. vol. ii.

9 ”

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: Engraulis encrasicolus and Clupea spratta.

(3) LurNZENICUS ABDOMINALIS. 9.

Lerneonema abdominalis M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. 1840, p. 525.

Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

. 398.

Lerneenicus abdominalis Richiardi, Atti della Soc. Toscana, vol. iii.

Host :—? Valparaiso.

9 ”

(4) LERN#ENICUS RADIATUS. 9.

Lerneocera radiata Lesueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iii.

1824, p. 288, pl xi. fig. 1.

M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. 1840, p. 528.

thy ”

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 485

Lerneenicus radiatus Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p. 400. ;

$5 +s Richiardi, Atti della Soc. Toscana Sci.

Nat. vol. iii. p. 8.

Hosts: Clupea tyrannus and C. mattowacca.

(5) LERNZENICUS NODICORNIS. 2.

Lerneenicus nodicornis Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p- 401, pl. xiii. fig. 26.

Po a Richiardi, op. cit. p. 8.

Host: Coryphena sp.

(6) LERN#ENICUS INFLEXUS. 2.

Lerneenicus inflexus Pee & Liitk. op. cit. 1861, p. 401, pl. xiii.

gp, 27.

* os eae op. cit. vol. iti. p. 8.

Host: gills of “ Barracotta.” Atlantic.

(7) LERN®HENICUS GRACILIS. 2.

Lerneonema gracilis Heller, Reise der Novara, 1865, p. 249,

pl. xxv. fig. 5.

Lerneenccus gracilis Richiardi, op. cit. vol. ili. p. 8.

Host: body of Lichia amia.

(8) LERNZENICUS POLYNEMI, 9°.

Lernenema polynemi B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. i.

1898, p. 12, pl. vii. fig. 1.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: body of Polynemus tetradactylus. Bombay.

(9) LeRNZENICUS VORAX. 9.

Lerneenicus vorax Richiardi, op. cit. p. 9, pl. vii. figs. 1-21.

Hosts: Sciena aquila, Corvina nigra, Labraa lupus, &e.

(10) LERNZENICUS NEGLECTUS. 9.

Lerneenicus neglectus Richiardi, op. cit. p. 13, pl. vii. figs. 22-43.

Hosts: Mugil cephalus, M. capito, M. chelo, M. auratus.

(11) LERN#ENICUS MUSTELI. Q GC.

Lerneonema musteli V. Ben. Bull. de lAcad. Belg. 1861, p. 154,

pl. xxix.

33 » V. Ben. Ann. Sc. Nat. xvi. 1851, p. 125.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Mustelus vulgaris.

G. 6. Ecunurvs Kr.

Head obtuse, separated by a long thin neck from the short

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1899, No. XXXII. 32

486 MR. P. W. BASSHTIL-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

squarish genital segment. Abdomen as a long pedunculated sac,

terminating in two minute caudal appendages. Egg-tubes filiform ;

ovules uniseriate. The minute articulate appendages have not been

described.

(1) Ecuerus TyPicus. 2.

Echetus typicus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 315, pl. xv.

fig. 6.

Host: Corvina unimaculata. New Orleans.

G. 7. Lopuvra Kollar.

Head oval, in the same straight line as the neck and genital

segment, having two wing-like processes at its base ; neck slender.

Genital segment squarish, giving off posteriorly two bundles of

filiform appendages.

(1) LopHurA EDWARDST. 9.

Lophura edwardsi C. Claus, Nat. Zeitschrift, 1860, pl. x. fig. 11.

Host :—? Mediterranean.

G. 8. Lernzxonoputs Heller.

Head globular, carrying three strong branching horns; neck

long, chitinons, curved. Genital segment S-shaped, bearing over

the posterior or abdominal portion extremely numerous, long,

tassel-like appendages. Four pairs of limbs placed close behind

the head and near together. Egg-sacs long ; ovules uniseriate.

(1) LurNZOLOPHUS SULTANUS. 2.

Lerneolophus sultanus Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 251,

pl. xxv. fig. 7.

Penella sultana M.-K. Hist. Nat. Crust. ili. 1840, p. 523.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: Serranus scriba, S. cabrilla, Mediterranean ; also Caranx

sp.

(2) LERNZOLOPHUS HEMIRHAMPHUS. 9.

Lernea hemirhamphi Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 318,

pl. xv. fig. 7.

Host: Hemirhamphus sp. West Indies.

G. 9. Lernza Linn.

Head globular, with strong branching horns; neck cylindrical,

chitinous. Genital segment strongly bent in §-shape, simple.

Egg-tubes long, convoluted. Four pairs of thoracic limbs placed

close behind the head, the first two biramose, third and fourth

uniramose ; all with plumose sete.

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 487

(1) LeRN#%A BRANCHIALIS. 2 ¢.

Lernea branchialis Linn. Syst. Nat. 12 ed. 1767, p.1092; Lamarck,

Cuvier, Burmeister, Guérin, Kroyer, Oken,

M.-E., Thompson, Baird, Stp. & Liitk.,

V. Ben., B.-S., Hesse.

$ Claus, Beitrag zur Naturges. der Lern.

1868, p. 16, pl. ili., iv.

os sy Al. Mrazek, Beitrag zur Anat. der Lern.

1895.

9 # I. C. Thompson, Rep. Copep. of Liverp.

Bay, 1893, pl. xxiv.

95 gadina Miill. Zool. Dan. iv. p. 65, pl. exviil. fig. 4.

Po » 0. Fabr. Faun. Greenl. 1780, p. 339.

Lerneocera branchialis Blainv. Journ. de Physique, xev. 1823,

p- 376, pl. xxvi. fig. 1.

9 = Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitriige, 11. 1832, p. 130.

a sigmoidea Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p. 404, pl. xiii. fig. 29.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Gadide. N. tewperate region.

(2) LeRNmA RIGIDA. 9.

Lernea rigida Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 320, pl. xvii.

fig. 2.

Host:— ? Valparaiso.

(3) Lernza Luscr. 9.

Lernea lusci B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, xviii. 1896, p. 13,

pl. iv. fig. 6.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Gadus luscus. Plymouth.

(4) LERNHA LOTELLZ. Q.

Lernea lotelle Thomson, Trans. N. Z. Inst. 1889, vol. xxii.

p- 369, pl. xxviii. fig. 3.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Lotella bacchus. N. Zealand.

G. 10. Hamozaruss Stp. & Liitk.

Head rectangular, without horn-like processes, Two more or less

distinct thoracic segments are visible crowded behind the head,

each with a pair of bilobed, not articulated limbs ; neck very elong-

ated, acutely curved, near which flexure are two short blunt

processes. Genital segment dilated, twisted on itself, with, on

either side over the origin of the spirally coiled egg-tubes, a pair

of tubercles; abdominal portion considerably narrower, with

blunted extremity. Two pairs of biramose biarticulated limbs are

present.

32*

488 MR, P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

(1) H#MoBAPHES CYCLOPTERINUS. 9.

Lernea cyclopterina Fabr. Fauna Gren). 1780, p. 337.

Lerneocera cyclopterina Blainy. Journ. de Physique, xcv. 1823,

. 376,

; Lerneea eyclopterina Kr. Tidsskrift, i. 1837, p. 502, pl. v. fig. 4.

Lernea cyclopterina M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. 11. 1840, p. 529.

Hamobaphes cyclopterina Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab,

1861, p. 405, pl. xiii. fig. 30.

Hosts: Cyclopterus spinosus, Cottus spp., Gadus sp., Gunnellus

[Centronotus | fasciatus, Sebastes norvegicus. Faroe Is. &c.

G. 11. PeropprMa Heller.

Head globular, covered with numbers of closely placed fine-

branching processes, united to the long sac-like genital segment

by a short, narrow, slender neck, at a right angle and one-third

from the extremity. Anterior antenne triarticulate, setiferous.

First two pairs of true limbs biramose, others uniramose, each with

two joints. Egg-sacs long; ovules in a single row.

(1) PERODERMA CYLINDRICUM. 9.

Peroderma cylindrica Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 250,

pl. xxv. fig. 6.

§ % Richiardi, Atti della Soc. Toscana, 1875,

vol. ii. pl. iv. fig. 1.

b- branchiata B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. :.

1898, p. 13, pl. vii. fig. 2.

Hosts : ‘Sardine’ in Mediterranean ; Cozlia dussumieri, Bombay.

Family VI. CHONDRACANTHIDA.

Female forms incompletely or indistinctly segmented, often of

particularly bizarre appearance from the growth of irregular lobes

and prolongations. ‘The anterior antennz are short, 2-3-jointed,

the posterior generally in the form of simple hooks, often

powerful. Maxillipeds small, unciform, close to the mouth-opening ;

limbs generally in the form of non-articulate lobes. Sex-organs

paired, often very voluminous. External ovaries claviform ; ovules

multiseriate in most cases, sometimes convoluted or hidden,

The pigmy male is out of all proportion to the female, to which

it is firmly adherent. It has a distinct cephalothorax, segmented

abdomen, and is furnished with articulate limbs.

G.1, SpHyrion Cuv. (JLesteira Kr.)

Head float-like, enlarged transversely, separated by a long

cylindrical neck from the genital segment, which is cordiform

or oval, flattened antero- posteriorly ; this gives off on either side

of the rudimentary abdomen a bunch of hard grape-like processes

projecting backwards. Thoracic limbs suppressed. Egg-tubes

long, robust. Antenne as non-articulate lobes.

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 489

(1) SPHYRION LEVIGATUM. 9.

Sphyrion levigatus Cuv. Régne Anim., Zooph. 1830, pl. xxxil.

fig. 4.

Chondracanthus levis at & Gai., Freycinet Reise Zool. 1824,

p. 541, pl. Ixxxvi. fig. 10.

Guerin, Iconogr. Zooph. pl. ix. fig. 4.

Stp. Overs. Vidensk. Selsk. Kjébenh.

1869, p. 187.

Lesteira kréyeri Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. xxii. 1889,

p- 370, pl. xxviii. fig. 4.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: Gadus sp., Cape of Good Hope (Q. & G.); Genypterus

blacodes, N.Z. (Thoms.).

(2) SPHYRION LUMPI. °.

Lestes lumpi Kr. Danmk. Fiske, ii. 1845, p. 217.

Lesteira lumpi Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 325, pl. xviii.

fig. 5.

» Stp. Overs. Vidensk. Selsk. Kjébenh. 1869,

p. 182, pl. ii. fig. 5.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Cyclopterus lumpus. Denmark; ? Dungeness.

9 29

29 eb)

G. 2. Mepusicaste Kroyer.

Head minute, rounded, with both pairs of antennx, and two

pairs of minute uncinate maxillipeds and mouth in front. Thoracic

portion very elongated, divided into two parts, the anterior being

the broader, having at its base two wing-like processes, the

posterior portion cylindrical. Genital segment as broad as long,

robust, deeply emarginate in front and behind. Abdomen

small, biarticulate. Hgg-sacs long, club-shaped. One pair (?) of

bilobed thoracic limbs placed close behind the head.

Male pigmy, like those of Chondracanthus.

1. MEDESICASTE TRIGLARUM. @.

Medesicaste triglarum Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 312,

pl. xviii. fig. 1.

Host: Trigla hirundo. Kattegat.

2. MEDESICASTH PENETRANS. 9.

Medesicaste penetrans Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 235,

pl. xxv. fig. 1.

Host: Trigla capensis. Cape of Good Hope.

G.3. ORALIEN, gen. nov.

Head rounded in front, carrying there the two pairs of antenne,

and lateral lobe-like projections; produced posteriorly as a

cylindrical neck more or less long, at the juncture of which with

490 MR, P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

the thoracic segment are distinctly seen the mouth, maxille, and

two pairs of maxillipeds. Body large, convex above, concave

beneath, robust, with margins deeply incised; it is divided into

two portions, the thoracic bearing on the ventral side two pairs of

blunt lobed processes, and the genital rounded and larger.

Abdomen biarticulate. Egg-sacs elongated, claviform.

Male pigmy as in Chondracanthus.

ORALIEN ASELLINUS. ¢ @. (Plate XXVI. figs. 1, & la—lc.)

Lernea asellina Linn. Fauna Suec. 1761, p. 510.

Lernentoma trigle Blainv. Jour. de Physique, xev. 1822, p. 441,

pl. Ix. fig. 12.

3 » Blainv. Dict. des Sc. Nat. xxiv. 1823, p. 125,

Chondracanthus trigle Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitrage, ii. 1832, p.116,

pl. ix. fig. 1.

+ » Guérin, Iconograph. pl. ix. fig. 8.

Hf » Kroyer, Tidsskrift, i, 1838, p. 135, pl. ii.

fig. 33.

ee » V. Ben. Ann. Se. Nat. 3 ser. xvi. 1851,

p- 109.

ee » M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 502.

. » Stp. Bull. Soc. Roy. Dan. 1869, pl. ii.

fig. 1.

Bs » B-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. vi. 1896,

p- 13, pl. iv. fig. 4.

Lernentoma asellina Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 329, pl. xxxv.

fig. 4.

Chondracanthus gurnardi Kr.

rs » Stp. Bull. Soc. Roy. Dan. 1869, pl. ii.

fig. 3.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: gills of Gadus sp. and Trigla spp. Europe.

G. 4. Srrasax Nordm.

Head oblong, with six knob-like swellings. Body elongated,

widening posteriorly, where it gives off on either side four filiform

processes. Abdomen pyriform, 3 as long as processes; limbs

suppressed.

Male pigmy, distinctly segmented, and provided with limbs.

(1) SrraBax MonstRosus. dQ.

Strabax monstrosus Nordm. Bull. Soc. Imp. N. H. Moscou,

1864, t. xxxvii., pl. v. fig. 10.

Host: Scorpena porcus. Mediterranean.

G. 5. TricuTHacerus Kroyer.

Head short, dilated, separated from the oval non-segmented

body by a constriction. Abdomen small, articulate. Anterior

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 491

antenne slender, with three joints. Posterior large, trifurcate.

There are four pairs of rudimentary limbs, the first biramose.

Ovarian sacs long ; ovules multiserial.

Male pigmy, like those of Chondracanthus.

(1) TRICHTHACERUS PERISTEDII. 2 ¢.

Trichthacerus peristedit Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 264.

pl. xiv. fig. 7.

Host: gills of Peristethus sp. Rio Janeiro.

(2) TRICHTHACERUS MOLESTUS. 9°.

Trichthacerus molestus Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 233,

pl. xxiii. fig. 5.

Host: gills of Prionotus punctatus. Brazil.

G.6. Buias Kroyer.

Head rounded, separated by a constriction from the smooth,

thick, oval body, which is unsegmented and without processes,

Abdomen biarticulate, small, with two short terminal sete.

Anterior antenne short, thick. Posterior are two-jointed, unci-

nate. Mouth at the posterior part of the head. Two pairs of

single branched articulate limbs are present.

Male pigmy, like those of Chondracanthus.

BLIAS PRIONOTI. 2 ¢.

Aethon prionoti Kilr. Ann. Wien. Mus.

Blias prionoti Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 262, pl. xii.

fig. 5.

Host: gills of Prionotus punctatus. Brazil.

G.7. CHonpracantHus. De la Roche. (Lernentoma Blainv.)

Head distinct, separated from the body by a more or less

constricted neck, ‘Thorax indistinctly biarticulate, bearing two

pairs of lobe-like limbs. Genital segment compressed with

concaye borders, or provided with irregular globose or elongated

processess. Abdomen distinctly articulated, placed between the

two posterior horns. Anterior antenne 2-or3-jointed. Posterior

uncinate, strong. Mouth and appendages placed a little behind

these. External ovaries large; ovules multiseriate.

Male pigmy; the cephalothorax carries the strong hook-like

posterior antenne (or hooks of attachment) on the dorsal surface ;

abdomen segmented ; thoracic limbs articulate.

(1) CHoNDRACANTHUS CORNUTUS. dQ.

Lerncea cornuta Miill. Zool. Dan. i. 1776, pl. xxxiii. fig. 6.

Entomoda cornuta Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans Vert. viii. 1818.

Anops cornuta Oken, Lehrbuch Naturg. iii. 1815.

Lernentoma cornuta Blainy. Dict. Sc. Nat. xxvi. 1823, p. 126.

492 MR. P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

Chondracanthus cornutus Cuv. Régne Anim. iii. 1830, p. 258.

Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitriige, ii. 1832,

p- 111, pl. ix. fig. 10.

M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii, 1840,

p- 500, pl. xl. fig. 18.

Lernentoma cornuta Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 328, pl. xxxv.

fig. 2.

Chondracanthus cornutus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 249,

pl. xiii. fig. 7.

V. Ben. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 ser. xvi.

1851, p. 108, pl. iv. fig. 1.

2”? 39

” ”

PA fure Kr., Var., Bidrag til Kundskab, 1563,

p- 249, pl. xiii. fig. 6.

= solee Kr., Var., Tidsskrift, i. 1837, p. 139, pl. iii.

a » M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 501.

; » V. Ben. Ann. Sc. Nat. xvi. 1851, p. 109.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of various Pleuronectide.

(2) CHONDRACANTHUS OPHIDII. 2.

Chondracanthus ophidiit Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 244,

pl. xii. fig. 6.

Host: gills of Ophidium (blacodes?). Valparaiso.

(3) CHONDRACANTHUS MACRURUS. 9.

Chondracanthus macrurus Brady, Challenger Rep. viii. 1883,

p. 137, pl. lv. fig. 4.

Host: Macrurus sp. Kermadec Is.

(4) CHONDRACANTHUS CLAVATUS. 2 d.

Chondracanthus clavatus B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, xviii.

1896, p. 13, pl. v. fig. 6.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Pleuronectes microcephalus. Plymouth.

(5) CHONDRACANTHUS SICYASIS. 2 ¢.

Chondracanthus sicyasis Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 244,

pl. xiii. fig. 4.

Host: gills of Sicyases sp. Valparaiso.

(6) CHONDRACANTHUS LIMANDE. 2 ¢.

Chondracanthus limande Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 248,

pl. xiv. fig. 2. .

Host: gills of Platessa [Pleuronectes | limanda Linn.

(7) CHONDRACANTHUS PSETTI. @.

Chondracanthus psetti Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 243,

pl. xiii. fig. 5.

Host: Pleuronectes sp. Valparaiso.

1899. ] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 493

(8) CHONDRACANTHUS LOTELLEA. 92.

Chondracanthus lotelle Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. xxii.

1889, p. 372, pl. xxviii. fig. 7.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Lotella bacchus. New Zealand.

(9) CHONDRACANTHUS ORASSICORNIS. 2.

Chondracanthus crassicornis Kr. Tidsskrift, i. 1837, p. 203, pl. ii.

fig. 10.

ff ie M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii, 1840,

p. 501.

Host: Labrus.

(10) CHONDRACANTHUS BREVICOLLIS. 9°.

Chondr ingeantious brevicollis Kllr. Ann. Wien. Mus.

A. pA Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863,

p- 246, pl. xiii. fig. 3.

Host : —? Indian Ocean.

(11) CHONDRACANTHUS ANGUSTATUS. 2.

Chondracanthus angustatus Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1868,

p- 230, pl. xxiii. fig. 2 (not 3).

a % Schaub, Arbeit. Akad. Wien, 1876,

pls. iii.

Host: Uranoscopus scaber. Mediterranean.

(12) CHOoNDRACANTHUS ALATUS. 2 ¢.

Chondracanthus alatus Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 231,

pl. xxii. fig. 3 (not 2).

a » 5B.-S.Ann. & Mag. N.H. ser. 7,1.1898,

papa:

Hosts: Hippoglossus walako, Singapore; Psettodes erumei,

Bombay.

(13) CHONDRACANTHUS ELONGATUS. Q ¢.

Chondracanthus elongatus B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N.H. ser. 7, vol. i.

1898, p. 14, pl. vi. fig. 4.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Solea sp. Bombay.

(14) CHONDRACANTHUS HORRIDUS. 9°.

Chondracanthus horridus Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 232,

pl. xxiii. fig. 4

Host: Gobius jozo. Mediterranean.

(15) CHONDRACANTHUS CHYLOMYCTERI. 9.

Chondracanthus chylomycteri Thoms. Trans. N.Z. Inst. xxii.

1889, p. 371, pl. xxviii. fig. 5.

Host: mouth of Chylomycterus jaculiferus. New Zealand.

494 MR. P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

(16) CHONDRACANTHUS GENYPTERI. 2.

Chondracanthus genyptert Thoms. Trans. N.Z. Inst, xxii. 1889,

p- 372, pl. xxviii. fig. 6.

Host: Genypterus blacodes. New Zealand.

(17) CHONDRACANTHUS RADIATUS. Q.

Chondracanthus radiatus Mill. Zool. Danica, i. 1776, pl. xxxviil.

fig. 3.

PEA cotuian radiata Blainv. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxvi. 1823, p. 124.

Entomoda radiata Lamarck, Hist. des Anim. s. Vert. in. p. 223.

Chondracanthus radiatus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1868, p. 251,

pl. xiv. fig. 1.

Hosts: Coryphena (Macrurus) rupestris. Greenland.

(18) CHONDRACANTHUS MERLUCCII. 2 do.

Chondracanthus merluccti Holt, Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Copenhag.

vol. v. pl. ili. fig. 2.

Kr. Tidsskrift, i. 1837, p. 278, pl. ii.

fig. 9.

M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. mi. 1840,

p- 503.

B.-S. Journ. M. B. Assn. Plymouth,

1896, p. 161.

55 xyphice ? Cuv. Iconogr. Zool. pl. ix. fig. 20.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Merluccius vulgaris.

» 92

9 ”

2 9

(19) CHONDRACANTHUS NODOSUS. Q.

Lernea nodosa Mill. Zool. Danica, 1776, p. 40, pl. xxxiii.

fig. 5.

“3 » Lamarck, Hist. des Anim. s. Vert. iii. 1818,

p. 231.

Lernentoma nodosa Blainy. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxvi. 1823, p. 125.

Chondracanthus nodosus Kr. Tidsskrift, ii. 1838, p. 133, pl. iii.

fig. 2.

M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. 1840,

p. 503.

” ”

Host: Plewronectes sp.

(20) CHONDRACANTHUS LOPHII. 2 ¢.

Chondracanthus lophii Johnst. Loud. Mag. N. H. 1836, p. 181,

fig. 16.

Rathke, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. 1843, xx.

p- 116, pl. v. fig. 2.

gibbosus Thomps. Ann. Mag. N. H.

Kr. Tidsskrift, 1840, p. 738, pl. i.

fig. 4.

V. Ben. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. xvi. 1851,

pl. ii. fig. 10.

bed 3°

” ”

1899.] PARASITIC COPBPODA ON FISHES. 495

Lernentoma lophii Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 330, pl. xxxv.

fig. 3.

Chondracanthus lophi B.-S. Journ. M. B. Assn. Plymouth, 1896.

p. 162.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Lophius piscatorius.

(21) CHONDRACANTHUS ZEUS. 2 ¢.

Chondracanthus zet De la Roche, Nouv. Bull. de Soc. Philom.

ii. 1811, p. 270, pl. ii. fig. 2.

z delarochiana Blainv. Journ. Physique, xcev.

1822, pl. xxvi. fig. 18.

é: zet Burmeister, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. xvii. 1831,

p- 325.

i » Guerin, Iconogr. Zool. pl. ix. fig. 9.

$4 tuberculatus Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitriige, 1832,

p- 118.

zet M.-H, Hist. Nat. Crust. 1840, p. 504.

Lernentoma zei Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 327, pl. xxxv.

fig. 1.

er ietecodnhths zet V. Bened. Ann. Sc. Nat. xvi. 1851, p. 110,

pl. iv. fig. 5.

a » B-S. Journ. M. B. Assn. Plymouth, 1896,

p. 162.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Zeus faber.

G.8. Drocus Kroyer.

Head small, with long pointed processes on either side directed

outwards. Body short, compressed, squarish, deformed, with obtuse

nodular arm-like projections. Egg-sacs convoluted. Anterior

antenne 3- or 4-jointed. Posterior small, uncinate.

(1) Diocus gopinus. 9.

Lernea gobina Fabr. Zool. Dan. 2747.

>, Mill. Fauna Greenlandica, 389.

Chondracanthus gobinus Kr. Tidsskrift, 1837, p- 289.

Drocus gobinus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 259.

Ss » Stp. & Lutk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861, p. 423,

pl. xv. fig. 39.

Host: Cottus gobio. North Sea.

G.9. TanypLeurus Stp. & Liitk. (Jsmalia Berg.)

Head small, rounded, covered with a number of papilliform

processes. Body in the form of two wide incurving lobes, much

shorter than deep, with irregularly cut borders. Abdomen short.

Limbs not apparent. Egg-sacs twisted, partially hidden.

Male not known.

496 MR. P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

(1) TANYPLEURUS ALCICORNIS. 2.

Tanypleurus alcicornis Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p. 425, pl. xv. fig. 30.

Hosts: Cyclopterus spinosus, Scynunus microcephalus [Lemargus

borealis]. Greenland.

Family VI. LERNZOPODIDA.

Adult female with the body robust, incompletely or not at all seg-

mented. The anterior antenne are small, springing from the inside

of the posterior ones, which are generally two-branched. Mouth

conical, with a ciliated margin in which is seen the dentate slender

mandible. Maxille curved, toothed, and free. First maxillipeds

large, as strong hook-like limbs. Second maxillipeds converted

into organs of attachment, sometimes long and slender, others

united throughout, or short and dilated, terminating in a fixing

apparatus. Thoracic limbs often totally suppressed. External

ovaries as dilated sacs. Generally a fixed parasite.

Male pigmy, found on some portion of the female (head, arms, or

body). It is strikingly different and proportionately very small.

Articulate limbs more or less represented, but varying considerably

in different genera, and useful as a means of classification.

G.1. Tuysanore Kroyer.

Cephalothorax not markedly attenuated, joining imperceptibly

with the body, which is dilated and flattened; the second maxilli-

peds, like the hinder part of the body, giving rise to fimbriform

appendages. Abdomen minute. Anterior antenne slender,

articulate ; posterior unciform. Second maxillipeds united at the

end.

Male with distinct cephalothorax, and elongated segmented

abdomen.

(1) THYSANOTE POMAOANTHI. 9.

Thysanote pomacantht Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 288,

pl. xv. fig. 1.

Host: gills of Pomacanthus paru. West Indies.

(2) THYSANOTE FIMBRIATA. 9.

Brachiella fimbriata Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 240,

pl. xxiv. fig. 2.

Host: gills of Serranus sexfasciatus. Batavia.

(3) THYSANOTE LOBIVENTRIS. Q.

Brachiella lobiventris Heller, Reise d. Novara, 1865, p. 241.

pl. xxxiv. fig. 3.

Host: gills of Rhypticus saponaceus. Brazil.

1899. ] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 497

(4) [DHYSANOTH APPENDICULATA. 9 ¢.

Brachiella appendiculata Stp. & Litk. Bidrag til Kundskab,

1861, p. 419, pl. xv. fig. 35.

” i» Carl Vogt, Arch. Zool. HEps xvi. 1877.

3 appendiculosa B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, i.

1898, p. 14, pl. vi. fig. 1.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: gills of Stromateus paru[S. niger |, Polynemus tetradactylus.

indian Ocean.

(5) THYSANOTE IMPUDICA. @ Co.

Brachiella impudica Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitriige, ii. 1832, p. 92,

pl. viii. fig. 1.

3 “ M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 513.

» 3 C. Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. xvi. 1877, p. 436.

45 B.-S. Jour. M.B. Assn.Plymouth,1896, p.162.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: gills of Gadus eglefinus and Trigla sp. Europe.

G. 2. Basanitstzs Nordm.

Cephalothorax distinctly separated from the body, and not

attenuated. Genital segment quadrilateral or egg-shaped, with

three rounded tubercles on either side. Second pair of maxillipeds

short, united at the extremity, the first pair being placed at their

base.

Young as an elegant free-swimming Nauplius.

(1) BasaNISTES HUCHONIS. 9°.

Lerneea huchoms Schrank, Voyage in Bohéme, p. 99, pl. i. fig. a.

-f » Lamarck, Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. 1818, iii.

p- 230.

Basanistes huchonis Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitriige, ii. 1832, p. 87.

3 » Kollar, Ann. Wien. Mus. 1841, p. 86, pl. x.

» M.-E. ‘ine Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, Pp: 509.

Lernewopoda clavigera? Olsson, Oversigt Kgl. Ak. Forh. 1872,

pl. v.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Salmo hucho and Thymallus vulgaris.

G. 3. VANBENEDENIA Malm.

Head short, broader than long, not markedly attenuated, but

plainly separated from the body. Body elongated, indistinctly

segmented ; nocaudal appendages. External ovaries long, filiform.

Second maxillipeds short and thick.

(1) VANBENEDENIA KROEYERI. 9.

Vanbenedenia kréyert Malm, Forhand. Skand. Naturf. 1860,

p- 620.

Host: gills of Chimera monstrosa. Kattegat.

498 MR P.W BASSETT-SMITH ON Ayr. 18,

G. 4. Cuaroprnus Kroyer.

Cephalothorax short, distinctly two-jointed. Second maxillipeds

very long and slender, arm-like, with organ of attachment as hand-

like clasping processes. Genital segment elongated, indistinctly

segmented, terminating in two simple filiform processes. Abdomen

rudimentary. External ovaries saccular.

Male minute; cephalothorax distinct; 2nd maxillipeds very

large and cheliform ; abdomen with 5 or 6 articulations.

(1) CHAROPINUS RAMOSUS. @ oC.

Charopinus ramosus Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 284,

pl. xiv. fig. 5

Host: gills of Raja slavata. Europe.

(2) CHAROPINUS DALMANNI. 2 oC.

Lerneea dalmannii Retzius, Froriep’s Notizen, xxix. 1831, p. 617,

pl. vi. fig. 5.

Lerneopoda dalmannii Kr. Tidsskrift, i, 1837, p. 264, pl. i. fig. 3.

Ms M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 516.

Charopinus dalmannti Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 280,

pl. xiv. fig. 6.

Host: gills of Raja batis. Europe.

(3) CHAROPINUS HYPOCEPHALUS. 9.

Stylophorus hypocephalus Hesse, Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 6, viii. 1878,

art. 15, p. 1.

G.5. Actusres Nordm.

Cephalothorax distinctly separated from the body, short, oval,

one-jointed. Second maxillipeds long, slender, arm-like, united at

the end, bearing a small disc of attachment. Body oval, distinctly

segmented. External ovaries bag-like; ovules large.

(1) ACTHERES PERCARUM. 9.

Actheres percarum Nordm. Mikrog. Beitrige, 1832, p. 63, pl. i.

a ee Kr. Tidsskrift, ii. 1838, p. 143, pl. iii. fig. 6.

Be - M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 511,

pl. xl. fig. 8.

Host: Perca fluviatilis.

(2) ACTHERES PIMELODI. 9.

Actheres pimelodi Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 272,

pl. xvii. fig. 5.

Host: gills of Pimelodes maculatus. North America.

(3) ACTHERES LAOZ. 92.

Actheres lace Klr.

» Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 274, pl. xvii.

fig. 6.

Host: Perca Jaca. North America.

”

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 499

(4) AcTHERES SELACHIORUM. 9.

Actheres selachiorum Kurz, Zeitschrift wissens. Zool. xxix. 1877,

p- 385, pl. xxv. fig. 1.

Host: Mustelus levis, Myliobatis aquila.

G.6. Lernzopopa Kroyer.

Cephalothorax short, single-jointed, stout, distinctly separated

from the body. First maxillipeds placed not far behind the mouth.

Second maxillipeds long, thin, arm-like, united at the end, bearing

adise of attachment. Genital segment elongated, bag-like, not

segmented.

Male minute; cephalothorax distinct; abdomen elongated,

segmented ; articulate limbs present.

(1) Lern#opoDa ELONGATA. 2 Gd.

Lernea elongata Grant, Edinb. Journ. of Science, vii. 1827,

p. 147, pl. ii. fig. 5.

Lerneopoda elongata M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 515.

4 » Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 333, pl. xxxv.

fig. 5.

‘5 » Stp. & Liitk. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861,

p. 422, pl. xv. fig. 37.

be » V. Ben. Rech. sur la Faune lit. Belg. 1861,

p- 154.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: eye of Shark. Greenland.

(2) LERNMOPODA STELLATA. 2.

Lerneopoda stellata Mayor, Bull. de la Soc. Phil. 1824, p. 24,

pl. i. fig. 2.

e »» Rathke, Nova. Act. Acad. Ces. Leop. 1839,

p. 154.

x5 » M.-H. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 515,

pl. xl. fig. 12.

Host :—? Norway.

(3) LerNnmopopa GALEI. 92 ¢.

Lerneopoda galei Kr. Tidsskrift, vol. i. 1837, p. 272, pl. iii. fig. 5,

nN » M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 516.

ra » Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 334, pl. xxxv.

fig. 7.

5 » V. Bened. Ann. des Sci. Nat. 3 ser. xvi. 1851,

p- 120, pl. iv.

iy » 3B.-S. Jour, M. B. Assn. Plymouth, 1896, p. 163.

musteli Thomson, Trans. N. Z. Inst. xxii. 1889,

p. 373, pl. xxviii. fig. 9,

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: fins of Mustelus vulgaris, M. antarcticus, Squalus

acanthus, Scyllium canicula,

500 MR. P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [A pr. 18,

(4) LERNXOPODA SEBASTES. 92.

Lerneopoda sebastes Kr, Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 279,

pl. xvii. fig. 7.

Host: gills of Sebastes norvegicus. Greenland.

(5) LernOPoDA OBESA. ¢.

Lerncopoda obesa Kr. Tidsskrift. vol. i. 1837, p. 270, pl. iii. fig. 13.

99 » M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 516.

Host : Squalus acanthias.

(6) LERNZOPODA SALMONEA. 9. 2

Lernea salmonea Linn. Fauna Suec. Ed. 2,1761, p. 509, no. 2102.

55 - Cordiner, Antiq. & Sc. of N.Scot.7.8, pl. vi. fig. 2.

a Hs O. Fabr. Faun. Greenl. 337.

=f Mil]. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2744.

Pediculus salmonis Gisler, Kong]. Svensk. Vetensk. Ak. Handling.

1751, p. 171, pl. viii. fig. i.

Entomoda salmonea Lamarck? Hist. Anim. s. Vert. Ed. 2, 1818,

p- 686.

Lernceopoda eyprinacea Hermann, Naturforsch. no. 19, 1783,

pl. ii. fig. 7.

3 salmonea Blainy. Dict. Nat. xxvi. 1823, p. 127.

- 2 Mayor, Bull. des Sc. Soc. Phil. 1824,

vol. xxiv.

a carpionis Kr. Tidsskrift, i. 1837, p. 268, pl. ii. fig. 6.

53 bs M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. ill. 1840, p- 515.

4 salmonea Baird, Brit. Entom. 1850, p. 385,

pl. xxxv. fig. 6.

Kr. Bidrag til Kund. 1863, p...275,

pl. xv. fig..3.

Basanistes salmonea M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii, 1840, p. 509,

pl. xli. fig. 3.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Salmo spp., Cyprinus leuciscus [Leuciscus vulgaris].

” ”

G. 7. Tracuntiastes Nordm.

Cephalothoraxsubcylindrical or cordate; mouth inferior; orbicular

ciliated. Second maxillipeds long, arm-like, united at the ends, and

provided with an organ of attachment. First maxilliped small,

uncinate, at the base of the arms. Genital segment elongated,

bag-like, not segmented, and without lobes or tubercles. Abdomen

small. External ovaries saccular ; ovules large.

(1) TRACHELIASTES POLYCOLOPHUS. 2.

Tracheliastes polycolophus Nordm. Mikrog. Beitriige. ii. 1832, p. 95,

pl. vii. figs. 1-8.

M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840,

p- 507, pl. xl. figs. 1-7.

” ”

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Cyprinus jeses.

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 501

(2) TRACHELIASTES MACULATUS. 9.

Tracheliastes maculatus Kollar, Ann. Wien. Mus. i. 1841, p. 85.

M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. 1840,

p- 507.

Host: Cyprinus brama [Abramis brama].

” 99

(3) TRACHELIASTES STELLIFER. 2.

Tracheliastes stellifer Kollar, op. cit. p. 82, pl. ix. fig. 8.

M.-E. op. cit. p. 508.

”

Host : hare us glanis.

G. 8. Bracurienta Cuv.

Cephalothorax markedly thin and elongated, vermiform. First

maxilliped placed close behind mouth; second mostly long, arm-

like, generally divided up to the ends, where is found the organ of

attachment. Genital segment oval or quadrilateral. Abdomen

simple.

Male. Pigmy, attached to body, neck, or maxillipeds of femaie.

Cephalothorax distinctly divided from the long segmented

abdomen by a marked constriction ; both pairs of maxillipeds large,

uncinate.

(1) BRAcHIELLA BISPINOSA. 9d.

Brachiella bispinosa Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitrige, 1832, p. 94

pl. vi. fig. 4.

M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. 1840, p. 513.

o C. Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. 1877, p. 426.

bicaudata? Kr. Tidsskrift, i. 1837, p. 27, pl. ili. fig. 2.

M.-E. op. cit. p. 515.

B.-S. Journ. M. B. Assn. Plymouth, 1896,

p. 163.

be) ”

” 99

”? ”

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Zrigla spp. Europe.

(2) BRACHIELLA LOPHII. ?.

Brachiella lophii M.-H. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 514,

. ‘plexes hors.

» C. Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. 1877, p. 426.

Hose : Lophius sp. Naples.

(3) BRacHIELLA ROSTRATA. Q.

Brachiella rostrata Kr. Tidsskrift, i. 1837, p. 207, pl. ui. fig. 1.

M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 514,

C. Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. 1877, p. 426.

0 rb)

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: gills of Pleuronectes pinguis, P. [Rhombus] maximus,

Hippoglossus vulgaris. North Sea, Greenland.

Proc, Zoon, Soc.—1899, No. XX XITI. 33

502 MR. P. W. BASSETI-SMITH ON [Apr. 18

(4) BRACHIELLA PASTINACEA. 9.

Brachiella pastinacea V. Bened. Ann. Sci. Nat. 3 ser. xvi. 1851,

p- 118, pl. iv. fig. 8.

‘ B C. Vogt. Arch. Zool. Exp. 1877, p. 426.

= A Kurz, Zeitschrift wiss. Zool. 1s77, p- 389,

pl. xxv. figs. 2,3. °

Host: nasal fossa of Trygon pastinaca.

(5) BRACHIELLA PARKERI. 9.

Brachiella parkeri Thomson, Trans. N. Z. Inst. xxii. 1889,

p- 374, pl. xxviii. fig. 8.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: Raja nasuta and Trygon sp. New Zealand.

(6) BRACHIELLA MALLEUS. Q ¢.

Brachiella malleus Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitrige, ii. 1832, p. 95.

e » C. Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. vi. 1877, p. 417.

Host: Torpedo marmorata.

(7) BRACHIELLA INSIDIOSA. 2 ¢.

Brachiella insidiosa Heller, Reise der Novara, 1865, p. 239,

pl. xxiv. fig. 1

Fe 2 B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, xviii.

1896, p. 14, pl. vi. fig. 2.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: Gadus sp. and Gadus merluecius [Merluccius vulgaris].

Mediterranean and Plymouth.

(8) BRacHIELLA THYNNI. 2 ¢.

Brachiella thynni Cuy. Régne Anim. iii. p. 287, pl. xv. fig. 5.

Be . Guérin, Iconograph. Zool. pl. ix. fig. 2.

ws , Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitrage, 1832, p. 90.

% » M--E. Hist. N: at. Crust. iii, 1840, p- 512.

ie » WV. Bened. Ann. Sci. Nat. 3 ser. xvi. 1851,

p- 128.

” » C. Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. vi. 1877, p. 426.

Es 5 aes Jour. M.B. Assn. Plymouth, 1896, p. 162.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Thynnus thynnus, Sciena aquila. Plymouth, &e.

(9) BRACHIELLA CHAVIESII, 2 ¢.

Brachiella chaviesii V. Bened. Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belg. xxii.

1891, p. 23, pl. i.

Host: Ceratopterus sp. Azores.

(10) BraCHIELLA CHEVREUXI. 2 ¢.

Brachiella chevreuxii V. Bened. op. cit. p. 29, pl. ii.

Host :—? Senegal.

1899.] PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES. 503

(11) BRACHIELLA MULTIFIMBRIATA. 9 ¢.

Brachiella multifimbriata B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. ii.

1898, p. 96, pl. vi. fig. 2.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of a Serranus. Muscat.

Second maxilliped united throughout, short.

(12) BRACHIELLA MERLUCCII. 2? ¢.

Brachiella merlucen B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, xviii.

1896, p. 14, pl. vi. fig. 1.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: Gadus merluccius [Merluccius vulgaris]. Plymouth.

(13) BRACHIELLA TRIGLE. 2 S.

Brachiella trigle Claus, Zur Morph. der Copep. 1860, pl. i. fig. 6.

Anchorella trigle Kurz, Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. 1877, p. 404,

pl. xxv. figs. 13-15.

Brachiella trigle B.-S. Journ. M. B. Assn. Plymouth, 1896,

p- 163.

Host: gills of Trigla spp.

G. 9. ANCHORELLA Cuv. (Lernwomyzon Blville.)

Cephalothorax markedly thin and elongated, worm-like. First

maxilliped placed close behind the mouth, unciform; the second

short, generally united together throughout, furnished at the

extremity with the organ of attachment, often in the form of a

drill. External ovaries saccular, ovules large.

Male. Pigmy ; a globular cephalothorax with antenne ciliated,

mouth and large unciform maxillipeds, but apparently entirely

destitute of abdominal segments.

(1) ANCHORELLA EMARGINATA. 9 C.

Anchorella emarginata Kr. Tidsskrift, i. 1837, p. 287, pl. iii. fig. 7.

V. Bened. Ann. Sci. Nat. 1851, p. 113,

pl. vi. fig. 4.

Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1861, p. 309.

” 99

Bs A C. Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. xvi. 1877,

p. 482.

m - Kurz, Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. xxix. 1877,

p- 398, pl. xxv. fig. 8.

4 x B.-S. Journ. M. B. Assn. Plymouth

1896, p. 163.

a3 rugosa Kr. Tidsskrift, i. 1837, p. 298, pl. iii. fig. vi.

P, » M.-E. op. cit. p. 519.

cn » V. Bened. op. cit. p. 114, pl. vi. fig. 7. +

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Hosts: gills of Alosa finta [Clupea finta] and Anarrhichas lupus.

Europe.

33*

504 MR. P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

(2) ANCHORELLA OVALIS. 9.

Anchorella ovalis Kr. Tidsskrift, i. 1837, p- 289, pl. iii. fig. 6.

a » M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 519.

* » ©. Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. xvi. 1877, p- 432.

Host: gills of Zrigla sp.

(3) ANCHORELLA SCOMBRI. 9.

Anchorella scombri Kurz, Zeitschrift f. wiss. Zool. xxix. 1877,

p- 403, pl. xxv. fig. 12.

Host: gills of Scomber scomber.

(4) ANCHORELLA FALLAX. 9.

Anchorella fallax Heller, Reise der Fregatte Novara, 1865, p. 241,

pl. xxiv. fig. 4.

24 emarginata M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 518.

(5) ANCHORELLA STELLATA. 9.

Anchorella stellata Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 309.

a » C. Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. xvi. 1877, p. 432.

Host: gills of Gadus merluccii [Merluccius vulgaris].

(6) ANCHORELLA ANGULATA. 9.

Anchorella angulata Kr. op. cit. 1863, p. 293, pl. xv. fig. 3.

4 C. Vogt, op. cit. 1877, p. 432.

Eigse Mugil sp. Central America.

(7) ANCHORELLA PAGELLI. 92.

Anchorella pagel: Kr, op. cit. 1863, p. 295, pl. xvi. fig. 3.

s » ©. Vogt, op. cit. By7, p- 432.

Host: Pagellus sp. Mediterranean.

(8) ANCHORELLA SARGI. 9 do.

Anchorella sargi Kurz, Zeitschrift f. wiss. Zool. xxix. 1877,

p- 393, pl. xxv. fig. 5.

Host: gills of Sargus annularis. Trieste.

(9) ANCHORELLA DENTICIS. 9.

Anchorella denticis Kr. op. cit. 1863, p. 296, pl. xvi. fig. 4

- » Heller, Reise der Fregatte Novara, eo

243.

» C. Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. 1877, p. 432.

Hobs gills of Dentew argyrozona.

(10) ANCHORELLA QUADRATA. 9.

Anchorella quadratus B.-S. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1896, p. 15,

pl. iv. fig. 5

Host : gills of Callionymus lyra. Plymouth,

1899.} PARASITIC COPEPODA ON FISHES, 505

(11) ANCHORELLA BREVICOLLIS. 2.

Anchorella brevicollis M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p. 518.

1g C. Vogt, op. cit. 1877, p. 432.

Ficst : gills of Gadus iene:

(12) ANCHORELLA BERGYLTA. 9.

Anchorella bergyltce Kr. op. cit. 1863, p. 297, pl. xvi. fig. 5.

- nf . Vogt, op. cit. 1877, p. 432.

Host: gills of Labrus bergylta [L. maculatus].

(13) ANCHORELLA STICHEI. 2.

Anchorella stichei Kr. op. cit. 1863, p. 298, Be xvi. fig. 1.

x » O. Vogt, op. cit. 1877, p. 4 2.

Host: gills of Sticheus punctatus. Greenland.

(14) ANCHORELLA AGILIS. 92.

Anchorella agilis Kr. op. cit. 1863, p. 300, pl. xvi. fig. 2.

‘ » C. Vogt, op. cit. 1877, p. 432.

Host: gills of Gadus agilis [G. fabricii]. Greenland.

(15) ANCHORELLA PAGRI. 9°.

Anchorella pagri Kr. op. cit. 1863, p. 301, pl. xvi. fig. 9.

35 » O. Vogt, op. cit. 1877, p. 482.

Host : gills of Pagrus vulgaris. Mediterranean.

(16) ANCHORELLA CANTHARI. 9.

Anchorella canthari Heller, Reise der Fregatte Novara, 1865,

p. 242, pl. xxiv. fig. 6.

Host: gills of Cantharus bleekert. Cape of Good Hope.

(17) ANCHORELLA UNCINATA. 2 ¢.

Lernea uncinata Mill. Zool. Dan. i. 1776, pl. xxxiii. fig. 2.

Schisturus uncinatus Oken, Lehrbuch der Natur. 11. 1815, p. 183.

Clavella uncinata Oken, op. cit.

Lernceomyzon uncinata Blville. Dict. Sc. Nat. xxvi. 1823, p. 122.

Anchorella uncinata Nordm. Mikrogr. Beitr. 1. 1832, p. 102,

pl. vii. fig. 8.

Kr. Tidsskrift, i. 1837, p. 290, pl. iii. fig. 8.

M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. 1840, p. 519.

Baird, Brit. Enutom. 1850, p. 377, pl. Ixxxv.

fig. 19.

V. Bened. Ann. Sci. Nat. 1851, p. 116,

pl. vi. fig. 2.

C. Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. 1877, p. 428.

B.-S. Journ. M. B. Assn. Plymouth, 1896,

p: 163.

Thompson, Trans. Liverp. Biol. Assn.

1893, p. 39, pl. xxvii. fig. 2

” ”

” +)

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills and mouth of Gadide. North Sea.

506 MR. B. W. BASSHTT-SMITH ON [Apr. 18,

(18) ANCHORELLA DILATATA. 2.

Anchorella dilatata Kr. op. cit. 1863, p. 302, pl. xv. fig. 2.

s » C. Vogt, op. cit. 1877, p. 432.

Host: gills of Chilodactylus sp. Cape of Good Hope.

(19) ANCHORELLA PARADOXA. 2 oC.

Anchorella paradowa V. Ben. Ann. Sci. Nat. 1851, p. 117,

pl. vi. fig. 1.

‘ er C. Vogt, op. cit. 1877, p. 432.

a3 i B.-S. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xviii.

1896, p. 15, pl. v. fig. 2.

In Coll. Brit. Mus.

Host: gills of Scomber scomber. Plymouth.

(20) ANCHORELLA HOSTILIS. Q.

Anchorella hostilis Heller, Reise der Fregatte Novara, 1865,

p- 243, pl. xxiv. fig. 7.

3 » Kurz, Zeitschrift f£. wiss. Zool. xxix. 1877,

p- 391, pl. xxv. fig. 4.

Host: gills of Umbrina cirrhosa. Mediterranean.

(21) ANCHORELLA SCIENOPHILA. Q.

Anchorella scienophila Heller, op. cit. 1865, p. 243, pl. xxiv.

fig. 8.

Host: gills of Sciena sp. Indian Ocean.

(22) ANCHORELLA APPENDICULATA. 2.

Anchorella appendiculata Kr. Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 305,

pl. xvi. fig. 7

a C. Vogt, op. cit. 1877, p. 432.

”

Host :—? Valparaiso.

(23) ANCHORELLA LANCINIATA, Q.

Anchorella lanciniata Kr. op. cit. 1863, p. 308, pl. xvi. fig. 8.

- » C. Vogt, op. cit. isv7, p. 432. |

Host: gills of Acanthurus chirurgus. W. Indies.

Second ‘maxillipeds not united throughout.

(24) ANCHORELLA (?) UROLOPHI. 2.

Anchorella urolophi Kr. op. cit. 1868, p. 304, pl. xvi. fig. 10.

Ma ra C. Vogt, op. cit. 1877, p. 432.

Host: gills of Urolophus oerstedit. Mexico.

(25) ANCHORELLA (?) APPENDICULOSA. 9.

Anchorella? appendiculosa Kr. op. cit. 1863, p. 306, pl. xvi. fig. 6.

3 C. Vogt, op. cit. 1877, p. 432.

ren Corvina sp., Pagellus sp. New Orleans.

PW5B.S.del RE Mntern Eth

PARASITIC COPEPODA.

1899.] PARASITIC COPHPODA ON FISHES. 507

G. 10. Cusropopa Kurz.

Female with elongated cylindrical cephalothorax, enlarged

squarish genital segments, and minute abdomen. The ovaries are

lateral, enclosed im muscular bands which are united together

down the centre by a membrane. Second pair of maxillipeds

short, double, muscular, serving as an organ by which the animal

fixes itself to its host.

(1) CrsTopopA AMPLECTENS. 9.

Cestopoda amplectens Kurz, Zeitschrift f. wiss. Zool. xxix. 1877,

p- 407, pl. xxiv.

Host: gills of Sargus annularis. Adriatic.

(2) CESTOPODA LIZH. 2.

Anchorella lize Kr, Bidrag til Kundskab, 1863, p. 295, pl. xvi.

‘fig. 2.

Cestopoda lize Kurz, op. cit. 1877, p. 415.

Anchorella lize Carl Vogt, Arch. Zool. Exp. vi. 1877, p. 482.

Host: gills of Mugil hza. New Orleans.

(3) CESTOPODA CYGNIFORMIS. 9.

Naobranchia cygniforme Hesse, Ann. Sci. Nat. 4 ser. xx. p. 122,

1863.

‘ » ° Heller, Reise der Fregatte Novara, 1865,

p. 244.

Host: Pagellus erythrinus. North Sea.

Summary of the Genera and Species.

Family. Page. Genera. Species.

Tey iroas Ne sys 0s. 44] 2 22

Ms CN OG Fo acne syed Stone 444 25 124

iii. Dichelestide ...... 468 15 46

iv. Philichthyide...... 477 5 14

Ve dermeidee, | Oo ie. se 2 480 11 38

vi. Chondracanthide .. 488 9 32

vii. Lernzeopodide .... 496 10 62

Total. .77 338

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXYVI.

Fig. 1. Oralien asellinus, 2, p. 490. Dorsal surface. 1a. Ventral surface.

10, Anterior part of head with antenne. 1c. Posterior portion.

with mouth.

. Philichthys ziphie, 9, p. 478. 2a. 3 of same.

3. Richiardia denticis, 9, p. 479. ?

. Spherifer leydigi, 2, p. 479. *.

5. Colobomatus bergylte, 2, p. 480. 7 da. The same seen from the

side.

6. Leposphilus labri, 2, p. 480. =~

505 DR. H. VON IHERING ON THE (Apr. 18

2. On the Ornis of the State of Sio Paulo, Brazil.

By H. von Inerine, C.M.ZS.

[Received March 3, 1899.]

(Plate XX VII.)

Since my paper “‘ As aves do Estado do Sao Paulo” (Revista

do Museu Paulista, vol. iii, Sao Paulo, 1898, pp. 113-476) is

written in Portuguese, I believe it may be useful to offer to the

Zoological Society of London an account of the general results

at which I have arrived on this subject.

The studies made by me during the past six years on the Ornis

of this State have led to conclusions concerning the geographical

distribution of its Birds which differ essentially from those pub-

lished by Pelzeln in his work on the Birds collected by Natterer.

It is necessary to distinguish between the material results due to

the efforts of Natterer, the most successful of all those who have

ever collected in South America, and the generalizations on geo-

graphical provinces based by Pelzeln on Natterer’s collections,

which seem to me to be unsatisfactory. It is true that with

reference to Sao Paulo, Pelzeln has noted the extension of the

Minas and Matto-Grosso faunistic element into this State, but

he has established artificial zoo-geographical boundaries, and has

not noticed those really existing.

I do not wish to be understood as in any way underestimating

Pelzeln’s valuable memoir, but Science progresses and often modifies

previous results. The work of Pelzeln was based essentially upon

the collections of Natterer ; and Natterer travelled neither in the

States of Sta. Catharina and Rio Grande do Sul, nor in the littoral

zone between Rio and Para. The lists given by Pelzein have been

greatly modified and augmented by my paper above referred to and

by other recent publications ; and the marked differences between

the highland and the coastal lowland of Sao Paulo were not

noticed by Natterer and Pelzeln.

There is another reason for the differences between Pelzeln and

myself. Pelzeln used a statistical method to define the different

regions which he created, by compiling lists of the birds found in

one, two, or more of his regions. I believe that accurate material

is not yet available for this kind of work. This method is that of

abstractions and generalizations, as used by Wallace, Sclater, and

other great masters of Zoo-geography. But besides this method

we can use another, that of studying analytically the different

elements of the fauna of a restricted area and discovering its zoo-

geographical boundary-lines. ‘his course I have taken in studying

the fauna of Rio Grande do Sul, thus verifying the different zoo-

geographical boundaries ; and a similar result has been obtainedfrom

my studies on the fauna of Sao Paulo. These boundaries are of

secondary importance, marking natural divisions in the greater

Zoo-geographical Provinces: as, however, they are not artificial

but natural boundaries, it is important to discover them.

1899.] ORNIS OF SAO PAULO, 509

Evidence of this is given by the fact that Pelzeln has not

mentioned the line which coincides with the boundary between the

States‘ of Parand and Sio Paulo. Although some of the more

striking pieces of evidence of this line have been given only in my

paper, others are due to Natterer’s collections. This line marks the

northern limits of a number of Argentine species which occur in

the three southernmost States of Brazil, but do not extend north

of it into Sio Paulo and Rio. Besides certain characteristic

species, such genera as Cyanotis, Phleocryptes, Anumbius, Cliban-

orms and Haplospiza characterize this “ Anumbius-line,” as it may

be named.

I cannot forbear to mention that I have been astonished to find

that such results as those I have arrived at on the faunistic

boundary-lines in Rio Grande do Sul should have been disregarded

by zoologists. However, I shall continue to work on in the same

manner, and if with this help there cannot be constructed a

complete system, we shall obtain at any rate exact data for the

analysis of the faunas of some of the States ; and if the same task

be undertaken in other States of Brazil, the results must without

doubt be satisfactory—as a piece of mosaic-work, but a definite one.

It is evident that such work can only be the result of extensive and

exact explorations of restricted areas, and more of it is to be

expected from Museums than from observers, who spend but a

short time in one country. I hope that Dr. Goeldi, continuing his

work in the Para Museum, will investigate the State of Para in the

same manner.

In concluding these general remarks, I wish to state, as the

result of my studies, that South-eastern Brazil, from Rio Grande

do Sul to Bahia, and probably farther northward, forms a natural

province of the Neotropical Region, which contains two Sub-

divisions (see Map, Plate XXVII.). One of these extends from

Rio Grande do Sul to Rio de Janeiro; the other from the North

down to Sao Paulo. The northern Subdivision extends along the

coast of Sao Paulo to Iguape and probably farther southward, but

is here restricted to a narrow coast-zone. This is separated by a

narrow chain of mountains from the highlands, and these high-

lands towards the west pass into campos, which have the same

fauna as the campos of Minas, Goyaz, and Matto Grosso. We

have, therefore, in Sao Paulo three faunistic subdivisions, repre-

senting from the west to the coast successively the central,

marginal, and littoral fauna. The two last are separated by the

Serra do Mar, which is only a few miles broad, but supplies a

difference of altitude of more than 700 métres and a difference of

temperature of 8°C.or more. This is the reason why many Bahia

species which do not occur in the interior of Sao Paulo are found

along the coast.

I now proceed to the special discussion of my paper and its

zoo-geographical results.

There are two new species described in my paper—Chrysotis

schmilti, closely allied to Ch. auripalliata, but with the bend of

510 DR. H. VON IHERING ON THE [Apr. 18,

the wing green instead of red; and Craw sulcirostris, with a large

sulcus descending longitudinally on each side of the beak. Both

are apparently from near the mouth of the Tieté River. Colonel

C. Schmidt, of Rio Claro, has informed me that the Chrysotis is

common in that part of the Tieté, and is called “ Papagaio inglez.”

T have described the two species in order to call attention to them.

I have sent some other specimens which may belong to new species

to the British Museum and Count Berlepsch. That in a fauna of

nearly 600 species so few only are new to science shows how

much work has already been done on the Ornithology of South-

eastern Brazil. Besides the two new species, the following are

restricted to the province of Sao Paulo, if I am correctly in-

formed :—

1. Basileuterus leucophrys Pelz. 5. Eucephala ceruleo-lavata Gould.

2. Spermophila melanogaster Pelz. 6. Ptochoptera iolema (Reich.).

3. Hapalocercus rufomarginatus Pelz. 7. Astur poliogaster (Temm.).

4. Anabazenops amaurotis(Temm.). | 8. Stenopsis platura Pelz.

These seem to be essentially species of the Western Zone of the

State, where we have hitherto made no collections, and this may

be the reason why I have not yet obtained these rare forms, with

the exception of the Stenopsis. Of this species Natterer collected

only the female, and as my specimen is a male, the question

whether this is a good species has been decided in favour of

Natterer. Possibly one or more of these species may be recognized

as having been previously described; as may also be the case

with Astur poliogaster.

Then there is a series of other species which seem to occur only

in Sao Paulo and Rio de Janeiro; such as Ceratotriccus furcatus

(Lafr.), Pogonotriccus eximius (Temm.), Elainea caniceps (Sw.),

Lathria virussu Pelz., Biatas nigropectus (Lafr.), Cephalolepis

delalandii (Vieill.), and Macropsalis creagra (Bp.).. It is very prob-

able that all these species have really a wider distribution, as

statements of their occurrence may have been overlooked by me.

It is also to be presumed that, with the progress of the ornitho-

logical explorations of Brazil, they may be found in some of the

adjoining States.

Tn contrast to these species of restricted occurrence, there are

very many others of wide distribution in our Avifauna.

Of the species enumerated in my list, ninety-three occur all

through Brazil, from its southern boundary to Para, sixty-eight in

Brazil and in other parts of South America, twenty-nine in South

and North America, and eight are of an almost cosmopolitan

distribution. These eight are Stria flammea, Nycticorax nycticorax

nevius, Arenaria “interpres, Charadrius dominicus, Gelochelidon

anglica, Sterna maxima, Oceanites oceanicus, and Majaqueus cequi-

noctialis. Altogether there are 198 species of wide distribution ;

that is, about one-third of all the species occurring in Sao Paulo.

The number of widely dispersed species is very different in the

various orders. If the two species of Ceophleus ought to be united

into one, there is no species of the order Pict occurring throughout

1899. ] ORNIS OF SAO PAULO, 511

the whole of Brazil. On the contrary, in the orders Steganopodes

and Lamicole, all the species enumerated are of very wide distri-

bution, there being very few of the occurrence of which, in

Sta. Catharina and Rio Grande do Sul, I am uncertain, namely

Anhinga anhinga, Tringordes macularius, and Hoploaypterus cayanus.

The proportion of widely distributed species of birds which occur

in Sao Paulo may be readily seen from the following estimated

percentage :—Pici, 0 per cent. ; Clamatores, 15 per cent.; Psittaci,

20 per cent.; Oscines, 24 per cent.; Accipitres, 63 per cent. ;

Striges, 80 per cent. ; Steganopodes and Limicole, 100 per cent. It

is quite evident therefore that, for the discussion of geographical

distribution, the value of the different orders is quite unequal, and

that most of them have little, if any, importance as regards our

knowledge of the Zoo-geographical Provinces of Brazil.

The ditliculty of the study of the different zoo-geographical zones

which are distinguishable in the State of Sao Paulo, is due to the

fact that we have not only to separate northern and southern

elements, but also western, which represent the fauna of Goyaz and

Minas advancing beyond its borders. Pelzeln first noted this fact,

but his demarcating lines are merely imaginary and without

sufficient foundation.

The number of species belonging to this Central Fauna in

Sao Paulo is estimated by me as about seventy. [I may mention

as some of its characteristic species :—Rhamphocelus jacapa,

Tachyphonus melaleucus, Icterus pyrrhopterus, Nemosia pileata and

NV. guira, Brotogerys chirirt, Thalurania eriphile, Stenopsis candicans,

and Nothura media; and as typical genera, Polioptila, Ageleus,

Icterus, Tiaris, Tcnioptera, Muscipipra, Hapalocercus, Habrura,

Piprites, Metopia, Casiornis, Geobates, Herpsilochmus, Lepidolaryna,

Campylopterus, Hupetomena, Heliactin, Galbula, Brachygalba, and

Taoniscus.

I believe that we ought to add to this list the species of Corvide,

the genera Anadorhynchus and Ara, and some species of Chrysotis,

such as C. esta. It seems that some of these western species are

at the present time occupying parts of Sao Paulo, where they

were not represented in the beginning of the present century ; as

I shall point out in the case of Furnarius rufus.

A great number of these species of the Central Fauna are birds

of the campos ; but it would be quite wrong to suppose that this is

a universal feature, as in Goyaz and Matto-Grosso, as also in Sao

Paulo, the Central Fauna includes both campos and forest birds.

The last-named birds follow the River Parana, and, in Sao Paulo,

its confluents the rivers Tieté and Paranapanema.

The avifauna at the mouth of the Tieté River, at Itapura, is

that of Matto-Grosso and Goyaz; and this fauna extends from

Itapura to Avanhandava, at the mouth of the Rio Morto, and

probably farther up. I have no personal experience of it, but I

have received good information on the subject from intelligent

Brazilian hunters.

The occurrence of such notable forms as Ara chloroptera and

512 DR. H, VON IHERING ON THE [Apr. 18,

A, ararauna, Anadorhynchus hyacinthinus and others, is of decisive

importance, and the same Aras ascend the Paranapanema River

a great distance up. I may observe, however, that I have suffi-

cient knowledge of the birds of Tieté and Piracicaba, to say that

the ornis there is the same as that of Sao Paulo, without reference

to differences of secondary importance.

We do not know the exact extension of the Goyaz elements

along the Paranapanema River, but there are facts which make us

believe that many tropical forms may have migrated along this

river, definitely or temporarily, to the Ribeira River, and to the

ueighbourhood of Ypanema. It is quite possible that some tropical

species, found by Natterer in 1820 at Ypanema, do not now live

there, the character of the country having been greatly modified by

culture. I was not able to obtain from the district of Ypanema

species of Holochilus and other Rodents captured there by Natterer ;

but on the contrary there is now common there, as well as at Sao

Paulo, Hesperomys (Nectomys) sciureus Wagn., which does not seem

to be represented in the extensive collections made by Natterer.

I believe that, as is the case with the Furnarius, this species has

attained its present wide distribution in the State of Sao Paulo since

the time of Natterer. Furnarius rufus is a species common in the

campos of Rio Grande do Sul and Argentina, and occurs in Sao

Paulo in the western regions, and in the valley of the Parahyba

River. Iam informed by Major Cornelio Vieira do Camargo that

this bird made its appearance in the municipality of Tatuhy about

twenty years ago. Natterer, in 1819-1822, obtained no specimens

in the State of S. Paulo. In his list is registered a specimen

from Rio, but erroneously ; for Mr. Euler informs me that this

bird does not occur in Rio de Janeiro at all. This species which,

as we can hardly doubt, has in this country extended its area ina

very remarkable manner into the State of Sao Paulo, occurs neither

in the vicinity of the capital of the State nor in the littoral belt.

It is therefore an element of the Central Fauna, immigrated into

the intermediary zone ; and it is a matter of further research to

verify the other species which are in the same condition.

Polioptila dumicola is an element of the Central Fauna which

Natterer obtained on the Rio Parand. It seems reasonable to

suppose that the case of P. leucogaster would be the same, but as

this species occurs also at Iguape, Rio, and Bahia, another expla-

nation must be given.

Besides this central element, we have to distinguish species

of Sao Paulo which are mainly found south of Rio and Sao Paulo,

and others belonging to the Bahia-Rio district which in certain

localities extend into the territory of Sio Paulo.

This southern element. contains some species which extend

from Buenos Ayres to Rio de Janeiro, such as Stephanophorus

ceruleus, Onipolegus cyanirostris, Hematriccus diops, Serphophaga

nigricans, and Limnopardalis rhytirhynchus. Besides these, there

are others which occur from Argentina to Sao Paulo, as Cistothorus

polyglottus, Haplospiza unicolor, Coryphospiza albifrons, Serphophaga

1899.] ORNIS OF SAO PAULO. 513

subcristata, Culicivora stenura, Cyanotisazare, Anumbiusacuticaudus,

Furnarius rufus, Phleocryptes melaneps, Thamnophilus maculatus,

T. ruficapillus, Ardea sibilatrix, <Ardetta involucris, Plegadis

guarauna, Dafila spinicauda, and Fulica armillata, There are

also some marine or coast-birds which occur as temporary residents

on the Sao Paulo coast, such as Cygnus melanocoryphus and

Spheniscus magellanicus.

Of species occurring between Rio Grande do Sul and Sao Paulo,

I may mention: Calliste pretiosa, Cyanocorax ceruleus, Cybernctes

yetaba, Thripophaga sclateri, Heliobletus contaminatus Pelz.

(=superciliosus Licht.), Picolaptes faleinellus, Trogon surucura,

Chrysotis brasiliensis, and Chrysotis pretri.

Some of the species that occur in Sao Paulo and Rio are known

from Sta. Catharina, but I have no data to prove that they also

occur in RioGrandedo Sul. Such are Dacnis cayana and D. nigripes,

Tanagra ornata and T. palmarum, Cissopis major, Cassicus

hemorrhous, Cassidix oryzivora, Oxyrhamphus flammiceps, Ilcura

militaris, Tijuca nigra, Malacoptila torquata, and Andigena

bailloni.

Many of the Sta. Catharina species not as yet obtained in

Rio Grande do Sul may probably be found there still ; but it

seems quite possible that others (Yanagra palmarum, Ceryle nda,

Dacnis, ete.) do not pass southwards of Sta. Catharina. I have

never seen any Daenis in the State of Rio Grande do Sul. The

locality in the British Museum Catalogue, “ Pelotas, Rio Grande

do Sul (Joyner),” is wrong.

I now give a list of the species that occur between Rio Grande

do Sul and Rio de Janeiro; and which, I believe, do not extend

their distribution north of Rio. These are :—

Fuphonia pectoralis. Sittosomus erithacus.

Hypophea chalybea. Dendrocolaptes picumnus.

Chlorophonia viridis. Batara cinerea.

Tachyphonus coronatus. Thamnophilus leacht.

Arremon semitorquatus. Thamnophilus severus.

Aphobus chopi. Leucochloris albicollis.

Cnipolegus nigerrimus. Phaéthornis eurynome.

Orchilus auricularis. Clytolema rubinea.

Alectrurus tricolor. Rhamphastos dicolorus.

Mionectes rufiventris. Pyrrhura vittata.

Phyllomyias brevirostris. Triclaria cyanogastra.

Phyllomyias burmeisteri. Leucopternis palliata.

Sirystes sibilator. Leucopternis lacernulata.

Phibalura flavirostris. Penelope obscura.

Ampelion cucullatus. Crypturus obsoletus.

Anabazenops rufo-superciliatus.

It thus seems that the fauna of Southern Brazil, from Rio de

Janeiro to Rio Grande do Sul, has a great number of characteristic

species and even genera. The latter are:—(a) Culewora,

514 DR. H. VON IHERING ON THE [Apr. 18,

Hemitriccus, Heliobletus, Batara, Phibalura, Stephanophorus,

Hypophea, Orthogonys, Leucochloris, and Trrielaria; and (6) Cni-

polegus, Cybernetes, Alectrurus, Cyanotis, Phleocryptes, Anumbius,

and Coryphospiza.

The first group includes what are essentially South Brazilian

genera; the second those of Argentina, which, advancing north,

enter Southern Brazil. Many of the Argentine species occur in

Sao Paulo at Itararé and Rio Verde only, on the boundary of the

State of Parand. To these it will be convenient to add some

other species not yet observed in Sao Paulo, such as Tenioptera

dominicana Vieill., Piprites pileatus (Temm.), Leptasthenura striolata

Pelz., Siptornis ruticilla (Licht.), Phacellodomus striaticollis (Lafr.

& d’Orb.), and Clibanornis dendrocolaptoides (Pelz.).

It is a fact of zoo-geographical interest, that the boundary

between Sao Paulo and Parana corresponds to a faunistic line

which is not transgressed by many birds characteristic of the

Argentine Pampas.

Of special interest is the occurrence of Cyanotis azare and

Phleocryptes melanops—ty pical Patagonian birds which are likewise

found in Chili, Rio Grande do Sul, and Bolivia. We have received

from Iguape not only these birds but also their nests. These two

birds accompany each other and occur in reedy swamps. It may be

that they are resident at Iguape only in the summer; but it is also

possible that they have been resident there since the time when the

coast extended more to the east, and lowlands with marshes and

lagoons occupied that part of the ocean which connects Rio Grande

with Iguape.

We have many singular facts which tend to this conclusion. Azara

labiata and Paludestrina are brackish-water species of mollusks,

common from Iguape to Buenos Ayres; and again, Chilina fluminea

and Glabaris exotica, of the fresh-waters of Iguape, are species

characteristic of Rio Grande do Sul and Argentina, which are

not found at all in the central and northern parts of the State of

Sio Paulo (see my papers on the Geographical Distribution of the

Freshwater Fauna of Southern Brazil), I cannot accept the

explanations given by Dr. Ortmann, who says that the Potamoniude

do not coexist with the Parastacide because of the effects of

the struggle for life. In Rio Grande do Sul they do coexist, and

I have observed that they cannot enter in competition, since they

are quite different in their mode of life. The only satisfactory

explanation is that based upon terrestrial modifications, as

suggested above; and it seems to me that Cyanotis and Phiwo-

eryptes, bad fliers as they are, must be considered, from the same

point of view, as being relicts.

Cygnus melanocoryphus sometimes appears on the coast near

Tguape. A curious fact is the appearance of a Penguin,

Spheniscus magellanicus, on the coasts of Paranda and Sao Paulo.

I am informed that last winter, during July and August 1898,

thousands of dead Penguins were observed there. We have received

1899.] ORNIS OF SAO PAULO. 515

specimens from Iguape, Santos, and Sao Sebastiao ; but I see by

the newspapers, that some have also been captured on the coast

of Espiritu Santo. I observed this Penguin on the coast of Rio

Grande do Sul in 1883. The extension of its winter excursions

to the coast of Sio Paulo dates back only three or four years.

The northern element of the Sio Paulo Avifauna is very large,

and has been considerably increased by my investigations.

From the littoral zone especially, 7. e. Iguape, we have obtained

examples of a number of common Bahia birds, not hitherto known

to occur in Sio Paulo. These are such species as Donacobius

atricapillus, Dacnis speciosa, Tanagra palmarum, Thryophilus

longior, Rhamphocelus brasilius, Sycalis flaveola, Elainea pagana,

Lathria virussu, Dendrocinela turdina, Formicivora rufatra,

F. ferruginea, F. squamata, Rhamphocenus melanurus, Formicarius

colma, Merulawis rhinolophus, Agyrtria tephrocephala, Pyrrhura

leucotis, Urochroma wiedi, Cancroma cochlearia, and Guara rubra.

As genera of this northern element which are not found

southward of the State of Sao Paulo, we may name :—Thryophilus,

Donacobius, Rhamphocelus, Oapsiempis, Legatus, Myvozetetes,

Rhynchocyclus, Conopias, Megarhynchus, Muscivora, Myiochanes,

Ptilochloris, Chiromacheris, Neopelma, Hadrostomus, Attila, Philydor,

Biatus, Corythopis, Lathria, Dendrocincla, Ethamphoceenus,

Formicarius, Merulaxis, Florisuga, Nonnula, Jacamaralcyon,

Bueco, Urochroma, Busarellus, Buteogallus, Thrasaétus, Leptodon,

Anhinga, Scardafella, Orax, Porzana, Porphyriola, Palamedea,

Cancroma, and Guara.

To these may possibly be added Lipaugus simplex and Pipra

leucocilla, mentioned from Sio Paulo without exact localities by

Joyner, but not met with by other observers.

Tt may be useful to add here the names of species observed by

Buler at Cantagallo, in the State of Rio, which hitherto have not been

observed in Sao Paulo, namely :—<Aitticora tibialis Cass. (perhaps an

erroneous determination), Chlorophanes spiza, Nemosia flavicollis,

Thlypopsis sordida, Pitylus brasihensis, Phonipara fuliginosa, Cory-

phosphingus pileatus, Icterus tibialis, Alectrurus risorius, Euscarth-

mus limbatus, Phyllomyias griscocapula, Pipra rubricapilla, Mache-

ropterus regulus, Cotinga cincta, Calyptura cristata, Picolaptes

squamatus, Thamnophil doliatus, palliatus, torquatus, and ambe-

guus, Myrmotherula melanogaster and M. brevicauda, Terenura

maculata, Myrmeciza loricata, Percnostola funebris, Conopophaga

melanops, Glaucis hirsuta, Hylocharis cyanea, Pygmorms pygmceus,

Prymnacantha langsdorffi, Chloronerpes brasiliensis, Dendrobates

maculifrons, Chelidoptera tenebrosa brasiliensis, Neomorphus geoffroyt,

Chrysotis farinosa, Asturina nitida, Morphnus guyanensis, Harpagus

bidentatus, Falco aurantius, and Crypturus pileatus.

It is possible that some of these species may occur in the littoral

zone of Sao Paulo also; but many of them are certainly absent

there, as, for example, Cotinga cincta and Pipra rubricilla. Trogon

aurantius of Rio and Northern Brazil is in S40 Paulo replaced by

516 ON THE ORNIS OF SAO PAULO. [Apr. 18,

Trogon surucura. Natterer obtained 7. awrantius at Monjolinha

in the State of Sio Paulo; but this locality is situated on the con-

fines of Rio de Janeiro.

In the same manner Picolaptes falcinellus of Sio Paulo is replaced

in Rio by P. squamatus ; Myrmeciza squamosa by M. loricata ; Cono-

pophaga nigrigenys by C. melanops ; and Dendrobates spilogaster by

D. affinis.

Sio Paulo and Santos are situated a little distance apart, but

the difference in elevation (760 m.) effects a difference of 3° C. in

the mean annual temperature. This explains why many Bahia

species extend to Iguape, but are not found in Sio Paulo. Yet

some of these species occur in the western regions of Sao Paulo,

along the Parana River, at 21° South latitude.

From the Rio Parana Natterer obtained examples of such species

as Tanagra palmarum, Donacobius atricapillus, Dacnis speciosa, and

Polioptila leucogastra, which we have received from Iguape and

which also occur in Rio and Bahia, but not in Sao Paulo. This is

probably also true of Cyclorhis wiedi, but this species has not been

observed at Rio de Janeiro; and it probably represents a Matto-

Grosso form which, at Iguape and in Bahia, has reached the coast-

zone. Basileuterus hypoleucus is another species from Minas and

Goyaz observed at Ypanema by Natterer. Machetornis rixosa has

not been met with in the State of Sio Paulo, but perhaps occurs

in the western zone. In the States of Rio Grande do Sul and

Bahia it is, however, a member of the littora] fauna, due to the

extension in these States of the central campos to the coast.

In some cases it is easy to separate the different faunistic

elements of the genera of the Sao Paulo ornis. Tachyphonus

melaleucus occurs in the western zone of Sao Paulo ; 7’. coronatus is

distributed from Rio Grande do Sul to Rio; and 7. cristatus ranges

from Northern Brazil to Rio and Iguape. Amongst the species

of Euscarthmus, E. gularis is a southern form, occurring from

Rio Grande do Sulto Rio. £. fumifronsand E. pelzelni are Matto-

Grosso birds, occurring along the Parana River; and £. nidipen-

dulus and E. orbitatus are species of Bahia and Rio which extend

into Sao Paulo.

Species of the western element which extend their distribution

to Ypanema and the Ribeira River present some difficulty. I con-

sider all the species not observed in the littoral districts of

Southern Brazil, extending north and south of Sao Paulo, as

members of the Western fauna which have come along the

Paranapanema River either to the littoral or to the marginal zone.

Naturally, it will be only possible to decide such questions when

their geographical distribution is exactly known. As, however, the

fauna of Rio de Janeiro is well represented in the larger museums,

and has been examined by numerous naturalists, I believe that

there are really a number of North-Brazilian species which occur

in the littoral at Bahia, but not at Rio, and which extend to the

western region of Sao Paulo.

One more example may be given. We have various specimens

1899.] ON A NEW LIZARD FROM ECUADOR. 517

of Cancroma cochlearia, which seems to be a permanent resident

near the mouth of the Tieté River. It is certain that this bird

was obtained by Mr. Krone at Iguape. It is also certain that the

Red Ibis (Guara rubra) sometimes occurs in the summer at Iguape

and also at Paranagua. It is possible that Cancroma, like Guara,

is a coast-bird sometimes extending its migrations to the south of

Sio Paulo. It is evident that in this case Cancroma would be

more common at Rio than here. If this be not the case, then the

Iguape specimens of Cancroma may be derived from the Parana-

panema system, and have passed thus to the Ribeira River.’ The

exploration of the avifauna of the tropical parts of the Rivers

Paranapanema and Tieté is, therefore, one of the most pressing

conditions for the advancement of the study of the Sao Paulo

ornis. As the collection in the British Museum is said to include

Cancroma from Rio de Janeiro, the specimens from Iguape may

belong to the Coast ornis.

I must not here enter into discussions for which I have not

such sufficient material as for the ornis of Séo Paulo; but I may

at Jeast say that the contrast in which the conclusions of Pelzeln

stand to facts, as here shown, has also made me very sceptical

concerning his other divisions and districts.

In Rio Grande do Sul there exists a notable contrast between

the fauna of the coast-region and that of the Missiones of the

Uruguay. Chrysotis estiva is found there with species of Ara etc.,

and also the monkey Mycetes niger. This contrast exists also in

Sio Paulo; and I am much disposed to consider these differences

as more important than those observed between the northern

and southern parts of the littoral zone. If this should be the case,

we have three great faunal subregions of Brazil—the Amazonian,

the Central, and the South-eastern.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII.

Map of South America, showing the South-eastern Brazilian Province and

its division into three Sub-provinces—Central (Jue), Northern (yellow), and

Southern (red).

3. Description of a new Lizard of the Genus Ameiva from

Ecuador. By G. A. Boutenerr, F.R.S.

[Received March 30, 1899.]

(Plate XX VIII.)

AMBEIVA LEUCOSTIGMA, n. Sp.

Nostril in the posterior part of the anterior nasal; four supra-

oculars, the first of which may be broken up into scales, the three

others bordered on both sides with granules, or the second in

contact with the frontal; six supraciliaries ; a single frontoparietal,

followed by an interparietal ; parietals broken up into small shields ;

Proo, Zoon, Soo,— 1899, No. XXXIV. 34

518 REV. 0. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [Apr. 18,

a large loreal and two small superposed freno-orbitals; 7 or 8

upper labials; chin-shields, one anterior and 4 to 6 pairs; no

enlarged median gulars; mesoptychial scales small. Dorsal scales

minute, granular; ventral plates in 8 longitudinal rows, subequal

in width, about twice as broad as long; 32 to 55 plates from the

collar-fold to the preanal region. 6 enlarged preanal plates, one

in the first row, two in the second, three in the third. One row

of large brachial plates, followed by rows of smaller ones gradually

merging into granular scales; two rows of large antebrachials, the

outer continuous with the brachials. 4 or 5 rows of femoral

shields, 3 of tibials. 18 to 21 femoral pores on each side. Toes

conspicuously serrated at the base. Caudal scales slightly oblique,

upper sharply keeled. Blackish above, body and limbs with nume-

rous small round white spots; throat and belly dark leaden, the

latter with ill-defined white spots; lower surface of limbs and

tail, and preanal region pure white.

otal lo tM vis ion crnialey a> doles 495 millim.

1a ets a ae er ene Bo, sa

Wadthiordiend \.\2% ee his n=) ae em 24. (C«,

From end of snout to fore limb.. 49 ,,

s 35 MIEN ao aisl ana Fay) Jay

Horeplimips. 5. cacaeetmeeey vel ieies De Hs

aETirs A iar by, «052k anh e, Alas oys pak OHO Sea

Dena Me pes ot 21'S "oc ee, che Rae 360

Two male specimens of this species were obtained by Mr. P. O.

Simons near Guayaquil,in Ecuador. The fact of so large and con-

spicuous a Lizard having hitherto escaped zoological collectors in

the vicinity of so well-explored a locality as the principal harbour

of Ecuador is very remarkable.

4, On some new Species of Exotic Araneidea. By the Rey.

Ocravius Pickarp-CamBripee, M.A., F.R.S.,C.M.Z.S.,

&e.

[Received April 6, 1899.]

(Plates XXIX. & XXX.)

The twelve species of Araneidea described here belong to several

families, and are from widely separated localities,—one species

(each) from Bogota, Natal, and Madagascar, two from Singapore,

and seven from Ceylon. Specimens of five of those from Ceylon

were sent to me many years ago by the late Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites,

of the Royal Botauic Gardens, and of two by Mr. Ernest E. Green,

of Dickoya, Ceylon. The Singapore spiders were sent to me by

Mr. H. N. Ridley, Superintendent of the Botanic Gardens. The

Natal spider, an exceedingly fine and remarkable species of the

genus Poltys C. Koch, was kindly given to me by Dr. F. N. Dimock

Brown, together with some very characteristic coloured sketches

“VNOILSOONAT VAIaNY

Bichtoaa S01g urequ Ty

“HULI Tsp yas: pz

‘MAXX Id 6681 S°Z'g

1899.]} NEW EXOTIC ARANEIDEA, 519

of the spider when alive, drawn by Mrs. Dimock Brown. It is

nearly allied to, but, I think, quite distinct from, Poltys furcifer

Simon (a Zanzibar species). The drawings (figs. 4a, 4b, 4c,

Pl. XXIX.) represent this spider suspended by the terminal tarsal

claws to its web, in a state of rest.

Fam. THERAPHOSIDA.

EVAGRUS PRISTINUS, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 1.)

Adult male, length rather over 4 lines.

General form and structure normal.

Cephalothorax yellow-brown, with somewhat indistinct radiating

stripes of a darker hue.

Falces similar in colour, their upperside furnished with a wedge-

shaped area of strong prominent bristles, the point of the wedge

directed backwards.

Legs also similar in colour, strong, moderate in length, 4-1-2-3.

Tibie of the second pair very strong, rather prominent underneath,

where the larger anterior half is furnished with 11-12 strong

spines increasing in length backwards, the last three being dis-

proportionately long and strong. The metatarsi of this pair are

rather longer than the tarsi and are of a slightly sinuous form,

with two somewhat obtusely conical diffused prominences, one on

either side, underneath.

The palpz are of moderate length, and strong; the radial joint

is about double the length of the cubital and much stronger,

considerably convex and prominent on the upperside, and of a

somewhat oval form, clothed with long bristles and hairs, some of

the former, on the upper and under sides, being almost spines,

and others in a denser group near the hinder extremity outside ;

the digital joint is short, broadest at its extremity which has a

truncated appearance, with a largish obtuse lobe near the middle

of the inner side. The palpal organs are of the ordinary simple

Theraphosid form, consisting of a pyriform bulb, the anterior

portion drawn out gradually into a long tapering spine ending in

a fine hair-like pomt. The bulb is of a pale brownish-yellow

colour, and along its inner side is a broad, curved, very distinctly

defined yellow-brown band indicating the position of the seminal

duct.

Labium broad, as broad as the fore extremity of the sternum,

low, of a somewhat semicircular or crescent form, with a slight

appearance of emargination at the apex, where there are a few

short bristly hairs but no spines.

Abdomen subcylindrical, yellowish brown, pretty thickly clothed

with long, somewhat golden-brown bristly hairs. Superior pair of

spinners long, tapering, as long as (or even slightly longer than)

the abdomen ; the first and second joints are of equal length, the

third, or terminal one, much the longest.

A single example received many years ago from Bogota.

34*

520 REV. O, PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [Apr. 18,

Fam. Epnrrip2&.

Mimonta ALBULA, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 2.)

Female, immature, length 24 lines.

Cephalothoraw nearly twice as long as broad. Caput much

developed, strongly convex and rounded at the fore part ; oblique

indentations between caput and thorax strong. Colour yellow-

brown, caput darkest and tinged with reddish; some erect long

bristly hairs in a longitudinal line at the hinder part of the

caput.

Eyes subequal, in three groups, or two transverse curved rows,

the convexity of the curves being directed forwards ; the anterior

row is much the more strongly curved ; the four central eyes (or

middle group) form a trapezoid, of which the posterior side is much

shorter than the anterior, and its eyes near together, separated

by less than half a diameter. The eyes of each lateral group are

seated on a tubercle and near together, but not contiguous. The

fore-central eyes are largest, and separated by rather over a

diameter’s interval. Clypeus almost obsolete.

Legs short, moderately strong, 1-2—-4—3, the first three pairs

nearly equal in length ; spines very few and not strong ; the third

and fourth pairs apparently without any, the first two pairs have

two on the inner side of the femora near the fore-extremity, and

one or two on the inner side of the genual joints, and two or

three on the tibie. Colour dull crange-yellow.

Palpi furnished with a few longish bristly hairs but no spines ;

the radial and digital joints dark brown, the rest paler.

Falees strong, straight, vertical, of a shining dark reddish-brown

colour.

Mawille and labiwm of the normal Epeirid form ; of a yellow-

brown colour, paler at the extremities.

Sternum dark yellow-brown, truncated anteriorly, slightly drawn

out into a fine point between the coxe of the fourth pair of legs.

Abdomen cylindrical, rounded at each end, the spinners placed

near the middle of the underside nearer to the fore than to the

hinder end; it is of a dull whitish-brown colour, deepening into

sooty anteriorly ; the upperside is closely set with small cretaceous

white spots forming a curved marginal band round the fore half,

and a diffused longitudinal central band on which are six dusky

brownish spots in two longitudinal parallel lines about the middle

of the upperside.

Hab. Singapore. Received from Mr. H. N. Ridley, Superin-

tendent of the Botanic Gardens at Singapore.

GHA LUGENS, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 3.)

Adult female, length 3 lines.

General form and structure normal.

Cephalothorax black or black-brown, clothed with adpressed grey

hairs, those on the caput and margins of the thorax longest

and densest,

1899.] NEW EXOTIC ARANBIDEA. 521

Eyes unequal, the central quadrangle scarcely broader than long,

the anterior side shorter than the posterior. The eyes of both

the anterior and posterior rows appear to be about equally sepa-

rated. The height of the retreating clypeus rather exceeds the

diameter of the fore-central eyes. The fore-lateral eyes are much

the smallest.

Legs neither long nor very strong, 1-2-3-4, furnished with

hairs and a few fine spines; femora black, with a broad clear

whitish-yellow annulus near their base; this annulus does not

extend, in the first pair of legs, beyond the anterior part and

sides ; the rest of the legs is brown; the tibie semi-annulated with

yellowish, the tarsi and metatarsi are palest, the hairs on the pale

annuli are grey.

Pali similar in colours and markings to the legs.

Falees powerful, vertical, roundly prominent at their base in

front. Colour deep shining brown.

Maxille and labium deep brown, tipped with pale yellowish-white.

Sternwm deep brown, with small eminences opposite to the

insertion of the legs and clothed with adpressed grey hairs.

Abdomen oval, obtuse anteriorly, broadest in the middle, slightly

prominent a little way above the spinners. Colour sooty-black,

with a somewhat velvety look, marked on the upperside with

yellowish-white oval and round spots of different sizes, forming a

regular pattern; these spots are all clothed with silvery grey

hairs ; four form a square at the fore-side, followed by four other

smaller ones, towards the spinners, the first two in a transverse

line, and on each side of these are several others ; on.each side of

the abdomen towards the spinners are some parallel irregular

white lines, and in front of them, near the spiracular plates, is a

rather large whitish-yellow patch. The underside is velvety black ;

at the middle on each side is a slightly curved longitudinal line of

small white spots, and across the middle are two parallel white

lines rather near to each other. Spinners short, compact, black-

brown, and on each side of their base are two yellowish-white

elongate spots. The genital aperture, in front of a small semi-

circular prominence, is rather inconspicuous but of characteristic

form.

Hab. Singapore. Received from Mr. H. N. Ridley.

PoLTYs BIMACULATUS, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 4.)

Adult female, length to posterior extremity 6 lines; height

from extremity to summit of the abdominal elevation 10} lines.

General form and structure normal.

Cephalothorax very gibbous both on the caput and thorax.

Normal grooves and indentations very strong. Colour yellow, the

oblique indentations at the junction of the caput and thorax are

marked with a reddish line, and there is also a central longitudinal

one from the occiput to the thoracic indentation. The prominence

on which the central group of eyes is placed is furnished in front

and around with strong grey and black bristles.

522 REY. O. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON (Apr. 18,

The eyes are small; those of the central quadrangle form nearly

a square, the anterior side a little longer than the posterior; the

fore-lateral eye on each side is equidistant from the fore and hind

central eyes on its side; the hind-lateral eyes are far removed

backwards from the fore-laterals ; the fore-centrals appear to be a

little the largest.

The legs are moderate in length and strength, 1-2-4-3, very

little difference between 1 and 2. Colour yellowish brown, the

femora of the first and second pairs bright orange-reddish ; the

tibie and metatarsi less bright, curved, furnished with spines ;

these are numerous as well as strong (though not very long),

especially in front and on the inner sides of the tibia and meta-

tarsi of the first and second pairs, the tarsiand the anterior portion

of the metatarsi of which are suffused with dark brown. The hairs

on the fore parts of the anterior tibize and metatarsi are coarse

and grey.

Palpi similar to the legs in colour and armature.

Falces long, strong, pale brownish yellow.

Maxille, labium, and sternum pale yellow-brown, the last

furnished with strong bristly hairs.

Abdomen large, the fore part (continuing the line of the hinder

part in an even run) is greatly elevated, and a little tapering to a

slightly enlarged part on the outer sides, rather in front of the

top of which are six small prominences, three in a longitudinal

line on each side; from this point there is a further but less

strong production enlarging at its extremity which is bifid, being

divided into two obtuse, rounded prominences. Colour yellow-

brown, clothed with short grey and other hairs, and marked on the

sides and hinder part with small black-brown spots, some forming

on the sides obscure oblique lines; on the hinder part (looked at

from behind) are two large, somewhat oblong or irregularly oval,

deep rich bottle-greenish velvety markings in a longitudinal line ;

the hinder one of these markings is the largest, and both are

narrowly edged with first a blackish, and then, outside (in the

preserved specimen), a dull golden line.

This very remarkable Spider is nearly allied to a Zanzibar species,

P. fureifer Sim.*, but differs in the form and markings of the

abdominal elevation. From a note received from its captor, it seems

that this Spider has faded somewhat since it was placed in spirit,

as he speaks of the “head, thorax, and adjacent sides of the legs

being of an orange-red colour,” and the bordering line of the green

patches on the abdomen as pink.

Hab. Natal. Taken by Dr. F. N. Dimock Brown.

Fam. THOMISID®.

RHITYMNA MORDAX, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 5.)

Adult male, length slightly over 43 lines.

Cephalothorav as broad as long, the thoracic region almost

1 Bull. Soe. Zool. de France, 1881, p. 4,

1899. } NEW EXOTIC ARANEIDEA. 523

circular; the lateral marginal impressions at the caput rather

strong, the anterior margin slightly curvitruncate ; upper convexity

moderate. Colour dull yellowish brown, paler on each side of the

fore part of the thorax, and the ocular area is suffused with dark

brown ; it is clothed with coarse grey hairs, mixed with some long

bristly reddish-brown ones on the caput.

Eyes occupying the whole width of the fore part of the caput,

in two transverse curved rows, their convexity directed forwards ;

the anterior row is shortest but not greatly so and is rather more

curved than the posterior. The fore-centrals are distinctly largest

of the eight, and separated by rather less than a diameter; the

fere-laterals are separated by about half that space from the fore-

centrals; the former are on a strong tubercle. The eyes of the

hinder row are about equally separated by nearly 2 diameters,

they are about equal in size but much smaller than those of the

anterior row. The central quadrangle is nearly a square, the fore-

side being rather the longest. The hind-laterals are also seated

on a strong tubercle. The height of the clypeus is about equal to

the diameter of the fore-central eyes.

Legs long, moderately strong, 2-1—4—3 ; those of the second pair

are only slightly longer than the first, and the third and fourth

pairs much shorter than the first and second; they are armed with

long, but not numerous spines ; a tolerably dense scopula beneath

the tarsi and metatarsi, and a compact claw-tuft beneath the

terminal claws. The colour of the legs is yellow-brown, the meta-

tarsi and tarsi much darker.

Palpi moderately long and similar to the legs in colour; on the

upperside of the fore-extremity of the humeral joints are some

short strong spines; the cubital is about half the length of the

radial joint and somewhat clavate ; these joints are furnished with

long bristles, one or two being of a more spinous nature ; at the

fore-extremity on the outer side is a moderately long, stoutish and

tapering; somewhat bent at its base, blackish-browa prominent

apophysis whose extremity forms a short curved hook-like point ;

close behind and below this apophysis there is a dense tuft of

longish, bent hairs. The digital joint is large, long and oval, more

than double the length of the radial joint, dark yellow-brown, and

clothed with coarse hairs. The palpal organs are compact but

rather complex, and contained “in an oval cavity near the middle

of the joint; and among others a strong, curved, pale whitish

corneous process or spine issues from near the middle on the

inner side, and curving round by the inner margin of the joint

terminates just beyond their extremity.

Falces powerful, prominent, gibbous and granulose in front,

and with some strong teeth on each side of the fang-groove ;

colour deep black-brown, with strong prominent bristles in front.

Maville short, broad, broadest at their extremity and slightly

inclined towards the labium ; on the inner side at their extremity

is a dense group of divergent bristly hairs; colour deep brown.

Labium broader than high, its height rather less than half the

524 REV. O, PIOKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON (Apr. 18,

length of the maxille, and rather rounded at the apex; colour like

that of the maxille.

Sternum as broad as or even a little broader than long, of a pale

dull brownish-yellow colour, and somewhat triangular heart-shape ;

the posterior extremity is a little drawn out into an obtuse point.

Abdomen oval, of a dull luteous brown colour, paler above than

on the sides, clothed with coarse pale hairs; spinners rather short,

compact, the inferior pair much the strongest.

Hab. Madagascar.

Diz, piacata, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 6.)

Adult male, length 13 to 1? line. Adult female, 2; to 23

lines.

In general form and structure this species is normal, as also is

the relative size and position of the eyes. The eyes, however, of

the posterior row are less nearly equidistant from each other than

in many other species, the central pair being considerably nearer

together than to the laterals.

In the male the colour of the cephalothorax and falces is orange-

yellow ; the legs and palpi yellow, as also the maxillz, labium, and

sternum. The abdomen is of a dull luteous colour, marked along

the sides with dull silvery white, and covered with a few dark

bristly prominent hairs. Spines on all the legs excepting the tarsi.

Claw-tuft small. ‘Tarsal claws closely and regularly pectinate.

Legs slender, relative length 2~1—4~-3, 1 and 2 greatly the longest.

Palpi short, radial and cubital joints of equal length ; the former

has a few spiny bristles, and a long, pale, tapering and somewhat

diaphanous curved spine-like apophysis at its fore extremity on the

outer side, longer than the joint itself ; on the underside is a much

shorter and strong prominence somewhat bifid at its extremity,

one of the bifid points being furnished with a terminal short thorn-

like spine. The margin of the joint between these two apophyses

has a row of short bristles which are continued round the edge of

the lower apophysis. Digital joint rather small, short oval. The

palpal organs consist of a strong circularly curved, tapering corneous

process, surrounded by a black spine which emanates from the

lower part on the inner side of the large process, and terminates

on the outer side at its anterior extremity.

The female has the cephalothorax tinged more or less strongly

with dull olive-greenish brown. The genital aperture consists of

two small yellow-brown circular orifices‘in a transverse Jine, with the

ordinary ducts and spermathec beneath the epidermis showing

very distinctly in a somewhat omega-form.

It is very possible that this Spider when alive may be of a more

or less vivid green hue like our native species D. dorsata Fabr. ;

colours of this kind usually fading in specimens preserved in spirit.

Adults of both sexes were received from Ceylon, from the late

Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites.

1899.] NEW EXOTIC ARANELDBA. 525

PHRYNARACHNE FATALIS, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 7.)

Female (not quite adult), length 2} lines.

Cephalothorax short, broad, nearly if not quite as broad as long,

slightly roundly-truncate before; lateral marginal impressions

at caput tolerably strong. Height of clypeus less than half that of

the facial space. From the ocular area to the beginning of the

hinder slope is a tolerably well-defined quadrate, somewhat elevated

platform, which terminates at each corner in a strong conical pro-

minence. There is also a strong tubercular eminence in the middle

of each of the areas formed by the two groups of eyes (the two

laterals and the fore and hind central eyes on each side). The sides

of the cephalothorax are also covered with lesser tubercles of

different sizes. The colour of the cephalothorax is yellow-brown,

mixed on the clypeus, the sides, and hinder slope with deep

brown.

The eyes do not differ greatly in size; they form a wider area

than in the typical species. They are in two transverse curved

lines whose convexity is directed forwards ; the anterior line is

much the shorter, and its curve a little stronger. The central

quadrangle is broader than long, and its anterior side shorter

than the posterior. The hind-central pair are smallest, and the fore-

laterals largest of the eight. The hind-centrals are slightly farther

apart than from the hind-laterals. The fore-centrals are about

double as far apart as the fore-laterals.

Legs very robust, short, 2-1-4-3; 2 & 1 and 4 & 3 respectively

not very different in length, the former longer and _ stronger ;

tuberculous, especially the fore part of the basal half of the femora ;

genue strongly angular ; armed with spines, those of the meta-

tarsi and tibie of the first two pairs much the stronger. Colour

pale dull brownish yellow, blotched in parts with white and suffused

with whitish ; the anterior half of the first and second pairs black

brown. ‘T'arsi end with a small thin claw-tuft. A strong spur in

front of each of the femora, used probably, as in P. ( Ornithoscatoides)

decipiens Forbes-Cambr., for adhering (when on its back) to a leaf

for capturing its prey.

Falces powerful, conical, broad and rather flattened in front;

colour yellowish brown mottled with white.

Mawille and labium normal, deep brown in colour; the former

pale at the extremities.

Sternum oval, broadly hollow-truncate before, and similar in

colour to the maxille and labium.

Abdomen short, broad, roundly truncate at both ends, but much

broader behind, rather flattened above ; covered thickly above and

along the sides with tubercles and conical prominences of various

sizes; four of the largest of these latter, of a mottled yellowish-

brown colour, form a large central quadrangle whose posterior side

is shorter than the rest, the two foremost of the prominences being

much the larger ; both before and behind this quadrangle is another

pair, nearer together, of much smaller, similarly coloured promi-

nences ; on each outer margin towards the hinder part is a con-

526 REV. 0. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON (Apr. 18,

spicuous large prominence, white before, black behind, with others,

smaller, both along the margin and side, before and behind it, and

a row round the fore margin; there are also many much smaller

tubercles over the surface, arranged somewhat symmetrically. The

general colour of the abdomen above and on the sides is yellow-

brown mixed with black-brown, black, and white; and between

the anterior prominences of the central quadrangle is an elongate

longitudinal white marking divided longitudinally by a dark-brown

line, and on each side of its hinder end is a shining dark-brown

tubercle. Spinners short, strong, very compact, and of a yellow-

brown hue.

Hab. Ceylon. Received from the late Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites.

TALAUS OBLITUS, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 8.)

Adult male, length slightly over 13 line (or nearly 3 mm.).

Cephalothorax a little longer than broad ; somewhat subquadrate,

the anterior side a little rounded, the posterior rather impressed

and nearly as long as the anterior. Upper surface regularly convex,

the normal grooves, indentations, and lateral impressions at the

caput obsolete ; height of clypeus less than half that of the facial

space, and its profile follows the general slope of the fore part of

the caput. The surface of the cephalothorax is covered, especially

on the sides, with impressed spots or pock-marks, and with

scattered, strong, erect spiny bristles issuing from transparent

tubercles ; these bristles, however, terminate in a curved transverse

line at the upper part of the hinder slope. Its colour is a brightish

yellow-brown.

Eyes in twovery strongly curved lines, their convexity directed for-

wards (the posterior curve stronger) and occupying very nearly the

whole width of the caput, or perhaps they may be more conveniently

described as in three groups—a central quadrangle of four minute

eyes broader than long, with its anterior side shorter ; at a distance

considerably greater than the space between the posterior eyes of

the quadrangle and on each side of it, are two much larger eyes

(the anterior the larger) in a slightly oblique longitudinal line,

seated on a strong common prominence, and separated from each

other by double the diameter of the posterior eye. The posterior

eyes of the quadrangle with the anterior eyes of the lateral pairs

form a very slightly curved line, the convexity of the curve directed

backwards.

Legs moderately long, slender, 2-1-4-3, 2and 1 much longer

but not very different in length. They are furnished with long

slender prominent bristles, a few of which are spiniform, and irre-

gularly disposed. The femora are somewhat granulose or furnished

with some minute tubercles ; they have neither scopula nor terminal

claw-tuft. The terminal claws are strong, those of the first and

second pairs closely set with long pectinations, while the pecti-

nations of those of the third and fourth pairs are short and fewer.

The colour of the legs is similar to that of the cephalothorax.

Falces rather long, strong, conical, the anterior part somewhat

1899.] NEW EXOTIO ARANBIDEA. 507

slightly flattened, but with a gibbosity at the base on the outer side ;

colour like that of the cephalothorax, and furnished in front with

granulations ; fangs short, base strong, the rest weak.

Palpi short; radial joint about equal in length to the cubital ;

at its fore extremity on the outer side is a strongish apophysis

whose termination rather abruptly diverges outwards, and is

tapering, apparently somewhat concave, and its point slightly

obtuse or not very sharp; another apophysis on the underside is

short, broad and obtuse. Digital joint of moderate size and broad-

oval form. Palpal organs consist of a large, simple, prominent

circular corneous lobe, forming a strong whorl with a long slender

spine issuing from its posterior extremity and encircling the lobe

round its inner and on to its outer side, in close contact with the

margin of the digital joint. The colour and armature of the palpi

are similar to those of the legs.

Masille, labium, and sternum similar in colour to the cephalo-

thorax ; the two latter, however, are slightly suffused with blackish.

Abdomen short, broad, broadest behind, tolerably convex, fur-

nished with short strongish spiny bristles on the upper margins,

those above the spinners issuing from small tubercles. Colour

yellow-brown, obscurely marked and suffused with blackish; on

each side towards the hinder extremity are some obscure, roundish,

dull yellow-brownish spots disposed in several oblique rows.

Spinners short, inferior pair strongest. Anal tubercle strong and

2-jointed.

Hab. Ceylon. Received from the late Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites.

BoLIscUS DECIPIENS, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 9.)

Adult female, length 13 lines or 3°5 mm.

Cephalothorax as broad or broader than long, very convex and

highest at the begining of the hind slope, which is abrupt and

steep ; thence to the fore-margin of the clypeus the profile forms

an even but not very strong curve. The height of the clypeus

is less than half that of the facial space. Colour brownish yellow

mottled with red-brown, darkest on the sides. The surface is

covered with granulations and small tubercles; on each side of

the hinder slope is a small but rather conspicuous group of 5-6

small conical white tubercles.

The eyes are small, and in two transverse curved lines forming

a large crescent-shaped area similar to that of Philodromus. The

anterior row is the shortest and its curve the strongest; the

convexity of the curve is directed forwards ; the lateral eyes are

larger than the central, the fore-laterals largest, the hind-centrals

smallest ; these last are distinctly farther from each other than

from the hind-laterals ; the central quadrangle is broader than long,

and its anterior side shortest; the eyes of the anterior row are

more nearly equally separated, the fore-central pair being perhaps

rather nearer to each other than to the fore-laterals.

Legs short, robust, 2-1-4-3, angulose; but little difference in

length between those of 2-1 and 4-3 respectively, the last being

528 REV, O, PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON ~ [Apr. 18,

also not greatly shorter than the others ; spines few and short,

but there are numerous very short pale obtuse hairs. Colour

yellow-brownish, mottled with red-brown and whitish; femora,

except at the base beneath, dark reddish brown; beneath the tarsi

and metatarsi is a kind of scopula of fine pale hairs, which extend

over the extremity of the tarsi and form a sort of thin but exten-

sive claw-tuft; the fore-sides of the femora are granulose.

Palpi short, robust ; cubital joint subclavate and rather pro-

miuent in front; digital joint longer than the radial, of an elongate-

oval form and rathered flattened; terminal claw very minute.

Colour like that of the legs.

Falces conical, powerful ; the profile continues the curve of the

cephalothorax. Colour yellow, mottled with reddish yellow-brown.

Mawille moderately long, scarcely inclined to the labium, broader

at their extremity, which is rounded on the outer side. Colour

yellow, basal portion reddish brown.

Labium oblong, more than half the length of the maxilla. Colour

reddish yellow-brown.

Sternum rather small, oval, truncate before, blunt-pointed behind.

Colour dark yellow-brown, paler in the middle.

Abdomen short, broad, broader than long, truncate before,

where it fits up close to the whole width of the thorax, broadest

behind ; covered thickly with not very large tubercles and granu-

losities, the former subconical, and largest in the centre, along the

outer margins, and behind. Colour yellow-brown mixed with brown

and blackish of various shades, and a few small yellow-white irre-

gular markings at the middle near the fore-margin and near the

middle of the hinder margin. ‘The sides and round the hinder part

are strongly rugulose. Underside dark brownish, thickly clothed

with prominent, pale, clavate hairs. Spinners short, very compact ;

colour yellow-brown. Genital aperture simple but of a character-

istic form.

Hab. Ceylon. Received many years ago from the late Mr. G.

H. K. Thwaites.

There is probably considerable variation in the distribution of

colours in this species; in one example the upper and hinder parts

of the abdomen are almost entirely pale dull yellowish; the hinder

part with only a few small but distinct blackish spots.

Ho.oPenus PIGER, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 10.)

Adult female, length nearly 14 lines.

Cephalothoraa as long, or very nearly as long, as broad, sub-

quadrate, with the corners rounded ; lateral marginal impressions

at the caput very slight. Upper convexity considerable, though

the surface is somewhat flattened, and the sides vertical ; slightly

highest near the posterior slope, which is very steep and abrupt.

Clypeus equal to, if not slightly greater than, half the height of the

facial space, and following the slope of the ocular area in profile.

Colour dark reddish yellow-brown, with a large diffused dull orange-

yellow patch in the central line just before the posterior slope,

1899.) - NEW EXOLIC ARANEIDEA. _ 529

some indistinct lines of the same colour on the sides, and some

similar patches round the fore part of the ocular area. The

whole surface is granulose or pock-marked, and pretty thickly

covered with short, stout, pale, somewhat squamiform hairs disposed

in pretty regular lines ; but there do not appear to be any of these

hairs on the hinder: slope.

Eyes in two transverse concentrically curved rows, occupying

the whole width of the caput. The central quadrangle is much

broader than long, and its fore-side slightly shorter than the

hinder one. The interval between the central eyes of each row

is much greater than that between them and the lateral eyes.

The eyes of the lateral pairs are larger than the rest; the hind-

centrals being the smallest.

Falces rather short, powerful, slightly tapering or subconical, of

a deep reddish-brown colour, covered with hairs similar to those

on the cephalothorax.

Legs short, not greatly differing in length, robust, 2-1-4-3.

Spines almost entirely absent, one only beneath each of the tibiz of

the Ist and 2nd pairs. Colour rather pale yellow-brown, the

femora suffused with a deeper brown. Tarsi of the first and second

pairs of a somewhat elongate-oval form, terminating in a thin

claw-tuft, but without scopula; tarsi of the two posterior pairs

‘rather more of a slightly tapering form. ‘Tarsi and metatarsi of

equal length.

Palpi yellow-brown, short and strong; digital joint large, and

of a somewhat flattened elongate-oval form.

Maaille and labiwn (much obscured by some foreign matter)

apparently verv similar to those of Boliscus Sim., and of a darkish

yellow-brown colour.

Sternum longer than broad, oval, hollow-truncate before or

heart-shaped.

Abdomen broader than long, nearly circular behind, a little

flattened in front. Colour dull brownish, somewhat marked and

marbled with whitish, especially on the anterior half; an irregular

blackish marking occupies each side of the fore-margin, with a

short whitish rim between them; and on the hinder part are some

broken transverse brown lines or bars. The underside is pale

brownish yellow with a diffused dark brown margin, and a large

quadrate central patch of the same colour. Spinners short,

compact, and enclosed or sunken within a marginal oval rim.

Genital aperture small, but of characteristic form.

Hab. Ceylon, received from Mr. Ernest E. Green, to whom I

am also indebted for other valuable spiders now in course of

examination.

Mon ZS8ES ATTENUATUS, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 11.)

Adult male, length very nearly 3 lines.

Cephalothorax ionger than broad, broadest at the caput just

behind the eyes, narrowing a little and gradually to the hinder

extremity, which is broad and a little rounded. Lateral marginal

530 REY, O. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [Apr. 18,

impressions strong and abrupt, and very forward, being just in the

line with the anterior row of eyes. Clypeus broad, sides parallel,

very prominent and projecting, its anterior margin truncate, and its

height (or width from front to back) exceeds half that of the facial

space. Colour dull orange-yellow brown, bisected longitudinally

by a white, somewhat broken line, and with other more or less

distinct white Jines converging to the thoracic indentation, which

appears to be placed remarkably far back.

Eyes forming a broad curved area of uniform width ; the anterior

row shortest, the small central pair of eyes of this row smallest

of the eight; all are seated on conical whitish tubercles, those of

the lateral pairs much the largest and confluent. The eyes of the

anterior row are equally separated ; the hind-centrals a little farther

from each other than from the hind-laterals. Lateral eyes much the

largest. The curve of the two rows is not great, the convexity

directed forwards. The central quadrangle is broader than long,

and its fore-side shortest. The hind-lateral eyes are separated

from each other by the width of the fore margin of the clypeus.

Falces strong, prominent, conical; similar in colour to the

cephalothorax.

Legs long, moderately strong, 2-14-38, but little difference

in length between 2 and 1. Spines normal, on all the joints

excepting the tarsi; furnished also with numerous short, rather

fine hairs, especially beneath the femora of the first and second

pairs. Colour pale yellow-brown, more or less closely mottled

or marbled with white, mostly so on the femora.

Palpi short, yellow ; radial joint shorter than the cubital ; at its

extremity on the outer side is a not very long, strong apophysis,

somewhat bifid and blackish at its extremity; underneath is

another not so strong, rather longer, a little curved, tapering, and

its obtuse extremity has a corneous appearance. Digital joint

moderate in size, short-oval. Palpal organs simple, closely

surrounded by a strong, tapering, black spine.

Mawille, labium, and sternum similar in colour to the legs,

furnished sparingly with bristly hairs.

Abdomen long, narrow, almost cylindrical, very slightly tapering

at its posterior extremity. Colour dull luteous, thickly marked

with white distributed so as to give a somewhat linear, white.

irregularly striped appearance ; it is covered very thinly with

small tubercles, from each of which as from a socket issues a

prominent tapering, brownish, spine-like bristle. The hinder

extremity is produced into a small kind of articulated tapering

caudal prominence. Spinners short.

Hab. Ceylon. Received many years ago from the late Mr. G.

H. K. Thwaites.

Mon #SES GREENI, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 12.)

Adult male, length 23 to 23 lines.

Cephalothorax longer than broad, rather broadest at the caput ;

lateral marginal impressions at the caput tolerably strong. Clypeus

1899. | NEW EXOTIC ARANEIDEA. 531

very prominent, almost on a level with the ocular area; its sides

are parallel, its fore-side truncate, and its height very nearly equal

to half that of the facial space. Colour deep bistre-brown, with

a narrow cream-white margin and marked with longitudinal cream-

white longitudinal lines; the two most distinct of these form

lateral margins to the clypeus and ocular area, and are continued

along the outer sides of the falces; two others, less distinct and

eurved, run backwards and enclose an oblong-oval space im-

raediately behind the ocular area; two others also are near together

on each side, parallel to each other and to the margins of the

thorax, which last has also, in some examples, some very slender

cream-white converging lines on each side of it.

Eyes in two almost or quite concentric, slightly curved

transverse lines, the convexity of the curve directed forwards.

The fore-laterals are considerably the largest, the fore-centrals

smallest. The fore and aft width of the area formed by the eyes is

rather less than half its transverse width. The central quadrangle

is slightly less in length than in width (behind), but the anterior

side is scarcely more than half the length of the posterior. The

tore-central pairs are nearer together than to the fore-laterals, and

those of the posterior row are equally separated or nearly so,

The lateral eyes are all seated on strong prominences, especially

the hind-laterals.

Legs long, slender, 2-1-4-3; those of the first and second

pairs much the longest and not very different in length, nor is

there much difference between the 3rd and 4th pairs. The colour

of the first and second pairs is light yellow-brown, the fore-sides of

the femora dark-brown ; the third and fourth pairs pale yellow ;

spines few and inconspicuous ; no scopula. Claw-tuft represented

by a small group of bristles ; terminal claws of the first two pairs

moderately curved and strongly pectinated throughout, these of

the third and fourth pairs less strongly pectinate.

Falees strong, prominent; profile following the line of the

ocular area and clypeus, and strongly arched. Colour like that of

the cephalothorax, and furnished with strong spine-like bristles in

front.

Palpr short, strong ; radial joint stronger than the cubital, with

two or three spines in front and on the inner side, and at its fore ex-

tremity on the outer side is a strong apophysis, prominent, obtuse

at its extremity, which is subdivided or somewhat bifid ; digital

joint rather large, elongate-oval. Palpal organs simple and

encircled with one or two slender blackish filiform spines.

Maxille, labium, and sternum. normal, and of a deep brown

colour, the latter covered with strong prominent bristles.

Abdomen long, cylindrical, nearly 3 times the length of the

cephalothorax; sides parallel, the anterior side hollow truncate,

fitting up closely to the base of the thorax, and thinly covered with

short spine-like bristles; hinder end tuberculose and drawn out

into a pointed or conical, segmentate or articulate caudal form;

each tubercle armed with a spine. Colour deep brown, approach-

532 ON NEW EXOTIC ARANEIDEA. {Apr. 18,

ing black, mixed with yellowish brown; along each side is a very

distinct cream-white marginal line, followed by others along the

rugulose sides, parallel but finer and less distinct. The underside

is deep brown. Probably a series of this Spider would show

various differences in the proportionate length of the abdomen, as

well as in the depth of its colour and in its markings. In one

example examined the abdomen was black, the marginal white

line on each side represented only by three slender linear white

spots.

Three examples of this very distinct and striking species were

sent to me from Ceylon by Mr. Ernest E. Green.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puare XXIX.

Fig. 1. Lvagrus pristinus, sp.n., S, p. 519. 14, profile; 1 and 1c, palpus in

two positions; 1d, leg of second pair.

2. Milonia albula, sp.n., 2, p. 520. 2a, profile; 24, eyes and falces from

in front.

3. Gea lugens, sp. n., 9, p. 520. 3a, profile; 34, eyes and falces from in

front ; 3c, underside of abdomen; 3d, genital process in profile.

4. Poltys bimaculatus, sp. n, 2, p. 521. 4a, profile; 44, view from

behind; 4c, view from in front (these three figures are drawn from

Mrs. Dimock Brown's sketches of the living Spider suspended head

downwards in its web); 4d, profile of cephalothorax; 4e, eyes and

falces from in front.

5. Rhitymna mordax, sp.n., 3, p. 522. 5a, profile; 5, eyes from in

front; 5c, maxille, labium, and sternum; 5d and 5e, palpus in two

positions ; 5 f, lower extremity of falces from in front.

Piate XXX,

Fig. 6. Diea placata, sp. n., 3, p. 524. 6a, profile; 6, eyes and falces from

= front ; 6¢ and 6d, palpus in two positions; 6, genital aperture

of Q.

7. Phrynarachne faialis, sp.n., 2, p.525. 7a, profile; 7), eyes and falces

from in front.

8. Talaus oblitus, sp. n., 3, p. 526. 8a, profile; $4, eyes and falces from

in front; 8¢ and 8 d, palpus in two positions (in figs. 8a and 8d the

artist has unfortunately omitted any indication of the obscurely pock-

marked and slightly tuberculose surface of the cephalothorax).

9. Boliscus decipiens, sp.u., 9, p. 527. 9a, profile; 9b, eyes and falces

from in front; 9c, genital aperture.

10. Holopelus piger, sp.n., 9, p. 528. 10a, profile; 102, eyes and falces

from in front.

11. Moneses atienuatus, sp.n., 6, p. 529. 11a, profile; 11, eyes and

falces from in front ; 11 ¢ and 11d, palpus in two positions.

12. Moneses greent, sp. n., g, p. 530. 12a, profile; 12, eyes and falces

from in front ; 12 ¢ and 12d, palpus in two positions.

1? AUS 1899

Ise swilteiehs) Pil.

Wal (Aye) ,

{

Wie

A.T.Holhck del. et ith. ‘West, Newman chr.

NEW SPECIES OF EXOTIC SPIDERS.

1899. | ON THE CANIDH OF AFRICA, 533

5. On the Species of Canide found on the Continent of

Africa. By W. E. pr Winton, F.ZS.

[Received March 6, 1899.]

The acquisition by the Society of two living Jackals from Somali-

land, of the species called by Prof. Noack Canis hagenbecki, hitherto

unknown in a living state in this country, enforced the necessity

of re-examining the African Dogs, and our Secretary has asked me

to undertake the task. This communication is not confined to the

Jackals of the Ethiopian Region, but takes im all the members of

the family of Canid inhabiting the continent of Africa.

While endeavouring to throw some light into the hopeless

confusion the nomenclature of the Jackals of Africa is now

in, Ido not expect the present communication to clear up all

the disputable points; but it is hoped that by sifting the old

descriptions and giving an account of the forms so far as are

known to the principal Museums and Zoological Gardens of

Europe, some better agreement as to which names shall be applied

to certain forms may be arrived at. In no single museum is

there to be found a good representative collection of the different

African species, so that it is extremely hard to make comparisons

and to recall exact characters of specimens examined in different

museums. The type specimens of the older described forms have

been in most cases mounted, therefore faded and worn almost

beyond recognition, and the skulls inaccessible.

One species, Canis laterals, described by Dr. Sclater in 1870,

from West Afzica, has since been generally considered to be

identical with the C. adustus of Sundeyall. So far as I can make

out, the probability is that Sundevall had an example of C. late-

ralis before him, as it doubtless extends into S.E. Africa. But

without examining the type it is impossible to be certain on this

point, and | preter to use the first name, of which there can be no

doubt, as in this way no confusion can occur on the subject in the

future.

Dr. Noack has lately published, from not at all satisfactory

material, descriptions of four additional forms which I have little

hesitation in assigning to one or other of the already well-known

species. Iam quite prepared, however, to find that this subject

will soon require revision.

If, when we know more of the African Jackals, further subspecies

are thought necessary, it will be quite evident, on looking at the

synonymy given in this paper, that some of these names can be

utilized, but so far I see very little use in subdividing the species.

I consider the Jackals and Foxes of the Old World so readily

recognizable one from another that I should like to keep them

apart, though no important character by which to distinguish them

can be given. Even the outward characters and habits are beyond

my power to define; and I regret to say that even Dr. Blanford’s

distinctions (Geol. & Zool. Abyss. p. 239) will not stand when

Prov. Zoon. Soc.— 1899, No. XXXY. 35

634 MR. W. E, DE WINTON ON [Apr. 18,

put to the test. A Jackal may have a sharp bark, as C. adustus

(called ‘‘ Quaha” by the Caflirs, from its ery),and the ears of a Jackal

may be longer than those of the Common Fox, as in C. vartegatus

and C. mesomelas.

It is impossible to follow Gray (P. Z. 8S. 1868, pp. 492-525),

who gave no anatomical or practical reasons for his arrangement

and subdivision of the genus, but the Jackals and Foxes as they are

usually classed form very natural and convenient groups or sub-

genera. The skull of a Fox is very much less powerful than that

of a Jackal ; the suborbital parts of the zygomata are more expanded

and the inner surfaces of these bones are turned upwards. The

small Foxes I shall group together under the name of Sand-Foxes,

keeping the Fennec to form a separate subgroup by itself.

On looking at a number of skins of Dogs, one is struck with the

constancy of the general pattern of the markings. Thus all the

Jackals are inclined to a saddle-mark ; this reaches perfection in

C. mesomelas, while in C. anthus there is no defined line, though the

fur is longer and thicker within the same limits. But the tendency

to have a black spot on the dorsal surface of the tail, about two

inches from the root, is a character which runs through the whole

genus, Jackals and Foxes alike. This spot is no doubt due to a

gland, for the hair of this region is more rigid than elsewhere, and

there is no underfur growing upon it ; the stiff hairs are generally

shorter than those of the surrounding part of the tail and lie

rather flat, forming a depression in the fur; and in many instances,

in the dried skin, a yellow substance is found to clog the hair,

which has a distinctly aromatic smell.

I have to record my best thanks to Dr. J. Anderson, ¥.R.S.,

Mr. R. J. Cuninghame, Major Harrison, D.S.O., and Mr. F. J.

Jackson, C.B., who have helped me with specimens of Jackals,

also to Colonel Lugard, C.B., for the loan of a specimen of the

Hunting-Dog from British Hast Africa.

Genus 1. Canis.

CANIS SIMENSIS. (Fig. 1.)

Cams simensis, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. Abyss. p. 39, pl. 14 (1838) ;

Mivart, Canidz, p. 18, plate, skull fig. 18.

Fig. 1.

Skull of Canis simensis, 3 nat. size. (B.M. 42.8.15.11; 162a.)

(dy)

1899.] THE CANID OF AFRICA.

Canis sinus, Gerv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. ii. p. 58 (1855),

Canis walgie, Heugl. Nov. Act. Leop. 1863, Zool. Afr. p. 3.

Simenia simensis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 506.

Canis semiensis, Heugl. Reise N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 48 (1877).

Very little is known of this somewhat isolated form of Dog, which

seems to be confined to the mountainous district of Abyssinia.

The specimen brought home by Riippell, which is one of the types

of the species, is still the only example in the British Museum..

Tur JacKALs—NSacalius.

Canis ANTHUS. (Fig. 2.)

? Le Chacal-Adive, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Suppl. iii. p. 112, pl. xvi.

1776).

? Barbary Dog, Pennant, Quad. i. p. 260 (1793).

? Canis barbarus, Shaw, Zool. i. p. 311 (1800).

Canis anthus, F. Cuv. Mamm. lith. pls. 173, 174 (1820);

Mivart, Canide, p. 41, plate (partim) (1890), skull fig. 20.

Canis lupaster, Hemp. & Ehrenb. Symb. Phys., Mamm. ii. (1830).

Thous anthus, H. Smith, Jardine’s Nat. Libr. ix. p. 195 (1839).

Thous senegalensis, H. Smith, Jardine’s Nat. Libr. ix. p. 201

pl. xiii. (1839).

Sacalius barbarus, H.Smith, Jardine’s Nat. Libr. ix. p.218 (1839).

Canis aureus algirensis, Wagn. Schreb. Siiug. Suppl. i. p. 384

(1841).

Canis aureus tripolitanus, id. ibid.

7 »» var. algeriensis, Less. Nouv. Tab. Regn. Anim. p. 43

(1842).

Lupus anthus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 502.

Dicba anthus, Gray, Cat. Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 189 (1869).

Canis aureus, auct. (partim), nec Linn.

Canis hadramauticus, Noack, Zool. Anz. 1896, p. 356 (fide

Matschie).

Fig. 2.

Skull of Canis anthus, } nat. size. (B.M. 98.7.4.7.)

A larger animal than the Indian Jackal (Canis aureus), and

35*

536 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON [Apr. 18,

much more wolf-like. The nose and ears are bright bay,

contrasting with the greyish forehead; there is no defined saddle,

the black-tipped hairs appearing on almost all parts of the animal,

but being scarcer on the flanks and legs ; a blackish line rans down

the front of the fore legs, ending in a distinct blotch on the wrist

as in C. lupus. The tail is bushy, most of the hairs black-tipped,

the biack almost monopolizing the whole length of the hairs

towards the end of the brush ; the black spot cver the gland is well

marked, but owing to the general dark colouring is not particularly

conspicuous. Ears moderate.

In Egypt this Jackal grows to a larger size—the skulls being

equal to those of the Indian Wolf, C. pallipes Sykes nec Mivart ;

the colour is greyer than that of specimens from Barbary and the

fur less rich. This form is generally called the Egyptian Wolf,

but it will be seen by the specimens in the Society’s Gardens

that, when living in a moister climate, no difference can be detected

in the colour or richness of the fur.

The North-African Jackal has never been given a very definite

position as a species. All modern writers have either confused it

with the Asiatic Jackal, C. aureus—a species which never crosses

into Africa—or have only separatedit with doubt; but there does not

seem any valid excuse for uniting them. F. Cuvier was the first

naturalist who gave anything like a scientific description of the

animal. Pennant’s “ Barbary Jackal” does not seem quite satis-

factory ; this was a specimen found in the Ashmolean Museum at

Oxford, a figure of which appears in Buffon’s work, but I cannot

fix this figure on any known Jackal. Shaw gave a Latin name to the

animal described by Pennant, but it seems very doubtful whether

this beast was a Jackal or a Fox. Uncertain names are simply placed

in the synonymy, the earliest name of which there is no doubt being

used.

This species ranges from Senegal on the west, round the whole

of the north of Atrica into Lower Egypt. Its exact range in the

Nile Valley is not yet known, but so far no specimens have been

recorded south of the First Cataract. So far as is known, this

species does not occur to the east of the Red Sea; though

Herr Matschie has lately stated (S.B. Ges. nat. Fr. 1897, v. p. 73)

that C. hadramauticus Noack, described from Southern Arabia, is

identical with C. /upaster. There is in the British Museum a skull

from Aden which I have no hesitation in referring to C. pallipes ;

and as these two animals are very closely allied, the Indian Wolf

being distinguished only by its rather heavier build and much

stronger teeth, I think it far more probable that Dr. Noack’s species

will turn out to be an offshoot of the Indian, and not of the Egyp-

tian Wolf.

The figure given in Dr. Mivart’s book is a fair representation of

the species, but from the letterpress we gather that the drawing

was taken from a certain specimen from Abyssinia, still in the

British Museum, which proves to be an example of the next species,

1899.] THE CANIDE OF AFRICA. 537

C. variegatus—the artist having probably worked up the picture

with skins of the true C. anthus from Barbary.

The skull of the North-African Jackal is readily distinguishable

from that of the Indian Jackal, C. aureus, by its greater size, and

more particularly by the longer parallel-sided snout, and the high

forehead more abruptly rising from the line of the nasals, the

more evenly expanding—not bowed—zygomata, and the heavier

dentition. But the larger Egyptian race very closely resembles

the Indian Wolf, C. pallipes Sykes, the skulls of these two being

practically the same size and shape, although the teeth of the

Indian Wolf are much heavier. These different races therefore

bridge over any marked distinction between the Wolves and Jackals.

Measurements (in millim.) of the upper flesh-tooth pm.4 are

given of the smallest and largest of each species which has come

under my notice :—

C. aureus. C. anthus. C. pallipes,

15°5-17 17:5420 21-22

Dr. Mivart has caused much confusion by including C. pallipes

in his description of C. lupus, the figure given of C. lupus var.

pallipes being that of the form of the true Wolf found in Northern

India.

C. pallipes, as described by Sykes, P. Z. 8. 1831, p. 101, is parti-

cularly stated to be the Wolf of Deccan, so this name can only apply

to the well-known Wolf of the Peninsula, which is not greatly

superior in size to the Egyptian Wolf.

In Dr. Blanford’s ‘Fauna of British India’ the two Indian

species are fully and accurately described.

(P.S.—Since these notes were read I have seen specimens of

Jackals said to come from Senegal and the interior of Tunisia, which

seem to me to agree rather closely with Cuvier’s description and

figure of Canis anthus, and it is therefore possible that the large

North-African Jackal which has been unanimously called C. anthus

is bearing a wrong name, and should be called C. lupaster, while, of

course, this much smaller, fine-legged, sharp-nosed, and _paler-

coloured animal is the true C. anthus. One specimen lately

acquired from the Antwerp Zoological Gardens, and living in our

Gardens in Regent’s Park, is said to have been brought direct

from Senegal; other specimens referred to are a male and female

with cubs, beautifully set up as a group in the Leyden Museum.

Dr. Jentink informs me that there can be no doubt as to the locality

of these specimens, as they were collected in Tunisia by a well-

known contributor to the museum. |

CaNIS VARIEGATUS. (Tig. 3.)

Sea-Fox, Salt, Voy. Abyss. p. 172, App. iv. p. 40 (1814).

Canis variegatus, Cretzschm. Riipp. Atlas, p. 31, pl. 10 (1826).

Canis riparius, Hempr. & Ehrenb. Symb. Phys., Mamm.1i.(1830).

? Canis sacer, id. ibid.

538 MR. W. E., DE WINTON ON [Apr. 18,

Thous variegatus, Smith (H.), Jardine’s Nat. Libr. ix. p. 198,

pl. xi. (1839).

Vulpes variegata, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 516.

Canis anthus, Mivart, Canide, p. 41 (partim), plate inaccurate

(1890).

Canis hagenbecki, Noack, Zool. Garten, 1894, p. 244.

Canis riparius Blanford, Geol. & Zool. Abyssinia, pp. 14, 240

(1870).

2 Canis mengesi, Noack, Zool. Anz. no. 548, 1897, p. 518.

Fig. 3.

Skull of Canis variegatus, $ nat. size. (B.M. 169.)

General pattern of colour as in C. anthus, but very much paler ;

the snout very slightly more rufous than the rest of the face ; the

backs of the ears and the legs pale’ orange-red, but the latter

mixed with some black, and a dark’ streak on the front of the

wrist ; on the back and sides there is more or less mottling of black ;

in some specimens the saddle-area is heavily mottled. On the

whole of the saddle-area the fur is longer, reddish at the base,

followed by a pale buff band and broad black tips ; the freshness of

this, in a more or less degree, accounts for the mottling. In some

specimens from the highlands of Abyssinia it almost approaches

the saddle of C. mesomelas, though the mixture of black on the

flanks, the want of rufous colouring, and the strong dashes of black

on the fore legs will at once distinguish it from that species.

Along the dorsal line, and especially over the shoulders, the hair

is longer than on any other part. The black patch over the gland

on the tail is conspicuous. The form is very gaunt (totally unlike

any of its congeners), the snout is very fine and long, and the ears

are remarkably long, which at once distinguish it from any specimen

of the North-African Jackal.

The known range of this species is Upper Egypt and Sennaar,

and along the coast from Suakim to Somaliland and the higher

plateaux of Abyssinia.

1899.] THE CANID® OF AFRICA. 539

This form, described by Cretaschmar and fairly figured from a

specimen sent home by Riippell, had doubt thrown upon it by the

collector himself in his own work, Neue Wirbelth. Abyss., Siiug. p. 39

(1838). At the same time we are told that the skull had been lost,

and so comparison was uot possible with that of C. mesomelas, of

which species it was thought to be only a variety. Since that

time no one but Dr. Blanford (Geol. & Zool. Abyss. p. 238) has

given the species a proper status. The name has been used by

some writers for the northern form of C. mesomelas; Dr. Mivart

has confounded it with C. anthus. Dr. Noack has overlooked the

species when naming the Somaliland Jackal C. hagenbecki; but

since seeing examples of this latter form alive, and also having

examined about a dozen skins and skulls, I feel no doubt in identi-

fying the Somaliland animal with C. variegatus.

The form described by Dr. Noack as a separate species, under

the name of OC. mengesi, appears to me to be simply a sandy-rufous

variety, wanting the broad black band in the fur of its back. The

dark marks in the front of the fore legs are very much less distinct

than in the typical form, but are not entirely wanting.

As mentioned above, the specimens from the highlands of

Abyssinia, obtained by Dr. Blanford, are richer in colouring, and

owing to the lenger and denser fur would appear stouter in build

(see op. cit. p. 240), but at the same time these specimens somewhat

approach C. mesomelas in having heavier skulls; so it may be just

possible that we have here a hybrid race confined to this high

plateau.

Excepting in the narrowness of the frontal region and greater

length of the facial portion, the skull of O. variegatus is very like

that of C. mesomelas, only differing in its general narrowness and

in the less expanded squamosal portion of the zygomata.

Canis MusoMELAS. (Fig. 4.)

Canis mesomelas, Schreb. Siiug. ii. p.370, pl. 95 (1778) ; Mivart,

Canide, p. 45, pl. (1890).

Canis variegatoides, Smith (A.), S. Afr. Quart. Journ. 1833, p. 85.

Thous mesomelas, Smith (H.),Jardine’s Nat. Libr. ix. p.199, pl. xii.

(1839).

Vulpes mesomelas, Gray, P. Z.S. 1868, p. 516.

Canis variegatus, Matschie, Siug. Deutsch-O.-Afr. p. 64 (1895).

Canis mesomelas var. schmidti, Noack, Zool. Anz, no. 548, 1897,

p- 519.

Face rufous, most of the hairs on the cheeks and forehead tipped

with whitish ; ears very large, bright rufous ; saddle very distinct,

all the hairs rufous at the base followed by a black ring, with a

broad subterminal buff-white ring and tipped with black; the

flanks and legs bright rufous without intermixture or markings of

black. The tail is rather short, all the hairs tipped with black :

the spot over the gland well developed; the stiff hairs are white

for the greater part of their length, with jet-black tips. This is

540 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON (Apr. 18,

the only Jackal which has no dark dashes on the front of the

fore legs.

The Black-backed or Silver Jackal has the most extended range

of any member of the genus inhabiting Africa, extending from the

extreme south of Cape Colony to Abyssinia, and possibly Bongo-

land, where Schweinfurth mentions Jackals with black backs (‘ Heart

of Africa’ (Engl. transl.) i. p. 237). It has not been recorded from

the Mashonaland plateau or Nyasaland; and in British East Africa

we have no record of it being found farther west than Machacos,

where it occurs in company with C. lateralis. It seems therefore

probable that this species does not range into the higher elevations.

Fig. 4.

Skuli of Canis mesomelas, 3 nat. size. (B.M. 69.10.24.7.)

This species is therefore accompanied by C. lateralis in certain

localities in the southern part of its range, and by C. variegatus

in the northern. Specimens from south of the Zambesi, judged

from the material in the British Museum, are rather larger, and

the facial part of the skull appears slightly longer in proportion

than those obtained from the north of that river; but whether the

difference is sufficient to warrant a subspecies being made of the

northern form is not clear, most of the specimens examined of the

southern or typical form being deficient in the base of the skull.

However, if a name is required for the northern form, Dr. Noack

has provided one in his var. schmidti. In writing of this Jackal

under the name C. variegatus, Herr Matschie mentions a stripe on

the cheeks ; but I cannot think his distinction of the East-African

form is based on this character alone, for not only is it too trifling,

but quite unreliable, as this dark line under the eyes occurs in some

specimens from Cape Colony, The markings of this animal are

not always equally well defined, occasional specimens have a very

poorly marked saddle.

The cry of this animal, as observed in captivity, may be

1899.] THE CANIDE OF AFRICA. eon

expressed as “ Wa-ah, wah, wah, wah,” and when examining some

suspicious-looking object it gives out a low growl ending in a

suppressed bark.

The skull is short and strong, and the muzzle much broader than

in C. variegatus ; the squamosal portions of the zygomata are very

much expanded ; the nasal bones are short, being almost invariably

shorter than the maxillary processes ; there is a deep depression

in the middle line of the very broad forehead; the carnassial

teeth are very powerful and much larger than those of C. lateralis.

C. variegatus seems to me to be the only Jackal of which the skull

can possibly be confused with that of this species, but not only the

muzzle but the skull throughout is much narrower in proportion

to its length.

I give simple length and breadth measurements (in millim.) of

the largest and smallest entire skulls of these two species that

have come under my notice :—

C” variegatus.

Large ¢, from highlands of Abyssinia (Blanford), 172 x 90.

Small and quite young specimen from Nubia (Burton), 145 x 78.

C. mesomelas.

Adult from Ukamba, B. BE. Afr. (Jackson), 151 x 88.

Young specimen from Ukamba (Harrison), 146 x 83.

CaNIS LATERALIS. (Fig. 5.)

? Canis adustus, Sundey. (Efvers. K.Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1846, p.121(?);

Mivart, Canide, p. 49, pl. (1890).

Vulpes adusta, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 515.

Canis lateralis, Sclat. P. Z.S. 1870, p. 279, pl. xxiu.

Canis holubi, Lorenz, Verh. Ges. Wien, 1895, p. 110.

? Canis wunderlichi, Noack, Zool. Anz. no. 548, 1897, p. 519.

Fig. 5.

———

Skull of Canis lateralis, § nat. size. (B.M., 92.12.3.8.)

General colour of the body-fur grey-drab, the majority of the

hairs black-tipped, the face, ears, flanks, and legs being likewise

heavily mixed with black, though the underfur of the face and legs

542 MR, W. E. DE WINTON ON [Apr. 18,

is more rufous than that of the body. Distinct dark dashes on the

lower part of the forearm. On the dorsal surface, or saddle, the fur

is bright rufous for the greater part of its length, each hair having a

ring ot black followed by a ring of buff and being tipped with black ;

these coloured rings form double side-stripes of buff and black

bordering the lower edge of the saddle, which are often ill-defined or

not observable, the colour of the flanks outwardly being scarcely

different from the back, but when the hair is worn the saddle is

oftenreddish. The tail is long and clothed with long hairs, buff at

the base, and black for an inch and a half or so at their extremities ;

generally there is a distinct white tag, the hairs growing on the

last two inches of the tail being sometimes pure white to their

bases, in some specimens only a very few white hairs are to be

found at the extreme tip. ‘Tail-gland not conspicuous owing to

the character of the surrounding fur. Chin black. Ears moderate.

Usually this Dog has the side-stripes, bordering the lower edge

of the saddle, well defined ; but when changing fur or when out of

condition these stripes entirely disappear; this often happens in

simply altering the lay of the fur in making up a skin. Possibly

also in some districts the species does not develop these stripes to

so great an extent as in others. At any rate it is probable that

Sundevall had a specimen of this species before him when he

described a Jackal from the Transvaal or Zululand, giving it the

name of C. adustus. In this description, it is true, no mention is

made of any side-stripes, but the Side-striped Jackal occurs in that

country and no Jackal without a saddle-mark is found anywhere

in South Africa. Dr. Noack seems also to have deseribed the

same animal as C. wunderlichi, but he appears to have entirely

overlooked Sundevall’s species as he makes uo mention of it.

Dr. Sclater described C. lateralis from a specimen then living in

the Society’s Gardens, giving the side-stripes as the principal dis-

tinguishing characters and giving a name suggestive of this distinc-

tion. When this specimen died the skin and skull were acquired by

the British Museum, and the skin, which is now before me, has no

sign of side-stripes ; the same thing has been shown in other examples

which have been received from Nyasaland. Normally these latter

are particularly well marked.

The skull of this species is readily distinguished from any other

Jackal by its flatness, the line of the forehead running well in front

of the orbits and being very little raised above the line of the nose.

The nasals are long, extending beyond the maxillary bones ; the

squamosal portion of the zygomata is not so much expanded as in

C. mesomelas; there is no depression in the middle line of the

forehead ; and the carnassial teeth are very much smaller than those

of either C. variegatus or C. mesomelas.

In several specimens obtained by Mr. F. J. Jackson at the Ravine

Station and Nandi, British East Africa, the skull is much arched,

with smooth rounded foret ead, quite altering the shape of the profile,

but viewed from above the shape of the skull is unaltered. The

flat and the rounded skulls are from animals otherwise identical,

1899.] THE CANIDZ OF AFRICA. 543

and both forms were taken at the same time. These characters are

found in both old and young, and it is most satisfactory to have

such a fine series (about 20) taken in the same locality, proving that

these characters are only individual and not racial. Mr. Jackson

has noted measurements and weights of the majority of his speci-

mens, and the total length to the end of the vertebre of the tail

ranges from 3 feet 34 inches to 3 feet 52 inches, the tail alone from

113 inches to 12 inches. Weights of ¢ 14-16 lbs., 9 133-15 lbs.

So far as is known the Side-striped Jackal ranges from Nama-

qualand* to the Gaboon on the west, and from Zululand to the

Tana River on the east; it is found throughout Rhodesia, Nyasa-

land, and British Hast Africa as far west as Uganda.

This Jackal has several characters which bridge over the sepa-

rating line one would like to draw between the Jackals and the

Foxes: its tail is long, with a white tag; its cry is a short bark ;

and its skull is very flat, in side view very like that of the

European Fox (C. vulpes}; but no one can question its being a

true Jackal.

Mr. #. C. Selous informs me that both the “Silver Jackal ”

(C. mesomelas) and the “* Quaha” (C. lateralis)—easily recognized

by their different voices—are found on the same ground in Bechu-

analand, and that he has seen both of them come up from separate

directions to a dead animal at the same time. These two forms

are widely distinct, but it is nevertheless a very strange fact

that two species should thrive in tke same districts, seeing that

their habits are alike; and considering their mode of life, it

would seem certain that they must come to blows, and the weaker

one succumb. These two animals live side by side in many

districts up to the Tana River; northwards, in Somaliland, &c.,

C. variegatus takes the place of C. lateralis.

Mr. Selous further informs me that he has never seen Jackals

in packs, that they come up singly or in couples from different

hiding-places, whether to the camp at night or to a dead beast by

day. He says, a favourite place for Jackals to lie up by day is in

the long grass which grows on the sides of the ant-heaps, and that

when hard pressed by dogs they often go to ground in the holes

made by the Aard-vaark.

THe Foxes— Vulpes.

(1) Red Fowes.

CaNIS VULPES ZGYPTIACUS. (Fig. 6.)

Canis egyptius, Desmar. Nouy. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxiv. Tab. Méth.

p. 18 (1804), nom. nud.

Canis egyptiacus, Sonnini, Nouv. Dict. vi. p. 524 (1816).

Canis niloticus aut egyptiacus, Desmar. Mamm. p. 204 (1820).

1 Dr. Broom, of Garies, informs me the natives bring in skins of *‘ Jackals

with a yellow stripe on the side,” together with those of the Silver Jackal, to

trade with the store-keepers.

544 MR. W. E, DE WINTON ON [Apr. 18,

Canis niloticus, Cretzschm. Riipp. Atlas, p. 41, t. 15 (1826) ;

Hempr. & Ehrenb. Symb. Phys. pl. xix. (1830). ”

? Canis vulpecula, Hempr. & Ehrenb. Symb. Phys., Mamm. u.

1830).

Vulpes niloticus, Smith (H.), Jardine’s Nat. Libr. x. p. 248,

pl. xxi.* (1840).

” Vulpes algeriensis, Loche, Expl. Algér., Zool. p. 21 (1867).

Skull of Canis vulpes egyptiacus, $ nat. size. (B.M. 98.6.5.6.)

This is a local race of the European Fox, C. vulpes, and may be

barely separable from the 8. European form (var. melanogaster).

The Algerian Fox is included in the synonymy, but this form

seems identical with the Foxes of Southern Europe.

CANIS VULPES ATLANTICUS.

Canis vulpes, var. atlantica, Wagner (A.), Wagner (M.), Reis. in

Algier, iii. p. 31, pl. 3 (1841).

Vulpes atlantica, de Wint. P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 957.

This form of the Atlas Mountains is only another subspecies of

the European Fox, rather smaller than the form found in Egypt.

(2) The Sand-Fowes.

CaNIs PALLIDUS. (Fig. 7.)

? Canis riippelli, Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. iv., Suppl. p. 508 (1825).

Canis pallidus, Cretzschm. Riipp. Atlas, p. 33, pl. xi. (1826);

Mivart, Canide, p. 142, pl., partim.

? Canis sabbar, Hempr. & Ehrenb. Symb. Phys., Mamm.ii.(1832).

Cynalopex pallidus, Smith (H.), Jardine’s Nat. Libr. ix. p. 228,

pl. xvii. (1839).

Canis corsac, Lesson, Tabl. Rég. Anim. p. 40 (1842), partim.

Vulpes pallidus, Gerrard, Cat. Bones Brit. Mus. p. 87 (1862).

Fennecus pallidus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 520.

The dorsal region tawny, finely grizzled, almost the colour one

sees in pale pug-dogs; paler on the sides and face, redder on the

forehead ; a reddish streak on the back of the fore legs from the

1899. | THE CANIDA OF AFRICA, 545

elbow downwards; reddish on the back of the thighs, above

the tarsal joint. Most of the hairs of the tail are tipped with

black, markedly so towards the extremity, the hairs at the end

of the brush almost entirely black ; there is a very distinct black

patch on the tail over the gland. The fur is not so long or woolly

and the tail is not so thick and bushy as in most small Foxes, and

never has a white tag like C. famelicus.

Fig. 7.

Skull of Canis pallidus, § nat. size. (B.M. 93.6.7.5.

The name given by Schinz to a small Fox brought from Dongola

by Riippell has generally been referred, with doubt, to C. famelicus ;

but I feel no hesitation in assigning it to the species under dis-

cussion. The description in no way agrees with C. famelicus, while

the colour in every way fits this species: “* Ricken und Schenkel

von aussen gelbgrau; die Haare sind nehmlich brandgelb, mit

Schwarz gemischt,” &c. In fact, the tail, colour of the head, likeness

to C. zerda, but with coarser fur, so exactly represent this animal,

that I feel tempted to adopt this most appropriate term, seeing

that it perpetuates the name of so good a naturalist ; and whether

we apply it to this form or to O. famelicus, we must deprive

Cretzschmar of one original description. But as there is a doubt,

and as Dr. Mivart has called C. famelicus by the unfortunate

English name of Riippell’s Fennec, I shall leave it alone ; my sole

object in writing being to point out the most salient points of

distinction between the species, and so to assist in arriving ata

uniform naming, by which one may always know what form is

intended when a certain name is mentioned.

The uniform tawny colouring, almost like a pale-coloured lioness,

distinguishes this little Fox from all others, the black dash on the

upperside of the tail and the black tip being the only conspicuous

marks. The ears are about 65 millim. long.

The skull cannot be confused with that of any other Fox; the

line of the forehead is carried forward considerably in front of the

orbits, giving it the appearance of having a bump on the bridge of

its nose; the teeth are very small and neat, the premolars with

clear spaces between each; the flesh-teeth are actually smaller

than those of the Fennee (C. fennecus), a much smaller animal.

546 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON [Apr. 18,

Its range seems very restricted: all the specimens examined were

obtained between Suakim and Dongola. Possibly the nearest ally

to this little Fox is C. bengalensis, but this relationship is not

close : it certainly has nothing in common with C. corsac.

Canis FaMuELicus. (Fig. 8.)

Canis famelicus, Cretzschm. Riipp. Atlas, p. 15, pl. v. (1826) ;

Mivart, Canide, p. 144, pl.

? Canis anubis, Hempr. & Ehrenb. Symb. Phys., Mamm. ii. (1832).

Megalotis famelicus, Smith (H.), Jardine’s Nat. Libr. ix. p. 235,

pl. xx. (1839).

Fennecus famelicus, Lesson, Tab. Rég. Anim. p. 39 (1842).

Vulpes dorsalis, Gray, Cat. Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 62 (1843),

partim.

Fennecus dorsalis, Gray, P. Z. 8S. 1868, p. 519, partim.

Fig. 8.

Skull of Canis famelicus, § nat. size. (B.M. 98.6.5.7.)

Fur very long, soft, and dense ; general colour soft fawn, more

or less interspersed with coarser grizzled hairs, often giving it a

steel-blue tint. Ears very long, rich fawn-colour: the face paler

yellowish buff, with strong brown patches immediately above the

whiskers, the dark colour, slightly modified, encircles the eyes.

Along the dorsal line the fur is redder than on the sides, the

underfur being grey tipped with reddish brown. There are reddish

patches on the back of the hind legs above the heel. The tail is

very thick and bushy along its whole length, with a very distinct

white tag; there is a depression in the fur over the gland, and

the hair is generally clogged at the base with a yellow substance,

which gives off a distinct aromatic odour.

This is, perhaps, the prettiest of all the Sand-Foxes ; the ears are

very large, but not exaggerated like those of the Fennec. Iam able

to give the weight and dimensions of this little Fox, taken from

fresh-killed animals by two collectors, to whom the Museum is

much indebted for numerous carefully-collected specimens.

1899. ] THE CANIDE OF AFRICA. 547

@. Near Cairo, Mr. R. J. Cuninghaine. Head aud body 415

millim., tail 305, hind foot 97, ear 87; weight 2 lbs. 9 oz.

@. Near Berbera, Dr. A. E. Atkinson. Head and body 445

millim., tail 345, hind foot 122, ear 100.

The skulls of other specimens from Egypt show that the

specimen was rather undersized, but there is no difference worth

mentioning between Egyptian and Somaliland specimens. A little

Fox from Afghanistan, as mentioned and figured by Dr. Mivari,

appears to be identical with this species.

The conspicuous brown marks on the face, the white tag to the

tail, and the density of the fur are characters which could not

possibly be excluded from any description; therefore I feel con-

vinced that Schinz did not form his C. riippelli on this species.

The legs also are very short, and not longer in proportion than

those of C. zerda.

Canis porsaLis. (Fig. 9.)

Canis (Vulpes) dorsalis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 132.

Vulpes dorsalis, Gray, List Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 62 (1848).

Fennecus dorsalis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 519.

Vulpes edwardsi, Rochebr. Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, 1882 (Oct.)

p.18s

Fig. 9.

Skull of Canis dorsalis, § nat. size. (B.M. 40.12.20.3.)

The type of Gray’s species (from Senegal), which is still in the

British Museum, is so much faded that it is impossible to give an

accurate description of the skin; I can say, however, that it belongs

neither to C. famelicus nor C. pallidus. The skull shows it to bea

very young animal in milk-dentition, probably larger than C. fameli-

cus, but its black-tipped tail proves that it is not even a local race

of that species. Its much greater size is sufficient to separate it

from C. pallidus. This is without doubt the same species as that

deseribed by Rochebrune. Dr. Mivart does not give an opinion

on this species, and even leaves the name out of his synonymy.

548 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON (Apr. 18,

Canis CHAMA. (Fig. 10.)

Canis chama, Smith (A.), S. Afr. Quart. Journ. 1833, p. 87;

Sclater, P. ZS. 1875, p. 81, pl. xvi.

Megalotis caama, Smith (H.), Jardine’s Nat. Libr. ix. p. 236,

pl. xix. (1839).

Vulpes caama, Gerrard, Cat. Bones Brit. Mus. p. 87 (1862).

Fennecus caama, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 520, fig. 7, skull.

Fig. 10.

M git aS

i i = IN

| ly, Se F YY

Skull of Canis chama, 2 nat. size. (B.M. 46.8.5.2; 8152.)

(From P. Z. 8, 1868, p. 520.)

General body-colour grizzled grey, the face reddish, most of the

hairs white-tipped ; ears long,rust-coloured ; fore legs pale buff, with

a brown streak running down the backs from the points of the

elbows ; hind legs also pale buff, there is a conspicuous brown

patch on the tibial joint, just above the hocks; the tail is bushy,

most of the hairs tipped with black, almost completely black at the

end of the brush.

This Fox is somewhat nearly allied to the smaller C. famelicus,

but is a longer-legged and larger animal. The skulls of these two

species are approximately the same length, but that of C. chama is

very much heavier and broader. The facial portion is particularly

broad and the muzzle blunt; the zygomatic arches are nearly as

broad in front as behind. The back of the palate is very much

broader, the tooth-row actually shorter, and the teeth very small,

measuring less than those of C. famelicus.

The skull much resembles that of Otocyon, but the squamosal

portions of the zygomata are broader, and the supraorbital and

temporal ridges are not so heavy.

This species is found in sandy districts south of the Zambesi,

from the extreme south of the Colony to Namaqualand and

Bechuanaland.

(3) Tun FEnnxc,

Canis zeRDA, (Fig. 11.)

T/ Animal anonyme, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Suppl. ii. p. 148, pl. xix.

(1776).

1899.] THE CANIDZ OF AFRICA, 549

“ Vulpes minimus saarensis,’ Skjéldebrand, K, Sv. Vet.-Ak.

Handl. 1777, p. 265, pl. vi.

Canis zerda, Zimm. Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 247 (1780).

Canis cerdo, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 75 (1788).

Viverra aurita, Meyer (F. A. A.), Syst.-summ. zool. Entdeck.

Neu-Holl. u. Afr. p. 91 (1793).

Fennecus arabicus, Desmar. Nouv. Dict. H. N. xxiv. 1804, Tabl.

Méth. p. 18.

Megalotis cerda, Mig. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 131 (1811).

Megalotis cerdo, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. ii. p. 1032 (1816).

Fennecus brucei, Desmar. Enc. Méth., Mamm. p. 235 (1820).

Megalotis zerda, Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 222 (1821).

Fennecus cerdo, Childr. & Vigors, Denham & Clapp. Tray. Afr.

App. xxi. p. 183, pl. (1826).

Canis megalotis, Smith (H.), Griff. Cuv. Anim. Kingd. il. p. 373,

pl. (1827).

Megalotis brucei, id. ibid. v. p. 152.

Canis fennecus, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 168 (1827).

Megalotis zerda, Smith (H.), Jardine’s Nat. Libr. ix. p. 237,

pl. xx. (1839).

Fennecus zerda, Less. Nouv. Tabl. Régn. Anim. p. 39 (1842).

Vulpes zaarensis, Gray, List Mamm. Brit. Mus. p, 62 (1843).

Canis cerda, Gerv. Mamm. ii. p. 75 (1855).

Megalotis fennecus, Knight’s Pict. Mus. Anim. Nat. p. 207

(ec. 1860).

Fennecus zaarensis, Gray, P. ZS. 1868, p. 519.

Fig. 11.

Skull of Canis zerda, & nat. size. (B.M. 182/.)

Very pale fawn on the upper parts, on the shoulders or fore

part of the back some of the longer hairs are black-tipped ; from

the saddle backwards the hairs are more uniformly coloured and

more glistening, paler on the face and legs, and gradually becoming

silvery white underneath; brownish patches between the eyes

and whiskers ; black tip to the tail; gland on tail very evident, the

coarse texture of the black-tipped hairs covering this part being

more eyident in this animal than in any other, owing to the

silkiness of the fur generally. Underfur on all the upper

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1899, No. XXXVI. 36

550 MR, W. E. DE WINTON ON [Apr. 18,

parts with a dark ash-grey band about equidistant between the

base and the tip of the hairs; below this dark band the hair is

silky white, above buff; on the underparts this dark band is not

present. The hair exceedingly soft and silk-like.

Ears much longer than the head. In dry skins the ear measures

about the same length as skull.

The skull is rather shorter than that of C. pallidus, but the

breadth across the zygomata is greater; the nasal portion is very

narrow ; the orbits very large ; and the front part of the brain-case

considerably constricted. The length of the entire tooth-row is

about equal to that of C. pallidus, the teeth being individually

larger than in that species, and so set very much closer together.

There is very much uncertainty as to the distribution of this

species ; most of the known specimens have been brought from

the Sahara through Algeria. Dr. Anderson will no doubt throw

more light on it when the result of his researches into the

mammalian fauna of the oasesson the Egyptian side is made

known.

Genus 2. Orocyon.

Orocyon MuGALoTIs. (Hig. 12.)

Canis megalotis, Desmar. Enc. Méth., Mamm. Suppl. p. 538

(1821).

Canis lalandi, Desmoul. Dict. Class. Hist. Nat. iv. p. 18, pl.

(1823).

Megalotis lalandi, Smith (H.), Griff. Anim, Kingd. ii. p. 372,

pl. (1827).

Fig. 12.

Skull of Ofocyon megalotis, § nat. size. (B.M. 98.3.9.8.)

Otocyon caffer, Licht. Arch. f. Naturg. i. 1838, p. 290.

Agriodus auritus, Smith (H.), Jardine’s Nat. Libr. x. p. 260,

pl. xxiii.* (1840).

1899. ] THE CANIDH OF AFRICA. 551

Otocyon megalotis, Lesson, Tabl. Regn. Anim. p. 39 (1842).

Otocyon lalandii, Gray, List Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 62 (1843).

Megalotis lalandii, Gray, Cat. Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 211 (1869).

General colour dark iron-grey, paler on the forehead and in front

of ears; tips and back of ears, muzzle, fore and hind legs, dorsal

surface, and tip of tail black. The fur of the back is very long.

Everywhere the underfur is long, dark grey for the basal half and

pale buff for the remaining half of its length; on the back the

terminal half is more rust-coloured; the longer coarse fur is

ringed with yellowish white, with long black tips. The ears are

very large and rounded, of about the length of the head. The

gland on the tail is well-marked and active.

The skull is very flat, with heavy supraorbital and temporal ridges ;

the orbit is more nearly encircled with bone than in any of the

members of the genus Canis.

The teeth of this animal are quite unlike those of any true Fox.

There is normally one more molar in each jaw than in the genus

Canis, and the flesh-teeth both above and below are scarcely

longer (in horizontal or vertical direction) than the teeth on either

side of them.

This animal is found in sandy districts from the Cape to

Somaliland. 1t has unfortunately been given the name of Fennec

in South Africa, which has given rise to much confusion, since the

true Fennec is not found in any part of its range and is a totally

distinct animal.

Genus 3. Lycaon.

Lycaon prorus. (Fig. 13.)

“ Mebbia,” Kolbe, Kaap de Goede Hoop, i. p. 181 (1727).

“Qhien Sauvage,” Le Vaillant, Voy. ler, t. 1. p. 199 (1790).

“Wilde Hond” (Dutch), id. ibid. t. ii. p. 152 (1790).

Canis aureus, Thunb. Mém. Ac. Pétersb. ii, 1811, p. 302, nee

Linn. \

Hyena picta, Temm. Ann. Gén. Sci. Phys. ii. 1820, p. d4.

Canis pictus, Desmar. Ene. Meéth., Mamm. Suppl. p. 538

(1821).

Hycna venatica, Burchell, Travels, 1. p. 456, ii. p. 229 (1822).

Canis (Lycaon) tricolor, Brookes, Griff. Anim. Kingd. v. p. 151

(1827).

Lycaon tricolor, Brookes, Prodr. Anim. p. 10 (1828).

Cynhyena, BF. Cuy. Dict. lix. p. 454 (1829).

Canis hyenoides, Is. Geott. ?

Lycaon typicus, Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. 1833, p. 91.

Lycaon pictus, Smith, ibid.; Mivart, Canide, p. 196 (1890).

Kynos pictus, Riipp. Verzeichn. Mus. Senck. p. 19 (1842).

Cynhyena picta, Lesson, Tabl. Regn. Anim. p. 38 (1842).

Lycaon venaticus, Gray, List Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 62 (1843).

The peculiar colouring and habit of hunting of this animal are

36*

552 ON MAMMALS FROM BRILISH CENTRAL AFRICA. [May 2,

too well known to need description; it is sufficient to say that

no two skins are alike in pattern.

This species ranges in suitable localities from the extreme south

of the Continent up the eastern side to Abyssinia; in the more

central part of the Continent specimens of it from Lake Mweru

have been obtained by Mr. Richard Crawshay, and Schweinfurth

has recorded it from Bongoland.

Skull of Lycaon pictus, 4 nat. size. (B.M. 1141.)

I have particularly mentioned Le Vaillant’s name in the

synonymy, to draw attention to the work of that naturalist, whose

observations on the habits and measurements of the mammals of

South Africa are among the best and most accurate that have been

published up to now. It has been the fashion to treat this

traveller with disrespect; but his observations on mammals are

excellent, and it is to be regretted that he did not carry out his

promise of writing a special account of them.

May 2, 1899.

Prof. G. B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater exhibited specimens of some Mammals, mostly

obtained by the collectors in the employment of the Administra-

tion of British Central Africa who accompanied the Commission

for the Delimitation of the Anglo-German Boundary across

the Nyasa-Tanganyika plateau in 1898, They had been kindly

examined by Mr. W. E. de Winton, and referred to the following

species :—

1. Rhynchocyon reichardi Reichenow.

Two specimens.

1899.] DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON “ PROSIMIA RUFIPES.” 503

2. Genetia tigrina (Schreb.).

3. Herpestes sp. inc.

A flat native skin without skull obtained by Mr. J. B. Yule at

Karonga, 13.7.98.

4, Mellivora ratel (Sparrm.).

5. Sciurus cepapi A. Smith.

Two specimens. Cf. Tunisciurus cepapi, Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1897,

p- 933.

6. Procavia arborea (A. Smith).

New to this locality, and only previously known from South

Africa.

7. Cephalophus lugens Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 393.

The type of this species is of a uniform soot-colour. In the

present specimen (which is marked male) the legs and a stripe on

each side of the face are slightly reddish. The type was a female;

so the difference in colour may be sexual.

Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major exhibited specimens of a Lemur from

Madagascar, “* Prosimia rufipes” of Gray, and made the following

remarks :—

It is well known that the male of Lemur macaco L. is black, and

that the female, which was at one time regarded as a distinct

species (L. leucomystax Bartl.), is red. In 1880 the Secretary of

this Society pointed out that a black Lemur, received at the

Society’s Gardens on Noy. 25th, 1878, and which was at first

determined as L. macaco, proved to be distinct, and accordingly

the name L. nigerrimus was proposed for the former, with the

reservation that “ it may possibly turn out to be a black variety of

some known species.” Figures are given of the heads of both

species. L. nigerrimus is said to be ‘‘a larger and more intensely

black animal, with a raised crest of short ‘upstanding hair on its

head. Moreover, the ear-conch is naked, and not furnished with

tufts of hair as in Lemur macaco” 1.

At the meeting of this Society on February 28th, 1893, an

extract from a letter from Prof, A. Milne-Edwards to the Secret ary

was read, in which it is stated that the female of L. nigerrimus is

rufous-brown (“brune”), and that it had been described by Gray

in 1871 under the name of Prosimia rufipes. Prof. Milne-Edwards

further states that the colour of the eyes of L. niyerrimus and its

female is characteristic, the iris being greenish blue (“ d’un blew

tirant sur le vert”); also that the species comes from Cape Ambra,

in the far north of Madagascar °.

Gray’s description of ‘ Prosimia rufipes” was based on a male

and a female specimen, which are exhibited in the Gallery of

the Natural History Museum. Both are rufous-brown aboye, the

1 P,Z.S. 1880, p. 451, figs. 1, 2.

2 P,Z. 8. 1893, pp. 177, 178.

54 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON POLYPTERUS ConGicus. [May 2,

only difference in the coloration between the sexes being that,

whilst the underparts of the body are bright bay in the male, they

are reddish-grey in the female’. The specimens were obtained

by Crossley, and came, according to the Register, from the Betsi-

misaraka Country, which is rather a vague definition.

I have myself collected specimens of what I consider to be the

same as Gray’s species in four different forest-districts, from 900

to about 1300 metres above the sea-level, viz. at Ampitambe,

N.E. Betsileo (at the confines of the Betsimisaraka country) ; at

Ambohimitombo and Ivohimanitra, farther to the south, in the

Tanala country (the Tanalas, ‘‘ foresters,” are part of the Betsimi-

saraka tribe); and, lastly, at Vinanitelo, Southern Betsileo, on the

confines of the Tonalas of Ikongo. The coloration varies slightly

from one locality to the other; especially the specimens from the

lowest district, Ivohimanitra, are of a lighter coloration, and in the

females the throat is white; in young specimens the whole of

the underparts being of this coloration. From my material I am

disposed to agree with Schlegel *, who considered Gray’s ‘* Prosinua

rufipes”’ to be the same as Is. Geoffroy’s Lemur rubriventer and

L. flaviventer*, the latter based on the two female specimens held

by Schlegel, rightly as I think, to be females of the former.

My collections contain about a dozen individuals, ¢,?, and

young; but I have never met with a black male. At first sight it

would appear quite possible that in the most northern parts of

Madagascar the males of one species of Lemur might have a

different coloration from those iu more southern districts.

Unfortunately, neither the type of Z. nigerrimus, which, as said

before, lived at the Society’s Gardens, nor any other black Lemur,

apart from LZ. macaco, is in the Natural History Museum. I

should not attach great weight to the colour of the iris, stated to

be greenish-blue in both male and female L. nigerrimus, if this

coloration were not such a very exceptional occurrence in Lemurs.

All my supposed specimens of Z. rufipes had a dark yellow iris,

nor have I ever met with bluish eyes in any species of Lemur.

Of more importance still is the difference iu the skulls, those

of L. nigerrimus figured in Grandidier’s work* being different

from Gray’s and my specimens of supposed L. rufipes. So that, in

conclusion, until better evidence is forthcoming, I am not inclined

to admit the specific identity of the two forms.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger exhibited a specimen of the fish Polypterus

econgicus, measuring 22 centimetres long, from the River Congo

(Bangala Country), remarkable for the retention of the right

opercular gill, the axis of which measured 34 millimetres and the

1 Dr. J. E. Gray, *‘ On a new Species of Lemur from Madagascar” &e., Ann,

Nat. Hist. [4] vol. viii. p. 339 (1871); id. P. Z. S. 1872, pp. 852, 803, pl. Ixix.

(coloured figures inaccurate).

2-H. Schlegel, Monographie des Singes, p. 311 (1876).

3 Ts. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Catal. méth. Coll. Mammif. &e. pp. 71, 72 (1851).

4 Hist. Madag., Mamm. Atlas, ii. 1890, pl.

1899.] ON THE PLEXODONT MOLARS OF MAMMalLs. 59d

fringes 15. The left opercular gill was absent, and nothing indi-

cated its absence to be the result of an injury.

Mr. R. Lydekker, F.Z.8., exhibited a pale-coloured specimen of

the Reed-buck (Cervicapra arundinum), and read the following

notes on it, extracted from a letter addressed to him by Mr. Ewart

8. Grogan :—

“‘T have much pleasure in forwarding to you the horns, head-skin,

and hide of what appears to be a white Reed-buck. I shot the latter

on the Longwe, at the north end of Lake Nyasa. Capt. Verhellen,

of Mohun’s expedition, first called my attention to it, by asking me

(he knows nothing of the game in this part) what those little grey

antelope were ; he was very positive as to having seen four: one, a

female, he wounded and lost; but though I hunted the small plain

where he states he saw them, I never found any but the ram I killed,

and it is the Reed-buck’s habit to generally run in the same party ;

i. e. four running together would, I think, never go far apart, at

any rate at the same season of the year. The natives whom I

questioned closely say they have seen one only; but this counts

for little. The buck showed no signs of albinism—lips, nostrils,

eyes, and hoofs being of the normal colour. On comparing the

skull with two others I thought I detected considerable variations,

especially in the base of the skull. Will you kindly describe the

animal for me, and bring it before the notice of those who are

interested in this branch of zoology? Personally I am inclined,

owing to the persistent rumours of similar animals in this country,

the striking and very definite assertion of Capt. Verhellen, and the

complete absence of the usual signs of albinism, to think that it

is a distinct form. I have taken what measures I could to preserve

the skin and trust that it wil) arrive in good order.”

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Primitive Type of the Plexodont Molars of

Mammals. By Frorentio AMrcuino, C.M.Z.S.

[Received February 13, 1899.]

The majority of placental Mammals, and especially the Ungulates,

are distinguished by the plexodont character of their molars—that

is, by molars having a complicated crown, and each tooth being

provided with more than one root.

The origin of this dentition has been explained by two completely

different theories—the theory of a gradual complication, and that

of fusion. According to the former, the plexodont molars are the

result of -a progressive complication of the simple and conical

primitive tooth of Reptilia. According to the latter, these same

teeth are the result of fusion of the dental germs or embryos of

906 SR. F. AMEGHINO ON THE [May 2,

several simple teeth. It is this latter theory which I have been

upholding for the last 15 years.

In a memoir published about three years ago’, I showed that

the tritubercular theory, contrary to what has been asserted, does

not agree with the facts furnished by either the embryology,

paleontology, or general morphology of the mammalian dentition.

I observed. moreover, that triconodonty and trituberculy, far from

being stages leading to the more complicated forms of teeth, are,

on the contrary, the result of the reduction of the latter. It was

not until after the publication of my paper that I learned that

Dr. Forsyth Major had expressed views similar to mine in the

Proceedings of this Society.

As a complement to my preceding work, I shall now endeavour

to determine the most primitive type at present recognizable in

the crown of the lower plexodont molars of Mammalia. In a

subsequent paper I shall deal with the upper molars.

Firstly a few words on the terms used by me. I recognize in

the dentition :—

(1) The deciduous molars ( milk-teeth) and the persistent

molars (true molars), representing together the first series,

which is the oldest from an embryological as well as from

a paleontological point of view.

(2) The replacing molars (premolars), representing the second

series, Which is of more recent date and always remains

incomplete.

I assign to the teeth behind the canines the progressive numbers

1 to 7, since they are perfectly homologous in the Placentals and

Marsupials, the only difference being that some teeth may belong

to the first series in certain genera (e.g. the fourth of Marsupials)

and to the second series in others (e.g. the fourth of Placentals).

Each of the lower complicated molars exhibits two lobes, an

anterior and a posterior, and six cusps or denticles, three for each

lobe. According to the authors of the tritubercular theory, these

cusps have made their appearance gradually in successive geological

periods, and they assign to each cusp a different name. These

names have different suffixes in the molars of the two jaws;

furthermore, there are different names for the same cusps in the

premolars, for the lobes according to their form, for the colon-

nettes (styles) and crests (lophs), &c.; constituting altogether such

a complicated terminology, that it remains absolutely unintelligible

for all who have not specially studied the argument, and discourages

many persons who wish to become initiated in the study of palzont-

ology. Besides, these names correspond with conceptions which

are often uncertain and sometimes preconceived.

I shall only make use of the old and vulgar names designating

the different parts according to their position. Every complete

plexcdont molar has an anterior and a posterior lobe, each of them

carrying three cusps. The three cusps of the anterior lobe are the

median-anterior, the antero-external, and the antero-internal ; the

> F. Ameghino, ‘‘ Sur l'Evolution des Dents des Mammiféres,” in Bol, Acad.

Nac. de Cienc., t. xiv. pp. 881-517 (1896).

1899.) PLEXODONT MOLARS OF MAMMALS. ddT

three cusps of the posterior lobe are the median-posterior, the

postero-external, and the postero-internal.

According to the theory of gradual complication, the molars

provided with these six cusps ought to belong to the most recent of

Mammals. I shall show, however, that in all Mammalia, with the

exception of the Monotremes, the Edentates, and the Cetaceans,

the plexodont type is the most ancient and the starting-point of

the different forms of complicated molars.

For the demonstration of the antiquity of this type, I shall

avail myself of the numerous paleontological materials which the

Cretaceous and Lower Tertiary deposits of Argentina have yielded.

The oldest fossil Mammalia of Argentina come from the varie-

gated sandstones which in Patagonia underlie the Guaranian

formation with gigantic Dinosaurians. The best-known genus,

recently discovered, is the Proteodidelphys precursor, the mandible

of which, four times enlarged, is represented in fig. 1. Hodidelphys

Fig. 1.

Cabins.

: SS

: ms aS

Se Res

Re! GA Sr OP gy

Pee

Seri oe:

Proteodidelphys precursor: right mandibular ramus, outer aspect, four

times nat. size.— Lower Cretaceous ; Patagonia.

and Microbiotherium. of the Upper Cretaceous and Eocene, connect

the former genus with the recent Didelphyidz, so that Proteo-

didelphys represents the most ancient stem of this group; it has

at the same time many affinities with Paurodon of Marsh, and

other allied genera from the Upper Jurassic of North America.

Fig. 2 represents the sixth lower molar, right side, of Proteo-

didelphys—a, outer view, b, upper view (magnif. 8 times). 1t may

easily be seen that this tooth is composed of the two lobes and

the six cusps before mentioned, which I designate by the following

letters, the names in parentheses being those of Osborn’s nomen-

clature.

ma, wedian-anterior (paraconid). pe, postero-external (hypoconid).

ae, antero-external (protoconid). pi, postero-internal (entoconid).

ai, antero-internal (metaconid). mp, median-posterior ! (hypoconulid).

! This cusp is generally diminutive and in the small forms to be seen only

with the help of a strong lens. It loses its independence at an early date, by

becoming fused either with cusp pi or with cusp pe, the latter occurrence being

the more frequent. 5

508 SR. F, AMEGHINO ON THE [May 2,

On the outer side of the anterior lobe of the same tooth there

can also be seen a small enamel ridge or cingulum (fig. 2 a, ¢), the

presence of which must not be overlooked.

Fig. 2.

Protcodidelphys precursor : sixth right lower molar, external (a) and superior (4)

aspect, eight times nat. size.— Lower Cretaceous ; Patagonia,

Finding thus in the teeth of such an old animal a complication

which is said to be the result of a successive addition of cusps

through geological ages, we have a right to doubt this latter asser-

tion, and to assume as more probable that we are in presence of

a primitive conformation, the vestiges of which are to be traced in

nearly all the orders of Mammalia.

Let us begin with recent Didelphyide, the unworn molars of

which are not only sextuberculate, but also exhibit these tubercles

(cusps) disposed in the same manner as in Proteodidelphys, the

anterior lobe showing also the same cingulum (c). In these

animals, therefore, the complication in question is not of recent

origin, but an inheritance of their oldest known predecessor.

Proteodidelphys is a representative of the family Microbiotheride.

In several of my publications I have had the opportunity of

showing that this family constitutes the stem not only of the

Didelphyide but equally of the Sparassodonta, Dasyuride, Creo-

donta, Insectivora, and Carnivora. The lower molars of these

different groups are merely modifications, generally not very

considerable, of the molars of Protcodidelphys. In the Hocene

Microbiotheride the modifications are insigniticant. The molars

of Cretaceous Sparassodonta still preserve the vestiges of all the

cusps, which in their Eocene descendants are reduced by the

disappearance of cusp ai, or its fusion with ae, followed by the

atrophy of the posterior lobe and its corresponding ‘cusps. The

same is tu be seen in the Australian Dasyuride, cusp ai being still

present in Dasyurus, whilst it has disappeared in Thylacinus.

The six cusps characteristic of Didelphyide are known to exist in

most of the genera of Creodonta (Palwonictis, Proviverra, Myacis,

&e.), the predecessors of the Carnivora; they equally persist in

many of the latter, especially in Procyonide, recent (Procyon,

Nasua) and fossil (Cyonasua), in primitive Canide (Cynodon) and

Urside, in the Viverride, &c. In sume genera of Carnivora this

form has scarcely undergone any appreciable modification : on

examining the first inferior molar of Cyonasua (fig. 3), one is

struck by its perfect resemblance to the corresponding tooth of

Protcodidedphys and Didclphys. The same tooth-pattern is met

1899.] PLEXODONT MOLARS OF MAMMALS, 5o9

with again in many Insectivora (Zalpa, Tupaide, Soricide, &c.),

and likewise in the Chiroptera, especially in Vespertilionide, the

most numerous and ancient family. In all these groups the

molars differ from those of Proteodidelphys only by the greater or

lesser development of cusp ma, by the suppression of cusp a or

its fusion with ae, and by the varying degree of simplification of

the posterior lobe.

Fig. 3.

Cyonasua argentina: fifth right lower molar, superior («) and external ())

aspect, nat. size.—Hocene ; Patagonia.

Another branch, likewise originating from the most primitive

Microbiotheridx, are the diprotodont Marsupials, which comprise

the extinct Multituberculata of the Northern Hemisphere and

Argentina, the numerous Paucituberculata of South America, and

the Diprotodonts of Australia (Hypsiprymnoidea). Their most

primitive type is that of the Garzonide. The lower molars of

Garzonia or Halmariphus (fig. 4) are not distinguished by any

Haimariphus didelphoides : fifth right lower molar, superior (a) and external (0)

aspect, eight times nat. size.—Hocene ; Patagonia.

essential character from those of the Didelphyide; their teeth

exhibit the six cusps of those of Proteodidelphys, with an almost

similar disposition and with the same external cingulum, c. Some

species depart slightly from this form by the internal displacement

of the two median cusps, the anterior and the posterior, so that

each molar presents on the internal margin a range of four cusps,

as can be seen in the molars of a Cretaceous species of Halmariphus,

or a nearly related genus (fig.5). In the Epanorthide the paired

cusps ae, ai, and pe, pi, are connected, forming two semicircular

erests. In the Abderitide the same cusps constitute two feebly

accentuated, transverse crests. The slightly more recent Diproto-

donts of the Parana deposits (Zygolestes) exhibit the same crests

more accentuated ; they are still more developed in the existing

South-American genus Cenolestes of O. Thomas, the molars of

which have assumed the same form as those of the Australian

560 &R. F, AMEGHINO ON THE [May 2,

Diprotodonts. The latter are the descendants of the Diprotodonts

which in former times inhabited Argentina. The multituberculate

condition of the fossil Diprotodonts of the Northern Hemisphere

is the outcome of the duplication of the molar cusps of the Pauci-

tuberculata. The Cretaceous and Eocene fossil forms of Argentina

exhibit all the intermediate stages between the Multituberculata

and the Paucituberculata ; amongst these there is one, the Man-

nodon, in which the molars show a complication of. exactly the

same type as that presented by the classical molar of Microlestes

antiquus, figured in all the manuals of paleontology.

Fig. 5.

Halmariphus guaraniticus: fifth right lower molar, superior (a), internal (A),

and external (c) aspect, eight times nat. size—Upper Cretaceous ; Patagonia.

In the molars of the Cretaceous Rodents of Argentina the

derivation from the sexcuspidate type is equally recognizable. The

Caviide, with their molars formed of two triangular or cordiform

prisms, and with an open cavity at the base, are those which

depart most from the primitive form: it seems absolutely

impossible to make out in these molars anything approaching

those of the Didelphyide. However, the numerous fossil forms

of this series graduate without interruption between the recent

Caviide and the Eocene Hocardid, and between the latter and the

Cretaceous Cephalomyide. Fig. 6 shows the seventh (ultimate)

Cephalomys prorsus: last right lower molar, superior aspect, eight

times nat. size.—Upper Cretaceous; Patagonia.

right lower molar of Cephalomys prorsus, 8 times nat. size. In

the two lobes of this tooth it is easy to recognize the two prisms

of the Caviide; but the six elements corresponding to the six

primitive cusps are likewise discernible, though disposed slightly

differently from the ordinary. The three cusps of each lobe are

disposed in a triangle, the two external, ae, pe, maintaining their

position ; but the two median, the anterior ma and posterior mp,

3995), PLEXODONT MOLARS OF MAMMALS, 561

are limited to the internal margin. A somewhat similar disposition

is seen in the molars of some Cretaceous Diprotodonts of the

family Garzonide, ¢.g. the molar of Halmariphus guaraniticus,

represented in fig. 5. This agreement in the disposition of the

primitive molar elements seems to imply that the Rodents, the

origin of which is still a mystery, may represent a side branch of

the Diprotodonts, which originated towards the middle of the

Cretaceous period.

We way next consider the Ungulates, which by their molars, at

least those of the present epoch, do not appear to bear any relation

to the Didelphyide and their predecessors. This, however, is not

the case. In a recent publication, I have declared that in the

Cretaceous of Argentina al! the groups of Ungulates exhibit in

the form of their molars a great resemblance to each other: all

show the sexcuspidate form ; if not visible in the adult, it is seen

in young stages.

The Argentine Proterotheride, resembling the Horses in their

tridactyle and even monodactyle hoofs, and the Paleotheridze in

their molars, are amongst the most characteristic and most specia-

lized of Ungulata. Their oldest known representative is the

Deuterotherium distichum of the Upper Cretaceous ; its fifth right

lower molar, just in the beginning of wear, is represented from the

upper aspect in fig 7a. This tooth shows the six conical and

Deuterotherium distichum: fifth right lower molar, twice nat. size.—Upper

Cretaceous; Patagonia. a, Superior aspect of tooth which has just

pierced the gum; 6, superior aspect of worn tooth of adult; ¢, external

aspect of slightly worn tooth.

perfectly separated cusps, with a disposition closely similar to

that of Proteodidelphys, and also with the cingulum (c) on the

external side, visible in figure 7c, which represents a slightly

worn specimen of the same tooth. However, in the present

genus this conformation had become transitory, as shown by the

figure, 76, which exhibits the crown view of the same tooth ina

worn condition; the positions formerly occupied by the primitive

elements are marked by the corresponding letters, but the cusps

are no longer recognizable, and without being acquainted with the

unworn tooth it could not be guessed that its starting point is

almost absolutely identical with the form presented by the same

tooth of the Didelphyide and of Proteodidelphys. The last-named

562 St. F. AMNGHINO ON THE [May 2,

figure (7) demonstrates the origin of the similar characteristic

molars in a considerable number of Ungulates—e. g., the Protero-

theride, Macrauchenide, Meniscotheride, Rhinoceride, Titano-

theride, Paleotheride, &c.; as well as in the long series of

ruminant and selenodont Ungulata. In the ancient Pleuras-

pidotheride of France the form of the inferior molars of

Proteodidelphys is preserved almost without any change.

The characteristic molar pattern of omnivorous Ungulata is the

result of the atrophy of the median-anterior cusp ma and the

median-posterior mp, or of their being intercalated in the same

transverse line between the internal and external cusps of each

lobe, ae, ai, and pe, pi. The lophodont pattern of the Tapir’s molar

is the result of the atrophy of the median-anterior cusp ma and of

the union of the external cusps ae, pe with the corresponding

internal at, pi, by means of transverse crests. The origin of the

molars of Pyrotheride is the same, with the only difference that

the median-posterior cusp mp is lengthened in a transverse

direction, so as to form a sort of transverse heel (talon). The

passage from the dentition of Pyrotherium to that_of Dinothertwn,

and from this latter to that of Mastodon and of Elephas, is easily

recognizable.

In other Ungulata the median-posterior cusp mp became fused

with the postero-external pe, in order to form a large external

curved or crescentoid lobe, whilst the postero-internal pi approached

the antero-internal ai; so that the two median cusps ma, mp

became separated by three notches on the internal margin. The

Horses (Equide) are in this condition, as well as good number of

Tsotemnide, the Homalodontotheride, Leontinide, and Tillodonts,

The oldest known predecessor of the Horse series is Morphippus

of the Upper Cretaceous. Fig. 8 shows its fifth right lower

Morphippus imbricatus: fifth right lower molar, slightly worn, superior

aspect, twice nat. size.— Upper Cretaceous ; Patagonia.

molar of a young individual, the six cusps being distinctly visible

and partly independent. The successive changes leading to the

Equide are indicated by the same tooth of Morphippus in a worn

condition (fig. 9), and by the corresponding tooth of the Upper

Eocene Notohippus, represented in fig. 103, side by side with that

of a recent Horse (fig. 10a), so that the same elements with the

identical fundamental disposition can be seen in them.

1899.] PLEXODONT MOLARS OF MAMMALS. 563

The hypselodont molars with open cavity at the base, of several

Ungulates, e.7. the Toxodontia and Typotheria, show the greatest

departure from the primitive type by the complete fusion of their

elements; however, by means of their oldest predecessors, they

can be traced to the same origin. The slightly worn molars of

Morphippus imbricatus: fifth right lower molar of adult, superior

aspect, nat. size.—Upper Cretaceous ; Patagonia.

Fig. 10.

Notohippus toxodontoides: fifth right lower molar, superior aspect, twice nat.

size.—Upper Eocene; Patagonia. a. Crown of homologous tooth of

existing Equus caballus.

the Cretaceous Toxodonts (Proadinotheriwin, Pronesodon) are com-

pletely similar to those of Morphippus ; so that it becomes almost

impossible to distinguish isolated molars of animals of the series

terminating with the Equide from those belonging to animals of

the Toxodont line.

Fig. 11.

Archeophilus patrius: fifth right lower molar, unworn (a) and worn (8),

superior aspect, four times nat. size——Upper Cretaceous ; Patagonia.

The teeth of Typotheria are a little different. Fig. 11 @ repre-

564 SR. EF. AMBGHINO ON THE [May 2,

sents the unworn fifth right lower molar of Archeophilus patrius,

from the Upper Cretaceous; the six cusps are perfectly distin-

guishable, although very low and disposed a little differently.

The cusp mp, which is very large and completely separated from

cusp pe, has moved to the internal side, and these cusps disappear

without leaving any trace as soon as the teeth begin to be

functional; so that the molar acquires an entirely different contour

and appearance, as shown by fig. 116, representing the same tooth

of an adult specimen.

In the unworn lower molars of Prosotheriwm, another Cretaceous

genus of the same order, the cusps ma and mp are placed

towards the outer side, so that the six cusps are disposed in two

longitudinal series separated by a deep longitudinal furrow. The

cusps ae and ai being also higher and thicker than the others, the

crown assumes a certain resemblance to that of the molar of

Microlestes antiquus, a very remarkable and suggestive fact.

The origin of the molars of Primates is the same. Here, too,

as in the bunodont Ungulata, the mound-shaped, bulky, and thick

cusps, characteristic of the omnivorous condition, are a recent and

gradual acquisition.

Notopithecus fossulatus: fifth right lower molar, slightly worn, external (a)

and superior (4) aspect, four times nat, size.—Upper Cretaceous ; Patagonia.

Fig. 13.

Pitheculus australis: fifth right lower molar, superior (@) and external ()

aspect, four times nat. size.—Upper Eocene; Patagonia.

Fig. 12, a, 6, exhibits the fifth lower molar, not much worn,

of Notopithecus fossulatus, from the Upper Cretaceous, external

view and upper view. This tooth shows distinctly, although not

1899.] PLEXODONT MOLARS OF MAMMALS. 565

much accentuated, the six primitive cusps, as also a trace of the

cingulum, ¢; the chief difference from Proteodidelphys being seen

in cusp ma, which has moved to the inner side. Fig. 13 repre-

sents the same molar of the Eocene genus Pitheculus, a Monkey of

the family Homunculide. This tooth is more square and has lost the

indentation on the internal side of each lobe ; the cusps are more

in the shape of mounds, while the median anterior cusp is very

small, forming part of an anterior crest, from which it is scarcely

distinct. In Homunculus, of the Upper Eocene, the same tooth

(fig. 14) shows the median-anterior cusp ma to have become effaced

Fig. 14.

Homunculus patagonicus: fifth right lower molar, superior (a) and external (4)

aspect, four times nat, size——Upper Hocene; Patagonia.

by fusion with the anterior crest, whilst the tubercular or buno-

dont form is more pronounced. In recent Monkeys and in Man

the transverse anterior crest, the last vestige of cusp ma, has also

disappeared, there remaining only the four cusps ae, az, pe, pi,

which are in the form of mounds or tubercles almost equal in size

and imparting to the crown the perfect omnivorous aspect. The

cusp mp often remains visible, generally placed between the two

posterior cusps pe and p?, but always of minute size.

At different times I have supported the contention that the

' complicated molars of Mammalia have retained the same form

from one end of the series to the other, with no other change than

that of the relative size of their different parts. On this hypothesis,

the simplification of the deciduous molars and of the premolars

must be considered as a secondarily acquired character, due to the

want of space for the complete development of these teeth—a

simplification which must have been acquired progressively from

before backwards.

T have insisted on the fact that the deciduous molars, although

remaining in function for a short time, are almost always more

complicated than those which replace them. This is in agreement

with the theory of fusion and primitive complication, since the

deciduous teeth are the older dentition of the two; but it is in

contradiction to the theory of gradual complication. I have

also drawn attention to the fact, almost universal in Placentals

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. XX XVII. 37

566 SR. F, AMEGHINO ON THE [May 2,

that the last deciduous molar more closely resembles the first true

molar than the last premolar. Recently I wished to make sure

if this fact could also be observed in Marsupials; and I am able

to state that in several small species of Didelphys the unique

deciduous molar—which corresponds with the third deciduous

molar of Placentals—does not gt all resemble the premolar by

which it is replaced, but exhibits the form of the fourth persistent

tooth (true molar), which in Marsupials is homologous with the

fourth deciduous molar of Placentals, i.¢., belongs to the first

series. These facts prove conclusively that the deciduous molars

had originally the same form as the persistent (true) molars.

We next come to the question of the degree of complication of

the deciduous and of the replacing molars (premolars). On looking

over the whole of the Tertiary and Recent Mammals, we observe

that those of the first half of Tertiary times, especially those of

the Northern Hemisphere, have, generally speaking, more simple

premolars than the more recent. his fact has been considered

as a proof of the theory of complication; but I hold that the

explanation is a very different one.

Firstly, the rule is not general, there being many exceptions.

Secondly, this recent complication, which is very evident in several

phylogenetic lines, is but a reversion to the primitive complicated

type. Of this I proceed to give proofs.

The mandible of Proteodidelphys, seen from the external side

(fig. 1), shows the three anterior molars of the simple form as in

the Recent and Tertiary Didelphys. However, in examining these

same teeth of Proteodidelphys from the inner side, the vestiges of

a complication comparable to that of the posterior molars may be

seen, a complication which in this genus seems to be on its way to

disappear. Fig. 15 shows the third right lower molar, seen from

Fig. 15.

Proteodidelphys precursor: third right lower molar, external (a) and

internal (4) aspect, eight times nat. size.— Lower Cretaceous; Patagonia.

the outer side (a), which is simple, and from the inner side (6),

which shows the rudimentary traces of the cusps of the posterior

molars ; these same rudiments are visible, although successively

less accentuated, on the anterior molars, the second and the first.

The molars of Didelphyide exhibit no traces of this complication,

neither are they to be seen in the Microbiotheride of the Eocene

and the Upper Cretaceous. Now, since it is evident that the

Didelphyide are the descendants of the Microbiotheride and that

1899.] PLEXODONT MOLARS OF MAMMALS. 567

the oldest known representative of the latter is Proteodidelphys,

we conclude that originally the anterior molars were composed of

Fig. 16.

Homunculus patagonicus ; second to sixth lower molars, superior aspect,

four times nat. size—Upper Hocene ; Patagonia,

the same elements as the posterior. ‘These elements were already

almost suppressed in the Proteodidelphys of the beginning of

the Cretaceous, and had completely disappeared in the molars of

the Eocene Microbiotheride, which in this respect resemble the

recent Didelphyide.

The traces of the vanished elements are only visible on the inner

side, because the teeth in question are inserted obliquely, as shown

by the figures 1 and 15, which represent them, together with the

anterior root, from the outer side, the posterior one being scarcely

visible. On the inner side the inverse takes place, viz., the

posterior root occupies almost the whole of the internal face, while

the anterior root is almost invisible. As these anterior molars,

which are more simple but bear the traces of a vanished compli-

cation, are in an uninterrupted, closely arranged series with

the posterior molars, the idea arises, quite naturally, that the

oblique insertion is the outcome of the want of space for

their development, so that the cause of the simplification of the

elements on the pogstero-internal side would be the oblique

insertion as a consequence of the want of space. The oblique

insertion, but not the complication, is still discernible in the Eocene

37*

568 SR. F. AMEGHINO ON THE [May 2,

Microbiotheride, but no traces of it are to be seen in recent

Didelphyide, although the molars have again assumed their

original longitudinal disposition.

These observations can be confirmed by the examination of all

the old groups of Mammalia. Not wishing to pass all of them in

review, I limit myself to the Primates, the great antiquity of

which had not been guessed before their discovery.

The genus Homunculus of the Patagonian Eocene—a true Monkey

with rather specialized characters—is particularly interesting. Its

lower premolars, seen trom the outer side, exhibit a single convex

lobe as in the Cebidee, and totally different from the persistent (true)

molars, which bear two well-developed lobes. Nevertheless, on

examining these same premolars from the inner side or from above,

they present a completely different appearance. These teeth are

seen to be inserted obliquely or almost transversely, so that they

show on the outer side only the enlarged anterior lobe with the

three well-developed primitive cusps; whereas the posterior lobe

has moved inside and is partly atrophied, showing only the postero-

internal cusp pi, and the postero-external pe, which has moved

inside and with which the median posterior cusp has become

fused.

In the line of the Primates the anterior molars have therefore

also possessed the same form as the posterior ones, their secondary

and recent simplification being due to the want of the space

necessary for their development. The premolars, in consequence

of being pressed together, have assumed an oblique position, partly

overlapping one another, and producing the atrophy of the posterior

lobe, which is no longer visible in the same teeth of more recent

Monkeys and of Man. In the Primates this atrophy began during

the Cretaceous, since it is already to be seen in the Notopithecide,

all the members of which exhibit the same obliqne insertion of the

anterior molars. I have also found it in several lines of Ungulates,

especially in the Protypotheride, the Isotemnide, the Astrapo-

theride, &c. I draw the conclusion that the plexodont molars of

Mammals, the anterior as well as the posterior, had originally the

same degree of complication, and that the simplification of the

anterior molars, observable in numerous Mammals of the latest

Cretaceous and of the beginning of the Tertiary, is a secondarily

acquired character. This simplification was the outcome of a

concentration of the dental series, by want of the necessary space

for their development’.

The diminution of the space assigned to the development of the

1 To those desirous of becoming acquainted with a similar instance in a

mammal of the Northern Hemisphere, I will point out one which at this moment

comes under my notice. I have just received Prof. Osborn’s memoir on the

“Evolution of Amblypoda, Part I.,” in Bull. Amer. Mus. of Nat. Hist. xi.

1898; and on page 172 I find the figure of the mandible of Puntolambda

cavirictus. A glance at this figure shows that in this ancient genus the

premolars are inserted obliquely, the posterior lobe being turned inwards

and atrophied in the same manner as in Proteodidelphys, Protypotherium,

Homunculus, &e.

1899. ] PLEXODONT MOLARS OF MAMMALS. 569

premolars seems to bear a relation to the greater or lesser

retardation in the development of some teeth belonging to the

same series. In a considerable number of cases the immediate

cause of the simplification of certain molars is simply to be found

in the accelerated or retarded development of neighbouring teeth.

When the molars find the place unoccupied, they preserve their

form or even may become more complicated. Those teeth which

at the moment of piercing the gum find the place anterior to them

occupied, extend posteriorly, and vice versa, or they become

reduced if the place is occupied on their anterior as well as on

their posterior side.

It is well known that in the majority of modern Placentals, as

also in those belonging to the most recent geological periods, the

adult dentition is composed of teeth belonging to two different

series. The posterior, persistent teeth belong to the first series,

of which the deciduous teeth also form part; while that anterior

portion of the dentition which is represented by the premolars

belongs to the second series, the posterior part of which, that

corresponding to the persistent (true) molars, is not developed.

The molars of the first series are accordingly not all in function

at the same time, being developed in a very unequal manner ;

when the last persistent teeth come out, the anterior teeth of the

same series have already been replaced by those of the second

series.

The same was not the case formerly. Ancient Mammals, e. ¢.

the Nesodontid, Adiantide, Homalodontotheride, Notohippide,

&e., had, during part of their life, all the deciduous teeth (the

anterior part of the first series) in function at the same time as all

the persistent teeth ; in other words, the complete first series was

in function at the same time. In these families the deciduous

molars, as well as the premolars, were well developed and always

exhibited the same form from one end of the series to the other,

so that the molars of the second series, replacing the deciduous

teeth, occupied the same space and reached the same size. Later

on, however, as a consequence of the accelerated development, by

which the deciduous molars came to be shed before the animal

was adult, whilst the persistent molars remained in function,

these latter acquired a greater development and encroached on

part of the space left free by the deciduous teeth. As to the

premolars, finding the space between the canine and the first per-

sistent molar greatly reduced, they were pressed together and had

to assume an oblique position, the posterior lobe being turned

towards the inner side. This oblique position of the teeth,

together with the want of space necessary for their complete

development, caused the reduction of their interior side and

especially of the posterior lobe, which in many genera disappeared

completely *.

1 All that has been stated with regard to the lower premolars applies

equally also to the upper premolars, in which the atrophied lobe is the posterior,

especially its inner portion,

j7C SR. F. AMEGHINO ON THE [May 2,

These changes were brought about during the Cretaceous and

the early portion of the Tertiary period. In the later Tertiary a

change in the opposite direction took place, viz., a progressive

retardation in the evolution and the development of the persistent

molars ; so that the moment arrived when all the deciduous teeth

were in function, without any of the persistent teeth having made

their appearance. Finding the place free, the deciduous molars were

able to assume a greater development, the last of them advancing

gradually backwards, thus increasing the space for the replacing

molars, and diminishing in the same proportion the space destined

for the persistent (true) molars. As a consequence of this reduc-

tion of space, these latter have become proportionally smaller, and

in the end cut the gums successively one after the other, sometimes

at rather long intervals. For the opposite reason, viz. as a conse-

quence of an increase of space, the replacing molars increased in

size; this enlargement was accompanied by a gradual complication,

giving to the molars a uniform appearance from one end of the

series to the other, just as during the Cretaceous. The complica-

tion of the anterior molars is therefore a reversion to a primitive

form.

Tosumup. Asaresult of the comparison of the paleontological

materials with those furnished by recent Mammals, it can be stated

that, in the same proportion as the duration in function of the

deciduous molars decreases, the space assigned to the replacing

molars also decreases ; and in the same proportion as the develop-

ment of the persistent molars is retarded, the space occupied by the

deciduous molars and the premolars is increased.

This discovery explains a number of facts which have hitherto

remained almost incomprehensible. I shall confine myself to a

few examples which are easily understood.

The third lobe of the last lower molar of Ungulates represents

the median posterior cusp mp, which was enabled to assume this

greater development because there are no other teeth behind to

prevent it. In the other molars this cusp is, on the contrary,

obliged to maintain its median position between the posterior

cusps pe and pi, which are fused together. For the same reason

the posterior lobe is to be seen also in the last deciduous lower

molar of recent Ungulates, since in the latter this tooth remains

for a long time in function, before the first persistent tooth makes

its appearance. As a consequence, in these Mammals the last

deciduous molar differs both from the one by which it is replaced

(the fourth premolar), and from the first persistent molar, resem-

bling the last persistent molar. In the primitive Ungulates, on

the contrary, which had all the teeth of the first series in function

at the same time, the last deciduous molar could not extend

posteriorly, its cusp mp being prevented by the next following

molar; and therefore the tooth in question (the last deciduous

molar) is different from the last persistent and resembles the first

persistent and the fourth replacing molar.

On examining the mandible of a young sheep haying the three

1899. ] PLEXODONT MOLARS OF MAMMALS, 57k,

deciduous molars in function, and before the first persistent molar

has appeared, it can be seen that the last deciduous tooth, having

more than the necessary space for its development, is strongly

inclined posteriorly, so that it diminishes the space which will

have to be occupied by the persistent molars, and increases in the

same proportion the space assigned to the replacing molars.

This inequality in the development of the molars also explains

why the last upper replacing molar of Ruminants and Artio-

dactyla generally is notably smaller and simpler, not only than the

one on its posterior end, but also than the one anterior to it.

This fourth replacing molar is the last to cut the gum, and must

adapt itself to the space left free by the penultimate replacing and

the first persistent tooth.

Lastly, I have to observe that the sexcuspidate form of

tooth, which is represented as the Jast term of evolution of molars,

is very frequent in the oldest Tertiary Mammalia of Europe, and

especially in those of the Cernaysian Fauna. To judge from the

figures of the recent publication by Mr. Matthew on the Mamma-

lian Fauna of the Puerco, a great number of Mammals of this

epoch also have sexcuspidate inferior molars. Going a step

backwards, we can perceive, with the help of Osborn’s and Marsh’s

publications, that almost all the Mammals of the Upper Cretaceous

ot North America are provided with sexcuspidate or even more

complicated (multituberculate) molars. Going another step

backwards, the figures published by Marsh enable us to recognize

the same type amongst several Jurassic genera, Peralestes, Pera-

spalaw, Paurodon, Lavdon, Dryolestes, &c., which show their

posterior molars resembling those of Didelphyide and of Proteo-

didelphys. Going still farther backwards, we find the oldest

known fragments belonging undoubtedly to a mammal, Microlestes

antiquus, with plexodont molars not far removed from those of

Proteodidelphys, and with a crown more closely resembling the

crown of unworn deciduous molars cf certain primitive Ungulates

(Prosotherium, Prohegetotherium, &c.) than the molars of the

Plagiaulacide (Plagiaulax, Neoplagiaulax, &e.).

I do not maintain that the first complicated molars were sex-

cuspidate, rather than quadri- or quinque-cuspidate. On this

oint I have sufficiently explained my opiniou in my memoir

“Sur Evolution des Dents des Mammiféres.” The clear result of

all these facts is, that the famous theory of the gradual compli-

cation, of triconodonty and trituberculy, is an untenable bypothesis.

Nowhere do we meet with the stages leading from haplodonty to

plexodonty ; all those which have been mentioned are, on the

contrary, as I believe I have demonstrated, but the result of

simplification of molars which were formerly more complicated.

Plexodonty therefore presents itself as a primitive character,

having made its appearance suddenly ; and it is only the theory of

fusion which can explain it in a satisfactory manner.

12 MESSRS, W. E. DE WINTON AND F. W. STYAN [May 2,

2. On Chinese Mammals, principally from Western Sechuen.

By W. E. ve Winton, F.Z.S. With Notes on Chinese

Squirrels. By F. W. Sryan, F.Z.S.

[Received March 14, 1899.]

(Plates XX XI. & XXXII.)

In ‘The Ibis’ of April for this year (1899, p. 289) will be

found, in a paper on “ Birds from West China,” a condensed account

of a collecting-trip made by two native collectors employed by

Mr. F. W. Styan, F.Z.8. The mammals obtained on this trip have

been put into my hands for description ; Mr. Styan having himself

written the part on the Squirrels, after looking over the specimens

from that country in the Paris Museum.

The British Museum is much indebted to Mr. Styan for many

interesting specimens in different branches of natural history,

and I have now to record the gift of a fine series of Chinese

Squirrels.

Other small mammals collected in China in well-known localities,

such as have been mentioned in recently published accounts, are not

referred to in this paper.

Western Sechuen has been visited by very few collectors, and

the fauna is principally known from collections brought home by

Pére David, and more recently by Berezowski; but it will be seen

that these two collectors did not exhaust the store of peculiar

local forms. The localities mentioned will be more easily traced

by referring to Mr. Styan’s own paper in ‘ The Ibis.’

RHINOPITHECUS ROXELLANE. (Plate XX XI.)

Semnopithecus roxellane, M.-Edw. C. R. Acad. Sci. 1870, t. xx.

p- 341.

Rhinopithecus roxellane, M.-Edw. Rech. Mamm. p. 253, pls. 36,

37 (1874).

3, 2. Yang-liu-pa, N.W. Sechuen.

The female agrees fairly well with the figures given by M. Milne-

Edwards. The chief diiferences are that the whole forehead is

uniformly coloured bright orange ; there are no light patches over

the eyes; the ears are covered with cream-coloured hair; the

front of the face beneath the eyes is clothed with the same orange-

coloured hair as the rest of the face, so that only the nose and the

rings round the eyes are naked ; the upper lip has a few projecting

white hairs. The hands are pale yellow, the dark colour ending

on the forearm.

The male (figured, Plate XX XI.), which is a very aged animal,

differs principally from the female in the brighter and more rufous

tint in the colour of its fur. The face is not so well clothed with

fur, the hair beneath the eyes being scant and adpressed and not

1899.] ON CHINESE MAMMALS. D798

bushy as in the female. The cheeks, throat, and sides of the head

and neck are bright red-rust colour; the crown of the head and

nape are rich red-brown, instead of being nearly black. The

inner sides of the limbs, and upper sides of the hands and feet

are much more richly coloured orange or bright golden red. The

hairs on all parts are very lustrous.

The measurements of the skull of this old animal are very much

larger than those given by M, Milne-Edwards: the breadth of

the face outside the orbit is 90 millim., the greatest expansion of

the zygomata 100; while the breadth of the constriction behind

the eyes is 51, as in the younger specimen. The base of the skull

has been cut away, so that it is not possible to give very full

measurements,

RHINOLOPHUS ROUXI.

Rhinolophus roux, Temminck, Mon. Mamm. ii. p. 30 4.

6. Chin Teh, Anhwei.

A small, almost uniform reddish-brown Bat; the forearm

measures 45 millim., or 1°75 inch.

VESPERTILIO DISCOLOR SUPERANS.

Vespertilo discolor superans, Thomas, P. Z. 8S. 1898, p. 770.

Sa Sa hu, Ichang.

This large form described recently seems well worthy of the

distinguishing name that has been applied. In the present

specimen the forearm measures 54 millim., the thumb without the

claw 7.

NECTOGALE ELEGANS.

Nectogale elegans, M.-Edw. C. R. Acad. Sci. 1870, t. lxx. p- 341;

Rech. Mamm. 1874, p. 266, pls. 39, 39 a. fig. 1.

9. Yang-liu-pa, N.W. Sechuen.

This specimen agrees in every particular with the description

given by M. Milne-Edwards.

There are two specimens of Nectogale from Sikhim in the British

Museum ; these two are larger and much more brown in colour,

and have the lower parts of a much Jess pure white, the colour of

the upper parts blending with that of the lower, there being no

sharp dividing line. The whole tint of the animal is more brown,

the pale ridges of the tail are buff-coloured, and even the longer

glistening hairs of the body are inclined to yellow. When wet the

iridescent colours are purple and not green.

In its dentiticn the most evident distinction is, that the shorter

cusp of the large incisor is cut away so that the line of the

anterior edge of this cusp is continuous with the anterior edge of

the next tooth. Iname this Himalayan form Nectogale sikhimensis.

Thave taken asa type No. 96. 1. 1. 9 in the British Museum,

collected by Surg.-Maj. Waddell, Oct. 1891, at Lathong, 10,000 ft.

alt.

o74 MESSRS. W, E, DE WINTON AND F, W. STYAN [May 2,

CHIMARROGALE STYANI, sp. n.

Above uniform dark slate-black ; from the shoulders backwards

interspersed with shining white hairs, which increase in length and

numbers on the rump, similar to but to a far less extent than found

in Nectogale ; all the underparts, with the upper lip and side of face

to the height of the eye, white washed with yellow, a sharp line

dividing the dark and light surfaces. Fore and hind feet white

except a narrow line on the dorsal surface running towards the

5th finger and toe on the outer side. Tail almost exactly as in

Neomys (= Crossopus); and in fact the whole animal so closely

resembles our Water-Shrew that it is hard to believe that it does

not belong to the same genus.

Breadth of skull across squamosals 11 millim., narrowest inter-

orbital constriction 5, front of incisors to back of palate 11-7,

greatest width outside molars 7, tip of incisors to tip of pm. 4 5.

Mandible—greatest length (tip of incisors to condyle) 14; angle to

coronoid 5.

“© length 6 inches ; eyes black.”

Type B.M. No. 99. 3. 1. 8.

Yang-liu-pa, N.W. Sechuen, 16 June, 1897.

Measurements of dry skin: head and body 108 millim., tail 61,

hind foot 20.

Very slight stain on the teeth, perhaps rather less than in

C. himalaica ; viewed from the side, the three intermediate teeth

are subequal, slightly longer than the front cusp of pi. 4; viewed

from above, the first of these small teeth appears rather larger than

either of the two posterior, which are equal.

SoRICULUS HYPSIBIUS, sp. n.

The entire animal almost uniformly coloured dull dark brown-

soot colour, the underparts only very slightly paler in tint; the

fore and hind feet pale; the tail long; teeth §=28.

3g. Yang-liu-pa, November, 1897.

Type B.M. No. 99. 3. 1. 10.

Measurements taken from the dried skin: head and body 84

willim., tail 65, hind foot 15.

Skull—width across squamosals 8°7, narrowest interorbital con-

striction 4°7, front of incisors to back of palate 9, width outside

ms. 1 6:1, tip of incisors to tip of pm.43-6, Mandible—greatest

length (tip of incisors to tip of condyle) 12:3, to angie 11-5; angle

to coronoid 4°5.

The first five teeth in the upper jaw are tipped with red, the

colour extending on the teeth in proportion to their size; of the

three intermediate teeth the first is about double the size of either

of the others, the second being only very slightly longer than the

last.

In the lower jaw the first three teeth only are tipped with red.

There is no red on the molars of either jaw. The lower jaw has

a very short and small angle. The skull is lighter, narrower, and

lower in the facial portion than S. minor from Manipur.

1899. ] ON CHINESE MAMMALS. 579

There is no trace of any small vestigial tooth in front of the

large upper premolar. The definition of the genus will therefore

have to include animals with from 28 to 32 teeth, and in so handy

and small a genus there is no need for further subdividing it.

TALPA LONGIROSTRIS.

Talpa longirostris, M.-Edw. C. R. Acad. Sci. Ixx. 1870, p. 341 ;

Rech. Mamm. p. 281, pl. 38. fig. 2, pl. 174. fig. 2 (1871).

3. Yang-liu-pa, N.W. Sechuen.

The single specimen of this rare Mole is uniformly coloured black

with no brown shade in the fur, as suggested by the figure accom-

panying the original description of the species.

JZELUROPUS MELANOLEUCUS,

Ailuropus melanoleucus, M.-Edw. Rech. Mamm. p. 321 (1870).

3. Yang-lin-pa.

ARCTOMYS HIMALAYANUS.

Arectomys himalayanus, Hodgson, J. A. 8. B. 1841, x. p. 777.

A, robustus, M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. vii. 1870, p. 92.

2 skins, N.W. Sechuen.

These two specimens seem to agree in every respect with skins

of A. himalayanus from Sikhim in the British Museum. The skulls

have unfortunately been lost, but the want is filled up by those of

specimens obtained by Berezowski in the same locality; and as

these agree likewise with the skulls of A. himalayanus, I shall

follow Dr. Blanford (Mamm. Second Yarkand Mission, p. 36) in

regarding the name A. robustus as a synonym of this species.

CRICETUS (CRICETULUS) OBSCURUS.

Cricetus (Cricetulus) obscurus, M.-Edw. Rech. Mamm. p. 136,

pl. 12. fig. 3, pl. 13. figs. 3, 36 (1874).

3$,36,63,6, 9. North Shantung.

These agree in every way with the figures and description of the

species, and also with a specimen in the British Museum labelled

Siberia, but which may possibly be one of Pére David’s collecting,

as it was obtained from an agent in Paris.

Cricetus (CRICETULUS) TRITON, sp. 0.

Colour uniform drab, fur rather richer in tone on the dorsal line,

but no distinct streak; underparts whitish, the blue-grey of the

bases of the fur mixing with the white of the extreme tips.

3, 9. N. Shantung, 24 May, 1898.

Type 2. No. 99. 3. 1. 14 in the British Museum.

Measurements taken from dried skin: head and body 150 millim.,

tail 65, hind foot without claws 21, ear (c.) 16 x 14.

Skull—greatest length 34, greatest breadth 19-7, breadth of

brain-case 15, narrowest interorbital constriction 5:5, length of

nasals 12°1, back of incisors to back of palate 15:3, length of palatal

o76 MESSRS, W. E. DE WINTON AND F. W. STYAN [May 2,

foramina 7, length of diastema 9-9, length of molar series 5:1,

across molar series 7. Mandible—tip of incisors to condylar

process 23°5, to coronoid 19°5, coronoid to angle 10-1; bulla,

antero-posterior length 8.

Molars in almost parallel rows. Upper incisors rather darker

than lower, pale orange.

The length of the tail in proportion to its size, and also the

characters and general shape of the skull, show that this species

is more closely allied to C. longicaudatus than to any of the other

known forms ; the size, however, is so much greater, that there

can be no hesitation in distinguishing it under a separate name.

The two specimens agree absolutely in every way. Mr. Styan

compared one of the specimens with the type of C. longicaudatus

in the Paris Museum, and considers them perfectly distinct

species.

LEPUS SECHUENENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII.)

In the general pattern of the markings, the shape and length of

the ears, and the texture of the fur resembling LZ. ewropeus. The

fur of almost the whole of the upper surface has long black tips

with a subterminal fawn-coloured band, and, owing to the coat

being much waved, a very rich mottling is produced: the underfur

is drab-white; the nape dull greyish brown; the shoulders and

fore legs red-fawn ; the backs and bases of the outside of the ears

blue ash-grey; the tips of the ears are edged with black, and

there is a large spot of this colour extending an inch or more down

the ears on the hinder surface; the cheeks in front of the eyes

grey ; the rump and thighs ash-grey ; the belly is pure white, but

the fur is greyish at the extreme base ; the tailis rather long, dark

grey above, the broad black line extending the whole length, but

most of the hairs have white tips; beneath, the hairs of the tail

are grey for more than half their length, with pure white tips.

Type in the British Museum, No. 99. 3. 1. 19.

Collector’s note : “ 2, Dunpi, N.W. Sechuen, October, 1897 ;

eyes yellow-brown.”

Another specimen obtained at the same time is not labelled.

The skull of this Hare very closely resembles that of L. hypsibius,

Blanford, Mamm. Sec. Yarkand Mission, 1879, pl. iv. a. fig. 1, the

only apparent difference being that it is rather larger in every

measurement, its greatest length being 97 millim., or about a

quarter of an inch longer than the figure, a difference of no value

whatever.

In describing this species as distinct, I am therefore relying

solely upon external characters; the principal of which, in the

absence of specimens of L. hypsibius for comparison, must be the

colour of the ears and the tail—two very characteristic features

among Hares ; in these two forms they are as distinct as it is possible

to be.

The pure French grey of the back of the ears and the large jet-

black tips are particularly striking; the tail with the black upper

1899.] ON CHINESE MAMMALS. 577

surface only frosted with white must be very different to the “ tail

white throughout” of L. hypsibius.

There is no other Hare in any way nearly related to this Sechuen

form, L. otostolus (=L. pallipes) beng a far smaller animal ; and

although the skins at my disposal are in too bad condition to make

fair comparison, the skulls show very wide differences, and prove

that these two Hares belong to quite distinct groups.

The grooves of the upper incisors are filled with cement; the

infolded enamel, seen on the cutting-edge of the tooth, has its

sides almost in contact, so that the cement forms a simple straight

line, rather nearer the inner than the outer edge of the tooth.

The front face of each tooth is almost evenly sloped off towards

the sides, the portion on the inner side of the grooves being only

very slightly or barely perceptibly raised.

LEPUS SWINHOEI.

Lepus swinhoei, Thomas, Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. 6, vol. xiii. p. 364

(1894).

¢. Mahsien, Shensi,

OcHOTONA TIBETANA,

Lagomys tibetanus, M.-Edw. Rech. Mamm. p. 314, pls. 48, 49.

fig; 1.

This little Pika is very much like O. roylii from Sikhim, but is

a smaller animal.

I now add Mr. Styan’s notes on seven species of Chinese

Squirrels :—

1. Scrurus vuLearis L. (probably subsp. calotus Gray.)

Pekin. Greyish black above.

2. Scrunus Davipianus M.-Edw.

Pekin, N.W. Sechuen, Shensi, Hupeh.

A mountain species, probably mostly found at high altitudes.

S. davidianus consobrinus Berezowski does not seem really separable.

3. Scrurus PERNYI M.-Edw.

West Hupeh, North Kweichow, Anhwei, N.W. Fokien, Yunnan.

A mountain species probably not descending below 3000 ft.

S. flavipectus David, Journ. 3™¢ Voy., refers to this Squirrel.

4. ScIURUS PYRRHOMERUS Thos.

Ichang and Sinyang (K weichow).

Also a mountain species; only found hitherto in the above men-

tioned two localities.

5, SCIURUS CASTANEOVENTRIS Gray.

Chekiang, Fokien, &c.

A mountain species found right down to the foot of the hills,

but not extending om to the plains; common in above two

maritime provinces.

578 ON CHINESE MAMMALS. [May 2,

I once entered a hillside hollow, one side of which was a rocky

precipice about 50 ft. high. On the ledges of this a score or two

of Squirrels were collected, and many others were in some small

firs in the centre of the hollow; there appeared to be a large

colony of them.

6. Scrurus sryant Thos.

? Macroxvus chinensis, Gray, Aun. Mag. N. H. ser. 3, xx. 1867,

. 282.

. Macrowus griseopectus, Gray, loc. cit. (nee Blyth).

Sciurus styani, Thomas, Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. 6, mil, 1894,

p- 363.

I think there is little doubt that these names all refer to one

species. Some years ago I pointed out to Mr. Thomas that these

pale-yellow bellied Squirrels (S. griseopectus of Gray) were distinct

from S. castaneoventris, to which species they were assigued in the

Museum. Finding the former name was preoccupied, Mr. Thomas

renamed the species after me ; but an examination of the old faded

types of Gray’s S. chinensis leads me to think that this form had no

need of a new name. The skulls, however, have not been removed

from the types of this latter form, so there is just a possibility that

there are two species, for one of which we do not know the locality.

Its range appears to be the Yangtse valley from Kiu Kiang

(Kiangsi) downwards (possibly found higher up the valley, but

I have not met with it), spreading over the delta, where it is very

common on the flat country between Shanghai and Hangchow.

It is mostly confined to the plains, but is found occasionally on

the low foot-hills.

7. Scrurus swinnoet M.-Edw.

S. maceleliandii yar. swinhoeit, M.-Edw. Rech. Mamm. p. 308

(1868).

N.W. Sechuen, Chinteh, Chekiang, Fokien.

It will be noticed that this species ranges from the extreme

west of China to the coast, and is found at altitudes ranging from

500 ft. to 5000 ft. and probably much higher. A series of about

50 skins has not enabled me to find any constant characteristics

by which subspecies can be clearly separated. I have not come

across the far brighter and handsomely striped S. rodolphi (so

labelled in the British Museum) in the districts in which my

collections haye been made.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XXXI.

Rhinopithecus roxellane (male), p. 572.

Prats XXXII.

Lepus sechuenensis, p. 576.

J.Smit del.et lith.

RHINOPITHECUS ROXELLANZA.

NinternBros.imp

(SUS NIN GIES HS: = Sulleh cia

‘harr sosrg w.r08 parpy as SEL 39) TSP eS

‘UXXX [Id 668t Ss Zed

1899.] ON LAND-SHELLS FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 579

3. On a Collection of Land-Shells from British Central

Africa. By Evear A. Smiru, F.Z.S.

[Received April 13, 1899.]

- . (Plates XX XTIT.-XXXV.)

The collection about to be described was presented to the

British Museum by Sir Harry Johnston in 1896 and 1897, and a

brief notice of a portion of it has already appeared in his book

on ‘ British Central Africa’ (pp. 363, 364). It is of special

interest, as very little is known respecting the terrestrial Mollusca

of this particular region. The country to the north and east, in

German East Africa, has been conchologically explored by many

collectors, and a very valuable report upon the fauna has been

given by Dr. E. von Martens, in 1897, in a work entitled ‘ Be-

schalte Weichthiere Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas.’ Only a very few species,

however, had previously been collected in Nyasaland, and reference

to these has already been made by the writer in the Society’s

‘ Proceedings’ for 1891, p. 809. Although the present collection

contains examples of as many as twenty-five new species out of a

total of forty-four enumerated, none of them are representatives

of new generic types, and the forecast given in the paper referred

to has, judging by the present collection, proved to be correct in

every respect’. The “interesting intermediate links connecting

some of the large species of Achatina” have been met with, and

a number of new species of other groups of Helicide ‘ have

been found.” In working out this collection much difficulty was

experienced in determining the Achatinew. The species appear to

grade one into the other, and the more examples we have, the

greater the trouble becomes. The genus is spread over the

greater part of Central and West Africa, as far north as Sene-

gambia, and each district seems to produce its special race, a

modification of some neighbouring form; so that the separation of

species becomes more and more difficult through the discovery

of intermediate links from every fresh locality. ‘Che same may be

said of the Ennew, and indeed of most of the other groups.

The specimens were obtained by Mr. Alexander Whyte, or

under his direction, at the following localities :—

(1) Nyika Plateau, 7000 feet, towards the north end of Lake

Nyasa, on the west side ; (2) Mount Zomba, 6000 feet ; (3) Zomba

Plateau, 5000 feet; (4) Mount Chiradzulu, 5000 feet; and (5)

Malosa, 6000 feet, all to the south of the lake. The Masuku

Plateau 6000-7000 feet, where several of the specimens were

obtained, is also probably in the same region.

_' The collection also contained a few slugs, including Atoxon teniatum

Simroth (?) and a species of Veronicella.

580 MR. EDGAR A, SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS [May 2,

1. SrreprosTELE costuLaTsa Martens.

Streptostele costulata, Martens, Weichth. Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas,

p- 34, pl. i. fig. 33.

Hab. Nyika Plateau, 7000 feet.

A single specimen may belong to this species. It agrees very

closely with a typical example from Butumbi, but is rather smaller,

more slender, and the whorls are rather higher in proportion to

the width.

2. Ennua (UNIPLICARIA) HAMILTONI Smith.

Ennea hamiltoni, Smith in H. H. Johnston’s ‘ British Central

Africa,’ p. 364 (1897).

Ennea johnstoni, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 633, pl. lix.

fig. 1.

Hab. Mount Zomba, 6000 feet ; Malosa, 6000 feet.

The specimens from the latter locality are considerably larger

than the types from Fort Johnston, the oblique sculpture is a trifle

coarser, and the parietal denticle is entirely absent or only very

faintly indicated. The form is variable, as shown by the following

measurements :—

Length 273 millim. Width 12.

24 13.

9 9 0

3. Enna (GULELLA) LAvIeATA Dohrn.

Ennea levigata, Dohrn, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 232; Martens,

Weichth. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 21.

Hab. Zomba Plateau; Masuku Plateau, 6000-7000 feet ; Nyika

Range, 7000 feet ; Mount Chiradzulu.

Somewhat variable in size and in the development of the upper

of the two labral teeth. This in the type is somewhat bifid or

tuberculated as described by Dohrn, whereas in the specimens in

the present collection it is simple, sometimes of the same size as

the adjacent tooth, but sometimes a trifle larger.

4, EnnrA (GULELLA) VICINA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIII.

figs. 1, 2.)

Testa breviter cylindracea, rimata, subpellucido-albida, nitida,

oblique leviter striata, striis infra suturam distinctioribus ; an-

fractus 64, conveai, ultimus penultimo angustior, pone labrum

indentatus ; apertura parva, ringens, dentibus pluribus i-

wequalibus munita ; dens parietalis magnus, lamelliformis, labro

junctus ; dentes columellares tres, tres supra labrum, tres ad

basin ; peristoma leviter incrassatum, expansum et reflecum,

Longit. 7 millim., diam, 33 ; apertura 23 longa.

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu and Zomba Plateau at 5000 feet.

Allied to EZ. triplicaria Martens, but differing in the labral

teeth, and also in the almost total absence of a second parietal

tooth. Although depicted in the figure, Martens does not mention

1899.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 581

the two small denticles at the base of the aperture rather far

within from the margin. These occur also in the present species

in the same position. The teeth on the columella are divergent

and situated on a prominence. Those on the outer lip might be

described as two in number, whereof the upper is somewhat

irregularly bipartite.

5. ENNEA (GULELLA) FORTIDENTATA Smith, var.

Ennea fortidentata, Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1890, vol. vi.

p. 162, pl. vi. fig. 6; Martens, Weichth. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 21.

Hab. Nyika Range, 7000 feet.

Generally a trifle stouter than the typical form from Mamboia,

and without the minute parietal tooth above the columella.

6. ENNEA (GULELLA) VARIANS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIII.

figs. 3, 4.)

Testa cylindracea, rimata, pellucida, albida, oblique tenuiter costu-

lata ; anfractus 8, lente accrescentes, sutwra profunda leviter

obliqua sejuncti, superiores duo (protoconcham constituentes) leves,

convexr, cetert convexiusculi; ultimus duobus precedentibus

angustior, pone labrum indentatus ; apertura parva, intus

quadridentata ; dens parietalis unicus lamelliformis, prominens,

dextrorsum concavus, prope labrum situs, alius paulo minor

supra medium labri, tertius minimus ad basin aperture, quartus

columellaris, maximus ; peristoma utrinque expansum, sub-

reflecum, leviter incrassatum.

Longit. 6 millim., diam. 2; apertura fere 2 longa.

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu and Zomba Plateau, 5000 feet.

The parietal lamellar tooth is short, not extending far within,

and the columellar fold is broad, jutting out prominently across

the aperture. Another example in rather bad condition is some-

what longer, having a length of 74 millim., although consisting of

the same number of whorls.

The two specimens from the Zomba Plateau are smaller, shorter,

and have only seven whorls. In other respects they agree pre-

cisely with the type. Length 5 millim., diam. 2.

7. STREPTAXIS JOHNSTONI, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 5, 6.)

Testa ovata, parum obliqua, rimata, albida, lineis increments

obliquis tenuissimis striatu ; anfractus 64, conveai, infra suturam

crenulati, ultimus paulo descendens ; apertura obliqua, longit.

totius 3 fere equans ; peristoma vix incrassatum, leviter expan-

sum, margine columellari reflexo.

Longit. 10 millim., diam. 63; apertura 43 longa.

Hab. Nyika Range and Zomba Plateau.

Allied to S. denticulatus Dohrn and S. pusillus Martens. The

so-called “ Ennea vitrea” of Morelet from Angola is also very

sunilar, yet distinct.

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1899, No. XX XVIII. 38

582 MR. EDGAR A. SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS [May 2,

8. SrREPTAXIS KIRKI Dohrn. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 7, 8.)

Streptaxis kirkii, Dohrn, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 232; Martens

Weichth. Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas, p. 32.

Hab. Zomba Plateau, 5000 feet.

9. HBLICARION NYASANUS, sp. nov. (Plate X XXIII. figs. 9, 10.)

Testa tenuissima, pellucida, albida, via nitens, lineis incrementi

leviter plicatis striata, depressa, amhitu subovata ; spira depressa,

apice obtuso, prominulo ; anfractus tres, conveai, infra suturam

depresse marginati, margine subcrenulato, ultimus subtus im

medio membranaceus ; apertura fere horizontalis, latissime

lunata.

Diam. maj. 16 millim., min. 11, alt. 73.

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu, Masuku Plateau, 6000-7000 feet, and

Nyika Range, 7000 feet.

Very thin, depressed above, membranaceous beneath at columellar

margin, with somewhat plicate lines of growth.

10. HELICARION MASUKUENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIII. figs.

11, 12.)

Testa H. nyasano minor, minus depressa, rotundior, minus fragilis,

infra haud membranacea, Vineis incrementi minus plicatis ;

apertura angustior, margine columellari ad imsertionem incras-

sato, albo, reflexo, rimam umbilicalem formante, margine externo

callo tenuissimo juncto.

Diam. maj. 14 millim., min. 103, alt. 7.

Hab. Masuku Plateau, 6000-7000 feet, Nyika Range, 7000 feet,

Mount Chiradzulu and Zomba Plateau, 5000 feet.

The whorls, as in H. nyasanus, are three in number, but the

spire is a little more elevated.

11. KALIeLLA BARRAKPORENSIS Pfeiffer.

Helix barrakporensis, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1852, p. 156;

Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 415, pl. 147. figs. 20-22; Reeve, Con. Icon.

fig. 816; Tryon, Man. Conch. ser. 2, vol. ii. p. 61, pl. xxvi. figs. 57,

58; Godwin-Austen, Land & Freshwater Moll. India, vol. i.

pp. 2, 19, 146, pls. i, iL., v., xxviii.

Helix ( Trochonanina) pretoriensis, Melvill & Ponsonby, Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist. 1890, vol. vi. p. 469.

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu.

Occurring also in North and South India, Madagascar, Pretoria,

S. Africa, and Ashanti. Specimens from these localities, which

I cannot in any way separate, are in the Museum Collection.

They doubtless have been transported from place to place, as seems

to have been the case with the well-known Hulota similaris and

various species of Subulina and Opeas.

12, THapsia MIxTa, sp. nov. (Plate XX XIII. figs. 13,14, 15.)

Testa pallide cornea, anguste perforata, depressa, orbicularis,

nitida, lineis increment inconspicuis strvisque spiralibus micro-

1899.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 583

scopicis sculpta; spira parum elata, subconvexe conoidea ;

anfractus 53, lente accrescentes, conveaiusculi, infra suturam

anguste marginate ; apertura oblique lunata, margine columellari

superne breviter dilatato et reflexo.

Diam, maj. 73 millim., min. 63, alt. 4.

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu.

Flatter than T. hanningtoni, columella more oblique and reflexion

different.

13. THAPSIA INSIMULANS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 16,

17, 18.)

Testa minima, fusco-cornea, nitida, depressa, orbicularis, perforata,

lineis incrementi tenuibus striisque spiralibus minutis sculpta ;

spira brevissime conoidea, ad apicem obtusa ; anfractus 43, lente

accrescentes, convexiusculi, anguste marginati, ultimus infra

spiraliter distinctius striatus; peristoma tenue, margine

columellari leviter expanso, vie reflexo.

Diam. maj. 5 millim., min. 44, alt. 3.

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu.

Quite distinct from ZY. hanningtoni and T. depressior Smith *

from Mamboia.

14, THAPSIA MASUKUENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 19,

20.)

Testa angustissime semiobtecte perforata, depressa, orbicularis,

tenuis, polita, fusco-cornea ; spira breviter conoidea ad apicem

obtusa ; anfractus 53, convear, lente crescentes, anguste marginati ;

apertura obliqua, lunata; peristoma tenue, margine columellart

ad insertionem incrassato, albo, expanso, peculiariter reflexo,

umbilicum semiobtegente.

Diam. maj. 9 millim., min. 73, alt. 53.

Hab. Masuku Plateau, 6000-7000 feet.

The sculpture consists of faint lines of growth which are finely

plicate near the suture, and very minute, almost imperceptible

spiral striation.

15, THAPSIA SIMULATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 21, 22,

23.)

Testa depressa, orbicularis, anguste umbilicata, solidiuscula, nitida,

supra fuscescens, infra pallida; spira brevissime conoidea, ad

apicem obtusa ; anfractus 5, convexi, infra suturam impresse

marginati, sublente crescentes, lineis incrementi obliquis arcuatis

leviter striati, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus ; apertura

oblique lunata; peristoma tenue, margine columellari ad

insertionem late dilatato et reflexo.

Diam. maj. 113 millim., min. 10, alt. 7.

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu.

More solid and more depressed than 7. nyikana, with a wider

umbilicus, and smaller aperture and body-whorl.

Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist, 1890, vol. vi. p. 151. ae

584 MR, EDGAR A. SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS [May 2,

16. THAPSIA NYIKANA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIITI. figs. 24. 25.)

Testa orbicularis, depressa, anguste umbilicata, tenuis, subpellucido-

cornea, nitida, lineis incrementi leviter subplicatis sculpta ; spira

breviter conoidea, ad apicem obtusa; anfractus 5, convexi, lente

accrescentes, infra suturam impresse marginati ; apertura oblique

lunata ; peristoma tenue, margine columellari ad wmsertionem

breviter expanso et refleao, albo, umbilicum haud tegente.

Diam. maj. 12 millim., min. 103, alt. 8.

Hab. Nyika Range, 7000 feet.

The largest of the genus now described. The species cannot be

identified except by actual comparison, figures and descriptions

being of very little use.

17. THAPSIA DECEPTA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 26, 27,

28.)

Testa T. masukuensi similis, sed minor, latius perforata, depressior ;

anfractibus quingue, magis celeriter er escentibus, ultimo (spre

respondente) majort ; margine columellari vix reflewo, minime

inerassato vel expanso.

Diam. maj. 83 millim., min. 7, alt. 43.

Hab. Masuku Plateau, 6000-7000 feet.

Quite distinct from masukuensis, although very like in colour

and general appearance until closely compared.

18. Zineis wHyTeI, Smith. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 31.)

Helix (Pella) whytei, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 634,

pl. lix. figs. 3, 4.

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu.

Some of the specimens from this locality are larger than the

types, the largest having a diameter of 25 millim.

19. ZinGIs JOHNSTONI, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 29, 30.)

Testa depressa, anguste umbilicata, tenuissima, cornea, lineis

duobus angustis rufis cincta, lineis incrementi tenuibus striisque

spiralibus minutis sculpta ; spira breviter conoidea, ad apicem

obtusa ; anfractus 5, regulariter, haud celeriter crescentes, convexr,

ultimus ad peripheriam obtuse angulatus, haud descendens, infra

vie concentrice striatus ; apertura obliqua, lunata; peristoma

tenue, margine columellari ad insertionem breviter reflexo.

Diam. maj. 16 millim., min. 13, alt. 10.

Hab. Masuku Plateau, 6000-7000 feet.

Allied to Z, episcopalis Smith and Z. radiolata Martens.

20. MarrEnsta consocraTa, sp. nov. (Plate XX XIII. figs. 32,

33, 34.)

Testa depresse conoidea, wmbilicata, tenuis, pallide cornea, striis

incrementi obliquis tenuwissimis confertis sculpta, infra strvis

concentricis conspicuis ornata ; spira breviter conoidea, ad apicem

obtusa ; anfractus sex, lente accrescentes, convear, sutura pro-

funda sguncti, supra sed ad suturam carina marginati

1899.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 585

ultimus ad peripheriam acute angulatus et carinatus ; apertura

oblique angulato-lunata ; peristoma tenue, margine columellari

supra late expanso et reflexo.

Diam. maj. 12 millim., min. 10, alt. 7.

Hab. Masuku Plateau, 6000-7000 feet.

More widely unbilicated than M. mozambicensis, less sharply

keeled, much more delicately sculptured above, &c. The lower

surface is more glossy than the upper, which has a silky

appearance in nicely washed specimens.

21. MARTENSIA MOZAMBICENSIS Pfeiffer.

Helix mozambicensis, Pfr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1855, p. 91, pl. xxxi.

fig. 9; Martens, Weichth. Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas, p. 46, as Martensia

(synonymy and references).

Hab. Masuku Plateau, 6000-7000 feet; Zomba Plateau, 5000

feet ; Nyika Range, 7000 feet; Mount Chiradzulu.

Widely distributed in Hast Central Africa, and varying in height

of spire, strength of sculpture, convexity of whorls, &c.

22. Puasis (TRACHYCYSTIS) FUSCO-CORNEA, sp. noy. (Plate

XXXIII. figs. 35, 36.)

Testa depressa, orbicularis, mediocriter umbilicata, tens, pallide

fusco-cornea, epidermide conspicue pilosa induta; spira fere

plana, apice via elato ; anfractus 43, convexiusculi, sutura pro-

funda sejuncti, sublente accrescentes, rugose striati et punctati,

ultimus antice leviter descendens, ad peripheriam obtuse sub-

angulatus; apertura obliqua, late lunata; peristoma tenue,

margine columellari ad insertionem dilatato et leviter reflexo.

Diam. maj. 9 millim., min. 73, alt. 5.

Hab. Zomba Plateau, 5000 feet.

The hairs of the periostracum are rather long, and when rubbed

off the surface has a rough pitted appearance.

23. PHasis (TRACHYOYSTIS) FUSCO-OLIVACEA, sp. noy. (Plate

XXXIII. figs. 37, 38.)

Testa P. fusco-cornee similis, sed minor, fusco-olivacea, angustius

umbilicata ; anfractibus 43, minus convexis, sutura minus pro-

fundus sejunctis, ultimo via descendente,

Diam. maj. 7 millim., min. 6, alt. 32.

Hab. Masuku Plateau, 6000-7000 feet; Nyika Plateau, 7000 feet.

When the hairy periostracum is rubbed off, the surface above

and below exhibits lines of growth and spiral striation.

24, TROCHOZONITES SHARPEHI, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIII.

fig. 39.)

Testa elate conica, ad peripheriam carinata, anguste perforata,

tenms, mitida, flavescenti-cornea, lineis increment tenuibus

obliquis sculpta ; spira producta, subconcava, ad apicem obtusa ;

anfractus 7%, lente accrescentes, apicales perconvexi, ceeteri sensim

minus rotundati, supra suturam filo-carinati, ultimus in medio

586 MR, EDGAR A, SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS [May 2,

acute albo-carinatus, infra convexiusculus; apertura obliqua,

angulato-lunata ; peristoma tenue, margine columellari superne

late reflexo, umbilicum semiobtegente,

Diam. maj. 83 millim., min. 8, alt. 9.

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu.

Var. anfractibus convexioribus, ultimo ad peripheriam angustiore.

Hab. Masuku Plateau, 6000-7000 feet.

25. Butiminvs (Rwacuis) sticrus Martens.

Bulimus (Rhachis) stictus, Martens, Mal. Blatt. 1859, vol. vi.

p- 211, pl. ii. fig. 6.

Hab. Nyasaland (Kirk and Whyte); Tette, Mozambique (Martens),

Of four specimens from Nyasaland only one has the two pale rosy

bands of the type. Martens describes the four apical whorls as

uniformly yellow, whereas all the specimens I have examined have

in these whorls a black zone just above the suture.

26. BuLiminvs (RHACHIS) BOHMI Martens.

Bulimus (Rhachis) béhmi, Martens, Nachr. Deutsch. mal.

Gesell. 1895, p. 181; Beschalte Weichth. Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas,

p. 70, pl. iii. fig. 39.

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu, 5000 feet. e

The specimens in the present collection are rather smaller than

the type, which was obtained further north on the east side of Lake

Tanganyika. The largest specimen is only 19 millim. in length.

27. Butrminus (RHACHIS) CHIRADZULUENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate

XXXII. fig. 40.)

Testa ovato-conica, tenuis, vie perforata, straminea, lineis duabus

fuscis circa medium anfractus ultimi ornata, nitens, lineis

incrementi tenuibus obliquis striata ; spira conica, versus apicem

mediocriter obtusum sordide rufescens; anfractus sex, con-

vexiusculi, ulttmus in regione umbilict pellucidus; apertura

irregulariter ovata, longit. totius 4 equans ; intus bilineata ;

peristoma tenue, margine columellarr anguste reflewo, appresso,

rimam inconspicuam formante.

Longit. 134 millim., diam. 83.

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu.

Allied to B. usagaricus Smith, but thinner, yellower, with a

narrower perforation and a differently reflexed columella. I cannot

agree with Dr. von Martens in considering B. wsagaricus a variety

of B. melanacme of Pfeiffer.

28. Butimrinus (CoNULINUS) NYASANUS, sp. nov. (Plate

XXXIII. figs. 41, 42.)

Testa globoso-ovata, tenuis, umbilicata, pallide fuscescens, sub-

pellucida, oblique tenuiter costulato-striata ; sptra conica, ad

apicem subplana ; anfractus 6, superiores 23 (protoconcham

formantes) convexiusculi, spiraliter fortiter lirati, ccetert convext,

ultimus globosus, haud descendens ; apertura subperpendicularis,

1899.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRIOA. 587

longit. tolius 4 equans ; peristoma tenue, simplex, margine

columellari reflexo, umbilicum mediocrem partim obtegente.

Longit. 21 millim., diam. 15 ; apertura 12 longa, 7 lata.

Hab. Nyika Plateau, 7000 feet, Mount Chiradzulu and Zomba

Plateau, 5000 feet.

Remarkable on account of the spirally lirate protoconch, the

difference of sculpture of the normal whorls being sharply defined.

29. Butiminus (CoNULINUS) METULOIDES, sp. nov. (Plate

XXXIII. fig. 43.)

Testa conica, anguste umbilicata, tenuis, pallide fusco-cornea, nitida,

oblique tenuiter striata, ad apicem obtusa; anfractus 6-7,

rotundati, regulariter accrescentes, sutura leviter obliqua sejunctt ;

apertura fere perpendicularis ; peristoma tenue, simplex, mar-

gine columellart expanso et reflewo, wmbilicum semiobtegente.

Longit. 10 millim., diam. 6.

Hab. Zomba Plateau, 5000 feet.

Closely allied to B. metula Martens', but, although larger,

consisting of fewer whorls. Professor v. Martens writes concerning

specimens sent for his examination :—“ Very near to my metula,

but a little broader and lower than all my specimens. Also the

umbilicus is a little broader in my examples.”

30. BuniMinvs Borvini (Morelet).

Glandina boivini, Morelet, Séries Conch. p. 72, pl. v. fig. 5.

Bulimus (Cerastes) mamboiensis, Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

1890, vol. vi. p. 153, pl. v. fig. 7.

Hab. Nyika Range, 7000 ft., Mount Chiradzulu, 6000-7000 ft.,

Masuku Plateau, 6000-7000 ft., Malosa, 6000 ft., Zomba Plateau,

5000 ft.

This species is very variable in size and form judging from the

series of specimens from the above localities. It also has a wide

range, the type being found to the north at Mombasa.

Dr. E. von Martens? has erroneously placed the Buliminus

ptychasxis as a synonym of this species, which does not possess the

distinct columellar fold which is characteristic of that form from

Ujiji.

Whe following measurements will show the great variation in size

which occurs in the present species :—

Length. Width. Length of aperture.

mm, mm, mm,

(ae ee 25 10 9

(Arise Face 20 10 8

(2) eae Re rc 14 = 6

Number 1 consists of 83 whorls, no. 2 of 73 whorls, and no. 3

of 63, all appearing equally adult.

1 Weichth. Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas, p. 66, pl. iii. fig. 27.

2 Beschalte Weichth. Deutsch-Ost- Afrikas, p. 61.

588 MR, EDGAR A, SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS [May 2,

31. CURVELLA NYASANA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 44.)

Testa elongata, ovato-conoidea, albida, subpellucida, anguste um-

bilicata, lineis incrementi valde curvatis costuliformibus sculpta ;

spira elongato-conica, ad «apicem obtusa; anfractus 6-64,

convexiusculi, regulariter lente crescentes, sutura leviter obliqua

sejuncti ; apertura ovata, superne acuminata, longit. totius 3

subeequans ; peristoma tenue, margine deaxtro in medio pro-

minente curvato, ad suturam valde recedente, columellart obliquo,

valde expanso et reflexo.

Longit. 124 millim., diam. 63 ; apertura 6 longa, 3 lata.

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu, Masuku Plateau, 6000-7000 feet;

Nyika Range, 7000 feet.

Var. Testa typo major, latior, spira breviore, anfractibus

superioribus brevioribus. Longit. 183 millim., diam. 11.

Hab. Zomba Plateau, 5000 feet.

This species may prove to be the same as Hapualus conoideus of

Martens’, but, judging from the figures, it seems to be longer and

narrower, with a more produced and less pointed spire.

32. CURVELLA WHYTEI, sp. nov. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 45.)

Testa elongata, ad apicem obtusa, imperforata, tenuis, pallide

stramined, nitida, tenuissime arcuatim striata ; anfractus 6-7,

convexiusculi, sutura obliqua sejuncti, ultimus elongatus ; apertura

perpendicularis, wmverse auriformis ; peristoma tenue, simplex,

margine columellart reflexo, appresso, dextro prominente,

curvato.

Longit. 123 millim., diam. 43 ; apertura 43 longa, 2 lata.

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu and Zomba Plateau, 5000 feet.

Martens writes concerning this species :—“ Distinct from all

my species by its slender form; C. delicata the nearest, but also

somewhat broader than yours.”

33. SUBULINA CHIRADZULUENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIII.

fig. 46.)

Testa elongata, imperforata, pallide cornea, tenuis, subpellucida,

lineis incrementi tenuibus obliquis striata, nitida ; spira medio-

criter acuminata, ad apicem submamillata ; anfractus 9, sensim

crescentes, leniter convexi, infra suturam linea angusta pellucida

marginati ; apertura inverse auriformis, longit. totius ; paulo

superans ; columella arcuata, antice oblique truncata ; labrum

simplex, tenue.

Longit. 18 millim., diam. 5. ;

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu.

Allied to S. subcrenata Martens. The lines of growth

somewhat strong below the suture, producing a subcrenulated

appearance. Prof. Dr. E. von Martens (in litt.) informs me that

1 Beschalte Weichthiere Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas, p. 129, pl. v. fig. 14.

1899.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 589

it is distinct from all he has described, but comes near his S. pin-

gvis, being distinguished by its broader whorls and the different

form of the upper part of the spire.

34, SUCOCINEA sp. inc.

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu.

One dead specimen.

35. ACHATINA IMMACULATA Lamarck, var.

Achatina immaculata, Lamarck; Férussac, Hist. Nat. Moll.

pl. exxvii.

Hab. Nyasaland.

None of the specimens hitherto examined are quite like Férus-

sac’s figure, in which the aperture is unusually long. The spire

also is less conical than in specimens from Cape Delagoa in the

British Museum or in the specimens from Nyasaland. The latter

have the columella bluish white instead of pinkish, and are of a

darker colour, but otherwise are fairly normal. A. layardi Pfeiffer

is a variety of this species, rather more profusely spotted than the

type.

36. ACHATINA PANTHERA (Férussac). (Plate XXXIV. fig. 1.)

Achatina panthera, Férussac ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 12.

Hab. Zomba.

The specimens from this locality are small and rather slender in

comparison with the typical form figured by Férussac (Hist. Nat.

Moll. pl. 126). The largest specimen is only 125 millim. in length,

although consisting of 83 whorls, the number possessed by a large

typical example from Mozambique 157 millim. long. A very small

specimen, which probably would not have grown larger, has a

length of only 93 millim.

37. ACHATINA GLUTINOSA Pfeiffer.

Achatina glutinosa, Pfeiffer, Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 360, pl. xliv.

fig. 1.

Achatina petersi, Martens, Novitat. Conch. vol. ili. p. 452, pl. xcix.

figs. 13-15. _

Hab. Zomba.

I am unable to find any distinguishing characters between this

species, said to have been originally obtained in West Africa,

and A. petersi from Mozambique; and I am of opinion that the

locality ““W. Africa” is one of the many errors of this kind

occurring in Mr. Cuming’s collection. The species is remarkably

constant in coloration, but varies somewhat in ventricosity. The

type is 97 millim. in length and 49 in diameter, whereas a more

ventricose specimen is the same length, but 6 millim. broader. A

smaller but adult example from Zomba (88 millim. long and 45

wide) is rather more solid than the typical form.

590 MR. EDGAR A. SMITH ON LAND-SHELLS [May 2,

38. ACHATINA HAMILLEI Petit.

Achatina hamillei, Petit, Journ. de Conch. 1859, p. 384, pl. xiii.

fir. 3; Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 282, pl. xxxiii. fig. 10.

Hab. Nyasaland (H. H. Johnston); Usambara (Kirk); Zanzibar,

Tanga, &c. (Martens).

39. ACHATINA CRAVENI Smith. (Plate XXXYV. figs. 1, 2.)

Achatina kirkii, Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1880, vol. vi.

p- 428 (name preoccupied).

Achatina craveni, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 283, pl. xxxiii.

fig. 11; Martens, Weichth. Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas, p. 91.

Hab. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 feet, and Malosa, Nyasaland,

6000 feet.

These specimens are rather more coarsely sculptured than the

type, and some have the stripes more zigzag than as represented in

the cited figure. On the contrary, other specimens are uniformly

greenish yellow without any striping at all.

40. AcHaTINA GLAUCINA. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 2, 3.)

Achatina glaucina, Ancey, MSS.

Testa ovato-fusiformis, flavescens vel rufescens, concolor, vel in-

terdum supra spiram strigis rufis obliquis undulatis obscure

picta; spira conica, ad apicem obtusa, lateribus convewiuscults ;

anfractus 8, lente accrescentes, convexiusculr, superiores tres leves,

cetert granulati, granulis in anfr. ultimo infra medium plus

minus obsoletis ; apertura glaucina vel ceruleo-albida, in ex-

emplis adultis longit, totius 4 haud equans, inwerse auriformis ;

columella alba, leviter torta, anguste oblique truncata.

Longit. 66 millim., diam. maj. 29; apertura 30 longa, 16 lata.

Hab. Zomba.

A smaller species than A. johnstoni, with a less tapering and

shorter spire, narrower whorls, and rather finer granulation.

The colour varies from uniform greenish yellow to rich brown,

but some specimens, chiefly of the latter variety, exhibit reddish

striping upon the spire. This kind of ornamentation, however, does

not appear to extend to the last volution.

41, ACHATINA JOHNSTONI, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 4, 5.)

Testa ovato-fusiformis, flavescens, concolor, vel strigis undulatis vel

zigzagformibus saturate rufo-castaneis picta; spira elongata,

ad apicem obtusa ; anfractus 9, superiores tres leves, convexius-

cul, ccetert convert, incrementi lineis obliquis fortibus strusque

spiralibus numerosis ruditer granulati, ultimus infra medium

granulis fere evanidis; apertura parva, inverse auriformis,

ceruleo-alba, strigis externis translucentibus ; columella leviter

arcuata vel rectiuscula, infra ad marginem alba, oblique trun-

cata.

1899.] FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 591

Longit. 79 millim., diam. maj. 40 ; apertura 35 longa, 19 lata.

Hab. Nyasaland.

The principal distinguishing features of this fine species are the

prolonged spire, the general form, and coarse granulation. As in

some other species, two varieties of coloration occur in the

present form. Some are white, clothed with a glossy yellowish

epidermis, here and there varied with darker oblique stripes, indi-

cating periods of growth. Other examples, however, are adorned

with more or less oblique dark reddish-brown wavy or zigzag-like

stripes, which are slender above, becoming broader below. ‘Those

on the body-whor!l coalesce inferiorly and form a rich brown patch

at the base or anterior end. The coarse granulation practically

ceases at the periphery, the spiral striz becoming less pronounced

below.

42, ACHATINA FRAGILIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXYV. figs. 3, 4.)

Testa ovata, supra acuminata, tenuissima, subpellucida, flavo-

olivacea, concolor, vel rufo strigata; spira brevis, conica, ad

apicem subobtusa ; anfractus 6-7, convexi, superiores 3 pallidt,

leves, duo sequentes incrementi lineis striis spiralibus decussatis

granose sculpti, ultimus magnus, inflatus, infra medium haud

granulatus, lineis incrementi obliquis curvatis fortibus ornatus ;

apertura inverse auriformis, ccerulescens, nitens; columella

leviter arcuata, tenuis, callo tenuissimo induta, antice anguste

truncata ; labrum tenuissimum, ngro marginatum,

Longit. 75 millim., diam. 43 ; apertura 47 longa, 26 lata.

Hab. Nyika Plateau, 6000-7000 feet.

This species is remarkable on account of its extreme thinness

and lightness. Some specimens are uniformly yellowish olive,

with here and there a darker stripe, marking a period of growth,

whilst others, having the same ground-colour, are ornamented

with numerous oblique and slightly wavy red stripes. These

either extend the whole length of the body-whorl, or occasionally

disappear upon the lower half. The somewhat coarse regular

granulation ceases a little above the middle, but a few transverse

strie, not sufficient to form a regular granulation of the surface.

are traceable below.

43. CycLoPHORUS (H1sABIA) INTERMEDIUS Martens.

Cyclophorus intermedius, Martens, Weichth. Deutsch-Ost-

Afrikas, p. 8, pl. ii. fig. 3.

Hab. Masuku Plateau, 6000-7000 feet.

Closely allied to C. (Hijabia) wahlbergi Krauss, from Natal, but

with the spire rather more elevated.

44, POMATIAS NYASANUS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 5.)

Testa subglobosa, turbinata, mediocriter wmbilicata, pallide ru-

fescens, zona infra peripheriam nigro-purpurea cincta, strigis

obscuris arcuatis lividis in anfractu ultimo longitudinaliter picta,

592 ON LAND-SHELLS FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. [May 2,

spiraliter undique tenuiter lirata lineisque increment tenuissimis

sculpta ; anfractus 5, convexi, superiores duo leves, ultimus antice

paulo descendens ; apertura subcircularis, longit. totius 3 su-

perans, intus rufo-fuscescens, zona nigro-purpurea picta, lines

saturate fuscis supra obscure ornata; peristoma albidum,

margine dextro via expanso, columellart subreflexo,

Diam. maj. 21 millim., min. 16, alt. 20; apertura 10 longa,

9 lata.

Hab. Mount Chiradzulu ; Nyika Range, 7000 feet, and Zomba

Plateau, 5000 feet.

Allied to P. [Cyclostoma] insularis Pfeiffer from Natal, but more

widely umbilicated, with more convex whorls, more numerous and

finer spiral lire, and without the second purplish-black zone upon

the upper part of the body-whorl which revolves up the spire.

The outer margin of the aperture also is less expanded.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XXXITI.

Figs.

. Ennea (Gulella) vicina, p. 580.

” varians, p. 581.

Streptazis Johnstoni, p. 581.

kirki, p. 582.

. Helicarion nyasanus, p. 582.

masukuensis, p. 582.

. Thapsia mixta, p. 582.

insimulans, p. 583.

» masukuensis, p. 583.

» simulata, p. 583.

nyikana, p. 584.

decepta, p. 584.

30. Zingis johnstoni, p. 584.

,», whytei, p. 584.

|. Martensia consociata, p- 584.

5, 36. Phasis (Trachycystis) fusco-cornea, p. 585.

fusco-olivacea, p. 585.

. Trochozonites sharpei, p. 585.

. Buliminus (Rhachis) chiradzuluensis, p. 586.

(Conulinus) nyasanus, p. 586.

metulotdes, p. 587.

”

Curvella nyasana, p. 588.

whytei, p. 588.

. Subulina chiradzuluensis, p- 588.

Puats XXXIV.

1. Achatina panthera, p. 589.

3. os

? 5. ”

glaucina, p. 590.

johnstoni, p. 590.

Puate XXXV.

Figs. 1, 2. Achatina craveni, p. 590.

fragilis, p. 591.

"5. Pomatias nyasanus, p. 591,

i he

P.Z.S.1899.P1. Xxx.

J.Green del.ct lith. Nantern Bros.imp.

CENTRAL AFRICAN LAND-SHELLS.

P.Z.3 1839 PiLooeay:

J.Greendel.et lith. Mintern Bros Chromo.

CENTRAL AFRICAN LAND-SHELLS.

1am apltstoe ile Ile NOC AVE,

J Green delyet hth.. Mantern Bros. Chromo

CENTRAL AFRICAN LAND-SHELLS

1899.] ON THE GAZELLES OF ALGERIA, 593

4.. Supplemental Note on the Distribution of Loder’s

Gazelle and the Dorcas Gazelle in Algeria. By ALFRED

E. Peasz, M.P., F.Z.S.

[Received April 4, 1899.]

I find that a previous paper which I contributed on the Antelopes

of Algeria (see P. Z. S. 1896, p. 809) requires correcting in some

important particulars, especially in respect of the distribution of

the Dorcas and Loder’s Gazelle. Before dealing with the question

of their distribution I might supplement what I have already

written as to the names by which these different species are

distinguished by the Arabs. In the North-eastern part of the

Algerian Sahara the Dorcas Gazelle (Gazella dorcas) is generally

known simply by the name “ Rhezal” or “* Rhezal es sahara,” the

gazelle of the desert, in contradistinction to “‘ Rhezal el djebel,” the

gazelle of the mountain (the Admi or Edmi, G. cuviert). In the

neighbourhood of the Oued Djedi and Bou Saida the Dorcas is

called ‘‘ senny,” in the Central Sahara it is called “ swain.” A

buck of any species is called “atrous.” Till my last journey this

year I have always spelt the Arab name for Loder’s Gazelle

(G. loderi) “* Rhime,” but I think this is not so phonetically correct

as Sir Edmund Loder’s spelling, “Reem.” The Arab word is

spelt with the three Arabic letters ra, ia, mim, which reduced to

English letters would be “rym” or “rim” and pronounced “ reem.”

The description of the range of both the Dorcas and Loder’s

Gazelle requires correcting. In the first place, the Dorcas is not

restricted to any such belt of desert as the first 100 miles or so

south of the Atlas range. It is to be found on the smaller deserts

north of the last ranges of the Atlas. This last winter I saw

them and got one specimen from the country south of the Chott

el Hodna and north of Bou Saiida, a district known to the

French locally as the Little Sahara. I found the Dorcas Gazelle,

after crossing the Oued Djedi, all the way to the Mzab, in

the Mzab between the Mzab and Ouargla, and south and east of

Ouargla. It is to be found in the Central Sahara in the Touareg

Country and in the neighbourhood of Ghadamis. Wherever

the country is not purely sand-desert, and where immunity from

-molestation and suitable vegetation allow it to live, it is to be

met with; and even in the purely sand-desert south of Tougourt

and near the Oued Ighaghar I found it in small bands. In the

sand-desert between Ouargla and the Erg, where I expected to find

only the Rime, and in the region of the Gantaras between Hassi

Tafaya and the Oued Ighaghar, I found it often on the same

ground as the Rime (Gazella loderi). From my own observation

and from the information I picked up from my Chaambi hunter

and guides, I feel convinced that though the Dorcas travels often

into the sand-desert, the Rime never quits the sand-country for

the stony deserts, though I have of course seen the Rime on the

594 ON THE GAZELLES OF ALGERIA. [May 2,

stony Gantaras that crop up out of the sand in this part of the

Sahara as well as in the “ Dhaias” or ‘“ Houaths,” or depressions

in the desert where the wind has swept the bottom clear of sand.

The Rime is found, generally speaking, in any part of the Sahara

where sand predominates and where there is vegetation and where

rain has fallen, though you may travel for days even in parts

of this purely sand-dune country or in the Erg without coming

across it.

Throughout the Algerian Sahara the Rime is very difficult to

approach even where very numerous, much more so than the

Dorcas ; in my experience, it is shyer, much more easily scared, goes

further when disturbed, and is much more on the alert than the

Dorcas. This, I think, is largely due to the fact that every

Chambi or Arab of the south carries a gun and many of them

have greyhounds (the Sloughi) ; many are professional hunters for

meat to supply the markets of El Oued, Ouargla, Ghadamis, and

other towns. I have during the past few weeks seen many

hundreds of Rime and have only secured four specimens, only once

having obtained a shot at less than 400 yards. I devoted six days

to hunting them from two camps and only got two, the only two

chances I had, excluding a long galloping shot from the shoulder.

In this district the Rime appeared to avoid the dunes where

approach would have been possible, and kept to the bare level

plateaux of the Gantaras * or the plains of the Dhaias.

Further south, in the Erg and in the waterless region between

Ain Taiba and Ghadamis, the Rime is less sophisticated, and my

Chaambi hunter told me that he had hunted in this country at

places where water is 20 days apart and had been able to kill

many Rimes. On one occasion he and two other professional

hunters were 50 days hunting, and killed 90 Rimes and 7 Addaxes,

returning from time to time to Ghadamis to dispose of the meat.

I may remark that it appears to me that the meat being putrid

makes little difference in its saleable value. I have seen camel-

loads of stinking Gazelle- and Addax-meat brought into Ouargla

market and sold by auction to crowds of eager buyers.

Only men accustomed to the country and able to bear the fatigue

of long days of fast travelling on Mehara, and indifferent to thirst

and the severe labour of hunting in deep sand, could succeed in

the places these men frequent.

The nearest point to Ouargla where Addax have been killed this

year (1899) has been 3 days south of Ain Tatba.

1 Gantara or Kantara in Arabic literally means a bridge, and is a term used

by the Arabs to describe the ridges and plateaux of rock (? or gypsum) that

crop up in the sand-desert : as a rule the Gantaras are ridges banked by sand

hills running parallel with the Oueds or surrounding the Houaths,

1899.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 595

5. On the Dates of the ‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique’: Addi-

tional Note. By C. Davies Suerzorn and B. B.

Woopwakp.

[Received March 27, 1899.]

To the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society, 1893, pp. 582-584, we con-

tributed a note on the dates of this book: information has now

come to hand which enables us to correct some doubtful points

and to complete the information.

T. VIII. part 2, Insectes (livraison 77 of the Encyclopédie), was

published in July 1812, not [?1814]. Pp. 1-45 of

T. VIII. pt. 1 was written by B. E. Manuel.

T. IX. part 2, Insectes (livr. 95), was published in July 1824.

Of this part 2, pp. 329-706, 708-711 were by

Godart ; pp. 706, 707 and all extra-European Hesper-

ides were by Latreille, to p. 793; from Castnia to end

by Godart.

T. X. Insectes, came out in two parts as follows :—

Pt. 1, pp. 1-344. 1825 (livr. 96).

Pt. 2, pp. 345-832. 1828 (livr. 100).

Hist. Nat. des Zoophytes, by Lamouroux, Bory, and Eudes-

Deslongchamps :

Pt. 1. pp. 1-876. 1824 (livr. 95).

pp- 377-819. Oct. 1827 (livr. 98).

Hist. Nat des Vers:

T. II. pt. 2 was published along with Vol. III. in Sept.

1832 (not 1831).

May 16, 1899.

W. T. BuayForp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1899 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of April was 87, of which 20 were by

presentation, 6 by birth, 35 by purchase, and 26 were received on

deposit. The total number of departures during the same period,

by death and removals, was 87.

Amongst the additions the following are worthy of special

notice :—

A young male Giraffe, believed to be about eleven months old,

purchased of Mr. C. Reiche, of Alfeld, on April lst. This Giraffe

belongs to the Southern form, Giraffa camelopardalis capensis

(of. P. Z. 8S. 1897, p. 277), and was obtained by Mr. Reiche’s

agents in the Transvaal, probably from the adjacent district of

Portuguese Hast Africa.

596 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON [May 16,

Four Masked Hawfinches (Coccothraustes personatus) from Japan,

purchased April 7th, new to the Society’s Collection.

Three female Ostriches of the Northern form (Struthio camelus),

presented April 25th by G. Fanshawe Abadie, Esq., by whom

they were brought home from the Niger. Mr. Abadie kindly

informs me that these Ostriches were obtained from Sokoto, but

were stated to have been captured in a district adjoining the

eastern shores of Lake Tchad.

The Secretary read extracts from letters addressed to him by

Mr. J. 8. Budgett, F.Z.S., on the Society’s Scientific Mission to

the Gambia Colony. They were dated from M‘Carthy’s Island,

March 22nd and April 18th last. The natives reported that as

soon as the rains began on the upper river and the water

to rise, the creeks and swamps would be flooded and pregnant

Polypteri would enter them in swarms. Lung-fishes (Protopterus)

would be found at this period of the year in similar situations.

So far Mr. Budgett had only seen examples of two species of

Antelope, which he believed to be a Gazelle and a Bushbok

(Tragelaphus scriptus). Mr. Budgett had made various short

excursions to Demfai, on the boundary of the British and French

territories, and Alimaka in Kunchan Creek. At the latter place

he had been very successful in fishing and had obtained examples

of a very curious Mormyrid, with a cylindrical whip-lke caudal

appendage.

Mr. Budgett felt quite confident that he would obtain examples

of the early stages of development of Polypterus by the end of

June, and hoped to be at home in July. The unhealthy season

did not begin till August.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger exhibited a specimen of the Bornean

Lizard Lanthanotus borneensis, belonging to the Sarawak Museum,

for the loan of which he was indebted to the kindness of H. H.

the Rajah of Sarawak.

Mr. Boulenger pointed out that, since the description of this

curious type of Lizards by Steindachner in 1878, no second speci-

men was known to have reached Europe, and that, owing to the

fact that the original description had been confined to the external

characters, the exact systematic position of Lanthanotus had not

been ascertained, The original describer had proposed to regard

the genus as the type of a distinct family, Lanthanotide, near the

Helodermatide, whilst the author of the ‘Catalogue of Lizards’

had placed it provisionally under the latter family.

By means of the Roéntgen rays, thanks to the kind assistance of

Messrs. Gardiner & Green, the principal osteological characters

had been ascertained without cutting into the specimen now

exhibited, with the result that the affinity of Lanthanotus to the

Helodermatide was fully confirmed. The structure of the skull,

characterized by the presence of a postorbital arch combined with

1899.] “LANTHANOTUS BORNEENSI8. 597

the absence of a postfronto-squamosal arch, the slender clavicles,

the absence of transverse processes to the interclavicle, together

with the character of the tongue, settled the question beyond

dispute. The sciagraph further revealed the fusion of the pre-

maxillaries and of the parietals, which are devoid of a pineal

foramen, the distinctness of the nasals and of the frontals, the

presence of a small supratemporal, and the absence of a squamosal.

The vertebre numbered 103: 8 cervical, 26 dorsal, 1 lumbar,

2 sacral, 66 caudal. The first three dorsal vertebre bore sternal

ribs, as in Varanus, Heloderma having 4 sternal ribs. The

phalanges, in both manus and pes, numbered 2, 3, 4, 4,3; there

was thus one phalanx less in the fourth digit and in the fifth toe

than in Heloderma and Varanus.

The resemblance of the open mouth of Lanthanotus, as shown

in the accompanying figure, to that of Heloderma was extremely

Open mouth of Lanthanotus borneensis.

striking. The teeth were similar in both genera, but they showed

no traces of grooves in Lanthanotus. There were 7 teeth in the

premaxillary bone, 12 in each maxillary, 12 in each ramus of the

mandible. The palate was toothed as in Heloderma: one tooth

en the palatine bone, four on the pterygoid. The tubercles on the

head and body were devoid of ossifications. The lower eyelid was

entirely occupied by a single semitransparent shield.

The specimen in the Sarawak Museum, a male, obtained in the

Rejang River District in 1891 by the Hon. C. A. Bampfylde, was

a little smaller than the type in the Vienna Museum. It had a

total length of 310 millim., in which the head entered for 22 and

the tail for 160; fore limb 30, hind limb 38.

Proc, Zoon, Soc.—1899, No. XX XIX. 39

598 MR. BARREJT-HAMILTON ON LEPUS VARIABILIS. [May 16,

Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.S., exhibited a skin of

the Varying Hare (Lepus variabilis) from Nairn, Scotland, for

which he was indebted to the courtesy of the Earlof Cawdor. The

skin was in the interesting moultirg-stage of spring, and clearly

showed that the darker colour of summer was due to the casting

off of the white hairs of winter and their replacement by a new

set of hairs of the dark summer colour. Mr. Barrett-Hamilton

was therefore glad to be able to corroborate the observations of

Mr. J. A. Allen! on the American White Hare (Lepus americanus

Erxl.), at least so far as concerned the spring change of colour.

Mr, Allen’s paper had been written partly with a view to combat

the view, which once widely held, that the change of colour in the

Varying Hare was due, at least in part, to an actual change of the

pigment of the hairs, which theory had been advocated in an

elaborate paper by Assistant-Surgeon F. H. Welch*, and had been

largely utilized by no less an authority than Mr. E. B. Poulton

as the chief basis for his theory on the “ Variable Protective

Resemblances in Vertebrates ” *.

Another point of interest was the late date at which the spring

moult takes place (the Hare in question was received early in

May). The date of the spring moult in the more southern

countries inhabited by the Variable Hare, such as the South of

Treland, was no earlier, so that the spring change at all events was

apparently unaffected by climatic conditions, although in the south

the amount of whiteness assumed was very much less than in the

north.

The whole seasonal change in fact seemed to be normally quite

out of control of the animal, and also, it seemed, not subject to

the direct influence of the weather (at least not to such changes of

temperature as might be experienced in different parts of the British

Isles), the experiments of Captain Ross*on a Hudson’s Bay

Lemming notwithstanding; and Mr. Barrett-Hamilton was aware

of several instances in which Variable Hares transported from

Scotland and from Irish mountains to southern and low-lying

regions continued for some seasons to appear in their northern garb

of snowy whiteness. This persistence of the habit of turning

white, even in unsuitable conditions, together with the lateness of

the moult, resulted frequently in the curious spectacle of a mountain

Hare running about in all its conspicuous arctic livery under

the bright rays of an April or May sun. After a few years

such imported Hares, or more probably their offspring, ceased to

turn completely white, and the breed assumed the appearance of

the ordinary Hares of the southern locality to which they had been

transported. The persistence of this change even under unsuitable

conditions, together with the lateness of the spring moult (owing to

1 « On the Seasonal Ohange of Colour in the Varying Hare (Lepus americanus

Erxl.).” Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. vol. vi. art. 1v. pp. 107-128, May 7, 1894.

2 P. Z.S., 1869, pp. 228-236.

3 See ‘The Colours of Animals,’ chap. vii. Intern. Sci. Ser. vol. xvii. 1890,

* See Appendix to Second Voyage, p. xiv (1855), and ‘ Bell's British Quadru-

peds, ed. i. p. 199 (1874).

1899. | ON WILD GOATS OF THE EGEAN ISLANDS. o99-

which an animal that had turned white in southern regions was

during the spring a very conspicuous object), and the occasional

turning white of individuals in southern regions where the white-

turning habit had long since been dropped by the majority of the

species, was, especially among Stoats, in Mr. Barrett-Hamilton’s

opinion, the cause of the numerous reported instances * of the

assumption of white in mild winters in England. Both these

phenomena, ?. ¢. the ate moult and the tendency of solitary indivi-

duals of non-white-turning races to revert to the white-turning

habit, were, at first sight, of apparently little use, or perhaps even

dangerous to the species in que-tion. On further consideration,

however, it appeared that their utility was probably to be found in

the opportunity afforded by their means of adaptation to changed

climatic conditions; it being obvious that, in countries where an

animal, if it turned white in winter, would have to go about in that

conspicuous garb for some time after the disappearance of all

snow and frost, those individuals which turned less white than

their companions would have a better chance of surviving, and so

would become (as is the case in southern countries) the dominant

feature of the race ; whereas the occasional individual reappearance

of the white-turning habit gave an opportunity to the species for

its general reassumption, should climatic conditions become more

severe.

Mr. Allen had pointed out that in Lepus americanus the spring

moult ‘“ occurs quite as early and proceeds just as rapidly (if not a

little more so) in the females as im the males, and that the moult

is practically completed before the young are born” (op. cit. p. 122):

but Mr. Barrett-Hamilton stated that the latter part of this state-

ment was not true for the south of Ireland, where the Variable

Hare was stil] in winter-coat in early May, whereas its young were

usually born at a very much earlier date, the-exact date of their

birth depending almost entirely on the weather.

Mr. E. M. Corner read a note on the variations of the patella

in the Divers, Grebes, and Cormorants, by which, as he believed,

the functions of the bones in these birds might be explained.

A communication was read from Marquis Ivrea on the Wild

Goats of the A2gean Islands. A series of heads and some photo-

graphs of the Goats of the islands of Antimilo and Joura were

exhibited, with the object of showing that the effect of a cross

between Capra egagrus and C. hircus (such as had been proved to

have occurred on the former island) was not to produce an animal

corresponding to C. dorcas (Reichenow), and that consequently the

Goat of Joura had not, as was generally assumed, been so produced,

but was, as a matter of fact, a local variety of the Wild Goat, for

which the name C. egagrus, var. jourensis, was suggested.

1 See various communications to the ‘ Field.’

39*

600 MR. STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., read an account of the Fishes

obtained by the Congo Free State Expedition, under Lieutenant

Lemaire, in Lake Tanganyika, in 1898. Ten new species were

described, of which three were made the types of new genera.

This paper will be printed in full in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on a Second Collection of Reptiles made in the

Malay Peninsula and Siam, from November 1896 to

September 1898, with a List of the Species recorded

from those Countries. By Srantey Smyrna Fiower,

F.Z.S., 5th Fusiliers.

[Received April 14, 1899.]

(Plates XXXVI. & XXXVII.)

Parh® 0 Wintroductory, Ua see ee es Oe eee 600

», II. Table of Species, showing the Relationship of the known Fauna

of the Peninsula and Siam to that of the neighbouring

AD OUTIUIIES eset ne conc tee neta abe ad canoe oes Sot ness eae ewe 602

» III. List of Species, with Remarks on their Localities, Habits, Life-

COLOVATION CCAP. ee ee caste tarot aa ce fete ae ace ee eee 609

Part I.—lyrropucrory.

Malay Peninsula Reptiles—In the Proceedings of this Society

for 1896, pp. 856-914, there appeared a paper giving an account

of the Reptiles and Batrachians that I had collected in the Malay

Peninsula from March 1895 to April 1896, and a list of the

species recorded from that neighbourhood by Cantor, Stoliczka, and

others. That list included 176 species of Reptiles, of which 9,

viz., Dermochelys coriacea, Hardella thurgi, Cyclemys dhor, Tropi-

donotus subminiatus, Macrocalamus lateralis, Hypsirhina indica,

Hydrophis nigrocinctus, Aipysurus edyouai, and Amblycephalus

levis were of doubtful occurrence in the region. In the present

list 3 of the doubtful species are recorded for certain, viz.,

Dermochelys coriacea, Macrocalamus lateralis, and Aipysurus eydouar;

9 more species are added, viz., Geoemyda grandis, Testudo elongata,

Gymnodactylus marmoratus, Mabuia rugifera, Lygosoma maculatum,

Zaocys fuscus, Coluber teniurus, Hypsirhina bocourtii, and

Hydrophis gracilis; Gonatodes penangensis becomes a synonym

of G. affinis; and the names of Hemidactylus gleadovii and

Lygosoma jerdonianum are changed to H. brookit and L. atrocostatum

respectively : thus making a total of 184 species.

Only one genus, Macrocalamus, is peculiar to the Peninsula,

and 6 species, viz., Gonatodes affinis, Lygosoma singaporense,

Cylindrophis lineatus, Macrocalamus lateralis, Calamaria albiventer,

and Hypsirhina indica.

Siamese Reptiles.—So far as | am aware, only one paper has yet

1399.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 601

appeared giving a list of the Reptiles of Siam’, most of our knowledge

of which is from the collections made by M. Mouhot forty years

ago; so we have to turn to that invaluable work, Mr. Boulenger’s

‘Catalogue of the Reptiles’ in the British Museum to get an idea of

our present knowledge of the herpetological fauna of the country,

and in the seven volumes we find 85 species mentioned, to which

21 more can now be added, viz., Batagur sp. inc., Chelone mydas,

Chelone imbricata, Thalassochelys caretta, Pelochelys cantoris, Phyl-

lodactylus siamensis, Gehyra mutilata, Draco volans, Calotes micro-

lepis, Calotes emma, Lygosoma maculatum, Lygosoma melanostictum,

Lygosoma bowringit, Typhlops albiceps, Typhlops floweri, Acrochordus

jeanceus, Coluber radiatus, Dipsadomorphus dendrophilus, Hydrophis

obscurus, Enhydris hardwickii, and Doliophis bivirgatus: thus making

a total of 106 species.

Only one genus, Prymnomiodon, is peculiar to Siam, and 13

species, viz., Phyllodactylus siamensis, Acanthosaura capra, Acan-

thosaura coronata, Physignathus mentager, Mabuia longicaudata,

Ty phlops siamensis, Typhlops schneidert, l'yphlops albiceps, T'yphlops

flowert, Prymnomiodon chalceus, Lycodon lasensis, Hypsirhina

jagoriz, and Amblycephalus margaritophorus.

Boundary.—It is impossible to divide the fauna of Siam from

that of the Malay Peninsula, as the northern part of the Malay

Peninsula forms what is known as “ Lower Siam.” Zoologically

so little is known of this tract of country that we cannot say

where the fauna of Siam (7, e. the neighbourhood of Bangkok and

the Menam Valley) stops and that of British Malaya commences,

or whether the two gradually merge into each other, as seems

probable.

Imperfection of present knowledge-—Although Giinther in 1864

(Reptiles Brit. Ind. p.ix) wrote of the Malayan Peninsula and

Siam, “this belt of land is well explored,” and Stoliczka in 1873

(Journal Asiatic Soc. Bengal, vol. xi. ii. p. 112) wrote: “The

present list, in connection with that of Drs. Cantor, Gray, and

Giinther, and my own published in 1870, may be considered as

fairly completing the number of reptiles and amphibians inhabiting

Penang and the neighbouring Wellesley Province,” I venture to

think that a very great deal remains to be done in this part of the

world; no one has yet collected over the greater part of the area of

either the Malay Peninsula or Siam, and particularly the fauna

of the many mountain-ranges requires investigation.

The great variety of Tortoises, 23 species, inhabiting this region

is remarkable, and the curious local distribution of species with

practically similar habits, when fully worked out, might give very

interesting results.

The natural distribution of the Malayan Geckoes it is almost

too late to be able to trace: certain species apparently are yearly

extending their area, unconsciously taking advantage of and

following the march of civilization, while other species, less

* Gunther, “On the Reptiles of Siam,” P..Z. S. 1860, pp. 118-117.

“5

7 _—— ———— ee

+. | tee |ieee ee a ae oe see ses see one «=| se escuncesce 8=—=s funennive: cee (fvup) 1pepuay sapozwUoL) 0g

|. wee | cee | ee wee - . + wee é *(Avwp) surpeyornd “e 63

+ wee + . of + . ane one weeleee eee wee ooo =f tt eeseeesee = =— weet wee (Qynar)

sngwdouluBur snpfyorpouuts sy | 8G

| ores cod eee oe [awe tee + + + | ‘wegsryonpeg |""* uwossay staysnyed 6 Le

, ‘sy uoworog ‘ily | +] ey | + + + ob + +l+] +/+ /" a + + ae Ly BE i. *prauyos sieoiod KE 9G

; i ae sets fered |p : te . os wy _ JAWYOS SISUPULBIS SN{TPOOAD | 8G

; “tt ime + st Shell went} inne ory eee yo ane eee nee @) ny 7°) todas BUULOPSLULO J, td

4 aps + ten ang res Sentai te eee : + + ; + ig fivwy staojuso sA[ayoo[ed | &

pe ifeee) eee stat ||taees | etal bat see ar vor te * (“ppog) snourseyyyavo “ Be

ab fe we neil A tesa eal aa ‘ . au tee “* *qoaul, nideyd “ ita

fest vee lL a 0 are s fine WON s 06

+ pals 21 Se 0d (bone Mahal bu ase fb Coy a i ‘ugoay snuvpdqns xXuornty, | 6L

14 *unaag oytoug| + |} °" ae a fee] oe pate P| Ne Sf as 4 + ‘uR00G9 OWURTY |" (“T) ByQoawo SATOYOoSSBLVYL, | BL

= URIO OYOe wee foee) aoe oe 4 see awh ofan, [fo chal aoe + . oe + + “‘uBadG9 O1UR\Y ae CT) By BoLq UIE “ LL

pay *uBedGQ Oyu ole . one vid Ph fete || faa) estan nee + rr eee + + . seeece (D) supdAut auopayg 9L

= a <1} foane +4 a oe . 4 + . he uyesuole ef [he

5 +e +) ef] + “ip, eee + wy: me “1 8 Hejyos sXuio opuysay, | PL

tit] +] + oo * fpay) srpuvad 3: &L

a8 “ a ef a + e “ finuy vwsouds wp£Lurooasy | GL

ate oS abe ae, atts ooo of eer (eal EN see | tee } + a) “* (proc) sisaeuloqurs a IL

5 4+) ag Byorg apa p “ fipey wgoynout Af or

P| ete) ell te ote io Petal Be ts . air : sees (fivdg)) LOUP - 18

a | eee | ace 4/4] eile vs | | tt ays Pp: hina mamiapetl skwapodg | 8

a ote! |) seal ea » fel) tytltye: | 4° = 2 = (fivaigy) stioossso wiffou | 4

ae AS velo fen | a | gf oe Tiles oo ove seceeseeenseeseterseene (7 NUT

‘Pajyyos) edutagqns viuourug |?

3 Srllt : | nh + see nap anys B[[opee H | 9

7 fe | cee | eee | eee + + + fina Byseq anduyug | F

4 4 | one T4jerl a |. ve oo Peco * fioag vgoid andeyyeo | &

A Se oe 4 + eee aut Jip. woe ydeoedeut wnutoyshyel |G

3 "UBIO oye, as eae . . + . ee + te *Uca00 oyusgy oc (Gs a) BODBILOD sAoyoouido (y if

gee ERE RN ol el al RB |e Rl a a a 3) SP le ies | |e (| ee a [EE Pye ge aS Pe ae ee

A L@ ezigzipz| se | so | 16 josetist| LT |9l/Sl\PTet\et| Tt jot] 6 |8|4) 9 | 8 b & é a)

b = b 4 bd

eee | ny Se |2/ei/P| #3 |s\e)e| 8 3, a |e 3 2\2) #8 > 5 “ginsuoag Svpeyy c

A 1 @| |e 4 o 8 Ba g|4/3)516 5 3 : B/S] 6 3 As

PARMysug ele nm io g Pipe au flwy|alsla 5 i Bl ‘ 5 *PAVANgBO AL |\2a

ay} oF Pig)? g B . gn “leolsiols =a 5 ? aug 4 043 10 Weg UL 1nd00 OF UMOU =e

S910} UN0/)-.10430 |& a + "ee BB |S | 5 : salaqunoy 0490 a

: = | eh ai | i sopiqdoy Jo sa1oodg Jo ysury [BULWO S| 4 4

D | | =a ,

. 2

pa J a i 2 ee ye ae ; 16. ee SA eae = a as Bra.

‘sangunog Durmogybrow Jo wy) 07 wig pun vynsUpUa fino ay) fo vunn,y unowy ay) Jo drysuounjay ay? Huamoys *satoadg LO ALA J,

pleco

603

“qne'T

+ | 4OUtLy,

; REPLILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM.

¥ Sil {a ae

: WY

: ‘arpoutiog |] +] +]

*oorxoyy UToyso MQ || Ff | +

5 +

++ ++ ++

Sparse f=

duvquig

Teataateeteat

H++H+4++ ++4+4++ 4444+ ++ F44+4+4+ 4+ 7+

}

;

iit

++ +4+4++ i+

Pit++i

Lopuop

ong

++ ++ i444 i+

etree eneee Cann) IOYRA[TT ny

“ Avap sypoopne — “

fiday) susopnqou iG

~ (Ap1j) suaoseaty snuBsre 4

vee Zip.) Upaq stdoporT

YHA Losey WOU SNYZBUsIS.AG

“ge Hq snooujssur

HOR e eee we eeee finay BU “se

sree Conn) cojooistod

vee “hg sidajomomt

* (1Y"3L) SHITOFBISIIO SO40[B_

“7 BYBUO.LOD en

no hnagy Bye. Of

gar yy wadvo vanesoryuBo

(Apap) sipuvid a

(6a/y2g)stsudouL0q se

menus + why hoanoy snpeydeooAu0

* suajag Bosny syo.unydy

‘+ why uosodourpoum **

“ayy Snieqdoruay

‘ foay snjewsujonbuinb

ene e ree wene eee UL snjenquy “

woj,ung snyeinovut **

benteentrest oo BUBIOA ODBACL

(Avi) Tpleystoy i

eR 25 })

wnjeydeoojrmoy uoozoyosyg

seeeeess CHaryog) sutyoruoutr —**

(yung) rojueys—**

: (anu) 8nYBI[LO1410A O04

(x 9°) siaqnany ©

“whg stsuouopseo snp Ajo popidery

‘Sy. Wouwd

“SB sajfoqudog [re Chang ) ByRpQnur Bidyax

* (hoop) snjopodse1o uouzojourpy

(*prauyog) snandyetd LG

setes © 9 "(J 13000 “

‘© 8° FyyMBuorposoyt i)

“es fpyy snssaidep wa

wontlpy pRordoay |r Apu wyooaq as

*BNIQIL

“ney “Tpeurog

‘Rupe IS C8499) ANyBUIAT aA onsale

“whe PIsuouUts snpAjoRpolpcy

~ (hRD) SHUTS BEVOGeTwSOANYAL| BE |

ores“ Crop) suayge sapequuoy | tg |

Fe |

se.

eS Pe ae

[May 16,

FLOWER ON THE

STANLEY 8.

MR.

604

“SpuvBpsy znI9

ByUBG WZ suljo1eD

*pleaysey

ayy 04

salyunvy Ayo

“erpRaysny | 2 |

“BauIns) AA NT |

ine}

“sBaonyo

“sJ Bpung assay

ssourddiyry,

Saat) Shahraaete

"saqeaTaO

‘oomlog | = |

+it+ +i+ +

“SBUNYR NT | a |

++ it t+t+++

+++

| ++

*eLQe UNG

punod spue[sy

+ itt + i+t++

+++++ +4++4+4+ 4+ +

+Htt+++++4+44+4+ +

vay | |

“UIvIg JaMOT |

“erpoquuey | 9 |

(aadoad) ueig | % |

‘ensurmag Avpeyy | | + ++

| *BUIqOUIYIOD | =

8iL

E\ 2

218

Blee

3/5

5\2

*PaABAN9SO AA

ayy OF

SaLqUNOD L2YIO

* nog snaedinsuviay snjouopido.y,

et, adop snaoypeyo uopormoum sig

*(qung) Jeysedoseie0 siydoaqoouax

(quo) snizeyy13 es si

* (a20g) snyeurutes srydoyuoposjog

Peaece ‘ywoy snoturael snultepous Xx

* (‘plauyog) snyejnuesd snapAsiet{)

“ ‘ysusoFT SnotueARl sNp.oyao.IOW

aa ES) away 1ojoorn sy4jedouex

. funig 8ny8e ul, 3

* (anor) sngnt srpdoapuryAp,

se Bayag snjuno fe

see eeeeeeerereenes (-T) snanjour

poses (prauyag) snyenoyer woyAg

. ee OUT La MOG “ef

“br sdeaiq(e

ee ‘une Idopleuwyos

“sg Hq snqpeors 1

Ceeeeerearts Wj) SISUOTIBIS

= ywyg9 sunyoudytorsyyzoq

“

seewennee “‘pnoqg) SNULUIeIg

P grog snyeoury sdojyday,

i (7) sepwreyo

(Apa) mnyeyoundoqye

Cayyy) usuLacd

“bg wNjoysouReut

““(pnojg) asuarodesuts

**(wossaT ) UINyZe480D014B

(Avag) wumMeadealjo

(yifqq) vanyejnoe ut

so 67g sndopeumous BwmososAT

“+ (qoppoy) Byepneoisuoy = “*

SoBERRES RE: (aypg) sIsueuIRIs

(qymy) vyeioseyiyynUL

(-7076)) Boz ont

(yjhpg) BiaepnoeUL

(pup) ByeuIavoUTeAOU BINGE IT

“einsumeg Lee iy

ay} 10 WeIg UTAMoI0 07 UAL

*qaquan jy

aayynoasuoy

sapigday jo saloadg Jo ysrT [BULWO N

*(panuruo?) saloddg LO aTAV,

605

“el ouB yy

“BalOD “BI[OSUO TW

REPLILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM.

, cee

‘uede p ‘simyouryy |“

sy] ning

+++

+ +++ 4444+ +

++:

Pt++ it+ it ++

i++

+i itt+

+++ itt i+++++44+

+ ++

+++

PHHE+HH++ +++ +H+tt F+4+4+4+ +444

Pittt++ + ++ + +++:

+ it+++4+++4++ 44 + +4+4++

sleet ee

mel

ar a

ueuun x

(

+ i+

++ i444:

it Ett

itt iii

Lol

i+ i+:

++i:

ph Et

Pitt

URISTURSLY

“erdawosueary, |

oer 9 ‘@ Byeydoooone] bi

buyapy euearyeuns se

gi (inp) TIZWOAIG[B BIABULE[BD

Pete n neers nee Sete eeeeeecaes (w0jungp)

sdeodisuoy umipqeysopnesg

ang StpeLOPeT SUTUG|EOOIO’ AL

8laned wpnearouo, = **

“(alog7) suarporpeq = **

* Chapyag)) 10[oor} seqriqy

w47D sngrzuen.to Se

“yy suyeruay — *

seeeee YND snyeusis ve

* (prauyag) snyveut,o100 i

ss (young) snangposo

* (‘bajyag’) susdsvandand seyourtg

(foup) snqvoulpopnesd srydepeapue

poke “10g SNSOUIIOS

; * (yamp) sngoid srydoapusag

‘ (e4oqed) sngegnedaivur srydosuoy,

*bayyog snyerpet = **

‘bayyosy snanuejeut =“

“210g snjeydeosxo 8

oo (adop) snantuey = *

+ “oquny sneorrdydaod zaqntop

(opings snjouosexey siydujouex

seneee eee * (avyg) SNYVOIOSLT “6

sreeeerersee (SuggaT) BITBUICS ae

tenn eneee (‘T) snsoonur oe

* ((6a/y951) 801103, stuourEz,

“ Cayyp) Snosny

* (yi) snqeurreo sfooez

pubes TIDOSIABp we

seeeeee teens ¢ IT

g ‘@) snjepuuURqns snurepeooArg,

“"* jug snqouloqns is

* "qunQ stueryo “s

* da) SIsuBORT ve

‘ se (Cr) snore uopoosTyT

sess (nnd) SN80481y 98 sdooroH

(210g) sejemopoyt

( 8°) sdeoraepy wopoyysrdo LOVIN

buyer sSnyernovut

~bajyos sndaeshuyo ey

i By see snjBIUTorgns u

“ () snyeqyia ie

** (7) snze[oqs “

“nog SNUILSIY Mi

““(Cprauyog) coyeostd snjouopico.zy, (

UD Soe “

* (mpyg)) sitions “o

“pany snyouoarsiu sas

* (awys) Sua. sepncad siydoaps

Uae Bare

oq OF SU OL a ee oe “LBOSET BPR

uBog ceylorg) + D Beg poy ‘Hoqg yt (77) snange[d snaps Hq

SeCEARE AED (a n als miowevopAte

a verse (npg) eyBULO Bajados SiqQ,

(Avg) sueosaqna sdorydosag

(7) suvztieyoLur we

chSntee aog snusead ts

d " sug BuozoysULX srydosaq,

fa Shap anaesesup = xcsaree Bs epee (nog)

_ Suquetasoaynd soysuudpouruesg

*(a0g) uopouto

\° (207) aaidesp ty

sounnitass “Ca

Y ‘q) snopridsel ae

Eilivvellccsey|| ave lees re selec) coy Ste aise Il, Ss naaecaennesigmes =| {Paice (nog)

snjrydoapuap Ke

tee oe see pesloes vee wWwessy 4 A eneeneee eee Beare yooxo3 “

* z Salita ae cee ll tatoiregemee “eens” (rag)

snjvNovMNy [Nu snydrowoprsdicy

‘dpovT. UINgeNIVyW8g Uojod.a Fy

(4ozung ) suutapsy soqgstdrpy

“es 1) BADB[OIA BIAOJURD

HG Bajyag) BITEqone| BiUO PLOT

AG uyos) sdooudys sn.eq.ta9

(TJ) ByeoonG sisdopruroyy

ste eee upjoqais

“UDP Ti4Ino000q is

v= fipy stsuautya %

sa “piauyos)) siupfyue LG

** suajag uU1osel eA

(og) vaquntd ae

ee (Apwp) worpur suryaisds Fy

og Org eyejuowiaed BieumepE

[

: May 1

Dh++ it

utEss y

+ itt it i+ +4+4+4++

+ + +i+:

+ it ++4++

++ + +++ +4++ t4+4++ +4444

“* BSOUTLOY

URES V

i+ fit +++:

wessy| *"

Pit + itt itt:

—

+ +++ 4 + +444

ear E

ER ON TILE

++o

FLOW

i++

‘spun[sy Molo

++++

Se ee

++i:

+4+++++

STANLEY

ltt iiiiiiii

it + + itt!

(aadoad) urerg | 09 | + $+++++ i+: }

-eayeung | © |

GE BE ie bicheeetes +

“sreqooiny | & |

“Bung,

uo[sag

~erpuy

Shih ie ces hemens alae

+ i+

19 |

o>)

v € &

“sBoon[oyy | a

BaqeumM

punor spue[sy

oOo

o :

@ :

vap | | + =

*eulyy

“eInsuiueg Ave py

“saqala9

*ooul0g

SvUNye NT

*PAIBASUAL

oy} 0}

SaLYUNOD 19YIO

*PABAIS! AA

ayy 04 jaq} 10 Weg Ur ne00 OF UMOUY

| SoNgunoy 194}O

~BrpBaqgsny | S

~erpoqueg | Ql i: iii:

ourddipig

“surmepuy | © |

voum4y Aa NT

“wer reso | tH |

“euIyourya09

“saqun yy

aatynoasuog

sopidey Jo sawadg jo ysrry peuLMO NY

-emnsutuag Avery | 9 | fos =e

*s] wpung Jessery

‘(panuizu0d) SH1IOAAG AO WIAV,

"vABP UL [YZ pur ‘vayVUINY UL GY ‘Oolog UL PUNOF Os[B O18 EG “VISY FO JUPUT}UO) OY} WO Somt}UNOD

JOYJO UL PUNoF OsTL av GOT “(pepufoxe Sula soyVUg-vog pur soy) vpnsurmog ey Surjiqeyur soweds gey fo NO ‘spuryst yvets 19y30 ey Jo

= Aue QyeM UvBI[T ooulog Y}IA\ WOULTOD UT sotoads eLOUL TIYJVI GAVY VlUSULUO AVTVIL ay} jo sojtydayy Ot} 9UqF [GB SIT} WOLF Uodos aq [[Ea IT

ive) -

= — = ——— —_———

| We

+ a cea ferns || Paleo te (qog) tose 16a

a uBmepedg) + | |" + oe Vi nl me wes (sazfbaz) sniwe.ajgeums ae 06a

So 4 " aa vee fee) eos eile rsa + 4b o ae se Naive Sates (anys) sneururead “6 61z

= + + . . . . + + + oo + whee Pee eee (Anup )

ZB snjvfnovmoaimdind g1z

oa a eae ee acall ; tele hae “rive Gayag) smoyuour s1894eT | 21g

4 Biaqig useyswgp] | * ‘* | ; al rat (107) Hyoquoyq wopo.y se 916

4 |¢ + af : ; af a5 + wae arene Hypossut Blod A | GTZ

| aD of (un

4 | sno YydoqiuedvUL e bata

5 sb ype at wee BE Pod fooe ae wee CoC we ete e eee (Ayja0g) re

n | TyfLopusyjoour G1Z

Z + a (ate elle gesren evans HE" ( suai)

A snuvooV[BUt ue GIe

gq oe aher ore Pe Le alitenal nal 2 cass Si cele ee ae on aah |e wecacboceados me a bodageps “91077 SIAB] snpeydeosiquiy ata

[oR oe “3 400 a aL ae Pe ae letate | ee cae . seis san (a1ogr) voq vangjodo(deyy itd

a seat <ilisteal Aisle actos teeta Set gc (eee Sy Sole ab ae | eect ee ne eee | (uw) sipeuseyur 60

< a +) + J+]4i+ eS eel eee || a + ; “ets (nog) SugEsarard STydoIpo(y | 806

4 Brey ae ate Caan | sal os =e “uy sdaormoeut = ** 10a

3 ee ilep Aa |las ue tos =3\\p soc 433 COERCED, "fina stfovad siydoype9 902

ab 45 + . |) 4 +]: at i |ras] eee 4 a hk Reger pce taneees see quag snaiedanqg * COZ

a “uBysIUBYS

3 4m be oe ee aie enielaler anal alte bE Sites has Say at ee oe

a a Slits *% a eae ag + 5 + th al leer yo aaa (7) snprpuwo— “* 60S

> “puna Ma Ny dk eae ae }feae aR i ( ste | cals ab clu st sco (Cuyag)) 84 BIOBRT snavdung 10a

2 ‘sopliqa}] Nr “ili Bie |e | ere “ lsy nog vee eon} tt* | ces + vee] aleBih= oe wee 2 . on STM ie ke Os ay Cuyos:) snuluqn{oo 002

E Oc e 0" (7) snangetg | G61

iH ‘ “ . "alta wee ane aoe see sea] ree | cee see wee] eee | tee wa ter - lgoug oon! |": sac ee deere eens SOOee En nny £7 sngyepneorjey nN 6

Bi sapmqo H *N ‘ttar| + | + > ecw alked sk Stoic ellt Ween, a See lege leat leas a Miwsneenees (eee (fizagy) penopéa snanaddty | geT

= ar ee pre te |e bed me ey cee taal =: poe || eae le! ar a + ‘Jy uvisdeg |" (220g) UoTPEYBIvA BULIPAGUGT | LOT

a F i Ste at OW ete ae pst’ oe ad gue ; ar ‘e: E ; (Ana) WpPUApmey SMPs UGL | 6T

etal . [epee doe |: . oe . wee ee aL seneeeeeeeee oo seereeees (Anu) uopadel “ CBL

a4)" ar vee hh EO Tra) abel ie i + acy + ar ale ‘ying urieaag |" Cpnoq) Bjoureoukso F6L

+ oe | vee | ane woe [feeelane + wee ab mates) UBISIOg “ “(9107 ) TIsuBUUdNAG “ee 61

+ . . . o prefers] ove] eye oo eee tee a ae ‘qvosny seneeevenseenes (Anag ) Byeuso “ BL

‘uBa0Q ULIpUy 5

eee 5 ‘ a Pas jh ger nee Sica all fst |]05-1 icc ses tee Arr ieeeee | (00) cd oo oo see {qsv0Q UBL seseeeeereeares (Ans) 1189Y0}S BIST | T6L

+ aa eel noe one sen] eee | vee | fe] eee ono an ae aiates| yer ab on oe aaseccdaccue veces (pnoq) snanosqo “ O6L

pele fer fer] or foe ci) Seoleas te ae . sere yay sngenb.to7 stydotpsH | §8T

608 MR. STANLEY 8S. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

adaptable to changed circumstances of life, are apparently

disappearing.

Very much remains to be done to complete our knowledge of

the Agamoid lizards of the Malay Peninsula and Siam. Draco

volans, Calotes cristatcllus, and Calotes versicolor abound in certain

localities and are well known; but the remaining 17 species have

only been met with on a few occasions, which, considering their

diurnal habits, striking appearance, and frequently brilliant

coloration, seems remarkable.

Poisonous Snakes—Ot the 221 species of Reptiles in this list,

34 are poisonous snakes; but of these 18 (Hydrophiwne) inhabit

the sea, 4 (Callophis and Doliophis), owing to their sluggish habits

and small mouths, can hardly be considered dangerous to mankind,

and 5 (Lachesis), so far as is known, are not capable of inflicting a

sufficiently poisonous wound to kill a human being. The Vipers

Vipera russelli and Ancistrodon blomhoffi, although recorded from

Siam, are not known to occur in the Peninsula. The Krait,

Bungarus candidus, and its allies B. fasciatus and B. flaviceps are

fortunately rare. Thus only two dangerous species remain which

the traveller is likely to come across, viz., the Cobra (Nata tripu-

dians) and the Hamadryad (Nata bungarus), a proportion which

(from what 1 have read) compares favourably with other tropical

countries. Personally I have never come across a Hamadryad wild,

but a large Cobra is certainly a difficult and dangerous animal to kill

(except with a gun) owing to its strength and power of springing

at one’.

Assistance received.—1 have to acknowledge my sense of obliga-

tion to the Government officials of the Straits Settlements and the

Native States of the Malay Peninsula for their invariable courtesy,

assistance, and hospitality; more especially am I indebted to

H.H. the Rajah Muda of Kedah, to Lt.-Col. R. Frowd Walker,

CO.M.G., commanding the Malay States Guides, to Mr. J. P. Rodger,

British Resident, Selangor, to the Datu Meldrum, the Datu Hole,

and Dr. J. P. A. Wilson of Johore. To the curators of the local

Museums, Mr. L. Wray, jun., Mr. A. L. Butler, and particularly

Dr. Hauitsch, I am much obliged for kindness in allowing me

access at all times to the collections under their charge; and to

Mr. H. N. Ridley, Director of the Botanical Gardens, Singapore,

and to Mr. C. Curtis, Penang Govt. Gardens, for assistance in

collecting ; as also to the following gentlemen in Siam—Mr. J.

McCarthy, Director of Surveys, Mr. W. Sinclair, Mr. A. J. Dickson,

Mr. Austen Shea, Mr. J. S. Smyth, and Mr. N. K. Passmore.

But above all I have to thank Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., for

the invaluable advice and assistance he has given me by correspon-

dence during the last two years.

Nomenclature.—The classification and nomenclature are according

to Mr. Boulenger’s British Museum Catalogues of Reptiles, where

! Hence possibly the “ Ular terbang,” or Flying Snake, of the Malays. A

Madrassee servant, who was with me for some years, often warned me to be

careful with Cobras, because they could “ fly, same like bird”!

1899. ] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 609

the various synonyms and a description of each species will be

found; I have only given other references and remarks on the

description of species where it seemed these were needed for ready

reference by other workers, or where they were made necessary by

the fresh material examined during the last few years.

Part I1].—Lisr oF Spuctns, with Remarks on their Localities,

Habits, Life-coloration, se.

Order CHELONIA.

General terms applied to all Tortoises and Turtles :—

Siamese. ** Tow-darng-darng.”

Malay. “* Koora-koora.”

Jakun. “ Binku.” (H. J. Kelsall, J. S. B. R. A.S., No. 26,

1894, p. 7.)

All Tortoises, though not apparently considered actually sacred

animals, are held by many Siamese and Chinese in religious

veneration, and are kept and fed by the devout in temples and

private enclosures. In a Chinese temple in the valley of Ayer

Etam in Penang, in April 1898, I saw about fifty torteises,

belonging to five species; many of these had “ chops” or Chinese

characters stamped on their shells. In Bangkok we were informed

that tortoises are kept in order to “make merit” with Buddha ;

anyway we noticed when living there that, however much our

Siamese water-carrier might neglect to bring water for our own

use or for other animals in captivity, he never forgot to replenish

the supply in the tank where our collection of live tortoises was

kept. Once at Ayuthia, in February 1898,I met a Chinaman

carrying a fine tortoise, painted with the sacred yellow colour ;

though I offered him a large sum for the animal he declined to

sell it, as he had determined to give it to the shrine of the colossal

Buddha there.

There is also a Chinese belief that a turtle can act as a sort of

“ scape-goat,” and take away a man’s sins, if it is suitably inscribed

and set free. When one of these marked turtles is captured a

second time, it is considered more efficacious. And if a turtle is

caught whose “ chops ’”’ show that it has been liberated thus twice,

it can be sold by the lucky finder for a very high figure to some

man who finds his past misdeeds to hang particularly heavy on his

conscience and wishes to have all mention of them erased from

“the recording angel’s book.”

Suborder ATHECA.

Family SpHareip2.

1. DerMmocHeEtys corzacea (L.).

Dermochelys coriacea, Blgr. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 10 (skull fig. p. 9).

The Leathery Turtle mentioned as supposed to have been eaught

near Singapore, P. Z.S. 1896, p. 857, has been found really local.

610 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

It was caught at Siglap, Singapore, on the 14th December, 1383,

in the presence of Mr. A. M. Skinner, Straits Settlements Civil

Service.

Hab. Tropical seas, sometimes occurs in the temperate seas.

Suborder THECOPHOPA.

Superfamily CRYPTODIRA.

Family PLAtysTERNID#.

2. PLATYSTERNUM MEGACEPHALUM Gray.

Platysternum megacephalum, Blgr. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 46.

The Big-headed Tortoise is mentioned in the British Museum

Catalogue from Laos. In the Siamese Museum there is a stuffed

specimen without locality ; it measures :—

Length of head ..........---5---- about 60 mm.

s> sy carapace in median line........ Leo 4

bo ys, Sea Re Se tata Sens Shag ae ob Tale Sm;

Hab. Burma, Siam, South China.

Family TesTuDINID-£.

3. CALLAGUR PIcTA Gray.

4, BaTaGuR BASKA Gray.

5. HarpELLa THURGI Gray.

References to the occurrence of these three species of water-

tortoises in the Straits Settlements are given in P. ZS. 1896,

p- 858.

At different times I have seen tortoises, some of great size,

belonging to this group without being able to identify them, but

there are at least two species in the Malay Peninsula, one of which

inhabits the coasts (as Cantor remarks) as well as the rivers and

ponds. One species (apparently Callagur picta) is also found in

Siam ; we have seen it at Bangkok.

N.B.—Dr. Hanitsch (Report Raffles Library and Museum, 1897,

p. 8) records Kachuga lineata from Ulu Legeh. I have not seen

the specimen.

6. Damonia suprrisuGa (Schleg. & Mill.).

Emys macrocephala, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 31 (1864).

Damonia subtrijuga, Blgr. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 94 (1889).

The British Museum Catalogue mentions specimens from

Siam (M. Mouhot and W. H. Newman) and Cambodia

(M. Mouhot). This very handsomely marked and coloured little

tortoise is numerous round Bangkok, living apparently always in

freshwater ponds and canals and the swampy paddy-fields: in

eaptivity they refuse all food except molluscs, the common blue

mussel they crunch up and deyour eagerly; they are themselves

1899.] | REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND STAM. 611

eaten by Siamese and Chinese. When excited they make a slight

hissing noise. Besides obtaining specimens in Bangkok in January,

April, August, October, November, and December, we got one at

Ayuthia in February in a small lotus-lily pond.

An egg of this species, laid 17th April, 1897, was (as usual with

tortoises) white with a hard shell, and measured 32 mm. on its

longer and 20 mm. on its shorter axis.

Colour (in life). Shell chestnut-brown, with a more or less dis-

tinct large black spot on each shield; edges of the marginal plates

more or less yellow ; plastron yellow, each shield with a large black

blotch and chestnut-brown markings.

Head black, except the crown, which is rich dark brown, and the

following very well-defined markings, which are lemon-vellow :—a

semicircle of small spots on the upper eyelid; a streak from the

top of the snout to the temple, following the canthus rostralis and

the supraorbital edge; a broader streak, nearly joining the last,

starting from the superior-posterior corner of the eye and con-

tinued along the side of the neck; below this is an interrupted

line of oblong spots commencing at the posterior border of the eye

and continued down the neck; a broad streak commences on the

loreal region and finishes at the angle of the mouth; two vertical

streaks from the nostrils to the mouth, outside and parallel to

these streaks are two vertically oblong spots; the edge of the

upper mandible is also yellow; a very distinct V-shaped mark on

each side of the mandible; from the angle of the mouth a yellow

streak descends to the lower surface of the head and there expands

into a large spot, and another streak runs back along the neck.

Neck dark brown, with four narrow yellow lines along each side,

some very small yellow spots above, and numerous yellow vermicu-

lations beneath. Limbs black or dark brown, with lemon-yellow

markings. Tail dark brown, with longitudinal yellow lines con-

verging at the tip. Iris very narrow, yellow.

Size. A female from Bangkok, adult, measured :—

Width of head, 37 mm.

Carapace, length, in straight line 155 mm.; following the curve

167 mm.

Carapace, width, in straight line 122 mm.; following the curve

153 mm.

Hab. Siam, Cambedia, Java.

7. BELLIA CRASSICOLLIS Gray.

Emys crassicollis, Cantor, p. 3; Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 28,

pl. iv. fig. E; Stol. J. A.S. B. 1870, vol. xxxizx, part ii. p. 227.

Bellia crassicollis, Blgr. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 98 (skull fig. p. 98,

shell fig. p. 99).

The Black Tortoise is common in small freshwater streams and

ponds in Penang and Kedah; it is one of the species kept by the

Chinese priests in the Ayer Etam Tortoise Temple. Apparently,

like some other freshwater tortoises, this species is very local, as

there is no specimen of it in the Perak Museum and I have not

612 MR. STANLEY S, FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

seen it from Singapore. The British Museum Catalogue mentions

one specimen from Siam (M. Mouhot), and I obtained one from

the neighbourhood of Bangkok. Cantor says it feeds upon frogs,

shell-fish, and animal offal. It can hiss when angry.

Colour (in life). Carapace uniform intense black. Plastron

entirely black, or black with some yellow mottlings, or rich dark

brown with pale bands following the sutures of the shields, the

most conspicuous being the median one.

Head black, with conspicuous lemon-yellow spots, the principal

being above the eye (this spot is prolonged forwards on to the top

of the head), above the ear, and at the angle of the mouth, and an

irregular patch along each lower jaw to below the eye; in some

adult specimens these spots disappear, the whole head being deep

black. Neck, hands, feet, limbs, and tail are deep black, the upper

parts of the limbs are, however, sometimes pale-coloured. Claws

horn-colour. Iris dark brown.

Size. The largest specimen I have measured I found in a pond

in the juvgle on low undulating hills near Jenan, Kedah.

Length of carapace, following curve in median line .. 200 mm.

Breadth i 4 WA ROME A. ee 170 mm.

The smallest, caught in Kedah, June 1898, had the carapace

53 mm. in length.

Males and females do not seem to differ much in size.

Hab. Tenasserim, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.

8. CYcCLEMYS PLATYNOTA Gray.

Emys platynota, Cantor, p. 3.

Notochelys platynota, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 17.

Cyclemys platynota, Blgr. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 130.

“ Katong” of the Malays (apud Cantor).

Localities. The Flat-backed Freshwater Tortoise lives in ponds

and swampy jungles ; its occurrence seems rather strange. Cantor

obtained it from Penang (apparently only a single specimen), but

it has not been recorded from there since, and there was not one

in the Ayer Etam Tortoise Temple when I visited it in April 1898.

A. R. Wallace obtained it in Singapore, but apparently no more

were seen in the island (Mr. Ridley informs me that for seven

years he never met this species) till 1897, when one was caught in

the Jake in the Singapore Botanical Gardens, and Dr. Hanitsch

got three from Selitah, Singapore.

Cantor says it inhabits the valleys of the Malay Peninsula, but

unfortunately does not give the actual localities ; however, we now

know of two places on the mainland where it occurs. First, in

the Perak Museum there are several specimens from the low-lying

country near Taiping; second, in September 1897 I found eighteen

individuals in the streams among the foot-hills of Gunong Pulai,

Johore.

Identification. In the P. Z.S. 1896, p. 859, I wrote: “ I have not

made out to what species Cantor’s Penang Tortoise belongs,”

referring to Giinther, R. B. I. p. 18, remarking that Cantor’s Emys

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM, 613

platynota “ was certainly an incorrect determination, as is evident

from his description.” However, on comparing Cantor’s description

with living specimens of C. platynota (subsequently identified as

such by Mr. Boulenger), I have no doubt he refers to this species,

and the description appears geod.

Varieties. There appear to be two fairly distinct varieties

occurring in the same localities, differing in the number of vertebral

shields (5 and 6 respectively), in the general shape of the carapace,

and in the colour of the head.

Habits. When alarmed the Flat-back hisses after the manner of

tortoises, and in common with some other species, but to a greater

extent, it has the very objectionable habit of voiding excrement time

after time when it is picked up or handled ; however when, after

some weeks, it gets used to being handled it ceases to do so. In

captivity it spends all its time by preference in shallow water; it

feeds most voraciously on almost any vegetable, but prefers fruit,

of which it will get through a large quantity in a day. It is

curious to see with how much energy two or three of these tor-

toises will fight over a piece of banana. Out of about fourteen

species of tortoises which I have kept as pets, these Flat-backs,

although the least ornamental to look at owing to their nearly

uniform muddy-brown colour, are the most active and intelligent ;

they quickly get tame and learn to run up to one and even follow

for some little way if rewarded by a piece of fruit, they will climb

out of boxes and baskets which other tortoises never find their way

out of, and I have seen two of them attack a big water-snake

(Acrochordus javanicus). The battered condition which their shells

sometimes are in may perhaps be accounted for by their enter-

prising nature. Cantor’s experience of his platynota differs from

mine, as he says: “ It lived in my garden at Penang upwards of a

twelvemonth, apparently without food, and it was never observed

to enter a tank.” But Dr. Hanitsch, who has a collection of live

tortoises at Singapore, has remarked the tameness and voracity of

this species *.

Size. The largest specimen I have measured, a male from Johore,

is in length of carapace, following the curve, 280 mm.

Hab. Mergui, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.

9. CYcLEMYs DHOR (Gray).

Cyclemys oldhamii, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 15, pl. v. fig. B.

Cyclemys dhor, Blgr. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 131.

The British Museum Catalogue mentions two specimens from

the Laos Mountains, collected by M. Mouhot. I can find no

direct evidence of its occurrence in the Malay Peninsula (vide

P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 859).

Hab. Northern India, Burma, Siam, Cambodia, Malay Penin-

sula, Java, Borneo, and Mentawei Islands (Sipora).

1 A specimen of C. platynota in the Ghizeh Zoological Gardens repeatedly

climbs out of an enclosure where five other species of tortoises are kept and

remain ; the side is of vertical “ rabbit-wire” netting three feet high.—25.3.99,

Proc. Zoor. Soc,—1899, No. XL. 40

614 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

10. Cycrmmys Mounorit Gray.

Cyclemys mouhotii, Blgr. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 132.

The type specimens collected by M. Mouhot in the Laos Moun-

tains are in the British Museum.

Hab. Siam, Cochinchina, Cachar.

11. Cyciemys AmMBorneEnsis (Daud.).

Cistudo amboinensis, Cantor, p. 5.

Cura amboinensis, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 12, pl. iv. figs.

Cyclemys amboinensis, Blgr. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 133 (skull fig.

p. 128; shell fig. p. 129).

“ Béning” of the Malays, according to Cantor.

“Kura kura patah ” of the Perak Malays, according to L. Wray.

Localities. The Box-Tortoise is the chelonian most frequently

met with in the Straits Settlements, and seems generally distri-

buted in the low country, living in ponds, streams, and paddy-fields.

I have seen specimens from Alor Star in Kedah, from Penang,

from Taiping in Perak, from Malacca, and from Singapore. There

are a score or more living in the Aver Etam Tortoise Temple. I

did not meet this species myself in Siam proper, but the British

Museum Catalogue mentions a specimen from Siam.

Habits. When first caught they are very shy; for some weeks

on being touched they will at once shut themselves up in their

shelis, but they gradually get used to people being about them.

They feed fairly regularly on vegetables, preferring bananas, but

only eat small quantities at a time (a great contrast to the greedy

CO. platynota).

Size. An adult male from Kedah measured :—

Length of carapace following curve ........ 216 mm.

Breadth es “ 53

Hab. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Borneo (I met this species

at Brunei), Celebes, Gilolo, Amboina, and Philippines.

12. GromnMyDA sPrNnosa Gray.

Geomyda spinosa, Blgr. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 1387 ; 8. Flower, P. Z.8.

1896, p. 859.

Localities. The Spinous Tortoise is found in jungle-streams

apparently only in the hills, in Penang and Perak at elevations of

some thousand feet above the sea, but in Singapore it is fonmd on

Bukit Timah at less than 500 feet. It is one of the mountain

forms which are thus found at a low elevation in Singapore, as if

Bukit Timah had once equalled the more northern granite hills in

height, and when it gradually sank by subsidence or denudation the

animals and plants on it had to accommodate themselves to this

lower level. I find that Cantor noticed this, having written in

1847 of Singapore :—‘ In the valleys occur vegetable and animal

forms which at Pinang have been observed at or near the summit

of the hills, but not in the plains. Thus, at Singapore occur Also-

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 615

phila, Schizea, Tacca cristata, Gnetum, Nepenthes, Begonia, Eurycoma,

and others, which at Pinang appear to affect a much greater

elevation. Instances of reptiles in common to the plains of Singa-

pore and the hills of Pinang are:—Ptychozoon homalocephalum,

Gymnodactylus pulchellus, Lygosoma chaleides, Pilidion lineatum,

Typhlops nigro-albus, Calamaria lumbricoidea, var., Leptophis

caudalineatus, Elaps intestinalis, E. nigromaculatus.”

Dr. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 9) records

this species from Ulu Legeh.

Habits. Lives day and night in the water and feeds on fruit and

vegetables.

Size. A fine specimen from Government Hill, Penang, with a

remarkably depressed carapace measures :—

Length of carapace following curve .... 198 mm.

Breadth z i Dep gsearreas ol 0), ge

Hab. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo (I met

this species at Sandakan and Brunei).

13. GEOBMYDA GRANDIS Gray.

Geoemyda grandis, Blgr. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 138.

Localities. This grand Tortoise was originally described from

specimens from Pachebone (Siam) and Cambodia collected by

M. Mouhot ; since then it has been recorded from Burma, and now

three States in the Malay Peninsula can be added.

1st, Penang. On visiting the Ayer Etam Tortoise Temple in

April 1898, we saw many of these fine tortoises there, said to have

been caught on the island.

2nd, Province Wellesley. In the same month Mr. Bowen,

Sheriff of Penang, when on a shooting expedition in the Province,

caught a tortoise which he kindly gave me, which proved to belong

to this species.

3rd, Kedah. In May and June 1898 I found it very numerous

in the neighbourhood of Alor Star, living in ponds, ditches, and

flooded paddy-fields.

I have not seen it wild near Bangkok, but a very large water-

tortoise which is kept in some old palace and temple tanks

(together with the species, apparently Callagur picta, mentioned

above) probably is Geoemyda grandis, but these old individuals are

so covered with a thick slimy green vegetable growth that they

are difficult to identify.

The “ sacred” tortoise I saw at Ayuthia, mentioned above, also

apparently belongs to this species, as does a carapace I picked up

in the bed of a dried-up pond at Pachim, on the Bangpakong

River, in March 1897.

Dr. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 9) records

Geoemyda grandis from two localities in the Malay Peninsula; the

specimens, which he kindly allowed me to examine when passing

through Singapore, are, however, in one case Bellia crassicollis, and

in the other Cyclemys platynota.

Habits. Freshwater tortoises, but active when walking on

40*

616 MR, STANLEY S. FLOWER ON THB [May 16,

land, and large specimens are very powerful. When touched or

picked up, they draw in their legs and hiss loudly ; when turned

on their backs, they sometimes utter a little plaintive ery. The

jaws of old individuals are of great strength and wonderfully

jagged at the edges, almost like a series of teeth. They are

vegetable-feeders.

Colour (in life). Skin of head and neck very dark brown, closely

vermiculated with dark yellow-ochre, except cutting-edge of lower

jaw, which is yellow. The bare skin from angle of mouth to

tympanum is white. Iris pale yellow; space round iris light red,

with dark brown radiating lines. Tongue flesh-coloured.

Size. Out of about twenty individuals from Kedah examined,

the largest male measured :—

Length of carapace following curve ........ 383 mm.

Breadth 5 a ec Ce By pane

The largest female measured :—

Length of carapace following curve ........ 320 mm.

Breadth . s pi igs peat ok Pi fte nip as

However, a tortoise from Bangkok, which I believe belonged to

this species (which I had intended presenting to the Zoological

Society, but was unfortunately lost in the wreck of the P. & O.

s.s. ‘China’ at Perim when on its way to London), was much

larger, and measured :—

Length of carapace following curve ........ 457 mm.

Breadth . - Sahand SO Feet BS as

In June 1898 young tortoises of this species appeared in

Kedah with the carapace only about 50 mm. long; they are very

different in appearance from the adults.

Hab. Burma, Siam, Cambodia, Malay Peninsula.

14. Tustupo emys Schleg. & Miill.

Manouria emys Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 10.

Testudo emys Blgr. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 158 (skull fig. p. 150).

“ Baning” of the Perak Malays, according to L. Wray.

Localities. The upland Land-Tortoise does not seem to have

been met with in the Penang Hills since Cantor’s time, and there

were no specimens of it in the Ayer Etam Tortoise Temple when

I visited it. Im the Larut Hills in Perak, however, it seems to

be not uncommon, and there are several specimens in the museum

at Taiping. The only other locality in the Peninsula that it is

recorded from is the Dindings (P. ZS. 1896, p. 860). The

British Museum Catalogue mentions a specimen from Siam.

Hab. Assam, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,

15. Testupo ELoneGAtTa Blyth.

Testudo elongata Blgr. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 173.

Localities. The Elongated Land-Tortoise seems to be a hill-

1899.] REPTILES OF THH MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM, 617

species, but I have never caught it wild myself. A specimen that

‘was given me alive, at Bangkok, had unfortunately no history,

except that it came from somewhere “up country.” At Hinlap,

in the Dong Phya Fai (Forest of the Lord of Fire), 700 feet above

the sea, I found a carapace near the village. In the King of

Siam’s gardens, in Bangkok, there are several individuals, but I

could not ascertain where they came from originally. In the Ayer

Etam Tortoise Temple I was surprised to see two specimens of

T’, elongata, as it has not hitherto been recorded from the Peninsula,

The man in charge told me they were caught in the Penang Hills ;

and it is probably true, as one cannot well imagine why they

should be brought there from Burma, as Ayer Etam is situated in

the interior of Penang, almost surrounded by hills, some miles from

the coast. The British Museum Catalogue mentions specimens

from the Laos Mountains and Cambodia, collected by M. Mouhot,

and one specimen from Cochinchina.

Description. A Penang specimen had no nuchal shield.

Habits. Those of most land-tortoises, hisses when alarmed, eats

vegetable foods, and appears to prefer bananas to anything else.

Colour (in life). Carapace and plastron very pale yellowish

brown, each scale with an irregular black blotch. Head and neck

very pale green, almost white. Limbs pale greenish horn-colour.

Iris very dark brownish grey, almost black.

Size. A Siamese specimen, now in the Zoological Society’s

Gardens, measured in May 1897 :—

Length of carapace following curve ........ 300 mm.

Breadth 99 +4 pid tae anbaer 248 ,,

The Hinlap specimen measured, length of carapace following

curve 330 mm.

A Penang specimen measured :—

Length of carapace following curve .......-. 350 mm.

Breadth oe A Bi ide end Age Shes! op

Hab. Bengal (Chaibassa), Burma, Siam, Cambodia, Cochinchina,

and Malay Peninsula.

Family Cuntonipz.

The three species of Sea-Turtles are collectively called by the

Siamese :—

“Tou,” applied to any tortoise or turtle.

“'Tou-ta-noo”’ or ‘ tou-ta-nuk,”

“ T'a-noo-tou,”

“ Samett,” local name for Sea-Turtles at Kofai, Gulf of Siam ;

and by the Malays “kira,” “ penyu,” or “ pinyu.”

In calm weather, in the Straits of Malacca and in the Gulf of

Siam,‘one not unfrequently, when on board a steamer, passes a

turtle swimming near the surface, sometimes showing only its

broad curved back or its long flippers, sometimes putting its head

right up out of the water.

any big turtle.

618 MR. STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

16. CHELONE Mypas (L.).

Chelonia virgata, Cantor, p. 11; Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 53.’

Chelone nydas, Blgr. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 180.

The Edible or Green Turtle occurs in the Straits of Malacca

and Gulf of Siam; there are two specimens from the coast of

Perak in the Taiping Museum; I got one in Singapore in Sept.

1898. In the Siamese Museum are the skulls and shells of two

individuals from Kofai, also a large stuffed specimen from the

same island, caught about 11th May, 1897; it was a female, and

contained a large number of eggs. It had one claw on each front

flipper (a specimen I saw on the coast of Ceylon, Sept. 1898, had

on each flipper one distinct claw and one rudimentary).

Turtles’ eggs are esteemed a luxury by the Siamese, and it

seems the turtle-egg industry at Kofai is farmed out by Govern-

ment, and the farmers’ people take good care no one else catches

the turtles when they come ashore to lay their eggs on the

island.

Size. The female from Kofai, Gulf of Siam, measured :—

Length of carapace following curve .......... 1108 mm.

Breadth a = an Ri anes: VOUG 53

Length of tail, from posterior side of vent to tip. 86 ,,

ES PUECIMDPEES 5 ss ee oe weles about 673 ,,

re Oper 2. 3 Sand Sacek ctmas whee = = 419 ,,

Hab. Tropical and subtropical seas.

17. CHELONE IMBEicaTa (L.).

Chelonia imbricata, Cantor, p. 13.

Caretta squamata, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 54.

Chelone imbricata, Blgr. Cat Chel. ete. p. 183 (skull fig. p. 181) ;

Blgr. Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 49 (young fig.).

The Hawksbill Turtle occurs in the Straits of Malacca and in

the Gulf of Siam. One from Singapore was recorded in the

P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 680. The Siamese Museum contains three half-

grown specimens from Kosichang, and in August 1898 I obtained

an adult off the same island.

Hab. Tropical and subtropical seas.

18. THALASSOCHELYS CARETTA (L.).

Chelonia olivacea, Cantor, p. 13.

Caouana olivacea, Giinth, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 52.

Thalassochelys caretta, Blgr. Cat, Chel. ete. p. 184.

The Loggerhead Turtle occurs in the Straits of Malacca and in

the Gulf of Siam, but is apparently less common than either of

the preceding species. There is a specimen from Penang in the

Taiping Museum ; one from Singapore was recorded in the P. Z.S.

1896, p. 860. The Siamese Museum contains a skull from Kofai ;

also a carapace, 698 mm. in length, from the same island, possibly

belongs to this species.

Hab. Tropical and subtropical seas.

1899. ] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 619

Superfamily TRIONYOHOIDBA,

Family TRronycHips&.

The Soft Turtles are known to the Siamese as “ Ta-parp-naam ”

and “ krow.”

Some of the Indian inhabitants of Penang call them “ Cawchur.”

(In Benares, N.W.P., they were called “ Cawchéo.”)

In the Taiping Museum there are several specimens of more

than one species trom the rivers and marshes of Perak. A large

Trionyx was caught recently in a ditch by the side of one of the

principal roads in Singapore, right in the town; they are also

from time to time trapped in the ornamental water in the Botanical

Gardens there. Mr. Ridley, Director of the Gardens, tells me

they are unwelcome visitors; not only do they steal the food put

out for the water-fowl, but they have killed two flamingoes which

had been imported from Egypt. In the lake (Singapore) I have

myself watched in the middle of the day two large Yrionyx

swimming and creeping slowly about in the swallow order, raising

their heads to the surface at frequent intervals; but as a rule

these turtles are very seldom seen, even in waters where there

can be no doubt they abound.

19. TRionyx suBPLANUS Geoffr. (Plate XXXVI.)

Trionyx subplanus, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 49.

Trionyx gunthert, Ginth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 49, pl. iv. fig. 4.

Trionyx subplanus, Blgr. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 246 (skull fig.

p- 247).

Trionyx subplanus is recorded from Penang and Singapore

(P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 860). In November 1896 I obtained one spe-

cimen in Penang; like other turtles of this genus, it tried fiercely

to bite when handled.

Colour (in life). The upper surfaces are pale yellowish olive,

mottled all over with dark olive-brown. ‘These markings are

darker down the centre of the back, thus forming an irregular

black vertebral line. There are also three pairs of indistinct eye-

like markings, the anterior pair being situated almost at the front

edge of the dorsal leather-shield. The remaining four eyes form

a parallelogram on the centre of the back, but the posterior pair

are slightly nearer together than the median pair. There is a

narrow light yellow edge to the posterior half of the dorsal leather-

shield. The under surfaces are very pale lemon-yellow. About

the head there are shades of red on the yellow ground-colour.

There are five dark lines on the head; the outermost spring from

the posterior border of the eyes, and are continued backwards and

downwards on to the sides of the neck ; in the centre of the fore-

head, level with the anterior border of the eyes, a dark line

commences and runs back and bifurcates, thus forming a Y-shaped

mark between and behind the eyes; at the extremities of the

branches of the ¥ the two lines converge together again for a

620 MR, STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

short distance, and then trend outwards again and are continued

back on to the neck, gradually getting thinner and fainter ; the

fifth dark line is median, commencing in the fork of the Y, but

without joining it, and running back on to the neck, gradually

getting fainter and disappearing considerably in front of where

the inner pair of dark lines cease. Iris pale gold.

Size. This Penang specimen measured, after death :—

Length of dorsal leather-shield........ 190 mm.

Breadth Mo Sie b siara hive a 145 ,,

Length from snout to tip of tail ...... 340,

When it was alive the dorsal leather-shield had been about

202 mm. long.

Hab. Mergui, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo.

20. TRIonyx HURUM Gray.

Gymnopus gangeticus, Cantor, p. 8.

Trionyx gangeticus, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 47. :

Trionyx hurum, Bigr. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 249 ; Blgr. Fauna Brit.

Ind., Rept. p. 13 (young fig.).

This species does not seem to have been met with in the Straits

Settlements since Cantor’s time, who says “it is of fierce habits,

desperately defending itself by biting, emitting when excited a

low, hoarse, cackling sound.”

Hab. Ganges and Malay Peninsula.

N.B.—Dr. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Museum, 1897, p. 9)

records Trionyw hurum from Ulu Legeh. I saw the specimen, but

could not identify it myself,

21. TrRionyx PHAYRII Theob.

Trionyx phayrii, Blgr. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 251 (skull fig. p. 252).

Phayre’s Soft Turtle was recorded from Penang (Anderson,

J. A. 8. B. 1871, p. 30), and in September 1897 I obtained one

specimen in a stream among the foot-hills of Gunong Pulai, Johore.

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Java, Borneo.

22. TRIONYX CARTILAGINEUS (Boddaert).

Gymnopus cartilaginea, Cantor, p. 9.

Trionyx ornatus, Giinth, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 48, pl. iv. fig. B.

Trionyx cartilagineus, Blgr. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 253 (skull fig.).

Localities. This is apparently the most numerous species of Soft

Tortoise, both in the Malay Peninsula and Siam, living in rivers

and ponds. The British Museum Catalogue mentions specimens

from Penang (Cantor), and from Siam and Cambodia (Mouhot),

The only specimens I obtained were from Bangkok.

Habits. This Trionyx is very fierce and bad-tempered ; one that

I kept for seven and a half months, and tried to tame, remained

just as intractable as when first caught, biting at anything that

approached it. They can bite hard, too, and it is very difficult to

get them to let go of anything they have seized, unless they

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 621

happen to take a piece right out. The sudden way in which they

shoot out and then retract their long necks, and their great

strength, make them formidable animals. I have seen one of

mine seize a stick pointed at it by a visitor and instantly break it

in two, and one that I once had occasion to take for a drive in a

carriage occupied itself in worrying a cushion and did not a little

damage. Like Damonia subtrijuga, they are fond of eating blue

mussels ; this was the only food I ever saw mine eating, though

they were supplied with fish, frogs, and crustaceans (dead and

alive), as well as with vegetables, though the Yrionya which

Mr. Ridley keeps in Smgapore eat rice. These turtles are eaten

by the Chinese and by some classes of Siamese. The eggs are

hard-shelled, white, and spherical. The young turtles are to be

found during the latter half of July and in August; they try to

bite lustily.

Colour (in life). Above olive-brown, beneath white, head and

neck with numerous distinct small yellow spots.

Size. An adult female from Bangkok measured :—

Length of dorsal leather-shield ........ 268 mm.

Breadth se oh Pats 230 ,,

Length of head and neck ............ AI =e

Hab. Burma, Siam, Cambodia, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java,

Borneo.

23. PuLOcHELYS CANTORIS Gray.

Gymnopus indicus, Cantor, p. 10.

Chitra indica, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 50, pl. vi. fig. C.

Pelochelys cantoris, Blgr. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 253 (skull fig.).

Cantor’s Soft Turtle was described from a Penang specimen.

Cantor writes of this species :—‘‘ Hab. Pinang, Malayan Peninsula

(estuaries, sea-coast), rivers in India, Philippine Islands. At

Pinang this species is frequently taken in the fishing-stakes. The

Chinese inhabitants greatly relish this, as well as the preceding

species of Gymnopus (i. e. Trionyx), as articles of food. Individuals

weighing 240 lbs. occur in the Ganges, and others of gigantic

dimensions are not uncommon at Pinang. It is very powerful,

and of ferocious habits.”

I obtained a specimen from the Kedah river; the dry and

somewhat shrivelled dorsal shield measured 641 mm. in length

and 552 in breadth. But Cantor measured a much larger indi-

vidual, whose “shell” was 940 mm. in length. This Kedah

specimen is apparently the first record of this species in Siamese

territory, and it probably also occurs in Siam proper, as a half-

grown specimen in the Siamese Museum, caught in the river

Menam, appears to belong to this species, and also a little Soft

Turtle, caught on the 29th March, 1897, in the Bangpakong

river, a little below Kabin, may be; Mr. Boulenger writes of this

individual :—“ I doubt the Trionyx being Pelochelys cantoris, but

the affinities of so young a specimen cannot be well understood.”

622 MR. STANLEY 8S. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

The colours, in life, of this Bangpakong turtle were: above

dark olive-green, with pale olive-green markings, and a broad pale

yellow margin to dorsal leather-shield (except in front); under-

neath it was pale yellow and buff immaculate. Five pale longi-

tudinal lines on the neck. Iris golden.

Hab. Ganges, Burma, China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Borneo,

Philippines.

Order EMYDOSAURIA.

Family CRocoDILipz,

Siamese. “ Takhay.”

Malay. “ Buaya.”

H. J. Kelsall (J. 8S. B. BR. A. S. no. 26, 1894, p. 8) says that

Crocodiles are said to occur in the Kahang river, in the interior

of Johore, and are called “ bagin” by the Jakuns, both on ordinary

occasions (p. 55) and when using the Camphor’* language (p. 47).

The Malays tell me there are two sorts of Crocodile in the

Kedah river—the usual one (C. porosus), which grows to a great

length, and is of comparatively slender build, and a rarer one,

which does not usually grow long, but is very bulky; one of this

sort was killed near Alor Star on the 24th May, 1898, which

was about 4°26 metres (14 feet) long; I arrived at the place next

day, but was, unfortunately, too late to see the body; possibly

this may be Crocodilus palustris.

24, TomistoMa sCHLEGELI (S. Miiller).

Tomistoma schlegelii, Blgr. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 276; Blgr. P. ZS.

1896, p. 628.

“ Buaya jinjulong” of the Selangor Malays according to A. L.

Butler, and of the Perak Malays according to L. Wray.

The Malay Gharial is now known to occur in the States of

Perak and Selangor, on the west coast, and of Pahang, ou the east

coast of the Peninsula; it is apparently unknown in Kedah.

Besides the specimens in the British and Taiping Museums, from

the Perak river, 1 saw, in December 1896, two skins from the

same river belonging to Captain H. C. Metcalfe, 58th Regt.

In the Kuala Lumpor Museum there is a specimen from Kuala

Selangor, 1895, given by the late Captain H.C. Syers. In August

1897 I saw a large skull, said to be from the Pahang river, be-

longing to Mr. J. H. Lindsay ; the gharial is said to have seized

a dog swimming in the river, and to have been subsequently killed

by the dog’s master some miles up-stream from Pekan.

Size. The Pulo Tiga specimen sent by Mr. Wray to the British

Museum measured 2°64 metres (8 feet 9 inches). The British

1 The Jakuns, while on the search for camphor (Dryobalanops aromatica,

Gaertn.), taboo their ordinary language, and use a special one; not only the

men searching in the jungle, but also their families left in the villages conform

te.this ancient, superstition.

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 623

Museum Catalogue says of this species: it “ reaches a length of

4:5 metres ” (14 feet 9 inches).

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo

25. CRocoDILUS sIAMENSIS Schmidt.

Crocodilus siamensis, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 61, pl. viii.

fig. B; Blgr. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 282.

But little seems to be known of this species, first described

from askull sent by French missionaries from Siam to the Paris

Museum, about, or before, the year 1801.

The only specimen in the British Museum was procured in

Cambodia by M. Mouhot; it is 1°38 metres long. It is not re-

presented in the Siamese Museum so far.

Hab. Siam, Cambodia, Java.

26. CrocopiLus Porosts Schn.

Crocodilus porosus, Cantor, p. 16; Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind.

p- 62; Blgr. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 284; S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1896,

p- 862.

Crocodilus pondicerianus, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 62, pl. vii.

Localities. This crocodile is exceedingly numerous in every

suitable locality in Malaya, and is also found in the tidal rivers of

Siam. Malay fishermen tell me that formerly crocodiles were to

be seen along the coast of Penang, but now they thought they

were only to be found on the coast of Province Wellesley, on

the mainland; these men, that I happen to know, however live

and work on the east and north coasts ; and Mr. Wilkinson, Straits

Settlements Civil Service, tells me some crocodiles still remain in

the swamps on the west or seaward side of the island.

Every year many people lose their lives in the Peninsula by

being seized and carried off by crocodiles, and many extraordinary

stories are told of them.

In Kedah, in May and June 1898, I found this species as

numerous as I had previously in April 1895. In the Prye and

other rivers of the Province Wellesley there are still many

crocodiles; I have seen specimens in Mr. A. G. B. Van Som-

meren’s collection at ‘‘Strawberry,” Penang Hill, and in the

possession of Mr. A. H. B. Dennys. In Perak it is also numerous,

as testified by specimens in the Taiping Museum. Col. Frowd

Walker, C.M.G., has a specimen caught in the lake of the Taiping

public park ; and Captain Duff, of the s.s. ‘ Thaipeng,’ which runs

between Georgetown, Penang, and Port Weld, Perak, tells me he

frequently sees them in the estuaries of Larut. In the museum

at Kuala Lumpor there are many specimens killed in Selangor.

In the quieter parts of Singapore Island crocodiles can always

be found, and at times they even wander into the busiest parts,

I hear, on good authority, that one was shot in the spring of 1898

from the Tanjong Pagar wharf, where all the big steamers from

Europe, India, and China lie, and day and night there is a constant

bustle of men, mails, cargo, and coal.

624 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

This species is also found on the coast of Johore, and there is a

skull from Pahang, on the east side of the Peninsula, in the

Taiping Museum. The Siamese Museum contains specimens from

the Tacheen river and from Ayuthia, and I have met them myself

on the Bangpakong river, between Pachim and Patriew. In

Bangkok crocodiles are kept in a tank in the Royal Gardens, and

in at least one of the temples.

Nowadays it is not seen wild in the immediate neighbourhood

of Bangkok, but in 1778, in Dr. Koenig’s journal (J.S.B. R. A. S.

no. 26, 1894), we read :—‘* November 8th: The Crocodiles swam

in front of our boat; they often made a dreadful noise, but the

people said we had nothing to fear from them here, they are only

dangerous further inland... Nov. 27th: The people offered the

flesh of a big crocodile for sale ... the tail was best, and had

no smell at all. The King of Siam pays for every crocodile...

in order to extirpate these animals. Therefore the crocodiles are

afraid of any boat here, but higher up the country they attack

people and eat them ;” and such other entries.

Size. The length to which these crocodiles attain is often a

matter of discussion, and it is difficult to estimate when they are

seen in the water. One from Ayuthia, Siam, I measured was

3°04 metres (10 feet). One shot by Mr. Owen at Serangoon,

Singapore, measures as it is now, in the Raffles Museum, 47

metres (15 feet 6 inches) ; but Mr. Owen tells me it was 16 feet

in total length in the flesh.

The largest I have seen in Kedah, lying dead on the river-bank,

was about 3°67 metres (12 feet).

Col. Frowd Walker, C.M.G., has in his house at Taiping the

skull of a crocodile from Perak which measures in total length

about 812 min. (2 feet 8 inches); he tells me the anima] was

5:48 metres (18 feet) long, and a noted man-eater, knocking people

off the bathing-stages by the river’s side.

Mr. J. P. Rodger tells me that about the year 1886 the Govern-

ment reward was paid for a crocodile killed at Kuala Selangor

5°64 metres (18 feet 6 inches) long. In the Taiping Museum

there is a strip of skin, from the snout to the end of the tail, of

a crocodile killed at Matang, Perak, presented to the museum by

Mr. E. Wagner, and which, Mr. L. Wray informed me, measured

7°51 metres (24 feet 8 inches).

The British Museum Catalogue says “the largest specimen in

the collection measures 5:25 metres ;” and in reference to a skull

from Bawisaul, Bengal, says, in a footnote: ‘ Stated by the donor

to have pertained to a specimen 33 feet long, and measuring 13 feet

8 inches round the body.”

Dimensions of skulls :—

1st. From Tacheen river, Siam, now in Siamese Museum.

Total length (without lower about 901 mm. (2 ft. 113 in.).

(following curve) .... | about 444 mm. (1 ft. 53 in.).

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM, 625

2nd. Locality unknown, now in Raffles Museum, Singapore.

siibsas as ag gi eceataireinsnagt B basaeay arg

Breadth in front of orbits

(following curve) .... } about 438 mm. (1 ft. 53 in.).

3rd. From Pahang, now in Taiping Museum, presented by

Mr. G. F. W. Curtis.

Total length (including

LOWED JAW). 45.40.27 05

Breadth in front of orbits about 387 mm. (1 ft. 33 in.).

(following curve) .... |

This specimen is labelled C. palustris, but I should call it

C. porosus.

Colour (in life). Dark olive-brown (sometimes nearly black)

and bright lemon-yellow. Iris yellow.

Egg. An egg, supposed to belong to this species, from Johore,

given me by Dr. Wilson, measures on its longer axis 80 mm.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, South China, Siam, Malay Penin-

sula, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Philippines, New Guinea, North

Australia, Solomon and Fiji Islands.

about 901 mm. (2 ft. 114 in.).

27. CROCODILUS PALUSTRIS Lesson.

Crocodilus vulgarus, Cantor, p. 15,

Crocodilus palustris, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 61, pl. vii.

fig. A; Blgr. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 285; Blgr. Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept.

p- 5 (skull fig. p. 2).

The Marsh-Crocodile or Mugger is recorded from the Malay

Peninsula on the authority of Cantor, and because of a young

specimen from Singapore in the British Museum.

In the Taiping Museum are two skulls which Mr. L. Wray

refers to this species, one from Pahang, given by Mr. G. F. W.

Curtis (mentioned above), anda rather smaller one from Sapetang,

given by Mr. A. T. Dew; but after examining them and comparing

them with skulls which Mr. Wray acknowledges to be C. porosus,

I can see no reason why they should not also be C. porosus.

Cantor’s account of this species is very interesting, but it is an

open question whether he has confused it with C. porosus or not.

He writes :—“ It inhabits not only rivers and estuaries, but also the

sea-coasts (Malayan Peninsula and Islands), and may in calm

weather be seen floating at a distance of two to three miles from

the shore. Although numerous at Pinang and the opposite coast,

it appears to be less so than Crocodilus biporcatus [i. e. porosus].

Fishermen while working the nets are not seldom attacked by

crocodiles, and would, but for their presence of mind, oftener

than they do, forfeit their lives. When seized they force their

fingers into the eyes of the crocodile, which immediately lets go

its victim, who is further rescued by his comrades. From 1842

to 1845 amputations from accidents of this description were

unfortunately of no rare occurrence in the General Hospital at

626 MR, STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

Pinang. Individuals 15 ft. in length are not uncommon ; some

attaining to 20 ft. and upwards are reported to occur. In rivers

a single one will often appropriate to himself a limited district,

which, if it happens to be in the vicinity of a village, will soon be

perceived in the loss of the grazing cattle. Instances of Malays,

who, to avenge the loss of a relative, have watched the crocodile,

and by diving from below plunged a kris into its heart, are on

record. The eggs are white, the shell hard, of a cylindrical form,

upwards of 3 in. in length, and about 14 in. in diameter.”

Hab. The British Museum Catalogue gives India, Ceylon,

Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

Order SQUAMATA.

Suborder LACERTILIA.

Family Gucxonip2.

28. GYMNODACTYLUS MARMORATUS (Kuhl).

Gymnodactylus marmoratus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 44.

Of this species, which has not previously been recorded from

the Malay Peninsula, I obtained one specimen on Penang Hill, at

an elevation of 2000 feet, on 31st March 1898. Mr. Butler has

since sent a specimen from Perak to the British Museum.

Colour (in life). Above warm yellowish brown with very rich

dark brown markings, tail banded alternately light and dark. The

small tubercles along sides of body show as white spots.

Beneath purplish buff, tail yellowish mottled with dark brown.

Iris a narrow red ring, remainder yellow, closely vermiculated with

dark brown.

Size. Snout to vent 64 mm.; tail (end broken) 50 mm.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Java, Sumatra, Borneo.

29. GYMNODACTYLUS PULCHELLUS (Gray).

Gymnodactylus pulchellus, Cantor, p. 25; Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 46;

S. Flower, P. Z.8. 1896, p. 863.

Localities. Penang Hills, 2000 to 2400 feet. Larut Hills, Perak,

3400 to 4400 feet. Singapore (vide British Museum Catalogue).

Habits, Nocturnal, usually living on rocks, sometimes entering

houses. They bite fiercely when handled, and can give a sharp

pinch.

Colour (in life). Upper surfaces light yellowish brown, with

five dark rich brown bands, bordered with white, sulphur- or chrome-

yellow. Upper surface of limbs uniform light yellowish brown

like the back. Tail light brown (in young specimens nearly white),

with sharply defined very dark brown rings; these may be as many

as nine in number, and are about twice the width of the pale

interspaces ; the tip of the tail may be either white or dark brown.

Under surfaces bluish buff. Iris golden brown.

Size. The largest I have measured were from Penang Hill,

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 627

g. Total length 259 mm. (snout to vent 115; tail 144); this

specimen had about 36 femoral and przanal pores in ll.

.Snout to vent 100 mm.; tail reproduced.

Hab. Malay Peninsula; said to occur also in Bengal, and found

in Tenasserim by Signor Fea.

30. GONATODES KENDALLI (Gray).

Gonatodes kendallit, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 63.

Gonatodes kendalli, 8. Flower, P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 863.

Kendall’s Gecko is known from the Larut Hills in Perak, 4200

to 4600 feet (Mr. L. Wray), and I have obtained it in the same

hills at 3400 feet. It is also found on Bukit Timah, Singapore,

at under 500 feet elevation (Mr. H. N. Ridley).

Colour (in life). Above yellow, extensively marked with reddish

brown, and with certain dark brown markings; tail alternately

banded yellow and reddish brown. Below purplish grey, except

tail, which is as above, but less distinct. Iris orange.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.

31. GONATODES AFFINIS (Stol.).

Cyrtodactylus affinis, Stol. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxxix. 1870,

p. 167, pl. x. fig. 1.

Gymnodactylus affinis, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p.42; S. Flower, P. Z. 8S.

1896, p. 862.

Gonatodes penangensis, S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 863, pl. xliv.

fig. i). ;

“eeentys affinis, 8. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 455.

This Gecko inhabits the caves among the granite rocks on

Penang Hill, 2200 to 2400 feet above the sea. I also obtained a

specimen in the Batu Caves, Selangor; it was a male and had

ewht preanal pores; it resembled the Penang specimens in

colouring; the yellow bands across the upper surface were very

bright and distinct, giving the Lizard a striking appearance.

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

32, ALLUROSCALABOTES FELINUS (Gthr.).

Pentadactylus felinus, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 117, pl. xii.

fig. 8.

~ Blurosaurus felinus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i, p. 73.

Ailuroscalabotes felinus, Blgr. op. cit. ii. p. 482.

This species, first described from a Singapore specimen, does not

seem to have been again caught in the Straits Settlements.

In the Taiping Museum, in May 1898, I saw, but did not have

time to examine, some interesting Geckoes which may perhaps

belong to this or some allied species.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.

33. PHYLLODACTYLUS SIAMENSIS Bler.

Phyllodactylus stamensis, Blgr. P. Z.S. 1898, p. 918, pl. lv. fig. 1.

Localities. The first two specimens of this little Gecko were

628 MR, STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

from M. Pran and Hinlap: subsequently, in Nov. 1897, I caught

two more under stones in the jungle near Hinlap (Dong Phya Fai),

elevation about 700 feet.

Colour (in life). Above brown, spotted very strongly with black.

Below grey, mottled with purple. Underneath of head brown.

Labials marked with dark purplish brown and pale yellowish

brown.

Size. Total length 86 mm. (snout to vent 42; tail 44).

Hab. Siam.

The three species of small House-Geckoes, Hemidactylus frenatus,

Hemidactylus platyurus, and Gehyra mutilata, resemble each other

in habits, and are collectively called, both by Europeans and natives,

by onomatopoetic names :—

Siamese : “ ching-chok.”

Malay: “chichak” (pronounced “ chee-chah ”).

34, HEMIDACTYLUS FRENATUS (Schleg.).

Hemidactylus frenatus, Cantor, p. 23; Stol. J. A. S. B. 1870,

p- 104; Bigr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 120; S. Flower, P. Z. S. 1896,

p. 865.

Localities. This seems the commonest House-Gecko throughout

the Malay Peninsula and Siam; I have obtained it in the fol-

lowing places :—Penang, from sea-level up to 2260 feet elevation ;

Pulo Tikus (Rat Island) near Penang; Perak, from Matang (sea-

level), Taiping, Kuala Kangsa, Ipoh and Batu Gajah ; Selangor,

from Kuala Lumpor; Johore, from Johore Bahru and from Dum-

druan Estate, Gunong Pulai; Kedah, from Alor Star; Siam, from

Bangkok, Ayuthia, Pakpreo, Pachim, Tahkamen, Bortong Kabin,

and Chantaboon. I have not seen this species in Singapore, but

Cantor records it from there, and there can be no reason why it

should not be as numerous there as elsewhere. This Gecko was

numerous on a boat in which we travelled for some weeks on the

Bangpakong river, and I have also caught it at sea on board a

steamer plying between Hongkong, Bangkok, Singapore, and

West Australia, which helps to show how the species may have

got its present wide distribution.

Habits. It frequents houses, gardens, and the open country

(where it hides under stones during the daytime), but indoors it

is by no means strictly nocturnal. If kept in confinement, it will

eat mealworms readily.

Colour. The adult seems to have considerable power in changing

its colour; usually it is buff or ashy brown, but I have seen

individuals very dark brown, almost black. The markings also

come and go, but a darkish-brown line on the side of the head,

passing through the eye, is usually constant and edged with yellow

above. The young (like those of Gehyra mutilata) are very prettily

marked: the upper surface is brown with darker and lighter

spots, a darker lateral line, tail ringed alternately dark brown

and yellow; lower surface immaculate buff, except the tail, which

may be coral-red.

1899.] | REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 629

Size. The largest specimens I have measured were :—

3. From Borneo, total lergth 132 mm. (sunt. to vnt. 64; tail 68).

Q@. From Perak, total length 109 mmn. (snt. to vnt. 55 ; tail 54).

The width of the head in this specimen was 11 mm., and in a o of

about the same size 12°5 mm.

Hab. Southern India, Ceylon (I found this species very numerous

in houses at Colombo), Andamans, Burma, Siam, Cambodia, China,

Hainan, Formosa, Malay Peninsula, Nias, Java, Borneo (I found

it at Kudat and Brunei), Philippines, Celebes, Lombok, Sumba,

Savu, Ombaai, Ké Islands, North Australia, Amirantes, Mauritius,

St. Helena, and Somaliland.

35. HEMIDACTYLUS BROOKII Gray.

Hemidactylus maculatus, part., Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 107.

Hemidactylus gleadovii, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 129; Blgr. Fauna

Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 86 (figured); S. Flower, P. Z. S. 1896,

p- 865.

Hemidactylus brooki, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 128; Blgr. A. M. N. H.

1898, i. p. 123.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, South China, Malay Peninsula,

Borneo, Ombaai, and Tropical Africa.

36, HEMIDACTYLUS DEPRESSUS Gray.

Hemidactylus depressus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 134.

Hab. Ceylon, Malay Peninsula.

37. HEMIDACTYLUS LESCHENAULTI D. & B.

Hemidactylus leschenaultii, Blgr, Cat. Liz. i. p. 136.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula.

38. Hemipacryius cocrzt D. & B.

Hemadactylus coctei, Cantor, p. 23; Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 187.

Hab. India, Malay Peninsula.

These four species, brookii, depressus, leschenaulti, and coctci,

must be either very rare or local in the Straits Settlements; 1

have nothing to add to what is recorded of them in the P. Z. S.

1896, p. 565,

39. HmMIDACTYLUS PLATYURUS (Schneid.).

Nycteridium schneideri, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 111.

Hemidactylus platyurus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 143.

The Parachute House-Gecko was recorded from Penang by both

Cantor and Stoliczka; it is apparently rare there now, as I have

only met a single individual, in Georgetown, November 1896. In

Singapore, however, it is very numerous in many houses, though

curiously it does not seem to have been hitherto recorded from

there. So far I have never seen it on the mainland of the Peninsula.

In Siam we found it common in houses and gardens (and river-

boats) in Bangkok, Ayuthia, Tahkamen, Paknam Kabin, Bortong

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1899, No. XLI. 41

630 MR. STANLEY S. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

Kabin, and Chantaboon; and also received a specimen from

Kosichang.

Colour (in life). As mentioned by Cantor, the young and adult

are similarly marked and coloured, thus differing from the other

common house species, i. e. H. frenatus and Gehyra mutilata.

This species also seems to have but little power of changing its

colour and so (irrespective of its parachute) can be easily identified

when seen. Above grey, more or less mottled or speckled with

yellowish brown, with quadrangular dark spots in pairs along the

back, each pair being situated on a reddish-brown transverse band ;

tail with similar dark cross-bands. A dark line on each side of

the head passing through the eye. Beneath bright lemon-yellow,

pale yellow, or dirty white ; tail sometimes is coral-red.

Size. The largest specimens I have measured were from

Singapore :— ¢. Total length 127 mm. (snt. to vnt. 61; tail 66).

2. Total length 110 mm. (snt. to vnt. 55; tail 55).

Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam, Cambodia, South China,

Malay Peninsula, Java, Borneo’, Celebes, Savu, and Philippines.

40. MimeErozoon cRAsPEDOTUS (Mocquard).

Hemidactylus craspedotus, Mocq. Le Natur. 1890, p. 144.

Mimetozoon floweri, Blgr. P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 767, pl. xxxvi. -

S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 866.

Mimetozoon craspedotus, Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 914.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo.

41, Gunyra MuTinata (Wiegm.).

Hemidactylus peronii, Cantor, p. 22.

Peripia peronii, Stol. J. A. 8S. B. 1870, p. 163.

Gehyra mutilata, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 148; S. Flower, P. Z. 8.

1896, p. 866.

Localities. This House-Gecko is very common in Penang from

sea-level to 2500 feet, and is the commonest species in Singapore.

On the Peninsula, however, it does not seem so widely distributed

as Hemidactylus frenatus; I have only seen it at Alor Star in

Kedah, and at Matang (sea-level), Taiping, and Maxwell’s Hill

(3400 feet) in Perak. I have also found it in on the little island

of Pulo Tikus, near Penang. Possibly it has but recently extended

to Siam; for though it does not seem to have been previously

recorded from there, I found it numerous in houses in Bangkok

and Chantaboon, but in both places less so than either H. frenatus,

H. platyurus, or Gecko verticillatus, and I never saw it up country,

where these three other species were common.

Colour (in life). Adult: usually buff or grey, sometimes nearly

white, generally immaculate, but sometimes on the upper surfaces

dotted or variegated with darker. Young: upper surfaces yellowish

brown (but varies from light yellow to rich purplish brown at

different times in the same individual), profusely and distinctly

‘ T obtained this species in Brunei.

1899.| | REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 631

marked with larger dark brown or black spots and smaller pale

yellow spots; the latter are edged with a narrow dark brown ring

and may form four fairly regular longitudinal lines, two of larger

yellow spots along the back and one of smaller spots along each

side. A dark line on either side, commencing at the snout, passing

through the eye, and continuing to the inset of the hind leg; on

either side of the head above this dark line is a very distinct line

of pale (or bright) yellow spots. The superior margin of the

orbit is bordered with minute pale yellow spots. The lips are

spotted alternately pale (or bright) yellow and dark brown. Lower

surfaces immaculate, varying in colour from pale buff to grey or

purplish brown. Sometimes the colour of the upper and lower

surfaces do not merge into each other, but join in a well-defined

line along the sides of the neck, body, and limbs. Tail ringed with

broad dark brown bands, separated by narrow pale yellow inter-

spaces. Iris golden.

Size. Males and females attain the same length, 120 mm. Snout

to vent 60 mm. Length of tail60 mm. Width of head 12 mm.

The very depressed tail may measure at its broadest part a quarter

of its length.

Hab. Ceylon, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo

(where I met it at Brunei), Celebes, Sumba, Ombaai, Philippines,

Timor Laut, New Guinea, Mascarene Islands, Seychelles, and

Western Mexico.

42, LEPIDODACTYLUS CEYLONENSIS Bler.

Lepidodactylus ceylonensis, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 164, pl. xiii.

fic. 3; S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 867.

I caught a second specimen in Government House, Singapore,

in October 1897. Total length 60 mm. (snt. to vnt. 32; tail 28).

Colour. Very similar to the first Singapore specimen.

Hab. Ceylon, Burma, Malay Peninsula, Engano, Java, Borneo.

43, LEPIDODACTYLUS LUGUBRIS (D. & B.).

Platydactylus lugubris, Cantor, p. 16.

Peripia cantoris, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 110.

Lepidodactylus lugubris, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 165.

Not recorded from the Straits Settlements since Cantor’s time.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Bintang, Celebes, Amboyna, New Guinea,

and Polynesia.

44, GECKO VERTICILLATUS (Laur.).

Platydactylus gecko, Cantor, p. 17.

Gecko guttatus, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 102.

Gecko verticillatus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 183.

“Toké” of the Malays (apud Cantor).

Siamese. “ Tokay.”

Localities. The Great House-Lizard or Tokay is recorded from

Penang, Singapore, and the Malay Peninsula, but it must be very

41*

632 MR, STANLEY 8S. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

rare or local ; I have not met it myself there, nor remember meeting

any Englishman who had seen it for certain, but men have told me

they have heard it in parts of Perak and Pahang. In Siam, however,

it is one of the commonest animals that attracts the attention of

everybody, however unobservant or indifferent to natural history :

I have met it in Bangkok, Ayuthia, Pakpreo, Patriew, Pachim,

Tahkamen, and Chantaboon.

Habits. The Tokay is very numerous both in towns and country

in Siam, almost every house is inhabited by one or more, and they

do not shun the busiest places ; for instance, two or three of these

striking lizards are to be seen any evening in either the Club or

Oriental Hotel in Bangkok, playing and feeding on the walls,

perfectly indifferent to the buzz of conversation and click of billiard-

balls. Each Tokay usually has its particular hole or crevice which

it sleeps in regularly every day, and retires to at any time if

frightened. It gets its popular name from its remarkable loud

call. Each call consists of, 1st, one “ preliminary cackle ” (or some-

times two) ; 2nd, the word to-/ay very distinctly and deliberately

pronounced and repeated usually six, seven, or ejght times, though

I have counted it eleven times. This ery of “ tokay” can be dis-

tinctly heard at 120 paces (approximately 100 yards) from the

spot where the ‘lizard is calling. Besides this well-known loud

call, the Tokay when alarmed or angry can make a strong hissing

or puffing noise in a threatening manner, at the same time blowing

the sides of its body in and out and opening its mouth wide ready

to bite.

The Tokay (in Bangkok) commences calling in December ; the

5th is the earliest date I have heard it, but it does not become

usual till the latter part of the month. In January it is to be

heard at intervals almost every evening, especially towards the end

of the month. In February it is more frequent at night and

occasionally to be heard during the day. In the hot weather of

March, April, and May it is often to be heard calling all night

long, in one direction or another ; in the old Wang Na (2nd King’s

Palace) in Bangkok, on particularly hot nights, the noise of “ tokay,

tokay ” was almost continuous, one lizard after another taking up

the cry; at this season, too, it is not unusual to hear one calling

in the morning or at midday. In June it becomes much quieter,

till in the first half of July often only one will be heard during a

whole evening. In 1897 the last Tokay heard calling that I have

a note of was on July 20th, in 1895 July 17th, and once again on

August 14. During the autumn, so far as my experience goes, it

remains mute and begins again in December.

The little house-lizards (Hemidactylus frenatus, H. platyurus, and

Gehyra mutilata), though, are almost as noisy in July and November

as in the spring; their cry of “tok, tok, tok,” repeated five to

eight times with increased celerity, is a very different thing to the

resonant, measured call of Gecko verticillatus.

In March 1897, in the jungle to the south of Tahkamen, in

Eastern Siam, I heard the ordinary preliminary cackle of this

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 633

lizard, but instead of following it with “to-kay,” it shouted “‘tuk-tu,

iuk-tu” several times. I could not see anything, so do not know

whether the author of the cry was Gecko verticillatus or not, but

I have seen it stated in books that the call of @. verticillatus (at

any rate in Burma) is “ tuk-tu.” ;

When caught the Tokay, young or old, tries hard to defend itself

by biting. It is of a bold and inquisitive nature. One day I held

up the lash end of a cutting-whip to one looking out of a hole in

the wall, and moved the lash about: this interested him very much ;

he came right out after it and seized it in his mouth, so I let go,

and while against the smooth vertical wall the lizard supported the

whole weizht of the whip in his mouth, but after an unsuccessful

attempt to drag it into his hole, he gave up and dropped it.

I am afraid the Tokay, besides its regular food of insects, eats the

smaller house-geckoes and its own young, for, though | have never

actually seen one do so, specimens of Hemidactylus frenatus, Gehyra

mutilata, and young Gecko verticillatus which I have placed in the

same glass case as an adult Tokay generally disappeared in a day

or two, and there was no hole by which they could have got out of

the cage. A Tokay has been seen to catch and eat a mouse, and

it is supposed they catch small birds in trees at night.

The Tokay falls a victim at times to the Green and Black Tree-

Snake, Chrysopelea ornata, but not without a prolonged struggle.

Several instances of this have come before my notice. In one a

snake 1459 mm. long eventually swallowed a Tokay 311 mm. long,

after some hours of fighting ; most of the time each animal held

the other firmly in its jaws, and so intent were they, that they were

caught and carried indoors without letting go their hold. Another

time a snake 1243 mm. long had a similar encounter with a full-

grown Tokay. This took place in the yard of my house at Bangkok ;

eventually the lizard seemed to grow quite stupefied or paralyzed,

and fell an easy prey to the snake.

Popular beliefs.—It is not surprising that many properties are

attributed to an animal like the Tokay; even some Huropeans

believe not only that its bite is fatal, but that the ‘‘ suction” of

its fingers causes painful blisters on the human skin. When a

new house is built, its inhabitants anxiously look out for the

appearance of a Tokay in it, and from various causes, such as

the number of days since the house was finished, or the

number of times it calls, they predict such and such a fortune to

the house and its inmates; as far as I can make out, the general

idea is that the sooner the Tokay makes its appearance the better

luck is in store. And in most affairs of life the Siamese attach

importance to the cry of the Tokay : thus apparently for a Tokay

to call at the birth of a child is good luck, and the oftener it repeats

“ to-kay ” the better.

It also affords the natives a simple form of gambling which

requires no apparatus: the stakes and rules having been arranged

among the party, they just sit still and wait till a .Tokay cries the

winning number.

634 MR. STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

Many people have heard how a hill-fort in India, long supposed

to be impregnable, was captured by means of a lizard which went

up the perpendicular rock-face, with a cord attached to it, by means

of which the attacking soldiers eventually ascended. In Bangkok

it is said that people’s hats are stolen by means of the Tokay.

The lizard, with a cord round its body, is let down at night from a

roof or veranda over the head of a passer-by in the street; it

struggles to find a foothold, touches the hat, seizes it, and next

moment is jerked up by the man, watching above, cord in hand,

and the astonished victim is at a loss to know whither his hat has

suddenly vanished.

Colour (in life). Upper surface and sides of head, body, and

limbs grey (varying from pale bluish to very dark rich violet),

profusely spotted; the spots are either very pale bluish grey,

almost white, or rich brick-red. On the head these spots are

fairly symmetrically arranged, the red ones predominate, and the

light ones are not so whitish as they are on the body ; these latter

on the top of the head coalesce more or less into longitudinal lines.

On the back the light spots are grouped into narrow transverse

bands; usually there is one of these on the neck, one on the

shoulders, four between the limbs, and one on the loins. The

spots on the limbs are smaller than those on the back, red and

light grey, subequal in size and in about equal numbers. The

upper surfaces of the digits are similarly marked, the spots being

smaller than on the limbs. The nails are pale blue-grey, like

the light spots.

Lower surface of head, body, and limbs paler grey than above,

whitish on the chin, spotted as above, but the spots are smaller,

paler in colour, and not so sharply defined. The lower surfaces of

the digits are brownish grey. ‘Tail grey (usually darker than the

back, and in young specimens dark violet, almost black), with about

eight narrow transverse rings of pale bluish grey (in young

specimens almost white). Iris yellow.

Size. The largest specimen I have measured, a male from

Bangkok, was snout to vent 178 mm., and width of head 45 mm. ;

it had lost its tail, which, judging from other specimens, should have

been nearly as long as the head and body, which would give the

total length of an adult Tokay to be about 356 mm.

Hab. North-eastern India, Burmah, South China, Annam, Siam,

Malay Peninsula, Java, Celebes, Lombok, Ombaai, Savu, Sulu

Island, Philippines, Timor Laut.

45. GucKo STHNTOR (Cant.).

Platydactylus stentor, Cantor, p. 18.

Gecko smithii, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, pp. 161, 162.

Gecko stenior, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 102, pl. xi. fig. A; Blgr.

Cat. Liz. i. p. 184.

Recorded from Penang by Cantor and Stoliczka.

Hab. Burma, Andamans, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java,

Borneo.

‘ peal

1399.] REPTILES OF THH MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 635

46. Gecko Monarcuts (Schleg.).

Platydactylus monarchus, Cantor, p. 19.

Gecko monarchus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. 1. p. 187; S. Flower, P. Z. S.

1896, p. 868.

Very common in certain houses in Singapore, and I have seen

one specimen from the Province Wellesley.

Colour (in life). Pale greyish brown, above with very dark

brown spots arranged in a symmetrical pattern, below immaculate.

Size. The two largest individuals I have measured were re-

spectively :—

Total length .... 194 mm. (snt. to vnt. 77; tail 117).

5 3 ys aS 2immy( pe ALBA YEA OS):

Hab. Ceylon, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Nias, Borneo, Celebes,

Philippines, Mysol, Amboyna.

47, PrYCHOZOON HOMALOCEPHALUM (Crey.).

Ptychozoon homalocephalum, Cantor, p. 20; Stol. J. A.8. B. 1870,

p- 159; (part.) Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 190; Blgr. Fauna Brit. Ind.,

Rept. p. 104 (fig. p. 105).

The “ Flying Gecko ” has been recorded from Penang by Cantor

and Stoliczka ; I have also obtained one individual there myself at

about 2200 feet elevation. Hither this or the next species is found

in Perak ; I have seen a specimen from Ipoh, in that State.

Colour (in life). Cantor’s description is very good, but where he

writes “ white” and “ whitish” my Penang specimen was bright

lemon-yellow and yellowish. Tongue and inside of mouth are lilac-

rey.

: Size. The above mentioned specimen from Penang, a female,

measured :—

Total length 128 mm. (snout to vent 65; tail 63).

Width of head (exclusive of dermal flaps) 14°5 mm.

Extent across fully extended parachute 34 mm.

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula, and some islands of the Archi-

pelago.

48, PrycHOZOON HORSFIELDI (Gray).

Ptychozoon homalocephalum (part.), Blgr. Cat. Liz, i. p. 190.

Ptychozoon horsfieldi, 8. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 868.

Horsfield’s “ Flying Gecko” has been recorded from Penang and

Singapore. F. Miller(Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, 1892, p. 210) pointed

out how P. horsfieldi differs from P. homalocephalum ; these points

may be summarized as follows :—

1. The tail has no large rounded flap at the extremity, but gets

gradually narrower from the base to the tip. There are

18 lobes on each side, which are directed backwards instead

of standing at right angles.

636 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWBR ON THE [May 16,

. There are three equal-sized enlarged shields over the first

three upper shields.

. The ear-opening is not subcircular, but a triangular long slit

with the apex pointing downwards.

. No enlarged tubercles on the back.

. The ¢ has 38 pores in all, 10 preanal arranged in a chevron,

and 14 femoral on each side, with an interval of 8 ordinary

scales separating them. Boulenger describes P. homalo-

cephalum as having “ an angular series of about 25 preanal

pores.”

6. The ground-colour is reddish brown throughout, several

broad distinct black cross-bands on the back and tail.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and some islands of the Archipelago.

ore Ww

Family Acamipz.

49. Draco vonays L.

Draco volans, Cantor, p. 38; Blgr. Cat. Liz. 1. p. 256,

8. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 868.

“ Chichak terbang” or “ Kubin” of the Malays (apud Cantor).

The common Flying Lizard is known from Kedah, Penang,

Province Wellesley, the Dindings, Malacca, and Singapore.

Size. Two males caught in Penang in 1898 measured :—

Total length 199 mm. (snt. to vnt. 80; tail 119).

” ” 235 mm. ( ” ” 78; ” 127).

Hab. Malay Peninsula (extending into Lower Siam), Sumatra,

Nias, Sipora (Mentawei Islands), Java, Borneo.

50. Draco mMacuLatus Cantor.

Draco maculatus, Cantor, p. 39; Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 262.

Draco haasti, Boettger, Zool. Anz. 1893, p. 429.

The Spotted Flying Lizard was obtained by Cantor in the hills

of Penang, and by M. Mouhot in Pachebone and Cambodia.

D. haasvi was founded on two lizards obtained by the late

Dr. Erich Haase on the trunks of trees near the Phrachadee of

Kau Sabap, Chantaboon, Siam. The type specimen is now in

the Frankfort Museum, and the second in the British Museum.

Mr. Boulenger writes that he does “not consider it to be speci-

fically distinct from D. maculatus.”

Hab, Assam, Burma, Siam, Cambodia, Pulo Condore, Malav

Peninsula.

51. Draco rimpriatus Kuhl.

Draco fimbriatus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 265.

Only two specimens are recorded from the Straits Settlements

(vide P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 870).

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

1899.] REPTILES OF THH MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 637

52. Draco QUINQUEFASCIATUS Gray.

Draco quinquefasciatus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 269, pl. xx. fig. 8.

Besides the two specimens recorded from the Straits Settlements

(P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 870), Dr. Hanitsch records it from Selangor

(Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 9).

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo.

53. Draco TENIOPTERUS Giinth.

Draco teniopterus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 269.

The type specimen collected by M. Mouhot was from Chantaboon,

where the late Dr. E. Haase also obtained it (Boettger, Zool. Anz.

1893, p. 480). I have examined five individuals from there.

Sex ..... Se era tere Gn 3. OF 2. Immature.

Total length ............ 185 200 242 190 170 mm.

Snout to vent............ 75 69 74 65 55 mm.

PPanll see ee oer ree 110s: 181 168 125 115mm.

No. of upper labials ... 8 9 9410 849 9

Hab. Siam and Tenasserim.

54. Draco MELANOPOGON Bier.

Draco melanopogon, Blgr. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 492.

Originally described from Malacca. Dr. Hanitsch records it

from Singapore (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 9).

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Natunas.

55. APHANIOTIS FUSCA Peters.

Aphaniotis fusca, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 274.

Hab. Malay Peninsula (2 specimens from Malacca in Brit. Mus.),

Borneo, Natunas.

56. GONYOCEPHALUS HERVEYI Bler.

Gonyocephalus herveyi, Blgr. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 493.

Hab. Malay Peninsula (1 specimen from Malacca in Brit. Mus.),

Natunas.

57. GONYOCEPHALUS BORNESENSIS (Schleg.).

Gonyocephalus borneensis, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 288.

Recorded from Malacca (Blgr. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 493), and from

Maxwell’s Hill, Perak, elevation 3600 feet (Hanitsch, Rep. Raffles

Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 9).

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.

58. GONYOCEPHALUS GRANDIS (Gray).

Dilophyrus grandis, Cantor, p. 34, pl. xx.

Gonyocephalus grandis, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 298.

Not recorded from the Straits Settlements since Cantor’s time.

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Sipora (Mentawei

Islands), Borueo.

638 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

59. ACANTHOSAURA CAPRA Giinth.

Acanthosaura capra, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 300.

Only known from the type specimens collected by M. Mouhot

at Chantaboon, and now in the British Museum.

Hab. Siam.

60. ACANTHOSAURA ARMATA Gray.

Lophyrus armatus, Cantor, p. 32.

Acanthosaura armata, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 301, pl. xxii. fig. 1.

Of this remarkable-looking lizard I obtained two specimens

during March and April, 1898, in Penang, one in a valley and one

at 2200 feet elevation in the hills. Cantor writes of it—‘ At

Pinang this species appears to be very local, and not numerous ;

two individuals were obtained from spice plantations in the valley.

They were very active and fierce, possessed in a slight degree the

power of changing the ground-colour to a light hue, and in captivity

refused food and water.” One specimen I kept alive for a short

time, however, seemed to have considerable power of changing its

colours. The male when angry distends its gular pouch.

In the British Museum are specimens from Gen. Hardwicke’s

collection labelled Singapore ; but one cannot help feeling doubtful

of some of the localities of Hardwicke’s specimens, and it seems

strange that in an island so well known as Singapore, and constantly

visited by collectors, this lizard should not have been again secured.

M. Mouhot obtained A. armata at Chantaboon, and I have seen

a specimen that was shot there in July 1896.

Colour (in life). Upper surfaces—head chestnut, remainder

blackish green, a transverse black band in the interval between the

cervical and dorsal erests, continued forward over the shoulders;

body, limbs, and tail with numerous spots, some of which are clear

sky-blue ; about seven black lines radiate from the eye. Lower

surfaces yellow, tinged with reddish-orange on the chest. Gular

pouch pale lilac, in the male. Tongue and inside of mouth bright

orange-colour. Iris brown with a narrow golden ring.

Size. The Chantaboon specimen when stuffed measured 236 mm.

in total length (snt. to vnt. 110 ; tail 126). The Penang ones when

fresh were :—

Pex Pamwasactcahen cua: vont wcuddes de 3. Q.

mm. mm,

Totallenptih’s. .cc.ce.cceesecese. 208 259

SWOULEO VEN 2. te. seensqacene 91 116

Wall Moses cesecscstateca ovsseve<nee 117 (tip broken) 148

Supraocular spine ...........- 9°25 9°5

Supertympanic spine ......... 9°3 8-2

Longest nuchal spine ......... 11 ll

Hab. Tenasserim, Siam, Cochinchina, and Malay Peninsula.

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 639

61. ACANTHOSAURA coRoNaATA Giinth.

Acanthosaura coronata, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 303.

Only known from the type specimens collected by M. Mouhot

in Chantaboon, now in the British Museum.

Hab. Siam.

62. CALOTES CRISTATELLUS (Kuhl).

Bronchochela cristatella, Cantor, p. 30.

Calotes cristatellus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 316; S. Flower, P. Z. 8.

1896, p. 871.

“‘ Gruning ” of the Malays of the Peninsula (apud Cantor).

| These are the Malay names I have heard

sae gb applied to this Lizard, and also to Calotes

oo versicolor.

Localities. Of this fine lizard, commonly called “ Chameleon’

by the English in the Straits Settlements, I have seen specimens

from Penang (up to 2200 feet), Perak, Selangor, and Singapore ;

wherever it occurs it seems to be fairly numerous. Dr. Hanitsch

records it also from Kemaman (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1879, p. 9).

Description. There may be as many as 121 scales round the

middle of the body.

Colour. To my previous account of the changes of colour of this

species (P. Z. S. 1896, p. 871) may be added :—

1st. Iris, in different individuals, may be rich bright carmine-red,

hazel-brown, or dark brown.

2nd. In one phase of colour the head, nuchal crest, body, limbs,

and anterior portion of tail are bright grass-brown, with six

indistinct dark green transverse bands on the body, and the

posterior portion of tail dark brown.

Hab. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Nias, Sipora

(Mentawei Islands), Java, Borneo, Celebes, Philippines, Ceram,

Mysol, Timor Laut.

N.B.—CaLorEs SMARAGDINUS (Giinth.).

Calotes smaragdinus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 319.

This lizard is known from Cambodia, where the types were

obtained by M. Mouhot, so it may possibly also occur in Siam.

Hab. Cambodia.

63. CALOTES MICROLEPIS Bler.

Calotes microlepis, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) v. 1887, p. 476,

pl. vi. fig. 1.

Of this species, which has not before been recorded from Siam,

I obtained one specimen from Chantaboon.

Hab. Tenasserim, Siam.

64, CALOTES VERSICOLOR (Daud.).

Calotes versicolor, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 321; Blgr. Fauna Brit.

Ind., Rept. p. 135, fig. p. 186; S. Flower, P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 872.

Siamese. “ King-kar.”

640 MR. STANLEY §. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

The Indian Changeable Lizard, known as the “ Chameleon” by

the English in Siam and as the “ Bloodsucker” in Ceylon, does

not seem to extend to the southern portion of the Malay Peninsula,

though it is numerous in Kedah (both at Alor Star and at Kulim)

and fairly common in Penang near sea-level, and I have obtained

one specimen in the hills there at an elevation of 2200 feet.

Dr. Hanitsch records a specimen from the Province Wellesley

(Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 9).

In Siam this is the commonest Agamoid; there are specimens

in the British Museum from Pachebone collected by M. Mouhot,

and I have met the species in Bangkok, Ayuthia, Pakpreo, Hinlap

(Dong Phya Fai, elevation 700 feet), Tahkamen, Kabin, Chantaboon,

and on the island of Kosichang.

Description. In Siamese specimens I have counted from 42 to 57

scales round the middle of the body.

Colour (in life). Upper surfaces nearly uniform pale brown

(either greyish, olive, yellowish, or rufous), with five to seven more

or less distinct darker brown transverse bands on the back (these

sometimes do not meet symmetrically in the centre line of the

back), which are interrupted by a more or less strongly defined

light (white, buff, or bright yellow) dorso-lateral longitudinal line

(about 13 to 2 scales wide) on each side, which line reaches from

the neck to the tail, where it gradually disappears; these light

longitudinal lines may be bordered above and below by very narrow

black lines. ‘The upper surfaces of the limbs and digits are cross-

barred with brown. ‘The tail is frequently ringed with dark

brown, the dark rings being nearly black anteriorly and about

twice the width of the pale interspaces. Lower surfaces very

pale buff, frequently with faint darkish longitudinal lines on the

neck, down the centre of the abdomen, and under the thighs.

A noticeable and apparently constant feature of this species is

the dark lines radiating from the eye, and the top of the head is

more or less marked.

Typical Bangkok specimens have well-defined rich dark brown

markings on the head, as follows :—

A faint chevron (pointing backwards) on the snout, 3 indistinct

cross-bars on the forehead, two fine crescentic lines (pointing

backwards) joined by a transverse line behind the eyes, a pair of

black spots on the nape (with a very small white spot in the centre

and another outside each) ; both upper and lower labials alternately

light and dark; 9 lines radiate from the eye, one goes forwards

and downwards to the upper labials, another goes backwards and

downwards to the upper labials and is continued in the same

direction on the lower jaw, another is directed to the tympanum,

another is directed backwards and upwards and converges with its

fellow on the opposite side, meeting on the back of the neck at

about the eighth nuchal spine; there is another cross-bar on the

neck at about the twelfth nuchal spine.

The gular pouch at certain times of year (noted in May [Kedah]

and in November [Hinlap}) is very conspicuous, eing white, or

1899.] | REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM, 641

white speckled with red; so far as I have observed, it is only

in the males that the pouch becomes distended. In January

[Chantaboon | the males had the head, neck, upper arms, and fore

part of the body diffused with bright red, which gave them a

striking appearance. In spirits the gular pouch becomes hardly

noticeable. Iris reddish brown. Inside of mouth flesh-colour.,

Size. The largest individuals of their respective sexes, out of a

large series that I have measured, are :—

* ¢ from Alor Star, Kedah. Total length 376 mm. (snt. to ynt.

95; tail 281).

@ from Sepoy Lines, Penang. Total length 332 mm. (snt. to

vnt. 86; tail 246).

The nuchal spines attain a length of 5:2 mm.

Hab. Afghanistan, Beloochistan, India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam,

South China, Malay Peninsula.

65. CatoTEs EMMA Gray.

Calotes emma, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 324, pl. xxv. fig. 1.

I have obtained one specimen from Chantaboon. Also a lizard,

said to have been caught in Bangkok, ¢, total length 296 mm.

(snt. to vnt. 84; tail 212), with about 72 scales round the middle

of the body, which I sent to the British Museum, “ appears to be

an abnormal C. emma,” on the authority of Mr. Boulenger.

Hab. Burma, Siam.

66. Catorus mystacnrus D. & B.

Calotes mystaceus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 325.

M. Mouhot obtained a specimen in Cambodia, and I received

two from Chantaboon.

Hab. Ceylon, Burma, Nicobars, Siam, Cambodia.

67. PHYSIGNATHUS MENTAGER Giinth.

Physignathus mentager, Ginth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 153, pl. xv.;

Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 400.

Siamese. “ King-kar-kong.”

This fine lizard was described from a specimen obtained at

Chantaboon by M. Mouhot, who also got the species at Pachebone.

I received one from Chantaboon, and though the tip of the tail

was broken off it measured in total length 620 mm. (snt. to ynt.

250 ; tail 370); it had eleven enlarged shields on either side of the

throat.

In the Siamese Museum is a rather smaller specimen with ten

enlarged shields on either side of the throat.

Hab, Siam.

N.B.—PHYSIGNATHUS COCHINCHINENSIS (Guérin).

Physignathus cochinchinensis, Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 399.

This lizard is known from Cochinchina, so may possibly also

occur in Siam, A lizard in the Siamese Museum, labelled by

642 ; MR. STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

Dr. E. Haase “ Physignathus cochinchinensis, Siam,” I consider to

be really P. mentager.

Hab. Cochinchina.

68. LIoLEPIS BELLII (Gray).

Liolepis bellit, Cantor, p. 41; Blgr. Cat. Liz. i. p. 403.

Liolepis belliana, Blgr. Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 156.

Liolepis guttatus, W. Davison, J. S. B. RK. A.S. 1889, pp. 88 & 190.

Siamese. “ Tooa-yaa.”

For brilliancy and beauty of colour few animals can vie with

this lizard. Although Cantor was such an admirable observer of

natural history, it seems probable that when he wrote of this

lizard “‘ leaping from branch to branch,” it was conjecture or what

he had been told of its habits, and not what he had actually seen ;

for, on the authority of Theobald and Davison, we know that it is

terrestrial and a burrower, and Mr. Ridley has told me the same

and also that it frequents sandy localities, where it makes its

burrows. Personally, I have not seen its burrows, but when

coming on an individual among a grove of bushes it made off by

running on the ground, instead of climbing into a bush as the

arboreal Agamoids do. It is diurnal, and in spite of its rather

heavy build can run very quickly (as Cantor also remarked). Some

classes of Siamese and Laos eat this lizard, and esteem it a

delicacy.

Localities. Province Wellesley (Cantor), Kalantan and on the

Rumpin River in Pahang (Davison); and I have seen specimens

from three places in Siam—Pakpreo, Anghin, and Chantaboon.

Colour (in life). The following description is of a specimen from

Pakpreo (which, it will be seen, differs somewhat from Cantor’s

Province Wellesley specimens) :—

Upper surface of head, neck, body, and limbs yellowish olive-

green, a fewsmall yellow spots on the neck ; the back has very distinct

black-ringed, round, bright yellow spots, on the posterior part of

the body these spots coalesce to form a dorso-lateral line of yellow

and black ; the fore limbs are indistinctly spotted with yellow and

orange, the hind limbs very distinctly spotted with yellow. The

sides of body are rich dark blue, with about eight large and several

small bright orange-red spots; below the dark blue and orange

the sides are bright lemon-yellow, which merges gradually into the

pale grey of the belly. Lips and sides of head pale blue-grey, with

very faint orange spots. The underneath of head, neck, body, and

limbs very pale blue-grey. On the fore part of the thigh and on

the upper surface of the foot are patches of bright cobalt-blue.

Tail yellowish olive-green above, with numerous minute yellow

spots; the sides are a lighter, brighter green and immaculate ; the

lower surface is very pale yellowish green.

Size. The Pakpreo specimen, above described, measured in total

length 338 mm. (snt. to vnt. 120; tail 218). A specimen from

Anghin was larger, having snout to vent 152 mm., but a broken

tail.

1899.] | REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM, 643

Hab, Southern India, Burma, Southern China, Siam, Cambodia,

Malay Peninsula.

N.B.—Cantor adds to his account of L. bellii: “‘ There seems to

be reason to believe that Letolepis reevesit, Gray, inhabiting ‘China’

and Arracan, is also found on the Malayan Peninsula.”

L. reevesiz is now included as a synonym of L, bellii, vide British

Museum Catalogue Liz. 1. p. 403,

Family VaRranipa.

69. VARANUS FLAVESCENS (Gray).

Varanus flavescens, Blgr. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 309.

One specimen recorded from Penang (Cantor, p. 28).

Hab. Northern India, Burma, Malay Peninsula.

70. VARANUS NEBULOsUS (Gray).

Varanus nebulosus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 311.

Recorded from Penang Hills (Cantor, p. 27), Malacca (Blgr. Cat.

Liz. iii. p. 505), and Singapore (Hanitsch, Rep. Raffles Libr. &

Museum, 1897, p. 9).

I received a specimen from Petchaburee, Siam ; it measured, snout

to vent about 255 mm., the tail was broken. The native who

obtained it said its Siamese name was “ takoat.”

Hab. Bengal, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula.

71. VARANUS RUDICOLLIS Gray.

Varanus rudicollis, Blgr. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 313.

Recorded from Malacca (Blgr. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 505).

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Philippines.

72, VARANUS SALVATOR (Laur.).

Hydrosaurus salvator, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 67, pl. ix.

fig. E.

eae salvator, Cantor, p. 29; Blgr. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 314;

Blgr. Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 166 (head fig. p. 162); S. Flower,

P. Z.S. 1896, p. 873.

Siamese. * Hee-air.”

“* Beydwak ” of the Malays (apud Cantor).

“ Bey-wah ” of the Malays, as commonly pronounced.

“Touana” of the English in India, Siam, and the Straits

Settlements.

This great Water-Lizard is very numerous in suitable localities

throughout the Malay Peninsula and Siam. Cantor records it

from Penang. I have met it in Kedah, Perak, Singapore, on the

Menam river (Bangkok and Ayuthia), and on the Bangpakong

river (Patriew, Pachim, and Harttachang). It is recorded from

‘Pahang (H. J. Kelsall, J. 8S. B. R. A. 8S. 1894, p. 34, and

R. Hanitsch, Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 9); and there are

644 MR. STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

stuffed specimens in the Siamese Museum from Prachai and

Angtong.

Hab. Ceylon, Nepal, Bengal, Burma, Siam, China, Malay

Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo (where I obtained specimens

from Kudat), Celebes, Lombok, Flores, Sumba, Philippines, and

Cape York, N. Australia.

Family Lacertipa.

TACHYDROMUS SEXLINEATUS Daud.

Tachydromus seclineatus, Blgr. Cat. Liz. iil. p. 4.

This lizard, which has been recorded from both Burma and

Cochinchina, will probably be eventually found in Siam.

Hab. Sikhim, Assam, Khasi Hills, Burma, South China, Cochin-

china, Java, Borneo, and possibly Japan.

Family Scrncipa.

The Skinks present more difficulties in identification than the

other families of East-Indian lizards, owing to the large number of

closely allied species and to the varieties of colours in different

individuals of some of the species; moreover, they are more

difficult to collect owing to their extreme agility, and the naturalist

who wishes to do so and to observe their habits must be prepared

to remain motionless, while he watches them, sometimes for hours,

under a scorching tropical sun. Mabuia multifasciata and M. sia-

mensis are particularly sun-lovers, preferring to bask and play in

the hottest spots; Lygosoma bowringii, however, is crepuscular,

and L. chalcides a burrower. Some species frequent the sea-shore

between tide-marks, Lygosoma atrocostatum I found on a rock

which was covered at high water, and ZL. parietale we found on

the coast of Brunei, Borneo, on the mud of the mangrove swamps ;

we saw large numbers of this species, which, when running, carries

its tail raised in a stiff curl over the back, a peculiarity I have not

observed in any other skink. As a rule skinks avoid water, but

Mabuia multifasciata, to avoid capture, will readily plunge into a

stream or pond and swim away.

73. MaBUIA NOVEMCARINATA (And.).

Mabuia novemcarinata, Blgr. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 179.

Recorded from Penang (8. Flower, P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 873).

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula.

74. Mapura MAcCULARIA (Blyth).

Mabuia macularia, Blgr. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 182.

M. Mouhot obtained this Skink in Cambodia, and I received

three specimens from Kosichang, Gulf of Siam; the largest

measured 141 mm. in total length (snt. to vnt. 61; tail 80).

Hab. Central and North-eastern India, Burma, Siam, Cambodia,

ate 5

1899.] | REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 645

75. MABUIA RUGIFERA (Stol.).

Mabuia rugifera, Bler. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 184.

Of this handsomely marked and remarkably scaled species, which

has not previously been recorded from the Malay Peninsula, I

obtained one specimen near the entrance of the Batu Caves,

Selangor, in June 1898, and one in the jungle on Bukit Timah,

Singapore, in Sept. 1898. In the latter the sides and underneath

of the head and neck were a beautiful orange-red in life; it

measured 182 mm. in total length (snt. to vnt. 56, tail 126).

Hab. Nicobars, Malay Peninsula, Nias, Sipora (Mentawei

Islands), Java, Borneo.

76. Masoura MunTreascrata (Kuhl).

Euprepes rufescens, Cantor, p. 46.

Mabuia multifasciata, Blgr. Cat. Liz. ili. p. 186; 8. Flower,

P. Z. S. 1896, p. 874.

Siamese. “‘ Ching-lane.”

Malay. “* Menkarong ” and “ bengkarong.”

Localities. This is the common “‘ Sun Lizard” or “ Grass Lizard”

of the Straits Settlements and is also very numerous in parts of

Siam. I have met it in Kedah (Alor Star and Jenan), in Penang, in

Province Wellesley (Butterworth), in Perak (Larut Hills, 3300 feet

elevation), in Singapore, in Bangkok, in Ayuthia, and in the Dong

Phya Fai (at Hinlap, 700 feet elevation).

Habits. Food consists of insects, especially crickets and cock-

roaches.

Description. (Drawn up from thirteen specimens from five different

localities.) Snout moderate, obtuse. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril be-

hind the vertical of the snture between the rostral and the first labial ;

a postnasal ; anterior loreal not deeper than the second, usually in

contact with the first labial, in one specimen but slightly so, and

in one specimen not in contact with it ; supranasals not in contact

behind the rostral in eight specimens, in contact in two specimens

(in three this point was not noted); frontonasal broader than long,

frequently much broader; prefrontals in contact mesially ; frontal

slightly shorter than the frontoparietals and interparietal together

(in one specimen it is as long) ; frontal in contact with the second

supraocular (in one specimen in contact with the first and second

supraoculars) ; four supraoculars, second largest; normally six

supraciliaries, first largest, but not unfrequently the fourth and

fifth supraciliaries are fused into one shield, which is then the

largest, or else the second and third may be welded together ;

froutoparietals distinct, in two specimens shorter, but ‘usually

larger, than the interparietal, which entirely separates the parietals ;

a pair of nuchals ; four labials anterior to the subocular (except in

a specimen from. Ayuthia, which has on each side only three) ;

subocular large and not narrowed inferiorly. Har-opening roundish

oval, about as large asa lateral scale, with a few (three, four, or

five) small white lobules anteriorly (except in a specimen from

Proc. Zoou, Soo,—1899, No. XLII. 42

646 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

Bangkok, in which they were entirely absent*). 380 to 32 scales

round the middle of the body, usually 32 (31 in two individuals

and 30 in three), subequal; dorsals mostly distinctly tricarinate

(in one specimen there are also from one to two subsidiary keels) ;

nuchals less strongly keeled ; Jaterals very feebly keeled; ventrals

smooth. The hind limb reaches the elbow of the adpressed fore-

limb. Subdigital Jamelle smooth. Scales on upper surface of

arms smooth or very feebly keeled, on upper surface of legs feebly

keeled.

Colour (in life), These lizards vary so much in colour and

markings that they might be separated into an infinite number of

varieties; but it seems to me (at any rate so far as Siamese and

Peninsular specimens are concerned) that such divisions would be

very artificial. There are certain broad distinctions which can be

easily pointed out in selected individuals; but, with a large series

before me, I find attempts to define varieties break down, also

individual lizards vary at different seasons and under different

conditions. An account of the colours of specimens from Borneo

by Mr. Edward Bartlett will be found in the Journal, Straits

Branch, Royal Asiatic Society, Aug. 1895, pp. 87, 90 & 91.

Bangkok and Ayuthia specimens are usually distinguished by a

broad dark line along each side, separated from the brown back by

a narrow pale line; thus they almost exactly resemble MW. siamensis

in colour; but specimens without the dark lateral line and with

red sides instead (as is usual with Peninsular specimens) also

occur.

Coloration of numerous specimens from the 8 localities mentioned

on p.645,.—Above rich olive-green, yellowish olive, pale olive-brown,

olive-brown, bronze-brown, or bronze ; the back either uniform and

immaculate (“ Var. HE, Duméril and Bibron” apud Cantor), or with

small black spots which sometimes form five longitudinal black

lines (“* Var. D, D. & B.” apud Cantor).

I. On each side, starting from the snout, passing through the

eye and continuing on to the tail, a broad rich-dark-brown line.

II. Or on each side, starting from above and behind the ear and

continuing either halfway down the body or to the inset of the

hind leg, a broad red line, highly iridescent, changing to gold,

orange, crimson, and green, as the light plays on the living animal

(“ Var. F, D. & B.” apud Cantor, but I have never seen the

“square sky-blue spots” he mentions). This line is broadest and

brightest behind the shoulder.

TIL. Or the sides may be olive (like the back) with iridescent

bronze-red lights, and a line of small black spots where the yellowish

upper surface meets the red of the sides.

A well-defined pale buff or yellow (sometimes iridescent) dorso-

lateral line, nearly two scales wide, is frequently present (invariably

so in Bangkok and Ayuthia specimens that I have examined),

which may be margined anteriorly and inferiorly with black spots.

1 This specimen had some of the dorsal and hind-limb scales bicarinate ;

possibly it may be a hybrid between M. mzultifasciata and M. siamensis,

—

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 647

In some specimens this line starts from behind the nostril, passes

above the eye and continues along the neck, sides of the back, and

anterior third of the tail, where it gradually disappears.

The sides of the body and tail may be ornamented with a varying

number (in some specimens none) of distinct or irregular yellow

or white ocelli, each of which may be broadly edged above and

below with black.

The sides of the head may be olive-brown or reddish olive (when

not dark brown, as under I.), and the sutures between some or all

of the shields on the top and sides of the head may be distinctly

outlined in black (‘* Var. D, D. & B.” apud Cantor.).

Limbs above olive-green or brown, with or without longitudinal

black lines.

Tail above coloured like back, with or without black spots.

Lower surfaces: chin and throat bluish white, whitish, or

yellowish like the body; body bright sulphur or pale greenish

yellow; limbs sulphur or pale greenish yellow; tail yellowish

anteriorly, olive-brown posteriorly. ;

Iris reddish orange, marked with dark bronze, yellowish bronze,

or ‘ black with a golden circular ring ” (Cantor).

Inside of mouth purplish grey. Tongue purplish, sometimes

nearly black.

Size. Mabuia multifasciata grows to a larger size than the other

Skinks inhabiting this region ; a male from Bangkok measures :—

Total length 275 mm. (snt. to vnt. 120, tail 155); arm 31 mm. ;

leg 50 mm. This specimen has, however, a short tail; in proportion

to those of smaller specimens the tail might have been 276 mm.,

which would give a total length of almost 400 mm.

Hab. Kastern Himalayas (?), Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula,

Nias, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Ternate, Gilolo, N. Ceram, Timor

Laut, Lombok, Ombaai, Philippines.

77. MasBvuia staMEnsiIs (Giinther).

Mabwia siamensis, Blgr. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 188.

Siamese, ‘¢ Ching-lane.”

The type specimen was collected by M. Mouhot in Siam. I

found this species very numerous in Bangkok; it is found in the

same localities as Mabuia multifasciata, which it resembles in habits

and general appearance, and to which it is very closely allied.

Description. (Drawn up from eighteen Bangkok specimens.)

Snout moderate, cbtuse. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril behind

the vertical of the suture between the rostral and the first labial ;

a postnasal ; anterior loreal not in contact with the first labial in

eight specimens, slightly in contact in eight specimens, and slightly

in contact with it on one side of the head, but not in contact

on the other side, in one specimen; supranasals not in contact

behind the rostral in four specimens, in contact in fourteen

specimens ; frontonasal about as broad as long, or broader than

long ; prefrontals in contact mesially in six specimens, not in con-

tact in eleven specimens; frontal shorter than the frontoparietals

648 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

and interparietal together ; frontal in contact with the second supra-

ocular (in one specimen in contact with the second and third supra-

oculars) ; four supraoculars, second largest ; normally six supra-

ciliaries, first largest (in one specimen there were six supraciliaries

on one side and seven on the other, another specimen had only

five); frontoparietals distinct, as long as or slightly shorter than

the interparietal, which entirely separates the parietals, except in

one specimen, where they just touch each other behind the inter-

parietal ; a pair of nuchals; four labials anterior to the subocular,

which is large and not narrowed inferiorly. Ear-opening oval and

oblique or nearly round, as large as or a little larger than a lateral

scale ; no projecting lobules. 28 scales round the middle of the

body in fourteen specimens, 30 in four specimens; dorsals very

slightly larger than the remainder; dorsals distinctly bicarinate

in seven specimens, feebly so in one specimen, distinctly tricarinate

in two specimens, and in the remainder some are bi- and some

tricarinate, the keels being either distinct or indistinct; ventrals

very feebly bicarinate or smooth. The hind-limb reaches the elbow

of the adpressed fore-limb. Subdigital lamelle smooth, 24 to 26

under the fourth toe.

Colour (in life). Above bronze-brown, the back generally uniform

and immaculate, but sometimes with five more or less distinct

narrow longitudinal black lines; along each side from behind the

eye to the basal part of the tail a broad black or dark brown line,

22 to 3 scales wide (in two specimens this dark line was sparsely

dotted with light bronze), separated from the bronze back by a

narrow, sharply defined, pale yellow line, one scale wide. Labials,

sides cf neck and body pale sulphur or greenish yellow, usually

sharply detined from the dark lateral line above, but in a few

specimens spotted with dark brown. Lower surfaces pale or bright

emerald, or yellowish green.

Size. Total length 330 mm. (snt. to vnt. 116 mm.;_ tail

214 mm.); arm 37 mm. ; leg 52 mm.; width of head 16°5 mm.

Hab. Siam, Hainan.

78. MaBuia Loneicaupata (Hallow.).

Mabuia longicaudata, Blgr. Cat. Liz. iil. p. 189.

Hab. Siam.

79. LyaosoMa ANOMALOPUS Bler.

Lygosoma anomalopus, Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 84, pl. x1. fig. 4.

Hab. Malay Peninsula (Penang), Sumatra.

80. Lygosoma MAcuLATUM (Blyth).

Lygosoma maculatum, Blgr. Cat. Liz. iti. p. 242.

Localities. Of this skink, which does not seem to have beer

previously recorded from either the Malay Peninsula or Siam, I

have seen twelve specimens. One I got in the Larut Hills, Perak,

elevation 1000 feet ; one I caught in thejungle of the Dong Phya

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 649

Fai (near Muok Lek, elevation 900 feet); one was given me as

having been caught in Bangkok; and there were nine in the store

of the Siamese Museum, supposed to have been collected by the

late Dr. E. Haase at Chantaboon.

Description. On comparing these latter specimens with the

description of this species in the British Museum Catalogue, these

points were noted :—Ist, in some individuals the fifth and sixth

labials appear welded into one large shield beneath the eye. 2nd,

the number of scales round the body appears large, 40 to 50. 3rd,

the hind limb when adpressed is longer, reaching from just in front

of the axilla to the shoulder; in the Bangkok specimen it also

reaches the shoulder.

Colour (in spirit). Brown or olive-brown above, with more or

less distinct darker and lighter spots, sometimes forming two irre-

gular dorsal series of small black spots ; a very dark brown lateral

line, extending from the nostrils, through the eye, above the ear,

and on to the tip of the (unreproduced) tail ; this dark line is more

or less spotted with white, and edged below (sometimes also above

narrowly) with white, and on the tail it is vandyked ; flanks dark

brown, spotted with white; lower surfaces pale yellow or white.

Size. Total length 171 mm. (snt. to vnt. 65; tail 106).

Hab. Eastern Himalayas (Sikhim), Northern Bengal, Assam,

Burma, Andaman Islands, Siam, Malay Peninsula.

81. Lycosoma OLIVAcEUM (Gray).

Lygosoma olivaceum, Blgr. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 251; S. Flower,

P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 874.

Recorded from Singapore, Penang, and the Peninsula,

Hab. Tenasserim, Nicobars, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java

Borneo, Philippines.

82. LyeosomMa arrocosTaTuM (Lesson).

Mabouya jerdoniana, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 172.

Lygosoma jerdonianum, Blgr. Cat. Liz. in. p. 300.

Lygosoma atrocostatum, Blgr. op. cit. p. 295.

The type of Jerdon’s Skink was caught by Stoliczka on the little

rocky island of Pulo Tikus Kechil, which lies off the north-east

coast of Penang. I twice visited the island to try to obtain another

specimen. On the first occasion ,in Noy. 1896, not a skink was seen,

but on the second, in April 1898, after our whole party had hunted

unsuccessfully all through the middle of the day, at about 4°30 p.m.,

as we were returning to our boat, I saw a skink on a granite

boulder on the beach, which I shot, and found it agreed completely

with Stoliczka’s description. The only other reptiles we obtained

on the island were the common House Geckoes, Gehyra mutilata

and Hemidactylus frenutus.

Colour (in life). Above, olive-green and bronze, beautifully

mingled. Below, throat pale lilac-grey, body and limbs orange,

tail greenish yellow.

650 * MR. STANLEY §. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

Size. Total length 183 mm. (snt. to vnt. 70; tail 113); arm

25 mm.; leg 38 mm.; width of head 12 mm.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Celebes, Philippines, Moluccas, Papuasia,

Cape York, Caroline and Santa Cruz Islands.

83. LyGosoMA SINGAPORENSE (Steindachn.).

Lygosoma singaporense, Blgr. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 297.

Hab. Malay Peninsula (Singapore).

84. LyGosoMA MELANOSTICTUM Bler.

Lygosoma melanostictum, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova (2) v. 1887,

p. 479, pl. vii. fig. 2.

Localities. Of this skink, which does not seem to have been

previously recorded from Siam, I have seen five specimens, four

said to have been caught in Bangkok and one from Chantaboon.

Description. The latter specimen only differs from the description

of this species in the British Museum Catalogue in the following

points :—1st, frontal shorter than frontoparietals and interparietal

together ; 2nd, about 38 smooth scales round the middle of the

body; 3rd, preanals distinctly enlarged ; 4th, the adpressed limbs

overlap.

Colour (in spirit). Above pale bronze-brown, with indistinct

darker brown spots forming two irregular dorsal lines ; an indistinct

darker brown lateral line from behind the eye to the base of the

tail, narrowly and indistinctly bordered above with yellow; lower

surfaces and lips pale yellowish green.

Hab. Burma, Siam.

85. LyegosoMa BowRINGII (Giinther).

Lygosoma bowringii, Blgr. Cat. Liz. ili. p. 308, pl. xxiii. fig. 3.

Siamese. “ Mee-ang-ngu” (a term which more properly applies

to L. chalcides).

Localities. It seems curious that Bowring’s Skink does not appear

to have been hitherto recorded from Siam, where I found it at

Bangkok, Ayuthia, Kosichang, and Chantaboon. Peters recorded

a specimen from Singapore, but I know of no other instance of its

being found there or in other parts of the Straits Settlements.

Habits. Though very numerous in Siam this lizard is seldom

seen by the ordinary observer, as, instead of delighting in brilliant

sunshine like Mabhuia siamensis, it spends the day hiding under

stones, logs, &c., and only goes abroad after its prey at twilight.

Description. (Drawn up from fifteen Siamese specimens.) Body

elongate, limbs short. The distance between the end of the snout

and the fore-limb is to the distance between axilla and groin as 1

is to from Es to 25. Snout short, obtuse. Lower eyelid scaly.

Supranasals in contact behind the rostral ; frontonasal much

broader than long, forming a broad suture with the frontal ; pre-

frontals small; frontal as long as frontoparietals and interparietal

together, in contact with the first and second supraoculars ; four

1899. ] REPTILES OF THH MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 651

supraoculars ; seven supraciliaries, first and last largest ; fronto-

parietals distinct; interparietal distinct, smaller than fronto-

parietals ; parietals forming a suture behind the interparietal; a

pair of nuchals and a pair of temporals border the parietals ;

usually fifth upper labial largest and bordering the orbit; in one

specimen in which both fourth and fifth border the orbit, the fourth

is the largest upper labial. Har-opening round, moderate-sized or

small. 28 scales round the middle of the body (in one specimen

30), subequal ; dorsals smooth. Marginal preanals slightly enlarged.

The adpressed limbs fail to meet; the hind-limb is in length to

the distance between axilla and groin as 1 is to from 12 to or.

Tail thick.

Colour (in life). (Drawn up from fifteen Siamese specimens.)

Upper surface of head, body, tail, and limbs olive-brown, each

dorsal scale with a darker spot forming six more or less continuous

parallel narrow black lines, which are most distinct anteriorly and

grow fainter posteriorly (in some individuals only the centre and

outer pair of lines are distinguishable). Along each side there is a

very dark brown or black line, which starts from the nostril, passes

through the lower part of and below the eye, and is continued to

the tail, where it gradually disappears. This dark lateral line is

separated from the olive-brown back by a narrow pale yellow dorso-

lateral line, which commences from behind and above the eye,

runs all along the neck and body and is continued, less distinctly,

on to the tail. The limbs, sides of the head, body and tail vary

from pale pink to bright vermilion, and are spotted with black and

yellow; these spots are largest on the body and very small on the

limbs. Lower surfaces: chin, throat, and lower labials vary from

bright sulphur-yellow to pale coral-red ; body varies from bright

sulphur to greenish yellow or greyish buff; tail varies from yellow

to pale coral-red.

The whole surface of the lizard is very metallic.

Size. The largest specimen, of nineteen I have measured, was

55 mm. from snout to vent, the arm 9 mm., and the leg 13 mm., but

the tail only 40 mm., being a reproduced one, but if perfect (according

to an average arrived at from nine individuals with pertect tails)

it would have been 67 mm. long, giving a total length of 122 mm.

Hab. Burma, Hongkong, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Borneo (where

I caught a specimen on Pulo Gaya), Celebes.

86. LyGosomMa ALBoPpUNCTATUM (Gray).

Lygosoma albopunctatum, Blgr. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 309

Hab. India, Assam, Burma, Malay Peninsula.

N.B.—Lye@osomMa IsopactyLuM (Giinther).

Lygosoma isodactylum, Blgr. Cat. Liz. il. p. 339.

The type-specimen was obtained by M. Mouhot in Cambodia, so

the species may eventually be found in Siam.

Hab. Cambodia.

652 MR. STANLEY §. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

87. LyGgosoma cHALCIDES (Linn.).

Iygosoma chaleides, Blgr. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 340.

Siamese. “ Mee-ang-neu.”

This curious little skink is recorded from Penang Hill and

Singapore by Cantor (p. 49), and from Bangkok by Boettger (Zool.

Anz. 1893, no. 433, p. 480). I got one specimen on Penang Hill,

elevation about 2200 feet ; one 1 found under a stone paving-flag in

a garden in Bangkok, and one was caught on board the s.s. ‘ Hecate’

on a voyage from Siam to Singapore; I also obtained seven speci-

mens from Chantaboon and three said to be from Kosichang.

Colour (in life). Above pale buff, with numerous fine longitu-

dinal, beautiful golden-brown lines. Below white, with numerous

fine longitudinal zigzag brown lines. Top of head dark brown.

Lips pale buff.

Size. The largest Siamese specimen measured in total length

155 mm. (snt. to vnt. 70; tail 85).

Hab. Southern China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Java.

Norr A.—Of two snakes (Lycodon subcinctus) which I got in the

Larut Hills, Perak, at an elevation of 4400 feet, each had a lizard

in its stomach, belonging to some species of Lyygosoma; untor-

tunately they were in too advanced a state of digestion to be

determined, but apparently they indicate a species to be subse-

quently added to the list of Malay Peninsula reptiles.

Colour (when found). Above rich olive-brown, with black

oblong spots; sides olive, spotted with black and white; lower

surfaces bright yellowish green.

Size. Total length 188 mm. (snt. to ynt. 93; tail 95).

Norse B.—TROPIDOPHORUS COCHINCHINENSIS (Dum. & Bibr.).

Tropidophorus cochinchinensis, Blgr. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 363.

The type-specimen of 7’, microlepis was obtained by M. Mouhot

in Cambodia, so the species may be eventually found in Siam,

Hab. Cambodia, Cochinchina.

Suborder OPHIDIA.

Native names :—

Siamese. “ Ngu.”

Malay. ** Ular.”

Jakun. “ Kichon.”

Lake & Kelsall, J. S. B.

Jakun Camphor language. “ Akar.”

R. A. 8. no. 26, 1894,

pp- 48 & 55.

Family TyPHLopip#£.

88. TYPHLOPS LINBATUS Boie.

Pilidion lineatum, Cantor, p. 50.

Typhlina lineata, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 171, pl. xvi. fig. B.

Typhlops lineatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 15.

Two specimens of this Blind Snake have been obtained on

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 653

Penang Hills (Cantor & 8. Flower, P. Z.S. 1896, p. 876), and the

British Museum Catalogue records it from Malacca and Singapore.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Java, and probably Sumatra.

89. TYPHLOPS BRAMINUS (Daud.).

Typhlops braminus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 16; 8S. Flower,

P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 876.

Siamese. “ Ngu-din”=earth snake.

Malay. “ Ular tana” ==earth snake.

The common Burrowing Snake has been recorded from Penang,

Singapore, the Malay Peninsula, and Bangkok. It is believed by

the Siamese to be very poisonous, and even when I have handled

a live one to show how absolutely harmless and quiet it is, the

natives would not-be persuaded, believing (as they usually do in

such cases) that I have a special charm or power over the snake

and that the bite would be tatal to themselves.

I have specimens from Penang, Taiping (Perak), Bangkok, and

Chantaboon ; the longest being 170 mm. in length.

Hab. Arabia, Ceylon, India, Nepaul, Burma, Siam, Hongkong,

Formosa, Malay Peninsula, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Philippines,

Madagascar, Mauritius, Comoro Islands, Cape of Good Hope.

90. TYPHLOPS BOTHRIORHYNCHUS Giinth.

Typhlops bothriorhynchus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 23.

The type is supposed to be from Penang ; at present we bave no

other evidence of the occurrence of this species in Malaya.

Hab. Northern India (North-west Provinces and Assam),

Malay Peninsula.

91. TyPHLoPs sIAMENSIS Giinth.

Typhlops siamensis, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, 1. p. 24.

The type-specimen was collected in Siam by M. Mouhot.

Hab. Siam.

92. TypHtors nIcROALBUS D. & B.

Typhlops nigroalbus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 24; S. Flower,

P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 876.

The Black-and-white Blind Snake is recorded from Penang,

Perak, and Singapore. The finest individual I have observed

measured 400 mm. in length and 47 mm. in girth; it was obtained

in Penang, at 2500 feet elevation, by Mr. A. G. B. van Sommeren.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.

93. TYPHLOPS SCHNEIDERI Jan.

Typhlops schneideri, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 27.

Recorded from Bangkok.

Hab. Siam.

654 MR, STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

94, TyPHLoPs aLBIcHPRS. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 1.)

Typhlops albiceps, Blgr. Ann, & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. i., Feb.

1898, p. 124.

This species was described from a single specimen 1 obtained

from a native, who said it was from Chantaboon ; afterwards we

found a second individual among some earth in our garden at

Bangkok.

Colour (in life). Above and below uniform dark brown, highly

iridescent. Head very pale purplish pink, turning to pale yellow

on the snout. The tip and under surface of the tail are whitish

buff. Total length 190 mm.

Hab, Siam.

95. TyPHLops FLOWERI', (Plate XXXVII. fig. 2.)

Hab. Siam.

Family Borpa,

96. PyrHon REricuLATUS (Schneid.).

Python reticulatus, Cantor, p. 55; Blgr. Cat. Snakes, 1. p. 85.

Siamese. “* Ngu-laam.”

Malay. “ Ular sawa.”

Localities. The Reticulated Python (commonly called “ Boa

Constrictor” by the English of Indo-China) is fairly numerous in

suitable places in the Malay Peninsula. Ihave seen specimens

from Penang, Province Wellesley, Perak, Selangor, Johore, and

Singapore. In Siam I have seen only Bangkok specimens, but

there can be no doubt that this snake is widely distributed

through the country.

Habits. This python is very numerous in the city and suburbs of

Bangkok; in almost every compound of which I know the occupants,

either private houses or offices, one or more pythons have been

found within the last few years. Strange to say, it is not in the

quiet jungle-forest that the python seems to prefer to live, but in

the busiest spots along the Menam, where steamers and junks are

loading and unloading, steam-launches whistling, steam-saws

buzzing, rice-mill chimneys filling the air with smoke, and

hundreds of noisy coolies passing to and fro; here he selects

some hole or crevice in building, timber-stack, or bank to spend

the day in, and at night makes an easy living, devouring fowls,

ducks, eats, dogs, and, it is said, pigs (which, together with countless

1 Typhlops floweri, sp. n.—Snout rounded, very prominent; nostrils lateral.

Rostral two-fifths the width of the head; nostril between two nasals, the

anterior in contact with the first and second labials; a preocular, narrower

than the ocular, in contact with the second and third labials ; eyes distinguish-

able ; upper head-scales scarcely enlarged ; four upper labials. Diameter of

body 85 times in the total length; tail three times as long as broad, rounded

at the end, without spine; 18 scales round the body. Black; snout and anal

region yellowish. Total length 210 millim.

A single specimen from Siam, without precise locality, was sent to the

British Museum by Mr. Flower, after whom I havethe pleasure of naming the

new species.—G. A. BouLmnceEr.

1899.] | REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 635

ariah-dogs, vultures, kites, and crows, are the regular scavengers

of Bangkok).

In May 1897, a python, 2820 mm. (or 9 ft. 3 in.) in length, was

found in the Wang Luang (King’s Palace); I was told it had

swallowed a pet cat and then had become too fat to get away

through the hole by which it had entered. On opening the snake,

I found a full-grown Siamese cat with a bell hung round its neck.

In January 1898 another, 2438 mm. (or 8 ft.) in length, was caught

alive in the Wang Na (2nd King’s Palace). The activity, muscular

strength, and more particularly the power with which it can strike

out with its head, of a python even of this comparatively very

small size is astonishing, and, together with the lovely sheen of

colours which flashes over the bold patterns on its scales, is

difficult to realize when you have seen these snakes only in

captivity in Europe.

Size. A friend told me that when the wooden floor of his stables

in Bangkok was being repaired during 1897, in a cavity underneath

a large python was found and killed, which measured over 6:09

metres (or 20 feet) in total length. One killed at Matang, Perak,

the skin of which measures about 6 metres, is in the possession of

Lt.-Col. Froude Walker, C.M.G., who told me the python had

been known to kill and eat pigs. Another killed at Simpang

(Larut district), Perak, measuring 6-7 metres (or 22 feet), is now

in the Taiping Museum. Dr. Wilson, Senior Medical Officer in

Johore, told me of a python killed at Muar about 1889, which was

6°85 metres (or 223 feet) long and 228 mm. (or 9 inches) in diameter.

And Mr. L. Wray, jun., has measured one killed near Taiping,

Perak, about 1896, which was in the flesh 8:2 metres (or 27 feet)

long, and when skinned and stretched 10 metres (or 33 feet).

Cantor writes : “In 1844 one was killed at the foot of Pinang,

which a gentleman informed me measured more than 30 feet.”

Hab. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Banka,

Sipora (Mentawei Is.), Great Natuna Is., Borneo, Celebes, Flores,

Amboina, Ternate, N. Ceram, Timor Laut, and Philippines.

97. PyrHon moxuRvts (L.).

Python molurus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 87.

The common Python of India is included in the list of Malay

Peninsula reptiles, so far as I am aware, solely on the authority of

Stoliczka (J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 205), who mentions having “ seen

several specimens obtained in the Wellesley province.” I have

not heard of its occurrence in Siam.

In recording localities of animals, such as this python, which

form part of the usual stock-in-trade of itinerant native jugglers,

it behoves collectors to be very careful and to make all possible —

enquiries regarding them: for instance, when in Bangkok I once

was brought a live Python molurus, but found by questioning that

it had been brought there by an Indian conjurer from Bombay,

Hab. India, Ceylon, South China, Malay Peninsula, Java,

Celebes.

656 MR. STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

98. Pyrnon curtus Schleg.

Python curtus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 89, and P. Z. 8S. 1889,

pl. xlv.

Recorded from Malacca and Singapore.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo"

Family loys.

99. CYLINDROPHIS RUFUS (Laur.). (Plate XX XVII. fig. 3.)

Cylindrophis rufus, Cantor, p. 53; Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 135.

Siamese. ‘‘ Ngu-kan-rob,” also “ ngu-kan-kop.”

Malay. “ Ular dua kapala” = two-headed snake.

This curious burrowing snake is not uncommon. I have seen

specimens from Taiping in Perak, Kuala Lumpor in Selangor,

Johore Bahru, Singapore, and ten individuals from Bangkok. It

is also recorded from Penang. The Bangkok specimens had each

21 rows of scales.

Habits. At ordinary times this snake is fairly cylindrical in

section, and uses its tail in progression, putting the sharp tip

against the ground and pushing its body forward from it; but it

has the power of depressing its body, when its appearance is very

singular: the neck and anterior part of the body are but slightly

compressed, but posteriorly itis very much so. Consequently, when

seen from above the outline of the snake is much that of a Sea-

snake seen from the side. . When touched or worried it will not

attempt to strike or bite, but keeps its head flat on the ground,

usually hidden under the folds of the body ; its tazl, however, it

raises off the ground and holds aloft curved over backwards in

the most extraordinary manner, so that any casual observer would

imagine the tail was the head and think the snake to be threatening

to strike. Sometimes the tail is not curved over, but held in the

manner most snakes hold their heads when advancing. In captivity

Cylindrophis rufus avoids the light and creeps into any dark

corner.

Colour (in life). The following description of a Bangkok

specimen with no “ orange collar-mark” may be compared with

that of a Singapore specimen (P. Z. S. 1896, p. 877):—Above

intense iridescent black, with three brown cross-bands interrupted

in the vertebral line. Below black, with about forty-nine trans-

verse pale yellow bands (turning china-white after death). Only

those bands about the middle of the body are regularly formed ;

most of those on the anterior and posterior parts do not meet

along the middle line. A bright vermilion mark on the tail.

Inside of mouth bright red.

Size. The largest Bangkok specimen was 732 mm. in total

length, but one from Kuala Lumpor measured 825 mm.

Hab. Burma, Siam, Cambodia, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java,

Borneo, Celebes.

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 657

100. CYLINDROPHIS LINEATUS Blanf.

Cylindrophis lineatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 137.

This snake is only known from the type specimen in the Raffles

Museum, Singapore, described by Mr. Blanford (P. Z. 8. 1881,

pool d, pl. xx.).

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

Family XENOPELTID#.

101. XENOPELTIS UNICOLOR Reinw.

Xenopeltis unicolor, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 168 (skull figured) ;

S. Flower, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 878.

“‘ Nou saam-paa-teek ” of the Siamese.

Localities. This remarkable snake is known from Penang Hill

(Cantor, p. 54); Province Wellesley (Cantor, p. 54, and Mr. van

Sommeren’s collection); Kuala Selangor (Mr. A. L. Butler’s

collection); Pahang (Dr. Hanitsch, Rep. Raffles Libr. &

Museum, 1897, p. 9); Singapore (Brit. Mus. Cat.; Peters,

Monatsh. Ak. der Wiss. zu Berlin, 1859, p. 269; Rep. Raffles

Libr. & Museum 1897 ; and my own collection).

The British Museum Catalogue mentions two specimens from

Siam ; and I have observed ten Bangkok individuals and one from

Chantaboon.

Habits. A young snake of this species that I kept alive was

fairly quiet from the first, and after one day’s captivity never

attempted to bite when handled. An adult specimen when excited

would twist itself into an irregular pile of tight coils, except the

. tail, which was held on one side, raised from the ground, and the

tip kept vibrating at a great speed.

Description. In six Siamese specimens the number of ventral

shields was 180, 184, 185, 186, 188, and 196, and of subcaudals

was respectively 27 (2nd), 29 (2nd), 29 (1st), 28 (1st), 28 (2nd), and

27 (1st), which were double, except those whose number, counting

from the anterior end of the tail, is shown in brackets, which were

single. The anal is always divided, and the scales in 15 rows.

Colour (in life). The iridescent colours of this snake are most

beautiful and wonderful. As it crawls along, the curves of its body

flash brilliant lights of emerald-green, copper, blood-red, purple

and electric-blue, while the actual colour isa very dark rich coffee-

brown. The upper labials and whole lower surfaces are uniform

pale yellow. Individuals up to 250 mm. in length have a distinct

broad yellow collar, which disappears entirely in adults.

Size. The largest Bangkok specimen I have measured was

775 mm. in total length, but the species grows larger than that.

Hab. Southern India, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,

Nias, Java, Borneo, Celebes.

658 MR. STANLEY S$. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

Family Cotupripz.

Series Aglypha.

Subfamily AcrocHorDINz&.

102. AcrocHorRDUS sAvANICUS Hornstedt.

Acrochordus javanicus, Cantor, p. 58; Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i.

p- 173.

Siamese. “‘ Ngu charng-naam ” =“ water-elephant snake.”

Malay. “ Ular karong”= sack snake

>, “ Ular sapi ”= ox snake © (apud Cantor).

“4 “ Ular lemba”= cattle snake

Cantor mentions this species from Penang Hill and Singapore.

In June 1898, Mr. A. L. Butler showed me a live specimen that

had been caught in a fish-trap in fresh water near Kuala Lumpor,

Selangor; it was 1778 mm. in length and had about 152 rows of

scales (counted by Mr. Butler). The Raffles Museum contains a

specimen from Pahang (R. Hanitsch, Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus.

1897, p. 9). It does not seem to have been previously recorded

from Siam, but it is found in the neighbourhood of Bangkok, and

is valued for its skin, which is used for making the drum-heads of

native drums. The largest specimen I obtained was from Sapatoom,

and measured 1830 mm. (6 feet) in total length.

This snake, when alive and fresh caught, is of immense girth

and very powerful, twisting round one’s arms with a grasp like

that of a python. It seems to be purely aquatic (though Cantor

records an exception), frequenting canals and ditches. On land as

arule it is very sluggish, but when aroused will strike suddenly

with great force, and can inflict an unpleasant bite, as its teeth are

apt to break off in the wound.

I tried keeping two in a tank with some freshwater tortoises,

Cyclemys platynota. The snakes did them no harm, but the tortoises

(although they had lived peacefully with other aquatic snakes,

Homalopsis buccata and species of Tropidonotus), for some unknown

reason, attacked the Acrochordi and repeatedly bit them about the

head, so that they had to be separated.

Hab. Siam, Malay Peninsula, Java, New Guinea.

103. CHERSYDRUS GRANULATUS (Schneid.).

Acrochordus granulatus, Cantor, p. 59.

Chersydrus granulatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 174.

Malay. “ Ular limpa” = liver-coloured snake (apud Cantor).

Cantor also gives “ Ular laut” as a Malay name for this species,

but every snake which is found in the sea is called “ ular laut,”

2. €. sea-snake.

Recorded from Penang (Cantor) and from Singapore (Brit. Mus.

Cat.). Mr. Ridley informs me this autumn (1898) a “ Chersydrus

granulatus was picked up in the road by the Botanical Gardens,

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 659

Singapore), dirty brown and white in rings, a very sluggish

beast.”

In the Kuala Luimpor Museum there is a small specimen,

caught (in the act of swallowing a fish) at sea in the Straits of

Malacca between Klang and Singapore.

. In the Siamese Museum there is a large stuffed specimen said

to be from Bangkok.

Hab. Ceylon, Madras, Burma, Siam, Cochinchina, Malay

Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Philippines, New

Guinea.

104. XENODERMUS JavaNicus Reinh.

Xenodermus javanicus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 175.

Recorded from Penang (F. Miiller, Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, 1887,

p- 268).

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java.

Subfamily CoLtusrin 2.

105. PoLYODONTOPHIS GEMINATUS (Boie).

Herpetodryas prionotus, Cantor, P. Z. 8. 1839, p. 52.

Polyodontophis geminatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 185.

Recorded from Malacea and Singapore (P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 879).

Hab. Siam (Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 185), Malay Peninsula,

Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Lombok.

106. PotyoponTOPHIS sAGIvraRivs (Cant.).

Calamaria sagittaria, Cantor, p. 64.

Polyodontophis sagittarius, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 187.

Cantor mentions one specimen from the Malay Peninsula.

Hab. West Himalayas, Bengal, Assam, Malay Peninsula.

107. XENOCHROPHIS CERASOGASTER (Cant.).

Tropidonotus cerasogaster, Cantor, p. 92.

Xenochrophis cerasogaster, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 191.

Cantor mentions one specimen from the Province Wellesley.

Hab. Bengal, Assam, Khasi Hills, Malay Peninsula.

108. PrymMNnomiopon cHALceus Cope.

Hab. Siam (Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 192).

109. TROPIDONOTUS TRIANGULIGERUS Boie.

Tropidonotus trianguligerus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 224.

Recorded from Penang and Singapore (vide P. Z. 8. 1896,

p- 879).

I have seen a specimen from Penang Hill, 2400 ft., and

obtained another near the foot of Gunong Pulai, Johore, 790 mm,

in length.

660 MR. STANLEY S. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

Colour (in life). Above dark olive, with small black spots

forming indistinct cross-bands or reticulations; on the anterior

half of the body a lateral series of large triangular black spots,

with the points extending down to the ventrals, separated by

interspaces of bright coral-red ; belly yellow, some of the ventrals

partially edged with black: subcaudals yellow, each scale edged

with black; upper labials yellow with black sutures.

Hab. Southern Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Nias, Sipora,

(Mentawei Islands), Java, Borneo, Celebes, Ternate.

110. TRoprponorus PiscaTor (Schneid.)

Tropidonotus piscator, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 230.

Siamese. “ Neu lai-sau”; “lai” means variegated.

Localities. Var. A. The specimen from Singapore mentioned in

the Brit. Mus. Cat. is the only instance I know, of this variety, in

this region.

Var. B. To this variety of the Indian Fishing Snake belong

Cantor’s Penang specimen, and those obtained by Mouhot in

Siam and Cambodia; and I have seen six specimens caught in

Penang at various elevations from sea-level to 2200 feet. In

May and June 1898, these snakes were very numerous near Alor

Star, Kedah, and it is one of the commonest in Bangkok.

Habits. The Fishing Snake seems generally to be found in or

near fresh water. When newly caught and frightened it is apt to

be fierce, but soon becomes tame in captivity. Its food includes

frogs; I have known it to eat Microhyla ornata.

Colour (in life).—Var. B. Above olive-brown, black-spotted.

Below whitish, ventrals and subeaudals more or less edged with

black. A specimen, 360 mm. in length, caught in the Wang Na,

Bangkok, 21st July 1898, was unusually coloured:—Above dark

olive-brown, indistinctly spotted with black. Along each side a

series of distinct black spots, the interspaces being pale olive-brown,

broadly marked with bright scarlet, which gave the snake a striking

appearance. Below pale greenish yellow, each ventral and sub-

caudal neatly outlined in black. Head above olive-brown, with

two small well-defined black-edged yellow spots close together on

the parietals (these two spots are frequently noticeable in Bangkok

specimens) ; sides of head yellowish, two parallel black lines running

obliquely backwards and downwards from the eye. Under surface

of head dull whitish. Iris yellowish green, with narrow golden

ring round pupil.

Size. A female from Penang Hill was 952 mm. in length.

Hab. India, Burma, South China, Siam, Cambodia, Malay

Peninsula, Java, Borneo.

111. Troprmonotus TIGRINUS Boie.

Hab. Manchuria, China, Japan, Cochinchina, Siam (Blgr. Cat,

Snakes, i. p. 249).

REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM, 661

1899.]

*POPIAIP SI PLOTYS [RAJWOA ISBT Ol] Jet} SoLUSIS “aT |

G+z

E+E

*MOd LOLOJUR TILA 40vzt09

UI JOU ynq ‘MOl puUoDes UT GaaG

pooryd pyerys werpout pag @ YyTAL

E+E

etzZ

Ko yp Uo.y poyeavdes st WIG +6

‘oXe taj ojInb you seop YIP

EtG

*sivaoduray,

‘(ofa toque WIG pue WIP) 6

‘(eke Jo}Ue TG pur YF) 6

‘(eX 10300 TIF) 6

“AvTNIOysOd 4soAMoT

SH COCO HOD OD ON oD

-(oX8 s10]U0 TIF) 6G ¥

‘(ode aojuo TYG pur WP) 6 €

“"siBpno0

‘syeiqey todd gq, eas

‘uondruosagy

‘s[epneo

-qug

S&T

8&1

(a1) LET

L&I

621

(a1) GZ

FOL

‘(@'1) GET

681

1(@'1) gst

881

SSI

1E1

9ZT

981

6ST

1Z1

“s[e1qao A

Gel

*soTBOg

seceeecee

see ceneee

“ce

iii

eae: (o>: oltre f

cee esses

see eeeee

ae eeeeere

eeeeecere

see 6c

“c

“ee

“ce

“

Heros

““urelg Suvuege

“AypeooT

‘Te

Hid Sean

riaicd

‘ONT

Proc, Zoou, Soc,—1899, No, XLILI.

662 MR. STANLEY S, FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

112. Tropiponotus sToLArus (L.).

Tropidonotus stolatus, Cantor, p. 90; Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 253.

Recorded from Penang, Singapore and the Malay Peninsula.

Hab. Ceylon, India, Burma, China, Formosa, Hainan, Hong-

kong, Malay Peninsula, Philippines.

113. Tropiponotus virratus (L.).

Tropidonotus vittatus, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1873, pt. 2, p.114; Bigr.

Cat. Snakes, i. p. 255.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Java, Celebes.

114. Tropiponorus suBMINIATUS, Schleg.

Tropidonotus subminiatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 256.

Siamese. “ Ngu lai-sarp.”

Localities. I have not been able to find out on what authority

this snake is recorded from the Malay Peninsula. M. Mouhot

obtained specimens from Siam, Cambodia, and the Laos Mountains.

I have seen seven Bangkok specimens, one being from the Rong

Law on the west bank of the Menan, but most were caught in

the compound of the Siamese Museum.

Habits. Specimens we kept in captivity were observed to eat

frogs and small toads—Rana limnocharis, Microhyla ornata, and

Bufo melanostictus.

Description.

No.| Locality. |Ventrals. Hers = a Upper Labials.

1. | Bangkok...) 188 72 2+3 | 8 (8rd, 4th, 5th enter eye).

CaS Se le a ME ye | MoseAg ( fe he

ey: iehtross| la 73 2+3 | 8 on oneside, 9 on the other.

+ 5 147 Me 243

5 AP) Be soy- LO ors 2+2 | 8 (8rd, 4th, 5th enter eye).

6 2 irese| MALO 70 24+2 | 9( ” ” ).

Specimens 2 and 5 had five lower labials on each side in contact

with the anterior chin-shields; specimens 1 and 6 had five lower

labials on one side and six on the other in contact with the anterior

chin-sbields ; in specimens 3 and 4 the anterior chin-shields were

a little longer than the posterior.

Colour (in life). Above dark olive-brown (browner on the body,

greener on the head and neck), more or less obscurely mottled

with black. The skin between the scales is yellow or greenish

golden and -shows as bright reticulations, especially when the

snake is distended with food. Young specimens have a jet-black

cross-band on the nape, bordered posteriorly by a narrow bright

1899.j| REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA-AND SIAM. 663

yellow collar; the neck benind this collar is brilliant vermilion

and in adult specimens red or crimson. Below immaculate white

or yellow, shading to pink where it joins the dark upper parts.

Sides of the head and neck bright yellow; below each eye a

black triangular patch extending backwards and downwards (in

one individual this mark was only present on the right side).

Size. The largest Bangkok specimen measured 690 mm. in total

length.

Hab. Eastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, South China, Siam,

Cambodia, Malay Peninsula, Java, Celebes, Ternate.

115, TrRopmonortts cHRYSARGUS Schleg.

Tropidonotus junceus, Cantor, p. 93.

Tropidonotus chrysargus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 258.

This beautiful snake appears to be a mountain form in the

Malay Peninsula. Cantor got one individual on Penang Hill, and

Mr. L. Wray, Dr. Hanitsch, and myself have in different years

obtained it in the Larut Hills, Perak, from 3000 to 3400 feet

above the sea.

Habits. Cantor says: ‘“‘ Like most of the Asiatic species of this

genus, the present is of fierce habits. It twice unprovokedly bit

, woodeutter who happened to pass it. The bite, of course, was

productive of no consequences except a slight momentary pain.”

Colour (in lite). A specimen 31VU mm. in length was above

very dark rich olive-brown, with a bright yellow collar-mark

forming an acute backward-pointing angle on the neck; the skin

between the scales is brick-red, and shows as fine red reticulations

on the anterior part of the body. Labials bright yellow, upper

outlined in black. Below, head and neck bright yellow, remainder

greyish buff, with small black spots, and a very distinct black

spot on the side of each ventral and pair of subcaudal scales.

A specimen 760 mm. in length differed in having no collar-

mark and the red reticulations showing only on the neck, also other

markings which were hardly distinguishable on the smaller

specimen here show, viz. numerous narrow black transverse lines,

each interrupted by a dorso-lateral series of dull orange-brown

spots. The lower parts of the sides are iridescent crimson,

speckled with black, and the belly is yellowish, only shading to

greyish buff posteriorly.

The whole lower surface is highly iridescent, with purplish

shades. The eyeis large and noticeable. Iris, very narrow

golden ring round pupil, remainder rich red-brown, with a redder

patch above the pupil.

Hab. Eastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, South China, Malay

Peninsula, Sumatra, Nias, Java, Borneo, Palawan, Balabac, Sipora

(Mentawei Islands).

116. Troprponorts MacuLatus Edeling.

Hab. Malay Peninsula (one specimen, Malacca; Blgr. Cat,

Snakes, i. p. 260), Sumatra, Labuan, Borneo,

40%

664 MR, STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

117. MAcROPISTHODON FLAVICEPS (D. & B.).

Tropidonotus leucomelas, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 271, pl. xxii.

fig. I.

Macropisthodon flaviceps, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 266.

The type of 7’. lewcomelas is supposed to be from Penang. Mr.

Wray has obtained this species in Perak.

Hab, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

118. MacroPistHopON RHODOMELAS (Boie).

Macropisthodon rhodomelas, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 266.

This snake is frequently found in Singapore (ef. P. Z. 8. 1896,

p. 880), and has been recently recorded from Pahang (R. Hanitsch,

Rep. Rafiles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 9).

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, and Celebes (a

specimen in the Raffles Museum is said to be from Macassar).

119. Hxeticors scuistosus (Daud.).

Tropidonotus schistosus, Cantor, p. 91.

Atretiwm schistosum, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 273.

Helicops schistosus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 274.

Hab. Malay Peninsula (Cantor), Ceylon, Southern India, Bengal.

Yunnan, Burma.

120. Lycopon avuicus (L.).

Lycodon aulicus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 352.

Siamese. “ Ngu how-peek-kaao,” also “ Ngu ngaukh.”

This little snake, which not unfrequently is found in inhabited

houses, is recorded from Penang, Singapore, and the Malay

Peninsula. The British Museum Catalogue mentions specimens

from Siam, presented by Mr. Newman, and from Cambodia,

collected by M. Moubot. Personally I have obtained this species

from Penang (sea-level and at 2200 ft. elevation), from Alor Star,

Kedah, and from Bangkok and Chantaboon; all these were of

Var. D.

Description. In eleven Siamese and Malay individuals the

number of ventral shields varied from 192 to 207, and the sub-

caudals from 61 to 75. In one specimen from Penang the 4th

and 5th subcandals were single.

Colour (in life)—Var. D. Above brown, with fine, narrow,

yellow reticulations; a triangular yellow blotch on each side of

the occiput, confluent in the centre, forming a collar; labials

yellow, all of them or only the anterior ones spotted with brown.

Below uniform white or pale yellow.

Size. A Bangkok specimen measured 540 mm. in total length.

Hab. Ceylon, India, Himalayas, Burma, Siam, Cambodia,

Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Sumba, Savu,

Ombaai, Flores, Timor, Celebes, Philippines, Mascarene Islands

(introduced).

N.B,—I know no instance of Lycodon jara occurring in Siam ;

1899.] §_ REPTILHS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 665

Dr. Haase’s Bangkok specimens of “ Z. jara” that I have examined

are undoubtedly LZ. aulicus.

121. Lycopon Laonnsis Giinth.

Lycodon lacensis Ginth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 317 Blgr. Cat.

Snakes, i. p. 354.

Discovered by M. Mouhot in the Laos Mountains.

Hab, Siam.

122. LycopoN EFFRENIS Cant.

Lycodon effrenis, Cantor, p. 70, pl. xl. fig. 2.

Lycodon effrenis, Blgr, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 356.

Cantor obtained one specimen from Penang Hill.

flab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

123. LycopDon suBCINCTUS Bole.

Lycodon platurinus, Cantor, p, 96.

Lycodon subcinctus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 359.

Recorded from Penang Hill (Cantor) and Singapore (Brit. Mus.

Cat., Hanitsch, Flower). In December 1896 I obtained another

specimen in Singapore, 710 mm. in total length. In September

1397 Dr. Wilson gave me a specimen caught in Johore Bahru.

And in April 1898 I got two males in the Larut Hills, Perak, at

an elevation of 4400 feet (each of which had a recently swallowed

lizard, Lygosoma sp. incert., in its stomach), one 753 mm. and the

other 756 mm. in length.

Colour (in life). Above purplish black, with double white cross-

bands. Skin between scales whitish. Below, buff and purplish

black ; anteriorly the two colours form alternate broad but ill-

defined cross-bands, posteriorly they are irregularly mottled.

The similarity in colouring between this harmless snake and one

variety of the poisonous Bungarus candidus is worthy of notice.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Nias, Java, Lombok, Borneo,

Philippines.

124. DRyocaLAMUS SUBANNULATUS (D. & B.).

Dryocalamus subannulatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 371.

Recorded from Singapore and Province Wellesley (P. Z. 8.

1896, p. 881).

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.

125. Dryocatamus Davisonit (Blanf.).

Hydrophobius davisonit, Blgr. Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 299

1890).

Dryocalamus daeisonii, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 572 (1898).

Siamese. ‘‘ Ngu plang-nuan.”

I have seen three or four specimens from Bangkok; one

measured 965 mm. in total length.

Hab. Tenasserim, Siam, Cochinchina, Annam.

666 MR. STANLEY S, FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

126. Zaocys caRtnatus (Giinther).

Zaocys carinatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 377, pl. xxvii. fig. 1;

R. Hanitsch, Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 9.

Recorded from Perak and Singapore.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

N.B.—Specimens of the harmless Zaocys are sometimes mistaken

for the poisonous Hamadryad, Naia bunyarus. A friend once told

me of his having killed two Hamadryads in the Larut Hills, and

afterwards showed me the bodies; they were both Zaocys, but 1

cannot say now if they belonged to this or the next species.

127. Zaocys Fuscus (Ginther).

Zaocys fuscus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 378, pl. xxvii. fig. 2.

Of this fine snake, which has not previously been recorded from

the Malay Peninsula, | obtained one specimen, a male, on Penang

Hill, at an elevation of 1900 feet, in March 1898. Ventrals 195,

subcaudals 160. Total length: 2965 mm. (or 9 feet 82 inches).

In its stomach was a recently swallowed frog, Megalophrys

nasuta.

Colour (in life). Above olive-brown, with a bright brick-red

vertebral line (which faded after death) ; a black lateral line on the

posterior half of the body and on the tail; lower surfaces uviform

primrose-yellow. Head above dark olive-brown; 5th, 6th, and

7th upper labials and whole lower jaw primrose-yellow. Scales

on upper surface of tail edged with black.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Natuna, Borneo.

125. ZAMENIS KORROS (Schleg.).

Zamenis korros, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 384.

This Rat-Snake has been recorded from Penang, Perak, and

Singapore (P. Z. S. 1896, p. 882), and M. Mouhot obtained it

in Siam.

Recently I have seen seven individuals from the region treated

of in this paper: two caught at Bakar Bata (near Alor Star),

Kedah; one from Province Wellesley ; one from the Kuala Kangsa

Pass (between Larut and Kinta) in Perak; one from Kuala

Lumpor, Selangor (1568 mm. in total length); one I shot in the

jungle near Kabin, Siam ; and one was caught at Pachim, Siam, by

Mrs. Stanley Flower, which measured 1780 mm. (5 feet 10 inches)

in total length, and is the biggest Z. korros I have ever seen.

Young specimens may have very distinct narrow yellow cross-

bars on the anterior part of the body, which become gradually

fainter posteriorly.

Hab. Sikhim Himalayas, Assam, Burma, Western Yunnan,

Southern China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java.

129, ZaAMENIS Mucosus (L.).

Zamenis mucosus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 385.

Siamese. ‘‘ Ngu how-talaan.”

1899.] REPTILES OF THD MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 667

Localitics. The Dhaman.or Rat-Snake seems to be numerous in

Bangkok, and I have come across several specimens, especially in

the Wang Na andat Sapatoom. There is a specimen in the British

Museum, obtained in Siam by M. Mouhot, and oue said to be from

Singapore, presented by Dr. Dennys.

Habits. I have more than once seen the Dhaman moving in the

open in bright daylight. When newly caught it is fierce and bites

hard, and, as the teeth sometimes break off in one’s flesh, it may

inflict a nasty wound unless the broken-off teeth are at once

extracted. When angry it utters repeatedly a curious threatening

sound, audible some yards off, best described as “roaring,” some-

thing like the the deep growling of a big dog.

It also rears up its head like a Cobra and dilates its neck,

but not transversely like Nata or dorsally, but ventrally; the

anterior ventral shields are thrust out and become acutely keeled,

and the skin on the sides of the neck is widely stretched, showing

yellow between the brown scales.

Colour (in life). Above olive-brown or light yellowish brown,

shading towards the sides (on the anterior half especially) to very

pretty shades of purple and mauve-grey. On specimens up to 1000

mm. in length there are on the anterior half of the body indistinct,

narrow, light cross-bands, showing plainest on the sides, and

more or less obliterated in the vertebral region. In all specimens,

on the posterior part of the body and on the tail, are numerous

very distinct but irregular black cross-bands, narrower than the

pale brown interspaces. Below pale yellow, the cervical and

posterior ventral shields and the subcaudal shields are partially

edged with black. Labials yellow, strongly edged with black along

the sutures.

Size. An individual from Sapatoom measured 2284 mm. (7 feet

6 inches) in total length, and others were nearly as large.

Hab. Transcaspia, Afghanistan, Cashmere, Nepaul, Sikhim,

India, Ceylon, Burma, Formosa, South China, Siam, Malay

Peninsula, Java.

130. ZAMENIS SPINALIS (Peters).

Zamens spinalis, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, 1. p. 394.

Hab. Mongolia, Corea, China, Hainan, Siam.

131. ZAMENIS FASCIOLATUS (Shaw).

Zamenis fasciolatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 404.

Recorded from Province Wellesley (Cantor, p. 72).

Hab. Northern India, Madras, Malay Peninsula.

132, XENELAPHIS HEXAGONOTUS (Cantor).

Xenelaphis hexagonotus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 8.

Recorded from Penang, Pahang, and Singapore (P. Z. S. 1896,

p- 882).

Hah. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

668 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

133. CoLUBER PORPHYRACEUS Cantor.

Coluber porphyraceus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 34.

The Brit. Mus. Catalogue mentions a specimen from Singapore,

from Dr. Cantor.

Hab. Bastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, Yunnan, Malay

Peninsula, Sumatra.

_N.B.—Convser nopesontt (Giinth.) is recorded from Singapore !

[R. Hanitsch, Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 10.]

134, CoLUBER TENIURUS (Cope).

Coluber teniurus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 47; Ridley, J. 8. B.R.

A. 8. 1898, p. 99.

This snake has been recently added to the known fauna of the

Malay Peninsula by Mr. H. N. Ridley, who obtained specimens in

the Batu Caves, near Kuala Lumpor. In June 1898 Mr. A. L.

Butler and myself visited these caves and obtained more specimens

of this co-called ‘“* White Snake.” They were far in the hill-side,

where no daylight can ever penetrate ; one specimen had a recently

swallowed bat in its stomach ; the largest was 2260 mm. (7 feet

5 inches) in total length. In September 1897 I received a speci-

men, through the kindness of Dr. Wilson, caught in Johore Bahru,

which measured 1657 mm. inlength ; and, in Sept. or Oct. 1898, I

hear Mr. Butler “‘ caught a ‘ Cave Snake’ in a drawer in a rest-

house in Selangor on the Pahang track, miles away from any rocks :

it is olivaceous in colour.”

Hab. Manchuria, China, Sikhim, Cochinchina, Siam, Malay

Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

135. CoLUBER OXYCEPHALUS Boie.

Herpetodryas oxycephalus, Cantor, p. 80.

Coluber oxycephalus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 56.

This handsome green Snake is found in the hills of Penang

(two specimens recorded by Cantor, and I have seen two in the

collection of Mr. van Sommeren), in Larut, Perak (specimen in the

Taiping Museum), in Pahang (R. Hanitsch, Rep. Raffles, Libr.

& Mus. 1897, p. 10), in Malacca (Peters, Monatsb. Berl. Ac. 1895,

p- 269), in Johore (Dr. Wilson gave me a specimen from Johore

Bahru), and in Singapore (two specimens in the British Museum

from Gen. Hardwicke and one obtained by myself in October 1897).

Hab. Eastern Himalayas, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Java,

Borneo, Philippines, Great Natuna Island.

136, CoLUBER MELANURUS Schleg.

Coluber melanurus, Bigr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 60; S. Flower,

P. Z. S. 1896, p. 883.

This snake is found in the hills of Penang (two specimens in

Mr. van Sommeren’s collection), in Province Wellesley, in Selangor

1899.} REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 669

(several local specimens in the Kuala Lumpor Museum), and in

Singapore (Dr. Dennys, Mr. Ridley, Dr. Hanitsch, and myself).

Hab. South China, Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Nias,

Java, Borneo.

137. CoLuBER RaDIATUS Schleg.

Coluber radiatus Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 61.

Localities. Found in Penang (Cantor and others), Province

Wellesley (two specimens in Mr. van Sommeren’s collection),

Perak (several specimens from Taiping and Kuala Kangsa, in the

Taiping Museum), and Singapore (Cantor and Hanitsch).

It does not seem to have been previously recorded from Siam,

where I obtained four specimens from Bangkok and one from

Ayuthia.

Habits. Like most species of Coluber, this is a fierce snake and

will bite one vigorously ; the neck is apparently dilatable.

Colour (in life). Above yellowish brown, with three black lines

along each side of the anterior part of the body: these may be more

or less broken up into a series of elongated spots ; usually the upper

line is broad and conspicuous, and the lowest narrow and indistinct ;

a well-marked black line across the occiput; three black lines

radiating from the eye. Lower parts uniform yellow, or lemon-

yellow anteriorly and yellow with pink shades posteriorly (after

death, in specimens placed in spirits, dark purplish speckles may

appear). tn young specimens the anterior half of the body may

be indistinctly reticulated with white. Iris bright golden (“ bright

gamboge, with a concentric black ring ”—Cantor).

Size. The largest Bangkok specimen was 1696 mm. in total

length.

Hab, Eastern Himalayas, Bengal, Assam, Burma, South China,

Cochinchina, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java.

138. GONYOPHIS MARGARITATUS (Peters).

Gonyosoma margaritatum, Peters, Mon. Ber]. Ac. 1871, p. 578

Gonyophis margaritatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 71.

Hab. Malay Peninsula (Singapore, Blgr. A. M. N. H. (6) viii.

1891, p. 290), Borneo.

139. DmnpDRoPHIs Piorus (Gmel.).

Leptophis pictus, Cantor, p. 82.

Dendrophis pictus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 78.

Localities. The Painted Tree-Snake is by no means rare; it has

been found in Penang (Cantor), on Penang Hill at 2000 feet

(S. 8. F.), at Alor Star and at Kulim, Kedah (8. 8. F.), at Taiping,

Perak (S. S. F.), at_ Kuala Lumpor, Selangor (Hanitsch, Rep.

Raffles Libr. & Mus.1897, p. 10), at Tanglin, Singapore (S. 8. F.),

in Siam (Siamese Museum), in the Laos Mountains (Mouhot), and

in Cambodia (Mouhot).

Habits. In the stomach of one I found a frog, Rana macrodactyla

which indicates that this snake is not entirely arboreal, ad

670 MR, STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

R. macrodactyla is a marsh-haunting species. Dendrophis pictus is

very gentle when handled.

Colour (in life). Above olive bronze-brown ; a black line on

either side of the head from the nostril passing through the eye

and continued along the anterior quarter of the body, where it is

broken at frequent and regular intervals by diagonal bands of

rich blue-green. Along each side of the body is a pale whitish

bronze line, bordered above and below by rich dark brown. These

lateral lines disappear on the tail, which is plain olive-brown above

and on the sides. The upper labials and sides of the neck below

the black line are pale lemon-yellow. The ower surfaces of head,

body, and tail are immaculate white; the lateral ventral keels are

finely outlined in dark brown; and the sides of the ventral shields

above the keels are white, with very pretty pink and bronze shades.

Iris bronze. Tongue red, with black tip.

Hab. Eastern Himalayas, Bengal, hills of Southern India,

Burma, Siam, Cambodia, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Nias, Linga,

Java, Lombok, Flores, Ombaai, Great Natuna Island, Borneo, Sulu

Islands, Celebes, Ceram, Misol, Ternate, Philippines.

140. DenpropHis ForMosus Boie.

Dendrophis formosus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 84.

Localities. This handsome snake is found on Penang Hill (one

specimen in Mr. van Sommeren’s collection, and one obtained by,

myself at 2200 feet), at Kuala Lumpor, Selangor (R. Hanitsch

Rep. Raffles Libr, & Mus. 1897, p. 10), in Malacca (Brit Mus. Cat.),

and in Singapore (R. Hanitsch, op. cit. p. 10, and S. Flower,

P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 883).

Colour (in life). A specimen 1422 mm. (4 feet 8 inches) long,

caught on Penang Hill, 2nd April 1898, differed somewhat from

the Singapore specimen described in P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 883. Its

colours were as follows :—

Top of head and enlarged row of vertebral shields rich red-brown ;

posterior border of each of these shields black. Upper parts of

sides of body yellowish brown with red and green shades, each

scale edged posteriorly with black ; the skin between the scales is

bright ultramarine-blue and shows distinctly on the sides of the

neck. The back becomes less brown posteriorly and more yellow,

finally turning to green on the tail. A broad black line from the

muzzle passing through the eye to the nape, where it converges

with but does not meet its fellow; the two run back parallel

along the neck and soon disappear. Labials and under surface of

head and neck bright greenish yellow. The lowest row of scales

on each side of the body and the ventrals are bright grass-green.

The lateral ventral keels and subcaudal shields are not outlined in

black. Iris sea-green, with broad, black, horizontal line through it.

Tongue red, black tip.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra (“ Sungei Mandan, Sumatra,”

R. Hanitsch, Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 10), Java,

Borneo.

1899. ] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 671

141. DmeNDRELAPHIS CAUDOLINEATUS (Gray).

Leptophis caudolineatus, Cantor, p. 85.

Dendrelaphis caudolineatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 89.

Recorded from Penang, Perak, Pahang, and Singapore (P. Z. 8.

1896, p. 88+).

Hab. Southern India, Mergui, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Nias,

Sipora (Mentawei Islands), Natunas, Borneo, Philippines.

142. Simores PURPURASCENS (Schleg.).

Xenodon purpurascens, Cantor, p. 67.

Simotes catenifer, Stol. J. A. 8S. B. 1873, p. 121, pl. xi. fig. 3.

Simotes dennysi, Blanford, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 218, pl. xxi. fig. 1.

Simotes purpurascens, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 218.

Localities. Cantor’s specimen from Penang Hill belongs to

var. C, with 21 rows of scales.

Var. B, with 19 rows of scales, is recorded trem Johore (Stol.),

Pahang (Hanitsch, Rep. Rafiles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 10), and

Singapore (Brit. Mus. Cat. and Hanitsch, op. cit. p. 10). And I

have obtained specimens from Penang Hill, at 2000 and 2500

feet elevation.

Colour (in life). Above dark brown, shading to deep purple on

the sides, with about sixteen blotches along the back, each narrowly

edged with black and reddish yellow. Head yellowish brown, with

characteristic Stmotes black symmetrical lines and small spots.

Below pinkish buff. Many of the ventrals on the posterior part of

the body and the anterior subcaudals are purplish grey.

Size. A Penang specimen measured 698 mm. in total length,

but one from Sipora has been recorded of 950 mm. (3 feet,

14 inches).

(Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova (2) xiv. 1894, p. 616. ]

Hab. South China, Cochinchina, Siam, Malay Peninsula,

Sumatra, Nias, Sipora (Mentawei Islands), Java, Borneo.

143, Srtmorns cycLuRuUS (Cantor).

Simotes bicatenatus, Stol. J. A.S. B. 1873, p. 114.

Simotes fasciolatus, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 218, pl. xx. fig. B.

Simotes cochinchinensis, Giinth. 7. c. p. 219, pl. xx. fig. C.

Simotes cyclurus, Blg. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 219.

There are specimens of var. EH. mentioned in the British Museum

Catalogue from Pachebone and the Laos Mountains, collected by

M. Mouhot, and from Siam, presented by Mr. Newman.

‘Lhave observed five individuals caught in Bangkok, all belonging

to var. E (scales in 21 rows). The largest, a male, was in total

length 806 mm. The veatrals (numbered respectively 161, 162,

170, 170, and 174, and the subcaudals (which are double, with the

exception specified) 43,43, 45 (5th single), 53 and 41. One specimen

had only 7 upper labials, the 4th entering the eye; the remainder

had 8 upper labials, the 4th and 5th entering the eye.

One specimen had only one anterior temporal on one side.

672 MR, STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THD [May 16,

This variety had no longitudinal lines or ventral spots, but about

17 dark transverse marks on the body and tail.

Hab. Bengal, Assam, Burma, South China, Cochinchina, Siam,

Malay Peninsula, and Sumatra.

N.B.—Stimorzs viotaceus (Cantor).

Simotes violaceus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 222.

This species was obtained in Cambodia by M. Mouhot, so will

probably be eventually found in Siam.

Hab. Bengal, Assam, Burma, Cambodia, South China.

144, Srmorns ooroLtineatus (Schneid.)

Simotes octolineatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 224; 8. Flower,

P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 884.

Recorded from Perak and Singapore.

Hab. Southern India, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo,

Sulu Islands.

145. Stmorns stenatus Giinther.

Stimotes signatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 226.

Hab. Malay Peninsula (Singapore, Brit. Mus. Cat.), Sumatra,

Java.

146. Srmotes TANIATUS Giinther.

Simotes tenatus, Ginth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 216, pl. xx. fig. A ;

Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 227.

Siamese. “ Ngu kow-pe-kow.”

Localities. This species was discovered by M. Mouhot in Cam-

bodia, and specimens from Siam have also reached the British

Museum through Sir R. Schomburgk and Mr. Newman.

I obtained three individuals in Bangkok, and one near Bortong

Kabin, up the Bangpakong river.

Habits. It feeds sometimes on the small frog Microhyla ornata.

Popular belief, The Siamese greatly dread this snake, considering

it poisonous ; and they say, though it cannot kill a man, its bite

will render him dumb and speechless for the rest of his life.

Description. Two of these Siamese specimens had 17 rows of

scales and two 19.

Colour (in life). Above olive-brown ; a very narrow pale yellow

vertebral line ; on each side of this two very dark brown longitu-

dinal lines, more or less broken up into a series of spots. Below

bright coral-red, with, on either side, a row of triangular (apex

pointing forward), semicircular, or squarish black spots ; the under

surface of the tail is immaculate bright coral-red. Between the

brown of the upper parts and the red belly there is on either side

a pale yellowish-white line. Head ornamented with characteristic

Simotes marks, black with narrow pale yellow margins; under

surface of head pale yellow.

—

lod

1899.] | REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 673

Size. The largest specimen, a female from Bangkok, measured

330 mm. in total length.

Hab. Siam, Cambodia, Cochinchina.

147. Stmorgs cruENTATUS Giinther.

Simotes cruentatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 231, pl. x. fig. 1.

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula (Stol. J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 121).

148, ABLABES TRICOLOR (Schleg.).

Ablabes tricolor, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, u. p. 281.

Found in Singapore by Mr. Ridley, and I got a specimen near

the foot of Government Hill, Penang, in April 1898; it was a

gentle snake, 468 mm. in total length.

Hab, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java.

149. ABLABES BALIODIRUS (Boie).

Coronella baliodeira, Cantor, p. 66.

Ablabes baliodirus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 283.

Cantor obtained two specimens from the hills of Penang; he

says “it is of fierce habits.” Mr. Ridley informs me he caught an

Ablabes baliodirus on the top of Bujang Malacca, in Perak, in Sept.

or Oct. 1898.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Natuna Islands, Borneo.

150. ABLABES LONGICAUDA Peters.

Ablabes longicauda, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 284.

Mr. C. Curtis, Superintendent of the Botanical Gardens, Penang,

kindly gave me a specimen of this apparently rare snake, which he

had found alive in a tin box in his house in the suburbs of George-

town, Penang, during March or April 1898.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

151. MacrocaLaMUS LATERALIS Giinther.

Macrocalamus laterals, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p, 199, pl. xviii.

fig. D; Blgr. Cat. Snakes, il. p. 327.

This species was known from a single specimen (from General

Hardwicke’s East Indian collection) of doubtful locality. In

April 1898 I was fortunate enough to get three individuals in the

Larut Hills, Perak, at an elevation of 4400 feet.

Description. These three specimens agree with the description of

M. lateralis, except that they possess a loreal shield, larger than

deep ; the type-specimen was apparently abnormal in having

the loreals united with the prefrontals. The numbers of ventral

and subcaudal shields were respectively 110 and 25, 110 and 27,

119 and 21.

Colour. Above rich dark reddish brown. Below, head and neck

yellow, remainder bright coral-red, with a black latero-ventral line,

clearly defined from the under surface of the neck to the tip of the

tail on each side,

O74 MR, STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

Labials and sides of neck yellow; a dark mark below eye and

another behind it running obliquely to angle of mouth, and

another similar but larger mark on the neck.

Size. These specimens were 193 mm., 212 mm., and 222 mm.in

length.

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

152. PsEUDORHABDIUM LONGICEPS (Cantor).

Pseudorhabdium longiceps, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 329.

Recorded from Penang, Perak, and Singapore (P. Z. 8. 1896,

p- 886).

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Celebes, Philippines.

153. CALAMARIA ALBIVENTER (Gray).

Calamaria linnei, var., Cantor, p. 62.

Calamaria albiventer, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 336.

Of this very handsome snake I got a specimen, 279 mm. long,

on Penang Hill, elevation 2000 feet, in March 1898. Its colours

were very distinct and pretty.

Colour (in life). Above rich red-brown, with a pair of black-

edged bright red vertebral lines; on each side a black-edged bluish-

white line. Upper surface of head rich red-brown, finely speckled

with black. Under surface of head rich lemon-yellow, which

gradually shades into red on the neck ; remainder of lower surface

bright coral-red. A median black line under the tail.

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

154. CaLAMARIA SUMATRANA Edeling.

Calamaria sumatrana, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 339.

Hab. Malay Peninsula (Singapore, W. L. Sclater, J. A. S. B. Ix.

1891, p. 233) and Sumatra.

155. CALAMARIA LEUCOCEPHALA D. & B.

Calamaria lumbricoides, var. Cantor, p. 61.

Calamaria leucocephala, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, il. p. 344.

Localities, Of this species, already recorded from Penang and

Singapore, I obtained four specimens on Penang Hill, at elevations

of about 2200 feet, and one at the mouth of the Batu Caves, near

Kuala Lumpor, Selangor.

Habits. Two were found under a water-butt near a house ; when

disturbed they were fierce, striking and threatening with wide-

opened mouth.

Colour (in life). These snakes are highly iridescent, and the line

of demarcation between the dark upper and light lower parts is

sharply defined: upper parts rich dark brown, purplish blue, or

blackish ; lower parts uniform white, buff, or very pale purplish

blue, with a more or less indistinct zigzag median dark line under

the tail. Head and neck bright lemon- or sulphur-yellow ; on the

top of the head there may be a symmetrical chestnut-coloured

1899. ] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM, 675

mark which shows the bright yellow ground-colour through breaks

in it and which does not join on to the dark upper parts, or else

this mark may bea duller brown and larger avd joined to the

dark upper parts either narrowly (only in the vertebral line) or

broadly.

Size. These five specimens varied from 265 to 293 mm. in total

length.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

156, CALAMARIA PAvIMENTATA D. & B.

Calamaria pavimentata, Bigr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 348; 8. Flower,

P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 886.

M. Mouhot obtained a specimen of this snake in Siam and two in

the Laos Mouutains ; these form the types of Culamaria siamensis

Giinth. In April 1898 I saw three more individuals from Penang

Hill, one caught at about 800 feet, the others at about 2000 feet.

Hab. Burma, Siam, Cochinchina, Canton, Malay Peninsula, Java

Series Opisthoglypha.

Subfamily Homatopsin 2.

157. Hypsrruina inpica (Gray).

Hypsirhina indica, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 4, pl. i. fig. 1.

The only known specimens, the types in the British Museum,

are supposed to be from the Malay Peninsula.

Hab. Malay Peninsula ?

158. HypstrHINA PLUMBEA (Boie).

Hypsirhina plumbea, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 5.

Localities. The British Museum Catalogue mentions specimens

from Pachebone, Siam (Mouhot), and from Penang (Cantor, Hard-

wicke). I obtained one near Taiping, Perak, in Dec. 1899; two

near Tahkamen, Siam, in March 1897; and one near Alor Star,

Kedah, in May 1898.

Habits. This snake apparently usuaily frequents freshwater-

ponds or rivulets, but one I found under a stone some little distance

from any water. When frightened, this species will bite fiercely

at anything within reach.

Colour (in life). Above dark olive-brown, with small irregular,

scattered, black spots, and in one specimen (from Kedah) a series

of small black spots along the vertebral line of the neck, and a

black spot on either side of the head akove the angle of the mouth.

Lips and whole lower surface bright chrome- or saffron-yellow. A

dark brown zigzag median line under the tail.

Size. An individual from Tahkamen measured in total length

411 mm.

Hab. Burma, South China, Yormosa, Hainan, Siam, Malay

Peninsula, Java, Borneo, Celebes.

676 MR. STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

159. Hypstruina sacorit Peters.

Hypsirhina jagorii, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 6.

The British Museum Catalogue mentions specimens from Siam

received through M. Mouhot, Sir R. Schomburgk, and Mr. W. H.

Newman. I obtained three in Bangkok and one at Tahkamen,

the latter 635 mm. in total length.

Hab. Siam.

160. HypstrHIna ENHYDRIS (Schneid.).

Hypsirhina enhydris, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 6.

Siamese. “ Ngu pla” =“ fish-snake,” also applied to other species

of Homalopsine snakes. This species has been recorded from

Penang and Singapore. I obtained one specimen from near Alor

Star in Kedah, and two in Bangkok, all belonging to var. A.

Colour (in life). The Kedah specimen was coloured as follows :—

Above dark olive-brown, with indistinct black longitudinal lines

and dark yellowish-olive dorso-lateral lines. Beneath pale yellow,

with brown median ventral line, interrupted at the suture of each

ventral shield, but uninterrupted and darker under the tail; on

each side two brown yventro-lateral lines, the lower one much

darker than the upper. Lips yellow.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, South China, Cochinchina, Siam,

Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Celebes.

161. HypstRHINa CHINENSIS Gray.

Hypsirhina chinensis, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 8, pl. 1. fig. 2.

Hab. China, Siam.

162. Hypstruina Bocourtit Jan.

Hypsirhina bocourtii, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iti. p. 10.

Of this species, which was not previously recorded from the

Malay Peninsula, I obtained an adult female, 854 mm. in total

length, near Alor Kedah, in June 1898, who while in captivity

brought forth seventeen young, alive. They were expelled at

intervals of from ten to twenty minutes; between whiles she lay

quite still, as if exhausted. The young came out head foremost,

and were very lively as soon as born, perfectly “at home” in the

water, swimming with ease and speed, but very awkward and

sluggish on land; as soon as born they proceeded to change their

skin. If picked up gently in the hand they were perfectly tame

and quiet, but if surprised or pinched they bit with promptitude

and vigour. Some new-born young of Hypsirhina enhydris which

Cantor observed “refused fishes and aquatic insects” and eventually

‘expired from inanition” ; but these young H. bocourti: fed freely

on small frogs (Rana and Microhyla) when only a day or two old.

The new-born young were about 220 mm. in length.

Colour (in life). 2. Above very dark olive-brown, with dark

yellow spots forming longitudinal lines, and more or less irregular,

plack-edged, dark yellow, narrow cross-bars. Lips dull yellow, each

1899. ] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 677

seale black-edged. Beneath dull yellow, with vertical black bars

interrupted on the ventral line except under the tail.

Hab, Siam, Malay Peninsula.

163, Hypsrruina stnponpit (Schleg.).

Hypsirhina sieboldii, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 11.

Hab. India, Burma, Malay Peninsula.

164, Homatopsis Buccata (L.).

Homalopsis buccata, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 14 (skull fig.),

Siamese. “ Neu-pla” =“ fish-snake.”

Localities. This snake has been recorded from Penang, Malacca,

and Singapore (vide P. Z. S. 1896, p. 887). There are specimens

from Perak in the Taiping Museum. I obtained two near Alor

Star, Kedah, and about twelve specimens in Bangkok. A specimen

in the Siamese Museum has two heads, side by side, each about

equally perfectly developed.

Habits. H. buccata frequents the neighbourhood of water, in

which it spends most of its time, and is an expert swimmer ; “it

feeds on fishes” (Cantor). When first caught it is very wild,

but becomes quite tame in two or three days. I have kept several

individuals in captivity, one for 14 months, when it was set at

liberty on my leaving Siam. They appeared to have more intelli-

gence than most snakes and appreciated being petted: when I

came to the tank in which they were kept they would often of

their own accord come to me and climb up my arm and remain

round my neck or curled up in a pocket sometimes for hours till

replaced in the tank, while they resented being touched by anyone

else, which was remarkable, for other snakes that I have kept as

pets never objected to being picked up by one anyone (who was

used to handling snakes). Their food in captivity was frogs

(Rana limnocharis).

Colour (in life). Homalopsis buccata is a remarkably pretty

snake on account of the richness of its colours and the bold, hand-

some markings. The following description is of adult specimens

from Bangkok :—

Above with broad transverse rich chocolate-brown cross-bands

narrowly edged with black, separated by narrow pale greyish-brown

interspaces; on the anterior part of the body these interspaces are

alternately complete and broken up into three parts. An irregular

spot on the centre of the back, and an acutely pointed wedge

(pointing upward) on each side. Head pale brown, with a V-shaped

dark brown mark on the snout, and a A-shaped mark on the top of

the head, which on each side sometimes joins’ dark brown line which

begins in front of and passes through the eye and continues back-

ward till it joms the first dark transverse band on the neck, which

band has a prolongation forward in the vertebral line ; a narrow

brown black-edged line which reaches as far as the posterior

branches of the A or sometimes enters the angle. Belly pure

Proc, Zoou. Soo.—1899, No, XLIV.

[May 16,

MR. STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE

CH nogqe

QF ynoqe

OF NoGR

"sa ROG

“"qysueT

ite ? ee ss ee $i . 6L RCT

eit avaver a Bree site oaTh LL 191 “yvpayt

ee Lee, ; hee Hines beaks 9g S91 «

GI+GI 6 G I “elryu9 “peprarp I0l OLL re

GI +E1 € q I “atryue *peplarp 88 TL -

GI+FGL § G T *oAT}UO <7 88 TILT -

battou Paueee Were Bocce Boe sais 901 UI “

coy 6 G i *e1qu9 “peplarp 96 FLT 4

ZI+I1 g fe I ‘argue =| “peplaip | &6 gLT ‘yoysung

‘speiqey todd el be ee. a a [eo10'T PM LUCOR a | ana ¢ ‘speaque, | ‘Aq17200T

*uoudwosag

‘ON

\ paeilal

1899. ] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 679

white, with a series of small black spots along each side ; the white

belly gradually shades to a very rich lemon-yellow on each side,

where the dark upper markings commence abruptly. The under

surface of the tail is extensively marked with very dark brown.

Young specimens from Kedah were marked as above, but the

chocolate-brown cross-bands were darker, the interspaces bright

yellow-ochre, and the whole lower surface lemon-yellow (cf. Cantor,

p- 96).

Hab. Burma, Siam, Cambodia, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java,

Borneo.

165, CERBERUS RHYNCHOPS (Schn.).

Cerberus rhynchops, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ili. p. 16; S. Flower,

P. Z.S. 1896, p. 888.

Localities. Recorded from Penang, Singapore, and Kuala Lumpor

(R. Hanitsch, Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p.10). I have

also obtained it from Johore Bahru, and from Alor Star, Kedah.

Habits. I can only confirm Cantor’s remarks: “ In the Malayan

countries this species occurs in numbers in rivers, estuaries, and. .

sea-coasts. It feeds upon fishes. It is of peaceful habits.”

Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, Lower Siam, Malay Peninsula,

Sumatra, Engano, Sipora (Mentawei Islands), Linga, Java, Flores,

Sumba, Borneo (I obtained six specimens at Brunei), Celebes,

N. Ceram, Philippines, and the Pelew Islands.

166, ForponIA LEUCOBALIA (Schleg.).

Homalopsis leucobalia, Cantor, p. 102.

Fordonia leucobalia, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 21.

Dr. Hanitsch obtained a specimen in Singapore in October

1898.

Hab. Rivers and coasts of Bengal, Burma, Malay Peninsula,

Cochinchina, Nicobars, Java, Borneo, N. Ceram, New Guinea,

North Australia.

167. CANTORIA VIOLACEA Gir.

Cantoria violacea, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 23.

A specimen of this very rare snake was caught in the town

of Singapore in August 1898 and sent to the Raffles Museum ;

Dr. Hanitsch very kindly submitted it to me for identification.

Ventral shields 284 (last divided). Anal divided. Subcaudals

double, 52. Scalesin 19 rows. Length 1220 mm.

The white transverse bands were very narrow,

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Borneo.

168. Hipistrs nypRinvus (Cantor).

Homalopsis hydrina, Cantor, p. 104, pl. xl. fig. 4.

Hipistes hydrinus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 24.

Recorded from the coasts of Penang and Kedah, and from

Singapore. The British Museum Catalogue mentions a specimen

was

680 MR, STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

from Bangkok. In the Kuala Lumpor Museum there is a speci-

men caught at Pulo Angsa, on the coast of Selangor.

Hab, Mouths of rivers and coasts of Pegu, Siam, and Malay

Peninsula.

169. HurpPeron TENTACULATUM Lacép.

Herpeton tentaculatum, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iil. p. 25.

Siamese. “ Ngu kra-dahng.”

There is in the Siamese Museum a specimen of this singular

snake labelled “ Siam,” and I obtained two more, caught in different

parts of the town of Bangkok. The larger, about 630 mm. in

length, had recently swallowed a fish when caught. In life the

tentacles on the snout are soft, capable of expansion and retraction,

and apparently very sensitive; the snake constantly moves them

about, as if they performed the function of the antennee of Arthro-

pods. Why this particular reptile is thus furnished it is difficult, in

our present state of knowledge, to imagine, seeing that other snakes

use their tongue as a feeler. When the specimen is placed in

spirits the tentacles retract and are not so conspicuous as they are

in life.

Hab. Siam, Cochinchina.

Subfamily DirsapoMoRPHIN &.

170. DrPsADOMORPHUS MULTIMACULATUS (Boie).

Dipsadomorphus multimaculatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 63.

Cantor mentions this species from the hills of Penang and the

Peninsula, and M. Mouhot obtained a specimen at Pachebone, Siam.

There is one in the Siamese Museum labelled “ Siam,” and I

obtained another in Bangkok, 625 mm. in length, with 19 rows of

scales.

Hab. Burma, South China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,

Java, Celebes.

171. DipsaDOMORPHUS GOKOOL (Gray).

Dipsadomorphus gokool, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 64.

Hab. Bengal, Assam, Malay Peninsula.

172. DIPSADOMORPHUS DENDROPHILUS (Boie).

Dipsadomorphus dendrophilus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 70.

‘“*Ular Puntee ” of the Malays of Kedah.

Localities. Var. B: Recorded from Kedah, Penang, Pangkor

(Dindings), Ipoh district of Perak (R. Hanitsch, Rep. Raffles Libr.

& Mus. 1897, p. 10), and Singapore.

Habits. A specimen I obtained from Kudat, British North

Borneo, 1224 mm. in length, looked very distended, and we found

in its stomach a recently swallowed Tree-Snake (Chrysopelea ornata),

which was rather longer than itself; the swallowed prey was, as

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM, 681

usual, head foremost, but the tail and posterior part of the body

was for about a third of its length doubled back on the remainder.

Colour (in life) of a specimen from Alor Star, Kedah :

Above intense shining black, below leaden blue-black. Fifty-five

bright gamboge-yellow rings, much narrower than the black inter-

spaces, and interrupted both above and below (except the last few

on the tail). Labials and lower parts of head and neck gamboge ;

upper labials broadly, lower labials narrowly outlined in black.

Size. Total length 2310 mm. (P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 889).

Hab. Lower Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo,

Celebes, Palawan, Philippines.

173. D1psaDOMORPHUS JASPIDEUS (D, & B.).

Dipsadomorphus jaspideus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 73.

Hab. Malay Peninsula (Penang), Java, Borneo.

174, D1psADOMORPHUS DRAPIEZII (Boie).

Dipsadomorphus drapiezii, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 74; 8. Flower,

P. Z.8. 1896, p. 889.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

175. DrpsaDOMORPHUS CrNoDON (Boie).

Dipsadomorphus cynodon, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 77.

Localities. Penang Hills, 2500 feet (Van Sommeren collection),

Province Wellesley (Cantor), Gunong Keledang in Perak (“ light

coloured, with yellow throat,” Ridley), Kuala Lumpor (Selangor

Museum), Malacca (var. B, British Museum), Johore Bahru

(Wilson), and Singapore (vars. A. & B, Dennys and Ridley).

Habits. One was caught in Penang climbing in a coniferous tree.

A specimen caught in Johore had swallowed a bird.

Size. A Johore specimen measured in total length 2448 mm.

(or 8 feet); two Selangor specimens were of about the same size.

Hab. Assam, Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sipora (Mentawei

Islands), Java ?, Bali, Borneo, Philippines.

176. PSAMMODYNASTES PULVERULENTUS (Boie).

Psammodynastes pulverulentus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 172.

M. Mouhot obtained a specimen in the Laos Mountains. There

is one in the Siamese Museum labelled “Siam,” and I have seen

another from Chantaboon.

Hab. Eastern Himalayas, Khasi and Assam Hills, Burma, Siam,

Formosa, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Engata, Java, Lombok,

Flores, Great Natuna, Borneo, Celebes, Balabac, Palawan,

Philippines.

177. DRYopHis xanTHOzONA Boie.

Dryophis xanthozona, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 180,

Hab. Malay Peninsula (Penang), Java.

682 ; MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

178. Dryopnis PRasInvs Boie.

Dryophis prasinus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 180; 8. Flower,

P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 890.

“ Ular poocho ” of the Malays of Kedah.

“ Ngu kee-o pah-king-kop” of the Siamese (this term is also

applied to Dryophis mycterizans).

I have obtained this elegant Tree-Snake from Alor Star, Kedah,

from Penang (sea-level to 2500 feet), from Johore Bahru, and from

Singapore ; and seen specimens from Selangor and Pahang.

Habits. Cantor says of this species, “‘The very young ones are as

gentle as those of a more advanced age are ferocious.” However,

a specimen 1314 mm. in length (that is to say an average-sized

adult) we kept in captivity for three months was always most

gentle and never attempted to escape, living at liberty in the

drawing-room, usually among the leaves of a small palm which

stood ona table, but sometimes going to the window to bask in the

sun; and larger specimens even when first caught were perfectly

gentle and tame.

Hab. Eastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, Cambodia, Lower Siam,

Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Nias, Sipora (Mentawei Islands), Java,

Lombok, Great Natuna, Borneo (I obtained a specimen at Kudat),

Celebes, Ternate, Philippines.

179. DRYOPHIS MYCTERIZANS (L.).

Dryophis mycterizans, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 182.

The British Museum Catalogue mentions a specimen from Siam.

I have seen five from Bangkok, the largest about 1200 mm. in

length ; this snake was as gentle as D. prasinus.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam.

180. DryornioPs RUBESCENS (Gray).

Chrysopelea rubescens, Stoliczka, J. A. 8S, B. xxxix. 1870, p. 195.

Dryophiops rubescens, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 194.

Hab. Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Sipora (Mentawei

Islands), Sirhassen (Natuna Islands), Borneo.

181. Curysopenna orNATA (Shaw).

Chrysopelea ornata, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 196.

The Ornate Tree-Snake is one of tne most beautiful and most

frequently seen reptiles in Siam and the Malay Peninsula.

Localities. Var. A: Cantor and Stoliczka record it from Penang,

where I obtained two specimens at sea-level and saw a third in

Mr. Van Sommeren’s collection caught on the hill at an elevation

of 2500 feet. It is also known from Kulim in Kedah (8.8. F.),

Jelebu (Hanitsch), Kuala Lumpor (Van Sommeren coll.), and

Singapore (Dennys, Hanitsch, Ridley, and 8.8. F.).

Var. D: The British Museum Catalogue mentions two specimens

from Siam presented by Bowring and one from the Laos Mountains

collected by Mouhot. I obtained 19 individuals in Bangkok, 2 at

1899.) REPTILES OF THH MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 683

Ayuthia, 1 near Muok Lek in the Dong Phya Fai (elevation

900 feet), 1 at Pachim, 1 at Tahkamen, 1 at Kabin, 1 at Chantaboon,

and 3 at Alor Star, Kedah, which is the most southern point

where I have seen this variety. A little more to the south, at

Kulim and Penang, it seems to be entirely replaced by var. A.

Description.

| }

No. | Locality. Ventrals. Last Subcaudals. Length.

ve tral.

Var. A, |

mm.

1 Singapore ......... 226° | ? ? 635

uaa Penance: tes. 0s 237 ‘| Divided. 136 TAT

3. | Kulim, ¢ ......... 238 ? ? 911

4 Singapore ........ 228 | Diviced. 129 1235

Var. D

5 Bangkok............ 227 ‘| Divided. 123 672

6 Alor Star ........ 228 ‘3 125 838

7. eS er secnecte | SOOO - 136 889

8. Dong Phya Fai...| 218 " 111 990

9: ‘| Tahkamen ......... 224. 5 123 1185

10 Bangkok ............ 227 * 119 1198

11. eet yas eorere 230 $5 121 1243

12, voit Ncasbaee assess 239 Re 118 1358

13, ee canst eo » |T4 (tip lost)|1393

14, Be eee 231 » _ {79 (tip lost)|1443

15. pra ENt IE <eaiae Ses 231 - 79 (tip lost)|1459 (or +' 9''-25).

Habits. Chrysopelea ornata is the fiercest snake I have met.

Under circumstances when most snakes, harmless and poisonous

alike, would try to glide away quietly, this one will turn to attack

the person who disturbs it, and will attempt to resist capture to

the uttermost, striking and biting ferociously. I have not found

the slightest effect on myself from its bite, but it is supposed to

have a poisonous effect on the small animals on which it feeds,

and, so far as my observations go, its bite has the effect of

stupefying lizards to some extent (cf. Boulenger, Fauna Brit.

Ind., Reptiles, pp. 223 and 277).

Individuals I have at various times tried to keep in captivity

showed no signs of becoming tamer, and would always bite my

hand when I put it in the vivarium, and being also an annoyance

to the other inmates of the cage, I have only kept them for a few

days ata time. One Chrysopelea bit itself so hard that its teeth

became fixed in the side of its body.

This snake is diurnal in its habits, and may be seen moving about

in the hottest midday sunshine. I remember only once seeing one

on the ground, where it was moving from among some bushes to

another clump. Usually it frequents trees, and about seven times

684 MR, STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

I have come across itin buildings, where it not unfrequently takes

up its abode in the roof, finding doubtless a good supply of food

there, as the lamps attract insects, the insects supply regular food

to numerous geckoes, and the geckoes in turn support the snakes.

Its cast-off skins (which are decidedly pretty, as, though no trace

of the green colour remains, the black markings both on the head

and dorsal shields are very distinct) hanging among the rafters

often show that a house is tenanted by this snake. Once we

came on a large specimen crawling round an old image of Buddna

in a temple at Ayuthia; in the dim light it was a curious sight,

not easily forgotten.

It is a very active and agile snake. Once I saw a small one,

about 21 feet long, take a flying leap, from an upstairs window,

downward and outward on to a branch of a tree and then crawl

away among the foliage. The distance it had jumped was

measured and found to be nearly 8 feet.

I have known it eat Hemidactylus frenatus and Gecko verticillatus ;

the latter may give battle to the snake for some hours before

being finally swallowed. Cantor says its prey consists of lizards

(Geckonide) and frogs, and mentions an instance of its eating

Ptychozoon homalocephalum.

Chrysopelea ornata itself, however, sometimes falls a victim to

other snakes ; I have known individuals to have been swallowed

by a Zamenis mucosus and by a Dipsadomorphus dendrophilus.

Cantor’s experience of this species was quite different from mine,

as he writes of its habits :—‘ It is but seldom seen in trees; it is

more frequently found on the ground in the grass. It differs from

the other species... in its gentleness. The young ones never

attempt to bite, the adult but seldom.” Giinther (Rept. Brit. Ind.

p- 299) quotes Cantor’s account, adding to the “seldom seen in

trees” the very true remark, “ probably because it makes too rapid

a retreat to be seen.” Giinther also mentions having “ found

geckoes in its stomach.” Boulenger (Fauna Brit. Ind., Reptiles,

p- 372) writes: “It feeds almost exclusively on geckoes, and is of

gentle disposition.”

Colour (in life). The general colour of “this most beautiful of

all snakes” (Giinther) is bright grass-green, with conspicuous

black transverse marks on the top of the head.

Var. A: Bright grass-green, extensively marked with black, so

that the back appears black with small green spots. Down the

centre of the back is a series of tetraplous bright red spots (in a

specimen from Penang Hill these were yellow). Each ventral

and subcaudal shield is outlined in black. Head bright sulphur-

yellow, boldly marked with black above. ‘ Iris and tongue black”

(Cantor).

Var. D: The whole body and tail, above and below, bright grass-

green. Each scale on the back is bordered with black and has a

black median stripe on it. There is a black spot on each side of

each ventral scale (these may be absent anteriorly, then appear as

small dots, and get larger posteriorly); the subcaudals are marked

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 685

with black both on the sides and underneath. Head above and

below lemon-yellow, boldly and extensively marked with intense

velvety black above, these marks mostly taking the form of trans-

verse bands. The anterior portion of the neck is greenish yellow

beneath. Iris golden or yellowish brown. Inside of mouth red.

Tongue red, with black tips and sometimes two transverse dark

marks on it further up.

Young of Var. D: Yellowish green, with about 118 black

transverse bands, each about twice as broad as the green inter-

spaces ; the scales forming the interspaces and those on the sides

are edged with black. Tail extensively marked with black, forming

both transverse bands and longitudinal lines. Ventrals with a

small black spot on each side above the lateral keel. Head

marked as in adults.

Hab. Southern India, Ceylon, Bengal, Assam, Burma, Southern

China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Nias, Sipora (Mentawei

Islands), Java, Borneo (I obtained a specimen from Kudat),

Celebes, Sulu Islands, Philippines.

182. CHRYSOPELEA CHRYSOCHLORA (Reinw.).

Chrysopelea chrysochlora, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 138.

Recorded from Penang and Singapore. In September 1897 I

obtained a specimen in the foothills of Gunong Pulai, Johore.

Length 739 mm.

Colour (in life). Above olive-green, the back ornamented by

very distinct bright yellow narrow transverse bands, not extending

on to the sides; these yellow bands are bordered in front and

behind with black, and the broad interspaces are bright red. These

yellow, black, and red markings are most distinct on the anterior

quarter of the body, and get fainter further back, but they are

distinguishable right to the tip of the tail. The lower surface

(between the lateral keels) is pale olive-greeu. The lateral keels

of the ventral scales are outlined in black; and the part of the

ventral scales above the lateral keel is bright lemon-yellow, each

scale narrowly outlined with black. Thus between the darker

green upper parts and the paler green belly is a bright yellow

stripe along each side, which is continued on to the tail, where it

gradually disappears. The upper surface of the head is olive-

brown, with a red chevron-like cross-band (with point forward)

behind the eyes; behind this again there is a much smaller cheyron

pointing backward, and on the back of the head a cross-band,

broad in the centre and narrowing to each side; these three red

marks are outlined in black. There is a black line on either side

of the head, running from below the nostril, through the lower

part of the eye, to the angle of the mouth, dividing the dark

upper parts of the head from the lemon-yellow lips and lower

surface.

Hab, Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Nias, Banka, Borneo,

Natuna Islands.

686 MR, STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

Series Proteroglypha.

Subfamily HypRopHiin 2.

Sea-snakes abound in the Straits of Malacca, in the China Sea,

and in the Gulf of Siam; those which frequent estuaries are caught

from time to time in fishing-stakes, but we know very little of

those which frequent the open sea. I find in my diary frequent

references to seeing them; two such will suffice here :—* 21.9.97.

Off Borneo, approaching Labuan, in the afternoon from about

4 to 6 p.m. we saw many scores of sea-snakes. Every few minutes

the steamer passed one, and sometimes there were two or three

within a few yards of each other ; most were from one to two feet

long, the largest perhaps as much as four feet. Judging from the

colours, they were several different species. The extreme brilliancy

of the colouring of some was very beautiful and remarkable; some

were almost entirely rich-golden yellow, others lemon-yellow ;

most had dark transverse bands of black or brown; some were

green, banded alternately darker and lighter.” ‘3.5.98. Gulf of

Siam. During the afternoon saw six sea-snakes, all apparently of

the same species; size small; colour yellowish olive. They did

not seem aware of the steamer’s approach till her bows were a

few yards from them; then the snakes tried hard to swim away,

wriggling on the surface, partly in and partly out of the water,

but were of course quickly overtaken, and as soon as the spray

from the steamer’s fore-foot reached them they dived vertically

downward.”

183. Hyprus pLaturus (L.).

Hydrus bicolor, Cantor, p. 135 (also pelamis, Cantor, p. 136 ?).

Pelamis bicolor, Blanford, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 215.

Hydrus platurus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 267.

Cantor obtained “a single individual taken in a fishing-stake off

the coast of Province Wellesley,” and it is recorded from Singapore

by Blanford and by Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897,

p- 10). The British Museum Catalogue mentions specimens from

“Siam ” and the “ Gulf of Siam.”

Hab. Obok, Red Sea (Blgr. A. M. N. H. April 1897, p. 468),

Indian Ocean, Straits of Malacca, the Tropical and Subtropical

Pacific from the Loo Choo Islands to Australia and New Zealand,

and from the Malay Archipelago to Central America.

184. HyDROPHIS CZRULESCENS (Shaw).

Hydrophis cerulescens, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 275.

Hab. Bombay Coast, Bay of Bengal, Straits of Malacca.

185. Hypropuis nicrocrnerus Daud.

Hydrophis nigrocinctus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 277.

Hab. Bay of Bengal and Straits of Malacca.

1899.] §_ REPLILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND S1AM,. 687

186. HypRopuis ¢Raciuis (Shaw).

Hydrophis gracilis, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 280.

Recorded from Singapore, for the first time, by Dr. Hanitsch

(Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 10).

Hab. Coasts of Persia, India, and Burma; Malay Archipelago.

187. Hypropuis canroris Giinth,

Hydrus gracilis, part., Cantor, p. 130.

Hydrophis cantoris, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 281, pi. xiv.

Hab. Bay of Bengal and Straits of Malacca.

188. HypRopHis Fascratus (Schn.).

Hydrophis atriceps, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 371, pl. xxv.

fies 'D.

Hydrophis fasciatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 281.

The British Museum contains a Penang specimen (from

Cantor), and two said to be from Siam.

Hab. From the coasts of India to China and New Guinea.

189. HyDRoPHIS ToRQUATUS Giinther.

Hydrus nigrocinctus, Cantor, p. 128.

Hydrophis torquatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 283.

Cantor obtained five specimens during four years in the Straits

of Malacca.

Hab. Bay of Bengal and Straits of Malacca.

190. Hypropais opscurvs (Daud.).

Hydrophis obscurus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 284.

I have seen a specimen, 807 mm. in length, from the Gulf of

Siam.

Hab. Bay of Bengal, Malay Archipelago, Gulf of Siam.

191. DisrIRA stoxKEsII (Gray).

Distira stokesii, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 288 (skull fig. p. 286).

Hab. Mekran Coast, Indian Ocean, Straits of Malacca (Singa-

pore), North coast of Australia.

192. Distrra ornata (Gray).

Distira ornata, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 290.

The British Museum Catalogue records a specimen from Siam.

Hab. From the mouth of the Persian Gulf and the coasts of

India and Ceylon to New Guinea and North Australia.

193. DisTIRA BRUGMANSII (Boie).

Hydrus striatus, part., Cantor, p. 126.

Iistira robusta, Blgr. Fauna Ind., Rept. p. 409.

Distira brugmansii, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 292.

Hab. Persian Gulf, coasts of India and Burma, Straits of

Malacca (Penang), and the Malay Archipelago.

688 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

194. Distrra cyanocrncTa (Daud.).

Hydrus striatus, part., Cantor, p. 126.

Distira cyanocincta, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ui. p. 294,

Hab. From the Persian Gulf and the coasts of India to China,

Japan, and Papuasia.

195. Distrra JERDONII (Gray).

Hydrus nigrocinctus, var., Cantor, p. 129, pl. xl. fig. 8.

Distira jerdonii, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 299.

This is apparently a very rare species. Cantor obtained “a single

individual, captured in a fishing-stake off Pinang,” during his four

years in the Straits of Malacca, and it does not seem to have been

observed again since his time.

Hab. Bay of Bengal, Straits of Malacca, Borneo.

196. ENHYDRIS HARDWICKII (Gray).

Hydrus pelamidoides, Cantor, p. 133.

Enhydris hardwickii, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 301.

Cantor obtained four specimens during four years in the Straits

of Malacca. It is recorded from “ Bangkok” (Hanitsch, Rep.

Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 10).

Hab. Bay of Bengal, Straits of Malacca, China Sea, and sea of

the Malay Archipelago as far east as New Guinea.

197. ENHYDRINA VELAKADIEN (Boie).

Hydrus schistosus, Cantor, p. 132.

Enhydrina velakadien, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 302.

Siamese. “ Ngu chai-tong.”

Cantor writes of this species :—‘“ Incredibly numerous in the

Bay of Bengal, at Pinang and Singapore, far more so than any

known terrestrial serpent. The fishing-nets are hardly ever

worked but one or more are among the contents.” The British

Museum has a specimen from Siam presented by W. H. Newman,

Esq., and there is one in the Siamese Museum from the Gulf of

Siam, 933 mm. in total length.

Hab. From the Persian Gulf, along the coasts of India, Burma,

Siam, the Malay Peninsula and Archipelago, to Papuasia.

198. AIPYSURUS EYDOUXI (Gray).

Aipysurus eydouwii, Blgr, Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 304.

Aipysurus eydouxi, 8. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 893.

The occurrence of this species on the coast of the Malay

Peninsula was doubtful, but we now know it to be found at Singa-

pore, as I obtained a specimen caught on some flooded land near the

Serangoon Road in 1896. Length about 500 mm.

Hab. Coasts of Singapore, Java, and the Philippines.

199, PLATURUS LATICAUDATUS (L.).

Platurus fischeri, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 356, pl. xxv. fig. A.

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 689

Platurus laticaudatus, Blgr. Fauna Ind., Rept. p. 395 (head

fig. p. 394); Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 307.

The British Museum contains a specimen from Chantaboon,

Siam.

Hab. Bay of Bengal, Gulf of Siam, Loo Choo Islands, New

Guinea, and the Western South Pacific (Fiji, New Hebrides,

Australia, and Tasmania).

200. PLATURUS COLUBRINUS (Schn.).

Laticauda scutata, Cantor, p. 125.

Platurus colubrinus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, p. 308 (skull fig. p. 307).

Recorded from Penang and Singapore; Cantor obtained only

three specimens in four years, so it is apparently not numerous,

Hab. Bay of Bengal, Engano, Straits of Malacca, Malay

Archipelago, and the Western South Pacific (Fiji, New Hebrides,

Australia, and New Zealand).

Subfamily Enapin 2”.

201. Bune@arvs Fascratus (Schn.).

Bungarus fasciatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 366.

Localities. This fine snake, coloured yellow and black in alternate

rings, is popularly confounded with the harmless Dipsadomorphus

dendrophilus, so may not be as numerous in the Malay countries

as some suppose ; it is known to occur in the following localities :—

Penang (Cantor and Stoliczka), Province Wellesley (Cantor and Van

Sommeren coll.), Kuala Lumpor (Selangor Museum), Malacca

(Hanitsch, Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 10), Johore

(Kelsall, vide post.), and Singapore (Blanford). Two specimens

supposed to have been caught in Bangkok are in the Siamese

Museum; and the British Museum Catalogue mentions two

specimens from Siam, presented by Sir R. Schomburgk and W. H.

Newman, Esq.

H. J. Kelsall, J. S. B. Royal Asiatic Soc. no. 26, 1894, p. 12,

when on the Batu Pahat Sembrong in Johore, “saw a fine

specimen of the banded viper (Bungarus fasciatus) in a hole in the

bank. On an attempt being made to kill it, it took to the water

and by diving escaped.”

Size. A specimen caught in Kuala Lumpor, Selangor, measured

in total length 1270 mm. (or 4 feet 2 inches).

Hab, India, Assam, Burma, Southern China, Siam, Malay

Peninsula, Sumatra, Java.

202, Bunearus oanpipvts (L.).

Bungarus ceruleus, Blgr. Fauna Ind., Rept. p. 388.

Bungarus candidus, Cantor, p. 113; Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii.

p. 368 (skull fig. p. 365).

Localities. The Krait, supposed to be one of the most deadly of

690 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

poisonous snakes, is fortunately of very rare occurrence in the

Malay Peninsula. Cantor obtained a specimen 857 mm, in length

“killed by Captain Congalton near Keddah.” On the 1st June,

1898, I obtained a specimen near Alor Star, Kedah, 775 mm. in

length. Imagining it to be the harmless snake Lycodon subcinctus,

I carried it in my hand upstairs to keep in my room, but fortunately

noticed it was a Krait and killed it before it had bitten anyone.

A few days later a servant came upstairs and placed on the table

a snake he had come across in the garden and thought I might

like: it was a live Cobra (Naiu tripudians); in this case also

luckily the snake had not bitten anyone.

Description (notes on). Alor Star specimen mentioned above :

temporals 142; three lower labials in contact with the anterior

chin-shields, which are larger than the posterior. Scales in 15 rows.

Ventrals 220. Anal? Subcaudals single, 40 (tip broken), except

the 24th and 25th, which are double.

Colour (in life), Above purplish black, with 28 double white

cross-bands. Skin between scales whitish. Lips, chin, throat,

and underneath of body pale yellow, immaculate. Underneath of

tail purplish brown, with irregular pale yellow cross-bars.

Hab. India, Burma, Southern China, Formosa, Hainan, Indo-

China, Lower Siam (Malay Peninsula), Java, Celebes.

903. BUNGARUS FLAVICEPS Reinh.

Bungarus flaviceps, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 371; S. Flower,

P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 894.

Hab. Tenasserim, Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,

Nias, Java, and Borneo.

204, Nata tripuprans Merr.

Naia tripudians, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 380 (skull fig .p. 372) ;

S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 894.

Siamese. “ Ngu how.”

“ Toodong sli” of the Malays of Kedah.

“ Ular mata-dri” of the Malays, according to Cantor. Ular=

snake; mata-dri=sun (lit. eye of the day).

Localities. The Cobra is apparently not so numerous in the

Malay Peninsula as in parts of India and in Siam; the British

Museum Catalogue records var. A.a from Penang, var. C.b from

Siam and Kedah, and var. D from Penang and Singapore. Mr.

Van Sommeren’s collection contains a Cobra from Kuala Lumpor,

Selangor, and three caught on Penang Hill; these are of small size,

light brown in colour, and have no marks on the hood. I obtained

a Cobra, in lalang grass, near Taiping, Perak, which does not agree

with any of the described varieties. One caught near Alor

Star, Kedah, belongs to var. C.b, as do also nine individuals ob-

served by me from the neighbourhood of Bangkok, where Cobras

frequently attain a large size, as the following table shows.

1899.] REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND STAM. 691

Description (notes on).

: Sub- | Neck- | Body- Colour ais

No.| Locality. | Ventrals. aiaab Behconlesalacdt a _| Length. variety. Remarks.

mm.

1 Bangkok. 185 53 31 21 400 C.0. 1 pre- &

3 postoculars.

2. 186 ? 29 21 1619 “

3 53 185 ? 30 21 1683 oy

4. = 178 BP |, 2 21 1803 54

5. y 181 Doe sien? 21 1830 44

(or 6 feet)

6. ie Se. 184 51 28 21 18380 is 3 postoculars,

| (or 6 feet) temporals 2 + 3.

7. | Alor Star, 183 56 | +28 21 432 0

Kedah.

8. Taiping, 171 ? 27 19 1441 ?

Perak.

Habits. A female killedin Bangkok on the 17th January, 1898,

contained nineteen eggs, measuring, greater axis 53 mm., lesser

axis 34 mm. ‘The Siamese assured me they sometimes lose

buffaloes through the Cobras which frequent the fields where the

cattle graze, the bite of the snake being sufficiently poisonous to

lull such large animals.

Colour (in life). Siamese Cobras.—Above varying from uniform

olive-brown to deep black, with brownish head. Below grey or

bluish black. Lips, chin, and throat bright yellow. “Hood”

ornamented with (usually) a very well-defined bright yellow O,

edged both inside and out with black. Under surface of “ hood”

yellow, with a black spot on each side. Behind the “hood” a

yellow collar, broad beneath, and above mottled with brown or

dividing into two very narrow lines, the anterior straight across

the neck, the posterior chevron-shaped, pointing backward.

Perak Cobra.—Above uniform pale yellowish brown, no markings

on “ hood,” which when expanded looks very yellow, owing to the

pale yellow skin showing between the scales. Underneath the neck

are a short median series of indistinct brownish spots, and three

pairs of brownish spots. Remainder of lower surface pale yellow.

Hab. Southern Continental Asia from Transcaspia to China,

Siam, and the Malay Peninsula, and the islands of Ceylon, Sumatra,

Java, Flores, Ombaai, Borneo (I obtained Var. F at Kudat),

Palawan, Philippines, Hainan.

205. NAIA BUNGARUS Schl.

Hamadryas ophiophagus, Cantor, p. 116.

Naia bungarus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 386.

“ Toodong sindok ” of the Malays of Kedah.

“Ular teedong selar” of the Malays of Perak (according to

L, Wray).

692 MR. STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [May 16,

Localities. The Hamadryad is known to occur in the following

places :—Hills of Penang, and Province Wellesley (Cantor) ; Larut,

Perak (Perak Museum); Kuala Lumpor (Selangor Museum and Van

Sommeren coll.) ; Singapore (Dennys and Ridley), Siam (Brit. Mus.

Cat., two specimens presented by W. H. Newman, Esgq.).

Size. Two skins of Hamadryads killed near Taiping, Perak, now

in the possession of Lt.-Col. Froude Walker, C.M.G., measure

respectively about 3760 and 4040 mm.; another specimen killed

within four miles of Taiping, now in the Museum there, measures

about 4500 mm. ; and one in the Kuala Lumpor Museum, which

was killed in the neighbourhood, is said to be 15 feet long

(4572 mm.).

Hab. India, Burma, Southern China, Cochinchina, Siam, Malay

Peninsula, Borneo, Celebes, Philippines.

206. CALLOPHIS GRACILIS Gray.

Elaps nigromaculatus, Cantor, p. 108, pl. xl. fig. 7.

Callophis gracilis, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 396.

I obtained one specimen in Singapore, October 1897.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.

907. CALLOPHIS MACULICHPRS Giinth,

Elaps melanurus (non Shaw), Cantor, p. 106, pl. xl. fig. 6.

Callophis maculiceps, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 397.

Hab. Burma, Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula (Prov. Wellesley).

208. DoLIoPHIs BIVIRGATUS (Boie).

Doliophis bivirgatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 400; 8. Flower,

P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 895.

Localities. Var. A, bivirgatus: Penang (Brit. Mus.).

Var. B, tetratenia: Singapore (Brit. Mus.).

Var.C,,flaviceps: Penang Hills (Cantor, Van Sommeren, & 8.8. F.);

Penang Plains (Van Sommeren); Kulim, Kedah (Mitchell) ;

Taiping, Perak (Perak Museum); Larut Hills, 4500 feet elevation

(Perak Museum) ; Selangor (Raffles Museum); Malacca (Cantor) ;

Johore Bahru (Wilson); Gunong Pulai, Johore (8.8. F.); Singa-

pore (Brit. Mus., Girard, & 8.8. F.).

Colour (in life). Var. C: Head bright coral-red, slightly darker

red on the occiput. Border of scales which enter eye black,

making a narrow black ring round eye. Body, rich dark blue,

highly iridescent, with on each side from neck to vent a line of

light ‘* Cambridge ” blue, 2 scales wide ; this light blue is separated

from the red belly by a narrower line of dark blue. The lower

surface is bright coral-red. The tail is bright coral-red, with a

dorsal line of dark purplish blue, which commences the whole

breadth of the tail and gets narrower towards the tip.

Size. A specimen I caught on Gunong Pulai, Johore, belonging

to Var. C, measured 1708 mm. in total length ; and one killed at

1899.) REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM, 693

Sandakan, British North Borneo, given me by Mr. G. A. Altman

of that town, belonging to var. B, measured 1811 mm. (or 5 feet

11 inches). :

Hab. Burma, Cochinchina, Lower Siam, Malay Peninsula,

Sumatra, Nias, Java, Borneo.

209, DoLIoPHis INTESTINALIS (Laur.)

Doliophis intestinalis, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iti. p. 401.

Of the Malay poisonous snakes this is perhaps the most fre-

quently met with. I have come across it both in bright daylight

and after dark, crawling slowly about ; it is easily caught. What

the effect of its poison on a man would be is, I believe, quite un-

known; but from its small mouth and want of activity it can

hardly be looked on as a dangerous species. Cantor found that

fowls bitten by this snake died from within an hour and twenty

minutes to upwards of three hours. ‘“ The serpents, which all had

forcibly to be made to inflict the wounds, shortly afterwards

expired, apparently from the violence to which they had been sub-

jected.”

Localities. Var. B, annectens: Pahang (Raffles Museum) ; Singa-

pore (Ridley).

Var. C, lineata: Penang Hills (Cantor, Van Sommeren, &

S.S.F.); Province Wellesley (S.S.F.); Taiping, Perak (Perak

Museum); Pangkor, Dindings (Perak Museum); Kuala Lumpor,

Selangor (S8.S.F.); Malacca (Cantor) ; Singapore (Cantor & S.S.F.).

Var. D, trilineatus: Province Wellesley (S.S.F.).

Colour (in life). Var. C: Above rich reddish or purplish brown,

with a narrow scarlet black-edged vertebral line; along each side

a pale yellow line, above broadly edged with black, below edged

with black spots on a somewhat vandyked dark-brown line. Under-

neath pale yellow, with black cross-bars generally about half the

width of the yellow interspaces. Upper surface of head may be

dull vermilion. Labials yellow, spotted with black. Under surface

of tail bright coral-red, with three black cross-bars.

Size. The largest specimens I obtained in 1898 were only about

465 mm. in length.

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Nias, Java, Borneo,

Celebes.

Family AMBLYCEPHALID#.

210. HaPLopELTURA Boa (Boie).

Dipsas boa, Cantor, p. 78, pl. xl. fig. 3.

Haplopeltura boa, Bigr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 439.

Cantor obtained two individuals from the Penang Hills, and

recently Mr. A. G. B. van Sommeren found two at the same time in

holes in the ground on Government Hill, Penang, at 2500 feet

elevation. The snakes of this family are apparently very rare in

he Straits Settlements; with the above exceptions, they are not

Proc, Zoon, Soc.—1899, No. XLV. 45

694 MR, STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [May 16.

represented in any of the local museums, nor have I come across a

single individual myself.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Java, Borneo, Balabac, Palawan, Philip-

pines, Moluccas.

211. AMBLYCEPHALUS LAVIS Boie.

Amblycephalus levis, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iti. p. 441.

Hab. Malay Peninsula?; Java, Natuna Islands, Borneo.

212. AMBLYCEPHALUS MALACCANUS (Peters).

Amblycephalus inalaccanus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 442.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

213. AMBLYCEPHALUS MOELLENDORFFII (Boettg.).

Amblycephalus moellendorffii Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 445.

The British Museum Catalogue records a specimen collected by

M. Mouhot in the mountains of Laos.

Hab. Tenasserim, Siam, Cochinchina, Hainan, South China.

214. AMBLYCEPHALUS MARGARITOPHORUS (Jan).

Amblycephalus margaritophorus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 445.

Hab, Siam.

Family VirpRrip#.

Subfamily VipERin 2.

215, VIPERA RUSSELLLI (Shaw).

Vipera russellii, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 490.

Hab. “ India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam ; Sumatra and Java

Subfamily CroraLin 2.

216, ANCISTRODON BLOMHOFFII (Boie).

Aneistrodon blomhoffii, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iil. p. 525.

Hab. “ Eastern Siberia, Mongolia, China, Japan, Siam.”

N.B.—ANcISTRODON RHODOSTOMA (Boie).

Ancistrodon rhodostoma, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 527.

Hab. “Java ; Siam (?).”

217. LacHusIs MonTICoLA (Giinther).

Trimeresurus convictus, Stoliczka, J. A.S. B. 1870, p. 224. pl. xn.

fig. 1.

* Lachesis monticola, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 548.

Hab. Tibet, Himalayas, Assam, Burma, Malay Peninsula,

Sumatra. :

1899.] | REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM,

218. LACHESIS PURPUREOMACULATUS (Gray).

695

Lachesis purpurcomaculatus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 553 8S.

Flower, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 896.

Dr. Hanitsch records this snake from Singapore, Pulo Brani,

and Pulo Samba (Rep. Raffles Mus. & Libr. 1897, p. 10).

Hab. Himalayas, Bengal, Assam, Burma, Andamans, Nicobars,

Maiay Peninsula, Sumatra.

219. LacHEsIs GRAMINEUS (Shaw).

Lachesis gramineus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ili. p. 554; S. Flower,

P. Z. S. 1896, p. 896.

Siamese. ‘ Ngu kheeyo ”=* green snake.”

“ Ular daun” of the Malays (apud Cantor).

Localities. This Green Viper is the poisonous snake most often

seen about Bangkok, where it is fairly numerous ; about ten indi-

viduals were caught in my garden alone in about twelve months.

The British Museum Catalogue mentions specimens obtained at

Pachebone and in the Laos Mountains by M. Mouhot. It is ap-

parently the commonest Lachesis in Penang (Cantor, Stoliczka,

Van Sommeren, and 8. 8. F. [at 2000 ft. elevation }) and Province

Wellesley (Stoliczka and 8. 8. F.), but at Singapore (from which

place it is recorded by Cantor, Blanford, and Hanitsch) it is rare,

its place being taken by ZL. wagleri.

Description (notes on).

Upper

No. | Locality.| Ventrals.| en Seales.| Length. peed eae

supraoculars.

mm.

1. |Bangkok| 164 | 70 | 19 1453 12

2. e 162 54 21 |540

3. Ss 165 69 21 |470

4. 4s 166 60 21 |317 9

5. zs 166 60 21 701 (2’ 23"). | smooth, 9

a. 166 2 | a1 |395 Sigh

16 s 173 57 21 |658 10

8. aH 175 52 21 | 387 9

Inter-

nasals,

Upper

labials. |

in contact | 94-9

in contact {10+10|

” ”

”? ”?

” ”

9+9

10+12)

9+10

Colour (in lite). Bangkok specimen.— Above usually very bright,

grass-green, sometimes rich dark green with ill-defined blackish

cross-bands. A light yellowish line is sometimes present along

each side. Lower parts bright electric blue, pale bluish green, or

bright grass-green. Upper part and end of tail dull red. Sides of

head from below the eye to the corner of mouth blue. Labials

bright grass-green or blue. Lower surface of head in some in-

dividuals white, with shades of cobalt-blue, The eye is very

45*

696 ON THE REPTILES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. [May 16,

conspicuous, with bright yellow iris and black vertically contracted

upil.

‘ irabite. The Green Viper is a good climber, apparently diurnal

and arboreal in its habits ; it feeds on lizards (Gehyra mutilata) and

(I believe) on small birds. We only once found a specimen in our

house. Cantor says—‘ It is generally observed on trees, hanging

down from the branches or concealed under the dense foliage ; it

preys on small birds and tree-frogs ; but occasionally it descends to

the ground in search of frogs and toads.”

Hab. Himalayas, India, Burma, China, Formosa, Siam, Malay

Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Lombok, Flores, Sumba, Ombaai, and

Timor.

220. LacHESIS SUMATRANUS (Raffles).

Lachesis sumatranus, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 557.

Hab. Malay Peninsula (Singapore), Sumatra, Nias, Sipora

(Mentawei Islands), Borneo, Palawan.

221, LACHESIS WAGLERI (Boie).

Trigonocephalus sumatranus, Cantor, p. 121, pl. xl. fig. 9.

Lachesis wagleri, Blgr. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 562.

“Ular kapak” of the Malays of the Peninsula (apud Cantor).

“‘ Ular puckuk” of the natives of Sumatra (apud Cantor).

Localities. Penang (“it generally occupies the lower parts of the

hills, or the valleys, either on the ground or on trees; but Dr.

Montgomerie in one instance observed it at an elevation of 2200

feet,” Cantor) : and inthe Van Sommeren collection I noted several

specimens of var. A from Penang Hills, one of var. D from

Penang Hill, 2500 feet, and one from the low country of Penang.

Taiping, Perak (var. A, British Museum, per L. Wray, jun.).

Selangor (var. D, A. L. Butler).

Pahang (vars. A & D, Raffles Museum).

Malacca (var. D, British Museum, per D. F. A. Hervey).

Johore Bahru (var. A, 8. S. F.; var. D, Dr. Wilson).

Singapore (vars. A & D, numerous specimens).

Varieties. The specimens of var. A that I have notes of are all

of small size (e. g. 216, 230, 349 & 382 mm.), while those of var. D

are of large size (e.g. 762 mm.). Unfortunately, I have not had

the chance of looking at the fine series of this species in the

British Museum, to see if they agree with the above remark. Is

it possible that var. A represents the young and var. D the adult

coloration of Malayan individuals of Lachesis wagleri ?

Colour (in life). Johore specimens of var. A.— Above grass-

green, paler green below; on each side of head, passing through

eye, a line of rich red-brown, bordered above with orange ; along

each side of neck and body are about 34 vertical bars of rich red-

brown, bordered either in front or behind with orange. Tail green,

extensively marked with red and orange. Iris yellow, with

horizontal brown line.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Sirhassen and Great Natuna

Islands, Borneo, Palawan, Celebes, Philippines.

ia a

P25 1898) Pi ooRas

—— he

el ge

P.J.Smut del et hth Mintern Bros.imp

TRIONYX SUBPLANUS.

Sinaia SlHdOeadNniiAg 's THaUMOTA SAOTHAIALTE Sad OIATY SdOTHAIALT

dur sor ute qurpy Ya 32 "Tap yous rg

TIAXXX Id 6681

1399.] ON A NEW CRUSTACEAN FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA, 697

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Puate XXXVI.

Trionyx subplanus, p. 619.

Puate XXXVI.

Fig. 1. Typhlops albiceps, p. 654, Upper and side views of head.

2. T. floweri, p. 654. Upper and side views of head.

8. Cylindrophis rufus, p. 656.

2. On a new Brachyurous Crustacean from Lake

Tanganyika. By Witu1am A. Cunnineton, A.R.CS."

[Received April 26, 1899.]

(Plate XX XVIII.)

The Crab described in this paper was obtained by Mr. J. E. 8.

Moore, of the Royal College of Science, from Lake Tanganyika

during his visit in the summer of 1896. The specimens were taken

in fairly deep water—never less than 60, and from that to 500 feet

deep. I have had in all seven individuals to examine, of which three

are adult males, two adult females, and the remaining two young

ones. All these specimens, Mr. Moore informs me, were taken

in Kituta Bay, at the southern end of the Lake, but he has also

seen these Crabs near Kinyamkolo, also in the south, and Sumbu,

some 100 miles up the western coast. They are often found

clinging to Neothauma-shells and other objects, and are very

active in habit.

Their deep-water habitat is at first sight misleading; but a

careful examination shows that from the presence of a post-frontal

crest, and from the nature of the external maxillipeds, chelipeds,

and ambulatory legs, their characters are distinctly those of the

group of the Thelphuside, in which, in consequence, they must be

placed, although at any rate the majority of its members are

mainly terrestrial in habit.

The differences which Mr. Moore’s specimens exhibit, however,

from any hitherto described form, are sufficiently great, I think,

to warrant the institution of a new genus for their reception.

I propose the name Limnothelphusa maculata for them, as sug-

gesting, in the first place, their habitat, and in the second their

characteristic spotted appearance.

This being at present the only known form of its kind, it is not

easy to decide which of its characters denote a generic distinction,

and which a merely specific. Following, however, as far as

1 From the Biological Laboratory, R. Coll. Scie Lond. Communicated by

Prof, G. B. Howes, F.Z.S.

698 MR. W. A. CUNNINGTON ON A NEW [May 16,

possible the method adopted for the distinction of genera and

species in its nearest allies, it may be thus diagnosed :—

LIMNOTHELPH USA, gen. noy.

Carapace moderately convex, antero-lateral margins arcuated

and armed with spines. Front somewhat detlexed, nearly straight,

and more than one-third the width of the carapace. Orbits large,

with prominent inner subocular tooth. Eyes large, with peduncles

short and stout. Second joint of antenna simple, not distorted

by deflexed front. Merus of external maxillipeds roughly quadri-

lateral, the carpus being attached towards its inner front angle.

Ambulatory legs considerably compressed.

LIMNOTHELPHUSA MACULATA, sp. nov. (Plate XX XVIII.)

Regions and sutures on carapace moderately marked. Postero-

lateral regions exhibiting an irregular series of small, slightly

oblique and granular ridges. Post-frontal crest distinct, with

median notch and partial lateral interruptions, but not extending

to margins. Antero-lateral margins shorter than postero-lateral,

armed with 2-3 spines, in addition to that at the outer angle of

the orbit. Second joint of antenna extending to under border of

front, and bearing a short flagellum. Chelipeds in the male un-

equal, subequal in the female ; merus rather short, trigonous, with

spine on inner margin ; carpus with two spines on inner margin.

Ambulatory legs rather long and slender. Colour (in spirit) ight

yellowish brown, with dark brown or reddish spots.

Dimensions as follows :—

Adult male (largest specimen) : mm.

Wength Of CAPAPACe = (2. es a0. -bieys = fun ortts 12

Breadth of carapace. ..2.. 55 os 40> sages 15°4

Length of larger cheliped........ about 21:7

Length of second ambulatory leg, about 21

Adult female :

Length of carapace .........+--....4. 115

Breadfhvof carapace .....-.2....:0000.- 13°6

Length of cheliped- .........:..- about 12°8

Length of second ambulatory leg, about 14:1

While the carapace is here, as throughout the Thelphusine

group, broader than long, that condition is somewhat less pro-

nounced, giving an effect of greater squareness. The great

relative breadth of the front and size of the orbits are features

also specially noticeable, even at first sight. The prominent and

distinct condition of the subocular tooth (fig. 2, ¢.so.) seems cha-

racteristic, while a crenulated subocnlar margin forms a further

point of difference from other members of the group. The an-

tennules, with their large basal joints, are situated in the normal

transverse position, and the antenne occupy the interior orbital

hiatus. The external maxillipeds, while Thelphusine in character,

1899.] CRUSTACEAN FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA. 699

and having well-developed palp-bearing exopodites, are, as will be

seen from fig. 4, certainly distinctive. The respiratory apertures,

often so noticeable in its allies, are in Limnothelphusa very in-

conspicuous. In fig. 6 the rather finely dentated condition of the

chelipeds may be seen, as also the fact that they end in sharp

points tipped with a somewhat transparent yellowish cap of dense

chitin. The styliform dactyli of the ambulatory legs, too, are

furnished with longitudinal rows of spinules (fig. 5) similarly

tipped. ‘That the male genital apertures (a.y. fig. 3) are situated

on papille on the basal joints of the last pair of ambulatory legs

may be easily made out on removal of the abdomen. The abdomen

itself is in both sexes distinctly seven-jointed (fig. 7), and in the

normal manner covers at its base the whole width of the sternum.

As is also the case among its nearest allies, the penultimate

segment of the abdomen is the longest. Nine pairs of gills of the

perfectly normal type are seen on dissection.

One feature in which the specimens exhibit marked individual

variation is the development of spines on the antero-lateral margins

of the carapace. The presence of three spines in all is, perhaps,

the most common condition; but additional more or less distinct

spines may exist between these prominent ones, the culmmating

condition being that shown on the left side in the largest male

specimen (tig. 1). This individual is quite asymmetrical as regards

these spines, a well-developed fourth and a suggestion of a fifth

occurring on the left border, while the right edge shows only a

partially developed fourth. his would suggest that a process

either of multiplication or reduction of the lateral spines may be

going on here, since the largest specimen shows what would be

an extreme condition in either case.

A further individual difference was noticeable between this

specimen and most of the others. On examination with a hand-

lens, the majority gave the appearance of being strongly haired,

particularly in the anter.or and lateral regions of both dorsal and

ventral faces of the carapace. By removing a small quantity of

this apparent “hair,” however, and examining it under higher

powers, its true nature could at once be seen. Hach “hair”

consisted of a more or less perfect tubular structure, tapering

towards the point of attachment, and containing, apparently, a

protoplasmic mass. By treatment on a microscope-slide with a

mixture of glycerine and picro-carmine, further internal structure,

in the shape of a long and spirally-coiled nucleus, could be made

out, this leading to the conclusion that the supposed “hairs” are

really an incrustation of some form of tubicolous protozoan, and

the presence of various diatoms in certain of the tubes confirms

the supposition. More than this it is impossible to record, since

the Crabs were not preserved with a view to minute histological

investigation. One further interesting fact, however, is that

encrusting these tubes in turn there may be clearly observed

specimens of a Vorticellid or some closely-allied Infusorian. The

fact that the large specimen (fig. 1) was not covered by these

700 MR. W. A. CUNNINGION ON A NEW [May 16,

foreign growths is easily accounted for. It is, I understand, the

largest individual that Mr. Moore has ever seen, and from its soft

texture it had clearly recently undergone ecdysis, becoming for

the time free from encrusting organisms.

Affinities —That this Crab finds its nearest allies among the

freshwater group of the Thelphuside there can, I think, be little

doubt. Of the three sections into which Ortmann has subdivided

the group’, the Pseudothelphusine and the Trichodactyline may

be at once dismissed, as differing most markedly in the character

of their external maxillipeds. This excludes the New World

forms, leaving only, in the section Thelphusinz, those typical of

the Old World, though occurring also in Australia. The principal

points of resemblance to, and difference from, the members of this

group, which this Tanganyikan crab presents, may be conveniently

stated in tabular form.

Points of resemblance to the Thelphusine * :—

(1) Presence of distinct post-frontal crest.

(2) Conditions of sutures on carapace.

(3) Form of external maxillipeds.

(4) Character of chelipeds.

(5) Spinuliferous condition of ambulatory dactyli.

(6) Normal seven-jointed nature of abdomen.

Points of difference from the Thelphusine : —

(1) Length of carapace more nearly equal to the breadth.

(2) Carapace considerably less vaulted.

(3) Antero-lateral margins relatively longer.

(4) Greater breadth and less deflection of front, with larger

size of orbits and eyes.

(5) Second joint of antenna not distorted by deflexed

front.

(6) Spotted nature of test,

T'wo genera only—Parathelphusa and Thelphusa—are included

by Ortmann under the heading Thelphusine. Of these, Para-

thelphusa was originally supposed to be typically Indo-Malayan in

distribution, but in 1887 A. Milne-Edwards * included under this

heading several forms originally described as Thelphusa from the

African continent. The genus Thelphusa is widely distributed

over all parts of the Old World. By the kindness of Prof. Jeffrey

Bell, M.A., I have been permitted to examine the large number

of specimens belonging to these two genera in the collection of

the British Museum. Among them there are no forms which

would seem to be closely allied to Limnothelphusa, but so far as

general appearance goes the specimens of Parathelphusa certainly

agree most nearly. The latter have a carapace more elongated im

1 Zool. Jahrb. (Abth. f. Syst.) Bd. vii. 1894, p. 487.

? The term is here used as instituted by Ortmann, though in his scheme of

classification he does not refer to the genera Hydrothelphusa and Platy-

thelphusa. * Ann. Sci. Nat. vii., Zool. t. 4.

1899.] CRUSTACEAN FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA, 701

proportion, have larger spine-bearing antero-lateral margins, and

are considerably more flattened. The front, too, though deflexed’,

is less so than in Thelphusa. On the other hand, however, in -

several of the described species the abdomen of the male is of the

so-called “ hour-glass ” shape *, while in all one spine only seems

to be developed on the carpal joints of the chelipeds, and the

second antennal joint is distorted in the common manner. The

condition of the chelipeds is, however, in some species of Thel-

phusa strictly comparable with that of Limnothelphusa, so that

in this respect we may consider the new form as occupying a

somewhat intermediate position between these two old-established

genera.

Two other little-known genera, however, Hydrothelphusa and

Platythelphusa, must also, 1 suppose, be included in the group,

though they are not mentioned by Ortmann. Of these, the former,

from the streams of Madagascar, was first described in 1872* by

A. Milne-Edwards. The description, however, was very brief,

and though he has since* given a further account, as well as a

figure of the dorsal aspect, our information is still unfortunately

very incomplete. The front here, instead of being deflexed, is

said to be almost horizontal, while the carapace is considerably

flattened and nearly quadrilateral. Only a single tooth, however,

is present on the antero-lateral margin, in addition to that at the

outer angle of the orbit. With this the description of Platy-

thelphusa*, which actually comes from Lake Tanganyika, agrees in

the main, but the antero-lateral margins are, in contradistinction,

multi-dentate. Several figures of this form are given, but they

are not, unfortunately, all one could wish. The figure of the

antenne suggests that we are dealing with a simple undistorted

condition of the joints, such as I have seen nowhere else but in

Limnothelphusa, but the right and left antenne do not even agree

one with another, according to the drawing. The fourth pair of

walking-legs presents a peculiarity in being rather short, while

the terminal joints are somewhat flattened and expanded, pre-

sumably for swimming purposes. The male of this form is

unknown, so that it is to be hoped that Mr. Moore, during his

present expedition to Tanganyika, will obtain further material,

and so aid in clearing up this unsatisfactory state of our knowledge.

Of the mode of life of either of these forms little or nothing can

be learnt from the paper, which fact renders it still more difficult

1 Milne-Edwards’s description of the genus Parathelphusa (see Ann. Sci. Nat.

iii., Zool. t. 20) is exceedingly brief, and as regards the deflection of the front

certainly misleading. Using this definition, one might readily conclude that

Limnothelphusa comes under it, though an actual comparison shows that the

resemblance is by no means exact.

2 Would it not be more satisfactory to keep these forms separate by con-

stituting two new genera or sub-genera, this extremely prominent difference in

shape of the male abdomen being made the basis of separation, as indeed has

been done by Wood-Mason in his note on the genus (see Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. 1876, p. 122)?

3 Ann. Sci, Nat. y., Zool. t. 15. * Ann. Sci. Nat. vii., Zool. t. 4.

702 MR. W. A. CUNNINGTON ON A NEW [May 16,

to effect a comparison with the other known types. From this

unfortunate lack of information then, though it is difficult to

- determine the exact relations which these two genera should bear

to those more fully known, there can, I think, be no doubt that

both are wholly distinct from Limnothelphusa. Several features go

to prove this: among them the feeble development of the post-

frontal crest in both Hydrothelphusa and Platythelphusa ; but

‘ perhaps the most conspicuous difference is the greater breadth of

the front and larger size of the orbits and eyes in Limnothelphusa,

In the existence of but one marginal tooth, in association with an

almost horizontal condition of the front, we have in Hydrothelphusa

a rather anomalous feature—a combination, as we shall have

reason to see, of a specialized with a primitive character. Thus,

while in respect to the condition of the front this form would appear

to be closely allied to Platythelphusa and Limnothelphusa, a3 regards

the nature of the antero-lateral margins, its affinities are rather

with the genus Zelphusa itselt.

Platythelphusa, in the possession of a little deflexed front, of

perhaps an undistorted antenna, and of a multi-dentate margin to

the carapace, stands clearly related to the only other form which

combines these primitive characteristics—this new genus Limno-

thelphusa. More than this, in the present state of our knowledge,

it is impossible to say, and which of the two last-mentioned genera

may be fairly considered the more primitive further information

alone will enable us to judge.

Of the manner in which this form attained its present distri-

bution in Lake Tanganyika there are two possible views. Hither

from a land Thelphusan it has become converted gradually into a

wholly aquatic type, or it may have entered the lake more or less

directly trom the sea, in those early times when, as has been

suggested ', the connection between them was far more close than

at present. It is generally accepted that the Land-Crabs have

descended from ancestors with a littoral habit, so that there would

be no direct objection to the supposition that this creature has

merely retained its primitive aquatic character, rather than re-

gained it after adaptation to a terrestrial mode of existence. We

can only come to a conclusion on this head by estimating how far

the general structure of the animal suggests simplicity on the one

hand, or, on the other, specialization. The arched or vaulted

condition of the branchial regions of the carapace in Thelphusa is

evidently a specialization in connection with aerial respiration.

That such prominent vaulting does not here exist is not surprising,

but though it is perhaps conceivable that this character, once

attained, might be lost again on change of environment, it is, I

think, more probable that such a condition was never reached by

Limnothelphusa. Again, as regards the less prominent deflection

of the front in the latter, the condition appears rather primitive

than secondarily acquired ; while the simple nature of the second

antennal joint, as compared with that of Thelphusa, which so

1Q. J. M.S. vol. xli. p. 308.

1899.1] CRUSTACEAN FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA, 703

much suggests. a distortion produced by the frontal downgrowth,

also supports this view. The greater number of spines occurring

on the antero-lateral margins is a further feature, capable, how-

ever, of two possible interpretations. The carapace in but few

species of T'helphusa bears more than one, and that a less prominent

spine. If, then, we are dealing with a multiplication of marginal

spines, we have an indication of greater specialization than that

met with in Thelphusa, an indication contrary to the tendency of

the other evidence. The other possible explanation, then, that

a reduction towards the extreme condition of Vhelphusa is in

progress, would seem far more probable ; and it is a noticeable fact

that the marine and littoral Crabs, from which we may suppose

this form has been derived by comparatively slight modifications,

are far more spinous than any of the modern terrestrial or fluviatile

forms. Thus, while Platythelphusa and Limnothelphusa would

appear to be the most primitive of these Old World genera,

Parathelphusa, in the less pronounced arching of the carapace and

the more numerous lateral spines, would come as intermediate

between them and the most specialized condition of Thelphusa.

On the causes which have contributed to the present-day dis-

tribution of these genera, a word or two may be said. It is no

very recent conception that Madagascar and, through this island,

the south of Africa itself, was perhaps at some remote period

connected in a tolerably close manner with India. The present

fauna of Madagascar, which shows marked Oriental affinities,

bears this out; and from considerations of geological facts, par-

ticularly as regards the possession of a common flora in Carbo-

niferous times, Dr. Blanford*, following Suess and Neumayr, is

inclined to regard the idea of a great continent, embracing

Australia, India, and South Africa, as by no means improbable.

The evidence for such a land-connection is not confined to beds

of quite such ancient date, however, for both in Jurassic and

Cretaceous times the fauna of the two areas is distinctly suggestive

of this same continuity. It, then, we may imagine the ancestral

Thelphusa as living on the shores of this early continent, in which

the present Lake langanyika was represented as a narrow bay or

fiord, it is not unreasonable to suppose that while Limnothelphusa,

and perhaps Platythelphusa, staying in the lake, retained most

nearly the ancestral characters, Hydrothelphusa and Parathelphusa *,

still largely aquatic in habit, would resemble them more nearly

than Thelphusa, many species of which spend most of their time

upon land.

It is of course difficult to tell how far any one character, or even

collections of characters, may be primitive or adaptive, or again,

whether an intermediate stage of greater specialization might not

be attained and lost again on change of surroundings. On the

whole, however, I conclude that this Crab presents rather lowly

characters in the group to which it belongs.

+ Anniversary Address to the Geological Society, 1890.

2 Wood-Mason, Joc. cit. p. 122.

704 MR. W. T. OALMAN ON MACRUROUS [May 16,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIII.

Fig. 1. Limnothelphusa maculata, gen. et sp. nov. (p. 698). Adult male, general

view from above. X24 about.

. Ventral view of the anterior portion, to show the relations of buccal

frame, epistome, antennules, and antenne.

. Ventral view of posterior portion of thorax, abdomen removed, showing

abdominal appendages and male genital papille.

. External maxilliped.

. Dactylus of walking-leg, to show the nature of the spinules.

. Terminal portion of cheliped, showing nature of dentation.

. Male abdomen, primitive dorsal view.

Figures 2-7 considerably enlarged.

SS Oe oS

Reference Letters.

ag. Genital aperture. ep. Epistome.

f.6. Buccal frame. t.so. Sub-ocular tooth.

3. On two Species of Macrurous Crustaceans from Lake

Tanganyika. By W. T. Cauman, B.Sc., University

College, Dundee.*

[Received April 29, 1899.]

(Plates XX XIX. & XL.)

The Crustaceans collected in Lake Tanganyika by Mr. J. E. S.

Moore and placed in my hands for examination comprise specimens

of two species of Prawns, one forming the type of a new genus

allied to Caridina, the other being a probably new species of

Palemon.

Sub-order MACRURA.

Tribe CARIDEA.

Family Atyip#.

LINocaRIDINA, gen. nov.

Rostrum long, compressed, serrated. Carapace with a hepatic

spine. Persopods without exopods. Carpal joint of first pair

slightly excavated distally, that of second pair not excavated. No

epipods on any of the thoracic appendages. Gulls four in number

on each side, corresponding to the first four pairs of pereopods.

LIMNOCARIDINA TANGANYIK#, sp. n. (Plates XXXIX. & XL.

figs. 1-2, 4-19).

Description—The rostrum (Pl. XX XIX. figs. 1-2) is very long

and slender, gently recurved, varying from about 13 to twice the

length of the carapace, and extending beyond the antennal scale

by 3 to nearly 3 its length. There are from 12-15 teeth on its

1 Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S.

P. Z.S. 1899 Pl. XXXVIIL

" J.T. Rennie Reid, Lith. Ediné

LIMNQTHELPHUSA MACULATA.

1899.j CRUSTACEANS FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA, 705

upper edge, three (rarely two) of which are behind the orbit. The

teeth become more widely spaced distally, and the last one is gene-

rally separated by rather less than half the length of the rostrum

from the simple, sharply pointed tip. The lower margin of

the rostrum bears from 10-20 teeth, which extend quite to the tip.

Below the orbit the anterior margin of the carapace is produced

into a triangular tooth, but there is no ‘‘antennal” spine such as

is present in most species of Caridina, e.g. in C.wyckii (Pl. XXXIX.

fig. 3.). A little way back on the side of the carapace, and below

the level of the sub-orbital tooth, there is a well-marked ‘“ hepatic”

spine. The lower anterior corner of the carapace is evenly rounded,

and there is no pterygostomial spine.

The peduncle of the antennules (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 4) falls short

of the distal tooth on the outer margin of the antennal scale. The

first joint is about equal in length to the two succeeding joints to-

gether. The basal spine is small and slender, its tip falling short

of the distal end of the jomt by 7 the length of the joint. The

short spine on the distal end of the first joint reaches to about 3

the length of the succeeding joint. The ocular peduncle is rather

shorter than the first joint of the peduncle of the antennule.

The mandibles (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 5) are somewhat dissimilar on

the two sides. The cutting-edge is separated from the molar

process by a shallow emargination, within which are set two stout

sete (in C. wyckii there is a row of about ten), followed at a little

distance by a thick brush of finer setee just in front of the molar

process.

The first maxille (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 6) differ from those of

Caridina, and such allied genera as Atya and Atyaéphyra, in the

smaller size of the two inner lobes, the inner edges of which are

much shorter, while the lobe which in these genera represents the

exopod is here absent.

The second maxille (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 7) also depart. somewhat

from the type characteristic of the Atyide. In the other members

of the family the middle lobe of the endognath (the proximal

division of the lacinia externa in Boas’s nomenclature) is very much

expanded, overlapping both the other lobes and presenting a very

long, straight, inner edge. In the present form this lobe is much

smaller, its inner edge being hardly longer than that of the distal

lobe, which it does not overlap. The proximal lobe, as in the other

Atyide, is large and is overlapped for a short distance by the middle

lobe. The scaphognathite is truncated anteriorly and produced to

a point posteriorly, where it bears, as usual in this family, a tuft of

very long slender setx, hooked at the tip but not presenting the

curious swelling and tooth near the base which characterize these

sete in C. wyckii.

In the first maxilliped (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 8) the exopod tapers

gradually from the base with hardly an indication of the external

lobe (marked a by Boas) present in Oaridina as in most Hukyphota.

The epipod, rudimentary in Oaridina, seems to be quite absent.

The third maxillipeds (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 9) extend forward as

706 MR. W, I. CALMAN ON MACRUROUS [May 16,

far as the end of the first joint of the peduncle of the antennules.

There is on the outer surface of the coxal joint a conical curved

papilla similar to, but smaller than, the papilla to which the epipod

of this appendage, here absent, is attached in C. wyckii. The exo-

pod exceeds in length the joint from which it springs. The terminal

joint is shorter than the penultimate joint, and presents a

remarkable structure (fig. 9a). About the middle of its length

there is a deep excavation of the inner side, a little beyond which

distally stands a stout curved spine ; a double row of strong toothed

spines smaller than the preceding and gradually diminishing in

size, fringe the distal margin of the notch; the oblique posterior

or proximal margin is fringed with feathered or pectinate sete.

Beyond the notch, the inner margin of the joint bears a series of

6-7 short spines leading up to the pointed apex of the limb. Iam

not aware that an arrangement similar to this is found in other

Atyide. In C. wyckii there is only a very slight concavity of the

inner margin of the joint, clothed with numerous spines and

setze.

The first pair of pereeopods (Pl. XL. figs. 10, 10a) do not reach to

the terminal joint of the third maxillipeds. The ischium and merus

are short and subequal. Tlie carpus is conical in shape, rather

more than one-half as broad as long, about equal in length to the

merus, and slightly longer than the palmar portion of the hand ; it

is slightly excavated distally on the inner side (fig. 10a). The

hand is long and narrow, the breadth being about one-third of the

length. The fingers are slender, longer than the palm, spoon-

shaped, but acutely pointed as seen from the side, instead of trun-

cate as in CO. wyckit. The opposed margins bear series of small

stout spinules increasing in size towards the tip, but there is no

strong terminal hook as in C. wyckii. The brushes of sete borne

by the fingers are very scanty compared with those of C. wyckii.

The second perswopods (Pl. XL. fig. 11) reach forward as far as

the tip of the third maxillipeds. The ischium is a little longer

than the merus and about) equal to the carpus. The latter is

cylindrical and only slightly wider distally. The hand is longer

than the carpus by one-third the length of the latter, and its breadth

is less than one-quarter of its length. The fingers are very long

and slender, about twice as long as the palm, sharply pointed, and

with scanty terminal brushes.

The third pair of pereopods extend beyond the third maxillipeds

when turned forward, and the last pair fall short of them. The

dactylus is one-third to two-fifths the length of the propodus.

The dactylus of the last pair (Pl. XL. fig. 13a) is similar to the

preceding two pairs, having only a slightly larger number of spines

on its inner margin, the numbers being from 11 to 15 in the case

of the third and fourth pereopods, and from 16 to 19 in the last

pair. In Caridina the dactylus of the last pereeopods is longer and

bears a much more numerous series of spines than do those of the

preceding two pairs. In a specimen of C. wyckw, for example,

the dactyli of the third and fourth pairs bore 7 and 8 spines

1899,] CRUSTACEANS FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA. 707

respectively, while the dactylus of the fifth pair was half as long

again and had a row of 39 spines.

In the female, the first pair of pleopods (Pl. XL. fig. 14)

have the endopod rather slender, pointed, and more than half the

length of the exopod. Inthe male (Pl. XL. fig. 15), the endopod

is a short ovate leaflet about one-quarter the length of the exopod.

In nearly all the specimens of both sexes the first pair of pleopods

are turned forward, with the exopod lying above and external to

the bases of the posterior pereopods. According to F. Miller

(Kosmos, ix. 1881, p. 121), this is the position taken by these

appendages in the living Atyoida, and he states that they serve to

protect the entrance to the branchial chamber, the fringe of

marginal sete acting as a sieve to exclude mud, &e.

In the second pleopods of the male (Pl. XL. figs. 17, 17@), the

appendix masculina is a little shorter than the appendix interna,

and bears a number of stout spines.

The telson (Pl. XL. fig. 18), is about as long as the inner plates

of the uropods, with straight sides, tapering to the obtusely pointed

tip which bears four spines, two short external and two longer

internal, between which latter spring three plumose sete. On the

dorsal surface of the telson are two pairs of spmules. In C. wychii

the tip of the telson bears eight spines, and the dorsal surface three

pairs of spinules.

The gills are four in number on either side, three pleurobranchs,

corresponding to the second, third, aud fourth pereopods, and

one which I believe to be a pleurobranch (though it is difficult to

determine the precise point of insertion) above the first pereeopod.

There are no epipods on the maxillipeds or pereopods, unless we

regard as arudimentary epipod the small papilla at the base

of the third maxilliped described above. In tabular form the

arrangement is :—

mxp.”| mxp.3| per.! | per.? | per.® | per.* | per.®

Pleurobranchiz...| — — 1 ] i 1 — 4

Podobranchiz ...) — — —-}| — — — — os

Arthrobranchiz...| — — — — —_ — = =

ERO tele a eeoee atte lao a ste ce leases cashes ceeoc elena gesetine eeeaeaee | enone 4

The statements of various authors as to the branchial formule of

the genera of Atyide are somewhat conflicting, but all agree in

giving a larger number of gills and a complete series of epipods as

far as the fourth perzopods.*

* F. Miiller states (/.c. p. 121) that in Atyoida potimirim the last two pairs

of legs are without epipods.

708 MR. W. T. CALMAN ON MACRUROUS [May 16,

In C. wyckii * and C. typus I find the following arrangement :—

mxp.”|mxp.°} per'. | per.? | per.? | per.? | per.?

Pleurobranchiz......... — — 1 1 1 1 1

Arthrobranchiz......... — 24 1 — — — =

Podobranchie ......... 1 ep. ep. ep. ep. ep. —

This agrees with the formula for Atya. Claus states that

Troglocaris lacks the arthrobranch of the first pereopod. According

to Boas, Atyaéphyra desmaresiii has no arthrobranch on the first

pereopod, and only one on the third maxilliped.

The males are usually somewhat smaller than the females, and

have as usual the pleural plates of the abdomen less deep. In the

female the two flagella of the antennule are of about equal length,

and about twice as long as the peduncle, the outer flagellum

being slightly thickened for about two-thirds of its length. In the

male both flagella are much elongated, the outer being longer than

the inner, and in uninjured specimens measuring more than four

times the length of the peduncle, or about one-half the length of

the body. The thickened basal part is more distinct than in the

female. I have not observed any sexual differences in the arma-

ture of the walking-legs or of the maxillipeds, nor in the shape of

the anterior margin of the carapace, such as are described by

Miiller in Atyozda.

The eggs carried by the females are ovoid in form, measuring

about 18 x *27 mm.

Total length of largest specimen (? ), 23 mm.

Many specimens of this form were collected in shallow water.

Comparing the new form with the other genera of Atyide as

revised by Ortmann (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1894, p. 397),

we find that (like all the other higher Atyide) it differs from Yipho-

caris, Troglocaris, and Atyaéphyra in the absence of exopods from

all the pereopods. It resembles Caridina and differs from Atya

and Atyoida in the fact that the: carpus of the second peropods

* The formula given by Hickson is incomplete (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ii.

1888, p.361). Although the number of the epipods (mastigobranchiz) is given

correctly, these organs appear to have escaped his notice, for he figures as

“ mastigobranchiz” the long coxal sete of the pereopods. The true epipods are

of a shape similar to those of many other Caridea, and like those figured by Joly

in Atyaéphyra and by Miiller in Atyoida, consisting of a short curved stem

directed backward and terminated by a strong hook which grasps firmly the

coxal setze of the next suceeding persopod.

+ It is possible that one of these should be regarded as a pleurobranch. In

Atya the corresponding gills are certainly arthrobranchs, as stated by Pocock

(A. M. N. H. (6) iii. 1889, p. 15). Claus, who does not attach much

morphological importance to the place of insertion, assigns these two gills to

his series ) & c respectively (Neue Beitr. z. Morph. d, Crust., Arb, Zool. Inst,

Wien, vi. 1884, p. 57).

1899. ] CRUSTACHANS FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA. 709

is not excavated distally. It further agrees with the majority of

the species of Caridina in the compressed and serrated rostrum,

which, however, is much longer than in any species except

C. gracilirostris de Man. It appears to differ from all except

C. singhalensis Ortm. and C. brevirostris Stm. in the absence of a

distinct antennal spine on the front of the carapace, and it certainly

differs from all the species of Caridina, and I believe from all the

other Atyide, in the possession of a hepatic spine. The differences

noted above in the shape of the first maxilla, the first maxilliped,

and especially of the second maxilla, may possibly be of generic

importance, as may also the fact that the dactylus of the last perzo-

pods does not differ markedly from those of the preceding pairs.

The most striking and important character, however, is the

reduction of the branchial system. This has not been examined

(so far as I know) in Xiphocaris, but the closely-allied Z'roglocaris

possesses eight gills (Claus), Atyaéphyra, seven (Boas), Atya scabra

and Caridina wyckii and typus, nine; while there is no reason to

anticipate any very great divergence in the closely-allied Atyoida

or among the numerous species of Caridina which have not been

examined in this respect. Further, all the forms hitherto examined

possess (with a possible exception, as above noted, in the case of

Atyoida) a complete series of epipods on the thoracic appendages.

In the present form there are only four gills and no epipods at all.

While there appears to be room for a further revision of the

Atyide based on a more complete examination of their morphology

than that recently given by Ortmann, it seems plain that the form

now described stands sufficiently far apart from the other members

of the family to require the creation of a new genus for its

reception.

Family PaLa{Monip#.

PALZMON MOOREI, sp. u. (Plate XL. figs. 20-24.)

Description Rostrum (Pl. XL. fig. 20) horizontal, a little

longer than the peduncle of the antennules and equal to or

shorter than the antennal scale. The nearly straight upper edge

bears 11-13 teeth, of which three are on the carapace, the fourth

being just over or a little in front of the posterior margin of the

orbit. The distal tooth is close to the tip. The lower margin

bears 3-4 teeth, the first being above the end of the first joint of

the antennular peduncle. The usual antennal and hepatic spines

are present on the carapace, the surface of which is elsewhere

smooth. The third maxillipeds extend beyond the peduncle of

the antenne by the length of their last joint. The first pereeopods

(Pl. XL. fig. 21) extend to or a little beyond the tip of the

antennal scales. The carpus is rather longer than the merus, and

more than half as long again as the hand.

The second perzopod of a male specimen (Pl. XL. fig. 22) is

about two-thirds the length of the body, and the distal end of the

merus extends to beyond the middle of the antennal scale, The carpus

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1899, No. XLVI. 46

710 MR. W. T. CALMAN ON MACRUROUS [May 16,

is equal in length to the merus, somewhat expanded distally, where

the breadth is about one-fifth of the length. The hand is rather

wider than the distal end of the carpus, not perceptibly compressed

(the two diameters are about as 5: 6), a little less than twice the

length of the carpus Palm shorter than the carpus, and rather

shorter than the fingers. Fingers straight, meeting along their

whole length; inner margins with smooth cutting-edges, without

any trace of teeth save a single very minute tubercle near the

base of the dactylus. The surface of the whole limb bears widely-

scattered very minute sete ; on the distal part of the carpus and on

the inner side of the palm are a number of small spinules. The

succeeding pairs of pereopods are long and slender, the fourth

pair extending beyond the antennal scale. The dactylus is nearly

one-third the length of the propodus.

End of telson (Pl. XL. fig. 24) with a sharp median point,

longer than the outer but shorter than the inner pair of

terminal spines.

Seven specimens, most of them very imperfect, are in the collec-

tion; only one of the large chele is preserved. One specimen is a

female carrying ova. The species was dredged at a depth of

50 feet.

Length of largest specimen (¢ ), 25mm.

Length of ovigerous female, 23 mm.

Length of specimen figured (3), 18 mm.

Length of 2nd perzopod of same, 11:5 mm.

The very large number of closely-allied species included in the

genus Palemon, and the very great differences (as yet only partly

elucidated) which may exist between individuals of the same

species of different ages and sexes, render it somewhat hazardous

to attempt to define a new species from such scanty material.

The presence of an ovigerous female in the collection shows that

the species is one of the smallest, if not the very smallest species

of the genus. On the other hand, we cannot be quite certain

that the single male specimen upon which our description is

mainly based has attained its full development in the characters

of the chela’.

Assuming, however, for the present that this is the case, the

species will fall into the group Hupalemon as defined by Ortmann

(Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst. v. 1891, p. 696), in which the second

pereopods are cylindrical, while the equality of the merus and

carpus of these appendages and the characters of the telson will

bring it into proximity with such species as P. scabriculus Heller

and P.endchensis de Man. P. niloticus Roux, the only species known

from North Africa, is somewhat similar to the present form, but,

so far as can be judged from the more or less defective figures

and descriptions of Roux (Ann. Sc. Nat. xxviii. 1833, p. 73,

1 Since this paper was read I have received several additional and better

preserved specimens of both sexes from Mr. Moore's collections. They agree

in all essential points with the description.given above,

afb ‘

etc

Nay

“9

Pa ht

P. Z.S. 1899. Pl. XXXIX.

"Fig 9%

W.T.C. del. JT.Rennie Reid, Lith. Edin? —

Figs.1,2,4-9, LIMNOCARIDINA TANGANYIKA.

Fig.3, CARIDINA WYCKII.

1899.] CRUSTACEANS FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA. eek |

pl. vii. f. 2) and Klunzinger (Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xvi. 1866,

p- 357, pl. xx.), appears to present distinctive characters. Both

these authors figure the rostrum with a very convex upper

eases : . 9-13

edge. Klunzinger gives the number of serrations as 7-5, Roux

figures =e According to the figures of both authors, however, not

more than one tooth appears to be behind the orbit. Both show

the carpus of the 2nd pereopod to be distinctly shorter than the

merus, and much more than half the length of the hand. Klunz-

inger’s figure of the chela shows it to be more slender, with the

palm less inflated and the fingers longer than in our species.

Neither of the species described in this paper can be depended

on as throwing any light on the general question of the origin of

the Tanganyika fauna, The genus Palemon contains about 50

species, of which only two are said to be marine. It is closely

allied to Leander, in which, conversely, the marine species greatly

predominate, while both genera have numerous allies among the

littoral fauna. Whatever bearing the genus Palemon may have

on the more general problem of the origin of freshwater faunas,

the number of its species, their wide distribution, and lastly the

imperfect nature of the specimens from which the present species

is described (precluding any conclusion as to its nearest specific

affinities) all render it incapable of serving us towards the settle-

ment of the special problem of Tanganyika.

Limnocaridina belongs to the Atyide, a circumtropical

family of freshwater forms whose probably somewhat distant

allies are supposed by Ortmann to be found in the deep-sea

Acanthephyride. It is a near ally of Caridina, an extensive

genus, of which one species is known from the West Indies, while

the rest occupy countries bordering on the Indian Ocean from

8. Africa to Australia; one species occurs in the Nile and the

rivers of Algeria. One species, CO. wyckii, has a range extending

from East Africa to Queensland and Celebes. It is noteworthy

from the point of view of the present case that Caridina is not

known to occur in West Africa. Our form from Tanganyika is

in the meantime an isolated species, and the characters that it

presents are not those of a primitive type, but rather of a somewhat

specialized form.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XXXIX,

Fig. 1. Limnocaridina tanganyike, g. et. sp. n., 2, p. 704.

2. % f Carapace and rostrum.

. Caridina wyckii (Hickson), p. 705. Anterior part of carapace.

. Limnocaridina tanganyike, p. 704. Pedunele of antennule.

Mandibles.

First maxilla.

Second maxilla.

First maxilliped.

Third maxilliped. 9a. Terminal joint of

third maxilliped.

46*

OMB D cob

712 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [June 6,

Puate XL,

Fig. 10. Limnocaridina tanganyike, p. 704. First perseopod, outer side,

10a. First perxeopod, inner side.

11. * Rt Second peropod.

12. 3 55 Dactylus of fourth perzopod.

13. " $ Fifth perexopod. 13a. Dactylus of same.

14. 5 eS First pleopod of female.

15. 5 © First pleopod of male.

16. bs 5 Second pleopod of female.

17. + + Second pleopod of male. 17a. Appendix

masculina and App. interna of same.

18. y- a Tail-fan.

19. Apex of telson.

20. Palemon moorel, \). 709. Car ‘apace, 3.

21. x ,, First peraeopod (more highly magnified).

22, 3 ., Second persopoa.

23. n » Fourth perxopod.

24, + » Apex of telson.

June 6, 1899.

Dr. Huyry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the inonth of May 1899 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of May was 95, of which 47 were by

presentation, 7 by purchase, 36 were eeaiecd on deposit, and 5 were

born in the Menagerie. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 110.

Among the additions may be specially noticed :—

1. A fine young male of the Mountain Zebra (Equus zebra), _

purchased May 6th, and making a pair with the female acquired by ~

the Society on May 4th, 1898, from the Amsterdam Gardens.

2, An example of the curious Musk Duck (Biziura lobata) from

Australia, purchased May 30th, of which specimens have been

previously exhibited only on one occasion (see P. ZS. 1882,

pp. 311-455).

L also take this opportunity of exhibiting a careful drawing by

Mr. Smit of the head of the Carunculated Bell-bird (Chasmorhyn-

chus niveus) now living in the Insect-house (obtained by purchase

Be. Oo. 1699. Pl i

J-T.Rennie Reid, Lith Edin?

Figs. 10-19, LIMNOCARIDINA TANGANYIKA.

Figs. 20-24, PALAMON MOOREI.

1899.]- MR. SCLATER ON EQUUS GREVII. Tpke)

Sept. 3rd, 1896), in order to show the way in which the caruncle

on the top of the bill is usvally carried in life. It should be re-

marked that the caruncle is often considerably shortened, and at

times only appears as a horn-like projection scarcely as long as

the bil] itself. The caruncle may hang down on either side.

Head of Carunculated Bell-bird.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a photograph (kindly transmitted to him

by Mons. Porte) of the fine female specimen of Grévy’s Zebra

presented to the President of the French Republic by the Emperor

Menelek, and received at the Jardin Zoologique d’Acclimatation

in September 1898. Mr. Sclater spoke of the large size and great

beauty of this animal, which he had lately had an opportunity of

inspecting. It stood about 5 feet in height at the withers.

Mr. Sclater stated that he was still hoping to obtain an ex-

ample of this Zebra for the Society’s Collection, and read an

extract from a letter addressed to him by Capt. J. L. Harrington,

H.B.M. Envoy to Abyssinia, stating that the matter was receiving

41. 4 a

714 ON BIRDS FROM BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. [June 6,

his best attention, and that he hoped, if he returned to England

in July, to bring with him a Grévy’s Zebra, or perhaps even a

pair.

Grévy’s Zebra (Hquus grevii).

(From the living specimen in the Jardin d’Acclimatation, Paris.)

Mr. A. Blaynay Percival, F.Z.S., exhibited a series of Bird-skins

which he had lately obtained at Chiromo in British Central Africa ;

also some Insects from the same locality.

Mr. Percival read the following notes on the Birds :—

1. MacH#RHAMPHUS ANDERSSONI.

This bird is a night-flier, and is a rare species.

My specimen was obtained one evening in the early part of

August, 1898, while I was waiting for ducks. In flight it much

resembles a falcon ; in fact, until it came to hand I thought it was

one. Its stomach was quite empty and the bird itself was in very

poor condition. It is a young male in changing plumage.

One other example was seen near the Shiré River, some 25 miles

from where I obtained my specimen. I spent almost the whole of

one night watching for it, then told my gun-boy to stay, and

promised him a reward if he got the bird; he saw it on the

following evening, but did not get a shot. Later on he brought

me a female Polyboroides typicus, which he said was the right bird,

and was anxious to haye the reward.

1899.] DR. 8S. F. HARMER ON CERVUS BELGRANDI. 715

2. MEROPS NUBICOIDES.

During the months of October and November these birds were

numerous on the Ruo and Shiré Rivers, breeding in colonies in the

steep banks of those rivers in company with M. bullockoides, On

the Ruo, the native children snare scores of them by setting a noose

in the entrance to the nest. In one place I am sure I saw fifty

snares set,

3. EURYSTOMUS AFER.

These birds were not seen until November, when they appeared

in small parties of six or eight and were very noisy. Soon after

arrival they broke up into pairs and became much quieter. They

are not easily shot, being very wary and perching on the highest

trees, if possible on a dead branch.

4, PSALIDOPROCNE sp. nov.

This small but interesting Swallow was obtained at the end of

August, 1898, on the River Ruo. It was in considerable numbers

on this one occasion only, and during the nine months I stayed

in the district 1 never saw it again. It-was flying high in the

bright sunshine, unlike Psalidoprocne antinorii, which is seldom

seen before dusk, then flying low down and usually among the

trees.

My specimen differs from the type of P. antinorii, in the British

Museum, in having the gloss of the back greenish black instead of

purple, and I think it differs in some other points, but I intend

waking a further examination of it.

5. HALcYON PALLIDIVENTRIS.

This bird was shot near the nest and the eggs were taken. The

nest was in soft ground beside a dry water-course, the hole in

which the nest was placed being about 3 feet deep. I was

trying to get at the female, which had flown out of the nest, when

the male joined her and was shot, but I was unable to secure the

female.

Mr. Boulenger exhibited some living specimens of the “ Harmut,”

Clarias lazera C. & V., from Damietta, believed to be the first

examples of this curious Siluroid Fish imported alive to this

country. Mr. Boulenger was not able to confirm from personal

experience the account of its terricole habits that had been given

by Dr. Sourd from Senegal specimens determined by Prof. Vaillant

as Clarias lazera (Bull. Mus. H. N. 1895, p. 271). Specimens

placed by Mr. Boulenger in a terrarium carpeted with turf bad died

after periods varying between one and three days,

Dr. 8. F. Harmer, F.R.S., gave an account of the remains of a Deer

in the University Museum of Zoology at Cambridge, obtained from

the Forest-Bed series at Parkfield, near Lowestoft, and belonging to

716 DR. A. GUNTHER ON FISHES [June 6,

the form usually known as Cervus verticornis Dawk. The cranial

portion of the skull was well preserved ; the antlers hada spread of

6 feet, measured in a straight line, and the atlas and axis

vertebre had been found associated with the skull.

The specimen was of interest, not only from its unusually

perfect condition, but as throwing further light on the characters

and affinities of the species, remains of which had been found in

large numbers in the Forest-Bed series, but had usually consisted

solely of the basal part of the antlers. The restorations which

had been published of the distal portions of the antlers were quite

misleading, and were responsible for the statement commonly made

that the antlers of this species are short and thick and that the

crown ends in two points. The antlers were, on the contrary,

comparable in their general proportions with those of the Fallow

Deer and Irish Deer, and ended moreover in a broadly palmated

crown, the edge of which was gently scalloped instead of being

produced into long snags. The arrangement of the tines and of

the palmation agreed closely with that in the species just mentioned,

thus confirming the view that the Forest-Bed form was closely

related to its ancestors.

The question of nomenclature was considered, with the result

that C. verticornis of the Forest-Bed was probably identical with

C. carnutorum Laug., and was a synonym of C. belgrandi, Lart.

This paper will be printed in full in the ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. An Account of a Collection of Fishes made by

Mr. R. B. N. Walker, C.M.Z.S., on the Gold Coast.

By Dr. A. Ginter, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

[Received April 22, 1899.]

(Plates XLI.-XLV.)

Mr. R. B. N. Walker, C.M.Z.S., to whom we are indebted almost

for the first information on the freshwater fishes of the Gaboon

country’, has brought home a small collection which he formed

during a visit to the Gold Coast in the course of last year, and which

he has kindly entrusted to me for examination, with instructions to

deposit a selection of the specimens in the Natural History

Museum.

The collection, small as it is, proved to be of considerable interest,

not only because it contained some forms new to this fauna

1 See Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1867, p. 109.

1895. ] FROM THE GOLD COAST. 717

(Haplochilus infra-fasciatus, Petersius), but also because it has led

to a more critical revision of the Gaboon species of Chrysichthys,

which are more numerous and more difficult of discrimination than

I was formerly inclined to admit.

The specimens were collected at the following localities :—

1. On the River Prah, which falls into the sea at Chama, lat. 5°,

long. 2° 30’ ; a tortuous river with numerous small rapids separated

by sluggish pools, its course being chiefly in the Denkera country.

2. On the River Offim, one of the most considerable affluents of

the Prah, and very similar to it: its course is through the Ashantee

country.

3. On the River Kotchwah, a tributary of the Emissa, which

also falls into the sea a little east of Saltpond.

4, On the Sweet River or Kakum, a small river falling into the

sea between Elmina and Cape Coast Castle.

Ordinary maps give only an indistinct indication of these rivers,

and Miss Kingsley informs me that their topography is all the more

perplexing, as most of the rivers have two names, one in the Ya,

and the other in the Fantee language.

CHROMIS OGOWENSIS.

Chromis ogowensis, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1896, April,

p- 271. .

I refer two specimens from the Prah River, two from the

Kotchwah R., and three from the Kakum R. to this species.

They show only some insignificant differences in the general form of

the head. All possess 8 anal pae: The formula of the dorsal fin is

+? in five specimens, and {3 and }3 in two, both these latter

specimens coming from the Kakum R. In all the teeth are

numerous, viz., from 25 to 29 on each side of the upper jaw.

Number of gill-rakers on the outer branchial arch from 13 to 17.

HEMICHROMIS TERSQUAMATUS, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. B.)

D.13. A. 2. L. lat. 28. L. transv. 3/10.

Teeth in a LD series, those of the inner being minute and

rudimentary. The height ‘of the body is contained 23 times in

the total length (without caudal), the length of the head 22 times.

Snout with the upper profile straight. Hye a little nearer to the

end of the operculum than to that of the snout, and contained

12 times in the length of the latter. Interorbital space harely

wider than the orbit. Maxillary not reaching to the vertica

from the orbit. Cheek with three series of scales. Gill-rakers

short and transverse, 11 on the lower branch of the outer

arch. Posterior dorsal spines very little longer than the middle

ones, the last being two-fitths of the length of the head. Pectoral

about as long as ventral, which reaches to the vent. Caudal

rounded. Caudal peduncle a little deeper than long. Scales

smooth. Body with traces of five broadish dark cross-bands,

which ave darkest in the middle of the body, where they have the

718 DR, A. GUNTHER ON FISHES {June 6,

appearance of large spots; the foremost of these spots is the

one on the operculum. A series of black spots along the base

of the dorsal fin, each spot covering the base of a spine; another

less complete submarginal series.

One specimen, 130 millim. long, from the Kotchwah River.

This species is closely allied to the one which I have identified

(with doubt) with Hemichromis schwebischi, Sauvage (Ann. & Mag.

N.H. 1896, xvii. p. 273), and which Mr. Boulenger—after com-

parison with the type of the latter—declares to be distinct,

describing and figuring it under the name Chromidotilapia kings-

leye, P. Z. 8S. 1898, p. 151, pl. xix. fig. 2. Some of the front

teeth of the Kotchwah specimen are bent inwards, though not

quite so conspicuously as in the larger of the specimens of

Chromidotilapia (96. 5.5.38); but I cannot attach any value to this

supposed generic character, as a younger specimen of Chromido-

tilapia kingsleye (119 millim. long ; 96. 5. 5. 36) has the teeth much

less strongly bent than the older one.

CHRYSICHTHYS.

Chrysichthys, Octonematichthys, Melanodactylus, Bleeker (1858).

Chrysichthys Giinther (1864).

Mr. Walker’s collection contained a number of specimens of this

genus, which evidently belonged to several species. In order to

name them, and to compare them with others from previous

collections with the determination of which I did not feel satisfied,

T have been led to revise the whole of the material which I had

brought together for the British Museum collection. The

following notes on the several species are the results of this

examination.

[ paid special attention to the disposition of the teeth on the

palate, and I convinced myself that I was right (Cat. Fish. v. p. 70)

in declining to use modifications, which in some of the species are

subject to individual variation, for the establishment of genera, as

has been done by Bleeker. I have also questioned the propriety

of separating Clarotes from Chrysichthys, stating my reasons (pp. 71,

73), which, however, weighed so little with that ichthyologist that

he placed these genera in the ‘ Atlas Ichthyologique’ into two dis-

tinct groups, separated by forms like Doras, Synodontis, &e.

CurysIcHTHYs AURATUS (Geoffr.).

Chrysichthys auratus Giinth. Cat. Fish. vy. p. 71.

I refer, for the present, to this species a young specimen, 150

millim. long, from the River Prah, as well as several still younger

ones from the River Offim. The eye of these young specimens is,

of course, larger than in an adult example from the Nile, the only

one I have for comparison. Also the skin on the upper surface of

the head is much less thick, which, again, may be accounted for by

the difference in age. On the other hand, there are many

1899.] FROM THE GOLD COAS?. 719

important points of agreement, such as the stout habit of the body,

the very broad, short, depressed snout, the very wide mouth, the

long band of teeth on the palate, which extends on to the palatine

Fig. 1.

Chrysichthys auratus.

bones, and the long adipose fin. A point of little significance is

the comparative leneth of the pectoral spine, which in the Prah

specimen is as long as the dorsal spine.

CHRYSICHTHYS MACRopPsS Gthr.

Some specimens from West African localities which I formerly

referred to this species I am now, with more materials before me,

able to distinguish as distinct, so that, so far as I know, this species

seems to be restricted to the Nilotic system. There are seven

specimens in the collection of the Natural History Museum: one

obtained by Riippell on the Lower Nile, and the six others col-

lected by Petherick at Khartoum; one of the latter is made into a

skeleton. These specimens vary in length from 155 to 210 millim.,

and are most instructive, showing a remarkable variation in the

Fig. 2.

155 maw, 190 nun, T85 ma.

Chrysichthys macrops.

backward extent of the teeth of the palate, while all have the first

dorsal ray and upper caudal lobe prolonged into a filament.

In none of the specimens is the dentition of the palate perfectly

symmetrical, the vomerine band on one side being sometimes longer

than on the other, or rudimentary palatine teeth beiny visible on

one side, which are entirely absent on the other. Putatine teeth

720 DR. A. GUNTHER ON FISHES [June 6,

may be present or absent, and their development is not dependent

on the size of the fish. Thus, in a specimen of 155 millim.’

the teeth are limited to the vomer, forming two narrow, tapering,

oblique patches, without a trace of palatine teeth. In three others

(of 162, 190, and 210 millim., Riipp.) the patches on the vomer are

much the same shape, or more band-like, but on the right palatine

rudimentary teeth may beseen. In the specimen of 210 millim. the

vomerine bands are longer, and behind the end of the band on the

left side there is a very small separate patch of palatine teeth. In

one specimen of 185 millim. there are distinct palatine teeth,

continuous with the vomerine band. Finally in the last (185

millim. skel.) the palatine teeth are likewise present, though

not symmetrically developed.

CHRYSICHTHYS WALKERI, sp. n.

The height of the body is contained four times in the total Jength

(without caudal), the length of the head 32 times ; caudal peduncle

rather longer than deep. Head broader than high, its greatest

depth being contained 13 times in its length. The greater portion

of its upper surface (with the exception of the snout) is finely

granulated, or covered with only a thin film of skin; occipital

process longer than the basal bone of the dorsal spine, both meeting

a little behind the middle of the nape. Snout short, one third of

the length of the head, rather broad, depressed, with the upper

profile descending in a gentle curve. Mouth wide, much wider

than the distance between the eyes. Nasal barbels thin, as long

as or longer than the eye; maxillary and outer mandibulary

barbels reaching beyond the gill-opening, if stretched backward.

Inner mandibulary barbels slightly anterior to the outer, and

half a diameter of the eye distant from each other. The teeth on

the palate are confined to the vomer, and form a narrow crescentic

band, slightly interrupted in the middle in front. The band of

Fig. 3.

Chrysichthys waikert.

intermaxillary teeth is somewhat narrowed on the sides, each half

being twice as broad as long. The width of the bony interorbital

space is 2 of the diameter of the eye, which is contained 13 times

in the Jength of the snout and 33 times in that of the head.

Dorsal fin not elevated; the length of its base is two thirds of its

distance from the adipose fin, the base of which equals, or is but

little shorter than, that of the dorsal. Dorsal spine as long as the

1 Not including the caudal filament in these measurements.

1899.] FROM THE GOLD COAST. 721

head without snout or as the spine of the pectoral, very slightly

serrated along its posterior, and nearly smooth along its anterior

edge. Anal fin not reaching the caudal, when laid backward, with

11 or 12 rays, 7 or 8 of which are branched. Caudal fin deeply

cleft, with the upper lobe as long as the head. Upper parts

greyish brown, lower silvery.

Three specimens from the River Prah, 91 and 139 millim.

long.

This species represents in the Gaboon rivers the Nilotic Chrys-

ichthys macrops, to which it is closely allied. In that species,

however, the anterior dorsal ray is greatly prolonged, even in

specimens which exceed the Prah fishes only slightly in length.

CHRYSICHTHYS BUTTIKOFERI Steind. (Plates XLI.& XUIL. fig. A.)

Chrysichthys buttikoferi Steindachner, Notes Leyden Mus. xvi.

p- 60 (1894).

The examination of a small number of (chiefly young) specimens

of Chrysichthys from various localities in the Gaboon country

has been attended with much difficulty and uncertainty. A part

of them seemed to be identical with, or closely allied to, Oh.

bittekoferi (Steindachner). Although they show certain slight

differences in the number of anal rays, extent of the tooth-patches

on the palate, form and comparative length of the snout, size of the

eye, and length of the dorsal and caudal rays, Steindachner’s descrip-

tion applied more or Jess perfectly to all. However, the series of

specimens of any species from the same locality is still so incom-

plete that we are much in the dark as to individual variations, the

changes these fishes undergo with age, or as to any secondary

sexual characters. Some years ago I should not have hesitated to

refer all these specimens to the same species Ch. biittikoferi, and

Tam not by any means certain that this will not prove to be the

proper course to pursue, when sufficient materials are brought

together ; but since more recent investigations of the West African

Fauna have shown the wide distribution and great specific develop-

ment of this genus, I am induced, after long hesitation, to

distinguish among the forms allied to Ch. bittikoferi several under

distinct names.

The question, then, arises for which of the forms, distinguished

here, the name given by Steindachner should be retained.

Steindachner’s type came from Liberia, is a unicum, and young,

being 203 centim. long. I am indebted to Dr. Jentink for a

sketch of this type as well as of its dentition. Unfortunately the

specimen presents those elements of uncertainty which render the

study of these fishes so difficult. As will be seen from the

accompanying sketch, the two patches of larger vomerine teeth are

connected with each other by, and are in fact only a portion of, a

larger horseshoe-shaped band of minute rudimentary vomerine

teeth, extending backward on the palatine bones. In the River Prah

specimens referred by me to Ch, biittikoferi only the two patches

of larger teeth are visible, but none of the rudimentary ones.

722 DR. A. GUNTHER ON FISHES [June 6,

Nevertheless, having found that the extent of the dentition in the

species of this genus should be used as a taxonomic character

with great caution only, and all the more so the younger the speci-

mens are, I cannot make up my mind to employ a distinct name

for the Prah specimens.

Chrysichthys bititikoferi (type).

I have before me one adult specimen 17 in. long, and four small

ones 5 or 6 in. long; they were obtained at the same locality on

the River Prah and at the same time, so that there cannot be any

doubt that all five belong tothe same species. In appearance, and

especially in the form of the head, the young differ so much from

the old that if they had been obtained at a more distant locality

it would have been impossible to recognize their specific affinity.

I therefore give here descriptive diagnoses of both adult and

oung.

e “Adult (Pl. XLI.).—The height of the body is contained 43 times

in the total length (without caudal), the length of the head 37; caudal

peduncle two thirds as long as high. Head broader than high, its

createst width being two thirds of its length; the greater portion

of its upper surface is covered with thin, soft skin, but the granu-

lated parts of the bones on the nape and crown of the head are

exposed or covered only with a thin film of skin ; occipital process

rather longer than the basal bone of the dorsal spine, both meeting

a little behind the nape. Snout rather long, narrowed towards the

end, depressed, its length being two fifths of that of the head;

upper jaw projecting beyond the lower ; mouth of moderate width,

as wide as the distance between the eyes. Nasal barbels thin,

about as long as the eye; maxillary barbels reaching beyond the

orbit, outer mandibulary barbels to the gill-opening ; mandibulary

barbels inserted in nearly the same straight line, the inner being

slightly anterior and less than a diameter of the eye distant from

each other. The teeth on the palate are confined to the vomer,

being placed in two ovate groups, which are less than half a dia-

meter of the eye distant from each other. The band of inter-

maxillary teeth tapers outward, each half being twice as broad as

long. The width of the bony interorbital space is more than that

of the orbit, which is two fifths of the length of the snout, and one

sixth of that of the head. Dorsal fin (mutilated) of moderate

height ; the length of its base is two fifths of its distance from the

adipose fin, and not quite twice as long as the base of the latter

1899.] FROM THE GOLD COAST. 723

Anal fin reaching the caudal, if laid backward, with 13 rays, 8 of

which are branched. Caudal fin deeply cleft, with the upper lobe

at least as long as the head. Pectorai spine (broken) serrated

along both edges. Upper parts greyish olive, sides and abdomen

silvery.

Seventeen inches long (433 millim.).

Young (Pl. XLIL., fig. A.)—The height of the body is contamed

4 times in the total length (without caudal), the leneth of the head

33; caudal peduncle three fifths as high as long. Head as high as

broad, its greatest width being equal to the length of the head with-

out snout. Granulations on the upper side of the head and form of

the nuchal bones as in the adult. Snout of moderate extent, with

the upper profile rather curved; its length is one third, or a little

more than one third, of that of the head ; upper jaw more or less

projecting beyond the lower; mouth of moderate width, wider than

the distance between the eyes. Nasal barbels thin, half as long as

the eye; maxillary and outer mandibulary barbels reaching to, or

even beyond, the gill-opening, if laid backward ; inner mandibulary

barbels distinctly anterior to the outer, and distant from each other

about half a diameter of the eye. The teeth on the palate and

intermaxillary are placed as in the adult. The width of the bony

interorbital space is scarcely more than half that of the orbit,

which is rather less than the length of the snout, and contained 34

times in that of the head. Dorsal fin rather high, reaching to,

or nearly reaching to, the adipose, when laid backward ; the length

of its base is one half, or a little more than one half, of its distance

from the adipose, and exceeds the length of the base of the latter.

Dorsal spine serrated along both its edges in its upper portion,

and rather shorter than the head. Anal fin reaching or nearly

reaching the caudal, if laid backward, with 14 rays, 8 of which are

branched. Caudal fin very deeply cleft, both lobes longer than the

head. Pectoral spine stronger, but rather shorter than that of

the dorsal fin. Upper parts greyish olive; sides and abdomen

silvery.

Five and six inches long (130 and 155 millim.).

CHRYSICHTHYS OGOWENSIS, sp. n.

Chrysichthys buttikoferi, part., Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1896,

April, p. 276.

The height of the body is contained 42 times in the total length

(without caudal), the length of the head 32 times ; caudal peduncle

two thirds as high as long. Head a little broader than high, its

greatest depth being two thirds of its length; the greater portion

of its upper surface is covered with thin soft skin, but the

granulated parts of the bones on the nape and crown of the head

are exposed or covered with a thin film of skin ; occipital process

longer than the basal bone of the dorsal spine, both meeting a little

behind the middle of the nape. Snout rather long, depressed,

with the upper profile straight, obliquely descending ; its length is

724 DR. A. GUNTHER ON FISHES [June 6,

contained 23 times in that of the head; upper jaw projecting

beyond the lower; mouth rather wide, a little wider than the

distance between the eyes. Nasal barbels half as long as the eye;

maxillary and outer mandibulary barbels not reaching the gill-

opening, if stretched backward ; mandibulary barbels inserted in a

nearly straight line, the inner being slightly anterior and half a

diameter of the eye distant from each other. The teeth on the

Fig. 5.

Chrysichthys ogowensis.

palate form a rather broad crescent, interrupted in the middle in

front, the toothless space being one third as wide as the eye; the

teeth may or may not be confined tothe vomer’. The band of

intermaxillary teeth tapers outward, each half being twice as broad

as long. The width of the interorbital space is three fourths of

that of the orbit, which is contained 15 in the length of the snout

and 43, times in that of the head. Dorsal fin of moderate height,

not extending to the adipose, if laid backward; (dorsal and

pectoral spines broken). The length of the base of the dorsal fin

is a little less than one half of its distance from the adipose, and

about twice as long as the base of the latter. Anal fin not reaching

the caudal when laid backward, with 14 rays, 9 of which are

branched. Caudal fin deeply cleft, with the upper lobe rather

longer than the head. Upper parts olive-coloured, sides and

abdomen silvery.

Kondo-Kondo, on the Ogowe River (one specimen 194 millim.

long).

The principal character by which this species differs from

Ch. biittikoferi (s. str.) is the greater development of the teeth on

the palate.

CHRYSICHTHYS CORISCANUS, Sp. N.

Chrysichthys bittikoferi, part., Giinth, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1896,

April, p. 276.

The height of the body is contained 43 times in the total length

(without caudal), the length of the head 33 times; caudal peduncle

two thirds us high as long. Head scarcely broader than high, its

1 They are confined to the vomer on the right side, but on the left they are

continued on the palatine as a short: patch, slightly separated from the vomerine

band.

Las

1899.] FROM THE GOLD COAST. 725

greatest width being two thirds of itslength. The greater portion

of the upper surface of the head is granulated, or covered only with

a thin film of skin; the snout, as usual, is covered with soft skin.

Occipital process longer than the basal bone of the dorsal spine,

both meeting behind the middle of the nape. Snout of moderate

length, narrowed towards the end, with the upper profile descending

in a curved line; its length is one third of that of the head.

Upper jaw slightly overlapping the lower; mouth of moderate

width, as wide as the distance between the eyes. Nasal barbels

minute, about one-third the width of the eye; maxillary barbels

reaching the gill-opening, outer mandibulary barbels not reaching

the gill-opening, if stretched backward; mandibulary barbels

inserted in a straight line, the inner being one third of the

diameter of the eye distant from each other. The teeth on the

palate are confined to the vomer, being placed in two small groups

which are distant from each other about one fourth of the diameter

of the eye’. The band of intermaxillary teeth is scarcely tapering

outward, each half being two thirds as long as broad. The width

of the bony interorbital space is three fifths of the diameter

of the eye, which is four fifths of the length of the snout, and

contained 33 times in that of the head. Dorsal fin rather high,

but not reaching the adipose fin, if laid backward; the length

of its base is one half, or a little less than one half, of its distance

from the adipose fin, and nearly twice as long as the base of the

latter. Dorsal spine as long as the head without snout, with in-

distinct posterior serrature in its upper half. Anal fin not reaching

the caudal, if laid backward, with 12 rays, 7 of which are branched.

Caudal fin deeply clett, with the upper lobe rather longer than the

head. Pectoral spine as long as that of the dorsal tin, smooth

along the outer edge. Upper parts greyish olive, sides and

abdomen silvery.

Corisco Isld. (two specimens, 148 and 163 millim. long).

The principal character by which this species differs from

Ch. buttikofert (s. str.) is the smaller number of anal rays.

CHRYSICHTHYS LAGOENSIS, sp. n.

Chrysichthys macrops, part., Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1867,

Aug. p. 111.

The height of the body is two ninths of the total length (without

caudal), the length of the head rather less than one third. Caudal

peduncle two thirds as high as long. Head a little broader than

high, its greatest depth being two thirds of its length ; the greater

portion of its upper surface is granulated. Occipital process

rather broad, as long as the basal bone of the dorsal spine, both

meeting in the middle of the nape. Snout long, two fifths of the

1 The two specimens are not quite alike in this respect; on the right-hand

side of the larger specimen, the patch of teeth is continued backward in a

single series of about six minute teeth. In the smaller specimens the two

vomerine patches are rather more approximated than in the larger.

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1899, No. XLVII. AT

726 DR. A. GUNTHER ON FISHES [June 6,

length of the head, broad, with the upper profile descending in a

gentle curve. Mouth wide, wider than the distance between the

eyes, with the upper jaw overlapping the lower. Nasal barbels

minute ; maxillary barbels extending to the margin of the pra-

operculum ; outer mandibulary barbels not reaching the gill-opening ;

inner mandibulary barbels anterior to the outer, and less than

half a diameter of the eye distant from each other. The vomerine

Chrysichthys lagoensis.

teeth are disposed in a narrow band on each side, tapering behind,

the two bands being separated in front by a toothless space, less

than half a diameter in width ; however, on the right side there are

vestiges of another narrow tooth-band, stretching across the

junction of the vomer with the palatine. Each half of the inter--

maxillary band rounded at its lateral extremity, half as long as

broad. The width of the lony interorbital space is more than the

diameter of the eye, which is two fifths of the length of the snout

and one fifth of that of the head. Dorsal fin elevated and enlarged,

reaching the adipose when laid backward; the length of its

base is one half of its distance from the adipose fin, and double

the length of the base of the latter. Dorsal spine rather longer

than the head without snout, and longer than the pectoral spine ;

it is slightly roughened in front, and feebly denticulated behind.

Anal fin reaching the caudal, when laid backward, with 11 rays,

7 of which are branched, the last split to the base. Cleft of the

caudal of moderate depth, the upper lobe as long as the head.

Upper and lateral parts brownish, lower white.

Lagos (Nat. Hist. Mus. 66.3.8.16). Length 377 millim.

A form intermediate between Ch. nigrodigitatus and Ch. macrops.

A number of very young specimens, collected by Mr. Walker on

the River Offim, belong to a species most closely allied to Ch. lago-

ensis, but it would be hazardous to refer them to that species

1 Of course, this condition cannot be regarded as a specific character, but I

describe it as I find it in the only specimen available.

1899.] FROM THE GOLD COAST. 727

without knowing more of the changes that must take place during

growth.

CHRYSICHTHYS NIGRODIGITATUS Lacép.

Of this species two specimens are in the Natural History

Museum ; it is not known from what West African river they

were obtained. One measures 280 millim., the other 130 millim.

in length, excluding the caudal fin. In spite of the great difference

in size, both agree in form of the snout, in the great development

of the dorsal fin, prolongation of caudal lobes, number of anal rays

(nine branched), &e. Only the eye is very much larger in the

younger specimen, as might be expected. In both, the teeth of

the palate are confined to the vomer, and appear in the young as

two small, oblique, ovate patches ; in the older specimen the two

patches are produced behind into a narrow tract of teeth.

CHRYSICHTHYS PHRSIMILIS, sp. n. (Plate XLIII.)

Chrysichthys macrops, part., Ginth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1867,

poet ea BL

The height of the body is one fifth of the total length (without

caudal), the length of the head a little less than one third. Caudal

peduncle two thirds as high as long. Head a little broader than

high, its greatest depth being contained 1? times in its length.

The greater portion of its upper surface is granulated, but covered

with a thin film of skin; occipital process longer than the basal

bone of the dorsal spine, both meeting a little behind the middle

of the nape. Snout long, three eighths of the length of the head,

broad, rather depressed. Mouth of great width, extending to

Fig. 7.

Chrysichthys persimilis. Upper and lower teeth

below the middle of the distance between eye and nostril, much

wider than the distance between the eyes. Nasal barbels small

and short, about half as longasthe eye. Maxillary barbels reaching

to, outer mandibulary barbels not reaching to, the gill-opening

when stretched backward. Inner mandibulary barbels anterior

to the outer, half a diameter of the eye distant from each other.

The teeth on the palate occupy vomer and palabiee tenes and

AT*

728 DR, A. GUNTHER ON FISHES [June 6,

are disposed in three divisions (more or less continuous) on

each side; the anterior division is a small rounded patch, the

middle a narrow band stretching from vomer to palatine, the

posterior on the palatine a rather broad ovate patch. The band

of intermaxillary teeth tapers outward, and each half is half as

long as broad ; the length of the mandibulary band of teeth is contained

22 times in that of the head. The width of the bony interorbital

space equals the diameter of the eye, which is contained 17 times

in the length of the snout and 42 times in that of the head.

Dorsal fin not elevated; the length of its base is one half of its

distance from the adipose fin, the base of which is rather less than

that of the dorsal. Dorsal spine shorter than the head without

snout, equal in length to the pectoral spine, smooth in front, serrated

behind. Anal fin not reaching the caudal, when laid backward,

with 12 rays, 8 of which are branched. Caudal fin deeply cleft,

with the upper lobe a little longer than the head. Upper and

lateral parts blackish-brown.

Gaboon, collected by R. B. N. Walker, Esq. One specimen,

290 millim. long.

This species is extremely similar to the type of Ch. furcatus,

with which it agrees singularly well in regard to the disposition of

the teeth on the palate, and the form and formation of the snout

and mouth ; but its body is considerably stouter and shorter, the

dorsal fin is less elevated, the adipose longer. The differences may

be epitomized thus :

Ch. furcatus. Ch. persimilis.

Height of body one sixth ; one fifth.

Length of the head about one fourth; about one third.

Base of dorsal fin = two fifths of

distance between dorsal fins ; one half.

Dorsal spine less than length of

head without snout ; equal to that length.

Base of adipose fin much shorter

than that of dorsal ; rather shorter.

Intermaxillary band of teeth rounded

at each end ; tapering.

CHRYSICHTHYS KINGSLEYA, sp. n. (Plate XLV. fig. A.)

The height of the body is two ninths of the total length (with-

out caudal), the length of the head a little less than one third.

The depth of the caudal peduncle is contained 1} times in its

length. Head a little broader than high, its greatest depth being

contained 13 times in its length ; its upper parts are covered with

skin ; occipital process rather longer than the basal bone of the

dorsal spine. . Snout rather long, somewhat contracted in front,

with the upper profile descending in a gentle curve; its length is

contained 22 times in that of the head. Mouth rather wide, not

extending to the middle of the distance between eye and nostril,

wider than the distance between the eyes, Nasal barbels small

1899.] FROM THE GOLD COAST. 729

and short, about half as long as the eye. Maxillary barbels

reaching to, outer mandibulary barbels not reaching to, the gill-

opening when laid backward. Inner mandibulary barbels inserted

in a nearly straight line with the outer ones, their roots being

about half a diameter of the eye distant from each other. The

teeth on the palate occupy vomer and palatine bones and are

Fig. 8.

Chrysichthys kingsleye. Upper and lower teeth,

disposed in two elongated patches on each side. The band of

intermaxillary teeth is obliquely truncated at its lateral extremity,

and two thirds as long as broad; the length of the mandibulary

band of teeth rs one fourth of that of the head. The width of the

bony interorbital space is three fourths of the diameter of the eye,

which is one fourth of the length of the head. Dorsal fin not

elevated ; the length of its base is one half of its distance from

the adipose fin, the base of which is less than that of the dorsal.

Dorsal spine shorter than the head without snout, equal in length

to the pectoral spine, smooth in front, serrated behind. Anal fin

just reaching the caudal, when laid backward, with 12 rays, 8 of

which are branched. Caudal fin deeply cleft, with the upper lobe

equal in length to the head. Upper parts dark with bluish tinge,

sides and abdomen silvery.

River Ogowe ; 225 millim. long.

This species is very closely allied to Ch. persimilis, and I have

long hesitated before distinguishing it. In fact, it formed part of

Miss Kingsley’s collection, which I described in 1896; but, un-

willing at that time to establish a species on apparently insuflicient

ground, I put it aside for future consideration. The principal

difference from Ch. persimilis is that the cleft of the mouth does

not extend equally far backward, and that the mandibulary band

of teeth is very much shorter, indicating a proportionally shorter

mandible. Unfortunately, we do not know from which of the

Gaboon rivers Ch. persimilis was obtained.

CHRYSICHTHYS CAMARONENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XLIV.)

The height of the body is contained 4% times in the total

length (without caudai), the length of the head 33 times. Caudal

peduncle two thirds as high as long. Head broader than high, its

greatest depth being contained 13 times in its length. The granu-

730 DR, A. GUNTHER ON FISHES [June 6,

Jations on its upper surface are covered by a thin skin. Occipital

process about as long as the basal bone of the dorsal spine, both

meeting in the middle of the nape. Snout very long, contained

23 times in the length of the head, broad, depressed, with the

upper profile straight, and with the upper jaw much projecting

beyond the lower. Mouth of moderate width, rather less than

the distance between the eyes. Nasal barbels nearly as long as

the eye; maxillary barbels extending to the margin of the pre-

operculum, outer mandibulary not reaching the gill-opening.

Inner mandibulary barbels nearly in a straight line with the

outer, and two thirds of the diameter of the eye distant from each

other. The vomerine teeth are disposed on each side in two rather

broad continuous patches, the halves being separated in front

by a toothless space; the palatine bones are armed with a

narrower band-like patch. Intermaxillary band narrowed out-

ward, each half not quite twice as broad as long. The width

of the bony interorbital space exceeds that of the orbit, which

is contained 22 times in the length of the snout, and is one

sixth of that of the head. Dorsal fin not elevated; its base is

two fifths of its distance from the adipose, and double the length

_of the base of the latter fin. Dorsal spine as long as the head

without snout, rather longer than the pectoral spine, smooth in

front, and feebly denticulated behind. Anal fin reaching the

caudal, when laid backward, with 15 rays, 10 of which are

branched, the last split to the base, the first quite rudimentary.

Caudal deeply cleft, the upper lobe a little longer than the head.

Upper and lateral parts brownish, lower white.

Camaroons (Nat. Hist. Mus. 71.11.20.21). Length 600 millim.

Intermediate between Ch. cranchii and Ch. nigrodigitatus.

EUTROPIUS CONGENSIS (Leach).

Two specimens from the Prah River. The anal fin of one with

56, of the other with 59 rays. Feeds largely on macrurous

crustaceans, bbs

BaRBUS TRISPILUS (Bleek.).

Puntius (Barbodes) trispilus, Bleek. Mém. Soc. Holl. Haarlem,

1862, p. 113, tab. 28. fig. 3.

Two specimens from the Kotchwah River, 27 and 76 millim.

long.

Relying on Bleeker’s description alone, I should have been

hardly justified in referring our specimens to his species. He

describes it as a large-eyed species, with the eye longer than the

snout, the diameter being one third, or a little less than one third,

of the length of the head, and equal to, or a little less than, the

length of the postorbital portion. His specimens measured from

72 to 110 millim.; thus his smaller specimen was almost the same

size as our larger one. Nevertheless, I find the eye to be con-

spicuously smaller, viz., two sevenths of the length of the head and

two thirds of that of the postorbital portion. Even our very

1899.) FROM THH GOLD Coast. 731

young specimen agrees better with these proportions than with

those given by Bleeker. On the other hand, in the figure by

which he illustrates his description, the eye seems to have been

represented of too small a size.

HAPLOCHILUS INFRAFASCIATUS Gthr.

Several immature specimens from the Kakum River.

ALESTES LONGIPINNIS Gthr.

Is apparently common in the Kotchwah River.

PETERSIUS OCCIDENTALIS, sp. n. (Plate XLV., fig. B.)

D.10. A. 21-24. L. lat. 25. L. transv. 4/3.

The height of the body is contained 3 times, the length of the

head 33 times in the total (without caudal); eye large, longer than

the snout, and contained 22 times in the length of the head ; head,

like body, strongly compressed, but the abdomen rounded in fro

of the ventrals. Dorsal fin higher than long, its first ray in the

middle between the end of the snout and the root of the caudal.

Anal of the mature male with the anterior rays somewhat enlarged,

forming a projecting lobe. Caudal forked. There are two series

of scales between the lateral line and ventral fin ; the lateral line

is anteriorly curved downward and runs towards the lower edge

of the caudal peduncle, the perforations of the scales becoming

indistinct. Silvery, with an indistinct, narrow, bluish band along

the middle of the side and tail. Dersal fin black in its anterior

half, with a yellow band across the middle. This ornamental

marking is most distinct in adult males, and very obsolete in

immature specimens.

Six specimens, the longest 60 millim. long, from the Kotchwah

River.

I have referred this fish to Hilgendorf’s genus Petersius (S.B.

Ges. ntrf. Fr. Berlin, 1894, p. 172), from the Kingani River in East

Africa, although it does not quite agree with Hilgendorf’s de-

scription of the dentition ; this author also does not mention the

partial disappearance of the lateral line on the tail. The teeth in

the intermaxillary stand in two series, but the two series are quite

separate, and the teeth of the two series are opposite to each other

rather than alternate. I count six in the anterior, eight in the

posterior, and as many in the mandibular series. The largest are

in the posterior series, where they may be seven-pointed, the largest

central cusps being laterally compressed. Those of the front series

are more simple, but all seem to be tricuspid at least. No maxillary

teeth.

MormMyrus Lonaicers Gthr.

Mormyrus longiceps, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1867, xx.

p- 116.

One specimen, from the Kotchwah River.

732 DR. RB. 0, CUNNINGHAM ON THE [June 6,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XLI.

Chrysichthys biittikoferi, adult, p. 721, 4/9 nat. size. Dentition nat. size.

Puats XLII.

A. Chrysichthys biittikoferi, juy., p. 723.

B. Hemichromis tersquamatus, p. 717.

Pruate XLITI.

Chrysichthys persimilis, p.'727, 5/7 nat. size.

Puate XLIV.

Chrysichthys camaronensis, p. 729, 1/3 nat. size. Dentition nat. size.

Puats XLY.

A. Chrysichthys kingsleye, p. ‘728, 6/7 nat. size.

B. Petersius occidentalis, p.'731, with enlarged views of anal fin of male and

female, and of dentition.

2. On a few Points in the Structure of Laborde’s Shark

(Euprotomicrus labordit). By Rosert O. CunNINGHAM,

M.D., C.M.Z.S., Professor of Natural History, Queen’s

College, Belfast.

[Received April 28, 1899.]

An individual of this curious and little-known Elasmobranch

having recently reached my hands, I have drawn up a few notes

on its anatomy, which, though very imperfect and fragmentary, 1

venture to submit to the Zoological Society of London.

The specimen, which is a female, was, I am informed, one of

several obtained by Captain F. R. Patey, of the ship ‘ Mowwan,’

having been washed on board his vessel between 90° & 100°

W. long. and in about the latitude of Cape Horn, and was

presented to our Museum in Queen’s College through the

intervention of Mr. Adam T. Barklay of Belfast. As examples

previously met have been recorded as inhabiting the Indian Ocean,

the range of the species must be considerably more extensive than

was formerly supposed—a not surprising circumstance when the

wide distribution of many pelagic species of animals is taken into

account. Two causes have combined to render the following

description much less complete than I could have desired. In the

first place, I have not felt warranted to carry out the dissection to

such an extent as to render the specimen unavailable for Museum

purposes, and, secondly, the condition of the viscera was unfortu-

nately not such as to permit of detailed examination.

In respect of size my example does not materially differ from those

‘dist: sozg 19 FEY ‘ov "THU AAOMILINEG SAHLHOISAMHO EA? TSP ese)

PADS Walls SA Spear

‘SOQIVWVNOSYAL SINOUHOINGH EG aul: IHMHHOMILING SAH LHOISAYUHO VW

‘chat soiguace sur “WAT 92 Tep weeitg 7

‘WIX Id 6681 S Zd

be de Fa, Be

“SITINISHHd SAHLHOISAUHO

“WaT 32 Tap weezy P

dunt sorg ue 7a

“TIX. [dh GGE Sezer

™~

x y

= -

“SISNANOUANVOD SAHLHOISAYHO

‘curr sorg¢ ure perp ‘WAT ye TEP weeay P

‘AITX Id 6681 S°Z2 ad

‘dum soag wazequrpy

‘SITVINEGIOOG SHISHALad &

ATX Id 6680 S'*Z'd

TEA LS ON eS SEE GOW Need oms

“WRT I® Tap weety ¢

1899. ] STRUCTURE OF LABORDE'S SHARK. 733

of which the dimensions are given in the British Museum Catalogue

of Fishes (vol. viii. p. 428), being a little less than 10 inches in

length measured from the extremity of the snout to the tip of the

upper lobe of the caudal. The skin, as in the British Museum

individuals, is, regarded as a whole, of a uniform brownish-black

colour, but while the proximal portion of the azygos and paired

fins are of the same tint, the distal present a marked contrast,

being of a dull yellowish hue. here is a well-marked mid-dorsal

and an equally well-marked mid-ventral groove, and on either side,

not far from the dorsal surface, a rather deep lateral groove runs

backward nearly to the base of the caudal. The area occupied by the

five branchial apertures is about 8 mm. in length, the last of the slits

being immediately in front of the base of the pectoral. The

individual gill-slits are very small (only 2 millimetres in length),

while the spiracles, on the other hand, are noteworthy for their

large size; semicircular in outline, they measure 5 millimetres

along the posterior border.

On the upper surface of the head are two well-marked curved

longitudinal grooves, continuations forward of the lateral grooves

already mentioned, connected by a transverse one situated imme-

diately between the spiracles. Each of these grooves exhibits a

series of pores (the openings of mucus-canals) which can be craced

backward for some distance along the sides of the body. A row

of pores further passes from the longitudinal groove of either side

obliquely downward between the spiracle and the eye, and a

second transverse row runs between the eye and the nostril to

join a third row situated at right angles at some distance below

the level of the eye. Additional pores more scattered in distri-

bution occur in the skin covering the upper, and also in a less

degree in that clothing the lower jaw.

The nares occupy a considerable area near the tip of the snout,

being removed from the mouth by a considerable interval. Their

upper portion is rounded, and they are continued ventrally in the

form of elongated slits overlapped by a valve of skin. The eyes

are large, measuring 9 mm. in antero-posterior diameter.

The scales are very small, communicating a minutely granular

appearance to the skin, which is almost smooth, there being hardly

any perceptible harshness to the feel when the fingers are passed

along it from head to tail or vice versé. Magnified a few diameters

they appear in the form of slightly angular papille. When

isolated, after boiling a fragment in caustic potash, they exhibit

irregularly lozenge-shaped outlines and possess an elevated central

and a depressed marginal area with a slightly toothed edge.

The aperture of the mouth at first sight appears much more

extensive than it actually is, owing to a deep groove which runs

backward from each angle. In the lower jaw only a single row

of teeth are present. As noticed in Dr. Giinther’s excellent

diagnostic description, they are of considerable size, triangular in

outline and non-serrated. The teeth of the upper jaw are much

smaller, conical, and are disposed in three series.

734 MR. J. STANLEY GARDINER ON [June 6,

Unfortunately the abdominal cavity had not been opened before

the fish was handed over to me, and in consequence of this, on

removing the wall of the left side, 1 found that the viscera were

by no means in such a satisfactory state of preservation as could

have been desired, various of the organs being in a soft and detom-

posing condition. The stomach, which was attached to the dorsal

wall of the abdomen by a broad peritoneal fold, possessed the

ordinary siphonal form. The proximal portion was very capacious,

thin-walled, and marked on the internal surface with numerous

regularly disposed longitudinal ruge. It was entirely empty of

food. The distal moiety, comparatively long and narrow, was not

clearly rounded off externally from the first portion of the in-

testinal tract, which was separated from the colon by a well-marked

constriction succeeded by a short thick-walled dilatation. The

colon possessed a typical transverse spiral valve. The short rectum

had appended to it a well-marked rectal gland.

The liver consisted of a pair of apparently equal-sized large

flattened lobes tapering to their pointed posterior ends. The spleen,

of adark greyish hue, was triangular in general form, with the

apex pointing backward from the junction of the proximal and

distal portions of the stomach and sent a long narrow lobe along

the latter. The pancreas was of a whitish-yellow colour ; in respect

of outline it was long, slender, and band-like, and was provided

with a long duct which opened into the intestine near its

commencement.

The ovaries, very imperfectly preserved, formed a pair of elon-

gated, somewhat lobulated bodies of a yellow colour, and the oviduets

were of comparatively wide diameter.

Nothing could be made out with sufficient certainty as regards

the nature of the other viscera.

3. On the Astrid Corals collected by the Author in the

South Pacific. By J. Srantey Garpiner, M.A.,

F.Z.S., Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, Cam-

bridge.

[Received April 26th, 1899.]

(Plates XLVI.-XLIX.)

The Corals of the family Astreide are represented in the collec-

tion made in the South Pacific by 115 specimens, which I have

referred to 12 genera and 48 species. Of these I have described 6

species as new, and I have redescribed many of the known species,

or added such characters as I have found of practical value for

separating the different species of the several genera.

I have found the work very arduous on account of the very

numerous synonyms existing, not only for species but also

for genera. Martin Duncan’s “ Revision of the Madreporaria”

1899. | ASTRAID CORALS FROM THH SOUTH PACIFIC. 730

(Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xviii. p. 1, 1885) appears to be absolutely

useless. The subfamilies and alliances are purely artificial, and

even for the genera in a single alliance there is no distinct phraseo-

logy. Indeed, genera and alliances are constantly described in

different but absolutely synonymous terms. That work, too, is not

to be depended upon in so far as it refers to the authorities for

the different genera. Indeed most of the errors of Milne-Edwards

and Haime, corrected by Verrill, Klunzinger and others, appear in

its pages. The Fungid and Perforate families are, however, often

well described, and the work is a useful key to their genera.

Throughout the work I have made a liberal use of the Coral

Gallery of the British Museum, and I have profited greatly by

the advice of Prof. Jeffrey Bell and Mr. Bernard.

Genus EUPHYLLIA.

Euphyllia, Dana, Zooph. p. 157 (1848).

Euphyllia, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 191 (1857).

The characters separating the genera Huphyllia and Caulastreea

do not seem to me of sufficient importance for the retention of

the latter genus. The genus Zusmilia, further, is very doubtfully

distinct. The characters separating the subfamilies Astraide

cespitose and Astrawide confluentes of Martin Duncan, when

practically examined, are found to be merely artificial and

worthless.

1. EvpPHYLirA GLABRESCENS Chamisso.

Caryophyllia glabrescens, Chamisso & Hysenhardt, Nov. Act.

Curios. Nat. x. p. 369 (1821).

Euphyllia glabrescens, Dana, Zooph. p. 163 (1848).

Euphyllia glabrescens, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 192

(1857).

I have referred pieces from ten several colonies to this species,

from which Euphyllia gaimardi (Milne-Edwards & Haime) is very

doubtfully distinct.

The colony forms round clumps of corallites, which spring from

the same stem, the branching being dichotomous. The branches

vary greatly in length between their divisions, in one colony

dividing every 12 mm., and in another having a length of nearly

40 mm. between the divisions. The whole mode of growth varies

enormously, and appears to depend on the extent to which the

bases and sides of the corallites are bored into and incrusted by

different organisms, and doubtless also on the position of growth

in respect to food-supply, &e.

The corallites naturally vary as well in respect to size, shape,

and depth, being somewhat larger and-always more distant, with

deeper axial fossx, in the more vigorously growing colonies. In

one colony the corallites are about 4 mm. apart, and the separate

calices (showing no trace of any division) vary up to 1-6 cm. in

diameter, while in another colony they are ‘9-15 cm. apart by

736 MR. J. STANLEY GARDINER ON [June 6,

1:1-1'9 cm. in diameter. The coste of the first two cycles of

septa are distinct down the whole of the corallum, but those of

the third cycle extend only for about 3 mm. and are very small.

The septa vary up to 2 mm. in exsertness and are entire, rounded

at the top, sloping down rapidly to the axial fossa, which has no

columella, being closed in below by trabecule from the septa.

In the living colony there are often two or three mouths, where

there is no trace of more than one system in the corallum beneath.

The polyps, when fully expanded, rise for about 3 cm. above the

skeleton, but contract to less than 1 em. in spirit ; their tentacles

are about 2 cm. long and not retrusible. The species is exceedingly

difficult to preserve on account of the enormous quantity of mucus

secreted, the least touch with the hand under water causing the

complete obliteration of the stomodeum and peristome. The

colour of the polyps varies from green-yellow to olive-brown,

always markedly greener towards the stomodea.

Rotuma ;-in pools of outer reef, very local in distribution, often

forming large masses, 3-4 feet across.

I have been unable to determine the method by which the calices

are divided, but in elongated corallites two of the larger septa

sometimes fuse across the fossa and form a division. The thecal

walls of the two sides then grow horizontally over the edges of

these and fuse, flattening out to a breadth of about 2mm. The

young corallites next broaden out in a plane at right angles to the

elongation of their parent corallite, themselves later to undergo a

similar division.

Genus Mussa.

Mussa (pars), Oken, Lehrb. der Naturg. i. p. 73 (1815).

Mussa, Dana, Zooph. p. 173 (1848).

Mussa, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 328 (1857).

Although I have examined a very large number of specimens of

this genus both in the British and Cambridge Museums, I have

completely failed to find any characters of good general specific

value. Yet the specimens seemed to fal! naturally into from eight

to ten groups, none of which, however, were sharply marked off

from their neighbours. The characters of the several septa, on

which Dana very largely relied, do not seem to me to be of any

great importance, and not uncommonly in the same colony septa

corresponding to 4 or 5 of Dana’s species can be found. The

depth and shape of the corallites, too, depend very largely on the

position of growth, 2. e. whether the colony has plenty of room or

is crowded with other organisms. Mainly depending on these

characters Milne-Edwards and Haime described no less than

thirteen species, most of which will indubitably be found to be

synonyms.

Although I depend partially on the general form of growth,

yet the more important characters seem to me to be—the extent

and form of the epitheca, presence or absence and spinulation of

coste, and characters of the columella if present. The arrangement

1899. ] ASTR EID CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 737

of the endotheca in all is very similar, forming thin plates across

the interseptal loculi, which may be arranged, according to the

form of growth, in almost any position from horizontal to vertical.

1. Mussa cacrus Dana.

Mussa cactus, Dana, Zooph. p. 178, pl. vii. fig. 1 (1848).

T have referred seven specimens to this species, with which two

or three of those described by Milne-Edwards and Haime would

also seein to be identical. All the specimens were obtained from

the same locality, and in the colour of the living polyps conformed

perfectly to Dana’s figure and description :—“ Disk green; inner

tentacles bursiform, pear!-white, and brown at tip, outer a little

elongate and brown.” The broad pad of tissue in the contracted

polyps round their edges is very well-marked in my spirit speci-

mens as in Dana’s figure. The corallites, however, tend to be more

irregular in outline, and form in the centres of the colonies longer

series than are represented by Dana.

The polyp extends for 1-1°5 cm. down the outside of the

corallum, and below this there is a thin, incrusting epitheca. The

cost are marked solely by a few, upwardly directed, pointed spines

about 1 mm. high and 3-4 mm. distant one from another. The

columella is well marked, and formed of twisted lamelle from the

septal edges, without any distinct surface spinulation.

Rotuma; found only in certain reef-pools off Solkopi.

2. Mussa cristata Esper.

Madrepora cristata, Esper, Pflanz. i. p. 150, Madr. pl. xxvi.

1791).

Mea cristata, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 3835 (1857).

T have referred four specimens to this species, which agree fairly

well with the above descriptions. They do not bear, however, much

resemblance to Esper’s figure, the spinulation of the septa not being

different from that of other members of the genus, and the cost

not being so marked, although without spines as in the figure. The

polyps extend for 1-5-2 cm. down the outside of the corallum, and

the ribbed appearance below their edges is in one specimen nearly

as distinct as in Esper’s figure. These ribs appear to be due to

the retreating polyp laying down a thin epitheca behind it, which

in places forms arches over the cost, which themselves broaden

out. The columella is well developed and of a spongy structure,

with no spinulation on its surface.

Rotuma; boat-channel.

The living polyps are of a light olive-green colour.

3. Mussa MULTILOBATA Dana.

Mussa multilobata, Dana, Zooph. p. 181, pl. viii. fig. 2 (1848),

Mussa multilobata, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 336

(1857).

This identification is, like that of Mussa cactus, largely based on

738 MR. J. STANLEY GARDINER ON [June 6,

Dana’s figure and description of the living animal :—“ Animal

chestnut-brown; disks long, sinuous and multilobate, bright green.”

Further, the tentacles are very short, of a darker brown colour and

apparently in three rows. ‘The corallum agrees with Dana’s de-

seription so far as it goes, save that no importance can be placed

on the septal teeth, and the calices are usually deeper than repre-

sented in Dana’s section.

The epitheca cannot be distinguished. The cost are marked

only by spines, which are similar to those of M. cactus, but smaller

and more distant. The columella is generally very small in the

older and more completely circumscribed calices. It is formed

merely by a few trabecule from the septal edges, and is covered

with fine pointed spines.

Rotuma; very common with M. cactus in the same pools near

Solkopi.

4, Mussa HEMPRICHI Ehrenberg.

Manicina hemprichi, Ehrenberg, Coral. p. 101 (1834).

Mussa hemprichit, Klunzinger, Die Korall. des R. Meeres, iii.

p- 8, pl. i. figs. 3 & 5 (1879).

Three specimens, which agree well with the forms identified

by Klunzinger with this species of Ehrenberg.

Rotuma; reef. Wakaya, Fiji; reef.

5. Mussa stnvosa Lamarck.

Caryophyllia sinuosa, Lamarck, Hist. des Anim. s. Vert. ii.

p- 229 (1816).

Mussa sinuosa, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 333 (1857).

Wakaya, Fiji; reef. One specimen, doubtfully referred to this

species.

Genus SYMPHYLIIA.

Symphyllia, Milne-Edwards & Haime. Comp. rend. de l’Acad.

des Sc. xxvii. p. 491 (1848), and Cor. ii. p. 369 (1857).

The remarks made on the specific characters of the genus Mussa

apply equally well to this genus, so far as the different modes of

growth will allow.

1. SYMPHYLLIA stnvosa Quoy & Gaimard. (Plate XLVIII.

fig. 1).

Meandrina sinuosa, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. de l’Astr., Zooph.

p- 227, pl. vill. figs. 4-5 (1833).

Symphyllia sinuosa, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Ann. des Se.

Nat. ser. 3, x. pl. viii. fig. 7 (1848), and Cor. ii. p. 370 (1857).

There are two specimens of this well-characterized species.

Septa of four cycles, the fourth incomplete, are present. Fresh

calicinal centres are formed on the septa by the deposition of

corallum on the floor and walls of the valleys; the septal edges

then break up on further growth. Usually the calicinal centres

1899. ] ASTREID CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 739

are joined by 3-5 septa, the inner ends of the original septa, and

the septa on the walls of the valleys bend round towards them.

The columella is formed of the twisted septal ends, and in the

older calicular centres is often 4-5 mm. across and covered on the

surface with fine, small spines.

Rotuma ; boat-channel.

The species in the living condition is of a green colour, brown

round the peristome. The colonies form’ great hemispherical

masses, 2-3 feet across, and are very common in the outer half of

the boat-channel. The species is noticeably resistant to the action

of the sun, parts of the colonies at spring tides being uncovered

for 2-3 hours. Massive colonies, too, which have died in the centre

and been hollowed out are rare.

I have added a photo-figure (Plate XLVIII. fig. 1), as the

differences in the septal orders, &c. are not clearly and accurately

shown in the previous figures, nor do these figures correspond to

the descriptions of their authors.

Genus Luprortia.

Leptoria, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Compt. rend. de l’Acad. des

Se. xxvii. p. 493 (1848), and Cor. ii. p. 405 (1857).

Two dried specimens, which appear to belong to the same two

species as Dana found in Fiji. The genus is nowhere common,

and indeed I found only one patch of each species.

1. Leproria craciiis Dana.

Meandrina gracilis, Dana, Zooph. p. 261, pl. xiv. fig. 6 (1848).

Leptoria gracilis, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. 11. p. 407 (1857).

Leptoria gracilis, Klunzinger, Die Korall. des R. Meeres, in.

p- 13, pl. u. fig. 5 (1879).

A single reef-specimen, having the general facies given by Dana.

The septa are continuous over the winding thecal walls, in some

places being about ‘7 mm. exsert. The theca is apparently a

pseudo-theca, formed by thickenings on the sides of the septa. The

upper edges of the fused septa are almost horizontal over the theca,

the edges towards the valleys being almost perpendicular. The

edges of the septa are finely denticulate, and there are 14-16 septa

in lcm. The columella is a thin imperforate plate in the valleys,

and to it all the septa are fused. Its upper edge is covered with

blunt, almost square lobes, about 7 in 1 cm. The interseptal loculi

vary from 5-8 mm. in depth, and are closed in below by horizontal

endothecal dissepiments.

Rotuma ; outer reef.

9. Leproria TENUIS Dana.

Meandrina tenuis, Dana, Zooph. p. 262, pl. xiv. fig. 7 (1848).

Leptoria tenuis, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. i. p. 407 (1857).

A single specimen, which corresponds very closely to Dana’s

740 MR. J. STANLEY GARDINER ON [June 6,

f gure and the above description. The section of the theca, showing

profile of septa, is the same as in Dana’s figure, but the upper

ends of the septa over the theca are generally more acute. The

valleys vary greatly in depth and breadth, in accordance with

the sinuosities of the surface of the colony. In breadth they vary

up to 4 mm. by about the same in depth, being always markedly

deeper than in my specimen of Leptoria gracilis. The septa on the

sides of the straight valleys distinctly alternate in size, the smaller

not reaching the columella. Where the valleys are more sinuous the

arrangement, however, is not so regular, and often 3-5 contiguous

septa meet the columella. The columella is very similar to that of

L. gracilis, but the lobes on the surface are much lower, broader,

and less marked.

Wakaya, Fiji; reef.

I am very doubtful whether this species is really distinct from

L. gracilis, as the differences might be almost explained as due

to different food-conditions in the two localities, as in the

specimens of Hydnophora microcona from Funafuti and Wakaya:

there are, however, no intermediate forms, nor can intermediate

calices be seen on the specimens.

Genus CmmLoria.

Celoria, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 411 (1857).

Celoria, Duncan, Rey. Madrep., Jour. Linn. Soe. xviii. p. 89

(1884).

I have referred fifteen specimens to this genus, which is very

doubtfully distinct from the genus Meandrina. The chief differ-

ence, according to Martin Duncan, is that the columella in

Meandrina is * formed of masses of spongy tissue, well-developed,”

and in Celoria “formed by trabecule from the edges of the septa,

may be spongy.” If this view is correct, it implies that Mcean-

drina has a true columella, formed, as in Astroides calycularis, by

a deposit on the basal plate, while in Celoria the columella is a

secondary formation. Such a question can be settled only by a

study of the development, but in the adult colonies there does

not appear to be any real difference between the columella of the

two genera, except such as would necessarily follow from the

rather deeper, less sinuous, and thinner-walled valleys in Celoria.

The theca is formed in Celoria by a thickening of the septal

sides. This thickening in a single colony may be plate-like, or in

the form of nodules joining the septa, later broadening and

forming a continuous wall, or very narrow, the theca in this case

being formed mainly by a deposit of corallum on its upper edge.

There is hence no reason, as Duncan has supposed (Jour. Linn.

Soc., Zool. xvii. p. 363, 1884), for the separation of the species

C. pachychila Ehrenberg as the type of a new genus.

The genus is very abundant on the lagoon-shoals at Funafuti,

where it forms large, spreading masses, which vary in colour from

brown to green. It is also found sparingly on the leeward reefs at

_—— a?

1899.] ASTREID CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 741

Funafuti and Rotuma, but it cannot apparently withstand the

force of heavy breakers.

The specimens belong to five species, of which three were

described by Milne-Edwards and Haime without figures. Care-

fully comparing all Milne-Edwards and Haime’s descriptions of

the species of the genus, and further comparing them with Ellis

and Solander’s, Esper’s, and Dana’s descriptions and figures, I

have no doubt but that the specimens really belong to the species

described by those authors. I have described one species as new

under the name of C. edwardsi. This species is closely related to

C. bottai, which has been probably correctly identified by Klunz-

inger with C. arabica var. leptochila Ehrenberg. From Klunzinger’s

description of this species, however, the characters of C. edwardsi

would appear to be of good specific value.

1, Cetornia DzDALEA Ellis & Solander. (Plate XLVI. figs. 1, 2.)

Madrepora dedalea, Ellis & Solander, Zooph. p. 163, pl. xlvi.

(1786).

Madrepora dedalea, Esper, Forts. Pflanz. i. p. 63, pl. lvii. fig. 1

(1797).

Celoria dedalea, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 416

(1857).

I have referred four specimens to this species, which vary very

much among themselves, but yet present certain common features.

The colony forms large hemispherical masses, which die in the

centre while continuing to grow at the periphery. The calices

in the centre of such a mass are generally circumscribed, while

near the periphery they form series often 3-4 cm. long. The

growing edge is generally thick, and the under surface is covered

by a thick, concentrically-marked epitheca.

The theca appears to be formed by thickening on the septal

sides, and hence possesses a very ragged upper edge. ‘The

calicular walls are at first thin plates, formed by the fused theca,

but, if the growth of the colony is slow, may thicken enormously

by a deposition within the calices of vesicular corallum.

The septa belong to three cycles, of which the primaries and

secondaries are nearly equal and fuse with the columella; the

tertiaries are thin, narrow, and often wanting. There are 10-13

septa present in 1 cm. in the serial calices. The primaries and

secondaries are continuous over the theca between the valleys,

and are commonly about 1 mm. exsert. Generally the septa are

thin, with ragged edges; their outlines vary enormously, but in

section, between series, the larger septa are seen to form broad

arches over the theca, with almost vertical edges, abruptly broad-

ening towards the fossee. The columella increases in size with the

thickness of the theca, and is formed by the swollen septal edges

and by trabecule from the septa, the whole forming an almost

impertorate plate in the base of the valleys.

Rotuma; common in the boat-channel, where it forms large

Proc, Zoot. Soc.—1899, No. XLVIII, 48

742 MR. J. STANLEY GARDINER ON [June 6,

‘spreading masses, 3-5 feet in diameter, small colonies only being

found on the reef. Specimens a, 6, c, and d.

The specimen “a” is a small hemispherical colony from the boat-

channel, 7 cm. across by 5 cm. high. Its calices are generally

circumscribed, the longest series being 2cm. The theca is very

thin, except in a few calices near one edge, and the columella

is represented only by a few spines in the valleys. Breadth of

the valleys 5 mm.; depth of same 4-5 mm. Septa, 10 in 1 em. ;

tertiaries seldom present.

“2” is the peripheral growing-part of a large mass from the

boat-channel, of which the greater part has been killed. The

calices are seldom circumscribed, and the series vary up to 5 cm.

in length. The theca is very thin, and the columella is very

small, with a few spines on its surface. Breadth of the valleys

5 mm.; depth of same 4-5 mm. Septa, 12-13 inlcm. (Plate

XLVI. fig. 1.)

“¢” is a small colony, similar and nearly equal in size to “ a,”

from the edge of the reef. The calices form convoluted series

about 2 cm. Jong. The theca is commonly about 1°5 mm. thick,

and the columella is often of the same breadth, being formed of

coarse trabecule. Breadth of the valleys 6-7 mm.; depth of

same 4mm. Septa, 11 in 1 cm.

“qd” is a colony 12 em. long by 6 em. broad by 5 em. high,

from the reef-flat. The calices generally form linear series up to

3cm. long. The theca is 1-3 mm. in thickness, and the columella

is about 1:5 mm. broad, formed of almost spongy trabecule.

Breadth of the valleys 6-7 mm.; depth of same 5-6 mm. Septa,

11-12in lcm. (Plate XLVI. fig. 2.)

2. Caetoria styensts MiJne-Edwards & Haime. (Plate XLVI.

fig. 3.)

Astroria sinensis, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Ann. des Sc. Nat.

sér. 3, xi. p, 298 (1849).

Ceeloria sinensis, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 416 (1857).

This species has the same mode of growth as C. dedalea, but

may be distinguished from it by its thinner and more perfect theca

and smaller dimensions. ‘The calices vary in a similar manner to

those of C. dwdalea. The septa are very fine, seldom more than

1 mm. exsert, almost flat-topped, with vertical edges and fine

denticulations. Three cycles of septa are present, of which the

primary and secondary fuse with the columella. The latter is

feebly developed, covered on the surface with a row of small, fine,

irregular spines, and formed by fine trabecule from the septal

edges, never forming a plate as in C. dedalea.

Breadth of the valleys 4-5 mm.; depth of the same 3-45 mm.

Septa, 13-15 in 1 em.

Funafuti; two specimens—the one a round mass, 16 cm. in

diameter, with narrow much-eroded stem, obtained by the use of

Priestman’s grab from 7 fathoms, outside the reef, and the other

the edge of a spreading mass from a lagoon-reef,

1899.] ASTREID CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 743

3. CHLORIA ASTRAIFORMIS Milne-Edwards & Haime. (Plate

XLVI. fig. 4.)

Astroria astreiformis, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Ann. des Se.

Nat. sér. 3, xi. p. 299 (1849).

Celoria astreiformis, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 417

(1857).

I have, with great hesitation, referred four specimens to this

exceedingly ill-characterized species.

The colonies have the same form of growth as the two preceding

species, but I never found them in such large masses. The

calices are usually circumscribed, seldom forming valleys more than

15 cm. long. The theca is very thin and almost perfect. The

third cycle of septa is nearly complete, but narrow, not reaching

the columella. The primary and secondary septa are very thin,

and hence appear somewhat distant ; they are seldom more than

‘D mm. exsert, and are narrow above, increasing abruptly at the

level of the columella. The columella is formed by twisted

lamellate trabeculz from the septal edges, and varies considerably

in size. It is always distinct in section, and ends above in a few

fine spines.

Breadth of the valleys 4-5 mm.; depth of the same 3-4 mm.

Septa, 11-12 in 1 cm.

Funafuti; lagoon, two specimens. Wakaya, Fiji; reef, two

specimens.

The corallum in all its different parts is rather coarser in the

Wakayan specimens. In the smaller, a mere fragment from the

extreme edge of the reef, some of, the calices are 6 mm. broad and

5 mm. deep.

4, Ca@noria rspnRt Milne-Edwards & Haime. (Plate XLVI. fig. 5.)

Madrepora dedalea (pars), Esper, Forts. Pflanz. i. p. 63, pl. lvii.

fig. 2 (1797).

Astroria esperi, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Ann. des Se. Nat.

sér. 3, xi. p. 298 (1849).

Celoria espert, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 417 (1857).

I am very doubtful whether this species is really distinct from

C. dedalea, but yet, as my specimen (a dome-shaped mass 14 by

11 cm. by 7 cm. high) agrees almost perfectly with the above

descriptions and exhibits little variety over its surface, I have

retained the species.

Besides the differences from C. dedalea given in the above

references, my specimen shows the following :—Hpitheca of the

same character, but thin and imperfect. Longest series 1*7 cm.

Theca quite perfect. Septa seldom more than 1°5 mm. exsert,

sloping more gradually, and with long spiniform teeth for 1-2 mm.

above the columella. Columella less reduced, with no marked

spines on its surface.

‘Breadth of the valleys 5-5-6°5 mm.; depth of the same 5 mm.

Septa, 13-15 in 1 cm.

Rotuma ; loc, incert,

48*

744 MR. J. STANLEY GARDINER ON

5. C@LORIA EDWARDSI, n. sp. (Plate XLVI. fig. 6.)

The corallum has the same general mode of growth as in

C. dedalea, but appears primarily to form low, almost flat, spread-

ing masses. The calices are seldom circumscribed, but form long

valleys, which are generally sinuous in the centre of the mass, but

towards the periphery are almost straight, radiatmg from the

centre and occasionally branching. The epitheca is distinct, but

thin and imperfect, with no concentric markings.

The theea varies little in thickness, being at the level of the

columella about 1 mm.in breadth. It is formed of dense corallum,

and grows rather by the deposition of corallum on its upper edge

than by thickenings of the septal sides. The septa are very

regular, uniform in size, and rather thick, falling into two cycles,

the tertiaries being seldom represented. They are continuous

over the walls between the serial calices, being uniformly about

1 mm. exsert. The upper edges of the septa above the theca are

very uniform, fron 2-3 mm. broad, and nearly horizontal; the

edges then slope abruptly to the columella on each side, and large

teeth are absent.

The columella is always distinct in the valleys, about 1 mm.

broad. From the surface it looks like an irregular broad row of

low spines, but in section is seen to be formed by fine filamentous

trabecule from the septal edges. The interseptal loculi are very

deep, endothecal dissepiments being seldom found within 1-2 em.

of the surface of the colony.

Breadth of the valleys 5-6 mm., usually 5 in 2-7 cm.; depth of

the same, from the surface of the columella to the upper edges of

the highest septa, 3-4 mm., often less near the edge of the colony.

Septa, 11-12in 1 cm. (Pl. XLVI. fig. 6.)

Rotuma; reef (?). Funafuti; lagoon-shoal.

The Rotuma specimen is a flat colony, 19 by 15°5 ecm., about

6 em. thick in the centre, gradually thinning towards the exterior.

The Funafuti specimen is the edge of a mass 6 em. thick, the

central part of which was killed and overgrown by sponges; it

hence does not exhibit the same regular arrangement of the

valleys, and its septa also are rather thinner.

Genus HypNoPHoRA.

Hydnophora, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 418 (1857).

1. HypnopHora microcona Lamarck.

Monticularia microconos, Lamarck, Hist. des Anim. s. Vert. ii.

p. 251 (1816).

Hydnophora microcona, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 423

(1857).

Hydnophora microcona, Klunzinger, Die Korall. des R. Meeres,

iii. p. 21, pl. iii. fig. 1 (1879).

I found this species to be by far the most abundant coral

1899.] ASTREID CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 745

growing on the lagoon-shoals at Funafuti; I did not, however,

find it ever on the reef itself in that locality. In Fiji it is very

common, growing at Wakaya both in the lagoon and on the

leeward reefs.

The monticules of the Funafuti specimens are about 2°5 mm.

distant from one another and 2 mm. high. On a Wakayan

specimen from the lagoon they are 3-3°5 mm. distant and 25-

3mm. high, and on one from the reef 3-45 mm. distant and

3-4 mm. high. The differences between the latter specimen and

the Funafuti specimens are so striking that at first sight they

would appear to belong to distinct species. The variations are

probably, however, due to absence of sand and mud, together with

a more abundant food-supply on the reef at Wakaya. The lagoon-

shoals of Funafuti are but sparingly covered with corals, whereas

the whole reef to leeward of Wakaya is in many places covered

with very luxuriantly-growing Madreporaria, Millepora, Heliopora,

and Tubipora to within about 15 yards of the breakers.

The species forms large hemispherical masses, which commonly,

as in Porites, die in the centre and are hollowed out, continuing

to grow at the periphery. The monticules of the upper surface

of an overhanging mass are somewhat pointed, while those of the

lower surface are often flattened and very massive.

Funafuti; Wakaya, Fiji; Rotuma (spirit-specimens only).

2. HypnopHora topata Lamarck. (Plate XLVIILI. fig. 2.)

Monticularia lobata, Lamarck, Hist. des Anim. s. Vert. ii.

p- 250 (1816).

Hydnophora lobata, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 421

(1860).

One small specimen, which corresponds fairly well with the

descriptions. It is a bifid lobe apparently torn off from a large

massive colony. The monticules vary up to 7 mm. in length, and

are from 2°5 to 5 nm. distant from one another and 3-5 mm. high.

On the opposite sides of the valleys thick and broad septa

alternate with ‘thin and narrow. The broad septa apparently

bifurcate and meet one another, fusing in the centre of the

valleys ; the large septa of one monticule lie then opposite to the

small septa of the neighbouring monticules. The sides of the

septa are granular and their edges are entire, save that the large

septa have conspicuous vertical teeth where they bifurcate. The

interseptal loculi vary up to 8 mm. in depth, and are closed below

by horizontal partitions of endotheca.

Funafuti; 20 fathoms outside the reef.

3. HYDNOPHORA EXESA Pallas. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 3.)

Madrepora exesa, Pallas, Elench. Zooph. p. 290 (1766).

Hydnophora demidovii, Fischer, Mus. Demidoff, iii. p. 295, pl. iv.

(1818).

Monticularia polygonata, Lamarck, Hist. des Anim. s. Vert. ii,

p. 250 (1816).

746 MR. J. STANLEY GARDINER ON (June 6,

Hydnophora exesa, H. demidoffi, and H. polygonata, Milne-

Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. pp. 420-422 (1857) (which see for

other earlier references).

Milne-Edwards and Haime stated their opinion that the three

species above mentioned would be found to be different stages of

growth of one species. My specimen, on which I venture to

propose the absorption of H. demidovii and H. polygonata, is a

colony 13 by 11 em. across and 8 cm. high. The underpart is

dead, but the upper parts have sent out over it a thin growing

edge, free in places for 2-3 cm. The upper surface is a mass of

low anastomosing branches and lobes, varying from 7 mm. to

2-5 em. in diameter, of nearly all the same height, dead in three

places, where they had apparently reached the surface and become

exposed to the sun at low tide.

The thin growing-edge is very fine, and its monticules have the

general character of those given by Milne-Edwards and Haime

for H. ewesa, save only that, owing to the irregular surface over

which the edge is growing, the valleys are seldom more than 4 mm.

broad. The under surface is similar to that described for H. denu-

doffi, but the epitheca is in many places thick and well-marked.

The length of the monticules on the lobes varies from 2 to 7 mm.,

being commonly greater on the larger and more central lobes.

The monticules vary up to 6 mm. from one another, and up to

7 mm. in height.

Large and small septa alternate one with another, the large

alone fusing in the centre. of the valleys. The septa are not so

thick, and are nearer to one another than iu H. lobata; their edges,

too, are rougher, and have no conspicuous teeth as in that species.

The calicinal centres are not recognizable on the lobes, but on the

thin growing-edge are fairly distinct. (PI. XLVIIL. fig. 3.)

Funafuti ; outer reef.

Quelch distinguished a species, H. tenella, in his ‘ Challenger’

Report, from H. exesa and H. demidoffi mainly by its mode of

growth. I have already pointed out the great differences between

the Wakayan reef-specimens of H. microcona and the Funafuti

lagoon-specimens, and it seems to me to be probable that this is a

case of a new species having been described when simply different

conditions prevailed, causing different rates of growth. Whether

the specimen above referred to H. ewesa is really that species or

H. polygonata, there seems to be no doubt but that H. tenella is

only a synonym of H. ewesa.

Genus GONIASTR HA.

Gontastrea, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Compt. rend. de l’Acad.

des Se. xxvii. p. 495 (1849), and Cor. ii. p. 444 (1857).

This genus is easily distinguishable from Astrwa by the possession

of distinct pali. These are joined at first to the septal edges by

trabecule, but later the connection becomes a distinct plate, so

that they appear in section like thickenings of the septal edges.

1899.] ASTREID CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 747

1. GontastRzA ExIMIs Dana.

Astrea eximia, Dana, Zooph. p. 242, pl. xiii. fig. 4 (1848).

Gonastrea eximia, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 448

(1857).

The corallum of this species forms large irregularly-convex

masses, which have thin spreading edges, covered underneath by a

well-developed epitheca.

Three orders of septa are complete, and the fourth nearly so.

Of these, two orders typically have pali, forming a well-marked

crown round the axial fossa. The number of pali, however, varies

greatly, in some colonies averaging in the larger calices 10-11, and

in others 12-13. Some, too, of the tertiary septa in the largest

calices project to the axial fossa, and have distinct paliform lobes.

There is a true, finely trabeculate columella, about 1 mm. broad,

situated about 2 mm. below the pali, which themselves are about

1 mm. below the edge of the calice.

The larger calices are 3-4-5 mm. in diameter. The walls are

very thin, formed by two completely-fused thece. The septa are

scarcely exsert, and are not generally continuous from ealice to

ealice. Usually the primary septa in one calice lie opposite to the

tertiary or quaternary septa in a neighbouring calice, not opposite

to primary or secondary septa.

Rotuma; reef, three specimens. Wakaya, Fiji; reef, two

specimens.

2. GONIASTR#HA SOLIDA Blainville.

Dipsastrea solida, Blainville, Dict. t. lx. p. 338 (1830).

Goniastrea solida, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 444

(1857).

A single small specimen from the Rotuma reef, conforming

closely to the above descriptions.

Genus ASTR#A.

Astrea, Lamarck, Syst. des Anim. s. Vert. p. 371 (1801).

Astrea, Dana, Zooph. p. 200 (1848).

Favia, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 426 (1857).

Astrea, Quelch,‘ Challenger’ Report on Reef Corals, p.96 (1886).

Corals of this genus were among the most abundant found both

at Funafuti and Rotuma. They do not occur generally near the

rim of a reef, where it is exposed to the open sea, but are often

found on the reef-flat behind. Their favourite position, however,

is on shoals—preferably near a passage—in the comparatively

quiet water of the lagoon.

Milne-Edwards and Haime enumerate 44 species of the genus.

Of these species Dana’s descriptions are by far the best, as the

main characters on which the species are based are always indicated

and figures of all are given. Valenciennes’s MSS. descriptions

are absolutely useless; and many of the species described by

748 MR. J. STANLHY GARDINER ON (June 6,

Milne-Edwards and Haime are almost certainly varieties of

previously described species, due to position of growth.

It is noticeable that there are in the collection no two specimens

exactly alike in their calices, no two, indeed, which do not give as

good specific differences as many of the species described by

Milne-Edwards and Haime. Indeed without drawings (or pre-

ferably photo-plates) descriptions are absolutely useless. I have

described one specimen as new; it differs markedly, in the

characters of its septa, in its distinct calicular rim (formed by the

theca), and in the deep sulci, from all previously described species.

1. AsTR#A DENTICULATA Ellis & Solander. (Plate XLVIL. fig. i}

Madirepora denticulata, Ellis & Solander, Zooph. p. 166, pl. xiv.

fig. 1 (1786).

Favia denticulata, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 428 (1857).

There are two specimens of this well-known species, which is

very common on the lagoon reefs and on the outer reefs to

leeward at Funafuti. The thece of neighbouring calices are

generally completely fused, forming thin dividing walls. In

places, however, the thecz are distinct at the surface and about

1 mm. distant one from another. In the more vigorously growing

portions of the colonies the calices are deep, the septa slope

directly down to the axial fossa without any distinct paliform

lobes, and the columella is very small and inconspicuous. On the

undersides and least vigorously growing portions of the colonies

the calices are shallow, the septa have broad, paliform lobes, and

the columella is a distinct trabeculated mass.

Funafuti; lagoon and outer reefs.

2. ASTRHA FRAGILIS Dana.

Astrea fragilis, Dana, Zooph. p. 230, pl. xii. fig. 2 (1848)

Two specimens, which agree closely with Dana’s figures and

description. ‘The larger calices are about 9 mm. in breadth by

4-5 mm. in depth. ‘Their dividing walls are 1-1-5 mm. broad and

compact. The septa form three complete orders, the fourth being

represented by about 6 septa. The primaries and secondaries are

subequal and slightly thicker, broader and more exsert than the

tertiaries. The septa are not usually continuous between the

calices over the walls, which accordingly show commonly a distinct

sulcus. In the Rotuma specimen the septa are thicker and more

exsert, and the wall has a more distinct sulcus than in the

Funafuti specimen, in which further the septa of the first three

orders approach one another in size. The columella is generally

distinct, being formed by very fine spongy trabecule.

Funafuti; lagoon. Rotuma; boat-channel.

3. ASTRA PALLIDA Dana.

Astrea pallida, Dana, Zooph. p. 224, pl. x. tig. 13 (1845),

Two specimens, corresponding closely to Dana’s description

and figures (except fig. 136, “cells in outline”) and having living

1899.] ASTREID CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 749

polyps similarly coloured. The larger calices are 9-14 mm. in

diameter by 5-7 mm. in depth. The dividing-walls vary from

1-5 to 2°5 mm. in breadth, and have always a well-defined sulcus.

The septa form three complete orders, and there are sometimes a

few septa ot a fourth cycle. The primaries and secondaries are

equal in size, about 2 mm. exsert, and have well-marked paliform

lobes. By the fusion of trabeculz from their septal edges, a well-

defined oval columella is formed. The under surfaces of both

specimens are covered by a distinct thin epitheca.

Rotuma; reef-flat and rim of reef.

The specimen from the reef-flat has its calices broader and

shallower than the one from the rim. The paliform lobes in the

same specimen are also much more distinct and form a marked

crown round the columella, which is generally at least 2 mm. in

diameter.

4, Astr#a OKENI Milne-Edwards & Haime. (Plate XLVII.

fig. 2.)

Favia okent, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 480 (1857).

This species differs from the preceding in having broad dividing

walls (2°5-4 mm.) between its calices with very distinct sulci.

The corallites do not have any distinct raised rim, save that which

is formed by the nearly equally exsert upper ends of the septa,

of which there are three complete cycles. All the septa fuse with

the columella, the tertiaries a little lower than the primaries

and secondaries. All have distinct, bluntly angular teeth at

their lower ends, but these do not in any way simulate pali.

(Pl. XLVII. fig. 2.)

Rotuma ; boat-channel.

5. ASTREA PUTEOLINA Dana.

Astrea puteolina, Dana, Zooph. p. 223, pl. xi. fig. 3 (1848).

A single flattened mass, the incrusting base of which has been

eroded away. The mass is much incrusted by nullipores; when

obtained, only the calices round the edges were alive. The

specimen differs from those of A. fragilis in the collection in

having larger calices, 11-13 mm. in diameter by 4°5-6°5 mm, in

depth. ‘There are three complete cycles of septa, of which two

reach the columella. The walls are about 2 mm. thick, and the

septa of neighbouring calices are often continuous over them, the

sulcus being scarcely noticeable. The species is almost exactly an

enlarged edition of A. fragilis, but the septa and corallum, even in

the smallest calices (7 mm. in diameter), are much more massive.

Funafuti ; lagoon shoals.

6, AstR#A LoBaTa Milne-Edwards & Haime.

Favia lobata, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. i. p. 434 (1857).

Favia lobata, Klunzinger, Die Korall. des R. Meeres, ii. p. 31,

pl. iii. fig. 9 (1879).

Two specimens, which conform closely to the above descriptions,

and to some exteut show the same features as the two specimens

750 MR. J. STANLEY GARDINER ON [June 6,

represented in Klunzinger’s figure. The large, distinct, primary

septa are extremely characteristic. -

Funafuti; dredged in the South Ship’s Passage from 5 fathoms.

7. ASTREA ROTUMANA, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 3.)

The corallum forms large incrusting masses, covered under-

neath by a thin epitheca. The colony does not seem to increase

much by fission and budding at the edge, which is very thick and

costulated down to the epitheca.

The calices vary from 6 to 11 mm. in diameter by 4-6 mm. in

depth to the top of the columella, The septa are usually rather

thin, except in their.exsert portions, and the interseptal loculi are

wide and deep. In the largest calices two orders of septa are

complete and there are commonly 8 or 10 septa of the third order.

The primary septa are about 2°5 mm. exsert, and about 2 mm.

broad at the level of the thecal rim. Lower down they broaden

out, the edges still lower running almost horizontally into the

columella, but giving off first each a blunt, vertical paliform tooth.

In the smallest calices the primary septa alone join the columella,

but in the larger calices often 3 or 4 of the secondary septa fuse

with it as well. The latter may somewhat simulate the primaries,

but the secondaries never attain the same exsertness nor are their

paliform lobes well-marked. The tertiary septa are about 1 mm.

exsert, and are very thin and narrow, being seldom more than

1:5 mm. broad.

The walls vary from 1°5 to 3 mm. in thickness, and the rims of

the calices are about 1 mm. high. The septa are not continuous

between the calices, so that the sulci are very conspicuous and

deep. The columella is formed by fine, loosely joined trabecule

from the septal edges, and in the larger calices, in which it is

often 1-1:5 mm. broad, has a finely papillate surface. In the

smaller calices the columella is often scarcely visible.

The interseptal loculi are open for about 1 em., below which

they are closed by nearly horizontal endothecal dissepiments,

about 1 mm. distant from one another. The thecz of neighbouring

corallites are joined also by similar exothecal dissepiments.

(Pl. XLVIL. fig. 3.)

Rotuma ; a single specimen, 13 cm. long by 1 cm. broad, part of

an incrusting mass.

8. ASTR#A AFFINIS, Milne-Edwards & Haime.

Favia affinis, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 429 (1857).

I have referred a single specimen with 19 calices to the above

species, as it differs from A. denticulata and agrees with the

above species in the characters given by Milne-Edwards and

Haime. The dividing walls of the specimen are as thick as in

my specimens of A. denticulata, but the thickness varies enormously

in all species of Astrea. My specimen is too small for any

definite statement, but the two species will, I think, be found to

be identical.

Wakaya, Fiji; outer reef.

bel J

—_

1899.] ASTRALD CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PAOCIFIO,

Genus ORBICELLA.

Orbicella, Dana, Zooph. p. 205 (1848).

Heliastrea, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 457 (1857).

Heliastrea, Duncan, Rey. Madrep., Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xviii.

p- 104 (1885).

Plesiastrea, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Compt. rend. de l’Acad.

des Se. xxvii. p. 494 (1848), and Cor. ii. p. 489 (1857).

Plesiastrea, Duncan, Rey. Madrep., Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xviii.

p- 107 (1885).

Leptastrea, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Compt. rend. de V’Acad.

des Se. xxvii. p. 494 (1848), and Cor. ii. p. 493 (1857).

Leptastrea, Duncan, Rey. Madrep., Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xviii.

p- 119 (1885).

Orbicella and Leptastrwa, Klunzinger, Die Korall. des R. Meeres,

ili. pp. 43-50 (1879).

There are in my collection 20 specimens of this genus, in

addition to which I have examined a very large number of colonies

in the British and Cambridge Museums.

The genus Plesiastrwu was separated from Heliastrwa by Milne-

Edwards and Haime in 1848, and stated to have well-developed

pali betore all the cycles of septa except the last, while the pali in

Heliastrea are absent or rudimentary. In Heliastrea acropora the

pali are exceedingly well-developed before all the cycles of septa

except the last; while in Plescastrea versipora the pali, although

generally very distinct, are in some calices not recognizable.

Again, these two genera are stated to haye their whole septal

edges toothed, while Leptastrea has the upper edges of its septa

entire and the lower edges toothed. This also is rather a question

of degree, for in Leptastrea solidior, while the upper edges are

generally almost entire, in some calices they are finely and in

others very markedly toothed.

One of my specimens, too, of Orbicella (Heliastrea) heliopora

presents calices which, examined separately as to the above

characteristics, would be placed in all the three so-called genera.

Indeed, any large colony of almost any species of these genera has

calices intermediate between those of the other two genera.

Further, all these three genera have tne same method of budding

and plan of structure; and indeed, from the study of the hard

parts alone, there is no valid reason to separate them. For the

genus I have, following Klunzinger, employed the term Orbicella,

as it has clearly the priority, being first used by Dana for a sub-

genus of Astrea.

The genus Orbicella would then be characterized as follows :—

Corallites forming massive and incrusting colonies, sometimes

growing out into lobes, but usually forming rounded masses,

covered below by a distinct epitheca. Calices generally completely

separate, with the edges more or less prominent, often elevated.

Corallites joined together by exotheca only, the coste never being

continuous between calices, except where a young polyp has

recently been budded off. Calices usually deep and closed in

752 MR. J. STANLEY GARDINER ON [June 6,

below by a more or less developed columella, formed by trabeculae

from the septal edges. Interseptal loculi deep, closed below by

transverse endothecal dissepiments. Septa usually somewhat

exsert and well-developed, commonly at least two cycles fusing

with the columella. Paliform lobes generally present and well-

developed, usually recognizable at least in some parts of a colony.

Coste varying in development, generally distinct, but sometimes

not recognizable in surface view. Exotheca usually well-developed,

often completely fillimg in the space between the theca of neigh-

bouring corallites. Increase by intercalicular gemmation over the

cost, where three or more calices meet, sometimes also by

fissiparity.

1. ORBICELLA ACROPORA Linnzus.

Madrepora acropora, Linneus, Syst. Nat., edit. 12, p. 1276

(1767).

Madrepora acropora, Esper, Forts. Pflanz. i. p. 21, pl. xxxviii.

(1797). ;

Heliastrea acropora, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 477

(1857).

There are two specimens, both incrusting masses, which

correspond closely to the above descriptions. The edges of the

calices are free for about 1 mm. in height, while the calices are

about 2 mm. deep to the top of the columella and in diameter vary

up to5 mm. ‘The cost and septa are as described by Milne-

Edwards and Haime, but the smaller costz are not usually present,

and the septa which reach the columella—generally 9-12—have

commonly a very distinct paliform lobe. Increase is usually by

intercalicular gemmation, but in three calices of the larger

specimen—10 by 6 em.—fissiparity is occurring.

There are two specimens, the first as described above, but the

second differing in having rather smaller calices, more delicate

septa, and less distinct pali.

Rotuma; outer reef.

The appearance represented by Esper in the lower right calice

of fig. 2is due toa worm boring in the columella. It commonly

occurs in many corals, and ultimately results in killing the polyp

into which it grows.

2. ORBICELLA ORION Dana.

Orbicella orion, Dana, Zooph. p. 720, pl. xiii. fig. 14 (1848).

A single lobe from the surface of a colony, which agrees closely

with Dana’s figures and descriptions so far as they go. The

calices are more or less rounded, with distinct free edges, very

little raised. There are three complete cycles of septa and a

few septa of a fourth cycle are often distinguishable. Of these

the primary septa are usually markedly larger and broader than

the rest and have well-developed, blunt paliform lobes, which may

be simulated by two or three septa of the second cycle. The

1899.] ASTR EID CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 753

edges of all are rough without any distinct teeth. The columella

is formed by very fine trabecule from the edges of the primary

septa, and in the largest calices is usually about 1 mm. across.

The endotheca forms transverse partitions—distant about °5 mm.

from one another—across the interseptal loculi.

Funatuti.

3. ORBICELLA WAKAYANA, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 2.)

There are three specimens, which agree very closely with

O. annuligera in its described characters, but have their calices

seldom less than 3°5 mm. deep. They may possibly be identical

with that species; but as my specimens have uniformly deep

calices, with other corresponding differences, I have no option but

to describe them as a new species.

The colonies form spreading and incrusting masses covered

uniformly underneath by a distinct epitheca. The calices are

round, aud commonly 5-6 mm. in diameter by 3-4:5 mm. deep.

They usually have a quite distinct rim, often as much as 2 mm.

high, and are commonly about 2°5 mm. distant one from another.

The septa are 30-40 in number and cannot be divided into

cycles. They are generally equally exsert, but usually about half

reach the columella, while half are very narrow. A certain

number of septa (6-10) are often somewhat broader at their upper

ends and so may simulate a primary cycle. The coste are sub-

equal, and are not, except where budding has recently taken place,

continuous between the calices, which are joined solely by

exothecal trabecule. The septal edges are very finely spined,

and the larger septa in some calices merge directly into the

columella, but in others may have each a distinct, fine, paliform

tooth, with its summit even 2 mm. above the columella. The

latter is generally almost round, 1-2 mm. in diameter, and is

formed by very fine, closely anastumosing trabecule from the

septal edges.

In section, the thece of neighbouring calices are seen to be

quite distinct one from another, the exotheca forming fine tra-

becule, never filling up the interthecal spaces. The interseptal

loculi are deep—7-8 mm.—and closed in below by thin, nearly

horizontal endothecal dissepiments, distant about 1 mm. one from

another.

Wakaya, Fiji; three small specimens, all obtained close to the

edge of the reef.

4, ORBICELLA VERSIPORA Lamarck.

Astrea versipora, Lamarck, Hist. des Anim. s. Vert. ti. p. 264

(1816).

Plesiastrea versipora, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 490,

pl. D 7. fig. 5 (1857). "

A single specimen, closely resembling the above descriptions and

a specimen so named in the British Museum. The species possesses

well-marked crateriform calices, with free edges, joined only by

754 MR, J. STANLEY GARDINER ON [June 6,

exotheca. |The valleys between the calices are always distinct

and usually about 3 mm. broad. They are not closed in below

by a dense, smooth peritheca as represented in Milne-Edwards

and Haime’s figure, but at the bottom the coste of neighbouring

calices meet. The columella is situated about 1:5 mm. below the

crown of paliform teeth, the whole calice being 4-5 mm. deep.

Rotuma ; reef.

5. ORBICELLA curTA Dana.

Orbicella curta, Dana, Zooph. p. 209, pl. x. fig. 3 (1846).

There is in this species always a distinct valley between the

calices, but the interthecal spaces are often filled up with dense

solid exotheca. The calices have typically 48 septa in four eycles,

but usually the last cycle is incomplete. The first and second

cycles meet the columella; the primaries are much coarser than

the rest, ending above in broad (1°5 mm.), slightly more exsert

edges, and below having generally small paliform teeth. The rest

of the septa are very thin and equally exsert with finely toothed

edges. The tertiaries often bend round and fuse with the

secondaries before the latter join the columella; the quaternaries

are always distinct but very narrow. ‘The coste are of equal

thickness and meet in the valleys, but are not directly continuous

between the calices. The columella is small and formed by twisted

lamellz from the septal edges, which have from the surface rather

a papillate appearance.

The calices in my specimen are rather irregular and a few

exhibit well-marked fissiparity. The largest are from 8-9 mm. in

diameter by 5 mm. deep.

Funafuti; one specimen.

6. ORBICELLA CoronaTA Dana.

Orbicella corenata, Dana, Zooph. p. 211, pl. x. fig. 4 (1848).

There is one specimen of this species, which possesses very

markedly the specific characters given by Dana. The calices are

crowded, but have nearly always distinct rims ; the costa, however,

are sometimes continuous from calice to calice. The septa form

three cycles, of which the primaries are considerably (1 mm.) more

exsert than the secondaries and the latter than the tertiaries. The

costz also show similar differences. The primaries have almost

horizontal upper edges, 2 mm. broad, and distinct, small, low,

paliform teeth. A few of the secondaries may meet the columella,

but generally they are little broader than the tertiaries. The sides

of all the septa are coarsely granular and the edges of all end in

fine, subequal spines. The columella is very small and formed by

a few flat trabecule from the primary septa.

The calices vary up to about 8 mm. in diameter by + mm. deep.

The primary septa are about 2 mm. exsert.

Funafuti; leeward reef,

1899.] ASTR EID CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 755

7. ORBICELLA ROTUMANA, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 3.)

The corallum is an incrusting mass, covered underneath by a

thin, dense epitheca. The calices are crowded, but have nearly

always a distinct rim, the cost never being continuous between.

The septa are nearly equally exsert and the coste are subequal in size.

The septa form three complete cycles, and usually the greater

number of septa of the fourth cycle are present. ‘The primaries,

as in O. coronata and O. curta, have broad (2 mm.), horizontal,

upper edges and are provided with rather long paliform lobes,

often rising for 2-2-5 mm. above the columella. A few of the

secondary septa sometimes simulate the primaries, but usually

they donot meet the columella. The tertiaries are always distinct,

but the quaternaries are scarcely distinguishable within the calices

All the septa are relatively thin (not differing greatly one from

another in thickness) with smooth sides, and are often much fenes-

trated ; their edges are covered with long, thin, pointed spines, which

commonly increase considerably in length towards the base of the

ealice. The columella is very small, appearing in many calices to

be little more than the fusion of the edges of the primary septa.

The calices are rather crowded and distorted, varying up to

9 mm. in diameter by 4-5 mm. in depth.

Rotuma ; boat-channel (?). One specimen.

This species is very closely allied to O. coronata and O. curta.

The calices of the three specimens of these species in my collection

scarcely merge into one another in any way, nor did I find any

intermediate forms in the British Museum. 0. rotwmana differs

from O. curta in its distinct paliform lobes, long, spiny septal

teeth, tertiary septa never fused to secondaries, and the latter

often simulating the primaries. 0. coronata differs from both in

its much coarser and thicker septa, which seldom form more than

three complete cycles.

8. ORBICELLA KLUNZINGERI, 0. sp.

Leptastrea chrenbergana, Klunzinger, Die Korall. des R. Meeres,

ii. p. 46, pl. vi. fig. 3 (1879).

There are two specimens, which undoubtedly belong to the

species which has been excellently described and figured by

Klunzinger under the name of Leptastrea ehrenbergana, This

species cannot possibly be the species described by Milne-Edwards

and Haime under that name, so that I propose to call it

O. klunzingert. As my specimens agree in nearly every respect

with Klunzinger’s description, there is no need for me to recapi-

tulate the specific characters.

Klunzinger’s figure shows considerable variation in the size of

the calices. In my specimens on the highest points, nodules on

the colony, some of the calices are 8-9 mm. in greatest width,

while in some of the valleys they do not average more than 3 mm.

In the latter position further the thece of neighbouring calices

are completely fused, but the coste are not continuous.

Funafuti and Rotuma,

756 MR, J. STANLEY GARDINER ON [June 6,

9. ORBICELLA HELIOPORA Lamarck. (Plate XLIX. fig. 4.)

Astrea heliopora, Lamarck, Hist. des Anim. s. Vert. ii. p. 263

(1816).

Heliastrcea heliopora, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 459

(1857).

Milne-Edwards and Haime have already given a full description

of this species, with which two specimens in my collection very

closely agree. There is a considerable amount of variation in my

larger specimen, the thece of neighbouring calices being in some

parts closely apposed, and in others 2-3 mm. apart with a very

distinct valley between. The septa show a condition approaching

that found in O. coronata, O. curta, and O. rotumana, the primaries

being markedly broader at their upper edges than the secondaries.

All the primaries and most of the secondaries meet the columella

and are provided with paliform lobes.

In the smaller specimen, a young colony, the crateriform

character of the calices is more marked and the calices are rather

deeper, being often 4-5 mm.

Funafuti; leeward reef.

10. OrBICELLA soLIDIOR Milne-Edwards & Haime.

Astrea solidior, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Ann. des Sc. Nat.

sér. 3, xii. p. 102 (1850).

Heliastrea solidior, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 460

(1857).

Three specimens, which closely correspond to the descriptions.

The calices in all the specimens have distinct low rims, separated

by shallow valleys. The columella is always very dense and well

marked, being formed by trabecule from all the septa of the first

two cycles and some also of the third cycle. While the coste are

of equal size, the septa of the different cycles are quite distinct,

those of lower cycles being more exsert, thicker, and broader than

those of higher cycles. Paliform lobes are only found on the

primaries and secondaries.

Funafuti; lagoon reefs.

11. ORBICELLA FUNAFUTENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 5.)

The corallum is a large incrusting mass covered underneath by

a dense epitheca. The corallites are free at their edges—the

thece being often 2-3 mm. distant—but there is no distinct

valley between. ‘The coste are nearly of equal size and thin ;

they are joined on neighbouring corallites by exotheca and are

never continuous.

The calices are generally round, but sometimes more or less

oval, never polygonal. The septa form three complete cycles, and

commonly in one half of each system two septa of a fourth cycle

are found. ‘The primary septa are recognizable in all the calices,

being slightly thicker and broader at their upper edges than the

rest, and having low, broad, blunt paliform teeth before they join

Pa,

1899.] ASTRELD CORALS FROM THD SOUTH PACIFICO. 757

the columella. The secondary septa also join the columella, but

never have marked paliform teeth. The tertiary septa are very

narrow, except where two quaternary septa are present on either

side. Both septa and coste are relatively thin and are covered on

their edges by low, blunt, subequal teeth. The columella is seldom

more than 1 mm. across, and is formed by a few coarse trabecule

from the primary septa.

The calices, when round, are seldom more than 7 mm. in

diameter, but some of oval shape are 9 mm. long by 5 mm. broad.

The depth of all is fairly constant, 3-4 mm.

Funafuti ; leeward reef.

There are two specimens of this species, one of which is

14 by 9 em. by 7 em. high, and the other a small colony, 6 by

5 by 3 cm. high. The former is of a light structure through-

out, but the latter is much denser, with the spaces between the

thece and coste completely filled up by exotheca.

Genus PRIONASTR®A,

Prionastrea, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Comp. rend. de |’ Acad.

des Se. xxvii. p. 495 (1848), and Cor. ii. p. 513 (1857).

Acanthastrea, Milne- Edwards & Haime, Comp. rend. de l’Acad.

des Se. xxvii. p. 495 (1848), and Cor. ii. p. 501 (1857).

The species described by Milne-Edwards and Haime under

these two genera were practically separated solely by the septal

teeth. These were said to be longest near the columella in

Prionastrea, and shortest in the same position in Acanthastrea.

Martin Duncan, in his “ Revision of the Families and Genera

of the Madreporaria,”! added no new constant characters, but

placed the two genera in different alliances, which he described

in different but practically synonymous terms. In the specimen

referred by me to P. echinata, while generally the septal teeth are

longest over the walls, in some calices they are of nearly equal

length and in a few absolutely longest near the columella.

The opposite too is true of P. abdita and P. purpurea. I found

also in specimens of both the so-called genera in the British

Museum nearly every possible variety in arrangement of the septal

teeth.

Although I had different species of this genus constantly under

observation, both on the reef and in bottles, both by night and by

day, it is noticeable that I never saw any polyps with well-marked

tentacles. The peristome in all living polyps is quite distinct and

smooth, while the external body-wall forms a thick pad round it.

In P. abdita I observed short blunt processes of the body-wall

round the peristome; but in the spirit-specimens in my collection

there is no trace of these rudimentary tentacles, the whole peristome

and body-wall being thrown into blunt ruge between the attach-

ments of the mesenteries.

* Joarn. Linn, Soe., Zool. xviii. pp. 119 & 128 (1885).

Proc. Zoor. Soo.—1899, No. XLIX. 49

758 MR. J. STANLEY GARDINER ON (June 6.

The polyps of P. abdita, P. purpurea, and P. fusco-viridis are

crowded with commensal zooxanthellz, and from colonies of these

species I succeeded in collecting a certain amount of oxygen’.

These three species live on the extreme breaking edge of the reef

and are exposed at spring-tides for 2 or 3 hours to the sun, though

constantly wetted by the spray. They form also large spreading

masses as deep as can be seen outside the reef.

1. Prionastr#s appira Ell. & Sol. (Plate XLVII. fig. 4.)

Madrepora abdita, Ellis & Solander, Zooph. p. 162, pl. 1. fig. 2

(1786).

Prionastrea abdita, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 514

(1857).

Astrea virens, Dana, Zooph. p. 228, pl. xi. fig. 8 (1848).

Prionastrea profundicella, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Ann. des

Se. Nat. sér. 3, xii. p. 131 (1850), and Cor. ii. p. 181 (1837).

T have referred six specimens to this species. All were obtained

from the same position on the reef and had their polyps uniformly

coloured olive-green. Of these the largest specimen (a) (Pl. XLVII.

fig. 4) appears to be the edge of a massive colony which has been

killed in the centre. The specimen is much thicker towards its

upper edge, and here its surface is rather irregular, tending to

form blunt lobes. The under surface, where visible, is covered

with a thick epitheca.

Towards the upper edge and on the lobes the calices are more

or less polygonal with extremely thin walls, and vary in size up to

about 11 mm. in diameter by 8'°5 mm. in depth. Towards the

lower edge the walls of the calices are often 2-3 mm. broad, while

the calices vary up to 15 mm, in breadth, but are seldom more

than 6 mm. deep. The septa do not vary much in the different

calices, from 30-40 generally being present. Of these about 18

are larger than the rest, subequal in size, and fuse with the

columella. The septa are usually continuous from calice to calice

over the walls, but are very narrow at their upper ends and only

slightly exsert. All end at their edges in large, sharp, pointed

teeth, which vary enormously, but commonly are much longer in

the deeper calices, where the septa merge into the columella. In

the shallower calices the larger septa end in large, vertically

projecting teeth, which form a very distinct corona round the

axial fossa. The columella is situated about 2 mm. below the top

of the corona in the shallower calices, and is markedly oval in

shape. It is in all the calices formed by an anastomosing mass of

trabecule from the septal edges, and is much more compact in the

shallower calices.

Of the other specimens, (}) is a small nodule with deep thin-

walled calices. The columella is much larger and more compact

than in the deep calices of (a), and the general facies of the

1 “he Coral Reefs of Funafuti, Rotuma, and Fiji, together with some notes

on the Structure and Formation of Coral Reefs in general,” Proc. Camb.

Phil. Soe. vol, ix., 1898.

1899.] ASTREID CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 759

specimen agrees closely with the form described by Milne-Edwards

and Haime under the name of P. profundicella. A third specimen

(ce) conforms closely over the greater part of its surface with Dana’s

figures and descriptions of P. wirens, with which the polyps of

all agree in colour. The young calices, however, and those

situated near the edges of the colony are precisely similar to calices

in the same situation in specimen (a).

From the above it would appear that P. profundicella and

P. virens can only be synonyms for different facies of P. abdita.

It would also seem probable that several other species, described

by various authors, are likewise synonyms,

Rotuma ; crest of reef.

2. PRIONASTRMHA FUSCO-VIRIDIS Q.&G. (Plate XLVII. fig. 5.)

Astrea fusco-viridis, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. de l’Astrol. iv.

pl. xvii. fig. 8 (1838).

Astrea fusco-viridis, Dana, Zooph. p. 229, pl. xi. fig. 7 (1848).

Prionastrea fusco-viridis, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii.

p. 523 (1857).

I have referred two incrusting masses to this species because

the polyps agree absolutely in colour with the above descriptions.

The species, too, has priority over the species described by

Ehrenberg, Milne-Edwards & Haime, and Dana, witb several of

which the corallum conforms equally well so far as the descriptions

and figures go.

The peristome of the polyps is of a bright green colour, round

which the external body-wall forms a broad brown ring. The

calices vary in shape and depth in different parts of the corallum,

but the dividing walls are always relatively thick, compact, and

triangular in section. The septa are continuous from calice to

calice, and are from ‘5-1 mm. exsert. They vary in number, in

the largest calices (1-4 em. in diameter) often as many as 70 being

counted, of which about 25 are subequal in size and fuse with the

columella. These alternate with a similar number, which project

about half as far, and then there are a number of very narrow

septa, in calices of about 1 cm. diameter, scarcely recognizable.

All the septa except the smallest are very thin, regular, and

equally exsert. Their edges are covered with small, subequal,

bluntly angular teeth, usually very close-set, and never have a

ragged appearance. In some of the shallower, thicker-walled

calices the teeth are often broader, and the section may have an

almost precisely similar appearance to that given by Dana in

pl. xi. fig. 7c. The columella is usually well marked and compact,

being formed by an anastomosing mass of thin trabeculae, generally

ending above in fine papille.

Rotuma ; the species is very common, living on the extreme

breaking edge of the reef. Similarly coloured species to this and

P. abdita were also very common in the same position on the reefs

of Wakaya, Fiji.

49*

760 MR. J. STANLEY GARDINER ON [June 6,

83, PRIONASTR#ZA PURPUREA Dana,

Astrea purpurea, Dana, Zooph. p. 239, pl. xii. fig. 10 (1848).

Prionastrea purpurea, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor, ii, p. 524

(1857).

Dana states that this species differs from P. pentagona (Ehren-

berg) only by the absence of a corona of teeth round the columella

and the presence of a sulcus on the tops of the walls. Some

of the calices of one of my two specimens show a corona of broad

teeth round the columella and the sulcus is not always present.

I have, however, retained Dana’s name, as Ehrenberg’s description

is useless without reference to the original specimens, which are

unknown.

The polyps and corallum agree absolutely with Dana’s description

and figures, except fig. 106 of the septa. There are generally

present 40-50 septa, of which about half are much thicker than

the rest and fuse with the columella. The edges of these latter

septa end usually in 6-9 fine rectangular teeth, often 1 mm. or

more in length, and have rather a ragged appearance. The large

septa are continuous between the calices with thin walls, but the

sulcus is always marked by a deep notch immediately over the

centre of the wall. The columella is always very well developed,

usually oval in shape, about 3 mm. by 2mm. It is generally

situated about 2 mm. below the edges of the septa, and in surface

view appears to be almost a solid mass, but is really composed of

extremely fine and closely anastomosing trabecule.

Rotuma ; reef with the preceding species. Two specimens.

P. gibbosa of Klunzinger appears to come very close in its

characters to this species and is almost certainly identical with it.

One of my dried specimens is rather gibbous, but this is not a

specific character.

4, PRIONASTR#A HIRSUTA Milne-Edwards & Haime.

Acanthastrea hirsuta, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Ann. des Sc.

Nat. sér. 3, xii. p. 145 (1850), and Cor. ii. p. 502, pl. D5. fig. 4

(1857).

Acanthastrea hirsuta, Klunzinger, Die Korall. des R. Meeres,

ili, pl. v. figs. 1-2 (1879).

T have referred a small colony with 19 calices to this species,

with which it agrees absolutely in all the characters given by

Milne-Edwards and Haime. Budding takes place within the

ealices, and also very markedly over the cost at the edge of the

colony.

Funafuti.

5, Prronastr#a EcHINATA Dana. (Plate XLVII. fig. 6.)

Astrea echinata, Dana, Zooph. p. 229, pl. xii. fig. 1 (1848).

I have referred a single specimen (about which L have no notes

as to colour) to this species, with which it agrees absolutely in all

the described and figured characters. There are about 30 septa,

1899. ] ASTRAID CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 761

of which in the largest calices (1°3 cm.) more than 20 often

reach the columella. The latter is formed by a few coarse

trabecule from the septal edges and is never very large. The

walls in my specimen are nowhere more than 8:5 em. in thickness,

and in longitudinal sections are seen to remain of the same

thickness throughout.

Rotuma; extreme edge of reef with the three preceding

species.

6. PRIONASIR#A TENELLA Dana.

Astres tenella, Dana, Zooph. p. 231, pl. xiii. fig. 1 (1848).

A small colony rather doubtfully referred to this species and

even to this genus.

Rotuma; outer reef.

Genus CYPHASTREA.

Cyphastrea, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Comp. rend. de Acad.

des Se. xxvii. p. 494 (1848), and Cor. ii. p. 484 (1857).

There does not seem to be any real difference between this

genus and Solenastrea, but, as I have been unable to make any

comparison of a large number of specimens, I have retained the

generic name. There are only two specimens of the genus in

the collection, both of which were found lying unattached in the

boat-channel at Rotuma. They were, when found, both completely

covered with polyps, and were the only corals obtained in the

living condition from such a position.

1. Cypaastrma cHaLciIpicuM Forsk.

Madrepora chalcidicum, Forskal, Descr. an. in it. orient. p. 136

he):

Cyphastreea chalcidicum, Klunzinger, Die Korall. des R. Meeres,

ili. p. 53, pl. v. fig. 8, pl. x. fig. 11 (1879).

One colony certainly identical with the spegimens referred by

Klunzinger to the above species. The specimen is a free, oval-

shaped mass, 16 em. by 10 cm. by about 7 cm. thick, completely

covered with calices-

Rotuma; boat-channel.

2. CYPHASTR#A saviGNyI Milne-Edwards & Haime. (Plate

X LIX. fig. 1.)

Cyphastreea savignyi, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Ann. des Sec.

Nat. sér. 3, xii. p. 115 (1850), and Cor. ii. p. 485 (1857).

A single specimen agreeing closely with all the characters given

by the above authors. The colony is a round, free, flat mass—

about 10 cm. across by 2°5 em. thick—with eleven large blunt

lobes at the edge, the whole completely covered with calices except

for a small area on each side. The calices project commonly for

about 1 mm. above the general surface, but a few are free for 2

or even 3 mm.; in diameter they are generally about 2 mm.,

762 MR, J. STANLEY GARDINER ON {June 56,

but some again are much larger, varying up to 3°5 mm. The coste

are quite distinct, and the columella is, if present, extremely

rudimentary.

Rotuma; boat-channel.

Genus GALAXBA.

Galaxea (pars), Oken, Lehrb. der Nat. i. p. 72 (1815).

Galaxea, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 223 (1857).

Most of the species in this genus are exceedingly ill-defined, and

it seems probable that most of the so-called new species, described

since Milne-Edwards and Haime’s monograph, will prove to be

synonyms. All the ‘Challenger’ species, with the possible exception

of G. explanata Quelch, I should refer to previously known

forms.

1. GALAXEA LAPEROUSDANA Milne-Edwards & Haime.

Garcinula laperouseana, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Ann. des Sc.

Nat. sér. 3, x. p. 315, pl. vi. fig. 5 (1848).

Galaxea laperouseana, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Cor. i. p. 231

(1857).

This species was first characterized by the irregularity in shape

of the calices, their size, and three complete cycles of septa

without any rudiments of a fourth, in all of which characters my

specimens agree. The central calices of the mass and hence the

oldest, as the budding is entirely from the edge, vary greatly in

size; the largest I have found is 10°5 by 4:5 mm., while calices

immediately around it are 55 by 455 mm., 9 by 5 mm.,7 by 5 mm.,

and 55 by 4mm. The free portions of the calices vary up to

15 cm. in height above the peritheca, but are usually about

lem. The corallites are 2-3°5 mm. distant from one another at

the surface of the corallum.

The primary and secondary septa are nearly equal in size and

from 2 to 4 mm.exsert. The tertiary septa are from 1 to 2°5 mm.

exsert, and generally are situated rather more externally than

those of lower orders. The coste of the tertiary septa are hence

sometimes more projecting, but there is* usually no marked

difference between the costz, all extending for about 2 mm. down

the theca. The outlines of the primary septa are as shown in

Milne-Edwards and Haime’s figure, but the inner edge is commonly

rather more vertical. The primary and secondary septa fuse in

the centre of the calice, but there is no columella.

The peritheca is very light and formed of thin loose arches of

corallum on one another. Its surface is continuous between the

corallites, but below this it is much bored into by organisms and

in places completely destroyed.

Rotuma; outer reef. Two specimens.

The largest specimen is 15 cm. by 8 cm. and 9 em. thick. It is

the growing edge of a large mass the central part of which has

‘been killed. Over a great part of the upper surface an incrusting

1899. ] ASTR HID CORALS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 763

growth of Millepora—generally not more than 1 mm. thick—has

taken place, which over the dead calices very closely follows their

septa. On the surface, too, a young colony of the same species of

Galaxea is situated ; it has 16 corallites, the largest being 3 mm.

in diameter.

In the young corallites at the edges of the colonies all stages,

from a cycle of six septa to the full three cycles, can be found.

In the older calices the typical number of septa for three cycles,

27.¢é. 24,is by no means constant, as many as 30 often being found,

and it would appear that these are true variations in the number

of septa and are not due to the presence of a few septa of a

fourth cycle. In all cases thick and thin alternate, the latter

situated always more externally on the theca.

2. GALAXEA FASCICULARIS Linnzus,

Madrepora fascicularis, Linneus, Syst. Nat. edit. xii. p. 1278

1763).

: Madrepora fascicularis, Ellis & Solander, Zooph. p. 151, pl. xxx.

(1786).

Galaxea fascicularis, Milne-EKdwards & Haime, Cor. ii. p. 227

(1857).

After some hesitation I have referred two small specimens to this

species. They agree in most respects with the above descriptions,

but the calices are rather smaller, the largest being less than 1 cm.

in greatest diameter and the majority only about 7mm. The

corallites and peritheca are comparatively light, and some of the

former project for 2°3 cm. above the latter, the general height

being little more than half this. The lower part of the peritheca

has been destroyed, generally to within 6 mm. of its free surface,

by boring organisms. The lower parts of the corallites remain,

being formed of dense corallum, and the whole appears to have

been growing very rapidly, perhaps owins to the boring organisms

acting as a stimulus.

Wakaya, Fiji; reef.

I also obtained a single corallite of a colony of the same species

from the chain ot a buoy in Levuka Harbour, Fiji, which had been

cleaned 22 months before. The corallite measures 2°3 cm. in

height and 7-5 mm. by 5 mm. in diameter, so that the colony of

which it formed a part must have been of considerable size.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATHS.

Prats XLVI.

Fig. 1. Celoria dedalea, Hillis & Solander. Specimen b, X 1; p. 741.

. d, X1

” ” ” ” >)

» sinensis, Milne-Edwards & Haime, x 1; p. 742.

astreiformis, Milne-Edwards & Haime, X 1; p. 743.

» esperi, Milne-Hdwards & Haime, p. 743.

- edwardsi, n, sp,, X 1; p. 744.

@ OUP Co bo

764 MR. W.T. BLANFORD ON SHELLS OF THE {June 6,

Puate XLVI.

a okeni, Milne-Edwards & Haime, x 1; p. 749.

» rotumana,n.sp., X 1; p. 750.

. Prionastrea abdita, Ellis & Solander, x 1; p. 758.

7 fusco-viridis, Quoy & Gaimard, x 1; p. 759.

. echinata, Dana, X 1; p. 760.

Sum go bo

Puiare XLVIII.

Symphyllia sinuosa, Quoy & Gaimard, x 2; p. 738.

Hydnophora lobata, Uamarck, X 13; p. 740.

= exesd, Pallas, X 3; p. 7409.

Fig.

Soho

Prats XLIX.

Cyphastrea savignyi, Milne-Edwards & Haime, X 1; p. 761.

. Orbicella wakayana, n. sp., X 14; p. 753.

» rotumana,n.sp., X 1; p. 78d.

Ps heliopora, Lamarck, x 1; p. 756.

» funafutensis, n. sp., X 1; p. 756.

Fig.

ou gto

4. On some Species of Shells of the Genera Streptazis and

Ennea from India, Ceylon, and Burma. By W. 'T.

Buanrorp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

[Received May 15, 1899.]

(Plate L.)

In the preparation of a general account of Indian terrestrial

Mollusca, 1 have had occasion to go again over the somewhat

numerous forms of Streptaais and Ennea found in Southern India

by. Col. R. H. Beddome, from whose collections I described

several species of those genera in 18807. Col. Beddome has very .

kindly placed in my hands for examination the various additional

forms subsequently obtained by him, and although only one more

Ennea appears to require description, the case is different with

Streptaxis. This genus abounds on the hills of Southern India, and

shows so much variation that it is very difficult to say how many

forms present characters sufficiently well marked to justify specific

rank. If every variety were described as distinct, a large number

of “ species” or ‘* subspecies” might be proposed. In the present

case only those forms, three in number, which are well marked and

easily recognized have received specific names. ch

A species of Streptaais obtained by Col. Beddome in Burma

and another that has long been in my own collection from Ceylon

are also described; also an Ennea collected in the Naga Hills. by

Col. Godwin-Austen, and another species from the neighbourhood

of Moulmein obtained by Mr. Theobald and now in the British

Museum collection at South Kensington. Remarks on some other

species are added.

Typical specimens of all the species here described are in the

British Museum. .

1 J. A.8. B, xlix. pt. 2, pp. 201-211.

JEM ES oak

2) 8).

enits

Ns : J . pps)

Ne)

| op

mielsson Lt

hotoprint by Bale &

OUTH PACIFIC.

FROM THE

CORALS

HROM Ein SOUL HACC.

SHE el 2A OSEAN bike

Li|

(oa)

CORALS HERO M Tit SOU sPAC iE TC.

SEAS) SP VS)e We Ce

CORALS BROOM THE Sieur PAC RKG:.

; 1899. ] GENERA STREPTAXIS AND ENNEA. 165

STREPTAXIS LZVIS, sp. nov. (Plate L. figs. 11, 12.)

Testa umbilicata, depresso-ovata, levigata, striatula, vitreo-albida ;

spira depresso-convewa ; anfr. 53, convevrusculi, penultimus ad

peripheriam rotundatus, ultra ultamum subtus projectus, ultimaus

eacentricus, subtus conveaiusculus, post aperturam haud com-

pressus ; apertura diagonalis, fere semiovalis, lamella parietalr

intrante duobusque dentibus minutis, uno basali, alio sinistral

via columellari, interdum carente, coarctata ; peristoma expansun,

margine dextro superne ad angulum sinuoso. Diam. maj.

84, min. 6; alt. 43 mm.

Hab, Tenasserim (Beddome).

Very near S. burmanicus in form, but distinguishable from that

and all other known Burmese species by the absence of costulation.

* Three specimens were collected by Col. Beddome. <A near ally is

S. sinuosus Pfr. from Cochinchina, but that is a much broader

shell, with a smaller umbilicus.

Srrepraxts BeppoMi Nevill MS. (Plate L. figs. 4-7.)

Lesta subumbilicata, depresso-ovata, levigauta, striatula, nitida,

albido-cornea ; spire parum exserta, sutura tmpressa ; anfr. 5,

converiusculi, penultimus rotundatus, vix ultra ultimum (a base

spectatus) projictus, ullimus eacentricus, bast conveaus, post

aperturam subtus compressus, utringue juxta peristoma constrre-

tus, in umbilico rugoso-striatus ; apertura fere semielliptica,

lamelléd und purietali, et dentibus 4 palatalibus, duo columel-

laribus, uno basali, uno devtralt coarctata ; peristoma album,

expansum, margine deatro ad anguluim sinuato, et aliquando

in tuberculo parvo parictali desinente. Diam. maj. 6, min, 43 ;

alt. 3mm. (Figs. 4, 5.)

Hab. in montibus Animalai dictis Indie meridionalis (Beddome).

Var. major, peristomate quinquedentato, dentibus duobus in

margine dextro, uno basali, duobus columellaribus. Diam. maj.

7,min. 5; alt. 33 mm. (Figs. 6, 7.)

Hab. haud procul a Kuttdlam (Courtallam) in comitatu Tinne-

velly,-ad alt. 4000 ped. (Beddome).

This species is near S. watsoni, W. & H. Blant., but is

distinguished by having only one parietal lameila ; the teeth, too,

are differently disposed in the mouth, but Southern Indian Strep-

taxes vary so frequently in their dentition that very little depend-

ence can be placed on it. SS. beddomi may, however, be recognized

by having the proximal tooth on the columellar margin nearly half-

way down, and both of the columellar teeth and the basal tooth are

_simple, equal in size, and nearly equidistant ; whilst in S. watsont

there is often a small columellar tooth near the body-whorl, and a

much larger elongate tooth, which is often more or less bifid, on

the distal portion of the columellar margin.

The larger variety of S. beddomii trom Tinnevelly is chiefly

distinguished by having an additional tooth on the right margin

aboye the tooth which is opposite the parietal lamella.

766 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON SHBLLS OF THB [June 6,

Amongst the specimens sent to me for examination by Col. Bed-

dome is a single shell from the Wynaad which appears to bea still

larger form, measuring 8, 6, and 4 mm.

STREPTAXIS SCALPTUS sp. noy. (Plate L. figs. 8, 9, 10.)

Testa rimato-perforata, subumbilicata, depresso-ovata, costulato-

striata, subtus laevigata, cereo-albida ; spira depresso-conoidea,

sutura impressa ; anfr. 53-6, conveai, penultimus ad

peripheriam rotundatus, paullo ultra ultimum projectus,

ultimus eacentricus, subtus convevus, versus aperturam circa

umbilicum compressus, utringue fossiculo impresso coarctatus ;

apertura obliqua, fere semiovalis, lamellis plerumque duobus

parietalibus approvimatis, sinistral media longiore intrante,

dextrali minore, aliquando carente, dentibusque ad quatuor

(interdum 2, 3 vel 5) palatalibus constricta ; peristoma album,

expansiusculum, juxta angulum mediocriter sinuatum. Diam.

max. 10, min. 7: alt. 52 mm.

Hab. in montibus Kolamalai dictis, haud procul ab urbe Salem

Indie meridionalis (Beddome), et in provincia Kadur, regni Indici

Mysore (Daly).

This, like some other South Indian Streptaxes, is a very variable

species. Even amongst specimens from the Kolamalais some shells

are much more depressed than others, the largest examined

measuring 112, 83, and 53 mm. in its three diameters, whilst the

smallest measures 83, 63, and 47. The single specimen from

Balur, in the Kadur district of Mysore, measures 10, 74, and 53.

Then the palatal teeth vary in almost every individual examined :

the normal arrangement appears to be two in the right margin, one

of them opposite the end of the median parietal lamella, the other

nearer the angle, one basal or distal, and one columellar nearer to

the distal extremity of the aperture than to the proximal end.

Some specimens (as in fig. 8) have two columellar teeth ; in one shell

the basal and columellar teeth are wanting, but this is evidently

abnormal. Even in the excentricity of the last whorl, shown by

the extent to which the penultimate projects when viewed from

below, there is some variation. ;

This species is distinguished from most of the South Indian

Streptaxes by its subcostulate striation. The species with similar

sculpture are S. pronus, which is smaller and very differently

shaped, and S. canaricus and S. subacutus, with the penultimate

whorl keeled.

A single specimen from Torna was obtained some 30 years ago

by Col. Evezard and has been in my possession ever since. It was

noticed in‘ Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. xii.” (J. A.S. B.

xlix. pt. 2, 1880, p. 205), as coming from the most northern locality

in Peninsular India from which a Streptaxis has been obtained.

Torna is a Mahratta hill-fort, near Sinhgarh, south-west of

Poona. The Torna shell is large (length 114, breadth 83, height

6 mm.) and somewhat weathered, with the whorls slightly sub

angulate below the suture and with traces of spiral sculpture on

-1899.] GENERA STREPTAXIS AND ENNBA. 767

the last whorl. There are some faint impressed spiral lines on

more than one of the Kolamalai specimens. The Torna specimen

has only one parietal lamella and five palatal teeth, two being

columellar. It should perhaps be classed as distinct.

STREPTAXIS SUBACUTUS, sp. nov. (Plate L. figs. 1, 2, 3.)

Testa arcuatim rimato-perforata, depresso-ovata, solida, flcwuose

costulato-striata, subtus levigata ; spira depresso-conoidea, apice

acutiusculo ; anfr. 64, planulati, penultimus ad peripheriam

obtuse carinatus, dimidio latitudinis ultra anfractum ultimum

projectus, ultimus valde excentricus, subtus convexiusculus, circa

umbilicum versus aperturam angulatus, in umbilico rugoso-striatus,

post aperturam fossiculo longitudinali subbasali umpressus 5

apertura subdiagonalis, fere semiovalis, lamellis duobus parie-

talibus, und longiore medid, altera juvta angulum brevi, tribus-

que dentibus palatalibus, uno dextrali, secundo basal, tertio

columellari, coarctata ; peristoma expansum, margine dextrali

ad angulum sinuato. Diam. maj. 114, min. 8; alt. 6 mm.

Hab. South Canara (Beddome).

This is the third and largest species of carinate Streptaxis from

Southern India, the two others being S. canaricus and S. compressus.

These three species bring up the number of forms described

from Southern India to eleven. Owing to the considerable

amount of variation, especially in the teeth within the aperture, as

already noticed, it is very difficult to make a key to these, but they

may generally be identified by the following :—

A. Penultimate whorl rounded at periphery.

a. Parietal lamellz 1 or 2, not Y-shaped, nor joined to

margin of peristome by raised callus.

a. Shell above smooth or slightly striated.

a'. Penultimate whorl projecting on lower surface

beyond last whorl.

a>, Two parietal lamellz (one sometimes in S. per-

rottett).

a’. Length 8-10 mm. ; usually 3 palatal teeth... S. perrotteti.

6%. Length 63 mm.; 1 or 2 palatal teeth ......... S. footer.

e*. Length 6 mm.; 3 to 5 palatal teeth............ S. watsoni.

+7. A single parietal lamella; length 6-7 mm. ...... S. beddomii.

b'. Penultimate concealed by last whorl beneath ...... S. concinnus,

6. Shell costulately striated above .................s0eeeeeee S. scalptus.

b. A single Y-shaped parietal lamella, arising from raised

callus that unites margins of peristome.

a. Smooth; lower surface of penultimate whorl scarcely

projecting HAE ACe Raat obo an cece to peo ceuoSeep enero ASeces S. personatus,

b. Costulate ; half of penultimate whorl projecting ...... S. pronus,

B. Penultimate whorl keeled.

a. Costulate.

a. Length about 11} mm.; 3 palatal teeth ............... 9. subacutus,

b. Length about 73 mm.; 6 palatal teeth .................. S. canaricus.

b. Smooth or striated ; 4 or 5 palatal teeth ............... ... S. compressus,

768 MR. W. 'T, BLANFORD ON SHELLS OF THE [June 6,

SPREPTAXIS RAVAN, sp. nov. (Plate L. figs. 13, 14, 15.)

Testa rimato-perforata, globoso-ovata, costulato-striata ; spira

convexa ; anfr. 7, planulati, infra suturam subangulati ; penul-

timus ad per tpheriam rotundatus, vie ultra ultimum, a basi

spectatus, projectus, ultinius subtus conveaiusculus, antice circum

umbilicum compressus ; apertura oblongo- -semiovalis, plea in-

trante parictali et 4-5 dentibus palatalibus (duobus in margine

dexti'o, uno basali, uno vel duobus columellavibus) coarctata ;

peristoma expansum, ad angulum retro-sinuatum. Diam. ma).

133, min. 10; alt. 7 mm.

Hab. in insula Ceylon.

This is a larger and more globose shell than S. cingalensis (which

I am inclined to regard as a variety of S. layardianus) and with

larger and more numerous palatal teeth. _ It is the largest known

Streptavis from the Indiau area. I have had a single specimen for

many years and am not quite sure from whom I received it,

though I have always believed that it came from Major Skinner's

collection.

ENNEA TURRICULA, sp. nov. (Plate L. figs. 16, 17.)

Testa breviter arcuato-rimata, turrita, subcylindrica, diaphana,

nitidula, subdistanter capillaceo- costulata, cereo-albida ; spira

parum attenuata, apice obtuso, suturd impr essa 5 anfr. 6, con-

vexr, duo superiores levigati ; apertura ver ticalis, fere semiovalis,

lamella und torté parietali intrante, alid columellari obliqua

internd, tertid basali profundd, et tuberculis duobus, uno basali,

alio in margine dextro, ambubus sepe obsoletis, coarctata ; peri-

stoma album, callosum, eapansum, vic ad anguluin sinuatum,

mai ee callo lumellifero junctis. Long. 5, diam. 1? } ape

long. 1z mm.

Hab. in ieoahibee Animalai dictis, et in provincia Wynaad

Indie meridionalis (Beddome).

The sculpture and dentition can only be distinctly seen in fresh

adult specimens, in old shells some of the teeth in the aperture

disappear. As in the allied forms . pirriet, E. macrodon, &c.,

the dentition is well developed in half-grown shells.

This species is nearest to the Nigiri &. macrodon, but dis-

tinguished by more distant sculpture, by the teeth in the mouth

being smaller, and especially by the absence of the great transverse

basal lamella of that species.

ENNEA BREVICOLLIS, sp. nov. (Plate L. figs. 23, 24.)

Testa turrita, subfusiformis, costulis Siliformibus verticalibus or-

Nata 3 spira sensim attenuata, apice obtuso, sutura unpressa ;

anfr. 11, conveai, primi 3 levigati, sions angustior, antice

breviter i Tactaase descendens et creberrime costulatus, utringue

versus basin scrobiculo compressus ; apertura rotundo-ovalis,

lamina validd curvatd intrante parictali, et plid palatali

oppositd, coarctata, sinu ad dextrum subrotundo fere sepurato ;

peristoma albidum, expansum, reflecum. Long. 8, dian, 2 ;

ap. long. 13 mm.

1899.] GENERA StREPTAXIS AND ENNEA. 769

Hab. ad Moulmein (Theobald),

This is allied to &. cylindrelloidea Stol. and to #. seatont Bedd.

(P. Z. 8S. 1891, p. 315), and intermediate in size between them ; it

is distinguished from the smaller Z. cylindrelloidea by coarser and

more distant sculpture, and by the tree part of the last whorl

near the aperture being rather shorter. From the larger E. seatoni

the present species may be known by its differently shaped mouth,

which, as in /. cylindrellowlea, is nearly as high as broad, and by

the absence, so far as can be determined in the only specimen

available for examination, of the internal columellar plait. The

parietal lamella is almost vertical in front, but the crest of it,

inside the whorl, is bent towards the centre of the aperture,

as in EZ. cylindrelloidea’.

The type of Z. brevicollis is a single specimen in the British

Museum collection, labelled Damotha, Moulmein. This shell was

obtained with others from Mr. Theobald in 1888, and has hitherto

been supposed to be £. cylindrelloidea, of which there is no

specimen in the collection. Whether the locality Damotha is

correct it is impossible to say; probably #. cylindrellodea. and

E. brevicollis are representative forms, found on different isolated

limestone hills.

A single specimen of another Ennea belonging to the same

group with the last whorl solute near the aperture has been pre-

sented to the British Museum by Dr. Hungerford and is also said

to be from Damotha, Moulmein. It approaches C. cylindrelloidea,

but is still smaller, being only 4mm. long. It bas 8 whorls and

is smooth, not costulate. This is probably an undescribed species,

but the only specimen looks slightly distorted, so I shall not

propose a name for it.

Ennua NAGAENSIS G.-A. MS. (Plate L. fig. 22.)

Testa longe curvato-rimata, cylindrico-ovata, oblique confertim

flewuoso-costulata, cerzo-albida, apice convewo, obtuso, sutura

impress ; anfr. 7, conveviusculi, ultimus minor, compressus,

basi angustior ; apertura auriformis, subawialis, sinw sub-

rotundo dextrali, a plicis duabus validis intrantibus prowimis,

und parictali, alterd palatali in margine dextro, fere abscisso ;

perisioma albidum, undique incrassato-dilutatum, marginibus

callo crasso longe ascendente junctis. Long. 43, cram. 2; ap.

lony. 12 mm. (perist, incl.).

Hab. in wontibus Naga dictis (Godwin-Austen).

This shell is allied to EZ. vara Bs. and £E. stenopylis Bs., the

aperture, with its broadly expanded peristome and the subcircular

sinus to the right almost cut off by the parietal and palatal plaits,

1 [ have been able, since the above was written, through the kindness

of Dr. Alcock, Superintendent of tne Indian Museum, Calcutta, to examine the

type of £. cylindrelloidea. The parietal lamella is not curved into a hook, as

might be supposed from the figure, J. A. S. B. 1871, pt. 2, p. 171, pl. 7. f. 4, and

the copy of the same-in the ‘ Conchologia Indica.” The hook-like appearance

is due to the shadii g in the lithograph, intended to represent the curvature of

the lamella inside the aperture, having heen printed too darkly.

770 ON SHELLS OF THE GHNERA STREPTAXIS AND ENNHA. [June 6,

closely resembling that of the former species, whilst the general

shape comes nearer to that of the latter, from which the present

species is distinguished by having an additional whorl and more

elongate proportions. The oblique flexuous costulation of Z. na-

gaensis is finer than the sculpture of either of the allied forms.

Several specimens of this species were obtained by Col. Godwin-

Austen in the Naga Hills.

Ennea Mitium G.-A. (Plate L. figs. 18, 19.)

In the original figure of this small form’ the teeth within the

peristome were wrongly drawn. I have recently been able, through

Col. Godwin-Austen’s kindness, to examine the original type, which

is the only specimen hitherto obtained. The locality where this shell

was found is in a tract of the lower Himalayas, very difficult of

access, lying north of Assam. I find that instead of a single tooth

in the right margin of the aperture there are two, one opposite the

parietal lamella, the other lower and more internal; there is also

a low broad basal tooth and an internal columellar lamella. A

fresh, figure is given herewith.

Bwxna canarroa Beda. (Plate L, fig. 25.)

This species was described by me in 1880* but not figured, and

as the form is a remarkable one, I make use of the present

opportunity to give a figure. This and the next species differ

considerably from the other South Indian Enneas, allied to

E. pirrici and E. macrodon, forming the group to which Z. turri-

cula belongs. . canarica is from South Canara.

Ennua BEDDOMII Bf. (Plate L. figs. 20, 21.)

This was described with the last, and, like it, requires figuring.

Both species were obtained by Col. Beddome, to whom I am

indebted for specimens. J. beddomii is from the Sivagiri Hills,

Tinnevelly.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE L.

Figs. 1, 2, 3. Streptaxis subacutus, p. 767.

4, 5. 8S, beddomi, p. 765.

(Oy 7 " var., p. 765.

8, 9, 10. S. scalptus, p. 766.

11, 12. S. levis, p. 765.

13, 14, 15. S. ravane, p. 768.

6, 17. Ennea turricula, p. 768.

18, 19. E. milium, p. 770.

20, 21. E. beddomit, p. ‘770.

22, E. nagaensis, p. 769.

23, 24. E. brevicollis, p. 768.

25. E. canarica, p. 770.

* J.A.S. B. xlv. pt. 2, 1876, p. 317, pl. viii. fig. 11,

2 J. A.S8. B. xlix. pt. 2, p. 210.

PSZ orl Soar ries

Mintern Bros.imp.

SWiRus (PIS O<IS) JAINIDIY Ja ANpIN AS -

1899.] MR. DE WINTON ON THE RED-FLANKED DUIKER. 771

June 20, 1899,

Dr. Aubert GintTuER, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. W. E. de Winton, F.Z.S., laid before the meeting a list of

Mammals represented in a collection from British Central Africa

that had been recently transmitted to Mr. Sclater by Mr. Sharpe,

and made the following remarks :—

The good work of making collections of the fauna of Nyasaland

for scientific purposes, started by the enterprise of Sir Harry

Johnston, is being carried forward by the present Administrator,

Mr. Alfred Sharpe, C.B., and the British Museum has just

received a consignment of the larger Mammals through the

Secretary of this Society. A list of the species, of which two

are additions to those already reported, is as follows :—Lycaon

pictus, Hystrix sp.inc., Rhinoceros bicornis, Equus crawshayi, Conno-

cheetes johnstont, Oephalophus lugens, Ourebia hastata, Hippotrayus

equinus, and Tragelaphus roualeyni.

The Lycaon, a very fine male, and agreeing in every way with

South-African specimens, is the first adult animal of this kind

which has found its way to the National Collection from Nyasa-

land.

Two skins of Porcupines are unfortunately not accompanied by

skulls, and in the absence of these it would be impossible to say to

what species they belong. As has been pointed out by Mr. Oldfield

Thomas (P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 795), a Porcupine was sure to inhabit this

district, and it is to be hoped that the skulls of these two specimens

will be forthcoming later on.

Of the large mammals the only one new to the district is a Roan

Antelope, and the very fine specimens of both sexes contained in

the present collection show that the Nyasaland animal agrees with

the typical form from Mashonaland.

It will be well to point out an error in the description of the

Nyasaland Gnu and in the figure of that species in P. Z.S. 1896,

pl. xxviii. In the dried skin the white mark on the face is dis-

torted by the contraction of the thick skin of the suborbital glands,

and has led the artist into the mistake of depicting the animal with

a white V-shaped band instead of a chevron or A on the face, An

excellent photograph, taken by Mr. James Harrison, of a freshly

killed specimen shows the correct marking very plainly.

Mr. de Winton exhibited the mounted heads of a male and female

Red-flanked Duiker (Cephalophus rufilatus Gray) (see figure, p. 772),

obtained by Mr. J. F. Abadie in the Borgu Country of the Niger

district ; also the skull of a male of the same species obtained b

Capt. W. Giffard near Gambaga, in the back-country of the Gold

Coast. The horns of the latter specimen measured 3°35 inches (or

86 millim.) in length, the basal length of the skull measured 5:3

inches (or 134 millim.), the greatest breadth of the skull (which ig

72 MR. DE WINTON ON THE RED-FLANKED DUIKER. [June 20,

found in the squamosal portion of the zygomatic arch) 2°8 inches

(or 71 millim.).

Skull of Cephalophus rufilatus, G. #nat. size.

(From Capt. Giffard’s specimen.)

edd

1899.] HON, W. ROTHSCHILD ON THE CASSOWARIES. 713

Capt. Giffard had appended the following note— Not un-

common, very solitary in its habits, never seen more than 100 yards

from water.”

In size this Duiker closely resembled the Red Duiker of South

Africa (C. natalensis), and perhaps this would be found to be its

nearest ally, though the slate-coloured legs and dorsal stripe as

well as the more massive horns were distinctive of the Red-flanked

Duiker. Both the Black-fronted Duiker (C. nzgrifrons) from

Gaboon and Harvey’s Duiker (C. harveyi) from East Africa were

much larger animals and are otherwise widely distinct.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S., read a memoir on the

Cassowaries, which contained notes on, and an enumeration of, the

species and geographical races of these birds. He also exhibited

the originals of the plates which are to illustrate the paper when

published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions,’ and made the following

remarks :—

My interest in the Ratite was first aroused as far back as 1876,

when a pair of Emus (Dromeus nove-hollandic) were brought over

by Mr. Cyril Flower (now Lord Battersea) from Australia and

turned loose in Tring Park. I well remember the universal

excitement at home in 1877 when the first of the beautiful dark

green eggs was found. Since that time Tring Park has never

been without some representative of the Ostrich tribe, either Rhea,

Emu, Apteryx, or Cassowary.

However it was in 1890 when I first turned my attention

seriously to the genus Casuwarivs, induced to do so by the

abominably stuffed and grotesquely coloured specimens preserved

in all our museums. [I proceeded to devise a method by which their

natural appearance could be better displayed.

The first step was to get some alive, and I procured two Ceram

Cassowaries, a Westerman’s Cassowary, and two Australian Casso-

waries. I then, when they were in full colour, got an artist to make

careful drawings from life. Finally, with the help of a Cambridge

taxidermist, we succeeded in modelling Cassowaries so true to life

that a photograph from the mounted specimen was barely

distinguishable from one taken from life.

In 1896 I promised to work out and monograph for the

German Zoological Society the two families of Paradiseide and

Ratite, for their great work ‘Das Thierreich. Finding no

ficures or descriptions, not even those of the ‘ Catalogue of Birds

in the British Museum,’ of any great value to me in the work for

the Ratite. I determined to get together a collection of all the

Ratite Birds alive. I had at the time 5 out of the 6 forms of

Apteryx alive; in the Society’s Gardens 2 out of the 3 forms of

Struthio were represented ; while at Tring I had Dromcus nove-

hollandie and D. irroratus, 3 Casuarii, and Rhea americana alive,

and Rhea macrorhyncha at the Society's Gardens. In collecting

the species and varieties of Cassowary during 1896, 1897, 1898,

Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1899, No. L. 50

774 HON, W. ROTHSCHILD ON THE CASSOWARIES. [June 20,

and 1899, I was much struck by the inadequate figures and de-

scriptions hitherto available, and I thought it might be useful if I

published a monograph of the genus Casuarius, with coloured

figures and a detailed anatomical description.

As my own journal was of too small a size to allow characteristic

plates to be given, I laid the matter before the Publication Com-

mittee and the monograph was accepted for publication in the

‘ Transactions,’

I now place before you the original drawings for this monograph

and a photograph of one of the birds. I find there are fewer

distinct species than has been hitherto supposed (11 are enumerated

by Count Salvadori); but, owing to their solitary habits and

restricted though wide distribution, most of the species have

developed into a number of local races or subspecies.

Of distinct species I recognize 8, viz. :—

1. Casuarius casuarius (Linu.), from Ceram, Aru, New Guinea,

and Australia.

2. Casuarius bicarunculatus, from Wammer and Kabroor Islands,

Aru Islands.

3. Casuarius uniappendiculatus, from Salwatti and Jobi Islands

and the northern shores of German and Dutch New

Guinea.

4. Casuarius papuanus, from Salwatti and Dutch New Guinea.

5. Casuarius picticollis, from German and British New Guinea

(lowlands).

6. Casuarius lorie, from British New Guinea (high mountains).

7. Casuarius bennetti, from New Britain.

ie)

. Casuarius philipi, habitat uncertain.

Taking cognizance of all the races, we find there are 18 recog-

nizable subspecies as follows :—

1. Casuarius casuarius. Ceram.

Cis ss casuarius beccartit. Vokan, Aru Islands.

(iy as, casuarius salvador. Arfak.

(ce) 4, casuarius sclatert. New Guinea, from Maclure

Inlet to Samarai.

(8) casuarius violicollis. Trangan Island, Aru Islands.

(CG aes casuarius australis, Queensland.

i casuarius intensus. Habitat uncertain.

2. Casuarius bicarunculatus. Wammer and Kabroor, Aru

Islands.

3. Casuarius uniappendiculatus. Salwatti and Arfak.

C2)" uniappendiculatus occipitalis. Jobi Islands and

Geelvink Bay.

(b)stey, uniappendiculatus aurantiacus. Huon Gulf, Ger-

man New Guinea.

To) eS

-1859.] HON. W. ROTHSCHILD ON THE CASSOWARIES, .

4. Casuarius philipi. Habitat uncertain.

5. Casuarius papuanus. Salwatti and Arfak.

(a), papuanus edwardsi. Geelvink Bay.

6. Casuarius picticollis. British New Guinea (low country).

2) aa picticollis hecki. German New Guinea.

7. Casuarius lorie. Owen Stanley Range, British New Guinea.

8. Casuarius bennetti. New Britain.

Besides these, two forms have been distinguished, Casuarius

laglaizei and Casuarius tricarunculatus, which are not worthy of

distinction; the former is founded on a melanistic specimen of

C. uniappendiculatus occipitalis, and the latter on a monstrosity

with three wattles of C. casuarius salvadorii.

Ihave been most successful in procuring living specimens of

Cassowaries, and during the last 10 months I have had alive 14 out

of the 18 forms; and of the drawings exhibited, only two have not

been executed from life, namely, Caswarius picticollis, taken from a

drawing by Hart made from the bird in the flesh three hours after

death, and Casuarius lorie, copied from a sketch by Dr. Loria,

from the fresh shot bird, taken on the spot in the Moroka District,

S.E. New Guinea. It appears, from the only two adult pairs (7. e.

males and females) of Cassowaries I have had the good fortune to

observe, that in the subspecies of Casuarius caswarius the males

have the wattles separated for their entire length, while the females

have them joined at the base.

I may be allowed to remark that considering the usual manner

of securing living Cassowaries (i. ¢., by shooting the old male and

catching his brood of chicks when still in down), the disproportion

in the sexes seems to be most astounding: out of 180 Cassowaries

which have passed through my hands alive, only 6 were males and

172 were females.

The few additional remarks I have to make here are that all

Cassowaries are very quarrelsome and savage, and I have only

known two tame birds, both Casuarius casuarius violicollis ; but

by far the most ill-tempered and dangerous birds are the forms

of C. papuanus and C. uniappendiculatus.

That we do not know nearly all the races of Cassowary is amply

proved by two young birds, both forms of Casuarius casuarius,

now in my possession, which promise to develop into two very

distinct forms: in fact, although young and in brown plumage, L

should describe them at once if it were not for the fatal double

wattles characteristic of the type of the genus and which therefore

denote that the distinctions may be transitory. In the monograph

itself I hope to insert everything, anatomically, zoologically, and

biologically, known up to the present date.

I may mention that the C. cusuarius australis now in the

Society’s Gardens is one of my original two, purchased in 1890.

It is generally believed, and even positively stated in a number of

books, that the Australian Cassowary (Casuarius casuarius australis)

50*

776 MR. C. W. ANDREWS ON A NEW BIRD [June 20,’

is the largest Cassowary; but it is much exceeded in bulk and

height by Casuarius casuarius sclateri and Casuarius uniappendi-

culutus when perfectly adult.

This paper will be published in full in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Remains of a new Bird from the London Clay

of Sheppey. By Cuas. W. Anprews, B.Sc., F.Z.S.

[Received June 2, 1899.]

(Plate LI.)

The fossil birds hitherto recorded from the London Clay are so

few in number, and present such remarkable characters, that the

discovery of a new member of the Class from that horizon is of

the greatest interest.

The National Collection has recently been enriched by the

addition of a clay nodule enclosing the skull, pelvis, and some

broken limb-bones of a new type of bird, which forms the subject

of the present paper. This specimen was obtained by that

indefatigable collector W. H. Shrubsole, Esq., F.G.S., from the

London Clay of the Isle of Sheppey, a locality with which he has

long been associated. When found, one side of the skull and some

fragments of limb-bones were all that was exposed ; but the skilful

removal of the matrix by Mr. J. Hall, assistant formatore in the

Museum, has revealed most of the skull, the upper surface of the

pelvis, and the femur; there are also remnants of the vertebral

column and ribs. The bird is lying with the head turned round

over the back, so that the lower surface of the beak rests on the

iliac crest of the pelvis; behind the head several of the anterior

cervical vertebre are visible, and in front of the pelvis there are

some thoracic vertebree, but the posterior cervical and the anterior

thoracic vertebre, together with the sternum and coracoid, have

been lost by the abrasion of the nodule. The upper portion of the

scapula and the left femur still occupy nearly their natural position.

It may be stated at once that this specimen indicates the

existence of a new species of a type differing generically from any

previously known bird, but allied to the Tropic-birds (Phaethon),

of which it may be an ancestral form ; for it I propose the name

Prophaethon shrubsolei, referring to its suggested affinities and in

honour of the discoverer of the specimen.

The Skull and Mandible.

The skull and mandible are, on the whole, in a remarkably good

state of preservation. The tip of the beak and a portion of its

upper surface have been broken away ; the lachrymals are missing ;

1899.] FROM THE LONDON CLAY OF SHEPPEY. Th

and on the exposed (right) side the postorbital and zygomatic

processes, together with the outer half of the quadrate, are much

abraded.

Skull of Prophacthon shrubsolei, from above. Natural size.

cb.p., cerebellar prominence; 7., jugal; J/.s., surface for articulation with

lachrymal; n., external nares; 7.g., narial groove; 1.%., rostral hinge ;

sg., squamosal ; ¢,f., temporal fossa ; p.o.p., postorbital process.

The occipital surface (Plate LI. fig. 2) of the skull is wider

than it is high. The sessile occipital condyle (0c.c.) is nearly

778 MR. C. W. ANDREWS ON A NEW BIRD [June 20,

hemispherical, its upper border being very slightly flattened. The

foramen magnum is relatively large and is subcircular, the lateral

and ventral borders being slightly flattened. Above the foramen

there is a well-marked cerebellar prominence (cb.p.) from which

the bone has been almost entirely broken away. On either side

of the prominence, about 4 mm. above the foramen magnum, is a

small vascular foramen from which a groove runs downward and

outwards to the base of the paroccipital precess (p.p.). These pro-

cesses are large and convex from above downwards; their rounded

outer extremities do not extend below the level of the foramen

magnum and their ventral border is continuous with the supra-

foraminal ridge. Beneath the paroccipital processes the occipital

surface is flattened and is produced downward beneath the

occip'tal condyle in a pair of prominences, the extremities of which

form the wammillary tuberosities (m.t.). About on the level of

the occipital condyle there are several foramina (transmitting

the hypoglossal, pneumogastric, and glossopharyngeal nerves,

and ? carotid artery).

The lambdoidal ridge, which forms the dorsal border of the

occipital surface, is much worn away, but probably was never very

strongly marked ; near its lower end it joins the ridge forming the

outer border of the paroccipital process and then runs forward on

to the zygomatic process. This projects strongly forward towards

the postorbital process (p.0.p.), from which it is separated by a space

of about 6 mm. only. The temporal fossa (t,f.) is very deep and

well-defined ; it extends scarcely at all on to the roof of the skull.

The temporal ridge joins the lambdoidal crest near its outer end

and then passes forward and inward: anteriorly it passes on to the

postorbital process, along the middle of which it runs and at the

tip of which it terminates. The parietal region of the skull

between the temporal fossz is only very slightly convex, but in the

frontal region between the postorbital processes the convexity is

greater, and there is a pair of slight prominences separated in the

middle line by a shallow depression which broadens out till in

the interorbital region the whole roof of the skull is slightly concave

from side to side. The orbital borders of the frontals are thin,

sharp, and slightly upturned, but in front of the orbits the edges of

the skull-roof become thickened and form a broad surface for union

with the lachrymals (/.s.), which unfortunately are both wanting in

this specimen. The region between the lachrymals is somewhat

swollen, slightly convex from side to side and strongly so from before

backward ; this inflated region terminates anteriorly ina deep trans-

verse groove, the so-called naso-frontal hinge (7.A.). As a matter

of fact: this groove does not oceur at the junction of the nasals and

frontals, at least in Phaethon, to which the present species is most

nearly allied. In the skull of a young individual of P. ethereus

deseribed by Mr. W. P. Pycraft, the groove divides the nasals into a

posterior inflated portion and an anterior region cleft by the nares

and separated one from another by the facial processes of the pre-

maxille; it will therefore be better to speak of this hinge as

“rostral” iustead of fronto-nasal.

———<—<— rc

1899. ] FROM THE LONDON CLAY OF SHEPPEY. 779

Immediately in front of the rostral hinge the upper surface of

the beak is broad and slightly convex from side to side; but as

it passes forward between the nares (n.) it becomes narrower and

more rounded, and continues to do so as far forward as preserved,

the tip being lost: between the nostrils a portion of the bone

is broken away showing that it is hollow.

The nostrils (n.) are very long and narrow, and extend backward

nearly to the rostral hinge. They are widest immediately in front

of the antorbital fossa, and thence run forward as a narrow cleft,

which anteriorly probably becomes a groove (7.g.): the anterior end

of the narial opening (or groove) is broken away with the tip of the

beak. Posteriorly the nostrils are separated from the antorbital

fossa by a bar of bone which no doubt is, as usual, formed by the

union of the downward process of the iasal with the maxilla,

The edge of the beak is formed by a bar of hone, which is narrow

anteriorly but widens out gradually from before backward, reaching

its greatest width just in front of the antorbital fossa. Behind

this it passes without interruption into the quadrato-jugal bar (7ug.).

The thickness of this bar seems to be constant throughout its

length, but the posterior extremity where it joined the quadrate

has been broken away. The interorbital septum (7.0.s.) is

incomplete, being perforated by a large quadrate fenestra (7.0.f.),

similar to that seen in Phaethon. It bas been cleared of matrix

so that the thickened ventral edge (rostrum) is exposed, and it can

be seen that the anterior ends of the pterygoids rest against it and

articulate with the posterior ends of the palatines as in most Cari-

nate birds. Unfortunately, it has not been possible to work out

the structure of the palate further.

The quadrate (q.) 1s long and articulates with the skull by two

heads, the facets for which are situated very far back, immediately

within the rim formed by the lower edge of the paroccipital. On

the exposed side the outer half of the quadrate has been abraded,

and its distal articulation is still in its natural position with regard

to the mandible, so that its form cannot be observed. Rather

high up on the inner border of the bone there arises a fairly

large orbital process (0.p.) which projects upward and inward and

terminates in a blunt point.

In the mandible the posterior end is so much injured that its form

cannot be determined, but there seems to have been a fairly promi-

nent postero-internal process. From its posterior end the ramus

increases in depth as far forward as about the middle of the orbit.

At this point there is a lateral vacuity which is continued forward

as a shallow depression, most clearly defined above, and of which

the anterior end is opposite the middle of the nostril. In

front of this depression the mandible tapers towards its anterior

end, and its outer surface becomes rounded from above downward ;

the extreme tip has been broken away. It cannot be seen whether

there was a distinct coronoid process or not, because the upper

border is hidden behind the jugal bar. Beneath and behind the

lateral vacuity the suture between the dentary and the articular

region remains distinct.

780 MR. C. W. ANDREWS ON A NEW BIRD [June 20,

The general aspect of this skull at once gives the impression that

it belonged to a Steganopodous bird, and the details of its structure

confirm this view: for instance, the extreme posterior situation of

the quadrate and the form and position of its orbital process are

very characteristic of this group.

Comparison of this skull with those of other Steganopodes shows

that it is sharply distinguished from the skulls of Phalacrocorax and

Plotus in several points. Thus in these genera—(1) the temporal

fossa is much larger and its form and relations are different ; (2) the

form of the occipital region is different; (3) the cranial region

is greatly elongated, so that the small orbital process of the

quadrate is separated from the orbit by a considerable interval ;

(4) the roof of the skull behind the rostral hinge is not inflated ;

(5) the interorbital septum is ossified to a much smaller extent.

The skull of Suda differs from the fossil in the following points :—

(1) the temporal fosse are larger; (2) the quadrate is situated

somewhat less posteriorly ; (3) the roof of the skull is not inflated

behind the rostral hinge; (4) in the adult the nostril is reduced

to a minute foramen.

There is some similarity between the two birds in the form of

the occipital surface, the degree of ossification of the interorbital

septum, and in the presence of a deep temporalis recess.

Apart from the large size and peculiar form of the beak, the

skull of Pelecanus differs from the fossil in (1) large size of orbital

process of the quadrate ; (2) the absence of inflated surface behind

the rostral hinge; (8) the complete ossification of the interorbital

septum ; (4) the absence of a temporalis recess.

The skull of Fregata differs in (1) the rather larger temporal fossa;

(2) the much more complete interorbital septum ; (3) large size of

orbital process of quadrate ; (4) absence of rostral hinge; (5) the

depressed form of the posterior portion of the beak and in the

small size of the nostrils.

It is to the skull of Phaethon that the fossil approaches most

nearly. Thus the form of the foramen magnum and the occipital

surface, the structure and relations of the quadrate (as far as can

be determined), the form of the cranial region of the skull, the

inflation of the anterior portion of the roof immediately behind

the rostral hinge, are exactly similar in the two forms. Other

points of likeness are to be found in the presence of a temporalis

recess and the form of the interorbital septum.

The chief points of difference are :—(1) in Phacthon the temporal

fosse are slightly larger; (2) the skull-roof in front of orbits is

rather wider ; (3) the beak is relatively shorter and the nostrils

smaller. As to this latter point, however, it is worthy of note that,

as Pycraft has pointed out, in a young skull of Phaethon the narial

openings are very much larger than in the adult, and extend back

nearly to the rostral hinge as narrow clefts, so that the holorhinal

nares of the adult appear as nearly schizorhinal in the young.

I have further observed that in some cases, at least, in the adult,

traces of the cleft-like posterior portion of the openings remain

1899. ] FROM THE LONDON CLAY OF SHEPPEY. 781

as one or two minute foramina, marking points where the closure

ot the cleft is incomplete. Probably in the early ancestors of

Phacthon the nares were schizorhinal, and in Prophaethon they still

approximate to that condition. It must be pointed out that im the

Steganopodes generally there seems to be a strong tendency to the

reduction in size of the external nares, and in Sula this has been

carried so far that the opening is reduced to a very small foramen ;

and it is remarkable that in Odontopteryx’, which was a con-

temporary of Prophaethon, this condition seems to have been already

attained, so that in this respect this Hocene type is more specialized

than the recent Phaethon.

So far as the evidence of the skull goes, it may be euncluded

that Prophaethon approaches very nearly to Phaethon, of which it is

probably an ancestral form, exhibiting in a few points more pri:ni-

tive characters.

The dimensions of the skull and mandible are :—

millim.

Total length from oce. condyle (tip of beak wanting) .. 112

Width at squamosal prominence (approx.) .......... 40

Width abvtemporaltasse” “lati siereict ost heals. e wis 26

Whdtheat? postorbitaluprocess: 4. vi Ais. eS ek lds ales 46

Wadi between orbits, re dees Moe a. Sea eh 17

Wadthrat rostral hinge eas. outta eee. ata

Width of beak opposite anterior angle of antorbital

MACUIEY ON se Oe aie nthe eae ee alae ant ere 16

Diameter of foramen magnum ......20.ccee cece 8

Length from occipital condyle to rostral hinge in straight

MTG eI S FL IM CE MUMUIES pa a 51

The Pelvis. (See Plate LI. and text-figure 2, p. 782.)

By the careful removal of the matrix a great part of the pelvis

is now exposed, but it is incomplete posteriorly and the right side

of the preacetabular portion is still concealed.

In the preacetabular region the ilia are united along the middle

line with the neural spines of the sacral vertebre to torm a broad

low ihac crest. Their lateral (gluteal) surfaces are very concave,

and they seem to have been widened out anteriorly as in the pelves

of Phalacrocorax and Plotus.

Just in front of the acetabulum the dorsal edges of the ilia

diverge one from another and the whole pelvis increases in width,

1 This bird is regarded by most authors as an undoubted Steganopod, but

in his original description Owen pointed out some points of resemblance with

the Anserine birds, I have lately cleared the matrix from the orbit, quadrate,

and pterygoids of the type specimen, and the new characters thus revealed

point rather strongly to Anserine affinities: for instance, the ferm of the

pterygoids is extremely duck-like, and they articulate by broad subcircular

surfaces, situated at their anterior ends, with corresponding facets near the

base of the rostrum; many of the Steganopod-like characters, however, are of

considerable importance. I hope shortly to publish a note on Odontopterya

with figures of the quadrate and pterygoids.

782 MR. C. W. ANDREWS ON A NEW BIRD [June 20,

its widest point being at the antitrochanters (a.t.). The pelvic

escutcheon narrows somewhat towards its posterior end; in its

middle line the neural spines of the sacral vertebre form a slight

ridge, on either side of which there are some traces of interosseous

foramina, at least posteriorly, but these openings are not developed

to anything like the degree seen in Phalacrocorax or Plotus. The

line of junction of the postacetabular portion of the ilium with

the synsacrum can be seen. Above the ischiadic foramen the ilia

are very narrow and convex from side to side.

wu.

= Te,

K cane \y ‘s

, Ay i 4

Pelvis of Prophaethon shrubsolei ; partly restored from the opposite side.

Natural size.

acet., acetabulum; a.?., antitrochanter; 7ff, ischiadie foramen; 7/., ilium;

zs., ischium ; 0.”., obturator uotch ; pw., pubis; s., sacrum.

Theischia (is.)consist anteriorly of a narrow bar convex externally;

posteriorly they become greatly expanded and fuse with the ilia,

closing a large ischiadic foramen (fig. 2, i,f.), the shape of which is

an irregular oval. The posterior angles of the ischia are broken

away, but they seem to have extended backward and downward as

in Sula.

Of the pubes (pw.) only the proximal portion of that of the left

side is preserved. The obturator notch (fig. 2, o.n.) remained open

posteriorly, but there are indications of a blunt process on the,

ischium which at least partly closes it.

Beneath and in front of the acetabulum, on the right side, there

is a prominent knob of bone, which was at first mistaken for the

pectineal process, but which is actually merely a fragment of bone,

probably of the femur.

There are remains of two or three ribs (r.), two of which emerge

from beneath the ilia and probably articulated with the anterior

synsacral vertebra.

The left femur (f.), lying in nearly its natural position with regard

to the pelvis, is fairly well preserved except at its distal end.

Unfortunately only its outer surface is visible, so that it supplies

1899. | FROM THE LONDON CLAY OF SHEPPEY. 783

no important information as to the aftinities of the bird. It can,

however, be seen that the bone is relatively rather short and stout,

and that the outer surface of the trochanter is broad and flat and

projects forward considerably in advance of the shaft. The

proximal end of the tibia (¢.) is also preserved, but is too imperfect

for description.

The cervical and dorsal vertebre are represented by mere

fragments, and the only other bone of the skeleton at all well

preserved is the scapula (sc.), the blade of which is nearly perfect.

It lies in approximately its natural position nearly parallel to the

vertebral column ; its tip just overlaps the front of the pelvis, and

its upper edge for a short distance conceals the lower border of

the mandible. The portion preserved is slender, but less so than

is the corresponding part of the scapula of Phaethon; its distal

end is slightly expanded. From this bone as here preserved no

information of importance as to the affinities of the bird can be

derived.

Comparison of the pelvis of Prophaethon with those of other

Steganopodes shows that in its general form it resembles that of

Sula most nearly. The chief differences are that in the fossil the

interosseous foramina are less distinct, the upper surface of the

postacetabular region of the ilia more convex from side to side,

aud the pelvic escutcheon narrows less towards the hinder end.

The pelves of Phalacrocorax and Plotus somewhat resemble the

fossil in the expansion of the anterior end of the preacetabular

ilia, but differ from it in the large size and number of the inter-

osseous foramina which commence opposite the acetabulum, in

the general form of the pelvic escutcheon, and in the presence of a

sharp ridge (most prominent in Plotus) near the inner border of

the postacetabular region of the ilium.

From the pelves of Hregata and Phaethon the fossil differs greatly.

In both these genera the pelvis is very wide and shallow, and the

ilia are widely separated throughout their length by the synsacral

vertebrae, the transverse processes of which are exposed, or at

least covered only with ossified fascia (e. g., in part of the pre-

acetabular region of Phaethon). In fact the fossil pelvis differs

much more from those of Phaethon and Fregata than from that of

any other of the Steganopodes ; but since the skull shows con-

clusively that Prophaethon is by far most closely related to Phaethon

some explanation of this difference is necessary. If the pelves

and hind limbs of Fregata and Phaethon be examined, it will be

found that, in proportion to the size of the body, they are very

small and clearly in a degenerate condition. The explanation of

this seems to be that neither of these birds make use of their hind

limbs nearly so much as the other Steganopodes, for although no

member of the group employs its hind limbs to any great extent,

all except Phaethon and Fregata use them in swimming both on

and under the surface of the water. I have lately bad an excellent

opportunity of observing the habits of both Frigate and Tropic

birds, and I believe that they subsist entirely on surface-fish and

784 ON A NEW BIRD FROM THE LONDON CLAY. [June 20,

molluses, or, in the case of the Frigate-bird, on what they can take

from the Gannets and other birds. I never saw either really dive,

although they drop down to pick up food from the surface

of the sea, and on one occasion only I saw a Tropic-bird sitting

on the water. This being the case, it appears that the hind limbs

are scarcely used at all, and the reduction in size that has been

undergone by the pelvis and hind limb is no doubt correlated with

this disuse. In Prophaethon both pelvis and hind limb seem to

have retained their normal relative size, and this bird was probably

a good swimmer and diver and resembled Sula and Phalacrocorax

both in its habits and in its structure more nearly than does its

modern representative Phaethon, many of the peculiar characters

of which have been acquired since the Eocene. Nevertheless,

Phaethon presents many peculiarities which indicate that it is really

a somewhat primitive type, and probably the stock of which

Prophaethon and Phaethon are the middle and terminal members

branched off from the common stock of the Steganopodes at a

very early period, perhaps not later than about the beginning of

the Cretaceous. Itis known that the group is a very ancient

one, fcr Marsh has described several species (Graculavus) which

occur in the Upper Chalk, and were regarded by him as almost

certainly Steganopodes which already show relationship with the

Cormorants.

‘Lhe dimensions of the pelvis are :—

millim.

otal lenptheasi preserved, .\<.5! 1af4 sie 4 easiest esters 88

Whadith stiantiimochamters « « »:s:.0:anmceye sej>i$ ws geile 27

Width at middle of pelvic escutcheon............0+ 15

Length in front of antitrochanter .............+4. 49

Length of ischiadic foramen... .......02++ 200 oes 25

The dimensions of the femur are :—

millim

este (Pp prOMMNTALe) <.casc » steisiay> oes oe =. sre es Some 52

Antero-posterior width of outer surface of trochanter.. 11

WP idbn Or THAMISiet Share. <.cs ut = os aa yx sian Ge cies 5

CONCLUSIONS.

The conclusions arrived at from the examination of this

specimen may be summarized as follows :—

(1) The structure and position of the quadrate and the form of

the pelvis indicate that the fossil is a Steganopodous bird.

(2) The form of the cranial region of the skull and of the

rostral hinge, as well as some other points, indicate that it

is most nearly related to Phaethon.

(3) The relatively large size of the pelvis and femur indicate

that the bird more nearly resembled the ordinary Stegano-

podous type than does Phaethon, in which the pelvis and

hind limb are in a greatly reduced condition.

Ce =~

: IZ TIOSaOUHS NOHLGAVHAOVUd

‘durt soag uwsequrpy “U3ILY® lep weeap

WU TEE (GSISHL Sy al

1899.] MR. STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE PROBOSCIS MONKEY. 785

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI.

Fig. 1. Clay-nodule with skull, pelvis, femur, and other bones of Prophaethon

shrubsolei (type specimen). Natural size.

Fig. 2. Occipital surface of skull of Prophaethon shrubsolet. Natural size.

a.t., antitrochanter. o.p., orbital process of quadrate.

ch.p., cerebellar prominence. p.0.p., postorbital process.

J, femur. Pp-P-, paroccipital process.

i,0.s., interorbital septum. pu., pubis.

7.0.f., interorbital fenestra. qg-, quadrate.

al., ilium. 7., ribs.

és., ischium, r.h., rostral hinge.

Jug., Jugal. S., sacrum.

Z.s., surface for lachrymal. se., scapula.

m.t., mammillary tuberosities. sg., Squamosal.

n., external nares, t., tibio-tarsus.

2.g., narial groove. t.f., temporal fossa.

oc.¢., occipital condyle.

2. Note on the Proboscis Monkey, Nasalis larvatus (Wurmb).

By Sran.ey S. Frower, F.Z.8.

[Received May 15, 1899.]

An attempt has recently been made to obtain living specimens of

the Proboscis Monkey, Nasalzs larvatus (Wurmb), for the Egyptian

Government's Zoological Gardens at Ghizeh. Through the kind

intervention of Jonkheer P. J. F. M. Van der Does de Willebois, Agent

and Consul-General for the Netherlands in Cairo, tive individuals

were procured in Borneo and despatched via Singapore for Egypt.

Only three reached the Suez Canal alive, and were landed at Port

Said in very poor condition, one dying within a few hours of being

landed. The two survivors were kindly looked after by Sanieh

F. Dixon Bey and sent by train to Cairo. They arrived at the

Ghizeh Zoological Gardens on the evening of April 4, 1899, an adult

female cold and apparently dead, and a young male looking ill and

listless. Everything possible was done for them; the female

revived for a time under the influence of a warm fire and a dose of

gin, but died next morning ; the male, however, rallied, and after

some days got apparently quite well and active, but unfortunately

died suddenly on May 4, 1899, having been just one month in the

Gardens.

I send sketches of the profiles of these two animals (figs. 1 & 2,

p- 786), taken from life.

Habits. This young male Proboscis Monkey was of a very gentle

and affectionate disposition and not at all mischievous ; it reminded

us very much ofa young Siamese Lutong (Semnopithecus germaini)

we once had in captivity, and also of young Gibbons, in the way it

held on to one with its hands and evidently liked to be caressed.

On the steamer it had been fed on bananas, so we continued giving

it the same food when it would take them, but some days it refused

bananas and was given dates and bread, which it ate in small

quantities. When eating, the elongated nose moved up and down

with the action of the jaws, in a ridiculous-looking manner. Its most

curious habit was its fondness for water: when set at liberty in

786 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE PROBOSCIS MONKEY. [June 20,

Fig. 1.

Head of Nasalis larvatus, 3 jr.

1899. ] ON THE TEMPERATURE OF THE RATITE BIRDS. 787

the Gardens it would go straight toa pond, plunge boldly into the

water and commence swimming ; it swam slowly, but with facility

and determination.

Colour. Iris dark brown; naked portion of face—Q_ flesh-

coloured; <¢ flesh-coloured, except the space between the eyes

and the proboscis, which are purplish brown. Lars particoloured,

black and flesh-coloured. Hands, feet, and ischial callosities

black.

Hair, 2. Reddish brown, bright chestnut on the top of the head,

neck, and shoulders; underneath of head, neck, and body pale

buff ; a conspicuous white patch on the lower part of the back,

forming a transverse diamond-shaped mark ; tail white, the extreme

tip being reddish butt.

Hair, 3 (jr.). Much brighter coloured than the adult 9. The

upper parts are very bright yellowish chestnut, darkest on the

top of the head ; the lower parts are silvery buff ; an irregular grey

patch on the lower part of the back ; tail silvery white at the base,

gradually turning to brownish grey towards the tip.

Eyebrows, basal third red-brown, remainder black.

Hairs on the lips white.

Measurements.

¢ ¢ juv.

in. mm. in mm.

Length, head and body ............... 22 559 19 482

», tail (without end hair)...... 244 616 18 457

ey; » (with Lewellen reser 252 648 183 470

Homa) lumbisss.seseecssacccs ete icaatacane 194 489 144 368

Hondilimib) iyeeces. cade ts< seb ssesteee 214 540 163 419

Girth beneath arms .................. 13 330 8 203

TUE Ror cope can acee SES tE ce. cntucs 13 32 1i 32

Projecting portion of nose............ 1 25 Z 20

ET indUhGOb.22..sasese secon aetetce seedene es 74 184 6 152

3. On the Temperature of the Ratite Birds.

By ALEXANDER SuTHERLAND, M.A.

[Received May 17, 1899.]

There is a large and fascinating chapter in the history of animal

development which remains to be written, and lies as yet

practically untouched. It is the story of the process by which

the cold-blooded animals grew to be warm-blooded : or, to speak

more definitely, it is the story of that adaption of the vaso-motor

nerves and their centre in the medulla whereby, from a simple

apparatus to regulate the flow of blood in the body to the parts

where it happened to be needed, the whole system took on the

more complicated function of regulating the temperature and

keeping it at a high level most favourable to the animal’s activity.

Before the story of that process can be written, many preliminary

788 MR. A. SUTHERLAND ON THE [June 20,

years of observation will be necessary, and much gathering of

facts such as, to a certain extent, Dr. Pembery has collected in the

paper contributed by him to Schaefer’s ‘ Physiology.’ These will

no doubt give an ultimate foundation for a satisfactory theory,

which is as yet impossible.

Among these preliminary facts there must be many observations

of the normal temperature of all species of animals, but more

particularly of those birds and mammals which form the link

between their own classes and the reptile class below them. Out

in Australia, and under favourable conditions, I made, during

two years, daily observations on the temperatures of monotremes

and marsupials, and was able to show, in a paper published last

year in ‘ Nature,’ that those Orders which are structurally lowest,and

therefore lowest in classification, are also lowest in temperature of

all the mammals and form indubitably a chain of connecting-links

between the cold-blooded and the warm-blooded condition. It is

clear that up to a certain point increasing temperature has been

a concomitant, perhaps a factor of general progress. Not,

however, that the highest animal will always necessarily be the

highest in temperature. Because, after a certain limit has been

reached, progress is rather shown in perfecting the apparatus that

secures a uniformity of temperature. For to all animals there is

a limit beyond which it is fatal to go. A frog will begin to

collapse at 32° C.(90° F.). A man is normal at 37°, but begins to

collapse at 41°, and is beyond the hope of recovery if his tem-

perature reaches 42° (107°-6 F.). Birds 1m general are normal about

42°, but perish at 45° (118° F.).

The process of development, therefore, is to carry an animal up

to that temperature at which its metabolism will produce the most

healthful activity, and, after that, to make the animal secure

against dangerous variations from that standard. This process

finds its perfection in man, who can sit with little inconvenience

for an hour or two in an oven, where the heat would be such as

to kill a rabbit in ten minutes.

Up to a certain point, however, the temperature of animals is

closely concomitant with their rank in the zoological classification.

The monotremes are the coldest-blooded of all mammals and the

least able to maintain a uniform temperature, the lower genus,

Ornithorhynchus, being also the less gifted in these respects. The

other genus, Echidna, leads us a step higher and forms a link

towards the lowest marsupials, among which family after tamily

carries us steadily up to the characteristic mammalian temperature.

Having in a general way ascertained that this is the case with

mammals, I was very anxious to do the same with birds, but

have never had a chance until the Society’s Gardens placed it

in my way. Although the Apteryx, which structurally is the

lowest of birds, is a native of New Zealand, I have never seen one

in Australia on which to make observations. But on visiting

London I received from Mr. Sclater and Mr. Bartlett courteous

permission and a generous co-operation in taking the temperatures

1899. ] TEMPERATURE OF THE RATITE BIRDS. 789

of the three specimens now in the Gardens, and I wish to place

on record in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society that the Apteryx

is the lowest in temperature of all birds, so far as yet has been

recorded,

The following were the rectal readings :—

Mantell’s Apteryx, male, 37°-4.

# young male, 38°-2.

Haast’s Apteryx, male, 38°-1.

The average is 37°°9 C. (100°2 F.).

Next to the Apteryx in rank comes the Order Casuarii, com-

prising the Emus and the Cassowaries. Of the former I secured

the temperature some years ago in Melbourne, through the

kind assistance of my friend Mr. Ernest Le Souéf. The two

specimens on which observations were made stood at almost the

same level, 39° C. (102°°2 F.). I was very anxious to see how the

temperature of the Cassowaries compared with this. The Hon.

Walter Rothschild very readily and cordially granted me permis-

sion to make observations on three specimens which belong to

him in the Society’s Gardens. The largest (Caswarius intensus),

a species, I believe, newly named by Mr. Rothschild, showed a

temperature of 38°°8C. The bird of medium size (C. beceari) was

at 39°2 C.; and the smallest, the specific name of which, on

account of its immaturity, had not been determined, indicated 39°.

The average of the three was 39° C. (102°-2 F.), which is identical

with that of the Emu.

For the Order which stands next (Struthiones), observations are

as yet wanting, except two on the Ostrich, which are inconsistent

and, as I think, not to be relied on.

But I have been more interested in going a step higher, out of

the sub-class of the Ratite into the great sub-class of birds in

general, called by Huxley the Carinate. The lowest order of the

Carinate consists of the Crypturi, for which there existed no

temperature records. By the courtesy of Mr. Bartlett, I was able

to make observations on those in the Gardens and found a very

decided step in advance.

Rufous Tinamou. +40°-8 C.

Spotted Tinamou. 39°2 C.

Fs cs Another specimen. 41°3 C.

e a Third specimen. 41%1 C.

These give an average of 40°6 C. (105° F.), which brings them

up to the lower limit of the range of temperatures usual for

Anseres, Grallew, and Galline. For instance, in the case of fowls,

I found that, over a long series of observation, their temperature,

when they were lifted quietly off their perches by night, was on

the average just at that level, 40°-6 C., but when lifted by day from

the nests whereon they sat brooding their temperature averaged

41°-7 C. (107° F.).

There is another decided advance when we cross over among

Proc. Zoot. Soc,—1899, No. LI. 51

790 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THD [June 20,

the great orders of small and excessively active birds. The

Passeriformes and Fringilliformes, with their allied orders, have an

average temperature ranging from 42° to 44°.

Setting forth these results in a descending series, we find

that :—

(1) The higher birds range about 43° C. (109°4 F.).

(2) The middle birds range about 41° C. (105°8 F.).

(3) The lowest birds range about 39° C. (102°2 F.).

But these observations in the Society’s Gardens show that

Apteryx, the lowest order of all, is still lower in temperature, being

only about 38° (100° F.).

The temperatures of the birds were all taken under uniform con-

ditions, while the temperature of the air was between 55° and 68° F,

And the result seems to bear out the contention, otherwise very

probable, that the higher the bird in the zoological scale the higher

in general is the temperature of its blood.

4. On the American Spade-foot (Scaphiopus solitarius

Holbrook). By G. A. Bouzzencer, F.R.S.

[Received May 25, 1899.]

(Plate LIT.)

Remarks recently made by Dr. T. Gill* on the position of

Scaphiopus in the family Pelobatide have induced me to make

a detailed examination of the typical species of this genus, the

osteological characters of which have not been fully described

before. I was all the better prepared for this task, having had an

opportunity of keeping and observing some living specimens, for

which I am indebted to my friend Mr. A. Pam. These have

enabled me to exhibit some figures of the animal carefully drawn

and painted from life by Mr. P. Sinit (see Plate LIL..), the figures

previously given by Holbrook and by Duméril and Bibron being

very unsatisfactory and taken from spirit-specimens. I had at my

command a good supply of the latter, as well as two prepared

skeletons ; but of the eggs and larve nothing was at hand, nor did

literature afford any information on this head. I had applied last

summer to Messrs. Brimley, in North Carolina, where the Spade- .

foot is abundant, who kindly informed me that the eggs are laid

early in spring, in strings resembling those of toads, but thicker

and with the vitelline spheres more irregularly disposed—in fact, as

I infer, not unlike those of Pelobates. They added that the season

was then too far advanced for tadpoles to be procured, as their

development is comparatively rapid, and the pools in which they

are reared dry up by the end of spring. I have therefore to

postpone a description of the tadpole, which I hope, however, to

supply ere long.

* Science, (2) viii. 1898, p. 935.

1899.] AMERICAN SPADE-FOOT. 791-

Mr. C. 8. Brimley writes from Rayleigh, N. Carolina, to the

‘ American Naturalist’ (1896, p. 501) :—*‘* Last May I collected

fifty breeding in a pool only afew yards frpm my house. In

every case the grasp of the male was inguinal. The cry was not

much louder than that of the common toad (Bufo americanus).”

The habits, so far as I have been able to observe them, are very

similar to those of Pelobates. They burrow in the soil in exactly

the same manner and come out only at night to feed. All my

efforts to induce them to produce, when irritated, the loud cries

so striking in Pelobates have failed. On the contrary, when teased,

they assume a very humble appearance, bending down the head at

an angleto the vertebral column and shutting the eyes ina manner

which is well represented on the accompanying plate.

ExTeRNAL CHARACTERS.

Vomerine teeth in two small, transverse or oblique groups on a

level with the posterior border of the choane.

Tongue large, thick, circular, entire or feebly nicked and free

behind.

Head large, convex, broader than long, with somewhat swollen

occiput ; crown and occiput rugose, the skin adhering to the

bones; snout rounded, projecting slightly beyond the mouth;

canthus rostralis rounded, lores very oblique; nostrils nearer the

tip of the snout than the eyes, the distance between them half the

width of the interorbital space, which exceeds the width of

the upper eyelid; eye large, prominent, lateral; tympanum

distinct, circular or vertically oval, two-thirds to three-fourths the

diameter of the eye.

Fingers short, obtuse, third longest, first a little longer than

second, fourth shortest; no subarticular tubercles; three round

flat carpal tubercles forming a triangle, inner largest, at base of

first finger, the two outer at the bases of the third and fourth

fingers respectively.

Hind limbs rebust and short, with swollen calves; the tibio-

tarsal articulation reaches the shoulder or the tympanum; tibia

shorter than the femur, the heels being widely separated from

each other when the legs are folded at right angles to the rhachis.

Foot longer than the tibia; toes short, obtuse, three-fourths or

entirely webbed; no subarticular tubercles; a very large, com-

pressed, sharp-edged inner metatarsal tubercle, longer than and in

the axis of the inner toe.

Skin finely granulate or with small flat warts; black horny

granules on the crown and occiput and on the warts of the body

and limbs; a short, roundish or subtriangular, moderately pro-

minent parotoid gland above the tympanum ; lower parts smooth

or feebly granulate ; a roundish flat gland usually present on each

side of the breast.

Brown or dark olive above, uniform or with more or less distinct

darker marblings and often with a lyre-shaped pale brown or

sulphur-yellow, dark-edged band on the back, the branches widest

51*

792 MR. G,. A. BOULENGER ON THE [June 20,

apart on the sacral region; tympanum usually yellow. Some

specimens, from Florida, whitish, handsomely marbled with dark

brown (S. albus Garm.). Lower parts white, carneous under the

thighs; metatarsal tubercle and tips of inner toes black.

Tris brassy yellow or golden, veined with black, or with a black

transverse bar forming a cross with the vertical pupil.

Male with an internal vocal sac, opening into the mouth by

a slit on each side of the tongue. Inner side of the two or three

inner fingers, during the breeding-season, with bands of black

asperities.

MEASUREMENTS (in millimetres). 3. 9.

From snout to vent .......... 67 73

Denpth ‘of headin... eu 20 22

Width oftiead 542 22). ee 28 29

Diameter of eye ............ 8 8

Interorbital width .......... uf 9

From eye to nostril .......... 55 é

Sy ae ene OL Bnout.-s..2.0:4 10 12

Morotlmbere ofa) fas! etitest 33 36

MnO Wire. ar) F7 ote Sx. Seniee 72 78

Mibigses. 2SbE is. oc eetes,. 20 22

Metatarsal tubercle .......... 5 6

Inner toe (from tubercle)...... A 5

SKELETON.

Skull strongly ossified, studded with granular asperities above

and at the sides. Nasals large, in contact along their entire

length, and joining the fronto-parietals, the ethmoid being

entirely hidden above; fronto-parietals broad, expanded into

obtusely angular wings at the posterior borders of the orbits ;

squamosals with the zygomatic process enlarged, plate-like, and

suturally united with an ascending process of the maxillary.

Ethmoid produced forwards, confluent with the ossified nasal

capsule, nearly reaching the premaxillaries ; vomers moderately

large, narrowly separated from each other; palatines strong ;

parasphenoid J-shaped, not reaching to between the palatines ;

pterygoids extending forwards to the palatines, their inner branch

joiming the parasphenoid. A well-developed columella auris.

Teeth with very obtuse, rounded crowns.

Mandible with the mento-meckelian distinct on the inner side

only.

Hyoid apparatus not unlike that of Pelobates, with detached

cornua and a fenestra on each side, but the anterior processes are

not turned inwards, or, rather, they may be regarded as absent,

the anterior fenestrated portion of the hyoid representing the

anterior portion of the ceratohyal cornu fused with the lateral

wing’. The postero-lateral process is elongate and the ossified

thyrohyals are in contact at the base.

1 See Ridewood, P. Z. 8, 1897, p. 577.

ouro. nT) SosgquzequTy SOLA? TSB Are orn

4, eae

Misch GES Sa Zrct

1899.] AMBRIOAN SPADE-FOOT. 793

Vertebral column twice as long as the skull. Vertebre pro-

celous ; neural arches covering each other, with a low crest and a

short posterior process ; the three anterior diapophyses long, the

first directed forwards, the second horizontal, the third directed

backwards ; the following diapophyses short, the sixth and seventh

slightly oblique, directed forwards. Sacral vertebra with strongly

dilated diapophyses, which are subtriangular and a little broader

than long. Urostyle as long as the seven anterior vertebre and

fused with the sacral.

Coracoids and precoracoids strongly curved, connected by an

arched cartilage; precoracoid not entering glenoid cavity; no

omosternum; sternum a large cartilaginous plate. Supra-

scapular nearly entirely ossified. Humerus once anda half as l6ng

as radius-ulna. Seven bones in carpus, three in contact with

radius-ulna ; two bones to the pollex.

Pelvis three-fourths the length of the vertebral column. Pubis

cartilaginous. Femur feebly curved, longer than tibia, which is

twice as long as astragalus and caleaneum. Three small bones in

second row of tarsus, and a very large prehallux formed of two

bones. Distal phalanges obtuse.

millim

Length of skull.......... 20

Breadthiy i450 14 <ait se fet 26

Vertebral column ........ 41

REDE OETIS esc sista intense: ceauets 18

IRA GIIS=UINS) as) spelele ee sete 12

VIRTUES acters Seer ceite Sle. ae 14

JECE| Kate ierer cerca EEO oe 30

ABSIT a cores areca aki alors 24

ART OVE Hoey ie peters Para eee eet 20

PP ARSUS mosis, Hare Ae aeles 10

TROBE Rey rain ceata sete haieeats Boe ee

The result of this examination of the osteological characters is

that, as pointed out by Gill, Cope was quite mistaken in placing

Scaphiopus together with Pelobates in a group opposed to that

containing Pelodytes. In spite of a certain resemblance due to

convergence through similarity in their mode of life, Scaphiopus

shows no very near affinity to Pelobates, and the relation of the

latter to Pelodytes is unquestionably much closer. On the other

hand, the propriety of uniting the three genera in one natural

group (Pelobatide) is fully confirmed, as are, in fact, most of

the groupings into higher groups proposed by the illustrious

American naturalist in dealing with the classification of the

Tailless Batrachians in 1865.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LII.

Scaphiopus solitarius, drawn from life in three attitudes,

794 ON A WEST-AFRICAN KOB ANTELOPE, (June 20,

5. On a West-African Kob Antelope.

By R. Lyprexxer.

[Received June 1, 1899.]

(Plate LIIT.)

Among a series of specimens from Sierra Leone recently offered

for purchase to the Natural History Museum are the skull and skin

of a small female Kob (Plate LIII.) which do not agree with those

of any species of the genus Cobus hitherto described. The entire

specimen was obtained, together with examples of C. cob, between the

Great and Little Scarcies Rivers, in the Sierra Leone Hinterland.

The skull, which is slightly larger than that of the female Kob

described as Cobus senganus, indicates an adult animal. And

since it presents all the characters of the skull of the above-named

genus, while the skin is likewise similar in general characters to

the pelage of other Kobs, the serial position of the animal may be

taken for granted.

In size this Kob was approximately the same as the Senga Kob,

or Buffon’s Kob; and it evidently belongs to the same subsection

of the genus. From the Puku and Senga Kob (or Puku) it is

distinguished by the black on the front surface of the fore legs and

the lower portion of the hind pair ;. the hair also is shorter.

The markings and plan of coloration are very similar to those of

C. cob, but, instead of being uniformly foxy, the general colour of

the middle of the back is dark chocolate-brown, gradually turning

into tawny on the flanks, and thence. into the dirty white of the

abdomen. The leg-markings are similar to those of C. cob, the

white rings on each fetlock being. very distinct. ‘There is also a

similar white ring round the eyes.. The hair on the withers and

lower part of the neck is.reversed..

So far as I can see, the skin indicates an animal closely allied to

C. cob, but distinguished markedly by its colour. As the skin is

not mounted, it is impossible to ascertain whether any differences

in addition to coloration distinguish the two. But since I am not

aware of the prevalence of melanisin as an individual character of

foxy antelopes, it appears highly probable that the skin and skull

under consideration indicate an undescribed form. Whether the

difference be of specific or subspecific value, it is hard to say ; but,

assuming its right to distinction, the form represented by the

aforesaid skull and skin may be named Cobus nigricans.

I may add that among the same collection are also specimens of

C. cob, a species of which the Museum has hitherto had no adult

examples.

I may likewise take this opportunity of mentioning that Mr. R.

T. Coryndon has lately presented to the Museum male and female

skins of a Kob from Barotse-land which Lidentify with C. senganus,

described on the evidence of a female skull and skin obtained on

the upper Loangwe river, westward of the northern end of Lake

GHNOGT VYEsdIS WOU GOM AIVNAY NMOUWE

Sat soxg wre quryy AL TPP wAS fF

WipakwWacCCSkSs27 a : : .

‘SOSVONWO SHI 40 GUVdOa'I FHL

dot ‘sOzg Ute qUryy 4A Fe leP grag jt

Ati G6s8ii S Ze

1899.] ON THE LEOPARD OF THE CAUCASUS. 795

Nyasa. The female has been mounted, and agrees generally with

the description of the type. Thus, contrasted with a typical

female Puku, it is of smaller size, with the crown of the head

blackish, more black on the ears, and the general colour of a deeper

red. There are, however, whitish rings on the fetlocks, which are

stated to be absent in the type. The male apparently differs from

the typical Puku chiefly in its smaller dimensions, the head and

ears not showing an increase of black.

As Barotse-land is not very far from the upper Loangwe valley,

there is no reason why the same form of Antelope should not

inhabit both localities; and I cannot regard the above-mentioned

difference in respect to the light rings on the fetlocks as of more

than individual or local importance. In all characters the animal

is essentjally a Puku, of which I regard it merely as a subspecies,

and accordingly prefer to call it the Senga Puku, C. vardoni

senganus, instead of C. senganus.

6. On the Leopard of the Caucasus. By R. Lypexxer.

{Received June 5, 1899.]

(Plate LIV.)

In his recently published work entitled ‘ Hunting Trips in the

Caucasus,’ Prince Demidoff states that the Snow-Leopard (felis

uncia) occurs in the Caucasus ; and he figures (p. 85) an animal

which is undoubtedly that species. I am informed, however, that

the specimen from which that figure was taken is not of Caucasian

origin. And as I find that Dr. Satunin? especially denies the °

occurrence of the Snow-Leopard in the Caucasus, I have endeavoured

to make out what auimal had been mistaken for it.

Dr. Satunin records the occurrence of the ordinary Leopard in the

range, but without stating whether Caucasian examples differ from

ordinary Indian Leopards on the one hand or from African Leopards

on the other. But since the so-called Felis tulliana of Valenciennes

occurs in Asia Minor * and also in Persia *, and bearing in mind

the approximation to the Ounce exhibited by that variety of the

Leopard, nothing would seem more likely than it should also be

found in the Caucasus.

In confirmation of this view, I have recently received through

the good offices of Messrs. Rowland Ward, Ltd., a Leopard-skin

from the Caucasus belonging to Prince Demidoff.

Compared with an ordinary Indian Leopard this skin (Plate LIV.)

is at once distinguishable by the irregular formation and small size

of the rosettes, in which the centres are not appreciably darker

1 Zool. Jahrb., Syst. ix. p. 290 (1896).

2 See Danford and Alston, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 51.

3 See Blanford, ‘ Fauna of British India,’ Mamm. p. 69 (1888); the so-called

Ounce skins referred to by the same author in his ‘ Hastern Persia,’ vol. ii.

p- 39 (1875), also doubtless belong to the form described as F. tulliana.

796 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A [June 20,

than the general ground-colour. Moreover, from the head to the

shoulders the spots are solid, like those of the Hunting-Leopard.

In their large size, oblong or circular form, and wide separation

from one another, they are quite unlike the spots on the same part

of the body of the African Leopard, which are also solid.

The fur, which is relatively long all over the body, becomes still

more markedly so on the under-parts, where it is pure white, with

solid elongated black spots of very large size, but widely separated

from one another. In this respect the skin is nearer to the Indian

than to the African Leopard, in which the fur of the under-parts

is yellowish, with the spots so large as to exhibit only a network

of light ground. The resemblance of the under-parts of the

present specimen to the corresponding region of the Snow-Leopard

is remarkably striking; and a similar resemblance is exhibited by

the very long and bushy tail, especially the terminal third, which

is black and white only.

That the present specimen is, however, only a well-marked local

variety of the Leopard I am quite convinced ; and if Iam right in

identifying it with the so-called Felis tulliana, the latter animal

must also be looked upon as a race of the same species, under the

title of F. pardus tulliana. This will accordingly be the North-

eastern representative of the species ; and it will be interesting to

find where it passes into the ordinary Indian form, to which it is

clearly nearer than it is to the African. It is stated by Mr. Blan-

ford to range into Baluchistan and the confines of Sind.

I may add that I am fully convinced of the advisability of

separating the Indian from the African race of the Leopard ; but

there comes the puzzling question as to which is entitled to bear

the name of typicus.

7. On the supposed former Existence of a Sirenian ‘1:

St. Helena. By R. LypExKker.

[Received June 12, 1899.]

In no zoological nor distributional work* with which I am ac-

quainted can I find any reference to the alleged occurrence of a

Manati in St. Helena. Nevertheless, there are records to the

effect that an animal going by that name formerly inhabited that

island. For example, Mr. J.C. Melliss, in his work on St. Helena’,

definitely states that a Manati once occurred there, and goes so far

as to express his opinion that it was specifically identical either

with Trichechus americanus or T. senegalensis. I am also informed

by my friend Mr. R. A. Sterndale, now Governor of the island,

that Manatis were formerly of such frequent occurrence that there

was a regular government duty on each one killed.

1 Both Mr. Wallace in ‘Island Life’ and Messrs. Sclater in the * Geography

of Mammals’ are silent on this subject.

2 «St. Helena: a Physical, Historical, and Topographical Description of the

Island.’ London, 1875, pp. 86 & 87.

1899.] SUPPOSED SIRENIAN IN Si, HELENA. 197

In answer to my enquiries, Mr. Sterndale wrote to me as

follows on the subject ':—‘‘ The last appearance recorded of the

Manati in St. Helena was in 1810, when one came ashore at Stone

Top Valley beach, and was shot by a Mr. Burnham. It measured

seven feet, and ten gallons of oil were obtained from it. Another

was seen the same year in Manati Bay.

“In the old records I find, March 20, 1690, it thus entered—

‘ Tuesday, Goodwin and Coales brought up for killing a Sea-Cow,

and not paying the Company’s Royalty. They desire pardon,

and say the Sea-Cow was very small; the oyle would not amount

to above four or five gallons.’

“ Again, on the 11th September, 1739, ‘A Sea-Cow killed upon

Old Woman’s Valley beach, as it was lying asleep, by Warrall and

Greentree.’”

This evidence, I take it, may be regarded as amply sufficient to

prove the former occurrences of a marine mammal at St. Helena.

And from the name ‘“ Manati Bay” given to a spot on the S.W.

coast, it further seems evident that the animal in question was

far from uncommon; although, on the other hand, it never seems

to have been abundant. In addition to this, the name of the bay,

and the application of the title Manati or Sea-Cow to the animal

. itself, seem to be evidence in favour of the Sirenian nature of the

latter ; for, so far as I am aware, such names are not misapplied

in popular language to Seals. And there are no Seals known from

the island. Moreover, if the creatures in question had been Seals

they would almost certainly have been numerous, while they would

not have been exterminated so easily. Against the Sirenian

nature of the animal may, however, be urged the mention of the

killing of a specimen asleep on the beach, since it is generally

stated that there is no decisive evidence that Sirenians ever volun-

tarily come ashore *. Too much importance must not, however, be

attached to this, seeing that it is, in the first place, mainly negative

evidence, while, in the second place, it might not be applicable in

the case of an extinct species, with which we may have to do in this

instance. It decisively shows that the animal was not a Cetacean.

With regard to the idea of the St. Helena animal being identical

with either the African or the American Manati, it appears to me

that this is impossible. In the first place, although it is conceiv-

able that an individual might once and again be carried from either

shore to the island, it is quite out of the question that this could

have been a case of common occurrence. And, accordingly, if the

creature were a Sirenian at all, it must have been a denizen of the

coast of the island. But sucha coast, without a single river-mouth

or estuary, would have been quite unsuited to the habits of Manatis,

as we now know them. A Dugong might perhaps live there ; but

then there is no evidence of the existence of those animals in the

Atlantic.

Tf, then, the St. Helena animal were a Sirenian at all (on which

1 The same extracts in a rather briefer form are eon by Melliss.

2 See Flower and Lydekker: ‘Study of Mammals,’ p. 214.

798 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [June 20,

point I do not wish at present to express a definite opinion), the

probability is that it was at least an extinct species, if not a genus.

Could the existence of a St. Helena Sirenian be definitely

determined, it would be of much interest in regard to the history

and distribution of the group. Mr. Sterndale, who is convinced

that the creature was a “‘ Manati,” has promised to make a thorough

search in the island for any remains that may have escaped de-

struction ; but I fear that any successful results are in the highest

degree improbable. The best chance would be to thoroughly

examine the shore at Manati Bay, especially if there are any raised

beaches. ;

8. On the Brain of Hydrocherus. By Franx E. Bepparp,

M.A., F.R.S., Prosector and Vice-Secretary of the

Society.

[Received June 6, 1899.]

In a communication made to this Society some years since *

I dealt with the cerebral convolutions of a considerable number of

genera of Rodents. Among the more important types which I

was unable to study on that occasion was the genus Hydrocherus. .

I was able, however, to refer to a published description of this

genus accompanied by illustrations by M. Camille Dareste. Inas-

much as Hydrocherus has the largest and best convoluted brain of

any Rodent *, and as I have been able to study three excellently

preserved brains extracted from specimens which have died in the

Gardens, I think it worth while to add what I find myself in a

position to do to Dareste’s relation and interpretation of fact.

That author had two brains at his disposal, but has only figured

the dorsal aspect of one. His paper also contains figures of a

lateral and a ventral view.

General External Features of the Brain of Hydrocheerus.

M. Dareste has represented fairly accurately the external features

ot the brain, save for one particular: I find that in my well pre-

served brains there is no such hiatus as he figures between the

cerebral hemispheres and the cerebellum. The somewhat pointed

anterior end of the cerebellum fits in fairly closely between the

divergent extremities of the cerebral hemispheres. Moreover the

general outline of the hemispheres is by no means so triangular as

he has represented it to be. It is indeed almost a hexagon, of a

much more graceful figure.

As to the under surface: one of my specimens, which was in an

exceptionally perfect state of preservation, enables me to add to

Dareste’s description and, I believe, improve upon his figure.

1 “On the Conyolutions of the Cerebral Hemispheres in certain Rodents,”

P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 596.

2 “Note sur le Cerveau des Rongeurs, &c.,” Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) iii. p. 355.

1899.] BRAIN OF HYDROCH@RUS. 799

The rhinal fissure separating the hemispheres from the underlying

pallium is very strongly marked. It does not quite reach the

anterior end of the brain, so that here the pallium seems to bend

down and become perfectly continuous with the underlying lobe.

Fig. 1.

Brain of Hydrocherus, dorsal view. Nat. size.

a, internal longitudinal fissure ; 6, middle ditto; c, external ditto; d, crucial

fissure (?) ; s, Sylvian fissure.

Dareste draws attention to two structures on the ventral side of

the hippocampal lobe which are thus described :—‘“ En dedans de

cette circonvolution est un sillon qui délimite le petit appareil des

corps striés et des couches optiques qui est ici trés développé.”

I find these structures to be shown with great clearness in the

brain now before me (fig. 2,a). They are, however, rather longer

in form than they are figured by the authority from whom I have

just quoted. Nor have they, as erroneously represented in the

figure of Dareste, anything whatever to do with the origin of the

optic nerves. The latter can be plainly seen to dip down over the

outer side of the crura cerebri. On the other hand, one of the

principal roots of the olfactory nerve does arise from this delimited

area of brain-tissue, a fact which is not figured or referred to by

Dareste. This point should be perfectly clear from the drawing

exhibited (fig. 2).

800 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [June 20,

Behind the optic chiasma is a large somewhat heart-shaped

elevation (c,@). It is divided anteriorly by a median furrow which

is well-marked and deep; behind it shows indications of division

into two. This elevation appears to me to be the tuber cinereum

and the corpora albicantia partly fused, but whose independence

is still to be recognized on a careful examination.

Fig. 2.

Brain of Hydrocherus, ventral view. Nat. size.

s, pallium ; 4, olfactory nerve ; a, origin of same ; ¢, tuber cinereum ;

d, corpora albicantia ; p, pituitary body.

Other features to be noted on the ventral surface of the brain

will be seen by an inspection of the accompanying drawing.

Fissures of the Hemispheres.

I shall take as an assumed normal the best preserved of my

three brains, indicating the divergences in arrangement which the

others show.

The most salient fissure is that lettered a (fig. 1). It runs

almost from end to end of the brain; at about the middle of its

course it is bulged out on either side, and on the left side it is just

interrupted by a bridging convolution, and is thus divided into two

1899.] BRAIN OF HYDROCHERUS, 801

parts, an anterior shorter, and a posterior longer region. It

is the fissure lettered a of my former paper—the most prevailing

fissure of the Rodent brain.

In a second brain (fig. 2, p. 800) the fissure in question is also

broken on the left side by a bridging convolution, in this case on the

right side also, as is the case with the brain figured by Dareste. It

will be noticed that this furrow posteriorly approaches the median

furrow of the brain, that dividing the hemispheres, and is very

nearly lost to sight over its edge.

In the third brain (fig. 3) the furrow a is again broken on the

left side, but complete upon the right. Furthermore the furrow

(fig. 3) completely disappears from view posteriorly, and this region

of the gyrus, which is bounded externally by the furrow in question,

is very distinctly depressed below the general surface of the brain.

Fig. 3.

Cerebral hemispheres of Hydrochewrus, dorsal view. Nat. size.

The conditions that have just been described seem to give a clue to

the nature of this sulcus and gyrus. The lobus hippocampi narrowing

as it passes backward turns up the back of the brain and becomes

continuous with this gyrus, which I therefore consider to be the

hippocampal gyrus appearing upon the dorsal surface of the brain.

In this feature the brain of the Capybara resembles that of certain

Carnivora’ and of certain Ungulata .

The fissure which I letter 6 is, as in other Rodents, short ; it is,

however, quite deep and well-marked. It runs obliquely inwards

in all three brains.

1 Helictis (Garrod, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 807); Gulo (Beddard, P. Z. S. 1895,

p. 148), &e. &e.

? Moschus (Flower, P. Z, 8, 1875, p. 174); Dicotyles (Turner, Journ, Anat,

1891, p. 134), &e. &e.

802 ON THE BRAIN OF HYDROCHERUS. [June 20,

The third fissure c¢, which runs parallel or approximately so to the

last, is also a perfectly constant fissure in the Capybara’s brain.

The temporal lobe has further other slight fissures which are so

irregular that I think it hardly worth the trouble of describing

them.

Fig. 4.

Brain of Hydrocherus, inner view of hemispheres.

. Now we come to the fissure d of my former paper on the Rodent’s

brain. In one of the three brains at my disposal it passes outward

and forward from the fissure a on both sides, or rather from the

margin of the knee-shaped bridging convolution, already referred

to. If this region of the brain be compared with my figure of that

of Gulo, a striking likeness will be apparent, suggesting that the

fissure d is the crucial sulcus of the Carnivora. In the two other

brains the fissure was not so clearly marked.

Sylvian fissure.—Dareste has remarked that this fissure appears

to be absent in the Capybara. It is certainly not at all plain in

any of the three brains which I have examined myself. But

nevertheless I do not think that it can be said to be totally un-

Brain of Hydrocherus, inner view. Nat. size.

A, calcarine (?) fissure; B, O, parieto-occipital ; E, calloso-marginal.

represented. On viewing all these brains from the dorsal aspect,

a prominent and obliquely (or, in one case, transversely) running

fissure is to be seen which separates off the wider posterior region

of the hemispheres from the anterior narrower portion (fig. 1, s).

It coincides, in fact, in position and direction with what seems to be

undoubtedly the Sylvian fissure in Lagostomus (P. Z. S. 1892, p.599,

1899. ] ON TWO EARTHWORMS. 803

fig. 2, A & B), but it does not reach the margin of the pallium.

It is, however, always very near to reaching this margin ; and on

one side of one brain it appeared actually to do so through

becoming confluent with another fissure of short length.

On the mesial surface of the brain a single fissure (fig. 5, E) is

very plain anteriorly, which curves round the anterior end of the

corpus callosum. This is the limbic fissure of Broca, splenial of

other authors, and, I presume, calloso-marginal of still others. A

very interesting little fissure was observable in the best preserved

of the two brains which I bisected longitudinally. This is shown

in fig. 5. At the end of the hemisphere is a short vertical fissure

(A, B, C) and a shorter one still behind this, and a more faintly

marked one in front. It is of course an obvious suggestion that

they are the parieto-occipital and calearine respectively.

9. Notes upon two Earthworms, Pericheta biserialis and

Trichocheta hesperidum. By Frank E. Brepparp,

M.A., F.R.S., and Sorpuiz M. Fepars.

[Received June 6, 1899.]

The first of these species (Pericheta biserialis) was originally

instituted more than twenty years ago by M. Perrier’, whose

description, however, was only in the nature of a “ preliminary

communication.” The two matters to which he referred, viz. the

disposition of the genital papille and the enlarged sete on either

side of the ventral median line, were sufficient at that time to

fully differentiate the species.

Subsequently one of us received and described ? some specimens

of an earthworm belonging to this same genus also from the Philip-

pine Islands ; they were referred to the same species, though the

entire absence of spermathecze was noted. Upon this latter point

Perrier made no observations. It was therefore concluded that

it would be better to regard the worms described as being of a

different species. In the ‘Monograph of the Oligochaeta’

therefore they were described under the name of Pericheta acystis.

Since then Michaelsen*® has re-described Perichata biserialis very

fully, and more recently still Dr. Horst *.

Dr. Horst, whose observations where published after ours were

made, examined eight mature worms from Paramaribo in Dutch

Surinam: “of these two have four pairs of copulatory papille on

1 « Sur les Vers de terre des Philippines et de la Cochinchine,” Comptes

Rendus, 1875, p. 1043.

2 B. KH. Beddard, “‘Observations upon an American Species of Pericheta, &e.,”

P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 63.

3 «“ Die Terricolen des madagassischen Inselgebiets,” Abh. Senck. nat. Ges.

xxxi. (1897) p. 226.

- a On the Variability of Characters in Perichetide,” Notes Leyd. Mus, xx,

p- 201.

804 MR. F, E. BEDDARD AND MISS FEDARB [June 20,

segments xix.—xxii. ; three of them show only three pairs on segments

xix.-xxl.; one specimen has three papille on segments xix.—xxi. on

the right side, and on segments xx.—xxii. on the left, while on both

remaining forms one has only three papille at the right, the other

one at the left side of the body on segments xix.—xxi.”

The spermathece also are varied. Only one individual hada pair

in each of segments vi. and vii. Four others had no spermathece

at all. In the three others they were asymmetrical and as many as

3 and 5 on one side of the segment. .

As our series of variations 1s more extensive than those recorded

by Dr. Horst, we think that it will be worth while to record them.

It is conceivably a noteworthy point that our specimens come from

the New World, but we do not wish to lay more stress upon this

fact than it will bear.

The present communication deals with 18 mature examples of an

earthworm from British Guiana, which were received through the

kindness of Mr. Cecil Lilley, and which show conclusively that

there is no need for the retention of the species P. acystis. It

seems to be undoubtedly identical with P. biserialis.

The worms were so much softened by the spirit in which they

were preserved that it seems to be of no great use to give an

attempt at accurate measurement of length. To mention that one

specimen actually measured 475 mm. would be to give quite an

erroneous idea of its size when ina moderate degree of contraction.

It may be taken that these individuals were of about the same

dimensions as the examples examined by Michaelsen.

The number of segments in a fair-sized specimen was 190.

The dorsal pores, as in Michaelsen’s specimens, commenced

between segments xii./xili.

The sete of this species, as already mentioned, are remarkable

for the fact that the two on the ventral median line on either side

of the nerve-cord are considerably larger than the others. Further-

more, the sete of the anterior segments are all or most of them

larger than those on the posterior segments, and in segments v.—viii.

the four most ventral sete are larger than the others and increase

progressively up to the 7th. The setz appear to be, for the

most part, absent upon the clitellum; but in one specimen, at any

rate, there was a single seta on each side of the middle ventral

line of the sixteenth segment. The question of sete upon the

clitellar segments of Pericheta is one which requires a renewed

consideration. It has been common to use the presence or absence

of setz as of specific value, but it seems to be possible, from the:

variations which have been recorded in some species, that sete are

really not finally present upon the clitella of many species where

they exist for a short period after the formation of the clitellum.

As development proceeds they drop out.

In a selected series of segments the numbers of the sete are as

follows—ii. 42, v. 60, x. 76, xii. 64, xvii. 55, xix. 60, xxiv. 60.

A few may of course have been omitted owing to their having

fallen out and their apertures not noticed. ’

1899.] ON TWO EARTHWORMS. 805

The clitellum itself seems not to occupy quite fully the first and

the Jast of its three segments.

The second characteristic feature of this species is the arrange-

ment and the numbers of the genital papillae. These papille are

paired and follow the 28th segment. ‘The greatest number of

pairs found in our examples was 5; the following numbers were

also observed: 4 pairs, 3 pairs; 5 right side 4 left, 3 right 4 left,

4 right 3 left, 4 right 6 left. Perrier found as many as 7 pairs;

Michaelsen not more than 5, as was the case with us.

This asymmetry of the genital papille, which is not by any

means a novelty any more than is the varying number of pairs in

individuals, is coupled with an irregularity and asymmetry of the

spermatheee. It is mainly upon this matter that we desire to lay

stress in the present communication.

In first of all describing the species Pericheta acystis the author

recorded, without commenting upon the fact, that papillae were

also present. Now in species without sper mathecw there are, as a

rule, no papille. Not many examples occur among earthworms of

species which are without these characteristic Oligochzetous organs ;

but there are a few, among them being two species of the present

genus. Dr. Rosa! has described Pericheta atheca,and Dr. Michael-

sen” Pertcheta barami. In the first mentioned there are no

genital papill; in two individuals of the latter the papille were

reduced or absent. In species of Allolobophora, on the other hand,

there are no spermathecz, such as <A. eiseni, there are also no

tubercula pubertatis.

Of Pericheta athece Rosa examined several individuals, so that

there the coincidence of absent genital papillze and missing sper-

mathece seems to be absolute. In Pericheta biserialis, on the

other hand, spermathece are sometimes absent and sometimes

present. Perrier makes no mention of the matter at all in his

brief account of the species. Michaelsen had five examples, all of

which possessed two pairs of these organs in segments vi. and vii. ;

the number of genital papille varied, as already said.

The two specimens which formed the material upon which the

species Pericheta acystis was established had each five pairs of

genital papille and no spermathece. In the present collection

there are 12 specimens without and 6 with spermathece ; but no

ascertainable relation exists between the condition of the papille

and that of the spermathecee. We may fairly put aside Pericheta

atheca for two reasons. In the first place, it may still be that the

species is, like P. bisertalis, sometimes with and sometimes without

spermathece, and also for the reason that an absence of genital

papillz is so general or at least so common among Per icheta that

it need have no significance in connection with the absence of

spermathece. The absence, then, of any connection between

1 “JT Lombrichi raccolti a Sumatra dal dott. Elio Modigliani,” Ann. Mus.

Civ. Genova, xxxvi. p. 520.

a Oligochaeten : from Kiikenthal, “ Ergebnisse einer zoologischen Forschungs-

reise In en Molukken und in Borneo” Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. XxXi11l. p. 208.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1899, No. LIT. 52

806 MR. F, E. BEDDARD AND MISS FEDARB [June 20,

genital papille and spermathece in Pericheta and the existence of

such a connection in Lumbricide seems to show that physio-

logically the genital papille of Pericheta are different from the

tubercula pubertatis of the Lumbricide.

Out of our examples only six had spermathece, and in every one

of these individuals the arrangement of these was asymmetrical.

Fig. 1.

Spermathecal segments of Pericheta biserialis.

SP., spermathece ; N., nerve-cord.

The following is a tabulated statement of the number and arrange-

ment of the organs in question :—

Segment vi. Segment vii.

Bell sac sot 3 lett, 0 right. 4 jeft, O right.

Piss 2 Oe a chee 1 left, 0 right. 1 left, 1 right.

Hx. 3) J. >. teadd left, sright 0 left, 1 right.

Bx. bute: 0 left, 0 right. 0 left, 1 right.

Bix Oe ghs 0 left, O right. 0 left, 1 right.

Bix. (62. Mi elenee 0 left, 2 right. 1 left, 1 right.

In defining the species, then, ought one to regard the presence,

and if the presence, the irregularity, or on the other hand the ab-

sence, of spermathece as a specific character? Some variations in

structure among earthworms have been already noticed ; but there

is only one case (perhaps two) which is so striking as that to which

1899.] ON TWO EARTHWORMS. 807

we have called attention in the present communication. Those are

the two species Perionyx excavatus and Perirheta indica. But in

the case of the former species the number of what we may there

fairly term abnormal specimens was small in proportion to those

which were normal; only 18 out of about 430. In erichetu

indica the occasional absence of the “ prostate” gland is more

frequent.

TRICHOCHEZLA HESPERIDUM.

The genus Trichocheta was founded by one of us some years

since’ and two species were described.

Fig. 2.

Trichocheta hesperidum, ventral view of anterior segment.

CL, clitellum.

1 Beddard, “Two new Genera and some new Species of Earthworms,” Quart.

J. Mier. Sci. xxxiv. p. 252; and “On some new Species of Earthworms from

various parts of the World,” P. Z. S. 1892, p. 701.

808 MR. F. EB, BEDDARD AND MISS FEDARB [June 20,

A few specimens of this genus have been recently received from

Kew Gardens through the kindness of Mr. Nicholson. Their

native place is Jamaica. They evidently belong to the species

Lrichocheta hesperidum. In the description of that species there

ace w tew Jacune. Some of these can be filled up by additional

facts derived from a study of these fresh specimens. ‘I'he original,

bb 2]

Fig. 3.

Trichocheta hesperidum, sperm-sac.

and up to the present only, specimen of the genus was not mature.

Some of the worms which we refer to in the present communication

were fully mature. We are able therefore to map the clitellum,

which was not developed in the former specimen.

This modified region of the integument occupies six segments,

1899.] ON TWO EARTHWORMS. 809

extending from the 26th to the 31st segment. The modi-

fication of the integument, however, is only ventral; it does not die

away gradually, and there is a sharp demarcation from the dorsal

surface which is unmodified. The boundaries of the segments

could be noticed with perfect ease in this region. The sete, how-

ever, were not obvious.

Another external feature of some little importance, which was

observed, is the presence of papille. They are situated ventrally,

but are not perfectly symmetrical in their arrangement, inasmuch

as they correspond to set which are themselves in this species

scattered after the fashion of Pontoscolex and some other Geosco-

lecids. Of these papilla there are 4 on each of segments Xi., xii-,

XXili., xxiv., and 2 on each of segments xxxi., xxxii. They are oval

in form, the long axis coinciding with the transverse diameter of

the body ; the middle of each is higher than the periphery.

These papille were naturally plainer upon the mature than upon

the immature examples. The setz which lie in the middle of the

areas formed by these papille are larger than those elsewhere, but

do not appear to present any marked difference of form. We

should add that the spiny tip of the sete, on account of which the

generic name was first bestowed, is not always perfectly obvious ;

but this may be very likely due to wear and tear.

As to internal characters, the main addition that we have to make

to the original description concerns the sperm-sac. In the original

non-mature example these, though long, only occupied 15 or

20 segments. In an immature example from the material now

before us the sperm-sac passed back to as far as the 90th segment ;

in a mature example much farther, to the 119th. They thus

occupy in the latter case no less than 109 segments. Their

structure is thus: in segment xi. the sac commences with a dilated

pouch, flattish, bigger ventrally than dorsally ; in the next segment

they are thinned down to a fine thread-like tube attached to the

lateral walls of the intestine. About segment xxxiii. the sac

dilates into a string of irregular-shaped sacs arranged without any

regard to segmentation. Somewhere about segment Ixxv. these

irregular sacs bear numerous processes, as was figured in the paper

in the ‘Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science’ already

referred to.

There are six thickened septa lying behind the gizzard (which

is in segment vi.). No calciferous glands were seen.

We should add that the mature worm is larger than the originally

described immature example. One of ours measured 113 mm. by

5 mm. in diameter.

810 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON [June 20,

10. On a small Collection of Butterflies sent by Lieut.-Col.

A. 8. G. Jayakar, A.M.S., from Muscat. By Arruur

G. Buruer, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.

[Received June 19, 1899.]

For some years past the collections in the British Museum have

been enriched through the zeal of our Corresponding Member,

Dr. Jayakar; but, until the arrival of the last consignment, no

Lepidoptera have come to hand: in this one, however, several

small packets were included, amongst which were examples of

pineteen species of Butterflies.

As our knowledge of the fauna of Arabia is still far from

complete, it seems worth while to publish a list of the Butterflies

now sent.

Of the nineteen species of which examples were obtainel by

Dr. Jayakar, six have a wide range both in Asia and Africa, three

extend from Arabia through Persia to N.W. India, one is a widely

distributed Asiatic form, one occurs in Asia Minor, and eight are

eommon to Arabia and Africa, several of these ranging through

East Africa to the Cape.

NYMPHALID ®.

1. LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS.

Papilio chrysippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764).

Both sexes were obtained.

2. YPTHIMA ASTEROPE.

Hipparchia asterope, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. xxix. figs. 11-14

(1832).

A female and four males.

This butterfly would seem to be common throughout Arabia

wherever insect-life is possible ; it also occurs in N.E. Africa.

3. HYPoLIMNAS MISIPPUS.

Papilio misippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).

A series of worn specimens in both sexes.

The extensive rauge of this butterfly is well known.

4. JUNONIA SWINHOEI.

Junonia swinkoei, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvi.

p- 309 (1885).

Two worn females.

These examples are referable rather to the Indian species than

to J. here (found at Aden).

LYCANID®.

5. CATOCHRYSOPS CONTRACTA,

Lampides contracta, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 406, pl. xxxix. fig. 3,

Three males of this Indian species which I originally described

1899.) BUTTERFLIES FROM MUSCAT. 811

from examples obtained at Candahar ; it appears to have a wide

range.

6. TARUCUS THEOPHRASTUS.

Hesperia theophrastus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. 3. 1. p. 281 (1793).

A fair series, but in poor condition.

This again is a wide-ranging species.

7. LYCENESTHES AMARAH.

Polyommatus amarah, Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. vi. p. 384, pl. x1.

figs. 5, 6 (1847).

A rather small and worn pair.

8. ZIZERA GAIKA.

Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 403

(1862).

Seven rather worn examples.

This is a common and widely distributed African and Arabian

insect.

9. PLEBEHIUS TROCHILUS,

Lycena trochilus, Freyer, Neuere Beitr. v. pl. 440. fig. 1 (1844).

Three examples.

10. ViraAcHOLA ANTALUS.

Dipsas antulus, Hopffer, Monatsb. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1855,

p- 641.

Sithon antalus, Hopffer in Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 400,

pl. xxv. figs. 7-9 (1862).

2, slightly broken ; very deep in colour.

This species is common over a considerable part’ of Africa,

Madagascar, and the Island of Johanna; it varies somewhat on

both surfaces as regards the depth of colour above and definition

of the markings EDN

PAPILIONID.&.

11. TeRACOLUS CALAIS, Var. DYNAMENE.

Poutia dynamene, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. vi. figs. 15, 16 (1829).

One worn male.

12. TERACOLUS PHISADIA.

Pieris phisadia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 132 (1819).

Three males, two of them much shattered.

Aun interesting fact respecting this species is that, whereas all

the Arabian males show a wet phase of under-surface and the

Arabian females a dry phase, the same species from Northern

Africa sometimes shows a dry phase in the male; I have not seen

enough African examples to enable me to say whether a wet phase |

of female ever occurs.

812 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM MUSCAT. [June 20,

13. TERACOLUS LIAGORE,

Pontia liagore, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. vi. figs. 5-8 (1829).

Three males and a female.

These examples, and especially the female, were of considerable

interest to me, for they prove conclusively that in my recent

revision of the genus Teracolus I was incorrect in referring

1’. liagore (as a seasonal phase) to 7. evarne. I never felt quite

satisfied that I was correct in so doing, as the form and pure

white colouring of 7’. liagore looked out of place among the more

rounded yellow-washed wings of the various seasonal phases of

T. evarne. Now that the female and three somewhat varying

males have come to hand, I am quite satisfied that 7’. liagore is

merely a dry phase of the N. African 7. daira and grades

completely into 7’. nouna. It is odd that a related yet distinct

species should occur at Aden.

14. TeRacoLUs BUPOMPE, var. DEDECORA.

Anthopsyche dedecora, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. i. p. 184

(1865).

A slightly worn female.

Here again we have a North African type.

15. CATOPSILIA FLORELLA, var. PYREND,

Colias pyrene, Swainson, Zool. Ill. Ist ser. pl. 51 (1820-1).

Several worn examples.

It is probable that, as at Aden, the various forms of this species

occur together, but only the variety pyrene appears in the present

consignment.

16, SYNCHLOE IRANICA.

Pieris iranica, Bienert, Lep. Ergebn. p. 27 (1870).

A fair series.

It is interesting to receive this Persian insect from Muscat, and

to know that the nearly related S. g/auconome is common to Aden

and Hast Africa.

17. BELENOIS MESENTINA.

Papilio mesentina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. celxx. A, B (1782).

Four examples (wet phase).

18. PAPILIO DEMOLEUS.

Papilio demoleus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 214 (1764).

Several examples of this Indian species '.

19. PARNARA MATHIAS,

Hesperia mathias, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 483 (1798).

Two worn males of this Indo-African species.

1 The Hon. W. Rothschild has shown that the true P. demolvus is not, as

formerly supposed, the African species,

11 OCT 1899

1899.] ON THE ANTIPATHARIAN CORALS OF MADEIRA. 813

11. Notes on the Antipatharian Corals of Madeira, with

Descriptions of a new Species and a new Variety, and

Remarks on a Specimen from the West Indies in the

British Museum. By James Yate Jonnson, C.M.Z.S.

[Received May 22, 1899. ]

The marine objects popularly called Black Corals are zoophytes

which constitute the group of Antipatharia in systematic zoology.

Some of them are much branched and resemble bushes that occa-

sionally reach the height of four or five feet. Others extend their

branches almost in one plane in a fan-like manner ; others, again,

are simple unbranched stems, slender and wire-like, that are some-

times found with a length of seven or eight feet. All are attached,

when living, to submarine rocks or stones by a thin spreading base.

All have a hard horny axis of a black or brown colour, and that

axis 18 seen, on examining a section, to consist of concentric layers.

Further examination will show that it has a fibrous structure.

Stem and branches are frequently armed with minute spines

arranged in longitudinal or spiral series, but sometimes the stem

and main branches are smooth and polished. The hard axis is

secreted by the soft polypiferous ccenenchyma which clothes it.

The polyps in the Madeiran forms have six (in one species twenty-

four) simple tentacles. Spicula are not anywhere present, and thus

the Antipatharia are easily distinguished from the Alcyonaria.

Hight species of Black Coral belonging to six genera have been

found at Madeira, more than one-thirteenth of the total number

of known species. In the late George Brook’s excellent Report

on the Antipatharia of the ‘ Challenger ’ Expedition (1889) ninety-

eight species were dealt with, but these included not only the forms

collected by the naturalists of that expedition but all those pre-

viously described. The Report is therefore a Monograph of the

group. Until the publication of that work much difficulty was

experienced in coming to a conclusion with regard to the discrimi-

nation of species and the identification of specimens, owing to

impertect description and confusion of nomenclature; and even

now, notwithstanding that author’s efforts, much remains to be

done, especially in regard to our knowledge of the polyps, before

satisfactory definitions are possible and the classification placed on

a trustworthy basis.

All the species of Madeira come from depths below 40 fathoms

They are brought to the surface by becoming entangled now and

then in the lines of the fishermen.

Of the eight species of Black Coral here treated of, five have not

hitherto been found elsewhere, and one of these is now described

for the first time (Leiopathes expansa). Another of the five

species, having been confused with a West Indian species, is here

distinguished by a fuller description, whilst a new name has

Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1899, No. LITI. 43

814 MR. J. Y. JOHNSON ON THE [June 20,

been necessarily imposed on the tropical form. Furthermore,

another of Gray’s species (Antipathes setacea) has been removed from

the position it occupied of a queried synonym and is re-established

as distinct by a more detailed description. Two of the eight species

here dealt with (Savaglia lamarcki and Leiopathes glaberrima) are

known in the Mediterranean, which great sea possesses apparently

a smaller number of species than the sea immediately surrounding

the diminutive island of Madeira, for it seems that not more than

six forms can with certainty be attributed to the former. These

are (in addition to the two already mentioned as common to the

two seas) Antipathes dichotoma Pall., A. mediterranea Brook, Anti-

pathella subpimnata (KE. & 8.), and Parantipathes larix (Esper).

The existence in the Mediterranean of any elongate unbranched

form like Cirripathes requires confirmation.

Gen. Savaezra Nardo, 1843.

Corallum horny, without spines; polyps with 24 tentacles in

alternate rows of twelve each.

SAVAGLIA LAMARCKI (Haime).

Savaglia lamarcki, Brook, Antipatharia of the ‘ Challenger,’

p. 79.

Gerardia lamarcki, Lacaze-Duthiers, 1864.

Leiopathes lamarcki, Haime, 1849.

Moderately branched, furcately, in one plane. Axis black or

brown ; trunk and branches very sinuous, not cylindrical, but com-

pressed laterally so that the anterior and posterior faces are

narrower than the intervening sides and the angles are rounded off.

There is no groove on any of the faces or sides. The surface of the

stem and main branches is seen under the lens to be minutely

wrinkled and finely punctured, the punctures being numerous and

irregularly scattered. The branches are elongate and tapering,

very seldom fusing together.

Only two specimens of this species have come under my obser-

vation. Neither hasa base. The smaller example has.a height of 70

centim. (273 in.) anda spread of 45. It has been entirely stripped

of its polyps. The other is 85 centim. (323 in.) high, and the

longer axis of the lower part of the stem measures 15 millim. It

has lost most of its branches; there are remains of the ccenosare

and polyps on the highest ones; their oval mouths, with

thickened lips marked by radiating grooves, are large and con-

spicuous, the longer axis measuring 4 millim.

There is some doubt as to the true zoological position of this

organism. The horny branched axis has all the appearance of being

antipatharian, but the polyps with their 24 tentacles are closely

allied to the Zoanthide, especially to the genus Parazoanthus

Haddon & Shackleton. Carlgren therefore has advocated the re-

moval of Gerardia lamarcki from the Antipatharia to the Zoanthidee

1899.] ANTIPATHARIAN CORALS OF MADEIRA, 815

(‘ Ueber die Gattung Gerardia, 1865), and Pourtalés in 1871 took

the same view.

In the ccenosare of Mediterranean examples of this species

Lacaze-Duthiers found a peculiar cirripede which he named Laura

gerardie. This has not been observed in Madeiran specimens.

Hab, Madeira; Mediterranean.

Gen. SricnoratuEs Brook.

Axis forming a long, slender, flexible rod without branches.

Polyps arranged in a longitudinal series on one side of the stem,

not distributed on all sides as in Crripathes ; tentacles six.

STICHOPATHES GRACILIS (Gray).

Antipathes (Cirripathes) gracilis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 291.

Stichopathes gracilis, Brook, Antipatharia of the ‘ Challenger,’

p. 90.

Jet-black ; the stem throughout armed with short conical spines

at right angles to it, arranged irregularly in spirals (fig. III. 1,

p- 823). On the lower part of the stem there are about nine

series. The base spreads thinly over the object to which it adheres,

and is from 10 to 15 millim. in diameter. The lower part of the

stem is usually from 3 to 4 millim. in diameter.

This species is not of very rare occurrence. The individuals are

commonly attached to a well-rounded stone or to masses of cal-

careous sand cemented by shells, worm-cases, &c. One small

specimen had seated itself on the spineless test of a dead sea-urchin

(Arbacia). Two or more may sometimes be seen adhering to the

same stone, and, indeed, I had once observed as many as twelve in-

dividuals on the same block. But great was my astonishment when

a stony mass, 10 in. by 5, was shown to me upon which were

seated more than 120 specimens, in two groups, some 20 being

separated from the rest, which formed a grove so thickly planted

that it was difficult to count them correctly. Unfortunately the

majority were broken, leaving stems only a few inches long; the

length of the perfect ones was about three feet.

Two and even three distinct stems may spring from the same

basal expansion. It may have been that the bases were at first

separate and afterwards coalesced as they extended, but there was

no evidence to show that this had been so. The largest specimen

that has been met with at Madeira had a length of 9 ft. 3 in.

(2820 millim.). This has been placed in the Seminario Museum,

Funchal. In contrast with specimens of this size, young ones

6 millim. long have been found, and two of these have been mounted

in balsam on a slip of. glass.

Brook says that the stem is sinuous but not spiral. Two speci-

mens, however, are in my possession which in their upper part form

a few very loose irregular spirals. They are on the same mass of

indurated sand, shells, worm-cases, &c.

Normally the individuals of this species are destitute of branches

53*

816 MR, J. Y. JOHNSON ON THE (June 20,

but I have a specimen which has put forth a very slender spineless

branch 150 millim. (nearly 6 in.) long. This abnormality was

perhaps due to the fact that the upper end of the stem, four or five

inches above the ramus, had been broken off by some accident, and

the branch may have been the result of an effort on the part of the

colony of polyps to continue their growth.

With regard to the spines, those of all the specimens I have seen

are simple and conical, but Brook says that the majority of those

on the older portions on the stems of specimens in the British

Museum formed double spines.

Hab. Madeira.

STICHOPATHES SETACEA Gray.

Antipathes (Cirripathes) setacea, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H, ser. 3,

vol. vi. p. 31 (1860).

2? Antipathes simplex, Alcide d’Orbigny in Webb & Berthelot’s

Hist. Nat. des Iles Canaries, Zoologie : Polypiers, p. 151.

Dr. Gray’s description of his A. setacea runs thus :—‘ Coral

simple, elongate, setaceous, straight, erect, closely covered with

short conical spinules. Length 18 in. Hab. Madeira.” He said

further that it was straight, without the slighest tendency to assume

a spiral form. Mr. Brook (Antipatharia of the ‘ Challenger,’ p. 90)

stated that he had been unable to find Gray’s type of A. setacea,

and added—* As I have no means of ascertaining what form Gray

did regard as A. setacea, and as his description of the type contains

no characacter not applicable to this species (i, e. Stichopathes

gracilis Gray), I have given A. setacea as a probable synonym.”

In going over my collection of Antipatharia for the purpose of

preparing this paper, | have found a small specimen, which,

fragmentary as it is, proves beyond a doubt that Gray’s A. setacea

is a good species, quite distinct from Stichopathes gracilis.

The specimen referred to is a portion of a stem broken at both

ends; what remains has a length of only 14:5 millim. (53 in.),

with a diameter at the thicker end of scarcely so much as °75

millim. It tapers very gradually, and there is a wide central

channel. It is bent into a semicircular form, and it has a brown

colour. ‘The spines are numerous and arranged in longitudinal

rows, of which about six may be seen in one aspect. ‘They are

upright, high in comparison with the diameter of the stems, and

more or less compressed. A few are simple and pointed, but

most of them are bifid or notched irregularly at the tips (fig. IIT. 2,

p- 823). Sometimes there are narrow longitudinal ridges bearing as

many as five spikes. Measuring from tip to tip of the spines in

the same row, the interval between any two is about equal to three

or four times the height of each. Polyps are altogether absent.

The specific name and Gray’s epithet “setaceous” are suitable

enough to this very slender form, but are quite inapplicable to

Stichopathes gracilis. Alcide d’Orbigny (Joc. cit.), a reference not

given by Brook, described a small Antipathes from the Canaries,

1899. ] ANTIPATHARIAN CORALS OF MADEIRA. 817

which may possibly have been of this species or a young St. gracilis,

in these terms: ‘ Antipathes simplicissima, elongata, filiformis,

longitudinaliter sexcostata, costis echinatis. Long. 35 mm.”

Hab. Madeira.

Gen. LxutoparuEs (Gray), Brook.

Corallum much branched ; stem and thicker branches polishe

spineless, ultimate branches bearing very small and distant spines.

Polyps on all sides of the branches, with 12 mesenteries in the

oral cone, 6 below; tentacles six.

T®IOPATHES GLABERRIMA (Esper), M.-Edw.

Corallum branching on all sides, forming a bush; stem and

main branches thick ; branchlets springing nearly at right angles

from opposite sides of the branch subalternately ; spines on the

ultimate branchlets very short, conical compressed, at right angles

to the brafich.

This species has been found in the Mediterranean, and it is

believed to be the only Old World antipatharian that occurs in the

West Indies. A fine specimen, 150 centim. (4 ft. 11 in.) and 80

centim. (31 in.) through, was obtained off Seixal, a village on the

N.W. coast of Madeira, and has been placed in the Seminario

Museum, Funchal. It is destitute of its base; the stem below the

first branch is only 12 millim. thick. There are two main branches

which run to a great length and in their lower parts are almost as

thick as the stem. These and the secondary branches are strongly

and irregularly sinuous, and with the ultimate branchlets form a

round bush. The branchlets are very fine and hair-like, and are

set with short, broad, conical upright spines at irregular distances

apart, not in rows or whorls. The stem and main branches are

black, smooth, and shining. Nowhere is there any fusion of the

branches. The branches were thickly covered with polyps of a

warm brown colour. The tentacles were subulate in form and

much longer than the body.

Several other specimens of a smaller size have occurred from

time to time. It was remarkable that not a single organism of

any kind had established itself parasitically on any part of the

large specimen, a great contrast with Aphanipathes wollaston:

when it is brought up to the surface.

Hab. Madeira, Mediterranean, W. Indies.

LEIOPATHES EXPANSA, sp.n. (Fig. L., p. 818.)

Much branched in one plane or in parallel planes to the sixth

degree of subdivision. Stem and branches elliptical in section, jet-

black, polished, bent into irregular zigzags, the branches being

thrown off alternately on opposite sides. All the branches arise

almost at right angles from the parent branches at a distance

from each other. The ultimate branchlets are very slender, hair-

818 MR, J. Y. JOHNSON ON THE {June 20

like, tapering, and sharpened off to a point at the extremity.

Minute upright conico-subdeltoid spines are irregularly scattered

on the ultimate branchlets, the other parts of the corallum being

spineless (fig. III. 3, p. 823). Polyps pale red, with six tentacles.

The remains of the coenenchyma and polyps are seen on the speci-

men as a brown pellicle coating the finer branches, and extending

as a thin web or film from branch to branch.

Fig. I.

Wine

es Wi Paki .

TEs FA RK, i)

SAW) yy ey

YY YASS Sh 20S

: ESO ane

Oe PAN BN

La) Sas yt

ona

ae $

AS)

' ae x >; si t x

ZB wanna:

ee. oe Yy ~s

Leiopathes expansa, sp. u. About 3 nat. size. From a photograph.

The only specimen of this new species that I have met with

was obtained from a fisherman twenty years ago. It is without

a base, and has a height of 405 millim. (16 in.), with a spread of

380 millim, (15 in.), but its spread when perfect was probably not

less than 445 millim. (173 in.). The thickest part of the stem

is only 5 millim. in diameter.

No fusion of branches is anywhere visible. The elegant flabel-

late form and delicate habit seem to distinguish this sufficiently

from known species of Letopathes.

Hab. Madeira.

Ce ee eT ee

1899.] ANTIPATHARIAN CORALS OF MADEIRA. 819

Gen. ANTIPATHES.

Shrub-like, branches not fusing; spines numerous, strong. Polyps

large ; tentacles six, radiating, one pair in a line with the oral

slit inserted low down, the others at the margin of the peristome.

ANTIPATHES FURCATA Gray.

Antipathes furcata, Gray, P. ZS. 1857, p. 291.

Antipathes? furcata, Brook, Antipatharia of the ‘Challenger, ’

p- 104, pl. xi. fig. 2.

No specimen of this species has been met with by me, but

Gray’s type, obtained by N. Mason at Madeira in 1857, is in the

British Museum. Brook believed it to be only a branch of the

entire corallum. The habit is different from that of the other

bushy Black Corals of Madeira. In order to enable collectors to

identify any specimens that may occur, an abbreviation of Brook’s

description is here given.

The specimen is 16 centim. (6} in.) high. The axis is very

slender and bears a number of elongate bristle-like branches, which

are directed subvertically and reach to about the same height.

The branches give off secondary branches at irregular intervals,

and the longer ones bear a third series of branchlets, usually on

one side only. Nearly all the branchlets are directed upwards and

most of them reach the apex of the corallum, and thus it has a

corymb-like aspect. The spines are short, triangular, and com-

pressed, with the apex at right angles to the axis. Six longitudinal

rows can be seen from one aspect, and the spines ina row are three

or four times their own height distant from one another. Polyps?

Hab. Madeira (Mason): British Museum.

Gen. ANTIPATHELLA Brook.

Branching in one plane, branches not fusing together; spines

short, upright ; polyps small, with six tentacles, in two series of

three each.

ANTIPATHELLA GRACILIS (Gray). (Fig. II., p. 820.)

Antipathes gracilis, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. vi.

1860, p. 311; not Antipathella gracilis, Brook, Antipatharia of

‘ Challenger,’ p. 1138.

In 1860 Dr. Gray (Joc. cit.) gave a short description of a small

and delicate antipatharian from Madeira and assigned to it the

specific name gracilis. In 1888 Mr. Brook, when preparing his

monograph of the group, was not able to find in the British

Museum any specimen from Madeira bearing that name; but he

found there a Black Coral from the West Indies to which was

attached a label with the name in Gray’s handwriting of Antipathes

racilis, Under these circumstances, Brook in his Report described

the West-Indian specimen under the name of Antipathella gracilis

(Gray). This was a mistake which he would not have committed

820 MR. J. Y, JOHNSON ON THE [June 20

if he had had a specimen of the true A. gracilis from Madeira

before him. Indeed he himself felt uncertain whether the course

he took was right, for he says he was “at a loss to understand

Gray’s description,” and added that it seemed “ doubtful whether

this specimen (that from the West Indies) could be considered to

agree with Gray’s definition of the species.”

Fig. II.

Antipathella gracilis, about 3 nat. size.

An examination of specimens obtained at Madeira proves beyond

dispute that Gray’s short description of A. gracilis applies to them ;

whilst a study of Brook’s description of the West-Indian specimen

leads to the conclusion that the latter cannot belong to the same

species. JI shall therefore proceed to give a fuller account of the

Madeiran form under Gray’s name of gracilis; and then, rather than

leave the West-Indian specimen without a name, I shall repeat

Brook’s description of it and assign to it the name of brook, In

this way I hope that the confusion surrounding the two forms

will be cleared away and the nomenclature settled once for all.

Antipathella gracilis (Gray).—Corallum black, very slender,

arising from a small round flat base, sparingly and laxly branched

in one plane ; branches distant, elongate, straight, never confluent ;

ultimate branchlets setiform, tapering to a point, from 20 to 50

millim, long. The corallum is everywhere set with minute trian-

gular upright spines (Fig. III. 4, p. 823), those on the stem forming

about seven longitudinal rows. Polyps disposed in a series on one

side of the branches, separated by short intervals (fig. III. 5, p. 823).

The corallum seldom exceeds 150 millim. (6 in.) in height and

has a spread of rather more. The thin base has usually a

diameter of about 6 millim. and the lower part of the stem is not

more than about 1°5 millim. in diameter. The branches make an

angle of 30° or 40° with the stem. This species seems to live

gregariously, as the dredge will sometimes bring up a quantity

of it. One specimen was found attached to an old individual of

1899.] ANTIPATHARIAN CORALS OF MADEIRA. 821

Aphanipathes wollastont. Others have been discovered seated on

the telegraph-cable when hauled up for repairs from a considerable

depth. The figure shows one of these, a small but characteristic

specimen, only 106 millim. (43 in.) high, with a spread of 110 millim.

(42 in.).

‘Hab. Madeira.

[ANTIPATHELLA BROOKI, nom. nov.

Antipathella? gracilis, Brook, Antipatharia of the ‘ Challenger,’

p- 113, non Gray.

The specimen in the British Museum is 56 centim. (222 in.)

high, and is related to other flabellate forms included in the genus

Antipathella. The base consists of several stems fused together,

which give rise to a series of branches not all in the same plane,

with frequent fusions. Upper portion more spreading, but the

larger branches are still strong and are often fused together. In

some portions nearly all the branches come off from one side and

are placed at irregular intervals. Secondary branches mostly very

slender. Medium branches bear branchlets irregularly varying in

length from 15 to 100 millim., usually longer on one side than the

other. Smaller branchlets simple and filiform : the larger ones

are again branched irregularly, the ultimate pinnules being very

slender and rarely attaining a length of 12 millim. without becoming

branched. Spines (Brook, Antip. Chall. pl. xi. f. 8) short and

conical with a slender apex, arranged in dextrorse spirals. Five

rows are visible from one aspect of a pinnule, the members of a

row being from two to three lengths apart. (Brook, Joc. cit.)

Hab. West Indies (Scrivener). |

Gen. APHANIPATHES Brook.

@ Corallum paniculate or flabellate; spines long and slender;

polyps obscure, with short tentacles.

APHANIPATHES WOLLASTONI Brook.

Aphanipathes wollastoni, Brook, Autipatharia of the ‘ Chal-

lenger,’ p. 126.

Antipathes subpinnata Gray (non Ellis & Sol.), P. Z.8. 1857,

p. 293.

Colour dark brown. Bushy, shrub-like, branched to the fourth

or fifth degree of subdivision. The secondary branches elongate,

often reaching to the top of the bush. Ultimate branches very

numerous, very slender and varying considerably in length. They

and the penultimate branches are thickly set with spines which

are arranged in six or seven longitudinal rows as well as in

irregular spirals. The simple, tapering, acute spines rise from a

broad thick base and are directed obliquely forwards.

The polyps are seated on the upper side of the branchlets in a

single row at a distance from each other. Six short, thick, conical

822 MR. J. Y. JOHNSON ON THE {June 20,

tentacles, pale brown in colour, surround a puffed-out mouth, the

whole covered with vibratile cilia. The polyps are very full of

stinging-threads (fig. III. 6, p. 823).

“This is the species which Gray referred to Antipathes sub-

pinnata E. & S. It differs essentially from that species in the

arrangement of the pinnules and in the form of the spines.”—

Brook, loc. cit. p. 127.

One of my specimens 35 centim. high has a thin base 35 millim.

by 25 millim. From this base rise not only the large corallum, but

several small ones from 25 to 50 millim. high.

This is the commonest of all the species found at Madeira. It

is usually attached to loose stones, but in one case within my

knowledge a specimen two feet high was growing upon a quaintly

shaped metal tankard, the whole exterior of which was completely

hidden from view by a crust of bryozoa, worm-cases, &c.

Individuals of this species are often made common lodging-

houses for the use of a heterogeneous throng of guests. More

than 25 different forms, including mollusks (Ostrea cochlear and

Avicula tarentina), bryozoa, worm-cases, hydrozoa, Polytrema, and

sponges, have been seen crowding on the lower branches of a single

specimen ; thus offering a great contrast to specimens of Letopathes

glaberrima, which are always free from parasitical attendants, a

difference doubtless due to the abundance of spines on the one

form and their absence from the other.

What is still more curious is that a small stalked cirripede, the

Oxynaspis celata of Darwin, is found attached in numbers to the

branches of this Aphanipathes and nowhere else. The anti-

patharian covers the valves of the cirripede with a thin horny

coat beset with minute spines.

In Alcide d’Orbigny’s list of the zoophytes of the Canary Islands,

in Webb and Berthelot’s work, appears the name of Antipathes

subpinnata Ellis & Sol. This may have been a specimen of Aph.

wollastoni.

Hab. Madeira; Selvagens or Salvages ; Canary Islands ?

Var. PILOSA, nov.

Bushy, branching irregularly ; in general characters resembling

the typical species, but a distinct aspect is given to the present

form (1) by the ultimate branchlets being stouter with reference

to the branch from which they spring ; (2) the angle they make

with the branch is more obtuse ; (3) they spread in all directions

from the branch, whereas in the typical species the ultimate

branchlets have a tendency to spread in one plane. The spines

have much the same form as in the typical species: that is, they are

long, slender, pointed and directed forwards, and are arranged

in longitudinal rows; but in the present form they differ by

being longer in regard to the diameter of the branch on which

they are placed, and by being less closely set (fig. III. A). On the

lower part of the stem the spines are frequently forked at the top.

This variety is remarkable in this, that the stem bears numerous

1899. ] ANTIPATHARIAN CORALS OF MADEIRA. 823

scattered microscopic hairs, which are seated on thick bases and

taper toa fine point. They sometimes fork near the tip (fig. ITT. B).

A single specimen has been in my possession for many years.

It is without a base, and may possibly be only a branch of the entire

corallum. It has a length of about 205 millim. (8 inches) and

measures 180 millim. (7 in.) through.

Should other specimens occur, a careful examination of them

might lead to the conclusion that this form is entitled to rank as

a species.

Hab. Madeira.

Fig. IIL.

Arrangement of spines, all x15.

1. Stichopathes gracilis (p. 815) near apex of stem. 2. Stichopathes setacea

(p. 816). 3. Leiopathes expansa (p. 817), ultimate branchlet. 4. Antipa-

thella gracilis (p. 819). 5. Same, with two polyps. 6. Aphanipathes

wollastoni (p. 821), with polyps. A. Aph. wollastond var. pilosa (p. 822),

branchlet. B. Same, part of stem.

Key to the eight Madeiran Species of Antipatharia.

A. SIMPLE sTEMS,

Stem as thick as a goose-quill; spines simple ... Stichopathes gracilis (Gray).

Madeira.

Stem very slender ; spines forked or jagged ...... Stichopathes setacea (Gray).

Madeira.

824 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Noy. 14,

B. Brancuep.

a. Branching in one plane.

Short, very slender, sparingly branched ; covered with spines.

Antipathella gracilis (Gray). Madeira,

Spines on the ultimate branchlets only; stem smooth.

Leiopathes expansa J. Y. 3. Madeira.

No spines; stem and branches wrinkled and punctured, ,

Savaglia lamarcki (Haime). Madei a,

Mediterranean.

>. Branching on all sides, bushy.

Spines only on the ultimate branchlets.

Leiopathes glaberrima M.-Edw. Ma-:

deira ; Mediterranean; W. Indies.

Spines short, triangular, upright, branches arranged in a corymbose manner.

Antipathes furcata Gray. Madeira.

Spines elongate, directed forwards... Aphanipathes wollastoni Brook. Ma-

deira; Selvagens.

Var. pilosa with hairs on the stem.

November 14, 1899.

Dr. A. Giwrner, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made

to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July,

August, September, and October, 1899 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of June was 164, of which 79 were by

presentation, 18 by birth, 40 by purchase, 1 was received in

exchange and 26 on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 78.

Among the additions special attention may be called to a

male Sitatunga, or Speke’s Antelope (Zragelaphus spekii), from the

district of Lake Ngami, received from Mr. Cecil J. Rhodes, F.Z.8.,

in exchange for a female hybrid between Z'ragelaphus gratus ¢

and 7’. spekii 2 (born in the Menagerie on Feb. 12, 1896), which

was despatched to Mr. Rhodes on April 25th last.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of July was 204, of which 77 were by

presentation, 19 by birth, 36 by purchase, 1 was received in

exchange and 71 on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 108.

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to the

fine Ground-Hornbill presented by Dr. Hirst on July 20th, which

appears to be a young example of Bucorax abyssinicus, and con-

cerning which the following information has been received from

Dr. Hirst :—

1899.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 825

The Elms, Goldthorn Hill,

Wolverhampton, July 17, 1899.

Str,

I have recently returned from West Africa and brought with

me a large bird, which I think you may like to have in the Zoo-

logical Gardens. The bird, which was caught on the R. Volta, Gold

Coast, W. Africa, stands about 2 feet in height, has an enormous

beak, and lives on the banks of the river, wading into the water

and catching fish,.on which it lives. I have had this bird in my

possession same six or eight months, and it is now quite tame.

T am, Sir,

Yours truly,

Gro, Hirst,

The Secretary, — The Colonial Medical Service.

Zoological Society, 3 Hanover Square, W.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of August were 102 in number. Of these 37 were

acquired by presentation, 40 by purchase, 6 were born in the

Gardens, 1 was received by exchange and 18 on deposit. The

total number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 100.

Grévy’s Zebra (female).

Amongst these may be specially noticed a pair of Grévy’s Zebras

(Equus grevit), deposited by H.M. The Queen on August 14th. -

826 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Nov. 14,

We have now the pleasure of being able to exhibit in the

Gardens a pair of the beautiful Zebra of Southern Abyssinia

and Somaliland (Hquus greviz), to the existence of which I have on

several former occasions (see P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 721; 1890, pp. 412,

461; 1893, p. 473; 1898, p. 588; 1899, p. 713) called attention.

The present animals have been sent by the Emperor Menelek as a

present to H.M. the Queen, and have been deposited in the

Society’s care to be recovered from the effects of their long and

arduous journey. I need hardly descant on the differences between

the present animal and the three previously known species of

Zebra, both in size and in character of markings, as they are

obvious at first sight. These animals were captured somewhere in

the south of Shoa, and are said to be the only survivors of a

considerable number which reached Addis Abbeba. Here they were

delivered to Capt. J. L. Harrington, the British Political Agent at

the Court of the Emperor Menelek, as a present to H.M. the

Queen, and were brought down under his care to Zeila on the

coast of Somaliland, a long march of six weeks. At Zeila Capt.

Harrington handed them over to our Assistant Superintendent,

Mr. Arthur Thomson, who had been sent there by the Council, at

the request of the Foreign Office, on purpose to take charge of

them. Having been conveyed across to Aden, where they were

kept for about ten days, they were shipped in the P. & O. s.s.

‘Oceana,’ and arrived safely at the Royal Albert Dock on

August 14th last, and were thence brought to the Society’s

Gardens.

The female, of which I exhibit a photograph (see p. 825), may now

be announced to be in perfect condition ; but the male, I regret to

say, still shows wounds on the hocks, which, in spite of every care

and attention, we have been unable to cure.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of September was 126, of which 84 were

by presentation, 9 by purchase, and 33 were received on deposit.

The total number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 90.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of October was 170, of which 31 were by

presentation, 68 by purchase, 61 were received on deposit, and 10

were born in the Menagerie. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 169.

Mr. Sclater stated that in July last he had visited the Zoological

Gardens of Rotterdam, Amsterdam, and Antwerp, the private

collection of Mr. F. E. Blaauw, C.M.Z.S., and the Museums of

Brussels and of the Congo Free State at Tervueren near Brussels.

Mr. Sclater spoke of several animals of much interest which he

had thus seen. Amongst these were a pair of Slow Lemurs

(Nycticebus tardigradus) at Rotterdam with a young one, which

1899.] MR. SCLATER ON CONTINENTAL MENAGERIES. 827

was carried by the mother across her breast after the manner of

other Lemurs ; also a young Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus), hatched

in the same Gardens and then still in nestling plumage. The

Amsterdam Gardens were fortunate in again possessing a living

Anser ruficollis, which had been captured about the 10th February,

1899, at Foxhol, near Hoogeram, in the province of Groningen ;

also several specimens of the now rare Talapoin Monkey (Cercopi-

thecus talapoin), and two examples of the beautiful Red Oriole of

Formosa (Analeipus ardens), besides a family group of the Pleasant

Antelope (Tragelaphus gratus), consisting of an adult pair, two

young males, and a newly-born calf. At Antwerp there was,

likewise, a small herd of Z'ragelaphus gratus, consisting of an

adult pair and two young females; also a fine adult male of the

Roan Antelope-from Senegal] (Hippotragus equinus gambianus) (see

‘ Book of Antelopes,’ iv. p. 15, pl. Ixxviii.), and three examples of

the true Dama Gazelle (Gazella dama), from Senegal. In the

Antwerp Gardens Mr. Sclater had likewise examined a living

female monkey which appeared to belong to a new species of the

genus Cercocebus, remarkable for its prominent crest on the middle

of the head and the long hairs on the cheeks. This specimen had

been received by the Antwerp Gardens as a present from M. F.

Cercocebus congie:s.

Fuchs, the Governor of the Congo Free State, and was believed to

have been obtained, in March 1899, in the district of Stanley Falls

on the Upper Congo.

With the approbation of M. L’hoést, Mr. Sclater proposed to

828 MR, SCLATER’S JOURNEY TO THE OAPE. [Nov. 14,

designate this species Cercocebus congicus with the following

characters :—

CERCOCEBUS CoNGIcUS, sp. nov. (Woodcut, p. 827.)

Niger, subtis nudiusculus, cristd extante longa nigra: genarum pilis

productis albis : manibus et pedibus cum facie carneis : mento et pectore

albis, ventre nigricante, tibiis albis: brachiis nigris, caudé albiante.

Long. corp. 2, caude 3, totd 5 ped. Angl.

Hab. Terra Congica.

In the new Museum of the Congo Free State at Tervueren,

near Brussels, Mr. Sclater had been able to examine the series of

specimens of Antelopes of the Congo Territory, which contained

examples of the following species :-—

. Cephalophus maxwelli (Lower Congo).

Cephalophus grimmi (Lower Congo).

Cobus penricei (Matadi).

Cervicapra arundinum (Lower Congo).

. Hippotragus equinus (Lower Congo).

. Tragelaphus gratus (Lower Congo).

. Tragelaphus scriptus (Cataracts of Lower Congo).

Mr. Sclater had been much gratified with the examination of

these specimens, as he had never previously seen a collection of

Antelopes from Congoland. He called special attention to the

fact of the Waterbuck being Cobus penricii (see ‘ Book of

Antelopes,’ ii. p. 118, pl. xxxv.), as this species was previously

known only from the southern part of Angola, also to the fact of

the Roan Antelope apparently belonging to the southern form

Hippotraqus equinus typicus.

IMP wwe

Mr. Sclater gave a short account of his journey to the Cape,

from which he had just returned, after an absence of ten weeks.

The state of the country caused by the impending war had prevented

him from obtaining so many animals as he had hoped to do. But

the keeper whom he had taken with him had returned to this

country on the 15th inst. with the following animals, which had

been mostly obtained from various friends and correspondents :—

1 White-tailed Gnu (Connochetes gnu), 3.

*) Roi Rhebok (Cervicapra fulvo-rufula), 3.

2 Dusty Ichneumons (Herpestes pulverulentus).

1 Cape Crowned Crane (Balearica regulorum),

+2 Schalow’s Touracous (Turacus schalowi).

4 Cape Turtle Doves (Turtur capiola).

1 Vulturine Eagle (Aquila verreausxt).

1 Tawny Eagle (Aquila neviordes).

* New to the Society’s Collection.

+ This beautiful pair of Touracous were captured at Npata, near Mossamedes,

Angola, by one of Mr. W. L. Sclater’s correspondents. [They have been well

figured by Mr. Frohawk in ‘ The Field’ (vol. xciy. p. 891, Dec. 2nd, 1899).]

1899.] MR. LYDEKKER ON CERVUS DUVAUCELI. 829

Mr. Sclater also stated that he had given an address at a Meeting

of the South African Philosophical Society at Capetown on

September 17th, “ On the desirability of establishing a Zoological

Garden in Capetown,” and that the Society had appointed a Com-

mittee to consider the subject. Mr. Sclater was in hopes that this

movement might ultimately lead to good results.

Mr. Lydekker exhibited the mounted head of a remarkably fine

Swamp-Deer (Cervus duvauceli), shot by Major C. B. Wood, of

Toms Hill, Aldbury, Tring, on the Sth of January, 1899, in the

Head of Swamp-Deer (Cervus duvauceli) from Central Provinces, India.

Central Provinces, India. The specimen was noticeable on

account of the approximation of the antlers to those of that

variety of the Thameny known as C. eldi platyceros. This was

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1899, No. LIV. 54

830 MR, F, VAUGHAN KIRBY ON THE . [ENovei4,

shown by the circumstance that the main bifurcation took place at

a much higher point than usual, and the upper tine of the fork was

followed by two other tines, thus giving the appearance of the row

of small tines in C. eldi platyceros. Moreover, the very large angle

formed by the brow-tine with the beam suggested the continuous

curve of the e/di antler. The specimen clearly demonstrated the

propriety of including C. eldi in the same subgeneric group as

C. duvauceli, rather than that of separating the former as Panolia.

A communication was read from Seftor Florentino Ameghino,

C.M.Z.S., containing further remarks on Neomylodon listai from

Patagonia. He proposed to identify it with the so-called “ Jemich”

(or “ Water Tiger”) of the Tehuelche Indians. This “ferocious beast”

had been referred to by Musters, ‘At Home with the Patagonians,’

ed. 2, pp. 104, 105 (1873). Sen. Ameghino also considered the

Su or Succaroth of Lozano (* Historia de la Conquista del Paraguay,’

vol. i, pp. 285, 286, 1873) to be probably the same animal.

Mr. A. Smith Woodward exhibited, on behalf of Dr. Moreno, the

skull and other specimens of Neomylodon listai (Grypotherium) lately

discovered in the cave in Southern Patagonia where the original

pieces of skin were first obtained, and made remarks on them.

The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Mr. C. E. Pole Carew,

F.Z.S., some malformed horns of the Sambur Deer (Cervus aris-

totelis), obtained by him in the southern province of Ceylon, and

read some notes on them sent by Mrs. Carew.

The following papers were read :—

1. Field-notes on the Blue Duiker of the Cape Colony

(Cephalophus monticola). By F, Vaucuan Kirsy, F.Z.S.

[Received May 22, 1899.]

Although in point of numbers one of the commonest of the

Colonial Antelopes, this delicate little creature is of such retiring

habits, and its size is so insignificant, that less is known of it than

of other Antelopes of the district. In the densely-wooded kloofs

and on the hill-sides covered with low scrub and often impenetrable

thorn-jungle, which form their home, it is rarely indeed that even

the most skilful stalker can move with such silence and care as to

be neither heard nor seen by them, even though their restless dis-

position causes them often to move about during those hours of

daylight when most other forest-dwellers are asleep. Even in the

densest bush, the spaces underneath to a height of two feet from

1899.j BLUE DUIKER OF THE CAPE COLONY. 831

the ground are comparatively clear, hence the little Blue Duiker,

or Blue-buck, as it is generally called, moves about in what to him

is practically open bush, in which objects are visible at a con-

siderable distance: thus the stooping, struggling form of the

stalker worming a passage through an opening two feet square

in an unyielding wall of thorns, or striving to free himself from

the too firm embrace of a network of “ wacht-een-beetje ” bushes,

cannot fail to attract attention long before the little grey watcher,

standing motionless in the shadows, has been discovered.

At the bush-drives so common in the Colony, Blue-buck are

seldom turned out; they will keep such dogs as have not learned

wisdom of experience tearing round and round a kloof all day, but

will never venture to break unless by chance a hard-pressed indi-

vidual takes advantage of some narrow bush-strip at an unwatched,

unthought-of point to escape by way of it into the next kloof.

The Blue-buck may be easily bagged, however, in the early

morning by the exercise of a little judgment. The direction of

the wind must be studied before all things, then search must be

made for the most frequented “ paths” or “runs.” Should one be

found which is evidently a main path to and from certain feeding-

grounds, this can be watched ; but a surer method is to find a spot

where they are accustomed to feed on the surrounding bushes.

In such places many converging paths will be seen, in view of

which, at a short distance down wind, the watcher must take his

stand before sunrise, keeping out of sight behind a bush or fallen

tree-trunk. Under such circumstances, his patience will not be

severely taxed before he is rewarded by a sight of the little grey

wood-elves. In localities where water is handy, the paths to

and from it may be watched. In the heat of summer Blue-buck

frequently drink between noon and 2 P.M., but, as is the case

with the Bush-buck, in the extensive arid regions of this Colony,

the want of water troubles the Blue-buck not at all; during the

trying drought which has raged over the Gamtoos river district

for the past fifteen months, countless numbers of both Bush-

buck and Blue-buck have certainly not tasted water from one

week’s end to another.

Tn little disturbed localities I have seen Blue-buck playing about

in pairs on fairly open.ground bordering the kloofs as late as 8 a.M.,

and towards evening, during the hour before sunset, they may often

be seen standing in or crossing any quiet road which passes through

serub-busb. But they are very quick, and though in the dusk

they will stand watching the intruder curiously, yet before the

light fails they usually scuttle off very promptly, uttering their

sharp, but by no means shrill alarm whistle. They are apt soon to

stand again, however, so that if silently followed up, a shot may

be obtained. When lying up for the day they usually select

spots overgrown with thorn-bush and other vegetation, reaching

these from the more open bush, in which they feed, by regularly

frequented paths.

It will be remarked that while in many respects their habits are

o4*

832 ON THE BLUL DUIKHR OF THE CAPE COLONY. ([Noy. 14,

similar to those of the Red Duiker (C. natalensis), they entirely

differ from them in their rigid avoidance of really open ground ; for

it is well known that the Red Duiker loves to disport himself on

open grassy ridges 200 or 300 yards distant from any bush: I

have shot many in such situations. “Scuttle” is a word which

aptly describes the movements of a Blue-buck when alarmed :

unlike C. grimmi and C. natalensis, they do not bound away, but

move at a quick scuttling trot.

Blue-buck are almost entirely browsers upon bushes, and it is well

known that in order to get at branches which are out of their reach

when standing on the ground, they will raise themselves on their

hind legs like goats, resting their fore feet against the tree-stem.

Perhaps, however, the fact is now made known for the first

time (if, indeed, it does not actually amount to the discovery of a

hitherto unknown habit of this antelope), that the Blue-buck can

and does climb trees! My brother Mr. E. W. Kirby witnessed this

singular feat yesterday morning (21st April), when out stalking,

and actually shot one as it stood on a branch, browsing on the

leaves around it. He was first attracted to the spot by the low

grunting sounds they were making, but, though they were evidently

close by, he failed to make one out after carefully scrutinizing the

surrounding bush. Advancing cautiously, he soon saw the leayes of

a ‘‘ boer-boon ” tree? shaking violently, and for a moment believed

it was caused by either baboons or monkeys ; at last, to his surprise,

he discovered a Blue-buck moving along a branch of the tree some

12 feet from the ground. Although in pursuit of Bush-buck, this

opportunity of shooting a Blue-buck under such peculiar cireum-

stances was not to be lost, so he fired and killed it. At the report

of the rifle at least eight other Blue-buck dropped from the branches,

apparently reaching the ground on all four legs at once, and scuttled

off ; while, as he stepped forward to secure the dead one, a male,

another dropped apparently out of the tree under which he had

knelt to fire the shot. That same morning he saw Blue-bucks in four

different trees. The boer-boon tree above mentioned rose from

the ground at an angle of about 50°, but the Blue-buck were not on

the main trunk, but amongst the smaller branches. I regret that

an accident had prevented me from being with my brother that day,

as I had intended ; but he assures me he will be able to point out

the spot another day, when he is confident I shall an be eye-witness

of this singular climbing feat.

Perhaps it will not be out of place if I here make reference to

the singular little Antelope which I shot in Nov. 1896, in the

Kwawa district, Portuguese East Africa. The skull is still in

Mr. Rowland Ward’s hand, (the skin was unfortunately amongst

the valuable trophies purloined in Delagoa Bay by a notorious firm

of “ forwarding agents”), and was, at my request, sent by him to

Mr. Sclater for examination. It was pronounced to be “ apparently

that of a Blue-buck,” but without the skin no definite conclusion

1 Farmers’ bean-tree,

1899.] ON SCORPIONS ELC. FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA, 833

could be arrived at. Now at the time this opinion was given my

knowledge of the Blie-buck and its habits was but slight; but

during my residence in the Cape Colony I have studied them very

carefully, and I am now able to advance further reasons why I am

convinced that this Kwawa Antelope was not C.monticola. At first

I could only point to the entirely different coloration, the Kwawa

specimen being a warm yellowish-red, with pure white underparts,

and a wash of the mouse-grey colour, peculiar to C. monticola, on

the frontals and nape of the neck; but itis now evident to me that

the habits of the two are quite dissimilar, the Kwawa Antelope

being very restricted in its range, more partial to open clearings,

less shy, and a less pronounced browser, while its movements are

springy and more resenyble those of Nesotragus livingstonianus, for

which Antelope I and my native followers at first mistook it.

However, I hope soon to secure other specimens, and until then it

is idle to speculate upon the subject.

2. On the Scorpions, Pedipalps, and Spiders from Tropical

West Africa represented in the Collection of the British

Museum. By R. I. Pocock.

[Received May 24, 1899.]

(Plates LV.-LVUL.)

With the exception of the Attide and of some of the more

obscure species of other families, which I have not attempted to

determine, this paper contains a record of the Arachnida belonging

to the Orders Scorpiones, Pedipalpi, and Aranez, now contained in

the British Museum, which have been collected at various times

in West Africa between Senegambia in the north and the Congo in

the south. Senegambia has been fixed as the northern limit,

because it is at that point that the western Ethiopian fauna blends

with the western Mediterranean fauna. From the countries lying

to the south of the Congo we have very little material ; hence this

river has been regarded as the southern limit of the area of which

the fauna is discussed in the following pages.

By far the richest collection, both as regards numbers of speci-

mens and species, that we have received from this area is the one

that has been sent in instalments during the past twelve months

by Mr. G. L. Bates from the Benito River in French Congo.

This collector, whose name has already been frequently mentioned

in the pages of the ‘ Proceedings’ in connection with Various rare

mammals that be has procured, has been wonderfully successful in

his search after Spiders, having sent home representatives of many

new species, and added to the National Collection several others

which, although previously known, had never found their way into

our cabinets.

834 MR: R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [ Nov. 14,

Order SCORPIONES.

Family Buraip2.

Genus Boruus Leach.

Buruus (Prionurvs) crrerinus (Hempr. & Ehrenb.).

Androctonus (Prionurus) citrinus, Hempr. & Ebrenb. Symb. Phys.,

Scorp. no. 6, pl. ii. fig. 2.

Prionurus citrinus, Pocock, J. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv. p. 306 (1896).

Buthus citrinus, Kraep., Das Tierr., Scorpiones, p. 16 (1899).

Loc. Senegal (Keys. Coll., and several specimens procured from

Heine).

Apparently extending right across the Saharan region from

Senegal to Dongola and Upper Egypt, where it was first procured.

Buruus occrranus (Amor.).

Scorpio occitanus, Amoreux, Journ. Phys. xxv. p. 9, pl. i. figs. 1-3

(1753).

(= occitanus and curopeus (Linn.) of recent authors.)

Loc. Senegal (Heine); Gambia (Sir A, Moloney).

Senegambia is the southern limit on the west of Africa of this

common Mediterranean species.

Bureus Horrentorra (Fabr.).

Scorpio hottentotta, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 435 (1793).

Loc. Gambia (Mr. Dalton) ; Sierra Leone (Surg.-Capt. Clements

and £, #. Austen); Shongo(W. A. Forbes); Niger (Sir R. Murchi-

son); Asaba, 180 miles up Niger (Dr. Crosse).

Genus Lycnas C. Koch’.

Lycuas asper (Poc.),

Isometrus asper, Pocock, J. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiii. p. 445 (1890) ;

Kraep. Das Tierr., Scorpiones, p. 49 (1899) ( Archisometrus).

Loc. Congo (J. Pinnock and A. Curror, Esq., R.N.); Angola

(Dr. Welwitsch),

Genus Urop.ucres Pet.

URoPLECTES OCCIDENTALIS Simon.

Uroplectes occidentalis, Simon, Bull. Soe. Zool. Fr. p. 219 (1876).

Lepreus occidentalis, Poc. P. ZS. 1890, p. 132, pl. xiv. fig. 4;

id. Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 388 (1896) (Uroplectes).

Lityus chinchoxensis, Karsch, Z. Naturw. lii. p. 370 (1879).

' Based by C. Koch upon two species, L. maculatus and L. scutilus, which at

the present time are not regarded as congeneric. The first is the type of

Hemprich and Ebrenberg’s genus Lsometrus. Consequently L. scutilus stands, by

elimination, as the type of Lychas.

Kraepelin applies this system of elimination to the selection of the type of

the genus Heterometrus, but not to Lychas,

1899. ] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WHST AFRICA, 835

Loc. Congo (A. Curror, Esq., R.N., and J. Pinnock); Cette-

Camma, Gaboon (‘ Gerrard’); Angola (Dr. Welwitsch),

UROPLECTES ANDREQ, sp. n.

Nearly allied to U. occidentalis Simon, but recognizable by having

the superior edge of the 4th caudal segment armed posteriorly

with a tooth-like tubercle like that which is observable on the

preceding segments, and the corresponding edges of the 5th

caudal segment ending behind in a rounded bifid lobe with a

vertical posterior margin ; the tail, moreover, is parallel-sided, not

posteriorly incrassate. <

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 58, length of cara-

pace 6, of tail 33, of movable digit 7.

Loc. Kassai, on the Loangé River, Upper Congo (Mr, Andree).

Genus Bapycurus Karsch.

BaBYCuRUS BUTINERI Karsch.

Babycurus bittnert, Karsch, Berl. ent. Z. xxx. p. 78 (1886);

Pocock, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 429 (1896); Kraep. Das

Tierr., Scorpiones, p. 62 (1899).

Loc. Benito River (G. LZ. Bates), Cette-Camma, Gaboon; mouth

of the Loango River (A. Duggan).

BaByYcuRvUsS KIRKI Poc.

Lthoptrurus kirki, Poe. Proe. Zoo]. Soc. 1890, p. 137.

Loc. W. Africa (Kirk); Lomé, Togoland (Jiller).

BABYCURUS JOHNSTONI Poe.

Babycurus biittneri, Poc. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1890, p. 138 (not of

Karsch).

Babycurus johnstonii, Poc. Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. pp. 429-430

(1896).

Loc. Rio del Rey (H. H. Johnston).

Genus Isomerrus Hempr. & Ehrenb.

JsOMETRUS EUROP£US (Linn.)’.

(= I. maculatus De Geer, and almost all modern authors.)

Loc. W. Africa (Dr, Kirk); Sierra Leone (James Foxcroft, E. E.

Austen); Fanti; Cette-Camma, Gaboon ; Cameroons (J. Pinnock) ;

Angola (Dr. Welwitsch).

' The evidence adduced by Linnberg (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. pp, 86-87,

1898) in favour of his view that the Scorpion described by De Geer as £. macu-

latus is the S. europeus of the 10th ed. of the ‘Systema’ appears to me to be more

cogent than the evidence in favour of the identity of Scorpio maurus and

Scorpio australis of the latter work. Yet Kraepelin in his ‘ Tierreich’ accepts

the two last, but rejects S. ewropeus.

836 MR. BR. I, POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Nov. 14,

Genus Centrurvus (Hempr. & Ehrenb.), Pet.

CENTRURUS MARGARITATUS (Gerv.).

Scorpio margaritatus, Gerv. Voy de la Bonite, i. p. 281, pl. i.

figs. 13-17 (1841).

Centrurus gambiensis, Karsch, MT. Miinch. ent. Ver. iii. p. 123

(1879).

Loc. Sierra Leone (Surg.-Capt. Clements); recorded by Karsch

from Gambia.

Undoubtedly imported from America; perhaps from Jamaica,

where the species is common.

Genus Panprnus Thor.

PANDINUS IMPERATOR (C. Koch).

Buthus wmperator, C. Koch, Die Arachniden, ix. p. 2, fig. 695

(1842).

Pandinus imperator, Kraep. Das Tierr., Scorpiones, p. 122

(1899).

(= roeseli, Simon ; africanus, Linn., Thor,, Poc., Kraep.)

Loc. Slave Coast (Alvan Millson); Gold Coast (Col. Sir F. Festing);

Fanti (Capt. Marryat); Ashanti (W. H. Adams); 80 miles inland

of Axim (H. G. Eames); Onitsha on the Niger (Sir J. Marshall) ;

Asaba, 180 miles up the Niger (Dr. Crosse); Jebba and Ilo, on

the Upper Niger (Dr. Christy, Capt. Rigby, and Lieut. Abadie) ;

Wegbe, Ho district, Togoland (W. G. Innes); Fernanda Po

(Mrs. Burton and Capt. Birch).

PANDINUS IMPERATOR (C. Koch), subsp. GAMBIENSIS nov.

? Heterometrus imperator (C. Koch), Simon, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1872,

p- 50; Becker, Ann. Soe. ent. Belg. xxiv. pp. 187-140 (1880).

Differing from the more southern form of P. imperator typzcus in

having the carapace entirely covered with granules, the terga much

more closely and thickly granular, and the ornamentation of the

upper surface of the hand much more distinctly tubercular, the

tubercles remaining for the most part distinct and not running

together into a network of ridges. Pectinal teeth 16-18.

Total length up to about 155 mm.

Loc. Gambia (Sir A. Moloney; type); also several specimens

from Senegal (Heine).

PANDINUS DICTATOR Poc.

Scorpio dictator, Poc. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ii. p. 251 (1888) ;

Kraep. MT. Mus. Hamb. xi. p. 70(1894); id. Das Tierr., Scorpiones,

p. 123 (1899).

Loc. W. Atrica (no history) ; Fernando Po (Capt. Birch ; type) ;

mouth of the Loango River (H. L. Duggan).

1899. ] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 837

Genus OPISTHACANTHUS Pet.

OPISTHACANTHUS LECOMTEL (Lucas).

Ischnurus lecomtei, Lucas, in Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 428

(1858).

Opisthacanthus duodecim-dentatus, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeit. xxx.

p- 79 (1886).

[See also Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 318 (1893) ;

Kraep. Das Tierr., Scorpiones, p. 149 (1899). |

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

This species was not represented in the British Museum until

Mr. Bates procured it.

OPISTHACANTHUS AFRICANUS Simon.

Opisthacanthus africanus, Simon, Bull. Soc. Zool. I’r. i. p. 221

(1876).

Opisthacanthus septem-dentatus, Karsch, Z. Naturw. li. p. 372

(1878). ;

[See also Pocock, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 316 (1893); Kraep.

Das Tierr., Scorpiones, p. 149 (1899). ]

Loc. Guinea (in Keyserling’s Coll.) ; Cette-Camma, Gaboou

(Gerrard); Congo (A, Curror, Esq., R.N., J. Pinnock); Stanley

Falls, Congo (Gerrard).

Order PEDIPALPI.

Genus Trranopamon Poe.

TILTANODA MON BASSAMENSIS (Lucas).

? Phalangiwm medium, Herbst, Nat. ungefliigelt. Ins. i. p. 77,

pl. iv. fig. 1 (1797).

Phrynus bassamensis, Lucas, Arch, Ent. ii. p. 434 (1858).

Phrynus kochi and P. granulosus, Butl. Aun. Nat. Hist. (4) xii.

pp- 120-122 (1873).

Phrynus savatiert, Rochebrune, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) viii. p. 28

1884).

Titanodamon bassamensis, Poc. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv.

p- 290 (1894).

Damon medius (Herbst), Kraepelin, Das. Tierr., Scorpiones,

p- 238 (1899).

Loc. Sierra Leone (H. C. Hart, Surg.-Capt. Clements, OC. M.

Mitford, &c.); Dixcove in Ashanti (B. Frend) ; Cape Coast Castle

(J. P. Brown); Asaba, 180 miles up Niger (Dr. Crosse); Gold

Coast; Wegbe in the Ho district, Togoland (W. G'. Innes); Jebba on

the Upper Niger (Dr. Christy) ; Cameroons (Capt. Burton).

TITANODAMON JOHNSTONI Poc.

Titanodamon johnstont, Poc. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv.

p. 291, pl. vili. figs. 2-26.

838 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Nov. 14,

Damon medius johnstoni, Kraep. Das Tierr., Scorpiones, p. 239

(1899).

Loc. Fernando Po( Vigors Coll.) ; Old Calabar (J. W. Cockburn and

Miss Kingsley); Cameroons (H. H. §& J. M. E. Johnston, Miss

Kingsley); Rio del Rey (4. H. Johnston); Benito River (G@. L.

Bates).

TITANODAMON TIBIALIS (Simon).

? Phrynus tibialis, Simon, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr.i. pp. 12-15 (1876).

Titanodamon tibialis, Poc. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 291

(1894).

Damon medius tibialis, Kraep. Das Tierr., Scorpiones, p. 239

(1899).

Loc. Congo (A. Curror, Esq., R.N.); West Africa (Mr, Dulton).

Order ARANE.

MYGALOMORPHS.

Family THEerarnosip£.

Subfamily THrraPHosin £,

(=Theraphosine, sensu stricto, Pocock, P. Z. S. 1897, p. 772.)

Genus Scopra Becker.

ScopRA CALCEATA (Fabr.).

Aranea calceata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. 1. p. 427.

Scodra ausserert, Becker, CR. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1879, p. exlii;

ibid. 1881, pl. ii. fig. 1.

Stromatopelma alicapillatum, Karsch, Berl, ent. Zeit. 1881,

p- 218.

Scodra calceata, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, pp. 755 & 756

(sensu stricto).

Loc. Accra (G. A. Higlett); Cameroons (Capt. Burton) ; Ashanti;

Afram plains.

ScoDRA GRISEIPES Poe.

Scodra griseipes, Poc. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1897, p. 756, pl. xlii. figs.

7-7 a.

Loc, Sierra Leone (C. Wilson and C. Ml. Mitford).

ScoDRA BRACHYPODA Poc,

Scodra brachypoda, Poe. loc. cit. p. 757, pl. xlii. figs. 8-8 a.

Loc. Asaba on the Niger (Dr. Crosse); Cape Palmas (Alvan

Millson).

1899. | AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WESL AFRICA. 839

SCODRA FUMIGATA, sp. Nn.

@. Colour. Carapace and upperside of mandible clothed with

bright, almost mustard-yellow or greyish-yellow hairs ; upperside

of femora and patelle of palpiand anterior legs olive-yellow; tibiz

with a basal greyish-white patch and two short median lines ;

protarsi and tarsi with median black patch; sete on the limbs

greyish; the upperside of the fringes bordering the leg-segments

greyish brown ; upperside of abdomen greyish brown, with sym-

metrically disposed darker patches and bars; the entire underside

of legs and palpi, excepting the scopule, of abdomen, cove, and

sternum deep sooty-black ; circumoral hairs crimson.

Thoracic fovea deep and subcircular; carapace distinctly shorter

than patella and tibia of 1st leg, and stouter by one third of the

protarsus than the tibia and protarsus of this limb ; less also than

patella and tibia and than tarsus and protarsus of 4th.

Legs 4,1, 2,3 in length; patella and tibia of 4th a little greater

than of Ist, 4th leg about three times as long as the carapace:

segments of legs thickly fringed.

Measurements in millimetres (Q type).—Total length 44; length

of carapace 21, width 18; length of lst leg 60 (patella + tibia 23),

2nd leg 58 (patella + tibia 22), 3rd leg 53 (patella + tibia 9),

4th leg 64 (patella + tibia 23-5, protarsus 16).

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

The distinguishing characters of the females of the known species

of the genus Scodra may be re-stated as follows :—

a, Carapace longer than patella + tibia of Ist leg and as

long as tibia + protarsus of this limb. ...................+. brachypoda Poe.

6. Carapace shorter than patella + tibia of Ist leg and

shorter than the protarsus and tarsus of this limb by

one third of the protarsus.

a. 4th leg longer than 1st and about three times as long

as the carapace; patella + tibia of fourth a little

longer than those of Ist; tibize of legs sooty blackbelow fwmigata sp. n.

6'. 4th leg shorter than 1st and much Jess than three

times as long as carapace ; patella + tibia of 4th much

less than those of Ist ; tibiz not sooty black below.

a>, Lower and inner surface of femora of palp and of

first pair of legs greyish or yellowish brown ; setx

yellowish! DROW wy atcecss «eo catee sovearaeeaassdecoemensens griseipes Poc.

&?, Lower side of femora of all the legs and inner surface

of femora of palp and 1st and 2nd legs sooty black :

Fistles|Onlers LOxy, EM \nevedcuevse¥ercsescree sna secdey calceata.

Genus HETEROSCODRA, nov.

This new genus and Scodra, its nearest ally, may be diagnosed

as follows :—

a, Fourth leg thinner than first; the tibia of 4th thinner

than patella and femur, the height and width of the

tibia about one quarter the length ...............:ecse00 Scodra Becker.

6, Fourth leg thicker and stronger than 1st; the tibia thick,

its -height a little exceeding the height of the patella,

equal to that of the femur, and about one half the

Ver othvols (Herbig i ites. ssc esc. so1sccencndeaecssateesvabcaee Heteroscodra, nov.

840 MR. R, I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [ Noy. 14,

HETEROSCODRA MACULATA, Sp. n.

2. Colour. Carapace covered with white hairs round the margin

and furnished with narrow white stripes which radiate from the

fovea to this white border, the intermediate area clothed with hairs of

an olive-green tint, forming two indefinite longitudinal] bands starting

with a deep patch of the same tint on each side of the ocular

tubercle ; upperside of abdomen olive-green, mottled with white ;

mandibles black, covered with ashy-grey hairs; legs deep red,

covered with ashy-grey hairs ; the naked lines on femora, patelle,

and tibie very distinct ; hairs on femora and tibize whiter than on

the rest of the limbs, the distal extremities of which are clothed

with foxy-red bristles, with a greenish underclothing ; upper-

side of tibie with two submedian white lines or spots, on the

proximal side of which there are a pair of blackish bands ; a large

black spot on the upperside of the tarsus and on the basal half of

the protarsus, as in Scodra; the extremities of the segments with a

narrow rim of white hairs ; lower side of trunk and limbs uniform

ashy grey, the scopule bluish green.

Carapace longer than wide, the width almost equal to the length

from the anterior median eye to the posterior border. Eyes as in

Scodra; the length of carapace a little less than patella, tibia, and

tarsus of palp, a little excelling patella and tibia of 1st leg, less

than those of 4th leg, equal to tibia, protarsus, and half the tarsus

of the 3rd, less than protarsus and tarsus of 4th, greater than

those of 1st; the width a trifle Jess than patella and tibia of Ist,

and just exceeding those of 2nd leg.

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, without spines, scopulate as in Scodra ; protarsus

of 4th longer than tibia of 4th, and as long as protarsus and half

the tarsus of the Ist.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 30 ; length of carapace

16, width 14:5; length of Ist leg 42, of 4th 48, patella and tibia of

Ist 15, of 4th 18; length of tibia of 4th 10:5, height 4-5,

Loc. W. Africa (F. W. Marshail).

A single female specimen of this interesting new spider was

received from this Society, to which it had been presented alive by

Mr. F. W. Marshall. This specimen lived for some months in the

Insect-house at the Society’s Gardens, and was referred to by

Mr. A. Thomson as Scodra calceata in his report upon the Insect-

house for 1897 (see P. Z.S. 1898, p. 81). Though very closely

resembling Scodra calceata in: colour, the spider was found, upon

closer examination after death, to be the representative of quite a

distinct species.

Genus SELENOGYRUS Poe.

. SELENOGYRUS CHRULEUS Poe.

Selenogyrus ceruleus, Poe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 768.

Loc. Sierra Leone (Surg.-Capt. Clements and 4. E, Austen).

1899. | AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 841

SELENOGYRUS AUREUS Poc.

Selenogyrus aureus, Poe. op. cit. p. 768, pl. xli. figs. 2-2 a.

Loc. Sierra Leone (no further history).

Hapalopus africanus Simon, from Assinie (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

1887, p. 275), perhaps belongs to the genus Selenogyrus (see

Pocock, P. Z. S. 1897, p. 774, note).

Genus Miascuistorus Poe.

MIASCHISTOPUS RAPIDUS Poe.

Miaschistopus rapidus, Poe. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 770,

pl. xli. fig. 5.

_ Loc. W. Africa (Keyserling Coil.).

Subfamily EUMENOPHORIN 2,

Pocock, Proe. Zool. Soc. 1897, pp. 772 & 773.

Genus EumEnornuorws Poc.

EUMENOPHORUS CLEMENTSI Poe.

Eumenophorus clementsii, Poc. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 766.

Loc, Sierra Leone (Surg.-Capt. Clements).

Genus PHoneyusa Karsch.

Phoneyusa, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeit. 1884, p. 347 (type P. belan-

dana Karseh).

Harpaxotheria, Simon, Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. 1889, p-. 413

(type, H. antilope Simon),

The species of Spiders here and in my previous paper on the

African fauna referred to Phoneyusa have been identified as

belonging to that genus on the strength of M. Simon’s statement

(Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. p. 154, 1892) that the type species of

Phoneyusa and Harpaxotheria are congeneric.

Nevertheless it is possible that the two forms will prove gene-

rically separable. If Karsch’s description of P. belandana is reliable,

that species differs from all the species which I refer to Phoneyusa

and which doubtless belong to Harpaxotheria, in the strict sense of

the word, in the following features :—

a. Carapace about one third longer than broad (34: 224);

sternum also about one third longer than broad

(153 : 103); tibize of legs with many apical spines, 8-9

on the Ist and 2nd, 4 on the 3rd and 4th............... belandana Karsch,

b. Length of carapace and sternum exceeding the respective

widths by less than one quarter of the length ; tibize of

legs in 2 at most with a pair of apical spines ...... antilope Sim,

occidentalis, Lue., biittneri, Karsch (? spinal armature).

842 MR, R. I, POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Nov. 14,

But although there is thus a possibility of resuscitating Harpax-

theria, it must be remembered that the apparently greater narrow-

ness of the cephalothorax in P. belandana may be due to artificial

shrinkage, and that too great stress should not be laid upon the

tibial spine-armature, seeing that in the male of P. gregorii, which

is apparently congeneric with P. antilope and P. occidentalis, the

tibia of the Ist leg is armed with 5 spines, the 2nd with 3, and the

8rd and the 4th with 2 each.

Again, before Harpaxotheria be rescued from the world of syn-

onyms, it will have to be ascertained that it is distinguishable from

Karsch’s previously established genus Pelinobius, a point about

which great doubt may be entertained.

PHONEYUSA OCCIDENTALIS (Lucas).

Mygale occidentalis, Lucas, Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 380 (1858).

2. Colour. Integument of carapace, mandibles, and legs uniform

deep reddish brown, covered with deep olive-green hairs; the

distal segments of the palpi and of the first two pairs of legs much

redder in the young; femora, patelle, tibie, and protarsi with a

fringe of yellowish-pink hairs at their distal extremities ; abdomen

greenish brown; the long bristles on the legs aud abdomen reddish.

Carapace considerably longer than patella and tibia of 4th and

2nd legs, a little longer than those of Ist, longer than tarsus and

protarsus of 4th, much longer than those of Ist, a little longer

than patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp; its width a little less than

the area between the posterior emargination and the ocular tubercle,

much exceeding the 4th protarsus and just exceeding protarsus

and tarsus of Ist leg, a little longer than femur of 4th leg.

Legs 4,1, 2,3: 4th exceeding Ist by one fourth the length of its

tarsus; tibie with a pair of distal spines below, protarsus of 1st

with 1 median apical spine, of 2nd with 3 spines, of 8rd and 4th

with about 9 spines in a transverse row.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 62; length of cara-

pace 32, width 26; length of palp 47, of Ist leg 78, of 2nd leg 69,

of 3rd leg 63, of 4th leg 79, patella and tibia of Ist 30, of 4th 27,

protarsus of 4th 21 (legs and palpi measured from base of femur).

In younger females the legs are much longer as compared with

the carapace than in the adult.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

This species has not been hitherto recognized since it was first

established.

lt certainly differs from P. belandana Karsch (Berl. ent. Zeit.

1884, p.348), from Niam Niam in Central Africa, in having only a

pair of spines at the apex of the tibis, instead of a large number as

in P. belandana ; that is to say, 9 on the Ist tibia, 8 on the 2nd, &e.

In P. belandana also the sternum is nearly twice as long as wide

(15:8), whereas in P. occidentalis the length is only a little greater

than the width (9: 7-5). In the character of the sternum P. occiden-

talis resembles P. bittneri Karsch (Berl. ent. Zeit. 1886, p. 83), from

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. ~ 843

Sibange Farm, Gaboon, with which it may prove to be identical.

Karsch, however, says nothing about the colouring of P. biittneri,

nor about the spine armature of the legs.

From P. (Harpaxotheria) antilope Simon (Act. Soc. L. Bordeaux,

xlii. p. 414, 1889), from Tomby in the Congo, P. occidentalis also

differs, judging by the leg-measurements that Simon gives. For

example, the 4th leg in the type of P. antilope exceeds the 1st by

about 10 mm. (63°2: 53-5), that is to say, by considerably more than

the length of the tarsus of either limb, whereas in P. occidentalis

the difference does not amount to more than half the tarsus.

PHONEYUSA BIDENTATA, sp. n. (Piate LVI. fig. 11.)

3. Colour: a uniform dull greyish-brown clothing of hairs on

the trunk and limbs, the long bristles on the legs and abdomen

reddish grey, the integument beneath the hairs nearly black; a

narrow fringe of pale pinkish hairs at the distal end of the femora,

patelle, tibiz, and protarsi.

Carapace longer than wide, its length slightly exceeding that of

patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp, equal to protarsus and femur of

4th lee, considerably less than patella and tibia of 4th leg, a little

greater than patella and tibia of 3rd leg, its width just about equal

to femur of 2nd.

Legs long and slender (those of Ist pair absent), with two or three

spines at the apex of tibize beneath, about 4 on apex of 2nd pro-

tarsus, and a row of about 8 on apex ef 3rd and 4th protarsi; 4th

leg exceeding the 2nd by about two thirds of its protarsus, patella

and tibia of 2nd about equal to those of 4th, the tarsi about equal ;

tarsus of 4th, including claw, about equal to patella of 4th; bristles

upon legs and abdomen hooked at their distal ends. Tibia of palp

about three times as long as broad ; bulb of palpal organ subcircular

and furnished with two spines, the principal spine rather short,

stout, not filiform, furnished externally with two keels which pass

on to the bulb, the smaller spine in front of the larger, much

smaller than it and curved in the opposite direction.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 41; length of carapace

23, width 20°5; length of palp 35, of 2nd Jeg 74, of 3rd 65, of 4th

80, patella and tibia of 4th 27; protarsus of 4th 23:5, tibia of 4th

18, tarsus 9.

Loc. Benito River (G. ZL. Bates).

This species differs from all the known species of Phoneyusa

that are based upon male examples in the possession of a second

spiniform process on the bulb of the palpal organ.

These species are P. (Harpawotheria) gracilipes Simon, from the

Congo, and P. (Harpaxotheria) ectypa Simon, from Abyssinia (Act.

Soc. L. Bordeaux, xlii. pp. 414-415); P. gregorw Pocock (Proc.

Zool. Soe. 1897, p. 760, pl. 43. fig. 6), from Masailand, and P. bettoni

Pocock (Proc. Zool. Soe. 1898, p. 503), from the area between

Mombasa and Uganda,

844 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Noy. 14,

Genus HystTrrocrates Simon.

HYSTEROCRATES GIGAS Poe.

Hysterocrates gigas Poe. loc. cit. p. 762.

Loc. Cameroons (J. M. C. Johnston) ; Oil River (H. H. Johnston),

HyYsTEROCRATES LA'TICEPS Poe.

Hysterocrates laticeps Poe. loc. cit. p. 765, pl. xli. figs. 4-4 b.

Loc, Old Calabar (Miss Kingsley).

TiysTEROCRATHS CRASSIPES Poc.

Hysterocrates crassipes, Poe. loc. cit. p. 764, pl. xli. fig. 4 ¢.

Loc. Cameroons (7. H, Johnston).

HYsTEROCRATES HERCULES, sp. n.

@. Colour. Integument black, covered with a thick coating of

dark olive-brown hairs, shining with greyish silky sheen under

reflected light.

Carapace a little longer than patella and tibia of Ist and

of 4th leg, longer than tarsus and protarsus of 4th and than

patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp; its width equal to length

from tubercle to posterior emargination and to femur and patella

of 3rd leg, and to femur and one third of patella of 4th leg; a

transverse depression in front of fovea, marking off a transversely

oval tubercle.

Mandibles tubercular in front.

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3; 4th exceeding Ist by nearly half its tarsus ;

patella and tibia of 4th not longer than of Ist; 4th leg not in

any sense thickened, femur more than three times as long as high

(25: 7:8), thicker than patella, which is considerably thicker and

higher than tibia; tibia slightly concave below and in the basal half

above, more thau three times as long and wide as high (17°8 : 5:2) ;

length of upperside of patella more than twice its height or width.

Measurements in millimetres —Total length 74; length of carapace

34, width 30; length of palp 49, of Ist leg 81, 2nd leg 72, 3rd

leg 67, 4th leg 88; patella and tibia of Ist 33, of 4th 32; tarsus

and protarsus of 4th 31.

Loc. Jebba, Upper Niger (Lieut. Abadie).

Recoguizable from the other known species of the genus by its

large size, darker colouring, and by having the 4th leg unmodified,

not thicker than the 1st, and only exceeding it in length by less

than half its tarsus.

HystEROCRATES ROBUSTUS, sp. n.

2. Colour olive-greenish brown, with reflexions of greyish-white

pubescence.

Carapace considerably longer than wide, the width equal to the

distance between the ocular tubercle and the median emargination ;

the length equal to that of patella and tibia of 4th leg, greater than

those of 1st and greater than tibia and protarsus of Ist ; the width

1899. } AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 845

slightly exceeding the length of the outer surface of the femur of

the 4th leg.

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3; 4th exceeding the 1st by rather more than the

length of its tarsus ; patella and tibia of 4th a little longer than of

Ist (24: 22); 4th leg strong, but the patella and tibia narrower than

the femur; width and height of patella about equal, but barely

equal to half the length measured along the upperside; tibia

lightly convex above, its width a little greater than one third of

its length and a little less than its height; protarsus longer than

tibia (15-5: 13:5); femur of 4th leg very robust, its height exceed-

ing one third of its length.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 53; length of cara-

pace 24, width 20; length of 1st leg 55, of 2nd 49, of 3rd 4, of

4th 65; length of femur of 4th leg 18-5, height 7; length of the

tibia 13-5, height 5.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

The subjoined table will show how this species may be distin-

guished from the rest of the species of Hysterocrates known

to me :—

a. Width of tibia of posterior leg equal to that of femur ;

tarsus of palp more tumid above at base .............+. erasstpes Poe.

b, Width of tibia of posterior leg much less than width of

femur ; tarsus not tumid above at base.

a'. Carapace long ; area between ocular tubercle and pos-

terior median emargination exceeding the width ... gigas Poe.

1. Carapace wider, its width equal to the area between the

tubercle and the posterior emargination.

a, Femur of 4thleg slender, its height barely one third

of its length.

a®, Hairy clothing of legs reddish brown; 4th leg

thickened, the tibia almost as thick as the femur. Jaticeps Poe.

63. Hairy clothing deep olive-brown ; 4th leg unmodi-

fied, the tibia much thinner than the femur...... hercules, sp. n.

62, Femur of 4th leg stout, its height considerably

exceeding one third of its length..................s00+ robustus, sp. N.

Family BarYcHELip2.

Genus CyPHONISIA Simon.

CYPHONISIA OBESA Simon.

Cyphonisia obesa, Simon, Act. Soc. L. Bordeaux, xlii. p. 409

(1889).

Loc. Benito River (G. LZ. Bates).

Two immature specimens probably referable to this species, which

was recorded from the Rio Quiliou (Congo).

Family Dipiurip2.

Genus Herrrorunre Karsch.

Heterothele, Karsch, SB. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1879, p. 64; Pocock,

Proce. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 736.

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1899, No. LV. 55

846 MR. RB. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Novy.14,

? HETEROTHELE GABONENSIS (Lucas).

Mygale gabonensis, Lucas, Arch. Ent. 1858, p. 382.

2? Diplura longipalpis, Karsch, Zeits. Naturwiss. (3) iv. p. 564.

Two female specimens of a species referable to Heterothele,

obtained by G. L. Bates on the Benito River, are regarded as

probably identical with Mygale gabonensis, Lucas.

Family Crenizipz&.

Genus AcAntTHopoN, Guér.

AOCANTHODON ANGUSTICEPS, sp. n.

9. Very closely resembling, both in size and spine-armature,

&e., A. lacustris, Pocock (Proc. Zool. Soe. 1897, p. 731, pl. xli.

fig. 7), from Lake Tanganyika. The two species may be separated

as follows :—

a. Carapace broader as compared with its length (7°8 : 9),

width equal to the distance between the posterior

border and the anterior border of the ocular cluster ;

the two ocular tubercles higher, the area behind the

posterior considerably more depressed owing to the

greater elevation of the cephalic prominence; ster-

num wider as compared with its length (48: 5); legs

longer, length of 1st 18:8, of 4th 23, tarsus and pro-

tarsus of 4th 8; palp from base of femur 16, its three

Cistal segments 9°S...........c:sscceseseceesrecnsenescenceecens lacustris Poe.

b, Carapace narrower, its width as compared with its length

being 6°8: 9, width equal to the length between the

posterior border and posterior edge of the ocular

tubercle; ocular tubercle lower, but little elevated,

area behind the ocular cluster but little depressed ;

sternum narrower, very distinctly narrower than long

(4:5); legs shorter, length of lst 17, of 4th 22,

tarsus and protarsus of 4th 7; of palp 15, its three

distal sep ments: gees. caersseceaatecaseredeterssenccosrosce= angusticeps, sp. Nn.

Slight differences also are observable in the eyes, the posterior

medians being a little closer together, more directly behind the

medians and a little farther from the laterals. I have very little

confidence, however, in the taxonomic value of slight apparent

differences in the size and relative positions of these organs.

Loc. Benito River (G. Z. Bates).

A single female example was procured.

ARACHNOMORPHA,

Family Drnorip2,

Genus Drvoris Macleay.

Dinoris Buso Brit. Capello.

Dinopis bubo, Brit. Capello, Mem. Ac. Sci. Lisboa, (3) iv. pt. 1:

Arachnideos ete. p. 16, pl. ii. fig. 3.

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 847

Loc. Gaboon.

Recorded from the River Quilo.

DINOPIS ASPECTANS, sp. 0.

2. Colour. Carapace yellowish brown, covered with whitish hairs,

reddish hairs around the eyes; mandibles pale yellow, sparsely

speckled with black, scantily clothed with yellow hairs; mouth-

parts yellow ; sternum yellow, blackish at the sides, mottled with

yellow and white hairs ; palpi yellowish brown, mottled with black :

jegs brownish, femora infuscate distally, the anterior pairs also

infuscate beneath and spotted with black at the base of the spines

above, patelle fuscous, tibie distally infuscate, 3rd and 4th pairs

with superior distal spot, protarsi yellowish indistinctly speckled

with black; abdomen clothed laterally and below with whitish

hairs, with four white spots and two parallel lines on the area

between the epigastric fold and the cribellum; the upper surface

covered with darker hairs, with a low crest of hairs passing trans-

versely in front of the prominences and curving backward on the

sides.

Carapace nearly twice as long as wide, its length equal to that

of tibia of 3rd leg, a little more than one third that of the Ist

protarsus, less than half (about two fifths) the length of the Ist

femur; cephalic area a little wider in front than behind ; super-

ciliary ridges evenly rounded, not prominent or produced into horn

or tooth; the posterior median eyes close together, their radius

exceeding the height of the clypeus, anterior medians about two

diameters apart.

Palpi very siightly longer than carapace.

Legs 1, 2, 3, 4; 1st twice as long as 3rd, 1st exceeding the 2nd by

half its protarsus and its tarsus ; 3rd reaching to apex of tibia of 2nd

when both are extended; on the femora of the 1st and 3rd the

anterior spines are supported on tubercles which also support

small tufts of hair.

Abdomen rather more than twice as long as wide, posteriorly

pointed and compressed, widest just in front of the middle, where

it rises into a pair of prominences, from which it narrows anteriorly

and posteriorly.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 19; length of cara-

pace 7, width 4; length of abdomen 12, width 5; length of Ist

leg 58, of 2nd 45, of 3rd 29, of 4th 28.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates); a single 2 example.

This new species may be at once recognized from D. anchiete

(Dinopis anchiete, Brit. Cap. loc. cit. p. 15, pl. ii. figs. 2-2 ¢), from

Rio Quilo, Angola, by the absence of triangular superciliary crests,

the greater length of legs, flatter and longer carapace, proximity

between posterior median eyes, &. In D. anchite the eyes are

concealed by the crests when viewed from above and are nearly a

radius apart; the thoracic portion of the carapace is as wide as

long, and although the length of the trunk is about the same as in

_D. aspectans, the anterior leg measures only 41 mm. instead of 58.

55*

848 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, ([Nov. 14,

Family ArGioPipz.

Genus Nrepuina Leach.

NEPHILA FEMORALIS (Lucas).

Epeira femoralis, Lucas, Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 38, pl. xii.

fig. 4 (1858).

Nephila vittata, Keys. SB. Isis, Dresden, 1863, p. 142, pl. ii. fig. 2.

Loc. Sierra Leone (Surg.-Capt. Clements); Liberia (Keyserling

Coll., type of WV. vittata); Gold Coast (7. E. Bowdich); Ashanti

(W. H. Adams); Asaba, 150 miles up Niger (Dr. Crosse); Accra

and Wassan (G@. A. Higlett); Cameroons (Capt. Burton, Miss

Kingsley); Old Calabar (Miss Kingsley, H. A. Spencer); Benito

River (@. Z. Bates); Stanley Falls, Congo; Angola.

NEPHILA LUCASI Simon.

Epeira chrysogaster, Lucas, Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 35 (not

chrysogaster, Leach).

Nephila lucasi, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1887, p. 270.

Loe. Sierra Leone (Surg.- Capt. Clements); Ashanti(Mr. Macarthy);

Accra (G. A. Higlett); Cameroons (Capt. Burton, Miss Kingsley) ;

Benito River (G. Z. Bates); Wathen on the Congo (Miss

Macormick).

N®EPHILA PILIPES (Lucas).

Epewra pilipes, Lucas, Thomson’s Arch, Ent. ii. p. 40, pl. xiii.

fig. 7.

Loc. Fantee, Accra (G. A. Higlett); Benito River (G. L. Bates).

NEPHILA BRAGANTINA Brit. Capello.

Nephila bragantina, Brit. Capello, Mem. Ac. Sci. Lisboa, (3) iv.

pt. 1: Descripcao de algunas especies de . . . . Arachnideos, p. 11,

pl. ii. fig. 4.

Loc. Braganza, interior of Angola (Brit. Cap.).

The British Museum has no examples of this species from W.

Africa, but has received specimens of apparently the same form

from Kinyamholo, Lake Tanganyika (A. Nutt). NV. bragantina

differs from NV. keyserlingit Blackw. (=hymenea Gerst.) in having

the palpi black, the legs black with the exception of a yellow band

at the tip of the tibia and base of protarsus of 1st and 2nd legs, and

no dark band in the middle of the sternum.

NEPHILA CRUENTATA (Fabr.).

Araneus cruentatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 427 (1793).

Nephila genualis, Gerst. Von der Decken’s Reisen, ili. 2, p. 502

(1878).

Loc. Sierra Leone (D. F. Morgan, Surg.-Capt. Clements); Ashanti

(Mr. Macarthy); Onitsha on the Niger (Sir J. Marshall); Old

Calabar (H, A. Spencer); Congo (J. Pinnock) ; Stanley Falls, Congo.

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 849

The following W. African species of this genus is unknown to

me :—

NEPHILA CONSTRICTA Karsch.

Nephila constricta, Karsch, Zeits. gesammt. Naturwiss. lii. p. 834,

fig. 4 (1879).

Loc. Loango coast.

Genus Ariciore Aud. et Say.

ARGIOPE FLAVIPALPIS (Lucas),

Epara flavipalpis, Lucas, Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 49

(1858).

Argiope flavipalpis, Brit. Capello, Jorn. Sci. Lisboa, i. p. 83,

pl. ii. fig. 2 (1866).

Argiope pechueli, Karsch, Zeits. gesammt. Naturwiss. lii. p. 340

(1879).

Loc. Sierra Leone (Surg.-Capt. Clements); Old Calabar (Miss

Kingsley); Cameroons (Capt. Burton and Sir Harry Johnston) ;

Benito River (@. Z. Bates).

The legs of this species vary in tint: sometimes they are noticeably

striped black and yellow, as in the form to which Karsch gave the

name pechueli, and sometimes of a very much darker, more uniform

hue as in the typical A. flavipalpis. The two forms occur at the same

locality, and gradations in the coloration of the legs are traceable.

I therefore regard A. pechueli as a synonym of A. flavipalpis.

ARGIOPE NIGROVITTATA Thorell.

Argiope nigrovittata, Thorell, GEfy. Vet.-Akad. Férhandl. p. 300

(1860).

Argiope caudata, Blackwall, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xvi.

p- 346 (1865).

Argiope zairiensis, Brit. Capello, Jorn. Sci. Lisboa, i. p. 82, pl. ii.

Argiope suavissima, Gerstaicker, Von der Decken’s Reisen, iii. 2,

p- 495, pl. xviii. fig. 10 (1873).

Loc. Congo; Benguela (J. J. Monteiro).

Genus ARANEUS Linn.

ARANEUS RUFIPALPIS (Lucas).

Epeirarufipalpis, Lucas, Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 422 (1858).

Epeira semiannulata, Karsch, Zeits. gesammt. Naturwiss. li.

p- 334 (1879) (2); Simon, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, ix. p. 14, pl. ii.

figs. 7-8 (1884) (3,9).

? Epewra penicillipes, Karsch, loc. cit. p. 836 (¢d ).

Loc. Sierra Leone (Surg.-Capt. Clements); Accra (G.A. Higlett) ;

Cameroons (Capt. Burton); Benito River (G. Z. Bates). This

species also occurs on the eastern side of the continent of Africa.

It appears to me that the descriptions given of Z. rufipalpis and

850 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, ([Noy. 14,

E. semiannulata were based upon examples belonging to the same

species. Karsch’s figure of the palp of Z. penicillipes resembles

that organ in male examples of 4. rufipalpis sent by Mr. Bates.

ARANEUS THEIS ( Walck.).

Epeira theis, Walckenaer, Ins. Apt. ii. p. 53.

Epeira moreli, Vinson, Aranéides de Madagascar, etc. p. 166,

pl. iv. fig. 4 (1863).

Epeira eclipsis, Marx, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. xvi. p. 590, pl. Ixx.

figs. 6 a—6 b.

This widely distributed tropical species was recorded from the

Congo as Epeira eclipsis by Marx. The British Museum has no

W. African representatives of it, but has received it in some

abundance from Mashonaland (G.A. K. Marshall).

ARANEUS PACHANUS Poe.

Araneus pachanus, Poc. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii. p. 447,

pl. xiii. fig. 9 (1898).

Loc. Benito River (G. Z. Bates). Several 9 examples.

Previousiy recorded from Karagesi (Hmin Pasha) and Ruwenzori

(Scott Elliot).

This species presents a striking likeness, both in colour, form, and

structural details, to the Oriental species that has been described as

A, decens, rumpfi, rufofemoralis, &c. But the shape of the vulva

seems to separate the African species, the scape being longer and

the basal portion much more prominent beneath it.

ARANEUS HEMATOONEMIS, sp. n. (Plate LVI. figs. 8-8 c.)

Colour. Carapace either a uniform blackish brown or reddish

brown above, passing into black towards the margins; upperside

of abdomen either uniformly blackish brown or ornamented with

yellow on the anterior half—the yellow taking the form sometimes

of a median field pointed in front and behind, broadest across the

shoulder region, breaking up into spots all round its margin and

interrupted along the middle line by an irregular black stripe ;

sometimes of a sharply defined median stripe, broadest in front

and constricted in the middle and at the posterior end ; sometimes

of a transverse recurved stripe behind the large sigilla, the

extremities of which extend backward as an indistinct yellow

stripe on each side circumscribing a median jet-black area which

occupies the position of the folium. (In a young specimen the

abdomen is testaceous, with jet-black folium and bright yellow

median constricted stripe in front of it.) Sides and lower surface

of abdomen black. Sternum, labium, maxille,and mandibles deep

blackish brown; legs with coxe and femora uniformly blackish

brown; patelle, tibia, and protarsi darker or lighter red, with

their distal ends black, and frequently a median band ; tarsi black,

with narrow red basal band.

Carapace moderately elevated ; fovea subcircular, with longitu-

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 851

dinal groove in front of it, somewhat as in Lariia; length o

carapace exceeding that of Ist tibia, equal to that of 4th protarsus

and tarsus and to patella, tibia, and half the protarsus of 3rd leg ;

width equal to length of 4th tibia and to 4th protarsus, less than

that of Ist or 2nd tibia; median ocular tubercle prominent.

Ocular quadrangle much wider in front ; the posterior eyes much

smaller than the anterior and nearly a diameter apart; anterior

medians about a diameter apart, more than a diameter from the

posterior medians and from the edge of the clypeus ; eyes of

anterior line when viewed from the front procurved, the upper

edge of the laterals scarcely on a level with the centre of the

medians ; lateral eyes not quite in contact.

Mandibles moderately geniculate at the base; fang-groove

armed with 4 anterior and 3 posterior teeth.

Legs armed with many strong spines; spines black at the base

and apex, reddish in the median portion.

Abdomen heart-shaped, longer than broad, widely rounded in

front, without shoulder-points, narrowly ovate behind, not sur-

passing spinners. Vulva with scape long and bent at right angles,

its base as wide as the basal vertical, vestibular portion, which,

when viewed from the side, is seen to send out a bitubercular

prominence beneath the scape, from which it is separated by a

narrow notch.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 22; length of carapace

9, width 7:2 ; length of abdomen 14, width 12; length of 1st leg 34,

of 2nd 383, of 3rd 19, of 4th 30; patella and tibia of 1st leg 18,

of 4th 11; tibia of 1st leg 8, of 4th 7.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

Mr. Bates procured many specimens of this handsome species.

ARANEUS ERESIFRONS Poc.

Araneus eresifrons, Poc. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 509, pl. xh.

figs. 3-3 b.

Loc. Cameroons (H. H. Johnston).

Previously recorded from Karagesi (Hmin Pasha), Likipia (J. W.

Gregory), Taru (Steuart Betton), and Mombasa (D. J. Walson).

This species is certainly nearly allied to A. strupifer Simon

(Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1885, p. 368), which, according to Simon,

occurs both in Senegal and Cape Colony.

In the specimens from the Cameroons the abdomen is frequently

variegated above with sooty black, a type of coloration not observed

in the East-African forms known to me.

ARANEUS TYLOSCAPUS, sp. n. (Plate LV. figs. 3-3 6.)

Colowr. Carapace testaceous ; cephalic region with blackish spots ;

legs testaceous, with small black spots ; patellz, tibize, protarsi, and

tarsi banded with black ; mandibles testaceous ; sternum, labium,

and waxille infuscate; abdomen olive-yellow, variegated with

blackish, marked above with five transverse black lines, the anterior

of which is the strongest and runs from one shoulder-point to the

852 MR. R, I, POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Noy. 14,

other, with its convexity backwards; inferior and lateral surfaces

darker than the superior, the inferior with a pair of yellowish

posteriorly dilated bands running from the stigmata posteriorly

towards the spinning-mammille.

Eyes of anterior and posterior line recurved when viewed from

above, those of anterior line also strongly recurved when viewed

from the front, the laterals standing much higher than the medians ;

median quadrangle a little wider than long, nearly twice as wide

in front as behind, the posterior separated by a very narrow space

which barely equals half their radius, the anterior separated by a

space which is equal to their diameter.

Legs armed with numerous spines arranged in more or less

definite rows ; there being, for example, 6—6 on the lower side

of the tibie and protarsi of the 1st and 2nd legs; spines black at

base, pale distally.

Abdomen longer than wide, widely rounded in front, oval behind ;

with distinct black-tipped shoulder-processes, covered with short

white hairs, intermixed with particoloured bristles.

Basal part of vulva very stout when protruded, and consisting

of aright and left outer sheath, the halves of which do not meet

in the middle line. Viewed from below, the two halves of the

outer sheath show as a right and left rim surrounding a central

pale portion, upon which rests the short but broad scape, the

anterior part of which divides the rim of the right side from that

of the left. The posterior end of the scape does not project so

far posteriorly as the posterior border of the subjacent portion of

the vulva.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 12; length of cara-

pace 5, of abdomen 9, width of latter 7-5.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

In the form of its vulva and other features this species is

evidently related to A. suedicola Simon, from Arabia and (according

to Pavesi) from Somaliland, to A. mossambicensis, Pavesi, from

Mozambique, to A. similis and striata, Bosenberg and Lenz, from

Quilimane, and to A. eyrtoscapus Poc., from the Transvaal.

ARANEUS RHINURUS, sp. n. (Plate LVI. figs. 9, 9a).

Colour. Carapace olive-brown, clothed with yellow hairs ;

mandibles, palpi, and legs almost the same colour as the carapace ;

distal end of femora, tibie, protarsi, and the tarsi infuscate,

especially on the 3rd and 4th legs ; upperside of abdomen chalky

yellow, with dark sigilla spots and fine black line between them,

also with a fine reticulated ornamentation of lines between the

low pigment-spots; the tail and the lower side of abdomen

black, with symmetrical bright yellow spots on each side of the

spinners.

Carapace shorter than tibia 1, about as long as patella and

tibia 4; cephalic region moderately elevated, flattish above longi-

tudinally ; ocular quadrangle almost square, scarcely narrowed in

front. The eyes large and subequal, posterior medians about a

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WES! AFRICA. 853

diameter apart, anterior mediaus a little more than a diameter

apart, distance between anterior and posterior medians less than

a diameter; anterior line of eyes straight or nearly so; anterior

medians less than their diameter from the edge of the clypeus.

Legs longish, scantily spined, but furnished with long close-set

bristles ; the spines setiform ; 1st leg much longer than 4th.

Abdomen flat above, heart-shaped, with rounded antero-lateral

angles and anterior border, the posterior apex prolonged into a

longish, stout “tail,” which about equals the carapace in length ;

spinners in the middle of the heart-shaped basal portion of the

abdomen.

Vulva with its basal vestibular portion not expanded, either

laterally or posteriorly, at the base of the scape, which is long,

slender, and slightly curled at the tip.

Meusurements in millimetres.—Total length 9 ; length of carapace

2-5, of abdomen 6°5, of abdomen without tail 4, width of abdumen

3°5 ; length of 1st leg 12, of 4th 8,

Loc. Benito River (G. LZ. Bates). A single adult female.

This differs from all the Tropical African species of Araneus known

to me in having the ocular quadrangle approximately square, with

the four eyes subequal, and the extremity of the abdomen produced

into a longish caudal process. In both of these features it

resembles the Burmese species A, thelurus (Thor.), but may be at

once separated from it at least by the much greater length of the

scape of the vulva.

Genus CyrroPHora Sim.

CyRTOPHORA CITRICOLA (Forsk.).

Loc. Benito River (G. LZ. Bates).

Widely distributed throughout Tropical Africa and Asia.

CYRTOPHORA ANGOLENSIS (Brit. Capello).

Epeira angolensis, Brit. Capello, J. Ac. Sci. Lisboa, i. p. 79, pl. ii.

fig. 4 (1868).

Epeira chinchoxensis, Karsch, Zeits. gesammt. Naturwiss. lii.

p. 333 (1879).

Loc. Sierra Leone (Surg.-Capt. Clements); Benito River

(G. L. Bates).

Recorded by Brito Capello from the Rio Quilo. Karsch’s speci-

mens from Chinchoxo appear to me to be specifically identical with

those that Capello described.

M. Simon (Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. p. 775, 1895) adds this

species to the synonymy of C. citricola. But this is undoubtedly

an error, C. angolensis, according to my determination, being dis-

tinguishable by the posteriorly pointed abdomen and wide head,

with the lateral eyes far apart from the medians. The vulva is

furnished with a distinct process.

Three well-marked colour-varieties of this species are met with.

854 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Noy. 14,

In one the upperside of the abdomen is entirely black; ina

second it is also black with a bright yellow transverse stripe

crossing it from shoulder to shoulder ; in the third, which seems

to be less prevalent than the others, the whole of the upperside

behind the anterior shoulders is yellow.

CYRTOPHORA LARINIOIDES Simon.

Cyrtophora larinioides, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1894,

p- 155.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

Described from Ogowé.

CYRTOPHORA MARGARITATA, sp.n. (Plate LV. figs. 4, 4a.)

Colour almost as in C. unicolor Dol., a tolerably uniform

yellowish brown; the abdomen darker than the carapace and

limbs, legs indistinctly variegated, sternum and lower side of

abdomen blackish.

Carapace smooth as in C, citricola; eyes as in the latter species,

but the laterals closer together.

Legs as in C. citricola, but with tarsi and protarsi shorter ; tarsus

and protarsus of Ist, for example, being distinctly shorter than

patella and tibia of 1st.

Abdomen truncate in front, narrowly ovate behind, not lobate

laterally, and only weakly bilobate posteriorly, as in C. angolensis ;

studded above with larger and smaller smooth circular bosses, very

like those of C. unicolor, but much larger and less numerous.

Vulva as in figure (Pl. LV. fig. 4 a).

Measurements in millimetres of type—Total length 14; length of

carapace 6°5, of abdomen 9, width of abdomen 7:5; length of 1st

leg 19, its patella and tibia 7, protarsus and tarsus 6.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

At once recognizable from C. unicolor by the strong curvature

of the posterior line of eyes, narrow interval between the lateral

eyes, absence of tubercles on the carapace, large size of tubercles

on the abdomen, &c. From the rest of the W.-African species

known to me it may be at once recognized by the features

mentioned in the subjoined table.

The four W.-African species of Cyrtophora known to me may

be distinguished as follows :—

a. Abdomen long and narrow, produced in front into a

longish process overhanging the base of the cara-

DCO soca alec reper ete tana ca aan wis deena larinioides Sim.

4. Abdomen truncate in front, broadest at its anterior end.

a, Abdomen without distinct shoulder prominences and

no lateral prominences; its upperside studded

with large circular tubercles.................:s0ceseees margaritata, sp. n.

64. Abdomen with distinct shoulder prominences and

one or more prominences on each side ; upper-

side studded with smaller tubercles.

a, Abdomen with one prominence on each side

behind the shoulder, posteriorly deeply bifid ;

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WiST AFRICA. 855

eyes of posterior line strongly recurved; vulva

WibhOUt|SCAPO..2.ccscsacessaesctacbecdoascsschdevcsed=-< citricola Forsk.

62, Abdomen with two prominences on each side

behind the shoulder prominence, apex of

abdomen not bifid; posterior line of eyes

much less strongly recurved; vulva with

SbiTICh/BCAPOM as senaek-cee secksserels.nbanscees cereal angolensis B. Cap.

Genus ARGYROEPEIRA Emerton.

ARGYROEPEIRA UNGULATA (Karsch).

Meta wngulata, Karsch, Zeits. ges. Naturwiss. lii. p. 834 (1879).

Loc. Benito River (G. LZ. Bates).

This species, recorded from the Loango coast, also occurs on the

eastern side of the African continent.

Genus Cycotosa Menge.

CYCLOSA INSULANA (Costa).

Loc. Cameroon Mountains, 4000 ft. (H. H. Johnston).

Genus AcUSILAS Sim.

? ACUSILAS AFRICANUS Sim.

? Acusilas africanus, Sim. Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. p. 785 (1895).

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

The description of A. africanus is too brief to make sure of the

correctness of the identification of the immature female of a

species of this genus which Mr. Bates procured. M. Simon’s

example was obtained at Sierra Leone.

? Genus Sanassina Sim.

SALASSINA FORMOSA (Karsch).

Cyclosa formosa, Karsch, Zeits. ges. Naturwiss. li. p. 835 (1879).

Loc. Cameroon Mountains, 4000 ft. (H. H. Johnston).

Recorded by Karsch from the Loango coast.

According to M. Simon’s division of the Cyclosez, this species,

if rightly determined, as I think is the case, falls apparently

nearest to the genus Salassina, having the head short, the median

eyes of large size and the quadrangle they form slightly narrowed

in front. The tibia of the legs, however, are not noticeably

incrassate, and there are no angular prominences on the fore

part of the abdomen. The lesser recurvature of the eyes and the

absence of a median series of spines from the lower side of the

protarsus of the 4th leg seem to exclude the species from the

allied genus Acuszlas.

Genus Czrostris Thorell.

CROSTRIS ARGOSTICTUS, sp. n. (Plate LY. figs. 5-5 6.)

Colour. Carapace with thoracic portion reddish above, with a

silvery white patch at the sides ; cephalic portion blackish, with an

856 MR. B. I, POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Nov. 14,

oblong silvery patch of hair on the upperside between the ocular

tubercle and the posterior vertical tubercles, and a silvery patch on

the upperside of the lateral tubercles; mandibles deep brown;

sternum bluish black, with central silvery patch; maxille and

labium black; coxe of legs deep brown with bluish tint; tro-

chanters and femora red; remaining segments nearly black, with °

bluish Justre especially below; a white band at base of tibie and

protarsi below, the tibial band broad only on the 1st leg, also a

conspicuous white tarsal band on 4th leg; palp with femur red,

the other segments blackish with white spots above. Abdomen

blackish above and below, yellow at the sides anteriorly, the upper-

side with a vertically interrupted transverse silver band behind the

anterior row of tubercles, and a series of silvery patches and lines

forming a longitudinal median band extending over two thirds of

the upper surface between the transverse silvery band and the

posterior tubercle ; sides of upper surface with narrow transverse

silvery stripes ; lower surface with a row of three silvery spots on

each side, extending from the epigastric fold to the sides of the

spinning-mammille.

Cephalic tubercles long, subspiniform, much longer than ocular

tubercle. Length of carapace equal to width of head, including

ocular tubercles, and as long as protarsus of 1st leg, shorter than

protarsus and tarsus of 4th leg by at least half the length of the

tarsus.

Abdominal processes normal in number, as, for example, in

C. mitralis, and all small and tuberculiform ; the bifid projection

above the spinners rather prominert.

Tibize and protarsi of legs normally impressed above.

Vulva as in figure (Pl. LY. fig. 5 5).

Measurements in millimetres.—T otal length 14; length of carapace

6, of abdomen 10, width of abdomen 11.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

Easily recognizable from the 8S. and HE. African species of the

genus by the form of the vulva, and by colour, the almost complete

absence of the white band at the base of the tibia on the 2nd, 8rd,

and 4th legs being exceptional.

CZROSTRIS ALBESCENS, sp. n. (Plate LVI. fig. 16.)

Allied to the East-African C. nodulosa Pocock (P. Z.S. 1898,

p. 514, pl. xli. fig. 7).

Hairy clothing of head mesially white, laterally golden yellow;

upperside of abdomen covered with greyish-white hairs, diver-

sified with black spots on the tubercles, sigilla, and elsewhere, and

with narrow transverse black lines which laterally unite, cireum-

scribing transversely elongate pentagonal areas; lower side of

abdomen black; femora steel-blue; upperside of patella, tibia,

protarsus, and tarsus covered with silvery-white hairs, and varied

with pale golden yellow ; extremity of protarsus of 1st and in a

lesser degree of 2nd leg slightly infuscate ; 3rd and 4th legs more

diversified than 1st and 2nd ; legs banded below as in C. nodulosa ;

1899. ] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA, 857

tibize of all with basal white band; protarsus of 1st and 3rd black,

with basal band of 2nd and 4th white with black patch just

beyond middle.

Carapace with superior and lateral tubercles longer than in

nodulosa.

Abdomen (in type-specimen) not distended, its anterior portion

low, nodular, not elevated.

Vulva (as in figure Pl. LVII. fig. 16) somewhat resembling that of

nodulosa, the anterior portion completely divided into a right and left

half by a deep median groove ; the chamber containing the two fossze

smaller, more transversely oblong, with anterior rim less arched.

Total length 15°5 mm., width of head 7°5 mm.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

CEROSTRIS TURRIGER, sp. n. (Plate LVII. figs. 15, 15.)

Colour. Dorsal surface of carapace, legs, and abdomen a tolerably

uniform greyish brown, covered with a coating of yellow and white

hairs intermixed ; abdomen mottled with black spots and brownish

patches and lines; legs coloured as in C. albescens, but the distal

spot on the protarsi reddish brown.

Carapace with tubercles as in C. albescens. Abdomen with its

anterior portion elevated into a high, broad, subcylindrical pro-

minence, the summit of which is about one third broader than long,

with semicircularly rounded anterior tubercular border, and three

large tubercles on the posterior border.

Vulva as in figure (Pl. LVII. fig. 15 a).

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 16; width of head 7;

height of abdomen from vulva to summit of prominence 13.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates); also young specimens of pro-

bably the same species from Sierra Leone (Surg.-Capt. Clements).

Somewhat resembling C. petersi Karsch from Inhambane (Mon.

Ak. Berlin, 1878, p. 324, pl. i. fig. 7), in the elevation of the

anterior portion of the abdomen; but in C. petersw the column

is narrower, with the summit rounded and not encircled with

tubercles.

The three species of the genus known from the Benito River

may be diagnosed as follows :—

a. Femora of legs bright red; tibie of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th legs

with scarcely a trace of basal white band ; black underside

of abdomen ornamented with three pairs of silvery spots ;

upperside of abdomen velvety black, furnished with silvery

lines and patches ..........ccceeeeeceeecceeseeesea tsetse esceaeeseees argostictus.

b, Femorasteel-blue ; tibise of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th legs with broad

white basal band below; lower side of abdomen uniformly

black, upperside dirty yellowish brown.

a’. General colour of dorsal surface of body and legs white ;

abdomen not elevated in front into a high thick

COMM) Paeys~ deta tawe sense ctaosesseelaeseseesatnoue “cenit =anetecaae albescens.

b', General aspect dirty yellowish brown; abdomen elevated

in front into a broad thick colUMN...........2sesseseeeeeres turriger.

858 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Noy. 14,

Genus CLADOMELEA Sim.

CLADOMELEA LONGIPES (Cambr.).

Cyrtarachne longipes, O. P. Cambridge, P. Z. 8S. 1877, p. 559,

pl. Ivi. fig. 1.

Loc. San Salvador, Congo.

Genus GASTERACANTHA Sund.

GASTERACANTHA CURVISPINA Guérin.

Gasteracantha curvispina, Guérin, Icon, Rég. Anim., Arachn.

pl. ii. fig. 8, (1837).

Gasteracantha walckenaerti, Lucas, Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii.

p- 425, pl. xii. fig. 7 (1858).

Gasteracantha vaccula, Thorell, Gifv. Vet.-Akad. Foérhandl. xvi.

p- 301 (1859); id. Hug. Resa, Zool. Arachn. p. 12 (1868).

Gasteracantha retracta, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873, p. 157,

pl. iv. fig. 12.

Loc. Benito River (G. Z. Bates); Sierra Leone.

GASTERACANTHA CONNATA Butl.

Gusteracantha connata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873, p. 168.

Loc. Old Calabar (Gray).

Closely allied to the Ceylonese G. geminata Fabr., but with

no near affinity to G. connata Simon (Hist. Nat. Araignées, i.

p- 847, 1894), which the author makes the type of section O of

his subdivisions of the genus Gasteracantha.

GASTERACANTHA FORMOSA Vins., subsp. NANA Butl.

Gasteracantha nana, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873, p. 161, pl. iv.

fig. 4.

Loc. Congo (type, without further history).

The type of this species is young.

G. importuna and G. molesta, O. P. Cambr. (P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 286,

pl. xxvi. fig. 1, and pl. xxvii. fig. 13), from W. Africa, are probably

the adult forms.

GASTERACANTHA BATESI, sp. n. (Plate LVI. fig. 10.)

? Gasteracantha connata, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 266

(nec G. connata, Butl.).

Colour. Carapace black, with a large pale spot on each side of the

median eyes ; mandible shining black or red; sternum and coxe

fuscous, indistinctly variegated ; legs yellowish brown, indistinctly

annulated, tips of tarsi and protarsi black; upperside of abdomen

yellow, with a large anterior median brown spot marked with a thin

yellow stripe like an inverted T, and on each side a black spot

divided by a narrow transverse yellow stripe ; the rest of the upper

surface variegated brown and black.

Cephalic area elevated behind, the middle of the elevation

forming a pair of close-set tubercles,

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 859

Legs short ; patella and tibia of 1st less than width of head.

Abdomen without inferior tubercle; the anterior lateral spines

minute and lying far back behind the middle of the scutum

and just in front of the posterior laterals, from the supporting pro-

minence of which, however, they are separated by a rounded notch ;

the anterior border lying between these anterior spinules widely

and nearly evenly convex, forming an almost completely semicircular

arch defined by the normal 10 sigilla, of which the 4 medians form

a straight transverse line ; posterior lateral spines erect, very short,

but borne upon the summit of a thick cylindrical prominence, the

axis of which cuts that of the spines at an obtuse angle; posterior

spines resembling the posterior laterals, but their axis in a line

with that of the prominence and directed straight backward.

Measurements in muillimetres.—Total length of abdomen along

middle line 6; width just in front of anterior spinule 9°5; width

from tip to tip of postero-lateral spine 8.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

This species seems to form a new section of the genus Gastera-

cantha.

GASTERACANTHA (AiTROCANTHA) ROgERSI O. P. Cambr.

Gasteracantha rogersi, O. P. Cambr. P. ZS. 1879, p. 292, fig. 23

(d).

Gasteracantha (Attrocantha) semiflava, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. 1887, p. 268, pl. vi. fig. 2( 9).

Loc. Sierra Leone.

Described from Assinie by M. E. Simon, and from Coanza by

O. P. Cambridge.

GASTERACANTHA (ISOXIA) PENIZOIDES Simon.

Isoxia penzoides, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 269, pl. vi.

fig. 4.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

Recorded by Simon from Assinie.

The foregoing species of Gasteracantha may be tabulated as

follows :—

a. Lower side of abdomen with large conical tubercle; spines

large.

a. Taco and median spines subequal and in contact ...... connata.

61, Anterior and median spines unequal and widely separated.

a*, Spines with strong recurvature ....-..........seseeesecseeeee curvispina,

b?. Spines not or scarcely recurved .............esseeeeeseeeenees formosa.

6. Lower side of abdomen without tubercle; spines absent or

short.

a*, Spines present.

a*, Anterior border of abdomen widely convex; anterior

spines lying far back close to and much smaller than

the median spines ; head tuberculate above ............... batesi.

6+. Anterior and lateral borders of abdomen cutting at right

angles the anterior spines, as large as the medians and

widely separated from them; head not tuberculate...... rogerst.

0°. Spines absent; abdomen widely rounded behind ............ penizoides,

860 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Noy. 14,

Genus ARANZTHRA Butler.

ARANATHRA CAMBRIDGE Butl.

Aranethra cambridgei, Butler, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1873, p. 175, pl. iv.

fig. 8.

Aranethra ungari, Karsch, Zeits. gesammt. Naturw. li. p. 322,

pl. ix. fig. 1 (1878).

Loc. Fernand Vas River (Du Chaillu; type); Lagos (Capt. Elmes);

W. Africa; Fernando Po (Mr. Kalbreger); Accra (G. A. Higlett) ;

Loango River (H. L. Duggan); Benito River (G. L. Bates).

ARANETHRA BUTLERI, sp. n. (Plate LV. fig. 1.)

Colour. Carapace, mandibles, mouth-parts, sternum, and coxe

reddish yellow; patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp black ; legs black,

the femur of 1st and part of 2nd reddish ; tibie of 1st, 2nd, and 4th

pairs with a broad basal yellow ring, the ring incomplete below on

the 1st ; upper and lower side of abdomen and the tips of the lateral

prominences black ; sigilla reddish.

Carapace and legs as in A. cambridgei. Abdomen of much the

same form also as in that species, about twice as wide as long;

the median portion of the anterior border simply emarginate, with

a low tuberculiform prominence on each side; lateral portion of

carapace furnished with five blunt conical lobes, one on the anterior

border just in front of the antero-lateral sigillum, the posterior

process lower than the others ; the entire convex posterior border

of the abdomen for a space which exceeds half the length of the

abdomen without tubercles; abdominal integument punctured as

well as striolate ; sigilla very large, the six on the middle of the

back arranged in a circular form, the quadrangle formed by the

anterior and posterior pairs only, about twice as long as wide.

Measurements in millimetres—Length of abdomen 7, width 16.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

This interesting new species, which is dedicated to Dr. A. G. Butler,

the describer of the genus Aranethra, may be recognized from the

typical and hitherto only known species of the genus by the

following characters :—

a. Carapace, sternum, legs, &c. a rich dark red or black

colour ; underside of abdomen entirely black, a black

band across the fore part of the abdomen above;

margin of abdomen furnished with at least 8 strong

sharp spiniform processes, the posterior not very far

from the posterior middle line; sigilla much smaller. cambridgei Butl.

b. Carapace, sternum, cox, &c. reddish yellow; tibise of

Ist, 2nd, and 4th legs with a yellow band; abdomen

flavous below and without anterior black band above;

abdomen furnished with only 5 lateral blunt tubercles,

the posterior of these being far from the middle of the

posterior border ; sigilla very large........ .cscsesseecsseee butlert, sp. n.

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA, 861

ZETHRODES, gen. nov.

Allied to Aranethra, but differing in the following particulars :—

a. Four median eyes elevated on a rounded tubercle : lateral

eyes also on a tubercle; clypeus equal in height to half

the length of the ocular quadrangle, which is longer than

broad; abdomen only overlapping the posterior third of

the carapace up to the median tubercle, its anterior and

lateral margins armed with smooth rounded tubercles; its

upper surface furnished with about a dozen symmetrically

arranged various-sized tubercles ...............-sececeeeneceeeees Aithrodes,

b. Ocular tubercles low, ocular quadrangle slightly wider than

long; clypeus very low, less than half the ocular quadrangle ;

abdomen overlapping the posterior two thirds of the

carapace, armed marginally with strong spines, without

tubercles! aboyeles: cscassacsescns caren esessere siadsadsentecnesrenaen Aranethra.

/ETHRODES MAMMOSA. (Plate LV. fig. 2.)

Colour of abdomen a nearly uniform ochre-yellow ; cephalothorax

darker.

Abdomen twice as broad as its median length ; its anterior border

sinuous, mesially emarginate, armed-with seven tubercles, not

including the large tubercle on the antero-lateral angle; a large

tubercle on the postero-lateral angle and two smaller lateral

tubercles in front of it ; the posterior border widely convex, with a

series of vertical tubercles just above it and one pointed posteriorly

close to the large postero-lateral tubercle; the sigilla deeply im-

pressed and mostly subcircular; tubercles arranged as shown in

Plate LV. fig. 2.

Vulva consisting of a semicircular depression in front and a

narrow transverse plate above the genital aperture.

Measurements in millimetres.—Length of abdomen 12, width 22°5 ;

length and width of carapace 7; length of 1st leg 18.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

TrerRAGNATHA Latr.

TETRAGNATHA CLAVIGERA Simon.

Tetragnatha clavigera, Simon, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1887, p, 272.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

One female specimen referred to this species, recorded by Simon

from Assinie.

Family Oxyorip#£,

Genus Preuceria Thorell.

PEUCETIA LONGIPES, sp.n. (Plate LVII. fig. 17.)

Colour (in alcohol). Carapace pale green, thoracic portion some-

times tinted with brownish, a few black spots marking the position

of setze on the head; side of head with an indistinct or distinct

vertical fuscous stripe running to the basal spot on the mandible

and continued as a short stripe on the upper part of that appen-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. LVI. 56

862 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Nov. 14,

dage, the mandibles otherwise unstriped; sternum green; legs

yellow ; all the segments, including coxe and trochanters but not

the tarsus, spotted with black at the base of the spines and also at

the base of the large hairs on the femora, coxe, and trochanters.

‘Abdomen greenish ; a pair of yellow stripes on the ventral surface

running from the epigastric fold to the spinners, and a pair of

broader stripes of the same colour on the dorsal side, separated by

an elongate greenish area, which is marked in front by yellow

stripes running obliquely forwards and inwards and meeting in

the middle line, and behind by yellow spots or stripes continued

like the anterior stripes from the lateral yellow bands.

Clypeus scarcely vertical, the angle it forms with the upper

surface of the head slightly obtuse ; carapace as long as tarsus of

1st leg, longer than patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp,a little shorter

than tibia of 3rd leg, a little more than half the length of the

protarsus of the Ist.

Abdomen long, broad in front, narrow behind, more than twice

as long as broad.

Legs-very long; the 1st more than six times as long as the

carapace ; 4th a little less than five times as long, armed with long

black spines.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 19:5; length of

carapace 6-5, of 1st leg 42, of 2nd 37, of 3rd 27, of 4th 30.

Loc. Loango (in the Keyserling Collection). Several female speci-

mens.

Differs from all the African species known to me in the form of

the vulva; further differs from P. pulchra Blckw. and P. foliifera

Butl. (?= P. striata Karsch) in having no black bands on the front of

the clypeus and mandibles, and from P. luteiceps Simon (Donaldson

Smith, ‘ Unknown African Countries,’ p. 391) in having the ocular

area less prominent, a single black stripe at the sides of the head

and upper end of the mandible.

Family Lycosrp2.

Genus OcyaLe Aud.

OCYALE ATALANTA Sav.

Loc. Accra (G. A. Higlett); Benito River (G. LZ. Bates).

Distributed throughout Tropical Africa.

Family Pisavurip2.

Genus TeTRAGONOPHTHALMA Karsch.

TETRAGONOPHTHALMA PHYLLA Karsch.

? Dolomedes exilipes, Lucas, Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 385

(1858).

Tetragonophthalma phylla, Karsch, Zeits. gesammt. Naturwiss.

li. p. 329, pl. ix. fig. 4 (1878).

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WESI AFRICA. 863

Loc. Sierra Leone (Surg.-Capt. Clements); Benito River (G. L.

Bates).

The web of this spider has been thus described by Surg.-Capt.

Clements :—‘“ Fig. 71 is from a photograph of a web which had a

height of between 6 and 7 feet. There were some half-dozen of

them built in a partially cleared space in the forest. The bottom

part of the web is in the form of an inverted widely-spread funnel,

the top being truncated, leaving a circular aperture of three

quarters of an inch in diameter. The spider lived beneath the

cone, and gained access to the upper portions of his snare by the

hole in its top. Numerous threads arose from the funnel and

were attached to an overhanging branch more than 6 feet above.”

(‘ Science Gossip,’ 1893, p. 116, fig. 71.)

It appears to me to be not improbable that this species is based

upon adult examples of that which Lucas described as Dolomedes

extlipes.

Genus PHAL#A Simon.

PHALEA FEROX, sp.n. (Plate LV. fig. 6, 6a.)

Colour. Carapace ochre-yellow, sparsely clothed with yellowish

hairs, with a narrow blackish-grey margin, some white hairs at the

sides of the head and reddish hairs between the eyes; legs ochre-

yellow, clothed with ashy-grey hairs, which become blacker towards

the extremities; mandibles black, scantly clothed with yellowish-

grey hairs; sternum blackish, clothed, like the maxilla and labium,

with black hairs; upper surface and sides of abdomen clothed

Hace reddish-yellow hairs, its lower surface with greyish-black

airs.

Carapace about one-fourth longer than broad, its length about

equal to that of tibia of 2nd leg and to protarsus of Ist and 4th

legs and to femur, patella, tibia, and half the tarsus of the palp;

its width equal to tibia or protarsus of 3rd leg and almost equal

to patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp. Cephalic region high, convexly

rounded from before backwards and from side to side; ocular

quadrangle much longer than wide, parallel-sided, the eyes sub-

equal and about a diameter apart, the distance between an anterior

and a posterior median of the same side equal to about two

diameters, anterior and posterior laterals of either side more than

twice as far apart as anterior and posterior medians ; anterior and

posterior laterals situated on small tubercles ; anterior laterals

about their own diameter above the edge of the clypeus; anterior

medians about their diameter above it.

Mandibles long ; the fang-groove armed with four teeth along its

posterior edge.

Legs long and strong, 1, 2,3, 4; the 1st more than four times

as long as the carapace, measured from base of femur; patelle

unspined, except for a setiform spinule at the extremity of the

upperside ; tibie of 1st and 2nd armed with 4 pairs of spines

below and 2 behind and 2 in front; tibie of 3rd and 4th with

56*

864 MR, R. I. POCOOK ON SCORPIONS, PHDIPALPS, [Noy. 14,

3 pairs of inferior spines, 2 behind, 2 in front, and 1 above;

femora serially spined above.

Abdomen oval, as wide as high, not twice as long as broad.

Vulva as in figure.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 30; length of cara-

pace 13, width 10; length of ocular area 3, posterior width 4;

length of palpus 16, of 1st leg 52, of 2nd 51, of 3rd 39, of 4th 48;

patella and tibia of 1st 19-5, of 4th 17.

The two known species of this genus, P. canescens and P. vulpina

Simon (Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. xlii. p. 10, 1898), from the Congo,

are too briefly described to be identifiable. Both are smaller than

LP. ferox, P. canescens being 20 mm. long and P. vulpina 22 mm.

Genus THALASSIUS Simon.

THALASSIUS GUINEENSIS (Lucas). (Plate LVII. fig. 18.)

Olios guineensis, Lucas in Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 405,

pl. xiii. fig. 6 (1858).

Q. Colour. Carapace with narrow black rim, covered above and

laterally with a mixture of white and brown hairs, sometimes the

white predominating, sometimes the brown; no distinct white

marginal or submarginal band; the clypeus the same tint as the sides

of the head; abdomen a deep rich-brown or greyish brown above,

darker behind than in front, covered with a mixture of whitish and

reddish-brown hairs, sometimes the white, sometimes the brown

predominating; ornamented with four pairs of symmetrically-

disposed blood-red patches, the posterior patches often indistinct ;

no lateral pale band; lower surface tolerably uniform yellowish

brown; legs a tolerably uniform greyish or brownish hue, not

banded; the protarsus sometimes darker at the tip.

Carapace just about equal to tibia of 1st and to tibia and pro-

tarsus of 4th leg ; longer by about one-fourth of the tarsus than

metatarsus of 1st; its upper surface flat, as high behind as in front.

Legs robust, thickly plumose, 4, 1 and 2, 3 in length; patella

and tibia of 4th a little less than those of Ist, and distinctly

less than those of 2nd.

Lateral lobes of vulva long, oblique, converging posteriorly and

meeting in a short median suture; the depression between them

semioval, widely open in front, and filled in with a completely

chitinous irregular sclerite (see Plate LVII. fig. 18).

3. Resembling ? in colour; legs much longer, but equally

strongly plumose. Palp when extended not reaching apex of

femur of Ist leg; its tibia subcylindrical, unarmed ; tarsus piri-

form, shorter than patella and tibia taken together.

Measurements in millimetres— 2. Total length 24; length of

carapace 11, of 1st leg 42, 2nd leg 42-5, 3rd leg 39, "4th leg 44.

3. Total length 22; length of carapace 10, of 1st leg 52, 2nd

52°5, 3rd 48, 4th 54.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

This species has apparently not been rediscovered since Luca

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA, 865

described it in 1858. Hence its generic position has remained a

matter of doubt.

THALASSIUS FORMOSUS, sp. n. (Plate LVII. fig. 19.)

@. Resembling the preceding in its robust, thickly plumose legs,

form of vulva, &c.; but differing essentially in colour. Side of

carapace covered with a thick coating of yellow hairs, with a

narrow brown inferior band above the black border; upperside

mostly covered with deep-brown hairs, which on each side invade

and break the continuity of the lateral yellow posterior area.

Clypeus brown, the brown area sharply defined at the sides by the

yellow hair clothing the sides of the head. Upperside of abdomen

yellow and rich olive-brown, the latter arranged in distinct

patterns, forming a posterior median patch, in front of which there

are five transverse stripes, the anterior broader than the posterior ;

also small deep brown spots scattered here and there on the yellow,

and the blood-red patches noticeable on guineensis also present.

Upperside of legs yellow, banded with brown; femora with a

broad basal brown band and a narrower band of the same colour,

about one fourth of the distance from the apex; patella brown,

slightly yellow distally ; base of tibia narrowly, apex more widely

brown ; base and apex of protarsus and of tarsus brown.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 21; length of cara-

pace 10, Ist leg 35°5, 2nd leg 36, 3rd leg 33, 4th leg 38.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

Although not quite adult, the type of the species shows the same

form of vulva as in subadult examples of 7’. quineensis.

THALASSIUS INORNATUS, Sp. ND.

@. Colour much as in 7. guineensis; carapace and abdomen

covered with a uniform mixture of brown and yellowish-grey hairs;

abdomen ornamented posteriorly at the sides with some blood-red

patches running into ill-defined stripes ; integument of abdomen

olive-yellow, with a median anterior pale narrow lanceolate area ;

legs uniformly brown, covered with greyish-white hairs.

Carapace a little less than tibia of 1st and 4th and than pro-

tarsus of 4th leg, slightly longer than protarsus of 1st.

Legs wuch less thickly plumose than in guineensis; patella and

tibia of 4th a little less than those of Ist.

Lower side of abdomen covered with short slender hairs, inter-

spersed amongst the normal hairy coating.

Lateral lobes of vulva irregularly subquadrate ; the inner edge

longitudinally truncate and almost contiguous throughout their

length, being merely separated for a short distance anteriorly by a

narrow median sclerite ; anterior depression of vulva marked with

a pale membranous spot on each side, and on the inner side of the

spot with a black, thickly chitinous ridge.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

In colour, &c., closely resembling the Somaliland species 7’.

unicolor Simon (in Donaldson Smith’s ‘Through Unknown African

866 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Nov. 14,

Countries,’ p. 389, 1897). The latter, however, has the lower side

of the abdomen covered with sete, which are longer and more

numerous than in J. inornatus; there are no blood-red markings

on the abdomen, and the depression of the vulva has no pale lateral

spot and black ridge. ¢

THALASSIUS AURATUS, sp. n. (Plate LVII. fig. 20.)

Colour. Carapace uniformly covered, except on the clypeus which

is brown, with pale hairs, white at the sides and becoming yellowish

on the summit; abdomen covered above with golden-yellow hairs

and marked in its posterior half with some small symmetrical

brown spots; sides of abdomen brownish red, darker above than

below, lower surface bright yellowish brown ; legs uniformly deep

chocolate-brown.

Carapace as long as protarsus and one-fourth of the tarsus of

the 1st leg, slightly shorter than tibia of 1st and than tibia and

protarsus of 4th.

Vulva very like that of 7. regalis, but the anterior depression

filled in at the sides and leaving a longitudinally oblong median

depression.

Loc. Benito River (@. L. Bates). A single adult female.

Recognizable from the other species by the uniform golden-yellow

colour of the upperside of abdomen and carapace, and uniformly

deep brown legs.

THALASSIUS LEUCOSLICTUS, sp. Nn.

Colour of carapace brown, with a broad yellow band on each side

running from the clypeus alinost to the posterior border, its upper

edge tolerably even, the lower irregularly jagged on a Jevel with

the coxe of the 2nd and 3rd legs, where the space between the

stripe and the lateral margin is widest ; a few small white spots on

the dorsal surface of the carapace and one on each side above the

anterior extremity of the stripe. Abdomen a deep rich velvety

brown above, with a broad yellow stripe on each side, the stripe

straight throughout its length, not geniculate, but at its posterior

end irregularly jagged above, forming incipient white spots ;

anterior part of upper surface of abdomen with a few symmetri-

cally arranged yellow spots; sides of abdomen below the stripe

spotted with yellow ; legs and palpi brown, spotted with yellow

stripes above, protarsi in addition ringed with darker bands ;

lower side of legs, sternum, and mandibles a tolerably uniform

fawn-brown ; lower side of abdomen a little darker than sternum,

with a few white spots at the sides.

Carapace shorter than the 1st and 4th tibize and not quite so

long as the 4th protarsus, longer than the 1st protarsus ; width of

carapace just about equal to tibia of 3rd leg. Ocular quadrangle

longer than wide, shorter than height of clypeus; posterior median

eyes larger than anterior medians.

Legs 4, 2, 1, 3, strongly and normally spined ; protarsi not very

noticeably plumose.

1899. ] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 867

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 14; length of cara-

pace 6-8, width 5:8; length of Ist leg 27-5, of 2nd 28, of 3rd 23°5,

of 4th 29.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

Resembling 7’. spinosissimus Karsch, from the same area, in

colouring, but recognizable, according to the description of the

latter, in having the legs ornamented with white transverse stripes

and spots.

Although the type of this species is not quite adult, the

colouring will probably be found to afford a better criterion of its

specific distinction than the form of the vulva.

THALASSIUS LEONENSIS, sp. n. (Plate LVII. fig. 21.)

Colour a uniform reddish brown above and below; carapace

and abdomen with a silvery white band extending from the sides

of the clypeus almost to the spinners, the band on the carapace

considerably narrower than the brown margin external to it.

Carapace normally high, as high behind as in front, its width

equal to the area between the posterior border and the posterior

lateral eye; its length equal to length of tibia or protarsus of 4th

leg ; slightly exceeding tibia of 1st and 2nd, width slightly exceeding

tibia of 3rd.

Vulva practically as in 7. spenceri F. Cambr., from Cape Colony

(see P. Z. S. 1898, pl. iv. fig. 16), but longer as compared to its

width owing to the greater length of the lateral lobes.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 21; length of cara-

pace 9°5, width 8; length of 1st leg 35, of 2nd 35:5, of 3rd 33,

of 4th 38 ; tibia of 4th 9-5, protarsus of 4th 9°8.

Loc. Sierra Leone.

The type of this species is the specimen from Sierra Leone

referred by Mr. F. Cambridge to 7. spenceri, the type of which

came from East London in Cape Colony (P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 30).

The two specimens appear to me, however, to be specifically

distinguishable. In 1’, spenceri the carapace is very slightly

shorter than tibia 1 (not longer as stated in the synopsis: loc. cit.

p- 29), and barely exceeds the 1st protarsus, and the width of the

carapace is a shade less than tibia 3; the lobes of the vulva, too,

are shorter and smaller.

THALASSIUS BATESI, sp. 0.

General characters as in 7’. leonensis, but with yellow band on

carapace and abdomen broader. Vulva differing in that the hairy

lateral lobes do not meet in the middle line, but are separated in

front by a median shining hairless sclerite, which is itself divided

by a central longitudinal sulcus.

Measurements in millimetres —Total length 22; length of cara-

pace 9:2, width 7:5; length of Ist leg 36, 3rd 32, 4th 39;

protarsus of Ist 8, of 4th 9°8.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

Only the female known.

868 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Novy. 14,

THALASSIUS REGALIS, sp. n. (Plate LVII. fig. 22.)

Colour. Carapace and abdomen with a pair of broad yellow bands

extending from clypeus to spinners, covered elsewhere with

yellowish rusty-red hairs ; legs strongly banded ; femora of legs

yellowish red, those of 2nd pair slightly, of 3rd and 4th pairs

distinctly banded with black; apex of femora, whole of patella,

basal seventh and apical third of tibiz, basal and apical fourth of

protarsi and tarsi black ; the rest of the legs yellowish red.

Carapace a little less than tibia of 1st leg, excelling its protarsus

by about one fourth the tarsus, distinctly shorter than both tibia

and protarsus of 4th. Lobes of vulva in contact along the posterior

half of the inner edge, separated in the anterior half by a median

heart-shaped sclerite, the depression in front of the lobes marked

with two posteriorly converging black ridges.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 22; length of carapace

9, width 8; length of 1st leg 36, of 2nd 36, of 3rd 32, of 4th 38;

protarsus of Ist 8, of 4th 9-8.

Loc. Benito River (G. Z. Bates). An adult and an immature

female.

THALASSIUS INSIGNIS, sp. n. (Plate LVII. figs. 23, 23 a.)

Q. Colour. Carapace brownish red, covered with brownish hairs

speckled with white, with a black edge, within the black edge a

white rim which broadens on each side of the head, the face

uniformly dark, sides of thoracic portion posteriorly blackish ;

mandibles black with yellowish hairs; abdomen brownish above,

speckled with white hairs and with white spots at the sides ; lower

side of abdomen, sternum, and coxe greyish yellow. Legs variegated

above; femora yellow, indistinctly variegated ; patelle yellow,

blackish at the base ; tibize yellow, black at base and apex; protarsi

yellowish, also black at apex and base ; tarsi yellowish; the yellowish

areas of the legs covered with white hairs, the darker patches with

dark hairs.

Carapace nearly circular, a little longer than wide, the width

equal to the length from the posterior border to the anterior pair

of eyes; length slightly less than protarsus of 1st leg, about equal

to tibia of 3rd, width slightly shorter than tibia of 3rd; carapace

low, higher in the cephalic region than posteriorly, not strongly

elevated behind; clypeus scarcely exceeding the ocular quadrangle;

ocular quadrangle longer than broad, slightly narrowed in front,

the posterior median eyes much larger than the anterior median.

Legs 4,2, 1,3; the Ist, 2nd, and 4th subequal; patella and

tibia of 1st and 2nd about equal and a little longer than those of

4th; protarsus of 4th excee ding that of 1st by about one third the

length of the tarsus.

Abdomen broadest in its posterior half, gradually narrowed in

front, abruptly narrowed behind.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 16; length of cara-

pace 7°7, width 7-2; length of Ist leg 34, of 2nd 34-5, of 3rd 31,

of 4th 35.

Loc. Benito River (G. LZ. Bates).

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 869

The characters of the foregoing species of Thalassius may be

tabulated as follows :—

a. Carapace flatter and less elevated behind, cephalic region

higher than thoracic; legs yellow, banded and spotted

With) blaekai. caste tssnecsstessaresareassemespenet-nanssedsecsnaenrmacsses insignis.

b. Carapace high and more conyex behind, level along upperside ;

cephalic area not higher than thoracic.

a, A broad yellow lateral stripe extending from side of head

to spinners.

a?. Legs yellow, strongly banded with black ; patella black .. regalis.

b?. Legs yellowish brown, at most spotted above with white.

a®. Upperside of legs ornamented with silvery white spots

and bands, white spots also on upperside of abdomen

above yellow band............:seeessecseeecseeserseeeeees ‘.... leucostictus,

b3, Upperside of legs and abdomen not spotted with white.

a‘, Lateral lobes of vulva in contact, not separated

mesially by a shining hairless sclerite ............... leonensis,

24, Lateral lobes of vulva separated posteriorly in the

middle line by a shining hairless sclerite ............ batest.

b', No definite longitudinal yellow band extending from head

to spinners.

a®, Legs robust, thickly plumose distally ; lateral lobes of

vulva elongate, obliquely converging, and meeting poste-

riorly in a very short suture.

a®, Legs and upperside of abdomen strongly banded ;

elypeus darker than side of GAG as cceaceta-beescnacce Sormosus.

b°, Legs and abdomen not banded; clypeus same colour

as sides Of head .............cecsesceceecsseecnerecererersse eens guineensis.

b°, Legs thinner, not thickly plumose ; lateral lobes of vulva

subquadrate, meeting or nearly meeting in a long median

suture.

a’, Upperside of thorax and abdomen nearly uniformly

golden yellow ; legs chocolate-brown ..................++- auratus.

b7, Upperside of thorax and abdomen covered with

brown and yellow hairs; legs pale, covered with

greyish-white hairs ..........e-seeseeeesseeneeteeteeeeeneeees inornatus,

The following West-African species are unknown to me :—

T. spinosissimus Karsch (Zeits. gesammt. Naturwiss. lit. p. 345,

1879), described as a Ctenus from the Loango coast, will fall

apparently under section b' of the above table ; but seems to

differ from both 7’. batesi and 7’. leonensis in having the brown field

of the upperside of the abdomen laterally spotted with white,

perhaps as in 1’. leucostictus. The description, however, contains

no statement to the effect that the legs are ornamental as in

T.. leucostictus.

T. pictus, Simon (Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. xl. p. 17, 1898), from

Ogowé, will according to colour characters fall under section a or

a’, resembling 7’. insignis in some respects; but since M. Simon

makes no mention of any peculiarity in the form of the carapace,

it is not permissible to suppose that his species is identical with

T. insignis.

Genus Dotomepgs Latr.

DoLoMEDES TRANSFUGA, sp. n. (Plate LVII. fig. 24.)

3. Colour a tolerably uniform yellowish brown; carapace covered

above with olive-brown hairs, with a broad marginal snow-white

870 ME. B. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Nov. 14,

band extending from middle of clypeus to side of posterior

emargination. Upperside of abdomen covered with short hairs of

arusty-red hue ; a snow-white lateral band set off above and below

by a narrow darker stripe ; legs and ventral surface not varied.

Carapace nearly circular, its width equal to the length of its

upper surface from posterior median eyes to posterior emargination ;

its upper surface posteriorly elevated, a little higher than cephalic

region ; length a little less than tibia of 3rd and a little greater

than the tarsus of 4th leg, a little excelling half the length of the

patella and tibia of Ist and 4th. yes of anterior line a little

recurved; laterals much smaller than centrals, their upper edges in

a straight line ; anterior line noticeably wider on each side than

line of posterior medians, the latter much larger than anterior

medians ; ocular quadrangle less than height of clypeus, much

wider behind than in front, its posterior width exceeding its

length. Inferior border of mandible armed posteriorly with 4

teeth.

Legs long and slender, 4, 1, 2, 3 in length; patella and tibia of

Ist and 2nd subequal and a little shorter than of 4th ; protarsus of

4th equal to protarsus and one third of tarsus of Ist; patella

armed with 3 spines, one on each side and one median apical; tarsi

not scopulate, thickly setose below.

Palp extending past middle of tibia of Ist leg; tibial segment

longer than patella, distally incrassate, armed externally with a

crescentically upeurved pointed spine, and on the inner side with

a short quadrate lightly emarginate buttress ; tarsus about as long

as patella and tibia, short in its basal half, subcylindrical distally.

Measurements in millimetres —Total length 21; length of carapace

18:3, width 9; length of 1st leg 56, of 2nd 54, of 8rd 48, of 4th 60,

Loc. Benito River (G. ZL. Bates). An adult male and an

immature female.

In this description some characters considered to be of generic

value have been repeated to substantiate the claim of the species

to be ranked in the genus Dolomedes. This genus is, according to

Simon, replaced in Tropical Africa by the allied form Tapinothele,

which has been recorded from Zanzibar (Hist. Nat. Araignées,

i. pp. 310 & 313, 1898). But the species here named transfuga

does not appear to differ in any important particulars from the

genus Dolomedes as characterized by Simon, and certainly does not

fall into the genus Tapinothele.

Family Crmnip2.

Genus CTENUS.

CrEenus BuRTONI F, Cambr.

Ctenus burtoni, F. Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soe. 1898, p. 25, pl. iii.

figs. 3 a-f.

Loc. Cameroons (Capt. Burton) ; Benito River (G. L. Bates).

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 871

This species is apparently nearly allied to Phoneutria capulina

Karsch, the colour of the mandibles being apparently the same in

the two species and both of them possessing the beard-like fringe

of hair on the lower side of the legs, upon which Karsch lays so

much stress, Fortunately the question can be without difficulty

settled by a comparison between the palpus of C. capulinus and

the figures of that of C. burtont which Mr. Cambridge has published.

CTENUS OCCIDENTALIS FE’. Cambr.

Ctenus occidentalis, F. Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 22.

Loc. W. Africa (without further history).

CTrENUS KINGSLEYI F. Cambr.

Ctenus kingsley, F. Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 21, pl. iii.

fig. 6.

Loc. Cameroons (Miss Kingsley).

CTENUS SCOPULATUS, sp.n. (Plate LVII. fig. 25.)

Colour. Carapace deep mahogany, clothed with short reddish-

brown hairs, hairs on the face and upper half of mandible

deep carmine; mandibles shining black: legs same colour as

carapace above; femora redder below, especially the base of the 1st

and 2nd in front; scopule greyish black. Abdomen indistinctly

variegated black and red above, the sides especially in front clothed

with bright reddish hairs interspersed with longer hairs of a paler

tint ; the lower surface behind the epigastric fold entirely covered

with a broad velvety-black field, narrowed and oval behind and

. sharply marked off at the sides by the red hairs of the lateral

surface and in front by the reddish-yellow epigastric region ;

sternum and coxe blackish brown.

Carapace longitudinally horizontal above, a little shorter than

palp measured from base of femur, longer than patella and tibia

or than tarsus and protarsus of 3rd leg, a little shorter than 4th

protarsus, just about equal to protarsus and tarsus of 2nd; its

width just about equal to tibia of 2nd and of 4th; ocular quad-

rangle longer than wide, narrowed in front, exceeding height of

clypeus, which nearly equals three diameters of anterior median

eyes.

Legs 4,1, 2,3; tibie of 1st and 2nd with 5 pairs of inferior

spines, not spined above, of 3rd and 4th with 3 pairs and 2 anterior

and 2 posterior spines and 3 superior spines; patelle of 1st and

2nd unspined, of 3rd and 4th with 1 anterior and 1 posterior

spine ; tibia of Ist and 2nd scopulate below, of 3rd scopulate

below at its distal end; protarsus of 4th scopulate except in the

basal fourth of its length; protarsi of 1st and 2nd without inferior

apical spine.

Vulva consisting of a reddish, heart-shaped, convex, median

selerite, with a small shining black dentiform process on each side

of its posterior extremity.

872 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, _[Nov. 14,

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 31; length of cara-

pace 15, width 12; length of palp 17, of 1st leg 50, of 2nd leg 47,

of 3rd leg 38, of 4th leg 51; patella and tibia of Ist leg 26, of 4th

17, protarsus of 1st 12, of 4th 16.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

Rivalling the preceding species, C. kingsleyi and C. occidentalis, in

size, and resembling them in the absence of the inferior apical pro-

tarsal spine of the Ist and 2nd leg; but at once recognizable from

both by its coloration, especially of the lower surface of the

abdomen. It further resembles C. kingsleyi in having the carapace

shorter than the 4th protarsus and very much in the form and size

ot the vulva, but differs from it and approaches C. occidentalis in

having the carapace longer than the patella and tibia of the 3rd leg.

The black patch on the lower side of the abdomen in (’. scopulatus

calls to mind the somewhat similar colouring found in Phoneutria

mélanogastra of Bésenberg and Lenz (JB. Hamburg. Mus. xii.

p- 12, pl. i. fig. 14), from East Africa; but the two species are

certainly quite distinct, seeing that P. melanogastra is less than

half the size of C. scopulatus and has a median pale stripe on the

carapace. And lastly from Simon’s species C. erythrochelis from

Landana (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, i. p. 222), which also has red

hairs on the base of the mandible, C. scopulatus may be recognized

by the absence of pale bands on the carapace and the presence of

the black field on the lower side of the abdomen.

Ctenus auricularis and C. capulinus of Karsch, from Chinchoxo,

also seem to differ in colour from C. scopulatus, as well as from

C. occidentalis and C. kingsleyi (see Zeits. gesammt. Naturw. lii.

pp. 347-348, 1879).

CYENUS RIVULATUS, sp. n. (Plate LVII. figs. 26, 26a.)

2. Colowr. Carapace covered with blackish or olive-brown hairs,

with a median pale golden stripe, and a broad irregular interrupted

submarginal band extending from the sides of the clypeus to the

posterior border; upperside of abdomen ornamented with a median

golden-yellow or greyish band, narrow in front and indented at

the sides with four pairs of large black spots; sides of abdomen

blackish, mottled with yellow or grey spots ; on the lower side the

pale spots are arranged in definite longitudinal posteriorly con-

verging lines; sternum, coxz, and lower side of legs uniformly

deep brown; upperside of legs varied, especially on the femora,

with golden-yellow bands, the rest of the segments tinted with

yellow ; palpi uniformly dull brown; mandibles black in front,

without bright coloured base.

Carapace slightly elevated above behind the fovea, as long as

patella+ tibia of 3rd leg, as tibia of Ist, and a little longer than

protarsus of 1st and than tibia of 4th, about four fifths of the

protarsus of the 4th; ocular quadrangle more narrowed in front

than in C. scopulatus, its eyes relatively larger, the anterior

separated by a space which about equals the radius.

Legs 4,1, 2,3; patella+tibia of 4th a little less than of Ist

1899. ] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 873

and a little more than of 2nd ; protarsi of 1st and 2nd legs with-

out inferior apical spine; tibia of Ist lightly scopulate.

Vulva consisting of a median red sclerite, shaped like the ace of

spades, as broad as long, its anterior border with a median for-

wardly directed prominence and convex sides; the lateral tooth

less prominent than in C. scopulatus.

3. Similar in colour to 9, legs much longer (cf. measurements).

Legs not fringed as in C. burtoni and C. capulinus; tibial spur of

palpus long, viewed from above diverging externally, then turned

forwards at apex; seen from the outside aspect, the upper edge

is nearly straight, the lower concave, with the apex strongly

bifurcate, the upper branch of the fork slightly hooked apically,

the lower truncate with acute inferior angle; tarsus with only a

- small tuberculiform prominence at base on outer side.

Measurements in millimetres.— 9. Total length 26; length of

carapace 12, of Ist leg 44, 2nd 49, 3rd 34, 4th 47-5,

3. Total length 20; length of carapace 11, of Ist leg 57,

2nd 50, 3rd 41, 4th 57.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

Crenus (LmprocreNnvs) AGILIOR, sp. n. (Plate LV. fig. 7.)

3. Colour. Carapace with pale median band constricted just

behind the head, laterally infuscate, paler above the border, area

around eyes black; mandibles pale, infuscate externally ; palpi

and legs pale, obscurely banded with greyish black; upperside of

abdomen clothed with olive-yellow hairs, and diversified with red

and black marking ; underside flavous.

Carapace with a deep depression behind the head; head and

posterior portion elevated ; clypeus narrower than anterior median

eyes.

oo very long and slender; tarsal and protarsal scopule very

scanty ; tibia of lst armed with 4 anterior and 4 posterior spines

and with 6 pairs of inferior spines ; protarsus of 1st with 3 pairs

of inferior spines, and with 1 anterior and 3 posterior spines ;

patelle spined in front and behind.

Palp with tibia longer than patella, and furnished externally

with a large bifid prominence, of which the upper branch is longer

and sharper than the lower ; base of tarsus above furnished with

a conical process; tip of tarsus prolonged and _ subcylindrical ;

tarsus not so long as patella and tibia taken together (for struc-

tural details of tarsus see Pl. LV. fig. 7).

Measurements in nuvllimetres.—Total length 10; length of cara-

pace 5, of palpus 9, of Ist leg 33, 2nd 29, 3rd 24, 4th 37; tibia of

Ist 10, of 4th 9.

Loc. Benito River (@. L. Bates). A single adult 3 example.

M. Simon has recently described two species of Otenus (Lepto-

ctenus) from West Africa, namely C. (L.) lycosinus and C. (L.)

aculeatus, both from the Rio Pungo (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1897,

pp. 493-4). Both are based upon females, and are not comparable

with the male described above From OC. (L.) modestus (id. loc.

874 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Nov. 14,

cit, p. 492) from Zanzibar, of which the male is known, C. (L.)

agilior certainly differs in having the tibia of the palp longer

than the patella and both together longer than the tarsus, and in

the form of the tibial apophysis, which is described as acute and

erect.

Family Hereropopip#,

Genus SeLenops Latr.

SHLENOPS ANNULATUS Simon.

Selenops annulatus, Simon, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. i. 1879, p. 15.

Loc. Benito River (@. Z. Bates). Recorded from Chinchoxo.

The following species from the Congo Region may be identical

with the preceding :—

S. sector, Karsch, Zeits. ges. Naturw. 1879, p. 342.

S. biichneri, id. Berl. ent. Zeits. xxv. p. 94 (1881).

S. brownii, Marx, P. U. S. Nat. Mus. xvi. p. 589 (1893).

Genus ToraNIA Simon.

TORANIA OCCIDENTALIS (Simon).

Isopeda occidentalis, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1887,

p- 264.

Loc. Benito River (G. LZ. Bates), Accra (@. A. Higlett); Atram

Plain, inland of Ashanti.

Recorded by Simon from Assinie.

ToRANIA VARIATA, sp.n. (Plate LVIII. figs. 30-30.)

Q. Colour. Carapace castaneous, clothed with ashy-grey hairs,

with a thickened white stripe along the posterior slope, the white

emphasized by a conspicuous bicrescentic black stripe in front and

a pair of narrower black stripes behind ; ocular area black ; clypeus

clothed with white hairs; mandibles nearly black, clothed with

greyish hairs above; maxille and labium black; palpi clothed

with grey hairs, mottled with black, tarsi fuscous; legs grey,

mottled with black above ; femora with three largish black spots

above, ashy black below, those of the posterior pairs paler than

the others; patelle black beneath ; tibia white at base and apex

below, black in the middle ; scopulz blackish grey ; sternum testa-

ceous; coxe also testaceous, those of first three legs and of the 4th

slightly black in front; abdomen mottled ashy grey above, with a

strong transverse sinuous black stripe in the posterior fourth of

its length and irregular blackish patches at the sides and smaller

spots in the middle ; lower side of abdomen yellowish grey, with

four narrow blackish longitudinal lines.

Carapace as broad as long, not quite so flat as in 7’ occidentalis, as

long as tibia of 1st leg and as protarsus and half the tarsus of the

4th leg, a little longer than patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp. Eyes

of posterior line recurved; distance between medians less than

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA, 875

between medians and laterals ; eyes of anterior line with superior

edges on a level, the laterals nearly twice the diameter of the

medians, at all events much larger; ocular quadrangle longer than

wide, parallel-sided, the anterior eyes considerably larger than the

posterior and closer together.

Mandibles weakly geniculate basally ; inferior edge with 4 teeth

behind, 2 in front.

Legs 2,1, 3 and 4; 2nd excelling 1st by length of its tarsus ;

spine-armature as in 7’. occidentalis, but with anterior spine on all

the patellz and a posterior on all the patella but that of 4th leg.

Vulva as in occidentalis, consisting of an anterior central depres-

sion followed by a pair of subcircular lobes separated in the middle

line by a median groove (Plate LVIII. fig. 30d).

3. Resembling 2 , but less vividly coloured and with longer legs;

carapace equal to length of tibia of 3rd leg ; palpal organ as in figure

(Plate LVIII. figs. 30b-30c¢); the tibia with a pair of strong sub-

equal external spurs.

Measurements in millimetres— Q. Total length 18; length of

carapace 8, of 2nd leg 36, 4th leg 28.

3. Total length 16°5 ; length of carapace 8, of 2nd leg 42, of

4th leg 33.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

This species and the foregoing may be at once distinguished as

follows :—

a. Larger, up to 30 mm. or over; anterior median eyes

scarcely smaller than anterior laterals ; sternum black ;

coxe of Ist and 2nd legs deep blackish brown; femora

with exception of the 1st, which has a black basal

spot, yellowish red! beneath). ...........c.00-<sa-e-cs0-seeea> occidentalis Sim.

6. Smaller, barely 20 mm. in length; anterior median eyes

much smaller than anterior laterals; sternum testa-

ceous; cox of Ist and 2nd legs infuscate only in

front ; femora of legs, especially of Ist and 2nd pairs,

mah Vaiplate ks DENGALM sec: cecratecsdenesucrcnemecmr espe rcaran variata, sp. n.

Genus Remmivs Simon.

REMMIUS VULTUOSUS Simon.

Remmius vultuosus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1896, p. 484.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

? REMMIUS VULPINUS Simon.

Remmius vulpinus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1896, p. 485.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

A single immature female doubtfully referred to this species.

Genus Sparassus Latr.

SPARASSUS BENITENSIS, sp.n. (Plate LVI. figs. 12,12a, &

Plate LVIILI. fig. 27.)

9. Colour of carapace a uniform ochre-yellow, clothed with

76 MR, R. I, POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, ([Noy.14,

yellow hairs; mandibles, maxillz, and labium mahogany-brown ;

sternum and legs much the same colour as the carapace; femora

redder below, indistinctly spotted above; protarsi covered above

with a clothing of greyish hairs, the rest of the segments scantily

hairy ; abdomen covered with brightish yellow hairs, marked

above and at the sides with short darker stripes and with a darker

median longitudinal stripe emphasized by three pairs of black

spots; dark blackish brown over the spinners.

Carapace a little longer than tibia of 4th leg, equal to the length

of its protarsus, a little longer than patella, tibia, and tarsus of

palp, and a little shorter than protarsus and tarsus of 3rd leg ; its

width about equal to tibia of 4th leg, and to patella, tibia, and

tarsus of palp.

Eyes of posterior line subequally spaced, space between the

medians almost equal to twice their diameter ; ocular quadrangle

parallel-sided and about as long as wide; the anterior median eyes

a little larger than the posterior median, about a diameter apart, less

than a diameter from the anterior laterals, which they equal in size

and with which they are in the same straight line; clypeus less

than diameter of anterior median eye.

Legs long and slender ; tibiew of legs armed with 11 spines, the

odd spine being in the dorsal middle line ; patella armed with an

anterior and a posterior spine ; protarsi of Ist and 2nd scopulate

to the base, of the 2nd less closely than of the 1st; basal portion

of 3rd scarcely scopulate ; 4th protarsus only scantily scopulate in

its distal half.

Vulva as in figs. 12, 12a, Plate LVI.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 14 ; length of carapace

6, width 5°5; length of 1st leg 28, of 2nd 29°5, of 3rd 20, of 4th

23°5 ; patella and tibia of Ist 10-5, of 4th 8.

3. Colour. Carapace yellow, clothed with ferruginous hairs

and mottled with white bands and spots; legs mottled with white

blotches and bands; upperside of abdomen variegated with white

and olive-green hairs.

Carapace distinctly longer than broad, the length a little less

than tibia of 3rd and than half patella+tibia of lst leg. Eyes of

posterior line practically straight ; anterior medians about half

their diameter apart and a little nearer to the laterals, which are

distinctly smaller.

Legs moderately long; 2nd surpassing 1st by barely half its tarsus ;

3rd slightly surpassing tibia of 2nd and middle of protarsus of 4th;

2nd a little less than six times, 4th a little less than five times, as

long as carapace ; tibiz with a pair of apical inferior spines ; patelle

with anterior and posterior spine.

Palp with tibia considerably longer than patella, armed with 5

long spines; the apophysis short at the base, its distal portion

bent downwards nearly at right angles and forming a slender

spiniform process; tarsus oval, about as long as patella and

tibia.

1899. | AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 877

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 13 ; length of carapace

6, width 4:8; length of Ist leg 33, of 2nd 34, os 3rd 22:5, of 4th

28; patella and tibia of Ist 12°5 5, tibia of 3rd 6,

Loc. Benito River (Gale. Bates).

SPARASSUS BATESI, sp. n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 29.)

2. Colour. Carapace, sternum, palpi, and legs flavous, less darkly

coloured distally, with blackish-grey scopule on the protarsi and

tarsi; tarsus of palp also with blackish-grey scopule; mandibles

black; abdomen golden yellow, intermixed with brown, with

transverse darker stripes passing outwards from the middle line ;

sides of abdomen golden yellow, indistinctly mottled ; lower side

of abdomen yellow.

Carapace high, about as long as broad ; cephalic region strongly

convex from side to side and from behind forwards ; width of head

almost equal to its length measured from the anterior end of the

fovea; eyes more widely spaced than in S, benitensis; the ocular

quadrangle distinctly narrowed in front,

Mandibles with 4 teeth behind and 2 in front.

Legs as in the preceding species, but without patellar spines and

with only two pairs of spines on lower side of tibia.

Vulva as in fig. 29, Plate LVIII.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 14; length of carapace

6, width 5°9; width of head 4; length of Ist leg 26, of 2nd 28, of

3rd 19-5, of 4th 23.

Loc. Benito River (@. L. Butes).

SPARASSUS TRIFURCATUS, sp.n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 28.)

3. Colour. Integument pale olive-yellow, clothed with hairs of

a golden-yellow hue; mandibles pale ; tarsus of palp infuscate.

Carapace high, convexly rounded, a little longer than broad, its

length nearly equal to tibia of 3rd leg and to half the patella and

tibia of the lst. Hyes of posterior line very slightly recurved, sub-

equal, subequally spaced, the medians a little less than two diameters

apart; eyes of anterior line straight by their centres, medians

larger than laterals, half a diameter apart and a little more than

that from the laterals.

Legs 2, 1, 4, 3; 2nd surpassing 1st by a little more than its

tarsus, 3rd ‘barely surpassing tibia of 2nd and not reaching tip

of protarsus of 4th ; 2nd leg only a little more than five times as

long as the carapace, the 4th rather morethan four times; patelle

of 1st, 2nd, and 4th with an anterior spine; no apical spines on

under side of tibiz.

Palp with tibia a little longer than patella, both without spines ;

tibial apophysis consisting of 3 strong teeth, the upper the thickest,

obliquely truncate apically, and ending in a sharp point, the

inferior shorter and thinner than the rest; tarsus elongate oval,

about as long as patella + tibia taken together.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 13; length of carapace

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. LVII. 57

878 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, [Nov. l4,

65, width 5:8; length of Ist leg 31°5, of 2nd 35, of 3rd 24, of 4th

28; patella + tibia of 1st leg 12, tibiz of 3rd 6.

Loc. Cameroons.

SPARASSUS RUFILATUS, sp.n. (Plate LVI. figs. 13, 13a.)

3. Colour much as in S, trifurcatus, except that the legs are more

orange-red, though the bases of the femora remain pale ; the upper-

side of the abdomen studded with dark reddish-brown spots and

the lower side behind the epigastric fold uniformly pinkish brown.

Carapace very slightly longer than wide, less than tibia of 3rd

and than half the patella + tibia of Ist leg.

Eyes of posterior line slightly procurved, subequal and subequally

spaced; eyes of anterior line closer together, equally spaced,

distance between medians about half their radius.

Legs very long, 2nd surpassing Ist by its tarsus and one

third of its protarsus; 2nd leg about seven times as long as

carapace. Tibia without apical inferior spines; patelle unspined.

Palp with tibia cylindrical, much longer than patella, and armed

internally with a single long spine; patella unspined ; tibial

apophysis consisting of a forwardly directed spur, the apex of which

is pointed and hooked ; tarsus very large, its external edge concave,

internal convex; palpal organ constructed as in fig. 13, Plate LVI.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 14; length of carapace

6°5, width 6; length of 1st leg 40, of 2nd 45:5, of Srd 29, of 4th

33; patella + tibia of 1st 14°8, tibia of 3rd 7:8.

Loc. Cameroons.

The females of the foregoing species may be recognized as

follows :—

a. Head narrower, its width only equal to the length between

the anterior end of the fovea and the posterior line of

eyes ; eyes closer together, the ocuiar quadrangle scarcely

narrowed infront; mandibles reddish brown ; tibia with

3 pairs of inferior spines ; patelle at least on 2nd and 3rd

legs spined in front and behind .............2...-:0ecceeeeee benitensis, sp. n.

b. Head broader, its width almost equal to the entire length

measured from the apex of the fovea; eyes more widely

spaced, the ocular quadrangle distinctly narrower

in front; mandibles black; tibie with two pairs of

spines beneath; patella unspined .............22...0eceec eee batest, sp. n-

The males of the species here described may be determined

as follows :—

a. Tibial process of palp trifurcate (tibiae of legs without

inferior apical spines; 2nd leg a good deal longer than

Ist, and only a little more than five times as long as

carapace ; patella and tibia of palp without spines) ... ¢rifurcatus, sp. n.

b. Tibial process of palp simple, undivided.

a, Tibial process stout at base, its distal half slender and

bent downwards almost at right angles ; tibiz of legs

with two pairs of inferior spines; 2nd leg only a

little longer than Ist, and less than six times as long

as carapace ; tibia of palp strongly spined ............ benitensis, sp. n

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 379

ht. Tibial process of palp stout, straightish, hooked at

apex; tibie of legs with 3 pairs of spines; 2nd leg

considerably longer than Ist and about seven times

as long as carapace ; tibize of palp with only I spine... rufilatus, sp. 0.

Sparassus (Olios) alluaudi Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887,

p- 264), from Assinie, resembles S. batesi in certain characters, for

example in having the carapace as wideas long and the mandibles

black ; but according to Simon the eyes of the anterior line are

procurved in S. al/waudi, whereas they are straight in S. batesi and

the upperside of the abdomen is ornamented with a longitudinal,

lanceolate fuscous band.

PALYSTODES, gen. nov.

Carapace about one-third longer than wide, rather low, mode-

rately convex, flat above longitudinally; the cephalic area not raised.

Eyes of posterior line nearly equidistant, very slightly recurved,

the medians larger than the laterals, which are sessile; those

of anterior line also equidistant, their lower edges on a level, the

medians much smaller than the laterals, their diameter less than

the radius of the latter; clypeus low, less than the diameter of

anterior medians ; quadrangle of median eyes much longer than

wide, wider behind than in front, the eyes subequal.

Mandibles armed below with 3 teeth in front and 3 behind.

Legs 1, 2, +, 3, completely Jaterigrade, very long and slender.

Recognizable from Palystes, to which it is most nearly related, by

having the carapace narrower and its upper surface flat from the

eyes to the posterior end of the thoracic fovea. In Palystes the

carapace is strongly convex longitudinally.

PALYSTODES PLUMOSUS, sp. n. (Plate LVIII. figs. 31, 314.)

¢. Colour. Carapace castaneous, covered with a coating of

brownish hairs, mottled with darker and lighter patches; mandibles

deep mahogany, clothed with mottled greyish-yellow hairs; labium

and maxille black ; sternum black, striped with red bands, which

cross it transversely on a level with the coxe ; cox covered with

rich yellowish-red hairs, black in front; legs blackish, femora spotted

with white below, white spotted with black above, with tufts of

brownish hairs in front ; patelle white below ; tibie with two white

stripes below, one median and one apical; upperside of tarsi and

protarsi brownish, mottled with tufts of hair; scopule of tarsi and

protarsi rusty red: the colouring of the 4th leg less distinctly

marked than that of the others; apex of femora, tibiz, and protarsi,

especially of 4th leg, with short tufts of hair, somewhat as in

some species of Pandercetes ; palpi black, mottled above, the hairs

more uniformly flavous below; tarsus covered with ferruginous

hairs, fuscous apically below. Abdomen mottled with greyish-

yellow above, with tufts of brown hairs, a short anterior median

black stripe, and on each side of the middle line a large semi-

circular black stripe, the anterior and posterior ends of which

SY fa

880 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, (Noy. 14,

are almost in contact in the middle line, the former just in front

of the middle of the upper surface, the latter a little distance in

front of the spinners; lower side of abdomen covered with a

broad undivided field of deep rich, nearly blood-red hairs, a

narrow arched transverse black stripe behind the epigastric fold ;

the epigastric region blackish, relieved, especially posteriorly, with

golden-yellow hairs; sides of abdomen above the red field greyish,

mottled with red anteriorly.

Carapuce equal to length of 4th tibia and 3rd femur, width

equal to about half the length of protarsus and tarsus of 2nd leg.

Legs—spines of 1st and 2nd femora, 3, 2,3; of 3rd, 2, 2, 3; of

4th, 3, 2,2; 1st and 2nd patelle, 1,1; of 3rdand 4th, 1 anterior ;

tibie, 2,2, 2 below, 2 in front, 1 above, and 2 behind; protarsi, 2,

2 below, 2 behind, 3 in front; tibie of Ist and 2nd sinuous;

femora of Ist and 4th equal; lst leg nearly five times as long as

carapace, 3rd leg about three and half times as long, 4th about

four times as long.

Abdomen more than one third longer than broad, voluminous,

broadest just behind the middle, then narrowed abruptly to its

termination.

Vulva consisting of a transversely oval pit, followed by a pair

of skeletal pieces separated by a narrow median sclerite.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 25; length of carapace

11, width 8; length of Ist leg 56, of 2nd 52, of 3rd 39, of 4th 48

(all measured from base of femur) ; patella and tibia of Ist 21, of

4th 16; protarsus of Ist 14, of 4th 12.

Loc. Benito River (@. L. Bates).

Family THomisip2£.

Genus PHrynaracHne Thorell.

PHRYNARACHNE RUGOSA (Latreille).

Thomisus rugosus, Latreille, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. nat. xxxiv. p. 62.

Thomisus foka, Vinson, Aranéides Madagascar, &c. p. 69, pl. xiv.

fig. + (1863).

Loc. Benito River (G@. L. Butes).

The specimen of Phrynarachne obtained by Mr. Bates seems

identical with an example in the British Museum from Mada-

gascar.

PHRYNARACHNE MARMORATA, sp. n. (Plate LVI. fig. 14.)

2. Colour. Carapace with a large jet-black patch on each side

of the thoracic portion; the margins yellowish brown and the

middle line clearer yellow ; head infuscate, the ocular tubercles

amber-yellow, a yellowish-white band passing from the median

eyes to the lateral angles of the clypeus ; upper portion of mandible

yellowish white, lower portion infuscate; basal half of palpi

yellowish white, tibia and tarsus infuscate; legs of Ist and 2nd

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA, 881

pairs with coxe, trochanters and femora, patellee, and basal half of

tibie yellow, clouded or marbled with black ; distal half of tibiz and

protarsi black, slightly variegated with yellow, tarsi yellow; 3rd

and 4th legs black, with tarsus and basal half of femur yellow, and

the rest of the segments varied with yellow marks; sternum

yellow, clouded with black; upperside of abdomen black in its

anterior half, with a median yellow stripe, the posterior half

reddish brown in the middle, jet-black on the posterior angles ; 4

large yellowish-green triangular patch spreading in from the sides

in front of the posterior angles; sides of abdomen whitish yellow ;

ventral surface yellowish brown, varied with black markings.

Carapace a little excelling tibia of Ist leg in length ; flat above,

not elevated posteriorly as in rugosa, the tubercles high and conical ;

eyes of anterior line a little more recurved ; median ocular quad-

rangle more narrowed anteriorly than in that: species.

Legs longer than in rugosa; the tibia of 1st and 2nd pairs more

strongly bowed; tubercles on femora larger; spines on protarsi

more numerous and longer, those on upperside of the segment

forming a distinct long pectinated series, which distally largely

overlaps the base of the tarsus.

Abdomen widest along its posterior border, which is truncate ;

width across the middle less than the length ; width across posterior

angles exceeding the length; tubercles large and conical, not low

as in rugosa.

Vulva consisting of a median anteriorly narrowed piriform lobe,

lodged in a depression bounded by a semicircular border.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 9 ; length of carapace

4-2, width 3°8 ; length of abdomen 5, width posteriorly 6.

Loc. Benito River (G. L. Bates).

Easily recognizable from P. rugosa by the variegated colouring,

stronger tuberculation, longer anterior legs, &c.

Genus THomisus Latr.

THOMISUS TRIPUNCTATUS Lucas.

Thomisus tripunctatus, Lucas, in Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 400,

pl. xii. fig. 3 (1863).

Loe. Sierra Leone (Surg.-Capt. Clements), and subadult specimens

probably referable to this species from the Benito River (G. L.

Bates).

Genus PLatytHomisus Dol.

PLATYTHOMISUS NIGRICEPS, sp. n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 32.)

2. Colour. Carapace coal-black, with narrow yellow margin at

the sides and posteriorly ; mandibles, maxilJe, labium, and sternum

bluck; palpi yellow, infuscate quite at tip of tarsus; coxe and

trochanters of all the legs yellow ; femora of 3rd and 4th pairs also

yellow except for a black apical ring ; femora of Ist and 2nd pairs

deeply infuscate, yellow quite at base ; remaining segments of all

882 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS, PEDIPALPS, _[ Nov. 14,

the legs jet-black. Abdomen variegated ; upperside yellow, with

three pairs of large black patches, the anterior pair united by a

narrow bridge, the third pair the smailest and triangular ; these

are followed by a transversely crescentic black stripe, the coneavity

of which is posterior; behind this are two median black spots,

one bebind the other; on each side of the abdomen js a broad black

stripe, which unites with its fellow of the opposite side above the

pedicel in front and stops short some little distance above the

spinners behind ; spinners black, with a dorsally incomplete black

ring around them; the ring is connected in the middle line below

with a pair of broad black stripes, which unite posteriorly, are

separated by a narrow median yellow stripe, and extend from

the epigastric fold to the posterior third of the lower side of the

abdomen ; region of vulva and lung-books brown, darker mesially.

Carapace as wide as long, strongly convex ; cephalic area sloped

downwards and forwards; its total length about equal to tibia of

Ist leg and to patella and tibia of 4th. yes of anterior and

posterior lines distinctly recurved when viewed trom above; distance

between anterior and posterior medians equal to that between

anterior and posterior laterals; distance between posterior medians

greater than that between posterior median and lateral on each

side; distance between anterior medians less than between median

and lateral on each side; ocular quadrangle much wider than

long, much narrowed in front, the distance between the posterior

medians at least one third greater than that between the anterior

medians.

Legs long ; 1st leg about four times as long as carapace ; tarsi

of Ist and 2nd with thick apical scopula; protarsi and tarsi of

8rd and 4th also scopulate ; tibiz and protarsi of 1st and 2nd not

visibly spined beneath.

Abdomen voluminous, not quite twice as long as wide, broadest

just behind the middle, rounded in front, narrowed and somewhat

pointed behind.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 17; length of carapace

55, of Ist leg 22°5, 2nd leg 21, 3rd leg 12, 4th leg 14°5 ; length of

abdomen 12, width 8-3.

Loc, Benito River (G. L. Bates). A single 9 example.

PLATYTHOMISUS INSIGNIS, sp. n. (Plate LVIIL. fig. 33.)

2. Colour. Carapace orange-yellow, with a narrow black rim,

incomplete behind but complete along the clypeus; ocular area

involved in a broadish transverse black stripe; mandibles yellow,

broadly black externally and apically, maxille and labium yellow,

the latter infuscate marginally, the former internally at the apex ;

sternum yellow, with anteriorly and posteriorly incomplete median

black line ; palpi yellow, tip of tarsus blackish ; legs coloured as in

nigriceps, but with more black at the distal halt of the femora.

Abdumen mostly yellow, the upperside with three pairs of black

patches, the posterior pair small and followed by a small median

black spot ; anterior surface of abdomen with a broad transyerse

1899.] AND SPIDERS FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 883

black stripe, which on the sides of the abdomen breaks up into

a fan-like arrangement of narrow black longitudinal stripes ex-

tending as far as the spinners; spinners black ; the lower surface

of abdomen testaceous yellow.

Structurally allied to P. nigriceps, but the ocular quadrangle

wider as compared with its length ; legs distinctly shorter, the 1st

jess than four times as long as the carapace; length of carapace

much greater than that of tibia of Ist leg and distinctly greater

than patella and tibia of 4th; tibize and protarsi of Ist and 2nd

legs distinctly spined below; abdomen about one third longer than

wide, a long oval, not noticeably wider behind the middle.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 21; length of carapace

7, of abdomen 14:5, width of abdomen 9°5; length of Ist leg 25,

of 2nd 25, of 3rd 16, of 4th 17.

Loe. Benito River (@. L. Bates).

The previously described African species of this genus are :—

P. heraldicus, Karsch, Zeits. ges. Naturwiss. li. p. 315, pl. Vill.

fig. 4 (1878); Simon, Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. p. 1016, fig. LOT7

(1895). From Zanzibar and Lake Tanganyika.

[I have seen no specimens of this species, but it certainly differs

from all those enumerated in the table below in having the upper-

side of the abdomen black with yellow spots, instead of yellow

with black spots. |

P. sea-maculatus, Simon, in Donaldson Smith’s ‘ Through Un-

known African Countries,’ p. 388 (1897). From Somaliland.

P, pantherinus, Poc., Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) li. p. 445,

pl. xiii. fig. 7 (1898). From Nyasaland.

The four Tropical African species of this handsome genus,

represented in the British Museum by the typical examples, may

be distinguished as follows :—

a, Carapace, mandibles, labium, maxillz, and sternum

jet-black ; lower side of abdomen with a pair of

broad black narrowly separated bands, which unite

posteriorly ........-..cseeceseeceesee rece neseeeeeneennesees nigriceps, sp. N.

b. Carapace principally yellow or red, margined or

spotted with black, and black in the ocular region;

mandibles, maxillz, labium, and sternum princi-

pally or wholly yellow; abdomen without black

bands on the middle of its ventral surface.

a\, Carapace red or yellow, with a black margin and

transverse black frontal stripe; mandibles ex-

ternally black ; black abdominal spots large.

a2, Femora of Ist and 2nd legs deep blackish green ;

the black margin of carapace extending right

round beneath the clypeus but not joining the

ocular stripe; sides of abdomen ornamented

with narrow branching stripes arranged longi-

{udinally ; no black rings round the spinners

DelOW........c:eccncsecscneeeceresecetecctereseseaereces insignis, sp. 1.

2%, Femora of lst and 2nd legs clear yellow; black

margin on carapace not extending on to face,

884 ON SCORPIONS ETC. FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. [Noy. 14,

stopping short on a level with the Ist leg;

frontal stripe involving lateral angles of cara-

pace and ales of abdomen occupied by a con-

tinuous black stripe, extending to the spinners ;

spinners surrounded by ring of black below... sea-maculatus Sim.

b'. Carapace yellow, not margined with black, spotted

with black; mandibles not black externally ;

black abdominal spots small .................00.-00e pantherinus Poe.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats LY.

Fig. 1. Aranethra butleri (p. 860). x 4.

Fig.

2. Aithrodes mammosa (p. 861). x 3 (nearly).

3. Araneus tyloscapus (p. 851). xX 2.

3a. a rs vulva from below.

30. . 3 vulva from behind.

4. Cyrtophora margaritata (p. 854). x 2.

4a, ‘ 5 vulva.

5. Cerostris argostictus (p. 855). X 2.

5a. 4 > vulva.

50. front leg from below.

6. Phalea Sferox (p. 863), vulva.

Gia.itar; » diagram of arrangement of eyes.

7. Ctenus (Leptoctenus) agilior (p. 878), tibial spurs of palp (spurs shaded).

Prats LVI.

8. Araneus hematocnemis (p. 850). x 14.

8a. 2 ¥. var.

8b. a 5 var.

8c.

ae 53 vulva, lateral view.

9. Araneus rhinurus (p. 852). x 2.

9a. os » vulva, lateral view.

10. Gasteracantha batesi (p. 858). x 2.

11. Phoneyusa bidentata (p. 843), palpal organ.

12 & 12a. Sparassus benitensis (p. 875), two forms of vulva.

13. Sparassus rufilatus (p. 878), palpal organ from below.

13 a. Es 5 tibial spur of palp.

14. Phrynarachne marmorata (p. 880). x 3.

Puate LVII.

15. Cerostris turriger (p. 857), side view. x14.

15a, “A is vulva.

16. », albescens (p. 856), vulva.

17. Peucetia longipes (p. 861), vulva.

18. Thalassius guineensis (p. 864), vulva.

19. » Jormosus (p.,865), lateral view of carapace.

20. e auratus (p. 866), vulva.

21. = leonensis (p. 867), vulva.

» regalis (p. 868), vulva.

if tnsignis (p. 868), vulva.

23 a. Ae - lateral view of carapace.

24. Dolomedes transfuga (p. 869), tibial spur of ¢.

25. Ctenus scopulatus (p. 871), vulva.

. » rivulatus (p. 872), tibial spur of ¢.

26a. 5, 7 central portion of palpal organ,

Bi Zee: LB G9) PIL AGN:

F.O.Pickard-Cambridge del-et ith. West, Newman imp.

WEST-AFRICAN ARACHNIDA.

1899. Pl. Livi

PYAR ol

West, Newman imp

F.0Pickerd-Cambridge del. et ath

WEST-AFRICAN ARACHNIDA.

Dawe. LeoOn, Piva,

F.0Pickard-Cambridge del etlith. 28 West, Newman imp.

WEHST-APRICAN ARACHNIDA.

Se at

‘Gt, {oS he

yr we

BZ.S.1899. Pl. LVil.

30d. ;

F OPickard-Camoridge del. etlith West, Newman imp

WEST -AFPRICAN ARACHNIDA,

1899.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM, 885

Pirate LVIIL,

Fig, 27. Sparassus benitensis (p. 875), tibial spur of ¢.

28. = trifurcatus (p. 877), tibial spur of 3.

29. Es batesi (p. 877), vulva.

30. Torania variata (p. 874), tibial spurs (upper or right, lower or left).

Ss ee ES lower tibial spur from below.

Sie ese op 3 palpal organ from below.

SOG ~ 55 i membrane process of palpal organ.

S0d.. . vulva,

31. Palystodes plwmosus (p. 879), Q. X 14.

31a. EF is vulva.

32. Platythomisus nigriceps (p. 881), 2. x 13.

33. 7 insignis (p. 882), 2. Xt.

3. Notes on a Second Collection of Batrachians made in the

Malay Peninsula and Siam, from November 1896 to

September 1898, with a List of the Species recorded

from those Countries. By Stanuey Smyru Fiower,

5th Fusiliers, F.Z.S8.

[Received May 29, 1899.]

(Plates LIX. & LX.)

To the List of 34 Batrachians from the Malay Peninsula pub-

lished in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings,’ 1896 (pp. 897-914), eight

species can now be added, viz. :—Rana kuhlit Schleg., 2. macro-

dactyla (Giinth.), R. larutensis Blgr., Microhyla ornata (D. & B.),

M., leucostigma Blgr., Bufo divergens Peters, and two large species

ot Rhacophorus ; making a total of 42 species.

In the British Museum Catalogues of Batrachians 11 species

have been recorded from Siam. Nine species can now be added,

viz. :—Rana macrodactyla (Giinth.), R. nigrovittata (Blyth), Calo-

phrynus pleurostigma Tschudi, Microhyla ornata (D. & B.), M. imor-

nata Bler., M. pulchra (Hallow.), M. achatina (Boie), M. berdmorw

(Blyth), and Bufo macrotis Blgr.; making a total of 20 species.

This list must represent, however, but a small proportion of

the forms which will eventually be found to inhabit this part of the

world.

In this paper a little-known frog, Rana plicatella, first made

known by Stoliczka, is redescribed, and the tadpoles of the

following species are described, I believe, for the first time :—

Rana macrodon, R. tigrina, Microhyla ornata, Bufo penangensis.

Besides these there is a very remarkable tadpole from Penang, the

adult form of which, so far as I have been able to discover,

is undescribed ; it is hoped this notice of it may attract other

collectors to observe it and to find out to what species it belongs.

I have to acknowledge my sense of obligation to Mr. G. A.

Boulenger, F.R.S., for his invaluable advice and very kind help in

answering many questions for me in letters during the last three

years.

886 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON TIE (Noy. 14,

Order ECAUDATA.

Family Ranip x.

J. OxyeLossus Lima (Gravenh.),

Oxyglossus lima, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 5.

« Kato’ limpong ” of the Malays of Kedah.

Localities. In the P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 897, 1 wrote :—‘“ This species is

said to occur in the Malay Peninsula, but I have not been able to

find it recorded south of Tenasserim, though it occurs again in

Java”; but since then, in June 1898, I found it numerous near

Alor Star and at Jenan, in the State of Kedah, Malay Peninsula.

M. Mouhot obtained specimens in Siam and Cambodia. I ob-

tained specimens at the following places in Siam:—one Bangkok

(July), many Sapatoom (August), many Ayuthia (December), one

a few miles north of Ayuthia (February), many Pakpreo (June),

and one Bawtong Kabin (March).

Habits. This is a thoroughly aquatic frog, to be found in small

onds.

: Colour (in life). Above olive-brown (Kabin specimen dark,

Pakpreo ones light), lighter and greener on limbs, with or without

a pale yellow vertebral line ; beneath yellow, more or less

handsomely marked with dark olive-brown, including a narrow

line along middle of abdomen; back of thigh conspicuously

marked with two yellow lines or a broad black one. Iris: narrow

gold line surrounding the black diamond-shaped pupil, remainder

brown.

A particularly handsome individual from Bangkok was coloured

in life :—Above olive-brown mottled with dark brown, a broad

black-edged vertebral line grass-green anteriorly, shading to olive-

green posteriorly ; beneath pale yellow, a pair of very distinct

black lines from the chin to the breast (the tubercles on these

lines form small yellow spots), a black line beneath each arm,

three longitudinal irregular dark brown lines on each side of the

body, an L-shaped black line on each side of the base of the

thighs, a very broad black line along the hinder side of the thigh,

above it being two narrow parallel ones, the interspaces forming

pale yellow lines.

The eyes of O. lima in life are very prominent and look upwards

and outwards.

Size. The largest specimens measures snout to vent 33 mm.

Distribution. Lower Bengal, Burma, Southern China, Siam,

Cambodia, Cochin China, Malay Peninsula, Java.

2. OXYGLOssuUS L&VIS Giinther.

Oxyglossus levis, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p.6; Blgr. P. ZS. 1897,

p- 228 (tadpole).

In the Museum at Taiping there are specimens from swamps

1899.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM, 887

near Taiping, Perak; and Dr. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus.

1898) records the species from swamps near Ipoh, Perak (March).

Distribution. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Sipora (Menta-

wei Islands), Borneo, Flores, Celebes, Philippines.

3. OXYGLOSSUS MARTENSII (Peters).

Phrynoglossus martensti, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1867, p. 29.

Oxyglossus martensti, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 6.

Localities. I obtained specimens at the following places in

Siam :—one Bawtong Kabin (March), one Chantaboon (January),

many in the Dong Phya Fai (November), elevation 900 feet, and

a few near Ayuthia (February and June).

Habits. This species does not seem so thoroughly aquatic as

O. lima; out of seventeen individuals I caught at the above places

only two were actually in ponds, though all were near water.

Colour (in life). Sometimes a narrow yellow vertebral line is

present. Behind the eyes a broad transverse patch of red-brown

and orange is conspicuous. Iris yellow, closely and finely speckled

with brown. The diamond-shaped pupil is dark red in colour.

Size. The largest specimen measures snout to vent 27 mm.

Distribution. Siam.

4, Rana CYANOPHLYCTIS Schneider.

Rana leschenaultit, Cantor, p. 138.

Rana cyanophlyctis, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 17; Anderson,

P. Z.S. 1895, p. 660, pl. xxxvii. fig. 2 (tadpole).

This frog does not seem to have been observed in the Malay

Peninsula since Cantor’s time.

Habits. South Arabia, Baluchistan, Cashmere, Himalayas (up

to 6000 ft.), India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula.

5. Rana KvuuHLII Schleg.

Rana kuhlii, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 20; P. Z.S8. 1899, p. 166.

Localities. This frog, not previously recorded from the Malay

Peninsula, was found by Dr. Hanitsch in Perak in 1897. In

April 1898 I obtained four specimens in the same locality,

Maxwell’s Hill (Larut Hills, Perak), at an elevation of 3300 feet.

Colour (in life). Above olive-green, with irregular, indistinct

small black spots; a distinct black transverse line between the

eyes, the skin immediately in front and behind this being yellowish

olive. Limbs yellowish olive, extensively spotted with dark olive-

brown, which spots have a tendency to form cross-bars. Chin

and sides of head, neck, body, and limbs chrome-yellow. Lips

extensively mottled with dark olive-brown. Lower surfaces buff.

Tympanic fold black. Web of hind feet pale yellowish olive.

Iris: a narrow rim of gold round black pupil, remainder bronze

with a black cross (much as in Rana macrodon).

Size. The largest ¢ measured: snout to vent 90 mm.; width of

888 MR, S!ANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Noy. 14,

head 38 mm.; arm 46mm.; leg 115 mm. The largest 2 measured :

snout to vent 70 mm.; width of head 27 mm.

Distribution, Southern China, Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sipora

(Mentawei Islands), Java, Borneo, Celebes.

6. Rana Laticers Bler.

Rana laticeps, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 20, pl.i. fig. 1; S. Flower,

P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 897.

Dr. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898) records obtaining

Rana laticeps from Gunong Kledang, Ipoh, Perak, in March 1898,

at an elevation of 2000 feet.

Distribution. Khassya, Bengal, Malay Peninsula.

7. Rana Macropon Kuhl. (Plate LIX. figs. 1, 1a.)

Rana macrodon, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 24.

In the P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 898, I pointed out that there appear to

be two forms of this species in the Malay Peninsula; since then

I have seen a large number of these frogs, all of which were

referable to one or other of the varieties, but I found large

specimens of the Penang variety may approach the Singapore

variety in colour (having the upper parts reddish or brownish

yellow), and in the distance of the nostrils apart being less than

the interorbital space.

The stomachs of these big frogs generally contain a good deal

of foreign matter, bits of leaves, small twigs, sand, fine granite,

gravel, and angular pebbles as much as 10°5 mm. in diameter.

Their food consists of snails, crabs (Thelphuside), caterpillars,

beetles, crickets, ants, &c., and twice I have found the remains of

scorpions (Hormurus sp. incert.) in their stomachs. Sometimes

there are a number of parasitic worms between the kidneys and

the back.

The fang-like bony prominences in the lower jaw are sometimes

very sharp and nearly 5 mm. in length.

Localities. Penang Hills, 1900 to 2200 feet (November 1896,

March and April 1898); Larut Hills, Perak, 3200 to 3400 feet

(April 1898): in both of these localities the Penang variety is

numerous about water (mountain streams and pools) and grows

to a large size. I also got two very typical specimens of this

variety near the foot of Gunong Pulai, Johore (September 1897),

from which State this species had not previously been recorded ;

and it is interesting to thus find the Penang variety at a low

elevation (about 200 feet) and so near the island of Singapore.

So far I have not come across the Singapore variety on the main-

land or at Penang.

Colour (in life). One specimen from Penang was unusually

coloured, the upper parts being rich bronze-red and the limbs

handsomely marked with yellow and dark brown ; below (as usual)

the chin was white and the remainder pale orange. Iris (noted

from many specimens): a narrow ring of bright gold round the

1899.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM, 889

black pupil, remainder pale golden finely speckled with black, and

a broad horizontal line and a narrow perpendicular line forming a

black cross on the eye.

Size. fg. Snout to vent 120 mm.; width of head 48 mm.;

leg 183 mm.

2. Snout to vent 88 mm.:; width of head 30 mm.

These measurements are from Perak specimens, Penang ones

attain an equal size.

Singapore specimens reach snout to vent 165 mm.; width of

head 76 mm. (P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 901).

Distribution. Upper Burma, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula,

Sipora (Mentawei Islands), Java, Lombok, Flores, Natunas, Borneo,

Philippines.

Tadpole.

In March 1898 I found tadpoles of this species in the clear,

swift hill-streams of Penang, about 1900 feet above sea-level;

they frequented the edges of the stiller pools. They are typical

Rana tadpoles in habits and appearance; the mouth, I find on

comparing my drawing with the figure by Boulenger (P. Z. 8.

1891, pl. xlv. fig. 1 a), seems similar to that of R. esculenta.

Description of the Tadpole.

Length of body about once and a half its width, about half the

length of the tail. Nostrils about halfway between the eyes and

the end of the snout. Eyes on the upper surface of the body,

nearer the end of the snout than the spiraculum, the distance

between the eyes once and a half to twice as great as that between

the nostrils, and slightly greater than the width of the mouth.

Spiraculum on the left side, pointing backwards and upwards, nearer

the anus than the end of the snout, visible from above and from

-below. Anus opening on the right side, close to the lower edge

of the subcaudal crest. Tail about four times as long as deep,

acutely pointed ; upper crest convex, slightly deeper than lower,

not extending to base of tail; the depth of the muscular portion

of the tail, at its base, about +4, of the greatest total depth.

Mouth. Beak broadly edged with black. Sides and lower edge

of the lip bordered with papille; upper lip with a long series of

teeth, followed on each side by a short series of very fine teeth.

Lower lip with three series of teeth: Ist very short, weak and

uninterrupted; 2nd also uninterrupted; 3rd longer, narrowly

interrupted and stronger than the two outer rows.

Colour (in life). Above light reddish brown, of exactly the same

colour as the sand on the bed of the streams they inhabit, mottled

-in places with darker brown ; a dark brown line through the eye,

sometimes other dark lines radiating from the eye. Crests and

-posterior portion of muscular portion of tail colourless, with

890 MR, SPANLEY S. FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 14,

irregular dark brown vertical bars. Belly buff and transparent,

showing the coil of the intestines. Iris golden, with black cross

marks.

Size. Largest specimen measured in total length 34:25 mm. ;

length of body 11:25 mm.; width of body 7-75 mm. ; length of

tail 23 mm.; depth of tail 5°5 mm.

The recently transformed young measure from 9°5 to 11 mm.

from snout to vent. The smallest frog which had the yellow

vertebral line developed measured 13 mm. from snout to vent.

8. RANA PLICATELLA Stol.

Rana plicatella, Stol. J. A.S. B. 1873, p. 116, pl. xi. fig. 1;

Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 26.

Rana plicatella was described by Stoliczka from a single specimen

(apparently), which had been at least two years in spirits; its

locality was either Penang or Province Wellesley: unfortunately

he does not menticn either the sex or size of the type specimen.

A frog caught by me in Penang I refer to this species, as it

entirely agrees with his description and figure, except in the

following points :—1st,a larger head; 2nd, the presence of a knob-

shaped prominence on the occiput ; 3rd, the upper surface of the

body has about 12 longitudinal folds instead of 8; 4th, differences

of colour, mostly attributable to Stoliczka’s being a spirit-specimen,

except that mine has 5 transverse dark bands on the femur instead

of 6, the “ horseshoe-shaped yellow mark, open below, round the

anus” is absent and a pale vertebral line is present. The 3rd and

4th points may well be individual variations, while the 1st and 2nd

may be secondary sexual characteristics, my specimen being an

adult male.

This frog resembles Rana laticeps Blgr., known from India and

Malacca, and Rana dorie Blgr., from Burma, in many respects ;

but differs from the former in, Ist, the distinct and larger

tympanum ; 2nd, the less broadly webbed toes: and from both in,

Ist, the distinct longitudinal glandular folds on the back; 2nd,

the prominence on the occiput.

Description. Vomerine teeth on two straight ridges, commencing

on a line with hinder edge of choane and running obliquely back

from them, converging behind so as to meet, if prolonged, in an

angle rather greater than a right angle. Lower jaw with two

fang-like bony prominences in front. Head very large; snout

bluntly pointed ; canthus rostralis distinct, rounded ; loreal region

slightly concave ; occiput swollen at the sides, interorbital region

convex, the swelling produced posteriorly and ending in a knob-

shaped prominence 1-5 mm. in height; in life this feature is very

prominent and at once attracts the attention. Nostrils lateral,

somewhat directed upwards, rather nearer the end of the snout

than the eye, their distance apart is slightly greater than the inter-

orbital space. The breadth across the gape is much greater than

the distance from angle of mouth to end of snout. Eye prominent.

The interorbital space is much greater than the width of the upper

1899.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. S91

eyelid. Tympanum distinct, slightly larger than the eye. A

prominent tympanic fold.

Fingers moderate, 1st slightly longer than 2nd; toes about

three-quarter webbed, the web reaching on the 4th toe “to scarcely

beyond the base of the third ultimate joint,” on the other toes to

the base of the tips, it is deeply emarginate. Tips of fingers and

toes dilated into small but distinct disks. Tarsal fold very slight.

Subarticular tubercles of toes well developed. Inner metatarsal

tubercle elongate, prominent; practically no outer tubercle, a

mere white spot (this can be distinguished in Stoliczka’s figure,

dorsal aspect, on the right foot). The hind limb being carried

forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches to the

nostril.

Head smooth above, hinder half of the eyelid tuberculated ;

skin of back with long longitudinal folds, with numerous small

tubercles between them; loreal region, chin, angles of jaws, parts

of forearm, and sides of body scattered with small rounded

tubercles ; anal region densely studded with small tubercles ; back

of tibie scattered with small tubercles, which are pointed and

prominent in life; back of thighs, feet and lower surfaces of

throat, body and limbs smooth. Testicles white, 2°3 mm. in

length.

Size. Length, snout to vent 39 mm.; arm 24; leg 68 ; femur 17-5;

tibia 21:5; foot 29; width of head 19; diameter of eye 4:25;

diameter of tympanum 4°5 ; length of inner metatarsal tubercle 3.

Colour (in life). Above bronze (changing from bright yellowish

red to dull brown shades), with a bright yellow narrow vertebral

line, a black chevron (pointing backwards) between the eyes; the

tympanic fold and some of the longitudinal folds are edged with

black. Limbs with dark brown cross-bars. Belly very bright

sulphur-yellow ; underneath of chin, throat, and limbs yellowish

bronze. (In spirit the bronze colour of the upper surfaces turned

to olive-brown.)

Eye. Pupil black (dark red in some lights), horizontal diamond-

shaped. Iris: a very narrow ring of red round pupil, remainder

golden, closely speckled with dark bronze, a narrow black vertical

line across iris and also a broad ill-defined black horizontal one.

One specimen, ¢, found in the jungle on Penang Hill, at an

elevation of about 2400 feet, 19th March, 1898. It took wonderful

long hops.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Penang).

9. Rana trertna Daud. (Plate LIX. figs. 2, 2u.)

Rana tigrina, Bigr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 26; 8. Flower, P. ZS.

1896, p. 901.

Siamese. “ Kop”; term also applied to other species of frogs.

I found this species common on the Bangpakong river (from

Tahkamen to Kabin) in March and April 1897, where it was to be

found among the sedges by the river’s bank; its croak (a load

“opp, Opp, opp,” repeated 8 or 9 times), which sometimes was

892 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 14,

heard in the middle of the day, betraying its presence. During

the dry season I have not seen this frog at Bangkok, but from the

middle of May to August they are very plentiful in suitable ponds

and are to be bought in the market, as R. tigrina is eaten by the

Siamese ; I have heard Malays speak of the Siamese by the name

‘« Frog-eaters,” in consequence of this. Small Siamese boys may

be seen fishing for these frogs with a short rod and a very fine

line with a small hook with a white bait ; this is danced and dangled

over the surface of the water near the edge of a pond as if it were

a fly hovering about ; when a frog springs at this the angler has

to “strike” very quickly, to catch the hook in the frog’s mouth to

draw it out of the water. I also found this species at Ayutbia in

June.

Breeding-season. A pair were observed in copuld in Bangkok in

May, the male was considerably smaller than the female ; during

the latter half of July females were to be found with the ovaries

distended with spawn, ready for expulsion. But well-grown

tadpoles were found as early as the first week in June, in Ayuthia,

and on the 28th July in Bangkok, when young froys were leaving

the water. Thus the breeding-season must extend over some

months.

Colour (in life). Description drawn up from adult specimens

of both sexes caught in Bangkok in May :—

Above olive-brown or pale olive-green, with very dark greenish-

brown or black spots on the head, sides, and limbs; the back

either spotless or with large dark spots; on the legs the spots

may become broad dark transverse bars: no vertebral line. Below,

body and limbs immaculate silvery white, between which and the

green upper surface there is an irregular space of lemon-yellow

with greenish-brown spots. The lips, chin, and underneath of

head are lemon-yellow, with more or less distinct dark spots ;

sometimes there is a median dark line from the symphysial angle

to the breast. The vocal sacs of the male are dark grey, shaded

with pink. Iris dark brown, with narrow golden ring round the

black pupil.

Half-grown specimens are often prettier coloured than the

adults, being rich green above and pure white below, with many

black markings.

Size. Anadult ? from Bangkok measured snout to vent 142mm.;

another individual (sex not recorded) 153 mm.

Distribution. Nepal, Sikhim, India, Ceylon, Burma, China,

Formosa, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Philip-

pines, Lombok, Ombaai, Sumba.

Description of the Tadpole.

Drawn up from specimens obtained in June 1897 at Ayuthia,

Siam.

Length of body once and a half its width, rather more than half

length of tail. Nostrils a little nearer to the eyes than to the end

of the snout. Eyes on the upper surface of the body, nearer the

1899.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 893

end of the snout than the spiraculum, the distance between the

eyes twice the distance between the nostrils, and about equal to

the width of the mouth. Spiraculum on the left side, directed

backwards and upwards, a little nearer the anus than the end of

the snout, visible from above and from below. Anus opening on

the right side.

Tail from 34 to 4 times as long as deep; acutely pointed ;

upper crest convex, a little deeper than the lower, not extending

on to the back; depth of the muscular portion at its base about

half the greatest total depth.

Mouth. The large powerful beak is entirely black; the upper

mandible terminates in front in a long sharp tooth-like prominence ;

the lower mandible is bicuspid, each “tooth” being long and

sharp. The lips are bordered with very short fleshy papille :

inside the upper lip are five series of fine, black teeth ; the 1st

series is uninterrupted, the second slightly interrupted by the

individual teeth being “ grouped with intervals” about the centre

of the line; the remaining series are broadly interrupted, the 5th

being very short and difficult to distinguish: the lower lip has

also five series of teeth; the 1st is short and uninterrupted, the

second long and uninterrupted, the remainder broadly interrupted

and very short.

Colour (in life). Above yellowish brown, mottled with darker

brown, a very distinct dark brown crescent-shaped mark above

each nostril. Below white, purplish grey about the chin and

throat. Tail yellow, mottled with brown, an horizontal dark

line along the median line of the basal third of the muscular

portion. Iris golden.

Size. Total length 52 mm.; length of body 18°5; width of

body 12:5; length of tail 33-5; depth of tail 9.

Habits. Those of ordinary Rana tadpoles.

10. Rana LIMNocHARIS Boie.

Rana gracilis, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 28.

Localities §& Habits. This species is very numerous in Bangkok,

where I have observed it in the months of Jan., Feb., Mar., June,

July, Aug., Oct., Nov., and Dec. Small specimens abound in the

evening, hopping about the grass, they are very active. In the

hot weather, in spite of the burnt up condition of the ground and

grass, these frogs still appear at night, and, when one tries to

catch them, take refuge down the sun-cracks in the parched earth.

Specimens over 50 mm, snout to vent are of comparative rare

occurrence.

I have also found this species common along the Bangpakong

river, at Chantaboon, Paknam Menan, in fields beyond Sapatoom,

Ayuthia, Pakpreo, Dong Phya Fai (up to 900 feet elevation), in

Siam; at Taiping, Kuala Kangsar, and Chumar in Perak, and at

Alor Star and Jenan in Kedah.

In a former paper (P. Z.S. 1896, p. 902) I wrote of this species

Proc. Zoot, Soo.—1899, No. LVITII. 58

894 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 14,

at Singapore :—‘ It does not attempt to escape by jumping into the

water....but even if touched squats down close....so is easily

caught.” The individuals I met at Chumar had this habit, but else-

where,-at Taiping, Bangkok, &c., I found them very agile and

difficult to snare.

In captivity they feed readily, eating insects in the same manner

as R. temporaria does; winged termites they devour in large

numbers and will also manage grasshoppers of comparatively large

size ; when suddenly seized in the hand or when caught by a snake,

they utter sbrill piercing shrieks of alarm.

Colour (in life). Bangkok specimens not unfrequently have a

very distinct grass-green vertebral line, others none at all; in the

Dong Phya Fai the commonest colour-variety was one I have not

seen elsewhere, there being transverse bands of bright grass-green

across the back, but specimens with yellow vertebral lines were

also to be seen. The sexes are coloured alike, except that the male

may have a broad black M-shaped mark on the throat.

The following description applies to Taiping specimens :—

Above olive-brown, irregularly mottled with darker ; vertebral

line either absent, or well defined, narrow and yellow, or irregular,

broad and orange-coloured. Limbs extensively marked with dark

brown; hinder portion of thigh yellow, marbled with dark brown.

Underneath of head, neck, and body pure white, but lower surface

of limbs yellow. Both upper and lower lips white, with large

distinct dark brown blotches; the point of the snout white, with a

well-defined very dark brown blotch on each side.

Size. A pair caught in copuld in Bangkok, 24th July, 1898,

measured :— ¢. Snoutto vent 46mm. 9. Snout to vent52 mm.

Distribution, Sikbim, India, Ceylon, Burma, China, Hongkong,

Hainan, Formosa, Japan, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Java, Lombok,

and Borneo.

11. Rana HascHEANA (Stol.).

Polypedates hascheanus, Stol. J. A. 8S. B. 1870, p. 147, pl. ix.

fig. 3.

I caught one apparently adult specimen on Penang Hill, at an

elevation of 2000 feet, late at night in April 1898, it was very

active; also many young ones in the same locality during March

and April.

Colour (in life), Above rich yellow, with on the side very small

dark brown spots more or less symmetrically arranged; a dark

brown band between the eyes, edged with paler yellow in front,

followed by a faint W-shaped mark, the ends of which begin

behind the eyes; Stoliczka adds, “a pair of somewhat indistinct

blackish spots below the middle of the body,” these are just

discernible in my specimen; sides of the head and neck rich dark

brown, spotted with pale yellow, the most noticeable spot being a

large irregularly shaped one behind the angle of the mouth ; sides

of body finely spotted with very dark brown and white; limbs

with dark brown cross-bands ; lower parts white, with pale purple

1899.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 895

and golden shades, and an interrupted line of dark brown spots

across the throat ; as Stoliczka says, parts of the lower sides of body

and limbs are “finely punctated with dusky.”

Size. Length snout to vent 25 mm.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula, Natuna Island.

12, Rana pryTHR#A (Schleg.).

Rana erythrea, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 65.

“Katak pisang” of the Malays according to Mr. L. Wray.

Personally I think ‘‘ Kata’ pisang ” (or Banana Frog) is the proper

Malay name for a Rhacophorus, but no doubt any frog with large

digital disks would be considered a tree-frog and called by the same

name.

Localities § Habits. I found this pretty frog fairly numerous on

the Bangpakong river, from Tahkamen to Kabin, during March

and Aprii 1897, in places where there was long grass on the banks ;

also in ditches at Sapatoom, near Bangkok, in Jan. 1898, where its

green and yellow colours exactly matched the leaves of the water

lettuce (Pistia stratiotes') among which it was to be found. In

Taiping, Perak, in April 1898 it was very numerous in ponds and

ditches ; two individuals were caught in Penang, April 1898, and I

also observed it near Alor Star, Kedah, in June 1898. It is a

true water-frog, and appears to occur only at low elevations.

Colour. The Bangpakong frogs were more ornamental than

Singapore specimens (vide P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 203, pl. xlv. fig. 2),

although the scheme of coloration was the same. They were as

follows in life :—

Above brilliant green; along each side a line of similar green,

separated from the green back by a broad light yellow line (from

above the eye to the side of the vent), bordered above and below by

broad lines of intense black ; below the lateral green line is another

line of pale golden yellow (from the angle of the mouth along the

side, gradually narrowing and disappearing before it reaches the

inset of the hind legs), bordered above by a broad line of intense

black and below by an irregular line of dark green with iridescent

golden shades. A black line on each side of the head from snout

to eye; upper lip very pale golden yellow; tympanum dark rufous

brown, with a bright green spot in the centre. Lower parts

white, with pale iridescent golden shades. Limbs as in Singapore

specimens, above yellowish brown speckled with dark brown, below

immaculate buff. Iris: very narrow golden ring round pupil,

remainder golden-bronze finely speckled with black.

Size. The large Siamese specimen measured, snout to vent 74mm.

Distribution. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,

Celebes, Philippines.

13, Rana MacRopacryLa (Giinther).

Rana macrodactyla, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 54.

Localities. Of this species, which had hitherto been recorded

1 Kindly identified for me by Mr, H. N, Ridley, ¥.L.S.

o8*

896 MR. STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 14,

from Burma and Southern China, I obtained many specimens near

Jenan and Alor Star, Kedah, in June 1898, and near Sapatoom,

Bangkok, Siam, in August 1898,

Habits. In each case they were living among swampy paddy-

fields ; they sat in the grass on the ridges between the submerged

fields, and as one walked along took great leaps away into the

water, which, however, they did not seem to like, as they nearly

always at once swam back to the bank. They are remarkably

nimble, active frogs, and specimens I had in captivity used to climb

up a vertical surface of glass like a true tree-frog.

Colour (in life). Above rich dark brown, spotted with black, and

in some individuals mottled with dull yellow and vivid green, with

five very distinct longitudinal lines, which are white with golden

shades (the centre line is from the snout to vent, the next pair

from the upper eyelids to the sides of the vent, and the outer ones

from the tympanum to the inset of hind leg). Below, head and

body white, limbs yellowish. Upper surface of limbs reddish yellow,

handsomely marked with dark brown, three lines along the back

of the thigh being most conspicuous. Iris golden.

Size. Snout to vent 38 mm.; hind leg 63 mm.

Distribution. Burma, South China, Siam, Malay Peninsula.

14, Rana niegrovirrata (Blyth).

Rana nigrovittata, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xiii. 1893, p, 334,

pl. viii. fig. 3.

This species, not hitherto recorded from Siam, I found very

numerous along the banks of the river at Muok Lek in the Dong

Phya Fai, elevation 900 feet, in November 1897 ; both during the

heat of the day, in the afternoon, and in the evening they kept up

a continuous, loud and rather musical croaking, something like that

of Rhacophorus leucomystax, only the note is louder and uttered

much more often. They were very active.

Size. The largest specimen caught measured from snout to vent

58 mm.

Distribution. Burma, Siam.

15. Rana LABraris Bier.

Rana labialis, Bigr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xix. 1887,

p. 345, pl. x. fig. 1; S. Flower, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 903, pl, xlv. fig. 3

(tadpole).

In Sept. 1898 in Singapore I saw several specimens of this frog

both in the Botanical Gardens and in the jungle on Bukit Timah ;

it was in each case observed sitting on the leaves of plants or in

bushes, so evidently is not a true water-frog like RB. erythrea.

Rana labialis can change its colour rapidly from green to brown.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula and Mentawei Islands.

16. Rana Lucruosa (Peters).

Rana luctuosa, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 68.

Localities. Common on Penang Hill, elevation 2000 to 2200 feet

(Nov. 1896 and March 1898), and obtained by Mr. A. L, Butler

1899.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND staAM. 897

in the Larut Hills, Perak, elevation 4000 feet, in March and April

1898.

Colour. In the P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 904, I deseribed the life

coloration of this species, but having since then examined more

specimens I think the following account to be more complete :—

Top of head and back rich dark chocolate-brown (in very small

frogs of this species the back is a very bright red, more vermilion

than chocolate), bordered on each side from the nose to above the

vent by a very distinct line, usually all white but sometimes white

only on the head, merging on the body to yellow and then orange.

Sides of head, neck, and body are very dark brown or black ; some-

times a very distinct line of lemon-yellow spots from behind the

nostril to angle of mouth, smaller anteriorly and getting larger

posteriorly ; sides of the body with a few white spots in an

irregular line from angle of mouth to thigh, or else extensively

spotted with small w hite or yellow spots. Tympanum dark reddish

brown, sometimes nearly black. Limbs very dark brown or

bluish black, with marblings usually bluish white or very pale grev

in colour but varying from white to orange; the hands, feet, and

toes may have as dark a ground-colour as the limbs and as distinct

light marblings, or the black may turn to brown and the marblings

be less conspicuous.

Lower surfaces, chin, and throat dark brown, sometimes nearly

black and immaculate (March), or dirty buff like the abdomen

(Nov.); body dirty buff or dark brown mottled with yellowish

buff; limbs brown, sometimes spotted with white. Iris pale golden

bronze, extensively marked with very dark brown.

Size. An adult 9 from Penang measured:—snout to vent

5] mm.; arm 30 mm.; leg 82 mm.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula, Borneo.

Tadpoles. Both in November 1896 and in March 1898 I found

many tadpoles of this species in small ponds on Penang Hill, but

none with legs developed (though in March 1896 there were tad-

poles with legs and also recently transformed young frogs about,

in the same locality); they agreed with those described and

figured P. Z. S. 1896, p. 904, pl. xlvi. ., except that some had about

8 long papille along edge of lower lip.

17. RANA GLANDULOSA Bler.

Rana glandulosa, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 73, pl. vil.

Known from Perak (specimen in Museum at Taiping), Malacca

(Hervey), and Singapore (Ridley).

Distribution. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Palawan.

18. Rawa Esoutents L.

Rana esculenta, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 38.

The British Museum contains specimens of the variety chinensis

Osbeck, from Bangkok, Siam.

Distribution. Central and Southern Europe, Northern Africa,

Western Asia, Corea, Japan, China, Siam.

898 MR. STANLEY 8S, FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 14,

19. RaNA LARUTENSIS Blgr.

Rana larutensis, Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) iii. 1899, p. 278,

pl. x1. fig. 1.

In April 1898 these frogs were numerous sitting on the rocks

in a swift rocky mountain-stream in the Larut Hills, Perak ; their

colour harmonized wonderfully well with their surroundings.

They were difficult to catch, being exceedingly active jumpers and

climbers.

Colour (in life). Above pale yellowish green, the head and body

very extensively blotched with black, the limbs with black trans-

verse bars. Below, head and body pure white, limbs pale green

and grey, underneath of hands and feet very dark, and web between

toes black. Iris: very narrow gold ring round pupil, remainder

dark olive-brown.

Size. Snout to vent 60 mm.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula.

20.? RacopHoRus HECTICUS (Peters).

Rhacophorus hecticus, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 78.

In the Museum at Taiping there is a large tree-frog from Kinta,

Perak, which is perhaps of this species.

Distribution. Samar Island in the Philippines, and possibly

Malay Peninsula.

21. RwacopHorus LEUCOMYSrAx (Gravh.) (Plate LIX. figs. 3,

3a.)

Rhacophorus maculatus, part., Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 83.

“ Kata’ pisang” of the Malays. [‘ Pisang ”’=banana. |

Localities. Since writing of this frog in the P. Z.S. 1896, p. 905,

I have observed it in the following localities: Siam—Bangkok

(June and July), Kabin (March), and obtained one young specimen

from Chantaboon: Malay Peninsula—Singapore (March, April,

May, September, and October); Larut Hills, Perak, 8400 ft. (April);

Penang Hills, 2200 ft. (March, April, and November): Alor Star,

Kedah (May and June); and there are specimens from Kuala

Lumpor, Selangor, in the Museum at that place.

Habits. This species apparently breeds at various times of the

year, specimens are frequently to be seen in the evenings i copuld

on the edges of the rain-water butts of houses, both in March and

April (Singapore and Penang Hills) and in October (Singapore),

and probably in other months also. The spawn floats on the sur-

face of the water enclosed in an envelope resembling white foam.

I have noticed tadpoles in the following months: January, February,

March, April (Singapore); May (Kedah); June and July

(Bangkok); November (Penang); December (Singapore); and

newly transformed young were just leaving the water in September

1898 in Singapore.

Colowr. Besides the six varieties of colour mentioned P. Z. 8.

1896, p. 906, I have observed in one case on Penang Hill another

1899,] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 899

very noticeable one :—Upper parts pale cream-colour, a black line

along each side starting from behind the eyes, some black spots on

posterior part of back, and brown cross-bands on limbs.

Newly transformed young in Bangkok (June) were coloured as

follows :—Above pale olive-brown, with on each side a black line

from the snout passing through the eye to the inset of the hind

leg ; a black spot on each supraorbital region prolonged backwards

to the neck as a black line, these lines converge but do not meet;

on the shoulders are two diverging black lines; the remainder of

the back is spotted with black; the hind limbs are transversely

banded with dark brown ; the lower surfaces are white.

Size. The largest of a series of adults examined on Penang Hill

in March 1898 measured :— ¢. Snout to vent 51 mm.; hind leg

77; testicles, length 6mm. @. Snout to vent 73 mm.; hind leg

107. Largest eggs in ovaries 2 mm. in diameter.

Distribution. Sikhim, Assam, Burma, Southern China, Hongkong,

Formosa, Cambodia, Cochinchina, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Java,

Sumba, Borneo, Celebes, Philippines.

Tadpoles. Specimens from Bangkok agreed with the description

(P. Z. S. 1896, p. 906, pl. xliv. fig. 2), except for some differences

in the mouth and in colour, which were as follows :—

Mouth. Beak broadly edged with black, lower mandible finely

serrated along the cutting-edge; sides and lower edge of the lip

bordered with small, short, round papille, except in the centre of

the lower lip, where there is a space devoid of papilla. Upper lip

with five series of fine teeth, the uppermost uninterrupted, the

second narrowly interrupted, the remainder broadly so, the fifth

series is very short ; lower lip with three long series of teeth, third

narrowly interrupted, the other two uninterrupted.

Colowr (in life). Above yellowish brown, mottled darker and

lighter ; below white, purplish grey on the throat; muscular

portion of tail very pale brown, crests colourless and transparent ;

a very noticeable light yellow spot on the point of the snout; a

dark brown line from corner of mouth to eye. Iris yellow.

A specimen from the Waterfall Gardens, Penang, agreed with

these in having the 3rd series of teeth in the lower lip narrowly

interrupted in the middle, but differed from them and from those

originally described from Singapore in having at each of the upper

corners of the mouth four long fine papille.

22. RHACOPHORUS NIGROPALMATUS (Bler.),

Rhacophorus nigropalmatus, Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi.

p. 170 (1895).

In the Museum at Taiping is a single specimen of a large frog

caught in Upper Perak by Mr. L. Wray (jun.); by his kind per-

mission I was allowed to examine it.

Description. Vorerine teeth in a straight line between the front

edges of the choane. Snout rounded. Canthus rostralis distinct.

Loreal region decidedly concave. Nostril nearer the tip of the

snout than the eye. Interorbital space broader than the upper

eyelid. Tympanum half the width of the eye. Fingers and toes

900 MR, STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Noy. 14,

webbed to the disks, which are as large as the tympanum. Sub-

articular tubercles distinct; a small inner metatarsal tubercle.

The hind limb being carried forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal

articulation reaches nearly to the nostril. Skin smooth, granulated

very markedly on the belly and under the thighs. Fold round

tympanum not noticeable. A large flap of skin behind the fore-

arm. Cutaneous fringe on both “Ist and 4th finger, and ]st and

5th toe. A transverse flap of skin above the vent, and a flap of

skin on the tibio-tarsal articulation. Length, snout to vent, 98 mm.

Mr. Wray sent me the following- note about this specimen,

which has been identified by Mr. Boulenger.

“Flying Frog collected in Piah Valley, Upper Perak: above, it

is a lovely bright green, with hands and feet tinted yellow and a

white patch on each thigh. Below, it is pink dotted over with

yellow. The sides of the body are chrome-yellow, and its webbed

hands and feet are yellow and black.”

In answer to further enquiries Mr. Wray tells me he did not

see it fly, but caught it sitting on a tree. The name “ Flying

Frog” seems to be taken from A. R. Wallace (‘The Malay Archi-

pelago,’ edition 1894, fig. on p. 30).

Distribution. Borneo and Malay Peninsula.

23. RuacopHorus Leprosus (Schlegel).

Rhacophorus leprosus, Blgr. P. Z.S. 1890, p. 284.

This species has been obtained: by Mr. Wray in the Larut Hills,

and the Batang Padang Mountains, Perak (J. 8. B. R. A. 8S. 1890,

no. 21, p. 144).

Distribution. Malay Beniacdl Sumatra.

24, [xanus picrus Peters.

Ixalus pictus, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 99; 8. Flower, P. Z. 8.

1896, p. 908.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula, Borneo.

25, IxaLus ASPER Bler.

Iwalus asper, Blgr. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 415, pl. xxxix. fig. 1.

There are specimens, obtained by Mr. Wray in Perak, in the

British Museum and in the local Museum at Taiping. Signor Fea

obtained two specimens at Thao, Karin Hills (Blgr. Ann. Mus.

Civ. Genova, series 2, vol. xiii. [xxxiii.] 1893, p. 37); and it is

also recorded from hills between Burma and Siam (W. L. Sclater,

P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 347).

Distribution. Malay Peninsula, Burma.

Family En@ystoMarip%.

26. CALOPHRYNUS PLEUROSTIGMA T'schudi.

Calophrynus plewrostigma, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 158; 8. Flower,

P.Z.S. 1896, p. 908.

1899.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 901

Localities. Of this interesting frog, which does not seem to have

been previously recorded from Siam, I obtained a specimen at

Bawtong, Kabin, in March 1897. I also got one near the foot of

Gunong Pulai, Johore, in September 1897; and Mr. Ridley

obtained a specimen in Selangor, in July 1897; these are the two

first reported occurrences of this species on the mainland of the

Peninsula.

Habits. Nothing is known definitely of the habits of this frog,

but it is supposed to be the author of a remarkable strident call

heard in certain Malay jungles, which may be written “ waalk,

waalk.” There is a big field of interesting work in determining

the animals whose voices are heard both by day and night in

jungle-clad districts ; neither the English pioneers nor the Malays

know for certain what animals make some of the most noticeable

jungle calls: as an instance I may mention that in June 1898 in

the woods round Jenan, Kedah, a cry of “‘ koop” was to be heard,

even at high midday, which we imagined to be made by some

batrachian, but diligent search on the part of several local Malays,

my Siamese ‘‘boy,” and myself failed to discover anything in the

spots whence the sound seemed to have proceeded.

Colour (in life). Kabin specimen (March).—Above bright

yellowish bronze ; a broad dark brown line from snout to inset of

hind leg, passing through eye. At inset of hind leg is a con-

spicuous black spot surrounded by a white ring, the greater part

of the thighs is bright vermilion.

Johore specimen (September).—Above rusty red-brown; a

narrow black line (bordered above with yellow) from snout to

inset of hind leg, passing through eye. Just above where this

black line terminates on either side of the back is a conspicuous

round black spot. The lower surfaces are a paler red than the

upper, and the lower aspect of the hind leg is marbled with dark

brown on a buff ground.

Size. Kabin specimen, snout to vent 36 mm.

Distribution. Burma, South China, Siam, Malay Peninsula,

Natunas, Borneo.

27. MicrowyLa orNATA (Dum. & Bibron). (Plate LX. figs. 1,

la, 16.)

Microhyla ornata, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 165.

Localities. This little frog was obtained by M. Mouhot in

Cambodia, but it does not seem to have been previously recorded

from either Siam or the Malay Peninsula. I have found it in

Bangkok in the months of Jan., Feb., March, April, May, June,

July, August, and December ; at Paknam Menam in August; in

the Dong Phya Fai, at an elevation of about 900 feet, in November ;

at Ayuthia in February ; at Kabin in March; at Chantaboon in

January; and in the Royal Siamese Museum stores were some

specimens labelled “ Bangpain, Oct. ’93.” In March 1898 I

obtained a single frog in the Waterfall Gardens, Penang, which is

referred to this species; and in June 1898 found it numerous

902 Mit, SPANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 14,

near Alor Star in Kedah, and also near Jenan in the same State

caught a particularly handsome little frog which is referred

provisionally to M. ornata, but which differs considerably in

appearance from Bangkok individuals.

Habits. This very active, elegant frog is to be found hiding

during the day under stones, logs, &c. in the crevices of the mud

in dried-up pools and among dead leaves. Once I found two in

an ants’ nest, situated in the ground under some brickwork.

It comes out at dusk and seems to remain abroad all night. At

night in December and January these frogs may be heard croaking

in Bangkok; considering their small size they produce an aston-

ishing volume of sound, the noise seems to me indescribable on

aper.

4 Ooioier (in life). Usual Bangkok specimens.—Above reddish

olive, with a large dark brown mark on the back beginning between

the eyes, then narrowing and then widening as it extends to the

hind part of the body; a broad darker brown line along the side

of the head and body ; Jimbs withirregular dark brown cross-bars ;

a dark horseshoe mark round the vent. Lower surfaces white,

extensively spotted with brown on the throat and chest. Iris:

golden ring round pupil, remainder golden speckled with bronze.

The Penang specimen was above yellow marked with rich dark

brown, and below pale immaculate buff.

Size. The largest Siamese specimens noted measured—snout to

vent, ¢ 22mm., 2 23mm. Penang specimen (sex not recorded),

snout to vent 24 mm.

Distribution. Kashmir, India, Ceylon, Burma, Southern China,

Cambodia, Siam, Malay Peninsula.

Tadpoles.

At the end of December 1896 I found tadpoles of this species

in a small pond in Bangkok; they were numerous all through

January and February 1897, and the young frogs were leaving the

water at the beginning of March. On revisiting the same pond

the following winter (1897-98) I failed to see a single specimen.

Description. Length of body once and three quarters its width,

a little more than half the length of the tail. Nostrils placed

close together on the upper surface of the head, nearer the end of

the snout than the eye. Eyes on the sides of the body, visible

from above and from below, their distance apart is about five

times the distance between the nostrils, and also much greater

than the width of the mouth. On the back between the eyes are

a pair of shields, oval in outline, placed side by side; they are not

conspicuous in the living tadpole, but in specimens shrunk in

spirit they become so. Spiraculum median, on lower surface of

body, opening into a transparent sheath of skin, in front of the

anus. Anus median, opening in the lower edge of the subcaudal

crest. Tail about four times as long as deep, ending in a very

finely produced point; upper crest not extending on to the back ;

1899.] BATRAOCHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 903

lower crest deeper than the upper. The mouth has neither hard

beak, labial teeth, or papillee, but consists of a simple upper lip and

a contractile lower one.

Colour. In life these tadpoles are transparent and almost

colourless. The eyes and viscera are therefore very noticeable.

But there are a number of minute yellowish-brown spots, parti-

cularly on the back, where they form a somewhat diamond-shaped

figure, and on the muscular portion of the tail.

Size. Length of body 7 mm.; width of body 4 mm.; length of

tail 13 mm.; depth of tail 3 mm.

The recently transformed young measure about 7°5 mm. from

snout to vent.

A remarkable feature of these tadpoles is that the hind feet are

for a time completely webbed, the web is very fine and colourless ;

when the young frogs leave the water this web disappears.

N.B.—At various times I have found in Penang some very

remarkable tadpoles (Plate LX. figs. 2, 2a—2c), the affinities of

which could not be conjectured, till, having made out the tadpole

of Microhyla ornata, there seems no doubt they belong to some

Engystomatoid Batrachian. Although the species they develop

into is still unknown, I think it desirable to describe the tadpole

in this paper. The first tadpoles with the spiraculum thus

placed, and with this simple mouth, that I came across, I caught in

Singapore early in 1896. At the time I imagined them to belong

to Callula pulchra (and still do so), but was unable to prove it ;

on later occasions I have found these “ transparent tadpoles”

in Bangkok (where I was able to observe them grow into

M. ornata), in the Dong Phya Fai, in Kedah, and on Penang

Hill, all of which I have no doubt are of the genus Microhyla.

These “ transparent tadpoles” (of which I have observed four or

five different species), besides differing in structure, differ entirely

in habits from the tadpoles of the Ranide and Bufonide. Instead

of passing a great deal of their time on the bottom, they are usually

just under the surface of the water, continually opening and

shutting their mouths; they are very delicate, and difficult to

transport alive in a bottle even for a few miles.

Description of “ Transparent Tadpoles,” Penang

(Nov. and Dec. 1896).

Form. The length of the body is about 13 its width ; the length

of the tail is from 14 to 12 the length of the body.

Nostrils. Distance of nostrils apart 1-4 mm.; distance from

nostril to end of snout 2°5 mm.; distance from nostril to eye

4 mm.

The nostrils are placed close together on the upper surface of

the head, and are nearer the end of the snout than the eye. The

distance to the eye is from 13 to 13 the distance to the end of the

snout. The distance between the nostrils is about 4 the distance

between the eyes.

904 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 14,

Eyes. Distance of eyes apart 75 mm. The eyes are on the side

of the head (looking out horizontally), and are visible from above

and from below.

Spiraculum, Distance of opening of spiraculum from the eye

10°5 mm. The spiraculum is median, on the lower surface of the

body, opening into a transparent sheath of skin directed backwards

and downwards ; the opening being in a vertical line drawn behind

the body. The width of the opening of the spiraculum is from

2 to 3 mm.

Anus. Median, opening into a dark-coloured sheath of skin

directed backwards and downwards, behind and nearly parallel to

the sheath of the spiraculum, but longer than it. The opening is

a longitudinal cleft. These two tubes are very prominent in the

live tadpole.

Tail. The taii is of remarkable appearance, owing to its colora-

tion, the pigment in the crests ending abruptly, and also being

continued further along the outside of the crest than along the

part nearest the muscular portion ; consequently the tadpole when

seen alive in the water has apparently a trifurcated tail, a very

long centre point and short upper and lower one. The end of

the tail is prolonged to a very fine point or filament, which in life

is almost continuously being vibrated rapidly from side to side,

the end frequently curving round so as to be almost parallel with

the rest of the tail. The upper crest is convex and does not

extend on to the back. The lower crest is deeper than the upper,

and forms a double curve, the deeper being that behind the

opening of the anus.

Mouth. The mouth is 3:5 to 4 mm. in width.

The mouth is situated at the extremity of the head, and not on

the lower surface; the lower lip projects beyond the upper: this is

particularly so in young specimens, where the mouth appears to

be on the upper surface of the head. These young tadpoles frequent

the surface of the water, and their mouths are constantly expanding

and contracting (which words seem to imply the motion better

than “ opening and shutting ”).

There are no papillz round the lips, labial teeth or horny beak,

but the mouth consists of simple upper and lower lips, the latter

with a very deep notch in the centre which expands when the

mouth is open.

Colour (in life). These tadpoles are very transparent and the

amount of colouring varies in individuals. The upper surfaces

and sides of the hinder parts of the body are generally yellowish

brown, mottled along the vertebral line with very dark brown.

The lower surfaces and sides of the head are colourless or a pale

dirty buff. The muscular portion of the tail is pale yellowish

brown, getting darker towards the point. The crests are buff

mottled with yellowish brown, along both edges are irregular dark

brown marks; the brown mottling gets more continuous and

darker towards the point of the tail till it ends abruptly, as

described above. Iris bright yellow.

1899.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 9005

Size. A good specimen with hind legs developed was in total

length 37-5 mm.; length of body 13-5 mm.; width of body

10 mm.; length of tail 24 mm.; depth of tail 11 mm.

The toes are fully webbed and tips well dilated.

28. MicRoHYLA INORNATA Bigr.

Microhyla inornata, Blgr. P. ZS. 1890, p. 37.

This little frog was described from specimens obtained by

Prof. Moesch near Deli, Western Sumatra (P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 37);

subsequently it was found at Palon, Pegu, by Signor Fea (Blgr.

Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1893, p. 39), and near Bangkok, Siam,

by the late Dr. E. Haase (Boettger, Zool. Anzeiger, 1893, no. 433,

p. 430). I have not met this species alive myself, but I received

a number of specimens said to have been caught at Chantaboon,

Siam.

Distribution. Burma, Siam, Sumatra.

29. Micronyia LevcosriemMa Blgr.

Microhyla leucostigma, Blgr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. iii.

1899, p. 275, pl. xu. fig. 1.

I obtained three specimens in the Larut Hills, Perak, at an

elevation of 3500 feet in April 1898 ; two of these (the types) are

now in the British Museum, and the third in the Raffles Museum

at Singapore. A pair were caught in copula: as the mode of

embrace does not seem to have been recorded for any Asiatic

Engystomatoid Batrachian, it is interesting to note the embrace

was axillary, and the fingers of the male did not meet on the

breast of the female.

Colour (in life). Above intense iridescent black, with very small

scattered bluish-white spots, which get larger towards the sides

and in the anal region. Below very rich dark brown (blacker on

the throat, redder on the belly and thighs), nearly covered with

large very distinctly defined spots of intense yellow. Upper

surface of limbs reddish brown, with black cross-bars, and thickly

studded with very small white spots. Upper surface of hands and

feet brown, with bright yellow spots. Lower surface of hands

and feet reddish brown. Iris very dark brown, very minutely

spotted with pale gold. Pupil circular, The sexes do not appear

to differ in coloration.

Size. g. Snout to vent 25 mm.; arm 14; leg 39.

@. Snout to vent 27 mm.; arm 15:5; leg 40°5.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Perak). Mr. Boulenger informs

me the same frog has been discovered in Borneo, on the Baram

river, by Mr. C. Hose.

30. MicroHyLa PULCHRA (Hallow.).

Microhyla pulchra, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 165.

M. Mouhot obtained this species in Cambodia, and I found

a single specimen under a stone in the Dong Phya Fai, Siam, in

906 MR, STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 14,

November 1897. It is a singularly handsomely marked frog, and

well merits its specific name of pulchra,

Distribution. Siam, Cambodia, China, Hongkong.

31. MicroHyLa ACHATINA (Boie).

Microhyla achatina, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 166.

Localities, This pretty little frog was known to inhabit the

Malay Peninsula from ¢ and 2 specimens sent to the British

Museum from Malacca by Mr. D. F. A. Hervey ; it does not seem

to have been previously recorded trom Siam, I have obtained

specimens on Penang Hill, at from 2000 to 2500 feet elevation,

in Noy. 1896 and April 1898; in Taiping, Perak, in May 1898;

in Bangkok in July 1898; in the Dong Phya Fai, about 900 feet

elevation, in Noy. 1897; and I have received specimens from

Chantoboon.

Habits. A very active frog; at times taking very sudden, long

hops like a “ grasshopper ” insect, at others using its dilated

digital disks in climbing like a true tree-frog.

Colour (in life). Upper parts vary from very pale light bronze-

brown to rich bronze-red, speckled in irregular longitudinal lines,

with very small dark brown spots, a very pale yellow vertebral line,

and a conspicuous dark brown or black pattern on the back. The

sides are rich dark brown or black. Lower parts purplish buff.

Tris golden.

Size. Snout to vent 20 mm.

Distribution. Tenasserim, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java,

Moluccas.

32. MicroHyLa BERDMORII (Blyth).

Microhyla berdmorii, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 166.

Localities. This species, although known from Burma, Malacca

(Davison), and Cambodia, does not seem to have been recorded

from Siam. In Noy. 1897 I found it numerous near Hinlap, in

the Dong Phya Fai, Siam, elevation about 700 feet.

Habits. Nocturnal, frequenting the neighbourhood of water, an

extraordinary good jumper (even for a frog).

Size. Snout to vent 43 mm.

Distribution. Burma, Siam, Cambodia, Malay Peninsula.

33. CALLULA PULCHRA (Gray).

Hyledactylus bivittatus, Cantor, p. 143.

Callula pulchra, Bigr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 170 (hand &e. fig.) ;

S. Flower, P. Z.8. 1896, p. 908.

“‘ Kung-ahng ” of the Siamese.

‘Bull Frog ” of the English in Singapore and Siam.

Localities. This species apparently does not occur in Penang ;

but is now common in Singapore, having been (from all accounts)

impor‘ed into that island trom Siam. The only instances of its

occurrence on the mainland of the Peninsula (that I know of) are

1899.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 907

the single male obtained from a field near Malacca by Cantor, and

specimens in the Museum at Kuala Lumpor, from that place,

where it is said to be common. In Siam I have observed it in

Bangkok (Jan., May, June, July, Aug., Nov., and Dec.), at Paknam

Menam (Aug.), at Tahkamen on the Bangpakong river (April),

and I have also received specimens from Chantaboon.

Habits. From having kept many specimens in captivity for

months at a time, and also observed them frequently in their native

haunts, I think Callula pulchra is the cleverest batrachian I have

come across: they are good swimmers, can hop well on land and

also climb fairly, though slowly ; ours in captivity in the evening

often go up the glass side of their case, but they manage

better in a corner than on a plain vertical glass wall. During the

rains, when every evening swarms of insects flew into the house

attracted by the light and were a great annoyance at dinner-time,

we were in the habit of putting a Callula or two on the dinner-

table: they seemed to understand what they were there for, and

instead of jumping off the table or being alarmed by us or the

servants, caught and ate the flying insects, one after another, as

they alighted on the cloth. Termites, ants, moths, small beetles,

crickets, and grasshoppers they devour eagerly, but the larger

crickets and grasshoppers they cannot manage to hold to get them

into their small mouths ; they seem more clever in catching their

desired prey than either Rana or Bufo, and also show curious

discrimination in not attempting to seize the winged bugs, which

often come into the house at the same time as the swarms of ants,

termites, &c.

During the rainy season in Bangkok almost every evening, after a

wet day, the whole air is full of the booming of these frogs—* eung-

ahng, eung-ahng, eung-ahng,” now rising, now falling, and the

sound continues all night. In some of the roads where there is low

land and much water on each side, and Callula swarms, you can

hardly hear yourself speak for the noise, but at the distance of a

quarter or half a mile the sound is not unpleasant and is like that

of a great weir or waterfall. In Singapore possibly they croak on

suitable evenings all the year round; personally I have noted them

doing so in the months of March, April, May, June, July, Sep-

tember, October, and December. In captivity they continue to

make their characteristic sound; also apparently they can make a

quite different noise: on more than one occasion we were disturbed

at night in Bangkok by shrill screams apparently of a person

in great fear and pain; the noise seemed to come from the room

where the Callula were kept, but on procuring a light and going

there, I found them sitting quietly in their vivarium as if nothing

had occurred, so it cannot be proved that they were the authors

of these really alarming cries’.

* Our knowledge of the strange cries that animals make at times must stil]

be very meagre. Various noises occurred from time to time in the old ruinous

palace I lived in at Bangkok that I did not succeed in tracing: the natives (as

usual) attributed them to the supernatural, but I have no doubt they were

908 MR, STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [Noy. 14,

I have been told the Laos eat Callula pulchra, but the Siamese

in Bangkok do not, though they esteem Lana tigrina as food.

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Burma, South China, Siam,

Cambodia, Malay Peninsula, Celebes.

34, PHRYNELLA PULCHRA Bler.

Phrynella pulchra, Blgr. A. M. N. H. (5) xix. 1887, p. 346,

pl. x. fig. 2.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Malacca), Sumatra, Mentawei

Islands.

35, PHRYNELLA POLLICARIS Bler.

Phrynella pulchra, Giinth. A. M. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 313,

pl. xvi. fig. B; L. Wray, J. 8. B. R. A. 8S. 1890, no. 21, p. 141.

Phrynella pollicaris, Blgr. P. Z. S. 1890, p. 37.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Perak).

Family Buronip2.

36, NECTOPHRYNE GUENTHER! Bler.

Nectophryne guentheri, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 280, pl. xviii.

fig. 3; 8. Flower, P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 910.

Mr. Ridley obtained another specimen on Bukit Timah, Singa-

pore, in March 1898.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Singapore), Mentawei Islands,

Natuna Islands, Borneo.

37. Bu¥o PENANGENSIS (Stol.). (Plate LX. figs. 3, 3a.)

Ansonia penangensis, Stol. J. A. 8S. B. 1870, p. 152, pl. ix. fig. 4.

Bufo penangensis, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 287.

Localities. I have found this species in the hills of Penang,

elevation 2000 feet, in March 1898, and in the Larut Hills, Perak,

elevation 3000 feet, in April 1898. Dr. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles

Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 5) records specimens from Gunang,

Kledang, Perak, elevation 2100 feet, caught in March 1898.

Habits. My Penang specimens I caught after dark hopping on

the ground on paths through the hill-jungle ; the Larut specimens

I found by daylight crouching on the nearly vertical face of some

rocks on the side of a rushing mountain-stream: they were easily

caught in the hands. The iris in lifeis golden.

made by animals, probably reptiles or batrachians, that we generally consider

to be mute. I have not seen it recorded that the Lizard Uromastix egyptius

has a Voice, but specimens now living in my house here often make a low noise, a

sort of guttural cackling, audible 3 or 4 yards off. Testudo marginata at times

utters a plaintive cry, very like a sheep bleating ; and Zestudo radiata has a low

querulous bark; probably many other instances could be given.—S. S. F.,

Ghizeh, Egypt: 13-5-99.

1899.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM 909

Size. The largest specimen from Penang measured, snout to

vent, 37 mm.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula, Borneo.

Tadpole.

Tadpoles and newly transformed young toads were found in

abundance in two streams on Penang Hill, at elevations of about

1800 feet, durmg March 1898.

Habits. These tadpoles live in the swift-flowing hill-streams, and

are to be found where the torrent is rushing fastest, fixed to the

face of the granite boulders which obstruct the stream; a

favourite place of theirs was a perpendicular wall of rock which

the water fell over in a small cascade ; they hold on so fast with

their mouths that they cannot easily be pulled off, but have to be

plucked away from the rock between one’s finger and thumb.

They move upstream and about the face of the rock by means of

their mouths; when placed in a glass bowl they never laid on

the bottom (as most tadpoles do), and seldom swam about but fixed

themselves to the glass sides. In captivity they died in a few

hours, the still water probably not suiting them.

Description of the Tadpole (in the 3rd period).

Form. Length of body from rather more than once and a half

to rather less than once and two thirds its width, nearly half the

length of the tail. Nostrils much nearer the eyes than the end of

the snout, about a quarter the distance. Eyes on the sides of the

head, looking outwards and upwards, not at all prominent in life ;

the distance between the eyes is rather more than once and a half

as great as that between the nostrils, and little more than half as

great as the width of the mouth. A strongly marked lachrymal

canal from in front of the eye to the nostril. Spiraculum on the

left side, directed backwards and upwards, rather nearer the eye

than the anus, not at all prominent in life. Anus median. Tail

six times as long as deep, acutely pointed; upper crest only on

posterior two-thirds of tail, lower crest whole length of tail, but

only the posterior two-thirds are pigmented ; crests of equal depth

or lower slightly deeper.

Mouth. The large mouth forms an organ for adhesion and

locomotion. Beak white; lower jaw edged with black, upper with

a conspicuous black diagonal mark on each side. The lips form

the rim of .a sucking-disk, when not fully expanded they take a

crenular form (in spirit-specimens this is very marked) ; the upper

lip, which has its edge turned in and terminating in the 1st row of

upper labial teeth, is smooth and free from papille; the enlarged

muscular lower lip is thickly studded with very small short rounded

papilla. There are two uninterrupted series of upper labial teeth

of equal length, the 2nd being slightly stronger than the 1st:

three uninterrupted series of lower labial teeth of equal length but

shorter than the upper series; the 3rd is the strongest and the

Ist the weakest.

Proc. Zoon Soc.—1899, No. LIX. 59

910 MR. STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THD [Nov. 14,

Colour (in life). Upper surface sepia-brown, mottled darker and

lighter ; the disk round the head is translucent, colour yellow very

finely speckled with sepia-brown. Lower surface yellowish buff,

the intestines showing the transparent skin as a dark purplish

patch. Muscular portion of tail sepia-brown mottled with yellow ;

the crests are transparent, finely speckled with sepia-brown

towards their edges, which are dark brown. The legs as soon as

they appear have the bright colour and distinct markings of those

of the young toad; when the fore limbs appear the back begins to

take the markings of that of the young toad. Iris, a narrow ring

of reddish yellow.

Colour (in life) of newly transformed young.—Upper surface of

head and body yellowish brown, extensively marked with black ;

sides of head and body spotted with orange and yellow. Limbs

red, with dark brown cross-bars. Below purplish grey, with

numerous very small whitish-yellow spots.

Size. Tadpoles (3rd period): total length 34mm. ; length of body

12:5; width of body 7; width of mouth 6; length of tail 21°5;

depth of tail 3°5 ; depth of mouth 5.

Newly transformed young: snout to vent 13 to 14 mm.

38. BuFo MELANOosTICTUS Schneid.

Bufo melanostictus, Cantor, p. 142; Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 306 ;

Blgr. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 505 (fig. p.506).; 8. Flower, P. Z.8.

1896, p. 911, pl. xliv. fig. 3 (tadpole).

“ Kikong,” “ Katak paru,” ef the Malays of the Peninsula,

according to Cantor.

“« King-kop ” of the Siamese.

Localities. This is the common toad of the Malay Peninsula and

Siam, to be found in abundance at all seasons of the year; I have

observed it in the following localities :— Penang (from sea-level to

the summit of Western Hill, 2725 feet); Alor Star, Anak Bukit

and Kulim, Kedah; Taiping, Perak; Johore Bahru ; Singapore ;

Paknam Menam, Bangkok, Ayuthia, Pachim, Kabin, and Chanta-

boon in Siam; and at Kosichang, an island in the Gulf of Siam,

where exceptionally large individuals were seen. Specimens from

the same localities vary considerably in roughness, some are nearly

covered with strong spinous warts.

Habits. This species resembles Bufo vulgaris in habits and manner

of feeding,and does well in captivity, readily eating beetles, termites,

ants, crickets, grasshoppers, &c., but refusing millipedes. As a

rule it frequents cultivated places, or the neighbourhood of paths

and clearings, only once have I found a specimen in virgin jungle, ~

At certain seasons the males make a good deal of noise croaking,

both when wild or when kept in a vivarium; while croaking the

single vocal sac under the chin is distended into a globular form.

T have heard them croaking in February (at Ayuthia), in March

(at Pach‘n), in July (at Bangkok), and in November (in the Penang

Hills). The Siamese are much afraid of toads ; a man I employed

1899.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 911

in collecting would handle frogs, snakes, lizards, &., and pick up

scorpions, large spiders, &c., but could never be persuaded to even

touch a toad.

Colour. In the breeding-season the males assume a very hand-

some appearance, the throat becoming bright chrome-yellow, and

the sides of the head and chest yellow, spotted with black.

Size. The largest Bangkok specimen measured 116 mm. from

snout to vent.

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Burma, Sikhim Ee teale (up to

10,000 feet), Southern China, Hongkong, Cambodia, Siam, Malay

Peninsula, Java, Borneo, Philippines.

Tadpoles.

I have observed the tadpole of B. melanostictus in April and

October in Singapore ; in March in Penang (mouth exactly as

described in P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 912; but colour of caudal crests

almost none, transparent); in July and August in Bangkok; and at

Batu Gajah, Perak, in December I caught a tadpole exactly like

those of this species, except that the 2nd series of teeth in the

upper jaw was uninterrupted.

39. Buro Mackotis Blgr.

Bufo macrotis, Blgr. Ann. Mus. Civic. Genova, (2) v. 1887,

p. 422, pl. iv. fig. 3; Blgr. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 502.

Localities. This toad, previously known from Upper Burma and

Pegu, has not been recorded from Siam before. I found it fairly

uumerous at Bawtong Kabin in March 1897. This species and

B, melanostictus frequented the same spots.

Size. Snout to vent 46 mm.

Distribution. Burma, Siam.

40. Buro parvus Blgr.

Bufo parvus Blgr. A. M. N. H. (5) xix. 1887, p. 346, pl. x.

In November 1896 I found a single specimen under some dead

leaves in jungle by the Waterfall Gardens, Penang. It was a very

active toad, hopping like a frog; in captivity it refused to feed.

The eyes are large and prominent, and the tympanum very distinct.

Colour (in life). Above rich dark reddish brown; limbs dark

brown mottled with light red. Below yellowish buff and purplish

grey, speckled on the chin, throat, chest, and lower legs with dark

brown. Iris golden and yandyke-brown, minutely speckled with

black.

Distribution. Pegu, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.

41. Buro quapRiporcatvs Blegr.

Bufo quadriporcatus, Blgr. A. M. N. H. (5) xix. 1887, p. 347,

pl. x. fig. 4; Giinth. A. M. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 314, pl. xvi.

fig. C.

59*

912 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 14,

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Perak and Malacca), Sumatra,

Borneo.

N.B.—Mr. L. Wray (Perak Museum Notes, vol. ii. part ii.

p. 135) credits me with having presented the Museum at Taiping

with a toad of this species from Penang; the toad in question,

however, was a specimen of B. asper.

42, Buro DIVERGENS Peters.

Mr. A. L. Butler informs me he has obtained this species in

Salangor during the latter half of 1898 ; it had not previously been

recorded from the Malay Peninsula.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula.

43. Buro asppr Gravenh.

Bufo asper, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 313; 8S. Flower, P. Z. 5.

1896, p. 912.

This is the grandest batrachian known to inhabit the Malay

Peninsula, and interesting in many ways: its size, rugged coat, and

prominent yellow eyes at once attract attention; its muscular

strength is unusually great for an animal of this class ; the strong

scent of musk it gives out when excited or alarmed is remarkable ;

its habit of pretending to be dead is very curious; and, lastly, its

motive for frequenting only particular caves and waterfalls would

be most interesting to work out.

For this reason I give each place and date on which I have met

the species :—

Great Waterfall, Botanical Gdns., Penang: 24.3.95 ; four.

” » ae 30.3.95 ; two (3 3 ):

eB} ” 3 24.4.26 3 three ( 2 )

” ” ” 8.3.98 3 two.

” ” 3 14.6.98 > one.

On 1st Jan., 1896, I searched this place without seeing a single

toad.

Penang Hill, elevation about 2000 feet ; 26th November, 1896,

one individual.

Penang Hill, elevation about 2000 feet ; April 1898, three indi-

viduals.

Batu Caves, Selangor, 28th and 30th June, 1898. In the

dark part of these caves there were numbers of B. asper; on

the 28th I saw about twenty individuals, some were several

hundred yards underground (perhaps half a mile) and in places

where no daylight could ever penetrate. Allthe toads seen in the

caves were well-grown specimens, apparently adult; their rugged

backs and colour exactly match many of the rocks in the caves.

The excrement of these toads contained wings of small beetles and

cockroaches.

1899.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 913

Colour (in life). General colour varies from yellowish brown,

irregularly darker on upper surface, to rich reddish brown and

blackish. Iris: a narrow golden line round pupil, remainder

golden, very finely speckled and vermiculated with very dark

bronze. _

Size. Largest Penang specimen I have measured was, snout to

vent 170 mm. (6? inches).

Distribution. Tenasserim, Mergui, Malay Peninsula, Java,

Borneo.

N.B.—Bouro gatnarus Giinther.

Bufo galeatus, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 314.

The type specimen, a female, was obtaimed by M. Mouhot in

Cambodia, so the species may be eventually found in Siam.

Family PELoBaTID#,

44, LePTOBRACHIUM HASSELTI Tschudi.

Leptobrachium hasseltui, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 441; S. Flower,

P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 913; Hanitsch, Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897,

p- 8.

Distribution. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Java.

45. MEGALopHrys nasuTa (Schleg.).

Megalophrys montana var., Cantor, p. 140; part., Giinth. Rept.

Brit. Ind. p. 413.

Megalophrys nasuta, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 443; S. Flower,

P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 913.

“‘Katah bertandu” of the Malays of Perak, according to

L. Wray, jun.

Cantor obtained two specimens on the Pentland Hills, Penang,

at an elevation of about 1800 feet. When in Penang during

March and April 1898, I obtained one adult specimen trom a

valley; and two adults, two small specimens, and many recently

transformed young from the hills at elevations of from 1800 to

2000 feet. This species is also found in Perak (specimens in

British and local Museums); in Selangor (one specimen in local

Museum, caught about 15 miles from Kuala Lumpor, 1898);

Malacca (Raffles Museum) ; Johore (Raffles Mus.); and on Bukit

Timah, Singapore (Raffles Mus.).

Colour. Cantor gives a good description of this species, but

says “above, pale greyish-brown ;” in four specimens which I

observed alive for several days I found they were capable of

altering their colour to a great extent—olive-brown, red-bronze,

yellowish bronze or chocolate, but in every case the colours and

shades resembled those seen in dead leaves; the rich dark-brown

914 MR. STANLEY 8S. FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 14,

markings on the sides vary very much in intensity from time to

time.

Size. g from Penang: snont to vent 80 mm.; width of head

at angle of jaw 36 mm.

from Penang: snout to vent 90 mm. ; width of head at angle

of jaw 46 mm.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

N.B.—MEGALOPHRYS MONTANA Kuhl.

Megalophrys montana, Bigr. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 442.

A frog in the Museum at Taiping, said to have been caught in

Perak, apparently belongs to this species.

Distribution. Java, Sumatra, Dinagat Island; Malay Peninsula

(possibly).

46. MEGALOPHRYS LONGIPES Bier,

Megalophrys longipes, Blgr. P. Z.8. 1885, p. 850, pl. lv. ; Giinth.

A. M. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 316.

This species was first discovered by Mr. Wray; in April 1898

Mr. Keilich again obtained it in the Larut Hills in Perak, at an

elevation of 4500 feet.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Perak).

Order CAUDATA.

Family SaLaMANDRIDE.

47, AMBLYSTOMA PERSIMILE (Gray).

Amblystoma persimile, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Grad. &e. p. 47.

Two specimens were collected by M. Mouhot in Siam, ‘ probably

at a considerable altitude.”

Distribution. Siam.

Order APODA.

Family CmorLimp2.

48. IcHTHYOPHIS GLUTINOSUS (Linn.).

Epicrium glutinosum, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 441 (1864).

Ichthyophis glutinosus, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Grad. &. p. 89, pl. iv.

fig. 2 (1882); Blgr. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 515, fig. p. 516

(1890).

“ Ngu pling ” or ‘ leech-snake ” of the Siamese.

1899.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND SIAM. 915

T have come across the following specimens :—

Eaeaht Number of Approximate length

e y- circular folds, in millimetres.

Den MBangkOk ss Feasssewes, tesksearoae 356 350

& sh (Feb. 1898) ......... 320 304

(iii) * Pitt) | MPOkere hoccrncee oer 294 294

Nig ee hie eee et he ms 312 282

(oH) an Naseer cca ers «aoe eee 305 180

(vi) * nit UTS Bae. Se edaceat 308 136

(vii) Ayuthia (June 1897)............ —- —-

(viii) Chantaboon ..........2..00s.00<: 332 304

(ix)* Penang, 1800 ft. 311 297

: 5 9

Bee eapenisns, | 35 2

(xii) * “c 313 196

(xiii) * 5 (March 1898) 298 188

(xiv) * “6 (April 1898). 294 174

The counted number of circular folds must always be more

or less approximate, as they are not all complete rings, some

bifurcating in places; but this table shows how very much they

vary in number in individuals regardless of the length.

Mr. Wray has shown me a specimen obtained by him in the

Larut Hills, Perak, at between 3000 and 4000 feet elevation, and

Mr. A. G. B. Van Sommeren had in his collection one from the

Penang Hills from about 2200 feet. Dr. Hanitsch (Rep. Rafil.

Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 5) records specimens from Ipoh, Kinta

district of Perak, caught November 1897, and from Gunong Panti,

Johore, caught June 1898.

Habits. In life the tentacles are constantly being protruded and

retracted, and the throat is in constant motion, like a frog’s. These

creatures are gentle and make no attempt to bite; although their

usual movements are very slow and deliberate, when they want to

they can wriggle away with surprising speed. They do not feel

at all slimy when handled.

These remarks apply equally well to Z. monochrous.

Colour (in life). Very dark rich purple, each circular fold showing

as a narrow paler ring. Along each side of the body a bright

lemon-yellow line, very distinct and sharply defined at the edges,

but varying very much in width in specimens of about equal length.

The eyes, though so small, are bright; they are black, with a

very narrow pale brown ring round them. ‘The tentacles are

white.

Distribution. Mountains of Ceylon, Malabar, Eastern Himalayas,

Khasi Hills, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Mentawei

Islands, Borneo, Java.

* In the ten specimens marked with an asterisk the tentacle is considerably

nearer the eye than the nostril ; of its position in the remaining specimens I

find I have made no note,

916 BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA AND s14M. [| Nov. 14,

49, JoHTHYOPHIS MoNocHROUS (Blkr.).

Ichthyophis monochrous, Blgr. Cat. Batr. Grad. &e. p. 91, pl. iv.

fig. 1 (1882).

In April 1898 on different days I obtained two specimens from

under a stack of firewood near ‘ Maxwell’s Bungalow,” in the Larut

Hills, Perak, elevation 3380 feet.

1st. Number of circular folds about 313 ; length 208 mm.

2nd. Number of circular folds about 309; length 167 mm.

As in I, glutinosus, some of the circular folds either bifurcate or

converge into each other ; therefore the number, in counting the

same individual at different parts of its circumference, varies.

Colour (in life). Uniform purplish black. Tentacles white.

Anal region and tip of tail pale pinkish. The eye appears as an

inconspicuous black speck (but turns whitish in spirits).

Distribution. India (Sikhim, Western Ghauts, Surat, Malabar),

Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Java.

ApprnpA.—Mr. A. L. Butler has recently obtained in the Malay

Peninsula examples of two species not included in this list—Rana

jerboa from the Batu Caves, Selangor, and Nectes subasper from

Sungei Buloh: he also obtained in Kuala Sumpor a male Rana

macrodon, measuring “ exactly nine inches” (228) mm.) from snout

to vent.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate LIX.

Fig. 1. Rana macrodon (p. 888). Tadpole. x 2.

ge i ” = mouth. x 15.

iad tigrina (p. 891). Tadpole. x 14.

o aout x 10.

3. ‘ihaodahane leucomystax (p. 898). ‘Tadpoles. x 14.

3a. ¥ ty Tadpole, eile much enlarged.

Puate LX.

Fig. 1, 1a, 16. Microhyla ornata (p. 901). Tadpoles. x 4.

2. Microhyla (?), sp. ? (p. 908). Tadpole, side view and upper view. Xx 3

2a. “ : front view of mouth, shut. x 6

2b. . 55 . front view of mouth, open. x 6.

2e, side view of mouth, ‘shut. xs

3. Bufo’ penangensis (p. 908). Tadpole, upper and lower views. xX 2.

3a. ,, 33 » mouth. x 5,

P.Z.5.1899.P1.LIX.

55 Flower del. PJ. Sinit lith,, T POLES MinternBros Chromo.

1.RANA MACRODON. 2.RANA TIGRINA,

3.RHACOPHORUS LEUCOMYSTAX.

IV Si lisse) eae ILO

SS.Flower del. PJ Smit ith Mantern Bros. Chromo.

TNDIE OiLeS-

1 MICROHYLA ORNATA . 2. Mil CRORMIEA(P)SiP!?

3. BU O PRNANGENSIS.

1899.] MR. R, LYDEKKER ON THE CHILIAN GUEMAL. 917

4. Specific Characters of the Chilian Guemal.

By R. LypeKKeEr.

[Received August 30, 1899.]

(Plate LXT.)

When describing that subgeneric group of American Deer

commonly known as Guemals in ‘ Deer of All Lands,’ I had no

mounted specimen of the Chilian species to compare with the one

of the Peruvian Guemal in the British Museum; the latter

having suffered considerably from fading. Consequently, I was

compelled to rely on the descriptions of others ; and now that the

Museum (thanks to Dr. H. P. Moreno) has acquired a beautiful

male of the Chilian Guemal, I find that there are several inaccuracies

in my description.

In the first place, the Chilian Guemal is a considerably larger

animalthan the Peruvian species, theshoulder-height in the mounted

specimens of these species in the Museum being respectively 395

and 33+ inches. Secondly, it is much more uniformly coloured

than its northern relative, the greater portion of the under-parts,

limbs, and buttocks being of the same tint as the back, instead of

very much lighter. The faded condition of the Museum specimen

of the Peruvian species does not admit of the original tint of the

hair being precisely determined; but it was evidently speckled

after the manner of the Chilian form. In the latter, the general

colour of the head and upper-parts is bright greyish-yellow speckled

with black. A broad black band runs up the middle of the face

from the muzzle to terminate in a fork between the eyes; the

sides of the muzzle being brown and the extremity of the chin

whitish. The upper surface of the tail is coloured like the back,

while the under surface is white; there is no trace of the brown

patch on the rump and the brown upper surface of the root of the .

tail characteristic of the Peruvian species. The under-parts and

limbs, with the exception of the inguinal region, the front and

upper part of the inner surface of the thighs, and a streak on the

postero-internal surface of the fore legs (which are greyish white),

are also coloured like the back; thus presenting a very striking

difference from the Peruvian animal, in which they are very much

lighter. The tarsal tuft, too, instead of beg dark umber-brown

on a whitish ground, is likewise of the same speckled hue as the

upper-parts.

In regard to the antlers, they are distinguished from those of the

Chilian species by the forking taking place at a considerably greater

distance above the burr, so that between the latter and the upper

surface of the fork there is an interval of nearly two inches instead

of less than an inch.

The antlers of the specimen figured in the drawing (Plate LX1.),

which came from Patagonia, are comparatively thin and smooth. In

a head from Ultima Esperanza, Patagonia, recently acquired by the

918 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE CHILIAN GUEMaL. ([Noy. 14,

Museum, the antlers are, however, much stouter and more rugose,

perhaps indicating an older animal, Moreover, in the same speci-

men (represented in the figure, p. 918) the general tone of the

hair is greyer and less rufous, while the black mark on the face

_ Head of an adult male Chilian Guemal (Muzama bisulea).

is narrower and less deep in colour. Now this specimen is stated

to have been killed in June, that is to say in the middle of winter.

And it would accordingly seem that the Guemals, like so many

PLZ tonl899). Pl boa

J.Suit delet lith . Mint ern Bros.imp.

MALE CHILIAN GUEMAL.

(Mazama bisulca.)

1899.] ON A SHARK-TOOTHED DOLPHIN FROM PATAGONIA. 919

Deer, exhibit a reddish phase in summer, and a more greyish (blue)

tint in winter.

The Chilian Guemal was originally named from specimens

obtained in the Andes of the country from which it takes its

popular title; probably on the east side of the main range. I can

find no reason for separating the Patagonian animal, even racially.

It has sometimes occurred to me that the Peruvian and Chilian

Guemals might be nothing more than local forms of one widely-

spread species ; but the important points of difference indicated

above leave little doubt as to the propriety of regarding them in the

light of separate species.

5. On the Skull of a Shark-toothed Dolphin from Patagonia.

By R. Lypexker.

[Received September 7, 1899.]

In 1893 I described and figured * an imperfect skull of a Shark-

toothed Dolphin from a Tertiary deposit at Chubut, Patagonia,

which was clearly generically distinct from Squalodon, and seemed

to me to require anew name. I accordingly suggested the title

of Prosqualodon australis. From Squatodon this Dolphin evidently

differed in the smaller number of teeth, and apparently in the

shorter and more laterally curved lower jaw. Moreover, I came to

the conclusion that the nasals, instead of forming mere nodules of

bone lying in depressions of the frontals, were of triangular form,

and to a certain small extent roofed over the base of the nose-

cavity. Unfortunately, the extremity of the rostrum was so

broken as to preclude the possibility of estimating the total length

of the skull.

This deficiency is supplied by a skull from the same deposit

recently acquired by the British Museum, to which my attention

has been directed by Mr. C. W. Andrews. This specimen has a

general resemblance to the skulls of the short-beaked Dolphins of

the present day, such as Phoceena, Grampus, Gilobiceps, &c. In size

it apparently comes very close to the skull of Pseudorca crassidens,

but is relatively shorter, and therefore more like that of Cogia

breviceps, so far as proportion is concerned. Ii agrees in all

respects with the type skull; and there is one detached tooth re-

maining, which is of the same Squalodont type as those of the latter.

With the exception of a certain amount of damage to the region of

the blow-hole, the new skull, in spite of numerous fractures, is com-

paratively but little imperfect on the upper surface. On the under

surface the pterygoids, which afford such characteristic features

in differentiating the skulls of the existing Dolphins, are wanting.

Of the lower jaw only the greater portion of the right man-

dibular ramus is preserved.

2 An, Mus, La Plata,—Pal. Arg. vol. ii. art. 2, p. 8, pl. iv. (1893),

920 MR.R.LYDEKKER ON A ~~ [Nov. 14;

The extreme shortness of the skull (only a very small portion

of the tip of the rostrum being missing) indicates the wide

difference of the genus from Squalodon; and we thus have evidence

that the Squalodontide, like the Delphinidw, were represented by a

long-beaked and a short-beaked group. The question will there-

fore arise whether the two groups of the last-named family may

not be independently derived from the two corresponding groups

of the Squalodonts.

Fig. 1.

' Exo

Upper surface of a skull of Prosgualodon australis, from the Tertiary deposits

of Ohubut, Patagonia. /r., frontal; mzx., maxilla; Pmz., premaxilla ;

Exo., supra-occipital ; Pa., parietal.

la. Navial region of specimen in the La Plata Museum.

Be this as it may, the general characters of the fossil skull are

essentially those of modern Dolphins, asymmetry being but slightly

developed, while the proximal extremities of the premaxille and

maxillz overlie and conceal the frontals to the same extent. The

premaxille, although their vomerine borders are perhaps slightly

imperfect distally, seem, however, to have roofed over the mes-

ethmoid channel to a less degree than in existing Dolphins, thus

1899.] SHARK-TOOTHED DOLPHIN FROM PATAGONIA. 921

leaving in the dry skull the greater extent of the vomer exposed, very

much as in Cogia. In life the exposed mesethmo-vomerine channel

was doubtless occupied by a large mesethmoid cartilage. It is

much to be regretted that the narial region of the British Museum

specimen is imperfect, the nasal bones being wanting. I have there-

fore had reproduced (fig. 1 a, p. 920) this region from my original

plate, from which it will be seen that the nasal bones, instead of

being reduced to irregular nodules lying in depressions of the

frontals, form a slight penthouse to the upper end of the blow-hole.

' In my original paper I stated that the molariform teeth were

double-rooted, like those of Squalodon; but a detached specimen

(fig. 2a, p. 921) shows that the two fangs have coalesced, although

separated bya deep groove. And it appears that the same feature,

Fig. 2.

Lateral aspect of the specimen of Prosqualodon australis represented in fig. 1.

2a. A molar tooth associated with the skull.

judging from the sockets, obtains in all the teeth of this type.

Some of the hinder molars were, however, single-fanged; and the

whole number of teeth did not apparently exceed ten or eleven

pairs in each jaw, against the fifteen pairs of Squalodon. Whether

the anterior teeth were of the slender incisiform type of the

similarly situated teeth of Squalodon cannot be ascertained. The

cusps on the molars are less developed than in the latter.

The new specimen accentuates the distinction of Prosqualodon

from the last-named genus; and whereas in the structure of the

nasals the South-American genus is the more generalized of the

two, in the characters of the teeth it is the more specialized.

It is worth mention that the retention of roofing nasals in Pro-

squalodon and in a second Patagonian genus, for which I have

suggested the name Argyrodelpms, removes any difficulty, so far

922 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE DENTAL FORMULA OF [Nov. 14

as this part of the skull is concerned, in deriving the Whalebone

from the Toothed Whales. But whether such is the true phylo-

geny may be left an open question; and I may add that, for

several reasons, I do not propose on this occasion to discuss the

geological age of the deposits from which Prosqualodon was

obtained.

6. The Deutal Formula of the Marsupial and Placental

Carnivora. By R. LypEKKER.

(Plate LXII.)

[Received October 21, 1899.]

Since the views expressed in the ‘Study of Mammals’! with

regard to the dental succession in the Mammalia generally, and

the homology of the individual teeth of the cheek-series of the

Marsupials with those of the Placentals, are out of harmony with

the results of recent investigations, I think the time is ripe for a

statement that I, as the surviving author of that work, no longer

hold them. And I do this the more readily because it appears to

me that some emendations in regard to the names employed for

certain of the teeth of the cheek-series are urgently required.

I may commence by the statement that I fully accept the view

that the milk-teeth plus the so-called true molars constitute the

first, or original series, and that the premolars form the second

series ; this being precisely the opposite of the view taken in the

work referred to’. Apart from other considerations, 1 regard the

fact that the last tooth of the milk-molar series (as well as some-

times the tooth in advance of it) is always similar in structure to

the true molars as a very strong argument in favour of this view.

And I likewise accept the view that the whole of the teeth of

modern Marsupials, with the exception of the single replacing pair

in each jaw, belong to the first series.

This being so, I come, without further preliminaries, to the

consideration of the special subject of the present communication ;

that is to say, the serial homology of the individual cheek-teeth in

the Marsupial and Placental Carnivora, and the dental formula

that will best express this homology. It will simplify matters to

confine our attention in the main to the teeth of the lower jaw,

as what holds good for these will be likewise applicable in the case

of those of the upper jaw.

To go no further back than the publication of his ‘ Odonto-

graphy,’ we find Sir R. Owen in that work* giving the lower

dental formula of Canis, which may be regarded as typical for the

' Flower and Lydekker, 1891.

2 I do not propose to take into consideration the evidence in favour of the

occasional presence of an aborted successional series to the true molars.

* Page 475.

1899.] THE MARSUPIAL AND PLACENTAL CARNIVORA. 923

Placental Carnivora, as 7. 3, ¢. 1, p. 4, m. 3; while he gives that of

the Marsupial Thylacinus! as 7.3, c.1, p.3, m. 4. Nothing is said

as to any replacement in the dental series of the latter genus, or in

Marsupials generally ; the division of the cheek-series into premolars

and molars having been apparently made solely from the form and

characters of the teeth themselves. But it is important to recognize

that the premolars and molars were regarded as being numerically

just the reverse of one another in the Dog and the Thylacine ; and

that this view has been accepted by almost all subsequent writers

till quite recently.

In 1867 Sir William Flower” carried matters one stage further»

by proving that, when any replacement at all occurred, only one

pair of teeth in each jaw was changed in the modern Marsupials ;

this pair being the third of the cheek-series of seven. It was

further argued that this replacing pair of teeth corresponded to

the fourth cheek-tooth of the Dog, thus indicating that one pre-

molar tooth (the first) was wanting in the Marsupial cheek-series,

and hence suggesting that the full series in that group was originally

7.3, c.1, p.4, m.4. It is, however, noteworthy that the three pre-

molars of the Thylacine were still called p..1, p. 2, and p. 3; and

that the same notation was retained in the article “ Mammalia”

by the same writer in the 9th edition of the ‘ Encyclopedia

Britannica.’

By the date of the issue of the third volume of his ‘ Anatomy

of Vertebrates’ (1868), Owen* had likewise recognized the fact

that only a single pair of teeth were replaced in each jaw of the

Marsupials; this, he said, “giving the extent of the theoretical

deciduous series.” From this it may be inferred that.he did not

accept the homology of the replacing tooth of the Marsupials with

p. 4 of the Placental series.

But in a later part of the second volume (pp. 378 & 379)

occurs the following very remarkable statement, which, although

not altogether an exact solution of the problem, makes a very near

approach to it:—‘‘ The observed phenomena of the development

and change of the teeth led to the generalisation that the Mar-

supial differed from the Placental Diphyodont Mammals in having

four true molars, i.e. m. 4 instead of m. 3; and also that they

differed in having only three premolars, 1. e. p. 3 instead of p. 4;

the typical number of the grinding series, 7, being the same ; and

it was convenient for comparison to symbolise them accordingly.

Since, however, there is reason to conclude that m. 1 in the Pla-

cental Diphyodonts is a continuation of the deciduous series of

molars, which might be symbolised as dm. 5, and only becomes

a permanent molar because there is no premolar developed above

it, so we may regard the tooth marked m. 1 [that is to say, the

fourth of the cheek-series]in Thylacinus as being an antecedent

tooth of the deciduous series, rendered permanent by a like reason,

the suppression of p. 4. In other words, that m.1 in Thylacinus

is the homologue of dm. 4 [the last milk-molar] of Sus [or Canis],

1 Thid. p. 377. ? Phil. Trans, 1867, p. 631. 3 Page 285.

924 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE DENTAL FORMULA OF [Noy. 14,

and that the true homologue of pm. 4 is not developed in the

Marsupialia.”

In this passage, then, the great anatomist recognizes, firstly, that

the first true molar of Placentals belongs to the first series of teeth ;

and, secondly, that the fourth cheek-tooth of the Marsupials is a

persistent last (fourth) milk-molar. And it is merely in order

to obtain general recognition for these two important facts that

the present paper is chiefly written.

The next amendment in the dental homology of the Marsupial

and Placental Carnivora was made by Professor A. Gaudry ', in

1878, who, struck by the resemblance between the teeth of the

Creodont and Marsupial Carnivora, applied the same formula to

both, thus making the lower dentition of Thylacinus 7. 3, c. 1, p. 4,

m. 3, or the same as that of Hycanodon and Canis. He then

pointed out that although the Creodonts differed from Thylacinus

and its allies by a complete dental replacement, yet the former

likewise differed from modern land Carnivora by the circumstances

that all their three true lower molars were of a carnassial type,

and that they closely resembled the corresponding lower teeth of

the Thylacine. No attempt was, however, made to show why the

latter animal, in common with its kindred, should have four teeth

of this same carnassial type.

In 1887 appeared a paper by Mr. O. Thomas ?, in which the

replacing tooth of the Marsupials was definitely regarded as

representing p. 4 of the Placental series, and was accordingly termed

the fourth premolar ; the second tooth of that series being regarded

as missing in the modern Marsupials. In this communication the

author suggested the use of the term “ milk-premolars,” in lieu of

milk-molars. My. Thomas’s nomenclature of the Marsupial series

was adopted in the ‘ Study of Mammals.’

It was some years after the appearance of the paper last referred

to that the researches of Messrs. Kiikenthal and Rose afforded

grounds for regarding all the teeth in advance of the replacing pre-

molar of modern Marsupials as milk-teeth, and the identification of

the true molar series as corresponding serially with the milk set

rather than with the premolars. To these discoveries I need not

refer further than to say that a useful summary of them is given

by Professor Osborn in the ‘ American Naturalist ’ for 1893°.

T accordingly pass on to two papers by Sefor Florentino

Ameghino, in the course of which the remains of certain Marsupial-

like Mammals from the Tertiaries of Patagonia are described and

figured under the group-name of ‘“Sparassodonta.” In the first

of these communications * the animals in question are said to be

referable neither to the Carnivora Vera, the Creodontia, or the

* ‘Les Enchainements, ete.—Mammifeéres Tertiaires,’ pp. 13-19.

* Phil. Trans. 1887, p. 447. Many of the views propounded here were

modified in a paper published in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix.

p. 308 (1892).

3 Vol. xxvii. pp. 493-508. ,

* Bol. Ac. Cordoba, vol. xiii. pp. 259-452 (1894).

1899.] THE MARSUPIAL AND PLACENTAL CARNIVORA, 925

Dasyuride, although stated to present resemblances to each of these

groups. Apparently in all cases the palate is devoid of the un-

ossified vacuities characteristic of existing Marsupials. In many

instances the upper incisors exceed the number occurring in modern

Placentals, one of the genera (Prothylacinus) having the same

incisive formula as in Thylacinus, namely - The cheek-teeth (as

shown in figs. 3, 5, and 6 of Plate LXIE.) are aiso of a Marsupial

type, the total number being seven, of which the last four are

molariform. And in his first communication Senor Ameghino

divides them according to the formula usually accepted for the

Marsupialia; that is to say, into three premolars (p. 2, p. 3,

and p.4) and four molars. He also goes on to observe that while

the milk-dentition is more reduced than in the Carnivora, it is

less so than in the Dasywridew. The genus in which the reduction

is carried to the greatest extent is the one named Borhyena

(Plate LXII. fig. 3), in which only the canine and the fourth cheek-

tooth have vertical successors. On the other hand, in the other

genera (e.g. Prothylacinus, fig. 5, and Amphiprovwerra, fig. 6),

both the second and third cheek-teeth, in addition to the canines,

are thus replaced. In regard to the incisors there is no evidence.

In the drawing (Plate LXIT.) I have had the lower jaws of the

three genera mentioned figured alongside of those of the Creodont

genera Hycnodon (fig. 1) and Pterodon (fig. 2) above, and of the Mar-

supial Zhylacinus (fig.4) below. And an inspection of these will

show that, whereas the jaws shown in figs. 1 and 2 have but three

molariform teeth, all the others have four. The general resem-

blance is, however, so striking between the whole series, that it

is almost impossible to conceive that the seven cheek-teeth are not

serially homologous with one another in the six genera.

And this idea has been developed in Senor Ameghino’s second

paper, published in the Society’s ‘Proceedings’ for the present year'.

Thus on page 556 he writes that he assigns to the teeth behind

the canines the progressive numbers I to 7°, since they are perfectly

homologous in the Placentals and Marsupials, the only difference

being that some teeth may belong to the first series in certain

genera (¢. g. the fourth in Marsupials) and to the second in others

(e. g. the fourth in Placentals).

This view is in fact the one advanced by Owen, when he said

that the fourth cheek-tooth of the Thylacine was a milk-molar

rendered permanent by the suppression of its vertical successor.

And looking at the number of forms described by Senor Ameghino

which serve in some degree to connect the Creodontia with the

Dasyuride, it appears to me, as already indicated, impossible to

avoid accepting the above interpretation. The fourth cheek-tooth

in the Prothylacinide (Sparassodonta) indisputably belongs to the

1 Supra, pp. 555-571; Iam not prepared to admit the Cretaceous age of

some of the specimens described therein.

2 This nomenclature had been long since proposed by Dr. H. Winge, Vidensk.

Med. Kjobenhavn, 1882, p. 65.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. LX. 60

926 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE DENTAL FORMULA OF [Noy. 14,

first series, as it does in J'hylacinus; and we have now to ask, is

there any evidence that this tooth ever had a successor in allied

forms? The only instance with which Iam acquainted where this

question could possibly be answered in the affirmative is that of

the Purbeck genus 7'riconodon (Triacanthodon), in which, as shown

by Mr. Thomas’, there are at least seven cheek-teeth, of which the

fourth has a vertical successor. And it appears to me highly

probable that we have in this genus an ancestral type of Marsupial

in which all the first four cheek-teeth were replaced, as in the

Creodonts. From this we pass to Prothylacinus and Amphiproviverra

of the Patagonian Tertiaries, in which (if Senor Ameghino’s

observations are trustworthy) only the canine and the second and

third cheek-teeth are replaced; to Borhycna, in which replacement

is restricted to the canine and third cheek-tooth; then to Didelphys,

in which only the third cheek-tooth has a successor and that at a

fairly advanced stage of life; and finally to Thylacinus, in which

the same tooth is replaced i utero.

Accepting, then, the foregoing interpretation, namely that the

seven lower cheek-teeth respectively met with in Canis, Hyenodon,

Prothylacinus, and Thylacinus are serially homologous one with

the other, I come to the main object of my paper, that is to say,

to the formula we must adopt in order to indicate this. When 1

first considered the subject, I thought it would be necessary to

adopt the plan proposed by Senor Ameghino, and to term the

teeth respectively 1 to 7. If this view were adopted, it would,

however, be necessary to use the term “ cheek-teeth” in place

of “‘ molars,” as the latter has a special restricted signification.

Were we starting de novo, I think this would be the better course ;

but it is exceedingly inconvenient to interfere with the accepted

use of familiar terms, and Mr. Thomas has suggested to me a way

out of the difficulty which involves very little change.

If we agree to call the first four cheek-teeth of all the animals

under consideration “ premolars,” as coming in advance of the

“molars,” which never have successors, then we may designate

those that belong to the first series as “ milk-premolars,” aud

those of the second series as “ permanent premolars,” with the

respective symbols of mp. and pp.

The adult dental formula of Hyenodon will then stand as

follows, viz. :—

i.1.7.2.7.3 ¢.1 pp.l.pp.2.pp.3.pp.4 m1.m.2.m.3

11.42.13 ¢.1 pp.l.pp.2.pp.3.pp.4 m1.m.2.m.3—-

That of Borhyena will be :—

? c.1 mp.1.pp.2.pp.3

ra - mp-4 m.1.m.2.m.3

i1.4.2.%.38 ¢.1 mp.1.pp. mp. +

- pp. 3. mp m.1.m.2.m.3

? Phil. Trans. 1887, pl. xxvii. fig, 10

1899. ] THE MARSUPIAL AND PLACENTAL CARNLVORA. 927

Prothylacinus, on the other hand, will have the formula :—

mi.1.mi.2.mi.3.mi.4 me. _ mp. 1.pp.2.pp.3.mp.4__m.1.m.2.m.3

mi.1.mi.2.mi.3 ~ mel mp.1.pp.2.pp.3.mp.4 m.1.m.2.m.3

Finally, in Thylacinus we shall have :—

mi.1.mi.2.mi.3.mi.4 mel mp.1.mp.2.pp.8.mp.4 m.1.m.2.m.8

mi 1.mt.2.mi.3 ~~ me.l1 mp.1.mp.2.pp.3.mp.4 m1.m.2.m.3°

In ordinary practice, however, when the number, rather than

the successional homology, is the point to be elucidated, we may

follow a modification of tne practice now employed.

. : ee cay ed te!

Hyenodon will remain as before, viz. 7. 5, ¢. P-gp m5; and

Prothylacinus and Thylacinus will be indicated by i. . c ,, mp. &

p: 7 m. = Possibly an emendation may be necessary in regard to

the detailed formula of Hycnodon, for as the first cheek-tooth (as

in almost all other Placentals) is not replaced, it may really be a

persistent milk-premolar instead of a permanent premolar. Indeed

the condition occurring in Rhinoceros suggests that such is probably

the case.

In conclusion, I may depart so far from the subject indicated

by the title of this paper as to express my opinion that the Prothy-

lacinidee (for I see no reason for regarding the ‘* Sparassodonta ”

as representing more than a single family) are undoubtedly Mar-

supials, and that they are not very far removed from the Dasyuride,

of which they may represent the ancestral type. They also appear

to be related to the Creodontia, which are themselves in all proba-

bility the ancestors of both the modern Carnivora and Insectivora.

The Creodonts, on this view, have retained a tooth-change which

is lost in the modern Marsupials ; and both groups may be derived

from Mesozoic ancestors like T'riconodon and Amphitherium, in

which, as appears to be indicated in the first-named of these, there

must have been a complete toath-change. Evidence of such an-

cestry is afforded by the retention in Myrmecobius of the numerous

true molars distinctive of some of the Mesozoic genera; while, as

an abnormality, four true molars may occur in other modern

Marsupials, such as Didelphys. If these Mesozoic mammals be

rightly regarded as the common ancestors of both Creodonts and

Dasyurids, it is more than doubtful if they can any longer be

classed as “ Marsupials,” sensu stricto, for, in addition to possessing

a complete tooth-change, it is, in the light of recent researches,

quite possible, if indeed not probable, that they may have also

been placentiferous.

I may add that the nomenclature proposed for the teeth of the

Placental Carnivora will also be applicable to those of the other

Placental orders,

60*

928 ON THE WOOD-CAT OF ARGENTINA. (Nov. 14,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXII.

Outer side of left ramus of lower jaws of Placental and Marsupial Carnivora.

Higet. Hyenodon leptorhynchus (after Gaudry), Ee 925.

2. Pterodon dasyuroides (after Gaudry), p

. Borhyena fera (after Ameghino), p. OD.

. Thylacinus cynocephalus, p. 925.

. Prothylacinus patagonicus (after Ameghino), p. 925.

6. Amphiproviverra manzaniana (after Ameghino), p. 929.

Crue Co b

7. Field-notes on the Wood-Cat of Argentina (Felis geoffroyi).

By Ernest Gipson, F.Z.S.

[Received August 9, 1899.]

During the last twenty-five years I have had many opportunities

of observing the habits of the “ Gato Montés” (Felis geoffroyi) in

this district, where it is not uncommon, frequenting the woods and

grass-coverts. Too wild to approach poultry-yards (notwithstanding

Azara’s statement), it preys upon small rodents (Cavia australis and

Ctcenomys brasiliensis) and birds; and I greatly doubt the accusa-

tions made as to its attacking young lambs. That it can give a

good account of itself with dogs is quite true; and it has been

known to fly at man, or even a horseman, when brought to bay.

I have seen it taken at night in one of the large and powerful traps

employed for the Vizcacha (Lugostomus trichodactylus), and it even

broke the chain and went through the surrounding circle of men

like a small fiend, trap and all, and was never seen again; but it

will not enter the usual box-trap so successful with our Fox ( Canis

azarae).

The young Wood-cats are generally born in the early spring,

and vary in number, as many as six having been reported, but the

usual number is two or three. The breeding-place selected is a

hollow tree, or a nest is made amongst the pampa-grass. A recently

observed unusual site was a lonely abandoned “rancho.” It is a

curious trait that the Wood-cat will return to its usual den or lair

after being hunted out by dogs or shot at; and that after a very

short interval. In voice it can be very noisy, especially when

wounded: one I shot inside a tree growled and roared most

savagely.

The natural woods of the La Plata littoral terminate not far to

the south of this locality (I write from 36° 20’ S. lat. on the sea-

coast), 7.¢. before the Pampean formation is temporarily broken by

the Sierras de Tandil. But the ‘“‘ Gato Montés” is still found as

far as the 38th degree, and predominates over its congener, the

Jungle or Grass-cat (F. passerum), the two being found in the there

unwooded country. And the two species are associated on the

treeless plains far inland—on the confines of Cordoba—though

Azara only chronicled the latter in that locality (true, that was

a hundred years ago!). Nevertheless, I have never heard of any

hybrids; and I only wish to establish the fact that, while they

Ee Sree sels ee

Mantern Bros imp.

J.Smait del. et ith.

LOWER TEETH OF PLACENTAL &MARSUPIAL CARNIVORA.

ee See

1899.] ON TRICHROMATIC PHOTOGRAPHY. 929

actually overlap in their ranges and the Wood-cat is to be found

far out on the plains, the Grass-cat is unknown in the wooded or

riverine districts.

The following are some measurements taken of two large males,

the first having been killed as far back as 1873 and the second

recently :—

(1st) (2nd)

Length, inclusive of tail ...... 38 in. 37% in.

eR See ee ee seek ae 12 12

ideisht peloras. 625.5. 6 = os+:- 15 13

Girth of abdomen ............ 16 14

pen AE HEHE Weel ete s suc ea< 11 93

Ihensthice Head 70. 2. eo. 6

PW SdtH Or head 4. UN. Sof te 5

Weight of first (very thin) 13 lbs. I have heard of one that

scaled 22 lbs.

November 28, 1899.

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited the skull of a Baboon recently

obtained at Aden by Messrs. Percival and Dodson. It appeared

to represent a new species allied to Papio hamadryas, but dis-

tinguished by its small size, the row of upper cheek-teeth being

only 41-5 mm. in length. This species was proposed to be named

Papio arabicus,

Mr. W. Saville-Kent, F.L.S., F.Z.8., stated that he had devoted

considerable attention since the meeting of the last session to the

subject of trichromatic or three-colour photography as applied

to the correct colour-registration of Zoological and Botanical

subjects. With the aid of the lantern he submitted a series of

examples upon which he had successfully experimented. These

included various species of tropical butterflies, orchids, fishes,

lizards, and birds. Among the slides displayed, that of a peacock’s

feather, in which the characteristic tints were reproduced with

marked fidelity, was particularly referred to as a successful

demonstration of the capabilities of the system. Gold and Silver

Carp, Cuckoo Wrasses (Labrus mixtus), and other marine species,

taken by Mr. Saville-Kent at the Plymouth Zoological Station,

yielded appropriate illustrations of the process as applied to the

colour-registration of the more brilliant but notably evanescent

hues of fishes. In the bird-section, especial prominence was

given to the correct colour-portrayal of the gaily plumaged

Australian finches Poephila gouldi and P. mirabilis. These were

930 ON TRICHROMATIC PHOLOGRAPHY, [Noyv. 28,

represented as lantern-transparencies prepared from photographs

of artistically preserved specimens, and also from the replica of

a water-colour drawing of a group of these birds executed by

Mr. J. G. Keulemans from living examples. :

Mr. Saville-Kent explained that all these photographs had been

taken by him with the Sanger-Shepherd colour-screens, of which

he exhibited a set, in conjunction with the Cadett “ Lightning

Spectrum-plate.” These screens represented the three primary

spectrum colours, red, green, and blue-violet, as enunciated by the

late Prof. Clerk-Maxwell, and a separate negative of the subject

had to be taken through each respective screen. The transparent

positives prepared from these negatives were stained with tints

complementary to those through which they were severally taken.

That was—the positive resulting from the red-sereen negative was

stained blue or minus red; that from the green screen, red

or minus green; and that produced from the blue-violet screen,

yellow or minus blue. Due care being exercised in obtaining the

right tint-gradation, and the three stained positives being then

superimposed in precise register, an optically perfect presentment

or counterfeit of the original subject was mechanically produced.

The special method of developing and staiming the positives

exhibited was, as in the case of the production of suitable colour-

screens, associated with the name of Mr. Sanger Shepherd, with

whom Mr, Saville-Kent had been working in collaboration.

It was recommended, for the acquirement of perfect registration,

that all three of the respective negatives should be taken on a

single plate in conjunction with a specially constructed multiple

back, of which a sample was exhibited. This, however, was not

absolutely necessary. It was competent, in fact, for anyone

possessing an ordinary camera to secure correct colour-replicas of

desirable objects, using only in conjunction with his instrument

the Cadett spectrum-plates and colour-screens referred to. As

an ilustration of this fact, Mr. Saville-Kent explained that the

Peacock’s feather, and several other subjects exhibited that evening,

had been taken by him with a large-sized Kodak camera, across

the lens of which he had simply slung, with the aid of elastic

bands, consecutive sections of his multiple-back screen.

The negatives taken for the production of these lantern-trans-

parencies were also available for three-colour printing or process

work. In conjunction more especially with such a_ perfected

machine as the newly introduced Orloff Colour-printing Press,

there was evidently a wide field thrown open for the cheaper

reproduction, by printing methods, of Zoological and Botanical sub-

jects in their correct natural colours. For lantern demonstration,

at any rate, the Sanger-Shepherd process as illustrated by him

that evening would, Mr. Saville-Kent anticipated, strongly

recommend itself to adoption by the many naturalists who had

hitherto employed their cameras for the delineation in mono-

chrome only of the subjects of their studies. In the instances,

more especially, of the brilliant but fleeting tints of reptiles, fishes,

1899.] AN EXPEDITION TO THE GAMBIA. 931

and marine subjects, as also in those of the tegumentary tissues and

appendages of birds, this method of colour-registration would be

of invaluable aid to the working artist, who having possession of a

correctly prepared transparency might utilize it at his leisure for

the elaboration of a finished painting. The successful application

of the same process to the duplication, as lantern-transparencies, of

coloured figures of zoological subjects had been demonstrated by

the example of the pictures of the Gouldian Finches submitted

to the meeting. In a like manner, coloured illustrations from

other more rare and costly zoological works could be correctly

reproduced.

The following papers were read :—

1. General Account of an Expedition to the Gambia Colony

and Protectorate in 1898-99. By J. 8S. Bupeerv,

F.Z.S.

[Received November 28, 1899. |

I propose to give a short general account of an expedition

recently made by me, under instructions from the Couucil of this

Society, to the river Gambia. This expedition had for its object

the general study of the vertebrate fauna of the Gambia, and

especially the investigation of the habits of Protopterus and

Polypterus.

The river Gambia lies between the 13th and 14th parallels of

North latitude. It flows due west through country which, lying

about 100 miles to the north of the equatorial forest-region, 1s

nowhere densely wooded but mostly covered with a somewhat

sparse vegetation consisting largely of leguminous trees interspersed

with gigantic baobabs (Adansonia digitata), the African mahogany

(Kaya senegalensis), figs and sycamores.

Extensive open plains, which in the rainy season become flooded,

border this river along the greater part of its course, while at a

very variable distance from the river-bank low hills of dark red

conglomerate rise, often abruptly, and occasionally in steep cliffs,

to form level plateaux, which in the upper river may be 200 feet

high.

‘The river-bank itself is clothed throughout the year with a rich

luxuriant vegetation extending usually about 100 yards from the

water’s edge. Though here the trees and creepers remain green

the year round, yet away from the river the trees lose their

foliage in the dry season as completely almost as our own trees in

winter.

From the mouth of this river to the country just below Nianimaru,

the river is shut in by an almost impenetrable wall of mangroves,

sometimes 30 feet in height. Above this point the river, though

$32 MR, J, 8. BUDGETT ON HIS [Nov. 28,

tidal, is perfectly fresh. The tides in the dry season make them-

selves felt for over 200 miles up the river, in fact to the end of

navigable water, where there is about a foot rise.

The dry season extends from November to May. Tornadoes

usually begin in June, while during July, August, and September

there is a total rainfall of about 50 inches. During these months,

though the tides make themselves felt, yet there is no change in

the direction of the fiow, while in August there runs a steady

current of about 3 or 4 miles an hour.

In passing up the river the first place of interest is the old Fort

James, which was formerly the port of export of the Gambia for

the black-ivory trade. It is now being slowly washed away.

About 20 miles further up, the Vintang creek joins the Gambia,

and at the junction of the two streams is the village of Vintang ;

it is seldom that a purely native village is seen at the water's edge,

as they are usually on higher ground a mile or so from the river.

If there are any tall trees in these villages, they are sure to be the

nesting-places of Pelicans and Marabou-birds, which in the neigh-

bourhood of the villages are strictly preserved. The vast flocks

of these birds and also of the Balearic Crane are a great feature in

the lower river, where there is little else to be seen but continual

walls of mangroves, though now and again the monotony is broken

by the passage of a native canoe or some trading cutter; but

further up the variety of the vegetation is much greater.

Of particular interest to myself were patches of a Pandanus

growing in the swampy ground at theriver-side, The native name

of this was Fang jani, which means “ It burns itself.” It certainly

looked as though it deserved this name, for wherever it was seen a

portion of every patch was charred with fire, and it was not easy

to imagine how this could have been set alight by an external

agency.

The great trading station on the Upper Gambia is M‘Carthy’s

Island. ‘To this place the trading cutters bring their cargoes

of ground-nuts, the fruit of the plant Arachis hypogea, to be

shipped to Europe by the Ocean steamers which make their way

up to this island.

On M‘Carthy’s Island there are two trading establishments or

‘factories’ as they are termed, and the remains of an ancient mili-

tary settlement, consisting of Government House, Officers’ quarters,

and Barracks, formerly occupied by a detachment of the West India

Regiment, which was withdrawn about 1870. The Government

House alone of these buildings has been kept in repair; and here

I established myself in company with Mr. Wainewright, the

Commissioner of the district, who, though usually travelling about

the district, yet spends a considerable portion of his time here as

Governor of the island. I stayed on M‘Carthy’s Island about

one third of my time. ‘T'o the Governor of the Colony, Sir Robert

Llewellyn, I am indebted for allowing me the free use of the

Colonial steamer, ‘Mansah Kilah,’ andalso for much hospitality. To

Mr. Wainewright, the Travelling Commissioner in the M‘Carthy’s

1899.] EXPEDITION TO THE GAMBIA. 933

Island district, I am greatly indebted for allowing me the use of a

portion of the Government House at M‘Carthy’s Island, and also

for the use of his huts in the main towns of his district. Very

soon after my arrival at my headquarters, I made a tour through

the district with the Commissioner to get some idea of the kind

of country that surrounded me.

We started from Nianimaru, which was subsequently made my

second headquarters, and where I spent even more time than at

M‘Carthy’s. The chief interest in this tour lay in the people

themselves, the country we travelled through not being of great

interest from the point of view of its scenery.

Travelling was not difficult, as porters were plentiful, and were

employed from one village to the next at the rate of 3d. a man, if

the distance was not more than 5 miles. At the important towns

a court was held, and a stay was made of two days. The courts

were held in the open, the chief, the head-man of the town,

and the people all sitting round the Commissioner’s chair.

There was plenty of time for shooting and no need to carry much

in the way of provisions. The bag usually consisted of Bush-fowl

and the Barbary Quail, Pterocles quadricincta, Guinea-hen, Edicne-

mus, various Spur-winged Plovers, especially Lobivanellus senegalus

and Hoplopterus spinosus, also Doves and Pigeons as many as were

required. The finest of these, as game, was the Green Pigeon

(Treron calva), which is never seen to approach the ground, being

especially fond of the fruit of the fig-tree.

The commonest birds around us, which were not shot for the

pot, were numbers of four species of Coracias, a Centropus known

as the “foolish bird” from its fearless habits and its call, which re-

sembles a soft laugh, several species of Bucerotide, generally seen

flying clumsily from tree to tree in small flocks; while overhead

hovered large flocks of Bee-eaters (Merops nubicus), swallow-like

in flight and song.

Other common birds everywhere seen in large flocks were the

Metallic Starlings (Lamprocolius auratus and L. caudatus) ; Wood-

Hoopoes (Jrrisor senegalensis) seen in smaller flocks; while the

commonest solitary birds were the Long-tailed Shrike (Corvinella

corvina) and a species of Drongo (Dicrurus assimilis). The bushes

of course swarmed with Ploceide and Nectariniide.

It being the beginning of the dry season, the grass was every-

where yet high, and it was out of the question to do any mammal-

shooting ; the only mammals visible were Climbing Squirrels and

Monkeys. Burrows of Orycteropus were seen, though the animal

does not appear to be very common in this region.

The towns visited during this tour were mostly far from the

river and were taken in the order Nianimaru, Sukuta, Kaihai,

Demfai, Tabanani, Sami, Koreantab, and back to M‘Carthy’s

Island.

Near Kaihai there were news of a Giraffe having been seen, but

they appear te be extremely rare in these parts. I heard indirectly

that there were two in captivity at Kaies on the Senegal river.

934 MR. J. S. BUDGELT ON HIS [Nov. 28,

Having returned to M‘Carthy’s Island on December 5, I devoted

myself again to fishing and catching Polypterus. I found that all

the specimens of Polypterus lapradii had already returned to the

river from the swamps, where they come up to spawn in the wet

season. However, large numbers of the young of Polypterus

senegalus could still be caught by damming up the swamp-outlets.

This is a favourite way of fishing with the natives. They make

dams across the creeks at short intervals, and then leave them in:

connection with each other for some days. Then damming up the

connections, they bale out the water from the lowest compartment,

collect the fishes, and proceed to the next compartment.

Very much more difficult is it to catch the Polypterz in the river.

Nets which were very successful with other river fishes, failed

utterly with Polypterus. The seine-net and trammel were given

up, and the native cast-net was used with better success. The

results of weeks of patient work were not encouraging however,

and I gradually realized that the time to catch Polypterus

was during the rainy season, when it had betaken itself to the

flooded lands.

However, during these fishing days at Nianimaru, many interest-

ing fishes were caught, and most of the common small Passerine birds

were skinned. Moreover, this fishing was not without its dangers

and excitement, as a look-out had ever to be kept for Hippopotami

which swarmed in all the creeks. Moreover, frequently in the

morning, when the trammel-net was examined, a Crocodile (Croco--

dilus cataphractus) or a Sawfish (Pristis perotteti) had to be slain.

Several specimens of the latter were thus caught up as far as’

M‘Carthy’s Island, some of them measuring 9 feet in length.

Fly-fishing was tried without success. _ The line and hook were

used more by the natives than myself. The trammel was found to

be the best kind of net to use for the Mormyride, which were seldom

caught in other ways. The Mormyrids apparently keep to the

bottom of the river, and were seldom taken in the seine near

shore.

It was noticed that a very large proportion of the fishes caught

in this river were brilliantly coloured red in the ventral posterior

portion of the body. Of fishes I believe 40 species were obtained,

including 2 Selachians, Protopterus annectens, Polypterus lapradii

and P. senegalus, 8 species of Siluroids and 7 Mormyride, and 18

others belonging to various groups. Most of the fish were tried

as food, but there was only one that was really good eating: this

was, I believe, a grey mullet and was taken far up the river.

Often the creeks in which the cast-net was thrown were very

narrow, and the canoe slid silently amongst the most luxuriant

vegetation abounding with Bee-eaters and Flycatchers. Altogether

representatives of 108 species of birds were shot, measured, and

described ; but skins were made only of the smaller birds, of which

examples of 52 species were obtained, belonging to 23 families.

With Dr. Gadow’s assistance, most of these have been identified.

Of the Upupide, in addition to the gregarious Jrrisor already

1899.1] EXPEDITION TO THE GAMBIA. 935

mentioned, several specimens of Scoptelus aterrimus were seen and

a skin of a male preserved.

On April 4 I took my two fishermen, my cook, and canoe up to

a small village in the Kunchow creek called Alimaka, and there had

some huts built. At this place again the trammel, the seine, and

the cast-net were worked with hope of obtaining numbers of

Polypterus. As a rule in the afternoon I went out to shoot, and

found it a fair place for game.

During the fortnight thus spent at Alimaka, only six Polypteri

were caught. There were caught also in this creek several

specimens of Gymnarchus niloticus and some fine specimens of a

freshwater Turtle, Cyclanorbis senegalensis. Lions were heard here

frequently, and Leopards were seen, but at neither did I get a

chance of a shot.

On April 20 two English gentlemen and a T'renchman arrived

at M‘Carthy’s Island, on their way to some supposed gold-mines

about 300 miles to the east of M‘Carthy’s Island. I accompanied

them a short distance beyond the eastward Britich frontier to the

town of Netebulu; the river is not navigable beyond that point.

Netebulu is an important native town, where a powerful chief

named Sandian had his castle and harem. - Here we stayed several

days as the guests of the chief, and then I parted trom the gold

expedition, and made my way back overland to M‘Carthy’s Island,

staying on the way a week at Koina.

About 50 miles above M‘Carthy’s Island the river-banks become

high and precipitous, the country around being composed of high

plateaux intercepted by valleys. Frequently, however, the edges

vf the plateaux retreat from the river-bank a mile or so, sur-

rounding wide plains, where one could be fairly certain of finding

ame.

; Along the steep cliffs of the river-bank, vast numbers of Dogfaced

Baboons (Cynocephalus babuin) might be seen wending their way.

Sometimes the clitfs extended so far along the river-side that the

Antelope were forced to come down to drink at certain places, and

here the ground would be covered with their spoor.

April and May are the best months for big-game shooting. At

Koina, large herds of Tankong (Damaliscus korrigum) were seen

almost every day. Several were shot and a complete skin was

made, which, however, suffered severely from the attacks of dogs

and insects before it reached England. These herds were com-

posed of males, females, and young of every age. The largest

males seemed to lead the herd, though fine males mingled with

the females and young as they daily made their way back in long

procession from the river-banks to the higher lands.

Large herds were also seen of Hippotragus equinus, the Roan

Antelope, or Dakoio as the natives call it, but this species was not

so plentitul as the Tankong in these parts. A herd of Elands

(Oreas derbianus) are believed to have been seen in the distance,

and I was presented with a skull taken by Mr. Wainewright

from a carcass floating down the river.

936 AN EXPEDITION TO THE GAMBIA. [Noyv. 28,

In the open plains, where clumps of tall dead grass were shaded

by a few trees, one might generally count on starting a Konko-

tong (Cobus kob), some Gazelles, or a Harnessed Antelope. The

smaller solitary Antelopes were usually found in pairs. Enquiries

were instituted everywhere as to the existence in this region of a

Zebra, but I could hear nothing of it.

The horns either collected by me or from the natives included

those of 9 species :—Bubalis major, Damaliscus korriqun, Cobus

unctuosus, Cobus kob, Cervicapra redunca, Hippotragus equinus,

Tragelaphus scriptus, a second species of Tragelaphus not yet

determined, and Oreas derbianus.

Buffaloes were said to be common on Deer Island, but they were

not seen by me, though horns of two forms were obtained from

natives.

On the way back, a cutter was taken from Fatotenda to

M‘Carthy’s Island, and after a few days spent at the Government

House attending to my collections, and my living fishes and reptiles,

I paid a final visit to Nianimaru. During this time, being the

latter part of May, the rainy season began and the swampy places

became filled with water. The Frogs began to spawn, and several

series of stages in development of the different forms were pre-

served.

Here I first obtained free swimming Protopterus with ripe ovaries:

examples of 8 Frogs, 3 Chelonians, 5 Lacertilia, and 9 Ophidia,

including a Typhlops, were also collected about this time.

Returning to M‘Carthy’s Island, it was found that a number of

Polypterus lapraduw which had been kept in a pool connected with

the river in the hope of getting them to spawn had been set free

by the rising river. However, during the latter part of June and

July a large number of Polypterus of both species were obtained,

the females of which were crowded with ripe eggs. Artiticial

fertilization was tried with these, without success. Many were

kept in confinement, and some, of which a pair are now exhibited,

were successfully brought alive to England.

About the 10th of July, in the same swamp where these fishes

were obtained, several nests of eggs were found. These eggs coin-

cided in measurement exactly with the ovarian eggs of Polypterus.

The young larve possessed cement-organs on the front of the head

so characteristic of Ganoid Jarve; and other characters led me

to assume that they were the young of Polypterus. None were

reared beyond the larval state, and their identity could not well

be established. However, having stayed on the Gambia three

months longer than I had intended, and having a number of

healthy Polyptert full of spawn, I decided to return home.

Just a day or so before leaving M‘Carthy’s Island I obtained eggs

of Protopterus. These were watched through the early stages of

segmentation, but the young could not be reared. On July 25

I left M‘Carthy’s Island and returned to England.

Several Polypteri and Protopteri, 12 young Cirocodilus cata-

1899.] MR. L. A, BORRADAILE ON THE PAGURINE LAND-CRABS, 937

phractus, a Python, 3 Cyclanorbis senegalensis, 2 Hinged Tortoises,

some Chameleons, and a Serval Cat were brought home alive.

Since my return to England, I have definitely decided that

the eggs and larve obtained are not those of Polypterus. I have,

however, I believe, learned enough about the habits of Polypterus

to encourage me to make a second attempt next year to obtain the

developmental stages. :

In conclusion, I wish to thank the Society for lending me

influence and support, without which the little that has been

done by this expedition could not have been accomplished.

2. A Note on the Hatching-stage of the Pagurine Land-

crabs. By L. A. Borrapare, M.A., F.Z.S., Lecturer in

Natural Sciences of Selwyn College, Cambridge.

[Received October 12, 1899.]

The life-history of the Land-crabs of the family Coenobitidie is

one to which considerable interest attaches, and of which, at present,

nothing appears to be known. The family comprises the genera

Birgus and Cenobita, the robber- or coconut-crab and the land

hermit-crabs, all of which have given up a sea lite for one on land.

It need hardly be remarked that changes in habitat, particularly

from sea to land or fresh water, have frequently necessitated the

suppression of Jarval stages in the life-history. Among Crusta-

ceans the instances of the cray-fishes, the ditch-prawn (Palemonetes

varians), the freshwater crabs (Potamon), and at least one species

of land-crab (Gecarcinus) come at once to mind. The pos-

sibility was thus suggested that the land-pagurines might also

have lost the whole or a part of their larval life, and leave the egg

‘in something like the adult condition. On the other hand, it had

to be borne in mind that some species of land-crabs and all

the strand-crabs (Ocypoda, &c.) retain the habit of setting free

zowa-larvee in the sea, where they pass through their earlier

stages.

Tt was probably with these considerations in his mind that

von Willemoés-Suhm, when, in October 1874, the ‘ Challenger ’

arrived at Zamboanga in the Philippine Islands, wished to inves-

tigate the development of the robber-crab from the egg. Unfor-

tunately the time of year rendered it impossible for him to do this,

but he was told by an “intelligent native” that the young were

born resembling the parent. This statement has since been ac-

cepted in a tentative manner by certain text-books, in spite of the

fact that the small size of the eggs (and, indeed, of the female

genital opening) made it improbable that the development was a

direct one, depending on food-yolk. As for the statement of the

9328 MR.L, A. BORRADAILE ON THE PAGURINE LAND-CRABS. [ Noy. 28,

native, it is only what was to be expected. A “ native,” being un-

familiar with the idea of a metamorphosis, will always give the same

answer to any question on the subject, namely that the young are

born exactly like the adult—but very small.

All doubt on this point has, however, now been removed by the

discovery by Dr. A. Willey of a female Birgus on the rocks at the

brink of the sea at Lifu in the Loyalty Islands.

The abdomen of this specimen was covered with hatching zoxas

which were being washed off into the water. The time of the year

was the month of January '.

With regard to the genus Cenobita, I have myself recently

taken specimens of two species (0. rugosus and C. perlatus) in

Ceylon and the island of Minikoi in the months of May and June,

bearing zowas. The animals were taken on the stretch of wet sand

just above the waves. The catches of the tow-net in the island of

Minikoi not having yet been examined for specimens of the zozwa

of Cenobita, the possibility is not completely excluded that the

larvee may undergo the whole or a part of their development

within the shell of the mother, which is always wet with salt water.

The larve, however, did not, on a cursory examination, give any

indication to justify such an assumption, and when placed in sea-

water lived for a short time and showed powers of swimming in a

lively manner. An attempt to rear them unfortunately failed, but

this was only to be expected in view of the known difficulty of the

operation. It is perhaps worth noticing that the above two species

of Cenobita are those whose habits keep them nearest to the sea.

If an abbreviated development is to be found in the genus, it would

more probably occur in forms such as C. spinosus which live at a

considerable distance from, or at least a considerable height above,

the sea.

From the observations just recorded, it is clear that the early

stages of the development of the Canobitide present no very

remarkable features. It may be presumed that later stages follow

the ordinary course. The only points of interest remaining for

investigation are the assumption of the adult form by Birgus

and the transition from sea to land, which we may hope to have

described by some future traveller in the Pacific Ocean.

} The present writer is under great obligation to Dr. Willey for handing over

to him a number of these zozeas, which will be described and figured in Part V.

of Dr. Willey’s “ Zoological Results” now being published by the Cambridge

University Press. It is intended also to publish an account of the larve of

Cenobita,

1899.] ON THE BLOOD-VESSELS OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 939

3. On the Relations of the Efferent Branchial Blood-vessels to

the “Circulus Cephalicus ” in Teleostean Fishes. By

W.G. Riprwoop, D.Sc., F.L.S., Lecturer on Biology at

St. Mary’s Hospital Medical School.

[Received August 1, 1899.]

(Plates LXIII.-LXV.)

INTRODUCTION,

When engaged in dissecting a Herring some years ago, I was

struck by the fact that the four efferent branchial vessels all reached

a median vessel which was continuous behind with the dorsal aorta,

and that the circulus cephalicus was situated anteriorly to the first

pair of vessels. This condition was so totally different from what

I knew to be the arrangement of the vessels in the Cod, that

I examined the same parts in a third form, the Salmon, and here

found a condition intermediate between the two preceding. The

results appeared to warrant a further inquiry, and the present

investigation was undertaken with a view to ascertaining what

are the commonest, and what the extreme modifications of the

efferent branchial arteries to be met with among Teleostean

fishes.

The greater part of the work was done during the summer vaca-

tion of 1892 at the Marine Laboratory of St. Andrews, Scotland ;

but owing to the difficulty of making the series of fishes thoroughly

representative, the investigation has been protracted over a period

of seven years. Late, however, as it may now appear, I take the

opportunity of expressing my warmest thanks to Prof. W. C.

McIntosh, M.D., F.R.S., for his kindness in placing at my disposal

for six weeks during the summer of 1892 all the facilities that are

afforded by the St. Andrews Laboratory for the procuring and in-

jecting of the indigenous fishes. I have also to thank Prof. G. B.

Howes, LL.D., F.R.S., of the Royal College of Science, London,

for specimens of Perca, Trachinus, Lophius, Fistularia, Motella,

Ammodytes, Silurus, Exocetus, Esox, Albula, Megalops, Chirocentrus,

and Hippocampus, and Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., of the Natural

History Museum, for specimens of Corvina, Hquula, Gobius,

Sphyrena, Hemichromis, Clarias, Saccobranchus, Malapterurus,

Callichthys, Scopelus, Cobitis, Marcusenius, Balistes, Tetrodon, and

Orthagoriscus.

The series of forms examined includes 61 species belonging to

57 genera.

940 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE

[Nov. 28,

List oF SPECIES EXAMINED.

ACANTHOPTERYGII.

Percide.

Perca fluviatilis.

Labrax lupus.

Mullide.

Mullus barbatus.

Scienide.

Corvina nigra.

Carangide.

Equula edentula.

Cyttide.

Zeus faber.

Scombridzx.

Scomber scombrus,

Trachinide.

Trachinus draco.

Pediculati.

Lophius piscatorius,

Cottide.

Cottus seorpio,

Trigla gurnardus.

Trigla cuculus.

Discoboli.

Cyclopterus lumpus.

Gobiide.

Gobius giuris.

Blenniide.

Anarrhichas lupus.

Blennius pholis.

Centronotus gunellus.

Zoarces viviparus.

Sphyreenide.

Sphyreena vulgaris.

Mugilidz.

Mugil capito.

Gastrosteide.

Gastrosteus spinachia,

Fistulariide.

Fistularia tabaccaria.

Gobiesocide.

Lepadogaster gouanil.

PHARYNGOGNATHI.

Labride.

Labrus maculatus.

Chromides.

Hemichromis fasciatus.

ANACANTHINI,

Gadidz.

Gadus xglefinus.

Molva vulgaris.

Motella tricirrhata,

Ophidiide.

Ammodytes lanceolatus.

Ammodytes tobianus.

Pleuronectide.

Hippoglossus vulgaris.

Pleuronectes flesus.

PHYSOSTOMI.

Siluride.

Clarias magur.

Saccobranchus fossilis.

Silurus glanis.

Liocassis longirostris.

Malapterurus electricus,.

Callichthys littoralis.

Scopelide.

Scopelus boops.

Cyprinide.

Cyprinus carpio.

Hypophthalmichthys nobilis.

Cobitis tenia.

Scombresocide.

Exoceetus brachysoma.

Esocide.

Esox iucius.

Mormyride.

Marcusenius plagiostoma.

Salmonide.

Salmo salar.

Salmo trutta.

Osmerus eperlanus,

Coregonus oxyrhynchus.

Clupeidze.

Engraulis encrasicholus.

Clupea harengus.

Clupea sprattus.

Albula conorhynchus.

Megalops eyprinoides.

Chirocentridz.

Chirocentrus dorab.

Murenide.

Anguilla vulgaris.

LOPHOBRANCHIHE.

Syngnathide.

Syngnathus aeus,

Hippocampus guttulatus

PLECTOGNATHI.

Sclerodermi.

Balistes aculeatus.

Gymnodontes.

Tetrodon palembangensis.

Orthagoriscus truncatus.

1899.] BLOOD-VESSELS OF TELEOSTHAN FISHES. 941

LITERATURE.

On searching through the literature of the subject, one cannot

fail to be struck by the fact that the arterial system of Teleostean

fishes has been very greatly neglected, and the disposition of

the efferent branchial vessels particularly so. Meckel and

Hyrtl appear to have been the only anatomists to undertake any-

thing like a systematic study of these latter. Meckel in 1831

(14. p. 192) pointed out that the mesial ends of the third and

fourth efferent branchial vessels are usually close together, and

may unite with one another before joining the aorta; and he

furnished a few observations on the efferent branchial system of

Gadus, Trigla, Perca, Pleuronectes, Lophius, and Murena. Seven

years later Hyrtl (7) gave a table showing the proportions of the

circulus cephalicus in fourteen species of Teleosteans, supplemented

by a considerable amount of information concerning the vessels

associated with the circulus, and good figures of the efferent

branchial system of Perca, Gadus, and Tinca.

Stannius in 1849 (28. pl. v.) published some fairly reliable figures

of the efferent vessels of Cyclopterus, Gadus, Salmo, and Scomber,

but the blood-vessels were only introduced into his figures to act

as landmarks for the recognition of the sympathetic nerves, and

must not be treated too critically. In his ‘Handbuch’ of 1854, how-

ever (24. p. 242), he made reference to the fact that the circulus

cephalicus is wide in Gadus and Lota, where all the efferent

branchial vessels open into it, whereas it is narrow in Scomber and

Salmo, in which genera the last two open directly into the aorta.

The only other information on the subject is that conveyed by the

figures of the Carp by Duverney (6. pl. ix. figs. 17 and 18), the

Perch by Laurillard in Cuvier’s ‘Histoire Nat. des Poissons’

(5. pl. vi. fig. 1), the Cod by Miller (16. pl. iii. fig. 13), the Trout

by Vogt (1. pl. L. fig. 2), the Pike by Maurer (13. pl. xi. fig. 1),

the Cod by T. J. Parker (20. p. 117), and the contributions by

Hyrtl on Heterotis (9), Gymnarchus (11), Chanos (12), and other

genera.

GENERAL PArRt.

As may be gathered from the title, the observations recorded in

this paper concern the efferent branchial vessels and the vessels

formed by their confluence. The cceliaco-mesenteric and sub-

clavian arteries usually arise in relation with the hinder part of

the circulus cephalicus, or with that part of the aorta which receives

the third and fourth efferent branchial vessels. The positions of

these arteries are indicated in the figures, and occasional references

are made to them in the text; but the investigation does not

profess to deal exhaustively with these vessels, nor with the

hyoidean, anterior carotid and posterior carotid arteries, which

also are associated with the circulus cephalicus.

The dotted lines in the figures signify that owing to the failure

of the injection-mass to pass, or owing to the small size of the fish,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. LXI. 61

942 DR, W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE [Noy. 28,

and the consequent difficulty of dissection, or to the bad state of

preservation of the parts, it was not possible to trace out the

vessels so delineated, but that, from analogy with other forms,

there is reason to believe that the vessels occupy the positions

indicated. There appears to be no reason to suppose that the

circulus cephalicus is ever incomplete in front. The lumen of the

transverse commissure between the roots of the anterior carotid

arteries may possibly be closed in some cases, but the failure of the

injection-mass to pass into the commissure is not necessarily a

proof of the fact, since the pressure duriug the process of injection

is equal on the two sides of the circulus. The transverse vessel is

usually of small size, and its traversing the parasphenoid bone

makes it difficult to dissect out with any degree of neatness.

In the selection of characters by which to classify the various

types of arterial disposition, it has been assumed that the condition

found in Clupea (Pl. LXIII. fig. 2) and Engraulis (fig. 1), where the

circulus cephalicus is small, and does not involve the second, third,

and fourth efferent branchial vessels, is the most simple and

primitive, and that the connection of all four efferent branchial

arteries with the circulus, such as occurs in Gadus (Pl. LXV. fig. 34),

is the most specialized. This assumption is based partly upon the

fact that the Gadoids are highly specialized in numerous other

respects, whereas the Clupeoids are generally recognized as among

the lowest of the Teleostean series; partly upon the fact that in

Amia, an admittedly primitive Ganoid with Clupeoid affinities, the

last three efferent branchial vessels are unconnected with the

circulus cephalicus*; partly also upon the researches of Ayers (4)

upon Elasmobranch fishes, which go to prove that the right and

left sides of the circulus cephalicus are not the primitive paired

aorte such as occur in Amphiovus and in embryos of the true

Vertebrata, but that the true dorsal aorta may persist as a median

vestigial vessel traversing the circulus cephalicus, in the same

manner as, according to Miiller (16), it does in the Cyclostomi.

Pursuing this line of argument, we may legitimately conclude

that where, as in the Salmon (fig. 7), Mackerel (fig. 6), and

Carp (fig. 13), the circulus cephalicus, receiving the first and

second efferent branchial vessels, is separated from the point

of entry of the third and fourth by a length of the median

aorta, the condition is more primitive than that in which the third

and fourth vessels open at the posterior extremity of the circulus

cephalicus, as in the Bass (Pl. LXIV. fig. 17). And further, the

separation of the third and fourth vessels in the Anchovy (fig. 1)

by a portion of the aorta indicates a more lowly condition than

that seen in the Herring (fig. 2), where the two vessels open close

together. There are thus two lines upon which we may regard

specialization as proceeding: firstly, by the circulus cephalicus

3 Tf such exists. The cireculus appears to be suggested in Allis’s figure

(3. pl. xxxvi.), but its existence is denied by Ramsay Wright (25. p. 495). The

arrangement in Lepidosteus is somewhat similar to that of Amia, See Hyrtl, 8.

p- 235, and Miller, 17. pl. vy. fig. 6.

1899.] BLOOD-VESSELS OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES, 943

involving the second, and later the third and fourth efferent

branchial vessels ; and secondly, by the progressive suppression in

length of the median aorta, bringing about an approximation of the

dorsal or proximal ends of the last three efferent branchial vessels

on each side.

Owing to the fact that the one variety of specialization may

occur quite independently of the other, or in conjunction with

it, it becomes very difficult in some cases to compare the ultimate

degree of specialization attained, since there is no evidence to show

whether the inclusion of the efferent vessels into the circulus or

the approximation of the efferent vessels by the suppression of the

aorta is the more important. In the Salmon (fig. 7), for instance,

the second efferent vessel opens into the circulus cephalicus—an

indication of specialization ; but a length of aorta persists between

the circulus cephalicus and the third efferent vessel—a primitive

character. In Balistes (fig. 5) the second vessel is free from the

circulus cephalicus, and yet there is obvious specialization in the

complete suppression of the aorta in the branchial region, resulting

in the second, third, and fourth vessels opening close together,

immediately behind the circulus. Who shall say whether, in the

disposition of the efferent branchial vessels, the Salmon or the

File-fish is the more primitive? Having recourse to the other

anatomical features of these two forms, one would conclude that,

the Salmon being in general structure the more primitive, the

abbreviation of the aorta is as a mode of specialization more

important than the backward extension of the circulus to include

the second efferent branchial vessels. The conclusion is further

justified by the fact that Albula (fig. 11), which is undoubtedly

allied to Megalops (fig. 4) and Chirocentrus, differs from these

genera in this latter respect.

This hypothesis, however, opens up the further question as to

how far a backward extension of the circulus cephalicus is due to

the longitudinal splitting of a part of the median aorta. Has, for

instance, the condition found in Megalops and Chirocentrus, in which

the circulus cephalicus extends back to the second branchial vessels,

been brought about by the longitudinal division of a median vessel

such as exists in Clupea (fig. 2) and Engraulis (fig. 1) between the

first and second efferent branchial vessels? The suggestion has

much to recommend it; more especially as the suppression of

the median aorta cannot have operated here, or the two anterior

carotids would be arising close together at the bottom of the fork

of the first efferent branchials.

Another line of specialization, independent of the two former,

can be traced in the confluence ot the third and fourth efferent

vessels. Having assumed that the separation of two consecutive

efferent branchial vessels by a portion of the median aorta is

a primitive feature, it follows that the separate entry into the

aorta of the third and fourth vessels in Engraulis (fig. 1) is an

indication of less specialization than the debouching of the two

vessels together, as in Clupea (fig. 2); and further, that this latter

61*

944 DR, W. G, RIDEWOOD ON THE [Nov. 28,

condition is more primitive than that found in Megalops (fig. 4), in

which the third efferent vessel unites with the fourth on each side

to form a short common trunk which carries the double charge

of blood to the aorta. If this line of argumentation be extended

to the cases in which the third and fourth vessels open into the

circulus cephalicus instead of into the aorta, we are led to the

conclusion that Blennius (fig. 35), having the Y-shaped system, is

more specialized than Gadus (fig. 34), where the third and fourth

vessels are disposed in the form of a V, and that this latter is more

specialized than Syngnathus (fig. 33), where the two vessels find

separate outlets into the circulus.

Whether much importance, however, can be attached to this

last feature is open to considerable question, for the V-shaped

system obtains in Salmo (fig. 7) and the Y-shaped one in Osmerus

(fig. 10), and a similar relation exists between the Chinese Carp

Hypophthalmichthys and our native Carp Cyprinus (fig. 13), while

among the Siluroids, a presumably natural assemblage of forms,

there are gradations from Callichthys (fig. 19) and Liocassis

(fig. 18) with the V-shaped system, through Clarias (fig. 20), and

Silurus (fig. 32), to Saccobranchus (fig. 31), with a typical Y-shaped

arrangement,

The disposition of the efferent branchial vessels is independent

of the shape of the head, except in so far as the slope of the

vessels and the shape of the circulus is concerned. There is no

connection, that is to say, between the shape of the head and the

degree of suppression of the median aorta, or the entry of the

efferent branchial vessels into the cireulus rather than into the

aorta. In long-headed forms like Ammodytes (fig. 3), Sphyreena,

Fistularia (fig. 30), Anguilla (fig. 16), and Syngnathus (fig. 33)

the circulus cepbalicus is elongated in an antero-posterior

direction; while in Cottus (fig. 27), Lophius (fig. 26), and others,

with a broad, flat head, the gills are widely separated, and the

circulus cephalicus is proportionately broad, the common trunks

formed by the fusion of the third and fourth efferent vessels

being also lengthened,

The differences in the arrangement of the efferent branchial

vessels relatively to the circulus cephalicus and the aorta are not

correlated with any differences in the position and extent of

development of the epipharyngeal dentition. At the commence-

ment of the inquiry, the suggestion occurred to my mind that the

development of a large and elaborate dental apparatus might, by

some process of natural selection, have resulted in the blood-vessels

taking up a position of safety, out of the line of direct pressure

between the epipharyngeal bones and the vertebral centra or the

base of the skull. A minute examination of the individual cases

shows, however, that the vessels do not experience any displacement

under the circumstances, put obtain sufficient protection by running

in grooves or arches in the epipharyngeal bones ; in fact, as often

as not, the epipharyngeal teeth lie immediately below certain of

the efferent branchial blood-yessels. As an instance of two forms

1899.] BLOOD-VESSELS OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 945

with very similar vascular arrangement, but with widely different

epipharyngeal dentition, may be mentioned the Salmon and the

Mackerel. In the Salmon there are a pair of small patches of

teeth borne by the fourth epibranchial bones, lying immediately

ventral to the aortic extremities of the third efferent branchial

vessels; but in the Mackerel there are a pair of great den-

tigerous pads underlying the mesial ends of the second, third,

and fourth efferent branchial vessels, as well as a considerable

» part of the circulus cephalicus. In the Carp the dorsal aorta

obtains the necessary protection by actually traversing the great

horn-coyered bony projection of the basioccipital, against which

the lower pharyngeal teeth bite. Im the Wrasse the vascular

arrangement conforms to a very average type, being apparently

quite unaffected by the large and elaborate pharyngeal mill

developed in the vicinity of the posterior half of the circulus

cephalicus. In Lwvocwtus, again, the epipharyngeal pad is of

relatively enormous size, underlying the upper extremities of all

four efferent branchial vessels, the anterior ends of the aorta and

cceliaco-mesenteric artery, and the whole of the circulus cephalicus

except the extreme anterior part; yet there is nothing very

remarkable in the disposition of these vessels which might be

accounted for by their relation to the epipharyngeal apparatus.

Only in Gobius, Cottus, and Molva, of the forms examined, are the

epipharyngeal dental pads situated entirely within the circulus

cephalicus. The evidence afforded by forms devoid of epi-

pharyngeal teeth is probably inconclusive, on account of the great

possibility of the edentulous condition having been arrived at

independently in different groups of fishes. In the Sprat and

Pipe-fish the types of vascular arrangement are widely divergent.

The Sprat closely resembles the Herring (fig. 2); the vessels of

Syngnathus are shown in figure 33.

In order to discuss intelligibly the different forms of vascular

arrangement met with, some form of classification, however

artificial, is essential; and after careful consideration I have

found it convenient to adopt the following scheme, based on the

relations of the efferent branchial vessels to the circulus cephalicus

and the dorsal aorta. In consideration of the unsatisfactory

nature of the present classification of Teleostean fishes, a purely

artificial scheme, founded upon the single character which forms

the basis of the present communication, is likely to prove of more

permanent utility for purposes of subsequent reference, than one

which relies upon a classification which sooner or later may prove

to be an unnatural grouping.

The great majority of the forms studied will be seen to come

under the headings B and C, while the rarer and more extreme

modifications occupy terminal positions in the classificatory

scheme. The division of the groups B and C into the subgroups

b and ¢, differing only in the transverse or obligze position of the

confluent third and fourth efferent branch’a vessels, appears

arbitrary, but in practice there are very few torms which fai to

946 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE [Nov. 28,

fall definitely into the one or the other subgronp. Without this

subdivision, such remarkably different forms as Anarrhichas

(fig. 23) and Trigla (fig. 28) would come under the same heading.

CLASSIFICATION OF THE GENERA EXAMINED.

Group A. The first efferent branchial vessel opens into the

circulus cephalicus, but the second does not.

Subgroup a. The third and fourth vessels open into the °

median aorta separately.— Engraulis (fig. 1).

Subgroup b. The third and fourth vessels open into the

median aorta together.—Clupea (fig. 2), Ammodytes

(fig. 3).

Subgroup c. The third and fourth vessels on each side

unite to form a common trunk, which reaches the

aorta some distance behind the second vyessel.—

Chirocentrus, Megalops (fig. 4).

Subgroup d. The third and fourth vessels on each side

unite to form a common trunk, which reaches the

median aorta immediately behind the second vessel.—

Balistes (fig. 5).

Group B. The first and second efferent branchial vessels open

into the circulus cephalicus, and the third and fourth into

the median aorta at some distance behind the circulus.

Subgroup a. The third and fourth vessels open into the

aorta together.—Scomber (fig. 6), Hypophthalmichthys,

Salmo (fig. 7), Coregonus.

Subgroup b. The third and fourth vessels unite before

opening into the aorta, the common stem being

transverse to the length of the body.—Mugil (fig. 8),

Hippoglossus (fig. 9), Pleuronectes, Osmerus (fig. 10),

Albula (fig. 11),

Subgroup c. The third and fourth vessels unite, the

common stem sloping backwards towards the aorta.—

Malupterurus (fig. 12), Scopelus, Cyprinus (fig. 13),

Cobitis (fig. 14), Hsow (fig. 15), Marcusenius, Anguilla

(fig. 16).

Group C. The first and second efferent branchial vessels open into

the cireculus cephalicus, and the third and fourth into the

aorta immediately behind the circulus.

Subgroup a. The third and fourth vessels open into the

aorta together.—Labraa (fig. 17), Liocassis (fig. 18),

Callichthys (fig. 19), Clarias (fig. 20).

Subgroup b. The third and fourth vessels unite before

opening into the aorta, the common stem being trans-

verse to the length of the body.—Perca (fig. 21),

1899.] BLOOD-VESSELS OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 947

Mullus, Corvina, Equula, Zeus (fig. 22), Trachinus,

Anarrhichas (fig. 23), Zoarces, Centronotus, Sphyrena,

Labrus (fig. 24), Hemichromis, Heocetus (fig. 25).

Subgroup c. The third and fourth vessels unite, the

common stem sloping backwards towards the aorta.—

Lophius (fig. 26), Cottus (fig. 27), Trigla (fig. 28), Cyclo-

pterus (fig. 29), Gobius, Fistularia (fig. 30), Lepado-

gaster, Saccobranchus (fig. 31), Silurus (fig. 32).

Group D. The four efferent branchial vessels open into the

circulus cephalicus.

Subgroup a. The third and fourth vessels open separately.

—Syngnaihus (fig. 33), Motella.

Subgroup b. The third and fourth vessels open together.—

Gastrosteus, Gadus (fig. 34), Molva, Hippocampus.

Subgroup c. The third and fourth vessels unite before

joining the circulus cephalicus.—Blennius (fig. 35),

Orthagoriscus (fig. 36), Tetrodon (fig. 37).

SPHcIAL Parr.

In the case of species not figured, comparisons will be drawn

with those figured forms which, in the arrangement of the efferent

branchial vessels, they most nearly resemble, irrespective of the

degree of affinity which upon other grounds may be considered to

exist between the forms.

Furruer REMARKS oN Grour A.

In Engraulis (fig. 1), there is a considerable difference in the

size of the four efferent branchial vessels; the second is the

broadest, and the first the narrowest. The dorsal aorta behind

the fourth branchial vessel is wide and very thin-walled. This is

also the case in Clupea. Although the scheme of classification

which it has been found convenient to adopt brings Ammodytes

(tig. 3) under the same subgroup as Clupea (fig. 2), there are

several features which go to show that the association is an

unnatural one. The circulus cephalicus in the former genus is

much longer than broad, and extends back nearly to the point of

entry of the second pair of vessels into the aorta; whereas in

Clupea the posterior part of the circulus is transverse to the axis

of the body, and forms with the first part of the aorta a T rather

than a Y. The cceliaco-mesenteric artery arises in Ammodytes

close behind the fourth efferent vessels, but much further back in

Clupea. The origin of the subciavian arteries is slightly more

posterior in Clupea than in Ammodytes. There are no differences

between Ammodytes lanceolatus and A. tobianus, nor between

Clupea harengus and C. sprattus.

Chirocentrus closely resembles Megalops (fig. +). In both

genera the median aortic stem found in Hngraulis and Clupea

948 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE [ Nov. 28,

between the first and second efferent branchial vessels is wanting,

owing to the backward extension of the circulus to the point of

entry of the second branchial vessels into the aorta. The same

feature is to be observed in Balistes (fig. 5), where the aortic

stem between the second vessel and the common trunk of the

third and fourth is also suppressed. The cceliaco-mesenteric artery

of Balistes arises, not from the aorta, but from the third and

fourth branchial vessels of the right side, immediately after their

anastomosis.

If we disregard the modification of the efferent branchial circu-

lation brought about in Gymnarchus by the increased functional

importance of the swim-bladder, the efferent branchial system of

this genus can be seen, from the description and figure published

by Hyrtl (11. p. 11, and pl. 4. fig. 4), to conform with the type

which characterizes subgroup A c.

Furraer Remarks oN Group B.

The efferent branchial system of Scomber (fig. 6) bears a close

resemblance to that of Salmo (fig. 7), but the cceliaco-mesenteric

artery arises from the aorta immediately behind the fourth efferent

branchial vessels and the subclavian arteries some distance farther

back, whereas in Salmo the positions of the cceliaco-mesenteric and

subclavian arteries are reversed. In the figure of Scomber given

by Stannius (23. pl. v. fig. 4) the circulus cephalicus appears

much too large, and the interval between the circulus and the

entry of the third and fourth branchial vessels into the aorta too

short.

In Salmo irutta, as also in Osmerus and Coregonus, the dorsal

aorta is wide and thin-walled; but this is not the case in Salmo

salar. The distance between the posterior angle of the circulus

and the point of entry of the third efferent branchial vessel is

proportionately longer in Coregonus than in Salmo salar, and pro-

portionately shorter in Salmo trutta. A very reliable figure of the

efferent branchial system of S. trutia has been given by Vogt

(1. pl. L. fig. 2). The figure by Stannius of S. salar (23. pl. v.

fig. 3) is incomplete, but is correct so far as it goes. In Hypo-

phthalmichthys both the cceliaco-mesenteric and the subclavian

arteries arise some distance behind the fourth efferent vessel. The

circulus in this genus is broader than long.

In Hippoglossus (fig. 9), Pleuronectes, Mugil (fig. 8), Hsow

(fig. 15), and Marcusenius the distance between the posterior

angle of the circulus cephalicus and the point of entry of the

common trunk of the third and fourth branchial vessels is so short

that these forms approach somewhat closely those included in

subgroups Chand Ce. In Pleuronectes the circulus cephalicus is

longer than broad, whereas in Hippoylossus it is broader than long ;

the anterior carotids are closer together, and the transverse com-

missure between them is shorter than in Hippoglossus. The

common trunk formed by the union of the third and fourth

branchial vessels of the right side is much shorter than that

1899.] BLOOD-VESSELS OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 949

on the left, and the origin of the cceliaco-mesenteric artery is

nearer the middle line than in Hippoglossus. In Mugil (fig. 8)

the circulus cephalicus is considerably longer than broad, and

the cceliaco-mesenteric artery arises from the median aorta behind

the entry of the third and fourth branchial vessels, and not as in the

two preceding genera. In Osmerus (fig. 10) and Albula (fig. 11),

also, the cceliaco-mesenteric artery arises from the median aorta,

but the subclavian arteries take their origin immediately behind

the point of entry of the common trunk of the third and fourth

branchial vessels into the aorta, and not behind the cceliaco-mesen-

teric artery as in Mugil.

In Scopelus the circulus cephalicus is small and nearly circular

in shape, and the portion of median aorta intervening between its

posterior angle and the mesial ends of the common trunks of the

last two branchial vessels is unusually long. In Malapterurus

(fig. 12) and Hsow (fig. 15) the cceliaco-mesenteric artery arises

from the aorta immediately ventral to the mesial ends of the

common trunks of the third and fourth vessels; in Cyprinus

(fig. 13), Cobitis (fig. 14), and Marcusenius it arises more posteriorly,

and in Anguilla (fig. 16) considerably farther back. Except in this

latter respect, the arrangement of the vessels in Marcusenwus very

closely resembles that of Esoa.

Judging by the excellent figure of Zinca published by Hyrtl

(7. pl. iv.), this genus exactly resembles Cyprinus in the dispo-

sition of the vessels of the efferent branchial system. The efferent

vessels of Cyprinus were figured by Duverney (6. pl. ix. figs. 17

& 18) nearly 140 years ago; and although the figures are in-

complete, the essential features are correctly represented. In Cypri-

nus, and according to Hyrtl in Tinea also, there are two pairs

of subclavian arteries. The anterior pair, arising in front of the

common trunks of the last two branchial vessels, supply the upper

part of the pectoral arch, the posterior pair the lower part of the

arch and the pectoral fins. A somewhat similar arrangement obtains

in Esox. The mode of origin of the anterior pair has been re-

marked by Miller, and quoted by Stannius (22. p. 103, footnote 3)

and Owen (18. p. 270, and 19. p. 489), and these vessels are shown,

although not named, in Maurer’s figure (13. pl. xi. fig. 1).

The circulus is large in Malapterurus and Anguilla; and in the

latter genus a median vessel, occupying the position of the anterior

continuation of the primitive median aorta described in Selachian

fishes by Ayers (4), may be traced forward from the posterior

angle of the circulus. It soon forks, and is ultimately lost in the

mucous membrane of the roof of the pharynx. In Anguilla, also,

the origin of the posterior carotid artery is much farther removed

from the entry of the first branchial vessel into the circulus than

is usual. Meckel has stated (14. p. 193) that in the marine Eel,

Murenophis helena (Murena helena), the anterior lateral trunk

formed by the union of the first and second branchial vessels is

three times as long as the posterior one formed by the union of

the third and fourth.

950 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE [Noy. 28,

The efferent branchial vessels of Chanos have been described

and figured by Hyrtl (12. pl. i. fig. 1). The first and second

vessels open into the circulus cephalicus, the third some distance

farther back into the median aorta, while the vessels from the

fourth gills, after uniting with those from the epibranchial organs,

unite with one another and open into the aorta at a point as far

behind the opening of the third branchial vessel as the latter is

behind the circulus cephalicus. The genus thus falls into group B,

but, owing to the exceptional disposition of the fourth pair

of vessels, it cannot be included in any of the three subgroups

recognized.

FurtTHER REMARKS ON GrouP C.

The circulus cephalicus is narrow in front in Labrax (fig. 17),

but it is broad in the Siluroids JLiocassis (fig. 18), Callichthys

(fig. 19), and Clarias (fig. 20). In Labrax the cceliaco-mesenteric

artery arises from the aorta immediately behind the fourth

efferent branchial. It has the same relations in Clarias, but is

somewhat more posterior in Callichthys, and considerably so in

Liocassis. The subclavian arteries arise behind the cceliaco-mesen-

teric artery in Labrax, Clarias, and Callichthys, but close behind

the fourth branchial vessel in Liocassis. Although Clarias is

introduced into the subgroup Ca, it really occupies an intermediate

position between C a and C 4, since there is a very short common

trunk on each side between the last two branchial vessels and the

aorta. The genus Heterotis I have not been able to examine, but

it is tolerably certain, from the description given by Hyrtl (9. p. 87),

that it should be included in the subgroup Ca.

In Mullus and Corvina the disposition of the eceliaco-mesenteric

and subclavian arteries is as in Perca (fig. 21), but the circulus

cephalicus is broader in front. The circulus has the form of a

regular heptagon in Mullus, while in Corvina it is pear-shaped,

the broad end being anterior. In Equula it is oval in shape and

longer than broad ; but otherwise the relations of the parts are as

in Perca. With regard to Perca itself, Hatchett Jackson, in his

edition of Rolleston’s ‘Forms of Animal Life’ (21. p. 88), states

that the “ cceliaco-mesenteric artery * * * springs from the right

epibranchial artery before it fuses with its fellow.” This does not

accord with my own observations. Hyrtl in his figure of Lucio-

perca (7. pl. i. fig. 1) shows the common trunks of the third and

fourth branchial vessels entering the aorta at some distance from

the posterior angle of the circulus. The transverse commissure,

also, between the anterior carotids (‘die vorderen oder kleinen

Kopfarterien ”) is situated farther forward than in Perea.

In Zeus (tig. 22) the circulus is broader, and the cceliaco-mesen-

teric artery arises, not from the aorta, but from the common

trunk of the last two branchial vessels of the right side. Zoarces

resembles Anarrhichas (fig. 23) in the oval shape of the circulus

and in the narrow anterior prolongation of the latter, but the

1899.] BLOOD-VESSELS OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES, 951

common trunk formed by the union of the third and fourth

branchial vessels is shorter. In Centronotus and Trachinus the

anterior prolongation of the circulus is wanting, but otherwise

the vessels of the pharyngeal roof are disposed as in Anar-

rhichas. The circulus of Sphyrena is twice as long as broad,

and the posterior angle is very acute ; the subclavian arteries arise

farther forward than in Anarrhichas, and have more the relations

of those of Labrus (fig. 24).

Hemichromis differs from Labrus in having a much broader

circulus cephalicus, and in the more posterior origin of the sub-

clavian arteries. The circulus of Ewocetus (fig. 25) is oval and

longer than broad; the cceliaco-mesenteric artery arises from the

circulus cephalicus immediately to the right of the aorta.

Owing to the absence of the fourth gill and its efferent vessel

in Lophius (fig. 26), the right of this form to rank under subgroup

Ce rather than Ca is somewhat conjectural. The matter is,

however, of no great importance. The circulus is very wide, and

the cceliaco-mesenteric artery, which is considerably thicker than

the aorta, branches soon after its origin. Concerning Lophius

Meckel has written (14. p. 192): “‘ Lophius piscatorius hat, statt der

gewohnlichen drei bis vier, nur zwei sehr lange Kiemenblutadern.

Von der vordersten Kieme entsteht ein einfacher Stamin, der

zweite wird durch die Vereinigung der zweiten und dritten Kie-

menblutader gebildet, die ungefiihr eben so lang als der gemein-

schaftliche Stamm getrennt verlaufen.” My own observations are

thus not in accord with those of Meckel. Most ichthyologists

admit, with Miiller (17. p. 47), that the three gills present in

Lophius are the anterior three of the four gills more normally

present ; and the coupling of the first and second efferent branchial

vessels, the third remaining solitary, is by analogy with allied

forms a far more intelligible arrangement than that described in

the above-quoted passage from Meckel’s text-book.

In Cottus (fig. 27), although the circulus is so wide in front,

the anterior carotids lie very close together, and the transverse

commissure, which takes a curious bend forward, is therefore short.

The cceliaco-mesenteric artery of Trigla (fig. 28) is a double

vessel arising from the common trunk of the last two branchial

vessels of the right side. There are no differences between the

efferent branchial systems of Trigla cuculus and T. gurnardus.

The anterior part of the circulus cephalicus of Cyclopterus (fig. 29)

is very curiously shaped, and the transverse vessel may pos-

sibly be wanting. I have been unable to find it in the three

specimens dissected. In the figure of Cyclopterus given by

Stannius (23. pl. v. fig. 1) the subclavian arteries are drawn too

wide ; and they are incorrectly described on page 156 as branchial

veins. Lepadogaster does not differ materially from Cyclopterus,

except that the anterior part of the circulus cephalicus conforms

more to the normal type. Gobius differs from Cottus (fig. 27) in

the wider separation of the anterior carotids, the greater breadth

of the circulus cephalicus, the more posterior entry of the second

952 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE [Nov. 28,

branchial vessels into the circulus, and the more posterior origin

of the subclavian arteries.

In Fistularia (fig. 30) the slope of the common trunks of the

third and fourth efferent branchial vessels is so slight that the genus

might with equal propriety be classed under subgroup C 0, and the

fact that these common trunks do not enter exactly at the pos-

terior angle of the circulus cephalicus makes it difficult to uphold

its claim to come into group C at all. The circulus is long and

abruptly terminated in front. The aorta, after giving origin to the

cceliaco-mesenteric artery, is unsymmetrical, and runsto the left side

of the vertebral centra. In Silurus (fig. 32) the posterior angle

of the circulus cephalicus is not exactly coincident with the mesial

ends of the common trunks of the efferent branchial vessels 3 and

4, as it is in Saccobranchus (fig. 31); and thus the form really

occupies an intermediate position between the subgroups Ce and

Be, in which latter subgroup the Siluroid genus Malapterurus

(fig. 12) has already been placed. With regard to Saccobranchus,

it has already been pointed out by Hyrtl (10. p. 306) that the first

branchial vessel unites with the second (which is another way of

stating that they both open into the circulus), the third with the

fourth, and that the efferent vessels of the lung-sac open into the

fourth branchial vessel.

FurtuEer RemMarKs on Group D.

In Syngnathus (fig. 33) the dorsal aorta is not median but runs

slightly to the left side of the vertebral centra. The cceliaco-

mesenteric artery arises at the posterior angle of the circulus

cephalicus. From the same place arises a single vessel forking

posteriorly into the two subclavian arteries. Hippocampus closely

resembles Syngnathus, but since the openings of the third and

fourth efferent vessels are closer together, the genus comes under

the second subgroup, D6. The circulus cephalicus, also, is less

elongated than in Syngnathus. In both genera, however, the front

of the circulus is broad and its posterior angle very acute. The

dorsal aorta of Hippocampus is median, and the subclavian arteries

arise from its sides directly, and not through the intervention of a

common root. In Gastrosteus the circulus cephalicus is not more

than twice as long as broad. The subclavian arteries arise a short

distance behind its posterior angle, and the cceliaco-mesenteric a

considerable distance behind.

Molva differs from Gadus (fig. 34) mainly in the fact that the

subclavian arteries arise from the circulus cephalicus farther from

the median line, and consequently more remote from the dorsal

aorta. The cceliaco-mesenteric forks close to its origin in both

genera, as it also does in Motella. Motella very closely resembles

Molva, and it is only the slight separation of the mesial extremities

of the last two branchial vessels which causes the genera to be

placed in separate subgroups. Gadus callarias (G@. morrhua),

figured by Miiller (16. pl. iii. fig. 13) and by Stannius (23. pl. v.

fig. 2), does not appear to differ materially from Gadus eglefinus,

1899.] BLOOD-VESSELS OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES. 953

except that the subclavian arteries arise farther from the median

line, just as they doin Molva. In Lota, as described and fizured

by Hyrtl (7. pl.i. fig. 2), there is a tendency for the last two

efferent branchial vessels to unite before opening into the circulus.

The fact that the cceliaco-mesenteric artery arises from the circulus

is shown in Hyrtl’s figure, and is quoted by Stannius (22. p. 103,

footnote 3) and by Owen (19. p. 490).

In Blennius (fig. 35) the circulus cephalicus is narrow in front,

the cceliaco-mesenteric artery arises from the aorta immediately

behind the circulus, and the subclavian arteries are just behind this.

In Orthagoriscus (fig. 36) the aorta is unsymmetrical, running to

the right side of the vertebre; the cceliaco-mesenteric artery is

formed by the union of a pair of vessels arising from the common

trunks formed on each side by the confluence of the third and

fourth efferent branchial vessels. The mesial ends of all the

efferent vessels are closely approximated. The gills in Orthagoriscus

are remarkably prolonged in a backward direction. The efferent

branchial vessel of each emerges from near the middle of the full

extent of the gill, and not, as is more usual, from the upper end.

It is formed by the union of one vessel coming from the lower part

or gill proper, with another from the dorso-posterior prolongation,

in a manner already made clear by Alessandrini (2) and Milne-

Edwards (15. p. 335, footnote 2). Judging from Alessandrini’s

description, the peculiar mode of formation of the cceliaco-mesen-

teric artery in O. truncatus does not occur in the species examined

by him (0. mola).

In Tetrodon (fig. 37) there are only three gills on each side, and

three efferent branchial vessels, the fourth of the normal series

being absent. The reason for putting the genus in the subgroup

De, characterized by the union of the third and fourth efferent

vessels into a common trunk, is to be found in the relation of the

cocliaco-mesenteric artery to the third efferent vessel of the right

side. The association is such that, were the fourth vessel present,

it could not reach the circulus between the third vessel and the

ceeliaco-mesenteric. Both the right and left subclavian arteries

arise from the right side of the circulus, and the latter is nearly

circular in shape.

CONCLUSIONS.

It will be seen from the foregoing observations that very con-

siderable diversity in the arrangement of the efferent branchial

blood-vessels is to be met with in the Teleostean fishes. The type

of vascular arrangement is constant for different species of the same

genus, and does not vary to any considerable extent in different

genera of the same family. If, as in the Siluroid fishes, some

widely divergent types are included in the same family, there are

to be found intermediate types which act as connecting-links

between these extremes.

With regard, however, to families which, in the at present ac-

cepted taxonomy of the group, are brought into close relationship,

954 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE [Nov. 28,

the characters of the efferent branchial system fail to afford any

convincing evidence as to the correctness or the reverse of such

association. Thus, while the Gadoids have one sharply marked type

of arterial arrangement, the Clupeoids another, and the Salmonoids

a third, in the disposition of the efferent vessels the Lophobranchii

resemble the first, the Ophidiide the second, and the Scombride the

last,—a most unnatural coupling of the families. It does not

appear, therefore, that the facts revealed by the present inquiry can

be applied with any probability of success to the interpretation of

the affinities of the family and larger groups of Teleostei.

List oF REFERENCES.

1. Acassiz, L., et Voer, C.—** Anat. des Salmones,’”’ Mém. de la

Soc. des Sci. Nat. de Neuchatel, iii. 1845 (1846), pp. 196,

fourteen plates.

2. ALESSANDRINI, A.—* De piscium apparatu respir., tum speci-

atim Orthagorisco,” Nov. Comment. Acad. Sci. Bononiensis,

ili, 1839, pp. 259-381, four plates.

3. Axis, E. P.—‘ ‘The Cranial Muscles and Cranial and First

Spinal Nerves in Amia calva,” Journal of Morphology, xii.

Boston, 1897, pp. 487-808, nineteen plates.

4. Ayers, H.—* The Morphology of the Carotids, based on a Study

of the Blood-vessels of Chlamydosclachus anguineus,” Bull.

Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll., xvii., Cambridge, Mass.,

1889, pp. 191-223, one plate.

5. Cuvier et Vatenciennes.—Histoire Naturelle des Poissons.

Paris, 1828.

6. Duvernny.—Oeuvres Anatomiques, ii. Paris, 1761.

7. Hyrrt, J.—“ Beob. aus dem Gebiethe der vergl. Gefisslehre,”

Med. Jahrb. der Oesterr. Staates, xxiv. (n. F. xv.), Wien,

1838, pp. 69-91 and pp. 232-248, four plates.

8. Hyrrt, J.—* Uber das Arterien-System des Lepidosteus,”

Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, viii., 1852, pp. 234-241.

9. Hyrrt, J.—“ Beitrag zur Anat. von Heterotis ehrenbergit,”

Denkschr, Akad. Wiss. Wien, viii., 1854, pp. 73-88, three

plates.

10. Hyrtz, J—* Zur Anat. von Saccobranchus sinyio,” Sitzungs-

ber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xi., 1854, pp. 302-307, one

plate.

11. Hyrrr, J.—“ Anat. Mitth. iiber Mormyrus und Gymnarchus,”

Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xii., 1856, pp. 1-22, six plates.

12. Hyrrr, J.—Uber besondere EHigenthiimlichkeiten der Kiemen

und des Skeletes von Lutodeira chanos,’ Denkschr. Akad.

Wiss. Wien, xxi., 1863, pp. 1-10, one plate.

13. Maurer, F'.—“ Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pseudobranchien

der Knochenfische,” Morph. Jahrb., ix., Leipzig, 1884,

pp- 229-252, two plates.

14. Mrcxet, J. F.—System der vergl. Anat., v. Halle, 1831.

1899. ] BLOOD-VESSELS OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES, 955

15.

16.

18.

13:

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

Mrtne-Epwarps, H.—Lecons sur la Phys. et l’Anat. comp., ili.

Paris, 1858.

Mitimr, Joux.—“ Vergl. Anat. der Myxinoiden, Dritte Fort-

setzung, ”Abhandl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1839 (1841).

Moturer, Jon.—Uber den Bau und die Grenzen der Ganoiden,

und iiber das natiirliche System der Fische. Berlin, 1846.

Owen, R.—Lectures on Comp Anat., i., Fishes. London,

1846.

Owen, R.—Anatomy of Vertebrates, i. London, 1866.

Parker, T. J.—Zootomy. London, 1884.

Rotiuston, G.—Forms of Animal Life: 2nd Edn. by W.

Hatchett Jackson. Oxford, 1888.

Srannius, H.—Lehrb. der vergl. Anat., ii., Wirbelth. Berlin,

1846.

Sranwius, H.—Das periph. Nervensystem der Fische. Rostock,

1849.

Srannius, H.—Handbuch der Anat. der Wirbelthiere, i.,

Fische. Berlin, 1854.

Wricut, R. R.—< On the Hyomandibular Clefts and Pseudo-

branchs of Lepidosteus and Anua,’ Journ. Anat. and Phys.

xix., London, 1885, pp. 476-499, one plate.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Efferent Branchial Blood-vessels of the first, second, third, and fourth Gills

of Teleostean Fishes, as seen after stripping off the mucous membrane from the

root of the pharynx.

The dorsal aorta, the cceliaco-mesenteric artery, and the subclavian artery

are respectively indicated in all the figures by the letters, a, c, and s.

Prats LXIII.

Fig. 1. Engraulis encrasicholus, p. 947.

2. Clupea harengus, p. 947.

3. Ammodytes lanceolatus, p. 947.

4. Megalops cyprinoides, p. 947.

5. Balistes aculeatus, p. 948.

6. Scomber scombrus, p. 948.

7. Salmo salar, p. 948.

8. Mugil capito, p. 948.

9. Hippoglossus vulgaris, p. 948,

10. Osmerus eperlanus, p. 949.

11. Albula conorhynchus, p. 949.

12. Malapterurus electricus, p. 949.

13. Cyprinus carpio, p. 949.

Puats LXIV.

Fig. 14. Cobitis tenia, p. 949.

15. Esox lucius, p. 949.

16. Anguilla vulgaris, p. 949.

17. Labrax lupus, p. 950.

18. Liocassis longirostris, p. 950.

19. Callichthys littoralis, p. 950.

20. Clarias magur, p. 9dU.

956 MR. G. A. BOULENGHR ON REPTILES, [Nov. 28,

Fig. 21, Perca fluviatilis, p. 950.

42. Zeus faber, p. 950.

23. Anarrhichas lupus, p. 950.

24. Labrus maculatus, p. 951.

25. Exocetus brachysoma, p. 951.

Pratt LXV.

Fig. 26. Lophius piscatorius, p. 951.

27. Cottus scorpio, p. 991.

28. Trigla cuculus, p. 951.

29. Cyclopterus lumpus, p. 951.

30. Fistularia tabaccaria, p. 952.

31. Saccobranchus fossilis, p. 952.

32. Silurus glanis, p. 952.

33. Syngnathus acus, p. 952.

34. Gadus egifienus, p. 952.

35. Blennius pholis, p. 953.

36. Orthagoriscus truncatus, p. 953.

37. Tetrodon palembangensis, p. 953.

4. On the Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes collected by the

late Mr. John Whitehead in the Interior of Hainan.

By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

[Received October 31, 1899.]

(Plates LX VI.-LXIX.)

During his short stay in Hainan, where he died on June 2 of

the present year, Mr. John Whitehead had succeeded in collecting

a small number of cold-blooded vertebrates in the Five-finger:

Mountains, in the interior of the island. The fact that so many of

the few species represented in the collection are new, tends to

show how rich a harvest these unexplored mountains would have

yielded but for the fatal climate which has deprived the zoological

world of one of its most enthusiastic and successful members.

REPTILES.

1, Draco WHITEHEADI, sp. n. (Plate LXVI. fig. 1.)

Head small ; snout considerably longer than the diameter of the

orbit ; nostril lateral, directed outwards ; tympanum scaly. Upper:

head-scales unequal, strongly keeled ; 8 or 9 upper labials. Male’s

gular appendage very large, once and a half as long as the head.

A rudimentary nuchal crest. Dorsal scales a little larger than

ventrals, irregular, obtusely keeled ; on each side of the back a

series of enlarged, keeled dorsal scales. The fore limb stretched

forward reaches the tip of the snout, the hind limb between the

elbow and the axilla. Reddish brown above, with dark transverse

124740, Sp MG SUS Sad = beet ie canals

a a f-

rat A AR

Poe 2 Sk

Ss fi *3

Aims 3 Na *

| qT 4)

aw w s'|

pe eh J

I aw @

5 Li : veer

ous 2 Clupen hurengus 3.damodyles lanceolatus. #.Megaleps eyprinerdes.

Jel =|

Pee = OPN ae:

| a cemmags

I. Balistes aculeatus. 6. Scomber scombrus: 7. Salmo salar.

1. Albule conorhynclues. L2. Mataplerurus clectricus. B.Gyprinus canto.

W.G.R. del. Bale& Danielsson L?¢ imp.

EFFERENT BRANCHIAL VESSELS

OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES.

a=:

vin

Tt, Cobitis tania.

M7. Labrax lupus.

PA. S. LSo'9!

\|Z

LS. Essex. liuctiis

Jeol

»)

Yn *

SE:

Mie

PaO

TM.

LS. Liccussis lengirestiis LD. Callichthys litteratis.

eff) Va

tae Ah

“as

22.Leus Faber.

—=

24. Labrus macututus. LE xocoetus brachysomu.

23. Anarrhichus lupus.

Bale& Danielsson Lt¢ imp.

W.G.R. del.

EFFERENT BRANCHIAL VESSELS |

OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES.

Pao. ES O.9s Pee V-

Lb Lophius piscatarvas. 27. Cottas scorpio 28 Lrigha avculus

eh gy

29.Gycdloptertas lumps d0Listulariw tabaccaria U.Saccobranchus rossilis.

2.Siarus glands. B.Syngnathus acus. Gadus agletirnns.

eax >~\e

Ox ae

5 Blennius pholis. 36. Orthagoriscus truncatus. 1.Tetrodon palembangensis.

W.G.R. del. Bale& Danielsson Lt? imp.

EFFERENT BRANCHIAL VESSELS

OF TELEOSTEAN FISHES.

—

1899. ] BATRACHIANS, AND FISHES FROM HAINAN,. 957

bars and small black spots; wing-membraues_ brick-red above,

with small round black spots, colourless and unspotted beneath ;

gular appendage blue at the end, blackish in front, and red

behind at the base.

Total length.... 232 millim. Fore imb.. 34 millim.

Head! ........ 11 Cate Hind limb.. 438 ,,

Width of head.. 11 ,, 0 A Tees YS

Bady.*, 3.%..20.'. 69,

Very closely allied to D. maculatus Gray, but snout longer and

coloration different.

A single male specimen.

2, ACANTHOSAURA HAINANENSIS, Sp. n. (Plate LXVI. fig. 2.)

Snout as long as the diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis

and supraciliary edge angular; tympanum smaller than the eye-

opening; upper head-scales keeled, larger on the supraorbital

region and in the middle of the forehead ; a spine, measuring one

third the diameter of the orbit, terminates the supraciliary edge ;

11 or 12 upper and as many lower labials; gular scales strongly

keeled, smaller than the ventrals. An oblique fold on each side of

the neck, in front of the shoulder ; a spine, measuring two fifths

the diameter of the orbit, on each side of the nape above the

tympanum. Nuchal crest not continuous with the dorsal, com-

posed of rather slender compressed spines, the longest of which

measure nearly half the diameter of the orbit. Dorsal crest low,

composed of triangular compressed scales pointing backwards,

subequal in size throughout the back. Dorsal scales very small,

intermixed with irregularly scattered, enlarged, rhomboidal, more

or less strongly keeled ones ; ventral scales about as large as the

enlarged dorsals, strongly keeled. Fore limb and tibia above with

subequal keeled scales, femur with unequal ones; fourth finger

a little longer than third ; the adpressed hind limb reaches the eye.

Tail feebly compressed, covered with uniform strongly keeled scales,

which are larger on the lower surface. Olive-brown above, with

rather indistinct wavy darker cross-bars ; a dark, light-edged rhom-

boidal marking between the shoulders, produced forwards along the

base of the nuchal crest; antehumeral fold blackish; limbs and

tail with light transverse bars.

Total length.... 250 millim. Fore limb .. 52 millim.

Ie (evs Teper yh a6 Hand limb’. 969i, 9

Width of head.. 17 ,, MP at), race « ee 145,

Body ys auto st: OW eis ote

Most nearly allied to A. crucifera Blgr.

A single female specimen.

3. CALOTES VERSICOLOR Daud.

4, TROPIDONOTUS CHRYSARGUS Schleg.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. LXII. 62

9a3 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES, [Noy. 28

BATRACHIANS.

1. Rana GRAMINEA, sp. n. (Plate LXVII. fig. 1.)

Vomerine teeth in two short oblique series between the choane,

nearer to each other than to the latter. Head depressed, as long

as broad ; snout rounded, scarcely projecting, as long as the dia-~

wweter of the orbit; canthus rostralis well-marked ; loreal region

concave ; nostril nearer the end of the snout than the eye; inter-

orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct,

three fourths the diameter of the eye. Fingers and toes rather

slender, with small but well-developed disks; first finger not

extending beyond second ; toes nearly entirely webbed; a single,

feebly prominent, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal

articulation reaches beyond the tip of the snout; tibia as long

as the distance from end of snout to sacrum. Skin smooth; a

moderately broad, feebly prominent glandular lateral fold ; another

fold from below the eye to the shoulder, followed by a strong

glandule. Bright green above, brownish on the sides of the head

and body, below the canthus rostralis and the dorso-lateral fold,

and on the limbs; upper lip white ; limbs with regular dark cross-

bars; hinder side of thighs marbled dark brown and yellow;

lower parts white. Male with two external vocal sacs, in front of

the arms; no humeral gland.

From snout to vent 48 millim.

Allied to R. erythrea Schleg. Distinguished by the shorter

snout, the longer hind limbs, the external vocal sacs, and the

coloration. Also allied to R. jerboa Gthr. and R. whiteheadi Blegr.,

in which the digital disks are larger and the hind limb longer

still.

Two male specimens,

2. Rana ANDERSONI Bler,

This species, first discovered in the Hotha Valley, Yunnan,

by Dr. J. Anderson, has since been found in the Kakhyen Hills,

Upper Burma, by Signor L. Fea, and at Kuatun, N.W. Fokien, by

Mr. J. D. La Touche.

3. STAUROIS HAINANENSIS, sp.n, (Plate LXVII. fig. 2.)

Head as long as broad or slightly broader than long; snout

short, truncate, projecting ; canthus rostralis strong; loreal region

nearly vertical, concave; nostril midway between the eye and

the end of the snout; interorbital space as broad as the

upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, one third or two fifths the

diameter of the eye. Fingers slender, first longer than second,

with very large disks ; toes webbed to the disks, which are a little

smaller than those of the fingers; subarticular tubercles feebly

prominent ; a very indistinct inner metatarsal tubercle, The tibio-

tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout or a little beyond.

Skin smooth above in the adult, warty in the young; lower part

1899. ] BATRACHIANS, AND FISHES FROM HAINAN. 959

smooth. Olive above, spotted with black, or blackish with pale

olive markings ; limbs with dark cross-bars ; hinder side of thighs

with a black reticulation.

From snout to vent 58 millim.

Larva with a large pectoral adhesive disk (see P. Z.S. 1898,

p- 526). Beak formed of two pieces, an upper and a lower, feebly

denticulate, not ribbed; lower lip not fringed; the horny teeth

form 3 uninterrupted and 2 paired series on the upper lip, 2 un-

interrupted and 1 narrowly interrupted series on the lower lip,

2 2

1 I’

an arrangement that may be expressed by the formula

Closely allied to Staurois natator Gthr. Distinguished by the

shorter head. The tadpole, on the other hand, stands nearest to

that of Rana latopalmata Blgr.

Three specimens : a female, a young, and an advanced tadpole.

4. RHACOPHORUS LEUCOMYSTAX Gravh.

5, RHACOPHORUS OXYCEPHALUS, sp. n. (Plate LX VII. fig. 3.)

Vomerine teeth in two oblique series between the choane, the

inner front edge of which they nearly touch. Head as long as

broad ; snout pointed, as long as or a little longer than the dia-

meter of the orbit ; canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region concave ;

nostril a little nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; inter-

orbital space a little narrower than the upper eyelid; tympanum

distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers with a distinct

rudiment of web ; toes entirely webbed; disks of fingers nearly as

large as the tympanum, of toes a little smaller ; a very small inner

metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches beyond

the tip of the snout. Skin smooth or with small warts above ;

belly granular. Greyish or brown above, spotted or marbled with

darker; a dark transverse band or triangular marking, base forwards,

between the eyes; limbs with dark cross-bars; groin and back of

thighs marbled black and yellow; lower parts white. Male with

an internal vocal sac.

From snout to vent 57 millim.

Four specimens.

6, BUFO MELANOSTICTUS Schn.

FISHES.

CoOREOPERCA.

Coreoperca, Herzenstein, Ann. Mus. Zool. St. Petersb. 1896,

p. 11.

Body compressed ; scales small, cycloid, concentrically striated,

Lateral line complete; tubes straight, occupying the greater length

of the scale. Mouth large, protractile; maxillary exposed, with

G2*

960 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES, [Nov. 28,

supplemental bone ; villiform teeth in jaws and on vomer and

palatines; no canines; tongue smooth; head partly naked;

preopercle serrated, with a few antrorse spines on the lower

border ; opercle with two spines. Gill-membranes separate ; seven

branchiostegals ; pseudobranchie present. Dorsal tins confluent,

XIV-XV 11-14, the spinous portion much longer than the soft ;

anal short, II1 7-11; caudal rounded. Pectoral symmetrical,

rounded, rays 16. Ventrals below the pectorals, close together,

with a strong spine and five branched rays, the last of which is

connected with the belly by a membrane.

The type species of this genus of Serranide, allied to Siniperca,

is from the interior of North Corea’. It is highly interesting to

add a second species from the interior of Hainan.

1, CoREOPERCA WHITEHEADI, sp.n. (Plate LX VIII.)

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 times in total length.

Snout 13 diameter of eye, which equals intercrbital width, 3 length

of head; lower jaw projecting beyond the snout; maxillary ex-

tending a little beyond vertical of posterior border of eye, the

width of its distal extremity a little less than diameter of eye;

preorbital entire; cheeks and opercles scaly, rest of head naked ;

preopercle finely serrated, without enlarged spines at the angle ;

opercular spines strong, Dorsal XV 14, originating above base of

pectoral ; spinous portion twice as long as the soft ; spines strong,

short, increasing in length to the sixth, which equals } length of

head ; longest soft rays nearly 3 length of head. Pectoral 3 length

of head. Anal III 11; second spine longest, a little shorter than

longest dorsal spines. Caudal rounded, subtruncate. Sq. 80 a3

1.1.68. Brown, with dark marblings and whitish dots; a dark

streak from below the eve to the angle of the preopercle and

another from the eye to a large, black, white-edged ocellar spot

? Having had the privilege of examining the type specimens of Coreoperca

herzi, Herzenst. 1. c., preserved in the St. Petersburg Museum, I add a descrip-

tion of them for comparison with C. whiteheadi :—

Greatest depth at origin of dorsal fin, 3 to 3} times in total length, length of

head 2% to 3 times. Snout as long as diameter of eye, 3 length of head, and

twice width of interorbital region; lower jaw not projecting; maxillary ex-

tending to below posterior third of eye, the width of its distal extremity about

half diameter of eye; preorbital entire; cheeks and opercles scaly, rest of head

naked ; prxopercle with two strong bifid spines at the angle and two or three

antrorse spines on the lower border; opercular spinesstrong. Dorsal XIV 11-

12; originating above base of pectoral, spinous portion twice as lorg as the soft ;

spines strong, increasing in length to the fifth, which equals 2 length of head,

but is considerably shorter than ‘the longest soft rays. Pectoral 2 Jength of

head. Anal III 7, spines very strong, third a little longer than first, second

longest and a little longer than longest dorsal spine. Caudal rounded.

Sq. 76-82 —, 1,1. 51-56. Brown; a dark streak from below the eye to

the angle of the preopercle; a black spot, edged with white anteriorly,

between the opercular spines; body with some dark brown spots intermixed

with whitish dots ; a regular series of dark spots along the base of the dorsal.

Total length 85 millim.

Pung Tung, Corea.

1899.] BATRACHIANS, AND FISHES FROM HAINAN. 961

between the opercular spines; some light dots on the soft dorsal

and anal and on the membrane between the ventral rays.

Total length 155 millim.

A single specimen.

2. DiscoGNaTHUSs IMBERBIS Vincig.

A species described from the Karen Hills, Burma.

3. GYMNOSTOMUS LEPTURUS, sp. n. (Plate LXIX. fig. 1.)

Depth of body 4 times in total length, length of head 5 times.

Head 13 as long as broad ; snout broad, rounded ; width of mouth

nearly half length of head; lower jaw with a sharp, horny edge ;

diameter of eye equal to length of snout, 33 times in length of head’

13 in interorbital width. Dorsal III 8, midway between end of

snout and base of caudal; first branched ray longest, a little shorter

than the head, last ray longer than those preceding it, 3 length of

head. Pectoral as longas head. Ventrals below middle of dorsal.

Anal ITT 6, as deep as dorsal. Caudal deeply bifurcate, 14 length

of head. Caudal peduncle thrice as long as deep. Sq. 49 i; 4

scales between the lateral line and the ventral. Olive above, silvery

beneath ; an ill-defined dark lateral streak.

Total length 165 millim.

A single specimen.

4. BaRILIUS HAINANENSIS, sp.n. (Plate LXIX. fig. 2.)

Depth of body equal to length of head, 43 times in total length.

Head twice as long as broad ; snout pointed, not projecting beyond

the mouth, as long as diameter of eye, which is 34 times in length

of head and equals interorbital width; mouth extending hardly to

below anterior border of eye; suborbitals entirely covering the

cheek. Dorsal II 7, originating just behind ventral and situated

at equal distance from the eye and the root of the caudal; first

branched ray % length of head. Pectoral a little shorter than

head, not reaching ventral. Anal II 14. Caudal deeply

bifureate, as long as head. Caudal peduncle nearly thrice as long

as deep. Sq. 46 :. Silvery, darker on the back; scales above the

lateral line black at the base.

Total length 130 millim.

A single specimen.

5. OPSARIICHTHYS PLATYPUS Schleg.

A species known from Japan and Formosa.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats LXVI.

Fig. 1. Draco whiteheadi, p. 956, with side-view of head.

2. Acanthosaura hainanensis, p. 957.

962 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 28,

Puatre LXVII.

Fig. 1. Rana graminea, p. 958.

higtes =A Side view of head.

2. Staurois hainanensis, p. 958.

2a. larva, lower view of body.

3. Rhacophorus oxycephalus, p. 959.

Puate LXVIII.

Coreoperca whiteheadi, p. 960.

Puate LXIX.

Fig. 1. Gymnostomus lepturus, p. 961, $ nat. size.

2. Barilius hainanensis, p. 961.

5. On a Collection of Butterflies made by Mr. Richard

Crawshay in British East Africa. By Arruur G.

Butter, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant-

Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum.

[Received September 20, 1899.]

(Plate LXX.)

During the past summer I received from Mr. Crawshay a box

of Lepidoptera and a letter dated February 8th, 1899, addressed

from Neugia, as follows :—

«« A few lines to let you know that I have lately returned from

a journey into Maranga, the S. and S.W. slopes of Mt. Kenya;

and that I was able to take some Butterflies, which, I think, will

please you.

“From this—I mean the mention of mighty Kenya and its

18,600 feet—you must not infer that these insects have been

collected at any great altitude. Maranga is not so high as other

parts of Kikuyu to the westward,—for instance the neighbourhood

of Fort Smith, which is 6400 feet. As a matter of fact it does

not average, I suppose, more than 5600 feet ; rising to the N. and

N.E. gradually into the mighty belt of forest surrounding the

mountain for many thousands of feet, and falling away to the

W. and S.W. of the Tana River, which, where we crossed it, is

3850-3900 feet.

“In all the thousands of miles I have travelled in Africa, I have

never seen a more lovely and more possible country than Maranga ;

nor more splendid specimens of its peoples than are the Wakikuyu—

though they are at present suspicious of and hostile to everyone

from the outer world. The Wakamba are the most veritable

worms in comparison with them.

‘“‘ However, you want to know something more of the surprises

which I hope are in store for you in the shape of the Butterflies.

“The most promising of these are Skippers and Blues—one a

very large and powerful Blue with almost black wings on the

inside, which show a Purple-Emperor-like glow, though with a

PiZ Sulsee PiawWeVvic:

Mintern Bros.imp.

PJ.Smit del.et hth.

2.ACANTHOSAURA HAINANENSIS.

1.DRACO WHITEHEADI,

P.Z.S 1899 BPULXVIL,

PJ Simut del.et lith x Mintern Bros.imp .

LRANA GRAMINEA. 2.STAUROIS HAINANENSIS.

8.RHACOPHORUS OXYCEPHALUS.

IQVaHaALIHM VYOuudosruosd

Gurr soigruce perp

USRIE IE Wie ee) o) fo"

WAXT Id 6681S Z'd

SISNAUNVNIVH SOTITGVE 7 “SOMOLASET SNWOLSONNAD T

torr sorgqusep apy er UAL 32 [ep wesag'p

ore T Te GES S17’

1899.] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 963

tinge of port-wine colour about it’. This Blue (of which I think

I took a pair) and another very active and cunning insect—as

you will see from the note appended on the paper envelope—were

taken on a stinking crocodile’s head, than which nothing smells

more foully ; otherwise—I mean without this—I should probably

never have seen the former, nor taken either of them.

“A hippopotamus skull far gone in putrefaction also proved

attractive, and did me several good turns in enabling me to get on

equal terms with other insects: on this I took the only Charaxes

I saw, I think, on the whole journey, though one I know well.

Of Moths I also took a nice lot.”

On his return Mr. Crawshay had a narrow escape from a

wounded bull Rhinoceros, but by a fortunate shot whilst lying

in the grass he managed to hit it in the heart, and so escaped

with his life.

The collection of Moths will be worked out by Sir George

Hampson. ‘The Butterflies are represented by 127 specimens

referable to 69 species, of which 3 are new to science; the most

interesting to me is a new species of Chloroselas allied to C. tama-

niba of Walker from Suakin, but apparently distinct, and clearly

proving that Prof. Aurivillius was in error in referring the Somali

insect O. esmeralda to that species. C. tamaniba is considerably

larger than C. esmeralda, bas the posterior half of the primaries,

including the base, blue; and the anal orange spot of the secondaries

is well-defined as in the present species.

NYMPHALIDS&.

1. Monorricutis sAFitzA Hewits.

Muthambi River, Ndya, 7th January, 1899.

“They swarm on the banks of the stream ” (2. C.).

2. NEOC@NYRA DUPLEX Butl.

Slopes of Nthatha Hill, Kitwi, 4700 feet, 31st December, 1898.

3. NEoc@NYRA GREGORII Butl.

Muthambi River, Ndya, 7th January, 1899.

One much worn example.

4, CHARAXES VARANES Cram.

3, Muthambi River, Ndya, 13th January, 1899.

“Taken on the crocodile’s head (hippopotamus’ skull?); the

only one of this species which I have seen during my week here”

(&. C.).

5. PRECIS CLOANTHA Cram.

3, Plains N. of the Tana River, Kikuyu, 4500 feet, 5th

January; 2, Muthambi River, Ndya, 12th January, 1599.

1 This proves to be a well-known species of Crenis, which occurs also in

South Africa.—A. G. B.

964 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 28,

The female, though in excellent condition, was caught by

Byalamkombi, one of Mr. Crawshay’s native servants,

6. Precis ELGIvA Hewits.

3, 2, Muthambi River, Ndya, 7th January, 1899.

7. PRECIS NATALICA Feld.

9, Muthambi River, Ndya, 13th January, 1899. h

“ Fairly plentiful; but this is, I think, the only perfect specimen

I have seen” (R. C.).

8. HypoLIMNAS MISIPPUS, var. INARIA Cram.

°, Muthambi River, 4500 feet, Ndya, 11th January, 1899.

9. CRENIS BOISDUVALII Wllgr.

3 3, Muthambi River, 4500 feet, Ndya, 12th January, 1899.

* An insect which I should probably never have seen, and

certainly not taken, had it not been for the putrefying crocodile’s

head, on which it descended as it were from the clouds. It is

worthy of note that this insect shows a lovely tinge of purple or

blue on the inside of the wings if these are viewed at an angle

in a good light.” (R. C.)

10. CRENIS HOWENSIS Staud.

3 3, Muthambi River, 12th January, 1899.

“ The most restless, active, and difficult insect to take I have

ever come across ; for six days have 1 been watching and following

the movements of some half-dozen in the glade of fig-trees in

which I am encamped, trying all I could to take one, but without

success. They flip about amongst the trees and occasionally perch

on the trunk and branches, but always out of reach. By great

good luck this morning two have been tempte.l to come down and

feed on a putrefying crocodile’s head, and I was thus enabled to

take them.” (R. C.)

One specimen (a male) is said to have contained a whitish-green

ovum, but this must have been an error of observation, as the

insect has strongly pronounced male claspers.

11. Hamanumipsa pmHpatus Fabr.

“ Plentiful enough on undulating plains N. of Tana River, 4200

feet, 14th January, 1899.”

A single dry-season male of this abundant species.

12. Nepris agatua Cram.

2,6, Muthambi River, 4500 feet, Ndya, Kikuyu, 6th & 7th

January, 1899.

13, NEPTIDOPSIS OPHIONE, var. VELLEDA Mab.

Muthambi River, 4500 feet, Ndya, 6th & 13th January, 1899.

Mr. Crawshay appears to have seen three examples of this

1899. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA, 965

species on the 6th January, of which he caught two then, and

the third a week later.

14, ByBiia mn1yTHiA Drury.

Wet phase.—Machakos to Neugia, 16th December, 1898.

Intermediate and dry phases.—Neugia, 31st January, 1899.

“ Quite the commonest butterfly hereabouts these days ; indeed

I have never anywhere else seen this insect in such numbers”

(R. C.).

15, Acr#aA caBrra Hopff.

Clue to exact locality and date lost.

An example leading to the variety A. apecida.

16. AcrkmA Lycta Fabr. (vars. sganzini and daira).

Muthambi River, Ndya, 7th & 11th January, 1899.

17. AcR#A ONERATA Trim.

3 Q in copula, Neugia, Kitwi, 11th February, 1899.

The sexes are remarkably alike, the wing-borders of the female

slightly heavier and the body spotted.

18. ACR#A ACRITA, var. PUDORINA Staud.

3 3d, Neugia, Kitwi, 16th February, 1899.

LYcC ZNID.

19. LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS Fabr.

Ndya, Kikuyu, 4500 feet, 6th January, 1899.

90. AXIOCERSES HARPAX Fabr.

9, Kitwi, 18th January, 1899.

“ Grass-green ova” (. C.).

21. TeRIOMIMA PALLIDA Trim.

E. of Athi River, about 4800 feet, 18th December, 1898.

Mr. Crawshay regarded this as a worn example of 7’. hildegarda,

to which it certainly is very closely related, but the small and

inconspicuous spots on the under surface of the secondaries give

it a somewhat different aspect; it would not surprise me to find

that it was only another variety of that variable species.

Mr. Crawshay says he took it for a moth until it was in the

killing-bottle.

22, CATOCHRYSOPS PECULIARIS, var., Rogenh. (Plate LXX.

fig. 1.)

@ 2, Neugia, Kitwi, 24th & 29th December, 1898.

Of the first example Mr. Crawshay writes—‘“ A hardly won

capture. Caught in my Terai hat when out shooting, and kept

under this on the ground, while I covered my head from the

966 DR. A, G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 28,

blazing sun until my net reached me, fully three quarters of an

hour.”

The two specimens are of much interest, as they clear up one

of the greatest muddles which: has been made over any species

of Lycenide :—In 1891 Rogenhoter described a butterfly which

was quite unknown to English entomologists under the name of

“ Ohrysophanus peculiaris” ; naturally nobody expected a Cato-

chrysops to be called a Chrysophanus. In 1892 Dr. Holland

described the same species in the ‘ Entomologist’ under the name

of Lycena perpulchra; in 1893 I described a male from Wasin

and a female from the Victoria Nyanza as Castalius hypoleucus ;

and in 1894 Mr. Trimen described C. peculiaris again under the

name of Lycena eaclusa. Dr. Holland subsequently pointed out

that C. hypoleucus and L. eaclusa were synonymous with his

L. perpulchra. In 1898 Mr. Trimen received some large examples

from Mashunaland which he rightly stated to be identical with

our Nyanza female ; but instead of adopting my name for this

form, he called it Lycena gigantea, stating that I had confounded

the female with that sex of LZ. perpulchra (entirely overlooking the

fact that the Nyanza female was described by me as the type of

that sex of Castalius hypoleucus). At the commencement of the

present year, when working out the species of Chrysophanus, I

recognized C. peculiarts Rogenh. as the oldest name for the present

species, and entered it in my paper on Mr. Crawshay’s last

collection. Professor Aurivillius also recognized Rogenhofer’s

species in his ‘Rhopalocera Athiopica,’ where, however, he retained

Mr. Trimen’s name for the larger form, ignoring the fact that my

female unquestionably takes priority.

The two examples now sent home by Mr. Crawshay are quite

intermediate in character between the large and small forms, the

colouring of the upper surface agreeing most nearly with

C. peculiaris 2, the expanse of wing being nevertheless equal to

that of my Victoria Nyanza female. Like the latter and a worn

and faded female from Zomba (which Trimen refers to as the

Nyasa female), they have from one to two extra black spots in the

discal series on the under surface of the primaries; the black

discocellular spot is smaller than in the little Zomba female, but

varies in size in the two examples. tis absolutely impossible to

say that these examples belong to one form rather than to the

other, and I do not doubt that they represent an intermediate

phase between C. hypoleucus=gigantea the wet phase, and

C. peculiaris the dry phase, of one and the same species.

23. AZANUS NATALENSIS Trim.

3, Tana River, 3800 feet, 16th January, 1899.

“The only specimen seen” (R, C.).

24. AzANUS ZENA Moore (Lycena macalenga, Trim.).

3, Kitwi, 4000 feet, 30th December, 1898.

1899.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. - 96

25, Evnres KEDONGA Grose-Smith. (Plate LXX. fig. 4.)

3 do, Plains N. of the Tana River, Kikuyu, 5th January, 1899.

Mr. Crawshay sent us the female of this extremely pretty

species in his last collection (see P. Z. 8. 1899, pl. xiv. figs. 3, 3).

26. Tarucus pLintus Fabr.

@, Athi Valley, 16th December, 1898; 3, Ndya, 4500 feet,

Kikuyu, 16th January, 1899.

Of the female Mr. Crawshay observes—“‘ Common, and all

evidently newly emerged.”

27. ZizpRA KNYSNA Trim.

Q, Slopes of Nthatha Hill, 4700 feet, Kitwi, 31st December,

1898; ¢, 2, Muthambi River, 4500 feet, Ndya, 8th & 10th

January, 1899.

28. ZizeERA GAIKA Trim.

3 3d, Tana River, 3800 feet, 2nd January; Neugia, Kitwi, 7th

February, 1899.

Of the second example Mr. Crawshay observes—*'The smallest

butterfly I have ever seen.” It is a starved specimen.

29, LycHNESTHES AMARAH Leféb.

Q, Slopes of Nthatha Hill, Kitwi, 4700 feet, 31st December,

1898; 36 3d, Plains N. of the Tana River, 5th January, Tana

River, 3800 feet, 16th January, 1899.

30. CacyREUS LINGEUS Cram.

3 dS, Clue to exact locality and date lost.

31. PHLyaria virco Butl.

2, Muthambi River, 4500 feet, Ndya, 10 January, 1899.

‘The only specimen I have seen in these parts, and like, if not

identical with, another which I used to take in the mountains of

Nyika” (R. C.).

According to Prof. Aurivillius this is the female of the West

Coast P. heritsia, but some of the details of marking make me

hesitate to accept this dictum until I have seen East-African males.

In my opinion the border of the secondaries is too narrow and

the markings on the under surface of these wings too feeble for

P. heritsia: I may prove to be wrong, but I very strongly object

to putting species together by guess.

32. CHLOROSELAS AZUREA, sp.n. (Plate LXX. figs. 2, 3.)

Intermediate between C. tamaniba from Suakin and C. esmeralda

from Somali-land; evidently nearest to the former. It is consider-

ably larger than C. esmeralda, the shot-colouring on the upperside

of the wings being glistening deep sky-blue instead of emerald

shaded with blue: in the primaries this colouring is restricted to

the outer half of the internal area and the internal margin nearly

968 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 28,

to base; the remainder of these wings is smoky brown, slightly

cupreous, with a large ill-defined but distinctly darker patch over

the end of the cell : secondaries cupreous brown, brilliantly glossed

with sky-blue between the second subcostal branch and submedian

vein ; a conspicuous orange anal spot between two short tails:

anal lobe small, silver-spotted and fringed with black; body blackish ;

frons silvery whitish, collar with pale edges ; antenne annulated

with white, the club externally edged with tawny: under surface pale

fleshy buff, with the discoidal area of the primaries and the anal

patch of secondaries orange-ochreous ; the internal area of the

primaries blackish grey towards the base, white slightly opalescent

beyond, the marking on the wings much as in C. esmeralda, silver

with black margins; body below white. Expanse of wings 26

millim.

The female is rich copper-brown with white fringes, and an

orange spot on the secondaries between the tails, as in the male ;

the under surface similar to that of the male: size uniform.

3, Slopes of Nthatha Hill, Kitwi, 4700 feet, 31st December,

1898; 2, Plains N. of the Tana River, 4500 feet, Kikuyu, 5th

January, 1899.

CO. tamaniba, according to Walker, expands one inch and one

line (or 28 millim.), and is therefore the largest species in the

genus ; the primaries are described as being shot with blue at the

base and on the hind half, and the secondaries as blue, with a

narrow brown border; “an orange spot adjoining the tail, into

which it extends, bordered on the outer side with glittering chaly-

beous.” These characters do not at all correspond with those of

C. esmeralda (which Prof. Aurivillius has unaccountably placed as

a synonym of it), and differ considerably from those of the present

species. Many years ago (1870) I saw the type, but I cannot

pretend to remember exactly what it was like. I am, however,

quite certain that Walker's measurement is rather under than

overstated: the specimen is, of course, incorrectly described as a

female. C. esmeralda not only differs from C. pseudozeritis in

having only one tail to the secondaries, but in the absence of the

brown clouding on the under surface of these wings. It is mere

guesswork to suppose that a small insect like this from Natal is

at all likely to be identical with one from Somali-land, or even

that the latter is likely to be the same as one from the western

shore of the Red Sea. It is quite possible that there are many

species of Chloroselas scattered over Africa, and that, ten years

hence, the species hitherto confounded will be generally regarded

as amongst the best marked of all. Structurally, the species may

at present be separated by the tails of the secondaries as follows :—

Species with two tails.

Small—C. pseudozeritis Trimen.

Large—C. azurea Butler.

Species with one tail.

Small—C. esmeralda Butler.

Large—C. tamaniba Walker.

1899, ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 969

But in many respects the two small species and the two large

species are more nearly related to each other respectively in other

characters—the bluer shot and the internal position of the blue

colouring, as well as the more conspicuous anal orange spot of the

secondaries, being characteristic of the larger species, the greener

shot and the basal position of the greenish colouring, as well as

the less conspicuous anal orange-tinted spot of the secondaries,

of the smaller species.

33. Myra FICEDULA Trim.

3, Neugia, Kitwi, 22nd December, 1898.

“Taken sitting on an outstanding branch of a small tree about

noon in the hottest possible sun” (R. C.).

34, VIRACHOLA ANTALUS Trim.

3, Neugia, Kitwi, 22nd January, 1899.

35. VIRACHOLA DERONA? Smith.

E. of Athi River, some 4300 feet, Kitwi, 18th December, 1898.

“7 have no recollection of having taken this insect before. It

was most accommodating too in awaiting about a quarter of an

hour. I was stalking a Hartebeeste and my net was behind.”

(BR. C.)

This appears to correspond with Mr. Grose-Smith’s description,

but it is a somewhat faded example.

PAPILIONID A.

36. MyLorHRIs AGATHINA Cram.

3 3, Muthambi River, 4500 feet, Ndya, 7th & 10th January,

1899.

37. NYCHITONA MEDUSA, var. aLcEsTA Cram.

3, Tana River, 3850 feet, 4th January, 1899.

38. CoLIAS ELECTRA, var. EDUSA Fabr.

Ndya, 8th January, 1899.

“The first specimen of C. edusa I have seen since leaving

Massai ” (2. C.).

39. TERIAS SENEGALENSIS, var. BISINUATA Butl.

3, Tana River, 4th January, 1899.

40. TERACOLUS CALAIS Cram.

3, Kitwi, 19th January, 1899.

«« An average specimen of this species as regards size” (2. C.).

41. TERACOLUS ERIS Klug.

3 d, Athi Valley, 4000 feet, 16th December, and Msokani,

Kitwi, 20th December, 1898.

Of the first specimen Mr. Crawshay writes—“By no means

970 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON BULTERFLIES [Nov. 28,

common: an active and exceedingly restless insect of strong

flight—very difficult to take if once missed.” Of the second

specimen, however, he writes—“ Newly emerged, evidently an easy

prey in the wet and cold of early morning.” This, then, is clearly

the time to secure it.

As might have been expected, the males are referable to the

typical Northern species, not to the more southerly Z. opalescens.

To anyone with a correct eye for outline, the pattern of the

primaries in these local forms is absolutely different, apart from

all minor differences of colouring ; but the training of a lifetime is

insufficient to enable some men to appreciate the most marked

modifications of outline.

42, TERACOLUS INCRETUS Butl.

Intermediate phase.— 2 , Athi Valley, 4000 feet, 16th December ;

3 2, Athi escarpment, eastern side, Kitwi, 18th December; 9,

Msokani, 20th December, 1898; ¢, Tana River, 3800 feet, 16th

January, 1899.

Dry phase.—3,2 2, Tana River, 3800 feet, 16th January,

1899.

Mr. Crawshay says of the male—“ Very plentiful just here (Athi

Valiey): this and the following taken in numbers when playing

together, with one stroke of the net.” Of the female he says—

“ An insect I have never before taken, and which, until settled, I

imagined to be another, rather common just here—plain sulphur

with an orange tip.” In this conjecture Mr. Crawshay was quite

correct.

43. THRACOLUS XANTHUS, var. METAGONE Holl.

g, Tana River, 3800 feet, 16th January; 9, Neugia, Kitwi,

30th January, 1899. .

d. “ Fairly common, frequents the more open country, dry and

desert-like, and covered with thorny scrub” (R. C.),

This is distinctly a dry-season phase, and differs from 2’. zanthus

var. comptus in the entire absence of the internal grey streak on

the primaries.

44, TERACOLUS ANTEVIPPH Boisd.

3, var. subvenosus, Kitwi, 18th January, 1899.

45, TrRacoLus Gavisa Waller.

2, Kitwi, 19th January, 1899.

46, THRACOLUS CALLIDIA Grose-Smith.

3 3, Intermediate and dry phases—Tana River, 3800 feet, 16th

January, 1899.

“Fairly plentiful; but, if once missed, by no means an easy

insect to take” (R. C.).

The typical orange form of this species is by no means too well

represented in the Museum series,

189). | FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 971

47, TmRACOLUS CATACHRYSOPS Butl.

3, Msokani, Kitwi, 29th December, 1898.

“ Fairly common, but not an easy insect to take: a fast flier

and a desperate doubler ” (#. C.).

The single example sent belongs to the wet phase, which differs

from the dry phase in the better defined, browner, and much

darker bands on the under surface. This character, apart from

other differences, amply serves to prove its entire distinctness

from J. mutans of Southern Africa, whilst at the same time it

indicates some relationship to 7’. protomedia.

48. BELENOIS SEVERINA, Cram.

Tana River, 4th January, 1899.

Rather a curious male, having a wet aspect on the upper surface,

but the under surface characteristic of a late intermediate phase,

the black veins being feebly indicated.

49, BELENOIS MESENTINA Cram.

@, Nthatha Hill, Kitwi, 4700 feet, 3lst December, 1898 ;

3, Neugia, 30th January, 1899.

50. BELENOIS WEsTWoopI Wlier.

Tana River, 4th January, 1899.

51. PINACOPTERYX ASTARTE, sp. n. (Plate LXX. figs. 6, 7.)

The wet phase of this species, of which we received a male from

Fwambo in 1897, is not very unlike that sex of P. falkensteinii,

but has the costal margin of the primaries shorter and the outer

border more interrupted, represented only by spots at the

extremities of the first and second median branches; the costal

margin of the secondaries below is deep orange. Expanse of wings

60 millim.

The intermediate phase, of which (as well as of the male dry

phase) we received sexes in 1889 from Tanganyika, differs in the

reduction of the width of the outer border in the male and

the paler under surface. The female is bright orange, redder at

the base; the primaries with a marginal series of rather large

greyish spots becoming black externally, and a similar smaller

spot on the disk beyond the middle of the second median

interspace ; the secondaries with smaller black marginal spots at

the extremities of the nervures : below, all the spots are small and

black, and there are five tiny squamose spots across the disk of

secondaries parallel to the outer margin: body blackish above,

whitish below. Expause of wings, ¢ 63 millim., 9 61 millim.

The dry phase (now sent by Mr. Crawshay) is smaller; the

marginal blackish border of the male primaries is reduced to more

or less connected spots, the number of black spots on the secondaries

is reduced, and on the under surface those of the primaries are

absent, whilst the orange costal border of the secondaries is

972 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 28,

reduced to less than half its width. The female differs in the same

way, but retains its vivid orange colouring. Expanse of wings,

3 56-60 millim., 2 54 millim.

3d, 2, Tana River, 3800 feet, 4th & 16th January, 1899.

Of the male Mr. Crawshay writes—“ Plentiful on a bush with

a red flower, where I could have taken any number in season ; but

nowhere else have I seen this insect.” This is probably the

Eastern representative of P. pigea. [An allied species of Pina-

copteryx common in the same country, but hitherto identified with

P. orbona, is described below '.]

52. PINACOPLERYX SPILLERI Staud.

3 ¢, Tana River, 3800 feet, 4th & 16th January, 1899.

In Staudinger’s figure the under surface of the secondaries is

represented as unspotted; this is the case with the single

example taken on the 4th January ; all the others have a series

of grey spots across the disk; the tint of these wings below

varies from sulphur- to butter-yellow.

From Mr. Crawshay’s note it appears that this was taken in

company with P. astarte on the same red-flowered bush on the

river’s bank whilst he waited for his men to find a crossing to the

other side.

53. PInacoPrurYx GERDA Grose-Smith & Kirby.

Intermediate phase.— Q (shattered), Muthambi River, 4500 feet,

Ndya, 10th January; ¢ (perfect), Tana River, 16th January, 1899.

Dry phase.—¢ (shattered), Muthambi River, 6th January ;

2 (perfect), 11th January, 1899.

Of the first female Mr, Crawshay writes—‘‘ Oblong ova, of a

greenish-yellow colour”; of the second one—“ A perfect specimen

at last! The first I saw of this species was on the wet mud of

the Tana River, where—when waiting for my net—it was devoured

by a dragonfly ; the second and third which I took are both rags.

Greenish-white spike-shaped eggs.”

Professor Aurivillius questions the distinctness of this species

from P. simana, and suggests that the latter may be a seasonal

1 PrNacopTERYX VIDUA, sp.n. (Plate LXX. figs. 8, 9.)

Allied to P. orbona, which it represents in Eastern and Northern Africa: it

has well-defined seasonal phases, the wet phase being most like P. orbona ; the

male, however, has a narrower marginal border to the primaries ; the apex of

these wings and the secondaries creamy on the under surface, instead of white:

the female shows far less grey basal shading, not filling the discoidal cell ; the

discal spots are wanting from the secondaries, and the orange from the under

surface of the primaries (which is characteristic of P. larima, the female

of P. orbonain my opinion, not of Belenois thysa). Expanse of wings, d 40-

46 millim., 2 46-50 millim.

3, White Nile, Féda (Emin), and British East Africa (Gregory); 2 9,

Wasin, and British East Africa (Gregory).

Formerly I referred this species to P. ortygna (ef. P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 76), see

Aurivillius, Rhop. Zthiop. p. 411. It is certainly not P. gerda, which is more

nearly related to P. stmana.

1899.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 973

form of P. charina. I am quite sure that all collectors of South-

African species will dissent from his last suggestion, because the

wet, intermediate, and dry phases of P. charina are well known,

and (apart from size) can readily be distinguished from P. simana

by the uniform character of their upper surface at all seasons, and

by the absence of the black veins on the upper surface and the

black discal spot on the under surface of the male primaries. We

do not possess the wet phase of P. gerda, in which the outer

border attains to a width of 4 millimetres; but even the

intermediate phase has a wider border than the wet phase of

P. simana; and in all the specimens now received the grey at the

base of the primaries is rather more diffused and the black veins

are obliterated almost to the outer margin, bringing the species

nearer to P. charina excepting for the black discal spot of the male

and the absence of the dense speckling which characterizes the dry

phase of the Natal species ; the primaries in P. gerda are somewhat

shorter, and therefore less acutely triangular, than those of

P. simana.

Before leaving Pinacopteryx it is perhaps as well to point out

that ‘“ Javas venatus” proves to be a female of a species undoubtedly

referable to this genus, and apparently most nearly related to

P. likkana ; it certainly has nothing to do with Belenois.

54, HERPENIA MELANARGS, var. ITERATA Butl.

@ , Kitwi, 18th January, 1899.

* Dark yellow ova” (R. C.).

55. PAPILIO ANTHEUS, var. UTUBA Hamps.

Tana River, 3800 feet, 3rd January, 1899.

‘This, a poor specimen rather, is one of only two seen here in

as many days” (2. C.).

56. Papiuio nirzvus Linn.

Q, Undulating plains N. of Tana River, 4200 feet, 14th

January, 1899.

“By no means plentiful; the second or third only I have

seen” (ft. C.).

HESPERIIDS.

57, SARANGESA ELIMINATA Holl.

E. of Athi R., some 4300 feet alt., Kitwi, 18th December, 1898.

“ Undulating uplands, timbered with thorny scrub and very dry.

This is, I think, an insect very familiar to me in British Central

Africa.” :

Mr. Crawshay obtained examples of this ‘species at Machako’s,

in British East Africa, but not in Nyasa-land; he is probably

thinking of S. synestalmenus.

58. ERETIS DJZLALE Willer.

Clue to exact locality and date lost.

Proc. Zoot, Soo.—1899, No. LXIII. 63

974 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Nov. 28,

59, ABANTIS PARADISEA Butl.

Tana River, 3800 feet, 16th January, 1899.

“Taken on a flowering shrub in one of the hottest places and

under one of the hottest suns I have ever experienced ” (2. C.).

60. Pyraus conores Trim., var.

3 3, Kangonde, 4500 feet, Kitwi, 31st December, 1898.

“Taken when playing together, with a single stroke of the

net ” (&. C.).

These examples are blacker above and browner below than

Angolan specimens, but they are spot for spot alike in other

respects.

61. GoMALIA ELMA Trim.

Muthambi River, 4500 feet, Ndya, 12th January, 1899.

“ An insect new to me; taken in the early morning on the flags

growing on the river’s bank” (2. C.).

Mr. Crawshay obtained this insect previously at Kikuyu and

Ngongo in July and August, but it is impossible for anybody to

remember every obscure little thing that has passed through his

hands ; it surprises me that Mr. Crawshay remembers so many.

62. ACLBROS MACKENII Trim.

gd, Muthambi River, 10th & 16th January; 9, 12th

January, 1899.

3. “ Quite a new insect to me.” Q ? “ No doubt the other of

the pair which I saw of which I took the one five or six days ago

in precisely the same spot—in a cool glade in my camp close to

the stream. I have meantime each day visited the same place in

the hope of securing the other insect, but without success until now.”

9. “Taken in the early morning on the banks of the stream

about twenty yards from the spot where I took the pair” (2. C.).

Either the white spots on the primaries are sometimes almost

obliterated on the female or the example taken on the 16th January

isa male; it, however, has the white border of the secondaries almost

entirely restricted to the fringe; the body having been squeezed out

T cannot be sure that claspers are present. In my opinion it is a

female (as Mr. Crawshay evidently believed), but an aberrant

one.

63. ANDRONYMUS PHILANDER Hopff.

Muthambi River, 11th January, 1899

64. Papraona zEno Trim.

Muthambi River, 3rd January, 1899.

2. “Containing two rather large yellow spherical ova. The

only specimen of this species which I have seen” (2. C.).

65. GEGENES LETTHRSTEDTI Wllgr.

3, Muthambi River, 7th January, 1899.

P.Z.S.1899. Pl. LXX.

; PIN \ Kh 4

Ny’ Ss

PW. Fronawk del, et hth West, Newman chromo

BUTTERFLIES FROM BRIT. EB. AFRICA.

1899. ] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 975

66. BaoRIs AURITINCrUS Butl.

d, Tana River, 3800 feet, 16th January, 1899.

“Taken in my two hands and then manipulated so as to enable

me to transfix it with a thorn, after which I was able to administer

the necessary pinch” (2. C.).

67. BAoRIS MARANGA, sp.n. (Plate LXX. fig. 5.)

Not nearly related to anything known to me. Wings deep

smoky brown; the male with three unequal streaks of bronze-

brown only visible in certain lights, divided by the median vein with

its first and second branches; fringe towards anal angle of

secondaries and anal tuft paler: wings below slightly more silky

than above; primaries with an oblique series of three whitish dots

beyond the cell ; secondaries with a central patch slightly paler

than the ground-colour. Expanse of wings 32 millim.

The female chiefly differs in having five transparent spots in the

primaries—three in an oblique series beyond the cell (answering

to those on the under surface of the male), and two placed obliquely

near the base of the median interspaces; fringe towards anal angle

of secondaries and anal tuft whitish. Expanse of wings 34 millim.

Muthambi River, 4500 feet, Ndya, 7th & 10th January, 1899.

Of the male Mr. Crawshay writes, ‘ A new skipper to me;” and

of the female, “ Greenish-white spherical ova.”

This species, though unlike any other African species that I

have seen, either in collections or plates, and unrecognizable in any

published description that I have met with, is perhaps more nearly

related to B, alberti than to any other known species.

68. RHOPALOCAMPTA ANCHISES Gerst.

2, Bondoni Plains, 5400 feet, 8th December, 1898.

In the present collection Mr. Crawshay unfortunately did not

follow his usual plan of putting the exact locality on every

envelope, but in some instances referred to a number; thus :—

See no. 166, 125, or 146, place and date. Not being at all

prepared for this, I took no special note of these collector’s numbers

until I came to one of the notes, by which time no. 166 had been

incorporated and I had lost all clue to it; the others I happily

found: this will account for the absence of exact localities and

dates for several species, they are all referred to no. 166 (cf. Acrwa

cabira, Cacyreus lingeus, and Eretis djclele).

One other species was obtained by Mr. Crawshay—a possibly

new Ypthima,—but in such a shattered condition that it is neither

fit for description nor for the collection ; it is also referred to the

unlucky number.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXX.

Fig. 1. Catochrysops peculiaris, 9 (intermediate phase), p. 965.

2, 3. Chloroselas azurea, 3 9, p. 967.

4, Everes kedonga, 3, p. 967.

5. Baoris maranga, 3, p. 975.

6, 7. Pinacoptery« astarte, § 2, p. 971.

8, 9. Ff vidua, d 2, p. 972.

63*

976 DR, A, G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 28,

6. On a small Collection of Butterflies from the Nandi

District, Uganda Protectorate, Eastern side of Lake

Victoria; made by Captain Hobart, of the Grenadier

Guards. By Arrnur G. Butrer, Ph.D., F.LS.,

F.Z.S., &e.

[Received November 1, 1899.]

The collection of which this is an account is small but

interesting, the whole of the specimens having been captured by

Capt. Hobart on the march. Among them is a Cymothoe which

appears to be quite new, and of considerable interest from its

affinity to Western forms; also Planema poggei 3, and Acrea

leucographa, an extremely beautiful variation of the Western

Acrea admatha.

NYMPHALIDS&.

1. AMAURIS ALBIMACULATA Butl.

The white spots on the primaries are reduced in size in all the

specimens, but we have similar examples in tle Museum

collection.

2, CHARAXES CANDIOPE Godt.

One male example.

3. CYMOTHOE HOBARTI, sp. n.

The male above vermilion suffused with carmine, the costal

and outer margins narrowly black ; primaries with a small apical

patch and one subapical spot, sometimes continued indistinctly as

a submarginal series ; secondaries with well-defined submarginal

black spots commencing with a sagittate spot at apex and ter-

minating in an obtusely biangulated linear marking above anal

angle; abdominal border pale brown; body bronzy brown, the palpi

and under surface of antennal club tawny. The under surface is

of a sandy-brownish hue, with fleshy and weak olivaceous change-

able tints ; the general pattern is that of C. uselda, the markings

on the basal half being sharply outlined in black; the nearly

straight dividing line beyond the middle is dark rich brown in

the type, but weakly defined in a second smaller male ; the series

of A-shaped markings beyond the dividing stripe are alternately

pale pearly pink and olivaceous greyish, the outer series of the

latter tint uniting into a continuous wavy submarginal line dotted

with blackish between the nervures; the femora are whitish.

Expanse of wings 42 to 58 millim.

The female nearly resembles that sex of C. adela, excepting that

the basal area is internally suffused with olivaceous greyish and

externally with pale sandy yellowish, the discal series of sagittate

markings is weaker in the primaries and very much more so in

the secondaries; on the under surface the general appearance is

1899.] FROM THH NANDI DISTRICT. 977

even closer to that of O. adela 2 , but the central stripe is straighter

and yery dark, with the irregular series of spots which bound it

internally white, the outer border (excepting at its extremities)

sandy brown, and the discal markings very indistinct. Expanse

of wings 64 millim,

Two males and one female were obtained.

4, Precis AvRORINA Butler.

A female (very much shattered) of an example in which the

tawny band crossing the wings is nearly half as wide again as

usual. If this should be proved to be a constant difference in

Uganda specimens, it would be necessary to regard them as

representing a distinct local race.

5. PRECIS CEBRENE Trimen.

‘Two males.

6. Precis Boopis Trimen.

One shattered male.

7. Prucis cREGoRII Butler.

A pair in poor condition.

8, Crrustis pLEGANS Boisd.

A much shattered specimen.

9, EURYTELA HYARBA Fabr.

Two examples.

It is difficult to decide whether these Eastern examples should

be assigned to typical Z. hyarba or var. angustata; they seem to

vary as regards the width of the white band.

10. VANESSULA MiLCA Hewits.

An example with an unusually broad tawny band, remarkably

resembling the female of Precis aurorina in the same collection

excepting in size.

11. Pranema tatrrascrata EK, M. Sharpe.

Two males.

This is new to us.

12. ACRHA ADMATHA, var. LEUCOGRAPHA Ribbe.

Two males.

This is an extremely pretty local race of the species, which

Capt. Hobart assures me was quite common.

PAPILIONIDA,

18. NYcHITONA MEDUSA, var. IMMACULATA Auriv.

One male.

978 MR. J. Y, JOHNSON ON THE [Nov. 28,

14, TRIAS SENEGALENSIS, var. BISINUATA Butler.

One female.

15. BELENOIS MESENTINA Cramer.

A pair.

16. GLUTOPHRISSA SABA, var. ContRACTA Butler.

One male.

17. LHUCBRONIA THALASSINA Boisd.

One male.

7. Note on the Habit and Mode of Growth of the Corals

belonging to the Genus Pleurocoralliium. By James

Yate Jounson, C.M.ZS.

[Received November 2, 1899.]

In my communication to the Zoological Society on the Coralliide

of Madeira (P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 57) nothing was said as to the cause

or meaning of the peculiar habit and mode of growth of the four

known species of Plewrocorallium. Whilst the species of Corallium,

such as the red coral of the Mediterranean, branch in all directions

and put forth their polype-cells on all sides of the branches, the

Pleurocorallia ramify more or less in one plane and their polype-

cells are confined to one face of the branches.

When Dr. Gray first alluded to the matter (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 125)

he said, “‘ [have no doubt that it (the coral under description) grows

out horizontally from the rocks, and that they (the polype-cells)

arise from the upper surface of the branches.” This would appear

to have been only aconjecture; but in his Catalogue of Lithophytes

or Stony Corals in the British Museum (p. 24) he went further,

and described them as “ growing horizontally from the sides of

rocks,” witbout citing any authority for the statement. The

facts about to be mentioned seem to throw doubt on the correct-

ness of Dr. Gray’s view, and to suggest another conclusion.

In describing the only known specimen of Pleurocorallium mg-

derense (loc. cit.), 1 stated that some zoophytes of rare occurrence

at Madeira were growing parasitically upon it. Two of these were

branched specimens belonging to the genera Suberea and Stenella,

and they were seated on different parts of their host at a distance

from each other. 'The point to which I wish to draw attention is,

that both these Alcyonarians had grown in the plane of the host.

If that had extended horizontally, they too had extended hori-

zoutally. But can we suppose it possible that they would take in

1899.] GENUS PLEUROCORALLIUM. 979

growing any direction other than a vertical one, whatever might

be the position of the coral on which the embryos had settled?

May we not hold it as certain that they had grown upright, that

is towards the surface of the sea? If so, the Plewrocorallimm must

have taken the same direction.

Another piece of evidence having the same bearing is afforded

by some specimens of a simple Madreporarian coral (Desmophyllum).

All four examples were attached by their bases to the front of the

coral, but two of them had twisted themselves round and had

pushed their calyces between its branches to the other, that is the

posterior side. It is not probable that the Desmophylla would have

acted so if the supporting coral had possessed a horizontal position,

because their calyces would then have been directed downward to

the bed of the sea.

Again, it is observable that in a specimen of another species of

Plewrocorallium in my possession where a small branch by some

accident had veen broken off the living coral, it had fallen upon

the spreading base, to which it had in course of time been made

to adhere by an extension of the growing coenenchyma of the base.

It is not easy to understand how the fractured branch could have

lodged upon the base in the manner it has done unless the coral

had been upright.

In view of these facts, Ido not see how we can adopt Dr. Gray’s

hypothesis, however plausible it may appear at first sight, or come

to any other conclusion than that these corals assume in their growth

a vertical, not a horizontal position. But if this is so. what is the

meaning of the fact that the polype-cells are confined to one face

of the branches? If we suppose that the habitat of the corals is

in that part of the sea’s bed where a constant current is flowing,

it is clear that it would be more beneficial to the colonies if all their

polypes were turned towards the direction from which their food

comes, than if half of the polypes were turned in the opposite

direction. A colony will obviously obtain the largest possible supply

of nutriment when all its members face the current that carries it,

we may say, into their mouths.

To summarize what has been said: in order to account for the

fan-like mode of growth of the Pleurocorallia and the unilaterality

of the polype-cells, Dr. Gray maintained that the corals grow in

a horizontal position. As such a position is not easily reconciled

with the facts above stated, the suggestion is now put forward

that the corals grow upright in the path of a submarine current

with all their polypes opposed to the on-coming stream.

980 ON THE MOULT OF THD KING PENGUIN, [Noy. 28,

8. Further Notes on the Moult of the King Penguin (Apteno-

dytes pennanti) living in the Society’s Gardens. By

W. E. pe Winton, F.Z.S.

[Received November 24, 1899.]

Some observations on the moult of the King Penguin were

offered by me in November 1898 (see P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 900). I

am now able to supplement those notes by further important

particulars, the same bird, still alive and well in the Society’s

Gardens, having again gone successfully through the moult.

The dates given for last year were again closely adhered to, and

the succession of changes were made pretty much in the same order ;

but I am able now to explain fully the very strange appearance

of the old feathers, which were then likened to withered leaves.

The coloured portion of the sheath of the bill was shed as before.

An examination of the freshly moulted feathers showed that

the bases were unlike those of the feathers of any other bird so far

as I am aware.

Feathers of Aptenodytes pennanti.

A. Part of new feather of flipper, with old feather still attached.

B, Moulted breast-feather, showing flexible sheath attached to its base.

The quill does not end sharply witha contracted base, but is shed

with a flexible sheath attached to it (fig. B). This sheath, which is a

continuation of the outer coat of the quill, is, in the body-feathers,

as long as the naked part of the shaft. On handling the bird it

was found that its enlarged puffed-out appearance at the beginning

of the moult arose from the old plumage being actually raised, and

now adhering only to the new feathers that were growing into the

PP Z:5.1899, Pl LxXx

mee

J.Smit del .et hth

Mintern Bros

SKIN OF SMITHEMAN’S KOB

(Cobus smithemani )

1899.] ON THE SKIN OF AN ANTELOPE FROM LAKE MWERU. 981

bases of the old ones, the thin sheaths attached to the bases of the

feathers being occupied by the points of the new feathers.

All the feathers so raised had lost most of their original colour,

or lost it entirely, the yellow feathers of the neck having bleached

white, and the slate-blue feathers of the back and flippers being

dull brown or drab except at the extreme tips.

The greater part of the old plumage is removed by the bird’s

bill as soon as the new feathers upon which it is raised are

sufficiently developed to form a covering, but many feathers upon

the back and flippers may be left for a longer periad (fig. A); these

scattered feathers, adhering to the now nearly fully developed new

plumage, produce the appearance of small crinkled leaves, which

puzzled me so much last year.

The small body-feathers have a large downy aftershaft; the

quill-feathers have a naked shaft as long as the plumed portion.

The feathers of this bird are so unlike those of any other bird,

in the entire absence of a raised midrib as well asin their umbilical

portion, and the nature of the moult seems to open up such

interesting questions, that I have placed all the materials possible

in the hands of my friend Mr. W. P. Pycraft, who I hope will

shortly publish the result of investigations which he is about to

make upon these specimens.

9. Description of the Skin of an apparently new Kob Antelope

from the Neighbourhood of Lake Mweru, with Note on

a Skull and Horns of an Antelope of the same Genus.

By R. Lyprexker.

[Received November 20, 1899.]

(Plate LX XI.)

I am indebted to Mr. Rowland Ward, F.Z.S., for the oppor-

tunity of exhibiting to the Society this evening the skin of the

very handsome and apparently new species of Kob Antelope

forming the subject of the drawing (Plate LXXI.). The specimen,

which consists of a flat skin, wanting the head, feet, and the greater

portion of the tail, was obtained by Mr. F. Smitheman, F.Z.S., in

the neighbourhood of Lake Mweru, situated to the south-west of

the lower end of Lake Tanganyika. It arrived in England during

last summer, and there were hopes that the head would follow ; but

if the latter was ever despatched at all, it has evidently miscarried.

The skin has the appearance of belonging to an adult animal,

and there is every probability that it pertainedtoamale. On the

under surface there are rudimentary mamme, which indicate that

the skin must be that either of a male or of a young female. If

it were that of a young female, it would indicate that the adult

animal was of very large size; but I think it may be pretty

confidently assigned to an adult male.

‘*. From the general characters of the pelage and its coloration, and

982 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE SKIN [Nov. 28,

especially from the long shaggy hair on the nape of the neck and

the absence of a mane, the specimen may be confidently assigned to

the genus Oobus. Additional evidence in favour of this reference

is afforded by the circumstance that the long hair on the middle

line of the back is reversed from a point some distance in advance

of the loins to the withers, exactly as in the Puku (C. vardonz).

In size the animal to which the skin pertained must evidently

have been considerably larger than the species last mentioned,

and may have been more nearly comparable in this respect with

C. maria of the Bahr-el-Ghazal. In colour, the nape, the sides of

the buttocks, and thighs are bright chestnut-tawny ; the middle

line of the back, the hinder portion of the shoulders, and the

hind-quarters are the same chestnut-tawny mingled with blackish

brown; the fore part of the shoulder, a line on the under surface

of the neck, the flanks, and the front surface of the fore-limbs

and of the lower part of the hind limbs are of a deep glossy

blackish brown, the under-parts being dirty white.

The portion of the skin of the neck remaining, which seems to

have been cut off a considerable distance below the head, is

suggestive of a comparatively long-necked animal. And if this be

a correct inference, it would be natural to expect that the horns

were of a comparatively long and slender type. Now, in its dark

colour the skin is more like that of Cobus maria, of the swamps

of the White Nile, which is a species with comparatively long,

slender, and doubly curved horns ; and it is to that animal, rather

than to any other member of the genus Oobus, so far as the

materials permit of forming an opinion, that I am inclined to

consider the form represented by the skin before us most nearly

related. Altogether apart from the distance between the White

Nile and Lake Mweru, the skin under consideration is broadly

distinguished from the male of Cobus maria by the absence of the

white patch on the withers and the white line down the back of

the neck. As regards the female of the latter species, there is a

definite statement in the ‘ Book of Antelopes,’ vol. ii. p. 122,

that it is similar in all respects to the buck, except for the lack of

horns; but in the plate a female is figured without the white

saddle and neck-line '.

As there is no other Antelope of which the skin is known that

presents any close resemblance to the specimen under consideration,

and since it is certainly distinct from the male of C. maria (being

itself probably a male specimen), I take leave to regard it as

representing a new species, for which I propose the name of Cobus

smithemani ; the skin represented in the figure (Plate LX XI.) being

of course the type. The species may be provisionally defined as a

large-sized Kob, differing from every other species of the genus

except C. maria, and distinguished from the male of the latter

by the absence of the white line down the back of the neck and

the patch of the same colour on the withers, in which region the

present species is chestnut.

1 From a specimen that has recently come under my notice, the white neck-

line does not seem to be constant even in the bucks of C. maria.

1899.] OF AN ANTELOPE FROM LAKE MWERU. 983

I may now mention another piece of evidence in favour of the

relationship of this Cobus smithemani to C. maria. A corre-

spondent of Mr. Rowland Ward writes that in the neighbourhood

of Lake Mweru he has seen an Antelope very like a Situtunga,

with similarly elongated hoofs, but with horns more like those of

a Lechwi, although longer and slighter. Such a description

would admirably fit the present species, if, as I suggest, it be more

nearly allied to C. maria than to the Puku. Supposing it to have

_ elongated hoofs, I should not regard such difference as, at the

most, of more than subgeneric importance.

Skull and horns of Loder’s Puku (Cobus vardoni loderi).

Before concluding this communication, I may call attention to

the skull and horns of a Puku-like Antelope in the collection of

Sir E. G. Loder, which I first thought might belong to the same

species as the above skin. This skull and horns, of which the

locality is unknown, are shown in the accompanying drawing. The

984 ON THE SKIN OF AN ANTELOPE FROM LAKE MWERU. [Noy. 28,

specimen is essentially of the Puku type, but broadly distinguished

by the circumstance that while the skull itself is slightly shorter

than that of an average-sized Puku skull in the British Museum,

the horns are very much longer and stouter. In the Puku skull

the length from the fronto-parietal suture to the tip of the nasals,

measured in a straight line, is 8°5 inches, while in Sir E. Loder’s

specimen the corresponding dimension is but 8 inches. In the

present specimen the horns have more ridges (17) and relatively

shorter tips than any Puku horns I have seen; they measure 20°3

inches along the front curve, 8:0 inches in basal circumference,

and 8:1 inches between the tips. Now the only horns assigned

to the Puku with which I am acquainted that have anything like

these dimensions are a pair obtained by Mr. Smitheman from the

Luswesi Valley, in the neighbourhood of Lake Bangweolo, which

lies S.S.E. of Lake Mweru; these horns measuring 203 inches

along the curve, 84 in basal girth, and 123 from tip to tip’.

The wide interval between the tips I consider of no importance,

but in other respects these horns agree very closely as regards

measurements with Sir E. Loder’s specimen. And they differ

from the next specimen of Puku horns (19% in.) in Mr. Rowland

Ward’s list * by the much greater girth, the basal circumference

of the latter being 62 inches. °

Accordingly, so far as horn-measurements alone are concerned,

there would seem a probability that Mr. Smitheman’s Lake

Bangweolo skull may be specifically identical with Sir E. Loder’s

specimen. And if this be so, there arises the question whether

both are not referable to C. smithemani. But if the evidence of

the correspondent quoted above as to the Lechwi-like character

of the horns of the Antelope presumed to be identical with the

latter be reliable, this can hardly be the case. It must also be

remembered that Lake Bangweolo is a considerable distance from

Lake Mweru, so that each district (in spite of the fact that the true

Puku and Lechwi extend from the Chobi-Zambesi Valley to Lake

Mweru) may have its own particular species or race of Kob.

The matter is one of great difficulty, and I may be accused of

rashness in what I propose to do, which is to consider, for the

present, Sir E. Loder’s specimen as typifying a large-horned race

of Puku to be known as Cobus vardoni loderi, until it can be either

proved to be the same as O. smithemani or entitled to rank as a

species by itself. Whether Mr. Smitheman’s large Puku head from

Lake Bangweolo belongs to the same form may be left an open

question.

* See Rowland Ward, ‘ Records of Big Game,’ p. 189 (1899).

2 Loe. cit.

1899. ] MR. SCLATER ON OVIBOS MOSCHATUS. 985

December 19, 1899.

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1899 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of November 1899 were 123 innumber. Of these 35 were

acquired by presentation, 8 by purchase, and 1 in exchange, 78 were

received on deposit, and 1 was born in the Gardens. The total

number of departures during the same period, by death and re-

movals, was 110.

Amongst the additions attention may be specially directed to the

two Snake-Fishes (Polypterus senegalus) from the River Gambia,

obtained by Mr. J. S. Budgett, F.Z.S., during his recent expedition

to the Gambia, and presented by him on Noy. 22nd. These are

believed to be the first examples of this remarkable fish ever

brought alive to Europe.

On behalf of Mr. G. 8S. Mackenzie, F.Z.8., a photograph was

exhibited of two remarkably large tusks of the African Elephant

(Elephas africanus) recently sold at Zanzibar, and stated to

have been obtained in the district of Kilimanjaro. They

each measured, on the outside curve, 10 feet 4 inches in length,

and weighed respectively 235 lbs. and 225 Ibs.

Mr. Sclater exhibited the hind portion of the skin of a Giraffe,

which had been shot on the east bank of the Great Loangwa

River, Northern Rhodesia, in latitude 18° South, and read the

following extract from a letter on the subject addressed to him

by Mr. Alfred Sharpe, dated Zomba, June 14th, 1899 :—

“As you know, there have been from time to time reports of

Giraffes existing north of the Zambezi on the Loangwa, but no one

has been able actually to verify this until now. This skin was

sent to Mpeseni’s while I was there, the beast having been shot by

a prospector. He stated that they were not plentiful at all,

and were restricted in area, but that he had seen a herd of 35. The

skin was sent down to Capt. Chichester, and was not complete,

as it consisted of the hind-quarters only, but possibly this will be

sufficient for determination as to whether it belongs to a different

variety from the 8. African Giraffe.”

Mr. W.E. de Winton, F.Z.S., who had examined this specimen,

was of opinion that it was decidedly referable to the Southern form

(Giraffa capensis).

Mr. Sclater stated that during a recent visit to Woburn he had

had the pleasure of inspecting, under the guidance of the President,

two young male Musk-oxen (Ovibos moschatus) which had been

986 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON DENDROMYS LOVATI. [Dec. 19,

lately added to the collection. According to information kindly

supplied to Mr. Sclater by Grosserer Anton Niiss, of Troms6, these

animals had been captured on Clavering Island, near Cape Mary,

East Greenland (about 74° N. lat.) on the 16th August, 1899.

Young male Musk-ox, living at Woburn. (From a photograph taken by

H.G. The Duchess of Bedford. )

Mr. Sclater exhibited photographs of these animals taken by

the Duchess of Bedford, and stated that he believed these specimens

to be the first examples of this remarkable mammal that had

reached Europe alive.

Mr. W. E.de Winton exhibited a remarkable Mouse of the

genus Dendromys, obtained by Lord Lovat at Managatha in

Southern Abyssinia, for which he proposed the name Dendromys

lovati. This new species was of about the same size as D. typicus,

but was striped to almost the same extent as the Barbary

Mouse (Arvicanthis barbarus). Perhaps the markings would be

more easily realized if likened to those of the Chipmunks (Zamzias) :

the broad black dorsal stripe was divided by a narrow grizzled

1899.] ON THE SKULLS OF SOME MALAGASY LEMURS. 987

central line; on either side of the black stripes were pale fawn

stripes ; outside these again were black stripes. The general body-

colour was soft greyish brown. The fur was very soft, like that of

Malacothriv, so that the general effect of this colouring was

particularly pleasing. The tail was barely so long as the head and

body, and was thickly covered with short hairs.

Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited, on behalf of Mr. William

Pierpoint, a series of the horns of the Siberian Roebuck (Capreolus

pygargus) brought from the Gulf of the Obi, Siberia, and pointed

out some remarkable variations in the form and size usually

characteristic of the horns of this species.

Mr. Holding also exhibited a pair of the horns of the Altai Deer

(Cervus eustephanus) from the same district, which were mainly

interesting on account of the absence of the third tine on both

horns—a somewhat unusual case, as the third tine in this group of

Deer is the most persistent, the ‘‘bez” tine being usually

arrested.

A pair of horns, probably of the same species, also showing the

third tine absent, had been shown by Mr. H. J. Elwes at a recent

meeting of the Linnean Society and figured in the Journal of that

Society for 1899 (Zool. vol. xxvii. p. 32).

Dr. Forsyth Major, F.Z.8., exhibited several skulls of foetal

Malagasy Lemurs, partly collected by himself and partly lent to

him by the Hon. Walter Rothschild, M.P., and Prof. Charles

Stewart, F.R.S., and made the following remarks :—

All the Malagasy Lemurs, Chiromys included, exhibit a remark-

able peculiarity of their tympanic bulla, the annulus tympanicus

taking no part whatever in its conformation. This condition

is unique amongst the Mammals, if we except the Insectivorous

form Tupaia (Winge), to which I am able to add the nearly

related genus Ptilocercus. To decide the question whether this is

a primitive condition in Malagasy Lemurs, we have in the first

place to investigate how the bulla is developed. In the youngest

stage available to me for examination, the foetus of a Chiromys,

there is no trace of an osseous bulla; the completely ossified

annulus lies almost horizontally underneath the periotic. In a

second stage (Leprdolemur) ossification begins to be developed

from the lower sharp margin of the periotic, which adjoins the

annulus. In a third stage (Lepidolemur) this outgrowth appears

increased, and has a shell-like shape, with the concavity turned

outward; the annulus is gradually being uplifted by it. In a

fourth stage (Lemur rubriventer) the shell-like ossification is still

more increased, and begins to cover the median part of the

annulus ; and this state of things is still more increased in the fifth

(Lepidolemur) and sixth stage (Avahis laniger), with the result that

first the median part, and eventually the remainder of the annulus

becomes invisible when viewed from below, being shut by the periotic

988 ON SUBFOSSIL MAMMALS FROM MADAGASCAR. [Dec. 19,

In the adult (as will be seen by the skull of an adult Lemur rubri-

venter which I exhibit) the annulus is represented by a bony ring—

the size is scarcely larger than in the youngest stages —which hangs

freely in the tympanic cavity, being coalesced with the squamosum

only in one part, viz. anteriorly to the stylo-mastoid foramen.

Ontogeny thus teaches us that the annulus of the adult is not a

secondarily detached part of the bulla.

In the second place, I have to state, in connection with the above,

the important fact, that in the Tertiary Adapis the annulus

tympanicus is a free ring, independent of the bulla, absolutely as

in the Malagasy Lemurs. Besides, in the large development of the

bulla and in the conformation of the whole of the basicranium (in

the shape and position of foramina &c.), Adapis closely resembles

the Malagasy Lemurs. So that, far from agreeing with

Osborn and Wortman, who place Adapis among the “ primitive

Anthropoidea,” I now see no reason for separating it as a family

from Malagasy Lemurs.

In the Oriental and Ethiopian Lemurs both the annulus and an

outgrowth from the petrosum enter into the composition of the

bulla. In a young Myeticebus (which I exhibit) it is to be seen

that the median part of the bulla is,as in Malagasy Lemurs, formed

from an appendage of the periotic, which becomes co-ossified with

the annulus; in the specimen exhibited the suture between them

is distinctly visible. The annulus, in its turn, no longer plays the

passive part that it does in Malagasy Lemurs, but grows out laterally,

so as to form the lateral part of the tympanic cavity, which, however,

never reaches the dimensions it has in Malagasy Lemurs. I have

not, for the present, sufficient material to follow the process of

development in detail in other Malagasy Lemurs. In the skull of

a half-grown Galago, it may be seen that the composition of the

bulla is essentially the same as in Nycticebus. From the close

agreement in cranial characters between the last-named and Loris

and Perodicticus, it may be safely argued that in the development of

their bulla they also agree with Nycticebus. The same holds good

with regard to Zarsius, as shown by a young skull of Tarsius

spectrum now exhibited,

Dr. Forsyth Major also asked leave to exhibit specimens of two

subfossil Mammals from Madagascar, which would be fully described

later on; but he preferred not to delay their exhibition, as very

soon it would probably be no longer in his power to exhibit them.

Dr. Forsyth Major made the following remarks :—

This almost complete skull, together with a mandibular ramus,

represents a new species of Nesopithecus, which may be called

Nesopithecus australis, sp. nov. It is distinguished from JV. roberta

by its smaller size, by the less steep facial profile, by the position of

the lachrymal foramen situated on the margin of the orbit, and not

inside as in J. roberti, and by the slightly outward direction of the

orbits. This beautifully preserved specimen shows that the genus

Globilemur founded by me on the posterior, and Nesopithecus robert

a a

1899.] MR. W. L. SCLATER ON THE ‘FAUNA OF SOUTH AFRICA. 969

founded on the anterior part of a cranium, are one and the same

and it further shows that the skull of Vesopithecus is provided with

several features characteristic of the Malagasy Lemurs, amongst

them being the character of the bulla before described, in which

it completely agrees with them. The bulle are very spacious, and

the outer opening of the meatus auditorius being very large, the

free tympanic ring can be seen through it without difficulty.

Other features of this remarkable skull are the following :—

The orbits are open behind. The number and notation of the

teeth are the same as in JV. roberti. In the number of the upper

series the latter agrees with American monkeys, but at the same

time with the Lemurine. In the lower series the number of pre-

molars is as in the latter ; the number of incisiform teeth is two, as

in the Indrisine. On the other hand, several features presented

by J. roberti, and in a minor degree by the present species, are

decidedly those of the Anthropoidea, and scarcely a single one of

the characters considered to distinguish the Lemuroidea from the

Anthropoidea holds good in the case before us. In both thespecies

of Nesopithecus the upper incisors are not separated in the median

line; in their shape they decidedly resemble the incisors of the

Cercopithecide, the lower incisiform teeth being inserted nearly

vertically. The true molars, as previously stated (cf. Geol. Mag.

1896, p. 435), present the pattern of the Cercopithecide. The facial

profile is steep in both species ; very steep in NV. roberti, in which

the orbits are directed straight forward and the lachrymal foramen

is situated inside the orbit. These resemblances to the Monkeys

are not limited to the skull, but extend to almost every one of

the bones of the skeleton, most of which are at hand.

As the question at present stands, we have then to inquire

whether Wesopithecus is the most highly evolved of the Lemuroidea

or the lowest of the Anthropoidea—that is to say, are its Simian

characters independently acquired or not? I do not intend to enter

into this difficult question this evening, as an attempt to answer it

can only be made after a fuller description and discussion of all the

characters.

The beautifully preserved upper molar teeth of Megaladapis now

exhibited form part of a complete set of teeth recently received

from Madagascar. and agree in all particulars almost exactly with

the correspondinhg teet of Megaladapis madagascariensis, but they

are at least one-third larger, and thus indicate a huge Lemurid, the

skull of which must have had the approximate length of 330 mm.

I propose to call this new species Megaladapis insignis.

Mr. W. L. Sclater, F.Z.S., Director of the South African

Museum, Cape Town, explained the nature of a series of volumes,

contributed by various authors, which be proposed to. issue under

the title of the ‘ Fauna of South Africa.’ The first volume, which

he hoped would be ready in a few days’ time, wouid deal with the

first portion of the Passerine birds; it had been prepared by the

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1899, No. LXIV. 64.

990 MBESSRS. B. C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 19

late Dr. Arthur Cowell Stark, whose tragic death at Ladysmith on

Noy. 18th last had been recently reported. Dr. Stark, who had

spent many years in different parts of South Africa, and had

made its avitauna his special study, had, it was believed, nearly

completed a second volume containing the remaining families of

the Passeres, the MS. of which Mr. Sclater had good reason to

hope would be recovered.

Mr. Sclater had himself completed an account of the Mammals,

which was already in the printers’ hands. Other volumes on the

Reptiles, Batrachians, Fishes, and some of the groups of Inverte-

brates would follow. |

The area embraced in the ‘Fauna of South Africa’ would be

that portion of the continent which lay south of the Zambesi and

Cunéné Rivers, and would contain the English Colonies of the Cape

and Natal, Southern Rhodesia, the two Dutch Republics, and the

adjoining German and Portuguese territories.

Passing on specially to the Mammals of this area, Mr. Sclater

pointed out that, so far as his present information went, about 236

species had been hitherto recorded within these limits, but that

there could be no doubt that, especially among the smaller forms, a

great many more species remained to be added to the list by future

investigators. Mr. Sclater concluded his remarks by speaking

about some of the older travellers and collectors to whom we are

mostly indebted for our earliest knowledge of South African zoology.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Myology of the Edentata. By Brrrram C. A.

Winoiz, D.Sc., M.D., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of

Anatomy in Mason University College, Birmingham,

and F, G. Parsons, F.R.C.S., Lecturer on Human and

Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital, late

Hunterian Professor in the Royal College of Surgeons,

England.

[Received November 9, 1899. |

Part I1.—Muscius or tHe Hinyp Lime; anp SUMMARY oF

CONCLUSIONS RESPECTING THE MUSCULATURE OF THN OrpDmER.

The first part of this paper, dealing with the musculature of the

trunk, head and neck, and anterior limb, was read before this

Society on March 7th, 1899 (cf. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 314).

For convenience of reference we again append the list of animals

on the dissection of which our generalizations are founded. The

Arabic numerals before the name of each animal refer to the

mention made of it in the text, whilst the Roman numerals follow-

ing each name relate to the bibliography at the end of the paper.

Where no such numeral is affixed it may be understood that we

1399. ] HE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 991

are responsible for the dissection ourselves. We have to thank

Mr. Burne, of the Royal College of Surgeons’ Museum, London,

for kindly permitting us to use the notes of his dissection of a

specimen of Chlamydophorus.

Last of Animals.

Family BrapyPopip»#.

1. Bradypus tridactylus.

2. PP “i (Humphry, LV.)

3. af if (Macalister, XIV.)

4, - be (Meckel, XI.)

5. 3 ee (Mackintosh, X VI.)

6. 93 ts (Cuvier & Laurulard, X VIL.)

if ” ”

8. Cholepus didactylus.

9. Ms a (Humphry, IV.)

10. se a (Mackintosh, XIII.)

Family MyRMECOPHAGID#.

11. Myrmecophaga jubata *.

12. rs a (Couvreur & Bertaillon, LI.)

13. x _ (Macalister, I.)

14. Tamandua tetradactyla.

15. 4. " (Rapp, ILI.)

16. 49 8 (Cuvier & Laurillard, X VIL.)

17. Cyclothurus didactylus. (Humphry, LV.)

18. Po ef (Macalister, I.)

19. . As (Meckel, V.)

20. * a (Galton, VI.)

21. 55 Bg (Cuvier & Laurillard, X VIL.)

Family Dasypopip2.

22. Dasypus vilosus.

23. » sexcinctus. (Galton, X.)

24, is #5 (Cuvier & Laurillard, X VIL.)

25. Tatusia peba. (Macalister, VIL)

26. » sp.inc. (Meckel, XI.)

27. Chlamydophorus truncatus. (Macalister, VIL.)

28. 6 Hs (Hyrtl, XI.)

284. a (Burne, MS. notes.)

Family Manip2.

29. Manis macrura.

30. ” bP)

31. » Sp. ine.

32. » aurita. (Humphry, LV.)

33. » tricuspis. (Macalister, 1.)

3H. »» javanica. (Macalister, VIL.)

1 B.G.8. Eng. Collection.

6-4*

992 MESSRS, B. C. A, WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Dee. 19,

Family ORYCTEROPODID®.

35. Orycteropus capensis. (Galton, VIII.)

36, -e nn (Humphry, IX.)

37. 7 - (Cuvier & Laurillard, X VII.)

Ectogluteus (Gluteus mawimus) and Caudo-femoralis (Agitator

caude).—In the Bradypodide the ectogluteus rises by fascia from

the sacral and caudal spines; according to some authors from the

crest of the ilium also. As its origin is fascial, there is clearly con-

siderable scope for diversity of opinion and description on this

oint.

‘ The insertion is into the shaft of the femur from just below the

great trochanter to the middle or rather lower. No separate

eaudo-femoralis has been described in these animals, except in

Cuvier & Laurillard’s specimen (6), in which it was very small. It

seems quite probable that, in the other specimens of which de-

scriptions exist, it is fused with the ectogluteus. This hypothesis

is supported to a certain extent by the fact that im our specimen

of Cholepus (8) the muscle had a double insertion, the anterior

fibres passing to just below the great trochanter, thus obtaining

the normal insertion of the ectogluteus in mammals, whilst the

posterior fibres reached the middle and lower thirds of the femur.

Among the Myrmecophagide the ectogluteus and caudo-femoralis

can usually be separated from one another, the former passing to

the upper part of the femur and to the fascia lata, the latter to the

lower part of the bone. This was certainly the case in Myrmeco-

phaga (11) and Tamandua (14, 16) and, to a less extent, in Cyclo-

thurus (21), though most of the dissectors of this animal do not

seem to have recognized the caudo-femoralis as a separate muscle.

In the Dasypodide and Manide both the ectogluteus and caudo-

femoralis are present, though usually closely united. In Chlamy-

dophorus (28 «) the latter rose separately from the spheroma end

of the lower spheroma support. In the Orycteropodide the ecto-

gluteus is inserted into just below the middle of the femur, and the

caudo-femoralis into the lower end (37).

Tensor fascie femoris and ilio-tihalis (Sartorius)—In the

Bradypodide the ilio-tibialis is a well-marked muscle rising from

the crest of the ilium and passing to the inner side of the head of

the tibia. This applies to Bradypus (1, 4, 5, 6) and Cholepus

(8,9). The muscular fibres rising external to this and in the same

plane, instead of going to the fascia lata, accompany the ectogluteus

to the outer surface of the shaft of the femur, but we are of

opinion that they represent the tensor fasciz femoris.

In the Myrmecophagide the ilio-tibialis is distinct and has the

human attachments in Myrmecophaga (11) and Cyclothurus (17,21).

In Tamandua (14) and Cyclothurus (20) it rises from the tendon

of the psoas magnus or parvus. The tensor fascize femoris is in-

separable from the ectogluteus. In the Dasypodide both muscles

are present, but whereas the ilio-tibialis is a delicate muscle in

Dasypus (22, 23, 24), it is thick and fleshy in Chlamydophorus

1899. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA, 993

(27, 28). In the Manide (29, 32, 33) the ilio-tibialis, tensor fascize

femoris, and ectogluteus form a continuous sheet as in the majority

of mammals, but the ilio-tibialis is remarkable for the frequency

with which it is wholly or partly inserted into the inner side of the

patella. In the Orycteropodide, Galton (35) describes the ilio-

tibialis as arising from the ilio-pectinea] tubercle, and Humphry

(36) as coming from the last rib just external to the psoas.

Mesogluteus, Entogluteus, and Pyriformis.—The Edentata are

remarkable for the imperfect differentiation of the meso- and ento-

gluteus and the pyriformis, which three muscles form a large fleshy

mass. Such being the case, it is not surprising that the literature of

the subject presentsws with very varying accounts of their condition.

The fleshy mass above mentioned has the usual origin from the

outer surface of the ilium and from the fascia which also gives

origin to the ectogluteus. In Bradypus (1) and Dasypus (22) we

separated a small entogluteus with some difficulty ; it was inserted

as usual into the front of the great trochanter. In Orycteropus

(35, 37) the entogluteus was present, but Humphry says that in

his specimen (36) it was scarcely distinguishable from the meso-

gluteus. The pyriformis is generally discernible in Brudypus

(1, 4, 5, 6) and Cholepus (8, 10), rising, as usual, from the inside of

the pelvis. In Zamandua (14), Dasypus (22, 24), Chlamydophorus

(28 a), and Orycteropus (35, 36, 37) it was also clearly made out.

In all the other forms of which we have records it is described as

absent or inseparable from the mesogluteus.

Gluteus profundusand ventralis.—A gluteus ventralis (g. quartus)

was found in Zamandua coming from the whole ventral border of

the iium. This is probably the third gluteal described by Rapp

(15). It is also mentioned in Tatusia (25) and Cholepus (10), but

it does not seem to be clearly differentiated with any frequency

in the order. The gluteus profundus (g. quintus) has, so far as we

have been able to ascertain, never been seen in Edentates.

Obturator internus and Gemelli.mCuvier states in his ‘ Lecons,’

“that, in animals which have the ischium ankylosed to the

sacrum, a muscle coming from the external face of the ischium

takes the place of the obturator internus and gemelli.” This, in

our opinion, is equivalent to saying that the intrapelvic portion of

the obturator internus is absent. We found this arrangement

existing throughout the Edentata, with the exception of the

Orycteropodide, in which the typical mammalian arrangement

occurs, both gemelli and the obturator internus being recorded as

present (35,36). In one case, however, Galton (35) states that

the anterior gemellus was double, one being attached as usual, the

other coming from the posterior half of the sacral edge of the

great sacro-sciatic foramen; it seems possible that this so-called

second gemellus may really have been a pyriformis.

Obturator externus.—In the Bradypodide this muscle was present

and possessed the usual attachments in Bradypus (1, 2,4) and

Cholepus (8); but in a second specimen of the latter (10) it is

described as double, the upper part coming from the horizontal

994 MESSRS. B.C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [Dec. 19,

ramus of the pubes near the aeetabulum, the lower from the ob-

turator membrane and horizontal ramus of the pubes. In the

Myrmecophagide the muscle is present in Tamandua (14, 15) and

Cyclothurus (17,20). In the Dasypodide it is present in Dasypus

(22, 23) and Tatusia (25), and was found in Chlamydophorus (28a),

though not in the other two specimens (27,28). In the Manide

it tends to fuse with the quadratus femoris (29, 32, 33), but in one

case (54) it was quite distinct. In the Orycteropedide (35, 36) it is

present and normal.

Quadratus femoris.—This muscle is present with the usual

attachments in Bradypus (1, 4,5, 6), though Humphry failed to

find it in his specimen (2). It is also present in Cholepus (8, 10).

In Tamandua (14) among the Myrmecophagide it is present, but in

Cyclothurus (17, 20) it is described as wanting. In the Dasypodide

it is a strong, distinct, rounded mass in Dasypus (22, 23, 24), which

rises from the ischial ramus under cover of the adductor mass,

and is inserted into the posterior aspect of the lesser trochanter.

In Yatusia (25) it was absent, while in Chlamydophorus (27, 28)

it was present and triangular in shape. In the Manide the fre-

quency with which it becomes fused with the obturator externus

las already been noticed. In the Orycteropodide it was absent in

both Humphry’s and Galton’s specimens (35, 36).

Pectineus.—In the Bradypodide, Bradypus is remarkable for

the extensive insertion which this muscle possesses, as it is attached

to the whole length of the shaft of the femur (1,3). In one speci-

men (4) it consists of superficial and deep layers, and in that

figured by Cuvier & Laurillard (6) it is divided longitudinally. In

Cholepus (8,9,10) it rises from the pectineal tubercle, and is

inserted into the upper half or somewhat less of the femur. In

the Myrmecophagide, the muscle is single in Myrmecophaga (11, 12)

and Cyclothurus (17, 19,21). In the former animal it arose from

the brim of the pelvis opposite the ilio-pectineal eminence, and was

inserted into the upper two-tbirds of the shaft of the femur. It

was entirely supplied by the anterior crural nerve. In Tamandua

(14) it was double, and the part which rose superficially was in-

serted by a small tendon just above the middle of the femur. The

deeper portion was inserted above the last and in the same line

with it, reaching as high as the lesser trochanter. In another

specimen (15) Rapp describes the muscle as very thick. In the

Dasypodide the muscle seems usually to be single and small. In

the Wanide it is also small but distinct, and is inserted just below

the lesser trochanter. In one specimen of Orycteropus (35) Galton

found the pectineus double; one portion was strap-shaped and

passed from the ilio-pectineal eminence to the linea aspera, the

other part from the same origin extended to the posterior inter-

trochanteric line. In Cuvierand Laurillard’s specimen it was also

double (37), whilst in the animal dissected by Humphry it was

single (36).

Adductor femoris mass.—In Bradypus (1) the adductor longus

was distinct and, rising from the ilio-pectineal line, extended to the

1899. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 995

femur just above the internal condyle. The rest of the mass came

from the sub-pubic arch and was inserted into the middle third of

the femur. The other two specimens of which we have records

(2, 5) were dissected at a time when the presemimembranosus

was as yet unrecognized as a separate muscle, and we suspect that

the description of this muscle is included in that of the adductors.

It is worth noting that the pectineus and adductors rise as near

the middle line of the body as they can, and wrap well round

the back of the femur so as to act powerfully as external

rotators. In Cholepus (8), when the presemimembranosus is

kept separate, the adductors closely agree with those of Bradypus.

Among the Myrmecophagidte, Myrmecophaga has the mass divided

into two planes, the more superticial of which rises from the hori-

zontal ramus and anterior half of the symphysis of the pubes and

is inserted into the lower half of the femur, This part is pierced

by the branch of the obturator nerve to the posterior adductor

cruris (gracilis), and possibly, therefore, corresponds to the human

adductores longus et brevis. The more posterior part of the mass

has the same origin as the last, but lies deep to it and obtains

origin from rather more of the symphysis ; it is inserted into the

lower two-thirds of the femur, and probably corresponds to the

human adductor magnus. The whole of the adductor mass is

supplied by the obturator nerve. In Tamandua (14) two layers

can also be made out, both inserted below the middle of the femur.

Rapp (15) says of this animal that the adductors cannot be divided

into three layers. In Cyclothwrus, Humphry (17), Meckel (19),

and Galton (20) were all able to distinguish three layers, but pos-

sibly one of these was the presemimembranosus. The Dasypodide

(Dasypus 22, 23, Tatusia 25, and Chlamydophorus 27,28, 28a), all

present an indivisible adductor mass. In the Manide we were able

to make out three distinct parts, viz., (a) to the outer border of the

femur above the condyles under cover of the outer head of the

gastrocnemius (which reaches unusually high up), this is probably

adductor longus; (b) to the middle third of the femur (adductor

brevis); and (c) the most posterior (adductor magnus) to the lower

part of the femur. In other specimens (32, 33, 34) the dissectors

all agree that three layers can be seen. In the Orycteropodide

(35, 36) three layers are also described.

Adductor cruris (Gracilis)—The Bradypodide seem remarkable

for the constant presence of a double adductor cruris, but the

insertion differs from that which one is accustomed to associate

with the double condition of that muscle amongst the Mammalia.

In our specimen of Bradypus (1) the anterior adductor cruris

rose from the inner part of Poupart’s ligament, and was inserted

into the upper part of the inner surtace of the tibia. The

posterior rose from the symphysis pubis, and, after reaching the

knee, passed in front of the shaft of the tibia to be inserted into

the fascia on the outer side of the leg below, and continuous with

the insertion of the flexor cruris lateralis (biceps). Both parts

were supplied by the obturator nerve. In Cuvier and Laurillard’s

996 MESSRS, B. C, A. WINDLE AND F.G. Parsons ON [ Dec. 19,

specimen (6), the posterior muscle, instead of passing round the

front of the leg as it did in our case, wrapped round the back of

the thigh, and was inserted just below the insertion of the flexor

cruris lateralis. Humphry (2) also found the muscle double, but

Mackintosh does not seem to have noticed this condition in his

specimen. In Cholepus we have records of three specimens

(8, 9, 10), all of which agree in calling the muscle double. Among

the Myrmecophayide, Myrmecophaga (11) has a double muscle, the

anterior part of which rises from the ramus of the pubes internal

to the ilio-pectineal eminence, and is inserted into the upper

two-thirds of the cnemial crest of the tibia. The posterior part

rises from the symphysis and descending ramus of the pubes, and

is inserted below the last, into the lower part of the cnemial crest

and shaft of the tibia as low as the middle of the bone. In

Tamandua (14) the muscle rises from the sub-pubie arch, and in

section would appear V-shaped, with the apex of the V directed

mesially and its concavity including the adductor mass. Though

there is no actual line of fission along it, yet the apex of this V

clearly is equivalent to the line of separation into anterior and

posterior portions in Myrmecophaga. The wide and strong

insertion of this muscle is into more than half of the imner side

of the tibia. Rapp describes this muscle as very broad in his

specimen (15). In Cyclothurus (17, 19, 20) the muscle is single

and broad. Among the Dasypodide the adductor cruris may be

either single or double, the latter condition obtaining as far as its

insertion into the fascia of the leg frem the knee to the ankle in

our specimen (22). In another specimen (24) it was single.

Galton (X.) describes it as a-thin muscle in Dasypus (23), but

Macalister (VII.) says that it is broad in Yatusia (25). In

Chlamydophorus (27, 28 a) it is single and thin. In the Manide

the muscle may also be smmgle or double. In two cases (32, 34)

it fell under the former category, and in other two (29, 33) under

the latter. In all cases the muscle is of specially large size in this

family. In the Orycteropodide (35, 36, 37) the adductor cruris is

single and broad.

Semimembranosus.—In all the Edentates the semimembranosus

is a very constant muscle rising from the tuber ischii and part of

the ramus, and obtaining insertion into the upper part of the

internal surface of the tibia, deep to the long internal lateral

hgament. The tibial insertion is especially extensive in the

Dasypodide, and it is remarkable that in these animals the long

internal lateral ligament is attached nearly as low as the middle of

the tibia.

Presemimembranosus.—By many observers this has not as yet

been recognized as a separate muscle, some including it in the

adductor mass, others describing it with the semimembranosus.

Haughton calls it the adductor primus; Macalister, the adductor

magnus condyloidea. In our specimens of Bradypus (1) and

Cholepus (8) it was a perfectly distinct muscle, rising from the

tuber ischii, and being inserted into the femur just above the

1899. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 997

internal condyle and the inner head of the gastrocnemius.

Myrmecophaga (11, 12) and Tamandua (14, 16), amongst the

Myrmecophagide, have also perfectly distinct representatives of

this muscle; and in Cyclothurus (17, 19, 20) it is also evidently

present. Galton (20) speaks of it as a second head of the semi-

tendinosus. In the Dasypodide, Manide, and Orycteropodide the

muscle is also evidently present, but seems to be rather more

closely united with the semimembranosus.

Semitendinosus.—Vhe chief point of interest about this muscle is

the varying presence of ischial, caudal, or both heads. In the

Bradypodide, Bradypus (1, 2, 4, 5, 6) and Cholepus (8, 9, 10)

possess only the origin from the tuberosity of the ischium, the

insertion being as usual into the upper part of the internal

surface of the tibia. In the Myrmecophagide, our specimen of

Myrmecophaga (11) was especially interesting in that in it the

caudal and ischial origins remained separate right down to their

insertions, and so formed two distinct muscles. The first of these

(semitendinosus anterior) rose from the tuber ischii, and was

inserted into the internal tuberosity of the tibia just below the

insertion of the semimembranosus. The second (semitendinosus

posterior) rose from the anterior caudal vertebra, continuing the

origin of the caudo-femoralis, and was inserted into the tibia just

below the last. Both these muscles were supplied by the great

sciatic nerve. In Zamandua (14, 15) only the caudal head was

present. In Cyclothurus (17, 20, 21) the caudal head was alone

present, but in another specimen (19) the ischial head was the

only one found. Among the Dasypodide, Dasypus (22, 23) and

Chlamydophorus (27, 28a) had ouly the ischial head, but in

Tatusia (25) both ischial aud caudal heads were present. A strong

prolongation, extending to the heel, from the insertion of the

muscle was noticed in Dasypus (22). In the Mande (29, 32, 33,

34) the caudal head is always present, and in two instances (33,

24) an ischial head was also found, though it was small in the

first-mentioned specimen. In the Orycteropodide (35, 36, 37)

the ischial head alone was found, and the same prolongation to

the heel already alluded to in Dasypus was noticed. It will thus

be seen that the ischial head is alone present in the Bradypodide and

Orycteropodide ; it is also always present in the Dasypodide, though

occasionally accompanied by a caudal head. In the Manide the

caudal head is always found, and the ischial, if present, is sub-

sidiary ; while in the Myrmecophagide either ischial or caudal, or

both heads may appear. The presence of a tendinous intersection

in the muscular belly of the semitendinosus has evidently been

sought for by many of the dissectors of these animals, but so far

we have only found its presence recorded in one specimen of

Chlamydophorus (27) described by Macalister.

Flexor cruris lateralis (Biceps femoris)—Among the Brady-

podide, Bradypus (1, 2,4, 5) and Cholepus (8, 9,10) have the

muscle rising from the tuberosity of the ischium, but not from the

caudal vertebre. The insertion is usually into the fascia of the

998 MESSRS, B.C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 19,

leg, by which its fibres may be traced to the fibula and tibia in

their upper ends. In addition to this long and constant

mammalian part of the muscle, a femoral origin was found in all

the specimens of which we have records. This femoral or short

head always seems to have a very extensive origin from the shaft

of the femur, and in our specimen of Cholepus it was one of the

largest muscles in the hind limb. Its insertion is usually lower

than that of the long head, and may be connected with the tendo

Achillis ; moreover it is not always fused even at its insertion with

the long head. Among the Myrmecophagide the long head, in

our specimen of Myrmecophaga (11), rose from the ischium and

was inserted into the fascia over the upper part of the fibula.

The short head was not so large as inthe Bradypodide, and instead of

rising from the shaft of the femur, it took origin from the insertion

of the caudo-femoralis, it then crossed deeply to the long head,

forming an X with it, to be inserted into the gastrocnemius at the

point where the tendo Achillis commenced to exist’. In our

specimen of Zamandua (14) there was no femoral head, neither do

Rapp nor Cuvier and Laurillard mention one in theirs (15, 16),

though Macalister states that it is to be found in this animal. In

Cyclothurus (17, 18, 19, 20, 21) all the authorities are agreed as to

the presence of the femoral head; and Meckel (19) says that it is

inserted into the outer malleolus, an assertion with which Cuvier

and Laurillard agree. In the Dasypodide we find no indication of

a femoral head in Dasypus (22, 23, 24), Tatusia (25), or Chlamy-

dophorus (27, 28, 28a). In the Manide a femoral head was

found (29, 32, 33), while in the Orycteropodide no femoral head is

recorded by any of the observers from whom we quote.

Tenuissimus (Bicipiti accessorius).—For reasons which will

appear later, we wish to contrast the presence or absence of this

muscle with the condition of the long head of the last described

muscle. First, however, we call attention to the fact that in most

mammals the tenuissimus arises from the anterior sacral vertebra

under cover of the ecto-gluteus or caudo-femoralis and passes

down, as a narrow ribbon-like muscle, to be inserted with the

lowest fibres of the flexor cruris lateralis, i. e., with those fibres

which most nearly attain the ankle. As these fibres are often

inserted into the tendo Achillis or gastrocnemius, it is clear that

this will not be an uncommon insertion for the tenuissimus. In

the Bradypodide we noticed that the femoral head of the flexor

cruris lateralis is always present. In no specimen of Bradypus

(1, 2, 4) or Cholepus (8, 9, 10) is the presence of a tenuissimus

mentioned, while in our specimens (1, 8) we specially looked for

it and can definitely state that it was absent. Amongst the

Myrmecophagide, Myrmecophaya (11, 12) has a short head for the

flexor cruris lateralis, which, instead of rising from the femur,

comes from the surface of the caudo-femoralis. This animal has

no tenuissimus. Our Zamandua (14) had a typical mammalian

2 MM. Couvreur and Bertaillon describe an identical arrangement in their

specimen (12).

1899.] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 999

tenuissimus, but no short head of flexor cruris lateralis, and the

same condition existed in Cuvier and Laurillard’s specimen (16).

All the specimens of Cyclothurus had femoral heads for flexor

cruris lateralis, but in none of them is a tenuissimus recorded.

In the Dasypodide a short head of flexor cruris lateralis is never

found, but in Dasypus (22, 23) and Tatusia (25) the tenuissimus

was present, though not in Chlamydophorus (27, 28, 28a). The

Manide have a femoral head to the flexor cruris lateralis. In two

cases (29, 33) there was no tenuissimus, in the others its presence

is not mentioned. The Orycteropodide have no femoral head to

the flexor cruris lateralis, but Galton (85) evidently found a

tenuissimus in his specimen, though he calls it the second part of

the semimembranosus. The fact that these two muscles, the

short or femoral head of the flexor cruris lateralis and the

tenuissimus, never in our records and dissections have been found

to co-exist, made us suspect that the two muscles might be

identical. This suspicion was strengthened when we noticed how

similar the insertion of the two muscles was, the origin alone

differmg. The condition met with in our specimen of Myrmeco-

phaga (11), as well as in that of MM. Couvreur and Bertaillon

(12), makes us think that the caudo-femoralis acts as a ‘* muscle-

slide,’ down which the origin of the tenuissimus slips until it

reaches the shaft of the femur, when it becomes a short head of

the flexor cruris lateralis. Does this explain the morphology of

the femoral head of the human biceps femoris? We are not

prepared to commit ourselves to a definite statement of opinion

until we bave examined into the matter more fully, as we propose

to do at a subsequent time, but so far as the evidence before us

goes we are inclined to answer the question in the affirmative.

Quadriceps extensor cruris.—In all our dissections of Edentates

we tound the rectus rising by one broad head from the dorsal and

cephalic margins of the acetabulum, and fusing more or less with

the capsule of the hip-joint. Most of the other writers who give

any details of the origin of this muscle speak of it as single-headed.

Humpbry, however, states that in Orycteropus (36) its origin is as

in Man; though Galton, in his description of the same animal (35),

says that the rectus rises from the superior and posterior margins

of the acetabulum, not mentioning the fact that there are two

distinct heads. Our experience of myology makes us think that

in the Edentata, as in most mammals, there is one broad head, and

that in Man this head becomes differentiated into two as an

adaptation to the erect position. In other words, we believe that in

the Edentates both the acetabular and iliac heads of the rectus are

present, but that they are fused or not yet differentiated. Of the

deeper parts of the quadriceps there is little to say beyond the

fact that the quadricipitis lateralis (vastus externus) is always

very large in proportion to the mesialis (vastus internus). In

Chlamydophorus (27) Macalister found an extra head to the

lateralis rising from the ilium beneath the origin of the super-

ficialis (rectus femoris). This was not seen in the other two

1000 MESSRS, B.C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 19,

specimens (28, 28a). It is always difficult to separate the mesialis

from the profundus (crureus).

Tibialis anticus—Among the Bradypodide it is rather difficult

to determine the line of demarcation between this muscle and

the extensor hallucis, more especially as in both kinds of Sloths

the hallux is aborted. In four specimens of Bradypus (1, 4, 5, 6)

the muscle rose from the anterior surfaces of the tibia and fibula,

and was inserted into the rudimentary first metatarsal bone. In

Cholepus (8, 9, 10) the origin was the same, but the tendon,

instead of being inserted into the metatarsal, winds round the

ankle to the plantar surface of the foot, and is inserted into the

long flexor tendons. In Humphry’s specimen (9) and in our

own (8) it divided into threefslips which joined other three slips

from the flexor longus digitorum (tibialis? fibularis?), while in

Mackintosh’s animal (10) it only joined the flexor of the middle

toe. Among the Myrmecophagide, the muscle is single in

Myrmecophaga (11) and rises from the upper 2 of the tibia to

be inserted into the entocuneiform and slightly into the base of

the first metatarsal. In Tamandua (14) there were tibial and

fibular origins, and the insertion was into a sesamoid bone

on the inner side of the navicular. In Cyclothurus (17, 19, 20, 21)

there were tibial and fibular origins, and the insertion in

all cases was into the entocuneiform. Among the Dasypodide,

Dasypus (22, 23) has tibial and fibular origins, and an

insertion into the entocuneiform, but in Tutusia (25) and

Chlamydophorus (27) only the tibial origin was found. In this

family the muscle is particularly large. In the Manide (29, 32,

33) there are tibial and fibular origins, and the insertion is into the

entocuneiform and first metatarsal. In the Orycteropodide (35,

36, 37) it rises from the upper half of the tibia and from the

fibula. In Humphry’s and Galton’s specimens (35, 36) its tendon

divides, and is inserted into the first metatarsal and entocuneiform.

Extensor proprius hallucis—In the Bradypodide we found no

separate representative of this muscle in our specimen (1).

Humphry (2) and Meckel (4), however, found a small muscle

rising from the lower end of the fibula and passing to the

rudimentary first metatarsal, a condition also figured by Cuvier

and Laurillard (6). In Cholepus (8, 9, 10) a similar condition

was observed. Among the Myrmecophagide, Myrmecophaga (11)

and Tamandua (14, 15) have the muscle rising from the lower

end of the fibula and inserted into (11, 12, 14) the terminal

phalanx of the hallux, but in Rapp’s specimen (15) it also went to

the second toe. In Cyclothurus the extensor proprius hallucis is

noticed by both Humphry and Galton; but the long extensor

muscles of the foot were evidently imperfectly differentiated, for

Humphry (IV.) found the muscle joining the tendon of the

tibialis anticus, whilst in Galton’s specimen (20) it united with

that of the extensor longus digitorum. In the Dasypodide,

Dasypus (22, 23), Tatusia (25), and Chlamydophorus (27, 28 a),

the muscle always rises from the lower part of the fibula and is

1899. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA, 1001

inserted into the hallux. In the Manide (29, 32) the same

description applies, but in one case (32) a small slip was given to

the second toe as well as to the first. In the Orycteropodide (35,

36) the muscle rises rather higher up from the fibula, and in both

cases had a slip of communication with the extensor longus

digitorum.

Extensor longus digitorum.—tn the Bradypodide, Bradypus (1,

2, 4) and Cholepus (8, 9) have the usual origin from just above

the external condyle of the femur; but in Meckel’s specimen of

Bradypus (4) tibial and fibular origins were also met with. In

Brady pus the insertion is never into the toes. In our specimen (1)

the tendon divided into two slips, which were inserted into the

bases of the innermost and outermost of the three developed

metatarsal bones; it will be observed that the outermost of these

is the same muscle as the human peroneus tertius. Cuvier and

Laurillard’s figure agrees very closely with our specimen, though

they call this part of the muscle the peroneus brevis (6). In

Humphry’s specimen (2) the whole muscle was apparently

inserted into the outermost metatarsal, while in Meckel’s (4) it

went to the innermost. In Cholepus the insertion may be into

the dorsum of all three toes (8, 10), or only into the second aud

third (9). Among the Myrmecophagide, the origin is condylar in

Myrmecophaga (11) and Tamandua (14), but in Cyclothurus it rises

from the tibia only (17, 19), or the tibia and the fibula (20). The

insertion is usually into the four outer toes, though in Cuvier and

Laurillard’s figure (21) it appears as if slips only went to the third

and fourth toes, and in Couvreur and Bertaillon’s specimen of

Myrmecophaga into the three outer toes. In the Dasypodide a

femoral origin is never found, the muscle rising from the upper

part of the fibula only, and being inserted into the four outer toes.

This description applies to Dasypus (23), Tatusia (25), and

Chlamydophorus (27, 28a). In one specimen of Dasypus, however,

(22) a slip was sent to the hallux as well as the other four toes;

otherwise this specimen agreed with the rest. - In the Manide the

chief origin is from the tibia and fibula (29, 32, 33, 34), but in

some specimens (32, 34) a feeble femoral origin is found. The

insertion is into the outer three (29,33) or four (82) toes. In

the Orycteropodide (35, 36) there is the normal femoral origin,

and the insertion into the four outer toes (35, 36, 37). We have

already drawn attention to the connection with the extensor

proprius hallucis.

Extensor brevis digitorum.—In the Bradypodide this muscle

usually rises from the lower end of the fibula (1, 4, 6), but sometimes

from the tarsal bones (presumably caleaneum) (2). It generally

sends slips to all three toes (1, 2), but in one case (4) it only sent a

tendon to the inner toe. In Cholepus (8, 9,10) the muscle always

rises from the tarsus and is inserted into the long tendons of all the

toes. In the Myrmecophagide the muscle always rises from the

tarsus. In Myrmecophaga (11) and Tamandua (14,15) it sends slips

to all five toes, but in Cyclothurus (17, 19, 20, 21) only to the four

1002 MESSRS, B,C. A. WINDLE AND E.G. PARSONS ON [ Dee. 19,

outer. In the Dasypodide the origin is always tarsal (caleaneal

with occasional additional slips). In Dasypus (22, 24) the insertion

was into the second, third, and fourth digits, though in another

specimen (23) into the first, second, and third. In Tutusia (25)

its insertion was into the second, third, and fourth toes, while in

Chlamydophorus it was inserted into the four outer toes. In the

Manide the fibular origin sometimes occurs as in Bradypus, at

least this was the case in our specimen (29), though in Humphry’s

(32) it came from the tarsus. The insertion may be into the

four outer toes (32, and apparently 34), or into all of them (29),

In the Orycteropodide (35, 36) the muscle rises from the caleaneum,

and is inserted in one (37) into the three inner toes, in another

(36) into the three middle toes.

Peroneus longus.—In the Bradypodide this muscle was found

in three specimens of Bradypus (2, 4, 5) rising from the condyle

of the femur and upper part of the fibula, its insertion in all cases

being into the base of the outermost metatarsal bone. In our

specimen of Bradypus (1) we failed to find any peroneus longus at

all, aud it is absent in Cuvier and Laurillard’s plate (6). In

Cholepus (8,9, 10) the muscle only rises from the upper part of

the fibula aud is inserted into the base of the outermost metatarsal

bone ; so that in the family of the Bradypodide we think we are

able definitely to state that the peroveus longus tendon never runs

across the sole of the foot. Among the Myrmecophagide, the

rauscle rises from the tibia and fibula in Myrmecophaga (11),

from the fibula and semilunar cartilage in Tamadua (14), and from

the fibula only in Cyclothurus (17). In no member of this family

has a femoral head been found. The tendon always runs across

the sole and is inserted into the innermost metatarsal bone or

bones, into the entocuneiform, or (20) into the navicnlar. Among

the Dasypodide the muscle has patellar and fibular origins in

Dasypus (22)' and Tatusia (25), but ovly fibular in Chlamydo-

phorus (27, 28). In another specimen (28 a) of this animal there

was an additional origin from the patella. In all these animals the

tendon passes across the sole of the foot. In the Manide (29, 32,

33) the muscle rises from the fibula and passes across the sole of

the foot. In the Orycteropodide there is no definite femoral

origin, but the peroneus longus rises from the external lateral

ligament and semilunar cartilage as well as from the upper part of

the fibula. The tendon passes across the sole to the first meta-

tarsal bone. In those animals, such as the Bradypodide and

Dasypodide, which have a femoral origin for the peroneus longus,

there is a distinct external lateral ligament in addition. This

fact is of considerable importance in arriving at a conclusion with

regard to the morphology of that ligament.

Peroneus brevis.—In the Bradypodide this muscle was present

in three specimens (2, 4, 5), but was absent in the fourth (1). It

rose from the lower part of the fibula and was inserted into the

* This was also seen in another dissection at the Royal College of Surgeons.

1899. | THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 1003

base of the outermost metatarsal. In Cholepus, Humphry (9)

found the muscle as in Bradypus, but in another specimen (10) as

well as in our own (8) it was not seen. In the Myrmecophagide

the muscle is present in Myrmecophaga (11, 12), Tamandua (14,

15), and Cyclothurus (19). In Dasypus (22 and another) among

the Dasypodide the muscle rose from the outer side of the fibula

and from the external condyle. It is also present in Chlamydo-

phorus (27, 28, 28a). In the Manide (29, 32, 33) and Oryctero-

podide (35, 36) the muscle is present and normal.

Peroneit tertius, quarti et quinti digitiIt is difficult, in

reviewing the literature, to feel perfectly certain as to the identity

of these muscles. Macalister (VII.) says ‘there is no trace

whatever of a true peroneus tertius in any of the species examined,

Chlamydophorus, Tatusia, Dasypus, Bradypus, Cholepus, Orycteropus,

Pholidotus, Cyclothurus, or Tamandua. The muscles described as

such by authors are, in reality, peronei quinti.” We have little

doubt that Macalister is right in many cases, but we have some

doubt as to whether the statement applies accurately to all, since

we have seen and already described a_ typical peroneus

tertius in Bradypus. The points which, in our opinion, enable a

right decision to be arrived at in the case of a doubtful peroneus

tertius or p. quinti digiti are (a) its nerve-supply ; (6) its relation

to the ankle, whether anterior or posterior; (¢) its insertion into

the extensor tendon or into the metatarsal bone of a digit.

Unfortunately many writers fail to give details on some of these

points or on all of them, and for this reason any generalizations

which we may venture to offer must be taken with a reservation.

In the Bradypodide a well-marked peroneus tertius, inserted into

the base of the metatarsal bone, passing in front of the ankle, and

supplied by the anterior crural nerve, was found. Meckel (XI.)

and Mackintosh (XVI.) mention a peroneus quinti, which the

latter says is inserted into the tuberosity of the outer metatarsal.

In Cholepus (9, 10) a peroneus tertius is described, Humphry (9)

stating that it came from the front of the fibula and was inserted

into the bases of the two outer metatarsal bones. The relation to

the ankle is not mentioned, but from what we learn as to its origin

and insertion we are inclined to agree as to the correctness of this

denomination. It should be borne in mind that both Cholepus

and Bradypus have only three toes on the hind foot; so that a

peroneus quinti is not, so far as we have learnt the lessons of

mammalian myology, a muscle with which one would expect to

meet. In the Myrmecophayide the outer or fifth toe is always

developed, and we find that both Myrmecophaga (11) and Tamandua

(14) have a peroneus quinti digiti, but we have not been able to

satisfy ourselves as to the absence or presence of this muscle in

Cyclothurus. In the Dasypodide the peroneus quinti is present in

Dasypus (22 and another) and Chlamydophorus (27, 28 a). In the

Manide (29, 32, 33) we find no account of a peroneus quarti or

quinti. In the Orycteropodide (35, 36) all four peronei were

present, viz., longus, brevis, quarti et quinti digitorum.

1004 MESSRS, B.C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON’ [ Dec. 19,

Gastrocnemius.—Vhis muscle, amongst the Edentata, has, with

certain exceptions, the typical mammalian arrangement. In the

Bradypodide the two heads do not unite until they reach the cal-

caneum, but they are not twisted in such a way that the inner

becomes superficial and then external (cf. Journal of Anat. & Phys.

vol. xxvii. p. 414). This is true of Bradypus (1, 2) and Cholepus

(8, 9,10). In the Manide (29, 32, 33) the external head is very

large and rises a long way up the shaft of the femur—a condition

far exceeding anything which we have hitherto observed in any

other mammal. It is interesting to notice that nearly all observers

have recorded the absence of fabella except in the Orycteropodide.

Soleus —Among the Bradypodide the soleus often rises quite

low down on the fibula in Bradypus, in which animal it arose in

one case (5) from the middle, and in another (1) from the lower

third of the bone. It is inserted into the caleaneum without

joining the tendo Achillis (1, 2). In Cholepus the chief insertion

is also into the calcaneum in front of the tendo Achillis, but

Humphry noticed that some of its fibres were continuous with

those of the accessorius. Among the Myrmecophagide its origin

was chiefly from the fascia over the deep flexor muscles in

Myrmecophaga (11)*. In the last-mentioned animal, in Z'amandua

(14), and in Cyclothurus (19, 20) it is inserted as in the Bradypodide.

In the Dasypodide it seems usually to join the outer head of the

gastrocnemius, but our information is not very clear upon this point.

In the Manide (29, 32) and Orycteropodide (35, 36) its insertion

is as in the Bradypodide and Myrmecophagide. It will thus be

seen that the Edentata as an order are characterized by the

separate insertion of the soleus and the absence or incompleteness

of the tendo Achillis.

Plantaris.—This muscle is liable to a good deal of variation in

the Edentata, and is likely to be confused, on the one hand, with

the femoral head of the flexor cruris lateralis (biceps), and, on the

other, with the flexor tibialis and fibularis. In the Bradypodide

the muscle was absent in one specimen (1), but in three others (2,

4, 5) it was present as a very large muscle which rose from above

the external condyle of the femur, and was inserted into the long

flexor tendons in the sole of the foot. It is described by some

writers as an extra head of the long flexors of the toes. In

Cholepus (8, 9, 10) the muscle is absent, but the condition in this

form will be again referred to under the head of the tibialis posticus.

Among the Myrmecophagide it is present in Myrmecophaga (11) and

has the usual mammalian insertion into the plantar fascia. In

Cyclothurus (17, 19, 20) it is also present, and is inserted into the

elongated ossicle on the tibial side of the foot. This insertion is

interesting when compared with that which is found in the hand

of Pedetes (cf. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 867), in which the palmaris

longus, the serial homologue of the plantaris, is inserted into the

’ In (12) it had the generalized mammalian origin from tke baek of the head

of the fibula.

1899. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA, 1005

radial ossicle, or so-called pre-pollex. In Tamandua (14, 15) the

muscle is absent. Among the Dasypodide the plantaris rises from

the ridge above the external condyle in Dasypus (22, 23), and is

continued into the sole of the foot, where it flattens out and sends

slips to three or four of the digits, which slips are perforated by

the tendons of the flexor longus digitorum. In Tatusia (25) there

is no separate plantaris. In Chlamydophorus (27, 28, 28 a) the

tendon passes into the sole of the foot, where it divides into four

slips. In the Manide (29, 32, 33, 34) there is no separate

plantaris, it is probably fused with the very large external head of

the gastrocnemius. In the Orycteropodide (35, 36, 37) the

generalized mammalian arrangement is found ; the plantaris passes

under the tuberosity of the caleaneum, and forms a fibrous flexor

brevis digitorum for the four outer digits.

Flexor brevis digitorum.—In the Bradypodide (1, 2, 5, 9, 10),

Myrmecophagide (11, 14, 15, 17), and Manide (29, 32), the muscle

rises trom the posterior part of the lower surface of the calcaneum,

and has no connection with the plantaris when that muscle is

present. The insertion is into the three middle or four outer

digits. The tendons are usually inserted into those of the flexor

longus, instead of being perforated by the latter. The information,

however, as to the manner of ending of these tendons is very

scanty. In the Dasypodide (22, 23, 27, 28) and Orycteropodide

(35, 36, 37) the flexor brevis is a continuation of the plantaris, as

‘in most generalized mammals.

Flexores tibialis et fibularis.—In the Bradypodide these two

muscles are difficult to distinguish: in any case they coalesce

before reaching the ankle, and then divide into three tendons, which

pass to the second, third, and fourth toes respectively. This

applies to Bradypus (1, 2, 5) and Cholewpus (8, 9, 10). In some

records of Bradypus (2,5) a femoral head is also recorded, but a

consideration of the conditions has decided us to regard this as a

plantaris. Among the Myrmecophagide the two muscles are

practically inseparable ; they form a single flat tendon, which in

Myrmecophaga (12) and Twmandua (15) has a sesamoid body

where it passes into the sole of the foot. In Yamandua (14, 15)

tendons pass to all five toes, but in Cyclothurus (17, 19, 20) there

is no slip for the hallux. In the Dasypodide (22, 23, 25) the

tibial and fibular heads unite in the lower part of the leg and are

inserted into a very large sesamoid bone in the sole of the foot,

which is held in place by a fibrous band from the calcaneum, the

equivalent of the accessorius. From the front of the sesamoid

bone five tendons pass to the terminal phalanges of the five digits.

In Chlamydophorus (27) the sesamoid bone was replaced by a

cartilaginous nodule. In the Manide (22, 23, 25) the two muscles

are much more distinct, the flexor fibularis forming a very large

tendon into the inner side of which the small tendon of the flexor

tibialis is inserted. There are tendons for the four outer toes,

but none for the hallux. In the Orycteropodide (85, 36) the

flexores tibialis et fibularis fuse in the leg and from the tendon

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1899, No. LXY. 65

1006 MESSRS, B. C. A, WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 19,

slips are given off to all five toes. The tendon is joined in the

sole by a slip from the tibialis posticus accessorius.

Popliteus.—In the Bradypodide (1, 2, 4, 8, 9, 10), Myrmeco-

phagide (12, 14,17, 19, 20), and Manide (29, 32, 33, 34) this

muscle is large, occupying the upper half of the tibia; its origin

is from the outer condyle, and a sesamoid cartilage or bone is

developed in its tendon. In the Orycteropodide (85, 36) its

insertion is singularly extensive, but no sesamoid is mentioned as

having been observed. In Dasypus (22, 23) two tendons of origin

were noticed, the anterior and larger coming from the outer side

of the condyle and the external semilunar cartilage, the posterior

and smaller from the posterior part of the condyle. In Tatusia

(25) and Chlamydophorus (27, 28, 25a) this double origin was not

seen. In no member of the Dasypodide was a sesamoid cartilage

observed. The Edentata are characterized, as an order, by the

large size of their popliteus.

Tibialis posticus.—In the Bradypodide this muscle is single

and small; it usually rises from the middle or lower part of the

shaft of the tibia, and is inserted into the entocuneiform bone,

In the other families (Myrmecophagide, Dasypodide, Manide, and

Orycteropodide) the muscle is usually double, the more external

being inserted into the navicular or sometimes the entocuneiform,

whilst the other is often larger and passes to the tibial ossicle on

the inner side of the foot. This additional tibialis posticus is

called by Galton tibialis posticus secundus, and by Hyrtl tibialis

posticus accessorius.

Accessorius.—In the Bradypodide this muscle is always well

developed. Humphry states that in Cholepus (9) and Bradypus

(2) it was continuous with the tendon of the soleus. We have

carefully dissected both these animals, but found no connection

whatever between the two muscles, nor have other observers

described it. In the Myrmecophagide (11, 14, 15, 17, 20) and

Manide (29, 32, 33) it rises as usual from the lower surface of the

calcaneum, and is inserted into the conjoined deep flexors in the

sole. In Myrmecophaga (11) it is especially large. In (12) it

gives off a special slip to the hallux tendon. In the Dasypodide

(22, 23, 25, 27) there is no muscular accessorius, but its place is

taken by the fibrous band which binds the great sesamoid bone of

the sole of the foot to the under surface of the caleaneum. In the

Orycteropodide (35, 36) the muscle is also replaced by tendinous

bands from the calcaneum to the outer side of the long flexor

tendons.

Lumbricales.—In the Bradypodide we found no lumbricales in our

specimens of Bradypus (1) and Cholepus (8), and their presence

is not mentioned by other observers. In Yamandua (14) and

Cyclothurus (17), among the Myrmecophayide, they were not seen,

but Galton in another specimen of Cyclothurus found three. In

Myrmecophaga (12) there were four. The Dasypodide (22, 25, 27)

always have at least four lumbricales, and in one specimen of

Dasypus (23) Galton describes seven. In the Manide (29, 32, 34)

1899. ] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA, 1007

three lumbricales are usually found, while in the Orycteropodide

(35, 36) there are four.

Musculi breves pedis——The abductores hallucis et minimi digiti

are of course absent in the Bradypodide, but in all the other

families they are present. In the Orycteropodide, however, the

abductor hallucis is replaced by fibrous tissue. The flexor brevis

hallucis is present in all Edentates except the Bradypodide. In the

Orycteropodide (35, 36) its absence is noted, but Humphry (36)

states that it is replaced by fibrous tissue. It is present in all

other Edentata, including Cyclothurus. The abductor minimi

digiti is present in the Myrmecophagide, Dasypodide, Manide, and

Orycteropodide; it usually rises from the base of the fifth meta-

tarsal bone, instead of from the caleaneum as in most mammals,

The superficial layer of deep muscles, 7. ¢. those which lie superficial

to the deep branch of the external plantar nerve and are usually

called adductors, are wanting in the Bradypodide and Manide.

In the following animals adductores hallucis et minimi digiti were

found :—Cyclothurus (20), Dasypus (22), Tatusia (25), and Oryc-

teropus (35, 36). Tamandua (14) in addition had an adductor

indicis. The interossei are usually present as paired flexores

breves, but in the Dasypodide and Manide a differentiation into

dorsal and plantar groups is noticed; their exact arrangement,

however, differs in different specimens of the same animal.

Abdominal Muscles.

Serratus dorsalis (S. posticus).—The two portions of this muscle,

thoracis and lumbalis, seem to be but little developed in the Eden-

tata, and this statement particularly applies to the former of the

two. Amongst the Bradypodide the muscle is represented only by

a fibrous sheet in Bradypus (1), whilst in Cholepus (10) the thoracie

portion is absent, but the lumbar, attached to the lower ribs, is

present. Amongst the Myrmecophagide a fibrous representative of

the muscle was found in Zamandua (14); it is not figured, however,

in Cuvier and Laurillard’s plate of the same species (16). Dasypus

amongst the Dasypodide does not seem usually to possess any

representative of this muscle, for none was found in (22); Galton

(23) does not mention one, nor is any figured by Cuvier and

Laurillard (24). Indeed we could have asserted that there is none

but for the fact that Macalister (VI.) seems to have found a repre-

sentative of the muscle in one case. In Yatusia (25) a very feeble

thoracis was found, and a lumbalis attached to the lower four

ribs. Chlamydophorus (27, 28) had a similarly arranged lumbalis

but no thoracis. In Manis (29) a fibrous representative was alone

found. In Orycteropus (87) Cuvier and Laurillard figure a

continuous sheet extending from the third to the tenth dorsal

vertebra which appears to be an unusually well-developed

thoracis.

Rectus ventralis—This muscle in the majority of forms reaches

as high a point of attachment as the first rib, though sometimes

65*

1008 MESSRS. B.C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [Dec. 19,

it falls short of it. Amongst the Bradypodide this is particularly

the case. In Bradypus (4, 5) it reached as high as the fifth rib,

and in the latter had four tendinous inscriptions ; in another (6)

it was attached to the ribs from the fifth to the eighth, and in a

fourth (7) from the third to the seventh. In this last two

inscriptions were noted. Amongst the Myrmecophagide, Tamandua

(14) has the attachment extending up to the first rib, and three

indistinct intersections were seen. In Cyclothurus (19) the

attachment was to the eight upper ribs with three tendinous

intersections, whilst in another case (20) only the second to the

sixth ribs gave origin to the muscle. Amongst the Dasypodide

the first rib was the point of attachment in Dasypus (22), Tatusia

(26), and Chlamydophorus (27, 28). In the last-named form one

tendinous intersection was alone noticed. In Manis (29) the

attachment was from the first to the fifth rib, and in Orycteropus

(35) the highest rib was also attained. We are not inclined to

place much reliance on the number of intersections, as in small

mammals these are often very indistinct.

Obliqui abdominis externus et internus.—The former of these

muscles was in Bradypus (4) attached to the lower ribs, in (7) to

the ribs from the 6th to the 14th, and in (6) to the last six. The

condition of the internal oblique is only mentioned in the second

of these cases, where it is said to have gone to the last rib.

Tamandua (14) amongst the Myrmecophagide has the first muscle

arising from the fourth rib backward and the second from the

last five ribs. Amongst the Dasypodide, in Dasypus (22, 23) the

external oblique rises trom the ribs from the third to the seventh,

whilst in another specimen (24) it is stated to have arisen as high

up as the first. In Chlamydophorus (27) it rose from the lower

six ribs. In Manis (29) the external attained the first rib and the

internal was attached to the last six. In Orycteropus (35) the

same high attachment of the external oblique is recorded.

Psoas magnus.—This muscle seems to be always present, though

frequently very closely associated with the iliacus, a condition which

we think accounts for the fact that in one or two cases it has been

reported as absent. It is large and more or less connected with the

iliacus in the Bradypodide, Bradypus (4, 5) and Cholepus (10).

Amongst the Myrmecophagide its presence is noted in Myrmecophaga

(12), Lamandua (14), and Cyclothwrus (17). In none of these

cases is any special association with the iliacus mentioned.

Amongst the Dasypodide it arose from the sides of all the lumbar

vertebre in Dasypus (22, 23). In Tatusia (25) it is described as

inseparable from the iliacus, a condition which we think must also

have obtained in Chlamydophorus (28), where it is stated not to have

been found. In another specimen of the same (27) it is said to

have been very small, though separate from the iliacus at its origin,

where it lay as a thin strip along the side of the ilium. In the

account of a third specimen (28a) no mention is made of this

muscle, though the presence of the psoas parvus is alluded to. It

is therefore probable that here also it was inseparable from the

1899.] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 1009

liacus. In Manis (29, 31, 32) the muscle arose from the trans-

verse processes of the three lower lumbar vertebre. It is also

described as present in Orycteropus (35, 36).

Psoas parvus.—This muscle is generally present,and when present

always inserted into the ilio-pectineal tubercle as usual. In

Bradypus (1, 2, 4, 7) it seems always to be a feeble muscle, and

usually to come only from the first lumbar vertebra. In Cholepus

(10) it is described as present.

Amongst the Myrmecophagide it is noted as having been

present in Myrmecophayga (12), Tamandua (14), and Cyclothurus

(17), and in the second of these it arose from the last dorsal and

first two lumbar vertebre. Amongst the Dasypodide it arose in

Dasypus (22, 23) from the last dorsal] and first two lumbar vertebre ;

it was present, though small, in Tetusia (25), and is also noted as

present in Chlamydophorus (27, 28a). In the former of these it is

described as a strong muscle. In Manis it is always present and

strong, generally arising from five lumbar vertebre (31, 32, 33, 34).

In Orycteropus (36) it arose from the bodies of the lumbar vertebre

and also slightly from tbe last rib, and its presence is also noted

in (35).

Iliacus.—As has been mentioned above, this muscle is often

more or less fused with the psoas magnus. It also not infrequently

obtains a much larger insertion into the femur than is the case in

human myology. This is the case in Cyclothurus (17), Chlamy-

dophorus (28 a), the proximal third of the femur, Manis (32), more

than half the femur, Orycteropus (35, 36), half the femur. In

another animal of the same species figured by Cavier and Lauril-

lard (37) the iliacus was divided into two bundles, an external and

an internal.

Mypological Characteristics of the various Families of Edentata.

BRADYPODID#.

1. The dorsal part of the panniculus is feebly marked, and there

is no sterno-facialis or sphincter colli.

2. The sterno-maxillaris is absent.

3. The sterno-glossus is absent.

+. The rectus thoracis lateralis is present.

5. The splenius colli is present in Bradypus.

6. The rhomboid has uo occipital origin in Bradypus, though

there is one in Cholepus.

7. The subclavius is large.

8. The clavicular deltoid forms a cephalo-humeralis in Bradypus,

not in Cholepus.

9. Bradypus has the middle part only of the coraco-brachialis,

Cholepus the short and long portions.

10. Bradypus has humeral and glenoid heads to the flexor longus

cubiti (biceps), Cholepus the glenoid head only.

11. The extensor cubiti (triceps) has only one scapular head.

12. The flexor carpi radialis does not reach the metacarpus.

1010 MESSRS, B.C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [Dec. 19,

13.

14,

15.

16.

Bis

18.

19.

The palmaris longus is distinct.

The flexor sublimis digitorum is absent in Bradypus, feeble in

Cholepus. °

The flexor profundus digitorum has no palmar sesamoid.

The pronator quadratus is very small.

The supinator longus is usually double.

The extensor minimi digiti becomes an extensor brevis

digitorum and often rises from the carpus or metacarpus.

The extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis is inserted imto the

trapezium.

. The supimator brevis is inserted into the upper third of the

radius. Sometimes it is bilaminar in Cholepus.

. The caudo-femoralis is fused with ectogluteus.

. Pectineus is sometimes double in Bradypus.

. The adductor cruris (gracilis) is double.

The semitendinosus has only an ischial head.

. The flexor cruris lateralis (biceps) always has the short femoral

head.

96. The tenuissimus is absent.

32.

STD OVE Oo LS be

a (=) =) ie.)

12,

27. The extensor longus digitorum has a condylar origin and is

inserted into the metacarpal bones.

The extensor brevis digitorum has a fibular origin in Bradypus,

tarsal in Cholepus.

. The peroneus longus never runs across the séle, sometimes

it has a femoral origin, sometimes the muscle is absent

altogether.

. The peroneus brevis is sometimes absent.

. The gastrocnemius has no fabellee.

The plantaris is eften absent.

. The flexor brevis digitorum rises from the caleanenm.

34. The tibialis posticus is single.

. The accessorius pedis is present.

MYRMECOPHAGID A.

. The sterno-maxillaris is present.

. The sterno-glossus is present.

. The rectus thoracis lateralis is present.

. The splenius colli is absent or very slightly developed.

. The rhomboid has no occipital origin.

. The subclavius is absent,

When there is a coraco-brachialis it is only the long head

which is present.

. The flexor brevis cubiti (brachialis anticus) does not rise

from the neck of the humerus.

. The extensor cubiti (triceps) has more than one scapular

head.

. The flexor carpi radialis reaches the metacarpus.

. The palmaris longus is usually indistinct or absent.

The flexor sublimis digitorum has only one tendon.

1899.] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 1011

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

OO bo

14.

15.

The flexor profundus digitorum has an extra head from the

extensor cubiti. ‘There is no palmar sesamoid in it.

The pronator quadratus extends the whole length of the

forearm.

The supinator longus is usually double.

The supinator brevis is inserted into the lower part of the

radius.

The caudo-femoralis is usually distinct.

The adductor cruris (gracilis) is sometimes double.

The semitendinosus may be double, the ischial and caudal

heads remaining separate, or either one may alone be

present.

The femoral head of the flexor cruris lateralis (biceps) is

usually present.

The tenuissimus is present when the last-mentioned head is

absent.

. The extensor longus digitorum is usually femoral in origin,

but sometimes tibial.

. The extensor brevis digitorum ahaa has a tarsal origin.

. The peroneus longus has no femoral head and its tendon

crosses the sole.

. The gastrocnemius has no fabelle.

. The flexor brevis digitorum rises from the caleaneum.

Zita

. The accessorius is present.

The tibialis posticus is double.

DasyYPopiIp#.

. The panniculus is highly specialized for moving the carapace.

There is no definite sterno-facialis (sphincter colli).

. The depressor mandibule (digastric) is absent or small.

The sterno-maxillaria is present.

. The rectus thoracis lateralis is present and deep to the rectus

ventralis.

The splenius colli is absent.

. The rhomboideus has a large occipital origin.

. The subclavius is large.

. The clavicular deltoid does not unite with the trapezius to

form a cephalo-humeral muscle.

. The coraco-brachialis longus is always present.

. The flexor longus cubiti (biceps) may have glenoid and

coracoid heads (Dasypus), or only glenoid (Tatusia and

Chlamydophorus).

. The flexor brevis cubiti (brachialis anticus) rises from the neck

of the humerus.

. The extensor cubiti (triceps) has more than one scapular

head.

. The flexor carpi radialis sometimes fails to reach the meta-

carpus.

The palmaris longus is indistinct or absent.

The flexor sublimis digitorum has only one or two tendons.

1012 MESSRS, B. C. A, WINDLE AND F.G, PARSONS ON [Dec. 19,

16. The flexor profundus digitorum has a large palmar sesamoid

developed in it.

17. The lumbricales as a rule are absent.

18. The pronator quadratus is absent.

19. The supinator longus is always absent.

20. The extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis is inserted into the first

metacarpal bone.

21. The supinator brevis is small or absent.

22. The caudo-femoralis is separable from the ectogluteus with

difficulty.

23. The semimembranosus has a very extensive insertion into

the tibia.

24. The femoral head of the fiexor cruris lateralis is absent.

25. The tenuissimus is usually present.

26. The extensor longus digitorum never has a femoral origin.

27. The extensor brevis digitorum always has a tarsal origin.

28. The peroneus longus sometimes has a femoral origin and its

tendon always runs across the sole.

29. The gastrocnemius has no fabelle.

30. The plantaris is present.

31. The flexor brevis digitorum is the continuation of the plantaris

into the sole.

32. The flexores tibialis et fibularis have a large sesamoid bone in

the sole.

33. The tibialis posticus is double.

34, The accessorius pedis is represented only by a fibrous band.

Manip 2.

1. The panniculus is arranged as in a generalized mammal.

2. Sterno-facialis and sphincter colli are absent.

3. The sterno-maxillaris is absent.

4, The sterno-glossus is present.

5. The rectus thoracis lateralis is present and deep to the rectus

ventralis.

. The splenius colli is absent.

. The clavicular deltoid forms a cephalo-humeralis with the

trapezius.

8. The coraco-brachialis is absent.

9. The flexor longus cubiti has only a glenoid head.

10. The fiexor brevis cubiti rises from the neck of the humerus.

11. The extensor cubiti has more than one scapular head.

12. The flexor carpi radialis reaches the metacarpus.

13. The palmaris longus is usually distinct.

14. The flexor sublimis digitorum has only one or two tendons.

15. The fiexor profundus digitorum has a feeble palmar sesamoid.

16. The provator quadratus is absent.

17. The supinator longus is present or absent.

18, The extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis sometimes reaches no

farther than the trapezium.

“I oO

1899.] THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 1013

19.

20.

The supinator brevis is inserted into nearly the whole of the

radius.

The caudo-femoralis is separable from the ectogluteus with

difficulty.

. The adductor cruris is single or double.

- The semitendinosus always has a caudal head, though the

ischial may be present or absent.

. The femora] head of the flexor cruris lateralis is present.

. The tenuissimus is absent.

. The femoral origin of the extensor longus digitorum is feeble

or absent.

. The extensor brevis digitorum sometimes rises from the

fibula.

. The peroneus longus has no femoral origin and its tendon

passes across the sole.

. The gastrocnemius has no fabelle.

. The plantaris is absent.

. The flexor brevis digitorum rises from the caleaneum.

. The tibialis posticus is double.

. The accessorius pedis is present and fleshy.

ORYCTEROPODID.

. The sterno-facialis is well-marked and extends back (caudal-

wards) superficially to the pectorals to form a sternalis as in

Erinaceus and Bathyergus.

. The sterno-maxillaris is absent.

. The rectus thoracis lateralis is absent.

. The splenius colli is absent.

The rhomboideus has an occipital origin.

. The subclavius is large.

. The clavicular deltoid is a separate muscle and is inserted into

the radius.

. The coraco-brachialis longus alone is present.

. The flexor longus cubiti has only a glenoid head.

. The flexor brevis cubiti rises from the neck of the humerus.

. The extensor cubiti has more than one scapular head.

. The flexor carpi radialis reaches the metacarpus.

. The palmaris longus is indistinct or absent.

. The flexor sublimis digitorum has four complete tendons.

. The flexor profundus digitorum has no palmar sesamoid,

. The pronator quadratus extends over the whole length of the

forearm.

. The supinator longus is present.

. The extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis is inserted into the

trapezium.

. The supinator brevis is inserted into the upper half of the

radius.

. The caudo-femoralis is fairly distinct.

. The obturator internus has an intra-pelvyic portion.

22. The pectineus is often double.

23. The adductor cruris is single.

24, The semitendinosus has only an ischial head.

25. The femoral head of the flexor cruris lateralis is absent.

26. The tenuissimus is present.

27. The extensor longus digitorum has a femoral origin.

28. The extensor brevis digitorum is always tarsal in origin.

29. The peroneus longus has no definite femoral origin, its tendon

passes across the sole.

30. The gastrocnemius has fabelle.

31. The plantaris is present.

32. The flexor brevis digitorum is continuous with the plantaris

in the sole.

33. The tibialis posticus is double.

34, The accessorius pedis is fibrous.

With the object of rendering comparison more easy we have

arranged some of the more important muscles in a tabular form

(p. 1015).

We have now to consider what lessons may be learnt concerning

the relations and systematic position of the animals included in

the order of the Edentata from the study of the muscles,

Flower (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 358), in a paper on the mutual

affinities of the animals composing this order, says that ‘the two

Old-World forms Manide and Orycteropodide are so essentially

distinct from all the American families, that it may even be con-

sidered doubtful whether they are derived from the same primary

branch of mammals, or whether they may not be offsets from some

other branch, the remaining members of which have been lost to

knowledge.” In using the muscles in the endeavour to deal with

this problem, the first consideration necessary is to ascertain

whether there are any departures from the generalized arrangement

of mammalian muscles which are common to all the families of this

so-called order, for, if such exist, they are not likely to be adapta-

tions to similar conditions ot life in animals far removed in

relationship. For instance, if similar wanderings from the gene-

ralized mammalian arrangement of muscles can be found in the

Pangolin and the Sloth, these wanderings are more likely to be the

result of kinship than of an adaptive modification to meet similar

conditions of life, for few animals more dissimilar in their habits

could be imagined than these two. Everyone who has worked at

Edentate myology will at once think of two curious muscular

modifications which are not usually found elsewhere amongst the

Mammalia, namely, the rectus thoracis lateralis and the femoral

head of the flexor cruris lateralis, or biceps. Both these muscles are

present in the two families, although, so far as we know, the rectus

thoracis lateralis is never found as a distinct muscle outside the

order with which we are now concerned, whilst the short head of

the flexor cruris lateralis is only to be seen in the Edentates,

Platyrrhine Monkeys,and Anthropoids, There are other peculiarities

1015

THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA,

Sterno-maxillaris .........

Rectus thoracis lateralis.

FI. brev. cubiti (Brach. ant.)

from neck of humerus.

No. of scapular heads of

ext, long cubiti (Triceps).

Pronator quadratus ae

Supinator longus..

Ext. brev. dig, from carpus.

Adductor cruris .......... 2

Femoral head of Flex.

eruris lateralis (Biceps).

Tenuissimus...........-. aHeges

Condylar origin of Ext.

long. dig.

Fibular origin of Ext. brev.

dig.

Fabelle in gastrocnemius.

Flex. brev. digitorum.......

Tibialis posticus sie staeo dio ae

Accessorius

Bradypodide.

Absent.

Present.

Seldom.

One.

Very small.

Usualiy double.

From carpus.

Double.

Always present.

Absent.

Present,

Present in Bradypus.

Absent.

From caleis.

Single.

Flesby,

Myrimecophagide,

Present.

Nevez.

More than one.

Whole of forearm.

Usually double.

Occasionally

carpus.

Sometimes double.

Usually present.

from

Usually absent.

Usually present.

Absent.

From calcis.

Double.

Fleshy.

Dasypodide.

Present.

Always.

More than one.

Absent.

Not from carpus.

Single or double.

Absent.

Usually present.

Absent.

Absent,

Absent.

Continuous with plan-

taris.

Double.

Fibrous,

Manide.

Absent.

Present.

Always.

More than one.

Absent.

Present or absent.

Not from carpus.

Single or double.

Present.

Absent.

Feeble or absent.

Sometimes present.

Absent.

From calcis.

Double.

Fleshy.

Orycteropodide.

Absent.

Always.

More than one.

Whole of forearm

Present.

Not from carpus.

Single.

Absent.

Present.

Absent.

Present.

Continuous with plan-

taris.

- Double.

Fibrous.

1016 MESSRS, B, C. A, WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [Dec.19,

common to the two animals, such as the total absence of fabelle

from the gastrocnemius, the occasional presence of a fibular origin

for the extensor brevis digitorum pedis, and the absence of the

sterno-facialis (sphincter colli) part of the panniculus, which are

not so striking as the former two, but which, taken together, are

enough to make us think that there is a closer kinship between

the Sloths and the Pangolins than they are generally supposed to

possess. It would be easy to pick out points of similarity between

the Sloths, Ant-eaters, and Armadillos by reason of which they

differ from the generalized mammalian type, and which clearly

point to their near relationship with one another; it would also

be easy to indicate by means of its muscles that, although Manis

cannot be a very distant relation of the Bradypodide, it is more

closely allied to the Myrmecophagide and Dasypodide. When we

come to consider the Orycteropodide, however, we are more struck

with the generalized mammalian arrangement of its muscles than by

any special edentate characteristics ; the three points on which we

laid so much stress in claiming a place for the Pangolins in the

Edentate order are wanting in the Aard-vark. There is no rectus

thoracis lateralis, no femoral head to the flexor cruris lateralis, and

it has fabelle in its gastrocnemius just like any other mammal.

Tn addition to this the sterno-facialis, which in all other Edentates

is suppressed, is very strongly marked and covers a part of the

pectorals as in Erinaceus among the Insectivora and Bathyergus

among Rodentia. There are, however, a few points in which

the Aard-vark differs from most mammals and resembles the

Edentata. One of these is the presence of more than one scapular

head for the extensor cubiti (triceps), and another is the double

tibialis posticus. We have never yet seen either of these arrange-

ments in any other mammals but the Edentates; and we cannot

help regarding this animal as a link between the Edentates and the

more generalized stock from which that order has diverged. We

have read with much interest a paper by Dr. Elliot Smith (Trans.

Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. vii. pt. 7, p. 387) in which he says that

“if the brain of Orycteropus were given to an anatomist acquainted

with all the other variations of the mammalian type of brain, there

is probably only one feature which would lead him to hesitate in

describing it as an exceedingly simple Ungulate brain.” Changing

the word muscles for that of brain, this is practically our own view.

There are only one or two points which would cause us to hesitate

in describing Orycteropus as a generalized type of mammal, but

these one or two are certainly in an edentate direction. We

further read (ib. p. 8390) that d/Zanis has certain cerebral features

which point to a relationship with the American Edentate group;

a statement which strongly confirms the view which we have

already expressed.

Taking all these facts into consideration, we think that the

systematists do well to retain the order of Edentata, although the

name is certainly a misguiding appellation. We also think that

it is not wise to lay too much stress on the articulations of the

i899. | THE MYOLOGY OF THE EDENTATA. 1017

vertebre of the American forms, and to press these into a separate

order of Xenarthra to the exclusion of the Manide. The Oryctero-

podide, too, present some feeble claim to be taken into the order,

for, generalized though they are, their muscular peculiarities seem

to point, so far as we at present know, more towards the Edentata

than to any other group of mammals.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

I. Macarisrur.—* Report on the Anatomy of the Insecti-

vorous Edentates,” Trans. R. Irish Academy, xxy.

. 491.

Tis ene gr Bararrton.—-Annales Soe. Linn. Lyon,

n. Ss. Xxxvill. 1891, p. 83.

Iil. Rapp.—Anat. Untersuchungen iib. die Edentaten. Tii-

bingen, 1852.

IV. Humpary.—* On the Myology of the Limbs of the Unau,

the Ai, the two-toed Anteater, and the Pangolin,”

Journ. Anat. & Phys. iv. p. 17.

V. Mecxnn.—* Anat. des zweizehigen Ameisenfresser,”

Meckel’s Archiv, y. 1819, p. 1.

VI. Gatron.—* The Myology ot Cyclothurus didactylus,’? Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) iv. 1869, p. 244.

VII. Macarister.—*A Monograph on the Anatomy of Chlamy-

dophorus truncatus, &e.,” Trans. R. Trish Academy, xxv.

. 219.

VEEL. Genoese The Myology of the Upper and Lower Ex-

tremities of Oricteropus capensis,’ Trans. Linn. Soe.

XXvi. p. 567.

IX. Hompury.—* On the Myology of Orycteropus capensis,”

Journ. Anat. & Phys. ii. p. 290.

X. Gatron.—* The Muscles of the Fore and Hind Limbs in

Dasypus sexeinctus,” Trans. Linn. Soe. xxvi. p. 523.

XI. Mecxen.—Traité général d’Anatomie comparée, vol. vi.

XI. Hyrri.—Denkschr. d. k.-k. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Wien,

Bd. ix.

XIII. Mackintosa.—* On the Muscular Anatomy of Cholepus

didactylus,” Proc. R. Irish Academy, ser. ii. vol. ii.

. 66.

XIV. nr On the Myology of Bradypus tridac-

tylus,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) iv. 1869, p. 51.

XV. Ownn.—* On the Anatomy of the Great Anteater (Myr-

mecophaga jubata, Linn.),” Trans. Zool. Soe. iv. pp. 117,

179.

XVI. Macxiyrosu.—‘“ On the Myology of the Genus Brady-

pus,” Proc. R. [rish Academy, ser. ii. vol. i. p. 517.

XVII. Cuvier et Lavrimarp.— Planches de Myologie,’ 1849.

1018 MR, W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Dee. 19,

2. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.

Part IV. Pygopodes. By W. P. Pycrart, A.L.S.

[Received September 11, 1899.]

(Plate LX-XIT.)

ConTENTS.

i. Introductory Remarks, p. 1018. viii. The Pectoral Limb, p. 1037.

ii. The Skull of the Adult, p. 1019. ix. 'The Pelvic Limb, p. 1037.

iii. The Skull of the Nestling, p. 1028. x. Summary, p. 1041.

iv. The Vertebral Column, p. 1033. xi. Key to the Osteology of the

v. The Ribs, p. 1034. Pygopodes, p. 1042.

yi. The Sternum and Pectoral Girdle, xii. List of Works referred to or

p- 1035. consulted, p. 1044.

vii. The Pelvic Girdle, p. 1056.

i. INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.

The following account of the Osteology of the Grebes and

Divers is offered as a supplement to the very valuable memoirs of

Brandt, Beddard, Milne-Edwards, Fiirbringer, Gadow, Garrod,

D’Arcy Thompson, and others, to which the present writer is

greatly indebted. Although, perhaps, few of the facts herein set

down are really new, it is hoped that the method of their presen-

tation may succeed in bringing to light points which have hitherto

escaped notice. As usual, this work is based upon a study of

the skeletons in the Natural History Museum. These are fairly

numerous, but some genera of Grebes yet remain on our lists of

desiderata. 1 am especially indebted to Mr. Beddard for the loan

of a skeleton of “chmophorus, which is as yet unrepresented in

the Collection.

We have no embryos either of Grebes or Divers; hard-set eggs

of these would therefore be very acceptable. The only nestling-

skeletons of this suborder which we possess are two of Podicipes

eristatus, kindly furnished for the purposes of this paper by the

Hon. Walter Rothschild, M.P.

My description of the hemipterygoid of the Diver is based upon

two nearly full-grown skulls, one of which was kindly lent me by

Prof. G. B. Howes, F.R.S. Nestlings of the Diver are badly

needed. We should be grateful for help in this direction from

members of this Society, some of whom doubtless could fill up for

us these gaps.

Comparison is frequently made, throughout this paper, between

the Auks and Divers. This is in no sense to be taken as a

suggestion that these two forms are in any way related. The

points wherein the two resemble one another are many, but they

are to be regarded as instances of convergence, brought about by

similar habits of life. It is intended to make such comparisons a

special feature of this series of papers, in order that they may be

of real use to the working osteologist and paleontologist, both of

whom are frequently called upon to decide to which of two forms

1899. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE PYGOPODES. 1019

a given bone belongs, when only that portion of the skeleton, as

frequently happens, comes up for determination.

uu. THe SKULL oF THE ADULT.

The skull of the Pygopodes resembles on the one hand that of

the Alcide and the Penguins, and on the other the Rails. Its

resemblance to the two former rests chiefly upon the structure of

the palate, which in all is schizognathous, and of the deep supra-

orbital grooves, when these are present. It can at once be

distinguished from the Alcide by the holorhinal nares, which in

the Alcidz are schizorhinal, and from the Impennes by the rod-

shaped pterygoids, the inflated basitemporal platform, the laminate

maxillo-palatine processes, and the great width and shallowness of

the temporal fossa, when present. Its resemblance to the Rails

is confined to the smaller Grebes, and in these it is very striking.

The skull of the Grebe, however, is always to be distinguished

from that of the Rail by the conspicuous development of a

cerebellar prominence, similar to that of the larger Grebes, the

Divers, Penguins, and Auks. At the base of this prominence is a

well-marked deepening of the posterior region of the temporal

fossa which is never found in the Rails, where the fossa is only

barely indicated by a very shallow depression.

The Occipital Region.—The occipital condyle is more or less

reniform in the Grebes and hemispherical in the Divers, though

even here the flattened upper surface is slightly hollowed. The

form and development of the paroccipital processes resemble

those of the Penguins; they pass upwards into the lambdoidal

crest and forwards into the squamosal prominence. In the

smaller Grebes these processes are but feebly developed, being

represented only by small and somewhat inflated bosses laterad

of the base of the foramen magnum. In the Grebes, caudad of

the inner end of the lip or interior free border of the process is a

deep groove which is not present in the Divers. The supra-

occipital is not pierced by lateral fontanelles, but there is a small

median foramen above the foramen magnum in the Divers ; this

is wanting in the Grebes, and the cerebellar dome—formed by this

bone—is marked by a more or less well-defined median vertical

ridge, or low keel, forming a supraoccipital crest, differing in

this respect from both Penguins, Petrels, and Auks. This crest

joins the median sagittal crest, dividing the temporal fossc, at the

lambdoidal ridge. ,

The squamoso-parietal wings, in the Divers, rise in the form of

sharp lateral ridges for the whole height of the skull as in many

Penguins, terminating in the middle line in a more or less

diagonal expansion, which passes forwards into the median

sagittal crest. The free edges of these wings give a sharply

defined crescentic outline to the skull when seen from behind.

These wings, as in the Penguins, occupy the position of the

lambdoidal ridge.

1020 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Dec. 19,

In the Grebes, the squamoso-parietal wings do not attain to the

height of the skull. In the larger species they cease abruptly at

about halfway, a thin raised ridge running upwards from this

point to the sagittal crest representing the lambdoidal ridge.

In the smaller Grebes the squamoso-parietal wings are feebly

developed. As in the larger species, the lambdoidal ridge is

represented by a thin raised line, terminating at the sagittal

crest.

The Roof of the Cranium.—The parietal region in the Divers

and larger Grebes is impressed by wide but shallow temporal

fossee, divided, in the fully adult bird, by a narrow sagittal crest

(Plate LX XII. tig. 1). It is interesting to note that in a nearly

full-grown skull of Colymbus septentrionalis in the Museum Col-

lection this crest (Plate LX-XII. tig. 2) is represented by a broad

plate of bone, whilst in an immature C. ylacialis, apparently a

little younger than that of C. septentrionalis, inasmuch as some

sutures are yet distinct, the sagittal crest is as sharply defined as

in the adult.

In the larger Grebes the sagittal crest is sharply defined, as are

the temporal fossz. In the smaller species the anterior boundary-

line of the temporal fossa is barely visible, posteriorly the fossa is

moderately deep. The form of the fossa differs from that of the

larger species and Divers, in that it is relatively shorter from

betore backwards, the cerebellar region of the skull only slightly

projecting backwards beyond the cerebral. In the former the

backward extension of the cerebellar prominence is very marked,

more so than in the Penguins and Petrels.

The supraorbital grooves of the frontals in the Divers are

separated by a median knife-like edge; externally, they are bounded

by a broad supraorbital ledge the free edge of which is flattened,

as in many Penguins. Anteriorly, the supraorbital ledge fuses

with the posterior-dorsal limb of the lachrymal on either side.

The anterior inner border of the ledge, immediately behind the

lachrymal, is pierced by a large foramen for the passage of the

lachrymal duct.

In the Grebes, the supraorbital region of the frontals is marked

by a wide shallow median furrow; supraorbital grooves can hardly

be said to exist, being represented only by a faint excavation along

the free edge of the trontal.

The supraorbital ledge, in the Divers, posteriorly combines with

the alisphenoid, to form a prominent postorbital process. In the

Grebes, this process is only very feebly developed; moreover, this

region of the skull differs markedly in the two forms, in that, in

the Divers the postorbital process is continued forwards as the

supraorbital ledge, whilst in the Grebes the region in front of

this process is marked by a shallow depression for the insertion

of the muscles of the jaws. chmophorus seems to be the only

Grebe to which the above remarks do not apply ; in this genus the

periphery of the fossa lodging the muscle is produced outwards

into a broad shelf-like emarginate postorbital process.

1899. ] OSTECLOGY OF THE PYGOPGDES. 1021

The Base of the Skull.—The basitemporal plate of the para-

sphenoid is markedly inflated, and has a bevelled anterior border,

the free edge of which, in the Divers, is overhung by a down-

growth from the alisphenoidal wings of the parasphenoid. This,

in the Grebes, by its fusion with the free edge of the basi-

temporal plate, forms a pair of closed tubes opening on either side

of the skull, behind the quadrate, and below the squamosal pro-

minence into the aperture which serves also as the mouth of the

tympanic cavity. The inferior and posterior of these two runs

transversely across the skull, and ferms the Eustachian tubes of

the right and left sides of the head. The connection with the

choane is by means of a single median aperture immediately under

the rostrum. The anterior runs forward as a pneumatic cavity

into the body of the parasphenoid to terminate beneath the level

of the foramen opticum. In the Divers, the form of this aperture

is tubular, recalling that of the Penguins, the anterior wall of the

tube being continued outwards behind the squamosal, but in the

Grebes the anterior wall is deficient.

Mammillary processes are but feebly developed; in the Divers

the paroccipital notch is wide and shallow, it can scarcely be said

to exist in the Grebes. There is a precondylar fossa, or rather

groove, in the larger species of both families.

The parasphenoid rostrum, in both Grebes and Divers, is some-

what inflated at the base, owing to the presence of the pneumatic

cavity already described.

The Lateral Aspect of the Cranium (Plate LXXII. figs. 3-6).—

The tympanic cavity has a sharply defined aperture in the Divers

(Colymbi), by reason of the considerable lateral development of the

alisphenoidal wing of the parasphenoid. Within its mouth can

be seen, distad, two large apertures, lying immediately behind the

alisphenoidal wing just referred to: the upper is the pneumatic

aperture of the parasphenoid, the lower is the Eustachian aperture ;

caudad, and separated by a broad column of bone, lie the fenestra

ovalis and the fenestra rotunda.

The temporalis recess, so well developed in the Steganopodes and

Petrels, and to a lesser degree in the Penguins, is here represented

only in the Divers, by a moderately deep fossa; in the Grebes it

is wanting. ‘The posterior pneumatic cavity opening downwards,

behind and above the fenestra ovalis, so well developed in the

skull of the Tubinares, is wanting in both Grebes and Divers.

1 In my recent paper on the Osteology of the Penguins the temporalis recess

was described as ‘leading eventually, in the dried skull, into the cranial cavity.”

This is quite a mistake. The correct interpretation of this is as fellows :—In

many skulls, e. g. Puffinus, above the trigeminal there lies a second foramen

for the sinus transversus of the vena cephalica posterior—at times this is

coufluent with that for the trigeminal, e.g. Divers—and both these lie im-

mediately outside, below and mesiacd of the mouth of the recess in question.

In the Penguin the foramen supplementary to the trigeminal lies immediately

within the mouth of the recess, piercing its inner wall; owing to imperfect

ossification, the mouth of the foramen in the dried skin extends upwards

nearly the whole length of the recess.

Proc. Zoot, Sovc.—1899, No. LX VI. 66

1022 MR. W. P, PYCRAFT ON THE [Dec. 19,

The tympanic cavity in the Grebes is not so sharply defined as

in the Divers, owing to the slighter development of the ali-

sphenoidal wing of the parasphenoid; in other respects, however,

it closely resembles that of the Divers.

The squamosal prominence is only concerned with the suspension

of the quadrate and does not, in addition—except very imperfectly,

and only in the Divers—form the roof of a temporalis recess, as

in the Tubinares and the Impennes. The paroccipital processes

are well developed in the Colymbi, forming, as in the Impennes, a

backward continuation of the squamosal prominence; in the

Grebes (Podicipides) these processes are feebly developed, being

represented only by an abruptly truncated lamina of bone.

The temporal fosse.—In the Colymbi (Divers), and in the larger

Podicipides (Grebes), the temporal fossee are very wide and shallow

and sharply defined. They are separated in the mid-dorsal line

only by a sharp median sagittal crest. Within the confines of

the fossa, on each side, are defined the limits between the cerebral

and cerebellar regions of the skull, the squamoso-parietal wings

running transversely across the cerebellar dome, as in the Petrels,

and not, as in the Penguins, traversing the boundary line between

these two regions. In the smaller Grebes, e.g. Tachybaptes, the

temporal fossa is only faintly defined, moreover it is almost

entirely confined to the cerebral, and extends scarcely at all on to

the cerebellar dome. This is due, not to any essential difference

in the form or position of the fossa, but to the extremely slight

development of the last-mentioned dome.

The trigeminal foramen, in the Divers, lies immediately outside

the inner wall of the mouth of the fossa representing the

temporalis recess. There is no foramen for the sinus transversus

branch of the vena cephalica posterior above this as in the

Penguins and Petrels. In the Grebes the trigeminal and the

venous foramen immediately above are confluent ; it pierces the

wall of the alisphenoid immediately in front of the articular

surface for the head of the quadrate and below the anterior

border of the squamosal prominence. It lies relatively further

forwards than in the Divers, inasmuch as, in the Grebes, this

foramen and the anterior border of the squamosal prominence lie

only a short distance behind a vertical line passing through the

postorbital process; in the Divers both these points lie far behind

this line.

The orbits, in the Divers, are overarched by the supraorbital

ledges, the postorbital process bounding them posteriorly and the

lachrymal anteriorly. The perforated interorbital septum forms

a mesial partition-wall.

In the Grebes the supraorbital ledges and postorbital processes

are wanting, and the Jachrymal is very small, so that the orbit in

this group is not nearly so well defined. An osseous interorbital

septum is wanting; in the Divers a large extent of the middle

region is supplied by membrane, so that in the dried skull] the

septum is largely fenestrated.

1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE PYGOPODES. 1023

The orbitosphenoid in the Divers is completely ossified; in the

Grebes this is largely represented by membrane, so that the

anterior wall of the brain-case in the dried skull bears a more or

less considerable fenestra. In a skull of Achmophorus kindly lent

me by Mr. Beddard this fenestra is very small, the orbitosphenoid

is ossified dorsad so as to close in and form tubes for the olfactory

nerves as they leave the brain.

In the Divers the interorbital septum forms a vertical bar in

front of the optic foramen, this is wanting in the Grebes.

The ethmoidal region—The mesethmoid is indistinguishably

fused with the presphenoid ( =interorbital septum) behind, and the

parasphenoidal rostrum below; it expands dorsally as usual into a

pair of lateral aliethmoidal plates under the nasal and frontal

bones, the free edges of which curve slightly downwards under

the outer border of the frontal and along the inner border of the

lachryma]l. Its postero-dorsal border is continued backwards to

terminate in a sharp, spinous, crista-galli forming a median

partition between the olfactory nerves.

The antorbital plate in the Divers is represented by a thin ridge

of bone running from the mesethmoid outward and forward to

the lachrymal. In the Grebes this is represented by a narrow

band-shaped scroll of bone from the lower and hinder border

upwards to the nasal, immediately to the inner side of the dorsal

end of the lachrymal.

A comparison may profitably be made here between the mes-

ethmoid of the Pygopodes and that of the Impennes and Tubinares.

In the two first mentioned groups the mesethmoid is relatively

smaller than in the last, and only very slightly pneumatic.

In the Divers and Grebes its anterior border curves gently

forwards, carrying with it a pair of lateral wing-like ridges, the

whole eventually terminating in a sharply truncated border running

transversely across the skull immediately under the free end of the

nasal processes of the premaxilla. Its posterior border is deeply

hollowed by the interorbital fenestra. Its dorsal border, anteriorly,

expands into a pair of lateral aliethmoidal plates, tapering from

before backwards; posteriorly it runs backwards, in the Divers in

the form of a deep, and in the Grebes in the form of a very narrow

knife-like ridge, the free end of which terminates as a pointed

“ crista-galli ” within the olfactory fossa.

In the Impennes the form and relations of the mesethmoid

closely resemble those of the Pygopodes.

In the Tubinares, the mesethmoid differs from the forms de-

scribed on account of the fact that its upper and lower regions are

brought into sharp contrast by reason of the great pneumaticity

of the lower region, which causes the upper non-pneumatic half,

with its gently arched aliethmoidal wings, to assume a cavern-like

form, which passes backwards in a tubular manner into the

olfactory fossa. Moreover, the crista-galli takes the form of a

median pillar dividing two large tubular apertures for the

olfactory crura; whilst in the other forms the crista-galli is

66*

1024 MR. W. P. PYCRAFL ON THE [Dec. 19,

reduced to a spine-like process dividing two greatly reduced

passages for the olfactory nerves, the crura lying caudad of the

crista, and not passing on either side.

The aliethmoids are the only ectoethmoidal ossifications in

either the Impennes, Tubinares, or Pygopodes. They constitute

the antorbitai plates. In the Colymbi, when present, they

resemble in form those of the Tubinares—plates of bone jutting

out from the mesethmoid to the lachrymal, sloping obliquely

forwards and downwards. They appear, however, in the Colymbi

to be but rarely ossified, and never so well developed as in the

Tubinares. In the Podicipides their true nature is well seen.

Here, they appear as scroll-like bars of bone running continuously

backwards, downwards, and inwards from the expanded dorso-

lateral plates of the mesethmoid itself, to pass eventually into the

middle of its posterior border.

The olfactory chamber is of comparatively small size.

The lachrymal in the Podicipides is free, small in size, roughly

semilunar in shape—with the convex border forwards—and

apparently a disappearing structure. It articulates by its

superior limb with the outer border of the nasal bone. Though

conspicuous from a lateral view, it is scarcely if at all visible from

the dorsal aspect of the skull.

In the Colymbi, the lachrymal is roughly of the same shape as

in the Podicipides ; but it differs therefrom, markedly, in several

points. Its superior limb, as in the Grebes, articulates with the

nasal; but it is free only in the young bird, later it becomes

indistinguishably fused with that bone; moreover, it sends back-

wards a long spur to fuse with the supra-orbital ledge, and to

enclose with its aid a passage for the lachrymal duct, as in many

Alcide. Its lower limb, at its free end, is more or less markedly

sigmoidally curved. It is, on the whole, a larger and stronger

bone than in the Grebes.

The Cranial Cavity.—The metancephalic fossa of the Pygopodes

is relatively both longer and shallower than in the Impennes and

Tubinares, but is deeper in the Grebes than in the Divers. The

vagus foramen occupies relatively the same position as in the two

last mentioned groups; the two condyloid foramina, similarly, lie

mesio-caudad of this.

The znternal auditory meatus lies immediately under the mouth

of the floccular fossa and in front of the vagus foramen. The

abducent foramen pierces the anterior border of the fossa, passing

on either side of the pituitary fossa, and emerging in the Grebes

within the rim of the ventral border of the optic foramen, and in

the Divers caudad of the foramina for the oculomotor nerve and

internal ophthalmic artery.

The cerebellar fossa agrees with the Tubinares, and differs from

the Impennes, in its greater relative size. It lacks, however, the

transverse system of grooves and ridges representing the cere-

bellar sulci and gyri so marked a feature in this region of the skull

in the Tubinares.

1899. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE PYGOPODES. 1025

The mesencephalic fossa agrees with that of the Tubinares, in

that the groove for the sinus transversus branch of the vena

cephalica posterior (pp. 1021—2) appears as a deep tunnel excavated

out of the inner wall of the skull. It runs upwards, backwards,

and downwards, following the curve of the anterior semicircular

canal, finally piercing the wall of the supra-occipital tunnelwise,

leaving the skull by a small aperture on either side of the foramen

magnum, but much lower down than in the Impennes or Tubinares.

The Pygopodes differ from the two last imentioned groups in that

this cephalic vein enters the skull through the trigeminal foramen,

and not by a separate aperture. The floor of the fossa bears a

deep groove for the orbito-nasal] nerve.

The pituitary fossa differs conspicuously both from that of the

Impennes and of the Tubinares by its peculiar shallowness. In

the Colymbi it forms a moderately deep pit sloping gently back-

wards; but in the Podicipides it is represented only by a very

slight oblong depression, bounded on either side by a strong ridge

forming a tunnel for the abducent nerve. This pituitary ridge,

from the point where the nerve enters, is continued upwards and

outwards, to terminate at the groove for the cerebral vein, already

described. This second ridge forms the posterior boundary line

of the mesencephalic fossa. There is a well-developed dorsum

selle and prepituitary ridge in the Colymbi, the latter flattened to

form an optic platform. The pre-optic, as usual, passes on either

side into the tentorial ridge.

In the Podicipides there is no dorsum sell, the internal carotid

apertures opening directly on to the floor of the fossa.

The optic foramen in the Colymbi is bounded in front by a

vertical plate of bone, being that part of the interorbital septum

bounding the interorbital fenestra posteriorly. This plate is

wanting in the Podicipides.

The cerebral fosse in the Divers and Grebes closely resemble one

another, they both agree in that this region of the brain-cavity

is greatly depressed dorso-ventrally, as in the smaller Tubinares,

The tentorial ridge is sharply defined, particularly so in the Divers,

The bony falx, which dips down between the pallial fissures of the

brain, is not so strongly marked as in the Tubinares. There is

only the faintest indication of the bony ridge marking the position

of the Sylvian furrow such as is found in the skull of Diomedea,

and this is entirely dorsal, and not lateral as in Diomedea. Again,

the tentorial ridge of the Pygopodes and smaller Tubinares lies

horizontally to the long axis of the skull; whilst in Dzomedea, for

instance, it is almost vertical in position.

The olfactory fossc, like those of the Impennes, are extremely

small, and pass insensibly into the cerebral fossz behind; wherein

they stand strongly contrasted with the large tubular chambers

of the Tubinares. They are divided in the middle line, forwards,

by a small knife-like erista-galli. In the Tubinares, it will be

remembered, this crista-galli is columnar.

1026 MR. W. P, PYCRAFT ON THE [Dee. 19,

The Premaxilla, Nasal, and Lachrymal.

The naso-premaxillary region of the upper jaw bears a strong

superficial resemblance to the Alcide on the one hand, and certain

genera of Penguins on the other, e.g. that of Megaeudyptes. It

may readily be distinguished from the former by the form of the

nostrils, which are schizorhinal in the Alcide ; from the latter, apart

from the rest of the skull, it would be difficult to distinguish it.

The nasal, in the adult, both in the Colymbi and Pygopodes is

completely fused with the premaxilla and frontals. In the Divers

it is, furthermore, fused with the outer border of the lachrymal.

It is not deeply cleft caudad, the form of the external narial

apertures being holorhinal ; they are also, by the way, in the dried

skin pervious, there being no nasal septum.

The lachrymal is a fairly large bone in the Colymbi, with a

peculiar notch in the posterior border of its free end; in the

Podicipides, as elsewhere remarked (pp. 1024, 1031), it shows signs

of degeneration.

The Mawxillojugal Arch.

The mawilla, in the adult of both Grebes and Divers, is indis-

tinguishably fused with the~ premaxilla. The maxillo-palatine

processes are Charadriiform in type, closely resembling those of the

Alcide, being leaf-shaped, and in the Colymbi more or less

fenestrated. The antrum is very shallow. They are widely

separated in the middle line, and the palate is therefore schizo-

gnathous.

The form of these processes rather closely resembles that of

the smaller Tubinares, e. g. Pelagodroma, Procellaria, but differs

markedly from that of the larger forms, such as Puffinus for

instance. In these, it will, be remembered, the maxillo-palatine

processes do not extend backwards into the lachrymo-nasal fossa,

and are hollowed out to form‘a spacious antrum of Highmore.

The anterior end of the maxillo-jugal arch does not trend upwards

to meet the lachrymal, as in many Procellariide, but the lower

limb of the lachrymal in the Colymbi is very long, so much so as

pearly to touch the bar, and thus to completely shut off the

triangular lachrymo-nasal fossa from the orbit. The greater part

of this arch is made up by the quadrato-jugal bar.

The Vomer, Palatine, and Pterygoid.

The vomer in the Colymbi appears to be free throughout life ;

in really adult or advanced Podicipides it fuses with the palatines.

In the Colymbi it somewhat closely resembles that of the

Diomedeide, appearing knife-shaped from below and_ provided

with a pair of lateral wings along its dorsal border. It differs

from this type, however, in that it lacks the conspicuous dorso-

ventral curve. Its dorsal aspect is trough-like, and posteriorly

lodges the anterior end of the parasphenoidal rostrum.

In the Podicipides it is knife-like, and lacking the lateral wings,

1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE PYGOPODES., 1027

when seen from below. From the dorsal aspect, the trough-like

region is found to be restricted to the posterior end, immediately

underlying the anterior end of the rostrum.

The palatine (Plate LX XII. fig. 7), in its general form, and in its

relations with the vomer and maxillo-palatine processes, somewhat

closely resembles that of the Alcidee. It differs conspicuously from

that of the larger Tubinares iv its greater relative length, and in the

feebler development of the paired median and lateral keels formed

by the inner and outer borders of the palatine caudad of the maxillo-

palatine processes. Its general contour, from the ventral aspect,

may be described as rod-shaped, in front of the maxillo-palatines,

passing behind these into a shallow trough-like expansion. Seen

dorsally, the inner free edge of the expanded portion, cephalad,

rises dorsally into a scroll-shaped plate to articulate mesially with

the vomer. Seen laterally, this scroll-like dorso-lateral plate does

not fit closely up to the posterior border of an almost vertical

maxillo-palatine process as in the Tubinares, but leaves a large

space between.

The pterygoid is rod-shaped, and more or less triangular in

section. That of the Colymbi sends outwards, from the outer

border of its extreme proximal articular end, a small plate to abut

against the base of the orbital process cf the quadrate. Moreover,

it still further differs from that of the Podicipides,(1) in that it

possesses a strong inward curve, causing the pterygoids to embrace

the parasphenoidal rostrum, as in many Procellarie, from which

it differs, however, in that no glenoid articular surface is developed

for this purpose ; and (2) in that it sends forward and upward, from

the external ventral border of its extreme distal end, a delicate

claw-like process, to embrace the articular end of the palatine—

or more correctly of the anchylosed Lemipterygoid. This point

was first noticed by Coues (8).

The quadrate more nearly resembles that of the Tubinares and

Impennes than thati of the Alcide. It differs from all in the very

elongated and rod-like form of its orbital process. Its otic and

squamosal heads are sharply divided. The glenoid mandibular

surface nearly resembles that of the larger Tubinares. Its external

condyle is hollowed from before backwards; its internal condyle

may be divided into relatively large anterior and posterior facets,

meeting one another in the mid-ventral line. Immediately dorsad

of the posterior facet of the internal condyle is a sharply defined

pterapophysial facet for the articulation of the pterygoid. It is

non-pneumatic both in the Grebes and Divers, in which point it

agrees with both Impennes and Alcide, and differs from the

Tubinares, in which it is pneumatic

The Mandible.

Ts slender, elongated, and slightly recurved at the tip. It can be

more or less readily distinguished from that of other groups—such

us some Ardeide, which it somewhat closely resembles—by the

1028 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Dec. 19,

form of the coronoid. This is long, narrow, and pointed. Its

anterior half remains distinct throughout life, the posterior region

fuses with the angulare. The dentary suture also remains distinct.

In the Divers the supra-angular is pierced by a large feramen,

which remains permanently open: furthermore the jaw may be

distinguished from that of the Grebes by a deep notch situated

immediately behind the outer border of the glenoid surface for the

external condyle of the quadrate; in this last it agrees with many

Alcide. The mternal angular process is feebly developed.

The mandible of the Podicipides (Grebes) lacks the notch just

described, and the foramen piercing the supra-angular is much

reduced in size, and shut off from within by the base of the

coronoid; the internal angular process is moderately well

developed.

The Hyoid.

The hyoid of the Pygopodes differs markedly from that of the

Alcide, both in the form of the basihyal and_ basibranchial

ossifications, neither do they bear any close resemblance either to

those of the Tubinares or ot the Impennes. In each of the three

last-mentioned groups the first and second basibranchials are

anchylosed, the latter being continued backwards in the form of a

median pointed bony style between the ceratobranchials to form

the “urohyal.”. In the Pygopodes the first and second basi-

branchials appear to remain distinct throughout life.

In the Pygopodes the first basibranchial—the main body of the

bone—takes the form of an oblong plate hollowed dorsally, and

with a slight median keel ventrally. The basihyal is partly

ossified, the ceratobranchials are relatively very long, the epi-

branchials short and slender.

In the Colymbi the first basibranchial takes the form of a

flattened oval, and the anterior region of the ventral median keel

is strongly developed. The second (“urohyal’’) is apparently but

imperfectly ossified, only the very centre of the rod-shaped style

being bony. In the Museum skeletons there is no basihyal

ossification, but this may have been lost in maceration.

iii. Tue SKULL OF THE NESTLING.

For the nestling which forms the subject of the following notes

I have to thank the Hon. Walter Rothschild, who kindly provided

it specially for this purpose.

a. Cartilage-bones.

The basioceipital seen externally is linguiform ; it forms the

central portion of the occipital condyle posteriorly, and anteriorly

is underfloored by the basitemporal plate of the parasphenoid.

It joins the exoccipital by harmony suture. Internally it is

bounded laterally by the exoccipital and anteriorly by the basi-

sphenoid.

1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE PYGOPODES. 1029

The exoccipital—Externally it is bounded supero-internally by

the supraoccipital, and supero-externally by that portion of the

prootic cartilage which lodges the floccular fossa. Its internal

border is <-shaped. The posterior limb is free and bounds the

foramen magnum, the anterior runs along the outer border of the

basioccipital. Its external border has fused with the prodtic

cartilage, the boundary between the two being indicated by a

notch superiorly. The vagus foramen pierces it near its centre.

Internally, it is largely concealed by the opisthotic, only its inner

half being visible. The vagus foramen appears on this side at the

base of the opisthotic, and indicates how much of the exoccipital

is concealed by this bone.

The supraoccipital is cleft in the middle line superiorly for more

than half its length. Its ventri-lateral border is fused with the

epiotic, but the distinction between the two bones can yet be made

out. Its internal does not differ much from its external form.

The proétic appears externally in the form of an oblong mass of

cartilage separating the squamosal from the anchylosed opisthotic

and exoccipital bones. Internally its size is seen to be considerable.

Supero-dorsally it is notched to form the inferior border of the

floccular fossa. Its outer half lies immediately in front of the

squamosal, which bone it almost entirely shuts out from the inner

surface of the cranium, only a small semicircular strip of about

2 mm. being visible, and forming the floor of a groove separating

the prodtic from the parietal and alisphenoid bones. Its antero-

ventral border is linguiform and imbedded in a mass of cartilage.

Its inner lateral border is in part (superiorly) fused with the

opisthotic and in part (inferiorly) imbedded in cartilage in common

with the linguiform anterior end. The meatus internus is very

‘deep.

The epiotic is only ossified at its junction with the supraoccipital ;

the rest of the posterior vertical semicircular canal is yet carti-

laginous, and forms the superior boundary of the floccular fossa.

The opisthotic has almost completely fused with the prodtic, but

traces of the original suture still remain. It fuses posteriorly

with the exoccipital. The vagus foramen passes between its

antero-internal border and the exoccipital in front. There is no

trace of the opisthotic visible externally.

The basisphenoid is not visible externally, being underfloored by

the parasphenoidal rostrum and its basitemporal plate, with which

furthermore it has now completely fused. Below the pituitary

fossa, and that portion of the basisphenoid immediately behind it,

is a large air-sinus, and this forms the only indication of the

division between the para- and basisphenoidal regions. The

pituitary fossa forms a moderately deep pit. The dorsum selle is

yet membranous. In the adult the pituitary fossa seems to have

become almost obliterated (p. 1025). Immediately behind the

pituitary fossa the basisphenoid is marked by a deep <-shaped

notch, dividing a median portion from a pair of lateral wings.

The membrane stretched between the two wings forms the dorsum

1030 MR. W. P. PYCRAFY ON THE [Dee. 19,"

selle. This arrangement suggests an ossification of the basi-

sphenoid from three centres—a median longitudinal, running

forward to lodge the pituitary fossa, and two lateral wings. This

is a point for further investigation on fresh material.

The basisphenoid is bounded laterally by the alisphenoid,

postero-laterally by the prodtic, and posteriorly by the basi-

occipital, and anteriorly by the presphenoid.

The alisphenoid has partly fused with the orbital process of the

frontal, but is otherwise at present free. Externally it is roughly

circular in form. The posterior convex border follows the outline

of the concave anterior border of the squamosal, but the two

borders do not as yet even touch. Neither has the ossification of

its ventral border extended downwards as far as the parasphenoid.

The orbito- and presphenoids have not as yet begun to ossify.

They are represented only in the dried skeleton by a thin trans-

parent sheet of tissue—the remains of the original cartilage.

The mesethmoid is almost completely ossified and subcrescentic

in form, its convex border forwards. It extends vertically from

the parasphenoid below to the nasal above.

The qguadrate has not yet assumed its fully adult form, the distal

end of the orbital process being only cartilaginous and relatively

shorter than in the adult.

The columella is represented only by its base, which is ossified ;

the stapedial rays are not distinguishable in the dried skull.

The articulare can still be distinguished as a separate element.

b. Membrane-bones.

The parietal externally is oblong in form, with its borders

nearly straight and at right angles one with another. Immediately

above the antero-ventral angle of its anterior border it is over--

lapped by a tongue-shaped process from the frontal. Its inferior

border rests upon the dorsal border of the squamosal, than which

it is a trifle broader. Its posterior or hinder border ventrad abuts

against the epiotic, which at this point is cartilaginous, and

dorsad forms a harmony suture with the supraoccipital. Internally

the angle formed by its hinder and ventral borders is cut off from

the inner surface of the skull by a portion of the pro- and epiotic

bones.

The frontal has its hinder border nearly straight. Just above

its postero-ventral angle it sends backwards a slight linguiform

process to overlap the parietal. Its outer, ventral border caudad

extends downwards to within a short distance of the level of the

squamosal, cephalad it sends downwards a small orbital process to

overlap the alisphenoid.

The squamosal seen externally is almost quadrate in form, but

widest along its dorsal border, which, like the remaining three, is

slightly hollowed. It articulates by a close harmony suture with

the parietal. In the hollow of its hinder border there is a small

osseous nodule representing a portion of the opisthotic.

The squamosal is almost entirely excluded from the cranial

1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE PYGOPODES. 1031

cavity, being covered by the prodtic. It appears, however, as a

small semicircular tract of bone curving round the outer lateral

border of the prodtic, and bounded above by the frontal and in

front by the alisphenoid.

The nasal extends backwards to a point corresponding in the

adult with the level of the free posterior border of the anterior

portion of the fenestrate interorbital septum. The external

processes extend forwards to the anterior extremity of the

external nasal fossa. The form of the nasal cleft is holorhinal.

The posterior border of the nasal is produced backwards into a

point. In the Grebe this point is separated from its fellow of the

opposite side by a median forward extension of the frontal ; in the

Diver the two points meet in the middle line. The mesial edges

of the right and left sides are separated one from another, for a

considerable distance behind the level of the posterior narial

aperture, by the nasal processes of the premaxilla. In the adult

the extreme posterior limit of these processes is indicated by a

more or less well-marked transverse groove, corresponding with the

“nasal hinge ” in forms in which this is present.

The lachrymal in the Grebes is subcrescentic in form, and

apparently in process of degeneration. In the Divers it is still a

moderately large bone. It articulates entirely with the nasal, from

which it projects laterally, for a considerable distance on either side

of the skull, in the form of a subcrescentic backwardly directed

spur. The inner border of this spur is hollowed and forms the

anterior limit of the supraorbital groove. The extreme posterior

end of the spur anchyloses with the supraorbital ledge, which

anteriorly between itself and the inner border of the lachrymal is

deeply hollowed ; thus a large supraorbital fenestra is left for the

passage of the duct of the nasal gland. A similar supraorbital

fenestra is found also in many Charadriiform birds, e.g. Alcide.

The inferior limb of the lachrymal in the Divers extends down-

wards to within a short distance of the quadrato-jugal bar. Its

free end is deeply notched, the lower projecting backwards for a

considerable distance beyond the level of the upper limb of the

notch.

The premazilla in the Pygopodes is produced forwards into a .

point. The median cleft dividing the nasal processes does not

extend so far forwards as in the Impennes. They rest upon the

internal processes of the nasals.

The mazilla extends backwards rodwise to form the inferior

border of the anterior half of the quadrato-jugal bar, underlying the

jugal, and forwards as a long triangular splint below the maxillary

process of the premaxilla. It is bounded on its inner side by the

palatine. The maxillo-palatine process takes the form of a concavo-

‘convex lamella, which in the Colymbi extends further backwards

into the lachrymo-nasal fossa than in the Podicipides. There is

never more than a vestige of the antrum of Highmore.

The jugal takes the usual elongated splint-like form. It over-

lies the maxilla anteriorly and the quadrato-jugal posteriorly.

1032 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Dec. 19,

The guadrato-jugal extends forwards beyond the middle of the

quadrato-jugal bar, passing to the inner side both of the jugal and

maxilla. It articulates posteriorly with the quadrate, fitting into

a deep cup-shaped cavity.

The vomer in the Colymbi articulates with the hemipterygoid

posteriorly, and with the palatine by means of its dorsal border.

In the Podicipides, in our Museum skeleton, the relations of the

vomer to the hemipterygoid are not easily made out, owing to the

fact that the hemipterygoid has not yet split off from the pterygoid

(p. 1026).

the palatine is of great length, extending forwards as a long

slender rod to within a short distance of the tip of the jaw.

Posteriorly it is more orless grooved along its ventral aspect ; from

its inner dorsal border there arises caudad a leaf-like plate of bone

turning inwards towards the middle line, the free border of which

articulates with the superior border of the posterior end of the

vomer.

The pterygoid, in so far as its general form is concerned, has

been already described. We are concerned here only with the

segmentation of its anterior end to form the

Hemipterygoid.—This can best be studied in the Colymbi. Here

it bears a very close resemblance to that of the Impennes. In the

skulls of two Divers in the Museum Collection the segmentation

between the pterygoid and hemipterygoid is not only complete, but

a perfect joint has formed between the two. The hemipterygoid

itself has not yet fused with the palatine, but articulates with it by

suture. Its form is that of a short triradiate spike extending

forwards above the proximal end of the palatine, which underfloors

it, to overlap the extreme posterior end of the vomer, which, as

previously remarked, articulates for the most part with the palatine.

In the Grebe, in the youngest skulls, segmentation has not yet

taken place ; but at the point where this is about to happen there

is an indication of a fracture, having jagged edges similar to that

figured and described recently in the Impennes, only that in this

case the separation is less distinct. In a nearly adult Grebe the

form and relations of the hemipterygoid agree exactly with those

of the Diver just described.

In the Tubinares, it will be remembered, the form of the

hemipterygoid differed from that just described.

The dentary does not appear to undergo any appreciable change

of form between nestling and adult periods.

The splenial is precisely similar in form, both in Grebes and

Divers. It resembles a flattened cone, the base contributing to

form the ventral border of the jaw.

The coronotd is at first rod-shaped, then turns abruptly upwards

and expands into a flattened trowel-shaped blade, which remains

more or less distinct throughout life.

The angulare is only just distinguishable as an independent bone.

The supra-angulare can be distinguished as a separate bone only

in the youngest of the Grebes in the Museum Collection,

1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE PYGOPODES. 1033

iv. THe VERTEBRAL CoLUMN.

The vertebre seem to resemble those of the Steganopodes more

nearly than of any other group, and, amongst the Steganopodes,

they most nearly approach those of Phalacrocorax. They are quite

different from those of the Impennes or Tubinares. They can,

however, be at once distinguished from those of Phalacrocorax,

in that the thoracic vertebre are heteroccelous ; but they differ also

in other respects.

The odontoid ligament of the atlas is not ossified. The neural

arches of the anterior cervicals are not, like those of the Impennes

and Tubinares, deeply notched posteriorly. Inthe Colymbithey are

sharply truncated and very broad, in the Podicipides they are, as

in Phalacrocorax, marke.| by a slight notch ; this notch, however, is

cut out of the coalesced bases of a pair of hyperapophyses and lies

behind the postzygapophyses; ordinarily such a notch is formed

by cutting away the neural arch itself so as to leave the post-

zygapophyses as a pair of articular surfaces, each at the termination

of a A-shaped fork. The hyperapophyses of these vertebre in the

Divers take the form of stout pillars, grooved ‘at the top. In the

Grebes the pillars become mere tubercles placed close together and

deeply grooved superiorly. In this they resemble the vertebra

in the same region of Phalacrocorax. The neural arches of the

posterior cervicals do not present any very noticeable features.

In the Colymbi the 5th to the 10th vertebre bear catapophyses,

which, rapidly converging, give place to hypapophyses. These

run backwards to the extreme end of the centrum in the form of a

strong median keel. The vertebrae 1—4and 11-13 bear catapophyses.

In the Podicipides the cervical catapophyses from the 3rd to 13th

vertebre form deep tubular grooves for the carotids, recalling

those of Plotus and Phalacrocorax. The cervicals 1-3 and 16-23

bear well-developed hypapophyses.

The thoracic vertebre—and the last cervical—in the Divers are

all free, save the last, which is anchylosed with the synsacrum.

1 to 5 bear median hypapophyses, with broadly expanded free ends,

as in Alcide and some Impennes, e. g. Pygoscelis.

In the Grebes the last cervical and the thoracies 1-4 are anchy-

losed to form one wass; the 5th thoracic is free, but the 6th and

7th are fused with the synsacrum.

The synsacrum of the Pygopodes is remarkable for the extra-

ordinary lateral compression which it has undergone, accompanied

by an almost complete suppression of the di- and parapophysial

elements. Pleurosteal elements appear to be wanting.

From the evidence obtainable from the synsacral region of a

nestling Grebe we may perhaps be justified in holding that

the synsacrum of the adult includes some 15 to 17 vertebra. OF

these the 1st is thoracic, the next 4 are lumbar, then follow 3

lumbo-sacral, 2 sacral, and 5 or 6 caudal. The 3rd and 4th lumbar

bear small nipple-hke parapophysial processes at the base of the

neuron, behind these follow, as just stated, 3lumbo-sacraland 2 sacral.

1034 MR. W, P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Dec. 19,

These last bear only a roughened diapophysial surface on the

neuroid. There is no indication of a pleurapophysial element

(sacral rib). If these two vertebre are really sacral then they

lie more caudad than usual, being behind the acetabulum and

directly opposite the middle of the ilio-ischiadic foramen. The

characteristic lumbar enlargement lies between the 2nd lumbar in

front and the 1st saeral bebind.

The free caudal vertebre vary from 6-7 in number, including

the pygostyle. They are very feebly developed in the Grebes,

Intercentra occur below the caudal vertebrae both in Colymbi and

Podicipides, but are reduced to mere vestiges in the former.

The lateral compression of the synsacrum is less marked in the

nestling than in the adult; and the high neurai crest of the adult

preacetabular region is wanting in the nestling,

y. THE Riss.

The anterior anchylosed cervical ribs in the Pygopodes, in their

form and position, recall those of Phalacrocoraz. In the adult

they are completely fused above with a downgrowth from the

ventral surface of the anterior zygapophysis and below with the

anterior and ventral borders of the catapophyses so as to form a

bony canal for the vertebral artery.

In the Grebes they are found only from the 2nd to the 9th

vertebra, and are comparatively feeble, though long; those of the

2nd vertebre are mere vestiges. In the Divers (Colymbi) they

start from the 3rd vertebra, but terminate, as a pair of vestigial

processes on the 10th or 11th; they differ markedly from those in

the Grebes by their great length and thickness, extending back-

wards so as to embrace the catapophyses of the vertebra next behind,

when the neck is straightened out.

The posterior free cervical ribs in the Podicipides are two in

number (see next page). The penultimate, borne by the 21st

vertebra, is long, styloid, and without an uncinate; that of the

22nd vertebra is longer, extending down to the level of the top

of the sternal rib immediately behind it. It bears a large uncinate,

but no sternal segment.

In the Colymbi there is only one free cervical, apparently

corresponding to the antepenultimate rib of the Grebe.

The thoracic ribs in the Podicipides are 7 in number, the last

two being overlapped by the ilium. 1-5, like the last cervical,

bear large uncinates ; these are absent on the 6th and 7th. There

are 8 pairs of sternal ribs, the 8th being bound by membrane to

the posterior border of the 7th. Thus there is evidence of the loss

of at least one pair of thoracic ribs. It should be remarked, by the

way, that the 7th pair of sternal ribs do not articulate with the

sternum,

The thoracic ribs in the Colymbi number 8 pairs, all but the

last of which articulate with the sternum. The last 3 pairs are

overlapped by the preacetabular ilium. The 8th pair are mere

vestiges.

1899. OSTEOLOGY OF THE PYGOPODES, 1035

It is probable that the long styloid free rib of the last cervical

or cervico-thoracic vertebra was originally larger and connected

with the sternum by means of a sternal rib; in other words, this

represents a thoracic vertebra which has been transferred to the

cervical series by the loss of the sternal segments and its ribs.

Thus, what is now the first was earlier the second thoracic

vertebra and rib.

In the Podicipides this transference of vertebra from the thoracic

to the cervical series is still more marked, inasmuch as what now

forms the first thoracic vertebra and rib in the Diver is in the

Grebe the last cervical. This seems the most satisfactory way of

explaining the presence of the long free ribs in both Diver and

Grebe, and wherever else they occur. The transference of the

2nd pair in the Grebe seems to have been comparatively recent,

inasmuch as the uncinate is still retained.

If this interpretation be correct, aud itis one which was, I believe,

originally put forward by the late Prof. T. J. Parker, then one more

thoracic segment is represented in the Grebe than in the Diver,

inasmuch as what now answers to the Ist thoracic of the Grebe

really represents the 3rd, and what now answers to the 6th—the

last vertebra now connected with the sternum by a sternal rib—

represents the 8th thoracic vertebra. The 6th and 7th vertebra

have already fused with the synsacrum. The 7th (=9th) ceases

to be connected with the sternum, and the rib of the 8th (= 10th)

vertebra is represented only by its sternal segment. In the Diver

there is only evidence for 9 thoracic vertebre, the 9th now venturing

but a minute stylet partly fused with the preacetabular ilium, and

projecting from its ventral border as a small spine.

The presence of these free ribs is exceedingly interesting, they

form one of the many links in the chain of evidence, hinted at by

Mr. Beddard (1), which goes to show that a shortening of the

sternum has taken place.

The ribs and uncinate in both Grebes and Divers are relatively

broad and flat and of moderate length. In all these particulars

they differ markedly from the Alcide, to which the Pygopodes bear

a superficial resemblance. In this last group the sternal and

thoracic ribs are of great length. Especially is this the case with

the hindmost ribs, which are of enormous length, extending

backwards so as to pruject beyond the level of the free end of

the pubes.

vi. THE STERNUM AND PECTORAL GIRDLE.

The sternum of the Colymbi is very long and bears a superficial

resemblance to that of some Alcide. It can be immediately

distinguished therefrom amongst other things by the shallower

carina, the feebly developed spina externa, and the large lingui-

form metasternum, which projects considerably beyond the posterior

lateral processes.

The sternum of the Podicipides differs very markedly from that

of the Colymbi. In the first place, it is conspicuously shorter. In

1036 MR. W. P. PYORAFT ON THE [ Dec. 19,

Podicipes fluviatilis, for instance, the width across the posterior

lateral processes may equal the whole length of the corpus sterni ;

in other words, the sternum may be as broad as long. In the

Divers the width across the widest part is about one-third the total

length of the sternum. There is no spina externa nor interna;

instead, this region of the sternum is deeply hollowed. The lower

lip of the coracoid groove is very large, making the groove ex-

ceedingly deep. In the Diver this lip is not greatly developed.

The metasternum is deeply notched and not produced backwards

into a linguiform plate as in the Divers. The anterior lateral

processes are larger and project forward. In the Diver they are

sharply truncated, the free anterior border sloping distinctly

backwards.

The coracotd is short and straight, both in Grebes and Divers.

In the former, the epicoracoid is marked by a wide articular surface

running transversely across its ventral aspect. The procoracoid

process is absent. In the latter the broad articular surface is

absent on the ventral aspect and there is a small procoracoid

process. In both there is a well-marked processus lateralis. There

is no supracoracoid foramen, as in the Alcide; the posterior free

border of the epicoracoid is almost knife-like and not, as in the

Alcide, squarely truncate.

The scapula, as compared with that of the Alcide, is relatively

short, and has but a very narrow transverse articular surface,

instead of a very wide one as in Alcide. In the Podicipides there

is a well-marked acromion process projecting downwards from the

shaft beyond the level of the coracoid articular surface.

The clavicle is not provided with an external lateral facet for

articulation with the coracoid, as in many Steganopodes and

Alcide. There is a small hypocleideum. The right and left

limbs of the clavicle are very broad and laterally coinpressed in the

Divers. In the Grebes the upper free end of each limb is pointed,

and runs along the antero-internal border of the scapula.

vi. THE Penyic Grebe.

The form of the pelvic girdle in the Pygopodes is unique amongst

living birds. Its most characteristic feature is the extraordinary

elongation and lateral compression which has taken place.

Although the synsacrum has been involved in this compression, it

is not, at first sight, so marked as in the innominate bones. The

preacetabular ilium is small and narrow, and widely separated from

its fellow of the opposite side, but is not otherwise very remark-

able. The postacetabular ilium, however, takes the form of a

broad, flat, almost or quite vertical lamina. This in the Grebe

meets its fellow of the opposite side, in the Diver is separated by

the knife-like ridge formed by the neural spines of the anchylosed

synsacral vertebre. The ilio-ischiadic foramen is moderately large;

the obturator foramen in the Colymbi remains permanently in

connection with the fissure of that name, in the Podicipides the

1899.] OSTHOLOGY OF ''HE PYGOPODES. 1037

foramen is shut off from the fissure by a bar of bone. The pubis

is long and rod-shaped throughout in the Podicipides, but becomes

spatulate at its free end in the Colymbi. There is no pectineal

process.

The preacetabular ilium, the ischium, and pubis become more

or less completely ossified at a much earlier date than the post-

acetabular ilium. This last is as yet for the most part still

cartilaginous. The separate elements of the innominate bones

are still very distinct.

yi. THe Prcroran Limes.

The wings of the Grebe and Diver bear a very close similarity,

and perhaps more nearly resemble those of Phalacrocorax than

of any other group.

The wing of the Diver can be readily distinguished from that

of the Grebe by the great relative length of the metacarpals.

As Shufeldt (18) has pointed out, the Divers in this particular

probably stand alone. The delto-pectoral crest is larger in the

Diver, and the fossa for the brachialis internus is deeper. There

is no ectepicondylar process nor subtrochanteric pneumatic fossa.

The delto-pectoral crest in the Divers is separated from the crista

inferior by a deep goerge—the planum intertuberculare ; this in the

Grebe is represented only by a shallow depression. The coraco-

humeral groove takes the form of a deep pit ventrad and distad of

the caput humeri.

The forearm in the Grebe is nearly as long as the arm, consider-

_ ably less so in the Divers.

In the manus the great length of the metacarpals in the Colymbi

has already been commented on; the 1st phalanx of digit IT. in

the Divers is relatively shorter and broader than in the Grebes ;

the same applies to the remaining phalanges.

The carpus does not seem to call for any special remark. For

further details concerning the fore limb, see Key (p. 1044).

ix. Tur Petvic Lime.

The pelvic limbs of the Grebe and Diver bear an exceedingly

close resemblance one to another, but differ in almost every

particular from those of any other group.

The femur is very short and thick, with a strong dorsal curve.

Its proximal and distal extremities are greatly elongated trans-

versely. The head lies rather below the level of the antetrochanter,

and bears a deep fossa for the ligamentum teres. The fibular

condyle is of great size, and lies considerably below the level of

the tibial.

Mhe tébio-tarsus is remarkable for the enormous development of

the enemial crests, which form a large pyramidal process projecting

vertically upwards beyond the femoral articular surface. This

Proc, Zoot. Soc.—1899, No. LXVII. 67

1038 MR. W. P. PYORAFT ON THE [Dec. 19,

process in the Diver (fig. 1) may exceed the femur in length.

In the Grebes (fig. 2) it is not more than half as long. The ecto-

Fig. 2.

Outer aspect of the pelvic limb of Colymbus septentrionalis (fig. 1) and

Podicipes cristatus (fig. 2), adult.

ec, enemial crest; p., patella; f,, femur; fid., fibula; ¢., tarsus.

and entocnemial crests bear about equal shares in the formation

ot this enemial process.

1899. | OSTHOLOGY OF THE PYGOPODES. 10389

The Tubinares and Alcidz both develop large cnemial processes,

which, as in the Pygopodes, project vertically beyond the femoral

articular surface. But these never attain the size of those of

the Pygopodes, and differ, moreover, in form. In the Alcide the

ento- and ectocnemial crests bear about equal shares in the

formation of the process, but the former starts suddenly from the

shaft just below the head of the tibia, in the Pygopodes it arises

near the middle of the shaft and more or less gradually increases

in size, and in the Tubinares it arises as in Alcidw, but imme-

diately expands into a more or less flabelliform plate.

Outer aspect of the pelvic limb of Podicipes cristatus, nestling.

p.t., proximal tarsal mass ; other letters as in figs. 1 & 2.

About the exact homology of the great cnemial crest of the

Pygopodes there seems to be some doubt, even now.

According to Shufeldt (18) it is to be regarded as repre-

senting the olecranon of the ulna, and both are to be treated

‘‘as mere extensions of the shaft of the bones” to which they

belong. The cnemial crest, or “ rotular process,” is stated by

him to have a separate centre of ossification, separate from that

of the tibial epiphysis. The patella, which has been held by

1040 MR, W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Dee. 19,

Vieq-d’Azyr (20), Owen (13), and others to be the homologue of

the olecranon, is considered by Shufeldt as a sesamoid only.

Prof. D’Arcy Thompson (19) sees, apparently, like Selenka (15)

and Flourens, in the cnemial crest of the Grebes and Divers

nothing more than “the upper extremity of the tibia.”

In a preparation in our Museum Collection, of the pelvic limb

of a nestling Grebe, the cnemial crest forms a part of the tibial

epiphysis in which a ceutre of ossification is just making its

appearance (fig. 3, p. 1039). From this it would appear that the

process in question is really only a greatly elongated epiphysis.

The fibula in the Colymbi extends downwards to the level of

the superior border of the extensor bridge ; it terminates in the

Podicipides near the distal 3 of the tibio-tarsus.

The patella in the Grebe is a very large, laterally compressed

pyramidal bone, the apex projecting above the level of the cnemial

process, whilst its inner surface is more or less closely applied to

the outer border of this process. Its base forms a longitudinally

elongated glenoid surface for articulation with the femur.

In all the skeletons of Colymbi in the Museum Collection,

unfortunately, the patella is missing. According to Shufeldt (18)

and others it is, however, represented by a small flake-like bone.

Prof. D’Arcy Thompson (19) holds that the patella proper of

the Divers has fused with the cnemial process, and that the small

patelliform plate is to be regarded as a sesamoid, and not as the

homologue of the free patella found in Podicipes, Hesperornis,

aud other forms. This is a point which could probably be settled

by an examination of nestlings or embryos.

Amongst the Alcide, e. g. Uria alle, the patella is more or

less quadrate in form, and articulates by the lower half of its

anterior surface with the apex of the cnemial process, this being

very much less developed than that of the Grebe and Diver.

Thus, the upper half of this border serves as a further extension

dorsad of the process itself. From this it will be remarked that

the position, size, and form of the patella, and the develop-

ment of the enemial process, in the Alcide is distinctly different

from that of the Colymbi, as also, it will be remembered, is the

form of the pelvis.

In all these particulars it will be noticed that, though there is

a tendency in the Alcide to modification along the same lines,—

to a convergence of characters, due to similar methods of progression, _

resulting in a similar upright carriage when on land,—the

Alcide are less specialized than the Colymbide, which possibly

had its origin in that of the stock of the Cretaceous Fesperornis.

The pelvic girdle and limb, in common with the rest of the

skeleton, of this bird, are, as is well-known, almost indistinguishable

from those of the modern Colymbi. Indeed, when we eliminate

the presence of teeth, the Ratite sternum, vestigial wing, and

complete ilio-ischiadic fissure, the only points of difference appear

to be such as serve to distinguish species one from another.

1899. | OSLEOLOGY OF THE PYGOPODES, 1041

The form of the patella and cnemial process of the Alcide more

nearly resembles that of the Impennes, as does, to a lesser extent,

the pelvis.

The form of the tarso-metatarsus in the Grebes and Divers is

very similar. That of the Grebe may be distinguished from the

Diver by the larger size of the intercotylar tubercle and the great

depth of the inner glenoid surface for the inner tibio-tarsal condyle.

Tn both groups the tarso-metatarsus is much compressed laterally,

and the ectotrochlea is much reduced. The hypotarsus is simple.

Other characters will be found in the Key (p. 1044).

The phalanges of the toes are much flattened dorso-ventrally,

the ungual phalanx especially so. The 4th digit is longer than

the 3rd.

x. SUMMARY.

The present paper affords good evidence in favour of the views

of Beddard, Firbringer, Gadow, and others who hold that the

Grebes and Divers are closely related, but refuse to associate

them with the Auks and Gulls as was done by Huxley and

others.

The Pygopodes (=the Colymbi of Beddard) seem to be nearly

related to the Tubinares, the Impennes, and the Steganopodes ;

but, as Mr. Beddard remarks, ‘any comparisons bristle with

difficulties.”

That Hesperornis rightly belongs to this sub-order there can no

longer be any doubt, after Prof. D’Arcy Thompson’s admirable

memoir; there is one point which has apparently escaped the

notice of this writer, however, with regard to the pelvic girdle of

Hesperornis. This differs from that of both Grebe and Diver,

in that the pre- and postacetabular ilium form one great, vertical

and laterally compressed blade of very considerable depth. In the

Grebe and Diver the preacetabular ilium takes the form of a

narrow blade, twisted so as to lie in an obliquely horizontal position.

Furthermore, Hesperornis seems to be peculiar in that the in-

nominate bones meet throughout in the mid-dorsal line, above the

neural crest of the synsacrum; in this particular, however, it

approaches the Grebes, where the postacetabular ilium behaves in

this way ; similarly it agrees with the Grebes in the shortening of

the sternum and the large size of the patella. These last two

points, however, must be regarded as coincidences rather than

indications of affinity; that is to say, Hesperornis must not on

account of these points be regarded as more closely allied to the

Grebes than to the Divers. Indeed, its sternum differs materially

from that of both these families in that it was keelless, whilst the

patella differs from that of the Grebe in being pierced by a fora-

men for the ambiens. But these and other points will be found

exhaustively discussed in the memoirs of Marsh and D’Arcy

Thompson.

Mr. Beddard regards the Grebes and Divers as representing two

1042 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Dee. 19,

families; Dr. Gadow would regard these as of subordinal value.

Which of the two views will become ultimately adopted remains to

be seen. Probably the first is a sufficiently wide separation.

Finally,—and it had almost escaped mention,—the skeleton of

the Pygopodes is non-pneumatie.

xi. Kry To THE OsTroOLOGY OF THE PYGOPODES.

A. Sxunt. (Plate LXXII.)

Holorhinal and schizognathous; nares pervious; vomer cleft posteriorly ;

basipterygoid processes absent ; lachrymal small, feebly developed, not extending

downwards to join the quadrato-jugal bar; quadrate with an elongate orbital

process; maxillo-palatine processes in the form of horizontal lamine, never

extending as far backwards as the scroll-like antero-internal border of the

palatine ; basitemporal plate of the parasphenoid with an inflated anterior

border converting the Eustachian grooves into tubes, with a median aperture

below the parasphenoidal rostrum ; temporal fossxe more or less well developed.

Dentary suture of mandible tending to disappear in the adult. Angulare

truncated,

A. Supraorbital grooves very deep, with a well-developed ledge; temporal

fossee wide, separated one from another superiorly by a median sagittal

ridge; lachrymal more or less completely fused with the nasal; vomer

grooved and laterally expanded dorsally ; with a deep median, ventral

keel, and with a strongly marked ventral keel in front of the parasphenoidal

rostrum ; Eustachian grooves never completely closed ; large postorbital

and paroceipital, processes)| §. J.2.. <<a! cas ca osipeee es eee reeyes CoLyMBID2&.

(Only one genus—Colymbus.)

B. Supraorbital grooves feebly developed or absent ; lachrymal free, not

projecting posteriorly from the sides of the supraorbital margin ; vomer

blade-shaped ; Eustachian grooves completely closed; postorbital and

paroccipital processes obsolete .............-..ccseeeneceneeeee PopicipRpip#.

Key to the Genera of the Family Podicipedidz’.

A. Without a broad bifid, overhanging postorbital process.

Group a. (Type P. cristatus.) With a wide and distinct temporal fossa,

and strongly marked cerebral prominence; postorbital region of the

frontal marked by a deep scar, for the temporalis muscle, the superior

border of which has a rough edge; upper jaw longer than cranium.

I do not feel justified in attempting to form “ Keys” to the species, either

for the skull or any other part of the skeleton, of the forms comprising the two

sub-families dealt with in this paper. Inasmuch as of the Colymbide I have

only two species, C. glacialis and C. septentrionalis, and these are easily recogniz-

able by the difference in size alone. In the Podicipedidw I have only 8 out of

a possible 19 species of the genus Podicipes ; only one skeleton of Hchmophorus,

and no bones whatever of Podylimbus. From what I can gather from our

material, the difference between the three genera recognized in the British

Museum Catalogue vol. xxvi. is very slight, and that between the species

comprising these genera is even less. The genus Podicipes seems to divide

itself into two groups—one of the type of P. fluviatilis, and one of the type of

P. cristatus. The differences upon which such separation rests concern the

skull only, and depend mainly upon size; the smaller species having a

relatively shorter and wider skull, and ill-defined temporal fossa.

1899.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE PYGOPODES. 1043

Grovr 8. (Type P. fluviatilis.) Temporal fossa ill-defined; cerebral pro-

minence small; fossa for insertion of temporalis muscle not deeply

excavated on postorbital region of frontals ; with a small postorbital

process ; upper jaw not longer than cranium.

Podicipes.

B. With a broad bifid, overhanging postorbital process......... AEchmophorus.

B. VERTEBR#.

Emargination of neural arches of cervical vertebra caudad, slight, never

extending forward beyond the level of the postzygapophyses ; anterior cervical

ribs of great length ; all cervicals save atlas and axis with a bony vertebrarterial

canal closed externally by the cervical ribs; synsacrum elongated, and laterally

compressed, so as to be almost styliform.

A. Neural spines of anterior cervicals in form of long median ridge ; hypera-

pophyses of anterior cervicals widely separated ; neural arch of 2nd, 3rd,

and 4th with a rounded free posterior border. All thoracic vertebrz free,

the Ist-8rd with long |_-shaped hypapophyses; 6 free caudals, excluding

the pygostyle; pygostyle broad and strong ...........-.2.++.++ CoxLyMB1D&.

B. Neural spines of anterior cervicals almost obsolete ; catapophyses of anterior

cervicals meeting in the middle line; last cervieo-thoracic and thoracic

1-4 anchylosed ; free end of hypapophyses scarcely, if at all, laterally

expanded ; 7 free caudals, excluding pygostyle; pygostyle feeble.

PoODICIPEDID#.

It is almost impossible to distinguish, in the synsacrum, lumbar, lumbo-

sacral, and sacral vertebre. The lumbar region has apparently undergone a

great shortening. There are no vertebra which can be distinguished—in the

dried skeleton—as sacral. The postsynsacral region—that lying behind the

acetabulum—is of great length.

The yertebral formula must therefore stand as follows:—

Syn. se.

_——q—“ucm— ~

Cy. 13. Cy. th.1. Th.6+2. L. Lb.sec. Se.?5. Cd.10+7=44.

coe ee ee

8 17

Colymbide.

Syn. se

Se — ——————

Cy.20. Cy. th.2. Th.6+1. L.4. Lb.se.3. Se.2. Cd.6+7=51.

ee oe

a 13

Podicipedide.

C. Srernum AND PEcTORAL GIRDLE.

Corpus sterni with a pair of notches posteriorly ; coracoid grooves deep;

metasternum either notched posteriorly, or broadly linguiform, and projecting

far beyond posterior lateral processes; anterior lateral processes not projecting

forwards beyond the level of the coracoid grooves; no supracoracoid foramen ;

clavicle not articulating by a glenoid surface with acromion of scapula.

A. Greatest width of sternum across anterior lateral processes rather less than

2 the length ; coracoid groove moderately deep; spina externa sessile and

bifid; keel very shallow; metasternum linguiform, projecting far beyond

level of posterior lateral processes ; precoracoid very small; posterior lateral

processes of coracoid large and spinose .........s..0ssreeeeees CoLyMBID2,

1044 MR. W. P. PYCRAFI ON THE [ Dec. 19,

B. Greatest width of sternum across posterior lateral processes more than }—

sometimes equal to—its whole length ; metasternum deeply notched, not

projecting so far back as ends of posterior lateral processes; coracoid

groove very deep; no spina externa or interna; no precoracoid ; posterior

lateral processes of coracoid short and blunt ; scapula with long acromion.

PopiciPEpIp2&.

D. Prtvic GIRDLE.

Greatly elongated and compressed Jaterally behind the acetabulum ; closely

resembles that of the Cretaceous Hesperornis, and differs entirely from that of

any other living Carinate bird, the postacetabular ilium being represented by

a nearly yertical plate of bone; synsacrum almost styliform; pleurostea

caudad of acetabulum wanting ; parapophyses vestigial.

A. Free end of pubes spatulate ..............:.ccceeceeceeeceseeeeeees CoLyMBID&.

B. Free end of pubes not spatulate ...........2...seeeeeeeeeseeeeees PopicipEpIP#,

EK. Pecrorat Lime.

The bones of the wing are relatively long; the humerus has a moderately

well-developed delto-pectoral crest, the coraco-humeral groove takes the form

of a deep pit; there is a shallow fossa for the brachialis internus; the

fossa subtrochantericus is blind. The forearm is nearly or quite as long as the

arm. Me. III. is long, slender, and runs parallel with Me. IT.

A. Carpo-metacarpus much elongated; Me. I. very long, 3 as long as Me. IL.;

manusias lonpasitorearm) Yael atecesccseccn snes saree ees tes CoLyMBID&.

B. Carpo-metacarpus not greatly elongated ; Me. I. very short ; manus shorter

Pia tOrearnive sss .cecenes. - secosecee aeReeeKE « wa-e =. ASactee eee Popiciprpip&.

F. Prtvic Lims. (Figs. 1-3, pp. 1038-9.)

Femur very short; tibio-tarsus with an enormous cnemial crest; tarso-

metatarsus laterally compressed ; outer toe longest; ungual phalanges much

flattened.

A. Cnemial crest as long as or longer than femur; fibula extending downwards

to the tarsus, or very nearly so; the ecto-trochlear foramen of tarso-

metatarsus tubular; hypotarsus simple ...........-...es.008 CoLyMBID2.

B. Cnemial crest shorter than femur; fibula terminating near the lower

3 of the leg; hypotarsus simple; ectotrochiear foramen in the form of

PEUOOV Crees caress «csc ao-wsetes-cakiog.nacacnmeeers unr apseccuppere tena PopicirEpipz£,

xii. List OF WORKS REFERRED TO OR CONSULTED.

1. Bepparp, F. E.—Structure and Classification of Birds, 1898.

2. Branpr, J. F.—Beitriige zur Kenntn. der Naturgesch. der

Vogel. Mém. Acad. Imp. des Sciences St. Petersbourg,

sér. vi. vol. iii. 1839-40.

3. Cours, H.—The Osteology of the Colymbus torquatus; with

Notes on its Myology. Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. yol. i.

part ii. 1867, pp. 131-172.

Po Zi oo A BO Deeds bane mele,

OSTEOLOGY OF THE PYGOPODES.

1899. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE PYGOPODES. 1045

17.

18.

19.

20.

. SELENKA, E.

Couns, E.—The Crania of Colymbus torquatus and C. adamsi

compared. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. vols. xvi.—xvii. 1864—

65, pp. 21-22.

. Firsrinerr, M.—Untersuch. zur Morphol. und Systemat.

der Vogel. I. Allgem. Theil, 1888.

. Gapvow, H.—Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. vi. Végel, 1891.

Anatom. Theil.

. Gavow, H.—Ibid. Syst. Theil, 1893.

. Garrop, A. H.—On certain Muscles of the Thigh of Birds.

P. Z.S. 1873 (Part I.), 1874.( Part I1.).

. Huxiny, T. H.—On the Classification of Birds. P. ZS.

1367.

. LyprxKcer, R.—Cat. Foss. Birds Brit. Mus. 1891.

. Mecxs1, J. F.—Syst. der vergleich. Anat., Theil 2, Abtheil. ii.,

1825, p. 129.

. Mityu-Epwarps, A.—Recherches pour servir 4 ]’Histoire des

Oiseaux Fossiles de la France, vol. i. pp. 278-300 (1867-68).

. OwEN, R.—Todd’s Cyclopedia of Anatomy, vol. i. pp. 286-7.

. Pycrarr, W. P.—Contributions to the Osteology of Birds

(Tubinares). P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 381.

Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. vi. Vogel, 1891.

Anatom. Theil, p. 83.

. Saurerpr, R. W.—Concerning the Taxonomy of the North

American Pygopodes, based upon their Osteology. Journ.

Anat. & Physiol. vol. xxvi. 1892, pp. 199-203.

SHuretpt, Rk. W.—Contributions to the Comparative Oste-

ology of Arctic and Sub-Arctic Water-Birds, Part VI. Journ.

Anat. & Physiol. vol. xxiv. 1890, pp. 169-187.

SHUFELDT, R. W.—Concerning some of the Forms assumed

by the Patella in Birds. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. vii.

1884, pp. 324-331.

Tuompson, D’Arcy.—On the Systematic Position of Hesper-

ornis. Studies Mus. Zool. Dundee, 1890, vol. i. art. x. p. 97.

Vicg-p’Azyr.—Mémoire sur les Rapports qui se trouvent

entre les usages et la structure des quatre extrémités dans

Homme et dans les Quadrupédes. Hist. de l’Acad. Roy.

Sci. 1774, p. 261.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXII.

als. =alisphenoid. J.f.=floccular fossa.

bt.=basitemporal platforin. Jr.=frontal.

b.o¢c.=basioccipital. h.pt.=hémipterygoid.

b.s,=basisphenoid. 1.f.=lachrymal foramen.

b.sr,=parasphenoidal rostrum. mé. = meatus internus.

e.=occipital condyle. mes.=mesethmoid.

c.p.=cerebellar prominence. n.=nasal.

¢.7,=coronal ridge. n.pmx.—=nasal process of premaxilla,

d.=dentary. op.o.=opisthotie,

ep.o.=epiotic. p.=parietal,

ex.0.=exoccipital. pe.=palatine,

1046 ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF THE PYGOPODES. [ Dec. 19.

pro.=prodtic. so./.=supraorbital ledge.

pt.=pterygoid. sg. == squamogal.

g.=quadrate. sg.p.=squamosal prominence.

s.a.=supra-angular, s¢.pw.=squamoso-parietal wing.

s.c.=sagittal crest. 7.f,=temporal fossa.

s.0. =supraoccipital. tr.f,=trigeminal foramen.

so.g.=supraorbital groove. v.=vomer,

Fig. 1. Dorsal aspect of the skull of Podicipes cristatus (p. 1020), to show the

well-developed sagittal crest, temporal fosse, coronal ridge, squamoso-

parietal rings, the free lachrymal, and the feeble supraorbital grooves.

Fig. 2. Dorsal aspect of the skull of Colymbus septentrionalis (p. 1020), to

contrast with fig. 1, with the great development of the supraorbital

grooves and ridges and the lachrymal fontanelle.

Fig. 3. Lateral aspect of fig. 2 (p. 1021), showing the conspicuous cerebellar

prominence, temporal fossa, and supraorbital ledge.

Fig. 4. Lateral aspect of the skull of a nestling Podicipes cristatus, outer view

(p. 1080), to show the unclosed sutures.

Fig. 5. Lateral aspect of the skull of a nestling Podicipes cristatus, inner view,

to show the unclosed sutures.

Fig. 6. Ventral view of skull of an adult Colymbus septentrionalis (p. 1026), to

show the schizognathous palate.

Fig. 7. Lateral aspect of a portion of the pterygoid and palatine of Colymbus

glacialis (p. 1032), to show the hemipterygoid.

APPENDIX,

LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE

Jan.

DURING THE YEAR

1899.

1. 3 Grey Squirrels (Sevwrus cinereus). Deposited.

3. 1 Delalande’s Gecko (Tarentola delalandii), Presented by

Mr. Percy Leach.

1 Delalande’s Gecko (TYarentola delalandi{). Pyeseuted by

H. Munt, Esq., I'.Z.8.

4. 3 Nose-crested Iguanas (Iguana tuberculata rhinolophus). De-

osited.

1 Suinyeiailed Iguana (Ctenosaura acanthwra). Deposited.

1 Leopard (black variety) (Felis pardus). Purchased.

5. 1 Huanaco (Lama huanacos), 3. Presented by Henry F.

Fox, Esq.

3 Brazilian Caracaras (Polyborus brasiliensis). Purchased.

7. 1 Crossbill (Lovia curvirostra). Presented by H. O. Blanford,

Esq.

2 Warty-ticed Honey-eaters (Xanthomyza phrygia). Pur-

chased.

8. 2 Dorsal Squirrels (Seiurus hypopyrrhus). Deposited.

9. 1 White-cheeked Hill- Partridge (<Arboricola atrigularis),

Presented by H. T. Cassells, Esq.

6 PutfAdders (Bitis arietans). Born in the Menagerie.

10. 1 Regent-bird (Sericulus melinus). Deposited.

1 Common Weka-Rail (Ocydromus australis). Deposited.

3 Australian Rails (2allus pectoralis). Deposited.

2 White-cheeked Honey-eaters (Meliphaga sericea). Pur-

chased.

1 Lunulated Honey-eater (Melithreptus limulatus). Purchased.

1 Red Ground-Dove (Geotrygon montana). Purchased.

11. 2 Gluttons (Gulo luscus), § 2. Purchased.

12. 1 Gazelle (Gazella dorcas), 2. Presented by J. L. N. Allison,

13.

16.

Esq.

1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris), 9. Purchased

1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus). Deposited.

1 Grey Lemur (Hapalemur griseus). Deposited.

1048

Jan,

Feb.

Wis

18.

31.

~~]

APPENDIX.

1 Nankeen Night-Heron (Nycticoraa caledonicus). Presented

by John Brinsmead, Esq., F.Z.8.

4 Ruddy-headed Geese (Chloéphaga rubidiceps), 2 ¢, 2 9.

Purchased.

1 Argali Sheep (Ovts ammon), 3. From the Altai Mountains.

Purchased, See P. Z.S. 1899, p. 64.

1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas). Presented by Mrs. J.

E. Matcham.

2 Diamond Pythons (Python spilotes). Presented by S. A.

Michels, Esq.

. 1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus patas), 3. Presented by C. H.

Wimpress, Hsq.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Mr. P.

de Loriol.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢. Presented by

Mr. P. de Loriol.

. 2 Arabian Baboons (Cynocephalus hamadryas), ¢ 2. From

Aden, Presented by Dr. H. O. Forbes, F.Z.S., & W. R.

Ogilvie Grant, Esq.

. 2 Barnard’s Parrakeets (Platycercus barnardi). Received in

exchange.

. 1 Tui Parrakeet (Brotogerys tu’), Purchased.

1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), ¢. Deposited.

. 1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), 9. Presented

by Miss K. M. Burne.

. 1 Green Monkey ( Cercopithecus callitrichus), g. Presented by

Mr. F. W. Coker.

3 Common Crowned Pigeons (Goura coronata). Purchased.

- 1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Presented by

Miss A. M. Deeks.

1 Uveean Parrakeet (Nymphicus uveensis). Purchased.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Mrs.

Emily Price.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Ziichosurus vulpecula), 2. Presented

by W. J. Matthews, Esq.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), ¢. Presented by Miss

May Wieland.

1 Red-throated Diver (Colymbus septentrionalis). From Holland.

Purchased.

1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), $. Born in the Mena-

gerie.

. 3 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Deposited.

1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), g. Presented by

Mr. B. Stewart.

1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), 2. Deposited.

1 Great Wallaroo (Macropus robustus), 2. Deposited.

1 Agouti (Dasyprocta sp. inc.). Deposited.

. 5 Puti-Adders (itis arietans). Born in the Menagerie.

2 Indian Chevrotains (Tragulus meminna). Purchased.

5 Sacred Kingfishers (Halcyon sancta). Purchased.

4 Lace Monitors (Varanus varius). Purchased.

1 Black Spider-Monkey (Ateles ater). Presented by Capt.

Charles T. Swain.

. 1Guinea Baboon (Cynocephalus sphinx), 2. Presented by

Mrs, Mellin.

1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Macropus bennetti). Deposited.

Feb. 8.

10.

11.

iia

18,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1049

2 Black-necked Lizards (Agama atricollis). Presented by

W. Champion, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢. Presented by

Hamilton Baker, Esq.

1 Australian Cassowary (Caswarius australis). Deposited. See

P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 291.

1 Two-wattled Cassowary (Caswurius bicarunculatus). De-

posited. See P. Z. S. 1899, p. 291.

1 Bennett’s Cassowary (Caswarius bennetti). Deposited. See

P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 291.

4 Bearded Titmice (Panurus biarmicus), 23,29. Purchased.

2 Long-tailed Grass-Finches (Poéphila acuticauda), $ 2. Pur-

chased.

1 Woodcock (Scolopax rusticula). Presented by Capt. Bewicke.

1 Brush-tailed Kangaroo (Petrogale penicillata), 9. Pur-

chased.

1 Hobby (Falco subbuteo). Purchased.

1 Blue-crowned Parrakeet (Tanygnathus luzonensis). Pur-

chased.

2 Night-Herons (Nycticoraxr griseus). Presented by Mr. Chas.

Humberset.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by Mrs. A.

J. Pauley.

. 3 Reeves’s Terrapins (Danonia reevest). Deposited.

3 Black-headed Terrapins (Damonia reeves: uniculor). De-

posited.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), Q. Presented by J. H.

Howden, Hsq., F.Z.S.

2 Red-breasted Mergansers (Mergus serrator),3 2. Purchased.

. 1 Restless Cavy (Caria porcellus). Presented by Miss Druce.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pyyerythrus), 5. Pre-

sented by E. Tudor Johnson, Esq.

2 Mountain Ka-Kas (Nestor notabilis). Presented by the Hon.

Walter Rothschild, M.P., F.Z.S.

2 Bahama Ducks (Pecilonetta bahamensis,) 6 2. Purchased.

9 Spotted-billed Ducks (Anas pecilorhyncha), 3 6,69. Pur-

chased.

1 Bar-headed Goose (Anser indicus). Purchased.

1 Coypu (Myopotamus coypus). Presented by Sidney Grey,

Esq.

1 Beccari’s Cassowary (Casuartus beccarit). 7

Deposited. |

1 Salvadori’s Cassowary (Caswarius salvadoria). |

Deposited.

2 Mauye-necked Cassowaries (Casuarius violi- | SeeP.Z.S.

collts). Deposited. (1899,p. 291.

2 Yellow-naped Cassowaries (Casuarius occipitalis). |

Deposited.

1 Milne-Edwards’s Casssowary (Casuarius ed-

wards.). Deposited.

1 Alexandrine Parrakeet (Paleornis alevandri), 2. Presented

by A. Pam, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Canadian Lynx (Felis canadensis). Presented by Henry

Anger, ae E.Z.S.

1 Prairie-Wolf (Canis latrans). Presented by Henry Anger,

Esq., F.Z.S.

5 Brent Geese (Bernicla brenta). Purchased.

1050

APPENDIX.

Feb. 20; 1 Rough-legged Buzzard (Archibuteo lagopus). Presented by

Mar.

the Hon. Walter Rothschild, M.P., F.Z.S.

1 Virginian Eagle-Owl (Bubo virg ginians) Presented by the

Hon. Walter “Rothschild, M.P., F.Z

1 Great Eagle-Owl (Budo ma. vimus). Tienaed

2 Common Herons (Ardea cinerea). Presented by F. J.

Bridgman, Esq.

. 1 Common Paradoxure (Paradovurus niger). Presented by

W. O. Sheppard, Esq.

23. 2 Yellow Conures (Conurus solstitialis). Purchased.

1 Pale-headed Parrakeet (Platycercus pallidiceps). Presented by

W. F. Clayton, Esq.

1 Rose-Hill Parrakeet (Platycercus eximius). Presented by

W. F. Clayton, Esq.

1 Cockateel (Calopsittacus nove-hollandie), 3. Presented by

Mr. Edward Hawkins.

. 1 Cambayan Turtle-Dove (Turtur senegalensis). Presented by

D. Seth-Smith, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Black-backed Piping-Crows (Gymnorhina tibicen). Deposited.

4 Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea). Deposited.

2 Black Swans (Cygnus atratus). Deposited.

. 1 Long-tailed Marmot (Arctomys caudatus). From Gilghit.

Presented by Capt. A. H. McMahon, F.Z.S.

. 1 Brazilian Tortoise (Testudo tabulata). Presented by John

Gordon, Esq

. 1 Smooth-headed Capuchin (Cebus monachus), ¢. Presented

by Mrs. Cecil Popham.

1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), 2. Purchased.

28. 2 Thars (Hemitragus jemlaicus), § Q. Purchased.

1. 3 Elliot’s Pheasants (Phasianus elliott), 1¢,29. Purchased.

1 Sooty Mangabey ( Geneoretns 4 Suliginosus),9. Presented by

B. Horsburgh, Esq., Lieut. A.S.C.

2. 1 White- -eyebrowed Guan (2% enelope superciliaris). Purchased.

1 Little Guan (Ortalis motmot). Purchased.

1 Thick-tailed Opossum (Didelphys crassicaudata), 2. Pur-

chased.

1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas), Presented by R

C. Cooper, Esq.

3. 1 Silver Pheasant logs aan 5s nycthemerus), 3. Presented by

W. McNaughton Love, Ksq.

1 Long-billed Butcher-Crow (Cracticus destructor). Deposited.

1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo giyantea). Deposited.

5. 1 Wild Cat (Felis catus), 3. Deposited.

6. 1 Echidna (Echidna hystrix). Deposited.

1 West-African Love-bird (Agapornis pullaria), Presented by

Mr. C. W. Gameys

5 Crested Colins (Eupsychortyx cristatus). Purchased.

7. 1 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina). Presented by H.G. the

Duke of Richmond & Gordon, K.G.

9. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), Q. Presented by

Mr. W. White.

1 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina). Presented by Gambier

Bolton, Esq.

1 Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua moluccensis). Deposited.

10. 1 Common Hare (Lepus europeus). Presented by Miss

Henrietta Holland.

Mar. 10.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1051

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Presented by F. Tomlin,

1 Cabot’s Tragopan (Certornis caboti), 2. Purchased.

11. 1 Kiang (Equus hemionus), 2. Purchased. See P. Z. S. 1899,

. 427.

2 Ciett Bats (Vespertilio noctula). Presented by Mr. E.

Hilton.

18. 1 Indian Eryx (Eryx johni). Purchased.

4 Waxwings (Ampelis yarrulus). Purchased.

3 Wandering Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna arcuata). Purchased.

1 Reed-Bunting (Emberiza scheniclus), Presented by Mr. F.

Chatwin.

1 Adorned Terrapin (Chrysemys ornata). Purchased.

14. 2 Common Squirrels (Setwrus vulgaris). Presented by Miss

Dorothy Reynolds.

15. 1 Broad-fronted Crocodile (Osteolemus tetraspis). Presented by

16.

18.

19.

20.

21.

23.

Kenneth A. Macdonald, Esq., Lieut. A.S.C.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), §. Presented by H. Belier,

Esq.

i Clowied Tiger (Felis nebulosa), 9. Purchased.

2 Nicobar Pigeons (Calenas nicobarica). Presented by W. H.

St. Quintin, Esq., F.Z.8.

3 Cape Vipers (Causus rhombeatus). Presented by S. B.

Carlill, Esq.

1 Puff-Adder (Bitis arietans). Presented by S. B. Carlill,

1 Ranabslraclen Snake (Dasypeltis seabra). Presented by S. B.

Carlill, Esq.

2 Black-headed Jackals (Canis mesomelas). Presented by the

Hon. James D. Logan, jun.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Black-backed Jackal (Cunits mesomelas). Presented by Wm.

Hare, Esq.

1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas). Presented by the

Trustees of the South-African Museum.

2 Coscoroba Swans (Coscoroba candida). Purchased.

1 Hybrid Macaque Monkey (bred between Macacus cynomolgus

6 aud M. rhesus 2). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Golden Agouti (Dasyprocta aguti). Presented by Dr. G. L.

Johnson, F.Z.S.

1 Tawny Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by Lady Evelyn

Riddell.

1 Common Kestrel (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by

Lady Evelyn Riddell.

1 White-tailed Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus albicilla). From Egypt.

Presented by Dixon Bey.

1 Great Black-headed Gull (Larus ichthyaétus). From Egypt.

Presented by Dixon Bey.

1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Born in the

Menagerie.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Levaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis penicillata), Presented by

J. EK. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Suricate (Swricata tetradactyla). Deposited.

25. 1 Long-tailed Duck (Harelda glacialis), ¢. Purchased.

1052

APPENDIX.

Mar. 27. 1 Bay-thizhed Monkey ( Cercopithecus ignitus), g. Presented

Apr.

29.

30.

31.

a Of

“I

10.

11.

13.

14.

15.

19.

20,

by J. F. Braham, Esq.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Presented by

J. F. Braham, Esq.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Trichosurus vulpecula). Presented by

S. Humble, Esq.

1 Pel’s Owl (Scotopelia peli). From the Niger Territory, West

Africa, Presented by E. V. Turner, Esq., Lt. R.E. See

P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 428.

1 Bless-bok (Damaliscus albifrons), 3. Deposited.

1 Red-faced Ouakari (Ouacaria rubicunda), 9. Purchased.

1 Naked-throated Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus nudicollis).

Purchased.

3 Pileated-bearded Jays (Cyanocorax pileatus). Purchased.

2 Ravens (Corvus corax). Presented by Francis Walpole,

Esq.

1 hese White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista).

Presented by Capt. F. E. Bishop.

1 Cape Jumping-Hare (Pedetes caffer). Presented by W.

Champion, Esq. See P.Z. S, 1899, p. 428.

. 1 Giraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis capensis), ¢. Purchased.

See P. Z. S. 1899, p. 595.

1 Eland (Oreas canna),?. Purchased.

1 Eland (Oreas canna), 3. Deposited.

. 1 Lapwing (Vanellus vulgaris). Purchased.

. | Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), $. Presented by David M.

Greig, Esq.

. 2 Western Pin-tailed Sand-Grouse (Fterocles pyrenaica). De-

posited.

. 4 Masked Hawfinches (Coccothraustes personatus). Purchased.

See P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 596.

1 Common Badger (Meles tavus). Presented by Geo. M.

Margon- Wilson, Esq.

] Silver-backed Fox (Canis chama). Presented by C. R. Rennie,

Esq.

2 Black Rats (Mus rattus, var.). Presented by W. J. Smith,

sq.

14 Gulden Carp (Carassius auratus). Purchased.

2 Black-headed Buntings (Emberiza melanocephala), 6 2. Pur-

chased.

1 Puffin (Fratercula arctica). Purchased.

1 Common Camel (Carnelus dromedarius), ¢. Deposited.

1 Purple-faced Monkey (Semnopithecus cephalopterus), 9. De-

posited.

2 Canada Geese (Bernicla canadensis). Purchased.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus) (var.),?2. Deposited.

2 Brush-Turkeys (Talegalla lathami). Purchased.

5 Pectoral Quails (Coturnix pectoralis). Purchased.

1 Varied Hemipode (Turniz varia). Purchased.

5 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus),3 3,29. Born in

the Menagerie.

2 Green Glossy Starlings (Lamprocolius chalybeus). Purchased.

1 Yellow-whiskered Lemur (Lemur xranthomystar). Born in

the Menagerie.

2 White-backed Trumpeters (Psophia leucoptera). Purchased.

1 Brazilian Tapir (Tapirus americanus), 3. Deposited.

26.

al.

28,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1053

. 1 Great Bustard (Otis tarda), ¢. Deposited.

1 Black-shouidered Kite (Zlanus ceruleus), Presented by

J.D. Waley, Esq.

. 3 Anoas (Anoa depressicornis), 2 3,12. Deposited.

2 Himalayan Monauls (Lophophorus impeyanus), 2 3. Pre-

sented by Mrs. Barnewell Hliot.

. 1 Indian Pigmy Goose (Nettopus coromandelianus), o. Pre-

sented by H.G. the Duke of Bedford, F.Z.S.

2 Coneave-casqued Hornbills (Dichoceros bicornis), $ 2. Pur-

chased,

. 3 Ostriches (Struthio camelus),3 9. Presenied by G. Fanshawe

Abadie, Esq. See P. Z.S. 1899, p. 596.

1 Delalande’s Gecko (Tarentola delalandii). Presented by Miss

Shenton. ;

1 Salvadori’s Cassowary (Casuarins salvadorii). Deposited.

1 Beccari’s Cassowary (Casuarius beccarvi), Deposited.

1 Blue-necked Cassowary (Caswarius intensus). Deposited.

5 Radiolated Terrapins (Hydraspis radiolata). Deposited.

1 Derbian Sternothere (Sternutherus derbianus). Deposited.

1 Black Sternothere (Sternotherus niger). Deposited.

2 Double-banded Sand-Grouse (Pterocles bicinctus),2 2. Pre-

sented by W. H. St. Quintin, Hsq., F.Z.S.

1 Lesser Pin-tailed Sand-Grouse (Pterocles exustus), Q. Pre-

sented by W. H. St. Quintin, Hsq., F.Z.S.

1 Macqueen’s Bustard (Houbara macqueent). Presented hy

B. T. Ffinch, Esq., C.LE., F.Z.8.

2 Black-necked Swans (Cygnus nigricollis). Deposited.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 3. Deposited.

1 Common Raccoon (Procyon lotor). Presented by Master

Eric Mellin.

1 Beech-Marten (Mustela foina). Presented by Master Eric

Mellin.

1 King Parrakeet (Aprosmictus cyanopygius), . Presented by

C. W. Chambers, Esq.

1 Feline Douroucouli (Nyctipithecus vociferans). Presented by

Mrs. Firman.

29. 1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), 3. Deposited.

. 2 Squirrel-like Phalangers (Petawus sciureus), ¢ 2. Presented

by A. V. Willcox, Esq.

4 Dormouse Phalangers (Dromicia nana). Presented by Dr.

McDougall.

. 1 Grecian Ibex (Capra egagrus), §. Deposited.

1 Two-wattled Cassowary (Caswarius bicarunculatus). De-

posited.

1 Drill (Cynocephalus leucopheus). Deposited.

1 Ichneumon (erpestes sp. inc.). From Fernando Po. De-

posited.

1 Pardine Genet (Genetta pardina). Jeposited.

1 Gambian Pouched Rat (Cricetomys yambianus). Deposited.

2 Larger Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna major). Purchased.

. 2 Mozambique Monkeys ( Cercopithecus pygerythrus). Presented

by Boyd Alexander, Esq.

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), Presented by

Boyd Alexander, Esq.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Mrs. Herbert Peel.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1899, No. LXVILI. 68

1054

May 3.

14.

16.

18.

ame

APPENDIX.

1 Bell’s Cinixys (Cinivys belliana). Deposited.

1 Home's Cinixys (Cintvys homeana). Deposited.

1 Derbian Sternothere (Sternotherus derbiana). Deposited.

. 1 Greater Black-headed Gull (Larus marinus). Presented by

the Rev. W. B. Tracy.

1 Lesser Black-backed Gull (Larus fuscus). Presented by the

Rev. W. B. Tracy.

. 1 Mountain Zebra (Zquus zebra), . Purchased. See P. Z. 8.

1899, p. 712.

1 Slow Loris (Nycticebus tardigradus). Presented by W,

H. St. Quintin, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Moufflon (Ovrs musimon), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1Common Badger (Meles taxus), 9. Presented by John

N. Doewra, Esq.

. 1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemuy catta), 9. Presented by Mrs. Penn

Curzon.

1 South Albemarle Tortoise (Testudo vicina). Deposited.

1 Spiny-tailed Iguana (Ctenosawra acanthura). Deposited.

. 1 Angolan Vulture (Gypohieraa angolensis). From the Upper

Benue River, N.W. Africa. Presented by Staff-Seret.

Patten.

. 2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Deposited.

. 1 Reticulated Python (Python reticulatus). Deposited.

1 Common Snake (Z7ropidonotus natriv). Presented by E.

C. Brook, Esq.

. 1 Hoary Snake (Pseudaspis cana). Presented by J .E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Rough-keeled Snake (Dasypeltis scabra). Pyesented by J.

It. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

3 Rhomb-marked Snakes ( Trimerorhinus rhombeatus). Presented

by J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Crossed Snakes (Psammophis crucifer). Presented by J.

HK. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Crowned Lemurs (Lemur coronatus). Born in the Mena-

gerie,

5. 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitriehus), 3. Presented by

J. B. Robinson, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Sociable Vulture (Vadtur auricularis). From Keypt. Pre-

sented by H.G. the Duchess of Marlborough.

6 Derbian Zonures (Zonurus giyanteus). Presented by W. P.

Westermeyer, Esq.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 2. Presented by

H. Gifford, Esq.

1 Black Kite (Milvus migrans). Presented by G. H. Walker,

Ksq.

1 Yellow-whiskered Lemur (Lemur: wanthomystax), 3. Pre-

sented by C. B, Ayerst, Esq., and Miss Mary F. Ayerst.

1 Common Duiker (Cephalophus grimmi), 3. Presented by

W. Champion, Esq. ‘

1 Banded Ichneumon (Crossarchus fasciatus). Presented by

W. Champion, Esq.

2. Common Snakes (Tropidonotus natriv). Presented by E.

Haig, Esq. '

. 1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), 2. Deposited.

1 Slaty Buzzard (Buteo poliosoma ?). Presented by Capt. Bate.

1 Mexican Guan (Ortalis vetula). Presented by Capt. W.

H. Milner,

May 23.

24.

June 1,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERID. 1055

1 Palm-Squirrel (Sezwrus palmarum). Presented by Miss Aggie

O'Connor.

1 Milne-Edwards’s Cassowary (Caswarius edwardsi). Depo-

sited.

1 Mauve-necked Cassowary (Casuarius violicollis). Deposited.

4 Elephantine Tortoises (Testudo elephantina). Deposited.

2 Starred Tortoises (Testudo elegans). Deposited.

1 White-throated Monitor ( Varanus albigularis?). Deposited.

- 1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus), 2. Presented by J. J.

Quelch, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Martinique Gallinule (Zonornis martinicus). Presented by

H. O, Milner, sq.

» | Westermann’s Cassowary (Casuarius westermanni). De-

posited.

1 Common Cassowary (Cusuarius galeatus). Deposited.

3 Rabbit-eared Bandicoots (Perayale lagotis), 3 $. Deposited.

2 Spotted Bower-birds (Chlamydodera maculata). Deposited.

1 Leith’s Tortoise ( Testudo leith:). Presented by S. 8. Flower,

Ksq., F.Z.5.

. LSmooth-headed Capuchin (Cebus monachus). Presented by

Eferbert Gibson, Hsq.

1 Black-tailed Wallaby (Macropus ualabatus), 2. Deposited.

2 Black-striped Wallabies (Halmaturus dorsalis), 32. Pre-

sented by Thos. Taylor, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Gommon Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida). Presented by Ronald

Edwards, Esq.

. 1 Musk-Duck (Biziwralobata). Purchased. See P. Z.S. 1899,

p. 712.

2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the

Menagerie.

. 2 Stonechats (Pratincola rubicola). Deposited.

5 Barbary Turtle-Doves (Turtw risorius), 1 ¢, 22. Pur-

chased.

1 Rufous Tinamou (Ehynchotus rufescens). Presented by

Henry Bell, Esq.

1 South Albemarle Tortoise (Testudo vieina). Deposited.

. 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 2. Presented by

Dr. H. Strachan. :

2 Derbian Parrakeets (Pulcornis derbyana). Deposited.

2 Jacitdaws (1 albino) (Corvus monedula). Presented by Kardley

Wilmot B. Holt, Esq., F.Z.5.

1 Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatus). Purchased.

2 Green Turtles (Chelone mydas). Presented by Capt. Geo. G.

C. Stevenson.

2 Secretary Vultures (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Presented by

J. EH. Matcham, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), 2. Presented by

G. Le Fantt, Esq.

1 Kchidna (Zehidna hystrix). Deposited.

1 Blue-necked Cassowary (Caswartus intensus). Deposited.

1 Brown Gannet (Sula leucogastra). Presented by Miss Williams.

1 Hunting-Crow (Cissa venatoria). Purchased.

2 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Presented by Chas. C.

Dallas, Esq.

. 2Slender Loris (Loris gracilis). Presented by Stanley S.

Flower, Hsq., F.Z.5.

68*

1056

June 6,

10,

dis

14.

APPENDIX.

1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Presented by

Arthur Knights, Esq.

1 Algerian Skink (Eumeces algeriensis), Presented by R. H.

Archer, Esq.

. 1 Leopard (Fels pardus). Presented by Edward Booth, Esq.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), S. Born in the Menagerie.

1 English Wild Cow (Bos taurus). Born in the Menagerie.

2 Squirrel-like Phalangers (Petaurus sctureus),2 92. Born in

the Menagerie. :

2. Short-headed Phalangers (Petaurus breviceps), 2 ¢. Born in

the Menagerie.

] White-backed Piping-Crow (Gymnorhina leuconota). Pre-

sented by G. T. Harris, Exq.

10 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Purchased.

14 Yellow-bellied Toads (Bombinator bombinus). Purchased.

3 Barbary Turtle-Doves (Turtur risorius), Presented by Col.

F. J. Gardiner, F.Z.S.

3 Bar-tailed Godwits (Zimosa lapponica). Purchased.

4 Black-tailed Godwits (Limosa egocephala). Purchased.

1 Rutescent Snake (Leptodira hotambeia). Presented by

W. Champion, Esq.

1 Hissing Sand-Snake (Psammophis sibilans). Presented by

W. Champion, Esq.

2 Mute Swans (Cygnus olor), 2 3. Deposited.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandit). Presented by Mr. G.

F. Marson.

1 Patagonian Cavy (Dolichotis patachonica). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Bred in the Menagerie.

2 Hybrid Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus 3 < Larus cachin-

nans 2). Bred in the Menagerie,

2 Mauve-necked Cassowaries ( Casuarius violicollis). Deposited.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by Mrs. C.

Farrant.

1 Senegal Parrot (Paocephalus seneyalus). Deposited.

1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas). Presented by Mr.

David D. Keith.

1 Hybrid Lemur (Lemur macaco 3 x Lemur brunneus 9).

Born in the Menagerie.

. 2 Blue-bearded Jays (Cyanocorax cyanopogon). Presented by

Arthur Ussher, Esq.

1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by the

Hon. A. Littleton.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-

posited.

2 Derbian Screamers (Chawna derhiana). Purchased.

3. 1 Hoolock Gibbon (Hylobates hoolock), g. Presented by 8.

B. Bates, Esq.

2 Black-bellied Sand-Grouse (Pterocies arenarius), 39.

Presented by G. P. Torrens, Esq.

12 Sharp-headed Lizards (Lacerta dugesi). Presented by R.

H. Archer, Esq. ‘

1 Buarrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis), Presented by the Rey. F.

W. Haines.

1 Tessellated Snake (Tropidonotus tessellatus). Presented by

the Rey. F. W. Haines.

June 14

26.

ADDITIONS LO THE MENAGERIE, 1057

. 1 Common Snake (Tropidonotus natriv). Presented by the

Rey. F. W. Haines.

. 1 Northern Mocking-bird (Mimus polyglottus). Presented by

C. Gilbert, Esq.

2 Jameson’s Gulls (Larus nove-hollandie). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Spiny-tailed Iguanas (Ctenosawra acanthura). Deposited.

1 Diamond Python (Python spilotes). Purchased.

2-Palm-Squirrels (Sevwrus palmarum). Purchased.

. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), ¢. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), G. Born in the

Menagerie.

. 1 Reticulated Python (Python reticulatus). Deposited.

. 2Stone-Curlews (dienemus scolopax). Presented by D. F,

Campbell, Esq.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by Mrs. L.

Smallcombe.

2. 1 Toltec Deer ( Cariacus toltecus), 3. From Tobago. Deposited.

1 Yellow-crowned Penguin (Zudyptes antipodum). Deposited.

1 Thick-billed Penguin (Eudyptes pachyrhynchus). From

Stewart Island, New Zealand. Deposited.

1 Rock-hopper Penguin (Zudyptes chrysocome). Deposited.

2 Elephantine Tortoises (T'estudo elephantina). Deposited.

6 Common Cormorants (Phalacrocorax carbo). Presented by

Percy Leigh Pemberton, Esq.

3. 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 9. Presented by T.N.

Loy, Esq.

2 Coscoroba Swans (Coscoroba candida). Purchased,

24. 1 Selous’s Antelope (Zragelaphus selousi ; see Tragelaphus

spekit, P. Z. 5. 1899, p. 824), g. Received in Exchange.

1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), g. Presented by

Mr. J. H. Johnston.

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), ¢. Bornin the Menagerie.

1 Cormorant (Phalacrocoraz carbo). Presented by Percy Leigh

Pemberton, Esq.

12 African Walking-tish (Periophthalmus koelreutert). Presented

by Dr. H. O. Forbes, F.Z.5.

. | Tabuan Parrakeet (Pyrrhulopsis tabuensis). Deposited.

28. 1 Common Paradoxure (Paradovurus niger). Presented by J.

30.

July 1.

co he

Osborne, Esq.

2 Carrion-Crows (Corvus corone). Presented by Lieut.-Col.

Vilett Rolleston, F.Z.S.

2 Slender Ichneumons (Herpestes gracilis). Deposited.

1 Red-bellied Tamarin (Midas labiatus). Deposited.

1 Brown Mouse-Lemur (Chirogaleus miliz). Deposited.

2 Mexican Conures (Conurus holochlorus). Deposited.

1 Rock-Thrush (Monticola saxatilis). Presented by H. J.

Fulljames, Esq.

1 Yellow Hangnest (Cassicus persicus), Presented by H. J.

Fulljames, Esq.

1 Barbary Mouse (Mus barbarus). Presented by Miss M. H.

Lyell.

. 1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Bred in the Menagerie.

. | Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas?), 2. Deposited,

trom Marocco.

“J

APPENDIX.

. 3 Barbary Partridges (Caccabis petrosa). Deposited.

3 Pin-tailed Sand-Grouse (Pterocles alchata). Deposited.

3 Barbary Turtle-Doves (Twrtwr risorius). Deposited.

3 Algerian Chaffinches (Lringilla spodiogena). Deposited.

1 Spanish Sparrow (Passer salicicola). Deposited.

1 Black-headed Finch (Munia malacca). Deposited.

1 Chestnut-bellied Finch (Mania rubro-nigra). Deposited.

1 Serin Finch (Serinus hortulanus). Deposited.

1 Crested Coot (Fulica cristata). Deposited.

2 Lanner Falcons (Falco lanarius). Presented hy Sir Harry

Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z.S.

1 Yellow-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis ochrocephala). Presented

by Mrs. G. T. Cox.

2 Common Badgers (Meles tavus). Presented by A. Gorham, Esq.

. 1 Grand Galago (Galago crassicaudatu). Weposited.

5 Black-headed Terrapins (Damonia reevest unicolor). De-

posited.

1 Salt-water Terrapin (Malacoclemmys terrapin). Deposited.

1 Painted Terrapin (Chrysemys picta). Deposited.

3 Reeves’s ‘Terrapins (Damonia reevesi). Deposited.

1 Home’s Cinixys (Ciniays homeana). Deposited.

1 Derbian Sternothere (Sternotherus derbianus), Deposited,

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by J. HH.

Higgins, Esq.

1 Hunting-Crow (Ctssa venatoria).

1 Black-necked Grakle (Gracupica niyricollis).

1 Larger Racket-tailed Drongo (Dissemawrus

paradiseus).

1 Sacred Kingtisher (Halcyon sancta).

1 Black Hangnest (Cassidix oryzivora).

1 Blackbird (Turdus merula).

1 Grey-winged Blackbird (Zurdus peciloptera).

1 Brown Thrush (TYurdus leucomelas).

1 Brown Mock-Thrush (Harporhynchus rufus). }

Presented by

Russell Hum-

phrys, Esq.

—————_——~. --—

. | Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), @. Born in the Menagerie.

4 Rosy-billed Ducks (Metopiana pepesaca), 23, 29. Pur-

chased.

. 2 Maholi Galagos (Galago maholi). Presented by the Hon.

Mrs. Gilbert Johnstone.

1 North-African Jackal (Canis anthus). Purchased.

4 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes). Purchased.

1 Ostrich (Struthio camelus), ¢. Purchased.

1 Sun-Bittern (Lurypyga helias). Purchased.

1 Searlet Ibis (Zudocimus ruber). Purchased.

1 Golden Paradoxure (Paradoxurus aureus). Deposited.

5 Reticulated Pythons (Python reticulatus). Deposited.

. 1 Mandarin Duck (4% galericulata). Bred in the Menagerie.

4 Summer Ducks (4¢v sponsa). Bred in the Menagerie.

4 Variegated Sheldrakes (Yadorna variegata). Bred in the

Menagerie.

4 Upland Geese (Chloéphaga magellanica). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Horseshoe Snake (Zamenis hippocrepis). Purchased.

. 1 Spring-bok (Gazella euchore), 3. Presented by J. E. Matcham,

isq., C.M.Z.S.

4 Spur-winged Geese (Plectropterus gambensis), Pyesented by

J, E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

July 8.

10.

11.

14.

15,

17.

18.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGBERIE, 1059

1 Ring-hals Snake (Sepedon hemachates), Presented by J. KE.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus),$. Presented by Miss

Nesta Bevan.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika),2?. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Common Peafowl (Pavo cristatus),$. Presented by Miss A.

S. Heldmann.

1 Black-faced Spider-Monkey (Ate/es ater). Presented by Mrs.

K. E. Mackenzie.

5 Common Hedgehogs (Lrinaceus europeus). Presented by

Geo. Long, Esq.

2 Mauve-necked Cassowaries (Caswarius violicollis). Deposited.

1 European Pond-Tortoise (LZmys orbicularis). Deposited.

. 2 Campbell’s Monkeys (Cercopithecus campbelli), 6 Q. Pre-

sented by Capt. I’. R. B. Parmeter.

2 Common Foxes (Canis vulpes). Presented by A. H. Britten,

Esq.

2 Syrian Bulbuls (Pycnonotus xanthopygos). Deposited.

2 Climbing Fishes (dnabas scandens). Presented by P.

Barford, Esq.

3. 1 Avabian Gazelle (Gazella arabica). Presented by B. T.

Ffinch, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pyyerythrus). Presented

by B. T. Ffinch, Esq., F.Z.8.

3 Chipping Squirrels (Zamius striatus), Presented by the Rey.

A. ff. Tollemache.

2 Rose-coloured Pastors (Pastor roseus). Purchased.

2 Indian Mynahs (Acridotheres ginginianus). Purchased.

1 Silky Starling (Poltopsar sericeus). Purchased.

1 Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus). Presented by M. Magnusson,

Esq.

2 inhieas (white var.) (Rhea americana). Deposited.

2 Lunulated Honey-eaters (Melithreptes lunulatus). Purchased.

2 Fuscous Honey-eaters (Pézlotis fuscus). Purchased.

2 Pied Grallinas (Grallina australis). Purchased.

2 Musky Lorikeets (Glossopsittacus concinnus). Purchased.

2 Bamboo Partridges (Bambusicola thoracica). Purchased.

1 Common Cassowary (Casuarius galeatus). Deposited. °

1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelh), 2. Deposited.

2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Blood-rumped Parrakeet (Psephotus hemuatonotus),?, Pre-

sented by Mrs. A. Chambers.

1 Rock-Thrush (Monticola saxatilis). Received in Exchange.

2 Common Cormorants (Phalacrucoraz carbo). Presented by

P. L. Pemberton, Esq.

1 Feline Douroucouli (Nyctipithecus vociferans). Presented by

Mrs. Arthur Harter.

1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 2. Born in the

Menagerie.

3 Adorned Terrapins (Chrysemys ornata). Presented by C. J.

Rickards, Esq.

19.°1 Anubis Baboon (Cynocephalus anubis), 2. From Accra.

20,

Presented by G. B. Haddon Smith, Esq.

1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta). Presented by Mrs. T.

Butt Miller, :

2 Hairy Armadillos (Dasypus villosus), Deposited.

1060

July 20.

21.

29,

APPENDIX.

1 Ground Hornbill (Bucorvus abyssinicus). Presented by Geo.

Hirst, Esq. See P. Z.S. 1899, p. 824.

1 Blood-rumped Parrakeet (Psephotus hematonotus),g. Pre-

sented by Mrs. A. Chambers.

1 Lion Marmoset (Midas rosalia). Presented by Capt.

Chawner.

1 Spotted Ichneumon ( Herpestes awro-punctatus). Presented by

Mr. Geo. F. Aress.

1 Levaillant’s Cynictis ( Cynictis penicillata), Presented by J.

E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Bristly Ground-Squirrels (Xerws sefosus). Presented by J.

E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Cape Pouched Rat (Saccostomus campestris). Presented by

J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Blue-fronted Amazon ( Chrysotis estiva). Deposited.

2, 1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaétus), Presented by H. C.

Ross, Esq.

1 Chattermg Lory (Lorius garrulus). Purchased.

1 Common Duiker (Cephalophus yrimmi), 3. Presented by

Cant. G. C. Denton, C.M.G., F.ZS,

24, 1 Common Badger (Medes tavus),Q. Presented by Mrs. F.

Travers.

. 2Common Wolves (Canis lupus), g 2. Purchased. From

Siberia.

26. 1 Zebu (Bos indicus), 3. Presented by C. A. Smith Ryland, Esq.

2 Common Squirrels (Sezwrus vulgaris). Presented by Miss

E. B. Sparrow.

1 Common Badger (Meles tarus). Deposited. From Siberia.

1 Common Hamster (Cricetus frumentarius). Deposited.

1 Mongolian Pheasant (Phastianus mongolicus). Deposited.

4 Horstield’s Tortoises (T'estudo horsfieldi). Veposited.

2 Blackish Sternotheres ( Sternotherus nigricans). Deposited.

1 Japanese Terrapin (Clemmys japonica). Deposited.

1 Serrated Terrapin (Clemmys scripta). Deposited.

6 Sand-Lizards (Lacerta agilis). Deposited.

6 Crested Anolis (Anolis ertstatellus). Deposited.

2 Long-snouted Snakes (Dryophis mycterizans). Deposited.

27, 2 Tengmalm’s Owls (Nyctala tengmalmi). Presented by P.

Musters, Esq. From Norway.

1 Tui Parrakeet (Brotogerys tui). Presented by C. M. Hayter,

Esq.

1 Martinique Gallinule (Lonornis martinicus). Presented by

H. A. Pare, Esq.

. 1 Purple-faced Monkey (Semnopithecus cephalopterus),3. Pre-

sented by Mrs. Usborne.

2 Yellow-tufted Honey-eaters (Ptilotes awricomis). Purchased.

2 Nonpareils (Cyanospiza ciris), ¢ 9. Purchased.

1 Adorned Terrapin (Chrysemys ornata). Presented by Mrs.

R. J. Aston.

1 Common Snake (Tropidonotus natrix). Deposited.

2 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Deposited.

1 Common Snake (var.) (Tropidenctus natriv). Presented by

T. E. Gunn, Esq. ’

1 Glass-Snake (Ophiosaurus apus). Deposited.

1 Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by P. Stuart, Esq.

. 1 Tantalus Monkey (Cercopithecus tantalus), 2. Presented by

W. Knight, Esq.

July 31.

Aug. 1.

14.

aS) rey

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 1061

; Grison (Galictis vittata). Purchased.

1 Magpie (Pica rustica). Presented by 8. B. Goldsmith, sq.

2 Black-eared Marmosets (Hupale penicillate). Deposited.

1 Red-eared Bulbul (Pyenonotus jocosus). Presented by Miss

Petrocochino.

1 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Ziothria luteus). Presented by Miss

Petrocochino.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentaius). Deposited.

2 Goshawks (Astur palumbarius), Presented by Mons. P, A.

Pichot. C.M.Z.5.

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by A. M. Rodger,

eel sae Phalanger (Trichosurus fuliginosus), ¢. Deposited.

2 Maholi Galagos (Galago maholi). Deposited,

1 Malabar Squirrel (Seturus maaimus dealbatus). Deposited.

2 Hairy Armadillos (Dasypus villosus), Presented by Whn.

Brown, Esq.

1 Geoffroy’s Cat (Felis geoffroii). Pyesented by Wm. Brown,

Esq.

4 afons Tinamous (Rhynchotus rufescens). Presented by

Ernest Gibson, Esq.

3 Spotted Tinamous (Nothura maculosa). Presented by Emest

Gibson, Hsq.

. 1 Hybrid Mexican Deer (between Cariacus mevicanus g and

Cariucus macrotis 9). Born in the Menagerie.

2 Superb Tanagers { Calliste fastuoza). Pure hased.

1 Blue-and-Black Tanager (Zanayrella cyunomelena), Pur-

chased.

1 Thick-billed Tanager (Luphonia laniivostvis). Purchased.

1 Long-necked Chelodine (Chelodina lonyicollis). Deposited.

2 Serrated Terrapins ( Chrysemys scripta). Deposited.

7 Common Mynah ( Aeridotheres tristis). Received in Exchange

1 Antillean Boa (Boa diviniloqua). Deposited.

1 Pinche Monkey (Midas edipus),g. Vresented by R. HW. Stone,

1 Simiente (Suricata tetradactyla). Deposited.

1 Common Hamster (albino) (Cricetus frwmentarius). De-

posited.

2 Spotted Turtle-Doves (Turtur suratensis). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Common Duikers (Cephalophus grimmi), 6 Q. Presented by

J. E. Matcham, Esq., O.M.Z.5.

6 Swainson’s Francolins (Pternistes swainsoni), 2 o,4 2. Pre-

sented by J. E. Matcham, EK “> C.M.Z.S.

2 Grévy’s Zebras (Equus yrevyi), 6 Q. Deposited by H.M.

The Queen. See P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 825.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), d. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Common Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida). Presented “by John

Porter, Esq.

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 2. Presented by Col.

Bourchier.

1 Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by Com-

mander H. Woodcock.

. 1 Puma (Felis concolor). Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Malayan Bear (Ursus malayanus), Presented by Miss

Dorothy Woolner, ¥.Z.S.

1062

APPENDIX.

Aue.17. 3 Pink-headed Ducks (Rhodonessa caryophyllacea), 1 3,2 3.

Sept.

18.

ils

ba |

Purchased.

6 Edible Frogs (Zana esculenta). Purchased.

12 Paradise Fish (Macropus viridi-auratus). Purchased.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandi), 9. Presented by R.

Hilliard, Esq.

1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli), 2. Born in the Mena-

gerie,

1 Alexandrine Parrakeet (Paleornis alerandri), 2. Presented

by Miss J. M. Pott.

. 1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Presented by C. W. Lilley,

Ksq., F.Z.8.

, 2 Lion Marmosets (Midas rosalia). Purchased.

4 Violet Tanagers (Euphonia violacea), 3 3,192. Purchased.

1 Yellow Tanager (Calliste flava), 2. Purchased.

3 Blue-shouldered T: anagers (Tanagra cyanoptera). Purchased.

1 Great Tanager (Saltator magnus). Purchased.

1 Black-headed Sugar-bird (Chlorophanes viridis), 2. Pur-

chased.

2 Natterer’s Hawks (Asturina natterert). Purchased.

1 Red-faced Ouakari (Owacaria rubteunda). Deposited.

. 2 Puttins (Fratercula arctica). Presented by R. Gordon-Smith,

Esq.

. LServal (Felis ser wall Presented by Sir R. B, Llewellyn,

K.C.M.G.

Red-vented Cockatoo (Cacatua hematuropygia). Deposited.

i Black necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis), 9. Purchased.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus),2. Presented by

'T. Mark Merriman, Esq.

1 Bonnet-Monkey iMasnee stnicus), 2. Presented by J. M.

Skinner, Esq.

26. 1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes awo-punctatus). Presented by

Miss Jackson.

. 1 Stone-Curlew (Gidicnemus scolopar). From Oxfordshire,

Presented by 8. M. Sargant, Esq.

1 Common Camel (Came -lus dromedarius), 3. From Mogador.

Presented by F. G. Aflalo, Esq., F. Ae.

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cer copithecus wlbigular is), ¢. Presented by

'W. P. Peyton, Esq.

. 1 Common Raccoon (Procyon lotor). From Barbados. De-

posited.

. | West-African Python (Python sebe). Presented by J. S.

Budgett, Esq., F.Z.S.

oral Long-nosed Crocodiles (Crocodilus cataphractus). From

Assay, Southern Nigeria. Presented by W. J. Bowker

Esq.

1 Shoviaailed Vole (var.) (Arvicola agrestis). Presented by

A. Thomas, Esq. ?

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by E. J.

Mills, Esq., F.Z.8.

2 One-Wattled Cassowaries (Caswarius uniappendiculatus).

Deposited.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris), Presented by

Mr, H. Wish. 4

. 1 Short-eared Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale brachyotis), 3. De-

posited.

Sept. 7.

15.

14.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1063

2 Regent-birds (Sericulus melinus). Deposited.

1 Blue-necked Cassowary (Casuarius intensus). Deposited.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Palgornis torquata). Deposited.

1 Serrated Terrapin (Chrysemys scripta). Deposited.

1 Grooved Tortoise (Testado calcarata). Deposited,

1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbexteri). Presented by

Lieut.-Col. G. E. E. Blunt.

. 1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by Thomas

A. de Wolf, Esq.

. 1 Kinkajou (Cer coleptes caudivolvulus). Deposited.

1 Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus). Deposited.

1 Fulmar (Fulmarws gracilis), Presented by G.S. Hett, Esq.

2. 1 Maholi Galago (Galago maholi). Presented by James W.

Park, Isq.

1 Lapwing (Vanellus vulgaris). Presented by the Rey. A.

Barham Hutton.

2 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Ronald H. Archer, Esq.

3 Armoured Cat-fish (Callichthys paleatus). Deposited.

2 Black-eared Marmosets ( Hapale penicillata). DPyesented by

F. M. Still, Esq.

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by P. Debell

Tuckett, Esq.

1 Palm-Squirrel (albino) (Sctuus palmarum ?), Deposited.

1 Black-headed Conure (Conurus nanday). Deposited.

1 Herving-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by J. L. Bell,

Kisq.

. 1 Guinea Baboon (Cynucephalus sphina), 9. Presented by Mr.

J. Huxley.

1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas).

4 Bristly Ground-Squirrels (Yerws setoses).

1 Vulturine Eagle (Ageila verreauri).

2 Hispid Lizards (Ayama hispida).

4 Delalande’s Lizards (Nucras delalandit).

7 Rufescent Snakes (Leptodira pee:

| Presented by

4 Crossed Snakes (Psammophis crucifer). is

Aa DY Matcham,

5 Rhomb-marked Snakes (Zrimerorhinus Heq., C.M.Z.8.

rhombeatus).

8 Rough-keeled Snakes (Dasypeltis scabra)

1 Infernal Snake (Loodon infernalis).

2 Putt-Adders (Bitis ariectans).

. | African Civet Cat (Viverra civetta). Presented by W. W.

Hardwick, Esq., R.N.

alt Two-spotted Paradeenr (Nandinia binotata). Presented by

F. Gordon, Esq.

. 4 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by F. R. Preston,

Esq.

. 1 Black-backed Kaleege (Zuplocamus melanonotus), 9. Pre-

sented by W. F. Pedler, Esq.

2 Sonnerat’s Jungle-fowls (Gallus sonnerati), 22. Presented by

W. F. Pedler, Esq.

1 Wood-Francolin (Francolinus guiaris). Presented by W. F

Pedler, Esq.

2. 1 Hocheur Monkey (Cercopithecus nictitans). Deposited.

1 Maroon Oriole (Oriolus trail). Deposited.

1 Riippell’s Parrot (Pwocephalus rueppelli). Deposited.

2 Radiated Tortoises (Lestudo radiata). Deposited.

1064

Sept.

APPENDIX,

25. 2 Black-eared Marmosets (Hapale penicillata). Deposited.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), g. Presented by

Dr. Montgomery Smith.

25. 4 Blanding’s Terrapins (Zmys blandingi). Deposited.

1 Prickly Trionyx (Trionyx spinifer). Deposited.

26. 1 Black-necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis), 9. Purchased.

1 Hoopoe (Upupa epops). Purchased.

2 Sandpipers (7'ringordes hypoleucus). Purchased.

28. 1 Rutled Lemur (Lemus varius). Deposited.

2 Westerman’s Kclectus (Eclectus westermani),2¢. Deposited.

1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotuta). Deposited.

1 Rufous Tinamou (Lthynchotus rufescens). Deposited.

2). 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes yriscus), Deposited.

5 Barbary Lurtle-Doyes (Turtur risorius), Presented by Mrs.

J. A, Moore,

30. 2 Lanceolated Jays (Garrulus lanceslatus). een:

1 Westerman’s Eclectus (Eclectus westermant), 2. Deposited.

Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 3. Deposited.

. 2 Baillon’s Aracaris (Andigena bailloni). Purchased.

12 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Purchased.

4. 1 Guinea Baboon (Cynucephalus sphinx), $. Deposited.

2 Squirel-like Phalangers (Petaurus sciurcus),2 g. Born in

the Menagerie.

1 Striped Snake ( Tropidonotus ordinatus sirtalis). Deposited.

> Common Snakes ( Zropidonotus natriv). Deposited.

1 Tessellated Snake ( Tropidonotus tessellatus}. Deposited.

1 Four-lined Snake (Coluber quatuor lineatus). Deposited.

1 Smooth Snake (Coronella austriaca). Deposited.

1 Glass-Snake (Ophiosaurus apus). Deposited.

J Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata), Deposited.

6 Slowworms (Anyuwis fragilis). Deposited.

. | Wapiti Deer ( Cervus canadensis). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Axis Deer (Cerv us aris), O. Born in the Menagerie.

3 Palm-Squirrels (Sciwrus palmarunt). Presented. by Mrs. M.

FE. Tracey.

1 White-browed Amazon (Chrysotis albifrons). Purchased.

2 Orange-flanked Parrakeets (Brotogerys pyrrhopterus). Pre-

sented by W. H. St. Quintin, Esq., F.Z.5.

. 4 Red-crested Pochards (Fuligula rufina), 2,292. Purchased.

. 1 Smooth-headed Capuchin (Cebus monachus), @. Presented

by M. P. Peeker, Esq.

1 Chepi Starling (Aphobus chopi). Presented by W. R.

Routledge, Esq.

9. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Iacucus rhesus), 2. Presented by Mrs. J.

Adams.

1 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina). Deposited.

1 Common Cormorant (var.) (Phalacrocorax carbo). Deposited,

11. 1 Black-faced Spider-Monkey (Ateles ater). Presented by

Claude P, Landi, Esq.

1 Emu (Dromeus nove-hollandie). Deposited.

6 Glossy Ibises (Plegadis falcinellus). Bred in the Menagerie.

3 Long-necked Chelodines (Chelodina longicollis). Deposited.

12. 1 Red-cheeked Souslik (Spermophilus erythrogenys). Depo-

site

4 Eversnmiann’s Sousliks (Spermophilus altaicus). Deposited.

4 Altai Sousliks (Spermophilus mugosaricus). Deposited,

“1m

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1065

Oct. 12. 1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

16.

A. H. Ryan, Esq.

1 Uveean Parrakeet (Nymphicus ureensis). Deposited.

1 Rosy Parrakeet (Paleornis rosa), 3. Deposited.

. | Westerman’s Eelectus (Eclectus westermani), 3. Deposited.

1 Gray’s Tree-frog (Rhacophorus maculatus var. quadrilineata)

Deposited.

1 Gambian Pouched-Rat (Cricetomys gambianus). Presented by

Ernest E. Austen, Esq.

1 Nilotic Trionyx (Trionyx triunguis). Presented by Ernest E.

Austen, Esq.

1 Red-footed Ground-Squirrel (Xerus erythropus). Presented

by F. H. D. Negus, Esq.

1 Green Turtle (Chelone viridis). Presented by W. Hebden,

Esq., C.E

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

A.M. Burgess, Esq.

2 Serrated Terrapins (Chrysemys scripta). Deposited.

1 Shielded River-Turtle (Lmyda seututa). Deposited.

12 Goldfinches (Carduelis elegans). Purchased.

12 Chaflinches (Fringil/a celebs). Purchased.

6 Bullfinches (Pyrrhula europea). Purchased.

18. 2 Herring-Gulls (Laurus argentatus). Presented by J. W.

Edgar, Esq.

1 Melodious;Jay-Thrush (Lewcodioptron canorum). Presented by

Mrs. Currey.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

F. G. Ward, Esq.

. 1 Heek’s Cassowary (Casuarius hecki). Deposited.

1 White Goshawk (Astur nove-hollandie). Deposited.

1 Crab-eating Raccoon (Procyon cancrivorus). Purchased.

3 Short-eared Owls (Asio brachyotus). Purchased.

. 1 Green Monkey (Cereogrthecus callitrichus), 2. Presented by

G. P. Kinahan, Esq.

1 Spoonbill (Platalea lencorodia). Presented by Capt. E. W.

Burnett.

1 Kestrel (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by Capt. E. W.

Burnett.

. 1 Ring-Ouzel (Turdus torquatus), 9. Deposited.

2 Sacred Kingfishers (Halcyon sancta). Deposited.

1 Forsten’s Lorikeet (Trichoglossus forsteni). Deposited.

3. 1 Westerman’s Eclectus (Zelectus westermani), 2. Deposited.

1 Corn-Crake (Creaz pratensis). Presented by Collingwood

Ingram, Esq.

1 Ring-hals Snake (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by J.

E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.,

. 1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), 9. Presented by

the Rey. A. Clutterbuck.

4 Common Squirrels (Seiuras vulgaris). Purchased.

. 2 Red-footed Lemurs (Lemur rufipes), 3 2. Deposited.

1 Puisa Ichneumon (Bdeogale puisa). Deposited.

1 Greater Vasa Parrot (Coracopsis vasa). Presented by Mr. C

Hunt.

. 1 Leopard (young) (Felis pardus), 2. Presented by Capt. J. L,

Stanistreet.

2 Black-tailed Godwits (Limosa egocephala). Deposited.

10 Salt-water Terrapins (Malacoclemmys terrapin). Deposited.

1066

Oct. 30.

Bl.

Nov. 1.

Li,

15.

APPENDIX.

1 Shag (Phalacrocorax graculus). Presented by E.5. Montague,

2 Glaucous Gulls (Larus glaucus). Presented by H. J. Pearson,

Esq.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by H. J.

Pearson, Esq.

12 Golden Carp (Carassius auratus), Purchased.

4 Blanding’s Terrapins (Emys blandingi). Deposited.

5 Prickly Triony x (Trionyx spinifer). Deposited.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢. Presented by

Chas. Dallas, Esq.

. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Trichosurus vulpecula), 3. Presented by

D. Woosnam, “Esq.

. 2 Grand Eclectus (£electus roratus),29. Deposited.

1 Mealy Amazon (Chrysotus farinosa). Deposited.

7 Cape Scorpions (Opisthophthalmus capensis). Presented by

Dr, W. F. Purcell.

5 : Viverrine Phalanger (Pseudochirus cuoki), 3. Deposited.

1 Agile Wallaby (Maer opus agilis), 29. Deposited.

.2 Thigh-striped Wallabies (Macropus thetidis), 2g. Deposited.

2 Cardinal Kclectus (Zelectus cardinalis),3 9. From Amboyna.

Deposited.

1 Cardinal Eclectus (Zclectus cardinalis), ¢. From Buru.

Deposited.

4 Mississippi Terrapins (Malacoclemmys geographicu). Depo-

sited.

5 Prickly Trionyx (T'riony2 spinifer). Deposited.

+ Menobranchs (Necturus maculatus). Deposited.

1 Amphiuma (Amphiuma means). Deposited.

1 Spring-bok (Gazella euchore), §. Received in Exchange.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandit), 2. Deposited.

I Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Deposited.

5 Mute Swans (Cygnus olor). Deposited.

. 1 Hog-Deer (Cervus porcinus). Bred in the Menagerie.

1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas). Pure hased,

2 Brazilian Caracaras (Polyborus brasiliensis). Purchased.

1 Anaconda (Lunectes murinus). Purchased.

. | Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by

W. J. Beard, Esq.

1 Rufous-necked W: allaby (Macropus rujicollis), ¢. Deposited.

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), 9. Presented by

the Lord Alexander Thynne.

1 White-tailed Gnu (Connochetes gnu), 3d. Presented by C.D,

Rudd, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Roi Rhe-bok (Cervicapra fulvo-rufila), ¢. Purchased.

1 Spring-bok (Gazella euchore), 2. Deposited.

2 Schalow’s Touracous (Turacus schalowt). From Benguela.

Presented by W. L. Sclater, Esq., F.Z.S.

4 Cape Turtle-Doves (Turtur capicola). Presented by W. L.

Sclater, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Vulturine Eagle (Aquila verreauat). Presented by the Rey.

Dr. Kolbe.

1 Tawny Eagle (Aquila nevivides). Presented by Claude

Scuthey, Esq.

2 Dusty Ichneumons (Herpestes pulverulentus). Presented by

the Trustees of the South-African Museum.

Nov. 13

14.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1067

- 1 Cape Crowned Crane (Balearica regulorwn). Presented by

the Trustees of the South-African Museum.

2 Mandrills (Cynocephalus mormon),2 3. Deposited.

2 White-collared Mangabeys (Cercocebus collaris), $9. De-

osited.

1 reas Crested Eagle (Lophotriorchis lucani). Deposited.

1 White-tailed Ichneumon (Herpestes albicuuda). From the

Atbara River, Egyptian Soudan. Deposited.

1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes awro-punctatus). From Busreh,

Persian Gulf. Presented by B. T. Ffinch, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Purchased.

. 4 Lesser Pin-tailed Sand-Grouse (Pterocles exvustus). Deposited.

1 Black-headed Partridge (Caccabis melanocephala). Deposited.

7 Cape Doves (Gina capensis). From Arabia. Deposited.

. 1 Yellow-headed Conure (Conwrus jendaya). Deposited.

. 1 Brown Tree-Kangaroo (Dendrolagus inustus), 9. Deposited.

1 Tantalus Monkey (Cercopithecus tantalus), 3. Deposited.

. 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 3. Presented by E. F.

Martin, Esq.

20. 1 Indian Antelope (Antilope cervicapra), $. Deposited.

1 Persian Gazelle (Gazella subgutturvsa), 3. Presented by

B. T. Ftinch, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Chaplain Crow (Corvus capellanus). Presented by B. T.

F finch, Esq., F.Z.8.

. 2 Red-backed Buntings (Zimberiza rutila). Purchased.

. 2 Chipping Squirrels (Zamias striatus). Presented by C. M.

Stewart, Esq.

2 Snake-Fishes (Polypterus senegalus). From the River

Gambia. Presented by J. S. Budgett, Esq., F.Z.S. See

P. Z.S. 1899, p. 985.

1 Sooty Phalanger ( Trichosurus fuliyinosus), 3. Deposited.

1 Banded Parrakeet (Puleornis fasciatus), $. Deposited.

24. | Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), §. Presented by

Mrs. A. Rousbey.

25. 1 Fennec Fox (Canis cerdo). Deposited.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

J. A. Ewen, Hsq., J.P.

28. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 9. Presented by Douglas

Mason, Hsq.

1 Rufous Rat-Kangaroo (Apyprymnus rufescens), $. Depo-=

sited.

2 Ornamental Lorrikeets (Z'richoglossus ornatus). Deposited.

1. Banded Parrakeet (Palornis fasciata}, $. Deposited.

2 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (var.) (Melopsittacus undulatus).

Deposited.

1 Lapwing (var.) (Vanellus vulgaris). Deposited.

2 Wrinkled Terrapins (Chrysemys scripta rugosa). Deposited.

4 Starred Tortoises (Testudo eleyans). Deposited.

2 Emperor Boas (Boa imperator). Deposited.

. 1 Common Badger (Meles taxus). Presented by G. E. Branson,

Esq.

. 2 Golden Agoutis (Dasyprocta aguti). Presented by C. Bevan,

Esq.

1 Common Trout (Salmo fario). Presented by Arthur Irving,

Esq.

. 4 Bewick’s Swans (Cygnus bewickt). Deposited.

“I oS

14.

APPENDIX.

2. 1 White-bellied Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus leucogaster). Presented

by Capt. Francis Mayor.

. 2 Common Scoters (Gidemia nigra). Purchased.

1 Tufted Duck (Fudigula cristata), 9. Purchased.

1 Blackish Tortoise (Testudo nigrita). Deposited.

1 Annulated Terrapin (Nicoria annulata). Deposited.

3 Blanding’s Terrapins (mys blandingz). Deposited.

1 Delalande’s Gecko (Tarentola delalandii). Presented by

Mr. J. Chappell.

. 2 Brown’s Parrakeets (Platycercus brownt). Deposited.

1 Partridge (Perdiv cinerea), Purchased.

. 2 Hobbies (Kalco subbuteo). Presented by J. H. Ingram, Esq.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Mr. F.

G. Stenning.

1 Fieldfare (Zurdus pilaris). Presented by Mr. Herbert

Goodchild.

. 1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista).

Presented by R. Caton Woodville, Esq.

. | Mozambique Monkey ( Cercopithecus pygerythrus). Deposited.

1 Yellow-footed Squirrel (Scvwrus dudovicianus). Purchased.

1 Bee-eater (Merops apiaster). Deposited.

. 1 Grey Flying-Squirrel (Sczwropterus fimbriatus). Presented by

Capt. S. A. Harriss, 1.M.S. From Chitral.

. 1 Brush-tailed Kangaroo (Petrogale penici/lata), §. Born in the

Menagerie.

4 Common Sheldrakes (Zadorna cornuta). Purchased.

2 White-fronted Geese (Anser albifrons). Purchased.

2 Crossed Snakes (Psammophis crucifer). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Rhomb-marked Snakes (7rimerorhinus rhombeatus). Pre-

sented by J. EK. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 PuffAdder (Bites artetans). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Cape Bucephalus (Dispholidus typus). Presented by J. FE.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Harnessed Antelope (Tragelaphus scriptus), 2. Born in the

Menagerie.

5. 1 Pheasant (J’hastanus colchicus), §. Presented by the Hon,

KE. A. Stonor,

1 Common Rattlesnakes (Crotalus durissus). Deposited.

2 Torrid Rattlesnakes (Crotalus horridus). Deposited.

. 2 White-throated Capuchins (Cebus hypoleucus). Presented by

Miss A. E. Faux.

20. 3 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by

Mr. A. Galefii.

. 1 Suricate (Surtcata tetradactyla). Deposited.

2 Long-necked Chelodines (Chelodina longicollis). Deposited.

6 Pennsylvanian Terrapins (Cinosternum pennsylvanicum). De-

posited.

5 Speckled Terrapins (Clemmys guttata). Deposited.

2 Black-headed Terrapins (Damonia reevest unicolor). De-

posited.

28. 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), g. De-

osited.

30. 1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas). Presented. by J., L.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

Abacena

discalis, 286.

Abantis

paradisea, 418, 426,

974.

Ablabes

baliodirus, 605, 673.

chinensis, 162.

longicauda, 605, 673.

major, 165.

tricolor, 605, 673.

Acamptogorgia

acanthostoma, 48.

alternans, 48.

arbuscula, 48.

Sruticosa, 48.

spinosa, 46, 47, 53.

Acanthastrea, 757.

hirsuta, 760.

Acanthodon

anqusticeps, 846.

lacustris, 846.

Acanthogorgia

muricata, 48, 53.

Acanthosaura,

armata, 608, 638.

capra, 601, 603, 638.

coronata, 601, 603,

639.

crucifera, 957.

hainanensis, 957, 961.

lamnidentata, 160,

Acanthurus

chirurgus, 506.

Acellalis

iridalis, 285.

Acerina

zillii, 119.

Acharana, 201.

descripta, 202.

elongalis, 204.

fuscescens, 204.

honestalis, 204.

rudis, 204,

INDEX.

Acharana

simplex, 204.

subenescens, 204.

subalbescens, 204.

Achatina

craveni, 590, 592.

fragilis, 591, 592.

glaucina, 590, 592.

glutinosa, 589.

hamillei, 590.

immaculata, 589.

johnstoni, 59V, 592.

kirkii, 590.

layardi, 589.

panthera, 589, 592.

peterst, 589.

Acherontia

atropos, 293.

Acipenser

sturio, 455, 473.

Acleros

mackenti, 974.

Acrea

acara, 421.

—, var. barberi, 421.

acrita, var. pudorina,

420, 965.

admatha, var. leuco-

grapha, 977.

alicia, 420.

anemosa, 421.

apecida, 965.

astrigera, 418, 421,

427.

cabira, 965, 975.

cerasa, 421.

lycia, 965.

—, var. daira, 420,

965.

—, var. spanzini, 965.

onerata, 965.

Acridotheres, 12.

Acripia

subolivacea, 236.

Proc, Zoou, Soc.—1899, No. LXIX.

}

Acrobasis

atratella, 286.

eryptoleucella, 286.

latiorella, 286.

Acrochordus

granulatus, 658.

Javanicus, 601, 604,

618, 658.

Acrospila

plelincadalts 218,

Actheres

lace, 498.

percarum, 498,

pimelodi, 498.

selachiorum, 499.

Actias

artemis, 293, 294,

leto, 298, 294.

menas, 294.

mimose, 293,

294.

selene, 293, 294.

Acusilas

africanus, 855,

Adeloides, 195.

cinerealis, 19d.

glaucoptera, 195.

Adena, 226.

hybreasalis, 227.

canthialis, 2277.

Adra

argentilinea, 286.

Adricara

albodiscata, 286.

Aichmophorus, 1018,

1020, 1023, 1042.

/Ediodes

bacisalis, 286.

#luropus

melanoleucus, 575,

#lurosaurus

felinus, 627.

/Eluroscalabotes

felinus, 603, 627

1070

/Enidea

coccinea, 376.

Eschremon, 277.

Aethon

prionoti, 491, -

Ethrodes, gen. noyv.,

861.

mammosa, 861.

Agapornis, 9, 34, 35, 37,

4, 45.

roseicapillus, 37.

Agastya, 219.

flavomaculata, 219.

hybleoides, 219.

Agathodes

diversalis, 182.

dubitalis, 283.

Aglaops, 239.

Agriodus

auritus, 550.

Agyrtria

tephrocephala, 515.

Aipysurus

eydouxi, 600, 607, 688.

Albula

conorhynchus, 940,

carcharie, 462.

difficile, 462.

Alectrurus

risorius, 515.

tricolor, 513.

Alestes

longipennis, 731.

Algedonia, 252.

Allolobophora

eisent, 805.

Allomorpha

africana, 356.

Alosa

Jinta, 503.

Alyta

calligrammalis, 285.

Amauris

albimaculata, 976.

Amblycephalus

levis, 600, 607, 694.

malaccanus, 607, 694.

nurgaritophorus, 601,

607, 694,

mellendorffi, 607, 694.

Amblystoma

persimile, 914.

Ameiva

leucostigma, 517.

Amia .

calva, 954.

Ammodytes

lanceolatus 940, 947,

955.

INDEX.

Ammodytes

tobianus, 940, 947.

Awpelion

cucullatus, 513.

Amphacanthus

rivulatus, 4438.

Amphimela

ornata, 356.

Amphioxus, 8.

Ampbiproviverra

manzaniand, 928.

Anabazenops

amaurotis, 510.

rufo-superciliatus, 513.

Anadorhynchus

hyacinthinus, 26, 27,

28, 29.

Analcippus

ardens, 827.

Anania, 252.

Anarmodia, 217.

bistralis, 217.

clamalis, 218.

corylalis, 218.

inferioralis, 218.

inscriptalis, 217.

longinqualis, 218.

majoralis, 218,

pontealis, 217.

punctilinealis, 218.

sibilalis, 217.

Anarrhichas

lupus, 503, 940, 956.

Anarta

melaxantha, 279.

Anchorella

agilis, 505.

angulata, 504.

appendiculata, 506.

appendiculosa, 506.

bergylte, 505.

brevicollis, 505.

canthari, 505.

denticis, 504,

dilatata, 506.

emarginata, 503, 504.

fallax, 504.

hostilis, 506.

lanciniata, 506.

lize, 507.

ovalis, 504.

pagelli, S504.

pagri, 505.

paradoxa, 506.

quadrata, 504.

rugosa, 503.

sargi, SOA.

scienophila, 506.

scombri, 504.

stellata, 504.

stichei, 505

Anchorella

trigle, 503.

uncinata, 505.

wrolophi, 506.

Ancistrodon

acutus, 166.

blomhoffii, 607, 608,

694.

rhodostoma, 694.

Ancyloptila

lactoides, 285.

Andigena

baiilont, 513.

Andrapha

basalis, 286.

Androctonus (Prionurus)

citrinus, 834.

Andronymius

philander, 974.

Anguilla

vulgaris, 444, 940,

9D):

Anguis

fragilis, 161.

Anhinga

anhinga, 511.

Anisota

stigma, 293.

Anops

cornuta, 491.

Anser

ruficollis, 827.

Ansonia

penangensis, 908.

Antherza

muylitta, 293.

pernyi, 293.

yama-mai, 293.

Anthocrypta, 252.

Anthophila

peruviana, 279.

Anthophilodes, 277.

conchylialis, 278.

concinnalis, 278.

erubescens, 278.

plumbiferalis, 277,

turcomanica, 278.

Anthophilopsis, 277.

Anthopsyche

dedecora, 812.

Anthosoma

crassum, 468.

smithii, 469.

Anthropopithecus

aubryi, 308.

calvus, 74, 300, 301.

303, 309.

kooloo-kamba, 301.

303, 308, 309.

niger, 299, 309, 310

313.

Anthropopithecus

troglodytes kooloo-

kamba, 312.

virgatilis, 254.

Antigastra, 215.

catalaunalis, 215.

cinnamomalis, 215.

morysalis, 215.

Antipathella

brooki, 821.

gracilis, 819, 820, 821,

23, 824.

subpinnata, 814.

Antipathes

dichotoma, 814.

furcata, 819, 824.

gracilis, 819.

mediterranea, 814.

setacea, 814.

subpinnata, 821, 822.

(Cirripathes) gracilis,

815

(—) setacea, 816.

Anumbius

acuticaudus, 513.

Anuretes

heckeliz, 457.

Aphaniotis

Stusca, 603, 637.

Aphanipathes

wellastoni, 817, 821,

822, 823, 824.

—, var. pilosa, 822,

823.

Aphobus

chopi, 513.

Aphthona

‘bohemant, 345.

durbanensis, 344.

Aphytoceros, 196.

Aplectropus, 251.

leucopsis, 251.

Aplographe, 252.

Apophyha

consanguined, 365.

marginata, 365.

nobilitata, 365.

Aporocosmus, 278.

bracteatus, 280.

Aporodes, 278.

arbutalis, 280.

dentifascialis, 280.

yaminalis, 280.

Aprosmictus, 34, 36, 37,

38, 42, 43, 45.

cyanopygius, 39.

Aptenodytes

pennanti, 980.

Apteryx, 11, 12, 40.

Aquila

nevioides, 828.

INDEX,

Aquila

verreaurt, 828.

Ara, 9, 12, 39, 41.

ararauna, 27, 28, 512.

chloroptera, 27,28, 511.

hyacinthinus, 512.

macao, 27, 28.

maracana, 27, 28.

Aramides

ypecaha, 412, 415.

Aranzethra

butleri, 860.

cambridgci, 860.

ungari, 860.

Aranea

calceata, 838.

Araneus

cruentatus, 848.

cyrtoscapus, 852.

eresifrons, 851.

hematocnemis,

884.

mossambicensis, 852.

pachanus, 850.

penicillipes, 850.

rhinurus, 852, 884.

rufipalpis, 849, 850.

semiannulata, 850.

similis, 852.

striata, 852.

strupifer, 851.

suedicola, 852.

theis, 850.

thelurus, 853.

tyloscapus, 851.

Archophilus

patrius, 563, 564.

Archanara

nonogrisella, 286.

Archernis, 180.

callizantha, 181.

capitalis, 180, 181.

dolopsalis, 181.

Sfulvalis, 181.

humilis, 181.

ignealis, 181.

lugens, 181.

nictitans, 181.

obliquialis, 181.

scopulalis, 181.

Arctomys

himalayanus, 575.

robustus, 979.

Ardea

sibilatrizx, 518.

Ardetta

involueris, 515.

Arenaria

inter pres, 510,

Argiope

caudata, 849.

850,

1071

Argiope

Sflavipalpis, 849.

nigrovittata, 849.

pechueli, 849.

suavissima, 849.

Argyroepeira

unguata, 855.

Arius

acutirostris,

457.

acutus, 445.

Arneus

thynni, 462.

Arrade

erebusalis, 286.

Arremon

semitorquatus, 513.

Arsacia

saturalis, 286.

Arsisaca

bolinalis, 236.

Arvicanthis

barbarus, 986.

niloticus, 429, 433.

Asbecesta

capense, 360.

duvivieri, 359.

marginata, 399,

380.

polita, 360.

Asilus

marinus, 439.

Asopia

depressalis, 286.

largalis, 264.

niobesalis, 286.

roridalis, 188.

rufjipicta, 263.

Aspidosiphon

ravus, 56.

Astrea, 157, 747.

affinis, 750.

denticulata, 748, 750,

764.

echinata, 760.

eximia, 747.

fragilis, T48, 749.

fusco-viridis, 759.

heliopora, 756.

lobata, 749.

okent, 749, 764.

pallida, 748.

purpurea, 760.

puteolina, 749.

rotumana, 750, 764.

solidior, 756.

tenella, 761.

versipora, 753.

virens, 758.

Astrodermus

coryphenoides, 445.

69*

445, 452,

1072

Astroides

calycularis, 740.

Astroria

astreiformis, 748.

esperi, 745.

sinensis, 742.

Astur

poliogaster, 510.

Asturina

nitida, 515.

Asymmetron, 8.

Atella

phalantha, 420.

Atelocentra, 225.

chloraspis, 226.

Atheropoda

flaccidalis, 218.

inflexalis, 218.

majoralis, 218.

Atoxon

teniatum, 579.

Atretium

schistosum, 664.

Attacus

atlas, 298.

cynthia, 293.

hesperus, 293.

pryeri, 293, 294.

ricini, 293.

Atticora

tibialis, 515.

Atya, 705, 708.

scabra, 709.

Atyaéphyra, 705, 708,

709.

desmurestii, 708.

Atyoida, 707, 708, 709.

potimirim, T07.

Auchenia, 146.

Audia

mixtalis, 236.

Aulacophora

scutellata, 359.

Autocharis

amethystina, 221.

Autocosmia, 233.

concinna, 254.

oliosalis, 284.

Automeris

rubrescens, 293, 294.

Avahis

laniger, 987.

Avicula

tarentina, 822.

Axiocerses

harpax, 965.

Azanus

natalensis, 966.

zena, 966.

Azara

labiata, 514.

INDEX.

Azochis, 190.

gripusalis, 190.

muactalis, 190.

rufifrontalis, 190.

Babycurus

butineri, 835.

Johnstoni, 835.

kirki, 839.

Baculus

elongatus, 482.

Baleniceps, 11.

Balearica

regulorum, 828.

Balistes

aculeatus, 940, 955.

Banassa

rutilans, 286.

Baoris

auritinctus, 975.

maranga, YT5.

Barbus

trispilis, 730.

Barilius

hainanensis, 961, 962.

Barisoa

intentalis, 285.

Basaniistes

huchonis, 497.

salmonea, 500.

Basileuterus

hypoleucus, 516.

leucophrys, 510.

Batagur

sp., 601.

baska, 602, 610.

Batara

cinerea, 513.

Bathybates, 99, 103.

ferox, 103, 148.

Bathyergus, 1013.

maritimus, 432, 433.

Beara

dichromella, 286.

nubiferella, 286.

Belenois

mesentina, 425, 812,

971, 978.

severina, 971.

thysa, 972.

westwoodi, 425, 971.

Bellia

crassicollis, 602, 611,

615.

Bellone

almeida, 470.

ardeola, 442.

Berdura

pupillalis, 285.

Biatas

nigropectus, 510.

Binoculus

piscinus, 454.

Bison

europeus, 64.

Biziura

lobata, 712.

Blennius

pholis, 940, 956.

Blepharucha, 207.

Blias

prionoti, 491.

Beeotarcha, 225.

cemaroalis, 225,

demantrialis, 225.

hyalinalis, 225.

limbata, 225.

margarita, 225.

martinulis, 225.

stigmosalis, 225.

tenialis, 225.

Boliseus

decipiens, 527, 532.

Bomolochus

ardeole, 442.

belones, 442.

chatoessi, 442.

cornutus, 443.

denticulatus, 448.

glyphisodontis, 443.

gracilis, 442.

megaceros, 442.

parvulus, 445.

scomberesocis, 442.

solee, 448.

tetrodontis, 442.

triceros, 443.

Boreophila, 252.

Srigidalis, 235.

scandinavalis, 239.

Borhyzna

era, 928.

Botis, see Botys.

Botys

abdominalis, 273.

abstrusalis, 202.

aburalis, 272.

acilialis, 287.

acuminatalis, 287.

acutalis, 175.

acutangulalis, 273.

additalis, 202.

admensalis, 204.

adsocialis, 272.

éthiopata, 269.

affusalis, 261.

albidalis, 257.

alhifrontalis, 273.

albofimbrialis, 190.

amasialis, 270.

amatalis, 199.

amboinalis, 271.

Botys

amiculatalis, 245.

amenalis, 189.

amurensis, 251.

anaxisalis, 208.

annulalis, 287,

apertalis, 204, 210.

appositalis, 270.

approximalis, 272,

aquilalis, 287.

arabescalis, 242.

arsaltealis. 260.

assutalis, 250.

atlanticum, 271.

aulicalis, 273.

auralis, 189, 270.

aurithoracelis, 271,

ausonialis, 256.

badialis, 212.

badipennis, 254.

basalis, 204.

basistrigalis, 204.

bellulalis, 266.

bifenestralis, 272.

bilunulalis, 287.

bipunctalis, 210.

bowrjotalis, 212.

bresialis, 246.

brevilineatis, 287.

bububatalis, 236.

butleri, 272.

butyrosa, 255.

cesialis, 187.

californicalis, 265.

caliginosalis, 271.

callidoralis, 259.

canalis, 287.

capitalis, 199.

carnealis, 261.

carniter, 264.

carnosalis, 272.

catasemalis, 271.

catenulalis, 259.

catonalis, 258.

cellatalis, 202.

characteralis, 260.

chrysotalis, 272.

cinctalis, 208.

cinctipedalis, 257.

cinerosa, 266.

citralis, 257.

citrina, 210.

citrinalis, 273.

claudialis, 273.

clausalis, 271.

coactalis, 254.

ceciliulis, 264.

columbalis, 287.

commellalis, 257.

communalis, 274.

concinnalis, 274.

INDEX.

Botys

concoloralis, 270.

confovealis, 258.

consortalis, 270.

costalis, 250.

erassicornis, 225.

crocatalis, 260.

crudalis, 270.

cruoralis, 212.

cultralis, 251,

daghestanica, 230.

deceptalis. 270.

delavalis, 274.

designatalis, 270.

despicata, 265.

detritalis, 204.

dialis, 287.

diffissa, 266.

dilutalis, 287.

disparalis, 287.

dissectalis, 258.

dissolutalis, 261.

distinctalis, 272.

divisalis, 24°7.

divulsalis, 211.

dolosalis, 274.

dorcalis, 270.

dotatalis, 266.

dryspealis, 286.

egenalis, 263.

elycealis, 197.

eoidalis, 274.

episcopalis, 287.

epitrota, 271.

eratalis, 264.

erectalis, 260,

eriggusalis, 246,

euphesalis, 260.

evincalis, 274.

eapeditalis, 188.

explicitalis, 258.

extinctalis, 260.

Jacitalis, 245.

Ferraralis, 242.

ferruginalis, 272.

festalis, 260.

Seudalis, 257.

Jibulalis, 271.

Simbriatals, 270.

jimbripunctatis, 181.

Jinitalis, 258.

flammeolalis, 274.

flavaginalis, 274.

Alavinotalis, 235.

flavissimatis, 257.

flavoviolalis, 271.

flexalis, 274.

fortificalis, 274.

Srustalis, 261.

fumarialis, 272.

fuseinervalis, 271.

1073

Botys

fuscocilialis, 271.

geminatalis, 287.

gentilis, 257.

germandlis, 237.

glacialis, 245,

glirialis, 287.

glutalis, 274.

glyceralis, 229,

gracilalis, 273, 287.

grecalis, 242.

greseri, 271.

graminalis, 287.

gravitalis, 272.

graviusalis, 248.

gulosalis, 257.

gutiulalis, 235, 270,

gyralis, 259.

hedulalis, 273.

hariolalis, 213.

harpalis, 287.

haruspica, 264.

hurveyana, 242,

helvolalis, 20).

hercynalis, 261.

hesperialis, 287.

histrionalis, 199.

holoxanthalis, 272.

humera/s, 198.

humilalis, 255.

hyperborealis, 249.

ictericalis, 271.

édonealis, 287.

illepidalis, 287.

ilisalis, 183.

immaculalis, 287.

immundatis, 202.

imparatalis, 287.

tmpeditalis, 287.

timpulsalis, 287,

impuralis, 237.

infixalis, 287.

inflammata, 267.

inhonestalis, 202.

inornatals, 273.

insularis, 273.

wntegratis, 250.

interficalis, 272.

interfusalis, 254.

interruptalis, 237.

intricatalis, 259, 274.

invinctalis, 249,

itemasalis, 254.

Joniralis, 2738.

Jjasiusalis, 204.

Jessica, 242.

labeculalis, 272.

labutonalis, 251.

lacoalis, 257.

lacrimalis, 254.

lacunalis, 272.

1074 INDEX.

Botys Botys Botys

lautalis, 274. onythesalis, 264, septentrionalis, 265.

lavalis, 208. oppilalis, 259. seriazatis, 187.

lentalis, 254. orbitalis, 210. serotinalis, 202.

licealis, 210. oscitalis, 259. seamaculalis, 276.

limitalis, 269. otagalis, 231. sexpunctalis, 229.

lineolalis, 271. otreusalis, 202. similalis, 265.

longalis, 237. pangialis, 269. siriusalis, 210.

lualis, 287. pantoppidani, 274. snellemanni, 223,

luciferalis, 274. patronalis, 274. socialis, 262.

lucilla, 177. pauciferalis, 210. solemnalis, 271.

lulualis, 211. pauperalis, 270. sordidalis, 272.

lutealis, 257. penitalis, 273. sororialis, 262.

lybialis, 199. percludalis, 274. stenopalis, 272.

lycialis, 204. pergilvalis, 208, stenopteralis, 269.

lysanderalis, 286. perlalis, 274. strenualis, 254.

maderensis, 271. perochrealis, 250. suavalis, 263.

magdalena, 273. perpendiculalis, 270. suavidalis, 274.

magistralis, 257. pertentalis, 273. subaurentialis, 287.

magniferalis, 260. phennisalis, 196. suherocealis, 263.

mandarinalis, 198. pharaxalis, 202. subdentalis, 192.

marculenta, 208. philealis, 204. subhyalinalis, 287.

matronalis, 265. phycidalis, 287. subjectalis, 260.

matronulalis, 278. pigresalis, 205. subochracealis, 250.

medialis, 237. pilalis, 258. subviolalis, 287.

melonalis, 257. placendalis, 274. succandidalis, 272.

meropialis, 273. plebejalis, 202. syphaxalis, 247.

mestoralis, 219. plectilis, 255. syringicola, 255.

metricalis, 274. plumbocilialis, 245. tedialis, 258.

mettiusalis, 258. plumbofascialis, 212. tendinosalis, 265.

monticolalis, 262. polyclealis, 287. tenwialis, 261, 274.

monulalis, 259. polygamalis, 273. terricolalis, 274.

mungalis, 272. posticalis, 272. tesserulalis, 271.

murcialis, 271. posticata, 210. thaisalis, 287.

murinalis, 271. prasinalis, 272. thallophilalis, 273.

mutualis, 204. pratalis, 249, theialis, 287.

myopicalis, 248. principaloides, 278. thescalis, 257.

myrinalis, 286. proceralis, 264, thycesalis, 210.

mysippusalis, 255. protensa, 242. tiliaralis, 287.

neloalis, 202. pullatalis, 271. toralis, 273.

nelumbialis, 273. pyrrhusalis, 286. tortipennis, 287.

nephealis, 286. quinguelinealis, 257. triarialis, 202.

neridalis, 256. quinquemaculalis, 271. trigonalis, 272.

nesusalis, 287. radiosalis, 273. trinalis, var. pontica,

nexalis, 273. repetitalis, 204. 270.

niavialis, 286.

nigralis, 278.

nitidalis, 262.

niveicilialis, 190, 246.

nocmonalis, 248.

oblectalis, 273.

retowskyi, 270

rhodophilalis, 216.

rhecusalis, 268.

roseipennalis, 273.

ruficostalis, 257.

rufifimbrialis, 264.

tritalis, 250.

tritealis, 219.

tropicalis, 181,

turmalis, 249.

unifascialis, 261.

unipunctalis, 210.

oblunalis, 242.

obnigralis, 261,

occidentalis, 273.

ochracealis, 272.

ochrealis, 245.

ochreocapitalis, 271.

octosignalis, 273.

oculatalis, 278.

edipodalis, 255.

omicronalis, 271.

samedlis, 273.

saniosalis, 190.

saxatilis, 270.

scapulalis, 259.

scitalis, 248.

sceurralis, 2738.

secernalis, 274.

sedakovialis, 271.

semifadalis, 287.

semifulvalis, 287.

ucxorculalis, 267.

vandalusialis, 280.

varialis, 250.

variegalis, 273.

vastalis, 270.

vecordalis, 202.

velatalis, 271.

veminalis, 204,

venalalis, 272.

venalis, 254.

Botys

venosalis, 215, 254.

vestalis, 202.

vicarialis, 274.

villicalis, 273.

vinacealis, 196.

vinilialis, 272.

virgata, 254.

virulenta, 266.

visendalis, 274.

vittalis, 270.

zealis, 259.

Brachiella

appendiculata, 497.

bicaudata, 501.

bispinosa, 501.

chaviesii, 502.

chevreurii, 502.

fimbriata, 496.

impudica, 497.

insidiosa, 502.

lobiventris, 496.

lophii, 501.

malleus, 502.

merluccit, 503."

multifimbriata, 503.

parkeri, 502.

pastinacea, 502.

rostrata, 501.

thynni, 439, 502.

trigle, 503.

Brachyuromys

ramirohitra, 433, 434.

Bradypus, 991-1017.

tridactylus, 315, 339,

991, 1017.

Brevoorta

tyrannus, 472.

Bronehochela

eristutella, 639.

Brotogerys, 29, 30, 45,

AG.

chiriri, 511.

Bubalis

major, 936.

Bucorax

abyssinicus, 824.

Bufo

americanus, 791.

asper, 912.

calamita, 170.

divergens, 885, 912,

galeatus, 913.

macrotis, 885, 911.

melanostictus, 662, 910,

911, 959.

parvus, 911.

penangensis, 885, 908,

916.

quadriporcatus, 911.

vulgaris, 170.

INDEX.

Bufo

vulgaris japonicus, 170.

Buliminus

boivini, 587.

melanacme, 586.

metula, 587.

ptychaxis, 587.

usagaricus, 586.

(Cerastes) mamnboien-

sis, 587.

(Cornulinus) metu-

loides, 587, 592.

(—). nyasanus, 586,

492

(Rhachis) ohmi, 585.

(—) chiradzuluensis,

586, 592.

(—) stictus, 586,

Bungarus

ceruleus, 689.

candidus, 165, 607, 608,

665, 689.

—, var. muiticinctus,

165.

fasciatus, 607 608,

389.

Jlaviceps, 607, 608, 690.

Buthus

citrinus, 834.

hottentotta, 834.

occitanus, 834.

(Prionurus) citrinus,

834.

Byblia

ilithyia, 420, 965.

Cacatua, 21, 23.

ducorpsi, 22, 23, 42.

gymnopus, 23.

leadbeateri, 23, 24, 25,

42.

roseicapilla, 23, 25.

Cacyreus

lingeus, 423, 967, 975.

Ceenolestes, 559.

Czerostris

albescens, 856, 857, 884.

argostictus, 855, 857.

nodulosa, 857.

petersii, 857. ,

turriga, 857, 884.

Ceesa

viduella, 287.

Caica, 31, 32, 44, 46,

46.

melanocephala, 30, 31.

Calamaria

albiventer,

674.

leucocephala, 605, 674.

linnei, 674.

600, 605,

1075

Calamaria

lumbricoides, 615, 674.

pavimentata, 606, 675.

sagittaria, 659.

septentrionalis, 165.

siamensis, 675.

sumatrana, 605, 674.

Calamochrous, 227.

acutellus, 228.

brevipalpis, 228.

carnealis, 228.

chilonalis, 228.

dichroma, 228.

ferruginalis, 228.

roscobrunnea, 228.

ruficostalis, 228.

straminea, 228.

tranquillalis, 227, 228.

Caligeria

bella, 462.

difficilis, 462.

Caligodes

carangis, 446.

laciniatus, 446.

Caligula

Japonica, 293.

Caligus

abbreviatus, 446.

eglefini, 447.

alalonge, 449.

americanus, 447.

angustatus, 453.

arti, 452.

baliste, 448.

belones, 449.

bengoensis, 451.

biscuspidatus, 447.

brevipedis, 447.

carangis, 449.

coryphene, 451.

cossacki, 451.

erassus, 468.

centrodonti, 447.

chilodactyli, 449,

chorinemi, 451.

constrictus, 451.

curtus, 447.

cybti, 452.

dakeri, 450.

diaphanus, 447, 452.

dubius, 450.

elegans, 447.

elongatus, 448,

fallax, 451.

gurnardi, 448.

hemulonis, 448.

heckelit, 457.

hippoglossi, 454.

hirsutus, 450.

imbricatus, 468.

infestans, 451.

1076

Caligus

irritans, 452,

isonyx, 450.

kroeyeri, 448.

lacustris, 448.

leptochilus, 448.

longicaudus, 453.

longipes, 452.

lumpi, 449.

minimus, 447.

monacanthi, 450.

mulleri, 447.

murrayanus, 450.

nanus, 447.

nordmannii, 454.

ornatus, 455.

paradoxus, 460.

parvus, 446.

pectoralis, 454.

pelamydis, 452.

phipsoni, 449.

platytarsi, 450.

productus, 452, 460,

463.

rapax, 448,

robustus, 451.

salmonts, 455.

scomberi, 450.

seutatus, 451.

stromatet, 449.

tenax, 448.

thynni, 451.

torpedinis, 451.

trachynoti, 449.

trachypteri, 449.

trichiuri, 453.

vesper, 455.

verator, 450.

Calina

brachyura, 458.

Callagur

picta, 602, 610, 615.

Callichthys

littoralis, 940, 955.

Callionymus

lyra, 504.

Calliste

pretiosa, 513.

Callocephalon, 25.

galeatum, 24,

Callophis

gracilis, 607, 692.

maclellandii, 166.

maculiceps, 607, 692.

Callula

pulchra, 903, 906, 907,

908.

Calophrynus

pleurostigma, 885, 900.

Calopsittacus, 25, 26, 42,

43.

INDEX.

Calopsittacus

nove-hollandie, 25.

Calotas

cristatellus, 603, 608,

639.

emma, 601, 603, 641.

microlepis, 601, 603,

639.

mystaceus, 603, 641.

smaragdinus, 639,

versicolor, 603, 608,

639, 957.

Calyptorhynchus

banksi, 22, 24.

wranthonotus, 22.

Calyptura

cristata, 515.

Cancroma

cochlearia, 515, 517.

Candezea

dahlmani, 378.

Semorata, 380.

flaveola, 380.

mashonana, 380.

nigrocerulea, 378.

nigrotibialis, 380.

pectoralis, 379, 380.

punctato-lineata, 377.

salishuriensis, 378.

tenuicornis, 379.

| Canis

adustus, 583, 534, 541,

542.

egyptiacus, 543.

anthus, 534, 535, 537,

588, 539.

anubis, 546.

aureus, 535, 536, 537,

551.

— algeriensis, 535.

— algirensis, 535.

— tripolitanus, 535.

azare, 928.

barbarus, 535.

bengalensis, 546.

cerda, 549.

cerdo, 549.

chama, 548.

corsac, 544, 546.

dorsalis, 547.

egyptius, 543.

Stamelicus, 545, 546,

547, 548.

Fennecus, 545, 549.

hadramauticus, 535,

536.

hagenbecki, 533, 588,

539.

holubi, 541.

hyenoides, 551.

lalandi, 550.

Canis

lateralis, 533, 540, 541,

542, 543.

lupaster, 535, 536,

537. :

lupus, 536, 537.

—, var. pallipes, 537.

megalotis, 549, 550.

mengesi, 538, 539.

mesomelas, 534, 538,

539, 540, 541, 542,

548.

—, var. schmidti, 539,

540.

ailoticus, 543, 544.

pallidus, 544, 547, 550.

pallipes, 536, 537.

pietus, 551.

riparius, 537, 538.

ritppelli, 544, 547.

sabbar, 544.

sacer, 537.

simensis, 534.

simiensis, 535.

sinus, 535.

variegatoides, 539.

variegatus, 534, 537,

538, 539, 540, 541,

542, 543.

vulpecula, 544.

vulpes, 292, 543, 544,

— egyptiacus, 543,

544.

— atlanticus, 544.

— melanogaster, 544.

walgie, 535.

wunderlichi, 541, 542.

zerda, 545, 547, 548,

549.

(Lycaon) tricolor, 551.

(Vulpes) dorsalis, 547.

Cantharus

bleekeri, 505.

Cantoria

violacea, 606, 679.

Caouana

olivacea, 618.

Capra

egagrus, 599.

—, var. jourensis,

599.

dorcas, 599.

hircus, 599.

Capreolus

pygargus, 987.

Caranx

djeddaba, 442.

ferdau, 446.

melampygus, 452.

| Carcantia, 284.

pterophoralis, 285,

Carcharias

glaucus, 466, 476.

obscurus, 468.

pleurotenia, 476.

Caretta

squamata, 618.3

Caridea, 7U8.

Caridina

brevirostris, 709.

gracilirostris, 709.

singhalensis, 709.

typus, 708, 709.

wyckii, '705, 706, 707,

708, 709, 711.

Caryophyllia

glabrescens, 735.

sinuosa, 738.

Cassicus

hemorrhous, 513.

Cassidix

oryzivora, 513.

Castalius

gregorit, 418, 421.

hintza, 422.

hypoleucus, 966.

peculiaris, 966.

Casuarius

australis, 291.

beccarii, 291, 789.

bennetti, 291, 774, 775 .

bicarunculatus, 291,

774.

casuarius, 774, 775.

— australis, 774, 775.

— beccarii, 774.

— intensus, 774. *

— salvadorii, 774,

775.

— sclateri, 774, 776.

— violicollis, 774, 775.

intensus, 789.

laglaizei, 775.

lorie, 774, ‘775.

oceipitalis, 291.

papuanus, 291,

V5.

— edwardsi, 775.

philipi, 774, 775.

picticollis, 774, 775.

— hecki, 775.

salvadorii, 291.

tricarunculatus, 775.

uniappendiculatus, 774,

775, 776.

— aurantiacus, 774.

— occipitalis, 774, 775.

violicollis, 291.

Cataclysta

bisectalis, 2877

Catacteniza

euveralis, 285.

774,

INDEX

Cataonia, 277.

monocerialis, 285.

Catharia, 235.

Catochrysops

contracta, 810.

peculiaris, 421, 965,

975.

perpulchra, 421.

Catopsilia

florella, 424.

—, var. pyrene, 812

Catostomus

macrolepidotus, 481.

Caulastrzea, 735.

Cayia

australis, 928.

Cavifrons

biundulalis, 287.

Cecrops

latreillii, 465.

Centronotus

gunellus, 940.

Centrurus

gambiensis, 836.

margaritatus, 836.

Cephalolepis

delalandii, 510.

Cephalomys

prorsus, 560.

Cephalophus

grimmi, 828, 832.

harveyi, 773.

lugens, 553.771.

maxwelli, 828.

monticola, 830, 833.

natalensis, 773, 832.

nigrifrons, 773.

rufilatus, 771, 772.

Oeratomia

amyntor, 293.

undulosa, 293.

Ceratotriccus

Surcatus, 510.

Cerberus

rhynchops, 608, 679.

Cercocebus

congicus, 827, 828.

Cercopithecus

talapoin, 827.

Cervicapra

arundinum, 555, 828.

Ffulvo-rufula, 828.

redunca, 936.

Cervulus

muntjac, 295.

Cervus

aristotelis, 830.

axis, 3.

belgrandi, 716.

carnutorum, 716.

dama, 3.

1077

Cervus

duvauceli, 829, 830.

eldi, 830.

— platyceros, 829,

830.

eustephanus, 987.

verticornis, 716.

Ceryle

inda, 513.

Cestopoda

amplectens, 507.

eygniformis, 507.

lize, 507.

Chamzsaura

enea, 98.

anguina, 98.

annectens, 97, 98.

didactyla, 97, 98.

macrolepis, 98.

miopropus, 98.

tenuior, 97, 98.

Characoma

albulalis, 287.

Charadrius

dominicus, 510.

Charaxes

candiope, 976.

Jasius, 293.

varanes, 963.

Charopinus

dalmanni, 498.

hypocephalus, 498.

ramosus, 498.

Chasmorhynchus

niveus, 712.

Chelidoptera

tenebrosa brasiliensis,

515.

Chelone

imbricata, 601, 602

618.

muydas, 601, 602, 618.

nydas, 618.

Chelonia

imbricata, 618

olivacea, 618.

virgata, 618.

Chen

cerulescens, 414, 415.

hyperboreus, 414.

Chersydrus

granulatus, 604, 658.

Chilina

fluminea, 514.

Chimnzra

monstrosa, 497.

Chimarrogale

himalaica, 574.

styant, 574.

Chirocentr‘s

dorab, 453, 940.

1078

Chitra

indica, 621.

Chlamydophorus, 991-

1017.

truncatus, 315, 338,

991, 1017.

Chlamydoselachus

anguineus, 954.

Chlamys

incisus, 468.

Chloronerpes

brasiliensis, 515.

Chlcrophanes

spiza, 515.

Chlorophonia

viridis, 513.

Chioroselas

azurea, 963, 967, 968,

975.

esmeralda, 963, 967.

S68.

pseudozeritis, 968.

tamaniba, 963, 967,

268.

Chlumetia

guttiventris, 287.

Chobera, 191.

Cholepus, 991-1017.

didactylus, 315, 3889,

991, 1017.

Chondracanthus

alatus, 493.

angustatus, 493.

brevicollis, 493.

chylomycteri, 493.

clavatus, 492.

cornutus, 491, 492.

erassicornis, 493.

delarochiana, 495.

elongatus, 493.

lure, 42.

genypteri, 494.

gibbosus, 494.

gobinus, 495.

gurnardi, 490,

horridus, 493.

levis, 498.

limande, 492.

lophii, 494, 495.

lotelle, 493.

macrurus, 492.

merluccit, 494.

nodosus, 494,

ophidii, 492.

psetti, 492.

radiatus, 494.

sicyasts, 492.

solee, 492.

trigle, 441, 490.

tuberculatus, 495.

xyphie, 194.

INDEX.

Chondracanthus

zer, 495.

zeus, 495.

Chorinemus

saliens, 451.

Choristostigma, 213.

Chromidotilapia, 99, 104.

Srederici, 104.

kingsleye, 104, 148,

718.

Chromis, 105.

acuticeps, 134.

affinis, 127.

andersoni, 140.

andreé, 120.

aurata, 137.

aureus, 127.

buettikoteri, 128.

burtoni, 127.

creuleomaculatus, 123.

callipterus, 132.

chapmani, 140.

desfontainiti, 13d.

dumerilii, 116.

Jaidherbi, 120.

fasciatus, 133.

Hlavit-josephi, 135.

galileus, 114.

guentheri, 112.

guineensis, 124.

heudelotii, 118.

horii, 122.

humilis, 124.

jalle, 128.

Johnstoni, 180.

kirkii, 128.

lateralis, 118.

latus, 125.

lethrinus, 129.

levaillanti, 140.

macr ocentra, 117.

macrocephalus, 115.

magdalene, 120.

melanopleura, 125.

menzalensis, 119.

microcephalus, 114, 126,

microstomus, 114.

mossambicus, 111, 113,

120.

natalensis, 113.

nigripinnis, 115.

niloticus, 111, 112,118,

114, 118, 120, 125.

nuchisquamulatus, 151.

ogowensis, 126, 717.

ovalis, 119.

paterfamilias, 125.

pleuromelas, 118,

polycentra, 128.

rangii, 126.

rendalli, 126.

Chromis

simonis, 125.

smithi, 140.

sparrmanni, 118, 140.

spilurus, 112.

squamipinnis, 117.

strigigena, 128, 129,

subocularis, 130, 132.

tanganice, 113.

tetrastigma, 1380.

tholloni, 121.

tiberiadis, 114.

tristrami, 120, 124.

vorax, 125,

williamsi, 132.

cillai, 120.

(Ctenochromis) philan-

der, 136.

(Haplochromis) — ob-

liquidens, 151.

(Tilapia) smossambicus,

111.

Chrysichthys, 718.

auratus, 718, 719.

biittikoferi, 721, 722,

723, 724, 725, 732.

cameronensis, 729, 732.

coriscanus, 24.

cranchii, 730.

Surcatus, 728.

kingsley@, 728,729,732.

lagoensis, 725, 726.

macrops, %19, 21,

9725, 726, 727.

nigrodigitatus, 726,

927, 730.

ogowensis, 723, 724.

persimilis, 727, 728,

729, 732.

walkeri, 720.

Chrysommatodes, 180,

e@reoflavalis, 181.

Chrysopelea

chrysochlora, 606, 685.

ornata, 606, 633, 680,

682, 683, 684.

rubescens, 682.

Chrysophanus

abbotti, 418, 423, 427.

gigantea, 966.

hypoleucus, 966.

peculiaris, 966.

Chrysophrys

aurata, 479.

sarba, 451, 471.

Chrysotis, 12, 19, 30, 32,

44, 45, 46.

estiva, 30, 511, 517.

auripalliata, 509.

brasiliensis, 513.

Jarinosa, 515.

Chrysotis

pretrii, 513.

schmidti, 509.

Chylomycterus

jaculiferus, 493.

Cichla

ened, 481.

cindaphia, 239.

impuralis, 250.

éncensalis, 245.

circobotys, 191.

marginalis, 191, 194.

phycidalis, 179.

Cirina

Sorda, 293.

Cissopis

major, 513,

Cistothorus

polyglottus, 512.

Cistudo

amboinensis, 614.

Cladomelea

longipes, 858.

Clarias

lazera, 715.

magur, 940, 955.

Clarotes, 718.

Clavella

hippoglossi, 474.

mulli, 474.

tenuis, 474.

uncinata, 505.

vulgaris, 474.

Clepsicosma

iridia, 285.

Clettharra

valida, 287.

Clibanornis

dendrocolaptoides, 514.

Clceosiphon

aspergillum, 56.

Clupea

harengus, 940, 947,

955.

mattowacca, 485.

sprattus, 484, 940, 947.

tyrannus, 485.

Clytolema

rubinea, 513.

Cnipolegus

cyanirostris, 512.

migerrimus, 513.

Cobitis

tenia, 940, 955.

Cobus

cob, 794.

kob, 936.

maria, 982, 983.

nigricans, T94.

penricii. 828

senganus, 794, 799.

INDEX.

Cobus

smithemani, 982, 983,

984.

unctuosus, 936.

vardoni, 982.

— loderi, 983, 984.

— senganus, 795.

Coccothraustes

personatus, 596.

Ceelodon, 152.

Ceeloria, 740.

sp., 159.

arabica, var. leptochila,

741.

astreiformis, 743, 763.

bottat, 741.

dedalea, 741, 742, 748,

744, 763.

edwardsi, 741, 744, 763.

esperi, 743, 763.

pachychila, 740.

sinensis, 742, 763.

Cvenobita

perlatus, 938.

rugosus, 938.

spinosus, 938.

Ccenostola

quadrifenestralis, 287.

Cogia

breviceps, 91S.

Colias

electra, var. edusa, 424,

969.

pyrene; 812.

Colobomatus

bergylte, 480, 507.

lamne, 479.

Colubatha

metaspilalis, 287.

Coluber

hodgsonii, 668.

mandarinus, 165.

melanurus, 605, 668.

oxycephalus, 605, 668.

phyllophis, 165.

porphyraceus, 165, 605,

668.

radiatus, 601, 605, 669.

teniurus, 600, 605,

668.

Colymbus, 1042.

adamsi, 1044.

glacialis, 1020, 1042,

1046.

septentrionalis, 1020,

1038, 1042, 1046.

torquatus, 1044.

Condylorrhiza, 218.

vestigialis, 218, 219.

Conger

vulgaris, 475.

1079

Congericola

pallida, 475.

Connocheetes

git, 828.

Johnstoni, 771.

Conopophaga

melanops, 515, 516.

nigrigenys, 516.

Conurus, 29, 30, 31, 32,

41, 44, 45, 46.

eruginosus, 29.

hemorrhous, 29.

leucotis, 29.

Cophanta

Junestalis, 287.

Coptodon, 105.

zillii, 119.

Coracopsis, 34, 33, 44,

45.

nigra, 52, 33.

vasa, 32, 33.

Coralliopsis

perieri, 62.

Corallium

Johnsoni, 63.

nobite, AT.

rubrum, 57.

secundum, 62.

Coregonus

oxyrhynchus, 940.

Corematodus, 99, 104.

shiranus, 104, 143.

Coreoperea

herzi, 960.

whiteheadi, 960, 962.

Cornifrons, 276.

pulveralis, 277.

simalis, 277.

ulceratalis, 276.

Coronella

baliodeira, 673.

Corvina

nigra, 479, 485, 940.

unimaculata, 486.

Corvinella

corvina, 933.

Corvus, 17.

corax, 15.

Cory phzna

hippurus, 461.

(Macrurus) rupestris,

494.

Coryphosphingus

pileatus, 515.

Coryphospiza

albifrons, 512.

Cosmocreon, 252.

Cossedia

erateinalis, 287.

Cossyphus

bodjanus, 454.

1080

Cotinga

cincta, 515.

Cottus

gobie, 495.

scorpio, 940, 956.

Crambus

alpestris, 185.

alpina, 185.

bogotanellus, 248.

indotatellus, 265.

sinensellus, 228.

tincticostellus, 228.

Crax

sulcirostris, Soe

Crenis

boisduvalii, 964,

howensis, 964.

dedalus, 964.

Crepidodera

carinata, 352.

cristata, 352.

Srereensis, 351.

longicornis, 351.

marshall, 351.

natalensis, 350.

tosta, 350.

zambiensis, 349.

Cretonia

platypheella, 287.

Cricetus

longicaudatus, 576.

(Cricetulus) obscurus,

575.

(—) triton, 575.

Cricula

trifenestrata, 293,

Criophthona, 234.

Jinitima, 234.

haliaphra, 234.

harmodia, 234.

Crochiphora, 194.

Crocidophora, 191,

acutangulalis, 194.

adornatalis, 193.

amenalis, 192.

aurimargo, 193.

calvatalis, 191.

curvilinealis, 192.

discolorata, 193.

distinctalis, 193.

epicrocalis, 191.

evenoralis, 193.

fasciata, 193.

Hlavicinctalis, 240.

flavotasciata, 193.

Sulvidalis, 1$2.

Sulvimargo, 191,

Suscalis, 194.

gladialis, 193.

habisalis, 193.

heterogenalis, 193,

INDEX,

Crocidophora

huronalis, 194.

limbata, 191.

limbolalis, 192.

lutusalis, 192.

multidentalis, 192.

nycterina, 193.

pallida, 193.

pallidulalis, 193.

ptyophora, 192, 193.

pustuliferalis, 192.

serratissimalis, 192.

sinisalis, 194.

stenophilalis, 194.

tuberculalis, 192.

Crocodilus

biporcatus, 625.

cataphractus, 934, 936.

palustris, 602, 622,

625.

pondicerianus, 623.

porosus, 602, 622, 623,

625.

siamensis, 602, 623.

vulgaris, 625.

Crossophora

miscellalis, 285.

Crypturus

obsoletus, 513.

pileatus, 515.

Ctenochromis, 105.

callipterus, 182.

kirkii, 129.

nuchisguamulatus, 131.

obliquidens, 131.

pectoralis, 130.

sauvage, 131.

strigigena, 128.

Ctenomys

brasiliensis, 928.

Ctenoplana, 8.

Ctenus

auricularis, 872.

burtont, 870, 871,

873.

capulinus, 871, 872,

873.

erythrochelis, 872.

kingsleyi, 871, 872.

occidentalis, 871, 872.

rivulatus, 872, 884.

scopulatus, 871, 872,

873, 884.

(Leptoctenus) agilior,

873, 874, 884.

(—) lycosinus, 873.

(—) modestus, 873.

Culicivora

stenura, 5138.

Culladia

admigratella, 290,

Cuora

amboinensis, 614.

Curvella

delicata, 588.

nyassand, 588, 592.

whytei, 588, 592.

Cutina

albopunctella, 287.

Cyanocorax

ceruleus, 5138.

Cyanotis

azare, 513, 514.

Cybernetes

yetaba, 513.

Cybicola

armata, 474.

Cybium

commersoni, 451.

guttatum, 449.

lineolatum, 452.

Cybolomia, 228.

albilinealis, 229.

dulcinalis, 229.

extorrhis, 229.

fractilinealis, 229,

gratiosalis, 229.

inglorialis, 229.

lutosalis, 229.

nemausalis, 229,

ossealis, 229.

pentadalis, 228, 229.

siccalis, 229,

Cyclanorbis

senegalensis, 935, 937.

Cyclemys

amboinensis, 602, 614.

dhor, 600, 602, 613.

mouhotii, 602, 614.

oldhamit, 613.

platynota, 602, 612,

613, 615, 658.

Cyclophorus

intermedius, 591.

(Hijabia) tntermedius,

591.

(—) wahlbergi, 591.

Cyclopterus

lumpus, 449, 489, 940,

956.

spinosus,

Cyclorhis

wiedi, 516.

Cyclosa

formosa, 855.

insulana, 855.

Cyclothurus, 991-1017.

didactylus, 315, 338,

991, 1017.

Cyenus

budegasse, 476.

gracilis, 475.

488, 496.

Cycnus

pallida, 475.

Cygnus

melanocoryphus, (513,

514.

Cyiza

punctalis, 287.

Cylindrophis

lineatus, 600, 604, 657.

rufus, 604, 656, 697.

Cymodroma

melanogaster, 411,

Cymothoe

eremita, 470.

Cymothoe

hobarti, 976.

Cyneda, 230.

dentalis, 280, 231.

Suriosa, 231.

Cynalopex

pallidus, 544,

Cynhyena, 551.

picta, 551.

Cynocephalus

babuin, 935.

Cynodon, 558.

Cyonasua, 558.

argentina, 559.

Cyphastrza, 761.

chalcidium, 761.

savignyi, T61, 764.

Cyphonisia

obesa, 845.

Cyprinus

Ce eNa 501.

carpio, 443, 940, 955.

Jeses, 477, 500.

leuciscus, 500.

Cyrestis

elegans, 977.

Cyrtarachne

longipes, 858.

Cyrtodactylus

affinis, 627.

Cyrtophora

angolensis, 833, 854,

855.

citricola, 853, 854, 858.

larinioides, 854.

margaritata, 854.

unicolor, 854.

Dacelo, 12, 40.

Dacnis

cayana, 513.

nigripes, 513.

speciosa, 515, 516.

Dafila

spinicauda, 513.

Damaliscus

korrigum, 935, 936.

INDEX,

Damon

medius, 837.

johnstoni, 838.

tthialis, 838.

Damonia

subtrijuga, 602,

621.

Dantona

busalis, 288.

Dapha

valensalis, 288.

Daraba, 275.

extensalis, 275.

idmonealis, 275.

vitellialis, 288.

Darapsa

myron, 293.

Dasyptilus, 34, 44.

pecqueti, 32, 35.

Dasypus, 154, 991-1017.

sexcinctus, 315, 316,

339, 991, 1017.

villosus, 315, 316,

991.

Dasyurus, 558.

Daulia

indecora, 288.

Dausara, 222.

amethysta, 223.

orionalis, 223.

talliusalis, 222.

Davana

phalantalis, 288.

Dayara

azonaxrsalis, 288.

Deana, 226.

Decaria

abdominalis, 346.

Decelia

terrosalis, 285.

Deilephila

alecto, 293.

elpenor, 293.

euphorbie, 293.

galii, 293.

nicea, 293.

vespertilio, 293.

Demoleus

paradoxus, 460.

productus, 460.

Dendrelaphis

caudolineatus,

671.

Dendrobates

affinis, 516.

maculifrons, 515,

spilogaster, 516,

Dendrocincla

turdina, 515.

Dendrocolaptes

picumnus, 513.

610,

605,

1081

Dendromys

lovati, 986.

Dendrophis

formosus, 605, 670.

pictus, 605, 669, 670.

Dentex j

argyrozona, SA.

vulgaris, 450, 479.

Derchis

horridalis, 288.

Dermochelys

coriacea,

609.

Desmia

acriasalis, 288.

crudalis, 288.

impuralis, 288.

personalis, 288.

pervialis, 288.

quadrinotalis, 288.

sertorialis, 288.

Desmophyllum

sp., 61.

Deuterollyta

majuscula, 288.

Deuterotherium

distichum, 561.

Diacme, 252.

Diza

dorsata, 524.

placata, 524, 532.

Diaphantania

conspicualis, 285.

Diasemia, 213.

accalis, 213.

completalis, 288.

digjectalis, 213.

elegantalis, 213.

erubescens, 214.

grammalis, 213.

mabsconsalis, 214.

jganassialis, 213.

leucophealis, 213.

litterata, 213.

matura, 213.

plumbosignalis, 213.

ramburialis, 213.

reconditalis, 213.

sptlonotalis, 213.

Dicepolia, 227.

Dichxtometopia

tessellata, 417.

Dichotis, 215.

Dicotyles, 801.

Dicrurus

assimilis, 938.

Didelphys, 558, 566.

Dieba

anthus, 535.

Dilophyrus

grandis, 637.

600, 602,

1082

Dinematura

carcharodonte, 463.

elongata, 463.

Ferox, 463.

hamiltoni, 463.

lamne, 463.

latifolia, 463.

producta, 463.

serrata, 463.

thynni, 462.

Dinemoura,

affinis, 464.

alata, 464.

braccata, 464.

Dinodon

septentrionalis, 165.

—, var. ruhstrati, 165.

Dinopis

anchiete, 847.

aspectans, 847.

bubo, 846.

Dinotherium, 562.

Diocus

gobinus, 495.

Diodon

hystrix, 469.

sexmaculatus, 483.

Diomedea, 1025.

eculans, 382, 383, 385,

890, 392, 393, 400,

401, 411.

melanophrys, 387.

Dipsadomorphus

cynodon, 606, 681.

dendrophilus, 601, 606,

680, 684, 689.

drapiezit, 606, 681.

gokol, 606, 680.

jaspideus, 606, 681.

multimaculatus, 606,

680.

Dipsas

antalus, 811.

boa, 695.

Dipsastrxa

solida, 747.

Discognathus

imberbis, 961.

Discothyris, 200.

ferruginata, 200.

megalophalis, 200.

vestigialis, 200,

Distira

brugmansti, 607, 687.

cyanocincta, 607, 688.

Jerdonti, 607, 688.

ornata, 607, 687.

robusta, 687.

stokesiz, 607, 687.

Docela

vetustalis, 288,

INDEX.

Docimodus, 100, 141.

Johnstoni, 141, 1438.

Doliophis

bivirgatus, 601, 607,

692.

— bivirgatus, 692.

— flaviceps, 692.

— tetratenia, 692.

intestinalis, 607, 693.

— annectens, 693.

— lineata, 693.

— trilineatus, 693.

Dolomedes

extlipes, 862, 863.

transfuga, 869, 870,

884.

Donacobius

atricapillus, 515, 516,

Doras, 718.

Doritis

apollinus, 293.

Dosara, 207.

celatalis, 211.

lapsalis, 288.

Draco

jimbriatus, 608, 636.

haasii, 636.

maculatus, 603, 636,

957.

melanopogon, 603, 637.

quinquefasciatus, 603,

637.

teniopterus, 603, 637.

volans, 601, 603, 608,

636.

whiteheadi, 956, 961.

Dromzus

trroratus, 773.

nove-hollandie, 773.

Dryocalamus

davisonti, 605, 665.

subannulatus, 605, 665.

Dryolestes, 571.

Dryophiops

rubescens, 606, 682.

Dryophis

mycterizans, 606, 682.

prasinus, 606, 682.

zanthozona, 606, 681.

Duponchelia

cilialis, 228.

Dysgamus

atlanticus, 461.

Eacles

imperialis, 298.

reqalis, 293,

Ebulea

anomalalis, 261.

camillalis, 288.

ewropsalis, 190.

Ebulea

jimbriata, 265.

mureialis, 210.

ochripunctalis, 205.

orseisalis, 190.

simplicialis, 230, 266.

Ebuleodes, 252.

Echetus

typicus, 486.

Echidna, 788.

Echinopora

rosularia, 159.

Echthrogaleus

affinis, 464.

coleoptratus, 464.

indistinctus, 464.

neo-zealanicus, 464.

Telectus, 31, 32, 34, 35,

a7, 44, 45.

cardinalis, 19, 34.

Kelipsiodes, 252.

Eetodus, 99, 108.

descampsti, 103.

melanogenys, 103.

Egone

bipunctalis, 288.

Elainea

caniceps, 510.

pagana, 515.

Elaps

intestinalis, 615.

melanurus, 692.

nigromaculatus,

692.

Elephas, 562.

africanus, 985.

Elytrophora

brachyptera, 462.

Emmelia, 207.

testula, 211.

Emprepes, 277.

magnalis, 280.

novalis, 279.

Emys

crassicollis, 611.

macrocephala, 610.

platynota, 612, 613.

-615,

Endolophia, gen. nov.,

233.

rufitinctalis, 233.

Endotricha

julialis, 245.

rhodophilalis, 189.

Engraulis

encrasicolus, 484, 940,

955.

Enhydrina

velakadien, 607, 688.

Enbydris

hardwickii, 601, 607,

688.

Enispa

eosarialis, 288.

Ennea

beddomii, 770.

brevicollis, 768, 769,

770.

eanarica, 770.

cylindrelloidea, 769.

fortidentata, 581.

hamiltoni, 580.

Johnstoni, 580.

levigata, 580.

macrodon, 768, 770.

milinum, 770.

nagaensis, 769, 770.

pirrict, 768, 770.

seatont, 769.

stenopylis, 76Y.

triplicaria, 580.

turricula, 768, 770.

vara, 769.

vitrea, 581.

(Gulella) fortidentata,

581.

(—) levigata, 580.

(—-) varians, 581, 592.

(—) vicina, 580, 592.

(Uniplicaria)hamiltoni,

580.

Ennychia, 252.

crassalis, 288.

diversa, 255.

Jascialis, 269.

menialis, 271.

melissalis, 235.

minutalis, 269.

Enopa

mediella, 288.

Entephria

fumidalis, 202.

Entomoda

cornuta, 491.

radiata, 494.

salmonea, 500.

Enulea, 252.

Enyocera

latilimbalis, 285.

Eodidelphys, 557.

Eos, 20, 21, 43.

riciniata, 20.

Epachthes

paradoxus, 469.

Epeira

angolenis, 853.

chinchozensis, 853.

chrysogaster, 848.

eclipsis, 850.

femoralis, 848.

flavipalpis, 849.

moreli, 850.

penicillipes, 849.

INDEX.

Epeira

pilipes, 848.

rufipalpis, 849.

theis, 850.

Ephelis, 207.

Ephippus

gigas, 457.

Epicorsia, 252.

Epicrium

glutinosus, 914, 916.

Epiecia

externella, 288.

Epimetisia

rhodobaphialis, 285.

vestalis, 285.

Eques

balteatus, 471.

Equula

edentula, 940.

Equus

caballus, 563.

crawshayi, 771.

grevii, 714, 825, 826.

zebra, 712.

Eretia

djelele, 973, 975.

—, var. Jugens, 426.

Eretmodus, 99, 105.

cyanostictus, 105,

145.

Eretria, 275.

obsistalis, 275.

Ergana

chapuisi, 366.

proted, 366.

Ergasilus

funduli, 444.

gasterostet, 444.

gibbus, 444.

labracis, 444.

lize, 444.

longimanus, 444,

peregrinus, 444.

sieboldi, 443.

trisetaceus, 443.

Erinaceus, 10138.

Eronia

dilatata, 425.

Ertrica

purpurealis, 288.

Esox

luctus, 443, 448, 940,

955.

Kucephala

ceruleo-lavata, 510.

Euctenospila, 207.

Eudactylina

acuta, 476,

aspera, 476.

Eudioptis

oratalis, 255.

1083

Eudorea

transversalis, 279.

Eukyphota, 705.

Eulea

ialis, 253.

rubrebralis, 245.

Eumeces

elegans, 162.

Eumenophorus

clementst, 841.

Eupalemon, 710.

Euphonia

pectoralis, 513.

Huphyllia, 735.

gaimardi, 735.

glabrescens, 735.

Euplexaura

antipathes, 46, 51,

54,

Kuprepes

rufescens, 645,

Euprotomicrus

labordii, 732.

Eurrhypis, 235.

Euryereon, 207.

aureolalis, 272.

cereralis, 265.

collucidalis, 273.

communis, 210.

comptalis, 209.

evanidalis, 210.

eversmanni, 271.

Suscocilialis, 247.

leucostictalis, 211.

obsoletalis, 210.

occidentalis, 210.

ornamentalis, 274.

pechi, i87.

perplexalis, 256.

scalaralis, 270.

Eurypborus

coryphene, 461.

nordmanni, 461.

nympha, 461.

Eurystomus

afer, 715.

Eurytela

hyarba, 977.

—, var. angustata,

Dike

Eusearthmus

fumifrons, 516.

qularis, 516.

limbatus, 515.

nidipendulus, 516.

orbitatus, 516.

pelzelni, 516.

Eusmilia, 735.

Eustixia, 275,

Eutropius

congensis, 730.

1084

Evagrus

pristinus, 519, 552,

Everes

kedonga, 418, 422,

427, 967, 975.

Evergestis, 185.

enealis, 186.

bruneogrisea, 186.

consimilés, 186,

extimalis, 186.

Jrumentalis, 185, 186.

Junalis, 186.

Junetalis, 186.

limbata, 186.

napealis, 186.

nomadatis, 186.

obliqualis, 186.

politalis, 186.

rimosalis, 186.

segetalis, 186.

sophialis, 186.

straminalis, 186.

subfuscalis, 186.

umbrosalis, 186.

Evia

Serrinalis, 288.

Exeristis, 252.

asyphela, 232.

vanthota, 232.

Exoccetus

brachysoma, 940, 956.

volitans, 488.

Falco

aurantius, 515.

Favia, 747.

affinis, 750.

denticulata, 748.

lobata, '749.

okeni, 749.

Felis

geofroyi, 928.

pajeros, 928.

pardus tulliana, 796.

tulliana, 795, 796.

uncia, 79D,

Fennecus

arabicus, 549,

brucei, 549.

caama, O48.

cerdo, 549.

dorsalis, 546, 547.

Famelicus, 546.

pallidus, 544.

caarensis, 549.

cerda, 549.

Fistularia

tabaccaria, 940, 956.

Fordonia

lewcobalia, 606, 679.

INDEX.

| Formicarius

colma, 515,

Formicivora

Serruginea, 515.

rufatra, 515.

squamata, 515.

Foroculum

spratti, 484.

Fregata, 780, 783.

Futica

armillata, 513.

Fulmarus

glacialis, 383.

Fundulus

limbatus, 444.

Funisciurus

cepapi, 553.

Furcivena, 173.

rhodoneurialis, 173.

strigiferalis, 173.

Furnarius

rufus, 511, 512, 5138.

Gabara

subnivosella, 288.

Gadus

eglefinus, 447, 497, 940,

952, 956.

agilis, 505.

callarius, 505, 952.

lucus, 487.

merluccius, 502, 508,

504.

morrhua, 952,

pollachius, 455.

Galaxea, 159, 762.

explanata, 762.

Ffascicularis, 763.

laperouseana, 762.

Galeus

canis, 473, 476.

vulgaris, 461.

Gangliopus

pyriformis, 465.

Garcinula

laperouseana, 762.

Gargaza

tristrigella, 288.

Garzonia, 559.

Gasteracantha

batesi?, 858, 859, 884.

connata, 858, 859.

curvispina, 858, 859.

formosa, 858, 859.

importuna, 858.

modesta, 858.

nana, 858.

penizoides, 859.

retracta, 858.

rogerst, 859.

| Gasteracantha

vaccula, 858.

walckenaerii, 858.

(Astrocantha) rogers,

859.

(—-) semiflava, 859.

(Isoxia) _penizoides,

859.

Gastrosteus

aculeatus, 440, 444,

481.

spinachia, 940.

Gazella

cuvieri, 598.

dama, 827.

doreas, 598.

loderi, 593.

Gea

lugens, 520.

Gecko

guttatus, 631.

monarchus, 603, 635.

smithii, 634.

stentor, 603, 634.

subpalmatus, 160.

verticillatus, 603, 630,

631, 632, 633, 684.

Gegenes

letterstedti, 427, 974.

Gehyra

mutilata, 601, 603, 628,

630, 632, 633, 649,

696.

Gelochelidon

anglica, 510.

Genetta

tigrina, 553.

Genypterus

blacodes, 489, 494.

Geoemyda

grandis, 600, 602, 615.

spinosa, 602, 614.

Geoffroyus, 34, 35, 36, 44,

45.

Geopsittacus, 42.

Georychus

capensis, 435.

Gerardia

lamarcki, 814.

Giraffa

camelopardalis capensis,

595.

capensis, 985,

Glabaris

exotica, 514,

Glandina

boivint, 587.

Glaucis

hirsuta, 515.

Glauconoé, 252.

atrigenalis, 260.

Glauconoé

Fuscescens, 256.

Gloiopotes

huttoni, 458.

hygomianus, 458.

Glossopsittacus

sp., 20.

Glutophrissa

saba, var. contracta,

978.

Glyphisodon

sacatilis, 443.

zillit, 119.

Glyphodes

marginalis, 222.

Glyptodon, 145.

Gobius

giuris, 940.

jozo, 493.

Goliathus

druryi, 294.

Gomalia

elma, 426, 974.

Gonatodes

affinis, 600, 608, 627.

kendalli, 602, 627.

penangensis, 600, 627.

Goniastreea, 157, 746.

eximia, T47.

solida, 747.

Goniorhynchus

obliquistriga, 205.

Gonocausta

zephyralis, 285.

Gonyocephalus

borneensis, 608, 637.

grandis, 603, 637.

herveyi, 6038, 637.

Gonyophis

margaritatus, 605, 669.

Gonyosoma

margaritatum, 669.

Gorama

strenuella, 288.

Gorilla

engena, 313.

Graculavus, 784.

Guara

rubra, 515, 517.

Gulo, 801, 802.

Gunnellus

fasciatus, 488.

Gymnarchus

niloticus, 930. |

@ymnodactylus |

affinis, 627.

marmoratus, 600, 602,

626.

pulchellus,602,615,626.

Gymnopus

cartilaginea, 620.

INDEX,

| Gymnopus

gangeticus, 620.

indicus, 621.

Gymnostomus

lepturus, 961, 962.

Gynanisa

isis, 293.

Gypogeranus, 11.

Gyptitia, 252.

gonialis, 253.

Gyrtona

| conglobalis, 288.

costella, 288.

divitalis, 288.

dorsalis, 288.

dorsifascialis, 288.

ferrisiusalis, 288.

hylusalis, 288, 289.

inclusalis, 288.

monilalis, 288.

nigrocinerea, 288.

pardalina, 288.

proximalis, 288.

rotundalis, 288.

semicarbonalis, 288.

spilalis, 288.

strenualis, 288.

suffusa, 288.

thoracica, 288.

Hematia, 252.

Hzemobaphes

cyclopterinus, 488.

Hemulon

elegans, 448.

Haleyon

pallidiventris, 715.

| Haligenes, 105.

guineensis, 124.

tristrami, 120,

Halmariphus

didelphoides, 559.

guaraniticus, 560,

561.

Halticella, gen. noy.,

357.

Aavopustulata, 358.

Hamadryas

ophiophagus, 691.

Hamaxia

lignulina, 288.

_ Hapalia, 239, 252.

concolor, 256.

denticulosa, 253.

dorsivittata, 259.

kasmiriea, 259.

marginalis, 205.

Hapalocercus

rufomarginatus, 510.

Hapalopus

africanus, 841.

Proc. Zoou. Soc,.—1899, No, LXX.

1085

Hapalus

conoideus, 588.

Haplochilus

infra-fasciatus, 717,

731

Haplochromis, 105.

Haplopeltura

boa, 607, 693.

Haplospiza

unicolor, 512.

Hardella

thurgi, 600, 602, 610.

Harpagus

bidentatus, 515.

Hassella,

cylindrica, 482.

Hatteria, 12, 15.

Hedylepta

contubernalis, 190.

ochrifuscalis, 204.

Heliastraea, 751.

acropora, 751, 752.

heliopora, 756.

solidior, 756.

Helicarion

masukuensis, 582, 592.

nyasanus, 582, 592.

Helicops

schistosus, 605, 664.

Helictis, 801.

Heliobletus

contaminatus, 513.

superciliosus, 518.

| Heliopora

cerulea, 159.

| Helictheln, 280.

atra, 28).

atralis, 281.

migralbata, 281.

ochreipennis, 281.

ophideresana, 280,

281.

persumptana, 281.

pregalliensis, 281.

pusilla, 281.

Helix

barrakporensis, 582.

mozambicensis, 585.

(Pella) whyted, 584.

(Trochonanina) pre-

toriensis, 582.

Helleria

armata, 474.

Hellula

simplicalis, 289.

Hemichromis, 99, 101.

angolensis, 101.

bimaculatus, 101, 143.

fasciatus, 101, 143,

940.

schwebischi, 718.

1086

Hemichromis

tersquamatus,

732.

Hemicorallium

johnsoni, 59, 68.

Hemidactylus

brookii, 600, 603, 629.

coctei, 603, 629.

craspedotus, 630.

depressus, 603, 629.

frenatus, 603, 628, 630,

632, 633, 649, 684.

gleadovii, 600, 629.

leschenaulti, 603, 629.

maculatus, 629.

peronii, 630.

platyurus, 603, 628,

629, 630, 632.

Hemirhamphus

far, 443.

Hemiscopis, 223.

cinerea, 225.

expansa, 223.

stigmatilis, 223.

suffusalis, 223.

Hemitriccus

diops, 512.

Hemixantha, gen. nov.,

wi,

bifasciata, 869, 380.

inconspicua, 368.

natalensis, 367, 380.

pallida, 367.

picipes, 368.

scutellata, 367, 368.

terminata, 369, 380.

Herbula, 252.

congeneralis, 261.

determinata, 289.

efficitalis, 256.

insequalis, 265.

meleagrisalis, 279.

multiferalis, 288.

picarialis, 265.

repletalis, 265.

sardinialis, 261.

submarginalis, 288.

Hereyna, 252.

anartalis, 187.

andereggialis, 185.

cacuminalis, 236.

caucalis, 235,

conspurcalis, 185.

expansalis, 185.

heliothalis, 236.

intricalis, 270.

lugubralis, 185,

nanalis, 271.

paschalis, 236.

sericatalis, 236.

simplonialis, 235.

INDEX.

Hercyna

sultanalis, 236.

Hercynella

margelana, 286.

staudingeri, 285.

Hermilius

longicornis, 445.

pyriventris, 445.

Herpexnia

melanarge, vay. iterata,

425, 973.

Herpestes

sp., 05d.

pulverulentus, 828.

Herpetodryas

oxycephalus, 668.

prionotus, 659.

Herpetogramma

expictalis, 271.

Herpeton

tentaculatum, 606, 680.

Hespera

africana, 347.

mathias, 812,

theophrastus, 811.

Hesperomys

(Nectomys) sczwreus,

512.

Hesperornis, 1040, 1041,

1044.

Heterometrus

imperator, 836.

Heteroscodra, gen. nov.,

839.

maculata, 840.

Heterothele

gabonensis, 846.

Hialopsis

compositalis, 286.

Hibita

arcturella, 288.

Hipistes

hydrinus, 606, 679.

Hipparchia

asterope, 810.

Hippocampus

guttulatus, 940.

Hippoglossus

maximus, 454,

vulgaris, 501, 940,

955.

walako, 493.

Hippotragus

equinus, 771, 828, 935,

936.

— gambianus, 827.

— typicus, 828.

Hisbanda

acronyctoides, 288.

Histiophorus

herscheli, 458, 483.

Holopelus

piger, 528, 532.

Homalopsis

buccata, 606, 658, 677.

hydrina, 679.

leucobalia, 679.

Homochroa, 185,

Homceosoma

bilituralis, 288.

Homunculus

patagonicus, 565, 567.

Hoplopterus

spinosus, 933,

| Hoploxypterus

eayanus, 511.

Hyzna

picta, 551.

venatica, 551.

Hysenodon

leptorhynchus, 928,

Hyalobathra, 189.

@qualis, 189.

archeleuca, 189.

cenostolalis, 1902

filalis, 189.

illectalis, 190.

letalis, 190.

minialis, 190,

miniosalis, 190.

opheltisalis, 190.

phenicozona, 189.

Hydnophora, 744.

demidoffi, 746.

demidovii, 745, 746.

exesa, 745, 746, 764.

lobata, 745, 746, 764.

microcona, 744, 746.

olygonata, 746.

bia 746.

Hydrocampa

aquatilis, 194,

discoloralis, 288.

dispulsalis, 288.

inornata, 288.

Hydrocherus, 798-803.

| Hydrophis

atriceps, 687.

cerulescens, 606, 686.

cantoris, 606, 687.

fasciatus, 606, 687.

gracilis, G00, 606, 687.

nigrocinctus, 600, 606,

686.

obscurus, 601, 607, 687.

torquatus, 607, 687.

Hydrophobius

davisonii, 665.

Hydrosaurus

salvator, 643.

Hydrothelphusa, 700,

701, 702, 703.

Hydrus

bicolor, 686."

gracilis, 687.

nigrocinetus, 687.

—, var., 688.

pelamidoides, 688.

pelamis, 686.

platurus, 606, 686.

schistosus, 688.

striatus, 687, 688.

Hyledactylus

bivittatus, 906.

Hylobates

syndactylus, 436.

Hylocharis

cyanea, 515,

Hymenia

meridionalis, 175.

Hypochalcia

perlignealis, 288.

pyralinalis, 288.

repugnalis, 288.

Hypochera

io, 293.

Hypolais, 228.

Hypolimnas

misippus, 810.

—, var. inaria, 964.

Hypopheea

chalybea, 513.

Hypophthalmichthys

nobilis, 940.

Hypotia

russulalis, 278.

Hypsirhina

bocourtii, 600, 606, 676.

chinensis, 606, 676.

enhydris, 606, 676.

indica, 600, 606, 675.

jagorti, 601, 606, 676.

plumbea, 606, 675.

sicholdii, 606, 677.

Hysterocrates

crassipes, 844, 845.

gigas, 844, 845.

hercules, 844, 845.

laticeps, 844, 845.

robustus, 844, 845,

Hystrix

sp., 771.

Tambia

inferalis, 289.

Tchthyophis

glutinosus, 914.

monochrous. 915, 916.

ieterus

pyrrhopterus, 511,

tibialis, 515.

Tdacantha

weisei, 358, 880.

INDEX.

| Idioblasta, 239.

Tllice

Iguana, 11, 12.

- Iheura

militaris, 5138.

batialis, 289, 290.

Ischnurges, 187.

angustalis, 188.

argentalis, 188.

discophoralis, 181.

gratiosalis, 187, 188.

tllustralis, 188.

lancinalis, 188.

luteomarginalis, 188.

perpulchralis, 188.

rosea, 188.

rufalis, 188.

Isehnurus

lecomtez, 837.

Tsocentris, 189.

undulilinea, 189.

unicolor, 189.

Isometrus

asper, 854.

curopeus, 839.

maculatus, 835.

Tsopeda

occidentalis, 874.

Isopteryx

canescens, 289.

favillalis, 289.

impulsalis, 213.

madetisalis, 265.

melaleucalis, 213.

Txalus

asper, 900.

lateralis, 171.

pictus, 900.

Ixias

venatus, 973.

| Jamesonia

weiset, d45.

Julidochromis, 99, 100.

ornatus, 100, 143.

Junonia

boopis, 420.

cebrene, 420.

cloantha, 420.

elgiva, +20.

here, 810,

sesamus, 419.

swinhoet, 810.

Kachuga

lineata, 610.

Kaliella

barrakporensis, 582.

Kedestes

wallengreni, 418, 426,

427.

1087

Kerceides

koreni, 46, 47.

Kynos

pictus, 551.

Labrax

lineatus, 444.

lupus, 447, 472, 485,

940, 955.

Labrus

bergylta, 446, 480,

505.

desfontainit, 135.

donovani, 480.

maculatus, 940, 956.

miaxtus, 929.

niloticus, 112.

Lacerta

echinata, 97.

jacksoni, 96, 98.

muralis, 97.

Lachesis

gramineus, 166, 607,

695.

monticola, 607, 694.

purpureomaculatus,

607, 695.

sumatranus, 607, 696.

wagleri, 607, 695,

696.

Lachnocnema

bibulus, 423, 965.

Lacipea

muscocella, 289.

Lactica

africana, 342.

gabonensis, 342.

marginicollis, 342.

Lamargus

muricatus, 467.

Lagidium, 146.

Lagomys

tibetanus, 577.

Lagopus

scoticus, 84,

Lagostomus, 802.

trichodactylus, 928.

Lamna

cornubica, 463, 464,

469, 479.

Lampides

contracta, 810.

| Lampridia

fuliginalis, 286.

Lamprocolius

auratus, 933.

caudatus, 933.

Lamproglenia

hemprichi, 477.

lichie, 477.

70*

1088

Lamproglenia

pulchella, 477.

Lamprologus, 99, 100.

compressiceps, 100,

congoensis, 100, 143.

elongatus, 100.

INDEX.

! Lepeophtheirus

intercurrens, 456.

longipalpus, 457.

monacanthus, 456.

nordmanni, 454.

obscurus, 456.

somalensis, 416.

swinhoei, 577.

tigrensis, 416.

variabilis, 598.

fasciatus, 100. ornatus, 455. victoria, 417.

furcifer, 100. pectoralis, 454. whytei, 416, 417.

‘modestus, 100. pollachii, 455. Lepyrodes

moorii, 100. ncaa i Pet cin 174.

Lampugus r i, rmzea

sancheies 461. robustus, 456. asellina, 490.

Laniifera, gen. nov., rotundiventris, 454. brachialis, 440, 487.

184. stromt, 455. | elavata, 482.

cyclades, 184. | sturionis, 455. | cornuta, 491.

Lanthanotus | suhmi, 454. cyclophora, 484.

borneensis, 596, 597. thompsoni, 455. | cyclopterina, 488.

Laodon, 571. | Lephana | cyprinacea, 480.

Lathria tetraphorella, 289. dalmannii, 498.

virussu, 510, 515. Lepidodactylus elongata, 499.

Laticauda ceylonensis, 603, 631. encrasicoli, 484.

sceutata, 689. / lugubris, 603, 631. gadina, 487.

Latris | Lepidolemur | gobina, 495.

ciliaris, 455. | _ microdon, 429. huchonis, 497.

ura | Lepidoneura, 214. | lotelle, 487.

gerardie, 815. africalis, 214. | Iusei, 487.

Laxe longipalpis, 214. nodosa, 494.

lusis, 455. Lepidoplaga, 240. ocularis, 484.

Leander, 711. elongalis, 240. pectoralis, 454,

Lebeda longicorpus, 240. rigida, 487.

koellikeri, 293, 294. uniformis, 192. spratta, 484.

Leiopathes Leposphilus uncinata, 50D.

expansa, 813, 817, 818, labri, 480, 507. Lernzenicus

823, 824. Lepreus abdominalis, 484.

glaberrima, 814, 817, | occidentalis, 834. encrasicoli, 484.

822, 824. Leptasthenura gracilis, 485,

lamarchki, 814. ) striolata, 514. inflecus, 485.

Lemur | Leptastrea, 751. musteli, 485.

flaviventer, SDA. | ehrenbergana, 755. neglectus, 485.

leucomystax, 553. | Leptobrachium nodicornis, 485.

macaco, 553, 5D4. | hoettgeri, 171, 172. | polynemi, 485.

nigerrimus, 553,504. | — carinense, 171. | radiatus, 484, 485.

rubriventer, 554, 987, hasselti, 913. | spratte, 439, 484.

988. monticola, 171. | vorax, 485.

rufipes, 5DA. sinense, 171. | Lernsocera

Lepadogaster Leptophis brachialis, 487.

gouanti, 940. caudolineatus, 615, castostomi, 481.

Lepeophtheirus 671. cruciata, 481.

bagri, 457. pictus, 669. cyclopterina, 488.

brachialis, 456. Leptoria, 739. cyprinacea, 480, 481.

brachyurus, 453. | gracilis, 739. esocina, 480, 481.

cossyphi, 454. | tenuis, 739, 740. gasterostei, 481.

aie 456. Lepus lagenula, 481.

erichsoni, 455, | egyptius, 416. phoxinacea, 481.

floresi, 455. americanus, 598, 599. pomotidis, 481.

gibbus, 457. | crawshayi, 415, 416. radiata, 484.

gracilescens, 457. europeéus, 576. sigmoidea, 487.

gracilis, 455. hibernicus, 84. surrirensis, 484.

grohmanni, 456. hypsibius, 576, 577. Lernzolophus

hippoglossi, 454. _ otostolus, 577. hemirhamphus, 486.

huttoni, 440, 458. pallipes, 577. sultanus, 486,

Lernzomyzon

uncinata, 505.

Lernzonema

abdominalis, 484.

hairdi, 484.

encrasicoli, 484.

gracilis, 485.

monilaris, 484.

musteli, 485.

polynenit, 485.

spratta, 484.

Lernzopenna

Alainvillii, 483.

holteni, 483.

sagitta, 485.

Lernxopoda

carpionis, 500,

clavigera, 497.

cyprinacea, SOV.

elongata, 499.

guler, 499.

musteli, 499.

obesa, 500.

salmonea, 500.

sebastes, 500.

stellata, 499.

Lernanthropus

angulatus, 470.

atrax, 471.

bclones, 470.

brevoortie, 470.

carangis, 470.

giganteus, 472.

gisleri, 472.

holmbergi, 472.

koenigit, 470.

kroeyeri, 471,

472,

larvatus, 471.

lativentris, 471.

museca, 470.

nobilis, 472.

nudus, 472.

pagelli, 471.

pagodus, 471.

paradoxus, 469,

pereis, 471.

petersi, 472.

pomatomt, 472.

pupa, 470.

scribe, 470.

temmincki, 470.

trifoliatus, 471.

trigonocephalus, 471.

Lernentoma

cornuta, 491, 492,

lophit, 495.

nodosa, 494.

radiata, 494,

trigle, 490.

zet, 490.

INDEX.

Lesteira

kroyeri, 489.

lumpt, 489.

Lestes

lumpi, 489.

Letoa

patulella, 28). |

Leuceronia

thalassina, 978.

Leuciscus

rutilus, 448.

Leucochloris

albicollis, 513. |

Leucocraspeda, 189.

udeoides, 190.

Leucopternis

lacernulata, 515.

palhata, 518.

Lichia

aculeata, 477.

amia, 478, 485. |

Licmetis, 25. |

nasica, 2A.

Linenitis

disippus, 205.

Limnas

chrysippus, 810.

Limnocaridina, gen. nov.,

704, 711.

tanganyike, 74, 711,

712.

Limnocnida,

tanganjice, 291.

Limnopardalis

rhytirhynchus, 512.

Limnothelphusa. gen.

noyv., 698.

maculata, 697, 698, 704.

Lineodes, 283.

contortalis, 234.

gracillalis, 289.

hieroglyphalis, 284.

integra, 284.

interrupta, 284.

leodocusalis, 2138.

metagrammalis, 284.

multisignalis, 289.

peridialis, 289.

pulchralis, 284.

serpulalis, 284.

triangulalis, 284.

Liocassis

longirostris, 940, 955.

Liolepis

belliana, 642.

belliz, 603, 642, 648.

guttatus, 642,

reevesit, 648.

Liopasia, 215.

dorsalis, 216.

ochracealis, 216.

1089

Liopasia

reliqualis, 216.

teneralis, 216.

Lipaugus

simplex, 515,

Lobivanellus

senegalus, 933.

Lobotes

erate, 445.

Longitarsus

dimidiaticornis, 344.

Lophius

budegassa, 476.

marmoratus, 488.

piseatorius, 495, 940,

951, 956.

tumidus, 483.

Lophura

edwardsi, 486.

Lophyrus

armatus, 638.

Loriculus, 34.

Lornis, 10, 20, 21, 48.

domicella, 20.

lavopalliatus, 20

Lotella

bacchus, 487, 493.

Loxoneptera, 206.

carnealis, 206, 207.

Loxostega, 207.

baccatalis, 212.

flavalis, 212.

linealis, 212,

maclure, 212.

oberthuralis, 212.

Luetkenia

astrodermi, 458,

glabra, 458.

Luperodes

sulfuripennis, 362.

Luperus

discicollis, 363.

(Monolepta) nigro-

suturalis, 376.

Lupus

anthus, 535.

Lutodeira

chanos, 954.

Lutra, 146,

Lyceena

exclusa, 966.

gaika, 811.

gigantea, 966.

perpulchra, 966.

trochilus, 811.

Lycenesthes

amarah, 422, 811, 967.

liodes, 422.

Lycaon

pictus, 292, 551, 552,

1090

Lycaon

tricolor, 551.

typicus, 551.

venaticus, d51.

Lychas

asper, 834.

maculatus, 834.

seutilus, 834.

Lycodon

aulicus, 605, 664, 665.

effrenis, 605, 665.

Jara, 664, 665.

laoensis, 601, 605, 665.

platurinus, 665, 690.

suhbcinctus, 605, 652.

Lygosoma y

albopunctatum, 604.

651.

anomalopus, 604, G48.

atrocostatum, 600, 604,

644, 649.

bowringii,

644, 650.

601, 604,

chaleides, 604, 615, 644, |

652.

indicum, 162.

isodactylum, 651.

Jerdonianum, 600, 649.

laterale, 162.

maculatum, 600, 601,

604, 648.

melanostictum,

604, 650.

olivaceum, 604, 649.

parietale, 644.

singaporense, 600, 604,

649.

Lygropis

sirioxantha, 178.

601,

Mabouya

jerdoniana, 6A9.

Mabuia

longicaudata, 601, 604,

648.

macularia, 604, 644.

multifasciata, 604, 644,

645, 646, 647.

novemcarinaia, 604,644.

rugifera, 600, 604, 645.

siamensis, 604, 644,

646, 647, 650. |

Macaduma

tortricella, 289.

Macherhamphus

anderssoni, 714.

Macheeropterus

requlus, 515.

Machetornis

See,

rizosa, 516.

Macrauchenia, 146.

INDEX.

Macrima

africana, 377, 380.

Macrocalamus

lateralis, 600, 605,

673.

- Macropisthodon

Alaviceps, 605, 664.

rhodomelas, 605, 664.

Macropsalis

creagra, 510.

Macropus

giganteus, 77.

Macroxus

chinensis, 578.

griseopectus, 578.

Madiama

nigroscitalis, 289.

Madoce

leucocosmalis, 289.

lineatula, 289.

Madrepora

abdita, 758.

acropora, 752.

chalcidicum, 761.

cristata, "737.

cytherea, 159.

dedalea, 741, 743.

denticulata, 748.

exesa, 745.

Fascicularis, 763.

speciosa, 159.

Mveandrina, 740.

gracilis, 739.

sinuosa, 738.

tenuis, 739.

Majaqueus

@quinoctialis, 510.

Malacoptila

torquata, 513.

Malacosoma

apicipenne, 362, 380.

capitatum, 361.

gerstacckeri, 361.

nelanocephalum, 360.

Malapterurus

electricus, 940, 955.

Maliattha

separata, 289,

Malvernia, gen. nov.,

346.

varicornis, 347, 380.

Manicina

hemprichi, 738.

Manis, 991-1017.

sp., 991.

aurita, 315, 991.

javanica, 315, 317, 335,

991.

macrura, 315, 991.

tricuspis, 315, 991.

Manodon, 560.

Manouria

emys, 616.

Marcusenius

plagiostoma, 940.

Margaritia

Jimbrialis, 254.

institialis, 245.

pulveralis, 254.

Marisba

undulifera, 289.

Martensia

consociata, 584, 592.

mozambicensis, 585.

Maruca, 194.

amboinalis, 194.

testulalis, 194.

Maschane

erratipennis, 289.

simplex, 289.

Masoga

panagralis, 289.

Masthala

favillalella, 289.

Mastodon, 562.

Mazama

bisulea, 918.

Meandrina, 159.

Mecyna, 223.

apicalis, 224.

aversalis, 224.

deprivalis, 22A.

gilvata, 224.

limbalis, 224.

maortalts, 224.

ornithopteralis, 224.

prunipennis, 224.

reversalis, 224.

teriadalis, 234.

virescens, 224.

Medava

diminuens, 289.

Medesicaste

penetrans, 489.

triglarum, 489.

Megaeudyptes, 1026.

Megaladapis

insignis, 989.

madagascariensis, 989.

Megalognatha

immaculata, 366.

ventricosa, 366.

Megalophrys

longipes, 914.

montana, 913, 914.

nasuta, 666, 913.

Megalops

pics he 940, 95d.

Megalotis

brucei, 549.

caama, 548.

cerda, 549.

Megalotis

cerdo, 549.

famelicus, 546.

Sennecus, 549.

lalandti, 550, 551.

zerda, 549.

Megaphysa, 172.

herbiforalis, 175.

quadratalis, 182.

quadvriferalis, 182.

Megastes, 182.

celigenalis, 182.

grandalis, 183.

pusialis, 183.

spilosoma, 183.

Melanedactylus, 718.

Melanogenes

macrocephalus, 115.

macrocephalus, 114.

Melanomecyna, 239.

Mella

dymnusalis, 289.

Mellivora

ratel, 558.

Melopsittacus, 9, 38,

39, 42, 43.

undulatus, 39.

Mene

maculata, 445,

Merlucecius

vulgaris, 494.

Meroctena, 177.

dichochrosialis, 178.

staintoni, 178.

tullalis, 177, 178.

Merops

bullockoides, 715.

nubicoides, 715.

Merulaxis

rhinolophus, 515.

Merulina, 159.

Mesographe

pretextalis, 186.

Mesoprion

phaioteniatus, 471.